openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

July 2016

4 participants
158 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95976 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:33 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95976 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journalctl.sv.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po 2016-07-04 08:45:33 UTC (rev 95976) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:31\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:59\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "Anpassade mappningar på huvudnamn till användarnamn" +msgstr "Anpassade mappningar av huvudnamn till användarnamn" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ "Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "Den här datorn använder för närvarande äldre LDAP- eller Kerberos-metod för att autentisera användare.\n" -"Innan du kan använda SSSD för att autentisera användare måste du inaktivera LDAP- och Kerberos-autentisering från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." +"Innan du kan använda SSSD för att autentisera användare måste du inaktivera LDAP- och Kerberos-autentisering från \"LDAP- och Kerberos-klient\"." #. Enable/disable NSS password database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" -"Parametern är viktig. Om den tas bort kan det bli konfigurationsfel förekomma.\n" +"Parametern är viktig. Om den tas bort kan konfigurationsfel uppstå.\n" "Konsultera SSSD-manualen innan du fortsätter.\n" "Vill du ändå ta bort parametern?" @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." -msgstr "Domännamnet kolliderar med ett omvänt nyckelord. Välj ett annat namn." +msgstr "Domännamnet kolliderar med ett reserverat nyckelord. Välj ett annat namn." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "Huruvida aviseringsmekanism för bevakning av lösn.conf bör användas för att uppdater intern DNS-lösning" +msgstr "Huruvida aviseringsmekanism för bevakning av lösn.conf bör användas för att uppdatera intern DNS-lösning" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" -msgstr "Tjänsten kommer att få SIGTERM eller det här antalet sekunder av misslyckade ping-kontroller i följd" +msgstr "Tjänsten kommer att få SIGTERM efter det här antalet sekunder av misslyckade ping-kontroller i följd" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po 2016-07-04 08:45:33 UTC (rev 95976) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:31\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:59\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ #. :restart means the service will be restarted. #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" -msgstr "Starta om när har inställningar sparats" +msgstr "Starta om när inställningar har sparats" #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journalctl.sv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journalctl.sv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journalctl.sv.po 2016-07-04 08:45:33 UTC (rev 95976) @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# Swedish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.nu>, 2001. +# Gudmund Areskoug <fta(a)algonet.se>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella(a)linux.nu>\n" +"Language-Team: Swedish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&Länder" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Ändra suffix" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Uppdatera" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Braille-display" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Inga poster hittades" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "Filsystem" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioritet" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Ingen ytterligare information" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by Date" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrera efter datum" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Filsystem" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Tid" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Källa" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Meddelanden"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95975 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:31 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95975 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/journalctl.sr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/kernel-update-tool.sr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/linux-user-mgmt.sr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/migration.sr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/s390.sr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/smt.sr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/xpram.sr.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/journalctl.sr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/journalctl.sr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/journalctl.sr.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# Serbian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-31 11:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: opensuse-translations(a)opensuse.org\n" +"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&hange..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "П&ромени..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Refresh" +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Осве&жи" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "&Филтер" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +# bug: string composition +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " no additional arguments" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr " без додатних аргумената" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Izvor" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Osage" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "осаж" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/kernel-update-tool.sr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/kernel-update-tool.sr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/kernel-update-tool.sr.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# Serbian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-31 11:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: opensuse-translations(a)opensuse.org\n" +"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Упозорење" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Поништи надоградњу?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Алтернативна локација" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Статус надоградње кернела" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/linux-user-mgmt.sr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/linux-user-mgmt.sr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/linux-user-mgmt.sr.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) @@ -0,0 +1,724 @@ +# Serbian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-31 11:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: opensuse-translations(a)opensuse.org\n" +"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +# progress stages +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the Package Manager..." +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Покретање управљача пакетима..." + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection Dependencies" +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Међузависности избора" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Читам подешавања..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished." +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Завршено." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Чувам FTP подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finishing SuSEconfig" +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Завршавам SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finishing SuSEconfig" +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Завршавам SuSEconfig" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Тренутак..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Нисам могао да сачувам подешавања!" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "MAC Address: %1" +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "\"MAC\" адреса: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Link is: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "Веза је: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Model: %1" +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "Модел: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Model: %1" +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "Модел: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Чување подешавања" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Boot installed system" +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&Покрени постојећи систем" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Boot installed system" +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "&Покрени постојећи систем" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Фасцикла" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Portugal" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Portugalija" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "'%1' је неважећа мрежна маска." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Тренутак..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "није доступно" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First Boot Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Подешавање првог покретања" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Usage Overview" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Искоришћење диска" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Користи сле&дећу конфигурацију" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "Opciono" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation into Directory" +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "Инсталација у фасциклу" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete All" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Обри&ши све" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete All" +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "Обри&ши све" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +# password dialog title +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password" +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "Лозинка" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Конфигурисање готово" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +# window title for exit dialog +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Покретање..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/migration.sr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/migration.sr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/migration.sr.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +# Serbian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-31 11:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: opensuse-translations(a)opensuse.org\n" +"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start FTP Now" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Покрени FTP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Заврши ће затворити YaST инсталацију и проследити\n" +"вас на екран за пријаву.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Installation Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Са&жетак инсталације" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Installation Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Са&жетак инсталације" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/s390.sr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/s390.sr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/s390.sr.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) @@ -0,0 +1,1859 @@ +# Serbian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-31 11:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: opensuse-translations(a)opensuse.org\n" +"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Konfigurisanje" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Конфигурисање готово" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Конфигурисање готово" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Konfigurisanje" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Тражим доступне контролере" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First Boot Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Подешавање првог покретања" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Подеси &DASD диск" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Подеси &ZFCP диск" + +# window title for exit dialog +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Покретање..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Konfigurisanje" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The device is not configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Уређај није подешен" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Information" +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Информације" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "more disk space." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "још простора на диску." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Uređaj" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tip" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Додатне информације" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Филтер" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Performance" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Перформансе" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Обри&ши све" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete All" +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "Обри&ши све" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check network configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Проверите подешавање мреже" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create image file" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Правим одраз" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +# summary item: an option is turned on +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "&Da" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "&Ne" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +# table header +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Група" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable SSL v2" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "Омогући SSL v&2" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication" +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Пријављивање" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ime" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +# table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Groups" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "&Grupe" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "Korisnik" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "Обриши" + +# table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RPM Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "RPM групе" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +# Frame label +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "Избор" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Датотека" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Seychelles" +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Сејшели" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +# password dialog title +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password" +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "Лозинка" + +# Keep the newlines and spaces after ':'! +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter Password:" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "&Унеси лозинку:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Image Directory:" +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "Фасцикла одраза:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "_Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "_Разгледај" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User name:" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Корисничко име:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Info" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Додатне информације" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "Одабери подразумевано окружење" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create Ima&ge" +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "Направи одра&з" + +# table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "Група" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Честитке!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Честитке!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete this item?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Да обришем ову ставку?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurisanje" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Actions" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Акције" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "Uređaj" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Подеси &ZFCP диск" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "Упозорење" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Подеси &DASD диск" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +# boot disk change dialog title +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Boot Disk" +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Промените диск за покретање" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Подеси &DASD диск" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Подеси &ZFCP диск" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Подеси &DASD диск" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Подеси &ZFCP диск" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished." +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Завршено." + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manage samba account parameters" +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Уреди параметре Самба налога" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Чувам FTP подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Читам подешавања..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Чувам FTP подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Поништи надоградњу?" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Чувам FTP подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Чување подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Читам претходна подешавања" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Ажурирање..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Читам подешавања..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Чувам FTP подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Ажурирање" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Читам претходна подешавања" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Уписујем YaST конфигурацију..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Чувам FTP подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Читам подешавања..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Читам подешавања..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Чувам FTP подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start the Service Now" +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Покрени сервис" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel) +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Покрећем сервис %1..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Подеси &ZFCP диск" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "Фасцикла %1 непостоји." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/smt.sr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/smt.sr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/smt.sr.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) @@ -0,0 +1,1559 @@ +# Serbian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-31 11:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: opensuse-translations(a)opensuse.org\n" +"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel) +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing log files ..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Уписујем дневник..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Preporučeno" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Opciono" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sigurnost" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Preporučeno" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Lunda" +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Лунда" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +# /opt/kde3/share/applications/kde/bell.desktop +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Completing the System Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Привршавање конфигурације система" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "&Преузми" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User" +msgid "&User" +msgstr "Korisnik" + +# password dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password" +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "Лозинка" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +# Keep the newlines and spaces after ':'! +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter Password:" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&Унеси лозинку:" + +# Keep the newlines and spaces after ':'! +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter Password:" +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "&Унеси лозинку:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Add" +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Дода&ј" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit" +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Уређивање" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Sve" + +# tree node string +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Repositories" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Складишта" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Categories" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Категорије пакета" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search for Patch Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Тражи закрпу" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Verzija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Action" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Акција" + +# translators: table heading - column shows a summary of the settings +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Sadržaj" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +# table header: module status +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "Ме&њај статус" + +# table header: module status +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Тренутни статус" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabled" +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "Омогућено" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "Онемогућено" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ime" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Greška" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +# table header: module status +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "Ме&њај статус" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +# table header: module status +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Име домаћина" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Покрећем FTP подешавања" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Чување подешавања" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings" +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Подешавања заштитног зида" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Читам претходна подешавања" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Ажурирање..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Читам подешавања..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Читам подешавања..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Читам подешавања..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Пр&ескочи подешавање" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Упозорење" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Да, користи" + +# cancel button label +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Одустани" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурисање миша" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Ажурирање" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурисање миша" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings" +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Подешавања заштитног зида" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +# window title for exit dialog +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registered Repositories" +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Регистрована складишта" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Ажурирање..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Ажурирање..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Ажурирање..." + +# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel) +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Покрећем сервис %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Додавање или уклањање складишта" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Уписујем YaST конфигурацију..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Patches" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "&Нове закрпе" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server IP address cannot be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "IP адреса DNS сервера не може бити празна." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server IP address cannot be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "IP адреса DNS сервера не може бити празна." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +# window title for exit dialog +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Преузимање листе складишта..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Nepoznato" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: " +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Филтер:" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&Филтер" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Читам доступне пакете..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "Систем је ажуран." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Nepoznato" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +# Keep the newlines and spaces after ':'! +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Унесите лозинку:" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +# Keep the newlines and spaces after ':'! +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "Унесите лозинку:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Refreshing repository " +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Освежавам складиште" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" +#| "Details: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Try again?" +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" +"Грешка при повезивању на сервер.\n" +"Детаљи: %1\n" +"\n" +"Покушај опет?" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "'%1' је неважећа мрежна маска." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing repository " +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Тестирам складиште" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Problems" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "&Проблеми" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Заустави" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +# continue button label +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Настави" + +# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Покрећем..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished." +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Завршено." + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Команда '%1'" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Undetermined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "неодређен" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +# tree node string +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Repositories" +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Складишта" + +# table header: module status +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Тренутни статус" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "YaST конфигурациони модул %1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Ажурирање" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Нисам могао да сачувам подешавања!" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +# Proposal for installation mode +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Skip It" +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "Прескочи" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Инсталација пропала." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel) +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Намештање мреже није успело" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/xpram.sr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/xpram.sr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sr/po/xpram.sr.po 2016-07-04 08:45:31 UTC (rev 95975) @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +# Serbian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-03-31 11:34+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: opensuse-translations(a)opensuse.org\n" +"Language-Team: Serbian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Konfigurisanje" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabled" +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Омогућено" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Онемогућено" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Ажурирање" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurisanje" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start FTP Now" +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Покрени FTP" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration" +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Чувам FTP подешавања" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start the Service Now" +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Покрени сервис" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Чувам подешавања..." + +# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel) +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Покрећем сервис %1..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished." +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Завршено." + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95974 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:30 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95974 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journalctl.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kernel-update-tool.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/linux-user-mgmt.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/migration.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/s390.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/smt.sq.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/xpram.sq.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journalctl.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journalctl.sq.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/journalctl.sq.po 2016-07-04 08:45:30 UTC (rev 95974) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Albanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sq\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kernel-update-tool.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kernel-update-tool.sq.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/kernel-update-tool.sq.po 2016-07-04 08:45:30 UTC (rev 95974) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Albanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sq\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/linux-user-mgmt.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/linux-user-mgmt.sq.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/linux-user-mgmt.sq.po 2016-07-04 08:45:30 UTC (rev 95974) @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +# Albanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sq\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/migration.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/migration.sq.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/migration.sq.po 2016-07-04 08:45:30 UTC (rev 95974) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Albanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sq\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/s390.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/s390.sq.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/s390.sq.po 2016-07-04 08:45:30 UTC (rev 95974) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Albanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sq\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/smt.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/smt.sq.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/smt.sq.po 2016-07-04 08:45:30 UTC (rev 95974) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Albanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sq\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/xpram.sq.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/xpram.sq.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sq/po/xpram.sq.po 2016-07-04 08:45:30 UTC (rev 95974) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Albanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sq\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95973 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:29 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95973 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/journalctl.sl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/kernel-update-tool.sl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/linux-user-mgmt.sl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/migration.sl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/s390.sl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/smt.sl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/xpram.sl.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/journalctl.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/journalctl.sl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/journalctl.sl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:29 UTC (rev 95973) @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&Države" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customi&ze Filter..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Prila&goditev filtra..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Refresh" +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "&Osveži" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Ni vnosov" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioriteta" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit additional services" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Uredi dodatne storitve" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Čas" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Vir" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Sporočila" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/kernel-update-tool.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/kernel-update-tool.sl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/kernel-update-tool.sl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:29 UTC (rev 95973) @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Opozorilo" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the boot loader location." +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Nastavite lokacijo zagonskega nalagalnika." + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/linux-user-mgmt.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/linux-user-mgmt.sl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/linux-user-mgmt.sl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:29 UTC (rev 95973) @@ -0,0 +1,803 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching in directory: " +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Iskanje v imeniku: " + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "To lahko traja nekaj časa" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Inicializiram nastavitve NIS strežnika" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Berem zbirko" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Preverjanje odvisnosti..." + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Branje zbirke..." + +# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. +# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Končano" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Zbirke database1 ni možno prebrati." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Language Configuration" +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjevanje jezikovne konfiguracije" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Zaženi SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Zaganjam SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Prosim počakajte..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while..." +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "To lahko traja nekaj časa..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Nastavitev ni možno zapisati!" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "Delovanje skripte SuSEconfig je bilo neuspešno." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Server &IP Address:" +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "&IP naslov strežnika:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "&TCP port number" +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "Številka &TCP vrat" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "LDAP Support" +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "LDAP podpora" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "Lokacija: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Host: %1" +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "Gostitelj: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Host: %1" +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "Gostitelj: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Host: %1" +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "Gostitelj: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Peers: %1" +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "Partnerji: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Wrong option: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "Napačna opcija: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Screensavers" +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "Ohranjevalniki zaslona" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local time" +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Lokalni čas" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Prilagodivtev DHCP strežnika" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remote Directory:" +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "&Oddaljeni imenik:" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remote filesystem:" +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "&Oddaljen datotečni sistem:" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory on Server" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Imenik na strežniku" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I&P Details" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "I&P podrobnosti" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Support" +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP podpora" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Support" +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP podpora" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Prvo in drugo vneseno geslo se\n" +"razlikujeta!\n" +"Prosim, poizkusite znova." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +#| " 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +#| "Please try again." +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Geslo lahko vsebuje le naslednje znake:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, in kateregakoli od \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Prosim, poizkusite ponovno." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The queue name cannot be longer than thirty-two characters." +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Dolžina imena čakalne vrste mora biti krajša od 32 znakov." + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" +#| "a..zA..Z0..9_-/\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" +"Ime domačega imenika lahko vsebuje le naslednje znake:\n" +"a..zA..Z0..9_-/\n" +"Poskusite znova." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "brez" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +# Not longer than the english string, please. +# 2000-12-06 19:54:38 CET -ke- +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Verifying base packages..." +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Preverjanje osnovnih paketov..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Prosim počakajte..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the server URL." +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Vnesite URL strežnika." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 ni veljaven IPv4 naslov." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" +#| "Use an absolute path name.\n" +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" +"Ime datoteke \"%1\" je nepravilno.\n" +"Uporabite absolutno pot.\n" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xinetd Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev Xinetd" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DSL Devices to Configure" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "DSL naprave za nastavitev" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Usage Overview" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Pregled zasedenosti diska" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Število" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux size (%1)" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Velikost linuxa (%1)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev upravljanja z energijo" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "Dodatno" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Proxy &Password" +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Proxy &geslo" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the service to configure." +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Izberi servis za nastavitev." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Method" +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "Način overjanja" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "I&zberi vse" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Deselect All" +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "&Odznači vse" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Login" +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&Prijava" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Login" +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "&Prijava" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Screensavers" +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "Ohranjevalniki zaslona" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Power Management Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inicializacija nastavitve upravlanja z energijo</big> \n" +"Prosim počakajte... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Prekinitev inicializacije:</BIG> \n" +"Varno prekinite nastavitveno orodje s pritiskom na Prekini.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Power Management Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Shranjevanje nastavitev upravljanja z energijo</big>\n" +" Prosim počakajte... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Prekinitev shranjevanja:</BIG> \n" +"Prekinite shranjevanje s pritiskom na gumb Prekini.\n" +"V dodatnem pogovornem oknu bo obvestilo ali je to varno narediti.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Server Address:</big> Enter the IP address or host name of the\n" +#| "server to which to connect.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Naslov strežnik:</big> Vnesite IP naslov ali ime gostitelja \n" +"srežnika, na katerega želite izvesti povezavo.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of user management tools" +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Nastavitev orodij za upravljanje uporabnikov" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "At least one ethernet interface must be configured." +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Nastavljena mora biti vsaj ena mrežna kartica." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User &Management" +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Upravljanje z &uporabniki" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User &Management" +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "Upravljanje z &uporabniki" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Zaganjanje..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/migration.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/migration.sl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/migration.sl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:29 UTC (rev 95973) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration File" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Nastavitvena datoteka" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "Ponovno zaženi NTP demon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Končaj zapre YaST namestitev in nadaljuje\n" +"do prijavitvenega zaslona.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Povzetek nastavitev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Če želite uporabiti prikazane nastavitve, pritisnite Naprej.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/s390.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/s390.sl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/s390.sl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:29 UTC (rev 95973) @@ -0,0 +1,2100 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Konfiguracija IrDA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No hard disks were detected." +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Zazanih ni bilo nobenih trdih diskov." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Name" +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD Ime" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of the NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Nastavitev NFS strežnika" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring general settings..." +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Prilagajanje splošnih nastavitev..." + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Nastavitev IPsec" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Zaznavanje dosegljivih kontrolnikov" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk controller configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev krmilnika diska" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Nastavite &DASD diske" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Nastavite &ZFCP diske" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Zaganjanje..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Nastavitev IPsec" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No specific device configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Nobena naprava ni nastavljena" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "Vključeno" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "Izključeno" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Formatiraj" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Format datoteke" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Format datoteke" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Parallel port details..." +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "Podrobnosti &paralelnih vrat..." + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zone is selected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Izbrano ni nobeno območje." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "DNS področje %1 ni tipa master." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Vrednost %1 ni dovoljena za možnost %2." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Upravljanje gostitelja" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Formatiraj" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "&Uporabi LDAP" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Naprava" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tip" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access settings" +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Nastavitve dostopa" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Formatiraj" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Dodatne informacije" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimum &UID" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Najnižji &UID" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanal za &pisanje" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Namestitev" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select all" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Izberi vse" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Odznači vse" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Disks" +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "DASD Diski" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Kanal" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Format Floppy Disk" +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "&Formatiraj disketo" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "&Uporabi LDAP" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Zares želite zapustit prilagajanje DHCP strežnika brez shranitve?\n" +"Vse spremembe bodo izgubljene." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Napiši TV kanal" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "hostid already exists" +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "ID gostitelja že obstaja" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inicializacija nastavitev DHCP strežnika</big> \n" +"Prosim, počakajte..." + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Prekinitev inicializacije:</big> \n" +"Varno prekinite nastavitveno orodje s pritiskom na Prekini." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Shranjevanje nastavitev DHCP strežnika</big> \n" +"Prosim, počakajte..." + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Prekinitev shranjevanja:</BIG> \n" +"Prekinite shranjevanje s pritiskom na gumb Prekini.\n" +"Dodatno pogovorno okno vas bo obvestilo ali je to varno.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>DNS Zones</big> \n" +#| "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>DNS področja</big> \n" +"To pogovorno okno uporabite za upravljanje DNS področij.\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Za več nastavitev pritisnite Napredne nastavitve." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Za odstranitev možnosti izberite le-to in kliknite Zbriši." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New Share</big> \n" +#| "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>dodaj nov vir v skupno rabo</big> \n" +"Tukaj lahko podrobno uredite osnovne informacije o \n" +"viru v skupni rabi, ki ga želite dodati. \n" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Za preskok v pogovorno okno o uporabnikih izberite Uporabniki.\n" +"\n" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk controller configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitev krmilnika diska" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New Loop Device Setup" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Ustvari novo nastavitev naprave s povratnim klicem" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +# check_en +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "Izbrati morate eno napravo v tabeli" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>Nastavitev povezave</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Nastavitve časovnega pasu in ure</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Nastavitve časovnega pasu in ure</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>Nastavitev povezave</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Nastavitev povezave</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Da" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Ne" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&dd group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "D&odaj skupino" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable Firewall" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&Omogoči požarni zid" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Avtorizacija" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ime" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Člani skupine" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS Uporabniki" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete Zone" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Zbriši področje" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Skupine paketov" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "I&zbire" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Region" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Področje" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Datoteka" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "&Razišči" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable LDAP Users to Log In" +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "&Omogoči prijavo LDAP uporabnikom" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Prijava" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Domači imenik" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Lupina" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone: " +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Nastavitve za področje. " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Geslo" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter Password:" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "Vnesite &geslo:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Domači imenik" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "&Razišči" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Username:" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Uporabniško ime" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Days to Password Change Warning" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Koliko dni pred zamenjavo gesla sistem o tem obvesti uporabnika" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional &LDAP Groups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Dodatne &LDAP skupine" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Membership" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Članstvo" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Izberi ali odznači" + +# &A is taken +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create" +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "Kreiraj" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS Skupine" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Membership" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Članstvo" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Lupina" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Passwords do not match." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "Gesli sta različna." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Gostiteljevo ime je neveljavno." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home directory of the user" +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Domači imenik za uporabnika" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Branje nastavitev ni uspelo." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Prilagodi splošne nastavitve" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Uporabniško ime ali domači imenik ni veljaven." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Gostiteljevo ime je neveljavno." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The queue name cannot be longer than thirty-two characters." +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Dolžina imena čakalne vrste mora biti krajša od 32 znakov." + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Čestitamo!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Welcome!" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Dobrodošli!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Dovoljene storitve" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Resnično končam nastavljanje brez shranjevanja ?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "' je neveljaven." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Vnešeni naslovi niso veljavni." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Domena je bila spremenjena.\n" +"Za uveljavitev sprememb je potrebno ponovno zagnati sistem." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Dovoljen je le en parameter." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Osnovna nastavitev" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Ne zažen&i IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Poženi zaznavanje" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Akcija" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minuta" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Naprava" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1 " +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Na %1 ni možno narediti particije" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It was not possible to revert the already made changes" +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Razveljavitev sprememb ni bila možna" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured Devices:" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Nastavljene naprave:" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the DHCP server configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Zares želite zapustit prilagajanje DHCP strežnika brez shranitve?\n" +"Vse spremembe bodo izgubljene." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All Network Devices" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Vse mrežne naprave" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Vneseni LDAP URL naslov je nepravilen." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Vneseni LDAP URL naslov je nepravilen." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inicializacija nastavitev DHCP strežnika</big> \n" +"Prosim, počakajte..." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Shranjevanje nastavitev DHCP strežnika</big> \n" +"Prosim, počakajte..." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing Services:</big> \n" +#| "Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Urejanje storitev:</big> \n" +"Izberite storitev za urejanje in pritisnite Uredi.\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Za več nastavitev pritisnite Napredne nastavitve." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Za odstranitev možnosti izberite le-to in kliknite Zbriši." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "Opozorilo" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running kinternet" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Zaganjam kinternet" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Nastavite &DASD diske" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not check the MD5 sum of the firmware." +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "Ne morem preveriti vsoto MD5 proizvajalčevega programa." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not load module %1." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "Ne morem naložiti modula %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "&Ne formatiraj" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown LDAP error" +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "Neznana LDAP napaka" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Formatiranje %1" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1 as %2" +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Formatiram %1 kot %2" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Preverjanje datotečnega sistema..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Preverjanje odvisnosti..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Nastavite &ZFCP diske" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Preverjanje odvisnosti..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking versions..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Preverjanje verzij..." + +# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. +# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Končano" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating crypt file %1" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Ustvarjanje šifrirane datoteke %1" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating crypt file %1" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "Ustvarjanje šifrirane datoteke %1" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Pretvarjanje zbirke paketov. Ta postopek lahko traja nekaj časa." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab:" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Nepravilne ali nerabljene vrstice v datoteki fstab:" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manage samba account parameters" +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Uredi parametre samba računa" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create the file '%1'." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Ne morem ustvariti datoteke '%1'." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjujem IrDA nastavitev" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Preveri vnose v fstab" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Preveri vnose v fstab" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Parametri modema" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries" +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Preverjanje vnosov v datoteki fstab" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries" +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Preverjanje vnosov v datoteki fstab" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading general settings..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Branje splošnih nastavitev..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjujem IrDA nastavitev" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Zapiši IRC nastavitve" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Zapiši IRC nastavitve" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Parametri ponudnika" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem IRC nastavitve..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem IRC nastavitve..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing general settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Zapisovanje splošnih nastavitev..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitve Samba strežnika" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration files" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Shrani nastavivene datoteke" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read user settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Branje uporabnikovih nastavitev" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving configuration files..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitvenih datotek..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Berem nastavitve uporabnika..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjevanje nastavitve Samba strežnika" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitev" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write user settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Shranjevanje uporabnikovih nastavitev" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Shranjujem nastavitev..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Berem nastavitve uporabnika..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjevanje sysconfig nastavitev" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Preverjam disketno enoto..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Branje nastavitev..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Preverjam disketno enoto..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Branje nastavitev..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjevanje sysconfig nastavitev" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Ponovni zagon servisov" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Ponovno zaganjanje servisov..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured Devices:" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Nastavljene naprave:" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "Ključ ni veljaven." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create crypt file %1" +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "Šifrirane datoteke %1 ni bilo moč ustvariti" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not start IPsec." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "IPsec ni možno zagnati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read." +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "datoteke fstab ni možno prebrati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "datoteke fstab ni možno prebrati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "datoteke fstab ni možno prebrati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "Storitev %1 ne obstaja." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The kernel module for TV support could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "Modul jedra za podporo TV ni mogoče naložiti." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read." +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "datoteke fstab ni možno prebrati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/smt.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/smt.sl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/smt.sl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:29 UTC (rev 95973) @@ -0,0 +1,1677 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Uporabniškega vmesnika za ta modul ni na voljo." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading active profile..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Berem aktivni profil..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create the file '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Ne morem ustvariti datoteke '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Preverjanje odvisnosti..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid server name." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Neveljavno ime strežnika. " + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Uspeh" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Način usklajevanja" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Nastavitev skupin virov" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Priporočeno" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Dodatno" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Varnost" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Packages to Update: %1" +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "Paketi za posodobitev: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Options" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Varnostne Nastavitve" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Priporočeno" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Dodatni jeziki:%1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Nedelja" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Ponedeljek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Torek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Sreda" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Četrtek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Petek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Sobota" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +# &w is taken by &Weiter +# 2001-06-28 16:20:01 CEST -ke- +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Središče za uporabniške nastavitve Novell" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "&Uporabi splošne certifikate strežnika" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Šifra za registracijo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Velikost za prenos k sebi:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Uporabnik" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Geslo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Preizkusi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server URL" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "URL LDAP strežnika" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&Geslo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter Password:" +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "Vnesite &geslo:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List of local groups" +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Seznam lokalnih skupin" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frekvenca" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "Dan v &mesecu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Ura" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minuta" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&dd..." +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Do&daj..." + +# &B conflicts with &Beenden +# 2001-09-18 18:24:45 CEST -ke- +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "Ur&edi..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "E-poštni naslov administratorja strežnika" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Vse" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host &Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Ime &gostitelja" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "&Pokaži kategorijo popravka:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Ime paketa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Verzija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose a category" +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Izberite kategorijo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Izdelek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Povzetek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&Podrobnosti o popravku <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "&Zamenjaj status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Status" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "&Status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search:" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Možnosti izključene iz iskanja:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "Omogoč&eno" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "O&nemogoči" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show introduction" +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "Pokaži &uvod" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ime" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "argentina" +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Argentina" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Nadzor" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Napaka" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "&Zamenjaj status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Ime gostitelja" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Inicializacija DSL nastavitve" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Preberi nastavitev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the SCPM state" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Branje SCPM stanja" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Preberi nastavitve požarnega zidu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read user settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Branje uporabnikovih nastavitev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Branje nastavitve..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the SCPM state..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Berem SCPM stanje..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Berem nastavitve požarnega zidu..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Branje nastavitev po meri..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip detection" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Pre&skoči zaznavanje" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "Uporabniško središče" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Opozorilo" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "N&o, Skip Update" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "N&e, preskoči posodabljanje" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Prekliči" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Posodobi nastavitve" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Posodobi nastavitve" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "&Uporabi splošne certifikate strežnika" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracija DNS strežnika" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Prilagodi DNS storitev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve požarnega zidu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write user settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Shranjevanje uporabnikovih nastavitev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Način usklajevanja" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Posodabljanje nastavitev..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Branje nastavitve..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking already installed scanners..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Preverjam nameščene optične bralnike..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev NFS strežnika..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Prilagajanje DNS storitev..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Shranjujem nastavitve požarnega zidu..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing openssh settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem openssh nastavitve..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking versions..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Preverjanje verzij..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Izvajanje skript..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Zapisovanje NFS nastavitev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Takojšen &zapis sprememb" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Dobil popravke." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Zapisovanje shem..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match!\n" +#| "Please try again." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Gesli v prvem in drugem vnosu\n" +"nista enaki!\n" +"Prosim, poizkusite znova." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Geslo ne sme biti prazno." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Geslo ne sme biti prazno." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Podrobnosti" + +# &A is already taken! -ke- +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Rezultat: " + +# &A is already taken! -ke- +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Rezultat: " + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Getting a list of mirror servers..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Prenašam seznam zrcalnih strežnikov..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Neznano" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filter: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "&Pokaži kategorijo popravka:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Uporabniškega vmesnika za ta modul ni na voljo." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no options for this module" +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Za ta modul ni izbir." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "Sistem je posodobljen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Vir neznan." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Neznan razred:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Never" +msgid "Never" +msgstr "&Nikoli" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the current configuration." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Ne morem prebrati trenutne nastavitve." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "&Geslo" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Geslo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Vnešeni naslovi niso veljavni." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating partition plans..." +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Načrtovanje razdelitve diska..." + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the disk image." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Pri izdelavi diskovne slike je prišlo do napake." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "Nova vrednost" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' je neveljaven." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current settings." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Ne morem prebrati trenutnih nastavitev." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delete the selected entry?" +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Zares želite izbrisati izbran vnos?" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Profile Repository:" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Zbirka &profilov:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Napredek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Stop" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the Add-On product installation?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Res želite prekiniti namestitev dodatnih izdelkov?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Zrcaljenje)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Nadaljuj" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Nalagam..." + +# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. +# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Končano" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Ukaz: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Mesečno" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "Določen s strani uporabnika" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Tedensko" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Dnevno" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Ura" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minuta" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frekvenca" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Začetni čas varovanja" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of &Week" +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Dan v &Tednu" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of Month" +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "Dan v &mesecu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "Resnično konec? Vse spremembe bodo izgubljene." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"Za dodajanje omrežne deklaracije,\n" +"izberite Podomrežje." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"Za spremenitev stanja modula izberite\n" +"željeni modul v tabeli in pritisnite Zamenjaj status.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"Za spremenitev stanja modula izberite\n" +"željeni modul v tabeli in pritisnite Zamenjaj status.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Uporabniško središče" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Alice Repository:" +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "&Alice odlagališče:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Trenutno stanje: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "YaST nastavitveni modul %1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Posodobitev sistemske konfiguracije" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Upravljanje" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device configured in the control file does not\n" +#| "exist on this system." +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" +"Naprava, konfigurirana v kontrolni datoteki, na tem\n" +"sistemu ne obstaja." + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Ne najdem seznama zvočnih kartic. Prosim, preverite namestitev." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Nastavitvena skripta ni uspela." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Nastavitev ni možno zapisati!" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Ponovno nalagam storitev %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "&Uporabi splošne certifikate strežnika" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "Upravljanje" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "Pre&skoči" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Storitve ni moč izbrisati. Ni nameščena." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Geslo Samba root uporabnika:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reenter the &Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Ponovno vnesite &geslo" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1" +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Ni možno zapisati '%1'." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&Ponovi" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Zbirke database1 ni možno prebrati." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Posodobi nastavitvene datoteke" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "Geslo Samba root uporabnika:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Geslo Samba root uporabnika:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Password Expiration" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "Geslo bo vedno veljavno" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Nastavi geslo." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Zbirke database1 ni možno prebrati." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot set the password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Določitev gesla ni mogoča." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/xpram.sl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/xpram.sl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sl/po/xpram.sl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:29 UTC (rev 95973) @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +# Slovenian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>, 2001, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 11:02+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Janez Krek <janez.krek(a)euroteh.si>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Konfiguracija IrDA" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable SCPM" +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Omogoči SCPM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disable IRC" +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Onemogoči IRC" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration" +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Spremeni IrDA konfiguracijo" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Priključna točka" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IrDA Configuration" +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "IrDA Konfiguracija" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Nastavi infrardeči vmesnik (IrDA) za vaš računalnik." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Ne zažen&i IrDA" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start IrDA" +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Poženi IrDA" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Priključna točka" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&Priključna točka" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File System" +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Datotečni sistem" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " File System " +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr " Datotečni sistem " + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving VPN Configuration" +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Shranjevanje VPN nastavitev" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zapiši nastavitve" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Ponovni zagon servisov" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisovanje nastavitev..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Ponovno zaganjanje servisov..." + +# "Abgeschlossen" doesn't sound here. +# 2001-09-25 11:12:20 CEST -ke- +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Končano" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95972 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:27 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95972 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/journalctl.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/kernel-update-tool.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/linux-user-mgmt.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/migration.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/s390.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/smt.sk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/xpram.sk.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/journalctl.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/journalctl.sk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/journalctl.sk.po 2016-07-04 08:45:27 UTC (rev 95972) @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Bez položiek." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change E-Mail" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Zmeniť e-mail" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Obnoviť" + +# tree node +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Braillov displej" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Nenájdené žiadne položky" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtre:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +# Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Priorita" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Ďalšie možnosti" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrovať podľa súboru" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Čas" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Zdroj" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Správa" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/kernel-update-tool.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/kernel-update-tool.sk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/kernel-update-tool.sk.po 2016-07-04 08:45:27 UTC (rev 95972) @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Varovanie" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Zrušiť aktualizáciu jadra?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Alternatívne umiestnenie sťahovania." + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Protokol stavu aktualizácie jadra " Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/linux-user-mgmt.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/linux-user-mgmt.sk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/linux-user-mgmt.sk.po 2016-07-04 08:45:27 UTC (rev 95972) @@ -0,0 +1,746 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Hľadám stromy eDirectory" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Môže to chvíľu trvať" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 je neplatné plné jedinečné meno. Meno musí byť typové (napr. cn=admin,o=acme nebo o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Inicializujem správu linuxových používateľov" + +# Progress stage +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Načítavanie databázy" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Kontrolujem závislosti" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Načítavam databázu..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Dokončené" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Zdá sa, že %1 už je nakonfigurovaný. \n" +"Pokračovať v konfigurácii?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Nemôžem čítať z databázy1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu správy linuxových používateľov" + +# Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zápis nastavení" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Spustenie SuSEconfig" + +# Progress step 1/2 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Spúšťam SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Prosím, čakajte" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "Spúšťam namconfig pre LUM, chvíľu to môže trvať..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"Nedá sa pripojiť k LDAP serveru %1, alebo\n" +"používateľ %2 nemá dostatočné práva pre konfiguráciu\n" +"správy linuxových používateľov.\n" +"Prosím opravte problém a po inštalácii\n" +"spustite namconfig." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." + +# translators: error message +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "Spustenie skriptu SuSEconfig zlyhalo." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "Názov LDAP administrátora s kontextom: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "IP adresa LDAP servera: %1" + +# text entry label +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "Číslo portu LDAP: %1" + +# check box +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "Bezpečný port LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Linux/Unix konfiguračný kontext: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "Kontext pracovnej stanice LUM: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "Používateľské meno proxy s kontextom: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "PAM kompatibilné služby pre overenie cez eDirectory:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "login: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Lokálny počítač" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia LDAP servera %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Lokálny, alebo vzdialený server priečinka" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&Lokálny systém" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "&Vzdialený systém" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Adresa servera priečinka" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Meno administrátora s kontextom (napr. cn=admin,o=novell). Voliteľné." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Heslo administrátora. Voliteľné." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Podrobnosti portu" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 je neplatná LDAP syntax. Názov musí používať čiarky ako oddeľovače (napr. cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"Pokus o bezpečný LDAP bind neodpovedal behom 2 minút.\n" +"Môže to znamenať problém s LDAP na cieľovom serveri.\n" +"Ak ste si istí správnosťou prihlasovacích údajov, môžete\n" +"pokračovať, inak prosím zistite, či na cieľovom systéme beží správne LDAP.\n" +"Chcete pokračovať?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "Vypršal časový interval LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"Nedá sa overiť cez LDAP s následujúcimi parametrami:\n" +" používateľské meno: %1\n" +" adresa: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" Môže to znamenať, že je jeden z parametrov chybný.\n" +" Ak LDAP nie je na eDirectory serveri nakonfigurovaný,\n" +" alebo ak načúva na inom ako uvedenom porte,\n" +" neobdržíme žiadnu odpoveď.\n" +" \n" +" Chcete aj tak pokračovať s týmito parametrami?" + +# check box +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP port" + +# check box +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP bezpečný port" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Prvá a druhá verzia hesla nie sú rovnaké.\n" +"Skúste to znovu." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Heslo môže obsahovať iba tieto znaky:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, a nejaký z \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Prosím, skúste to znovu." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "Nedá sa pridať samo-podpísaný certifikát do koreňového úložiska certifikátov" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "Nedá sa zmeniť vlastník skupiny koreňového úložiska certifikátov na www" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "Nedá sa zmeniť právo skupiny na koreňovom úložisku certifikátov pre zápis cez www" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Názov stromu nemôže byť prázdny" + +# login -> Benutzername +# error message +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Názov stromu nemôže byť dlhší ako 32 znakov" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Názov stromu nemôže končiť spätným lomítkom (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "Názvy stromov môžu obsahovať iba tieto znaky [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] a \"-\" alebo \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Platné čísla portov sú od 0 do 65536.\n" +"Prosím skúste to znovu." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "Port %1 sa používa, aj tak použiť?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "žiadne" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "Kontajner 'o=security' je rezervovaný a nemôže byť použitý v jedinečnom názve" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 nešpecifikuje plný názov od koreňa stromu." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "Kontajner 'o=security' je rezervovaný a nemôže byť použitý v kontexte" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 je neplatný kontext" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Overujem prihlasovacie údaje používateľa" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Prosím, čakajte..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Zadať existujúcu IP adresu." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 je neplatný názov cesty" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 je neplatný názov absolútnej cesty" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia správy linuxových používateľov" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Správa linuxových používateľov pre konfiguráciu" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Prehľad správy linuxových používateľov" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Číslo" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Správa linuxových používateľov" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia správy linuxových používateľov" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Linux/Unix konfiguračný kontext" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Kontext pracovnej stanice LUM (e.g. o=novell). Voliteľné" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "Používateľské meno proxy s kontextom (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(voliteľné)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Heslo používateľa proxy" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 je neplatná LDAP syntax. Názov musí používať čiarky ako oddeľovače (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 je neplatná LDAP syntax. Názov musí používať čiarky ako oddeľovače (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Vybrať PAM-povolené služby pre" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "overenie cez eDirectory" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Vybr&ať všetko" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "Odznač&iť všetko" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&login" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-s&creensaver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inicializujem konfiguráciu správy linuxových používateľov</big> \n" +"Prosím, čakajte... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Prerušenie inicializácie:</big> \n" +"Teraz môžete bezpečne prerušiť konfiguráciu stlačením Prerušiť.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ukladám konfiguráciu správy linuxových používateľov</big>\n" +" Prosím, čakajte... \n" + +# Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Prerušenie ukladania:</big> \n" +"Ukladanie môžete prerušiť stlačením Prerušiť.\n" +"Zobrazí sa dialóg, ktorý vás bude informovať, či je to bezpečné.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linux/Unix konfiguračný kontext</big> \n" +"Kontext eDirectory (existujúci, alebo tu vytvorený), kde bude vytvorený\n" +"konfiguračný objekt Linux/UNIX. LDAP hľadá objekty LUM používateľa, LUM skupiny,\n" +"a LUM pracovnej stanice, takže musí byť na tej istej úrovni, alebo\n" +"vyššie ako hľadané objekty LUM.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Kontext pracovnej stanice LUM</big> \n" +"Kontext eDirectory (existujúci, alebo tu vytvorený) pre pracovné stanice LUM\n" +"vytvorený pre tento server pri inštalácii. Kontext musí byť na rovnakej, alebo nižšej úrovni\n" +"ako základný kontext zadaný vyššie.\n" +" " + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Používateľské meno proxy s kontextom (voliteľné)</big> \n" +"Používateľ (existujúci, alebo tu vytvorený) s právami hľadať strom LDAP pre objekty LUM.\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Služby s povoleným PAM</big> \n" +"Služby s povoleným PAM na tomto serveri budú k dispozícii\n" +"overeným požívateľom správy používateľov LUM.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Lokálny, alebo vzdialený server priečinka</big> \n" +"Vyberte lokálny, alebo vzdialený systém závislý na serveri ktorý konfigurujete.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Adresa servera priečinka</big>\n" +"Toto políčko je aktívne a vyberiete vzdialený systém. Zadajte IP adresu vzdialeného servera, ktorý chcete konfigurovať.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Meno administrátora s kontextom</big> \n" +"Zadajte meno administrátora LDAP a kontext. Toto meno je plne rozlíšiteľný názov používateľského objektu s právami administrátora k serveru LDAP. Napríklad: cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Heslo administrátora</big> \n" +"Zadajte heslo administrátora LDAP. Ide o heslo používateľa určeného ako administrátor LDAP.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Podrobnosti portu</big> \n" +"Kliknutím na možnosť Podrobnosti portu sa dá zobraziť, alebo upraviť číslo portu LDAP, alebo číslo zabezpečeného portu LDAP, ktorý server používa ku komunikácii s inými servermi. Štandardný port LDAP je 389. Štandardný zabezpečený port LDAP je 636.\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Konfigurácia správy linuxových používateľov" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Musí byť nakonfigurovaná správa linuxových používateľov." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Správa linuxových používateľov" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&Správa linuxových používateľov" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inicializujem..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/migration.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/migration.sk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/migration.sk.po 2016-07-04 08:45:27 UTC (rev 95972) @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Migrácia" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Systém sa teraz reštartuje." + +# progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "Reštartujem démona NTP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the migration\n" +#| "and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Dokončiť ukončí migráciu a mali\n" +"by ste systém reštartnúť hneď ako je to možné." + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Congratulations! \n" +#| "You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.\n" +#| "The whole system has been upgraded. It should be rebooted\n" +#| "it as soon as possible.\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "Have a nice day! \n" +#| "Your SUSE Linux Team" +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" +"Gratulujeme! \n" +"Úspešne ste ukončili migráciu.\n" +"Celý systém bol aktualizovaný. Mal by byť reštartnutý\n" +"hneď ako je to možné.\n" +"Prosím navštívte nás na http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"Prajeme príjemný deň! \n" +"Váš SUSE Linux tím" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +# Error message popup: +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Zlyhalo vytvorenie novej mapy." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Súhrn konfigurácie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Súhrn konfigurácie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "Táto stránka ukazuje súhrn všetkých nastavení pre požiadavok, ktorý bude podpísaný." + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Completed" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Migrácia dokončená" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Pre použitie zobrazeného nastavenia stlačte Dopredu.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/s390.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/s390.sk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/s390.sk.po 2016-07-04 08:45:27 UTC (rev 95972) @@ -0,0 +1,2187 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +# Command line help text for the Xirda module +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Konfigurácia CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No USB disk was detected." +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Nebol nájdený žiaden USB disk." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Name" +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "Meno DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Konfigurácia poštového servera" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Konfigurácia poštového servera" + +# dialog caption +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Konfigurácia mailov" + +# Progress step +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Hľadám dostupné radiče" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk controller configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia radiča disku" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Nastaviť &DASD disky" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Nastaviť &ZFCP disky" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inicializujem..." + +# Command line help text for the Xirda module +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Konfigurácia CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No specific device configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Nenakonfigurované žiadne špeciálne zariadenie" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "Aktivované" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "Deaktivované" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Formátovať" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Formát súboru" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Formát súboru" + +# PushButton +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Parallel port details..." +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "Detaily &paralelného portu..." + +# popup error message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zone is selected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Nebola zvolená zóna." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Adresár %1 nie je prístupný." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Adresár %1 nie je prístupný." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Správa CA" + +# textentry label +# table header 1/2 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanál" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Formátovať" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "&Použiť LDAP" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Zariadenie" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Typ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Typ prístupu" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Formátovať" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Ďalšie informácie" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimum &UID" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Minimálny &UID" + +# IntField - max. log size +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Maximum Mail Size" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Maximálna veľkosť e-mailu" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Vykonanie inštalácie" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Vybrať &všetko" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Odznačiť všetko" + +# popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "Neplatný názov súboru." + +# tree node string +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Disks" +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "DASD Disky" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Kanál" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Format Floppy Disk" +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "&Formátovať disketu" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "&Použiť LDAP" + +# Yes-No popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Naozaj chcete prerušiť konfiguráciu serveru DNS?\n" +"Všetky zmeny budú zahodené." + +# message popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Zadaj TV kanál." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " už existuje." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inicializujem konfiguráciu skeneru</big> \n" +"Prosím, čakajte..." + +# Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Prerušenie inicializácie:</big> \n" +"Teraz môžete bezpečne prerušiť konfiguráciu stlačením Prerušiť." + +# Write dialog help 1/2 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Konfigurácia serveru NFS</big> \n" +"" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Prerušenie ukladania:</big> \n" +"Stlačením Prerušiť zrušíte ukladanie nastavenia.\n" +"Zobrazí sa ďalší dialóg informujúci o tom, či je to bezpečné.\n" +"\n" + +# Expert Mode Configuration - Zones 1/2 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>DNS Zones</big> \n" +#| "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>DNS zóny</big> \n" +"Na správu DNS zón použite tento dialóg.\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To create a new user, click Add.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Pre vytvorenie nového používateľa stlačte Pridať.\n" +"\n" + +# Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/3 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Pre odstránenie voľby ju zvoľte a kliknite na Zmazať." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +# add new share dialog help 1/3 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New Share</big> \n" +#| "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>Pridať nové zdieľanie</big> \n" +"Sem zadajte základné údaje o pridávanom zdieľaní.\n" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"K prepnutiu do dialógu o používateľoch použite Používatelia.\n" +"\n" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk controller configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia radiča disku" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCSI Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "SCSI skladovacie zariadenie" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "Musíte vybrať jedno zariadenie z tabuľky" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>Používatelia</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Zdieľania</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "Použite Nový pre vytvorenie nového vzoru, alebo Importovať pre import existujúceho vzoru." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Používatelia</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>Konfigurácia pripojenia</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Ak chcete zmeniť URL, kliknite na tlačidlo Zmeniť...." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Konfigurácia pripojenia</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Áno" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Nie" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS používatelia" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volgroup" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Skupina zväzkov" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +# TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable Firewall" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&Zapnúť firewall" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Prihlásenie" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Názov" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Členovia skupiny" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS používatelia" + +# Pushbutton - delete zone selected in table +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete Zone" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Zmazať zónu" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Skupiny balíkov" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&Výbery" + +# Label of the registered hosts table +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Registrovať" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Súbor" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "&Prechádzať" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +# checkbox label +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable LDAP Users to Log In" +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "&Povoliť prihlásenie pre používateľov LDAP" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Prihlásenie" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Cesta k domovskému priečinku" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +# Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone " +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Nastavenia pre zónu" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Heslo" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "P&otvrďte heslo" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Domovský adresár" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "Prechádzať" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Po&užívateľské meno" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Force Password Change" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Vynútiť zmenu hesla" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Ďalšie s&kupiny" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&GID" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "&GID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Členovia" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Označiť alebo odznačiť" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Vytvoriť..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "Skupiny &NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Členovia" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +# command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Heslá sa nezhodujú.\n" +"Skúste znova." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Neplatný zdroj." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home directory of the user" +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Domovský adresár používateľa" + +# command line error message +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Načítavanie nastavenia zlyhalo." + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Konfigurácia všeobecných nastavení" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Nový systémový používateľ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manage Group Quota" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Spravovať skupinové kvóty" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Používateľské meno alebo domovský priečinok nie sú platné." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Neplatný zdroj." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "V hesle ste použili iba malé písmená." + +# login -> Benutzername +# error message +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Názov stromu nemôže byť dlhší ako 32 znakov" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Stav" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Stav" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal Definition" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "Definícia terminálu" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +# Label text +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Povolené služby" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Ukončiť bez uloženia?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Neplatný zdroj." + +# message popup +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Zadané adresy nie sú platné." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Zmenila sa doména.\n" +"Musíte reštartovať počítač ak chcete aktivovať zmeny." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Povolené sú len 2 paranetre." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Základná konfigurácia" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +# radio button label +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Nespu&tiť IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Spustiť hľadanie" + +# ComboBox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Akcia" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minúta" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Zariadenie výpisu" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Je možné vymazať ovládač iba bez zodpovedajúceho skenera." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Testovanie nie je možné bez zodpovedajúceho aktívneho skenera." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured Devices:" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Nakonfigurované zariadenia:" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TUN" +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "TUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the DHCP server configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Naozaj chcete prerušiť nastavenie serveru DHCP?\n" +"Všetky zmeny budú zahodené." + +# translators: dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New RBL Server" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Pridať nový RBL server" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +# translators: error message for wrong LDAP source +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Zadaná LDAP URL je neplatná." + +# translators: error message for wrong LDAP source +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Zadaná LDAP URL je neplatná." + +# help text 1/1 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inicializujem konfiguráciu serveru DHCP</big> \n" +"Prosím, čakajte..." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Konfigurácia serveru FTP</big> \n" +"" + +# Write dialog help 1/2 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Configure CASA here. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Konfigurácia CASA</big>\n" +" Tu môžete nakonfigurovať CASA. \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To create a new user, click Add.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Pre vytvorenie nového používateľa stlačte Pridať.\n" +"\n" + +# Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/3 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Pre odstránenie voľby ju zvoľte a kliknite na Zmazať." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Varovanie:</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "Keď pristupujete na iSCSI zariadenie s právom zápisu, uistite sa, či naň môžete zapisovať iba vy sám a nikto ďalší. Inak riskujete možnosť poškodenia dát.\n" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running kinternet" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Spúšťam KInternet" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Nastaviť &DASD disky" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not check the MD5 sum of the firmware." +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "Nemôžem overiť MD5 súčet firmvéru." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not load module %1." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať modul %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa aktivovať %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "&Neformátovať" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown error" +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "Neznáma chyba" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Formátujem %1" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1 as %2" +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Formátujem oddiel %1 ako %2" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Kontrolujem systém súborov..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Kontrolujem závislosti..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Kontrolujem závislosti" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Kontrolujem závislosti..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking versions..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Kontrolujem verzie..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Dokončené" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCSI Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "SCSI skladovacie zariadenie" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Image" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "Vytváranie obrazu" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Konvertujem databázu balíkov. To môže chvíľu trvať." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Neplatné a staré záznamy vo fstab" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting supported TV norms..." +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Skúšam podporované TV normy..." + +# summary text part, alt. 1 +# %1 server name +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Chýbajúci parameter '%1'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +# error message +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start device %1." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Nemôžem spustiť zariadenie %1." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Načítanie nastavení" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Kontrola záznamov fstab" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Kontrola záznamov fstab" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Iné &parametre jadra" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Kontrolujem záznamy fstab..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Kontrolujem záznamy fstab..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Voliteľné parametre jadra" + +# Irda read dialog caption +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu IrDA" + +# Progress stage +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Zápis nastavenia diaľkového ovládania" + +# Progress stage +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Zápis nastavenia diaľkového ovládania" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Iné &parametre jadra" + +# Progress step +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenia diaľkového ovládania" + +# Progress step +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenia diaľkového ovládania" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Voliteľné parametre jadra" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu poštového servera" + +# progress stage +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Načítať konfiguračný súbor" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read user settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Načítanie používateľských nastavení" + +# progress step +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Načítavam konfiguračné súbory..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Načítavam používateľské nastavenia..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu poštového servera" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Zápis konfigurácie" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write user settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Zápis používateľských nastavení" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Načítavam používateľské nastavenia..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Načítanie nastavení" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Kontrolujem závislosti" + +# progress step +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Načítavam nastavenia..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Kontrolujem mechaniku diskety..." + +# progress step +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Načítavam nastavenia..." + +# CDCreator read dialog caption +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladá sa nastavenie autofs" + +# Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zápis nastavení" + +# Progress stage 2/2 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Reštartovať službu" + +# Progress step 1/2 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." + +# Progress step 2/2 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Reštartujem službu..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot revert the previous state of installed products.\n" +#| "You will have to revert them manually." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" +"Nedá sa vrátiť predchádzajúci stav inštalovaných produktov.\n" +"Musíte ich vrátiť ručne." + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Already Configured Devices:" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Už nakonfigurované zariadenia:" + +# Popup::Error text +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "Kľúč nie je platný." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create crypt file %1" +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa vytvoriť šifrovaný súbor %1" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create directory." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa vytvoriť priečinok." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read." +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa prečítať súbor fstab." + +# error popup +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URI could not be empty." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "URI nemôže byť prázdne." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa prečítať súbor fstab." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: file does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1: súbor neexistuje." + +# error message +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The kernel module for TV support could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať modul jadra pre podporu TV." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read." +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa prečítať súbor fstab." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/smt.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/smt.sk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/smt.sk.po 2016-07-04 08:45:27 UTC (rev 95972) @@ -0,0 +1,1733 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Pre tento modul nie je k dispozícii používateľské rozhranie." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "URL pre stiahnutie poznámok k vydaniu nebolo definované. Nie je možné vykonať test pripojenia k internetu. " + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Vytváram odkladací priestor..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create the file '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Nie je možné vytvoriť súbor '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Kontrolujem závislosti..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid IP definition." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Neplatná definícia IP adresy." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Hotovo" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Registrácia" + +# frame +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Typ synchronizácie" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Umiestnenie archivovaných správ" + +# command line help text for the queue name option +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Queue Name" +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "Žiadny názov frontu" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Doporučené" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Voliteľné" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Bezpečnosť" + +# Separator between min and max frequency fields +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Stav zabezpečenia" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Doporučené vzory" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Ďalšie jazyky: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Nedeľa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Pondelok" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Utorok" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Streda" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Štvrtok" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Piatok" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Sobota" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavenie pre Zákaznícke centrum firmy Novell" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Custom Policy" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Použiť vlastnú politiku" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Registračný server:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Sťahovaná veľkosť:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "Po&užívateľ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Heslo" + +# button label +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Test" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "Je vyžadovaná emailová adresa pre dokončenie registrácie." + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "SMT server" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "Samba heslo &pre administrátora" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "P&otvrďte heslo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Upraviť plán správ pre " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Príkazy pre spustenie" + +# tree node string - CPU information +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frekvencia" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Deň &týždňa" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Deň mesiaca" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Hodina" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minúta" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Prid&ať..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Upraviť..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "Emailová adresa administrátora serveru" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Všetky" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Repository Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Meno &repozitára" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "&Zobraziť kategóriu opravy:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Oprava:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Verzia" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategória" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Testujem %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Produkt" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Súhrn" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&Detaily opravy <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "Prepnúť &stav" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Zmeniť &stav" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Vynechané položky z hľadania" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Zapnúť" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Vypnúť" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Hat" +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Vytvoriť Hat" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Názov" + +# For translators: Header of the table with installed cards +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Name" +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Názov cieľa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Monitorovanie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Chyba" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Popis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "Zmeniť režim" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "Prepnúť &stav" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Stav" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Hostiteľ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +# IPsec read dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Inicializujú sa FTP nastavenia" + +# translators: progress stage 1/1 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Načítať konfigurácie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read SCPM settings" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Načítať nastavenia SCPM" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Načítanie nastavení firewallu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Načítanie nastavení sudo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Čítam nastavenie NTP..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading SCPM settings..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Načítavam nastavenia SCPM..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Načítavam nastavenie firewallu..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Načítavam vlastné nastavenia..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registrácia" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "&Zákaznícke centrum" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Varovanie" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Áno, preskočiť" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Zrušiť" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Čítanie aktuálnej konfigurácie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Aktualizácia konfigurácie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Vytvoriť štandartnú CA a certifikát serveru." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia serveru DNS" + +# progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Upraviť službu DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Zápis nastavenia pre firewall" + +# Progress stage 1/2 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Zápis nastavení smerovania" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Kontrolujem aktuálne repozitáre..." + +# frame +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Typ synchronizácie" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Aktualizujem konfiguráciu..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Čítam konfiguráciu..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Vytváram štandartnú CA a certifikát serveru." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu NFS servera..." + +# progress step +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Upravujem službu DNS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenia firewallu..." + +# Progress step 1/2 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenia smerovania..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Kontrolujem aktuálne repozitáre..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Spúšťam skripty..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "&Zapísať zmeny" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Opravy boli získané." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Zapisujem schémy..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Prvá a druhá verzia hesla nie sú\n" +"rovnaké." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "URL SMT servera musí začínať s https://" + +# Popup::Error text +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Meno používateľa nesmie byť prázdne." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Heslo nesmie byť prázdne." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Detaily" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Výsledok testovania:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Výsledok testovania:" + +# Progress step +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Hľadám dostupné repozitáre..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Neznámy" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filter: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "&Zobraziť kategóriu opravy:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Čítam balíky dostupné v repozitároch..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Softvérové repozitáre boli aktualizované." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Chybová správa: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Názov produktu: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "Systém je aktuálny." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Zdroj neznámy." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +# device class is unknown +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Neznáma trieda:" + +# radiobutton +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Nikdy" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +# message box +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the current configuration." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa prečítať aktuálne nastavenie." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Zadajte heslo" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +# Translators: input type for a wireless key +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Heslo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +# command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Heslá sa nezhodujú." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Vytváram repozitár %1" + +# error report +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the disk image." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Vyskytla sa chyba pri vytváraní obrazu disku." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "&E-Mail" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "cez &e-mail" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' je neplatná." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current settings." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Nie je možné prečítať aktuálne nastavenie." + +# message box +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Nie je možné získať popis vzdialeného repozitára." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Skúšam repozitár %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Priebeh" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "Za&staviť" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Upgrade" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Prerušujem aktualizáciu" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Naozaj chcete zrušiť konfiguráciu?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue Profiling" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "&Pokračovať v tvorbe profilu" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Načítavam..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Dokončené" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Príkaz: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Mesačne" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "not-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "nedefinovaný" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Týždenne" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Denne" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 hodina" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 minút" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Všetko" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Hodina" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minúta" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Upraviť plán správ pre " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Pridať naplánovanú SIR" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frekvencia" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Príkazy pre spustenie" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Čas spustenia zálohy" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Deň &týždňa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Deň mesiaca" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Naozaj ukončiť?\n" +"Všetky zmeny budú zahodené." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +# help text 2/7, optional +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"Pre pridanie deklarácie siete\n" +"zvoľte Podsieť." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" +#| "Here you can set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" +#| "matching these rules." +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Vlastné pravidlá</big> \n" +"Tu môžete nastaviť vlastné pravidlá pre firewall, ktoré povoľujú nové spojenia,\n" +"ak vyhovujú týmto pravidlám." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"Pre zmenu stavu modulu ho vyberte v tabuľke\n" +"a stlačte Prepnúť stav.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"Pre zmenu stavu modulu ho vyberte v tabuľke\n" +"a stlačte Prepnúť stav.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Zákaznícke Centrum" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Repozitáre" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Aktuálny stav" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Schedule Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "Naplánovať správy" + +# dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Stránky sprievodcu konfiguráciou CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Aktualizácia konfigurácie systému" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Správa" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device configured in the control file does not\n" +#| "exist on this system." +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" +"Zariadenie nakonfigurované v kontrolnom súbore\n" +"na tomto systéme neexistuje." + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Nebola nájdená databáza zvukových kariet. Prosím, skontrolujte vašu inštaláciu." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Skript pre konfiguráciu zlyhal." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Znovu načítavam nastavenie služby %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "Ako certifikát serveru" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&Správa CA" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Preskočiť" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Nie je možné odstrániť službu. Nie je nainštalovaná." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Heslo pre administrátora:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reenter the &Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Zadajte &heslo znovu" + +# Error message popup, %1 is file name +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1" +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať '%1'" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Z&novu" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Nemôžem čítať z databázy1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "Heslo pre administrátora:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Samba heslo &pre administrátora" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Age" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "Životnosť hesla" + +# error report +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Nastavte heslo." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Nastavenie siete zlyhalo" + +# Error message popup: +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať databázu tunerov." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot set the password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Nemôžem nastaviť heslo." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/xpram.sk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/xpram.sk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sk/po/xpram.sk.po 2016-07-04 08:45:27 UTC (rev 95972) @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +# Command line help text for the Xirda module +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Nastavenie XPRAMu" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Povoliť XPRAM" + +# translators: command line help text for the 'disable' option +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Zakázať XPRAM" + +# command line help text for 'configure' action +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Zmeňiť nastavenia XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Bod pripojenia" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavenie XPRAM" + +# help text for IrDA 1/3 +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "V tomto dialógu nastavíte XPRAM pre váš počítač." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Tento nástroj momentálne umožňuje iba priradenie celého XPRAM na jeden diskový oddiel. Ak chcete mať viacero oddielov, pozrite sa na \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" pre Linuxové jadro 2.6 - Apríl 2004 .V tomto prípade zakážte XPRAM v tomto module." + +# ******************** +# End of GUI elements +# *********************************************************************************** +# *********************************************************************************** +# help texts +# *********** +# Help text (HTML-like) START +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Zvoľte správny bod pripojenia v položke Bod pripojenia." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Ďalej zvoľte súborový systém, ktorý sa má použiť na zariadení." + +# radio button label +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Nespu&tiť XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Spustiť XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Inštalovať súborový systém alebo swap aj keď &XPRAM obsahuje správne dáta" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Bod pripojenia" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&Bod pripojenia" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Typ súborového systému" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "Použiť súborový system:" + +# IPsec read dialog caption +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladám nastavenia XPRAM" + +# Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zápis nastavení" + +# Progress stage 2/2 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Reštartovať službu" + +# Progress step 1/2 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." + +# Progress step 2/2 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Reštartujem službu..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Dokončené" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Nastala chyba pri ukončovaní xpram. Prosím, skúste ručne príkazom \"rcxpram stop\"." + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Nastala chyba pri spúšťaní xpram. Prosím, skúste ručne príkazom \"rcxpram start\"."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95971 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:25 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95971 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/journalctl.si.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/kernel-update-tool.si.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/linux-user-mgmt.si.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/migration.si.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/s390.si.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/smt.si.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/xpram.si.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/journalctl.si.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/journalctl.si.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/journalctl.si.po 2016-07-04 08:45:25 UTC (rev 95971) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/kernel-update-tool.si.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/kernel-update-tool.si.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/kernel-update-tool.si.po 2016-07-04 08:45:25 UTC (rev 95971) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/linux-user-mgmt.si.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/linux-user-mgmt.si.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/linux-user-mgmt.si.po 2016-07-04 08:45:25 UTC (rev 95971) @@ -0,0 +1,668 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Portugal" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "පෘතුගාලය" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/migration.si.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/migration.si.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/migration.si.po 2016-07-04 08:45:25 UTC (rev 95971) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/s390.si.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/s390.si.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/s390.si.po 2016-07-04 08:45:25 UTC (rev 95971) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/smt.si.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/smt.si.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/smt.si.po 2016-07-04 08:45:25 UTC (rev 95971) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/xpram.si.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/xpram.si.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/si/po/xpram.si.po 2016-07-04 08:45:25 UTC (rev 95971) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95970 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:24 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95970 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journalctl.ru.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/auth-client.ru.po 2016-07-04 08:45:24 UTC (rev 95970) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:31\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:58\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #. Add a KDC #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" -msgstr "Введите имя хоста Центра рассылки ключей:" +msgstr "Введите имя хоста центра рассылки ключей:" #. Add an auth_to_local #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ "Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Этот компьютер в настоящее время выполняет аутентификацию пользователей с помощью SSSD.\n" -"Чтобы использовать аутентификацию Kerberos (pam_krb5), сначала отключите SSSD в параметра управления входом пользователей." +"Чтобы использовать аутентификацию Kerberos (pam_krb5), сначала отключите SSSD в параметрах управления входом пользователей." #. Save Kerberos #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" -msgstr "Стандартная служба каталогов (LDAP)" +msgstr "Стандартный сервис каталогов (LDAP)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journalctl.ru.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journalctl.ru.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ru/po/journalctl.ru.po 2016-07-04 08:45:24 UTC (rev 95970) @@ -1,84 +1,87 @@ # Russian translations for opensuse-i package. # Copyright (C) 2016 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package. +# # Automatically generated, 2016. -# +# Aleksandr Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" -"Language-Team: none\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-03 15:33+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Aleksandr Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Journal entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записи журнала" #. Filters #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отображение записей со следующим текстом" #. Footer buttons #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Change filter..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изменить фильтр…" #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обновить" #. Header #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Entries to display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записи для показа" #. Boot selector #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Log entries for" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записи журнала для" #. Filter checkboxes #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Фильтры" #. User readable description of the current filters #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 msgid "from previous boot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "от предыдущей загрузки" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 msgid "since system's boot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "с загрузки системы" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 msgid "unit (%s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "модуль (%s)" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 msgid "file (%s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "файл (%s)" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 msgid "priority (%s)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "приоритет (%s)" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 msgid "with no additional conditions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "без дополнительных условий" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 msgid "filtering by %s" -msgstr "" +msgstr "фильтрация по %s" #. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms #. @@ -86,11 +89,11 @@ #. :value and :label #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 msgid "Since system's boot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С загрузки системы" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 msgid "From previous boot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "От предыдущей загрузки" #. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms #. @@ -100,27 +103,28 @@ #. * :values optional list of valid values #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "For this systemd unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для этого модуля systemd" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 msgid "For this file (executable or device)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для этого файла (исполняемого или устройства)" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 msgid "With at least this priority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С не меньшим приоритетом" #. Fields to display for listing the entries #. #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "Source" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Источник" #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сообщение" +

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95969 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:23 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95969 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/journalctl.ro.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/kernel-update-tool.ro.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/linux-user-mgmt.ro.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/migration.ro.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/s390.ro.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/smt.ro.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/xpram.ro.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/journalctl.ro.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/journalctl.ro.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/journalctl.ro.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Țări" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Modifică sufix" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Refresh" +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "&Reîmprospătează" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Afișare Braille" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Nu am găsit înregistrări" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtre:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "Sistem de fișiere" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioritate" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Nu există informații adiționale" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by Date" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrează după dată" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Sistem de fișiere" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Oră" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Sursă" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mesaje" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/kernel-update-tool.ro.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/kernel-update-tool.ro.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/kernel-update-tool.ro.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Avertizare" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Anulez actualizarea kernel-ului?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr " Locație alternativă pentru download" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Log-ul stării actualizării kernel-ului" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/linux-user-mgmt.ro.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/linux-user-mgmt.ro.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/linux-user-mgmt.ro.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) @@ -0,0 +1,736 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Caut arbori eDirectory" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Această operațiune poate dura" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 este un nume distinct complet invalid. Numele trebuie să fie typeful (ex. cn=admin,o=acme sau o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Iniţializez Linux User Management" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Citește baza de date" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Verific dependenţele" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Citesc baza de date..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Gata" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Probabil %1 a fost deja configurat. \n" +"Continuaţi configurarea?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Nu pot citi database1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configuraţia Linux User Management" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Scrie setările" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Rulează SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Scriu setările..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Rulez SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Vă rog aşteptaţi" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "Rulez namconfig pentru LUM, această operaţiune poate dura..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"Nu mă pot conecta la serverul LDAP %1 sau\n" +"utilizatorul specificat %2 nu are suficiente drepturi\n" +"pentru a configura Linux User Management.\n" +"Vă rog corectaţi şi rulaţi namconfig\n" +"din nou după instalare." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "Scriptul SuSEconfig a eșuat." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "Nume LDAP admin cu context: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "Adresă IP server LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "Număr port LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "Port securizat LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Text configurare Linux/Unix: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "Context staţie de lucru Linux/Unix: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "Nume utilizator proxy cu context: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "Servicii activate PAM pentru a permite autentificarea via eDirectory:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "login: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Gazda locală" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea serverului LDAP %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Server director local sau remote" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "Sistem &local" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "Sistem &remote" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Adresă server directoare" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Nume admin cu context (adică cn=admin,o=novell). Opţional pentru Desktop." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Parolă admin. Opţional pentru Desktop." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Detalii port" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 este o sintaxă LDAP invalidă. Numele trebuie să utilizeze virgule ca separatori (ex. cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"Încercarea de a efectua o conexiune securizată LDAP nu a obţinut răspuns timp de 2 minute.\n" +"O explicaţie posibilă este o problemă LDAP pe serverul-ţintă.\n" +"Dacă sunteţi sigur că datele de acces sunt corecte, continuaţi.\n" +"Dacă nu, verificaţi dacă serverul LDAP rulează corect pe sistemul ţintă.\n" +"Doriţi să continuaţi?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "Timeout conexiune securizată LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"Nu am putut efectua autentificarea via LDAP utilizând următorii parametri:\n" +" nume utilizator: %1\n" +" addresă: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" Este posibil ca unul dintre parametri să fie eronat.\n" +" Dacă LDAP nu este activat pe serverul eDirectory\n" +" sau nu este configurat să asculte pe alt port decât\n" +" cel de mai sus, nu vom primi oricum nici un răspuns.\n" +" \n" +" În aceste condiţii, doriţi să continuaţi utilizând aceşti parametri?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "Port LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "Port securizat LDAP" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Prima şi a doua versiune\n" +"a parolei nu coincid!\n" +"Încercaţi din nou." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Parola poate conţine doar următoarele\n" +"caractere:\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z, şi oricare din \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%^&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Încercaţi din nou." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "Nu pot adăuga certificatele auto-semnate la locul de stocare al certificatului root" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "Nu pot modifica proprietarul locului de stocare al certificatului root in www" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "Nu pot modifica drepturile grupului pentru locul de stocare al certificatului root pentru drept de scriere prin www" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Numele arborelui nu poat fi vid" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Numele arborelui nu poate fi mai lung de 32 de caractere" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Numele arborelui nu poate să se termine în backslash (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "Numele de arbori pot conţine doar următoarele caractere [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] şi \"-\" sau \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Numerele de port valide sunt între 0 şi 65536.\n" +"Încercaţi din nou." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "Portul %1 este deja utilizat, să-l utilizez oricum?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "nimic" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "Containerul 'o=security' este rezervat şi nu poate fi utilizat într-un nume distinct complet" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 nu specifică un nume complet din arborele root" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "Containerul 'o=security' este rezervat şi nu poate fi utilizat într-un context" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 este un context invalid" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Verific datele de acces ale utilizatorului" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Vă rog așteptați..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Introduceţi adresa IP a serverului existent." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 nu este o cale validă" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 nu este o cale absolută validă" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare Linux User Mgmt" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Linux User Mgmt de configurat" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Prezentare Linux User Mgmt" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Număr" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Linux User Mgmt" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare Linux User Management" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Context config Linux/Unix" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Context staţie de lucru LUM (ex. o=novell). Opţional pentru desktop." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "Nume utilizator proxy cu context (ex. cn=proxy.o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(opţional)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Parolă utilizator proxy" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 este o sintaxă LDAP invalidă. Numele trebuie să conţină virgule ca separatori (ex. ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 este o sintaxă LDAP invalidă. Numele trebuie să conţină virgule ca separatori (ex. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Selectaţi serviciile activate PAM care vor fi permise" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "autentificare via eDirectory" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Sele&ctează tot" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "Deselec&tează tot" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&login" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-s&creensaver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Iniţializez configurarea Linux User Management</big> \n" +"Vă rog aşteptaţi... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Anularea inițializării:</big> \n" +"Opriți utilitarul de configurare fără riscuri apăsând Anulează acum.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Salvez configuraţia Linux User Management</big> \n" +"Vă rog aşteptaţi... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Anulez salvarea:</big> \n" +"Anulați procedura de salvare prin apăsarea Anulează.\n" +"Un dialog adițional vă va informa dacă este sigur sau nu.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Context config Linux/Unix</big> \n" +"Contextul eDirctory (existent sau creat aici) unde va fi creat obietul\n" +"Linux/UNIX Config. Căutările LDAP pentru Utilizator LUM, Grup LUM şi\n" +"Staţie de Lucru LUM încep aici, deci trebuie să fie pe acelaşi nivel sau pe\n" +"un nivel superior obiectelor LUM care vor fi căutate.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Context staţie de lucru LUM</big> \n" +"Contextul eDirectory (existent sau creat aici) al obiectului Staţie de\n" +"lucru LUM creat de installer-ul acestui server. Contextul trebuie să fie\n" +"identic sau inferior contextului de bază specificat mai sus.\n" +"" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Nume utilizator proxy cu context (opţional)</big> \n" +"Un utilizator (existent sau creat aici) cu drept de căutare în arborele LDAP după\n" +"obiecte LUM.\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Servicii cu PAM activat</big> \n" +"Serviciile cu PAM activat de pe acest server care vor fi accesibile\n" +"utilizatorilor LUM autentificaţi.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Server directoare local sau remote</big> \n" +"Selectaţi Sistem local sau Sistem remote, în funcţie de serverul configurat.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Adresă server directoare</big> \n" +"Acest câmp este activ doar dacă selectaţi Sistem remote. Introduceţi adresa IP a serverului remote pe care doriţi să-l configuraţi.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Nume admin cu context</big> \n" +"Introduceţi numele admin LDAP şi contextul. Acesta este numele distinct complet al unui obiect Utilizator cu drepturi de administrator LDAP. De exemplu: cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Parolă admin</big> \n" +"Introduceţi parola admin LDAP. Aceasta este parola pentru utilizatorul ales ca administrator LDAP.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Detalii port</big> \n" +"Apăsaţi Detalii port pentru a vizualiza sau modifica portul LDAP sau portul LDAP securizat utilizat de acest server pentru comunicarea cu alte servere. Portul LDAP implicit este 389. Portul securizat LDAP implicit este 636.\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Configurarea Linux User Mgmt" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Linux User Management trebuie configurat." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Linux User Management" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&Linux User Management" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inițializez..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/migration.ro.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/migration.ro.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/migration.ro.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration File" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Fișier de configurare" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Sistemul va fi restartat acum." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Restartează" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Gata va închide instalarea YaST și va continua\n" +"cu ecranul de autentificare.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Nu am putut crea o mapare nouă." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Sumarul configurării" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Sumarul configurării" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "Această zonă vă oferă o vedere de ansamblu a tuturor setărilor pentru cererea ce va fi semnată." + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Pentru a folosi configurația afișată, apăsați Mai departe.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/s390.ro.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/s390.ro.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/s390.ro.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) @@ -0,0 +1,2117 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Configuraţie CASAConfigurarea CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Nu a fost detectat nici un disc DASD" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Configurarea serverului de mail" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Configurarea serverului de mail" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Configurarea poștei electronice" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Detectez controlerele disponibile" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare controller disc S/390" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Configurează discurile &DASD" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Configurează discurile &ZFCP" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inițializez..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Configuraţie CASAConfigurarea CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Nu este configurat nici un disc zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Activează" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Deactivează" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "Por&nește DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "Opre&ște DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Formatează" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Formatează" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Formatează" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "Discuri firmatate &paralel" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Nu e selectat nici un disc." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Discul %1 nu este activ." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Discul %1 nu este accesibil petnru scriere." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Formatarea acestor discuri distruge toate datele existente pe ele. \n" +"Chiar doriți să formatați următoarele discuri? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Administrare discuri DASD" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Canal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Formatează" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "Utilizează DIAG" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Dispozitiv" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tip" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Tip acces" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Formatat" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Informații partiție" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Ca&nal minim" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Canal ma&xim" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filtru" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Execută &acțiune" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Selectează tot" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Deselectează tot" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Adaugă disc DASD nou" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Canal" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Formatează discul" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "Utilizează &DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Chiar doriți să părăsiți configurarea discului ZFCP fără să salvați?\n" +"Toate modificările vor fi pierdute." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not a valid umask." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Nu este un umask valid." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " există deja." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inițializez configurarea controllerului</big> \n" +"Vă rog așteptați... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Anulez inițializarea:</big> \n" +"Anulați utilitarul de configurare apăsând butonul Anuleazăi acum." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Salvez configurația controllerului</big> \n" +"Vă rog așteptați... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Anulez salvarea:</big> \n" +"Anulați procedura de salvare apăsând Anulează.\n" +"Un dialog adițional vă va informa dacă această operațiune este sigură sau nu." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>Discuri DASD configurate</big> \n" +"În acest dialog administrați discurile DASD din sistemul dvs." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a filtra discurile pe care doriți să le afișați, setați\n" +"Canalul minim și Canalul maxim\n" +"și apăsați Filtrează." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Pentru a configura un nou disc DASD, apăsați Adaugă." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a îndepărta un disc DASD configurat, selectați-l și apăsați\n" +"Șterge." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"Toate acțiunile pot fi efectuate asupra mai multor discuri deodată.\n" +"Pentru a selecta discurile asupra cărora va fi efectuată acțiunea, selectați\n" +"discurile dorite și apăsați Selectează sau deselectează." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a efectua o acțiune asupra discurilor selectate, utilizați Efectuează acțiune.\n" +"Acțiunea va fi efectuată imediat!" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>Adaugă un nou disc DASD</big> \n" +"Introduceți identificatorul discului de adăugat. Pentru a specifica discul,\n" +"utilizați Numărul de canal al discului DASD." + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a specifica dacă discul va fi formatat,\n" +"utilizați Formatează discul." + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" +#| "use Use DIAG." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"Pentru a specifica dacă va fi utilizat modul DIAG,\n" +"utilizați Utilizează DIAG." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare controller" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Editează un dispozitiv de dump" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "Trebuie să selectați un dispozitiv din tabel" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"Discul %1 va fi formatat ca dispozitiv de dump acum.\n" +"Continuați?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>Utilizatorii</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Partajări</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "Folosiți Nou pentru a crea un nou model sau Importă pentru a importa unul existent." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Utilizatorii</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Pentru a modifica URL-ul, apăsați butonul Modifică...." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>DHCP client options</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Opţiuni client DHCP</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Da" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Nu" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volgroup" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Grup de volume" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable TLS" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "Activează TLS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Autorizare" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nume" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Membrii grupului" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "Utilizatori &NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "Șterge" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Grupuri de pachete" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&Selecţii" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "În&registrare" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Fișier" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "Răsfoiește" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Autentificare" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Cale Home" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Setări pentru zonă" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Parolă" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "Co&nfirmați parola" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "Director &home" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "Caută" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "N&ume utilizator" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Password changed." +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Parola CA a fost modificată." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Local Groups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Grupuri &locale" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Membri" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Selectează sau deselectează" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Creează..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "Grupuri &NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Membri" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Parolele nu sint identice.\n" +"Încercați din nou." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Numele de gazdă este invalid." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Trebuie specificat un director." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Citirea setărilor a eșuat." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Configurare setări generale" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Utilizator sistem nou" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Autorizare utilizator" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The specified directory does not exist." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Directorul specificat nu există." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Numele de gazdă este invalid." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Sunt permiși doar 1 sau 2 parametri." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Numele arborelui nu poate fi mai lung de 32 de caractere" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Stare" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Stare" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External credentials." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Enumeraţi lista de servicii cărora li se permite să furnizeze date de autentificare în Date de autentificare externe." + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal Definition" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "Definire terminal" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Servicii permise" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Chiar ieșiți din configurație fără să salvați?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "URL-ul introdus nu este valid." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Adresele introduse nu sunt valide." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Domeniul a fost schimbat.\n" +"Trebuie să rebootați pentru ca schimbările să-și producă efectul." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Sunt permişi doar 2 parametri." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare de bază" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration of the Repository \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" +"Configurația sursei de instalare \n" +"\n" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Nu porni IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Pornește detecția" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Acțiune" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minutul" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Dispozitiv dump" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Este posibilă doar ștergerea unui driver fără un scanner corespunzător." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Nu pot testa fără un scanner activ corespunzător." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Discuri ZFCP configurate" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Chiar doriți să părăsiți configurarea discului ZFCP fără să salvați?\n" +"Toate modificările vor fi pierdute." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Adaugă disc ZPCF nou" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "WWPN" +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "WWPN-ul introdus este invalid." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "WWPN-ul introdus este invalid." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inițializez configurarea discului ZFCP</big> \n" +"Vă rog așteptați... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Configurație server FTP</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Discuri ZFCP configurate</big> \n" +"În acest dialog gestionați discurile ZPCF din sistemul dvs." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Pentru a configura un nou disc ZFCP, apăsați Adaugă." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a îndepărta un disc ZFCP configurat, selectați-l și apăsați\n" +"Șterge." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Avertizare</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Dacă accesați un dispozitiv ZFCP în mod\n" +"CITIRE/SCRIERE, asigurați-vă că aveți acces exclusiv.\n" +"Altfel există riscul coruperii datelor." + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Adaugă un nou disc ZFCP</big> \n" +"Introduceți identificatorul discului de adăugat. Introduceți\n" +"Numărul canalului controller-ului ZFCP, numărul de port universal\n" +"(worldwide port number WWPN) și numărul FCP-LUN." + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"Numărul canalului trebuie introdus cu litere mici în format conform cu\n" +"sysfs 0.0.<devno>, ca de ex. <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"WWPN trebuie introdus cu litere mici ca o valoare de 16 cifre hexa, ca de ex.\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"LUN trebuie introdus cu litere mici ca o valoare de 16 cifre hexa cu\n" +"restul pozițiilor completate cu zero, ca în <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running kinternet" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Rulez KInternet" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "ID canal: %1, Formatează: %2, Utilizează DIAG: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "ID canal: %1, Formatează: %2, Utilizează DIAG: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Citesc discurile DASD configurate" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs nu a fost montat." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1: Stare invalidă pentru <online>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: Nu a fost găsit nici un dispozitiv pentru <ccwid>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: Nu am putut modifica starea dispozitivului" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: Dispozitivul <ccwid> nu există." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: Modulul zfcp nu a putut fi încărcat." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "Eșec la activarea %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "&Nu formata" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: Eroare necunoscută %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating %1$s" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Creez %1$s" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Formatarea discului a eșuat. Cod de ieșire: %1." + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Formatez %1: cilindrul %2 din %3 gata" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Verific starea..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Verific dependențele..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Discuri ZFCP configurate" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Verific starea..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Verific starea..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Gata" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Editează un dispozitiv de dump" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"Nu pot crea dispozitivul de dump %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Convertesc baza de date de pachete. Acest proces poate dura." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Linii invalide sau învechite din fstab" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting supported TV norms..." +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Detectez standardele TV suportate..." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Parametrul '%1' lipsește." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "Tip acces" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "Cod de eroare de la programul de suport: %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Nu pot crea dispozitivul de dump %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Citesc configurația" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Verifică intrările fstab" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Verifică intrările fstab" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Alți &parametrii kernel" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Verific intrările fstab..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Verific intrările fstab..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Citesc opţiunile de pornire a kernelului..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configurația IrDA" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Scrie setările IRC" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Scrie setările IRC" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Alți &parametrii kernel" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Scriu setările IRC..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Scriu setările IRC..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Parametri kernel opționali" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configurația serverului de mail." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Citesc fișierul de configurație" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read user settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Citeşte setările utilizator" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Citesc fișierul de configurare..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Citesc setările utilizator..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configurația serverului de mail." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Scrie configurația" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write user settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Scrie setările utilizator" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Scriu configurația..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Citesc setările utilizator..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Citesc configurația de pornire" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Verific dependenţele" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Citesc setările..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Verific dispozitivele floppy..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Citesc setările..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configurația kdump" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Scrie setările" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Repornește serviciul" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Scriu setările..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Repornesc serviciul..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "ID canal: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "ID canal: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Citesc discurile ZFCP configurate" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: WWPN invalid." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: Nu am putut activa WWPN pentru adaptorul %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: Nu am putut activa discul ZFCP." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: Discul SCSI nu a putut fi deactivat." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: Înregistrarea ZFCP LUN nu poate fi anulată." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: Înregistrarea ZFCP WWPN nu poate fi anulată." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1: Dispozitivul <ccwid> nu există." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: Modulul zfcp nu a putut fi încărcat." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: Starea adaptorului nu a putut fi modificată." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: Porturile WWPN sunt încă active." + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/smt.ro.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/smt.ro.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/smt.ro.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) @@ -0,0 +1,1707 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Nu există nici o interfață utilizator pentru acest modul." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Creez zona swap..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create the file '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Nu pot crea fişierul '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Verific dependențele..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Date de autentificare externe" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Succes" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Înregistrare" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Tipul sincronizării" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Locația rapoartelor arhivate" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Recomandat" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Optional" +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "&Opțional" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Securitate" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Options" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Opţiuni de securitate" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Modele recomandate" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Limbi suplimentare: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Duminică" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Luni" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Marți" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Miercuri" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Joi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Vineri" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Sâmbătă" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare centru clienți Novell" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "&Utiolizează certificate comune server" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Cod de înregistrare" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Mărime transferată:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Utilizator" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Parolă" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Testează" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "Pentru înregistrare este necesară adresa de e-mail." + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server URLs" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "URL-uri servere LDAP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&Parolă nouă" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "C&onfirmați parola" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Editează orar rapoarte pentru " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Comenzi de rulat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frecvență" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Ziua din săptămână" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "Ziua din lună" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Ora" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minutul" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "&Adaugă..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Editează..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "Adresa email a administratorului serverului" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Tot" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "&Nume sursă de instalare:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Afi&șează categoria peticului:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Petic: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versiune" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categorie" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Testez %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Produs" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Sumar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&Detalii patch <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "Ac&tivează/deactivează starea" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change this?" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Doriți să modificați?" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Elemente excluse din căutare" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "Activ&ează" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Deactivează" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nume" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Țintă" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Monitorizare" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Eroare" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descriere" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "Comutare mod" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "Ac&tivează/deactivează starea" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Stare" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Nume gazdă" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "C&ontact" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Inițializez configurația FTP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Citește configurația" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Citire stare demon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Citire configurație firewall" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Citește setările sudo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Citesc configuraţia NTP..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Citesc starea demonului..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Citesc configurația firewall-ului..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Citesc setările utilizator..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Proxy User Credentials" +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "Date de acces proxy utilizator" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Înregistrare" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "Centru clienți" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Avertizare" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Da, utilizează" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "Renunță" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Citește configurația curentă" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Actualizează configurația" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Crează CA și certificatul serverului implicite" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea serverului DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Ajustează serviciul DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Scrie configurația firewall-ului" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Scrie setările de rutare" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read repositories." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Nu pot citi sursele de instalare." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Tipul sincronizării" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Adaptez configurația..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Adaptez configurația..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Creez CA și certificatul serverului implicite..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Scriu configurarea serverului NFS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Ajustez serviciul DNS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Scriu configurația firewall-ului..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Scriu setările de rutare..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configured repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Citesc sursele de instalare configurate..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Rulez scripturile..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Scriu configurația NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Scrie modificările acum" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the rules" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Scrie regulile" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the rules..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Scriu regulile..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Cele două versiuni ale parolei\n" +"nu coincid." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Numele utilizatorului nu poate fi vid." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Parola nu poate fi vidă." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Detalii" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Rezultatul testului:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Rezultatul testului:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Detectez sursele de instalare disponibile..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Necunoscut" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filtru: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "Filtru" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Afi&șează categoria peticului:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Citesc pachetele disponibile în sursele de instalare..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no partitionable Disks available." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Nu există nici un disc partiţionabil." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Nume produs: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "Sistemul este la zi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Enabled:%1" +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "Client activat:%1" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Sursă necunoscută." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Clasă necunoscută:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Niciodată" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Nu pot citi setările bazei de date curente." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Introduceți parola" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Parolă" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Parolele nu sunt identice." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Creez sursa de instalare %1" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the printer database." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "A apărut o eroare la crearea bazei de date de imprimante." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "&E-mail" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "Prin &e-mail" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "Domeniul de căutare '%1' este invalid." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Nu pot citi starea actuală a SSHD." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Nu pot obține descrierea sursei remote de instalare." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Examinez sursa de instalare %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Progres" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "Oprește" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Anulare asistent" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Sunteți sigur că doriți să anulați configurarea?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Continuă" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Solving..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Rezolv..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Gata" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Comanda: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Periodic interval" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "Interval periodic" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Lunar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "Definit de utilizator" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Săptămânal" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Zilnic" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 oră" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 minute" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Tot" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "Ora" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minutul" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Editează orar rapoarte pentru " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Adaugă SIR programat" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frecvență" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Comenzi de rulat" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Ora de pornire a backup-ului" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Ziua din săptămână" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "Ziua din lună" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Ieșiți într-adevăr?\n" +"Toate modificările se vor pierde." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a adăuga o declarație de rețea,\n" +"selectați Subrețea." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" +#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configuration. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Prezentarea surselor de instalare</big> \n" +"Obţineţi o prezentare a surselor de instalare configurate. Adiţional,\n" +"editaţi-le configuraţia. \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba starea unui modul, \n" +"alegeți înregistrarea corespunzătoare din tabel și apăsați Setează starea.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"Pentru a schimba starea unui modul, \n" +"alegeți înregistrarea corespunzătoare din tabel și apăsați Setează starea.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Centru clienți" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Backend: " +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Backend bază de date: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Surse de instalare" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Starea curentă" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheduled Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "Rapoarte programate" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Paginile asistentului de configurare CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Actualizează configurația sistemului" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Management" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device configured in the control file does not\n" +#| "exist on this system." +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" +"Dispozitivul configurat în fişierul de control nu\n" +"exista in acest sistem." + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Nu am găsit baza de date de plăci de sunet. Verificați instalarea." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Script-ul de configurare a eșuat." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Nu pot scrie configurația." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Reîncarc serviciul %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "Ca certificat server" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "Gestionarea &CA" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "Omite" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Nu pot șterge serviciul. Nu este instalat." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "&Parolă root Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Introduceți parola utilizatorului." + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1" +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Nu pot scrie %1" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&Reîncearcă" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Nu pot citi database1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Editarea bazei de date a eșuat." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "&Parolă root Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "&Parolă root Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "Parolă &nouă" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Setează parola." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Configurarea rețelei a eșuat" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Nu pot citi baza de date de tunere." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Introduceți parola utilizatorului." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/xpram.ro.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/xpram.ro.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ro/po/xpram.ro.po 2016-07-04 08:45:23 UTC (rev 95969) @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# Romanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-25 15:04+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Romanian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ro\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Configurare XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Activează XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Dezactivează XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Schimbă configurația XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Punct de montare" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Configurare XPRAM" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Aici configurați XPRAM pentru computerul dvs." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Acest utilitar poate, în acest moment, să aloce doar întregul XPRAM la o partiție. Pentru a avea mai multe partiții, consultați la \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" pentru kernelul Linux 2.6 - Aprilie 2004.În acest caz dezactivați XPRAM în acest modul." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Alegeți punctul de montare corect pentru Punct de montare." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Pe urmă alegeți sistemul de fișiere ce va fi folosit pe dispozitiv." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Nu porni XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Porne&ște XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Instalează sistemul de fișiere sau swap deși &XPRAM conține date valide" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Punct de montare" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "Punct de &montare" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Tip sistem de fișiere" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "S&istem de fșiere folosit:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Salvez configurația XPRAM" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Scrie setările" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Repornește serviciul" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Scriu setările..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Repornesc serviciul..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Gata" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Eroare la oprirea xpram. Vă rog rulați manual \"rcxpram stop\"" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Eroare la pornirea xpram. Vă rog rulați manual \"rcxpram start\""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95968 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:22 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95968 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/journalctl.pt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/kernel-update-tool.pt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/linux-user-mgmt.pt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/migration.pt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/s390.pt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/smt.pt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/xpram.pt.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/journalctl.pt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/journalctl.pt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/journalctl.pt.po 2016-07-04 08:45:22 UTC (rev 95968) @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 13:54+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Sem entradas." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Alterar Sufixo" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Actualizar" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Ecrã Braille" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Não foram encontradas entradas" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtros:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "Sistema de Ficheiros" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "History (%s)" +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "Histórico (%s)" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "History (%s)" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Histórico (%s)" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Sem informação adicional" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by Date" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrar por Data" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Sistema de Ficheiros" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Tempo" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Origem" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/logcontrol.ycp:64 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mensagens" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/kernel-update-tool.pt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/kernel-update-tool.pt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/kernel-update-tool.pt.po 2016-07-04 08:45:22 UTC (rev 95968) @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 13:54+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Aviso" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Interromper a Actualização de Kernel?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Localização Alternativa para Descarga" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Registo Diário do Estado da Actualização do Kernel" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/linux-user-mgmt.pt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/linux-user-mgmt.pt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/linux-user-mgmt.pt.po 2016-07-04 08:45:22 UTC (rev 95968) @@ -0,0 +1,743 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 13:54+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "A procurar por árvores eDirectory" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Esta operação pode demorar" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 é um nome distinto completo inválido. O nome deve ter contexto (ex: cn=admin,o=acme ou o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "A inicializar a Gestão de Utilizadores Linux" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Ler a base de dados" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "A validar dependências" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "A ler a base de dados..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Terminado" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Parece que %1 já foi configurado. \n" +"Continuar a configuração?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Não é possível ler a base de dados database1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "A Gravar a Configuração da Gestão de Utillizadores Linux" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Guardar as definições" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Executar o SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "A escrever as definições..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "A executar o SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Por favor aguarde" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "A executar namconfig para LUM, pode levar algum tempo..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"Incapaz de ligar ao servidor LDAP %1, ou o utilizador\n" +"%2 especificado não tem privilégios suficientes para\n" +"configurar a Gestão de Utilizadores Linux (LUM).\n" +"Por favor corrija o problema e execute novamente o\n" +"namconfig após a instalação." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Não é possível escrever as definições." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "O script SuSEconfig falhou." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "Nome de admin de LDAP com contexto: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "Endereço IP do Servidor LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "Número de porto LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "Porto seguro de LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Contexto de config Linux/Unix: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "Contexto de estação LUM: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "Nome de utilizador de proxy com contexto: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "Serviços com suporte PAM para permitir autenticação através de eDirectory:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "Login: %1" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/remotechooser.ycp:37 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/remotechooser.ycp:37 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +# According to QIM Screenshot +# -ke- +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Computador Local" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do Servidor LDAP %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Servidor de Directório Local ou Remoto" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "Sistema &local" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "Sistema &remoto" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Endereço de Servidor de Directório" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Nome de admin com contexto (ex: cn=admin,o=novell). Opcional para Desktop." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Palavra passe de admin. Opcional para Desktop." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Detalhes do Porto" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 é uma sintaxe LDAP inválida. O nome deve usar vírgulas para separar (ex: cn=admin, o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"A tentativa de realizar uma associação segura de LDAP não respondeu em 2 minutos\n" +"Isto pode indicar um problema com LDAP no servidor de destino.\n" +"Se tem garantia de que as suas credenciais estão correctas, pode continuar,\n" +"senão determine se o LDAP está em execução no sistema de destino.\n" +"Pretende continuar?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "Tempo limite para associação LDAP segura" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"Não é possível autenticar via LDAP utilizando os seguintes parâmetros:\n" +" nome de utilizador: %1\n" +" endereço: %2\n" +" porto: %3\n" +" \n" +" Isto pode indicar que um dos parâmetros está errado.\n" +" No entanto, se o LDAP não se encontra activado no servidor eDirectory\n" +" ou configurado para escutar num porto diferente do indicado\n" +" acima, não se obterá de volta uma resposta.\n" +" \n" +" Pretende continuar e utilizar de qualquer forma estes parâmetros?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "Porto LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "Porto LDAP seguro" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"A primeira e a segunda versão\n" +"da palavra passe não coincidem!\n" +"Por favor tente novamente." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"A palavra passe deve conter apenas os seguintes\n" +"caracteres:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, e qualquer um de \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Por favor tente novamente." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "Não foi possível adicionar o certificado auto-assinado de árvore, ao armazém do certificado raiz" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "Não foi possível alterar o proprietário do grupo do armazém do certificado raiz para www" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "Não foi possível alterar as permissões de grupo no armazém do certificado raiz para acesso de escrita por www" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Não é possível ter um nome de árvore vazio" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "O nome da árvore não pode ser mais longo que 32 caracteres." + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "O nome da árvore não pode terminar numa barra invertida (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "Os nomes de árvores podem apenas conter os caracteres [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] e \"-\" ou \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"O números válidos para o porto são entre 0 e 65536.\n" +"Por favor tente novamente." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "O porto %1 está ocupado, utilizar de qualquer forma?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "Nenhum" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "O contentor 'o=security' é reservado e não pode ser utilizado num nome completamente distinto" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 não especifica um nome completo da raiz da árvore." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "O contentor 'o=security' é reservado e não pode ser utilizado num contexto" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 é um contexto inválido" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "A Verificar as credenciais do utilizador" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Por favor aguarde..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Digite o endereço IP do servidor existente." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 não é um caminho válido" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 não é um caminho absoluto válido" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração da Gestão de Utilizadores Linux" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Gestão de Utilizadores Linux a Configurar" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Visão Geral da Gestão de Utilizadores Linux" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Número" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Gestão de Utilizadores Linux" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração da Gestão de Utilizadores Linux" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Contexto de config Linux/Unix" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Contexto LUM de workstation (ex: o=novell). Opcional para desktop." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "Nome de utilizador de proxy com contexto (ex: cn=proxy.o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(opcional)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Palavra passe de proxy" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 é uma sintaxe LDAP inválida. O nome deve utilizar vírgulas para separadores (ex: ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 é uma sintaxe LDAP inválida. O nome deve utilizar vírgulas para separadores (ex: cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Escolha o serviços com suporte PAM a permitir" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "Autenticação via eDirectory" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "&Seleccionar Todos" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "&Desmarcar Todos" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&login" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-s&creensaver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>A Inicializar a Configuração da Gestão de Utilizadores Linux</big> \n" +"Por favor aguarde... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Interrupção da Inicialização:</big> \n" +"Pode interromper o utilitário de configuração de forma segura, premindo Interromper agora.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>A Guardar a Configuração da Gestão de Utilizadores Linux</big> \n" +"Por favor aguarde... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Interrupção da Gravação:</big> \n" +"Interrompa o procedimento de gravação premindo Interromper.\n" +"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional, informa-lo-á do momento oportuno para o fazer.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Contexto de configuração Linux/Unix</big> \n" +"O contexto de eDirectory (existente ou criado aqui) onde o objecto de\n" +"configuração Linux/Unix será criado. Pesquisas LDAP para o Utilizador LUM, Grupo LUM e objectos de workstation LUM começam aqui, por isso devem\n" +"estar no mesmo nível ou superior aos objectos LUM pesquisados.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Contexto de workstation LUM</big> \n" +"O contexto eDirectory (existente ou criado aqui) para o objecto de workstation LUM\n" +"criado pela instalação para este servidor. O contexto deve ser o mesmo ou\n" +"abaixo do Contexto Base especificado acima.\n" +"" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Nome de utilizador de proxy com contexto (opcional)</big> \n" +"Um utilizador (existente ou criado aqui) com direitos para pesquisar a árvore de LDAP\n" +"à procura de objectos LUM.\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Serviços com PAM</big> \n" +"Os serviços com PAM neste servidor, que estarão disponíveis aos\n" +"utilizadores LUM autenticados.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Servidor de Directório Local ou Remoto</big> \n" +"Escolha entre sistema Local ou sistema Remoto, dependendo do servidor que está a configurar.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Endereço do Servidor de Directório:</big>\n" +"Este campo está activo apenas se seleccionar sistema Remoto. Digite o endereço IP do servidor remoto que pretende configurar.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Nome de Admin com contexto</big> \n" +"Digite o nome e o contexto do Admin LDAP. Este é o nome completo e distinto de um objecto Utilizador com direitos administrativos no LDAP. Por exemplo: cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Palavra Passe do Admin</big> \n" +"Digite a palavra passe do Admin. Esta é a palavra passe do utilizador especificado como Admin de LDAP.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Detalhes do Porto</big> \n" +"Prime em Detalhes do Porto para ver ou modificar o número do porto de LDAP ou do porto seguro de LDAP que este servidor utiliza para comunicar com outros servidores. O porto LDAP pré-definido é 389. O porto de LDAP seguro é 636.\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Configuração da Gestão de Utilizadores Linux" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Gestão de Utilizadores Linux necessita de ser configurada." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Gestão de Utilizadores Linux" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "Gestão de Utilizadores &Linux" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/adsl.ycp:52 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "A inicializar..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/migration.pt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/migration.pt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/migration.pt.po 2016-07-04 08:45:22 UTC (rev 95968) @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 13:54+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Detalhes de Migração" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "O sistema irá agora reiniciar." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Reiniciar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Terminar irá encerrar a instalação YaST e continuar\n" +"para o ecrã de entrada.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Falhou a criação do novo mapeamento." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Resumo da Configuração" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Resumo da Configuração" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "Esta janela fornece uma visão geral sobre todas as definições do pedido que será assinado." + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Detalhes de Migração" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Para utilizar as definições apresentadas, prima Seguinte.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/s390.pt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/s390.pt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/s390.pt.po 2016-07-04 08:45:22 UTC (rev 95968) @@ -0,0 +1,2126 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 13:54+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Configuração do CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Nenhum disco DASD detectado" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Configuração do servidor de correio" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Configuração do servidor de correio" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Configuração do correio" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "A detectar Controladores Disponíveis" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do Controlador de Disco S/390" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Configurar Discos &DASD" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Configurar Discos &ZFCP" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/adsl.ycp:52 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "A inicializar..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Configuração do CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Nenhum disco zFCP configurado" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Activar" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Desactivar" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "Definir DIAG &Ligado" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "Definir DIAG &Desligado" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Formatar" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Formatar" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Formatar" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "Discos Formatados &Paralelamente" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Nenhum disco seleccionado." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Disco %1 não está activo." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Disco %1 não está acessível para escrita." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Formatar estes discos destrói toda a informação neles contida. \n" +"Pretende mesmo formatar os seguintes discos? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Gestão de Discos DASD" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Canal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Formatar" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "Utilizar DIAG" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/remoteinstall.ycp:20 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipo" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Tipo de Acesso" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Formatado" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Informação de Partição" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/remotechooser.ycp:44 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Canal Mí&nimo" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Canal Má&ximo" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filtro" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Executar &Acção" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Seleccionar Todos" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Desmarcar Todos " + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Adicionar Novo Disco DASD" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/remotechooser.ycp:44 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Canal" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Formatar o Disco" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "Utilizar &DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Pretende mesmo deixar a configuração de disco ZFCP sem gravar?\n" +"Todas as alterações serão perdidas." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not a valid umask." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "A mascara umask é inválida." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " já existe." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>A Inicializar a Configuração do Controlador</big> \n" +"Por favor aguarde... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Interromper a Inicialização:</big> \n" +"Pode interromper de forma segura o utilitário de configuração, pressionando Interromper agora." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>A Gravar a Configuração do Controlador</big> \n" +"Por favor aguarde... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Interrupção da Gravação:</big> \n" +"Interrompa o procedimento de gravação, premindo Interromper.\n" +"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informa-lo-á do momento adequado para o fazer." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>Discos DASD Configurados</big> \n" +"Nesta caixa de diálogo, efectue a gestão de discos DASD do seu sistema." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"Para filtrar os discos que pretende ver apresentados, defina\n" +"o Canal Mínimo e o Canal Máximo e prima\n" +"Filtrar." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Para configurar um novo disco DASD, seleccione Adicionar." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Para remover um disco DASD configurado, escolha-o e prima\n" +"Apagar." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"Todas as acções pode ser realizadas em múltiplos discos de uma só vez. Para escolher\n" +"os discos nos quais pretende realizar uma acção, escolha os discos pretendidos,e prima\n" +"Seleccionar ou Desmarcar." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"Para realizar uma acção sobre os discos seleccionados, utilize Realizar Acção.\n" +"A acção será realizada de imediato!" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>Adicionar Novo Disco DASD</big> \n" +"Digite o identificador do disco a adicionar. Para especificar o disco, utilize\n" +"o Número de Canal do disco DASD." + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"Para especificar se o disco será formatado,\n" +"utilize Formatar o Disco." + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" +#| "use Use DIAG." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"Para especificar se o modo DIAG será utilizado,\n" +"use Utilizar DIAG." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do Controlador" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Editar Dispositivo de Despejo" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "É necessário escolher um dispositivo da tabela" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"O disco %1 será formatado agora como dispositivo de despejo.\n" +"Continuar?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>Utilizadores</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Partilhas</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "Utilize Novo para cria um novo padrao ou importar para importar um já existente." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Utilizadores</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Para alterar o URL, clique no botão Alterar...." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Imagens ISO</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Sim" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Não" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "user:" +msgid "user" +msgstr "utilizador:" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable SSL v2" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&Activar SSL v2" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Autorização" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Membros do Grupo" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "Utilizadores &NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Apagar" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Grupos de Pacotes" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "Selecção" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Registar" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Ficheiro" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "&Navegar" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Entrada no Sistema" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Localização da Pasta Pessoal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Definições para a Zona" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/adsl_custom.ycp:74 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Palavra passe" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "C&onfirme a Palavra Passe" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Pasta Pessoal" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "Navega&r" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Nome de &Utilizador" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Last Password Change: %1" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Ultima vez que foi Modificada a Palavra Passe: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Grup&os Adicionais" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Membros" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Seleccionar ou Desmarcar" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Criar..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "Grupos &NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Membros" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"As palavras passe não coincidem.\n" +"Tente novamente." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "O nome de computador é inválido." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "O directório deve ser especificado." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Falhou a leitura das definições." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Configurar Parâmetros Gerais" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Novo Utilizador de Sistema" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Autorização de Utilizador" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The specified directory does not exist." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "O Directório especificado não existe." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "O nome de computador é inválido." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Apenas 1 ou 2 parâmetros são permitidos." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "O nome da árvore não pode ser mais longo que 32 caracteres." + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Estado" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Estado" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External credentials." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Lista os serviços permitidos que possuem credenciais em Credenciais Externas." + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal Definition" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "Definição de Terminal" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Serviços Permitidos" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Pretende mesmo sair da configuração sem gravar?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "O URL digitado não é válido." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Os endereços digitados não são válidos." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"O domínio foi alterado.\n" +"Deve reiniciar o computador para que as alterações tenham efeito." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Apenas são permitidos 2 parâmetros." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração Básica" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration of the Repository \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" +"Configuração do Repositório \n" +"\n" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Não I&niciar o IrDA" + +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Iniciar Detecção" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Acção" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minuto" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/remoteinstall.ycp:20 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo de &Despejo" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Apenas é possível apagar um driver sem um digitalizador." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Não é possível testar sem um digitalizador idêntico activo." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Discos ZFCP Configurados" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Pretende mesmo deixar a configuração de disco ZFCP sem gravar?\n" +"Todas as alterações serão perdidas." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Adicionar Novo Disco ZFCP" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "Obter WWPN's" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "Obter LUN's" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "O WWPN introduzido é inválido." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "O WWPN introduzido é inválido." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>A Inicializar a Configuração de Discos ZFCP</big> \n" +"Por favor aguarde... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Configuração do Servidor FTP</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Discos ZFCP Configurados</big> \n" +"Utilize esta caixa de diálogo para gerir os discos ZFCP do seu sistema." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Para configurar um novo disco ZFCP, seleccione Adicionar." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Para remover um disco ZFCP configurado, escolha-o, e prima\n" +"Apagar." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Quando realizar um acesso READ/WRITE a um\n" +"dispositivo ZFCP, certifique-se de que este acesso é exclusivo.\n" +"Caso contrário existe um risco potencial de corrupção de dados." + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Adicionar Novo Disco ZFCP</big> \n" +"Digite o identificador do disco a adicionar. Digite o\n" +"Número de Canal do controlador ZFCP, o worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN), e o número de LUN-FCP." + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"O Número de Cana deve ser introduzido com letras minúsculas num formato\n" +"0.0.<devno> compatível com sysfs, tal como <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"O WWPN deve ser introduzido com letras minúsculas como um valor hex de 16-dígitos,\n" +"tal como <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"O LUN deve ser introduzido com letras minúsculas, como um valor hex de 16 dígitos, com\n" +"zeros à direita, tal como <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "A executar mkinitrd..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "ID do Canal: %1, Formatar: %2, Usar DIAG: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "ID do Canal: %1, Formatar: %2, Usar DIAG: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "A Ler Discos DASD Configurados" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs não se encontra montado." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1: Estado inválido para <online>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: Não foi encontrado um dispositivo para <ccwid>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: Não é possível alterar o estado do dispositivo" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: O dispositivo <ccwid> não existe." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: O módulo zfcp não pode ser carregado." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "Falha ao activar %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "&Não formatar" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: Erro desconhecido %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting Options" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Opções de Formatação" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Falhou a formatação dos discos. Código de retorno: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "A Formatar %1: feito cilindro %2 de %3" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "A verificar sistema de ficheiros..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "A Validar Dependências..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Discos ZFCP Configurados" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "A Validar Dependências..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rescanning disks..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "A reexaminar os discos..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Terminado" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Editar Dispositivo de Despejo" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"Não é possível criar o dispositivo de despejo %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "A converter a base de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode demorar algum tempo." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Linhas Inválidas ou Obsoletas em fstab" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting supported TV norms..." +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "A detectar normas de TV suportadas..." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Parâmetro '%1' em falta." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "Tipo de Acesso" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "Código de erro do programa de apoio: %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Não é possível criar o dispositivo de despejo %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "A Ler a Configuração" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Verificar Entradas no fstab" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Verificar Entradas no fstab" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Outros &Parâmetros de Kernel" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "A verificar entradas no fstab..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "A verificar entradas no fstab..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "A ler opções de arranque de kernel..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "A Guardar a Configuração IrDA" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Guardar definições de IRC" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Guardar definições de IRC" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Outros &Parâmetros de Kernel" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "A escrever definições de IRC..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "A escrever definições de IRC..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Parâmetros Opcionais de Kernel" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "A Guardar a Configuração do Servidor de Correio" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Ler ficheiro de configuração" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load current settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Carregar definições actuais" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "A ler o ficheiro de configuração..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading current settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "A carregar as definições actuais..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "A Guardar a Configuração do Servidor de Correio" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Escrever Configuração" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update runlevel settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Actualizar definições do nível de execução" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "A escrever a configuração..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating runlevel settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "A actualizar as definições de nível de execução..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "A Ler a Configuração" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "A validar dependências" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "A ler as definições..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "A verificar disquete..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "A ler as definições..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "A Gravar a Configuração do kdump" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Guardar as definições" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Reiniciar o serviço" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "A escrever as definições..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "A reiniciar o serviço..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "ID do Canal: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN ZFCP: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "ID do Canal: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN ZFCP: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "A Ler Discos ZFCP Configurados" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: WWPN inválido." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: Não foi possível activar o WWPN para o adaptador %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: Não foi possível activar o disco ZFCP." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: O disco SCSI não pode ser desactivado." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: Não é possível apagar o registo do LUN ZFCP." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: Não é possível apagar o registo do WWPN ZFCP." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1: O dispositivo <ccwid> não existe." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: O módulo zfcp não pode ser carregado." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: O estado do adaptador não pode ser alterado." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: Os portos WWPN ainda se encontram activos." + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/smt.pt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/smt.pt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/smt.pt.po 2016-07-04 08:45:22 UTC (rev 95968) @@ -0,0 +1,1714 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 13:54+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Não existe interface de utilizador disponível para este módulo." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "Não existe URL definida para as notas de lançamento. O teste de Internet não pode ser realizado." + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "A criar área de swap..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Não foi possível criar a imagem ISO %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "A Validar Dependências..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Credenciais externas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Sucesso" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Registo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Tipo de Sincronização" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Localização dos Relatórios Arquivados" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Recomendado" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Opcional" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Segurança" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Options" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Opções de Segurança" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Padroes remomendados" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Idiomas Adicionais: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Domingo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Segunda-feira" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Terça-feira" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Quarta-feira" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Quinta-feira" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Sexta-feira" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Sábado" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Centro de Configuração de Clientes Novell" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "&Utilizar Certificado de Servidor Comum" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Código de Registo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Tempo de Descarga:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Utilizador" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/adsl_custom.ycp:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Palavra passe" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Testar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "O endereço de correio é necessário para o registo." + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "Servidor SMT" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Path" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "Caminho da Base de Dados" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "C&onfirme a palavra passe" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Editar Agendamento do Relatório para " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Comandos a Executar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frequência" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Dia da &Semana" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "Dia do &Mês" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Hora" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minuto" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "A&dicionar..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Editar..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "Endereço de correio electrónico do administrador do servidor" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Todas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "&Nome do Repositório:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Mo&strar Categoria da Correcção:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Correcção: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versão" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoria" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "A testar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Produto" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Resumo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&Detalhes das Correcções <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "Alterar &Estado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change this?" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Alterar isto?" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Itens Excluídos da Procura" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Activar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Desactivar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Hat" +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Criar Chapéu" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Destino" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Monitorização" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/logcontrol.ycp:67 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Erro" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrição" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "Mudar Modo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "Alterar &Estado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Estado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Nome do Computador" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "C&ontacto" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "A Inicializar a Configuração FTP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Ler a configuração" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Ler o estado do serviço" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Ler definições da firewall" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Ler definições do sudo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "A ler a configuração NTP..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "A ler o estado do serviço..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "A ler as definições da firewall..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "A ler as definições personalizadas..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Proxy User Credentials" +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciais de Utilizador de Proxy" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registo" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "Centro de Clientes" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Aviso" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Sim, Utilizar" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/remotechooser.ycp:44 +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Cancelar" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Actualizar configuração" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Actualizar configuração" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Criar CA pré definido e servidor de certificados" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Configuração do servidor DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Ajustar o serviço DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Escrever as definições da firewall" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Escrever definições de routing" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read repositories." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Não foi possível ler os repositórios." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Tipo de Sincronização" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "A adaptar a configuração..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "A adaptar a configuração..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "A criar CA pré definido e servidor de certificados..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "A escrever a configuração Kerberos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "A ajustar o serviço DNS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "A escrever as definições da firewall..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "A escrever as definições de routing..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configured repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "A ler os repositórios configurados..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "A executar os scripts..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "A escrever a Configuração NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "&Guardar Alteração Agora" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Correcções obtidas." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "A guardar esquemas..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"A primeira e a segunda versão\n" +"da palavra passe não coincidem." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "O URL do Servidor SMT deve começar por https://" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Nome de Utilizador não pode estar vazio." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "A palavra passe não pode ser vazia." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Detalhes" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Resultado do Teste:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Resultado do Teste:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "A detectar os repositórios disponíveis..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Desconhecido" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filtro: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "Filtro" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Mo&strar Categoria da Correcção:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "A ler os pacotes disponíveis nos repositórios..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no partitionable disks available." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Não existem disponíveis discos particionáveis." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Nome do Produto: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "O sistema encontra-se actualizado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Enabled:%1" +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "Cliente Activado:%1" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Origem Desconhecida." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "Não há partições para apagar neste disco." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Classe Desconhecida:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Nunca" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 - %2 (%3)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 - %2 (%3)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Não foi possível ler as definições para a base de dados actual." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/adsl_custom.ycp:74 +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Digite Frase Passe" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/adsl_custom.ycp:74 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "Frase &Passe" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "As palavras passe não são idênticas." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "A Criar Repositório %1" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the printer database." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Ocorreu um erro na criação da base de dados de impressoras." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "&Correio Electrónico" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "Por &E-Mail" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' não é válida." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Não foi possível ler o estado actual do SSHD." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Não foi possível recuperar a descrição do repositório remoto." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "A sondar o repositório %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Progresso" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Parar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "A Interromper o Assistente" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Tem a certeza que pretende abortar a configuração?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue resizing?" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Continuar a redimensionar?" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "A carregar..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Terminado" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Comando: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Periodic interval" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "Intervalo periódico" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Mensalmente" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Predefined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "Pré-definido" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Semanalmente" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Diariamente" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 Hora" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 Minutos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Tudo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Hora" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minuto" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Editar Agendamento do Relatório para " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Adicionar SIR Agendado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frequência" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Comandos a Executar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Hora de Início da Cópia de Segurança" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Dia da &Semana" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "Dia do &Mês" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Pretende mesmo sair?\n" +"Todas as alterações serão perdidas." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"Para adicionar uma declaração de rede,\n" +"escolha Sub-rede." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" +#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configuration. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Resumo dos Repositórios</big> \n" +"Obtenha um resumo dos repositórios configurados.\n" +"Adicionalmente, edite estas configurações. \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o estado de um módulo,\n" +"escolha a entrada apropriada na tabela, e prima Alterar Estado.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"Para alterar o estado de um módulo,\n" +"escolha a entrada apropriada na tabela, e prima Alterar Estado.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Centro de Clientes" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Backend: " +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Retaguarda de Base de Dados: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Repositórios" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Estado Actual" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheduled Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "Relatórios Agendados" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Páginas do Assistente de configuração do CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Actualizar a Configuração do Sistema" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Gestão" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Não foi encontrada a base de dados de placas de som. Por favor confirme a instalação." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Falhou a configuração de scripts." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Não é possível escrever as definições." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "A recarregar o serviço %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "Como Certificado Servidor" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "Gestão &CA" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Saltar" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Não é possível apagar o serviço. Não está instalado." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "&Palavra passe de root para Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Introduzir a palavra passe do utilizador." + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Não foi possível escrever %1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Tenta&r Novamente" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Não é possível ler a base de dados database1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Falha ao editar a base de dados." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "&Palavra passe de root para Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "&Palavra passe de root para Samba" + +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/adsl_custom.ycp:74 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "&Nova Palavra passe" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Definir a palavra passe." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "A Preparação da Rede Falhou" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Não é possível ler a base de dados de sintonizadores." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Introduzir a palavra passe do utilizador." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/xpram.pt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/xpram.pt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pt/po/xpram.pt.po 2016-07-04 08:45:22 UTC (rev 95968) @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-09 13:54+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Novell Language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Configuração da XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Activar XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Desactivar XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Alterar a configuração de XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Ponto de montagem" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração de XPRAM" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Configure aqui a XPRAM para o seu computador." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Esta ferramenta suporta actualmente apenas a atribuição de toda a XPRAM a uma partição. Para ter múltipla partições, consulte \"Drivers de Dispositivos, Funcionalidades e Comandos - 30 de Novembro de 2004\" para o Linux kernel 2.6 - Arbil de 2004.Neste caso, desactive a XPRAM neste módulo.Este módulo YaST suporta actualmente apenas a atribuição de toda a XPRAM a uma partição. Para ter múltipla partições por favor consulte \"Drivers de Dispositivos, Funcionalidades e Comandos - 30 de Novembro de 2004\" para o kernel 2.6 de Linux - Abril de 2004.Neste caso, por favor desactive a XPRAM neste módulo." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Escolha o ponto de montagem correcto para Ponto de Montagem." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "A seguir, escolha o sistema de ficheiros a utilizar no dispositivo" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Não I&niciar a XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "In&iciar a XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Instalar Sistema de Ficheiros ou Swap No Entanto a &XPRAM Contém Dados Válidos" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Ponto de Montagem" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "Ponto de &Montagem" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Tipo de Sistema de Ficheiros" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "&Sistema de Ficheiros a Utilizar:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "A Gravar a Configuração de XPRAM" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Guardar as definições" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Reiniciar o serviço" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "A escrever as definições..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "A reiniciar o serviço..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Terminado" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Erro ao parar a xpram. Por favor tente manualmente \"rcxpram stop\"." + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Erro ao iniciar a xpram. Por favor tente manualmente \"rcxpram start\"."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95967 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:21 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95967 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/journalctl.ps.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/kernel-update-tool.ps.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/linux-user-mgmt.ps.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/migration.ps.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/s390.ps.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/smt.ps.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/xpram.ps.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/journalctl.ps.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/journalctl.ps.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/journalctl.ps.po 2016-07-04 08:45:21 UTC (rev 95967) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Copyright © 2013 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ps.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-11 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/kernel-update-tool.ps.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/kernel-update-tool.ps.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/kernel-update-tool.ps.po 2016-07-04 08:45:21 UTC (rev 95967) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Copyright © 2013 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ps.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-11 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/linux-user-mgmt.ps.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/linux-user-mgmt.ps.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/linux-user-mgmt.ps.po 2016-07-04 08:45:21 UTC (rev 95967) @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +# Copyright © 2013 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ps.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-11 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/migration.ps.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/migration.ps.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/migration.ps.po 2016-07-04 08:45:21 UTC (rev 95967) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Copyright © 2013 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ps.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-11 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/s390.ps.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/s390.ps.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/s390.ps.po 2016-07-04 08:45:21 UTC (rev 95967) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Copyright © 2013 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ps.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-11 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/smt.ps.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/smt.ps.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/smt.ps.po 2016-07-04 08:45:21 UTC (rev 95967) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Copyright © 2013 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ps.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-11 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/xpram.ps.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/xpram.ps.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ps/po/xpram.ps.po 2016-07-04 08:45:21 UTC (rev 95967) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Copyright © 2013 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ps.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-11 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Pashto Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95966 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:20 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95966 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/journalctl.pl.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/bootloader.pl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/iscsi-client.pl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/samba-server.pl.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/bootloader.pl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/bootloader.pl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/bootloader.pl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:20 UTC (rev 95966) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:30\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:58\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -314,8 +314,7 @@ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" "Użyj szeregowej konsoli - opcja ta pozwala na zdefiniowanie\n" -"parametrów w celu użycia konsoli szeregowej. Szczegóły podano w dokumentacji\n" -"programu GRUB (<code>info grub</code>)." +"parametrów w celu użycia konsoli szeregowej. Szczegóły podano w dokumentacji programu GRUB (<code>info grub</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -328,8 +327,7 @@ "Typ terminala \n" "Ustawienie służy do określenia typu terminala, który ma być używany. Dla terminali\n" "szeregowych (np. konsola szeregowa) trzeba podać <code>serial</code>. Można również\n" -"przekazać do polecenia <code>console</code>, jako <code>serial console</code>. W takim\n" -"przypadku terminal, w którym zostanie naciśnięty dowolny klawisz, będzie oznaczony \n" +"przekazać do polecenia <code>console</code>, jako <code>serial console</code>. W takim przypadku terminal, w którym zostanie naciśnięty dowolny klawisz, będzie oznaczony \n" "jako terminal GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 @@ -963,8 +961,7 @@ "konfiguracji niektóre ustawienia mogą zostać utracone.\n" "\n" "Aktualna konfiguracja będzie zapisana i będzie można ją\n" -"przywrócić, jeśli powróci się do obecnego programu\n" -"rozruchowego.\n" +"przywrócić, jeśli powróci się do obecnego programu rozruchowego.\n" "\n" "Proszę wybrać, co zrobić:\n" @@ -1599,8 +1596,7 @@ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"RAM-dysk początkowy - opcja określa początkowy pseudodysk (RAM-dysk),\n" -"który ma być użyty. Należy albo bezpośrednio podać nazwę pliku i ścieżkę dostępu, albo \n" +"RAM-dysk początkowy - opcja określa początkowy pseudodysk (RAM-dysk), który ma być użyty. Należy albo bezpośrednio podać nazwę pliku i ścieżkę dostępu, albo \n" "wybrać go, korzystając z przycisku Przeglądaj.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 @@ -1624,9 +1620,8 @@ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"Przesunięcie bloku dla uruchamiania łańcuchowego pozwala na określenie listy\n" -"bloków do uruchomienia. Najczęściej wystarczy ustawienie <code>+1</code>. Specyfikację\n" -"składni listy bloków podano w dokumentacji programu GRUB.\n" +"Przesunięcie bloku dla uruchamiania łańcuchowego pozwala na określenie listy bloków do uruchomienia. Najczęściej \n" +"wystarczy ustawienie <code>+1</code>. Specyfikację składni listy bloków podano w dokumentacji programu GRUB.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/iscsi-client.pl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/iscsi-client.pl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/iscsi-client.pl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:20 UTC (rev 95966) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:30\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:58\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -369,8 +369,7 @@ "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Należy wprowadzić adres IP wykrytego serwera.\n" -"Port należy zmienić tylko wtedy, jeśli to konieczne. Dla celów uwierzytelniania \n" -"należy użyć pól Nazwy użytkownika i Hasła. Jeśli uwierzytelnianie nie jest \n" +"Port należy zmienić tylko wtedy, jeśli to konieczne. Dla celów uwierzytelniania należy użyć pól Nazwy użytkownika i Hasła. Jeśli uwierzytelnianie nie jest \n" "potrzebne, proszę wybrać opcję Brak uwierzytelniania\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/journalctl.pl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/journalctl.pl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/journalctl.pl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:20 UTC (rev 95966) @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +# Polish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-10-06 11:28+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Polish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Polish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Brak wpisów." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Zmień przyrostek" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Odświeżanie" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Wyświetlacz Braille'a" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Nie znaleziono żadnych pozycji" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtry:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Priorytet" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Brak dodatkowych informacji" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrowanie wg pliku" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Czas" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Źródło" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Komunikat" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/samba-server.pl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/samba-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pl/po/samba-server.pl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:20 UTC (rev 95966) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:30\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:58\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" -"Ponieważ do tego serwera Samby są obecnie podłączeni użytkownicy,\n" +"Ponieważ do tego serwera Samba są obecnie podłączeni użytkownicy,\n" "konfiguracja serwera została wczytana ponownie zamiast ponownego uruchomienia.\n" "Aby mieć pewność, że wszystkie zmiany ustawień zostały zastosowane, ryzykując rozłączenie użytkowników,\n" "należy wywołać polecenia systemctl restart smb oraz systemctl restart nmb" @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ "<big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicjalizacja konfiguracji serwera Samby</big> \n" +"<big>Inicjalizacja konfiguracji serwera Samba</big> \n" "Proszę czekać... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95965 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:18 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95965 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/kernel-update-tool.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/linux-user-mgmt.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/migration.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/s390.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/smt.pa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/xpram.pa.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/journalctl.pa.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Punjabi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala(a)yahoo.com> +# Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" +"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: pa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "ਦੇਸ਼(&C)" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "ਸਫਿਕਸ ਬਦਲੋ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "ਤਾਜ਼ਾ" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "ਬਰਾਇੱਲੀ ਡਿਸਪਲੇਅ" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭੀਆਂ" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "ਫਿਲਟਰ(&F)" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "ਤਰਜੀਹ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "ਵਾਧੂ ਡੋਮੇਨਾਂ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by Date" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ ਨਾਲ ਫਿਲਟਰ" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "ਸਮਾਂ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹੇ" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/kernel-update-tool.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/kernel-update-tool.pa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/kernel-update-tool.pa.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Punjabi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala(a)yahoo.com> +# Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" +"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: pa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "ਕੀ ਕਰਨਲ ਅੱਪਗਰੇਡ ਛੱਡਣਾ ਹੈ?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "ਬਦਲਵਾਂ ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "ਕਰਨਲ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਹਾਲਤ ਲਾਗ" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/linux-user-mgmt.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/linux-user-mgmt.pa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/linux-user-mgmt.pa.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) @@ -0,0 +1,709 @@ +# Punjabi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala(a)yahoo.com> +# Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" +"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: pa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "ਈ-ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਟਰੀ ਵਿੱਚ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਕੁਝ ਪਲ ਲੱਗ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"%1 ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਜਾਪਦਾ ਹੈ। \n" +"ਕੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣੀ ਹੈ?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ1 ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEconfig ਚਲਾਓ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEconfig ਚਲਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "LUM ਲਈ namconfig ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਕੁਝ ਸਮਾਂ ਲੱਗ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਲਿਖ ਸਕਦਾ।" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "SuSEconfig ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਫੇਲ ਹੋਈ।" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "LDAP ਸਰਵਰ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "LDAP ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "LDAP ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਪੋਰਟ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Linux/Unix ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪਰਸੰਗ" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ PAM-ਯੋਗ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "login: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਹੋਸਟ" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 LDAP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਜਾਂ ਰਿਮੋਟ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਸਰਵਰ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "ਲੋਕਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ(&L)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਸਿਸਟਮ(&R)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਸਰਵਰ ਐਡਰੈੱਸ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "ਐਂਡਮਿਨ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਹੈ। ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਲਈ ਚੋਣਵਾਂ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "ਐਂਡਮਿਨ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਹੈ। ਡੈਸਕਟਾਪ ਲਈ ਚੋਣਵਾਂ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ ਵੇਰਵਾ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "LDAP ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਬਾਈਡ ਟਾਈਮ-ਆਉਟ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP ਪੋਰਟ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਪੋਰਟ" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਾ ਪਹਿਲਾ ਅਤੇ ਦੂਜਾ \n" +"ਵਰਜਨ ਮੇਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦੇ!\n" +"ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਅੱਖਰ ਹੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ\n" +"ਹਨ:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, ਅਤੇ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\"।\n" +"ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ ਕਰੋ ਜੀ।" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read CA tree." +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "CA ਟਰੀ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ।" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ 32 ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਲੰਮਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ 32 ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਲੰਮਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅੱਗੇ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਅੱਖਰ ਹੀ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"ਵੈਧ ਪੋਰਟ ਨੰਬਰ 0 ਤੋਂ 65536 ਹਨ।\n" +"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ ਕਰੋ ਜੀ।" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "ਪੋਰਟ %1 ਵਰਤੋਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਹੈ। ਕੀ ਇਹੀ ਵਰਤਣੀ ਹੈ?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਨਹੀਂ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 ਇੱਕ ਗਲਤੀ ਪਰਸੰਗ ਹੈ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Verifying Base Packages" +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "ਬੇਸ ਪੈਕੇਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਪੜਤਾਲ ਜਾਰੀ..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਸਰਵਰ IP ਐਡਰੈੱਸ ਦਿਓ।" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 ਇੱਕ ਠੀਕ ਪਾਥ-ਨਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 ਇੱਕ ਠੀਕ ਅਸਲ ਪਾਥ-ਨਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਈ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ ਸੰਖੇਪ" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "ਨੰਬਰ" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Linux/Unix ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪਰਸੰਗ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(ਚੋਣਵਾਂ)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "ਪਰਾਕਸੀ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ PAM-ਯੋਗ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ ਚੁਣੋ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authenticated directory:" +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਿਤ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ:" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "ਸਭ ਚੁਣੋ(&c)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "ਸਭ ਅਣ-ਚੁਣੇ(&t)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&login" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "ਗਨੋਮ-ਸਕਰੀਨ-ਸੇਵਰ(&c)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ</big> \n" +"ਉਡੀਕ ਜੀ... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ:</big> \n" +"ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡੋ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਹੂਲਤ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਛੱਡੋ। \n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ</big> \n" +"ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਸੰਭਾਲ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਖਤਮ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ:</big> \n" +"ਅਧੂਰਾ ਖਤਮ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਕਾਰਜ ਅਧੂਰਾ ਖਤਮ ਕਰੋ।\n" +"ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਦੱਸੇਗਾ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਠੀਕ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ।\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Server Address:</big> Enter the IP address or host name of the\n" +#| "server to which to connect.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਸਰਵਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ:</big> ਜੁੜਨ ਵਾਲੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਦਾ IP ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ \n" +"ਜਾਂ ਮੇਜ਼ਬਾਨ ਨਾਂ ਭਰੋ।\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ।" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "ਲਿਨਕਸ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਮੈਨਜ਼ੇਮਿੰਟ(&L)" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/migration.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/migration.pa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/migration.pa.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# Punjabi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala(a)yahoo.com> +# Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" +"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: pa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "ਮਾਈਗਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਰਵਾ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਹੁਣ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ(&R)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"ਸਮਾਪਤ YaST ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਚੁਣਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ\n" +"ਲਾਗਇਨ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਚਲਾਉਦਾ ਹੈ।\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਮੈਪ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੈ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਖੇਪ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਖੇਪ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "ਮਾਈਗਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਰਵਾ" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ਵੇਖਾਈ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ, ਅੱਗੇ ਨੂੰ ਦਬਾਉ।\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/s390.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/s390.pa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/s390.pa.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) @@ -0,0 +1,2081 @@ +# Punjabi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala(a)yahoo.com> +# Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" +"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: pa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "CASA ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "ਕੋਈ DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਮਿਲੀ" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਖੋਜੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "S/390 ਡਿਸਕ ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "&DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "&ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "CASA ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "ਕੋਈ zFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "ਐਕਟੀਵੇਟ(&A)" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "ਡੀ-ਐਕਟੀਵੇਟ(&D)" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "DIAG ਚਾਲੂ ਸੈੱਟ(&n)" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "DIAG ਬੰਦ ਸੈੱਟ(&f)" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "ਫਾਰਮੈਟ(&F)" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "ਪੈਰਲੱਲ ਫਾਰਮੈਟਿਡ ਡਿਸਕ(&P)" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "ਕੋਈ ਡਿਸਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਚੁਣੀ।" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ %1 ਐਕਟੀਵੇਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ %1 ਲਿਖਣ ਲਈ ਅਸੈੱਸੇਬਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਪਰਬੰਧ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "ਫਾਰਮੈਟ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "DIAG ਵਰਤੋਂ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "ਜੰਤਰ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ਕਿਸਮ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "ਅਸੈੱਸ ਕਿਸਮ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕੀਤਾ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "ਘੱਟੋ-ਘੱਟ ਚੈਨਲ(&n)" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "ਵੱਧੋ-ਵੱਧ ਚੈਨਲ(&x)" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "ਫਿਲਟਰ(&F)" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "ਐਕਸ਼ਨ ਕਰੋ(&A)" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "ਸਭ ਚੁਣੋ(&S)" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "ਸਭ ਰੱਦ(&D)" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "ਗਲਤ ਫਾਇਲ ਨਾਂ।" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ(&C)" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕਰੋ" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "&DIAG ਵਰਤੋਂ" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ਯਕੀਨਨ DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਹੈ?\n" +"ਸਾਰੀ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਵੇਗੀ।" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "ਇੱਕ TV ਚੈਨਲ ਭਰੋ।" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਹੀ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਹੈ" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ</big> \n" +"ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਖਤਮ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ:</big> \n" +"ਹੁਣ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਖਤਮ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਧਿਆਨ ਨਾਲ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਹੂਲਤ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਖਤਮ ਕਰੋ।" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ</big> \n" +"ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਸੰਭਾਲ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਖਤਮ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ:</big> \n" +"ਅਧੂਰਾ ਖਤਮ ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਕਾਰਜ ਅਧੂਰਾ ਖਤਮ ਕਰੋ।\n" +"ਇੱਕ ਵਾਰਤਾਲਾਪ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਦੱਸੇਗਾ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਠੀਕ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ।\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>ਸੰਰਚਿਤ DASD ਡਿਸਕਾਂ</big> \n" +"ਇਹ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਵਿੱਚ, ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਦਾ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਕਰੋ।" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵੀਂ DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਦੱਬੋ।" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"ਇੱਕ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਹੋਈ DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣ ਕੇ\n" +"ਹਟਾਓ ਦੱਬੋ।" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>ਇੱਕ ਨਵੀਂ DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਜੋੜਨੀ</big> \n" +"ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਡਿਸਕ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਦਿਓ। ਡਿਸਕ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ, DASD ਡਿਸਕ\n" +"ਦਾ ਚੈਨਲ ਨੰਬਰ ਦਿਓ।" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"ਜੇ ਡਿਸਕ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ,\n" +"ਡਿਸਕ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕਰੋ ਵਰਤੋਂ।" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਚੁਣੋ।\n" +"\n" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "ਕੰਟਰੋਲਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "ਡੰਪ ਜੰਤਰ ਸੋਧ" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਟੇਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਇੱਕ ਜੰਤਰ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰਨੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"ਡਿਸਕ %1 ਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਡੰਪ ਜੰਤਰ ਵਜੋਂ ਹੁਣੇ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ।\n" +"ਕੀ ਜਾਰੀ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਹੈ?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>ਸ਼ੇਅਰ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>ਯੂਜ਼ਰ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "URL ਬਦਲਣ ਲਈ ਬਦਲੋ... ਬਟਨ ਦੱਬੋ।" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>ਕੁਨੈਕਸ਼ਨ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "ਹਾਂ" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "ਨਹੀਂ" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS ਯੂਜ਼ਰ" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable SSL v2" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "SSL v2 ਯੋਗ(&E)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "ਪਰਮਾਣਿਕਤਾ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ਨਾਂ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "ਗਰੁੱਪ ਮੈਂਬਰ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS ਯੂਜ਼ਰ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "ਹਟਾਓ(&D)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਗਰੁੱਪ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "ਚੋਣ(&S)" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰ(&R)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ(&F)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "ਝਲਕ(&w)" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable LDAP Users to Log In" +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "LDAP ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਨੂੰ ਲਾਗਇਨ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਯੋਗ ਕਰੋ(&E)" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "ਲਾਗਇਨ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "ਘਰ ਮਾਰਗ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "ਸ਼ੈੱਲ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone: " +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "ਜ਼ੋਨ ਲਈ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ(&n)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "ਘਰ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ(&H)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "ਝਲਕ(&r)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ(&U)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Force Password Change" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "ਧੱਕੇ ਨਾਲ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਬਦਲਾਓ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਗਰੁੱਪ(&o)" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "ਮੈਂਬਰ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "ਚੁਣੋ ਜਾਂ ਅਣ-ਚੁਣੋ(&S)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Created: " +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "ਬਣਾਇਆ:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS ਗਰੁੱਪ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "ਮੈਂਬਰ" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "ਸ਼ੈੱਲ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।\n" +"ਮੁੜ ਕੋਸ਼ਸ਼ ਕਰੋ।" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਦਿੱਤੀ ਜਾਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਫਲ।" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "ਸਧਾਰਨ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ " + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਰਮਾਣਕਿਤਾ" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਨਾਂ ਜਾਂ ਘਰ ਡਾਇਰੈਕਟਰੀ ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write the mail server domains." +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਡੋਮੇਨ ਲਿਖੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ।" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "1 ਜਾਂ 2 ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ ਹੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਹਨ।" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ 32 ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਲੰਮਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal Definition" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "ਟਰਮੀਨਕਲ ਪਰਿਭਾਸ਼ਾ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਸਰਵਿਸਾਂ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "ਯਕੀਨਨ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਤੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "ਦਿੱਤੇ ਸਿਰਨਾਵੇਂ ਸਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਨ।" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"ਡੋਮੇਨ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕੀਤੀ ਗਈ ਹੈ।\n" +"ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਪਰਭਾਵੀ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਮੁੜ-ਚਾਲੂ ਕਰਨਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ।" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "ਕੇਵਲ 2 ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ ਹੀ ਮਨਜ਼ੂਰ ਹਨ।" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "ਮੁੱਢਲੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "IrDA ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ(&t)" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "ਕਾਰਵਾਈ(&A)" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "ਮਿੰਟ(&m)" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "ਡੰਪ ਜੰਤਰ(&D)" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਮਿਲਦੇ ਸਕੈਨਰ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਇੱਕ ਡਰਾਇਵਰ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣਾ ਹੀ ਸੰਭਵ ਹੈ।" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "ਸਰਗਰਮ ਸਕੈਨਰ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਲ ਤੋਂ ਬਿਨਾਂ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰਨ ਕਰਨੀ ਸੰਭਵ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ZFCP ਡਿਸਕਾਂ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the DHCP server configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ਯਕੀਨਨ ਸੰਭਾਲੇ ਬਿਨਾ DHCP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਹੈ?\n" +"ਸਾਰੀ ਤਬਦੀਲੀ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ।" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "ਨਵੀਂ ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "WWPN" +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ WWPN ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "ਦਿੱਤਾ WWPN ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ</big> \n" +"ਉਡੀਕੋ ਜੀ... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ZFCP ਡਿਸਕਾਂ</big> \n" +"ਇਹ ਡਾਈਲਾਗ ਰਾਹੀਂ, ਆਪਣੇ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਦਾ ਪਰਬੰਧ ਕਰੋ।" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "ਇੱਕ ਨਵੀਂ ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"ਇੱਕ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਨੂੰ ਹਟਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਇਸ ਨੂੰ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ\n" +"ਹਟਾਓ ਦੱਬੋ।" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ਇੱਕ ਨਵੀਂ DASD ਡਿਸਕ ਜੋੜਨੀ</big> \n" +"ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਡਿਸਕ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਦਿਓ। ਡਿਸਕ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ, DASD ਡਿਸਕ\n" +"ਦਾ ਚੈਨਲ ਨੰਬਰ ਦਿਓ।" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "mkinitrd ਚਲਾਇਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ID: %1, ਫਾਰਮੈਟ: %2, DIAG ਵਰਤੋਂ: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ID: %1, ਫਾਰਮੈਟ: %2, DIAG ਵਰਤੋਂ: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ DASD ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਪੜ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs ਮਾਊਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1: <online> ਦੀ ਗਲਤ ਹਾਲਤ" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: <ccwid> ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਜੰਤਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭਿਆ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: ਜੰਤਰ ਦੀ ਹਾਲਤ ਬਦਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: ਜੰਤਰ <ccwid> ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: ਮੋਡੀਊਲ zfcp ਲੋਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1 ਨੂੰ ਸਰਗਰਮ ਲਈ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ(&N)" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: ਅਣਜਾਣ ਗਲਤੀ %2।" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting Options" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "ਫਾਰਮੈਟਿੰਗ ਚੋਣਾਂ" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਇਆ। ਬੰਦ ਕੋਡ: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "%1 ਲਈ ਫਾਰਮੈਟ ਜਾਰੀ: %3 ਵਿੱਚੋਂ %2 ਸਿਲੰਡਰ ਹੋ ਗਏ" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਪੜਤਾਲ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ZFCP ਡਿਸਕਾਂ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rescanning disks..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਮੁੜ-ਸਕੈਨ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "ਡੰਪ ਜੰਤਰ ਸੋਧ" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"ਡੰਪ ਜੰਤਰ %1 ਬਣਾਇਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ:\n" +"%2" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "ਪੈਕੇਜ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ। ਇਹ ਕਾਰਜ ਕੁਝ ਸਮਾਂ ਲਵੇਗਾ।" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "fstab ਵਿੱਚ ਗਲਤ ਜਾਂ ਪੁਰਾਣੀਆਂ ਲਾਇਨਾਂ" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting supported TV norms..." +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "ਸਹਿਯੋਗੀ TV norms ਦੀ ਖੋਜ ਜਾਰੀ..." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "ਮੁੱਲ '%1' ਗੁੰਮ ਹੈ।" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "ਅਸੈੱਸ ਕਿਸਮ" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "ਸਹਿਯੋਗੀ ਪਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਵਲੋਂ ਗਲਤੀ ਕੋਡ: %1" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"ਡੰਪ ਜੰਤਰ %1 ਬਣਾਇਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ:\n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "fstab ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ ਦੀ ਪੜਤਾਲ" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "fstab ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ ਦੀ ਪੜਤਾਲ" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਕਰਨਲ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&P)" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "fstab ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "fstab ਐਂਟਰੀਆਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "ਚੋਣਵੇਂ ਕਰਨਲ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "IrDA ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "IRC ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "IRC ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਕਰਨਲ ਪੈਰਾਮੀਟਰ(&P)" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "IRC ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "IRC ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "ਪੈਟਰਨ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read user settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਪੜੋ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਫਾਇਲ ਪੜ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "ਮੇਲ ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write user settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "ਫਲਾਪੀ ਜੰਤਰ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਜਾਰੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "autofs ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਮੁੜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਮੁੜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "ਚੈਨਲ ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ZFCP ਡਿਸਕਾਂ ਪੜ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਜਾਂਦੀਆਂ ਹਨ" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: WWPN ਗਲਤ ਹੈ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: ਅਡੈਪਟਰ %1 ਲਈ WWPN ਐਕਟੀਵੇਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP ਡਿਸਕ ਐਕਟੀਵੇਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕੀ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: SCSI ਡਿਸਕ ਨੂੰ ਡਿ-ਐਕਟੀਵੇਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP LUN ਨੂੰ ਅਣ-ਰਜਿਸਟਰਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP WWPN ਅਣ-ਰਜਿਸਟਰਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1: ਜੰਤਰ <ccwid> ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: ਮੋਡੀਊਲ zfcp ਲੋਡ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਿਆ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: ਐਡਪਟਰ ਹਾਲਤ ਬਦਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕੀ।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: WWPN ਪੋਰਟ ਹਾਲੇ ਵੀ ਐਕਟਿਵ ਹੈ।" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/smt.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/smt.pa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/smt.pa.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) @@ -0,0 +1,1707 @@ +# Punjabi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala(a)yahoo.com> +# Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" +"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: pa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "ਉਸ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "ਰੀਲਿਜ਼ ਨੋਟਿਸ ਲਈ ਕੋਈ URL ਨਹੀਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ। ਇੰਟਰਨੈੱਟ ਟੈਸਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating summary ..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "ISP ਈਮੇਜ਼ %1 ਨਹੀਂ ਬਣ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "ਨਿਰਭਰਤਾ ਚੈੱਕ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid default" +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "ਐਡਰੈੱਸ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "ਸਫ਼ਲ" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਿਸਮ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "ਅਕਾਇਵ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਰਿਪੋਰਟਾਂ ਦਾ ਟਿਕਾਣਾ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "ਸਿਫਾਰਸ਼ੀ" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "ਚੋਣਵਾਂ" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "ਸੁਰੱਖਿਆ ਹਾਲਤ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "ਸਿਫਾਰਸ਼ੀ ਪੈਟਰਨ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "ਹੋਰ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "ਐਤਵਾਰ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "ਸੋਮਵਾਰ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "ਮੰਗਲਵਾਰ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "ਬੁੱਧਵਾਰ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "ਵੀਰਵਾਰ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "ਸ਼ੁੱਕਰਵਾਰ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "ਸ਼ਨਿਚੱਰਵਾਰ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "ਨੋਵਲ ਗਾਹਕ ਕੇਂਦਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Custom Policy" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਪਾਲਸੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਰਵਰ:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "ਡਾਊਨਲੋਡ ਅਕਾਰ:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ(&U)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "ਟੈਸਟ(&t)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ ਲਈ ਈਮੇਲ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ ਲੋੜੀਦਾ ਹੈ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "SMT ਸਰਵਰ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Path" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪਾਥ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਪੁਸ਼ਟੀ(&o)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "ਇਸ ਲਈ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ ਸ਼ੈਡਿਊਲ ਸੋਧੋ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕਮਾਂਡ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "ਫਰੀਕਿਉਸੀ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "ਹਫ਼ਤੇ ਦਾ ਦਿਨ(&W)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "ਮਹੀਨੇ ਦਾ ਦਿਨ(&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "ਘੰਟਾ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "ਮਿੰਟ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "ਸ਼ਾਮਲ(&A)..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "ਸੋਧ(&e)..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕ ਦਾ ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ ਸਿਰਨਾਵਾਂ" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "ਸਭ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਨਾਂ(&N):" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "ਪੈਂਚ ਕੈਟਾਗਰੀ ਵੇਖਾਓ(&S):" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "ਪੈਂਚ: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "ਵਰਜਨ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "ਕੈਟਾਗਰੀ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "%1 ਟੈਸਟਿੰਗ ਜਾਰੀ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "ਪੈਚ ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D) <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "ਰੁਕਾਵਟ ਸਥਿਤੀ(&T)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ ਬਦਲੋ(&S)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "ਖੋਜ ਵਿੱਚੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਆਈਟਮਾਂ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "ਯੋਗ(&E)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "ਅਯੋਗ(&D)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Hat" +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "ਹੈੱਟ ਬਣਾਓ(&C)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show introduction" +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "ਜਾਣ-ਪਛਾਣ ਵਿਖਾਓ(&S)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ਨਾਂ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "ਟਾਰਗੇਟ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "ਮਾਨੀਟਰਿੰਗ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "ਗਲਤੀ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "ਮੋਡ ਬਦਲੋ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "ਰੁਕਾਵਟ ਸਥਿਤੀ(&T)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "ਹਾਲਤ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "ਹੋਸਟ ਨਾਂ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "ਸੰਪਰਕ(&o)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "FTP ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "sudo ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "NTP ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "ਡੈਮਨ ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "ਕਸਟਮ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "ਰਜਿਸਟਰੇਸ਼ਨ" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "ਗਾਹਕ ਕੇਂਦਰ(&C)" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "ਹਾਂ, ਇਹ ਵਰਤੋਂ(&Y)" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ(&C)" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ CA ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਬਣਾਓ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "DNS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "DNS ਸੇਵਾ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "ਰਾਊਟਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read repositories." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਪੜ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀਆਂ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "ਸੈਕਰੋਨਾਇਜ਼ੇਸ਼ਨ ਕਿਸਮ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਾਗੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਾਗੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "ਡਿਫਾਲਟ CA ਅਤੇ ਸਰਵਰ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਤਿਆਰ ਕਰੋ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "NFS ਸਰਵਰ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "DNS ਸੇਵਾ ਅਨੁਕੂਲ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "ਫਾਇਰਵਾਲ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "ਰਾਊਟਿੰਗ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configured repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਪੜ੍ਹੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "ਸਕਰਿਪਟਾਂ ਚੱਲ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "NFS ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "ਬਦਲਾਅ ਹੁਣੇ ਲਿਖੋ(&W)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "ਪੈਂਚ ਲਏ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "ਸਕੀਮਾਂ ਲਿਖੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਾ ਪਹਿਲਾ ਅਤੇ ਦੂਜਾ \n" +"ਵਰਜਨ ਮੇਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਖਾਂਦੇ ਹਨ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਨਾਂ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ।" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਖਾਲੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "ਵੇਰਵਾ(&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "ਟੈਸਟ ਨਤੀਜਾ:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "ਟੈਸਟ ਨਤੀਜਾ:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਖੋਜੀਆਂ ਜਾ ਰਹੀਆਂ ਹਨ..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "ਫਿਲਟਰ: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "ਫਿਲਟਰ(&F)" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "ਪੈਂਚ ਕੈਟਾਗਰੀ ਵੇਖਾਓ(&S):" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਪੈਕੇਜ ਪੜ੍ਹੇ ਜਾ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "ਸਾਫਟਵੇਅਰ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ ਕੀਤੀਆਂ ਗਈਆਂ ਹਨ।" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "ਗਲਤੀ ਸੁਨੇਹਾ: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "ਪਰੋਡੱਕਟ ਨਾਂ: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਅੱਪ-ਟੂ-ਡੇਟ ਹੈ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "ਸਰੋਤ ਅਣਜਾਣ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "ਅਣਜਾਣ ਕਲਾਸ:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "ਕਦੇ ਨਹੀਂ" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 - %2 (%3)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 - %2 (%3)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਲਈ ਵਿਵਸਥਾ ਪੜਨ ਲਈ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੈ।" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "ਪ੍ਹੈਰਾ ਦਿਓ" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "ਪੈਰਾ(&P)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਰਲਦਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ %1 ਬਣਾਈ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the disk image." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "ਡਿਸਕ ਪ੍ਰਤੀਬਿੰਬ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਸਮੇਂ ਗਲਤੀ ਵਾਪਰੀ।" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "ਈ-ਮੇਲ(&E)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "ਈਮੇਲ ਰਾਹੀਂ(&E)" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' ਠੀਕ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ SSHD ਹਾਲਤ ਪੜ੍ਹੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ।" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "ਰਿਮੋਟ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ ਵੇਰਵਾ ਲੈਣ ਲਈ ਅਸਮਰੱਥ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀ %1 ਪੜਤਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "ਤਰੱਕੀ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "ਰੋਕੋ(&S)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "ਸਹਾਇਕ ਛੱਡਿਆ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਅਧੂਰੀ ਛੱਡਣੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ/" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (ਮਿਰੱਰ)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue resizing?" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "ਕੀ ਮੁੜ ਅਕਾਰ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "ਕਮਾਂਡ: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "ਮਹੀਨੇਵਾਰ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "ਉਪਭੋਗੀ-ਪ੍ਰਭਾਸ਼ਿਤ" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "ਹਫਤਾਵਰ" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "ਨਿੱਤ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 ਘੰਟਾ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 ਮਿੰਟ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "ਹਰੇਕ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "ਘੰਟਾ(&h)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "ਮਿੰਟ(&m)" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "ਇਸ ਲਈ ਰਿਪੋਰਟ ਸ਼ੈਡਿਊਲ ਸੋਧੋ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਡਿਊਲ SIR ਸ਼ਾਮਲ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "ਆਵਿਰਤੀ(&F)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਕਮਾਂਡ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "ਬੈਕਅੱਪ ਸ਼ੁਰੂਆਤੀ ਸਮਾਂ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "ਹਫ਼ਤੇ ਦਾ ਦਿਨ(&W)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "ਮਹੀਨੇ ਦਾ ਦਿਨ(&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ਕੀ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ?\n" +"ਸਭ ਬਦਲਾਅ ਗੁੰਮ ਹੋ ਜਾਣਗੇ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਐਲਾਨ ਸ਼ਾਮਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ,\n" +"ਸਬਨੈੱਟਚੁਣੋ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" +#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configuration. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਸੰਖੇਪ</big> \n" +"ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ ਬਾਰੇ ਸੰਖੇਪ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਪ੍ਰਾਪਤ ਕਰੋ। ਨਾਲੇ\n" +"ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੋਧ ਕਰੋ। \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"ਮੈਡਿਊਲ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, \n" +"ਸਾਰਣੀ ਦੀ ਅਨੁਸਾਰੀ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਰੋਕੋਦਬਾਓ।\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"ਮੈਡਿਊਲ ਦੀ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਤਬਦੀਲ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, \n" +"ਸਾਰਣੀ ਦੀ ਅਨੁਸਾਰੀ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ ਚੁਣੋ ਅਤੇ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਰੋਕੋਦਬਾਓ।\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "ਗਾਹਕ ਸੈਂਟਰ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Backend: " +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਬੈਕਐਂਡ: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "ਰਿਪੋਜ਼ਟਰੀਆਂ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "ਮੌਜੂਦਾ ਹਾਲਤ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheduled Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "ਸ਼ੈਡਿਊਲ ਰਿਪੋਰਟਾਂ" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "CASA ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਹਾਇਕ ਸਫ਼ੇ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "ਸਿਸਟਮ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਅੱਪਡੇਟ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "ਪਰਬੰਧ" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device configured in the control file does not\n" +#| "exist on this system." +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" +"ਕੰਟਰੋਲ ਫਾਇਲ਼ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਰਚਿਤ ਜੰਤਰ ਇਸ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਉੱਤੇ\n" +"ਮੌਜੂਦ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "ਸਾਊਂਡ ਕਾਰਡ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਲੱਭਿਆ। ਆਪਣੀ ਇੰਸਟਾਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰੋ ਜੀ।" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋਈ।" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਲਿਖ ਸਕਦਾ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ %1 ਮੁੜ-ਲੋਡ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "ਸਰਵਰ ਸਰਟੀਫਿਕੇਟ ਵਾਂਗ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&CA ਪਰਬੰਧ" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "ਛੱਡੋ(&S)" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "ਸੇਵਾ ਨਹੀਂ ਮਿਟਾ ਸਕਦਾ। ਇਹ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "ਸਾਂਬਾ ਪਰਬੰਧਕ(root) ਗੁਪਤ-ਕੋਡ:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿਓ।" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1" +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "%1 ਨੂੰ ਲਿਖਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਮਰਥ" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "ਮੁੜ-ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼(&R)" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ1 ਨੂੰ ਪੜ੍ਹਿਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਸੋਧ ਅਸਫ਼ਲ ਹੋਈ ਹੈ।" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "ਸਾਂਬਾ ਪਰਬੰਧਕ(root) ਗੁਪਤ-ਕੋਡ:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "ਸਾਂਬਾ root ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&P)" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "ਨਵਾਂ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ(&N)" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰੋ।" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "ਨੈੱਟਵਰਕ ਸੈੱਟਅੱਪ ਫੇਲ੍ਹ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "ਟਿਊਨਰ ਡਾਟਾਬੇਸ ਪੜ੍ਹਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸਮੱਰਥ ਹੈ!" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "ਯੂਜ਼ਰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿਓ।" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/xpram.pa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/xpram.pa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/pa/po/xpram.pa.po 2016-07-04 08:45:18 UTC (rev 95965) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Punjabi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Jaswinder Singh Phulewala <jaswinderphulewala(a)yahoo.com> +# Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 10:21+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Kanwaljeet Singh Brar <kanwaljeetbrar(a)yahoo.co.in>\n" +"Language-Team: Punjabi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: pa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM ਯੋਗ" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM ਆਯੋਗ" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਬਦਲੋ" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM ਸੰਰਚਨਾ" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ, ਆਪਣੇ ਕੰਪਿਊਟਰ ਲਈ XPRAM ਦੀ ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਕਰੋ।" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "ਇਹ ਟੂਲ ਪੂਰੇ XPRAM ਇੱਕ ਪੂਰੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਦੇਣ ਲਈ ਹੀ ਸਹਿਯੋਗੀ ਹੈ। ਬਹੁਤੇ ਪਾਰਟੀਸ਼ਨ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਲਈ, ਲਿਨਕਸ ਕਰਨ 2.6- ਅਪਰੈਲ 2004 ਸਟਰੀਮ ਵਾਸਤੇ \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖੋ।ਇਸ ਹਾਲਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਹ ਮੋਡੀਊਲ ਵਿੱਚ XPRAM ਆਯੋਗ ਹੈ।" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ਲਈ ਠੀਕ ਮਾਊਟ ਸਥਿਤੀ ਚੁਣੋ।" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "ਇੱਥੇ, ਜੰਤਰ ਲਈ ਵਰਤਣ ਵਾਸਤੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਚੁਣੋ।" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ(&t)" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ(&S)" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "ਭਾਵੇਂ &XPRAM ਠੀਕ ਡਾਟਾ ਰੱਖਦੀ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਵੀ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਜਾਂ ਸਵੈਪ ਇੰਸਟਾਲ ਕਰੋ" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "ਮਾਊਂਟ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ(&M)" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਕਿਸਮ" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਫਾਇਲ ਸਿਸਟਮ(&i):" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM ਸੰਰਚਨਾ ਸੰਭਾਲੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੋ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਮੁੜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਲਿਖੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "ਸਰਵਿਸ ਮੁੜ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "ਮੁਕੰਮਲ" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try manual \"rcxpram stop\"" +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "xpram ਰੋਕਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ। \"rcxpram stop\" ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ ਜੀ" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try manual \"rcxpram start\"" +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "xpram ਚਲਾਉਣ ਦੌਰਾਨ ਗਲਤੀ। \"rcxpram start\" ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਪੜ੍ਹੋ ਜੀ"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95964 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:15 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95964 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/kernel-update-tool.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/linux-user-mgmt.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/migration.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/s390.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/smt.nn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/xpram.nn.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/journalctl.nn.po 2016-07-04 08:45:15 UTC (rev 95964) @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/kernel-update-tool.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/kernel-update-tool.nn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/kernel-update-tool.nn.po 2016-07-04 08:45:15 UTC (rev 95964) @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/linux-user-mgmt.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/linux-user-mgmt.nn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/linux-user-mgmt.nn.po 2016-07-04 08:45:15 UTC (rev 95964) @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/migration.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/migration.nn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/migration.nn.po 2016-07-04 08:45:15 UTC (rev 95964) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/s390.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/s390.nn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/s390.nn.po 2016-07-04 08:45:15 UTC (rev 95964) @@ -0,0 +1,1697 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/smt.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/smt.nn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/smt.nn.po 2016-07-04 08:45:15 UTC (rev 95964) @@ -0,0 +1,1377 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/xpram.nn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/xpram.nn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nn/po/xpram.nn.po 2016-07-04 08:45:15 UTC (rev 95964) @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2011, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-11 20:37+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: nynorsk <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: nn <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95963 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:13 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95963 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:13 UTC (rev 95963) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:30\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:57\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" -msgstr "Distributiecentrums voor sleutels (optioneel als automatische detectie via DNS is ingeschakeld)" +msgstr "Distributiecentra voor sleutels (optioneel als automatische detectie via DNS is ingeschakeld)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:13 UTC (rev 95963) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:30\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:57\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent: installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" +"De vertrouwde grub gebruiken betekent: installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Gebruik seriële console definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" +"Seriële console gebruiken definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" "voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</code>) voor details." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" -"Bescherm het opstartlaadprogramma met een wachtwoord \n" +"Het opstartlaadprogramma beschermen met een wachtwoord \n" "Definieer het wachtwoord om toegang krijgen tot het opstartmenu. YaST accepteert het wachtwoord\n" "uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/qt-pkg.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:13 UTC (rev 95963) @@ -1,18 +1,21 @@ # Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg # This file is distributed under the same license as the package. # +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:30\n" -"Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" -"Language: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-20 22:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318 msgid "&Update Problems" @@ -304,12 +307,20 @@ msgstr "&Annuleren" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Wisselen van</a> systeempakketten naar versies in opslagruimte %2 annuleren" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " +"packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Wisselen van</a> " +"systeempakketten naar versies in opslagruimte %2 annuleren" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Systeempakketten wisselen</a> naar de versies in deze opslagruimte (%2)" +msgid "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " +"versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "" +"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Systeempakketten wisselen</a> naar de " +"versies in deze opslagruimte (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -339,8 +350,16 @@ msgstr "Fout: onvoldoende schijfruimte!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." -msgstr "Als u weet wat u doet, kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U loopt echter het risico dat uw systeem corrupt raakt en alleen handmatig kan worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet handelen, klik dan nu op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " +"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " +"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " +"deselect some packages." +msgstr "" +"Als u weet wat u doet, kunt u er voor kiezen om toch te installeren. U " +"loopt echter het risico dat uw systeem corrupt raakt en alleen handmatig kan " +"worden gerepareerd. Als u niet zeker weet hoe u in zo'n situatie moet " +"handelen, klik dan nu op Annuleren en deselecteer enkele pakketten." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -364,8 +383,12 @@ msgstr "Automatische wijzigingen" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "Naast de handmatig geselecteerde pakketten zijn de volgende pakketten gewijzigd om afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " +"changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Naast de handmatig geselecteerde pakketten zijn de volgende pakketten " +"gewijzigd om afhankelijkheden op te lossen:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412 @@ -378,8 +401,12 @@ msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde pakketten" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " +"requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" +"Houd er rekening mee dat de volgende geselecteerde software niet ondersteund " +"wordt of een extra klantcontract voor ondersteuning vereist." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -392,101 +419,216 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." -msgstr "Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding voor meer details." +msgid "" +"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " +"details." +msgstr "" +"Opmerking: Dit is maar een kort overzicht. Raadpleeg de handleiding " +"voor meer details." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "In deze dialoog selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren." +msgstr "" +"In deze dialoog selecteert u patches die u wilt downloaden en installeren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." -msgstr "De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met het respectieve patchtype (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) downloadgrootte." +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " +"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " +"(estimated) download size." +msgstr "" +"De lijst links bevat de beschikbare patches samen met het respectieve " +"patchtype (beveiliging, aanbevolen of optioneel) en de (geschatte) " +"downloadgrootte." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." -msgstr "Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onder aan de lijst wijzigen." +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " +"system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches " +"check box below the list." +msgstr "" +"Normaal gesproken bevat deze lijst alleen de patches die nog niet op uw " +"systeem geïnstalleerd zijn. U kunt dit met behulp van het keuzevakje " +"Inclusief geïnstalleerde patches onder aan de lijst wijzigen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." -msgstr "Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving ervan hier te bekijken." +msgid "" +"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " +"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " +"here." +msgstr "" +"Het veld Patch-beschrijving veld bevat een uitgebreidere uitleg over " +"de geselecteerde patch. Klik in de lijst op een patch om de beschrijving " +"ervan hier te bekijken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "In de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant wordt de inhoud van de huidige geselecteerde patch weergegeven, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het bevat. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is bewust gedaan om systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen." +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " +"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " +"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " +"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "" +"In de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant wordt de inhoud van de huidige " +"geselecteerde patch weergegeven, zoals bijvoorbeeld de pakketten die het " +"bevat. Van een patch kunt u geen individuele pakketten installeren of " +"verwijderen, alleen de patch in zijn geheel. Dit is bewust gedaan om " +"systeeminconsistenties te voorkomen." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren bij Filter linksboven:" +msgid "" +"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " +"views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Naast Patches kunt u ook een van de andere filterweergaven selecteren " +"bij Filter linksboven:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, bijwerken, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " +"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoog kunt u de pakketten selecteren die u wilt installeren, " +"bijwerken, of verwijderen. U kunt zowel individuele pakketten als gehele " +"pakket\"selecties\" selecteren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van een selectie, klik met de rechtermuisknop om een contextmenu te openen." +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " +"right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "" +"Klik om de status te wijzigen op het statuspictogram van een pakket of van " +"een selectie, klik met de rechtermuisknop om een contextmenu te openen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en u wordt gewaarschuwd als er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden." +msgid "" +"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " +"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " +"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " +"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " +"you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik de knop Afhankelijkheden controleren voor het oplossen van " +"pakketafhankelijkheden. Sommige pakketten vereisen de installatie van andere " +"pakketten. Ook zijn er pakketten die alleen geïnstalleerd kunnen worden " +"wanneer bepaalde andere pakketten niet geïnstalleerd zijn. Deze controle zal " +"automatisch aangeven welke pakketten er voor de installatie nodig zijn en u " +"wordt gewaarschuwd als er afhankelijkheidsconflicten optreden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." -msgstr "Wanneer u deze dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "" +"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " +"be performed." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u deze dialoog met behulp van Accepteren verlaat, dan zal deze " +"controle automatisch worden uitgevoerd." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" -msgstr "Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het venster Filter linksboven:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " +"the upper left:" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer één van de beschikbare filteroverzichten in het venster Filter<" +"/b> linksboven:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." -msgstr "Bij Selecties worden enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties weergegeven die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen." +msgid "" +"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " +"belong together." +msgstr "" +"Bij Selecties worden enkele voorgedefinieerde pakketselecties " +"weergegeven die logisch gezien bij elkaar horen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechterpakketlijst selecteren of de selectie juist ongedaan maken." +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " +"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik het keuzevakje naast de selectie om het als een geheel te selecteren. " +"Ook kunt u individuele pakketten in de rechterpakketlijst selecteren of de " +"selectie juist ongedaan maken." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten per categorie. U kunt de groepen als boomstructuur uitvouwen en samenvouwen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." +msgid "" +"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " +"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " +"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "" +"Pakketgroepen toont de pakketten per categorie. U kunt de groepen als " +"boomstructuur uitvouwen en samenvouwen om de categorieën daarmee te verfijnen " +"of te generaliseren. Klik op een willekeurige categorie om de pakketten in " +"die categorie in de pakketlijst aan de rechterkant zichtbaar te maken." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr " Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." +msgid "" +" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " +"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "" +" Tip: Helemaal onderaan de lijst ziet u het item \"zzz All\" dat alle " +"pakketten zal laten zien. Bij trage computers kan dit enkele minuten duren." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam ervan weet." +msgid "" +"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " +"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "" +"Zoeken biedt u de mogelijkheid te zoeken naar pakketten die aan " +"verschillende criteria tegemoet komen. Dit is meestal de eenvoudigste manier " +"om een pakket te vinden, vooral als u de naam ervan weet." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " +"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Ook kunt u dit gebruiken om uit te vinden welk pakket een " +"bepaalde bibliotheek bevat. Zoek in het RPM-veld Zorgt voor." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen worden." +msgid "" +"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " +"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "" +"Installatieoverzicht laat standaard alle wijzigingen op uw systeem " +"zien -- welke pakketten geïnstalleerd, verwijderd, of opgewaardeerd zullen " +"worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Zo kunt u alle wijzigingen zien die op uw systeem worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to <" +"b>Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " +"see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "" +"Over het algemeen is het een goed idee om Afhankelijkheden controleren " +"te gebruiken en dan vervolgens naar Installatieoverzicht te gaan " +"voordat u op Accepteren klikt. Zo kunt u alle wijzigingen zien die op " +"uw systeem worden uitgevoerd." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " +"use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "" +"Ook kunt u expliciet selecteren welke pakketten met welke status u hier wilt " +"zien; gebruik daarvoor de keuzevakjes aan de linkerkant." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." -msgstr "Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke pakketten op uw systeem niet gewijzigd worden. Klik daartoe op Behouden en schakel alle andere selecties uit." +msgid "" +"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " +"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck " +"everything else." +msgstr "" +"Tip: Ook kunt u het effect van dit filter omkeren. U kunt zien welke " +"pakketten op uw systeem niet gewijzigd worden. Klik daartoe op Behouden" +" en schakel alle andere selecties uit." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -536,8 +678,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Werk het bij of installeer het opnieuw (bij identieke versies)." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " +"are the same)." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd. Werk het bij of installeer het opnieuw (bij " +"identieke versies)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -559,12 +705,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en mag in geen geval geïnstalleerd worden, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " +"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " +"packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is niet geïnstalleerd en mag in geen geval geïnstalleerd worden, " +"vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben " +"of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." -msgstr "Pakketten ingesteld op \"taboe\" worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel installatiemedia bestaan." +msgid "" +"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " +"installation media." +msgstr "" +"Pakketten ingesteld op \"taboe\" worden behandeld alsof ze op geen enkel " +"installatiemedia bestaan." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -573,12 +729,20 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en mag niet worden aangepast, vooral niet omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " +"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is geïnstalleerd en mag niet worden aangepast, vooral niet omdat " +"andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Gebruik deze status voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " +"newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze status voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " +"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -588,12 +752,19 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." -msgstr "Dit pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd omdat dit vereist is voor een ander pakket." +msgid "" +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " +"it." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket wordt automatisch geïnstalleerd omdat dit vereist is voor een " +"ander pakket." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te kunnen verwijderen." +msgid "" +"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "" +"Tip: U zal waarschijnlijk \"taboe\" moeten gebruiken om zo'n pakket te " +"kunnen verwijderen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -603,8 +774,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar voor sommige andere pakketten is een nieuwere versie vereist. Het pakket wordt daarom automatisch bijgewerkt." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " +"version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar voor sommige andere pakketten is een " +"nieuwere versie vereist. Het pakket wordt daarom automatisch bijgewerkt." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -614,12 +789,17 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." -msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het verwijderd moet worden." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " +"is deleted." +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd, maar pakketafhankelijkheden vereisen dat het " +"verwijderd moet worden." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." +msgstr "" +"Dit gebeurt bijvoorbeeld als een ander pakket door dit pakket overbodig wordt." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -639,8 +819,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "Haal dit pakket op. Installeer het wanneer dit nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Werk het bij wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is." +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " +"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "" +"Haal dit pakket op. Installeer het wanneer dit nog niet geïnstalleerd is. " +"Werk het bij wanneer het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -649,13 +834,21 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " +"yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "" +"Verwijder dit pakket. Markeer het als \"niet installeren\" indien het nog " +"niet geïnstalleerd is. Verwijder het als het wel geïnstalleerd is." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." -msgstr "Update dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " +"packages that are not installed." +msgstr "" +"Update dit pakket indien het geïnstalleerd is en er een nieuwere versie " +"beschikbaar is. Negeer de niet-geïnstalleerde pakketten." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -664,13 +857,25 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als \"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"update\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle andere pakketten." +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " +"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "" +"Het effect van \">\" hierboven ongedaan maken: stel het pakket als " +"\"behouden\" in wanneer het nu op \"update\" staat ingesteld. Negeer alle " +"andere pakketten." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " +"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " +"that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Stel dit pakket in als \"taboe\" wanneer het niet geïnstalleerd is: om u " +"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet geïnstalleerd gaat worden, vooral " +"omdat andere pakketten mogelijk onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of " +"kunnen krijgen. " #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -679,12 +884,22 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral omdat andere pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " +"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " +"other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "" +"Dit pakket als \"beschermd\" instellen wanneer het geïnstalleerd is: om u " +"ervan te verzekeren dat dit pakket niet gewijzigd wordt, vooral omdat andere " +"pakketten onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kunnen hebben of kunnen krijgen. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " +"versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik dit voor pakketten van derden die niet door eventuele, met de " +"distributie meegeleverde, nieuwere versies overschreven mogen worden." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -744,8 +959,13 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing genereren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs worden opgeslagen in de directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik dit om uitgebreide logs te genereren die u kunnen helpen bij het " +"opsporen van fouten in de afhankelijkheidsoplosser. De logs worden opgeslagen " +"in de directory <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -753,8 +973,13 @@ msgstr "Testgeval voor oplossing" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing wordt geschreven naar <tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" +msgid "" +"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>" +"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "" +"Het testgeval voor de afhankelijkheidsoplossing wordt geschreven naar " +"<tt>%1</tt>Wilt u <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> voorbereiden om als bijlage " +"voor bugzilla te gebruiken?" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -763,8 +988,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "Fout bij maken van testcase voor afhankelijkheidsoplossingControleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "" +"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " +"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "" +"Fout bij maken van testcase voor afhankelijkheidsoplossing" +"Controleer de schijfruimte en toegangsrechten voor <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1336,11 +1565,11 @@ #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123 msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "RPM \"leve&rt\"" #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125 msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "RPM \"&vereist\"" #: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128 msgid "File list" @@ -1523,7 +1752,8 @@ "and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" "package at the same time." msgstr "" -"Voor dit pakket probeert u tegelijkertijd versies te installeren waarvoor meerdere versies mogelijk zijn\n" +"Voor dit pakket probeert u tegelijkertijd versies te installeren waarvoor " +"meerdere versies mogelijk zijn\n" "en versies waarvoor dat niet geldt." #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 @@ -1538,7 +1768,8 @@ "\n" "Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om deze versie te installeren\n" "en hef de selectie op van de versie waarvoor dit niet geldt.\n" -"Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de andere versie te behouden." +"Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de " +"andere versie te behouden." #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 msgid "" @@ -1552,7 +1783,8 @@ "\n" "Druk op \"Doorgaan\" om alleen deze versie te installeren\n" "en hef de selectie op van alle andere versies.\n" -"Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de andere versies te behouden." +"Druk op \"Annuleren\" om de selectie van deze versie op te heffen en de " +"andere versies te behouden." #. Dialog heading #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 @@ -1583,3 +1815,4 @@ #: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "Pakket libqdialogsolver is vereist voor deze mogelijkheid." + Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/smt.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:13 UTC (rev 95963) @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the oSSLE package. # # Automatically generated, 2015. -# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015. +# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2015, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oSSLE 12-SP1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 22:10+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-20 22:59+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -1166,6 +1166,13 @@ "Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" "is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" msgstr "" +"Bij bewerken van een huidige job of toevoegen van een nieuwe zal het " +"selectievak\n" +"Frequentie de dialoogmodus omschakelen naar de nu geselecteerde " +"waarde.\n" +"Sommige velden zijn daarbij passend in of uitgeschakeld, bijv., Weekdag" +"\n" +"is uitgeschakeld voor <tt>Dagelijkse</tt> jobfrequentie.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help e1 #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 @@ -1205,6 +1212,13 @@ "patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" "(without any fitler in use)." msgstr "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Hier kunt u test en productie snapshots maken uit de gemirrorde\n" +"repositories die <tt>staging</tt> hebben ingeschakeld. Repositories die " +"patches\n" +"bevatten bieden patch-filtering aan, anders kunt u alleen volledige " +"snapshots\n" +"maken (zonder een filter te gebruiken)." #. TRANSLATORS: help f2 #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 @@ -1213,6 +1227,10 @@ "repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" "on the current repository." msgstr "" +"Door een Repository-naam te gebruiken schakelt u naar de huidige\n" +"repository. Een Patchcategorie kiezen past een filter voor een lijst " +"toe\n" +"oo de huidige repository." #. TRANSLATORS: help f3 #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 @@ -1220,6 +1238,9 @@ "To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" "select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." msgstr "" +"Om <tt>patches</tt> in de snapshot in of uit te schakelen,\n" +"selecteert u een patch in de tabel en klikt op Patchstatus omschakelen" +"." #. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 @@ -1227,6 +1248,9 @@ "If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" "Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" msgstr "" +"Als u meer patches in een keer wilt wijzigen kunt u ook gebruiken\n" +"Status wijzigen->Alle patches in de lijst...->In-/uitschakelen<" +"/p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 @@ -1235,18 +1259,29 @@ "snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" "Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." msgstr "" +"Om all patches van een geselecteerd type uit te sluiten van de <tt>" +"testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, gebruik Status wijzigen->Van snapshot uitsluiten....\n" +"Zo'n patch kan niet ingeschakeld worden tenzij u het filter weer verwijdert.<" +"/p>" #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" "click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." msgstr "" +"Om <tt>testing</tt> of <tt>productie</tt> snapshots te maken\n" +"klik op Snapshot maken...->Van volledige mirror naar testen/Van testen " +"naar productie." #: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" "production is always created as a copy of the testing one." msgstr "" +"Testing snapshot wordt altijd gemaakt van de gemirrorde " +"repository,\n" +"productie wordt altijd gemaakt als een kopie van de testing." #. TRANSLATORS: tab-header #: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 @@ -1266,26 +1301,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tab-header #: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 msgid "Clients Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Status van clients" #. TRANSLATORS: tab-header #: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geplande SMT-jobs" #: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SMT Configuratie-assistent - Stap %1/%2" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 msgid "Update Server Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie van server voor bijwerken" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 msgid "SMT Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SMT-management" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, #. %2 with the SMT config file @@ -1294,6 +1329,8 @@ "SMT configuration is broken.\n" "LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." msgstr "" +"SMT-configuratie is gebroken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 gedefinieerd in %2 bestaat niet op het systeem." #. Something has been changed #. Apache conf needs writing @@ -1304,10 +1341,13 @@ "\n" "Please, check your SMT installation." msgstr "" +"Synchronisatiescript %1 bestaat niet.\n" +"\n" +"Controleer uw SMT-installatie." #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het synchronisatiescript uitvoeren is mislukt." #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 msgid "" @@ -1315,21 +1355,26 @@ " stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" " stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" msgstr "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre><" +"/p>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre><" +"/p>" #. take care the the post script do not reschedule again #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 msgid "Cannot write cron settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan instellingen voor cron niet wegschrijven." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service %1 herladen is mislukt." #. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 msgid "Missing Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servercertificaat ontbreekt" #. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 @@ -1339,10 +1384,15 @@ "\n" "The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" msgstr "" +"Servercertificaat %1 bestaat niet.\n" +"Wilt u CA-management uitvoeren om er een te maken?\n" +"\n" +"Het servercertificaat is zeer belangrijk voor de server voor bijwerken om " +"SSL te ondersteunen.\n" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 msgid "&Run CA management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CA-management uitvoe&ren" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 @@ -1353,20 +1403,21 @@ #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." msgstr "" +"Kan CA-management niet uitvoeren omdat pakket %1 niet is geïnstalleerd." #. Server certificate exists #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 msgid "Database root Password Required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rootwachtwoord van database vereist" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het root-&wachtwoord van MariaDB invoeren" #. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 msgid "Unable to read %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lezen van %1 lukt niet" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 msgid "" @@ -1375,6 +1426,10 @@ "\n" "To skip this, click Skip.\n" msgstr "" +"SMT was niet in staat om het configuratiebestand te lezen.\n" +"Controleer het bestand en klik op Opnieuw.\n" +"\n" +"Om dit over te slaan, klik op Overslaan.\n" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 @@ -1387,32 +1442,38 @@ "SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" "The root password was probably wrong.\n" msgstr "" +"SMT kon geen verbinding maken met de database.\n" +"Het wachtwoord voor root was waarschijnlijk fout.\n" #. 7 : Cannot create Database smt #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 msgid "Cannot create database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan database niet aanmaken" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 msgid "" "SMT was not able to create the database.\n" "Click Retry to try again.\n" msgstr "" +"SMT was niet in staat om de database te maken.\n" +"Klik op Opnieuw om het opnieuw te proberen.\n" #. 21: Database migration failed #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 msgid "Database migration failed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migratie van database is mislukt" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 msgid "" "SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" "Click Retry to try again.\n" msgstr "" +"SMT was niet in staat de database te migreren.\n" +"Klik op Opnieuw om het opnieuw te proberen.\n" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rootwachtwoord van database aanpassen" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 msgid "" @@ -1420,30 +1481,34 @@ "\n" " For security reasons, please, set a new one." msgstr "" +"Het Huidige rootwachtwoord van MariaDB is leeg.\n" +"\n" +" Om reden van beveiliging, stel aub " +"een nieuwe in." #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nieuw root&wachtwoord voor MariaDB" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 msgid "New Password &Again" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nog eens het nieuwe w&achtwoord" #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 msgid "Set up a new password, please." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een nieuw wachtwoord instellen aub." #. rw only for owner #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instelling van een nieuw rootwachtwoord voor MariaDB is mislukt." #. root password has been already set #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SMT moet de database opzetten." #. rw only for owner #: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kan SMT-gebruikerswachtwoord niet wijzigen." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:13 UTC (rev 95963) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:30\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:57\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -348,9 +348,12 @@ "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big>\n" -"De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen momentopnamen, enkel, vooraf en nadien. Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan door een speciale bewerking uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn aan elkaar gekoppeld in de tabel.\n" -"Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenkoppel en klik op Wijzigingen tonen om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.\n" +"<big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big>\n" +"De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen\n" +" momentopnamen, enkel, vooraf en nadien. Enkele momentopnamen worden\n" +" gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan door een speciale bewerking uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn aan elkaar gekoppeld in de tabel.\n" +"Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenkoppel en klik op Wijzigingen tonen om de \n" +"nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2016-07-04 08:45:13 UTC (rev 95963) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:30\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:57\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 -msgid "Group configuration module" +#. popup heading (in bold) +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 +msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Groep configuratie module." #. translators: command line help text for list action

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95962 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:11 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95962 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/journalctl.ne.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/kernel-update-tool.ne.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/linux-user-mgmt.ne.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/migration.ne.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/s390.ne.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/smt.ne.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/xpram.ne.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/journalctl.ne.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/journalctl.ne.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/journalctl.ne.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/kernel-update-tool.ne.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/kernel-update-tool.ne.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/kernel-update-tool.ne.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/linux-user-mgmt.ne.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/linux-user-mgmt.ne.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/linux-user-mgmt.ne.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) @@ -0,0 +1,668 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/migration.ne.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/migration.ne.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/migration.ne.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/s390.ne.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/s390.ne.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/s390.ne.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) @@ -0,0 +1,1696 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/smt.ne.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/smt.ne.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/smt.ne.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) @@ -0,0 +1,1376 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/xpram.ne.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/xpram.ne.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ne/po/xpram.ne.po 2016-07-04 08:45:11 UTC (rev 95962) @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +# Nepali message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2011 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Nepali <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ne\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95961 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:09 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95961 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/journalctl.nb.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/kernel-update-tool.nb.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/linux-user-mgmt.nb.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/migration.nb.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/s390.nb.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/smt.nb.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/xpram.nb.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/journalctl.nb.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/journalctl.nb.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/journalctl.nb.po 2016-07-04 08:45:09 UTC (rev 95961) @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +# Norwegian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: no\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Ingen oppføringer." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Endre suffiks" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Oppdater" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Braille-skjerm" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Ingen oppføringer funnet" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr " e" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioritet" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Ikke mer informasjon" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrer etter fil" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Tid" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Kilde" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Melding" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/kernel-update-tool.nb.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/kernel-update-tool.nb.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/kernel-update-tool.nb.po 2016-07-04 08:45:09 UTC (rev 95961) @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# Norwegian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: no\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Advarsel" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Vil du avbryte kjerneoppgraderingen?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Alternativt nedlastingssted" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Statuslogg for kjerneoppgradering" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/linux-user-mgmt.nb.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/linux-user-mgmt.nb.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/linux-user-mgmt.nb.po 2016-07-04 08:45:09 UTC (rev 95961) @@ -0,0 +1,733 @@ +# Norwegian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: no\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Søker etter eDirectory-tre" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Dette kan ta en stund" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 er et ugyldig fullstendig navn. Navnet må ha en type (f.eks. cn=admin,o=acme eller o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Initialiserer Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Les databasen" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Kontrollerer avhengigheter" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Leser databasen..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Fullført" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Det ser ut til at %1 allerede er konfigurert. \n" +"Vil du fortsette konfigurasjonen?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Kan ikke lese database1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Lagre innstillingene" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Kjør SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Kjører SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Vent" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "Kjører namconfig for LUM, dette kan ta en stund..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke koble til LDAP-serveren %1, eller den\n" +"spesifiserte brukeren %2 er ikke\n" +"autorisert for å konfigurere Linux brukeradministrasjon.\n" +"Løs problemet og kjør namconfig på nytt\n" +"etter installasjonen." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Kan ikke lagre innstillingene." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "SuSEconfig-skriptet mislyktes." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "LDAP-adminnavn med kontekst: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "LDAP-serverens IP-adresse: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "LDAP-portnummer: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "Sikker LDAP-port: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Linux/Unix-konfigurasjonskontekst: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "LUM-arbeidsstasjonskontekst: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "Mellomserverbrukernavn med kontekst: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "PAM-aktiverte tjenester for autentisering via eDirectory:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "login: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Lokal vertsmaskin" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 LDAP-serverkonfigurasjon" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Lokal eller ekstern katalogserver" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&Lokalt system" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "Ekste&rnt system" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Katalogserveradresse" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Adminnavn med kontekst (dvs. cn=admin,o=novell). Valgfritt for skrivebordsmaskin." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Adminpassord. Valgfritt for skrivebordsmaskin." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Portinformasjon" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 er en ugyldig LDAP-syntaks. Komma må brukes som skilletegn i navnet (f.eks. cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"Forsøket på å utføre en sikker LDAP-binding ble ikke besvart innen 2 minutter.\n" +"Dette kan tyde på et problem med LDAP på målserveren.\n" +"Hvis du er sikker på at du er autorisert, kan du fortsette.\n" +"Hvis ikke, bør du kontrollere at LDAP kjører riktig på målsystemet.\n" +"Vil du fortsette?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "Tidsavbrudd for sikker LDAP-binding" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"Kunne ikke autentisere via LDAP med følgende parametere:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" Dette kan tyde på at én av parametrene er feil.\n" +" Men hvis LDAP ikke er aktivert på eDirectory-serveren\n" +" eller er konfigurert for å lytte på en annen port enn den som\n" +" er angitt ovenfor, vil det ikke være noen respons.\n" +" \n" +" Vil du fortsette med disse parametrene likevel?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP-port" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "Sikker LDAP-port" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Første og andre versjon\n" +"av passordet er ikke identiske!\n" +"Prøv igjen." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Passordet kan bare inneholde følgende\n" +"tegn:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Forsøk igjen." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "Kan ikke legge til det selvsignerte sertifikatet for treet i sertifikatsamlingen" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "Kan ikke endre gruppe-eieren til rotsertifikatsamlingen til www" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "Kan ikke endre grupperettighetene for rotsertifikatsamlingen til www-skrivetilgang" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Et navn på treet må angis" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Trenavnet må ikke inneholde mer enn 32 tegn" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Trenavnet må ikke avsluttet med en skråstrek (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "Trenavnet kan bare inneholde følgende tegn [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] og \"-\" og \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Gyldige portnummer er mellom 0 og 65536.\n" +"Forsøk igjen." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "Porten %1 er i bruk. Vil du bruke den likevel?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ingen" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "Containeren 'o=security' er reservert, og kan ikke brukes i et fullstendig navn" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 angir ikke et fullstendig navn fra treets rot." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "Containeren 'o=security' er reservert, og kan ikke brukes i en kontekst" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 er en ugyldig kontekst" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Kontrollerer brukerrettigheter" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Vent..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Angi IP-adressen til den eksisterende serveren." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 er ikke et gyldig stinavn" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 er ikke et absolutt stinavn" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Linux brukeradministrasjon som skal konfigureres" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Oversikt over Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Nummer" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Linux/Unix-konfigurasjonskontekst" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "LUM-arbeidsstasjonskontekst (f.eks. o=novell). Valgfritt for skrivebordsmaskiner." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "Mellomserverbrukernavn med kontekst (f.eks. cn=proxy.o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(valgfritt)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Passord for mellomserver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 er en ugyldig LDAP-syntaks. Komma må brukes som skilletegn i navnet (f.eks. ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 er en ugyldig LDAP-syntaks. Komma må brukes som skilletegn i navnet (f.eks. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Velg PAM-aktiverte tjenester som skal tillates" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "autentisering via eDirectory" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Vel&g alle" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "Velg bor&t alle" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&login" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-s&creensaver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "<big>Vent mens konfigurasjon for Linux brukeradministrasjon initialiseres...</big>\n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Avbryt initialisering:</big> \n" +"Du kan trygt avbryte oppsettverktøyet ved å klikke Avbryt nå.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "<big>Vent mens konfigurasjon for Linux brukeradministrasjon lagres...</big>\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Avbryt lagring:</big> \n" +"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikke Avbryt.\n" +"En ny dialog forteller deg om det er trygt å gjøre dette.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linux/Unix-konfigurasjonskontekst</big> \n" +"eDirctory-konteksten (som eksisterer eller opprettes her) hvor \n" +"Linux/Unix-konfigurasjonsobjektet blir opprettet. LDAP-søk etter LUM-bruker-, LUM-gruppe-\n" +" og LUM-arbeidsstasjon-objekter starter her, så dette må være på samme\n" +" eller høyere nivå i forhold til LUM-objektene det søkes etter.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>LUM-arbeidsstasjon-kontekst</big> \n" +"eDirectory-konteksten (som eksisterer eller opprettes her) for LUM-arbeidsstasjon-objektet\n" +" som opprettes av installasjonen for denne serveren. Konteksten må være den samme\n" +"som eller under basekonteksten angitt ovenfor.\n" +" " + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Proxy-brukernavn med kontekst: (valgfritt)</big> \n" +"En bruker (som eksisterer eller opprettes her) med rettigheter til å søke i\n" +" LDAP-treet etter LUM-objekter.\n" +" " + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>PAM-aktiverte tjenester</big> \n" +"De PAM-aktiverte tjenestene på denne serveren som vil være tilgjengelige\n" +" for autentiserte LUM-brukere.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Lokal eller ekstern katalogserver</big> \n" +"Velg enten Lokalt system eller Eksternt system, avhengig av serveren du konfigurerer.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Katalogserveradresse</big> \n" +"Dette feltet er bare aktivt hvis du velger Eksternt system. Angi IP-adressen til den eksterne serveren du vil konfigurere.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Adminnavn med kontekst</big> \n" +"Angi LDAP-adminnavn og kontekst. Dette er det fullstendig unike navnet på et brukerobjekt med administratorrettigheter til LDAP. Eksempel: cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Admin-passord</big> \n" +"Angi LDAP-adminpassordet. Dette er passordet for brukeren angitt som LDAP-admin.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Portinformasjon</big> \n" +"Klikk Portinformasjon for å vise eller endre nummeret på LDAP-porten eller den sikre LDAP-porten som denne serveren bruker ved kommunikasjon med andre servere. Standard LDAP-port er 389. Standard sikker LDAP-port er 636.\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Linux brukeradministrasjon må konfigureres." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&Linux brukeradministrasjon" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Initialiserer ..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/migration.nb.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/migration.nb.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/migration.nb.po 2016-07-04 08:45:09 UTC (rev 95961) @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +# Norwegian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: no\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Migrasjonsinformasjon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Maskinen vil bli startet på nytt." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&OmStart" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the migration\n" +#| "and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Fullfør vil avslutte migrasjonen,\n" +"og du bør starte systemet på nytt så snart som mulig." + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Congratulations! \n" +#| "You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.\n" +#| "The whole system has been upgraded. It should be rebooted\n" +#| "it as soon as possible.\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "Have a nice day! \n" +#| "Your SUSE Linux Team" +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" +"Gratulerer! \n" +"Du har nettopp fullført en elektronisk migrasjon.\n" +"Hele systemet er oppgradert. Det bør startes på nyttnså snart som mulig.\n" +"Besøk oss på http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"Lykke til! \n" +"Ditt SUSE Linux-team" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Kunne ikke opprette nytt kart." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Sammendrag av oppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Sammendrag av oppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "Dette vinduet viser en oversikt over alle innstillinger for forespørselen som vil bli signert." + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Completed" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Migrasjonen er fullført" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Klikk Neste for å bruke disse innstillingene.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/s390.nb.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/s390.nb.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/s390.nb.po 2016-07-04 08:45:09 UTC (rev 95961) @@ -0,0 +1,2126 @@ +# Norwegian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: no\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Oppsett av DASD" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Ingen DASD-disk funnet" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av e-postserver" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av e-postserver" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av e-postsystem" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Søker etter tilgjengelige kontrollere" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Oppsett av S/390-diskkontrollere" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Konfigurer &DASD-disker" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Konfigurer &ZFCP-disker" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Initialiserer ..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Oppsett av CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Ingen zFCP-disker satt opp" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Aktiver" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Deaktiver" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "Slå &på DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "Slå &av DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Formater" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Filformat" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Filformat" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "&Parallellformaterte disker" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Ingen disk valgt." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device is unformatted. Format device?" +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "Enheten er ikke formatert. Vil du formatere enheten?" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Disk %1 er ikke aktiv." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Disk %1 er ikke tilgjengelig for skriving." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Alle data på disse diskene blir ødelagt hvis de formateres. \n" +"Vil du virkelig formatere diskene? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "DASD-diskbehandling" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Formater" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "Bruk DIAG" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Enhet" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Type" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Tilgangstype" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Formatert" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Partisjonsinformasjon" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Mi&nimumskanal" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Ma&ksimumskanal" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Utfør &handling" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Velg &alle" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Velg bort alle" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "Ugyldig filnavn." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Legg til en ny DASD-disk" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Kanal" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Formater disk" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "Bruk &DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Er du sikker på at du vil avslutte oppsett av ZFCP-disker uten å lagre?\n" +"Alle endringer vil gå tapt." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not a valid umask." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Ugyldig umask." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "finnes allerede." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Initialiserer kontrolleroppsett</big> \n" +"Vent... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Avbryt initialisering:</big> \n" +"Du kan trygt avbryte konfigurasjonsverktøyet ved å klikke Avbryt nå." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Lagrer kontrolleroppsett</big> \n" +"Vent... " + +# +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Avbryt lagring:</big> \n" +"Avbryt lagringen ved å klikke Avbryt.\n" +"En ny dialog forteller deg om det er trygt å gjøre dette.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>Oppsatte DASD-disker</big> \n" +"I denne dialogen kan du administrere DASD-diskene på ditt system." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"For å filtrere diskene du vil vise, angi\n" +"Minimumskanal og Maksimumskanal,\n" +"og klikk Filter." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "For å opprette en ny DASD-disk, klikk Legg til." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Velg en oppsatt DASD-disk og klikk Slett for å fjerne den." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"Alle handlinger kan utføres for flere disker samtidig. Velg aktuelle disker og klikk\n" +"Velg eller velg bort." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"For å utføre en handling for de valgte diskene, bruk Utfør handling.\n" +"Handlingen vil bli utført umiddelbart!" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>Legge til en ny DASD-disk</big> \n" +"Angi ID-en for disken du vil legge til. Velg disken ved å bruke\n" +"Kanalnummer for DASD-disken." + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"Angi at disken skal formateres\n" +"med Formater disken." + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" +#| "use Use DIAG." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"Angi at DIAG-modus skal brukes\n" +"med Bruk DIAG." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Kontrolleroppsett" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Rediger dumpenhet" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How to write data to disk" +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "Hvordan data skal lagres på disken" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "Du må velge en enhet i tabellen" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"Formaterer disken %1 som dumpenhet.\n" +"Forsett?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>%1</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>%1</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Delte ressurser</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "Bruk Ny for å opprettet et nytt mønster eller Importer for å importere et eksisterende." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Brukere</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>Tilkoblingskonfigurasjon</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Klikk på Endre...-knappen for å endre nettadressen." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Tilkoblingskonfigurasjon</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Ja" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Nei" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS-brukere" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volgroup" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Volumgruppe" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable TLS" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "Aktiver TLS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Autentisering" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Navn" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Gruppemedlemmer" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS-brukere" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete Zone" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Slett sone" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Pakkegrupper" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&Utvalg" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Registrer" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Fil" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "&Bla igjennom" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Auditd" +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "&Auditd" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable LDAP Users to Log In" +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "&Aktiver innlogging for LDAP-brukere" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Innlogging" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Home Path" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Skall" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone " +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Soneinnstillinger " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Passord" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "B&ekreft passord" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Hjemmekatalog" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "&Bla gjennom" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Brukernavn" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Force Password Change" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Tving passordendring" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Tilleggsgr&upper" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Medlemmer" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Velg eller velg bort" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Opprett..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS-grupper" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Medlemmer" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Skall" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Passordene er ikke identiske.\n" +"Prøv igjen." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Kilden er ikke gyldig." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "En katalog må spesifiseres." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Innstillingene kunne ikke leses." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Konfigurer generelle innstillinger " + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Ny systembruker" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Autentisering" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Brukernavn eller hjemmekatalog er ikke gyldig." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Kilden er ikke gyldig." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Du har brukt bare små bokstaver for passordet." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Trenavnet må ikke inneholde mer enn 32 tegn" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings" +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "Lokalitetsinnstillinger" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Status" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Status" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal ID" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "Terminal-ID" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Tillatte tjenester" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avslutte konfigurasjonen uten å lagre?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Kilden er ikke gyldig." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Disse adressene er ikke gyldige." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Domenet er endret.\n" +"Du må starte maskinen på nytt for å aktivere endringene." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Kun 2 parametere er tillatt." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Grunnkonfigurasjon" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "I&kke start IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Start søk" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Handling" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minutt" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Dumpenhet" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Det er bare mulig å slette en driver som ikke har en tilhørende skanner." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Testen kan ikke gjennomføres uten en tilhørende, aktivert skanner." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Oppsatte ZFCP-disker" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Er du sikker på at du vil avslutte oppsett av ZFCP-disker uten å lagre?\n" +"Alle endringer vil gå tapt." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Legg til ny ZFCP-disk" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "Hent WWPN-enheter" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "Hent LUN-enheter" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Den angitte WWPN er ugyldig." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Den angitte WWPN er ugyldig." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Initialiserer oppsett av ZFCP-disker</big> \n" +"Vent... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Oppsett av FTP-server</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Oppsatte ZFCP-disker</big> \n" +"I denne dialogen kan du administrere ZFCP-disker på ditt system." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "For å opprette en ny ZFCP-disk, klikk Legg til." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"For å slette en oppsatt ZFCP-disk, velg den og klikk\n" +"Slett." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Advarsel</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Når du bruker en ZFCP-enhet med\n" +"LESE/SKRIVE-rettigheter, må du sørge for at tilgangen er eksklusiv.\n" +"Hvis ikke, kan det medføre ødelagte data." + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Legge til en ny ZFCP-disk</big> \n" +"Angi ID for disken du vil legge til. Angi\n" +"Kanalnummer for ZFCP-kontrolleren, globalt portnummer\n" +"(WWPN) og FCP-LUN-nummeret." + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"Kanalnummer må angis med små bokstaver i et sysfs-kompatibelt\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, for eksempel <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"WWPN må angis med små bokstaver i form av en hex-verdi med 16 siffer, for eksempel\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"LUN må angis med små bokstaver i form av en hex-verdi med 16 siffer.\n" +"Alle etterstilte nuller må være med, for eksempel <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running kinternet" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Kjører kinternet" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, Formater: %2, Bruk DIAG: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, Formater: %2, Bruk DIAG: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Leser oppsatte DASD-disker" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs ikke montert." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1: Ugyldig status for <online>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: Ingen enhet funnet for <ccwid>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke endre status på enheten" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: device is not a DASD" +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: enheten er ikke en DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not load module" +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke laste modulen" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD" +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke aktivere DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "%1: DASD er ikke formatert" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: Ukjent feil %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Formaterer %1" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Formatering av disker mislyktes. Avslutningskode: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Formaterer %1: sylinder %2 av %3 fullført" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Kontrollerer status..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Kontrollerer avhengigheter..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Kontrollerer avhengigheter" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer status..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer status..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Fullført" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Rediger dumpenhet" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke opprette dumpenheten %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabase. Denne prosessen ta en stund." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or unuseable disk (fatal)." +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Ugyldig eller ubrukelig disk (fatal)." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Støtteprogrammer mangler." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Parameteren '%1' mangler." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "Feilkode fra støtteprogram: %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke opprette dumpenheten %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Leser konfigurasjonen" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Kontroller fstab-oppføringer" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Kontroller fstab-oppføringer" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Andre kjerne&parametere" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer fstab-oppføringer..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer fstab-oppføringer..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Leser oppstartsvalg for kjernen..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrer IrDA-oppsett" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Lagre IRC-innstillinger" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Lagre IRC-innstillinger" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Andre kjerne&parametere" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Lagrer IRC-innstillinger..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Lagrer IRC-innstillinger..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Andre kjerneparametere" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for e-postserver" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Les oppsettfil" + +# +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read user settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Les brukerinnstillinger" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Leser oppsettfil..." + +# +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Leser brukerinnstillinger..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for e-postserver" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Lagre oppsett" + +# +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write user settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Lagre brukerinnstillinger" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Lagrer oppsett..." + +# +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Leser brukerinnstillinger..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Leser oppstartsoppsett" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Kontrollerer avhengigheter" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Leser innstillingene..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer diskettenhet..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Leser innstillingene..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrer kdump-oppsett" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Lagre innstillingene" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Start tjenesten på nytt" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Starter tjenesten på nytt..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot revert the previous state of installed products.\n" +#| "You will have to revert them manually." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" +"Kan ikke reversere til tidligere status for installerte produkter.\n" +"Du må reversere manuelt." + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Leser oppsatte ZFCP-disker" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1; Ugyldig WWPN." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke aktivere WWPN for kort %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke aktivere ZFCP-disk." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke deaktivere SCSI-disk." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: Feil ved avregistrering av ZFCP-LUN." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: Feil ved avregistrering av ZFCP-WWPN." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1:Enheten <ccwid> finnes ikke." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke laste ZFCP-modulen." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: Kunne ikke endre kortstatus." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: WWPN-porter er fremdeles aktive." + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/smt.nb.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/smt.nb.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/smt.nb.po 2016-07-04 08:45:09 UTC (rev 95961) @@ -0,0 +1,1717 @@ +# Norwegian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: no\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Det er ikke noe tilgjengelig brukergrensesnitt for denne modulen." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "Ingen nettadresse for versjonsmerknader er angitt. Internett-testen kan ikke utføres." + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating summary ..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Oppretter sammendrag ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create the file '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Kan ikke opprette filen '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer avhengigheter..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Eksterne sertifikater" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Fullført" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Registrering" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Synkroniseringstype" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of support" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Oppsett av brukerstøtte" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Queue Name" +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "Ingen kønavn" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Anbefalt" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Valgfritt" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sikkerhet" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Sikkerhetsstatus" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Anbefalte mønstre" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Data" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Valgfri informasjon" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Søndag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Mandag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Tirsdag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Onsdag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Torsdag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Fredag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Lørdag" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Oppsett for Novell kundesenter" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Custom Policy" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Bruk egendefinert regel" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Registreringsserver:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Nedlastingsstørrelse:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Bruker" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Passord" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Test" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "E-postadresse er obligatorisk for registrering." + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "SMT-server" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "Nytt &passord" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "B&ekreft passord" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Rediger rapportskjema for " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Kommandoer som skal kjøres" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frekvens" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "&Ukedag" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Dag i måneden" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Time" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minutt" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Le&gg til..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Rediger..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "E-post adresse for serveradministrator" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Alle" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Pakkebrønn&navn:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "&Vis oppgraderingskategori:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dispatcher Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Sendernavn" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versjon" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategori" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Kontrollerer" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Produkt" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Sammendrag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "Informasjon om &oppgraderinger <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "&Endre status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Endre &status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Utelatte enheter ved søk" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Aktiver" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Deaktiver" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Product..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Opprett produkt..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Navn" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Mål" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Overvåking" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Feil" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Beskrivelse" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "Bytt modus" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "&Endre status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Vertsmaskinnavn" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "K&ontaktinformasjon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Initialiserer FTP-oppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Les oppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Les nissestatus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Les brannmurinnstillinger" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Les sudo-innstillinger" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Leser NTP-konfigurasjon..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Leser nissestatus..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Leser brannmurinnstillinger..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Leser spesialinnstillinger..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Proxy User Credentials" +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "Brukerrettigheter for mellomserver" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registrering" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "&Kundesenter" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Advarsel" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Ja, hopp over" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Avbryt" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Les gjeldende konfigurasjon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av mus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Opprett standard sertifikatutsteder (CA) og serversertifikat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasjon av DNS-server" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Tilpass DNS-tjenesten" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Lagre brannmurinnstillinger" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Lagre oppsett for ruter" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Kontrollerer gjeldende pakkebrønner..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Synkroniseringstype" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Tilpasser konfigurasjon..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Tilpasser konfigurasjon..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Oppretter standard sertifikatutsteder (CA) og serversertifikat..." + +# +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Lagrer konfigurasjon for NFS-server..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Tilpasser DNS-tjenesten..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Lagrer brannmurinnstillinger..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Lagrer oppsett for ruter..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Kontrollerer gjeldende pakkebrønner..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running post-migration script..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Kjører etter-migrasjonsskript..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrer NFS-konfigurasjon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "&Lagre endringer nå" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Oppgraderinger hentet." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Lagrer strategier..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Første og andre versjon\n" +"av passordet er ikke identiske." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "Adressen til SMT-serveren må begynne med https://" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Et brukernavn må angis." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Passordfeltet må ikke være tomt." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Detaljert" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Testresultat:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Testresultat:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Søker etter tilgjengelige pakkebrønner..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Ukjent" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filter: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "Filter" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "&Vis oppgraderingskategori:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Leser pakker som er tilgjengelige på installasjonsmediene..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Nettadresse: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Pakkebrønner er oppdatert." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Feilmelding: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Produktnavn: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "Systemet er oppgradert" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Enabled:%1" +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "Klient aktivert:%1" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Ukjent kilde." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Ukjent klasse:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Aldri" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 - %2 (%3)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 - %2 (%3)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Kan ikke lese innstillinger for gjeldende database." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Angi passfrase" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Passfrase" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Passordene er ikke like." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Oppretter pakkebrønnen %1" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the disk image." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "En feil oppstod under oppretting av diskbildet." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "&E-post" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "Via &e-post" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' er ikke gyldig." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Kan ikke lese gjeldende SSHD-status." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Kan ikke hente beskrivelse for ekstern pakkebrønn." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Undersøker pakkebrønnen %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Fremdrift" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Stopp" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Avbryter veiviseren" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil avbryte konfigurasjonen?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (speiling)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue Profiling" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "&Fortsett profilering" + +# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Starter..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Fullført" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Kommando: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving support Configuration" +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "Lagrer brukerstøtteoppsett" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Periodic interval" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "Periodisk intervall" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Månedlig" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "not-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "ikke definert" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Ukentlig" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Daglig" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 time" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 minutter" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Alt" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Time" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minutt" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Rediger rapportskjema for " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr " Legg til planlagt SIR" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frekvens" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Kommandoer som skal kjøres" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Sikkerhetskopieringens starttidspunkt" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "&Ukedag" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Dag i måneden" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Vil du virkelig avslutte?\n" +"Alle endringer vil gå tapt." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"For å legge til en nettverksdeklarasjon,\n" +"velg Subnett." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" +#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configuration. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Oversikt over arkiver</big> \n" +"Her vises en oversikt over konfigurerte arkiver. Du kan også\n" +"redigere disse konfigurasjonene. \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"For å endre statusen for en modul, \n" +"velg en oppføring i tabellen og klikk Endre status.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"For å endre statusen for en modul, \n" +"velg en oppføring i tabellen og klikk Endre status.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Kundesenter" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Backend: " +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Databasegrunnsystem" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Pakkebrønner" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Gjeldende status" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheduled Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "Planlagte rapporter" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Veivisersider for CASA-oppsett" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Oppgrader systemkonfigurasjon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Administrasjon" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device configured in the control file does not\n" +#| "exist on this system." +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" +"Enheten som er konfigurert i kontrollfilen, finnes\n" +"ikke i dette systemet." + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Lydkortdatabase ikke funnet. Kontroller installasjonen." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Konfigurasjonsskriptet mislyktes." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Kan ikke lagre innstillingene." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Laster tjenesten %1 på nytt..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "Som serversertifikat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&CA-administrasjon" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Hopp over" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Kan ikke slette tjenesten. Den er ikke installert." + +# +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Rotpassord for Samba" + +# +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reenter the &Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Gjenta &passordet" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1" +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Kan ikke lagre innstillingene i %1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&Prøv igjen" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Kan ikke lese database1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Databaseredigering mislyktes." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +# +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "Rotpassord for Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Rot&passord for Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "&Nytt passord" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Angi passord." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Feil ved oppsett av nettverk" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Kan ikke lese mottakerdatabase." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Angi brukerpassord." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/xpram.nb.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/xpram.nb.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/nb/po/xpram.nb.po 2016-07-04 08:45:09 UTC (rev 95961) @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Norwegian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-06-17 14:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: www.linuxbutikken.no <roy(a)bytek.no>\n" +"Language-Team: Norwegian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: no\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Oppsett av XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Aktiver XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Deaktiver XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Endre XPRAM-konfigurasjon" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Monteringspunkt" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM-konfigurasjon" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Her kan du konfigurere XPRAM for datamaskinen." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Dette verktøyet støtter foreløpig bare tilordning av XPRAM til én partisjon. For å bruke flere partisjoner, se \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004.I så fall må du deaktivere XPRAM i denne modulen." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Velg riktig monterigspunkt for Monteringspunkt." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Velg deretter hvilket filsystem du ønsker på enheten." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Ikke s&tart XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Start XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Installer filsystem eller veksleminne selv om &XPRAM inneholder gyldige Data" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Monteringspunkt" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&Monteringspunkt" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Filsystemtype" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "Alternativer for f&ilsystem:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Lagrer XPRAM-konfigurasjon" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Lagre innstillingene" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Start tjenesten på nytt" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Lagrer innstillingene..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Starter tjenesten på nytt..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Fullført" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Feil ved deaktivering av xpram. Prøv kommandoen \"rcxpram stop\"." + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Feil ved aktivering av xpram. Prøv kommandoen \"rcxpram start\"."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95960 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:45:00 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95960 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/journalctl.my.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/kernel-update-tool.my.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/linux-user-mgmt.my.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/migration.my.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/s390.my.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/smt.my.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/xpram.my.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/journalctl.my.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/journalctl.my.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/journalctl.my.po 2016-07-04 08:45:00 UTC (rev 95960) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/kernel-update-tool.my.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/kernel-update-tool.my.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/kernel-update-tool.my.po 2016-07-04 08:45:00 UTC (rev 95960) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/linux-user-mgmt.my.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/linux-user-mgmt.my.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/linux-user-mgmt.my.po 2016-07-04 08:45:00 UTC (rev 95960) @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/migration.my.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/migration.my.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/migration.my.po 2016-07-04 08:45:00 UTC (rev 95960) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/s390.my.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/s390.my.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/s390.my.po 2016-07-04 08:45:00 UTC (rev 95960) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/smt.my.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/smt.my.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/smt.my.po 2016-07-04 08:45:00 UTC (rev 95960) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/xpram.my.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/xpram.my.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/my/po/xpram.my.po 2016-07-04 08:45:00 UTC (rev 95960) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Burmese/Myanmar message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-18 14:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Burmese/Myanmar <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95959 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:59 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95959 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/journalctl.ms.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/kernel-update-tool.ms.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/linux-user-mgmt.ms.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/migration.ms.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/s390.ms.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/smt.ms.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/xpram.ms.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/journalctl.ms.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/journalctl.ms.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/journalctl.ms.po 2016-07-04 08:44:59 UTC (rev 95959) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/kernel-update-tool.ms.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/kernel-update-tool.ms.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/kernel-update-tool.ms.po 2016-07-04 08:44:59 UTC (rev 95959) @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/linux-user-mgmt.ms.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/linux-user-mgmt.ms.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/linux-user-mgmt.ms.po 2016-07-04 08:44:59 UTC (rev 95959) @@ -0,0 +1,672 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +# ui/galeon.glade.h:138 +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finnish" +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finnish" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Portugal" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Feringgi" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/migration.ms.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/migration.ms.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/migration.ms.po 2016-07-04 08:44:59 UTC (rev 95959) @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/s390.ms.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/s390.ms.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/s390.ms.po 2016-07-04 08:44:59 UTC (rev 95959) @@ -0,0 +1,1700 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Seychelles" +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Seychelles" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +# ui/galeon.glade.h:138 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finnish" +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finnish" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/smt.ms.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/smt.ms.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/smt.ms.po 2016-07-04 08:44:59 UTC (rev 95959) @@ -0,0 +1,1380 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "France" +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "Perancis" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +# ui/galeon.glade.h:138 +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finnish" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Finnish" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/xpram.ms.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/xpram.ms.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ms/po/xpram.ms.po 2016-07-04 08:44:59 UTC (rev 95959) @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +# Malay message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) Alastair McKinstry <mckinstry(a)debian.org>, 2004. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-10-28 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Malay <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ms\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +# ui/galeon.glade.h:138 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finnish" +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finnish" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95958 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:58 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95958 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/journalctl.mr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/kernel-update-tool.mr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/linux-user-mgmt.mr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/migration.mr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/s390.mr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/smt.mr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/xpram.mr.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/journalctl.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/journalctl.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/journalctl.mr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:58 UTC (rev 95958) @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "अनेक देश" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "प्रत्यय बदला" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "नूतनीकरण" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "ब्रेल सादरीकरण" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "कुठली नोंद सापडली नाही" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "गाळणी" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "वेळ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "स्त्रोत" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "निरोप" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/kernel-update-tool.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/kernel-update-tool.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/kernel-update-tool.mr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:58 UTC (rev 95958) @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "कर्नेल अपग्रेड थांबवायचे आहे का ?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "अन्य डाउनलोड करण्याचे ठिकाण" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "कर्नेल अपडेटच्या स्टेटसची माहिती" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/linux-user-mgmt.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/linux-user-mgmt.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/linux-user-mgmt.mr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:58 UTC (rev 95958) @@ -0,0 +1,784 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "इडिरेक्टरी ट्रीजला शोधत आहे" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "ह्याला काही वेळ लागू शकेल" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%१ हे एक इन्वेलिड फुली डिसटिंगविशड नाव आहे. नाव हे टाइपफुल असावे (उदा. सिएन=एडमिन,ओ=एसिएमई किंवा ओ=एसिएमई)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट इनिशियलाइझ करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचा" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सि चेक करत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस वाचत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "" +#| "It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +#| "Continue configuration?" +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"%१ आधिच कोन्फिगर झाला आहे.\n" +" कोन्फिगरेशन कन्टिन्यू करू का?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट कोन्फिगरेशन सेव करत आहे " + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEआकृतीबंध चालवत आहे..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "क्रुपया थांबा" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "एलयुएम साठी एनएमकोनफिग चालवत आहे, ह्याला थोडा वेळ लागेल..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +#| "specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +#| "privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +#| "Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +#| "after the install." +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"एलडिएपि सर्वर%१ ला कनेक्ट करु शकत नाही किंवा\n" +"स्पेसिफाय केलेल्या युजरला %२ लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट \n" +"कोन्फिगरकरण्यासाठी पुरेसे प्रिविलेज नाही.\n" +"क्रुपया अडचण सोडवा व एनएमकोनफिग पुन्हा चालवा\n" +"इन्स्टोल नन्तर." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "एस यू एस ई कॉपिंग शब्दावली अयशस्वी ठरली" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "एलडिएपि एडमिन नाव कोन्टेक्स्ट सकट" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "एलडिएपि सर्वर आइपि एड्रेसएस्: % १" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "एलडिएपि पोर्ट नंबर: %१" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "एलडिएपि सिक्यूअर पोर्ट: % १" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "लायनक्स्/ युनिक्स कोन्फिग कोन्टेक्स्ट: %१" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "एलयुएम वर्कस्टेशन कोन्टेक्स्ट: %१" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "प्रोक्सी युजर नेम विथ कोन्टेक्स्ट: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "पिएएम-एनेबल्ड सेर्विसेस इडिरेक्टरी द्वारा ओथेटिंकेशन अलाउ करा" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "login: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "लोगिन: %१" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "ftp: %1" +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "एफ्टिपि: %१" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "sshd: %1" +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "एसएसेचडि: %१" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "su: %1" +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "एसयु: %१" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "rsh: %1" +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "आरएसएच: %१" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "आरलोगिन: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "passwd: %1" +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "पासवर्ड: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "xdm: %1" +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "एक्सडिएम: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "ओपन ड्ब्लूबिइएम: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "gdm: %1" +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "जिडिएम: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "जिडिएम्-ओटोलोगिन: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "ग्नोम-पासवर्ड: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "ग्नोम-स्क्रिनसेवर: %१ " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "ग्नोमएसयु-पिएएम: %१ " + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "लोकल होस्ट" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%१ एलडिएपि सर्वर कोन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "लोकल वा रिमोट डिरेक्टरी सर्वर" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "& लोकल सिस्टिम" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "& रिमोट सिस्टिम " + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी सर्वर एड्रेसेस" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "एडमिन नेम विथ कोन्टेक्सट (उदा.सिएन=एडमिन,ओ=नोवेल). डेस्कटोपसाठी ओप्शनल." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr " एडमिन पासवर्ड. डेस्कटोपसाठी ओप्शनल." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "पोर्ट डिटेल्स" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 हा इनवेलिड एलडिएपि सिन्टेक्स आहे. नावामधे सेपरेटरसाठी अल्पविराम वापरावा(उदा. सिएन=एडमिन ,ओ=एसिएमइ)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"सुरक्षित एलडिएपि बाइंड करण्याचा प्रयत्नास २ मिनिट प्रतिसाद आला नाही\n" +"हे टार्गेट सर्वर वरिल एलडिएपि मधिल अडचण दर्शवते.\n" +"जर तुम्हाला क्रेडेन्शिअल्स बरोबर असल्याची खात्री आहे तर तुम्ही पूढे जा,\n" +"नाहीतर क्रुपया एलडिएपि टार्गेट सिस्टिमवर व्यवस्थित चालू असल्याचीखात्री करा\n" +"तुम्हाला पूढे जायचे आहे का?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "सुरक्षित एलडिएपि बाइंड समय समाप्त" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +#| " user name: %1\n" +#| " address: %2\n" +#| " port: %3\n" +#| " \n" +#| " This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +#| " However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +#| " or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +#| " above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +#| " \n" +#| " Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +" खालील पेरमिटर वापरून एलडिएपि द्वारा ओथेंटिलेट करू शकत नाही:\n" +" युजर नेम: %१\n" +" एड्रेस: %२\n" +" पोर्ट: %3\n" +" \n" +" हे दर्शवते कि कोणत्यातरी पेरमिटर मध्ये एरर आहे.\n" +" जर्, एलडिएपि इडिरेक्टरी सर्वर मध्ये एनेबल केला नसला किंवा वरच्या पोर्टपेक्षा वगळ्या पोर्टवरुन\n" +" लिसन करण्यासाठी कोनफिगर केला असला, \n" +" आपल्याला रिस्पोन्स मिळणार नाही.\n" +" \n" +" तुम्हाला हे पेरमिटर वापरून पूढे जायचे आहे का ?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr " एलडिएपि पोर्ट" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr " सुरक्षित एलडिएपि पोर्ट " + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"पासवर्डची पहिला व दुसरी व्हर्जन मेच करत नाही!\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"पासवर्ड मध्ये फक्त खालिल केरेक्टर असु शकतात:\n" +" ०..९, a..z, A..Z, ह्या पैकी \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +" पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "ट्री सेल्फ असाइंन्ड सेर्टिफिकिट रूट सेर्टिफिकिट स्टोर मधे घालण्यास असमर्थ" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr " रूट सेर्टिफिकिटचा ओनर बदलुन www करण्यास असमर्थ" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "रूट सेर्टिफिकिट स्टोर वरील परमिशन बदलण्यास असमर्थ www च्या राइट एक्सेस साठी" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "रिकमे ट्री नेम असू शकत नाही" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "ट्री नेम ३२ केरेक्टर पेक्षा मोठे असू शकत नाही" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr " ट्री नेम बेकस्लेशने संपू शकत नाही(\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr " ट्री नेम मधे फक्त खालिल केरेक्टर असू शकतात[A-Z], [a-z], [०-९] आणि \"-\" वा \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"वेलिड पोर्ट नंबर्स ० ते ६५५३६.\n" +" पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "पोर्ट %१ वापरात आहे, वापरु का? " + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "कोणी नाही" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "कन्टेनर मधे 'ओ=सुरक्षितता' ही रिजर्व केली आहे व तिला फुलि डिस्टिंग्विश्ड नाव असु शकत नाही" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%१ ट्रि होस्ट मधुन फुल नेम सागत नाही" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "कन्टेनर मधे 'ओ=सुरक्षितता' ही रिजर्व केली आहे व तीला कोन्टेक्स्ट मधे वापरता येणार नाही" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%१ इन्वेलिड कोन्टेक्स्ट आहे" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "युजर चे क्रेडेन्शियस पडताळून बघत आहे" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "कृपया थांबा..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "आत्ताचा सर्वर आइपि एड्रेस एन्टर करा" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%१ हे वेलिड पेरमिटर नाही" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%१ हे वेलिड एब्सोल्युट पाथनेम नाही" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट कोनफिगरेशन" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट कोनफिगर करताना" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट ओवरव्ह्यु" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "नंबर" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट " + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट कोनफिगरेशन " + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "लायन्क्स/ युनिक्स कोनफिग कोन्टेक्स्ट " + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "एलयुएम वर्कस्टेशन कोन्टेक्स्ट (उदा. ओ=नोवेल). डेस्कटोप साठी ओपशनल." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "प्रोक्सि युजर नेम विथ कोन्टेक्स्ट (उदा. सिएन=प्रोक्सि ओ=नोवेल). " + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(ओपशनल)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "प्रोक्सि युजर पासवर्ड" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%१ ह एक इनवेलिड एलडिएपि सिनटेक्स आहे.नावामधे सेपरेटेर साठी अल्पविराम वापरा (उदा. ओयु=एक्सवायझेड, ओ=एसिएमई). " + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%१ ह एक इनवेलिड एलडिएपि सिनटेक्स आहे.नावामधे सेपरेटेर साठी अल्पविराम वापरा (उदा. ओयु=एक्सवायझेड, ओ=एसिएमई). " + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "अलाउ करण्यासाठी पिएएम्-एनेबल सर्विसेस सिलेक्ट करा" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "इडिरेक्टरी द्वारा ओथेंटिकेशन" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "सगळे सिले&क्ट करा" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "सगळे डिसिले&क्ट करा " + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&लोगिन" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&एफटिपि" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "एसएसएच&डि" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&एसयु" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "आरएस्&एच" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "आरएललो&गिन" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&पासवर्ड" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&एक्सडिएम" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "ओप&न वेब" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&जिडिएम" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr " जिडिएम-&ओटोलोगिन" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "ग्नो&म-पासवर्ड" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "ग्नोम-स्क्रि&नसेवर" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr " ग्नोमएसयु-पिए&एम" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट कोनफिगरेशन इनिशियलाइझ करत आहे</big> \n" +"क्रुपया थांबा... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>प्रारंभ निष्फळ करत आहेः</big> \n" +"आता Abort दाबून आकृतीबंध उपयोगिता सुरक्षितपणे निष्फळ करा.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big> लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट कोनफिगरेशन सेव करत आहे</big> \n" +"क्रुपया थांबा... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big> जतनाचे कार्य निष्फळ करत आहे:</big> \n" +"Abort दाबून जतनाची प्रक्रिया निष्फळ करा.\n" +"अतिरिक्त डायलॉग आपणास असे करणे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही ते सांगतो.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>लायनक्स/युनिक्स आकृतीबंध कोन्टेक्स्ट</big> \n" +"इडिरेक्टरि कोन्टेक्स्ट (असलेला वा इथे तयार केलेला) जेथे लायन्क्स/निक्स \n" +"कोन्फिग ओब्जेक्ट बनेल. एलयुएम प्रयोक्ता, एलयुएम ग्रुप,\n" +"एलयुएम वर्कस्टेशन ओब्जेक्ट्स साठी एलडिएपि शोध येथे सुरु होतो, म्हणून तो शोधलेल्या\n" +"कोन्फिग ओब्जेक्टच्या किंवा वरच्या लेवलचा असला पाहिजे.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big> एलयुएम वर्कस्टेशन कोन्टेक्स्ट </big> \n" +"एलयुएम वर्कअस्टेशनसाठी इडिरेक्टरि कोन्टेक्स्ट(असलेला वा इथे तयार केलेला)\n" +"ओब्जेक्ट सर्वर वर स्थापित केल्याने तयार झाला आहे. ह्याचा कोन्टेक्स्ट त्याचप्रमाणे किंवा वरती दर्शवलेल्या\n" +"बेस कोन्टेक्स्ट पेक्षा कमी असला पहिजे.\n" +"" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>प्रोक्सि युजर नेम विथ कोन्टेक्स्ट (ओप्शनल)</big> \n" +"युजर(असलेला वा इथे तयार केलेला)एलयुएम ओब्जेक्टसाठीएलडिएपि ट्रि शोध करायचे हक्कअसलेला\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>पिएएम-एनिबल्ड सर्विसेस</big> \n" +"ह्या सर्वर वरिल पिएएम-एनिबल्ड सर्विसेस ओथेंटिकेटेड एलयुएम\n" +"युजर्सला उपलब्ध असतील.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>लोकल वा रिमोट डिरेक्टरि सर्वर </big> \n" +"तुम्ही कोन्फिगर करत असलेल्या सर्वर प्रमाणे, लोकल वा रिमोट सिस्टिम सिलेक्ट करा.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big> डिरेक्टरि सर्वर एड्रेस</big> \n" +"तुम्ही रिमोट सिस्टिम निवडल्यानंतरच हे क्षेत्र सक्रिय असते. तुम्ही आकृतीबंधित करीतअसलेल्या रिमोट सर्वरचा आइपि एड्रेस एन्टर करा.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>एडमिन नेम विथ कोन्टेक्स्ट </big> \n" +"एलडिएपि एडमिन नेम व कोन्टेक्स्ट एन्टर करा.हे युजर ओब्जेक्टचे एलडिएपि एड्मिनिस्ट्रेटिव्ह राइटअसलेले फुलि डिसटिंगविशड नाव आहे.उदा: सिएन=एडमिन,ओ=एसिएमइ\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big> एडमिन पासवर्ड</big> \n" +"एलडिएपि एडमिन पासवर्ड एन्टर करा.हा युजरने स्पेसिफाय केलेला एलडिएपि एडमिन पासवर्डआहे.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>पोर्ट डिटेल्स</big> \n" +"एलडिएपि पोर्ट आणि हा सर्वर दुसरया सर्वरशी कम्युनिकेट करायला वापरत असलेला सुरक्षित एलडिएपिपोर्ट नंबर बघण्यासाठी वा मोडिफाय करण्यासाठी पोर्ट डिटेल्स क्लिक करा.डिफोल्ट एलडिएपि पोर्ट आहे ३८९. डिफोल्ट सुरक्षित एलडिएपि पोर्ट आहे ६३६.\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंटचे कोन्फिगरेशन" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंटला कोन्फिगर करण्याची गरज आहे" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट " + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट " + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/migration.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/migration.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/migration.mr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:58 UTC (rev 95958) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "स्थलांतराचा तपशील" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"फिनिश YaST स्थापना बंद करेल व लॉग इन स्क्रीन\n" +"चालू करेल.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "संरचना सारांश" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "स्थलांतराचा तपशील" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"प्रदर्शित केल्यानुसार सेटिंग्जचा वापर करण्यासाठी, Nextदावा.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/s390.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/s390.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/s390.mr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:58 UTC (rev 95958) @@ -0,0 +1,2097 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "CASA चा आकृतीबंध" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No hard disks were detected" +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "हार्डडिस्क शोधता आल्या नाहीत" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Name" +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD नाव" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of an isns service" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "isns सेवेचे कॉन्फिगरेशन" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring general settings..." +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "साधारण मांडणी संरचित करत आहे..." + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "मेलची संरचना" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "उपलब्ध कट्रोलर्सचा शोध घेतले जात आहे" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Controller Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "डिस्क नियंत्रक संरेखन" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "DASD डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "ZFCP डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "प्रारंभ करत आहे..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "CASA चा आकृतीबंध" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No specific device configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "ठराविक उपकरण संरचित केलेले नाही" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "कार्या्वित" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "अकार्यान्वित" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&फॉरमॅट" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "फाईल पध्दती" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Parallel Port Details..." +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "समांतर स्थानाबद्दल अधिक माहिती..." + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No disk has been selected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "कुठलीही तबकडी निवडलेली नाही." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "%1 पुस्तिका (डिरेक्टरी) पहाता येत नाही." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "%1 पुस्तिका (डिरेक्टरी) पहाता येत नाही." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Section Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "विभाग व्यवस्थापन" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "चॅनेल" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "फॉरमॅट" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "LDAP वापरा" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "साधन" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "संपर्काचा प्रकार" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "फॉरमॅट" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "अधिका माहिती" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimum &UID" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "कमीत कमी UID" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "गाळणी" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "स्थापना करा" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&सर्व निवड" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "सर्व फाईल्स निवडू नका" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Disks" +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "DASD तबकडी" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "चॅनेल" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Format Floppy Disk" +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "फ्लॉपी तबकडी पुसून टाका" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "LDAP वापरा" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost.\n" +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"न साठवून ठेवता बूट लेडर कॉनफिग्युरेशन खरोखरच ?\n" +"तसेच ठेवायचे आहे का.\n" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "टिव्ही वाहिी प्रविष्ट करा" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " आधीच अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait...\n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>स्कॅनर संरचना सुरू करत आहे</big> \n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा...\n" +"" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>प्रारंभ सोडून देत आहे:</big> \n" +"आकृतीबंधाचे साधन Abort दाबून आता सुरक्षितपणे सोडून द्या." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big> \n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा..." + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>जतन सोडून देत आहे:</big> \n" +"Abort दाबून जतन प्रक्रिया सोडून द्या.\n" +"हे सुरक्षित आहे की नाही हे एक वेगळा संवाद आपल्याला सांगेल." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "<BIG>मुद्रणयंत्र</BIG> ह्या संभाषणात, तुमच्या यंत्रणेवर मुद्रणयंत्र सांभाळा." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To create a new user, click Add.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"नवीन वापरकर्ता निर्माण करण्यासाठी मिळवावर टिचकी मारा.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"नवीन विकल्प मिळवा, दाबा मिळवा. विकल्प\n" +"काढून टाका, ते निवडा आणिकाढून टाकादाबा." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"वापरकर्ता संवाद चौकटीकडे जाण्यासाठी Users निवडा .\n" +"\n" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Controller Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "डिस्क नियंत्रक संरेखन" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCSI Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "प्रतिमा / उपकरण" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "आपण सारणीतले एक साधन निवडायले हवे " + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>वापरकर्ते</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>वाटप</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr " नवीन नमुना तयार करण्यासाठी नवीन वापरा किंवा सध्याचाच नमुना आयात करण्यासाठी आयात वापरा." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>वापरकर्ते</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>जोडणी संरचीत</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>जोडणी संरचीत</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "होय" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नाही" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "एनाआइएस युजर्स" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable CASA" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&Enable CASA" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "अधिकार" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "समूह सदस्य" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "NIS वापरकर्ता" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "काढून टाका" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "पॅकेजेस ग्रुप" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "निवड" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Register" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "फाईल" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "संचारसाधन" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "प्रवेश" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "होम मार्ग" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "शेल" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "विभागांसाठी मांडणी: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "परवलीश्बद कायम करा" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "आरंभ संचिका" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "ब्राऊझ..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांचे नाव" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Last Password Change: %1" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "शेवटचा परवलीशब्दातील बदल: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Local Groups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "स्थानिक समूह" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Membership" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "सदस्यता" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "सर्व निवडा किंवा निवडू नका" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create" +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "निर्माण करा" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "NIS समूह" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Membership" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "सदस्यता" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "शेल" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाहीत.\n" +"पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home directory of the user" +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "वापरकर्त्यांची आरंभ संचिका" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "सेटींग्ज वाचण्यात अपयश." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "साधारण बांधणी संरचित करा" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "नवीन यंत्रणा वापरकर्ता" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The specified directory does not exist." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "निर्देशित संचिका अस्तित्वात नाही." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "ट्री नेम ३२ केरेक्टर पेक्षा मोठे असू शकत नाही" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "स्थिती" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "स्थिती" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal Definition" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "कर्नेल भाग" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "सेवांना अनुमती दिली" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "स्रोत वैध नाही." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The primary name server is invalid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "प्राथमिक सेवासंगणक नाव अवैध आहे." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"डोमेन बदलला गेला आहे.\n" +"बदल प्रत्यक्षात आणण्यासाठी तुम्ही पुन्हा सुरू करा." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 128 characters are allowed in report names." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr " अहवालाच्या नांवात फक्त १२८ अक्षरेच असू षकतात." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "मूळ संरचना" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "IrDA सुरू करू नका" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "शोध सुरू करा" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "कृती" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&मिनिट" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dump Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "उपकरण" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "जुळणाऱ्या संमातराशिवाय चालक काढून टाकणे हे फक्त शक्य आहे." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित समांतरण न जुळविता चाचणी करणे अशक्य आहे." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured Devices:" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "संरचना केलेली उपकरणे:" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost.\n" +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"न साठवून ठेवता बूट लेडर कॉनफिग्युरेशन खरोखरच ?\n" +"तसेच ठेवायचे आहे का.\n" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All Network Devices" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "सर्व महाजाल उपकरण" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "नोंदविलेला LDAP URL अवैध आहे." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "नोंदविलेला LDAP URL अवैध आहे." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing VPN Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big> VPN आकृतीबंध सुरु करत आहे </big> \n" +" कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे</big> \n" +"कृपया प्रतिक्षा करा..." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Configure CASA here. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>CASA आकृतीबंध</big> \n" +"या ठिकाणी CASA आकृतीबंध बनवा. \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To create a new user, click Add.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"नवीन वापरकर्ता निर्माण करण्यासाठी मिळवावर टिचकी मारा.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"नवीन विकल्प मिळवा, दाबा मिळवा. विकल्प\n" +"काढून टाका, ते निवडा आणिकाढून टाकादाबा." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>इशारा</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "iSCSI उपकरण READ/WRITE अक्सेस करतांना,हा अक्सेस खास असल्याची खात्री करून घ्या. अन्यथा डाटा भ्रष्ट होण्याचासंभाव्य धोका असतो.\n" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr " अमलात आहे mkinitrd..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "DASD डिस्क कॉनफिग्युअर करा" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not check the MD5 sum of the firmware." +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "फर्मवेअरची MD5 बेरीज तपासू शकत नाही." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "इंटरफेस घालता आला नाही." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "कार्यान्वित करण्यास असफल %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "फॉरमट करू &नका" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown error" +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "अपरिचित चूक" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating %1$s" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr " निर्माण चालू%1$s " + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "फाईल यंत्रणा तपासली जात आहे..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "अवलंबित्वे तपासत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सि चेक करत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "अवलंबित्वे तपासत आहे" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "पॅकेज तपासत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCSI Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "प्रतिमा / उपकरण" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Archive" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "आर्काइव्ह निर्माण करत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "पॅकेज डेटाबेस बदलत आहे. ह्या प्रक्रियेत थोडा वेळ लागेल." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "fstab मध्ये अवैध बेकार ओळी" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "अनुपलब्ध गुणधर्म '%1'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "संपर्काचा प्रकार" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start device %1." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "उपकरम सुरू करण्यास असमर्थ %1." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "एफएसटॅब प्रवेश तपासा" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "एफएसटॅब प्रवेश तपासा" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "एफएसटॅब प्रवेश तपासत आहोत..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "एफएसटॅब प्रवेश तपासत आहोत..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "कर्नेल बूट पर्याय वाचत आहे..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "IrDA संरचना संग्रहीत करा" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "IRC मांडणी लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "IRC मांडणी लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "इतर कर्नेल पॅरामिर्टर्स" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "IRC मांडणी लिहत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "IRC मांडणी लिहत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "नमुने लिहित आहे..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवा संगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "संरचना फाईल अद्ययावत करा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load current settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "सद्याची मांडणी अद्ययावत करा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching configuration files..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "संरचना फाईल्स शोधल्या जात आहेत..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading current settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "सद्याची मांडणी अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "सांबा सेवा संगणक संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "संरचना लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "अद्ययावत रचना" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "संरचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving system settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "प्रणाली मांडणी साठवत आहे..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "डिपेन्डन्सि चेक करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings" +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्ज वाचत आहे" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "फ्लॉपी उपकर तपासले जात आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading system settings..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "यंत्रणेची मांडणी वाचली जात आहे..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "केडम्प आकृतीबंध जतन करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Already Configured Devices:" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "उपकरण आधीच संरचीत केले:" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "कळ अवैध आहे." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not start IPsec." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "IPsec सुरू करू शकले नाही." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "सेवा %1 अस्तित्वात आहे." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The kernel module for TV support could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "टीव्ही समर्थनासाठी कर्नेल मोड्यूल लोड करता आला नाही." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read" +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "एफएसटॅब वाचता येऊ शकला नाही" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/smt.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/smt.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/smt.mr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:58 UTC (rev 95958) @@ -0,0 +1,1659 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलकरता वापरकर्ता पडदा अनुपलब्ध आहे." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "स्वॅप भाग निर्माण होत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "ISO प्रतिमा %1 तयार करता येत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "अवलंबित्वे तपासत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid IP definition." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "अवैध IP व्याख्या." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "यशस्वी" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Synchronization प्रकार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "संग्रहीत अहवालाचे ठिकाण" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "सुचवलेला" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "पर्याय" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "सुरक्षा" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Options" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "सुरक्षा पर्याय" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "शिफारस केलेले नमुने" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "अतिरिक्त भाषा: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "रविवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "सोमवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "मंगळवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "बुधवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "गुरूवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "शुक्रवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "शनिवार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "नॉव्हेल ग्राहक केंद्र आकृतीबंध" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Server" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "नेटवर्क सर्व्हर" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "नोंदणी कोड" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download PPD File" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "PPD फाईल उतरवून घेत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&वापरकर्ता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "परिक्षा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "नोंदणीसाठी ईमेल पत्ता आवश्यक आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "SMT सर्व्हर" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "सांबा मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "परवलीश्बद कायम करा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "करिता अहवालाची अनुसूची संपादित करा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "वारंवारिता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "आठवड्यांचा दिवस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "महिन्याचा दिवस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "तास" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "मिनिट" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&dd..." +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "मिळवा..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "संपादीत करा..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "संचिकेचे नाव" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "&पॅच विभाग दाखवा:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Branch Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "शाखेचे नाव" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "आवृत्ती" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "विभाग" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "%1 ची परिक्षा होत आहे" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "सारांश" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "पॅच &अधिक माहिती <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change this?" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "हे बदलू?" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "शोधा मधून वगळलेल्या गोष्टी" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "चालू करा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "बंद करा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Hat" +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "तयार करा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाव" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Name" +msgid "Target" +msgstr "लक्ष्य नाव" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "निगा ठेवणारा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "त्रुटी" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "वर्णन" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "मजकूर अवस्था" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "टॉगलची स्थिती" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "वस्तुस्थिती" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "यजमान नाव" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "संपर्क" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "DSL संरचना सुरू करत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "संरचना वाचा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read SCPM settings" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "SCPM मांडणी वाचा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल प्रणाली वाचा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "NTP मांडणी वाचा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading SCPM settings..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "SCPM मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "इच्छित मांडणी वाचत आहे..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Migration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "&Skip स्थलांतर" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "ग्राहक केंद्र" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावणी" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "N&o, Skip Update" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "नाही, अपडेट वगळा" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&रद्द करा" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "अद्ययावत संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NTP Server Configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "NTP सेवासंगणक संरचना" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "फायरवॉल सेवा अनुकुल करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write catalog settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "संदर्भ माडणी लिहा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Synchronization प्रकार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना अद्ययावत करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "संरचना वाचत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking installed packages..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "स्थापीत पॅकेजस तपासली जात आहेत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "कर्बेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन लिहीत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहिण्यास अनुकुल करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवॉल रचना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IPsec settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "IPsec मांडणी लिहीत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "जाळे उपकरण तपासत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट्स वापरल्या जात आहेत..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "NFS संरचना लिहीत आहे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "बदल आता लिहा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "ठिगळे मिळाली." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "योजना लिहीत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"पहिला आणि दुसरा आवृत्तीचा\n" +"परवलीशब्द जुळत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "SMT सर्व्हरची URL https:// ने सुरु व्हायला हवी" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "परवली शब्द हा रिक्त असता कामा नये." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "अधिक माहिती" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "टेस्टचे निकाल:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "टेस्टचे निकाल:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Getting list\n" +#| "of available kernel modules..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" +"उपलब्ध केंद्रीय\n" +"मॉड्युलची यादी मिळवत आहे..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "चाळणी: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "गाळणी" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "&पॅच विभाग दाखवा:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no partitionable Disks available." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "एकही विभाजनयोग्य डिस्क अपलब्ध नाही." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no options for this module" +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "ह्या मॉड्यूलसाठी कोणतेही पर्याय नाहीत" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "प्रॉडक्ट नाव: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "यंत्रणा यथायोग्य आहे" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "अवैध स्त्रोत." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "अज्ञात वर्ग:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "कधीही नाही" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Unable to read\n" +#| "the current configuration." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" +"सध्याचे संरचना\n" +"वाचू शकत नाही." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "&परवली शब्द टाका:" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&पासफ्रेज" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "रिपॉझिटरीज आयात करत आहे..." + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the printer database." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "मुद्रणयंत्र डेटाबेस तयार करताना चूक झाली." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "ई-पत्र:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "ई-पत्राद्वारे" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' अवैध आहे." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to remove the selected %1" +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "निवडलेले %1 काढता आले नाही" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Profile Repository:" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "कार्यक्रम साठा:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "प्रगती" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "थांबा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to save the current set of profile changes and exit?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "आपणास नक्की प्रोफाइल बदलांचा सध्याचा सेट जतन करुन बाहेर पडायचे आहे?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (आरशातील प्रतिबिंब)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "पुढे चालू करा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "चढवत आहे." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "आदेश :" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "मासिक" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Undetermined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "अनॅडीटरमोईन्ड" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "साप्ताहीक" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "नेहमी" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 तास" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 मिनिटे" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "सर्व" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&तास" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&मिनिट" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "करिता अहवालाची अनुसूची संपादित करा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr " वेळापत्रक" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&वारंवारता" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "मागोवा सुरू होण्याची वेळ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "आठवड्यांचा दिवस" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "महिन्याचा दिवस" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"खरंच बंद करू?\n" +"सर्व बदल नाहीसे होतील." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "ग्राहक केंद्र" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "डिरेक्टरी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Settings" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "ग्राहक संगणकाची मांडणी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Schedule Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "अहवालाचे वेळापत्रक करा" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "CASA आकृतीबंध विझार्ड पृष्ठ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "यंत्रणेची संरचना अद्ययावत करा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "प्रबंधन" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "साउंडकार्ड डेटाबेस मिळाला नाही. कृपया तुमची स्थापना तपासा." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "संरचना सक्रिप्ट अयशस्वी." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहू शकत नाही." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "सेवा %1 पुन्हा कार्यरत करत आहे..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "सेवासंगणक प्रमाणपत्र" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&लायन्क्स युजर मेनेजंमेंट " + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "सोडा" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "सुविधा काढून टाकू शकत नाही. ती स्थापित नाही." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "सांबा मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "परवलीशब्द घाला." + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "%1 लिहीण्यास असमर्थ." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "पुन्हा प्रयत्न करा" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 वाचू शकत नाही." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "प्रतिमा तयार करणे असफल" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "सांबा मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "सांबा मूळ परवलीशब्द" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Age" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "पासवर्ड एज" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "सांकेतिक शब्द." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "ट्युनर डेटाबेस वाचण्यास असमर्थ." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "परवलीशब्द घाला." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/xpram.mr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/xpram.mr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mr/po/xpram.mr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:58 UTC (rev 95958) @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# "( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande" <2ameya(a)gmail.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: \"( अमेय पाळंदे ) Ameya Palande\" <2ameya(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Marathi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: mr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "CASA चा आकृतीबंध" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable IR." +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "जॉयस्टिक उपलब्ध करा." + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disable IRC" +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "IRC अकार्यान्वित करा" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration" +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "IrDA संरचना बदला" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount Point" +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "स्वार होण्याचा बिंदू" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCPM Configuration" +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "SCPM संरचना" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "येथे, इनफ्रारेड पडदा कॉनफिग्युगर करा (IrDA) तुमच्या संगणकाकरता." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "IrDA सुरू करू नका" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start IrDA" +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "IrDA सुरू करा" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "स्वार होण्याचा बिंदू" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "आरोहण बिंदू" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File System" +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "सिस्टम" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " File System " +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "फाईल प्रणाली" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving VPN Configuration" +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "VPN संरचना संग्रहीत करत आहे" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहा" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज लिहित आहे..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "सुविधा पुन्हा सुरू करत आहे..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "॒०नॴन०ष" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95957 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:56 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95957 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/journalctl.mk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/kernel-update-tool.mk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/linux-user-mgmt.mk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/migration.mk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/s390.mk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/smt.mk.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/xpram.mk.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/journalctl.mk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/journalctl.mk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/journalctl.mk.po 2016-07-04 08:44:56 UTC (rev 95957) @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Macedonian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "&Промени..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Refresh" +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "&Освежи" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 entries configured" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Конфигурирани се „%1“ записи" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Time Zone" +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Временска зона" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Пораки" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/kernel-update-tool.mk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/kernel-update-tool.mk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/kernel-update-tool.mk.po 2016-07-04 08:44:56 UTC (rev 95957) @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Macedonian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Предупредување" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Го прекинувате надградувањето на јадрото?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Алтернативна локација за преземање" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Дневник за статусот на надградба на јадрото" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/linux-user-mgmt.mk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/linux-user-mgmt.mk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/linux-user-mgmt.mk.po 2016-07-04 08:44:56 UTC (rev 95957) @@ -0,0 +1,724 @@ +# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Macedonian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Читај ја базата на податоци" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Завршено" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Language Configuration" +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата за јазикот" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Вклучи „SuSEconfig“" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Вклучување на „SuSEconfig“..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Ве молам почекајте..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "Неуспешно извршување на скриптата „SuSEconfig“." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Log Warnings: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "Предупредувања од дневникот: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Log Warnings: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "Предупредувања од дневникот: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local time" +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Локално време" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „TFTP“ сервер" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Boot installed system" +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "П&одигни инсталиран систем" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remote File System" +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "&Далечен податочен систем" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Директориум на „TFTP“ серверот" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details:" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Детали:" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Support Active" +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "Поддршката за „LDAP“ е активна" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server" +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "„LDAP“ сервер" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Ве молам почекајте..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Системска конфигурација" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fax Numbers" +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Факс броеви" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Answering Machine Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурација на телефонска секретарка" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Избери ги &сите" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "Избери ги &сите" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&Лозинка" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big> \n" +"Ве молам почекајте... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Прекинување на подготовката:</big> \n" +"Доколку веднаш претиснете „Прекини“, безбедно ја прекинувате алатката за конфигурирање.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big> \n" +"Ве молам почекајте... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Прекинување на зачувувањето:</big> \n" +"Со притискање на „Прекини“ ја прекинувате процедурата за зачувување.\n" +"Додатен дијалог ќе ве информира дали е сигурно да го строите ова.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Лиценцен договор" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "Лиценцен договор" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Подготвувам..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/migration.mk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/migration.mk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/migration.mk.po 2016-07-04 08:44:56 UTC (rev 95957) @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Macedonian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Завршено" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Клучот сега ќе се креира. Продолжувате?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Рестартирај" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"„Заврши“ ќе ја затвори „YaST“ инсталацијата и ќе продолжите\n" +"кон екранот за најавување.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration summary ..." +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration summary ..." +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Резиме на конфигурацијата ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/s390.mk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/s390.mk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/s390.mk.po 2016-07-04 08:44:56 UTC (rev 95957) @@ -0,0 +1,1941 @@ +# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Macedonian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „CASA“" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Не е пронајдено." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS client" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ клиент" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „XPRAM“" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Пронаоѓање на достапните контролери" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Системска конфигурација" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Конфигурирај „&DASD“ дискови" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Конфигурирај „&ZFCP“ дискови" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Подготвувам..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „CASA“" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The device is not configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Уредот сеуште не е конфигуриран" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Акција" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Не е пронајдено." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device ID" +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Идентификација на уред" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Тип" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Type" +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Тип на уред" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Изборни информации" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&File" +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Датотека" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Избрши инсталирање" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Избери ги &сите" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "Избери ги &сите" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Промени" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big> \n" +"Ве молам почекајте... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +#| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Прекинување на подготовката:</big> \n" +"Доколку веднаш претиснете „Прекини“, безбедно ја прекинувате алатката за конфигурирање.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big> \n" +"Ве молам почекајте... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Прекинување на зачувувањето:</big> \n" +"Со притискање на „Прекини“ ја прекинувате процедурата за зачувување.\n" +"Додатен дијалог ќе ве информира дали е сигурно да го строите ова.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"За да додадете нова опција притиснете „Додај“. За да отстранете\n" +"некоја опција, изберете ја и притиснете „Избриши“." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурација на мрежата" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Configuring a TFTP Server</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Configuring a TFTP Server</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Конфигурирање на „TFTP“ сервер</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Да" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Не" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&Овозможи" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization" +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Синхронизација" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Име на домаќинот" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&Корисник" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "De&lete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "И&збриши" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&Избери" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Region" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Регион" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Датотека" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "Раз&гледај..." + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Патека до дома" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Лозинка" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "П&отврдете ја лозинката" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Boot Image Directory" +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "Директориум на слика за &подигање" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "&Разгледај" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User name:" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Ко&рисничко име:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "П&отврдете ја лозинката" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "Изберете ја вашата основна работна површина" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Неуспешно креирање на „TSIG“ клучот." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Ви честитаме!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Ви честитаме!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete this item?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Навистина сакате да ја избришете оваа ставка?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Доменот е променет.\n" +"За да промените имаат ефект, мора да го рестартирате компјутерот." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "&Не вклучувај „IrDA“" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start IrDA" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "&Вклучи „IrDA“" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Акција" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "Минута" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Конфигурирај „&ZFCP“ дискови" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big> \n" +"Ве молам почекајте... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“</big> \n" +"Ве молам почекајте... \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Configure CASA here. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Конфигурација на „CASA“</big> \n" +"Овде ја конфигурирате „CASA“. \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"За да додадете нова опција притиснете „Додај“. За да отстранете\n" +"некоја опција, изберете ја и притиснете „Избриши“." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "Предупредување" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Конфигурирај „&DASD“ дискови" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "Прикажи го статусот на „TFTP“ сервисот" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Проверувам..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Конфигурирај „&DASD“ дискови" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Конфигурирај „&ZFCP“ дискови" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Проверувам..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Проверувам..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Завршено" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing USB devices" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "Испитување за „USB“ уреди" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Недостасува параметар „%1“." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „IrDA“" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check for network devices" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the database..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „IrDA“" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Го прекинувате надградувањето на јадрото?" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“ серверот" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard configuration." +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Конфигурација на тастатура." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Локални поставувања" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „IrDA“" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Ажурирај ја конфигурацијата" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Ажурирај ги поставувањата" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Ажурирање на конфигурацијата..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „IrDA“" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Рестартирај го сервисот" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Конфигурирај „&ZFCP“ дискови" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "Сервисот „%1“ не постои." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/smt.mk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/smt.mk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/smt.mk.po 2016-07-04 08:44:56 UTC (rev 95957) @@ -0,0 +1,1545 @@ +# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Macedonian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Нема достапен кориснички интерфејс за овој модул." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Неуспешно креирање на „TSIG“ клучот." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "„&SLP“ регистрацијата е овозможена" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization URL" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "„URL“ за синхронизирање" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option" +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Опција" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Status: %1" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Статус на сервисот: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Додатни јазици: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Client Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ клиент" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stop Server" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Исклучи сервер" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "„&SLP“ регистрацијата е овозможена" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "&Преземи" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Корисник" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Лозинка" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Тестирај" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&Лозинка" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "П&отврдете ја лозинката" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Час" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Минута" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Add" +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Дода&ј" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit" +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Уреди" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Име на домаќинот" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Име на производот" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Верзија" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose a category" +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Изберете категорија" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Question" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Прашање" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Производ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Summary" +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Резиме на надградбата" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details:" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "Детали:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Тековен статус: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Овозможи" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "О&невозможи" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Име на домаќинот" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iSCSI Target" +msgid "Target" +msgstr "„iSCSI“ цел" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Грешка" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Статус" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Име на домаќинот" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Last name:" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "&Презиме:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Подготвување на конфигурацијата на „CASA“" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Читај ја тековната конфигурација" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Читај ги претходните поставувања" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Читање на тековната конфигурација..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the database..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Читање на базата на податоци..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Читање не претходните поставувања..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "П&рескокни ја конфигурацијата" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "Центар за потрошувачи" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Предупредување" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "О&ткажи" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурација на глушецот" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Ажурирај ја конфигурацијата" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Server Configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Прилагоди го сервисот за огнениот ѕид" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата на огнениот ѕид" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write catalog settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Сними ги промените на каталогот" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check for network devices" +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Провери за мрежни уреди" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Time" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Време на синхронизирање" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Прилагодување на конфигурацијата..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Прилагодување на конфигурацијата..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Проверување за можни конфликтни сервиси..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Прилагодување на конфигурацијата..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Прилагодување на сервисот за огнениот ѕид..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата на огнениот ѕид..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Проверување за мрежни уреди..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Time" +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Време на синхронизирање" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Зачувување на конфигурацијата на „NFS“" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Телефонските броеви не може да бидат празни." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Детали" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Непознато" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“." + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Нема достапен кориснички интерфејс за овој модул." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Непознато" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Потребните пакети (%1) не се инсталирани." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Се појави грешка при читање на дневникот." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "Вредноста на „%1“ е невалидна." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Напредок" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Стопирај" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Продолжи" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Завршено" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Команда „%1“" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hour" +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "Час" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "Минута" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All changes will be lost!" +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "Сите промени ќе бидат изгубени!" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Центар за потрошувачи" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Тековен статус: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Страници на конфигурацискиот волшебник на „CASA“" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Server Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „NFS“ сервер" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization failed for:" +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Неуспешна синхронизација поради:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Не можам да ги зачувам поставувањата." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Прескони" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Не можам да ја креирам папката „%1“." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retr&y" +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Пов&торно" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "„Root“ лозинка" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Password Expiration" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "Нема истекување на лозинката" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Не можам да ја прочитам базата1." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/xpram.mk.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/xpram.mk.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/mk/po/xpram.mk.po 2016-07-04 08:44:56 UTC (rev 95957) @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# Macedonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: base\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-08 02:39+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Zoran Dimovski <zoki.dimovski(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Macedonian\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n>1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Конфигурација на „XPRAM“" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Овозможи „XPRAM“" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Оневозможи „XPRAM“" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Промени ја конфигурацијата на „XPRAM“" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Точка на монтирање" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "„XPRAM“ конфигурација" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Овде го конфигурирате „XPRAM“ за вашиот компјутер." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Оваа алатка тековно поддржува само доделување на целиот „XPRAM“ на една партиција. За повеќе партиции видете \"Драјвери на уреди, карактеристики и команди - 30-ти Ноември, 2004\" за јадрото „Linux 2.6“ - во текот на Април 2004 Во овој случај оневозможете го „XPRAM“ во овој модул." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Изберете ја точната точка на монтирање за точка на монтирање." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Следо, изберете го податочниот систем кој ќе се користи на уредот." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Не вклучувај „XPRAM“" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Вклучи „XPRAM“" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Инсталирај податочен систем или „Swap“ иако „&XPRAM“ содржи валидни податоци" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Точка на монтирање" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "Точка на &монтирање" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Тип на податочен систем" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "П&одаточен систем за употреба:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Ја зачувувам конфигурацијата на „XPRAM“" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Зачувај ги поставувањата" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Рестартирај го сервисот" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Зачувување на поставувањата..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Рестартирање на сервисот..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Завршено" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try manual \"rcxpram stop\"" +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Грешка при стопирање на „xpram“. Ве молам обидете се рачно „rcxpram stop“" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try manual \"rcxpram start\"" +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Грешка при вклучување на „xpram“. Ве молам обидете се рачно „rcxpram start“"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95956 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:55 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95956 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/journalctl.lv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/kernel-update-tool.lv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/linux-user-mgmt.lv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/migration.lv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/s390.lv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/smt.lv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/xpram.lv.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/journalctl.lv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/journalctl.lv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/journalctl.lv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:55 UTC (rev 95956) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/kernel-update-tool.lv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/kernel-update-tool.lv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/kernel-update-tool.lv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:55 UTC (rev 95956) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/linux-user-mgmt.lv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/linux-user-mgmt.lv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/linux-user-mgmt.lv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:55 UTC (rev 95956) @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/migration.lv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/migration.lv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/migration.lv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:55 UTC (rev 95956) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/s390.lv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/s390.lv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/s390.lv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:55 UTC (rev 95956) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/smt.lv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/smt.lv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/smt.lv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:55 UTC (rev 95956) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/xpram.lv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/xpram.lv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lv/po/xpram.lv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:55 UTC (rev 95956) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Latvian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Latvian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: lv\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95955 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:54 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95955 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kernel-update-tool.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/linux-user-mgmt.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/migration.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/s390.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/smt.lt.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/xpram.lt.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/journalctl.lt.po 2016-07-04 08:44:54 UTC (rev 95955) @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Lithuanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. +# Linas Spraunius <lsprauni(a)radio.lt>, 2000. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 09:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: lt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Nėra įrašų." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Pakeisti sufiksą" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Atnaujinti" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Brailio vaizduoklis" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Įrašų nerasta" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtras" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "Rinkmenų sistema" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioritetas" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Papildomos parinktys" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Atranka pagal rinkmeną" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Rinkmenų sistema" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Laikas" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Šaltinis" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Pranešimas" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kernel-update-tool.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kernel-update-tool.lt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/kernel-update-tool.lt.po 2016-07-04 08:44:54 UTC (rev 95955) @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +# Lithuanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. +# Linas Spraunius <lsprauni(a)radio.lt>, 2000. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 09:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: lt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Įspėjimas" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Nutraukti branduolio naujovinimą?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Alternatyvi parsiuntimo vieta" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Branduolio atnaujinimo būsenos žurnalas" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/linux-user-mgmt.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/linux-user-mgmt.lt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/linux-user-mgmt.lt.po 2016-07-04 08:44:54 UTC (rev 95955) @@ -0,0 +1,728 @@ +# Lithuanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. +# Linas Spraunius <lsprauni(a)radio.lt>, 2000. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 09:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: lt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching in Directory: " +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Ieškoma kataloge: " + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Tai gali truputį užtrukti" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Paleidžiamas Linux naudotojų tvarkymas" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Duomenų bazės skaitymas" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Tikrinamos priklausomybės" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Skaitoma duomenų bazė..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Baigta" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Atrodo, kad %1 jau buvo sukonfigūruotas. \n" +"Tęsti konfigūravimą?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Nepavyksta nuskaityti duomenų bazės 1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Išsaugoma Linux naudotojų tvarkymo konfigūracija" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti nustatymus" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Paleisti SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomi nustatymai..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Vydomas SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Palaukite" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while..." +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "Tai gali truputį užtrukti..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti nustatymų." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "SuSEconfig scenarijus nepavyko." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "LDAP serverio IP adresas: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "LDAP prievado numeris: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "LDAP saugus prievadas: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "autentifikacija per eDirectory" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "login: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Vietinis serveris" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 LDAP serverio konfigūracija" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active Directory Server" +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Aktyvus katalogų serveris" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&Vietinė sistema" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "&Nutolusi sistema" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Tree" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Katalogų medis" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Prievado detalės" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "LDAP saugus prievadas" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP prievadas" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP saugus prievadas" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Pirmoji ir antroji slaptažodžio\n" +"versijos skiriasi!\n" +"Pamėginkite dar kartą." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Slaptažodis gali būti sudarytas tik iš šių simbolių:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, ir bet kokių iš „#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}“.\n" +"Bandykite dar." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read CA tree." +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Nepavyksta nuskaityti liudijo įstaigos medžio." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Vardas negali būti ilgesnis nei 32 simboliai" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Vardas negali būti ilgesnis nei 32 simboliai" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" +#| "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" +"Namų katalogas gali turėti tik šiuos simbolius:\n" +"a-z, A-Z, 0-9 ir _-/\n" +"Bandykite dar kartą." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "Prievadas %1 jau naudojamas, vis tiek naudoti?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "nieko" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "'%1' nėra teisinga tinklo kaukė." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Verifying Base Packages" +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Tikrinami pagrindiniai paketai" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Palaukite..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Įveskite egzistuojančio serverio IP adresą." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 nėra teisingas IPv4 adresas." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" +#| "Use an absolute path name.\n" +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" +"Neteisingas rinkmenos pavadinimas „%1“.\n" +"Naudokite absoliutų kelio pavadinimą.\n" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Linux naudotojų tvarkymo konfigūravimas" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Linux naudotojų tvarkymo konfigūravimas" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Linux naudotojų tvarkymo apžvalga" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Skaičius" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Linux naudotojų tvarkymas" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Linux naudotojų valdymo konfigūracija" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(nebūtina)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Įgaliotojo serverio naudotojo slaptažodis" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "autentifikacija per eDirectory" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "&Pažymėti viską" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "Nežymė&ti nieko" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&vardas" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-s&creensaver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ruošiamas Linux naudotojų valdymo konfigūravimas</big> \n" +"Palaukite... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Paleidimo nutraukimas:</big> \n" +"Saugiai nutraukite konfigūravimo įrankį, spausdami Nutraukti.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ruošiamas Linux naudotojų valdymo konfigūravimas</big> \n" +"Palaukite... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Įrašymo nutraukiamas:</big> \n" +"Nutraukite išsaugojimą spausdami Nutraukti.\n" +"Papildomas dialogas informuos, ar taip padaryti yra saugu.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Linux naudotojų tvarkymo konfigūracija" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Linux naudotojų tvarkymas turi būti sukonfigūruotas." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Linux naudotojų tvarkymas" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&Linux naudotojų tvarkymas" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Paleidžiama..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/migration.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/migration.lt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/migration.lt.po 2016-07-04 08:44:54 UTC (rev 95955) @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +# Lithuanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. +# Linas Spraunius <lsprauni(a)radio.lt>, 2000. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 09:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: lt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Perėjimo detalės" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Sistema netrukus perkraus." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "Perkrauti" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the migration\n" +#| "and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Mygtuku Baigti užbaigsite perėjimą.\n" +"Po to kaip galima greičiau perkraukite savo sistemą." + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Congratulations! \n" +#| "You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.\n" +#| "The whole system has been upgraded. It should be rebooted\n" +#| "it as soon as possible.\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "Have a nice day! \n" +#| "Your SUSE Linux Team" +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" +"Sveikiname! \n" +"Jūs ką tik baigėte perėjimą internetu.\n" +"Dabar visa sistema naujovinta. Perkraukite\n" +"kaip galima greičiau.\n" +"Apsilankykite mūsų svetainėje http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"Geros dienos! \n" +"Jūsų SUSE Linux komanda" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Nepavyko sukurti naujo plano." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Konfigūracijos santrauka" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Konfigūracijos santrauka" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "Čia galite peržvelgti visas pasirašysimos užklausos nuostatas." + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Completed" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Perėjimas užbaigtas" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Norėdami naudoti rodomas nuostatas, spauskite Toliau.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/s390.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/s390.lt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/s390.lt.po 2016-07-04 08:44:54 UTC (rev 95955) @@ -0,0 +1,2084 @@ +# Lithuanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. +# Linas Spraunius <lsprauni(a)radio.lt>, 2000. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 09:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: lt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "DASD konfigūracija" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "DASD diskų neaptikta" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Pašto serverio konfigūravimas" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Pašto serverio konfigūravimas" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Pašto konfigūracija" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Aptinkami prieinami valdikliai" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "S/390 disko valdiklio konfigūravimas" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Konfigūruoti &DASD diskus" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Konfigūruoti &ZFCP diskus" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Paleidžiama..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "CASA konfigūracija" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "zFCP diskai nesukonfigūruoti" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Aktyvuoti" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Deaktyvuoti" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "Į&jungti DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "Į&jungti DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Formatas" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Suženklinti" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Suženklinti" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "&Lygiagrečiai formatuojami diskai" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Nepasirinktas joks diskas." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device is unformatted. Format device?" +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "Įrenginys nėra suženklintas. Suženklinti įrenginį?" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Diskas %1 neaktyvus." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Diskas %1 nepasiekiamas rašymui." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Suženklinant šiuos diskus, bus sunaikinti visi juose duomenys. \n" +"Tikrai suženklinti šiuos diskus? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "DASD disko valdymas" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanalai" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Suženklinti" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "Naudoti DIAG" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Įrenginys" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipas" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Prieigos tipas" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Suženklintas" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Skaidinių informacija" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "&Mažiausias kanalas" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "&Didžiausias kanalas" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filtras" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Atlikti &veiksmą" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Pažymėti &viską" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Nežymėti nieko" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "Netinkamas rinkmenos pavadinimas." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Pridėti naują DASD diską" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Kanalas" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Suženklinti diską" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "Naudoti &DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Tikrai norite išeiti iš ZFCP konfigūracijos neišsaugojus pakeitimų?\n" +"Visi jūsų pakeitimai bus prarasti." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Įveskite TV kanalą." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " jau yra." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Paleidžiama valdiklio konfigūracija</big> \n" +"Palaukite... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Paruošimo nutraukimas:</big> \n" +"Dabar galite saugiai nutraukti konfigūracijos įrankį spausdami Nutraukti." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Išsaugoma valdiklio konfigūracija</big> \n" +"Palaukite... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Išsaugojimo nutraukimas:</big> \n" +"Nutraukite išsaugojimą spausdami Nutraukti.\n" +"Papildomas dialogas praneš, ar tai daryti saugu." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>Sukonfigūruoti DASD diskai</big> \n" +"Šiame lange tvarkykite savo sistemos DASD diskus." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"Norėdami atrinkti rodytinus diskus, nurodykite\n" +"mažiausią kanalą ir didžiausią kanalą,\n" +"po to nuspauskite Filtruoti." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Norėdami sukonfigūruoti naują DASD diską, spauskite Pridėti." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Norėdami pašalinti sukonfigūruotą DASD diską,\n" +"pasirinkite jį ir spauskite Pašalinti." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"Visus veiksmus galima atlikti su keletu diskų vienu metu. Norėdami pasirinkti diskus,\n" +"kuriems taikysite veiksmus, spauskite\n" +"Pažymėti arba nebežymėti." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"Norėdami pasirinktiems diskams įvykdyti norimą veiksmą, spauskite Atlikti veiksmą.\n" +"Veiksmas bus atliekamas iš karto!" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Norėdami pereiti į naudotojo dialogą, spauskite Naudotojai.\n" +"\n" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Valdiklio konfigūracija" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Keisti atminties išklotinės įrenginį" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How to write data to disk" +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "Kaip rašyti duomenis į diską" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"Dabar diskas %1 bus suženklintas kaip atminties išklotinės įrenginys.\n" +"Tęsti?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>Naudotojai</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Bendrieji ištekliai</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "Rinkitės Naujas, jei norite sukurti naują šabloną, arba Importuoti, jei norite įkelti esamą." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Naudotojai</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>s390 reIPL konfigūravimas</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Norėdami keisti universalų adresą (URL), spauskite mygtuką Keisti...." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>ISO atvaizdai</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Taip" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Ne" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS naudotojai" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volgroup" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Tomų grupė" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable TLS" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "Įgalinti TLS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Autorizacija" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Pavadinimas" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Grupės nariai" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS naudotojai" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "Ša&linti" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Paketų grupės" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "Pasirinkimas" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Registruotis" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Rinkmena" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "&Naršyti" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Prisijungimas" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Namų kelias" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Apvalkalas" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Zonos nustatymai" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Slaptažodis" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "&Patvirtinkite slaptažodį" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Namų katalogas" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "&Naršyti" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Naudotojo vardas" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Force Password Change" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Priverstinis slaptažodžio keitimas" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Papildomos &grupės" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Nariai" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Pažymėti arba nebežymėti" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Sukurti..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS grupės" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Nariai" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Apvalkalas" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Slaptažodžiai nesutampa.\n" +"Bandykite dar kartą." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Netinkamas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Katalogas privalo būti nurodytas." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Nepavyko nuskaityti nustatymų." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Konfigūruoti pagrindines nuostatas" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Naujas sisteminis naudotojas" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Manage Group Quota" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Tvarkyti grupių kvotas" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The secondary name server is invalid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Neteisingas antrinis vardų serveris." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Netinkamas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the mail server domains." +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti pašto serverio sričių." + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Slaptažodžiui naudojote tik mažąsias raides." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Vardas negali būti ilgesnis nei 32 simboliai" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings" +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "Lokalės nuostatos" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Būsena" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Būsena" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Dial Prefix" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "Skambinimo &prefiksas" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Leidžiamos paslaugos" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Tikrai išeiti iš konfigūravimo nieko neišsaugant?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Negalima saugykla." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Įvesti adresai yra netinkami." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Sritis buvo pakeista.\n" +"Norint, kad pakeitimai pradėtų galioti, reikia perkrauti sistemą." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Leidžiami tik 1 arba 2 parametrai." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Automatinis konfigūravimas" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "&Nepaleisti IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Pradėti aptikimą" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Veiksmas" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minutė" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "Atminti&es išklotinės įrenginys" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Įmanoma tik pašalinti tvarkyklę be atitinkamo skaitytuvo." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Bandyti neįmanoma be atitinkamo aktyvaus skaitytuvo." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Sukonfigūruoti ZFCP diskai" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Tikrai norite išeiti iš ZFCP konfigūracijos neišsaugojus pakeitimų?\n" +"Visi jūsų pakeitimai bus prarasti." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Pridėti naują ZFCP diską" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "Gauti WWPN" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "Gauti LUN" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Įvestas netinkamas WWPN." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Įvestas netinkamas WWPN." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Paleidžiama ZFCP disko konfigūracija</big> \n" +"Palaukite... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP serverio konfigūracija</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Sukonfigūruoti ZFCP diskai</big> \n" +"Šiame lange tvarkykite savo sistemos ZFCP diskus." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Norėdami sukonfigūruoti naują ZFCP diską, spauskite Pridėti." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Norėdami pašalinti sukonfigūruotą ZFCP diską,\n" +"pasirinkite jį ir spauskite Šalinti." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Dėmesio</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running Script" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Paleidžiamas scenarijus" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Kanalo ID: %1, Suženklinti: %2, Naudoti DIAG: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Kanalo ID: %1, Suženklinti: %2, Naudoti DIAG: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Skaitomi sukonfigūruoti DASD diskai" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs neprijungta." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: Nerasta <ccwid> įrenginių." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: Nepavyko pakeisti įrenginio būsenos" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: device is not a DASD" +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: įrenginys nėra DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not load module" +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: Nepavyksta įkelti modulio" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD" +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1: Nepavyko aktyvuoti DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "%1: DASD nėra suženklintas" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: Nežinoma klaida %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting Options" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Suženklinimo parinktys" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Diskų suženklinti nepavyko. Grąžino kodą: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Suženklinamas %1: baigta %2 cilindrų iš %3" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Tikrinama būsena..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Tikrinamos priklausomybės..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Sukonfigūruoti ZFCP diskai" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Tikrinama būsena..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Tikrinama būsena..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Baigta" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Keisti atminties išklotinės įrenginį" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"Nepavyksta sukurti atminties išklotinės įrenginio %1:\n" +"%2." + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Konvertuojama paketų duomenų bazė. Šis procesas gali kažkiek užtrukti." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or unuseable disk (fatal)." +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Diskas netinkamas arba nebetinkamas naudoti." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Trūksta palaikymo programų." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Trūksta parametro „%1“." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "Prieigos tipas" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "Klaidos kodas iš palaikymo programos: %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Nepavyksta sukurti atminties išklotinės įrenginio %1:\n" +"%2." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Skaitoma konfigūracija" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Tikrinti „fstab“ įrašus" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Tikrinti „fstab“ įrašus" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Papildomi branduolio parametrai: %1" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Tikrinami fstab įrašai..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Tikrinami fstab įrašai..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading providers..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Įkeliami tiekėjai..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Įrašoma IrDA konfigūracija" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti IRC nuostatas" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti IRC nuostatas" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Papildomi branduolio parametrai: %1" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomos IRC nuostatos..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomos IRC nuostatos..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Įrašomi šablonai..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Išsaugoma pašto serverio konfigūracija" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Skaityti konfigūracijos rinkmeną" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read DNS server settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Skaityti DHCP serverio nuostatas" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Skaitoma konfigūracijos rinkmena..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Skaitomos individualios nuostatos..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Išsaugoma pašto serverio konfigūracija" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Įrašyti konfigūraciją" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Atnaujinti nuostatas" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Įrašoma konfigūracija..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving security settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomos saugumo nuostatos..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Įrašoma paleidimo konfigūracija" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Tikrinamos priklausomybės" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Skaitomi nustatymai..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Tikrinamas diskelių įrenginys..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Skaitomi nustatymai..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Išsaugoma kdump konfigūracija" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti nustatymus" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Perkrauti paslaugą" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomi nustatymai..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Perkraunama paslauga..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "Kanalo ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "Kanalo ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot revert the previous state of installed products.\n" +#| "You will have to revert them manually." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" +"Nepavyksta sugrįžti prie įdiegto produkto ankstesnės būsenos.\n" +"Ankstesnę būseną sugrąžinkite rankiniu būdu." + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Skaitomi sukonfigūruoti ZFCP diskai" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: netinkamas WWPN." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: nepavyksta aktyvuoti WWPN adapteriui %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: nepavyksta aktyvuoti ZFCP disko." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: SCSI diskas negali būti deaktyvuotas." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP LUN negali būti neregistruotas." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP WWPN negali būti neregistruotas." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1: Įrenginys <ccwid> neegzistuoja." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: Modulis zfcp negali būti įkeltas." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: Adapterio būsena negali būti pakeista." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: WWPM prievadai vis dar aktyvūs." + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/smt.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/smt.lt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/smt.lt.po 2016-07-04 08:44:54 UTC (rev 95955) @@ -0,0 +1,1699 @@ +# Lithuanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. +# Linas Spraunius <lsprauni(a)radio.lt>, 2000. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 09:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: lt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Šiam moduliui nėra naudotojo sąsajos." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Kuriama swap sritis..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Nepavyksta sukurti ISO atvaizdžio %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Tikrinamos priklausomybės..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid values." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Netinkamos reikšmės." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Pavyko" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Registracija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Sinchronizavimo tipas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Archyvuotų ataskaitų vieta" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Queue Name" +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "Eilės neturi pavadinimo" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Rekomenduojama" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Papildoma" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Apsauga" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Saugumo būsena" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Patartinas šablonai" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Papildomos kalbos: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Sekmadienis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Pirmadienis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Antradienis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Trečiadienis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Ketvirtadienis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Penktadienis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Šeštadienis" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Novell klientų centro konfigūracija" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Custom Policy" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Naudoti pasirinktinę elgseną" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Registracijos serveris:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Siuntimo dydis:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Naudotojas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Slaptažodis" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Bandymas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "Registruojantis, el. pašto adresas privalomas." + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "SMT serveris" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "Samba root &slaptažodis" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "Patvirtinti &slaptažodį" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List of local groups" +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Vietinių grupių sąrašas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Vykdytinos komandos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Dažnis" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Sa&vaitės diena" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "Mėnesio &diena" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Valanda" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minutė" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "&Pridėti..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Keisti..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "Serverio administratoriaus el. pašto adresas" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Visi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Saugyklos &pavadinimas:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Rodyti patai&sos kategoriją:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Pataisa: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategorija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Bandoma" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Produktas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Santrauka" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "Pataisos &detalės <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "Pakeis&ti būseną" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Pakeisti &būseną" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Elementai, neįtraukti į paiešką" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "Į&galinti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Uždrausti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Product..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Sukurti produktą..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Pavadinimas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Taikinys" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Stebėjimas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Klaida" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Aprašas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "Perjungti veikseną" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "Pakeis&ti būseną" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Būsena" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "K&ontaktai" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Paleidžiamas FTP konfigūravimas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Perskaityti konfigūraciją" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Skaityti tarnybos būseną" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Skaityti užkardos nuostatas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Skaityti nustatymus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Skaitoma konfigūracija..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Skaitoma tarnybos būsena..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Skaitomos užkardos nuostatos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Skaitomos individualios nuostatos..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registracija" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "&Klientų centras" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Įspėjimas" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Taip, praleisti" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Atšaukti" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Skaityti esamą konfigūraciją" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Atnaujinti konfigūraciją" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Sukurti pagrindinę LĮ ir serverio liudijimą" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "DNS serverio konfigūracija" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Derinti DNS paslaugą" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti užkardos nuostatas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti maršruto parinkimo nuostatas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Tikrinamos dabartinės saugyklos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Sinchronizavimo tipas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Atnaujinama konfigūracija..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Skaitoma konfigūracija..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Kuriama pagrindinė LĮ ir serverio liudijimas..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Įrašoma Kerberos konfigūracija..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Derinamos DNS paslaugos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomos užkardos nuostatos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomos maršrutizavimo nuostatos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Tikrinamos dabartinės saugyklos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Paleidžiami scenarijai..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Įrašoma NFS konfigūracija" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "D&abar įrašyti pakeitimus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the rules" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Įrašyti taisykles" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the rules..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Įrašomos taisyklės..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Pirmoji ir antroji slaptažodžio\n" +"versijos skiriasi." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "SMT serverio URL turi prasidėti https://" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Naudotojo vardas negali būti tuščias." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Slaptažodis negali būti tuščias." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Išsamiau" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Bandymo rezultatas:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Bandymo rezultatas:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Aptinkamos prieinamos saugyklos..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Nežinoma" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filtras: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "Filtras" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Rodyti patai&sos kategoriją:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Skaitomi prieinami saugyklų paketai..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Programinės įrangos saugyklos atnaujintos." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Klaidos pranešimas: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Produkto pavadinimas: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Enabled:%1" +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "Klientas įgalintas:%1 " + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Nežinomas šaltinis." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "Šiame diske nėra ištrintinų skaidinių." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Nežinoma klasė:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Niekada" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Nepavyksta nuskaityti dabartinės duomenų bazės nuostatų." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Įveskite slaptąją frazę" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Slaptoji frazė" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Slaptažodžiai nesutampa." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Kuriama %1 saugykla" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Kuriant saugyklą įvyko klaida." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "El. paštas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing failed." +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "Įrašyti nepavyko." + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "Paieškos sritis „%1“ nėra tinkama." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Nepavyksta nuskaityti dabartinės SSHD būsenos." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Nepavyksta gauti nuotolinės saugyklos aprašo." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Tiriama %1 saugykla" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Eiga" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Sustabdyti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Vediklis nutraukiamas" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Tikrai norite nutraukti konfigūraciją?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue Profiling" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "&Tęsti profiliavimą" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Įkeliama..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Baigta" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Komanda: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Periodic interval" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "Periodiškumo intervalas" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Kas mėnesį" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "not-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "neapibrėžta" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Kas savaitę" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Kasdien" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 valanda" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 minučių" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Viskas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Valanda" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minutė" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Dažnis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Vykdytinos komandos" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Kopijavimo pradžios laikas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Sa&vaitės diena" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "Mėnesio &diena" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Tikrai išeiti?\n" +"Visi pakeitimai bus prarasti." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"Norėdami pridėti tinklo deklaraciją,\n" +"pasirinkite Potinklį." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" +#| "Here you can set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" +#| "matching these rules." +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Individualios taisyklės</big> \n" +"Čia galite nurodyti specialias užkardos taisykles. Nauji ryšiai leidžiami,\n" +"jei atitinka tas taisykles." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"Norėdami pakeisti modulio būseną, \n" +"pasirinkite atitinkamą elementą ir spauskite Pakeisti būseną.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"Norėdami pakeisti modulio būseną, \n" +"pasirinkite atitinkamą elementą ir spauskite Pakeisti būseną.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Klientų centras" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Database Settings" +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Pagrindinės duomenų bazės nuostatos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Saugyklos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Dabartinė būsena" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "CASA konfigūracijos vedlio puslapiai" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Atnaujinti sistemos konfigūraciją" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Valdymas" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Nerasta garso plokščių duomenų bazė. Patikrinkite savo diegimą." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Konfigūravimo scenarijus nepavyko." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti nustatymų." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Perkraunama paslauga %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "kaip serverio liudijimą" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&Liudijimų įstaigos tvarkymas" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Praleisti" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Negalima pašalinti paslaugos. Ji neįdiegta." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Samba root &slaptažodis" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter new &Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Įveskite naują &slaptažodį" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Nepavyksta įrašyti %1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retry?" +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Bandyti iš naujo?" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Nepavyksta nuskaityti duomenų bazės 1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Duomenų bazės keisti nepavyko." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "Samba root &slaptažodis" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Samba root &slaptažodis" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "&Naujas slaptažodis" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check new passwords" +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Tikrinti naujus slaptažodžius" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Tinklo sukonfigūruoti nepavyko" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Nepavyksta perskaityti imtuvų duomenų bazės." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Leisti &slaptažodžių keitimą" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/xpram.lt.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/xpram.lt.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lt/po/xpram.lt.po 2016-07-04 08:44:54 UTC (rev 95955) @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Lithuanian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001. +# Linas Spraunius <lsprauni(a)radio.lt>, 2000. +# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2015. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 09:54+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Lithuanian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: lt\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM konfigūracija" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Įgalinti XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Uždrausti XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Keisti XPRAM konfigūraciją" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Prijungimo vieta" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM konfigūravimas" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Čia konfigūruokite savo kompiuterio XPRAM." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Šia įrankis dabar palaiko tik visos XPRAM priskyrimą vienam skaidiniui. Norėdami turėti keletą skaidinių, žiūrėkite „Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004“, skirtą Linux branduoliui 2.6 - 2004 m. balandžio srautą.Tokiu atveju šiame modulyje uždrauskite XPRAM." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Prijungimo vietai pasirinkite tinkamą prijungimą vietą." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Po to pasirinkite įrenginyje naudotiną rinkmenų sistemą." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Nepaleisti XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Paleisti XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Įdiegti rinkmenų sistemą arba mainų sritį, nors &XPRAM turi tinkamus duomenis" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Prijungimo vieta" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&Prijungimo vieta" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Rinkmenų sistemos tipas" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "Naudotina &rinkmenų sistema:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Išsaugoma XPRAM konfigūracija" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Įrašyti nustatymus" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Perkrauti paslaugą" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Įrašomi nustatymai..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Perkraunama paslauga..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Baigta" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Klaida stabdant xpram. Bandykite rankiniu būdu įvykdyti „rcxpram stop“." + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Klaida paleidžiant xpram. Bandykite rankiniu būdu įvykdyti „rcxpram start“."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95954 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:53 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95954 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/journalctl.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/kernel-update-tool.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/linux-user-mgmt.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/migration.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/s390.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/smt.lo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/xpram.lo.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/journalctl.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/journalctl.lo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/journalctl.lo.po 2016-07-04 08:44:53 UTC (rev 95954) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Lao message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/kernel-update-tool.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/kernel-update-tool.lo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/kernel-update-tool.lo.po 2016-07-04 08:44:53 UTC (rev 95954) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Lao message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/linux-user-mgmt.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/linux-user-mgmt.lo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/linux-user-mgmt.lo.po 2016-07-04 08:44:53 UTC (rev 95954) @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +# Lao message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/migration.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/migration.lo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/migration.lo.po 2016-07-04 08:44:53 UTC (rev 95954) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Lao message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/s390.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/s390.lo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/s390.lo.po 2016-07-04 08:44:53 UTC (rev 95954) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Lao message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/smt.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/smt.lo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/smt.lo.po 2016-07-04 08:44:53 UTC (rev 95954) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Lao message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/xpram.lo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/xpram.lo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/lo/po/xpram.lo.po 2016-07-04 08:44:53 UTC (rev 95954) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Lao message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Lao <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95953 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:51 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95953 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/journalctl.ku.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/kernel-update-tool.ku.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/linux-user-mgmt.ku.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/migration.ku.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/s390.ku.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/smt.ku.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/xpram.ku.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/journalctl.ku.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/journalctl.ku.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/journalctl.ku.po 2016-07-04 08:44:51 UTC (rev 95953) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&Welat" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "&Biguherîne..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Nû Bike" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Log errors" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Çewtiyên &Rojnivîsk" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Parzûn:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Pêşanî" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Zêdetir vebijark" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Gorê pel parzûn bike" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Dem" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Çavkanî" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Peyam" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/kernel-update-tool.ku.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/kernel-update-tool.ku.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/kernel-update-tool.ku.po 2016-07-04 08:44:51 UTC (rev 95953) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Hişyarî" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Bila bilindkirina kernel betal bike?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Cihê Daxistinê Guherîne" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Rojnivîska Rewşên Rojanekirina Kernel" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/linux-user-mgmt.ku.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/linux-user-mgmt.ku.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/linux-user-mgmt.ku.po 2016-07-04 08:44:51 UTC (rev 95953) @@ -0,0 +1,718 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the Package Manager..." +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Amadekirina Rêveberê Pakêtê..." + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Xwendina danegeh" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Dependencies" +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Gerînendeyên Pîne" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Nikare danegeh1 bixwîne." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving casa-ats Configuration" +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinên casa-ats Tomar Dike" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Xebitandina SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEconfig Dixebitîne..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Ji kerema xwe li bendê bimîne..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "Skrîpta SuSEconfig têk çû." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "Navnîşana IP: %1/%2" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Port Number" +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "Hejmara Dergehê" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "têketin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "login: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "têketin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "sshd: %1" +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "login: %1" +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "têketin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local time" +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Demê herêmî" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "CASA Configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina CASA" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local time" +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "Demê herêmî" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Re&mote Hosts" +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "Mêvandarên D&ûr" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Navê Peldankê" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I&P Details" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Kitekitên I&P" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "port" +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "dergeh" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ne yek jî" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Ji kerema xwe li bendê bimîne..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 navnîşanekê IPv4 yê derbasdar nîn." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 navnîşanekê IPv4 yê derbasdar nîn." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Pergalê" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CasaAts to Configure" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "CasaAts ji bo Veavakirinê" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Hejmar" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving casa-ats Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinên casa-ats Tomar Dike" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(bijare)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "root Password" +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Nasnava root" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation into Directory" +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "Sazkirina di nav Pelrêç de" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "&Tevî Hilbijêre" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "&Tevî Hilbijêre" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&têketin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&login" +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "&têketin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&Nasnav" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Auto Login" +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "&Bixweber-Têkevê" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of casa-ats" +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Veavakirina casa-ats" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management" +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Rêveberiya Hêzê" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management" +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "Rêveberiya Hêzê" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Amadekirin..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/migration.ku.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/migration.ku.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/migration.ku.po 2016-07-04 08:44:51 UTC (rev 95953) @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation finished.\n" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Sazkirin bi dawî bû.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Biqedîne dê sazkirina YaST bigire û dê here\n" +"dîmena têketinê.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to read the AutoYaST profile." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Xwendina profîla AutoYaST pêk nehat." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Kurtebêja veavakirinê ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/s390.ku.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/s390.ku.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/s390.ku.po 2016-07-04 08:44:51 UTC (rev 95953) @@ -0,0 +1,1900 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Veavakirina CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Nehatiye dîyarbûn." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of casa-ats" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Veavakirina casa-ats" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Pergalê" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure" +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Veava Bike" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure" +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Veava Bike" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Amadekirin..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Veavakirina CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "Hat çalak kirin" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "Hat neçalak kirin" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Teşe" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format: %1" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Teşe: %1" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Nehatiye dîyarbûn." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Rêveberiya Hêzê" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Format" +msgid "Format" +msgstr "&Teşe" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Cîhaz" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Cure" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Bernameyên Alîkar" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Format" +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "&Teşe" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Agahiyên Bijare" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Parzûn" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider Information" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Agahiya Peydekerê" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Tevî Hilbijêre" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete All" +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "Hemûyan &Jê Bibe" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Kanal" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " jixwe heye." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Torê" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create image file" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Pela wêne biafirîne" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Erê" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Na" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Kom" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable CASA" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "CASA &Çalak Bike" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Piştrastkirin" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nav" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Endam" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&Bikarhêner" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Jê bibe" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RPM Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Komên RPM" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "Hilbijartin" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Bibe Endam" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Pel" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "Bin&êre..." + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Têketin" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Mîhengên Herêmî ji bo Bikarhênerê &root" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Nasnav" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "Nasnavê Piştrast Bike" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "Pelrêça &Mal" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "Bigere" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Navê &Bikarhêner" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Password changed." +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Nasnava CA guherî." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Zêdetir vebijark" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Endam" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select Directory" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "Peldank &Hilbijêre" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create" +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Biafirîne" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Group" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&Kom" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Endam" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New passwords do not match." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "Nasnavên nû hev nagirin." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Arşîv nederbasdar e." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings file..." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Pela mîhengan dixwîne..." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Arşîv nederbasdar e." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Validity:" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Derbasdarbûn:" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Validity:" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Derbasdarbûn:" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete it?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Bi rastî bila jê bibe?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Arşîv nederbasdar e." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The repository is not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Arşîv nederbasdar e." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Bixweber" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "XPRAM Ne&de Destpêkirin" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start IrDA" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "IrDA Bide &Destpêkirin" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minutes" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "Xulek" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Cîhaz" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Infrared Device" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Cîhaza Enfarûj" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TUN" +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "TUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL entered is not valid" +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "URL ya têketî nederbasdar e" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "Hişyarî" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running Script" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Xebitandina Skrîptê" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown error" +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "Çewtiya nayê zanîn" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format: %1" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Teşe: %1" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Kontrol dike..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking YaST log..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Rojnivîska YaST kontrol dike..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Kontrol dike..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "Bernameyên Alîkar" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Pelrêça '%1' nayê afirandin." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirina CASA" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Pergala sazkirî tê kontrol kirin..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Kontrol dike..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Jêçêtirdîtinên bikarhêner nû ve tên tomar kirin..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirina CASA" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Bila bilindkirina kernel betal bike?" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirina CASA" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preparing configuration..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Veavakirin tên amadekirin..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengên berê dixwîne..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving CASA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirina CASA" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update runlevel settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Rojanekirina mîhengên runlevel (asta-xebitandinê)" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Veavakirinên YaST tên nivîsîn..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating runlevel settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengên asta-xebitandinê rojane dike..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reipl Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Reipl" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Cîhazan dibîne..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings file..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Pela mîhengan dixwîne..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting the devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Cîhazan dibîne..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings file..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Pela mîhengan dixwîne..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Tomarkirina Veavakirinên Proxy" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Nû ve destpêkirina servîsê" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "Servîsa %1 tune ye." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/smt.ku.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/smt.ku.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/smt.ku.po 2016-07-04 08:44:51 UTC (rev 95953) @@ -0,0 +1,1602 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing log files ..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Pelên rojnivîsk dinivîse ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Pelrêça '%1' nayê afirandin." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Serkeftin" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Veavakirinên reipl" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Pêşniyarbûyî" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Bijare" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Ewlehî" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Rewşa Ewlekariyê" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended packages" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Pakêtên tên salixdan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Yekşem" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Duşem" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Sêşem" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Çarşem" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Pêncşem" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "În" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Şemî" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test the Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom Size" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Mezinahiya Taybet" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "&Bidaxe" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Bikarhêner" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Nasnav" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Ceribandin" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "Pêşkêşkera STM" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "Nasnavê Binivîse" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "Nasnavê Piştrast Bike" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Fermanên Xebitandinê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frekans" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Roja Hefteyê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "Roja Mehê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Saet" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Xulek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add..." +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Lê zêde bike..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit..." +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "Serastkirin..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Hemû" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Arşîv" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Category" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Kategorî" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Pîne:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Guherto" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategorî" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "%1 diceribîne...." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Berhem" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Kurtasî" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I&P Details" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "Kitekitên I&P" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Rewşên Derbasdar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Çalak Bike" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Neçalak Bike" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Biafirîne..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nav" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "argentina" +msgid "Target" +msgstr "arjantîn" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Çewtî" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Daxwiyanî" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Rewş" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Host Name:" +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Navê &Mêvandar:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Amadekirina Veavakirina CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Xwendina mîhengên berê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preparing configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Veavakirin tên amadekirin..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the database..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Danegeh dixwîne..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengên berê dixwîne..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Tomarkirin" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Hişyarî" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Erê, Vê Bi Kar Bîne" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Betal" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test the Configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinê Biceribîne" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Veava yan tomar bike" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê binivîse" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove Repositories" +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Arşîvan Rake" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Veavakirinên YaST tên nivîsîn..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Nivîsandina veavakirinên bixweber..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Pergala sazkirî tê kontrol kirin..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Veava yên klavyê tên tomarkirin..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengên astenga-ewlehiyê tên nivîsîn..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Çavkaniyên nivîsbarî yê nû dike..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirinên YaST tên nivîsîn..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&View Changes" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Guherînan &Bibîne" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New passwords do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "Nasnavên nû hev nagirin." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Navê bikarhêner divê vala nebe." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Navê bikarhêner divê vala nebe." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Kîtekît" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Encama Ceribandinê:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Encama Ceribandinê:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Pakêtên di arşîvê de heyî dixwîne..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Nayê Zanîn" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Parzûn: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&Parzûn" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Category: %1" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Kategorî: %1" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Pakêtên di arşîvê de heyî dixwîne..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Navê Berhemê: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Group" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Koma Nayê Zanîn" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Qet" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "&Hevoka-nasnavê" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Hevoka-nasnavê" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Arşîva %1 tê Afirandin" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Demê afirandina arşîvê de çewtiyek çêbû." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "E-Peyam" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Nekarî rave ya arşîva dûr bîne." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Arşîva %1 tê Afirandin" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Pêşketin" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Raweste" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Upgrade" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Betalkirina Bilindkirinê" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete: " +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Bêguman tu dixwazî jê bibî?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Bidomîne" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Tê Barkirin..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Ferman: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "critical" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "krîtîk" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "monthly" +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "mehane" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "weekly" +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "heftane" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "daily" +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "rojane" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "saetek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 xulek" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hour" +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "Saet" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "Xulek" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frekans" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Fermanên Xebitandinê" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of Week" +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Roja Hefteyê" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of Month" +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "Roja Mehê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All changes will be lost!" +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "Hemû guherandin wê winda bin!" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Name:" +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Navê Bingeha Dana:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Arşîv" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Rewşên Derbasdar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina Rojanekirinê" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Rêveberiya Hêzê" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Nikare mîhengan binivîse." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Derbas be" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password required." +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Nasnav pêwist e." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter CA Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Nasnava CA Têkevê" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Nivîsandina %1 pêk nehat." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retry?" +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Bila dubare bike?" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Nikare danegeh1 bixwîne." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "root Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Nasnava root" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "Nasnava &Nû" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Nikare danegeh1 bixwîne." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change CA Password" +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Nasnava CA Biguherîne" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/xpram.ku.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/xpram.ku.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ku/po/xpram.ku.po 2016-07-04 08:44:51 UTC (rev 95953) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.ku.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Kurdish Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Veavakirina XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM Çalak Bike" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM Neçalak Bike" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Veava yên XPRAM biguherîne" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Xala girêdanê" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Veavakirina XPRAM" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM Ne&de Destpêkirin" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM Bide &Destpêkirin" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Xala Girêdanê" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "Xala &Girêdanê" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Cureyê Pergala Pelan" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "Pergala P&elan ji bo Bikaranînê:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Tomarkirina Veava yên XPRAM" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Mîhengan binivîse" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Nû ve destpêkirina servîsê" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Mîhengan dinivîse..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Servîsê nû ve dide destpêkirin..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Bi Dawî Bû" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95952 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:50 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95952 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/journalctl.ko.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/auth-client.ko.po 2016-07-04 08:44:50 UTC (rev 95952) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:57\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "AD 호스트 이름(선택 사항) - 호스트 이름(5)에 AD가 이 호스트를 식별하는 데 사용하는 FQDN이 반영되지 않은 경우 설정할 수 있습니다." +msgstr "AD 호스트 이름(선택 사항) - hostname(5)에 AD가 이 호스트를 식별하는 데 사용하는 FQDN이 반영되지 않은 경우 설정할 수 있습니다." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 msgid "Override the user's home directory." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/bootloader.ko.po 2016-07-04 08:44:50 UTC (rev 95952) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:57\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -1038,12 +1038,12 @@ #. tab header #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 msgid "&Section Management" -msgstr "섹션 관리" +msgstr "섹션 관리(&S)" #. tab header #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -msgstr "부트 로더 설치" +msgstr "부트 로더 설치(&I)" #. push button #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 @@ -1492,12 +1492,12 @@ #. combobox #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 msgid "&Create File System" -msgstr "파일시스템(&C)생성 " +msgstr "파일시스템(&C)생성" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "로우레벨 포맷이 실패했습니다. 다시시도 하시겠습니까? " +msgstr "로우레벨 포맷이 실패했습니다. 다시시도 하시겠습니까?" #. error report #. error report Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/journalctl.ko.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/journalctl.ko.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ko/po/journalctl.ko.po 2016-07-04 08:44:50 UTC (rev 95952) @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# KOREAN message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:05+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Hwang, Sang-Jin <violiet(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Korean <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ko\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "국가(&C)" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +# text entry label +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "접미사 변경" + +# Button label +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "새로 고침" + +# tree node +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "점자 디스플레이" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "목록을 찾을 수 없습니다" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "거르개:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +# Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "우선 순위" + +# src/isdn/ifdetails.ycp:90 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "추가 옵션" + +# label text - keep it short +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "파일로 거르기" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "시간" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "소스" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "메시지"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95951 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:45 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95951 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/journalctl.kn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/kernel-update-tool.kn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/linux-user-mgmt.kn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/migration.kn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/s390.kn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/smt.kn.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/xpram.kn.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/journalctl.kn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/journalctl.kn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/journalctl.kn.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "ಫಿಲ್ಟರ್:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/kernel-update-tool.kn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/kernel-update-tool.kn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/kernel-update-tool.kn.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "kernel ಉನ್ನತೀಕರಣವನ್ನು ವಿಫಲಗೊಳಿಸಬೇಕೆ?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "ಪರ್ಯಾಯ ಡೌನ್‌ಲೋಡ್ ತಾಣ" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Kernel Update Status Log" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/linux-user-mgmt.kn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/linux-user-mgmt.kn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/linux-user-mgmt.kn.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) @@ -0,0 +1,672 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ ಹೆಸರು" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/migration.kn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/migration.kn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/migration.kn.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration summary." +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯ ಸಾರಾಂಶ." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration summary." +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯ ಸಾರಾಂಶ." + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/s390.kn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/s390.kn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/s390.kn.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) @@ -0,0 +1,1742 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ಬಗೆ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "ಫಿಲ್ಟರ್:" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "ಗುಂಪು" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "ಬಳಕೆದಾರ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&File name:" +msgid "&File" +msgstr "ಕಡತದ(&F) ಹೆಸರು:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected Directory:" +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "ಆರಿಸಿದ ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Browser" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "SLP ವೀಕ್ಷಕ(ಬ್ರೌಸರ್)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "ಬಳಕೆದಾರ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "ಗುಂಪು" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete this item?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "ಈ ಅಂಶವನ್ನು ನಿಜವಾಗಿಯೂ ಅಳಿಸಬೇಕೆ?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "kernel ಉನ್ನತೀಕರಣವನ್ನು ವಿಫಲಗೊಳಿಸಬೇಕೆ?" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/smt.kn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/smt.kn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/smt.kn.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) @@ -0,0 +1,1412 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User" +msgid "&User" +msgstr "ಬಳಕೆದಾರ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "ಡೈರೆಕ್ಟರೀ ಹೆಸರು" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Permissions" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "ಅನುಮತಿಗಳು" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "ಹೋಸ್ಟ್ ಹೆಸರು" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "ಎಚ್ಚರಿಕೆ" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "ರದ್ದು ಮಾಡು(&C)" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "ಫಿಲ್ಟರ್:" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "ಫಿಲ್ಟರ್:" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/xpram.kn.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/xpram.kn.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/kn/po/xpram.kn.po 2016-07-04 08:44:45 UTC (rev 95951) @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Kannada message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2010 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-19 19:59+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Kannada <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: kn\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆ" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving mouse configuration..." +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "ಮೌಸ್‌ನ ಸಂರಚನೆಯನ್ನು ಉಳಿಸಲಾಗುತ್ತಿದೆ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95950 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:44 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95950 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/journalctl.km.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/kernel-update-tool.km.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/linux-user-mgmt.km.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/migration.km.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/s390.km.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/smt.km.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/xpram.km.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/journalctl.km.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/journalctl.km.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/journalctl.km.po 2016-07-04 08:44:44 UTC (rev 95950) @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +# Khmer message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" +"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "គ្មានធាតុ ។" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរបច្ច័យ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យស្រស់" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "ការបង្ហាញសម្រាប់មនុស្សពិការភ្នែក" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "រកមិនឃើញធាតុ" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "តម្រង ៖" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "អាទិភាព" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "ជម្រើសបន្ថែម" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "ត្រងតាមឯកសារ" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "រយៈពេល" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "ប្រភព" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "សារ" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/kernel-update-tool.km.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/kernel-update-tool.km.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/kernel-update-tool.km.po 2016-07-04 08:44:44 UTC (rev 95950) @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Khmer message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" +"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "ការព្រមាន" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "បញ្ឈប់ការធ្វើឲ្យខឺណែលកាន់តែប្រសើរ ?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "ជំនួសទីតាំងទាញយក" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Kernel ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពកំណត់ហេតុស្ថានភាព" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/linux-user-mgmt.km.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/linux-user-mgmt.km.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/linux-user-mgmt.km.po 2016-07-04 08:44:44 UTC (rev 95950) @@ -0,0 +1,738 @@ +# Khmer message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" +"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "ស្វែងរកមែកធាង eDirectory" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "ប្រហែលជាត្រូវការពេលបន្តិចបន្តួច" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 គឺជាឈ្មោះដែលសម្គាល់ថាមិនត្រឹមត្រូវពេញលេញ ។ ឈ្មោះត្រូវតែវាយពេញ (ឧ. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្តើមការគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "អានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលភាពអាស្រ័យ" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"វាហាក់ដូចជា %1 បានត្រូវកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរួចហើយ ។ \n" +"បន្តការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "មិនអាចអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ ១ បានឡើយ ។" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "រត់ SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "កំពុងរត់ SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "សូមរង់ចាំ..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "កំពុងរត់ namconfig សម្រាប់ LUM នេះប្រហែលជាចំណាយពេលបន្តិច..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"មិនអាចតភ្ជាប់ទៅកាន់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP %1 ឬ\n" +"អ្នកប្រើដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ %2 គ្មានសិទ្ធិគ្រប់គ្រាន់\n" +"ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុច។\n" +"សូមកែបញ្ហា ហើយរត់ namconfig\n" +"ឡើងវិញបន្ទាប់ពីដំឡើង ។" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់បានឡើយ ។" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "ស្គ្រីបរបស់ SuSEconfig បានបរាជ័យហើយ ។" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រង LDAP ដែលមានបរិបទ ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋាន IP ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ LDAP ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "លេខច្រក LDAP ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "ច្រកសុវត្ថិភាព LDAP ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "លីនុច/យូនីក កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបរិបទ ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "បរិបទកន្លែងធ្វើការ LUM ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើប្រូកស៊ីដែលមានបរិបទ ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "សេវាដែលបានអនុញ្ញាតដោយ PAM ដើម្បីអនុញ្ញាតការផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវតាមរយៈ eDirectory ៖" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "ចូល ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm ចូលដោយស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "ធាតុរក្សាអេក្រង់ gnome ៖ %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam ៖ %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនមូលដ្ឋាន" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ %1 LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើថតមូលដ្ឋាន ឬពីចម្ងាយ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋាន" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើថត" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងដែលមានបរិបទ (ឧ. cn=admin,o=novell) ៃតុស្រេចចសម្រាប់ផ្ទៃតុ ិត្ត។" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រង ។ ស្រេចចិត្តសម្រាប់ផ្ទៃតុ ។" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតច្រក" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 គឺជាវាក្យសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ LDAP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ ឈ្មោះត្រូវតែប្រើសញ្ញា(,) សម្រាប់បំបែក (ឧ. cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"ព្យាយាមបង្ហាញ LDAP ដែលមានសុវត្ថិភាពដែលមិនឆ្លើយតប ២ នាទី\n" +"ចង្អុលបង្ហាញបញ្ហាលើម៉ាស៊ីនមប្រើ LDAP នៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើគោលដៅ ។\n" +"បើអ្នកជឿជាក់ថាសេចក្ដីជឿជាក់របស់អ្នកាត្រឹមត្រូ វអ្នកប្រហែលជាបន្តទៀតប,\n" +"មិនដូច្នេះទេ សូមកំណត់បើ LDAP កំពុងរតយ៉ាងែលត្រឹមត្រូវលើគោលដៅប្រព័ន្ធ\n" +"តើអ្នកចង់បន្តទៀតទេ ?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "LDAP អស់ពេលចង់សុវត្ថិភាព" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"មិនអាចផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវតាមរយៈ LDAP ដោយប្រើប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រដូចខាងក្រោមនេះ ៖\n" +" ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ ៖ %1\n" +" អាសយដ្ឋាន ៖ %2\n" +" ច្រក ៖ %3\n" +" \n" +"ចង្អុលបង្ហាញថាមានប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រមួយមានកំហុស ។\n" +"ទោះជាយ៉ាងណាក៏ដោយ ប្រសិន LDAP មិនត្រូវបានអនុញ្ញាតលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ eDirectory\n" +"ឬត្រូវបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធស្តាប់ច្រកផ្សេងគ្នា\n" +"ពីច្រកខាងលើ យើងនឹងមិនទទួលការឆ្លើយតបត្រឡប់វិញឡើយ ។ \n" +" \n" +"តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់បន្ត ហើយប្រើប៉ារ៉ម៉ែត្រទាំងនោះឬ ?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "ច្រក LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "ច្រកសុវត្ថិភាព LDAP" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"កំណែទី ១ និងទី២\n" +"នៃពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនផ្គូផ្គង !\n" +"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អាចមានតែតួអក្សរដូចខាងក្រោម ៖\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "មិនអាចបន្ថែមមែកធាងវិញ្ញាបណ្ណបត្រដែលបានចុះហត្ថលេខាខ្លួនឯង ទៅកាន់កន្លែងផ្ទុកវិញ្ញាបណ្ណបត្ររបស់ root" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "មិនអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរម្ចាស់ក្រុមរបស់កន្លែងផ្ទុកវិញ្ញាបណ្ណបត្រ root ទៅកាន់ www បានឡើយ" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "មិនអាចផ្លាស់ប្តូរសិទ្ធិក្រុមលើវិញ្ញាបណ្ណបត្រ root សម្រាបការចូលដំណើរការសរសេរដោយ www" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "មិនអាចមានឈ្មោះមែកធាងទទេ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះមែកធាងមិនអាចវែងជាង ៣២ តួអក្សរ" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "ងឈ្មោះមែកធាងមិនអាចមានសញ្ញា (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" +"ថតផ្ទះអាចមានតែតួអក្សរដូចខាងក្រោមប៉ុណ្ណោះ ៖\n" +"a-z, A-Z, 0-9 និង _-/\n" +"ព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"លេខនច្រកត្រឹមត្រគឺានចាប់លេខី ដល់ ៦ទៅ ៦៥៥៦ ។ \n" +"សូមព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត ។" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "ច្រក %1 កំពុងប្រើ ប្រើច្រកផ្សេងឬ ?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "គ្មាន" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "កុងតឺន័រ 'o=security' ត្រូវបានដាក់បញ្ច្រាស់ ហើយមិនអាចត្រូវបានប្រើឈ្មោះពេញបានឡើយ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 មិនបញ្ជាក់ឈ្មោះពេញពី root មែកធាង ។" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "កុងតឺន័រ 'o=security' ត្រូវបានដាក់បញ្ច្រាស់ ហើយមិនអាចប្រើក្នុងបរិបទបានឡើយ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 ជាបរិបទមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "ផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពជឿជាក់របស់អ្នកប្រើ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "សូមរង់ចាំ..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "បញ្ចូលអាសយដ្ឋាន IP ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលមានស្រាប់ ។" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 មិនមែនជាឈ្មោះផ្លូវត្រឹមត្រូវ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 មិនមែនជាឈ្មោះផ្លូវដាច់ខាតដែលត្រឹមត្រូវ" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ Mgmt អ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Mgmt របស់អ្នកប្រើលីនុចត្រូវកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅ Mgmt របស់អ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "លេខ" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Mgmt របស់អ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "បរិបិទកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធលីនុច/យូនីក" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "បរិបទស្ថានីយការងារ LUM (ឧ. o=novell) ។ ស្រេចចិត្តសម្រាប់ផ្ទៃតុ ។" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើប្រូកស៊ីដែលមានបរិបទ (ឧ. cn=proxy.o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(ស្រេចចិត្ត)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកប្រើប្រូកស៊ី" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 គឺជាវាក្យសម្ព័ន្ធ LDAP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ ឈ្មោះត្រូវតែប្រើសញ្ញា (,) ដើម្បីបំបែក (ឧ. ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 គឺជាវាក្យសម្ព័ន្ធ LDAP មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។ ឈ្មោះត្រូវតែប្រើសញ្ញា (,) ដើម្បីបំបែក (ឧ. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "ជ្រើសសេវាដែលបានអនុញ្ញាតដោយ PAM ត្រូវអនុញ្ញាត" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "ការផ្ទៀតផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវតាមរយៈ eDirectory" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "ជ្រើសទាំងអស់" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "មិនជ្រើសទាំងអស់" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "ចូល" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "ចូល" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm- ចូលស្វ័ប្រវត្តិ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome- ធាតុរក្សាអេក្រង់" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុច</big> \n" +"សូមរង់ចាំ... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ការបោះបង់ការចាប់ផ្ដើម ៖</big> \n" +"អ្នកអាចបោះបង់កម្មវិធីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយសុវត្ថិភាព ដោយចុច បោះបង់ ឥឡូវ ។\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុច</big> \n" +"សូមរង់ចាំ... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>បញ្ឈប់ការរក្សាទុក ៖</big> \n" +"បញ្ឈប់បែបបទរក្សាទុក ដោយចុច បញ្ឈប់ ។\n" +"ប្រអប់មួយទៀតនឹងប្រាប់អ្នកថា តើមានសុវត្ថិភាពឬអត់ក្នុងការធ្វើដូច្នេះ ។\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>បរិបទកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ លីនុច/យូនីក</big> \n" +"បរិបទ eDirctory (ដែលមានរួច ឬបង្កើតនៅទីនេះ) ដែលវត្ថុកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់\n" +"លីនុច/យូនីកនឹងត្រូវបានបង្កើត ។ LDAP ស្វែងរកអ្នកប្រើ LUM ក្រុម LUM\n" +"និងវត្ថុ Workstation របស់ LUM ដែលចាប់ផ្ដើមនៅទីនេះ ដូច្នេះវាត្រូវតែនៅកម្រិតដូចគ្នា\n" +"ឬខ្ពស់ជាងវត្ថុ LUM ដែលបានស្វែងរក ។\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>បរិបទ workstation របស់ LUM</big> \n" +"បរិបទ eDirectory (ដែលមានរួច ឬបង្កើតនៅទីនេះ) សម្រាប់វត្ថុ Workstation របស់LUM \n" +"ដែលបានបង្កើតដោយការដំឡើងសម្រាប់ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើនេះ ។ បរិបទត្រូវតែដូចគ្នា\n" +"ឬទាបជាងបរិបទមូលដ្ឋានដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ខាងលើ ។\n" +"" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើប្រូកស៊ីដែលមានបរិបទ (ស្រេចចិត្ត)</big> \n" +"អ្នកប្រើ (ដែលមានរួច ឬបង្កើតនៅទីនេះ) ដែលមានសិទ្ធិក្នុងការស្វែងរកមែកធាង LDAP\n" +"សម្រាប់វត្ថុ LUM ។\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>សេវាដែលបានអនុញ្ញាតដោយ PAM</big> \n" +"សេវាដែលបានអនុញ្ញាតដោយ PAM នៅលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើនេះ នឹងមានចំពោះ\n" +"អ្នកប្រើ LUM ដែលបានផ្ទៀងផ្ទាត់ភាពត្រឹមត្រូវ ។\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើថតមូលដ្ឋាន ឬពីចម្ងាយ</big> \n" +"អាចជ្រើសប្រព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋាន ឬប្រព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយ ដោយផ្អែកលើម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើដែលអ្នកកំពុងកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>អាសយដ្ឋានម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើថត</big> \n" +"វាលនេះគឺសកម្មតែនៅពេលដែលអ្នកជ្រើសប្រព័ន្ធពីចម្ងាយតែប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។ បញ្ចូលអាសយដ្ឋាន IP នៃម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើពីចម្ងាយដែលអ្នកចង់កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ឈ្មោះអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងដែលមានបរិបទ</big> \n" +"បញ្ចូលឈ្មោះអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រង LDAP និងបរិបទ ។ នេះគឺជាឈ្មោះដែលបានសម្គាល់យ៉ាងពេញលេញនៃវត្ថុរបស់អ្នកប្រើដែលមានសិទ្ធិជាអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងលើ LDAP ។ ឧទាហរណ៍ ៖ cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រង</big> \n" +"បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងរបស់ LDAP ។ នេះគឺជាពាក្យសម្ងាត់របស់អ្នកប្រើដែលបានបញ្ជាក់ជាអ្នកគ្រប់គ្រង LDAP ។\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>សេចក្ដីលម្អិតរបស់ច្រក</big> \n" +"ចុចលើសេចក្ដីលម្អិតរបស់ច្រក ដើម្បីមើល ឬកែប្រែច្រក LDAP ឬលេខច្រក LDAP សុវត្ថិភាពដែលម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើនេះប្រើដើម្បីទាក់ទងនឹងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើផ្សេងទៀត ។ ច្រក LDAP លំនាំដើមគឺ 389 ។ ច្រក LDAP សុវត្ថិភាពលំនាំដើមគឺ 636 ។\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ Mgmt អ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុចត្រូវការឲ្យកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងអ្នកប្រើលីនុច" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/migration.km.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/migration.km.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/migration.km.po 2016-07-04 08:44:44 UTC (rev 95950) @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +# Khmer message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" +"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធ នឹងត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញឥឡូវ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the migration\n" +#| "and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"បញ្ចប់ នឹងបិទការប្ដូរ\n" +"ហើយអ្នកគួរចាប់ផ្ដើមប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នកឡើងវិញឲ្យបានឆាប់តាមដែលអាចធ្វើបាន ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Congratulations! \n" +#| "You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.\n" +#| "The whole system has been upgraded. It should be rebooted\n" +#| "it as soon as possible.\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "Have a nice day! \n" +#| "Your SUSE Linux Team" +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" +"សូមអបអរសាទរ ! \n" +"អ្នកបានបញ្ចប់ការប្ដូរលើបណ្ដាញដោយជោគជ័យហើយ ។\n" +"ប្រព័ន្ធទាំងមូលត្រូវបានធ្វើឲ្យប្រសើរឡើង ។ វាគួរត្រូវបានចាប់ផ្ដើមឡើងវិញ\n" +"ឲ្យបានឆាប់តាមដែលអាចធ្វើបាន ។\n" +"សូមមើលយើង នៅ http://www.novell.com/linux/ ។\n" +"សូមឲ្យមានថ្ងៃល្អ ! \n" +"ក្រុមលីនុចអូផឹនស៊ូស៊ីរបស់អ្នក" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការបង្កើតផែនទីថ្មី ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "សង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "សង្ខេបការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "ស៊ុមនេះផ្ដល់ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅនៃការកំណត់ទាំងអស់ សម្រាប់សំណើដែលនឹងត្រូវចុះហត្ថលេខា ។" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Completed" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "ការបន្ដូរបានបញ្ចប់" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ដើម្បីប្រើការកំណត់ដូចដែលបានបង្ហាញ សូមចុច បន្ទាប់ ។\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/s390.km.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/s390.km.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/s390.km.po 2016-07-04 08:44:44 UTC (rev 95950) @@ -0,0 +1,2125 @@ +# Khmer message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" +"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ DASD" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "រកមិនឃើញថាស DASD ឡើយ" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធនៃម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្រ" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of ntsutils" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ntsutils" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធសំបុត្រ" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "កំពុងរកឧបករណ៍បញ្ជាដែលមាន..." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធវត្ថុបញ្ជាថាស S/390" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស &DASD" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស &ZFCP" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើម..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "គ្មានថាស zFCP ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឡើយ" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យសកម្ម" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "ធ្វើឲ្យអសកម្ម" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "បើក DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "បិទ DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "ទ្រង់ទ្រាយឯកសារ" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "ទ្រង់ទ្រាយឯកសារ" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "ថាសដែលធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយប៉ារ៉ាឡែល" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "គ្មានថាសបានជ្រើស ។" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device is unformatted. Format device?" +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "ឧបករណ៍មិនត្រូវបានធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយទេ ។ ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយឧបករណ៍ដែរឬទេ ?" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "ថាស %1 មិនសកម្ម ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "ថាស %1 មិនអាចូលដំណើរការដើម្បីសរសេរ ។" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"ការធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយថាសទាំងនេះបំផ្លាញទិន្នន័យទាំងអស់នៅលើពួកវា ។ \n" +"ពិតជាធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយថាសដូចខាងក្រោមឬ ? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រងថាស DASD" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "ប៉ុស្តិ៍" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "ប្រើ DIAG" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "ឧបករណ៍" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ប្រភេទ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "ប្រភេទចូលដំណើរការ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "បានធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "ព័ត៌មានភាគ" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "ឆានែលអប្បបរមា" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "ឆានែលអតិបរមា" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "តម្រង" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "អនុវត្តសកម្មភាព" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "ជ្រើសទាំងអស់" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "ដោះជ្រើសទាំងអស់" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "ឈ្មោះឯកសារមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "បន្ថែមថាស DASD ថ្មី" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "ឆានែល" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយថាស" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "ប្រើ DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"តើពិតជាចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស ZFCP ដោយមិនរក្សាទុក ?\n" +"ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ ។" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not a valid umask." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "មិនមែនជា umask ត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " មានរួចហើយ ។" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធវត្ថុបញ្ជា</big> \n" +"សូមរង់ចាំ... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>ការបញ្ឈប់ការចាប់ផ្តើម ៖</big> \n" +"អ្នកអាចបញ្ឈប់ឧបករណ៍កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធដោយសុវត្ថិភាព ដោយចុច បញ្ឈប់ ។" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធវត្ថុបញ្ជា</big> \n" +"សូមរង់ចាំ... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>កំពុងបញ្ឈប់ការរក្សាទុក ៖</big> \n" +"បញ្ឈប់បែបបទរក្សាទុកដោយចុច បញ្ឈប់ ។\n" +"ប្រអប់ផ្សេងទៀតនឹងជូនដំណឹងដល់អ្នកថាតើវាមានសុវត្ថិភាព ឬក៏អត់ក្នុងការធ្វើដូច្នោះ ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>ថាស DASD ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ</big> \n" +"នៅក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ គ្រប់គ្រងថាស DASD លើប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីត្រងថាសដែលអ្នកចង់បង្ហាញ កំណត់\n" +" ឆានែលអតិបរមា និងឆានែលអប្បបរមា\n" +"ហើយចុច តម្រង ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស DASD ថ្មី ចុច បន្ថែម ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីយកថាស DASD ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច\n" +"លុប ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"សកម្មភាពទាំងអស់អាចត្រូវបានអនុវត្តនៅលើថាសជាច្រើនក្នុងពេលតែមួយ ។ ដើម្បីជ្រើសថាស\n" +"ថាតើថាសមួយណាត្រូវអនុវត្តសកម្មភាពមួយ ជ្រើសថាសដែលចង់បាន ហើយចុច\n" +"ជ្រើស ឬមិនជ្រើស ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីអនុវត្តសកម្មភាពនៅលើថាសដែលបានជ្រើស ប្រើ អនុវត្តសកម្មភាព ។\n" +"សកម្មភាពនឹងត្រូវនឹងបានអនុវត្តភ្លាមៗ !" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>បន្ថែមថាស DASD ថ្មី</big> \n" +"បញ្ចូលគ្រឿងសម្គាល់របស់ថាសត្រូវបន្ថែម ។ ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ថាស ប្រើ\n" +"លេខឆានែល របស់ថាស DASD ។" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ថាតើថាសនឹងត្រូវបានធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ\n" +"ប្រើ ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយថាស ។" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" +#| "use Use DIAG." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីបញ្ជាក់ថាតើរបៀប DIAG នឹងត្រូវបានប្រើ\n" +"ប្រើ ប្រើ DIAG ។" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឧបករណ៍បញ្ជា" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "កែសម្រួលឧបករណ៍ដែលឥតបានការ" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How to write data to disk" +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "របៀបសរសេរទិន្នន័យទៅកាន់ថាស" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "អ្នកត្រូវតែជ្រើសឧបករណ៍មួយក្នុងតារាង" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"ថាស %1 នឹងបានធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយជាឧបករណ៍ឥតបានការឥឡូវ ។\n" +"បន្ដ ?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>%1</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>%1</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>ការចែករំលែក</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "ប្រើ ថ្មី ដើម្បីបង្កើតលំនាំថ្មី ឬនាំចូល ដើម្បីនាំចូលលំនាំដែលមានរួចហើយ ។" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>អ្នកប្រើ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការតភ្ជាប់</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ URL ចុចលើប៊ូតុង ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ... ។" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការតភ្ជាប់</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "បាទ/ចាស" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "ទេ" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ NIS" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volgroup" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Volgroup" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable TLS" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "បើក TLS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "សេចក្ដីអនុញ្ញាត" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "សមាជិកក្រុម" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "លុប" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "ក្រុមកញ្ចប់" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "ជម្រើស" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "ចុះឈ្មោះ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "ឯកសារ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "រកមើល" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "ចូល" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "ផ្លូវ Home" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "សែល" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "ការកំណត់សម្រាប់តំបន់" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "អះអាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "ថតផ្ទះ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "រកមើល" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Force Password Change" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "បង្ខំផ្លាស់ប្ដូរពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "ព័ត៌មានបន្ថែម" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "សមាជិក" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "ជ្រើស ឬមិនជ្រើស" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "បង្កើត..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "ក្រុម NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "សមាជិក" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "សែល" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនដូចគ្នាឡើយ ។\n" +"សូមព្យាយាមម្ដងទៀត ។" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "ប្រភពមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "ត្រូវតែបញ្ជាក់ថតមួយ ។" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការអានការកំណត់ ។" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "កំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការកំណត់ទូទៅ" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "អ្នកប្រើថ្មីរបស់ប្រព័ន្ធ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "សេចក្ដីអនុញ្ញាតរបស់អ្នកប្រើ" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើ ឬ ថតផ្ទះមិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "ប្រភពមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "អ្នកបានប្រើតែអក្សរតូចប៉ុណ្ណោះសម្រាប់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "ឈ្មោះមែកធាងមិនអាចវែងជាង ៣២ តួអក្សរ" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings" +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "ការកំណត់មូលដ្ឋាន" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External credentials." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "រាយសេវាដែលបានអនុញ្ញាតដើម្បីផ្ដល់លិខិតសម្គាល់នៅក្នុង លិខិតសម្គាល់ខាងក្រៅ ។" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal ID" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ស្ថានីយ៍" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "សេវាដែលអនុញ្ញាត" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "ពិតជាចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ដោយមិនរក្សាទុកឬ ?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "ប្រភពមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានដែលបានបញ្ចូល មិនត្រឹមត្រូវឡើយ ។" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"ដែនបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ។\n" +"អ្នកត្រូវតែចាប់ផ្ដើមកុំព្យូទ័រឡើងវិញ ដើម្បីធ្វើឲ្យការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរមានប្រសិទ្ធភាព ។" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "អនុញ្ញាតតែប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមូលដ្ឋាន" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration of the Repository \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" +"ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធឃ្លាំង \n" +"\n" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "កុំចាប់ផ្តើម IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើមរក" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "អំពើ" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "នាទី" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "ឧបករណ៍ឥតបានការ" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "អាចមានលទ្ធភាពលុបកម្មវិធីបញ្ជាមួយ ដោយគ្មានម៉ាស៊ីនស្កេនត្រូវគ្នាឡើយ ។" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "មិនអាចសាកល្បងដោយគ្មានម៉ាស៊ីនស្កេនសកម្មត្រូវគ្នាបានឡើយ ។" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "ថាស ZFCP ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"តើពិតជាចេញពីការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស ZFCP ដោយមិនរក្សាទុក ?\n" +"ការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ ។" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "បន្ថែមថាស ZFCP ថ្មី" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "យក WWPNs" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "យក LUNs" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "WWPN ដែលបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "WWPN ដែលបញ្ចូលមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស ZFCP</big> \n" +"សូមរង់ចាំ... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ FTP</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ថាស ZFCP ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ</big> \n" +"ក្នុងប្រអប់នេះ គ្រប់គ្រងថាស ZFCP លើប្រព័ន្ធរបស់អ្នក ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "ដើម្បីកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធថាស ZFCP ថ្មី ចុច បន្ថែម ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីយកថាស ZFCP ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធចេញ ជ្រើសវា ហើយចុច\n" +"លុប ។" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>ព្រមាន</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" +"ពេលចូលដំឡើការឧបរកណ៍ ZFCP \n" +"READ/WRITE, ឲ្យប្រាកដថាការចូលដំណើរការនេះមិនរួមបញ្ចូល ។\n" +"មិនដូច្នេះទេ នឹងបណ្ដាលឲ្យខូចទិន្នន័យ ។" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>បន្ថែមឌីស ZFCP ថ្មី </big> \n" +"បញ្ចូលឌីសបន្ថែម។ បញ្ចូល\n" +"ចំនួនឆានែល នៃឧបករណ៍បញ្ជា ZFCP ចំនួនច្រកវើលវ៉ាយ\n" +"(WWPN), និងចំនួន FCP-LUN number." + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"លេខឆានែល ត្រូវតែបានបញ្ចូលដោយអក្សរតូចនៅក្នុងការអះអាង sysfs\n" +"ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ 0.0.<devno>, ដូចជា <tt>0.0.5c51</tt> ។\n" +"WWPN ត្រូវតែបានបញ្ចូលដោយអក្សរតូចជាតម្លៃគោលដប់ប្រាំមួយ ១៦ តួលេខ ដូចជា\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt> ។\n" +"LUN ត្រូវតែបានបញ្ចូលដោយអក្សរតូចជាតម្លៃគោលដប់ប្រាំមួយ ១៦ តួលេខ\n" +"មានលេខសូន្យខាងចុងទាំងអស់ ដូចជា <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt> ។" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "កំពុងប្រតិបត្តិ mkinitrd..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ឆានែល ៖ %1 ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ ៖ %2 ប្រើ DIAG ៖ %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ឆានែល ៖ %1 ធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ ៖ %2 ប្រើ DIAG ៖ %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "ការអានថាស DASD ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs មិនបានម៉ោន ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1 ៖ ស្ថានភាពមិនត្រឹមត្រូវសម្រាប់ <online> ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1 ៖ រកមិនឃើញឧបករណ៍សម្រាប់ <ccwid> ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1 ៖ មិនអាចផ្លាស់ប្ដូរសភាពរបស់ឧបករណ៍" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: device is not a DASD" +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1 ៖ ឧបករណ៍មិនមែនជា DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not load module" +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1 ៖ មិនអាចផ្ទុកម៉ូឌុល" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD" +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1 ៖ បានបរាជ័យដើម្បីធ្វើឲ្យ DASD សកម្ម" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "%1៖ DASD មិនត្រូវបានធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយឡើយ" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1 ៖ មិនស្គាល់កំហុស %2 ។" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting Options" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "ជម្រើសធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "ការធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយថាសបានបរាជ័យ ។ ចេញពីកូដ ៖ %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "ការធ្វើទ្រង់ទ្រាយ %1 ៖ ស៊ីឡាំង %2 នៃ %3 បានធ្វើរួច" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលស្ថានភាព..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលភាពអាស្រ័យ..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "ថាស ZFCP ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលស្ថានភាព..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលស្ថានភាព..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "កែសម្រួលឧបករណ៍ដែលឥតបានការ" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"មិនអាចបង្កើតឧបរកណ៍ឥតបានការ %1 ៖ \n" +"%2" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "កំពុងបម្លែងមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកញ្ចប់ ។ ដំណើរការនេះអាចត្រូវការពេលខ្លះ ។" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or unuseable disk (fatal)." +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "ថាសមិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ឬមិនអាចប្រើបាន (ធ្ងន់ធ្ងរ) ។" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "បាត់កម្មវិធីគាំទ្រ ។" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "បាត់ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រ '%1' ។" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "កំហុសកូដដែលបានមកពីកម្មវិធីគាំទ្រ ៖ %1 ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"មិនអាចបង្កើតឧបរកណ៍ឥតបានការ %1 ៖ \n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "ត្រួតពិនិត្យធាតុ fstab" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "ត្រួតពិនិត្យធាតុ fstab" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រ Kernel ផ្សេងៗ" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "កំពុងត្រួតពិនិត្យធាតុ fstab..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "កំពុងត្រួតពិនិត្យធាតុ fstab..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "កំពុងអាចជម្រើសចាប់ផ្ដើមខឺណែល..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ IrDA" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ IRC" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ IRC" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រ Kernel ផ្សេងៗ" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ IRC..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ IRC..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រខឺណែលស្រេចចិត្ត" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្រ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "អានឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load current settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "ផ្ទុកការកំណត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានឯកសារកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading current settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុកការកំណត់បច្ចុប្បន្ន..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើសំបុត្រ" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update runlevel settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់កម្រិតរត់" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating runlevel settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់កម្រិតរត់..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការចាប់ផ្ដើមអាន" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "ពិនិត្យមើលភាពអាស្រ័យ" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "កំពុងត្រួតពិនិត្យថាសទន់..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "ការអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ kdump" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្តើមសេវាឡើងវិញ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើមសេវាឡើងវិញ..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ឆានែល ៖ %1, WWPN ៖ %2, ZFCP LUN ៖ %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់ឆានែល ៖ %1, WWPN ៖ %2, ZFCP LUN ៖ %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot revert the previous state of installed products.\n" +#| "You will have to revert them manually." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" +"មិនអាចត្រឡប់ស្ថានភាពមុនរបស់ផលិតផលដែលបានដំឡើងទេ ។\n" +"អ្នកនឹងត្រូវត្រឡប់ពួកវាដោយដៃ ។" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "អានថាស ZFCP ដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1 ៖ WWPN មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1 ៖ មិនអាចធ្វើ WWPN សកម្មសម្រាប់ឧបករណ៍សម្រួល %1 ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1 ៖ មិនអាចធ្វើឲ្យថាស ZFCP សកម្ម ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1 ៖ ថាស SCSI មិនអាចត្រូវបានធ្វើឲ្យអកម្ម ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1 ៖ ZFCP LUN មិនអាចត្រូវបានមិនចុះឈ្មោះ ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1 ៖ ZFCP WWPN មិនអាចត្រូវបានមិនចុះឈ្មោះ ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1 ៖ មិនមានឧបករណ៍ <ccwid> ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1 ៖ ម៉ូឌុល zfcp មិនអាចត្រូវបានផ្ទុក ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1 ៖ ស្ថានភាពឧបករណ៍សម្រួលអាចត្រូវបានផ្លាស់ប្ដូរ ។" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1 ៖ ច្រក WWPN នៅតែសកម្ម ។" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/smt.km.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/smt.km.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/smt.km.po 2016-07-04 08:44:44 UTC (rev 95950) @@ -0,0 +1,1705 @@ +# Khmer message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" +"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "គ្មានចំណុចប្រទាក់អ្នកប្រើ សម្រាប់ម៉ូឌុលនេះ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "គ្មាន URL សម្រាប់សេចក្ដីចេញផ្សាយបានកំណត់ ។ ការសាកល្បងអ៊ីនធឺណិតមិនអាចត្រូវបានអនុវត្ត ។" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating summary ..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើតសេចក្ដីសង្ខេប ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "មិនអាចបង្កើតរូបភាពអាយអេសអូ %1 ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "លិខិតសម្គាល់ខាងក្រៅ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "លិខិតសម្គាល់ខាងក្រៅ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "ជោគជ័យ" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "ប្រភេទសមកាលកម្ម" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of support" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ការគាំទ្រ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Queue Name" +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "គ្មានឈ្មោះជួរ" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "ជាអនុសាសន៍" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "ស្រេចចិត្ត" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "សុវត្ថិភាព" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "ស្ថានភាពសុវត្ថិភាព" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "លំនាំដែលបានផ្ដល់អនុសាសន៍" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Data" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "ទិន្នន័យស្រេចចិត្ត" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "អាទិត្យ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "ច័ន្ទ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "អង្គារ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "ពុធ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "ព្រហស្បតិ៍" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "សុក្រ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "សៅរ៍" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមជ្ឈមណ្ឌលអតិថិជនណូវែល" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Custom Policy" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "ប្រើគោលការណ៍ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើចុះឈ្មោះ ៖" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "ទំហំដែលបានទាញយក ៖" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "អ្នកប្រើ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "សាកល្បង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "ត្រូវការអាសយដ្ឋានអ៊ីមែលសម្រាប់ការចុះឈ្មោះ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ SMT" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ថ្មី" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "អះអាងពាក្យសម្ងាត់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "កែសម្រួលការកំណត់ពេលរបាយការណ៍សម្រាប់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "ពាក្យបញ្ជាត្រូវរត់" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "ប្រេកង់" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "ថ្ងៃនៃសប្ដាហ៍" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "ថ្ងៃនៃខែ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "ម៉ោង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "នាទី" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "បន្ថែម..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "កែសម្រួល..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "អាសយដ្ឋានអ៊ីមែលរបស់អ្នកគ្រប់គ្រងម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "ទាំងអស់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះឃ្លាំង ៖" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "បង្ហាញប្រភេទបំណះ ៖" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "បំណះ ៖ " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "កំណែ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "ប្រភេទ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "សាកល្បង" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "ផលិតផល" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "សេចក្ដីសង្ខេប" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "សេចក្ដីលម្អិតបំណះ <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "បិទបើក ស្ថានភាព" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាព" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "វត្ថុដែលមិនរាប់បញ្ចូលក្នុងការស្វែងរក" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "បើក" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "បិទ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Product..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "បង្កើតផលិតផល..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "គោលដៅ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "ការត្រួតពិនិត្យ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "កំហុស" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "ការពិពណ៌នា" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "របៀបបិទបើក" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "បិទបើក ស្ថានភាព" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "ស្ថានភាព" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះម៉ាស៊ីន" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "ទំនាក់ទំនង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្ដើមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ FTP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "អានស្ថានភាពដេមិន" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់ sudo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NTP..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានស្ថានភាពដេមិន..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងអានការកំណត់ផ្ទាល់ខ្លួន..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Proxy User Credentials" +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "លេខសម្គាល់អ្នកប្រើប្រូកស៊ី" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "ការចុះឈ្មោះ" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "មជ្ឈមណ្ឌលអតិថិជន" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "ការព្រមាន" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "បាទ/ចាស រំលងវា" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "បោះបង់" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "អានការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបច្ចុប្បន្ន" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "បង្កើត CA លំនាំដើម និងវិញ្ញាបនបត្រម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "លៃតម្រូវសេវា DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់នៃការនាំផ្លូវ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលឃ្លាំងបច្ចុប្បន្ន..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "ប្រភេទសមកាលកម្ម" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងសម្របទៅតាមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងសម្របទៅតាមការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "កំពុងបង្កើត CA លំនាំដើម និងវិញ្ញាបនបត្រម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ Kerberos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "កំពុងលៃតម្រូវសេវា DNS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់ជញ្ជាំងភ្លើង..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់នៃការនាំផ្លូវ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "កំពុងពិនិត្យមើលឃ្លាំងបច្ចុប្បន្ន..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running post-migration script..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "កំពុងរត់ស្គ្រីបផ្លាស់ប្ដូរចុងក្រោយ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "សរសេរការផ្លាស់ប្ដូរឥឡូវនេះ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "ទទួលយកបំណះ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរគ្រោងការណ៍..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"កំណែពាក្យសម្ងាត់ទីមួយ និងទីពីរ\n" +"មិនផ្គូផ្គងគ្នាឡើយ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "URL ម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ SMT ត្រូវតែចាប់ផ្ដើមដោយ https://" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "ឈ្មោះអ្នកប្រើមិនត្រូវទទេ ។" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនអាចទទេ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "សេចក្តីលម្អិត" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "លទ្ធផលសាកល្បង ៖" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "លទ្ធផលសាកល្បង ៖" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "កំពុងរកឃ្លាំងដែលមាន..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "មិនស្គាល់" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "តម្រង ៖ %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "តម្រង" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "បង្ហាញប្រភេទបំណះ ៖" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "កំពុងអានកញ្ចប់ដែលមាននៅក្នុងឃ្លាំង..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL ៖ %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "ឃ្លាំងកម្មវិធីត្រូវបានធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាព ។" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "សារកំហុស ៖ %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "ឈ្មោះផលិតផល ៖ %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធគឺទាន់សម័យ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Enabled:%1" +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "បានបើកម៉ាស៊ីនភ្ញៀវ ៖%1" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "ប្រភពដែលមិនស្គាល់ ។" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "ថ្នាក់ដែលមិនស្គាល់ ៖" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "កុំ" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 - %2 (%3)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 - %2 (%3)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "មិនអាចអានការកំណត់សម្រាប់មូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យបច្ចុប្បន្នបានឡើយ ។" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "បញ្ចូលឃ្លាសម្ងាត់" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "ឃ្លាសម្ងាត់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់មិនដូចគ្នា ។" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "បង្កើតឃ្លាំង %1" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the disk image." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "កំហុសបានកើតឡើង ខណៈពេលបង្កើតរូបភាពថាស ។" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "អ៊ីមែល" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "តាមរយៈអ៊ីមែល" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' មិនត្រឹមត្រូវ ។" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "មិនអាចអានស្ថានភាព SSHD បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "មិនអាចទៅយកសេចក្ដីពណ៌នាឃ្លាំងពីចម្ងាយបានឡើយ ។" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "ការស្ទង់ឃ្លាំង %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "វឌ្ឍនភាព" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "បញ្ឈប់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "បោះបង់ចោលអ្នកជំនួយការ" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "តើអ្នកពិតជាចង់បោះបង់ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធមែនឬ ?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID 1 (ការឆ្លុះ)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue Profiling" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "បន្តទម្រង់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុក..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "ពាក្យបញ្ជា ៖ " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving support Configuration" +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "រក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធការគាំទ្រ" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Periodic interval" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "ចន្លោះពេលទៀងទាត់" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "រាល់ខែ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "not-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "មិនបានកំណត់" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "រាល់សប្ដាហ៍" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "រាល់ថ្ងៃ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "១ ម៉ោង" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "១០ នាទី" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "គ្រប់យ៉ាង" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "ម៉ោង" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "នាទី" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "កែសម្រួលការកំណត់ពេលរបាយការណ៍សម្រាប់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "បន្ថែម SIR ដែលបានកំណត់ពេល" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "ប្រេកង់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "ពាក្យបញ្ជាត្រូវរត់" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "ពេលវេលាចាប់ផ្ដើមបម្រុងទុក" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "ថ្ងៃនៃសប្ដាហ៍" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "ថ្ងៃនៃខែ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ពិតជាមានឬ ?\n" +"ការផ្លាស់ប្តូរទាំងអស់នឹងបាត់បង់ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីបន្ថែមការប្រកាសបណ្ដាញមួយ\n" +"សូមជ្រើស Subnet ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" +#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configuration. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>ទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅឃ្លាំង</big> \n" +"ទទួលយកទិដ្ឋភាពទូទៅរបស់ឃ្លាំងដែលបានកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ ។ បន្ថែមលើនេះទៀត\n" +"កែសម្រួលការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធរបស់ពួកវា ។ \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាពរបស់ម៉ូឌុល\n" +"សូមជ្រើសធាតុដែលសមស្របពីតារាង ហើយចុច បិទបើក ស្ថានភាព ។\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"ដើម្បីផ្លាស់ប្ដូរស្ថានភាពរបស់ម៉ូឌុល\n" +"សូមជ្រើសធាតុដែលសមស្របពីតារាង ហើយចុច បិទបើក ស្ថានភាព ។\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "មជ្ឈមណ្ឌលអតិថិជន" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Backend: " +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "កម្មវិធីខាងក្រោយមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ ៖ " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "ឃ្លាំង" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "ស្ថានភាពបច្ចុប្បន្ន" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheduled Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "របាយការណ៍ដែលមានតារាងពេលវេលា" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "ទំព័រជំនួយការក្នុងការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "ធ្វើបច្ចុប្បន្នភាពការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធប្រព័ន្ធ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រង" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "រកមិនឃើញមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យកាតសំឡេង ។ សូមពិនិត្យការដំឡើងរបស់អ្នក ។" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "ស្គ្រីបកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធបានបរាជ័យ ។" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរការកំណត់បានឡើយ ។" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "កំពុងផ្ទុកសេវា %1 ឡើងវិញ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "ជាវិញ្ញាបនបត្រម៉ាស៊ីនបម្រើ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "ការគ្រប់គ្រង CA" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "រំលង" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "មិនអាចលុបសេវាបានឡើយ ។ វាមិនបានដំឡើងឡើយ ។" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ Samba root" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកប្រើ ។" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "មិនអាចសរសេរ %1 ។" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "ព្យាយាមម្តងទៀត" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "មិនអាចអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យ ១ បានឡើយ ។" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "ការកែសម្រួលមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យបានបរាជ័យហើយ ។" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ Samba root" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ Samba root" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ថ្មី" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "កំណត់ពាក្យសម្ងាត់ ។" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "បានបរាជ័យក្នុងការរៀបចំបណ្ដាញ" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "មិនអាចអានមូលដ្ឋានទិន្នន័យប្រដាប់រាវបុស្ត៍ ។" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "បញ្ចូលពាក្យសម្ងាត់អ្នកប្រើ ។" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/xpram.km.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/xpram.km.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/km/po/xpram.km.po 2016-07-04 08:44:44 UTC (rev 95950) @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# Khmer message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>, 2005, 2006. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-01-04 08:58+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Leang Chumsoben <soben(a)khmeros.info>\n" +"Language-Team: Khmer <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "អនុញ្ញាត XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "មិនអនុញ្ញាត XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "ផ្លាស់ប្ដូរការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "ចំណុចម៉ោន" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "ការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ XPRAM" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "នៅទីនេះ អ្នកអាចកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ XPRAM សម្រាប់កុំព្យូទ័ររបស់អ្នក ។" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "បច្ចុប្បន្ន ឧបករណ៍នេះគាំទ្រតែការផ្ដល់ XPRAM ទាំងមូលទៅភាគមួយ ។ ដើម្បីឲ្យមានភាគច្រើន សូមមើល \"កម្មវិធីបញ្ជាឧបករណ៍ លក្ខណៈពិសេស និងពាក្យបញ្ជា នៅថ្ងៃទី ៣០ ខែ វិច្ឆិកា ឆ្នាំ ២០០៤\" សម្រាប់ខឺណែលលីនុច ២.៦ - ស្ទ្រីមខែ មេសា ឆ្នាំ ២០០៤ ។នៅក្នុងករណីនេះបិទ XPRAM នៅក្នុងម៉ូឌុលនេះ ។" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "ជ្រើសចំណុចម៉ោនត្រឹមត្រូវមួយសម្រាប់ ចំណុចម៉ោន ។" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "បន្ទាប់ ជ្រើសប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារត្រូវប្រើនៅលើឧបករណ៍ ។" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "កុំចាប់ផ្ដើម XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្ដើម XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "ដំឡើងប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ ឬស្វប ទោះបីជា &XPRAM មានទិន្នន័យត្រឹមត្រូវក៏ដោយ" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "ចំណុចម៉ោន" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "ចំណុចម៉ោន" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "ប្រភេទប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារ" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "ប្រព័ន្ធឯកសារត្រូវប្រើ ៖" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "ការរក្សាទុកការកំណត់រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ XPRAM" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "សរសេរការកំណត់" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "ចាប់ផ្តើមសេវាឡើងវិញ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "កំពុងសរសេរការកំណត់..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "កំពុងចាប់ផ្តើមសេវាឡើងវិញ..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "បានបញ្ចប់" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការបញ្ឈប់ xpram ។ សូមព្យាយាម \"rcxpram បញ្ឈប់\" ដោយដៃ" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "កំហុសក្នុងការចាប់ផ្ដើម xpram ។ សូមព្យាយាម \"rcxpram ចាប់ផ្ដើម\" ដោយដៃ"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95949 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:40 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95949 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/kernel-update-tool.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/linux-user-mgmt.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/migration.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/s390.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/smt.ka.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/xpram.ka.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/journalctl.ka.po 2016-07-04 08:44:40 UTC (rev 95949) @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Georgian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ka\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "შე&ცვლა..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "განახლება" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "ბრაილის დისპლეი" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 entries configured" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "გაიმართა %1 ელემენტი" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "ფილტრები:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "ფაილური სისტემა" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "პრიორიტეტი" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "დამატებით ინფორმაცია მიუწვდომელია" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "ფაილური სისტემა" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "დრო" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sources" +msgid "Source" +msgstr "წყაროები" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "შეტყობინებები" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/kernel-update-tool.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/kernel-update-tool.ka.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/kernel-update-tool.ka.po 2016-07-04 08:44:40 UTC (rev 95949) @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# Georgian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ka\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "გაფრთხილება" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "შევწყვიტო ბირთვის განახლება?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "ჩამოტვირთვის სხვა ადგილი" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "ბირთვის განახლების მდგომარეობის ჟურნალი" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/linux-user-mgmt.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/linux-user-mgmt.ka.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/linux-user-mgmt.ka.po 2016-07-04 08:44:40 UTC (rev 95949) @@ -0,0 +1,769 @@ +# Georgian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ka\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "სათაო ფაილურ სისტემაში eDirectory-ის ელემენტების ძებნა" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the Package Manager..." +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "პაკეტების მმართველის ინიციალიზება..." + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dependencies" +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "დამოკიდებულებები" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "დასრულებულია" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "RPM-ის მიმდინარე მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა ვერ მოხერხდა." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Language Configuration" +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "ენის პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEconfig-ის გაშვება" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEconfig-ის გაშვება..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა ვერ მოხერხდა." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "კონფიგურირების სცენარი ვერ შესრულდა." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "MAC Address: %1" +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "MAC მისამართი: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Downloading: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "ჩამოტვირთვა: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "ID: %1" +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ID: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "ID: %1" +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "ID: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Expires: %1" +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "ვადა: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Downloading: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "ჩამოტვირთვა: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Name: %1" +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "სახელი: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Name: %1" +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "სახელი: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Screensavers" +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "ეკრანმზოგები" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local time" +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "ადგიობრივი დრო" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "SLP სერვერის კონფიგურაცია" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Directory" +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "მოშორებული დირექტორია" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local time" +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "ადგიობრივი დრო" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote File System" +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "მოშორებული ფაილური სისტემა" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Directory on Server" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "&დირექტორია სერვერზე " + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show Details" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "დეტალების ჩვენება" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "UDP port" +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "UDP პორტი" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IPsec Support" +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "IPsec-ის მხარდაჭერა" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The profile name must not be longer than 32 characters." +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "პროფილის სახელი არ უნდა შეიცავდეს 32 სიმბოლოზე მეტს." + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "'%1' არასწორი ქსელური ნიღაბია." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 არაა მართებული IPv4 მისამართი." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 არაა მართებული IPv4 მისამართი." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "კვების მართვის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Server to Configure" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "დასაკონფიგებელი SLP სერვერი" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Server Overview" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "SLP სერვერის მიმოხილვა" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "ნომერი" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "კვების მართვის კონფიგურაცია" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "დამატებითი" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "root Password" +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "root-ის პაროლი" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Settings" +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "ავთენტიკაციის პარამეტრები" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "&ყველას მონიშნვა" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "&ყველას მონიშნვა" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&პაროლი" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Screensavers" +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "ეკრანმზოგები" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Power Management Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>კვების მართვის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა</big> \n" +"გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Aborting Save: \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"შენახვის შეწყვეტა: \n" +"შენახვის პროცედურის გასაჩერებლად დააჭირეთ შეწყვეტა-ს.\n" +"\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Power Management Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>კვების მართვის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა</big> \n" +"გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Aborting Save: \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"შენახვის შეწყვეტა: \n" +"შენახვის პროცედურის გასაჩერებლად დააჭირეთ შეწყვეტა-ს.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of support" +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "მხარდაჭერის კონფიგურაცია" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management" +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "კვების მართვა" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power Management" +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "კვების მართვა" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "ს" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/migration.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/migration.ka.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/migration.ka.po 2016-07-04 08:44:40 UTC (rev 95949) @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# Georgian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ka\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "მიგრაციის დეტალები" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "გადატ&რთვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration summary." +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "თაგუნის გამართვის დეტალები." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration summary." +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "თაგუნის გამართვის დეტალები." + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "მიგრაციის დეტალები" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/s390.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/s390.ka.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/s390.ka.po 2016-07-04 08:44:40 UTC (rev 95949) @@ -0,0 +1,1990 @@ +# Georgian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ka\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "IrDA-ის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "NFS სერვერის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NIS client" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "NIS-ის კლიენტის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of reipl" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "reipl-ის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "ხელმისაწვდომი კონტროლერების აღმოჩენა" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSHD Server Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "SSHD სერვერის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "&DASD დისკების გამართვა" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "&ZFCP დისკების გამართვა" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "ს" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "XPRAM-ის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The device is not configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "მოწყობილობა არ არის გამართული" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "აქტივირებული" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "არააქტივირებული" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No profile selected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "პროფილი არჩეული არაა." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "მართვა" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Changelog" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "ცვლილებები" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use NIS" +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "გამოი&ყენე NIS" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "მოწყობილობა" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ტიპი" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Archive Type" +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Archive Type" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "დამატებით ინფორმაცია მიუწვდომელია" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&ფილტრი" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "ჩადგმა" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&ყველას მონიშნვა" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&ყველას მონიშნვა" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "ფაილის სახელი არასწორია." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Changelog" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "ცვლილებები" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really exit?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ნამდვილად გსურთ გამოსვლა?\n" +"ყველა ცვლილება დაიკარგება." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "ზონა %1 უკვე არსებობს." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>CASA-ის პარამეტრების შენახვა</big> \n" +"გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Aborting Save: \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"შენახვის შეწყვეტა: \n" +"შენახვის პროცედურის გასაჩერებლად დააჭირეთ შეწყვეტა-ს.\n" +"\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>CASA-ის პარამეტრების შენახვა</big> \n" +"გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Aborting Save: \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"შენახვის შეწყვეტა: \n" +"შენახვის პროცედურის გასაჩერებლად დააჭირეთ შეწყვეტა-ს.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create MD5 sums" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "MD5 ჯამების შექმნა" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Sound Cards<big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>ხმის დაფები<big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the OK button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "აირჩიეთ ჩასადგმელი ენობრივი გაფართოებები და შემდეგ დაწკაპეთ OK ღილაკს." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>DRBD-ის გლობალური კონფიგურაცია</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "დიახ" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "არა" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "ჯგუფი" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable firewall" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის ჩართვა" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Authentication" +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "ავთენტიკაციის გარეშე" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "დასახელება" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Groups" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "ჟგუფები" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "მომ&ხმარებელი" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&წაშლა" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "ჟგუფები" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "არ&ჩევა" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Region" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&რეგიონის" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&ფაილი" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "არჩე&ვა..." + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Logic" +msgid "Login" +msgstr "ლოგიკა" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Seychelles" +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "სეიშელი" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "ენის პარამეტრებიr &root მომხმარებლისთვის" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&პაროლი" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "დაადასტურეთ პარ&ოლი" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remote Directory" +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "მოშორებული დი&რექტორია" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "ნუსხა" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Username" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "მომხმარებლის სახელი" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "დაადასტურეთ პარ&ოლი" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Products" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "დამატებითი პროდუქტები" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "ID" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "ID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "აირჩიეთ თქვენი ნაგულისხმევი გარემო" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Created: " +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "შეიქმნა:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "ჯგუფი" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "პაროლები არ ემთხვევა. კიდევ სცადეთ." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "ჰოსტის სახელი არასწორია." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "TSIG გასაღების შექმნა ვერ მოხერხდა." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "ჰოსტის სახელი არასწორია." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The profile name must not be longer than 32 characters." +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "პროფილის სახელი არ უნდა შეიცავდეს 32 სიმბოლოზე მეტს." + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "გილოცავთ!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Welcome!" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "მოგესალმებით!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal ID" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "ტერმინალის ID" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "დაშვებული სესრვისები" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete this domain?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "ნამდვილად წავშალო ეს დომენი?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "მითითებული URL არაა მართებული." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "მითითებული URL არაა მართებული." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "დაშვებულია მხოლოდ ერთ პარამეტრი." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "არა გა&უშვა IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start IrDA" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "გაუშვ&ი IrDA" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "მოქმედებ&ა" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "წუთი" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "მო&წყობილობა" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Devices" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "მოწყობილობების კონფიგურირება" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really exit?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ნამდვილად გსურთ გამოსვლა?\n" +"ყველა ცვლილება დაიკარგება." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "მითითებული URL არაა მართებული." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "მითითებული URL არაა მართებული." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>SLP სერვერის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა</big> \n" +"გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>SLP სერვერის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა</big> \n" +"გთხოვთ დაიცადოთ... \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>ყურადღება</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running Script" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "სცენარის გაშვება" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "&DASD დისკების გამართვა" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown service %1." +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "უცნობი სერვისი - %1." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "პაკეტების შემოწმება..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "&DASD დისკების გამართვა" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "&ZFCP დისკების გამართვა" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "პაკეტების შემოწმება..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "პაკეტების შემოწმება..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "დასრულებულია" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating backup archive..." +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "სარეზერვო არქივის შემნა..." + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating backup archive..." +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "სარეზერვო არქივის შემნა..." + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "პაკეტების მონაცემთა ბაზის აგება. ამ მოქმედებას შეიძლება დრო დასჭირდეს." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving support Configuration" +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "მხარდაჭერის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "აქსესუარები" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "'%1' დირექტორია ვერ შეიქმნა." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "IrDA-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check for network devices" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "ქსელურ მოწყობილობებზე შემოწმება" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Illegal parameters:" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "არასწორი პარამეტრები:" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the environment..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "გარემოს შემოწმება..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the environment..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "გარემოს შემოწმება..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading general settings..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "ძირითადი პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "IrDA-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "შევწყვიტო ბირთვის განახლება?" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing general settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "ძირითადი პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "SLP სერვერის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "წინა პარამეტრების წაკითხვა" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configurations..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading global settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "SLP სერვერის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Static Configuration Files" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "სტატიკური კონფიგურაციის ფაილები" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "პარამეტრების განახლება" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting configuration scripts..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "კონფიგურირების სცენარების გაშვება..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Autofs-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა " + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "პაკეტების შემოწმება..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read global settings" +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "პაკეტების შემოწმება..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading general settings..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "ძირითადი პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving autofs Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Autofs-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა " + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "სერვისის გადატვირთვა" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "სერვისის გადატვირთვა..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure Devices" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "მოწყობილობების კონფიგურირება" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "სერვისი %1 არ არსებობს." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/smt.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/smt.ka.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/smt.ka.po 2016-07-04 08:44:40 UTC (rev 95949) @@ -0,0 +1,1610 @@ +# Georgian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ka\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "ამ მოდულს არ გააჩნია სამომხმარებლო ინტერფეისი." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating backup archive..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "სარეზერვო არქივის შემნა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "'%1' დირექტორია ვერ შეიქმნა." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "პაკეტების შემოწმება..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "ფაილის სახელი არასწორია." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "წარმატებით შესრულდა" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization URL" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "სინქრონიზების URL" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of support" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "მხარდაჭერის კონფიგურაცია" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "რეკომენდირებული" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "დამატებითი" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "უსაფრთხოება" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Packages to Update: %1" +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "განსაახლებელი პაკეტები: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service: %1" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "სერვისი: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended packages" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "რეკომენდირებული პაკეტები" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "დამატებითი ენები: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "ავტომატურად გამართვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "მომხმარებლის &ცენტრი" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&SLP Registration Enabled" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "&SLP რეგისტრაცია ჩართულია" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "&ჩამოტვითვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "მომ&ხმარებელი" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&პაროლი" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "შემო&წმება" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&პაროლი" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "დაადასტურეთ პარ&ოლი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Frequency" +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "სიხ&შირე" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "საათი" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "წუთი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "დ&ამატება..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "რ&ედაქტირება..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "ყველა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Repository Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "&რეპოზიტორიის სახელი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Category" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "კატეგორია" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "პროდუქტის სახელი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "ვერსია" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "კატეგორია" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "პარამეტრები" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "პროდუქტი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Summary" +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "განახლების შეჯამება" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show Details" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "დეტალების ჩვენება" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "მდგომარეობის გადარ&თვა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Logging Status" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "ჟურნალირების მდგომარეობა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&ჩართვა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "გათი&შვა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "შე&ქმნა..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "დასახელება" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "მონიტორინგი" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "შეცდომა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "აღწერა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "მდგომარეობის გადარ&თვა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "მდგომარეობა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "ჰოსტის სახელი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "ხმის კონფიგურაციის ინიციალიზება" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის წაკითხვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read global settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configurations..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "კონფიგურაციების წაკითხვა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "დემონის მდგომარეობის წაკითხვა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading global settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "გლობალური პარამეტრების წაკითხვა..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Migration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "მ&იგრაციის გამოტოვება" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "მომხმარებლის &ცენტრი" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "გაფრთხილება" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "დია&ხ, გამოიყენე ის" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "გაუ&ქმება" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "თაგუნას გამართვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის განახლება" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Server Configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "NFS სერვერის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "SSHD სერვისის გამართვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "პროქსის პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove Repositories" +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "რეპოზიტორიების ამოღება" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Time" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "სინქრონიზების დრო" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის ადაპტირება..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის ადაპტირება..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "ჩადგმული სისტემის შემოწმება..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "კონფიგურაციის ადაპტირება..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "SSHD სერვისის გამართვა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "ქსელური ფარის პარამეტრების ჩაწერა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "პროქსის პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Removing unused repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "გამოუყენებელი რეპოზიტორიების ამოღება..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running post-migration script..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "მიგრაციის შემდგომი სცენარის გაშვება..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "NFS კონფიგურაციის ჩაწერა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing resources..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "რესურსების ჩაწერა..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Port number must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "პორტის ნომერი არ უნდა იყოს ცარიელი." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "ტელეფონის ნომრები არ უნდა იყოს ცარიელი." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&დეტალები" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "რეპოზიტორიით ხელმისაწვდომი პაკეტების წაკითხვა.." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "უცნობი" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "&ფილტრი" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&ფილტრი" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Category: %1" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "კატეგორია: %1" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "რეპოზიტორიით ხელმისაწვდომი პაკეტების წაკითხვა.." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "შეცდომის შეტყობინება: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Name" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "უცნობი სახელი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "არასდროს" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "SSHD-ის მიმდინარე მდგომარეობის წაკითხვა..." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "შეიყვანეთ პაროლი" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&პაროლი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "საჭირო პაკეტბი (%1) ჩადგმული არაა." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "%1 რეპოზიტორიის შექმნა" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "შეცდომა ჟურნალის წაკითხვისას." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New value" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "ახალი მნიშვნელობა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "'%1' არასწორი ქსელური ნიღაბია." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "SSHD-ის მიმდინარე კონფიგურაციის წაკითხვა ვერ მოხერხდა." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "'%1' დირექტორიის შექმნა ვერ მოხერხდა." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "%1 რეპოზიტორიის მოსინჯვა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "მიმდინარეობა" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&გაჩერება" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort Confirmation" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "დადასტურების შეწყვეტა" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "გაგრძელება" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "დასრულებულია" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "ბრძანება: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving support Configuration" +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "მხარდაჭერის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Montreal" +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "მონრეალუ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Undetermined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "დაუდგენელი" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hour" +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "საათი" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "წუთი" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "სიხ&შირე" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ნამდვილად გსურთ გამოსვლა?\n" +"ყველა ცვლილება დაიკარგება." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "მომხმარებლის ცენტრი" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "რეპოზიტორიები" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "მიმდინარე მდგომარეობა" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "YaST-ის გამართვის მოდული - %1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "სუსტემური კონფიგურაციის განახლება" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "მართვა" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "კონფიგურირების სცენარი ვერ შესრულდა." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა ვერ მოხერხდა." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "%1 სერვისის გადაკონფიგურირება..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "მართვა" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "გამო&ტოვება" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning: package %1 could not be installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "ყურადღება: %1 პაკეტის ჩადგმა ვერ მოხერხდა." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve YMP at %1" +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "YMP-ის მიღება მისამართიდან %1 ვერ მოხერხდა" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retry?" +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "კიდევ ვცადო?" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory " +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "დირექტორიის შექმნა შეუძლებელია" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "root Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "root-ის პაროლი" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "ავთენტიკა&ცია პაროლით" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "ქსელის გამართვა ვერ მოხერხდა" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the database" +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "მონაცემთა ბაზის წაკითხვა" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/xpram.ka.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/xpram.ka.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ka/po/xpram.ka.po 2016-07-04 08:44:40 UTC (rev 95949) @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Georgian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>, 2005. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-17 19:57+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Aiet Kolkhi <aiet(a)qartuli.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Georgian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ka\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM-ის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM-ის ჩართვა" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM-ის გათიშვა" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM-ის კონფიგურაციის შეცვლა" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "მონტირების წერტილი" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM-ის კონფიგურაცია" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "აქ შეგიძლიათ გამართოთ XPRAM თქვენი კომპიუტერისათვის." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "აირჩიეთ მართებული მონტირების წერტილი მონტირების წერტილი-თვის." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "შემდეგ აირჩიეთ ფაილური სისტემა მოწყობილობაზე." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "არ გაუ&შვა XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&გაუშვი XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "მონტირების წერტილი" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&მონტირების წერტილი" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "ფაილური სისტემის ტიპი" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "გამოსაყენებელი ფა&ილური სისტემა:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM-ის კონფიგურაციის შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "სერვისის გადატვირთვა" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "პარამეტრების შენახვა..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "სერვისის გადატვირთვა..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "დასრულებულია" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "შეცდომა xpram-ის შეჩერებისას. გთხოვთ ხელით გაუშვათ \"rcxpram stop\"." + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "შეცდომა xpram-ის გაშვებისას. გთხოვთ ხელით გაუშვათ \"rcxpram start\"."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95948 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:37 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95948 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/journalctl.jv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/kernel-update-tool.jv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/linux-user-mgmt.jv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/migration.jv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/s390.jv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/smt.jv.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/xpram.jv.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/journalctl.jv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/journalctl.jv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/journalctl.jv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:37 UTC (rev 95948) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/kernel-update-tool.jv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/kernel-update-tool.jv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/kernel-update-tool.jv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:37 UTC (rev 95948) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/linux-user-mgmt.jv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/linux-user-mgmt.jv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/linux-user-mgmt.jv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:37 UTC (rev 95948) @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/migration.jv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/migration.jv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/migration.jv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:37 UTC (rev 95948) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/s390.jv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/s390.jv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/s390.jv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:37 UTC (rev 95948) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/smt.jv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/smt.jv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/smt.jv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:37 UTC (rev 95948) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/xpram.jv.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/xpram.jv.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/jv/po/xpram.jv.po 2016-07-04 08:44:37 UTC (rev 95948) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Javanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95947 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:36 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95947 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/gtk.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/linux-user-mgmt.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sshd.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -435,8 +435,12 @@ #. error popup (input validation failed) #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 -msgid "The value of NAME may contain only\nletters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." -msgstr "NAMEの値には、\n文字、数字、およびキャラクター「.~_-」しか使用できません。" +msgid "" +"The value of NAME may contain only\n" +"letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." +msgstr "" +"NAMEの値には、\n" +"文字、数字、およびキャラクター「.~_-」しか使用できません。" #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" @@ -558,8 +562,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 -msgid "Enter the values for these items:\n%1" -msgstr "これらの項目の値: %1を\n入力する" +msgid "" +"Enter the values for these items:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"これらの項目の値: %1を\n" +"入力する" #. table item #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 @@ -676,8 +684,12 @@ #. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 -msgid "The package description file is named incorrectly.\nChoose another one." -msgstr "パッケージ記述ファイルの名前が不正です。\n別の名前を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" +"Choose another one." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ記述ファイルの名前が不正です。\n" +"別の名前を選択してください。" #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 @@ -686,8 +698,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 -msgid "The file '%1' does not exist.\nChoose another one." -msgstr "ファイル「%1」は存在しません。\n選択し直してください。" +msgid "" +"The file '%1' does not exist.\n" +"Choose another one." +msgstr "" +"ファイル「%1」は存在しません。\n" +"選択し直してください。" #. frame label #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 @@ -743,8 +759,12 @@ #. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 -msgid "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\nYou must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" -msgstr "名前、コメント、電子メールアドレスの値が空白です。\nこれらの少なくとも1つを入力してユーザIDを指定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" +"You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" +msgstr "" +"名前、コメント、電子メールアドレスの値が空白です。\n" +"これらの少なくとも1つを入力してユーザIDを指定する必要があります。\n" #. feedback popup headline #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 @@ -753,8 +773,12 @@ #. feedback message #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 -msgid "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\nthe OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" -msgstr "時間がかかりすぎる場合は、別の作業を行い、\nOSがエントロピーを収集できるようにします。\n" +msgid "" +"If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" +"the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" +msgstr "" +"時間がかかりすぎる場合は、別の作業を行い、\n" +"OSがエントロピーを収集できるようにします。\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 @@ -853,8 +877,12 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 -msgid "A file with this name already exists.\nChoose a different one." -msgstr "この名前のファイルは既に存在します。\n別の名前を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"A file with this name already exists.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"この名前のファイルは既に存在します。\n" +"別の名前を選択してください。" #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 @@ -1004,13 +1032,21 @@ #. Build dialog help #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>アドオンを作成しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>アドオンを作成しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Writing the add-on configurations \n\n" -msgstr "アドオン設定を書き込んでいます \n\n" +msgid "" +"Writing the add-on configurations \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"アドオン設定を書き込んでいます \n" +"\n" #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 @@ -1119,8 +1155,12 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 -msgid "Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\nthe add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." -msgstr "［必要パターン］をオンにすると、アドオン製品に必要なパターンとしてマークを\n付けることができます。このようなパターンは、アドオン製品のインストールの開始時に自動的に事前選択されます。" +msgid "" +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." +msgstr "" +"［必要パターン］をオンにすると、アドオン製品に必要なパターンとしてマークを\n" +"付けることができます。このようなパターンは、アドオン製品のインストールの開始時に自動的に事前選択されます。" #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 @@ -1229,8 +1269,12 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 -msgid "Such a pattern already exists.\nChoose a different name or architecture.\n" -msgstr "この設定のパターンはすでに存在します。\n別の名前またはアーキテクチャを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Such a pattern already exists.\n" +"Choose a different name or architecture.\n" +msgstr "" +"この設定のパターンはすでに存在します。\n" +"別の名前またはアーキテクチャを選択してください。\n" #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" @@ -1251,8 +1295,12 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 -msgid "A key with this name already exists.\nChoose a different one." -msgstr "この名前の鍵は既に存在します。\n別の名前を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"A key with this name already exists.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"この名前の鍵は既に存在します。\n" +"別の名前を選択してください。" #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 @@ -1281,8 +1329,12 @@ #. error message #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 -msgid "Such a pattern already exists.\nChoose a different architecture.\n" -msgstr "この設定のパターンはすでに存在します。\n別のアーキテクチャを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Such a pattern already exists.\n" +"Choose a different architecture.\n" +msgstr "" +"この設定のパターンはすでに存在します。\n" +"別のアーキテクチャを選択してください。\n" #. busy message #: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 @@ -1539,8 +1591,12 @@ #. help text for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 -msgid "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." -msgstr "ファイル名が指定されていない場合は、代わりにパターン名が使用されます\n(名前のブランクは、アンダースコアに置き換えられます)。ファイル名に拡張子、.pngまたは.jpgが付いていない場合、.pngが追加されます。パスが指定されていない場合は、テーマアイコンパス(first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/)で、アイコンを検索します。絶対パス、または(テーマパス、/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/に対する)相対パスが許容されます。" +msgid "" +"If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +msgstr "" +"ファイル名が指定されていない場合は、代わりにパターン名が使用されます\n" +"(名前のブランクは、アンダースコアに置き換えられます)。ファイル名に拡張子、.pngまたは.jpgが付いていない場合、.pngが追加されます。パスが指定されていない場合は、テーマアイコンパス(first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/)で、アイコンを検索します。絶対パス、または(テーマパス、/usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/に対する)相対パスが許容されます。" #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1589,8 +1645,12 @@ #. help text for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 -msgid "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \nother patterns marked as obsolete here." -msgstr "このパターンがインストールされている場合、ここで古い、とマークされた\n他のパターンはアンインストールされます。" +msgid "" +"When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" +"other patterns marked as obsolete here." +msgstr "" +"このパターンがインストールされている場合、ここで古い、とマークされた\n" +"他のパターンはアンインストールされます。" #. label for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 @@ -1860,12 +1920,18 @@ #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 -msgid "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\nRelease package will not be generated." -msgstr "obs-productconverterパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。\nリリースパッケージは生成されません。" +msgid "" +"Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" +"Release package will not be generated." +msgstr "" +"obs-productconverterパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。\n" +"リリースパッケージは生成されません。" #. error popup #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 -msgid "Build of release package failed with\n'%1'." +msgid "" +"Build of release package failed with\n" +"'%1'." msgstr "リリースパッケージの構築が「%1」で失敗しました。" #. error label @@ -1880,8 +1946,12 @@ #. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 -msgid "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n(%2)" -msgstr "GPG 鍵 %1 のパスワードを入力してください\n(%2)" +msgid "" +"Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" +"(%2)" +msgstr "" +"GPG 鍵 %1 のパスワードを入力してください\n" +"(%2)" #. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 @@ -1982,4 +2052,3 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "出力ディレクトリ構造が作成できません。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -16,8 +16,38 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline help #: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 -msgid "\nAdd-on Module Help\n------------------\n\nTo add a new add-on product via the command-line, use this syntax:\n /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\nURL is the path to the add-on source.\n\nExamples of URL:\nhttp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\nftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\nnfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\ndisk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\ncd://\ndvd://\n" -msgstr "\nアドオンモジュールのヘルプ\n------------------------\n\nコマンドラインからアドオン製品を追加するには、次の構文を使用します。\n /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\nURLにはアドオンソースのパスを指定します。\n\nURLの例:\nhttp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\nftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\nnfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\ndisk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\ncd://\ndvd://\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Add-on Module Help\n" +"------------------\n" +"\n" +"To add a new add-on product via the command-line, use this syntax:\n" +" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" +"URL is the path to the add-on source.\n" +"\n" +"Examples of URL:\n" +"http://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" +"ftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" +"nfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\n" +"disk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\n" +"cd://\n" +"dvd://\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"アドオンモジュールのヘルプ\n" +"------------------------\n" +"\n" +"コマンドラインからアドオン製品を追加するには、次の構文を使用します。\n" +" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" +"URLにはアドオンソースのパスを指定します。\n" +"\n" +"URLの例:\n" +"http://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" +"ftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n" +"nfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\n" +"disk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\n" +"cd://\n" +"dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." @@ -115,8 +145,12 @@ msgstr "アドオン製品のインストールを中止してよろしいですか？" #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 -msgid "There are no selected languages to be installed.\nAre you sure you want to abort the installation?" -msgstr "インストールする言語が選択されていません。\nインストールを中止してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" +"Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" +msgstr "" +"インストールする言語が選択されていません。\n" +"インストールを中止してよろしいですか？" #. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' #. it used only as a fallback @@ -144,13 +178,21 @@ #. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data #: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 #: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 -msgid "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\nAborting now." -msgstr "CD-ROMにドライバのデータが見つかりませんでした。\n中止します。" +msgid "" +"Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" +"Aborting now." +msgstr "" +"CD-ROMにドライバのデータが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"中止します。" #. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version #: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 -msgid "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\nAborting now.\n" -msgstr "CD-ROMのデータは現在実行中のLinuxに適合しません。\n中止します。\n" +msgid "" +"The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" +"Aborting now.\n" +msgstr "" +"CD-ROMのデータは現在実行中のLinuxに適合しません。\n" +"中止します。\n" #. VENDOR: dialog heading #: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 @@ -159,8 +201,12 @@ #. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed #: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 -msgid "The installation failed.\nContact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" -msgstr "インストールに失敗しました。\nCD-ROMに記載されている連絡先に連絡してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The installation failed.\n" +"Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールに失敗しました。\n" +"CD-ROMに記載されている連絡先に連絡してください。\n" #. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed #: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 @@ -169,8 +215,12 @@ #. VENDOR: message box with error text #: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 -msgid "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\nAborting now." -msgstr "CD-ROMにドライバのデータが見つかりませんでした。\n中止します。" +msgid "" +"No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" +"Aborting now." +msgstr "" +"CD-ROMにドライバのデータが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"中止します。" #. table cell #. table cell @@ -217,8 +267,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 -msgid "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \nMultiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\nSelect the repository to use.\n" -msgstr "<big>ソフトウェアリポジトリの選択</big> \n選択したメディアには複数のリポジトリがあります。\n使用するリポジトリを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" +"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" +"Select the repository to use.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ソフトウェアリポジトリの選択</big> \n" +"選択したメディアには複数のリポジトリがあります。\n" +"使用するリポジトリを選択してください。\n" #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" @@ -259,8 +315,14 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 -msgid "<big>Product Selection</big> \nMultiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\nto install.\n" -msgstr "<big>製品の選択</big> \nリポジトリ内には複数の製品があります。インストールする製品を\n選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Product Selection</big> \n" +"Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" +"to install.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>製品の選択</big> \n" +"リポジトリ内には複数の製品があります。インストールする製品を\n" +"選択してください。\n" #. message popup #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 @@ -269,8 +331,16 @@ #. Help for add-on products #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 -msgid "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \nHere see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\nTo add a new product, click Add. To remove an already added one,\nselect it and click Delete." -msgstr "<big>［アドオン製品のインストール］</big> \nここには、インストール対象として選択したすべての製品が表示されます。\n新しい製品を追加するには［追加］を、すでに追加済みの製品を削除するには\n製品を選択してから［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" +"Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" +"To add a new product, click Add. To remove an already added one,\n" +"select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"<big>［アドオン製品のインストール］</big> \n" +"ここには、インストール対象として選択したすべての製品が表示されます。\n" +"新しい製品を追加するには［追加］を、すでに追加済みの製品を削除するには\n" +"製品を選択してから［削除］をクリックします。" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 @@ -369,8 +439,16 @@ msgstr "不明な URL" #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 -msgid "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\ninstalled from this add-on.\n\nAre sure you want to delete it?" -msgstr "アドオン製品 %1 を削除すると、このアドオンからインストールした全てのパッケージが\n削除されます。\n\n削除してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" +"installed from this add-on.\n" +"\n" +"Are sure you want to delete it?" +msgstr "" +"アドオン製品 %1 を削除すると、このアドオンからインストールした全てのパッケージが\n" +"削除されます。\n" +"\n" +"削除してよろしいですか?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 @@ -384,6 +462,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question #: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 -msgid "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\nduring installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\nsystem is running.\n\nDo you want to skip using add-on products?" -msgstr "お使いのシステムにはインストールの際にアドオン製品を追加するのに\n十分なメモリがありません。システムを起動してからアドオンを追加してください。\n\n\nアドオン製品の設定を飛ばしますか？" - +msgid "" +"Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" +"during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" +"system is running.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to skip using add-on products?" +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムにはインストールの際にアドオン製品を追加するのに\n" +"十分なメモリがありません。システムを起動してからアドオンを追加してください。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"アドオン製品の設定を飛ばしますか？" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -174,8 +174,14 @@ #. Store all values in SETTINGS #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 -msgid "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\nthe 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\nSetting the format to 'NONE' (default)." -msgstr "'コンピュータ名の書式' が 'USER' に設定されて\nいますが、 'ユーザ定義名' が設定されていません。\n書式を 'なし' (既定値) に設定します。" +msgid "" +"The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" +"the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" +"Setting the format to 'NONE' (default)." +msgstr "" +"'コンピュータ名の書式' が 'USER' に設定されて\n" +"いますが、 'ユーザ定義名' が設定されていません。\n" +"書式を 'なし' (既定値) に設定します。" #. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 @@ -193,7 +199,9 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" -msgstr "%1 は正規のファイルではありません。\n\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 は正規のファイルではありません。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" @@ -206,8 +214,16 @@ #. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 -msgid "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n\nIf you want to unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\nfinish the configuration. Afterwards a reboot is required." -msgstr "規則はすでにロックされており、リセットはできません。\n\nアンロックするには、適切な有効フラグを設定し設定を完了\nします。その後再起動してください。" +msgid "" +"The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" +"\n" +"If you want to unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\n" +"finish the configuration. Afterwards a reboot is required." +msgstr "" +"規則はすでにロックされており、リセットはできません。\n" +"\n" +"アンロックするには、適切な有効フラグを設定し設定を完了\n" +"します。その後再起動してください。" #. Report success #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 @@ -221,12 +237,28 @@ #. Handle actions of rules dialog #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 -msgid "The rules are already locked.\n\nA test is impossible because sending new rules\nwill cause an error.\n" -msgstr "ルールはすでにロックされています。\n\n新しいルールを送信するとエラーが発生するため、\nテストできません。\n" +msgid "" +"The rules are already locked.\n" +"\n" +"A test is impossible because sending new rules\n" +"will cause an error.\n" +msgstr "" +"ルールはすでにロックされています。\n" +"\n" +"新しいルールを送信するとエラーが発生するため、\n" +"テストできません。\n" #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 -msgid "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n\nIt makes no sense to continue, because the rules will\nbe locked until next boot.\n" -msgstr "audit.rules (-e 2)でロックが設定されています。\n\nルールは次回ブート時までロックされているため、\n続行しても意味がありません。\n" +msgid "" +"Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" +"\n" +"It makes no sense to continue, because the rules will\n" +"be locked until next boot.\n" +msgstr "" +"audit.rules (-e 2)でロックが設定されています。\n" +"\n" +"ルールは次回ブート時までロックされているため、\n" +"続行しても意味がありません。\n" #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" @@ -247,8 +279,18 @@ msgstr "ロック設定" #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 -msgid "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\nThis means the rules are locked until next boot!\nIf you really want this, make sure '-e 2' is the last entry\nin the rules file. If not, either enable or disable auditing.\nTo check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n" -msgstr "監査設定がロックされています(オプション -e 2)。\nこれは、次のブート時までルールがロックされることを意味します。\n本当にこれが必要な場合は、「-e 2」がルールファイルの\n最後のエントリであることを確認してください。そうでない場合は監査を有効または無効にしてください。\nルールを確認または変更するには、ルールエディタに戻ります。\n" +msgid "" +"The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" +"This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" +"If you really want this, make sure '-e 2' is the last entry\n" +"in the rules file. If not, either enable or disable auditing.\n" +"To check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n" +msgstr "" +"監査設定がロックされています(オプション -e 2)。\n" +"これは、次のブート時までルールがロックされることを意味します。\n" +"本当にこれが必要な場合は、「-e 2」がルールファイルの\n" +"最後のエントリであることを確認してください。そうでない場合は監査を有効または無効にしてください。\n" +"ルールを確認または変更するには、ルールエディタに戻ります。\n" #. Frame label #: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 @@ -437,123 +479,266 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 -msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>Linux監査フレームワークの設定の初期化</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linux監査フレームワークの設定の初期化</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 -msgid "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>auditdの設定とルールの保存</big>\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>auditdの設定とルールの保存</big>\n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 -msgid "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \nThe audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\nEvents may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." -msgstr "<big>auditdログファイル設定</big> \n監査デーモンは、Linux Auditing Systemのコンポーネントであり、すべての監査関連イベントをログファイル/var/log/audit/audit.log(デフォルト)に保存します。\n保存されるイベントにはapparmorカーネルモジュールから届くもののほか、\nlibaudit(たとえばPAM)を使用するアプリケーションや、ルール(たとえばファイル監視など)によって発生した事象などがあります。" +msgid "" +"<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." +msgstr "" +"<big>auditdログファイル設定</big> \n" +"監査デーモンは、Linux Auditing Systemのコンポーネントであり、すべての監査関連イベントをログファイル/var/log/audit/audit.log(デフォルト)に保存します。\n" +"保存されるイベントにはapparmorカーネルモジュールから届くもののほか、\n" +"libaudit(たとえばPAM)を使用するアプリケーションや、ルール(たとえばファイル監視など)によって発生した事象などがあります。" #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 -msgid "The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\nDetailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." -msgstr "ルールに関する詳しい情報やルールの追加の可否については、 ［auditctlのルール］ ダイアログをご覧ください。\nログファイル設定についての詳細な情報はマニュアルページ(「man auditd.conf」)をご覧ください。" +msgid "" +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +msgstr "" +"ルールに関する詳しい情報やルールの追加の可否については、 ［auditctlのルール］ ダイアログをご覧ください。\n" +"ログファイル設定についての詳細な情報はマニュアルページ(「man auditd.conf」)をご覧ください。" #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 -msgid "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n(or use Select File.)" -msgstr "ログファイル: ログファイルのフルパスを入力してください\n(または［ファイルの選択］をお使いください) 。" +msgid "" +"Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" +"(or use Select File.)" +msgstr "" +"ログファイル: ログファイルのフルパスを入力してください\n" +"(または［ファイルの選択］をお使いください) 。" #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 -msgid "Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\nsends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\ndata sent to the dispatcher). " -msgstr "形式:すべてのデータを記録するにはRAWを(カーネルとしての形式で正確に保存して送信します)、ディスクに保存せずにすべての監査情報を破棄する場合はNOLOG\nを設定してください(ディスパッチャに送信するデータはこの設定の影響を受けません) 。 " +msgid "" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"data sent to the dispatcher). " +msgstr "" +"形式:すべてのデータを記録するにはRAWを(カーネルとしての形式で正確に保存して送信します)、ディスクに保存せずにすべての監査情報を破棄する場合はNOLOG\n" +"を設定してください(ディスパッチャに送信するデータはこの設定の影響を受けません) 。 " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 -msgid "Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\nFrequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\nNONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\nSYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." -msgstr "［フラッシュ］: ディスクへのデータの書き込み方法を指定します。\n［INCREMENTAL］に設定した場合、［頻度］パラメータで、ディスクへの明示的なフラッシュを実行するまでに書き込むレコード数を指定します。\n［NONE］を指定すると、データのフラッシュについては何も行いません。［DATA］を指定すると、データ部分の同期を維持します。\n［SYNC］を指定すると、データとメタデータの両方を完全に同期された状態に維持します。" +msgid "" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" +"SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." +msgstr "" +"［フラッシュ］: ディスクへのデータの書き込み方法を指定します。\n" +"［INCREMENTAL］に設定した場合、［頻度］パラメータで、ディスクへの明示的なフラッシュを実行するまでに書き込むレコード数を指定します。\n" +"［NONE］を指定すると、データのフラッシュについては何も行いません。［DATA］を指定すると、データ部分の同期を維持します。\n" +"［SYNC］を指定すると、データとメタデータの両方を完全に同期された状態に維持します。" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 -msgid "Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\nvalue is reached via Size and Action.\n" -msgstr "ログファイルの最大サイズ(メガバイト単位)を設定し、［サイズとアクション］で、\nこの値に達したときに実行するアクションを設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" +"value is reached via Size and Action.\n" +msgstr "" +"ログファイルの最大サイズ(メガバイト単位)を設定し、［サイズとアクション］で、\n" +"この値に達したときに実行するアクションを設定します。\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 -msgid "If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\nof files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\nto /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\ndisk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\nto ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" -msgstr "アクションを［ROTATE］に設定した場合は、保持するファイルの数を［ログファイルの数］\nで指定します。［SYSLOG］に設定した場合、監査デーモンは警告を\n/var/log/messagesに書き込みます。［SUSPEND］では、デーモンはディスクへのレコードの\n書き込みを停止します。［IGNORE］を指定すると何も行いません。\n［KEEP_LOGS］は［ROTATE］と同様ですが、ログファイルは上書きされません。\n" +msgid "" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" +"disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" +"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" +msgstr "" +"アクションを［ROTATE］に設定した場合は、保持するファイルの数を［ログファイルの数］\n" +"で指定します。［SYSLOG］に設定した場合、監査デーモンは警告を\n" +"/var/log/messagesに書き込みます。［SUSPEND］では、デーモンはディスクへのレコードの\n" +"書き込みを停止します。［IGNORE］を指定すると何も行いません。\n" +"［KEEP_LOGS］は［ROTATE］と同様ですが、ログファイルは上書きされません。\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 -msgid "Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\nlog file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\nused. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\nname returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\ndomain name.\n" -msgstr "［コンピュータ名の書式］では、ログファイルにコンピュータ名を書き込む方法を指定\nします。［USER］を選択すると、［ユーザ定義の名前］が\n使用されます。［NONE］では、コンピュータ名は挿入されません。［HOSTNAME］では、\n「gethostname」システムコールで返される名前が使用されます。［FQD］では、完全修飾ドメイン名が\n使用されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" +"log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" +"domain name.\n" +msgstr "" +"［コンピュータ名の書式］では、ログファイルにコンピュータ名を書き込む方法を指定\n" +"します。［USER］を選択すると、［ユーザ定義の名前］が\n" +"使用されます。［NONE］では、コンピュータ名は挿入されません。［HOSTNAME］では、\n" +"「gethostname」システムコールで返される名前が使用されます。［FQD］では、完全修飾ドメイン名が\n" +"使用されます。\n" #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 -msgid "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \nDetailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n('man auditd.conf')." -msgstr "<big>auditdディスパッチャ設定</big> \nディスパッチャ設定に関する詳しい情報は、マニュアルページ「man auditd.conf」をご覧ください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" +"('man auditd.conf')." +msgstr "" +"<big>auditdディスパッチャ設定</big> \n" +"ディスパッチャ設定に関する詳しい情報は、マニュアルページ「man auditd.conf」をご覧ください。" #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 -msgid "Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\ngets all audit events on stdin." -msgstr "ディスパッチャ: ディスパッチャプログラムは audit デーモンから起動され、\nすべての監査イベントを標準入力から受け付けます。" +msgid "" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" +"gets all audit events on stdin." +msgstr "" +"ディスパッチャ: ディスパッチャプログラムは audit デーモンから起動され、\n" +"すべての監査イベントを標準入力から受け付けます。" #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\nprogram. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\nwhen the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\ncommunication." -msgstr "通信:デーモンとディスパッチャプログラムの間の通信を制御します。\nlossy(損失あり)を選択すると、キュー(128キロバイトのバッファ)がいっぱいになった場合に\nディスパッチャから発せられるイベントが破棄されます。通信をブロックして損失をなくしたい場合は\nlossless(無損失)を選択します。" +msgid "" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" +"communication." +msgstr "" +"通信:デーモンとディスパッチャプログラムの間の通信を制御します。\n" +"lossy(損失あり)を選択すると、キュー(128キロバイトのバッファ)がいっぱいになった場合に\n" +"ディスパッチャから発せられるイベントが破棄されます。通信をブロックして損失をなくしたい場合は\n" +"lossless(無損失)を選択します。" #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 -msgid "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\nFor more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." -msgstr "ディスパッチャ「audispd」は監査イベントを多重化するプログラムです\n(詳細はマニュアルページ「man audispd」および「man audispd.conf」をご覧ください) 。" +msgid "" +"The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." +msgstr "" +"ディスパッチャ「audispd」は監査イベントを多重化するプログラムです\n" +"(詳細はマニュアルページ「man audispd」および「man audispd.conf」をご覧ください) 。" #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 -msgid "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" -msgstr "注: ディスパッチャプログラムの所有者は「root」で、ファイル許可は「0750」\nでなければなりません。また、フルパス名を入力する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" +" file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" +msgstr "" +"注: ディスパッチャプログラムの所有者は「root」で、ファイル許可は「0750」\n" +"でなければなりません。また、フルパス名を入力する必要があります。\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 -msgid "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \nThe settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\nFor detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" -msgstr "<big>auditdディスク容量設定</big> \nここではログパーティション上のディスク領域を設定します。\n詳細については、マニュアルページ(「man auditd.conf」)を参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \n" +"The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" +"For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>auditdディスク容量設定</big> \n" +"ここではログパーティション上のディスク領域を設定します。\n" +"詳細については、マニュアルページ(「man auditd.conf」)を参照してください。\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 -msgid "Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\nthe system is starting to run low on space." -msgstr "ディスクの残り容量が少なくなってきたため、残り容量(メガバイト単位)はアクション\nの実行時期を監査デーモンに伝えます。" +msgid "" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" +"the system is starting to run low on space." +msgstr "" +"ディスクの残り容量が少なくなってきたため、残り容量(メガバイト単位)はアクション\n" +"の実行時期を監査デーモンに伝えます。" #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 -msgid "The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\nlow on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." -msgstr "管理用残り容量は上記よりも小さい値でなくてはなりません。この値に到達したとき、\nディスク容量の残りが少なくなったと判断され、アクションで指定した動作を実行します。" +msgid "" +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." +msgstr "" +"管理用残り容量は上記よりも小さい値でなくてはなりません。この値に到達したとき、\n" +"ディスク容量の残りが少なくなったと判断され、アクションで指定した動作を実行します。" #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 -msgid "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\naccount specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\ndisk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\ndo nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\nScript. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\nswitches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\nsystem.\n" -msgstr "アクションを［EMAIL］に設定すると、［アクションメールアカウント］で\n指定したアカウントに警告電子メールが送信されます。 ［SYSLOG］では、\nディスク容量の警告は/var/log/messagesに書き込まれます。［IGNORE］では、\n何も実行されません。［EXEC］では、［スクリプトのパス］で\n指定したスクリプトが実行されます。［SUSPEND］は、ディスクへのレコードの書き込みを停止します。\n［SINGLE］は、システムをシングルユーザモードに切り替えます。\n［HALT］は、システムをシャットダウンします。\n" +msgid "" +"If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" +"do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" +"Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" +"switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" +"system.\n" +msgstr "" +"アクションを［EMAIL］に設定すると、［アクションメールアカウント］で\n" +"指定したアカウントに警告電子メールが送信されます。 ［SYSLOG］では、\n" +"ディスク容量の警告は/var/log/messagesに書き込まれます。［IGNORE］では、\n" +"何も実行されません。［EXEC］では、［スクリプトのパス］で\n" +"指定したスクリプトが実行されます。［SUSPEND］は、ディスクへのレコードの書き込みを停止します。\n" +"［SINGLE］は、システムをシングルユーザモードに切り替えます。\n" +"［HALT］は、システムをシャットダウンします。\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 -msgid "You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\na Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\nAvailable actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." -msgstr "また、［ディスク満杯時のアクション］(ディスクがすでに満杯になっている状態)と\n［ディスクエラー時のアクション］(ディスクに書き込む際にエラーが検出された場合のアクション)を指定することもできます。\n実行可能なアクションは上記と同じです(EMAIL以外)" +msgid "" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" +"Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." +msgstr "" +"また、［ディスク満杯時のアクション］(ディスクがすでに満杯になっている状態)と\n" +"［ディスクエラー時のアクション］(ディスクに書き込む際にエラーが検出された場合のアクション)を指定することもできます。\n" +"実行可能なアクションは上記と同じです(EMAIL以外)" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 -msgid "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\nby 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" -msgstr "注: ［EXEC］で指定したすべてのスクリプトは、\n所有者が「root」で、ファイル許可が「0750」でなければなりません。また、フルパス名を入力する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" +msgstr "" +"注: ［EXEC］で指定したすべてのスクリプトは、\n" +"所有者が「root」で、ファイル許可が「0750」でなければなりません。また、フルパス名を入力する必要があります。\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 -msgid "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \nThis dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\nauditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\nThe selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." -msgstr "<big>auditctlのルール</big> \nこのダイアログでは、システムコールの監査の有効/無効を切り替えたり、\n監査設定をロックしたりできます。\n［有効化フラグを設定する］から選択したフラグがルールに追加されます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" +"This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" +"auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." +msgstr "" +"<big>auditctlのルール</big> \n" +"このダイアログでは、システムコールの監査の有効/無効を切り替えたり、\n" +"監査設定をロックしたりできます。\n" +"［有効化フラグを設定する］から選択したフラグがルールに追加されます。" #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 @@ -562,13 +747,21 @@ #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 -msgid "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " -msgstr "追加のルールを設定せずに監査を有効にすると、\nlibauditを使用するアプリケーション(PAMなど)は/var/log/audit/audit.log (デフォルト)にログを記録します。 " +msgid "" +"Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +msgstr "" +"追加のルールを設定せずに監査を有効にすると、\n" +"libauditを使用するアプリケーション(PAMなど)は/var/log/audit/audit.log (デフォルト)にログを記録します。 " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 -msgid "You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \nFor more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" -msgstr "ルールを手動で編集することもできますが、これは熟練者にのみお勧めします。 \nすべてのオプションの詳細については、「man auditctl」を参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" +"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" +msgstr "" +"ルールを手動で編集することもできますが、これは熟練者にのみお勧めします。 \n" +"すべてのオプションの詳細については、「man auditctl」を参照してください。\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 @@ -577,8 +770,16 @@ #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 -msgid "Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\nthe changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl. \nClick Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\nan example rules file.\n" -msgstr "auditctlを呼び出してルールを復元し、以前に構文チェックを実行したとき以降の変更をリセットするには、\n［復元とリセット］をクリックします。 \n［ロード］をクリックするとファイル選択ダイアログが開き、\nルールファイルの例をロードできます。\n" +msgid "" +"Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\n" +"the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl. \n" +"Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" +"an example rules file.\n" +msgstr "" +"auditctlを呼び出してルールを復元し、以前に構文チェックを実行したとき以降の変更をリセットするには、\n" +"［復元とリセット］をクリックします。 \n" +"［ロード］をクリックするとファイル選択ダイアログが開き、\n" +"ルールファイルの例をロードできます。\n" #. Header of tab in tab widget #: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 @@ -617,8 +818,16 @@ #. additionally save initial settings #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 -msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon.\nPlease check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\nYou can use the module 'System Log' from group\n'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." -msgstr "監査デーモンを起動できません。\n/var/log/messagesファイルでauditdのエラーがないかどうかを\n確認してください。YaST2コントロールセンターの\n［その他］グループから［システムログ］モジュールを使用できます。" +msgid "" +"Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" +"Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" +"You can use the module 'System Log' from group\n" +"'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." +msgstr "" +"監査デーモンを起動できません。\n" +"/var/log/messagesファイルでauditdのエラーがないかどうかを\n" +"確認してください。YaST2コントロールセンターの\n" +"［その他］グループから［システムログ］モジュールを使用できます。" #. AuditLaf read dialog caption #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 @@ -677,8 +886,12 @@ #. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 -msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\nor only start the daemon for now?" -msgstr "デーモンを起動してブート時に起動するようにしますか?\nそれとも今回のみ起動しますか?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +"or only start the daemon for now?" +msgstr "" +"デーモンを起動してブート時に起動するようにしますか?\n" +"それとも今回のみ起動しますか?" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" @@ -686,8 +899,14 @@ #. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 -msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\nThe kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\nevents to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -msgstr "「apparmor」カーネルモジュールがロードされています。\nこのカーネルは、実行中の監査デーモンを使用して\n監査イベントを/var/log/audit/audit.log (デフォルト)に記録します。\n" +msgid "" +"The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +msgstr "" +"「apparmor」カーネルモジュールがロードされています。\n" +"このカーネルは、実行中の監査デーモンを使用して\n" +"監査イベントを/var/log/audit/audit.log (デフォルト)に記録します。\n" #. Headline of a popup #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 @@ -712,8 +931,16 @@ msgstr "監査デーモンを起動できません。" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 -msgid "The rules may be locked.\nContinue to check the rules. You can change\nthe 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\na reboot is required afterwards.\n" -msgstr "ルールがロックされている可能性があります。\n続行してルールを確認してください。\n「有効化フラグ」を変更できますが、\n変更を有効にするには、後で再起動が必要です。\n" +msgid "" +"The rules may be locked.\n" +"Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" +"the 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\n" +"a reboot is required afterwards.\n" +msgstr "" +"ルールがロックされている可能性があります。\n" +"続行してルールを確認してください。\n" +"「有効化フラグ」を変更できますが、\n" +"変更を有効にするには、後で再起動が必要です。\n" #. Auditd read dialog caption #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 @@ -746,8 +973,14 @@ msgstr "ルールはすでにロックされています。" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 -msgid "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\nIf yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\nReboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" -msgstr "「有効化フラグ」を変更しますか?\nフラグを変更すると、新しいルールは/etc/audit/audit.rulesファイルに書き込まれます。\nその後、変更を反映するためにシステムを再起動する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" +"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +"Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" +msgstr "" +"「有効化フラグ」を変更しますか?\n" +"フラグを変更すると、新しいルールは/etc/audit/audit.rulesファイルに書き込まれます。\n" +"その後、変更を反映するためにシステムを再起動する必要があります。\n" #. Error message #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 @@ -773,4 +1006,3 @@ #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "ログファイル" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -134,24 +134,44 @@ #. LDAP tab events #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 -msgid "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\nBefore you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータはユーザの認証にSSSDを使用しています。\nレガシLDAP認証(pam_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータはユーザの認証にSSSDを使用しています。\n" +"レガシLDAP認証(pam_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDを無効にしてください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\nBefore you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み取っています。\nLDAPユーザデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDユーザデータベースを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"LDAPユーザデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDユーザデータベースを無効にしてください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 -msgid "This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\nBefore you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからグループデータベースを読み取っています。\nLDAPグループデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDグループデータベースを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからグループデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"LDAPグループデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDグループデータベースを無効にしてください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 -msgid "This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\nBefore you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからsudoersデータベースを読み取っています。\nLDAP sudoersデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSD sudoデータベースを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからsudoersデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"LDAP sudoersデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSD sudoデータベースを無効にしてください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 -msgid "This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\nBefore you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからautomountデータベースを読み取っています。\nLDAP automountデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSD automountデータベースを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータはSSSDアイデンティティプロバイダからautomountデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"LDAP automountデータベース(nss_ldap)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSD automountデータベースを無効にしてください。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." @@ -167,8 +187,14 @@ msgstr "URI %s でLDAPサーバに正常に接続できました。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n\n%s" -msgstr "URI %s で接続確認に失敗しました。\n\n%s" +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"URI %s で接続確認に失敗しました。\n" +"\n" +"%s" #. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 @@ -176,17 +202,35 @@ msgstr "ホスト %s でLDAPサーバに正常に接続できました。" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 -msgid "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n\n%s" -msgstr "ホスト %s で接続確認に失敗しました。\n\n%s" +msgid "" +"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ホスト %s で接続確認に失敗しました。\n" +"\n" +"%s" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 -msgid "The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\nbut your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n\nDo you still wish to enable the cache?" -msgstr "ネームサービスキャッシュはレガシLDAPアイデンティティプロバイダとともにのみ使用する必要があります\nが、現在、システムでは認証ドメインが有効になっており、これはそのキャッシュと互換性がありません。\n\nそれでもキャッシュを有効にしますか?" +msgid "" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"\n" +"Do you still wish to enable the cache?" +msgstr "" +"ネームサービスキャッシュはレガシLDAPアイデンティティプロバイダとともにのみ使用する必要があります\n" +"が、現在、システムでは認証ドメインが有効になっており、これはそのキャッシュと互換性がありません。\n" +"\n" +"それでもキャッシュを有効にしますか?" #. Kerberos tab events #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 -msgid "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\nBefore you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータはユーザの認証にSSSDを使用しています。\nKerberos認証(pam_krb5)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータはユーザの認証にSSSDを使用しています。\n" +"Kerberos認証(pam_krb5)を使用するには、［ユーザのログオン管理］からSSSDを無効にしてください。" #. Save Kerberos #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 @@ -554,41 +598,75 @@ #. Enable/disable SSSD daemon #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 -msgid "This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\nBefore you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータは、ユーザの認証にレガシLDAPまたはKerberosメソッドを使用しています。\nユーザの認証にSSSDを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPおよびKerberos認証を無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータは、ユーザの認証にレガシLDAPまたはKerberosメソッドを使用しています。\n" +"ユーザの認証にSSSDを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPおよびKerberos認証を無効にしてください。" #. Enable/disable NSS password database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 -msgid "This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\nBefore you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み取っています。\nSSSDユーザデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPユーザデータベースを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"SSSDユーザデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPユーザデータベースを無効にしてください。" #. Enable/disable NSS group database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 -msgid "This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\nBefore you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからグループデータベースを読み取っています。\nSSSDグループデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPグループデータベースを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからグループデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"SSSDグループデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAPグループデータベースを無効にしてください。" #. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 -msgid "This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\nBefore you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからsudoersデータベースを読み取っています。\nSSSD sudoersデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAP sudoersデータベースを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからsudoersデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"SSSD sudoersデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAP sudoersデータベースを無効にしてください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 -msgid "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\nPlease remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." -msgstr "sudoデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\nsudoデータを提供する個々のドメインの拡張オプションで「sudo_provider」パラメータをカスタマイズすることも忘れないでください。" +msgid "" +"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +msgstr "" +"sudoデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\n" +"sudoデータを提供する個々のドメインの拡張オプションで「sudo_provider」パラメータをカスタマイズすることも忘れないでください。" #. Enable/disable NSS automount database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 -msgid "This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\nBefore you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." -msgstr "現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからautomountデータベースを読み取っています。\nSSSD automountデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAP automountデータベースを無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +msgstr "" +"現在このコンピュータは、LDAPアイデンティティプロバイダからautomountデータベースを読み取っています。\n" +"SSSD automountデータベースを使用するには、［LDAPおよびKerberosクライアント］からLDAP automountデータベースを無効にしてください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 -msgid "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\nPlease remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." -msgstr "automountデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\nautomountデータを提供する個々のドメインの拡張オプションで「autofs_provider」パラメータをカスタマイズすることも忘れないでください。" +msgid "" +"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +msgstr "" +"automountデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\n" +"automountデータを提供する個々のドメインの拡張オプションで「autofs_provider」パラメータをカスタマイズすることも忘れないでください。" #. Enable/disable PAC responder #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 -msgid "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\nThis optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\nSSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." -msgstr "MS-PACデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\nこのオプションの機能は、使用しているMicrosoft Active Directoryドメインの機能に依存します。\nActive Directoryドメインにサポートがない場合、SSSDはスタートに失敗することがあるため、この場合はこの機能をオフにしてください。" +msgid "" +"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +msgstr "" +"MS-PACデータソースがグローバルに有効になっています。\n" +"このオプションの機能は、使用しているMicrosoft Active Directoryドメインの機能に依存します。\n" +"Active Directoryドメインにサポートがない場合、SSSDはスタートに失敗することがあるため、この場合はこの機能をオフにしてください。" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 @@ -601,8 +679,14 @@ msgstr "パラメータの削除の確認: " #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 -msgid "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\nPlease consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\nDo you still wish to remove the parameter?" -msgstr "このパラメータは重要です。このパラメータを削除すると設定に障害が発生する場合があります。\nSSSDマニュアルページを確認してから続行してください。\n本当にこのパラメータを削除しますか?" +msgid "" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" +"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" +"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" +msgstr "" +"このパラメータは重要です。このパラメータを削除すると設定に障害が発生する場合があります。\n" +"SSSDマニュアルページを確認してから続行してください。\n" +"本当にこのパラメータを削除しますか?" #. Save settings - validate #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 @@ -610,8 +694,14 @@ msgstr "ドメインがありません" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 -msgid "You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\nSSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\nDo you still wish to proceed?" -msgstr "認証ドメインを設定していませんが、ドメイン認証を有効にすることを選択しました。\nSSSDはスタートに失敗します。また、使用できるのはローカル認証のみになります。\nそれでも続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" +"Do you still wish to proceed?" +msgstr "" +"認証ドメインを設定していませんが、ドメイン認証を有効にすることを選択しました。\n" +"SSSDはスタートに失敗します。また、使用できるのはローカル認証のみになります。\n" +"それでも続行しますか?" #. Remove all SSSD cache files #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 @@ -654,8 +744,12 @@ msgstr "(DNSエラー)" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 -msgid "The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\nPlease configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." -msgstr "このコンピュータの名前解決サービスは、AD登録要件を満たしていません。\nADサーバをネームリゾルバとして使用するようネットワーク環境を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +msgstr "" +"このコンピュータの名前解決サービスは、AD登録要件を満たしていません。\n" +"ADサーバをネームリゾルバとして使用するようネットワーク環境を設定してください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" @@ -688,13 +782,26 @@ msgstr "AutoYaST用にAD登録詳細が保存されています。ADユーザパスワードはプレーンテキストで保存されることに留意してください。" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 -msgid "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n\nCommand output:\n" -msgstr "登録は正常に完了しました。\n\nコマンド出力:\n" +msgid "" +"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" +msgstr "" +"登録は正常に完了しました。\n" +"\n" +"コマンド出力:\n" #. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 -msgid "The enrollment process failed.\n\nCommand output:\n" -msgstr "登録プロセスが失敗しました。\n\nコマンド出力:\n\n" +msgid "" +"The enrollment process failed.\n" +"\n" +"Command output:\n" +msgstr "" +"登録プロセスが失敗しました。\n" +"\n" +"コマンド出力:\n" +"\n" #. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 @@ -1624,4 +1731,3 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "ダイナミックDNSの更新に使用されるIPアドレスを持つインタフェースを選択します。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -80,7 +80,9 @@ #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "ベースDNが提供されていません\n\n" +msgstr "" +"ベースDNが提供されていません\n" +"\n" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" @@ -181,23 +183,37 @@ #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53 -msgid "The package '%1' is not available.\nYaST2 cannot continue the configuration\nwithout installing the package." -msgstr "パッケージ '%1' が使用できません。\n設定を続けるには、このパッケージを\nインストールする必要があります" +msgid "" +"The package '%1' is not available.\n" +"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" +"without installing the package." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ '%1' が使用できません。\n" +"設定を続けるには、このパッケージを\n" +"インストールする必要があります" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64 -msgid "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\nwithout installing the required packages." -msgstr "指定のパッケージなしに、設定を続けることは\nできません。" +msgid "" +"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" +"without installing the required packages." +msgstr "" +"指定のパッケージなしに、設定を続けることは\n" +"できません。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "OpenLDAPレプリケーション設定が失敗しました。インストール完了後に再設定してください。" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 -msgid "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\nStartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "OpenLDAP サーバ: 共通サーバ証明書がありません。\nStartTLS は無効です。" +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" +"StartTLS is disabled." +msgstr "" +"OpenLDAP サーバ: 共通サーバ証明書がありません。\n" +"StartTLS は無効です。" #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -210,8 +226,14 @@ msgstr "既存の設定を検出しました。" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 -msgid "You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\nDo you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \nwant to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "既存の設定がありますが、LDAPサーバは現在実行されていません。\n今すぐサーバを起動して設定データを再読み込みしますか、\nそれとも新しい設定を作成しますか?" +msgid "" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" +"want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" +"既存の設定がありますが、LDAPサーバは現在実行されていません。\n" +"今すぐサーバを起動して設定データを再読み込みしますか、\n" +"それとも新しい設定を作成しますか?" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 @@ -229,8 +251,16 @@ msgstr "既存の設定の移行" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 -msgid "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST only supports the dynamic configuration\ndatabase of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\nconfiguration to the configuration database?\n" -msgstr "システムは現在、環境設定ファイル/etc/openldap/slapd.confを\n使用するように設定されています。YaSTでは、OpenLDAP (back-config)\nの動的な設定データベースのみをサポートしています。既存の設定を新しい設定データベースに\n移行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST only supports the dynamic configuration\n" +"database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n" +"configuration to the configuration database?\n" +msgstr "" +"システムは現在、環境設定ファイル/etc/openldap/slapd.confを\n" +"使用するように設定されています。YaSTでは、OpenLDAP (back-config)\n" +"の動的な設定データベースのみをサポートしています。既存の設定を新しい設定データベースに\n" +"移行しますか?\n" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" @@ -319,8 +349,12 @@ msgstr "環境設定を含むすべてのデータをリモートのサーバから複製する" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386 -msgid "YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\ncomputer. \n" -msgstr "YaSTは、このコンピュータの完全修飾ホスト名を判別できませんでした。\n\n" +msgid "" +"YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n" +"computer. \n" +msgstr "" +"YaSTは、このコンピュータの完全修飾ホスト名を判別できませんでした。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." @@ -352,8 +386,14 @@ #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 -msgid "The package '%1' is not available.\nYaST2 cannot enable Kerberos\nwithout installing the package." -msgstr "パッケージ「%1」が使用できません。\nパッケージをインストールせずに、YaST2がKerberosを\n有効化することはできません。" +msgid "" +"The package '%1' is not available.\n" +"YaST2 cannot enable Kerberos\n" +"without installing the package." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ「%1」が使用できません。\n" +"パッケージをインストールせずに、YaST2がKerberosを\n" +"有効化することはできません。" #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 @@ -493,8 +533,12 @@ msgstr "プロバイダサーバ上の「cn=config」データベースとの接続を開けませんでした。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 -msgid "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" -msgstr "プロバイダサーバで「cn=config」データベースへのリモート接続が許可されている\nかどうかと、正しいパスワードを入力しているかどうかを確認してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" +"\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" +msgstr "" +"プロバイダサーバで「cn=config」データベースへのリモート接続が許可されている\n" +"かどうかと、正しいパスワードを入力しているかどうかを確認してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" @@ -519,8 +563,12 @@ #. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 -msgid "The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\nit is already acting as a replication consumer.\n" -msgstr "マスタサーバ上のレプリケーション設定は、\nすでにそのサーバがレプリケーションコンシューマとして動作していることを示しています。\n" +msgid "" +"The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\n" +"it is already acting as a replication consumer.\n" +msgstr "" +"マスタサーバ上のレプリケーション設定は、\n" +"すでにそのサーバがレプリケーションコンシューマとして動作していることを示しています。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." @@ -547,12 +595,22 @@ msgstr "レプリケーションマスタセットアップ" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 -msgid "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\nto be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" -msgstr "レプリケーション用のマスタサーバとして動作させる場合は、設定データベースを\nリモートからアクセスできるようにする必要があります。設定データベースのパスワードを設定してください\n" +msgid "" +"To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" +"to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" +msgstr "" +"レプリケーション用のマスタサーバとして動作させる場合は、設定データベースを\n" +"リモートからアクセスできるようにする必要があります。設定データベースのパスワードを設定してください\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 -msgid "\n(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\nLDAP Connections.)\n" -msgstr "\n(設定データベースに対するリモートアクセスは、暗号化されたLDAP接続に\n制限されます)。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" +"LDAP Connections.)\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"(設定データベースに対するリモートアクセスは、暗号化されたLDAP接続に\n" +"制限されます)。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 msgid "Enter new &Password" @@ -579,8 +637,14 @@ msgstr "<h4>LDAP サーバの起動</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 -msgid "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \npart of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\nAfter selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" -msgstr "LDAPサーバをシステムの起動時に自動的に起動する場合は［はい］を選択します。\nLDAPサーバを起動しない場合は［いいえ］を選択します。注:\n［いいえ］を選択すると、OpenLDAPの設定を変更できなくなります。\n" +msgid "" +"Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"LDAPサーバをシステムの起動時に自動的に起動する場合は［はい］を選択します。\n" +"LDAPサーバを起動しない場合は［いいえ］を選択します。注:\n" +"［いいえ］を選択すると、OpenLDAPの設定を変更できなくなります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -591,24 +655,42 @@ msgstr "ここでは、OpenLDAPで対応しているさまざまなプロトコルリスナー(プロトコルの受け入れ)の有効/無効を切り替えます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 -msgid "LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\nis possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." -msgstr "LDAPはポート389上の標準LDAPインタフェースです。TLS/SSLで保護された通信は\nサーバ証明書を設置すればStartTLS操作で可能になります。" +msgid "" +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." +msgstr "" +"LDAPはポート389上の標準LDAPインタフェースです。TLS/SSLで保護された通信は\n" +"サーバ証明書を設置すればStartTLS操作で可能になります。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 -msgid "LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\nconnections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" -msgstr "［LDAPS］は「LDAP over SSL (ldaps)」インタフェースの意味で、ポート番号636を利用して\nSSL暗号化による保護接続を行うことができます。この機能を正しく動作させるには、サーバ証明書の設定が必要です(［グローバル設定］/［TLS設定］を参照してください)。\n" +msgid "" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +msgstr "" +"［LDAPS］は「LDAP over SSL (ldaps)」インタフェースの意味で、ポート番号636を利用して\n" +"SSL暗号化による保護接続を行うことができます。この機能を正しく動作させるには、サーバ証明書の設定が必要です(［グローバル設定］/［TLS設定］を参照してください)。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 -msgid "LDAPI enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\nLDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \nas YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" -msgstr "［LDAPI］は「LDAP over IPC」インタフェースの意味で、\nUnixドメインソケットを通じてLDAPサーバにアクセスすることができます。YaSTはこのインタフェースを\n介してサーバと通信するため、無効にしないでください。\n" +msgid "" +"LDAPI enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n" +"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" +"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" +msgstr "" +"［LDAPI］は「LDAP over IPC」インタフェースの意味で、\n" +"Unixドメインソケットを通じてLDAPサーバにアクセスすることができます。YaSTはこのインタフェースを\n" +"介してサーバと通信するため、無効にしないでください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" msgstr "<h4>ファイアウォール設定</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\nnetwork ports or not.\n" -msgstr "ここでは、SuSEFirewallでLDAP関連のネットワークポートへの\nアクセスを許可するかどうかを選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" +"network ports or not.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、SuSEFirewallでLDAP関連のネットワークポートへの\n" +"アクセスを許可するかどうかを選択します。\n" #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -616,36 +698,108 @@ msgstr "<h3>基本的なデータベース設定</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 -msgid "Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\nvariant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\nsupports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\nhdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\nbdb-Database for a good search performance.\nmdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\nIt similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" -msgstr "［データベース］を［hdb］、［bdb］、および［mdb］から選択します。\n［hdb］は［bdb］バックエンドの派生系で、階層構造のデータベースレイアウトを使用し、\nサブツリーの名前変更をサポートしています。それ以外は［bdb］と同じです。\n［hdb］データベースは良好な検索パフォーマンスを得るために\n［bdb］データベースよりも大きな［idlcachesize］を必要とします。\n［mdb］データベースはOpenLDAPのLightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB)ライブラリを使用してデータを保存します。\nこれは［hdb］バックエンドに似ていますが、容量と実行の両方においてより効率的です。\n" +msgid "" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" +"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" +"hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" +msgstr "" +"［データベース］を［hdb］、［bdb］、および［mdb］から選択します。\n" +"［hdb］は［bdb］バックエンドの派生系で、階層構造のデータベースレイアウトを使用し、\n" +"サブツリーの名前変更をサポートしています。それ以外は［bdb］と同じです。\n" +"［hdb］データベースは良好な検索パフォーマンスを得るために\n" +"［bdb］データベースよりも大きな［idlcachesize］を必要とします。\n" +"［mdb］データベースはOpenLDAPのLightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB)ライブラリを使用してデータを保存します。\n" +"これは［hdb］バックエンドに似ていますが、容量と実行の両方においてより効率的です。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 -msgid "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \nof the database being created." -msgstr "ベース DN オプションは、データベースを作成する際のルート項目の\n名前を指定します。" +msgid "" +"The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" +"of the database being created." +msgstr "" +"ベース DN オプションは、データベースを作成する際のルート項目の\n" +"名前を指定します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 -msgid "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \nspecifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \nadministrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \nBase DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\nand Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\nof <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " -msgstr "管理者DNはLDAP管理者パスワードと共に、データベースに対して\nスーパーユーザとしての識別情報を指定し、すべてのACLとその他の管理的な限定規制に優先するものです。\n［ベースDNを追加］を選択して上記で入力したベースDNを追加します。\n例えば、<tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>のベースDNと<tt>c=Admin</tt>の管理者DNを組み合わせて、\n<tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>の効果的な管理者DNにすることができます。\n " +msgid "" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" +"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " +msgstr "" +"管理者DNはLDAP管理者パスワードと共に、データベースに対して\n" +"スーパーユーザとしての識別情報を指定し、すべてのACLとその他の管理的な限定規制に優先するものです。\n" +"［ベースDNを追加］を選択して上記で入力したベースDNを追加します。\n" +"例えば、<tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>のベースDNと<tt>c=Admin</tt>の管理者DNを組み合わせて、\n" +"<tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>の効果的な管理者DNにすることができます。\n" +" " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 -msgid "If this wizard was started during installation, the \nLDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\nentered earlier in the installation process. " -msgstr "このウィザードがインストール中に開始した場合、 \nLDAP管理者パスワードは最初、インストールプロセスの初めの方に入力したシステムのルートパスワードに\n設定されます。 " +msgid "" +"If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" +"entered earlier in the installation process. " +msgstr "" +"このウィザードがインストール中に開始した場合、 \n" +"LDAP管理者パスワードは最初、インストールプロセスの初めの方に入力したシステムのルートパスワードに\n" +"設定されます。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 -msgid "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\nclients. This will result in the hostname \"localhost\" and the above \nentered Base DN being written to the OpenLDAP client configuration \nfile <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\nwhen creating the first database on a server.\n" -msgstr "このデータベースをOpenLDAPクライアントツール(たとえばldapsearch)向けの\nデフォルトのデータベースとして使用するには、［このデータベースをOpenLDAP向けの\n既定のものとして使用する］を選択します。\nこれにより、ホスト名「localhost」および上で入力した［ベースDN］が\nOpenLDAPクライアントの環境設定ファイル<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>に書き込まれます。\nこのチェックボックスは、サーバで最初のデータベースを作成する場合はデフォルトでオンになっています。\n" +msgid "" +"To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" +"(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" +"clients. This will result in the hostname \"localhost\" and the above \n" +"entered Base DN being written to the OpenLDAP client configuration \n" +"file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" +"when creating the first database on a server.\n" +msgstr "" +"このデータベースをOpenLDAPクライアントツール(たとえばldapsearch)向けの\n" +"デフォルトのデータベースとして使用するには、［このデータベースをOpenLDAP向けの\n" +"既定のものとして使用する］を選択します。\n" +"これにより、ホスト名「localhost」および上で入力した［ベースDN］が\n" +"OpenLDAPクライアントの環境設定ファイル<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>に書き込まれます。\n" +"このチェックボックスは、サーバで最初のデータベースを作成する場合はデフォルトでオンになっています。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 -msgid "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \nchange any configuration settings here.\n" -msgstr "現在、YaSTはこのデータベースをサポートしていません。\nそのため、ここでは設定内容を変更できません。\n" +msgid "" +"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" +"change any configuration settings here.\n" +msgstr "" +"現在、YaSTはこのデータベースをサポートしていません。\n" +"そのため、ここでは設定内容を変更できません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\nfor the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \nauthentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \nusing sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" -msgstr "設定データベースに対してプレーンテキスト認証(LDAPシンプルバインド)\nを有効または無効にするには、それぞれ関連するチェックボックスをオンにします。\n設定データベースに対するプレーンテキスト認証は、十分な保護のある(たとえば\nSSL/TLS暗号化などの)接続でのみ許可されます。\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" +"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" +"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" +"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" +msgstr "" +"設定データベースに対してプレーンテキスト認証(LDAPシンプルバインド)\n" +"を有効または無効にするには、それぞれ関連するチェックボックスをオンにします。\n" +"設定データベースに対するプレーンテキスト認証は、十分な保護のある(たとえば\n" +"SSL/TLS暗号化などの)接続でのみ許可されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 -msgid "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \nclick Change Password. \nA Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \nPassword Encryption. \nThe password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \nset in the configuration.\n" -msgstr "設定データベースに対する管理パスワードを変更するには、\n［パスワードの変更］をクリックしてください。\nポップアップウィンドウが表示され、新しいパスワードを入力し、\n［パスワード暗号化］を選択することができます。\nパスワードフィールドは、すでにパスワードが設定済みである場合でも空白で表示\nされます。\n" +msgid "" +"To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" +"click Change Password. \n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" +"Password Encryption. \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" +"set in the configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"設定データベースに対する管理パスワードを変更するには、\n" +"［パスワードの変更］をクリックしてください。\n" +"ポップアップウィンドウが表示され、新しいパスワードを入力し、\n" +"［パスワード暗号化］を選択することができます。\n" +"パスワードフィールドは、すでにパスワードが設定済みである場合でも空白で表示\n" +"されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" @@ -656,40 +810,94 @@ msgstr "ここではBDBおよびHDBデータベースに関する基本設定を変更することができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\nwith Append Base DN." -msgstr "完全な DN を入力するか、先頭部分のみを入力してから ベースDNを追加 を押して\nベース DN を追加してください。" +msgid "" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" +"with Append Base DN." +msgstr "" +"完全な DN を入力するか、先頭部分のみを入力してから ベースDNを追加 を押して\n" +"ベース DN を追加してください。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 -msgid "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\nA Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\nThe password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" -msgstr "管理者アカウントのパスワードを変更するには、［パスワードの変更］をクリックしてください。\nポップアップウィンドウが表示され、新しいパスワードを入力し、［パスワードの暗号化］を選択することができます。\nパスワードフィールドは、パスワードがすでに設定済みである場合でも空白で表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"管理者アカウントのパスワードを変更するには、［パスワードの変更］をクリックしてください。\n" +"ポップアップウィンドウが表示され、新しいパスワードを入力し、［パスワードの暗号化］を選択することができます。\n" +"パスワードフィールドは、パスワードがすでに設定済みである場合でも空白で表示されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 -msgid "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\nthe sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\nthat are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\nshould be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \nis used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\nlarge IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\nthumbs)." -msgstr "項目キャッシュとインデックスキャッシュ(IDLキャッシュ)で、\n OpenLDAP内部のキャッシュサイズを調整することができます。項目キャッシュでは\n OpenLDAP内部のメモリキャッシュにどれだけの項目数を記憶しておくかを指定します。搭載メモリ量が十分にある環境では、\nメモリ内にデータベース全体を保存できるほどの値に設定しておくと良いでしょう。インデックスキャッシュ(IDL キャッシュ)\nは索引の付けられた属性の検索を高速化させるために使用します。一般的に、HDBデータベースには\n検索の性能を上げるために大きなIDLキャッシュを必要とします(おおよそ項目キャッシュの3倍程度)\n。" +msgid "" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" +"thumbs)." +msgstr "" +"項目キャッシュとインデックスキャッシュ(IDLキャッシュ)で、\n" +" OpenLDAP内部のキャッシュサイズを調整することができます。項目キャッシュでは\n" +" OpenLDAP内部のメモリキャッシュにどれだけの項目数を記憶しておくかを指定します。搭載メモリ量が十分にある環境では、\n" +"メモリ内にデータベース全体を保存できるほどの値に設定しておくと良いでしょう。インデックスキャッシュ(IDL キャッシュ)\n" +"は索引の付けられた属性の検索を高速化させるために使用します。一般的に、HDBデータベースには\n" +"検索の性能を上げるために大きなIDLキャッシュを必要とします(おおよそ項目キャッシュの3倍程度)\n" +"。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>パスワードポリシーの設定</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \nEnable Password Policies." -msgstr "このデータベースのパスワードポリシーを使用するには、\nパスワードポリシーを有効にするを有効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" +"Enable Password Policies." +msgstr "" +"このデータベースのパスワードポリシーを使用するには、\n" +"パスワードポリシーを有効にするを有効にしてください。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 -msgid "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\nshould encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\nin the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\nneeded to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \nto manage passwords. " -msgstr "データベースに格納するよりも前の段階で OpenLDAP サーバ\nがリクエスト内の平文パスワードを暗号化する必要がある場合は、\n平文パスワードをハッシュする を選んでください。この設定は X.500/LDAP 情報モデルに違反しますが、\nパスワードを管理するためにパスワード変更拡張操作を利用しない LDAP クライアント用に\n必要となる場合があります。 " +msgid "" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" +"to manage passwords. " +msgstr "" +"データベースに格納するよりも前の段階で OpenLDAP サーバ\n" +"がリクエスト内の平文パスワードを暗号化する必要がある場合は、\n" +"平文パスワードをハッシュする を選んでください。この設定は X.500/LDAP 情報モデルに違反しますが、\n" +"パスワードを管理するためにパスワード変更拡張操作を利用しない LDAP クライアント用に\n" +"必要となる場合があります。 " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 -msgid "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\nauthenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\nlocked. This notification might provide useful information to an\nattacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\noption. \n" -msgstr "［アカウントロック状態を知らせる］を有効にしていると、ロックされたアカウントで\n認証しようとしているユーザに、アカウントがロックされていることが通知されます。\nこの通知は、悪意のある攻撃者にとっては有用な情報になる可能性があります。\n厳格なセキュリティが求められるサイトでは、このオプションを有効にしないで\nください。\n" +msgid "" +"If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" +"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" +"locked. This notification might provide useful information to an\n" +"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" +"option. \n" +msgstr "" +"［アカウントロック状態を知らせる］を有効にしていると、ロックされたアカウントで\n" +"認証しようとしているユーザに、アカウントがロックされていることが通知されます。\n" +"この通知は、悪意のある攻撃者にとっては有用な情報になる可能性があります。\n" +"厳格なセキュリティが求められるサイトでは、このオプションを有効にしないで\n" +"ください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "［デフォルトのポリシーオブジェクトDN］には、デフォルトのポリシーオブジェクト名を入力します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\nbe asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\nPolicy Object being read from the server.\n" -msgstr "［ポリシーの編集］をクリックして、デフォルトのポリシーを作成または変更します。\nポリシーオブジェクトをサーバから読み込めるようにするため、\n後でLDAP管理者パスワードを尋ねられることがあります。\n" +msgid "" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" +"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" +"Policy Object being read from the server.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ポリシーの編集］をクリックして、デフォルトのポリシーを作成または変更します。\n" +"ポリシーオブジェクトをサーバから読み込めるようにするため、\n" +"後でLDAP管理者パスワードを尋ねられることがあります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" @@ -704,55 +912,117 @@ msgstr "この表には、現在インデックスが定義されている属性のリストが表示されています。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 -msgid "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\ntypes of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\ncommon searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\nof indexes.\n" -msgstr "インデックスは、OpenLDAPによって、特定のタイプの検索における検索性能を\n向上させるために使用されます。インデックスはデータベース内で検索頻度の高い項目に対して\n設定することをお勧めします。YaSTでは3つの異なるタイプのインデックスを設定\nできます。\n" +msgid "" +"Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" +"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" +"of indexes.\n" +msgstr "" +"インデックスは、OpenLDAPによって、特定のタイプの検索における検索性能を\n" +"向上させるために使用されます。インデックスはデータベース内で検索頻度の高い項目に対して\n" +"設定することをお勧めします。YaSTでは3つの異なるタイプのインデックスを設定\n" +"できます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\nfor attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" -msgstr "［状態］: このインデックスは、存在するかどうか(たとえば<tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>)\nを検索する際に使用します。状態インデックスは、データベース内で\nほとんど使用されない属性に対してのみ設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" +"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" +msgstr "" +"［状態］: このインデックスは、存在するかどうか(たとえば<tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>)\n" +"を検索する際に使用します。状態インデックスは、データベース内で\n" +"ほとんど使用されない属性に対してのみ設定してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 -msgid "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\nshould always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" -msgstr "［均等］: このインデックスはイコールで結ばれる種類の検索(たとえば(<tt>(attributeType=<特定の値>)</tt>)を行う際に使用します。\n［均等］インデックスは<tt>objectclass</tt>の属性に対しては\n必ず設定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" +"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" +msgstr "" +"［均等］: このインデックスはイコールで結ばれる種類の検索(たとえば(<tt>(attributeType=<特定の値>)</tt>)を行う際に使用します。\n" +"［均等］インデックスは<tt>objectclass</tt>の属性に対しては\n" +"必ず設定する必要があります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 -msgid "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" -msgstr "［部分文字列］: このインデックスは部分文字列の検索\n(たとえば<tt>(attributeType=<文字列の一部>*)</tt>)を行う際に使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" +msgstr "" +"［部分文字列］: このインデックスは部分文字列の検索\n" +"(たとえば<tt>(attributeType=<文字列の一部>*)</tt>)を行う際に使用します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 -msgid "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\nDelete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\nindexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" -msgstr "新しい属性に対してインデックスを設定するには、［追加］ボタンを使用します。\n既存のインデックスを削除するには［削除］を、すでにインデックスを設定済みの属性の\nインデックス生成オプションを変更するには［編集］をそれぞれ使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" +"Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" +"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しい属性に対してインデックスを設定するには、［追加］ボタンを使用します。\n" +"既存のインデックスを削除するには［削除］を、すでにインデックスを設定済みの属性の\n" +"インデックス生成オプションを変更するには［編集］をそれぞれ使用します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 -msgid "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\nindexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\nwritten to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\ninformation for the database.\n" -msgstr "注: データベースのサイズによっては、新しくインデックスを追加すると、それがアクティブになるまでに\nしばらくの時間がかかります。設定をサーバに書き込むと、\nバックグラウンドタスクがデータベースのインデックス情報の生成を\n開始します。\n" +msgid "" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" +"information for the database.\n" +msgstr "" +"注: データベースのサイズによっては、新しくインデックスを追加すると、それがアクティブになるまでに\n" +"しばらくの時間がかかります。設定をサーバに書き込むと、\n" +"バックグラウンドタスクがデータベースのインデックス情報の生成を\n" +"開始します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "<h3>アクセス制御設定</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 -msgid "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\ncurrently configured for the selected database\n" -msgstr "この表には、現在、選択したデータベースに設定されているすべてのアクセス制御ルールの概要が\n表示されています。\n" +msgid "" +"This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" +"currently configured for the selected database\n" +msgstr "" +"この表には、現在、選択したデータベースに設定されているすべてのアクセス制御ルールの概要が\n" +"表示されています。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 -msgid "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\ndetailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\nclick Edit.\n" -msgstr "それぞれのルールについて、ルールに一致するターゲットオブジェクトが表示されます。\nより詳細なルール画面を表示したり、ルールを変更したりするには、\n表内のルールを選択して［編集］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" +"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" +"click Edit.\n" +msgstr "" +"それぞれのルールについて、ルールに一致するターゲットオブジェクトが表示されます。\n" +"より詳細なルール画面を表示したり、ルールを変更したりするには、\n" +"表内のルールを選択して［編集］をクリックしてください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 -msgid "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\ndelete an access control rule.\n" -msgstr "新しいアクセス制御ルールを追加するには［追加］ボタンを、アクセス制御ルールを削除するには\n［削除］を使用してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" +"delete an access control rule.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいアクセス制御ルールを追加するには［追加］ボタンを、アクセス制御ルールを削除するには\n" +"［削除］を使用してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\ndefinition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\naccessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\nthe Up and Down buttons.\n" -msgstr "OpenLDAPのアクセス制御の評価は、アクセスしているエントリに一致する\nターゲット定義(DN、フィルタ、および属性)が設定された最初のルールで停止します。そのため、意図している動作に合わせるには\nルールの順序を変更する必要があります。これは、それぞれ［上へ］と［下へ］\nボタンで行うことができます。\n" +msgid "" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" +"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" +"the Up and Down buttons.\n" +msgstr "" +"OpenLDAPのアクセス制御の評価は、アクセスしているエントリに一致する\n" +"ターゲット定義(DN、フィルタ、および属性)が設定された最初のルールで停止します。そのため、意図している動作に合わせるには\n" +"ルールの順序を変更する必要があります。これは、それぞれ［上へ］と［下へ］\n" +"ボタンで行うことができます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>レプリケーションプロバイダ設定</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 -msgid "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \nbe able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." +msgid "" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" +"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "現在選択されているデータベースを別のサーバに複製するには、［このデータベースのldapsyncプロバイダを有効にする］チェックボックスをオンにします。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 @@ -760,32 +1030,71 @@ msgstr "<h4>チェックポイント設定</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 -msgid "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\nin the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\nto the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\nafter more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\nhas last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\nonly written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\na faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\nperformance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" -msgstr "ここでは、同期状態の情報(「contextCSN」属性内に保存されています)をデータベースに\n書き込む頻度を指定します。最後に情報を書き込んでから、［操作］で指定した\n書き込み操作の回数や［分］で指定した時間が経過すると、データベースの\n同期処理が動作します。デフォルトでは状態情報(デフォルトでは両方とも「0」)は、\n正しくシャットダウンした\n場合にのみ書き込まれます。間隔を短く設定して書き込みを行うと、不正な\nシャットダウンが発生してもすぐに回復できますが、多くのLDAP書き込み操作が発生する環境の場合、\nパフォーマンスが低下することがあります。\n" +msgid "" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" +"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" +"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" +"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、同期状態の情報(「contextCSN」属性内に保存されています)をデータベースに\n" +"書き込む頻度を指定します。最後に情報を書き込んでから、［操作］で指定した\n" +"書き込み操作の回数や［分］で指定した時間が経過すると、データベースの\n" +"同期処理が動作します。デフォルトでは状態情報(デフォルトでは両方とも「0」)は、\n" +"正しくシャットダウンした\n" +"場合にのみ書き込まれます。間隔を短く設定して書き込みを行うと、不正な\n" +"シャットダウンが発生してもすぐに回復できますが、多くのLDAP書き込み操作が発生する環境の場合、\n" +"パフォーマンスが低下することがあります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "<h4>セッションログ</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 -msgid "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\nmade on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \nConfiguring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \nsuch a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." -msgstr "データベース上で行われた書き込み操作に関する情報を記録するためのメモリ内セッションログを設定します。\nセッションログ内に書き込み操作を記録する頻度を指定します。\nセッションログの設定は、「refreshOnly」レプリケーションに関してのみ役に立ちます。この場合、レプリケーションの処理が高速化し、マスタサーバの負荷を軽減できます。" +msgid "" +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." +msgstr "" +"データベース上で行われた書き込み操作に関する情報を記録するためのメモリ内セッションログを設定します。\n" +"セッションログ内に書き込み操作を記録する頻度を指定します。\n" +"セッションログの設定は、「refreshOnly」レプリケーションに関してのみ役に立ちます。この場合、レプリケーションの処理が高速化し、マスタサーバの負荷を軽減できます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>レプリケーションコンシューマ設定</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 -msgid "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\ndatabase to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" -msgstr "このデータベースを他のサーバに対するレプリカにする場合は、\n［このデータベースをレプリケーションコンシューマにします］を選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" +"database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" +msgstr "" +"このデータベースを他のサーバに対するレプリカにする場合は、\n" +"［このデータベースをレプリケーションコンシューマにします］を選択してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "<h4>プロバイダ</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 -msgid "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\nserver here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\nenter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\nuse the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\ncertificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\nldap ports.\n" -msgstr "ここでは、マスタサーバに対する認証接続を行う際の詳細を入力します。それぞれ\n使用するプロトコル(［ldap］または［ldaps］)とマスタサーバの完全修飾\nホスト名を入力します。ここで入力する完全修飾ホスト名は、マスタサーバの\nTLS/SSL証明書を検証するために重要な設定です。また、マスタサーバが標準以外のLDAP\nポートを使用している場合は、ポート番号も調整して\nください。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" +"server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" +"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" +"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" +"ldap ports.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、マスタサーバに対する認証接続を行う際の詳細を入力します。それぞれ\n" +"使用するプロトコル(［ldap］または［ldaps］)とマスタサーバの完全修飾\n" +"ホスト名を入力します。ここで入力する完全修飾ホスト名は、マスタサーバの\n" +"TLS/SSL証明書を検証するために重要な設定です。また、マスタサーバが標準以外のLDAP\n" +"ポートを使用している場合は、ポート番号も調整して\n" +"ください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" @@ -796,28 +1105,56 @@ msgstr "OpenLDAPでは、次のようなさまざまなレプリケーションモードがサポートされます:" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 -msgid "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\nconnection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\ninterval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\nReplication Interval setting.\n" -msgstr "［refreshOnly］: スレーブサーバは新しい接続を定期的に開き、\n同期を行った後に再び接続を閉じます。\n同期を行う間隔は、\n［レプリケーション間隔］で設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" +"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" +"interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" +"Replication Interval setting.\n" +msgstr "" +"［refreshOnly］: スレーブサーバは新しい接続を定期的に開き、\n" +"同期を行った後に再び接続を閉じます。\n" +"同期を行う間隔は、\n" +"［レプリケーション間隔］で設定します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 -msgid "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\nconnection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\nmaster server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" -msgstr "［refreshAndPersist］: スレーブサーバはマスタサーバとの同期を行うにあたり、永続的な接続を作成します。\nサーバ上で更新された項目は、\nその接続を介して即時にスレーブに送信されます。\n" +msgid "" +"refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" +"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" +"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" +msgstr "" +"［refreshAndPersist］: スレーブサーバはマスタサーバとの同期を行うにあたり、永続的な接続を作成します。\n" +"サーバ上で更新された項目は、\n" +"その接続を介して即時にスレーブに送信されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "<h4>認証</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 -msgid "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\nThe specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" -msgstr "ここでは、マスタに対して認証を行う際に利用するDNとパスワードを指定します。\n指定したDNには、マスタ上の複製されたデータベースの全エントリに対する読み込みアクセスが必要です。\n" +msgid "" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、マスタに対して認証を行う際に利用するDNとパスワードを指定します。\n" +"指定したDNには、マスタ上の複製されたデータベースの全エントリに対する読み込みアクセスが必要です。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "<h4>更新参照</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 -msgid "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\noperations with an LDAP referral. \nBy default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\nThis is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\nslave server is as slave server too. \n" -msgstr "スレーブデータベースは読み込み専用であるため、スレーブサーバは書き込み操作に対して\nLDAP参照の形で応答します。\nデフォルトでは、この参照はクライアントにマスタサーバを示します。ここでは更新参照先として他のサーバを指定できます。\nこれは、スレーブサーバのプロバイダがスレーブサーバ自身でもあるような、\nカスケード化されたレプリケーション設定の場合に便利な機能です。\n" +msgid "" +"As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" +"operations with an LDAP referral. \n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" +"slave server is as slave server too. \n" +msgstr "" +"スレーブデータベースは読み込み専用であるため、スレーブサーバは書き込み操作に対して\n" +"LDAP参照の形で応答します。\n" +"デフォルトでは、この参照はクライアントにマスタサーバを示します。ここでは更新参照先として他のサーバを指定できます。\n" +"これは、スレーブサーバのプロバイダがスレーブサーバ自身でもあるような、\n" +"カスケード化されたレプリケーション設定の場合に便利な機能です。\n" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 @@ -825,8 +1162,12 @@ msgstr "<big>LDAPサーバ設定を初期化しています</big>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -834,8 +1175,14 @@ msgstr "<big>LDAPサーバの設定を保存しています</big> \n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\ninforms you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -msgstr "<big>保存の中止:</big> \n保存を中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。\n別のダイアログに、中止しても安全かどうか表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" +"informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存の中止:</big> \n" +"保存を中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。\n" +"別のダイアログに、中止しても安全かどうか表示されます。\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 @@ -843,8 +1190,14 @@ msgstr "<h3>LDAP サーバの設定概要</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\ncreated. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\nServer module.\n" -msgstr "このダイアログには、今作成した設定についての短い概要が示されています。\n［完了］をクリックして設定を書き込み、LDAPサーバモジュールを終了してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" +"created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" +"Server module.\n" +msgstr "" +"このダイアログには、今作成した設定についての短い概要が示されています。\n" +"［完了］をクリックして設定を書き込み、LDAPサーバモジュールを終了してください。\n" +"\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -856,8 +1209,12 @@ msgstr "［はい］を選択すると、［次へ］をクリックして設定ウィザードを開始することができます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 -msgid "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\nfor OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" -msgstr "ファイアウォールが有効になっている場合は、適切なチェックボックスをオンにすることで、\nOpenLDAPが必要とするネットワークポートを開くことができます。\n" +msgid "" +"If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" +"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウォールが有効になっている場合は、適切なチェックボックスをオンにすることで、\n" +"OpenLDAPが必要とするネットワークポートを開くことができます。\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 @@ -865,16 +1222,28 @@ msgstr "設定するLDAPサーバの種類を選択してください。次のシナリオが利用できます。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 -msgid "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\nno preparations for replication.\n" -msgstr "［スタンドアロンサーバ］: 単一のスタンドアロンのOpenLDAPサーバを設定し、\nレプリケーションの準備は行いません。\n" +msgid "" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" +"no preparations for replication.\n" +msgstr "" +"［スタンドアロンサーバ］: 単一のスタンドアロンのOpenLDAPサーバを設定し、\n" +"レプリケーションの準備は行いません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 -msgid "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\nprepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" -msgstr "［レプリケーション設定のマスタサーバ］: レプリケーション設定について、\nマスタサーバ(プロバイダ) として機能するためのOpenLDAP設定を作成します。\n" +msgid "" +"Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" +"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" +msgstr "" +"［レプリケーション設定のマスタサーバ］: レプリケーション設定について、\n" +"マスタサーバ(プロバイダ) として機能するためのOpenLDAP設定を作成します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 -msgid "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\nincluding configuration, from a master server." -msgstr "レプリカ(スレーブ)サーバ:マスターサーバから\n環境設定を含むすべてのデータを複製するOpenLDAPスレーブサーバを設定します。" +msgid "" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" +"including configuration, from a master server." +msgstr "" +"レプリカ(スレーブ)サーバ:マスターサーバから\n" +"環境設定を含むすべてのデータを複製するOpenLDAPスレーブサーバを設定します。" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 @@ -886,28 +1255,58 @@ msgstr "<h4>基本的な設定</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 -msgid "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\ncheckbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \nto use.\n" -msgstr "TLS/SSLでの暗号化を有効にするには、［TLSを有効にする］チェックボックスをオンにしてください。\nこの場合は、サーバが使用する証明書も設定する\n必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" +"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" +"to use.\n" +msgstr "" +"TLS/SSLでの暗号化を有効にするには、［TLSを有効にする］チェックボックスをオンにしてください。\n" +"この場合は、サーバが使用する証明書も設定する\n" +"必要があります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 -msgid "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\nto accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\nsupport TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" -msgstr "［LDAP over SSL (ldaps)インタフェースを有効にする］をオンにすると、サーバは\nポート636でLDAPS接続を受け入れるようになります。オンにしない場合、OpenLDAPは\nStartTLS拡張操作を介したTLS暗号化接続のみをサポートします。\n" +msgid "" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" +"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" +msgstr "" +"［LDAP over SSL (ldaps)インタフェースを有効にする］をオンにすると、サーバは\n" +"ポート636でLDAPS接続を受け入れるようになります。オンにしない場合、OpenLDAPは\n" +"StartTLS拡張操作を介したTLS暗号化接続のみをサポートします。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 -msgid "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\ncorresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\nthe OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" -msgstr "共通サーバ証明書を、対応するYaSTモジュールを使用してインストールしてある場合は、\n［共通サーバ証明書の使用］をオンにすると、OpenLDAPサーバで\nその証明書を使用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" +"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" +msgstr "" +"共通サーバ証明書を、対応するYaSTモジュールを使用してインストールしてある場合は、\n" +"［共通サーバ証明書の使用］をオンにすると、OpenLDAPサーバで\n" +"その証明書を使用できます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "<h4>証明書のインポート</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 -msgid "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\ndifferent certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\nCertificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\ntextfields.\n" -msgstr "共通サーバ証明書がない場合、またはOpenLDAPサーバで別の証明書を使用する\n場合は、［CAの証明書ファイル］、［証明書ファイル］、および\n［証明書の鍵ファイル］のファイル名を対応するテキストフィールドに\n入力します。\n" +msgid "" +"If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" +"textfields.\n" +msgstr "" +"共通サーバ証明書がない場合、またはOpenLDAPサーバで別の証明書を使用する\n" +"場合は、［CAの証明書ファイル］、［証明書ファイル］、および\n" +"［証明書の鍵ファイル］のファイル名を対応するテキストフィールドに\n" +"入力します。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 -msgid "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\nclicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" -msgstr "新しいCAまたは証明書を作成するには、［証明機関管理モジュールの起動］を\nクリックしてCA管理モジュールを起動します。\n" +msgid "" +"To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" +"clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいCAまたは証明書を作成するには、［証明機関管理モジュールの起動］を\n" +"クリックしてCA管理モジュールを起動します。\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 @@ -916,13 +1315,23 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 -msgid "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\na new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \nSchema Data" -msgstr "このダイアログではスキーマファイルを追加または削除することができます。\n 追加 を押すと新しいスキーマのファイルを選択するためのダイアログが表示されます。注意: OpenLDAP \n(back-config を使用したとき) では、現在スキーマデータの削除に対応していません。" +msgid "" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" +"Schema Data" +msgstr "" +"このダイアログではスキーマファイルを追加または削除することができます。\n" +" 追加 を押すと新しいスキーマのファイルを選択するためのダイアログが表示されます。注意: OpenLDAP \n" +"(back-config を使用したとき) では、現在スキーマデータの削除に対応していません。" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 -msgid "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\nto syslog." -msgstr "デバッグステートメントや統計情報をsyslogに記録する際に使用する\nサブシステムを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" +"to syslog." +msgstr "" +"デバッグステートメントや統計情報をsyslogに記録する際に使用する\n" +"サブシステムを選択してください。" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 @@ -934,45 +1343,95 @@ msgstr "<h3>許可フラグの選択</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 -msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\nNote that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" -msgstr "［LDAPv2バインドリクエスト］: サーバがLDAPv2のバインド要求を受け入れるかどうかを設定します。\n注: OpenLDAPはLDAPv2を完全には実装していません。\n" +msgid "" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" +"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" +msgstr "" +"［LDAPv2バインドリクエスト］: サーバがLDAPv2のバインド要求を受け入れるかどうかを設定します。\n" +"注: OpenLDAPはLDAPv2を完全には実装していません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 -msgid "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \ncredentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " -msgstr "証明書が空白でない場合の匿名バインド: 証明書が空白でない場合 (たとえば\nパスワードは存在するがバインド DN が存在しない場合) に匿名バインドを許可するかどうかを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " +msgstr "" +"証明書が空白でない場合の匿名バインド: 証明書が空白でない場合 (たとえば\n" +"パスワードは存在するがバインド DN が存在しない場合) に匿名バインドを許可するかどうかを指定します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 -msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" -msgstr "DN が空白でない場合の未認証バインド: DN が空白でない場合、\n未認証の (匿名の) バインドを許可するかどうかを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" +"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" +msgstr "" +"DN が空白でない場合の未認証バインド: DN が空白でない場合、\n" +"未認証の (匿名の) バインドを許可するかどうかを指定します。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 -msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\naccess controls and other administrative limits.\n" -msgstr "［非認証バインドでの更新操作処理］: 非認証の(匿名の)更新操作を\n許可するかどうかを指定します。この操作も、アクセス制御やその他の管理制限の\n制約を受けることに注意してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" +"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" +"access controls and other administrative limits.\n" +msgstr "" +"［非認証バインドでの更新操作処理］: 非認証の(匿名の)更新操作を\n" +"許可するかどうかを指定します。この操作も、アクセス制御やその他の管理制限の\n" +"制約を受けることに注意してください。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "<h3>不許可フラグの選択</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 -msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\nnot accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\nprohibit anonymous directory access.\n" -msgstr "［匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する］: この項目を選択すると、サーバは\n匿名でのバインド要求を受け入れなくなります。なお、この項目を設定しても、匿名によるディレクトリアクセスは\n一般に禁止されません。\n" +msgid "" +"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" +"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" +"prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" +msgstr "" +"［匿名バインド要求の受け入れを禁止する］: この項目を選択すると、サーバは\n" +"匿名でのバインド要求を受け入れなくなります。なお、この項目を設定しても、匿名によるディレクトリアクセスは\n" +"一般に禁止されません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 -msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\nauthentication\n" -msgstr "［単純認証を無効にする］: 単純バインド認証を完全に\n無効にします。\n" +msgid "" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" +"authentication\n" +msgstr "" +"［単純認証を無効にする］: 単純バインド認証を完全に\n" +"無効にします。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 -msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\nreceipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\nto the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" -msgstr "StartTLS操作を受け取った際、セッションに対して匿名状態の強要を禁止する:\nこの項目を選択すると、サーバはStartTLS操作を受け取ったとき、認証済みの接続を\n強制的に匿名状態に戻さなくなります。\n" +msgid "" +"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" +"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" +msgstr "" +"StartTLS操作を受け取った際、セッションに対して匿名状態の強要を禁止する:\n" +"この項目を選択すると、サーバはStartTLS操作を受け取ったとき、認証済みの接続を\n" +"強制的に匿名状態に戻さなくなります。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 -msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\nThe server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\nconnections.\n" -msgstr "認証したあとはStartTLSを禁止する:\nこの項目を選択すると、すでに認証済みの接続に対しては、サーバはStartTLS操作を許可しません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" +"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" +"connections.\n" +msgstr "" +"認証したあとはStartTLSを禁止する:\n" +"この項目を選択すると、すでに認証済みの接続に対しては、サーバはStartTLS操作を許可しません。\n" +"\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 -msgid "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\ndatabase is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\nthat apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\nthe LDAP server itself.\n" -msgstr "このリストには、設定済みのデータベースが表示されています。タイプが「フロントエンド」や\n「設定」になっているデータベースは、特別な内部用のデータベースであることを\n示しています。「フロントエンド」データベースはすべてのデータベースに適用される\nサーバ全体のアクセス制御を設定するものです。「設定」\nデータベースはLDAPサーバ自身の設定を保持しているものです。\n" +msgid "" +"This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" +"the LDAP server itself.\n" +msgstr "" +"このリストには、設定済みのデータベースが表示されています。タイプが「フロントエンド」や\n" +"「設定」になっているデータベースは、特別な内部用のデータベースであることを\n" +"示しています。「フロントエンド」データベースはすべてのデータベースに適用される\n" +"サーバ全体のアクセス制御を設定するものです。「設定」\n" +"データベースはLDAPサーバ自身の設定を保持しているものです。\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 @@ -980,20 +1439,36 @@ msgstr "新しいデータベースを追加するには、「データベースの追加」をクリックしてください。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 -msgid "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\nYou cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" -msgstr "データベースを削除するには、リストからデータベースを選択して［データベースの削除］\nを選択します。「設定」および「フロントエンド」データベースは削除できません。\n" +msgid "" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" +"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" +msgstr "" +"データベースを削除するには、リストからデータベースを選択して［データベースの削除］\n" +"を選択します。「設定」および「フロントエンド」データベースは削除できません。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 -msgid "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\nthe configuration database accessible remotely." +msgid "" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" +"the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "ここで、環境設定データベース(「cn=config」)のパスワードを入力します。これは、環境設定データベースをリモートにアクセス可能にするために必要です。" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 -msgid "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\ncheckbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" -msgstr "サーバをMirrorMode設定に参加させる場合は、［MirrorModeレプリケーションの準備］\nチェックボックスをオンにします。これにより、MirrorModeレプリケーションで必要なserverId属性が生成されます。\n" +msgid "" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +msgstr "" +"サーバをMirrorMode設定に参加させる場合は、［MirrorModeレプリケーションの準備］\n" +"チェックボックスをオンにします。これにより、MirrorModeレプリケーションで必要なserverId属性が生成されます。\n" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 -msgid "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\nserver's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\nfor the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." -msgstr "スレーブサーバを設定するには、マスタサーバから一定の詳細を問い合わせる必要があります。マスタ\nサーバのホスト名を入力し、\nプロトコル(「ldap」または「ldaps」のいずれか)およびポート番号を必要に応じて調整し、マスタの環境設定データベースのパスワードを入力してください(「cn=config」)。" +msgid "" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." +msgstr "" +"スレーブサーバを設定するには、マスタサーバから一定の詳細を問い合わせる必要があります。マスタ\n" +"サーバのホスト名を入力し、\n" +"プロトコル(「ldap」または「ldaps」のいずれか)およびポート番号を必要に応じて調整し、マスタの環境設定データベースのパスワードを入力してください(「cn=config」)。" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 @@ -2165,8 +2640,12 @@ msgstr "パスワードの確認に失敗しました。" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 -msgid "The Base Object: \"%1\" cannot be auto created by YaST:\n%2" -msgstr "ベースオブジェクト: 「%1」はYaSTで自動作成することができません:\n%2" +msgid "" +"The Base Object: \"%1\" cannot be auto created by YaST:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"ベースオブジェクト: 「%1」はYaSTで自動作成することができません:\n" +"%2" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." @@ -2316,8 +2795,12 @@ msgstr "フィルタ" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341 -msgid "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\nnot supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" -msgstr "選択したデータベースには現在のYaSTモジュールでサポートされていない\nアクセス制御ルールが含まれています。［アクセス制御］ダイアログは無効化されます。\n" +msgid "" +"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" +"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したデータベースには現在のYaSTモジュールでサポートされていない\n" +"アクセス制御ルールが含まれています。［アクセス制御］ダイアログは無効化されます。\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -2426,8 +2909,12 @@ msgstr "認証サーバの環境設定を初期化中" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390 -msgid "Error while initializing configuration.\nIs the LDAPI listener enabled?\n" -msgstr "設定を初期化中にエラーが発生しました。\nLDAPIリスナーは有効になっていますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Error while initializing configuration.\n" +"Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n" +msgstr "" +"設定を初期化中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"LDAPIリスナーは有効になっていますか?\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." @@ -2809,8 +3296,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888 #, perl-format -msgid "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\nCA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." -msgstr "「%s」内に、リモートサーバ証明書を検証するための\n正しいCAファイルが含まれているかどうか確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" +"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." +msgstr "" +"「%s」内に、リモートサーバ証明書を検証するための\n" +"正しいCAファイルが含まれているかどうか確認してください。" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896 #, perl-format @@ -2975,4 +3466,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." msgstr "CA の証明書ファイルを書き込めません。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -57,8 +57,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 -msgid "Error while parsing the control file.\nCheck the log files for more details or fix the\ncontrol file and try again.\n" -msgstr "コントロールファイルの解析中にエラーが発生しました。\n詳しくは記録ファイルを見るか、コントロールファイルを修正して\n再試行してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" +"control file and try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"コントロールファイルの解析中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"詳しくは記録ファイルを見るか、コントロールファイルを修正して\n" +"再試行してください。\n" #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 @@ -141,13 +147,25 @@ #. help 1/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 -msgid "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\npath on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." -msgstr "このダイアログを使用し、ファイルの内容をコピーして、\nインストール済みシステムでの最終的なパスを指定します。YaST2は、このファイルを指定した場所にコピーします。" +msgid "" +"Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +msgstr "" +"このダイアログを使用し、ファイルの内容をコピーして、\n" +"インストール済みシステムでの最終的なパスを指定します。YaST2は、このファイルを指定した場所にコピーします。" #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 -msgid "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\nSet the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\nrepresentation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\nnew permissions." -msgstr "コピーされたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定します。\n所有者を設定するには構文userid:groupidを使用します。アクセス権は、変更内容の\n記号表現、または新しいアクセス権についてのビットパターンを表す\n8進数の数値です。" +msgid "" +"To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"new permissions." +msgstr "" +"コピーされたファイルを保護するには、ファイルの所有者とアクセス権を設定します。\n" +"所有者を設定するには構文userid:groupidを使用します。アクセス権は、変更内容の\n" +"記号表現、または新しいアクセス権についてのビットパターンを表す\n" +"8進数の数値です。" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 msgid "Configuration File Editor" @@ -183,8 +201,12 @@ #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false); #. } #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263 -msgid "Provide at least the file\nname and the contents of the file.\n" -msgstr "少なくともファイル名と\nファイルの内容を指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Provide at least the file\n" +"name and the contents of the file.\n" +msgstr "" +"少なくともファイル名と\n" +"ファイルの内容を指定してください。\n" #. OPEN #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 @@ -214,8 +236,16 @@ msgstr "完全な環境設定ファイルの追加" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 -msgid "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\na configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\ninstalled system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\nand have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." -msgstr "多くのアプリケーションやサービスでは、完全な形式の環境設定ファイルを\nインストール先のシステムにある特定の場所にコピーする必要が\nあります。たとえば、Webサーバをインストールして、http.confの\n環境設定ファイルを準備した場合などです。" +msgid "" +"For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." +msgstr "" +"多くのアプリケーションやサービスでは、完全な形式の環境設定ファイルを\n" +"インストール先のシステムにある特定の場所にコピーする必要が\n" +"あります。たとえば、Webサーバをインストールして、http.confの\n" +"環境設定ファイルを準備した場合などです。" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -223,8 +253,14 @@ #. Help text for last dialog of base installation #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 -msgid "\nPlease wait while the system is being configured.\n" -msgstr "\nシステムの設定中です。しばらくお待ちください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムの設定中です。しばらくお待ちください。\n" +"" #. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:60 @@ -240,15 +276,35 @@ #. list of unsupported sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:88 -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n\n%s\n\nPlease, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "AutoYaSTプロファイルの次のセクションは今後サポートされなくなります:\n\n%s\n\n<scripts/>や<files/>などを使用して設定を変更してください。" +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaSTプロファイルの次のセクションは今後サポートされなくなります:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"<scripts/>や<files/>などを使用して設定を変更してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:103 -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n\n%s\n\nMaybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." -msgstr "AutoYaSTプロファイルの次のセクションはこのシステムでは処理できません: \n\n%s\n\nスペルが間違っているか、または必要なYaSTパッケージの一部がお使いのプロファイルの<software/>セクションに含まれていない可能性があります。" +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaSTプロファイルの次のセクションはこのシステムでは処理できません: \n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"スペルが間違っているか、または必要なYaSTパッケージの一部がお使いのプロファイルの<software/>セクションに含まれていない可能性があります。" #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -293,8 +349,12 @@ #. #. $Id$ #: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31 -msgid "\nPlease wait while the image is retrieved.\n" -msgstr "\nイメージの取得中です。しばらくお待ちください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Please wait while the image is retrieved.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"イメージの取得中です。しばらくお待ちください。\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 msgid "Retrieve Image File" @@ -322,12 +382,20 @@ #. return `abort; #. } #: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58 -msgid "fetching image-script failed:\n%1" -msgstr "イメージスクリプトのフェッチに失敗しました:\n%1" +msgid "" +"fetching image-script failed:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"イメージスクリプトのフェッチに失敗しました:\n" +"%1" #: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67 -msgid "running image-script failed:\n%1" -msgstr "イメージスクリプトの実行に失敗しました:\n%1" +msgid "" +"running image-script failed:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"イメージスクリプトの実行に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" #. import "Arch"; #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -339,8 +407,12 @@ #. #. $Id$ #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 -msgid "\nPlease wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" -msgstr "\nシステムを自動インストールするために準備します。しばらくお待ちください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムを自動インストールするために準備します。しばらくお待ちください。\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -524,13 +596,21 @@ #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 -msgid "Error while configuring partitions.\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "パーティションを設定中にエラーが発生しました。\n再度試してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Error while configuring partitions.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"パーティションを設定中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"再度試してください。\n" #. Software #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 -msgid "Error while configuring software selections.\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "ソフトウェア選択を設定中にエラーが発生しました。\n再度試してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Error while configuring software selections.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"ソフトウェア選択を設定中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"再度試してください。\n" #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol @@ -583,12 +663,20 @@ msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&U)" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 -msgid "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\ninstallation messages. \n" -msgstr "インストールメッセージをスキップしたり、記録したり、タイムアウト付きで表示したり\nすることができます。 \n" +msgid "" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"installation messages. \n" +msgstr "" +"インストールメッセージをスキップしたり、記録したり、タイムアウト付きで表示したり\n" +"することができます。 \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 -msgid "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\nWarnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" -msgstr "タイムアウト付きですべてのメッセージを表示することをお勧めします。\nいくつかの警告はスキップすることができますが、無視すべきではありません。\n" +msgid "" +"It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" +"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" +msgstr "" +"タイムアウト付きですべてのメッセージを表示することをお勧めします。\n" +"いくつかの警告はスキップすることができますが、無視すべきではありません。\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -601,8 +689,16 @@ msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 -msgid "\nSelect one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\nmore add-on selections and packages.\n\n" -msgstr "\n以下の基本選択の中から1つを選んでください。さらにアドオン選択や\nパッケージを追加するには、［詳細］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"more add-on selections and packages.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"以下の基本選択の中から1つを選んでください。さらにアドオン選択や\n" +"パッケージを追加するには、［詳細］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; @@ -625,13 +721,33 @@ #. is result copy of part? #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59 -msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n\t" -msgstr "/etc/fstab のマウント方法:\n通常はマウントすべきファイルシステムを /etc/fstab にあるデバイス名から判別します。\nこの判別を変更して UUID やボリュームラベルによる検索を行ってマウントすべきファイルシステムを\n探す方法に変えることもできます。すべてのファイルシステムが UUID やボリュームラベルでマウントできる\nわけではありません。オプションが無効になっている場合は使用できません。" +msgid "" +"Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" +"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"/etc/fstab のマウント方法:\n" +"通常はマウントすべきファイルシステムを /etc/fstab にあるデバイス名から判別します。\n" +"この判別を変更して UUID やボリュームラベルによる検索を行ってマウントすべきファイルシステムを\n" +"探す方法に変えることもできます。すべてのファイルシステムが UUID やボリュームラベルでマウントできる\n" +"わけではありません。オプションが無効になっている場合は使用できません。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 -msgid "Volume Label:\n\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n\t " -msgstr "ボリュームラベル:\n\t この項目に入力した名前はボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通常\n\t ボリュームラベルによるマウントを行うオプション指定を行った場合にのみ意味を持ちます。\n\t ボリュームラベルに '/' 文字やスペースを入れることはできません。" +msgid "" +"Volume Label:\n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" +"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" +"\t " +msgstr "" +"ボリュームラベル:\n" +"\t この項目に入力した名前はボリュームラベルとして使用されます。このラベルは通常\n" +"\t ボリュームラベルによるマウントを行うオプション指定を行った場合にのみ意味を持ちます。\n" +"\t ボリュームラベルに '/' 文字やスペースを入れることはできません。" #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92 @@ -725,8 +841,12 @@ #. MB, GB -> M, B #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197 -msgid "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\nsystem. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" -msgstr "パーティションを作成するよう選択しましたが、有効なファイルシステムを選択していません。\n続行するには有効なファイルシステムを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" +"system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" +msgstr "" +"パーティションを作成するよう選択しましたが、有効なファイルシステムを選択していません。\n" +"続行するには有効なファイルシステムを選択してください。\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we #. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we @@ -849,8 +969,22 @@ #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 -msgid "\nA profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\nCheck that you entered the correct location\non the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\ncan only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\nare using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\ninstallation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" -msgstr "\nこのマシンのプロファイルが見つからないか取得できませんでした。\nコマンドラインで正しい場所を入力したかを確認してから、\n再試行してください。このエラーのため、ディレクトリ\nではなくプロファイルのURLだけが入力できます。規則\nまたはホスト名によるコントロールファイルを使う場合は、インストール処理を\n再開し、コントロールファイルにアクセスできるようにする必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" +"Check that you entered the correct location\n" +"on the command line and try again. Because of this error, you\n" +"can only enter a URL to a profile and not to a directory. If you\n" +"are using rules or host name-based control files, restart the\n" +"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このマシンのプロファイルが見つからないか取得できませんでした。\n" +"コマンドラインで正しい場所を入力したかを確認してから、\n" +"再試行してください。このエラーのため、ディレクトリ\n" +"ではなくプロファイルのURLだけが入力できます。規則\n" +"またはホスト名によるコントロールファイルを使う場合は、インストール処理を\n" +"再開し、コントロールファイルにアクセスできるようにする必要があります。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "System Profile Location" @@ -878,8 +1012,16 @@ #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\nare shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" -msgstr "\nシステム上で検出されるすべてのハードディスクがここに表示\nされています。&product;をインストールするディスクを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" +"are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システム上で検出されるすべてのハードディスクがここに表示\n" +"されています。&product;をインストールするディスクを選択してください。\n" +"" #. force help text width #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 @@ -954,29 +1096,51 @@ msgstr "コントロールファイルのクラス定義には、このインタフェースを使用します。 \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 -msgid "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\na specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" -msgstr "たとえば、会社の環境での特定の部署、グループ、サイトなどの設定クラスを\n定義することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" +"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" +msgstr "" +"たとえば、会社の環境での特定の部署、グループ、サイトなどの設定クラスを\n" +"定義することができます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 -msgid "The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\nand when it is merged when creating a control file.\n\n" -msgstr "順序(優先度)は、クラスの階層と、コントロールファイルの作成中に\nクラスが統合される時点を定義します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n" +"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"順序(優先度)は、クラスの階層と、コントロールファイルの作成中に\n" +"クラスが統合される時点を定義します。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 msgid "No Description" msgstr "記述がありません" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255 -msgid "Select at least one class\nto edit.\n" -msgstr "編集するクラスを少なくとも1つ\n選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select at least one class\n" +"to edit.\n" +msgstr "" +"編集するクラスを少なくとも1つ\n" +"選択してください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262 -msgid "Select at least one class\nto delete.\n" -msgstr "削除するクラスを少なくとも1つ\n選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select at least one class\n" +"to delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"削除するクラスを少なくとも1つ\n" +"選択してください。\n" #. The merge operation #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372 -msgid "Merge failed:\n %1" -msgstr "統合に失敗しました:\n %1" +msgid "" +"Merge failed:\n" +" %1" +msgstr "" +"統合に失敗しました:\n" +" %1" #. Merge Dialog #. @return [Symbol] @@ -1006,24 +1170,45 @@ msgstr "クラスの統合(&S)" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487 -msgid "If you have defined and created \nclasses, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\na new Profile, which will contain information from every class\ndepending on the priority (order) set when\ncreating the classes.\n" -msgstr "「クラス」を定義し作成した場合には、\nこのインタフェースを使ってクラスを統合し、新しいプロファイルを作成する\nことができます。プロファイルには、クラス作成時の優先順序に\n基づく各クラスの情報が含まれます。\n" +msgid "" +"If you have defined and created \n" +"classes, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\n" +"a new Profile, which will contain information from every class\n" +"depending on the priority (order) set when\n" +"creating the classes.\n" +msgstr "" +"「クラス」を定義し作成した場合には、\n" +"このインタフェースを使ってクラスを統合し、新しいプロファイルを作成する\n" +"ことができます。プロファイルには、クラス作成時の優先順序に\n" +"基づく各クラスの情報が含まれます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 -msgid "To merge the classes, an XSLT\nscript is used.\n" -msgstr "クラスを統合するには、XSLTスクリプト\nを使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"To merge the classes, an XSLT\n" +"script is used.\n" +msgstr "" +"クラスを統合するには、XSLTスクリプト\n" +"を使用します。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540 -msgid "Select at least %1 configurations\nto perform a merge.\n" -msgstr "統合するには、少なくとも %1 個の設定を\n選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select at least %1 configurations\n" +"to perform a merge.\n" +msgstr "" +"統合するには、少なくとも %1 個の設定を\n" +"選択してください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579 msgid "Class Configuration" msgstr "クラスの設定" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580 -msgid "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\nfile should belong.\n" -msgstr "表示されているクラスから、現在のコントロールファイルが含まれるクラスを1つまたは\n複数選んでください。\n" +msgid "" +"Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" +"file should belong.\n" +msgstr "" +"表示されているクラスから、現在のコントロールファイルが含まれるクラスを1つまたは\n" +"複数選んでください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 msgid "No profiles in this class" @@ -1245,18 +1430,31 @@ msgstr "ディレクトリの選択(&D)" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "\nEnter the directory where all control files should be stored in\nthe Repository field." -msgstr "\nすべてのコントロールファイルを保存するディレクトリを［レポジトリ］\nフィールドに入力してください。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the directory where all control files should be stored in\n" +"the Repository field." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"すべてのコントロールファイルを保存するディレクトリを［レポジトリ］\n" +"フィールドに入力してください。" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 -msgid "If you are using the classes feature\nof Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\nall class files are stored.\n" -msgstr "Autoyastのクラス機能を使用する場合は、\nクラスディレクトリも入力してください。これは、すべての\nクラスファイルが保存されるディレクトリです。\n" +msgid "" +"If you are using the classes feature\n" +"of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n" +"all class files are stored.\n" +msgstr "" +"Autoyastのクラス機能を使用する場合は、\n" +"クラスディレクトリも入力してください。これは、すべての\n" +"クラスファイルが保存されるディレクトリです。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Settings" msgstr "設定" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "ディレクトリの選択" @@ -1264,8 +1462,16 @@ #. @param - #. @return message #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153 -msgid "Invalid file name.\nNames can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\nmust begin with letter, and must be\n127 characters long or less.\n" -msgstr "不正なファイル名です。\n名前は、英数字、アンダースコア(_)のみ使用できます。\n最初の文字は英字で、最大127文字に\n制限されています。\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid file name.\n" +"Names can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\n" +"must begin with letter, and must be\n" +"127 characters long or less.\n" +msgstr "" +"不正なファイル名です。\n" +"名前は、英数字、アンダースコア(_)のみ使用できます。\n" +"最初の文字は英字で、最大127文字に\n" +"制限されています。\n" #. title #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221 @@ -1322,13 +1528,23 @@ msgstr "Kickstartファイルを選択してください。" #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324 -msgid "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\nfile and try again." -msgstr "Kickstartファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。ファイルの構文を確認して\n再度実行してください。" +msgid "" +"Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" +"file and try again." +msgstr "" +"Kickstartファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。ファイルの構文を確認して\n" +"再度実行してください。" #. Set resource name, if not using default value #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "Kickstart file was imported.\nCheck the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\nwere imported correctly." -msgstr "Kickstartファイルがインポート\nされました。インポートした構文をチェックして、パッケージ選択とパーティションが正しく読み込まれたか\nどうかを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Kickstart file was imported.\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"were imported correctly." +msgstr "" +"Kickstartファイルがインポート\n" +"されました。インポートした構文をチェックして、パッケージ選択とパーティションが正しく読み込まれたか\n" +"どうかを確認してください。" #. Validate Dialog #. @return [Symbol] @@ -1440,20 +1656,54 @@ msgstr "新規GPGキーをインポートする(&N)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136 -msgid "\nThe options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\nautomatic installation.\n\n" -msgstr "\nこのダイアログ内のオプションは自動インストール時の\nAutoYaSTの動作を制御します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\n" +"automatic installation.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このダイアログ内のオプションは自動インストール時の\n" +"AutoYaSTの動作を制御します。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "\nThe installation confirmation option is selected by default\nto avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\nduring installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\nusual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n\n" -msgstr "\n不用意なインストールを避けるため、インストールの確認オプションは\nデフォルトで選択されています。この場合、インストール中に\nシステムを一旦停止し、要求された操作のサマリを\n通常の提示画面に表示します。一旦停止を行わずに自動的にインストールするには、このオプションの\nチェックを外してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" +"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" +"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"不用意なインストールを避けるため、インストールの確認オプションは\n" +"デフォルトで選択されています。この場合、インストール中に\n" +"システムを一旦停止し、要求された操作のサマリを\n" +"通常の提示画面に表示します。一旦停止を行わずに自動的にインストールするには、このオプションの\n" +"チェックを外してください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 -msgid "\nIf you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\nafter the first reboot (after package installation).\n\n" -msgstr "\nAutoYaSTの第2ステージをオフにすると、最初の再起動後(パッケージのインストール後)、\nインストールは手動モードで続行します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"AutoYaSTの第2ステージをオフにすると、最初の再起動後(パッケージのインストール後)、\n" +"インストールは手動モードで続行します。\n" +" \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 -msgid "\nFor signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n\n" -msgstr "\n署名処理については、AutoYaST文書をお読みください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"For signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"署名処理については、AutoYaST文書をお読みください。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Other Options" @@ -1583,40 +1833,72 @@ msgstr "<big>プロファイルの検証</big> " #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 -msgid "This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\nit checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\nreported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" -msgstr "このツールではxmllintを使用してDTDについてプロファイルを検証し、\nまた、データが失われていないかをチェックします。たとえばクラスの作成時など、もともとデータが存在しない\n場合は、報告されるエラーは無視してください。\n" +msgid "" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" +"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" +msgstr "" +"このツールではxmllintを使用してDTDについてプロファイルを検証し、\n" +"また、データが失われていないかをチェックします。たとえばクラスの作成時など、もともとデータが存在しない\n" +"場合は、報告されるエラーは無視してください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 -msgid "Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\nis validated.\n" -msgstr "はじめにプロファイルをロードします。これを行わないと、空の\nファイルが検証されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" +"is validated.\n" +msgstr "" +"はじめにプロファイルをロードします。これを行わないと、空の\n" +"ファイルが検証されます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 msgid "<big>Importing Kickstart Files</big> " msgstr "<big>Kickstartファイルのインポート</big> " #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26 -msgid "To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \nThe imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \nto add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" -msgstr "Kickstartファイルをインポートするには、環境設定ファイルのパスを入力してください。\nインポートされたデータは設定管理システムに読み込まれ、SUSEで利用できる設定\nオプションを追加できます。\n" +msgid "" +"To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n" +"The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" +"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" +msgstr "" +"Kickstartファイルをインポートするには、環境設定ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" +"インポートされたデータは設定管理システムに読み込まれ、SUSEで利用できる設定\n" +"オプションを追加できます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 -msgid "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\ninformation from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\nin addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" -msgstr "このツールはシステムから情報を読み込んで、参照プロファイルを\n作成します。デフォルトのリソースに加えて、パーティションやパッケージ\n選択など、システムから読み込むリソースを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" +"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +msgstr "" +"このツールはシステムから情報を読み込んで、参照プロファイルを\n" +"作成します。デフォルトのリソースに加えて、パーティションやパッケージ\n" +"選択など、システムから読み込むリソースを選択してください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " msgstr "ハードディスクを分割... " #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 -msgid "The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n\n" -msgstr "右の一覧表には、システム上に作成するパーティションが表示されています。\n\n" +msgid "" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"右の一覧表には、システム上に作成するパーティションが表示されています。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 msgid "Hard disks are designated like this " msgstr "ハードディスクのデバイス名は次のとおりです" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41 -msgid "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" -msgstr "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" +msgid "" +"<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" +msgstr "" +"<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3rd EIDE disk" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46 msgid "etc." @@ -1627,16 +1909,32 @@ msgstr "または、 " #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk" -msgstr "<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk" +msgid "" +"<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk" +msgstr "" +"<tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3rd SCSI disk" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 -msgid "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\nthe drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\ncreated automatically:" -msgstr "パーティションが定義されず、また指定のドライブがルートパーティション\nのあるドライブである場合は、以下のパーティションが自動的に\n作成されます。" +msgid "" +"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"created automatically:" +msgstr "" +"パーティションが定義されず、また指定のドライブがルートパーティション\n" +"のあるドライブである場合は、以下のパーティションが自動的に\n" +"作成されます。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 -msgid " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\nSizes are calculated automatically.\n" -msgstr " <tt>/boot</tt>、<tt>swap</tt>、およびルートパーティション<tt>/</tt>。\nサイズは自動的に計算されます。\n" +msgid "" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" +"Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +" <tt>/boot</tt>、<tt>swap</tt>、およびルートパーティション<tt>/</tt>。\n" +"サイズは自動的に計算されます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 msgid "Advanced Options" @@ -1647,12 +1945,26 @@ msgstr "デフォルトでは、AutoYASTは1つの拡張パーティションを作成して、すべての新しいパーティションを論理デバイスとして追加します。ただし、AutoYaSTに対して、特定のパーティションをプライマリパーティションまたは拡張パーティションとして作成するよう指示できます。また、パーティションのサイズを、メガバイト単位ではなくセクタ数で指定することもできます。" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 -msgid "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\ninterface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" -msgstr "これらのオプションとその他の詳細オプションは、このインタフェースでは\n設定できません。コントロールファイルに手動で追加してください。\n" +msgid "" +"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" +"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" +msgstr "" +"これらのオプションとその他の詳細オプションは、このインタフェースでは\n" +"設定できません。コントロールファイルに手動で追加してください。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 -msgid "\nFor LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\nto an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\na preparation.\n\n" -msgstr "\nLVMとRAIDの設定については、文書をご覧の上、既存のコントロールファイルに設定を\n追加してください。未フォーマットのLVMとRAIDパーティションのみを作成\nできます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"a preparation.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"LVMとRAIDの設定については、文書をご覧の上、既存のコントロールファイルに設定を\n" +"追加してください。未フォーマットのLVMとRAIDパーティションのみを作成\n" +"できます。\n" +"\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 @@ -1735,41 +2047,134 @@ #. help 1/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "\n<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\nAdd commands to run on the system before the installation begins. \n" -msgstr "\n<h3>プレインストールスクリプト</h3>\nインストールが始まる前にシステム上で実行するコマンドを追加します。 \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" +"Add commands to run on the system before the installation begins. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<h3>プレインストールスクリプト</h3>\n" +"インストールが始まる前にシステム上で実行するコマンドを追加します。 \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 -msgid "\n<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\nYou can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\nis completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" -msgstr "\n<h3>ポストインストールスクリプト</h3>\nインストールの完了後にシステム上で実行するコマンドを追加することもできます。\nこれらのスクリプトはchroot環境の外で動作します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<h3>ポストインストールスクリプト</h3>\n" +"インストールの完了後にシステム上で実行するコマンドを追加することもできます。\n" +"これらのスクリプトはchroot環境の外で動作します。\n" +"" #. help 3/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "\n<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\nFor your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\nenvironment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\nrun before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \nscripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \nsystem, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n\n" -msgstr "\n<H3>Chrootスクリプト</H3>\nポストインストールスクリプト(インストール完了後に実行されるスクリプト)を\nchroot環境内で実行したい場合は、chrootスクリプトオプションを選択してください。これらのスクリプトは\nシステムがはじめて再起動する前に実行されます。デフォルトでは、chroot\nスクリプトはインストールシステム内で実行されます。インストールされたシステム内のファイルに\nアクセスするには、スクリプト内でマウントポイント「/mnt」を使う必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\n" +"For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" +"environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" +"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3>Chrootスクリプト</H3>\n" +"ポストインストールスクリプト(インストール完了後に実行されるスクリプト)を\n" +"chroot環境内で実行したい場合は、chrootスクリプトオプションを選択してください。これらのスクリプトは\n" +"システムがはじめて再起動する前に実行されます。デフォルトでは、chroot\n" +"スクリプトはインストールシステム内で実行されます。インストールされたシステム内のファイルに\n" +"アクセスするには、スクリプト内でマウントポイント「/mnt」を使う必要があります。\n" +"\n" #. help 4/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97 -msgid "\nIt is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\nthe boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\nThis runs the scripts in the installed system. \n\n" -msgstr "\n特別なbooleanタグ「chrooted」を使ってブートローダを設定した後にchrootスクリプト\nを実行することができます。booleanこの場合スクリプトは、インストールしたシステム内で\n実行されます。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"特別なbooleanタグ「chrooted」を使ってブートローダを設定した後にchrootスクリプト\n" +"を実行することができます。booleanこの場合スクリプトは、インストールしたシステム内で\n" +"実行されます。 \n" +"\n" #. help 5/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 -msgid "\n<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\nThese scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\nYaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \nusing a special rc script that is executed only once. \nThe final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\nprocess and after network has been initialized.\n\n" -msgstr "\n<H3>initスクリプト</H3>\nこれらのスクリプトは最初の起動処理の際、YaSTがシステムの設定を終えた後に\n実行されます。完了スクリプトは特別なrcスクリプトを使用して\n一度だけ実行されます。\n完了スクリプトは起動処理の最後、ネットワークが初期化された後に\n実行されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" +"These scripts are executed during the initial boot process and after\n" +"YaST has finished configuring the system. The final scripts are executed \n" +"using a special rc script that is executed only once. \n" +"The final scripts are executed toward the end of the boot\n" +"process and after network has been initialized.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3>initスクリプト</H3>\n" +"これらのスクリプトは最初の起動処理の際、YaSTがシステムの設定を終えた後に\n" +"実行されます。完了スクリプトは特別なrcスクリプトを使用して\n" +"一度だけ実行されます。\n" +"完了スクリプトは起動処理の最後、ネットワークが初期化された後に\n" +"実行されます。\n" +"\n" #. help 6/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123 -msgid "\n<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\nPreinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \nPython for preinstallation scripts.\n\n" -msgstr "\n<H3>インタープリタ:</H3>\nプレインストールスクリプトには、シェルスクリプトのみ使用できます。 PerlやPython\nなどのインタープリタはプレインストールスクリプトには使用できません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3>インタープリタ:</H3>\n" +"プレインストールスクリプトには、シェルスクリプトのみ使用できます。 PerlやPython\n" +"などのインタープリタはプレインストールスクリプトには使用できません。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 -msgid "\n<H3>Network Access:</H3>\nWhile executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\nrequires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\nalternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\nguarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\nover a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n\n" -msgstr "\n<H3>ネットワークアクセス:</H3>\nポストインストールスクリプトの実行中にはネットワークは無効になるので、\nネットワークをアクセス可能にするために、スクリプト内での初期化が必要になります。ネットワークで\nポストインストールスクリプトの代わりにinitスクリプトを使用することができます。これにより、\nスクリプトの実行時に完全に設定されたシステムを保証できます。ネットワーク経由でインストールした場合、ポストスクリプトの［ネットワーク］オプションも使用できます。\n \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" +"While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" +"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3>ネットワークアクセス:</H3>\n" +"ポストインストールスクリプトの実行中にはネットワークは無効になるので、\n" +"ネットワークをアクセス可能にするために、スクリプト内での初期化が必要になります。ネットワークで\n" +"ポストインストールスクリプトの代わりにinitスクリプトを使用することができます。これにより、\n" +"スクリプトの実行時に完全に設定されたシステムを保証できます。ネットワーク経由でインストールした場合、ポストスクリプトの［ネットワーク］オプションも使用できます。\n" +" \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 -msgid "\n<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\nAll scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\nIf you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\nyou to debug your script.\n" -msgstr "\n<H3>フィードバックおよびデバッグ:</H3>\n initスクリプトを除くすべてのスクリプトは、フィードバックとしてSTDOUT+STDERRをポップアップボックスに表示できます。\n デバッグをオンにすると、フィードバックダイアログボックスにさらに多くの出力が表示されるので、\nスクリプトのデバッグに役立ちます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"you to debug your script.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<H3>フィードバックおよびデバッグ:</H3>\n" +" initスクリプトを除くすべてのスクリプトは、フィードバックとしてSTDOUT+STDERRをポップアップボックスに表示できます。\n" +" デバッグをオンにすると、フィードバックダイアログボックスにさらに多くの出力が表示されるので、\n" +"スクリプトのデバッグに役立ちます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Script Editor" @@ -1844,14 +2249,24 @@ msgstr "新しいソースをロード(&L)" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "Provide at least the script\nname and the location or content of the script.\n" -msgstr "少なくとも、スクリプト名と、\nスクリプトの内容または場所を指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Provide at least the script\n" +"name and the location or content of the script.\n" +msgstr "" +"少なくとも、スクリプト名と、\n" +"スクリプトの内容または場所を指定してください。\n" #. Main dialog #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 -msgid "\nBy adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\nyour needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" -msgstr "\n自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを加えることで、インストールをカスタマイズしたり、\nインストールの各段階でインストールを制御することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"自動インストールプロセスにスクリプトを加えることで、インストールをカスタマイズしたり、\n" +"インストールの各段階でインストールを制御することができます。\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -1883,8 +2298,18 @@ #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 -msgid "\nUser-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \nare defined correctly and available for this system via the network\nor locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control \nfile without using classes.\n" -msgstr "\nユーザ定義クラスを取得できませんでした。すべてのクラスが正しく\n定義されて、ネットワークまたはローカルで使用可能かどうか確認して\nください。クラスを使用しないで元のコントロールファイルでインストールを\n行うことはできません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" +"are defined correctly and available for this system via the network\n" +"or locally. The system cannot be installed with the original control \n" +"file without using classes.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ユーザ定義クラスを取得できませんでした。すべてのクラスが正しく\n" +"定義されて、ネットワークまたはローカルで使用可能かどうか確認して\n" +"ください。クラスを使用しないで元のコントロールファイルでインストールを\n" +"行うことはできません。\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" @@ -1937,16 +2362,38 @@ #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 -msgid "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\nAlmost all resources of the control file can be\nconfigured using the configuration management system.\n" -msgstr "<h3>AutoYaST設定管理システム</h3>\nコントロールファイルのほとんどすべてのリソースを\n設定管理システムを使って設定することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" +"Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" +"configured using the configuration management system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<h3>AutoYaST設定管理システム</h3>\n" +"コントロールファイルのほとんどすべてのリソースを\n" +"設定管理システムを使って設定することができます。\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 -msgid "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\nthrough the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\nentered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\ninstall another system using AutoYaST.\n\n" -msgstr "設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、YaST2コントロールセンターで利用するものと\n同じです。入力したデータは、このシステムの設定のためではなく、収集されて\nコントロールファイルにエクスポートされます。このファイルを使用することで、AutoYASTで\n他のシステムをインストールできます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" +"install another system using AutoYaST.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"設定を作成する際に利用するほとんどのモジュールは、YaST2コントロールセンターで利用するものと\n" +"同じです。入力したデータは、このシステムの設定のためではなく、収集されて\n" +"コントロールファイルにエクスポートされます。このファイルを使用することで、AutoYASTで\n" +"他のシステムをインストールできます。\n" +"\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 -msgid "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\nnew interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\npartitioning, general options, and software.\n" -msgstr "これまでのモジュールに加えて、パーティションやソフトウェアの\n一般的なオプションなど、特別で複雑な設定を作成する新しいインタフェースが\nあります。\n" +msgid "" +"In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"partitioning, general options, and software.\n" +msgstr "" +"これまでのモジュールに加えて、パーティションやソフトウェアの\n" +"一般的なオプションなど、特別で複雑な設定を作成する新しいインタフェースが\n" +"あります。\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2125,8 +2572,12 @@ #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171 -msgid "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n%1" -msgstr "これらのパッケージはソフトウェアリポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした:\n%1" +msgid "" +"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"これらのパッケージはソフトウェアリポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした:\n" +"%1" #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons @@ -2155,8 +2606,12 @@ #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431 -msgid "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\nIf you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." -msgstr "ここで、%1/ 内のイメージを変更できます。\n［OK］ボタンをクリックするとイメージは圧縮され、変更できなくなります。" +msgid "" +"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +msgstr "" +"ここで、%1/ 内のイメージを変更できます。\n" +"［OK］ボタンをクリックするとイメージは圧縮され、変更できなくなります。" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" @@ -2168,8 +2623,12 @@ #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488 -msgid "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\nYou can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." -msgstr "「%1」内でdirectory.yastファイルを取得できません。\nこのファイルが存在しない場合は、「ls -F > directory.yast」で作成できます。" +msgid "" +"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" +"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." +msgstr "" +"「%1」内でdirectory.yastファイルを取得できません。\n" +"このファイルが存在しない場合は、「ls -F > directory.yast」で作成できます。" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522 @@ -2196,8 +2655,12 @@ msgstr "OK" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626 -msgid "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\nIf you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." -msgstr "ここで、%1 のISOを変更できます。たとえば、全く異なるAutoYaST XMLファイルを追加できます。\n［OK］ボタンをクリックするとISOを作成します。" +msgid "" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." +msgstr "" +"ここで、%1 のISOを変更できます。たとえば、全く異なるAutoYaST XMLファイルを追加できます。\n" +"［OK］ボタンをクリックするとISOを作成します。" #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); @@ -2268,8 +2731,12 @@ #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 -msgid "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\nwhich root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" -msgstr "複数のルートパーティションが見つかりました。どのパーティションを\n使用するか指定されていません。そのため自動インストールができません。\n" +msgid "" +"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" +"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"複数のルートパーティションが見つかりました。どのパーティションを\n" +"使用するか指定されていません。そのため自動インストールができません。\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 @@ -2317,4 +2784,3 @@ #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "OK(&O)" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,11 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + #. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question #. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. #: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 -msgid "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\nmay be overridden by Chef later.\nContinue configuration with YaST?" -msgstr "Chefクライアントが実行中です。ここで行った変更は、\n後でChefにより上書きされる可能性があります。\nYaSTの環境設定を続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" +"may be overridden by Chef later.\n" +"Continue configuration with YaST?" +msgstr "" +"Chefクライアントが実行中です。ここで行った変更は、\n" +"後でChefにより上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"YaSTの環境設定を続行しますか?" #. translators: help for 'help' option on command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 @@ -144,18 +151,30 @@ #. translators: command line options #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 -msgid "\n Options:" -msgstr "\n オプション:" +msgid "" +"\n" +" Options:" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" オプション:" #. additional help for using command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 -msgid "\n Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." -msgstr "\n [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"\n" +" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." +msgstr "" +"\n" +" [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなりません。" #. translators: example title for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 -msgid "\n Example:" -msgstr "\n 例:" +msgid "" +"\n" +" Example:" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" 例:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 @@ -335,8 +354,12 @@ #. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename #. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 -msgid "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n%2" -msgstr "YaST ログを %1 に保存できませんでした\n%2" +msgid "" +"Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"YaST ログを %1 に保存できませんでした\n" +"%2" #. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message #. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors @@ -349,8 +372,14 @@ #. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored #. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 -msgid "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\nPlease, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\nSee %3 for more information about YaST logs." -msgstr "これは %1 でバグとして報告するにふさわしい事象と思われます。\n報告の際には「%2」ディレクトリ以下に保存されているすべてのYaSTログファイルを添付してください。\nまた、YaSTログの詳細については、%3 を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" +"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" +"See %3 for more information about YaST logs." +msgstr "" +"これは %1 でバグとして報告するにふさわしい事象と思われます。\n" +"報告の際には「%2」ディレクトリ以下に保存されているすべてのYaSTログファイルを添付してください。\n" +"また、YaSTログの詳細については、%3 を参照してください。" #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, @@ -432,8 +461,26 @@ #. popup message, %1 is list of problems #: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 -msgid "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\nProceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\nand might impact your compliance requirements.\n \nThe following requirements are not fulfilled on this system:\n \n%1\n\n%2" -msgstr "プロファイルでは、このシステムで製品を実行できません。\nこのインストールを続行すると、サポートされていない状態になり、\nコンプライアンス条件に影響する可能性があります。\n \nこのシステムでは、以下の要件が満たされていません。\n \n%1\n\n%2" +msgid "" +"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" +"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" +"and might impact your compliance requirements.\n" +" \n" +"The following requirements are not fulfilled on this system:\n" +" \n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"プロファイルでは、このシステムで製品を実行できません。\n" +"このインストールを続行すると、サポートされていない状態になり、\n" +"コンプライアンス条件に影響する可能性があります。\n" +" \n" +"このシステムでは、以下の要件が満たされていません。\n" +" \n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 @@ -457,8 +504,14 @@ #. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" #. (both without quotes) #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 -msgid "<big>Service Start</big> \nTo start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n%1. Otherwise set %2." -msgstr "<big>サービス開始</big> \nコンピュータを起動するたびにサービスを開始するには、\n%1 を設定します。または、%2 を設定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Service Start</big> \n" +"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" +"%1. Otherwise set %2." +msgstr "" +"<big>サービス開始</big> \n" +"コンピュータを起動するたびにサービスを開始するには、\n" +"%1 を設定します。または、%2 を設定します。" #. help text for service auto start widget #. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels @@ -467,8 +520,16 @@ #. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" #. (both without quotes) #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 -msgid "<big>Service Start</big> \nTo start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n%1. To start the service via the xinetd daemon, set %3.\nOtherwise set %2." -msgstr "<big>サービスの開始</big> \nコンピュータを起動したときにサービスを開始するには\n%1 を設定してください。 xinetd 経由でサービスを起動するには %3\n を設定してください。それ以外の場合は %2 を指定してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Service Start</big> \n" +"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" +"%1. To start the service via the xinetd daemon, set %3.\n" +"Otherwise set %2." +msgstr "" +"<big>サービスの開始</big> \n" +"コンピュータを起動したときにサービスを開始するには\n" +"%1 を設定してください。 xinetd 経由でサービスを起動するには %3\n" +" を設定してください。それ以外の場合は %2 を指定してください。" #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -519,16 +580,26 @@ #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 -msgid "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \nTo start or stop the service immediately, use \n%1 or %2." -msgstr "<big>起動/停止</big> \nサービスをすぐに開始/停止するには、\n%1 または %2 を使用します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" +"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" +"%1 or %2." +msgstr "" +"<big>起動/停止</big> \n" +"サービスをすぐに開始/停止するには、\n" +"%1 または %2 を使用します。" #. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 -msgid "To save all changes and restart the\nservice immediately, use %3.\n" -msgstr "すべての変更を保存しサービスをすぐに再起動するには、\n%3 を使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"To save all changes and restart the\n" +"service immediately, use %3.\n" +msgstr "" +"すべての変更を保存しサービスをすぐに再起動するには、\n" +"%3 を使用します。\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 @@ -573,8 +644,14 @@ #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 -msgid "<big>LDAP Support</big> \nTo store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\nset %1." -msgstr "<big>LDAPのサポート</big> \nネイティブの設定ファイルではなくLDAPに設定を保存するには、\n%1 を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" +"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" +"set %1." +msgstr "" +"<big>LDAPのサポート</big> \n" +"ネイティブの設定ファイルではなくLDAPに設定を保存するには、\n" +"%1 を設定してください。" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 @@ -609,8 +686,14 @@ #. popup message #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 -msgid "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\nbecause it is in use.\nStop using it in the configuration first." -msgstr "選択されたTSIGキーは使用中のため削除\nできません。\nはじめに、環境設定におけるそのキーの使用を中止してください。" +msgid "" +"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" +"because it is in use.\n" +"Stop using it in the configuration first." +msgstr "" +"選択されたTSIGキーは使用中のため削除\n" +"できません。\n" +"はじめに、環境設定におけるそのキーの使用を中止してください。" #. popup title #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 @@ -644,13 +727,21 @@ #. yes-no popup #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 -msgid "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\nRemove it?" -msgstr "指定されたIDのキーは存在しており、使用されています。\n削除しますか?" +msgid "" +"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" +"Remove it?" +msgstr "" +"指定されたIDのキーは存在しており、使用されています。\n" +"削除しますか?" #. yes-no popup #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 -msgid "A key with the specified ID was found\non your disk. Remove it?" -msgstr "指定されたIDのキーがディスク内で見つかりました。\n削除しますか?" +msgid "" +"A key with the specified ID was found\n" +"on your disk. Remove it?" +msgstr "" +"指定されたIDのキーがディスク内で見つかりました。\n" +"削除しますか?" #. yes-no popup #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 @@ -674,28 +765,64 @@ #. yes-no popup #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 -msgid "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\nidentifier as some of already present keys.\nOld keys will be removed. Continue?" -msgstr "指定されたファイルには、既存のキーと同じIDのTSIGキーが\n含まれています。\n既存のキーは削除されます。続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" +"identifier as some of already present keys.\n" +"Old keys will be removed. Continue?" +msgstr "" +"指定されたファイルには、既存のキーと同じIDのTSIGキーが\n" +"含まれています。\n" +"既存のキーは削除されます。続行しますか?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 -msgid "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \nUse this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" -msgstr "<big>TSIGキー管理</big> \nこのダイアログでTSIGキーを管理します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" +"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>TSIGキー管理</big> \n" +"このダイアログでTSIGキーを管理します。\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 -msgid "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \nTo add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\ncontaining the key and click Add.\n" -msgstr "<big>既存のTSIGキーの追加</big> \nすでに作成されているTSIGキーを追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルのファイル名を\n選択し、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" +"To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" +"containing the key and click Add.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>既存のTSIGキーの追加</big> \n" +"すでに作成されているTSIGキーを追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルのファイル名を\n" +"選択し、［追加］をクリックします。\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 -msgid "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \nTo create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\ncreate the key and the Key ID to identify the key then click\nGenerate.\n" -msgstr "<big>新しいTSIGキーの作成</big> \n新しいTSIGキーを作成するには、キーを作成するファイルのファイル名および\nキーを識別するキーIDを設定し、\n［生成］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" +"To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" +"create the key and the Key ID to identify the key then click\n" +"Generate.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>新しいTSIGキーの作成</big> \n" +"新しいTSIGキーを作成するには、キーを作成するファイルのファイル名および\n" +"キーを識別するキーIDを設定し、\n" +"［生成］をクリックします。\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 -msgid "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \nTo remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\nAll keys in the same file are deleted.\nIf a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\nof the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\nin the configuration first.\n" -msgstr "<big>TSIGキーの削除</big> \n設定済みのTSIGキーを削除するには、キーを選択して［削除］をクリックします。\n同じファイル内のすべてのキーが削除されます。\nサーバの環境設定でTSIGキーが\n使用中の場合は削除できません。まず、環境設定におけるそのキーの\n使用を中止する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" +"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" +"All keys in the same file are deleted.\n" +"If a TSIG key is in use in the configuration\n" +"of the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\n" +"in the configuration first.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>TSIGキーの削除</big> \n" +"設定済みのTSIGキーを削除するには、キーを選択して［削除］をクリックします。\n" +"同じファイル内のすべてのキーが削除されます。\n" +"サーバの環境設定でTSIGキーが\n" +"使用中の場合は削除できません。まず、環境設定におけるそのキーの\n" +"使用を中止する必要があります。\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 @@ -774,23 +901,43 @@ #. help 1/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 -msgid "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \nTo edit the settings, choose the appropriate\nentry of the table then click Edit." -msgstr "<big>設定の編集</big> \n設定を編集するには、該当するエントリを選択して\n［編集］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" +"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" +"entry of the table then click Edit." +msgstr "" +"<big>設定の編集</big> \n" +"設定を編集するには、該当するエントリを選択して\n" +"［編集］をクリックします。" #. help 2/4, optional #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 -msgid "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\nan option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "新しいオプションを追加するには、［追加］ボタンをクリックします。オプションを削除するには、\n削除するオプションを選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +"an option, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"新しいオプションを追加するには、［追加］ボタンをクリックします。オプションを削除するには、\n" +"削除するオプションを選択して［削除］をクリックします。" #. help 3/4, optional #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 -msgid "The Ch. column of the table shows \nwhether the option was changed." -msgstr "テーブルの［変更］列には、\nオプションが変更されたかどうかが表示されます。" +msgid "" +"The Ch. column of the table shows \n" +"whether the option was changed." +msgstr "" +"テーブルの［変更］列には、\n" +"オプションが変更されたかどうかが表示されます。" #. help 4/4, optional #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 -msgid "To reorder the options, select an option\nand use Up and Down to move it up or down\nin the list." -msgstr "オプションの順序を変更するには、オプションを選択し、\n［上へ］および［下へ］を使用してリスト内を\n上下に移動します。" +msgid "" +"To reorder the options, select an option\n" +"and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" +"in the list." +msgstr "" +"オプションの順序を変更するには、オプションを選択し、\n" +"［上へ］および［下へ］を使用してリスト内を\n" +"上下に移動します。" #. menu button #: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 @@ -825,8 +972,12 @@ #. show popup when running as non-root #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 -msgid "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\nYou can only see modules that do not require root privileges." -msgstr "YaST2 コントロールセンターを root で実行していません。\nroot 権限を必要としないモジュールのみを表示します。" +msgid "" +"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" +"You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." +msgstr "" +"YaST2 コントロールセンターを root で実行していません。\n" +"root 権限を必要としないモジュールのみを表示します。" #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 @@ -835,8 +986,18 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 1/ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 -msgid "1) General \nNavigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\nthe next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move backwards.\nSelect or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\nSome elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists)." -msgstr "1) 一般 \n<Tab>で次の項目に、<Shift>+<Tab>または<Alt>+<Tab>で\n前の項目にダイアログの項目間を移動できます。\n<スペース>または<Enter>でダイアログの項目を選択してください。\n一部の項目(リストのスクロールなど)には矢印キーを使用します。" +msgid "" +"1) General \n" +"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" +"the next element and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] to move backwards.\n" +"Select or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\n" +"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists)." +msgstr "" +"1) 一般 \n" +"<Tab>で次の項目に、<Shift>+<Tab>または<Alt>+<Tab>で\n" +"前の項目にダイアログの項目間を移動できます。\n" +"<スペース>または<Enter>でダイアログの項目を選択してください。\n" +"一部の項目(リストのスクロールなど)には矢印キーを使用します。" #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 @@ -845,28 +1006,57 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 -msgid "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\nletter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." -msgstr "ショートカットキー(強調表示されている文字)でボタンと同じ動作を\n実行できます。<Alt>キーを押しながら該当する文字キーを押してください。" +msgid "" +"Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" +"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." +msgstr "" +"ショートカットキー(強調表示されている文字)でボタンと同じ動作を\n" +"実行できます。<Alt>キーを押しながら該当する文字キーを押してください。" #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 -msgid "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\nmenu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" -msgstr "何も選択せずに(たとえば、メニューのボタンからの)選択ポップアップ\nを閉じるには、<Esc>キーを押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" +"menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" +msgstr "" +"何も選択せずに(たとえば、メニューのボタンからの)選択ポップアップ\n" +"を閉じるには、<Esc>キーを押してください。\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 -msgid "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \nBecause the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\nthere is more than one way to navigate the dialog pages.\nIf [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do not work,\nmove focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B]." -msgstr "2) キーの置き換え \n環境によって使用するキーボードが異なるため、ダイアログページの\n移動方法は1つではありません。\n<Tab>キー、および<Shift>+<Tab>キー\nまたは<Alt>+<Tab>が正常に動作しない場合は、<Ctrl>+<F>でダイアログの次の項目に、\nまた<Ctrl>+で前の項目に移動してください。" +msgid "" +"2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" +"Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" +"there is more than one way to navigate the dialog pages.\n" +"If [TAB] and [SHIFT] (or [ALT]) + [TAB] do not work,\n" +"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B]." +msgstr "" +"2) キーの置き換え \n" +"環境によって使用するキーボードが異なるため、ダイアログページの\n" +"移動方法は1つではありません。\n" +"<Tab>キー、および<Shift>+<Tab>キー\n" +"または<Alt>+<Tab>が正常に動作しない場合は、<Ctrl>+<F>でダイアログの次の項目に、\n" +"また<Ctrl>+で前の項目に移動してください。" #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 -msgid "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\ntry [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB]." -msgstr "<Alt>+<文字>が動作しない場合は、\n<Esc>+<文字>を試してください。たとえば、<Alt>+<H>の代わりに<Esc>+<H>を使用します。\n同様に、<Alt>+<Tab>の代わりに<Esc>+<Tab>を使用します。" +msgid "" +"If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" +"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" +"[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB]." +msgstr "" +"<Alt>+<文字>が動作しない場合は、\n" +"<Esc>+<文字>を試してください。たとえば、<Alt>+<H>の代わりに<Esc>+<H>を使用します。\n" +"同様に、<Alt>+<Tab>の代わりに<Esc>+<Tab>を使用します。" #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 -msgid "3) Function Keys \nF keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." -msgstr "3) ファンクションキー \nFキーを使用すると、主な機能に素早くアクセスできます。現在のダイアログのファンクションキーの割り当ては下部の行に表示されています。" +msgid "" +"3) Function Keys \n" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +msgstr "" +"3) ファンクションキー \n" +"Fキーを使用すると、主な機能に素早くアクセスできます。現在のダイアログのファンクションキーの割り当ては下部の行に表示されています。" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 @@ -875,12 +1065,33 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 -msgid "F1 = Help \nF2 = Info or Description \nF3 = Add \nF4 = Edit or Configure \nF5 = Delete \nF6 = Test \nF7 = Expert or Advanced \nF8 = Back \nF9 = Abort or Cancel \nF10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept " -msgstr "F1 = ヘルプ \nF2 = 情報または説明F3 = 追加 \nF4 = 編集または設定 \nF5 = 削除 \nF6 = テスト \nF7 = エキスパート設定または詳細設定 \nF8 = 戻る \nF9 = 中止またはキャンセル \nF10 = OK、次へ、終了、了解 " +msgid "" +"F1 = Help \n" +"F2 = Info or Description \n" +"F3 = Add \n" +"F4 = Edit or Configure \n" +"F5 = Delete \n" +"F6 = Test \n" +"F7 = Expert or Advanced \n" +"F8 = Back \n" +"F9 = Abort or Cancel \n" +"F10 = OK, Next, Finish, or Accept " +msgstr "" +"F1 = ヘルプ \n" +"F2 = 情報または説明F3 = 追加 \n" +"F4 = 編集または設定 \n" +"F5 = 削除 \n" +"F6 = テスト \n" +"F7 = エキスパート設定または詳細設定 \n" +"F8 = 戻る \n" +"F9 = 中止またはキャンセル \n" +"F10 = OK、次へ、終了、了解 " #. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 -msgid "In some environments, all or some\nF keys are not available." +msgid "" +"In some environments, all or some\n" +"F keys are not available." msgstr "一部の環境では、すべてまたは一部のファンクションキーを使用できません。" #. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: @@ -913,8 +1124,20 @@ #. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors #. Content for the help #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133 -msgid "<big>Current status</big> \nDisplays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n<big>%{reload_label}</big> \nOnly applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n<big>Start During System Boot</big> \nCheck this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" -msgstr "［<big>現在のステータス</big>］ \nサービスの現在のステータスを表示します。ステータスは、「ブート中にサービスを開始」の値に関係なく、設定を保存した後でも同じままです。\n［<big>%{reload_label}</big>］ \nサービスが現在稼働中の場合のみ適用できます。稼働中のサービスは、新しい設定を保存(ダイアログを終了するか、［適用］ボタンを押す)した後に新しい設定を再ロードします。\n［<big>システムブート中に開始</big>］ \nこのフィールドをオンにするとシステムブート時にサービスが有効になります。オフにするとサービスが無効になります。すでに稼働中のシステムにあるサービスの現在のステータスには影響しません。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Current status</big> \n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +msgstr "" +"［<big>現在のステータス</big>］ \n" +"サービスの現在のステータスを表示します。ステータスは、「ブート中にサービスを開始」の値に関係なく、設定を保存した後でも同じままです。\n" +"［<big>%{reload_label}</big>］ \n" +"サービスが現在稼働中の場合のみ適用できます。稼働中のサービスは、新しい設定を保存(ダイアログを終了するか、［適用］ボタンを押す)した後に新しい設定を再ロードします。\n" +"［<big>システムブート中に開始</big>］ \n" +"このフィールドをオンにするとシステムブート時にサービスが有効になります。オフにするとサービスが無効になります。すでに稼働中のシステムにあるサービスの現在のステータスには影響しません。\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159 @@ -947,20 +1170,32 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path #: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 -msgid "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\nContinue or cancel the operation?\n" -msgstr "パス %1 は存在しますが、それはディレクトリではありません。\n続行しますか？それとも操作をキャンセルしますか？\n" +msgid "" +"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" +"Continue or cancel the operation?\n" +msgstr "" +"パス %1 は存在しますが、それはディレクトリではありません。\n" +"続行しますか？それとも操作をキャンセルしますか？\n" #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path #: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 -msgid "The path %1 does not exist.\nCreate it now?\n" -msgstr "パス %1 は存在しません。\n今作成しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The path %1 does not exist.\n" +"Create it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"パス %1 は存在しません。\n" +"今作成しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory #: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 -msgid "Failed to create the directory %1.\nContinue or cancel the current operation?\n" -msgstr "ディレクトリ %1 の作成に失敗しました。\n続行しますか？それとも現在の操作をキャンセルしますか？\n" +msgid "" +"Failed to create the directory %1.\n" +"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" +msgstr "" +"ディレクトリ %1 の作成に失敗しました。\n" +"続行しますか？それとも現在の操作をキャンセルしますか？\n" #. Button label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 @@ -1181,8 +1416,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 -msgid "YaST cannot continue the configuration\nwithout installing the required packages." -msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールせずに、\n環境設定を続行することはできません。" +msgid "" +"YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" +"without installing the required packages." +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージをインストールせずに、\n" +"環境設定を続行することはできません。" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 @@ -1212,8 +1451,14 @@ #. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename #. (see BNC #584466 for details) #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 -msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n\nReason: %2" -msgstr "設定を「%1」に書き込めません。\n\n理由: %2" +msgid "" +"Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "" +"設定を「%1」に書き込めません。\n" +"\n" +"理由: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" #. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so @@ -1228,8 +1473,14 @@ #. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename #. (see BNC #584466 for details) #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 -msgid "Error writing file '%1'.\n\nReason: %2" -msgstr "ファイル「%1」の書き込み中にエラーが発生しました。\n\n理由: %2" +msgid "" +"Error writing file '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "" +"ファイル「%1」の書き込み中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"\n" +"理由: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" #. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so @@ -1244,8 +1495,14 @@ #. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename #. (see BNC #584466 for details) #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 -msgid "Cannot open file '%1'.\n\nReason: %2" -msgstr "ファイル「%1」を開くことができません。\n\n理由: %2" +msgid "" +"Cannot open file '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Reason: %2" +msgstr "" +"ファイル「%1」を開くことができません。\n" +"\n" +"理由: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 @@ -1259,8 +1516,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 -msgid "Unknown Error.\n\nDescription: %1" -msgstr "不明なエラー。\n\n説明: %1" +msgid "" +"Unknown Error.\n" +"\n" +"Description: %1" +msgstr "" +"不明なエラー。\n" +"\n" +"説明: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 @@ -1272,13 +1535,21 @@ #. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory #. (see BNC #584466 for details) #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 -msgid "The directory '%1' does not exist.\nCreate it?" -msgstr "ディレクトリ「%1」は存在しません。\n作成しますか?" +msgid "" +"The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" +"Create it?" +msgstr "" +"ディレクトリ「%1」は存在しません。\n" +"作成しますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup message #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 -msgid "The domain has changed.\nYou must reboot for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "ドメインが変更されました。\n変更した内容を有効にするには、再起動しなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"The domain has changed.\n" +"You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"ドメインが変更されました。\n" +"変更した内容を有効にするには、再起動しなければなりません。" #. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button #: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 @@ -1359,21 +1630,41 @@ #. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 -msgid "If you abort the installation now,\nLinux will not be installed.\nYour hard disk will remain untouched." -msgstr "ここでインストールを中止すると、\nLinuxはインストールされません。\nハードディスクの内容は何も変更されません。" +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now,\n" +"Linux will not be installed.\n" +"Your hard disk will remain untouched." +msgstr "" +"ここでインストールを中止すると、\n" +"Linuxはインストールされません。\n" +"ハードディスクの内容は何も変更されません。" #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. #. disks formatted / some packages already installed #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 -msgid "If you abort the installation now, you will\nhave an incomplete Linux system\nthat might or might not be usable.\nYou might need to reinstall.\n" -msgstr "ここでインストールを中止すると、\nLinuxシステムは不完全な状態になるため、\n使用できなくなる可能性があります。\n再インストールを必要とする場合があります。\n" +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now, you will\n" +"have an incomplete Linux system\n" +"that might or might not be usable.\n" +"You might need to reinstall.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでインストールを中止すると、\n" +"Linuxシステムは不完全な状態になるため、\n" +"使用できなくなる可能性があります。\n" +"再インストールを必要とする場合があります。\n" #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 -msgid "If you abort the installation now,\nLinux will be unusable.\nYou will need to reinstall." -msgstr "ここでインストールを中止すると、\nLinuxは使用できなくなります。\n再インストールする必要があります。" +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now,\n" +"Linux will be unusable.\n" +"You will need to reinstall." +msgstr "" +"ここでインストールを中止すると、\n" +"Linuxは使用できなくなります。\n" +"再インストールする必要があります。" #. Confirm aborting the program #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 @@ -1590,8 +1881,12 @@ #. fill up the widget in init handler #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 -msgid "<big>GPG Private Key</big> \nThe table contains list of the private GPG keys." -msgstr "<big>GPG秘密鍵</big> \nこの表には、GPG秘密鍵が一覧表示されています。" +msgid "" +"<big>GPG Private Key</big> \n" +"The table contains list of the private GPG keys." +msgstr "" +"<big>GPG秘密鍵</big> \n" +"この表には、GPG秘密鍵が一覧表示されています。" #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map @@ -1601,8 +1896,12 @@ #. fill up the widget in init handler #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 -msgid "<big>GPG Public Key</big> \nThe table contains list of the public GPG keys." -msgstr "<big>GPG公開鍵</big> \nこの表には、GPG公開鍵が一覧表示されています。" +msgid "" +"<big>GPG Public Key</big> \n" +"The table contains list of the public GPG keys." +msgstr "" +"<big>GPG公開鍵</big> \n" +"この表には、GPG公開鍵が一覧表示されています。" #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map @@ -1611,8 +1910,16 @@ msgstr "新しいGPG鍵の作成（&C）..." #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 -msgid "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\nPress Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" -msgstr "<big>新しいGPG鍵の作成</big> \n<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>が開始されました。詳細は、<tt>gpg</tt>のマニュアルページを参照してください。\n キャンセルする場合は、Ctrl + Cキーを押してください。\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>新しいGPG鍵の作成</big> \n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>が開始されました。詳細は、<tt>gpg</tt>のマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" +" キャンセルする場合は、Ctrl + Cキーを押してください。\n" +" " #. text entry #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 @@ -1621,8 +1928,12 @@ #. help text #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 -msgid "<big>Passphrase</big> \nEnter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." -msgstr "<big>パスフレーズ</big> \nGPG鍵をアンロックするパスフレーズを入力します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Passphrase</big> \n" +"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." +msgstr "" +"<big>パスフレーズ</big> \n" +"GPG鍵をアンロックするパスフレーズを入力します。" #. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. #. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup @@ -1643,28 +1954,56 @@ #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 -msgid "<big>Displayed Log</big> \nUse Log to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\nthe field below.\n" -msgstr "<big>ログの表示</big> \n［ログ］で、表示するログを選択します。ログは、下部のフィールドに\n表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Displayed Log</big> \n" +"Use Log to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" +"the field below.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ログの表示</big> \n" +"［ログ］で、表示するログを選択します。ログは、下部のフィールドに\n" +"表示されます。\n" #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 -msgid "<big>The Log</big> \nThis screen displays the log." -msgstr "<big>ログ</big> \nこの画面にログが表示されます。" +msgid "" +"<big>The Log</big> \n" +"This screen displays the log." +msgstr "" +"<big>ログ</big> \n" +"この画面にログが表示されます。" #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 -msgid "\nTo process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click %1\nand select the action to process." -msgstr "\n高度なアクションを実行したりログをファイルに保存するには、%1 を\nクリックし、実行するアクションを選択します。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click %1\n" +"and select the action to process." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"高度なアクションを実行したりログをファイルに保存するには、%1 を\n" +"クリックし、実行するアクションを選択します。" #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 -msgid "\nTo process advanced actions, click %1\nand select the action to process." -msgstr "\n高度なアクションを実行するには、%1 を\nクリックし、実行するアクションを選択します。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To process advanced actions, click %1\n" +"and select the action to process." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"高度なアクションを実行するには、%1 を\n" +"クリックし、実行するアクションを選択します。" #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 -msgid "\nTo save the log into a file, click Save Log and select the file\nto which to save the log.\n" -msgstr "\nログをファイルに保存するには、［ログを保存］をクリックして、\nログを保存するファイルを選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To save the log into a file, click Save Log and select the file\n" +"to which to save the log.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ログをファイルに保存するには、［ログを保存］をクリックして、\n" +"ログを保存するファイルを選択します。\n" #. menu button #. Get the buttons below the box with the log @@ -1757,25 +2096,57 @@ #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 -msgid "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n%1\n" -msgstr "次のネットワークインタフェースは内部ネットワークに割り当てられているため選択解除できません:\n%1\n" +msgid "" +"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"次のネットワークインタフェースは内部ネットワークに割り当てられているため選択解除できません:\n" +"%1\n" #. question popup #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 -msgid "No interface is selected. Service will not\nbe available for other computers.\n\nContinue?" -msgstr "インタフェースが選択されていません。サービスは\n他のコンピュータに対して提供されません。\n\n続けますか。" +msgid "" +"No interface is selected. Service will not\n" +"be available for other computers.\n" +"\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"インタフェースが選択されていません。サービスは\n" +"他のコンピュータに対して提供されません。\n" +"\n" +"続けますか。" #. yes-no popup #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 -msgid "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\non the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n%1\n\nContinue?" -msgstr "SuSE ファイアウォールの設定により、以下のインタフェースの\nポートが追加で開かれます:\n%1\n\n続けますか。" +msgid "" +"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" +"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"SuSE ファイアウォールの設定により、以下のインタフェースの\n" +"ポートが追加で開かれます:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"続けますか。" #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 -msgid "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\non the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n%1\n\nContinue?" -msgstr "SuSE ファイアウォールの設定により、以下のインタフェースのポートは\n開くことができません:\n%1\n\n続けますか。" +msgid "" +"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" +"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"SuSE ファイアウォールの設定により、以下のインタフェースのポートは\n" +"開くことができません:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"続けますか。" #. translators: selection box title #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 @@ -1794,31 +2165,53 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 -msgid "Error checking service status:\n%{details}" -msgstr "サービスステータスの確認中にエラーが発生しました:\n%{details}" +msgid "" +"Error checking service status:\n" +"%{details}" +msgstr "" +"サービスステータスの確認中にエラーが発生しました:\n" +"%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 -msgid "Error setting service status:\n%{details}" -msgstr "サービスステータスの設定中にエラーが発生しました:\n%{details}" +msgid "" +"Error setting service status:\n" +"%{details}" +msgstr "" +"サービスステータスの設定中にエラーが発生しました:\n" +"%{details}" #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 -msgid "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \nTo open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\nset %1. " -msgstr "<big>ファイアウォールの設定</big> \nリモートコンピュータからサービスを利用できるようにするためにファイアウォールを\n開く場合は、%1を設定します。 " +msgid "" +"<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" +"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" +"set %1. " +msgstr "" +"<big>ファイアウォールの設定</big> \n" +"リモートコンピュータからサービスを利用できるようにするためにファイアウォールを\n" +"開く場合は、%1を設定します。 " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 -msgid "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\nclick %2. " -msgstr "ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、\n%2をクリックします。 " +msgid "" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" +"click %2. " +msgstr "" +"ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、\n" +"%2をクリックします。 " #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 -msgid "This option is available only if the firewall\nis enabled." -msgstr "このオプションはファイアウォールが有効な\n場合にのみ使用可能です" +msgid "" +"This option is available only if the firewall\n" +"is enabled." +msgstr "" +"このオプションはファイアウォールが有効な\n" +"場合にのみ使用可能です" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 @@ -2281,24 +2674,52 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 -msgid "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\nbut the service to configure might not work well with it.\n\nReally continue?" -msgstr "お使いのネットワークインタフェースは現在NetworkManagerによって制御されていますが、\nそれでは設定サービスが適切に動作しない場合があります。\n\n続けてよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" +"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" +"お使いのネットワークインタフェースは現在NetworkManagerによって制御されていますが、\n" +"それでは設定サービスが適切に動作しない場合があります。\n" +"\n" +"続けてよろしいですか?" #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 -msgid "No running network detected.\nRestart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\nor continue without network." -msgstr "稼働中のネットワークを検出できません。\nインストールを再開してLinuxrcでネットワークを設定するか、\nネットワークなしで続行してください。" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." +msgstr "" +"稼働中のネットワークを検出できません。\n" +"インストールを再開してLinuxrcでネットワークを設定するか、\n" +"ネットワークなしで続行してください。" #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected.\nConfigure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\nand start this module again\nor continue without network." -msgstr "稼働中のネットワークを検出できません。\nYaSTまたはNetworkManagerプラグインでネットワークを\n設定してもう一度このモジュールを起動するか、\nネットワークなしで続行してください。" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." +msgstr "" +"稼働中のネットワークを検出できません。\n" +"YaSTまたはNetworkManagerプラグインでネットワークを\n" +"設定してもう一度このモジュールを起動するか、\n" +"ネットワークなしで続行してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 -msgid "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\nA port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\nNo spaces are allowed.\n" -msgstr "ポート名には、文字「a～z」、「A～Z」、「0～9」、および「*+._-」を使用できます。\nポート番号には0から65535までの数字を指定できます。\nスペースは使用できません。\n" +msgid "" +"A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" +"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" +"No spaces are allowed.\n" +msgstr "" +"ポート名には、文字「a～z」、「A～Z」、「0～9」、および「*+._-」を使用できます。\n" +"ポート番号には0から65535までの数字を指定できます。\n" +"スペースは使用できません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116 @@ -2342,15 +2763,29 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508 -msgid "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\nContinuing with configuration can produce errors.\n\nIt is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\nthe file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "インタフェース「%1」は、複数のファイアウォールゾーンに属しています。\n環境設定を続行すると、エラーが発生する可能性があります。\n\n環境設定をそのままにして、「/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall」ファイルを手動で修正することを\nお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"インタフェース「%1」は、複数のファイアウォールゾーンに属しています。\n" +"環境設定を続行すると、エラーが発生する可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"環境設定をそのままにして、「/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall」ファイルを手動で修正することを\n" +"お勧めします。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973 #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049 -msgid "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\nRun YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "インタフェース「%1」は、どのファイアウォールゾーンにも割り当てられていません。\nYaST2ファイアウォールを実行して、割り当ててください。\n" +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"インタフェース「%1」は、どのファイアウォールゾーンにも割り当てられていません。\n" +"YaST2ファイアウォールを実行して、割り当ててください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480 @@ -2464,8 +2899,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\nthere are no network interfaces configured" -msgstr "SSHポートが開かれていますが(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)、\nネットワークインタフェースが設定されていません" +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"there are no network interfaces configured" +msgstr "" +"SSHポートが開かれていますが(<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)、\n" +"ネットワークインタフェースが設定されていません" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 @@ -2585,13 +3024,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132 -msgid "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n\n%s" -msgstr "ファイル競合が検出されました。これらの競合ファイルは上書きされます:\n\n%s" +msgid "" +"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" +"\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"ファイル競合が検出されました。これらの競合ファイルは上書きされます:\n" +"\n" +"%s" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168 -msgid "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\nfiles with the same name but different contents. If you continue\nthe conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." -msgstr "ファイルの競合は、2つのパッケージが、同じ名前を持つ異なる内容の\n複数のファイルをインストールしようとすると発生します。続行すると、\n競合するファイルは置き換えられ、以前の内容は失われます。" +msgid "" +"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" +"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" +"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." +msgstr "" +"ファイルの競合は、2つのパッケージが、同じ名前を持つ異なる内容の\n" +"複数のファイルをインストールしようとすると発生します。続行すると、\n" +"競合するファイルは置き換えられ、以前の内容は失われます。" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173 @@ -2652,8 +3103,12 @@ #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 -msgid "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\nVerify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" -msgstr "ダウンロードエラーを無視するとシステムが壊れる可能性があります。\n処理完了後にソフトウェア管理モジュールを実行して、システムを検証してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" +"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" +msgstr "" +"ダウンロードエラーを無視するとシステムが壊れる可能性があります。\n" +"処理完了後にソフトウェア管理モジュールを実行して、システムを検証してください。\n" #. At start of package install. #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 @@ -2685,13 +3140,25 @@ #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 -msgid "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\nThe system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." -msgstr "パッケージの失敗を無視してしまうと、システムが壊れる可能性があります。\n後ほどソフトウェア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +msgstr "" +"パッケージの失敗を無視してしまうと、システムが壊れる可能性があります。\n" +"後ほどソフトウェア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。" #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 -msgid "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\nIf the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \ncontinue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \nthe YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" -msgstr "指定した URL にあるリポジトリは異なるメディア ID を示しています。\nこの URL が正しい場合は、リポジトリの内容が変更されたことを示しています。\nこのリポジトリを使用し続けるには YaST コントロールセンターから\n ［インストールリポジトリ］を開始し、リポジトリの情報を更新してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" +"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" +msgstr "" +"指定した URL にあるリポジトリは異なるメディア ID を示しています。\n" +"この URL が正しい場合は、リポジトリの内容が変更されたことを示しています。\n" +"このリポジトリを使用し続けるには YaST コントロールセンターから\n" +" ［インストールリポジトリ］を開始し、リポジトリの情報を更新してください。\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" @@ -2717,18 +3184,38 @@ #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 -msgid "Insert\n'%1'" -msgstr "「%1」\nを挿入してください" +msgid "" +"Insert\n" +"'%1'" +msgstr "" +"「%1」\n" +"を挿入してください" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 -msgid "Cannot access installation media\n%1\n%2.\nCheck whether the directory is accessible." -msgstr "インストールメディアにアクセスできません。\n%1\n%2\nディレクトリにアクセスできることを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Cannot access installation media\n" +"%1\n" +"%2.\n" +"Check whether the directory is accessible." +msgstr "" +"インストールメディアにアクセスできません。\n" +"%1\n" +"%2\n" +"ディレクトリにアクセスできることを確認してください。" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 -msgid "Cannot access installation media \n%1\n%2.\nCheck whether the server is accessible." -msgstr "インストールメディアにアクセスできません。\n%1\n%2\nサーバにアクセスできることを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Cannot access installation media \n" +"%1\n" +"%2.\n" +"Check whether the server is accessible." +msgstr "" +"インストールメディアにアクセスできません。\n" +"%1\n" +"%2\n" +"サーバにアクセスできることを確認してください。" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label @@ -2902,13 +3389,27 @@ #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 -msgid "Patch: %1\n\n" -msgstr "パッチ: %1\n\n" +msgid "" +"Patch: %1\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"パッチ: %1\n" +"\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 -msgid "The repositories are being refreshed.\nContinue with refreshing?\n\nNote: If the refresh is skipped some packages\nmight be missing or out of date." -msgstr "リポジトリを更新しようとしています。\n更新を続行してよろしいですか？\n\n注意: 更新をスキップした場合、いくつかのパッケージが\n見えなくなったり古いままになったりします。" +msgid "" +"The repositories are being refreshed.\n" +"Continue with refreshing?\n" +"\n" +"Note: If the refresh is skipped some packages\n" +"might be missing or out of date." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリを更新しようとしています。\n" +"更新を続行してよろしいですか？\n" +"\n" +"注意: 更新をスキップした場合、いくつかのパッケージが\n" +"見えなくなったり古いままになったりします。" #. push button label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 @@ -2941,8 +3442,12 @@ #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912 -msgid "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n%1" -msgstr "パッケージデータベースの再構築に失敗しました: \n%1" +msgid "" +"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"パッケージデータベースの再構築に失敗しました: \n" +"%1" #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945 @@ -2955,8 +3460,12 @@ #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982 -msgid "Conversion of package database failed:\n%1" -msgstr "パッケージデータベースの変換に失敗しました: \n%1" +msgid "" +"Conversion of package database failed:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"パッケージデータベースの変換に失敗しました: \n" +"%1" #. progress message (command line mode) #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018 @@ -2996,8 +3505,14 @@ msgstr "ユーザ認証" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219 -msgid "URL: %1\n\n%2" -msgstr "URL: %1\n\n%2" +msgid "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" #. textentry label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228 @@ -3019,12 +3534,26 @@ #. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 -msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\nAsk PackageKit to quit again?" -msgstr "PackageKitがまだ動作しています(処理中の可能性があります)。\nPackageKitに対して終了するようもう一度指示しますか?" +msgid "" +"PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" +"Ask PackageKit to quit again?" +msgstr "" +"PackageKitがまだ動作しています(処理中の可能性があります)。\n" +"PackageKitに対して終了するようもう一度指示しますか?" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 -msgid "PackageKit is blocking software management.\nThis happens when the updater applet or another software management\napplication is running.\n\nAsk PackageKit to quit?" -msgstr "PackageKitがソフトウェア管理機能をブロックしています。\nこれは、更新アプレット、またはその他のソフトウェア管理アプリケーションが\n動作して場合に発生します。\n\nPackageKitに対して終了するよう指示しますか?" +msgid "" +"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" +"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" +"application is running.\n" +"\n" +"Ask PackageKit to quit?" +msgstr "" +"PackageKitがソフトウェア管理機能をブロックしています。\n" +"これは、更新アプレット、またはその他のソフトウェア管理アプリケーションが\n" +"動作して場合に発生します。\n" +"\n" +"PackageKitに対して終了するよう指示しますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline @@ -3037,13 +3566,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 -msgid "Would you like to continue without having access\nto the software management or retry to access it?\n" -msgstr "Software Managementへのアクセスなしで続行しますか?\nそれともアクセスを再試行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Would you like to continue without having access\n" +"to the software management or retry to access it?\n" +msgstr "" +"Software Managementへのアクセスなしで続行しますか?\n" +"それともアクセスを再試行しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 -msgid "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\ncontinue without having access to the software management,\nor abort?\n" -msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャへのアクセスを再試行しますか?\nSoftware Managementへのアクセスなしで続行しますか?\nそれとも中止しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" +"continue without having access to the software management,\n" +"or abort?\n" +msgstr "" +"ソフトウェアマネージャへのアクセスを再試行しますか?\n" +"Software Managementへのアクセスなしで続行しますか?\n" +"それとも中止しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 @@ -3059,8 +3598,12 @@ #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 -msgid "There are unresolved dependencies which need\nto be solved manually in the software manager." -msgstr "依存関係の衝突が存在します。\nこれらはソフトウェアマネージャで手動で解決する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" +"to be solved manually in the software manager." +msgstr "" +"依存関係の衝突が存在します。\n" +"これらはソフトウェアマネージャで手動で解決する必要があります。" #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417 @@ -3069,8 +3612,14 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421 -msgid "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\nwithout installing required packages,\nYaST may not work properly.\n" -msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。\n必要なパッケージをインストールせずに続行すると、\nYaSTは正しく動作しない可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" +"without installing required packages,\n" +"YaST may not work properly.\n" +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。\n" +"必要なパッケージをインストールせずに続行すると、\n" +"YaSTは正しく動作しない可能性があります。\n" #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 @@ -3079,8 +3628,12 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 -msgid "If you continue without installing required \npackages, YaST may not work properly.\n" -msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールせずに続行すると、\nYaSTは正しく動作しない可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"If you continue without installing required \n" +"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージをインストールせずに続行すると、\n" +"YaSTは正しく動作しない可能性があります。\n" #. dialog heading, %1 is package name #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 @@ -3099,25 +3652,80 @@ #. help text #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 -msgid "<big>License Confirmation</big> \nThe package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\nof acceptance of its license.\nIf you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n \nTo accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\nTo reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." -msgstr "<big>ライセンス確認</big> \nダイアログの表題に書かれているパッケージは明確な\nライセンス同意を求めています。\nパッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合はパッケージをインストールすることができません。\n \nパッケージのライセンスに同意する場合は 同意する を、\n同意しない場合は 同意しない をそれぞれ押してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" +"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" +"of acceptance of its license.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +" \n" +"To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" +"To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." +msgstr "" +"<big>ライセンス確認</big> \n" +"ダイアログの表題に書かれているパッケージは明確な\n" +"ライセンス同意を求めています。\n" +"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合はパッケージをインストールすることができません。\n" +" \n" +"パッケージのライセンスに同意する場合は 同意する を、\n" +"同意しない場合は 同意しない をそれぞれ押してください。" #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 -msgid "\n\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n\t\t " -msgstr "\n\t\t このダイアログでは、本システムのタスク、およびインストールするソフトウェアを定義できます。\n\t\t本システムで利用できるタスクとソフトウェアは、左側の列にカテゴリ別に\n\t\t表示されています。リスト中の項目を選択すると、その項目に関する説明が表示されます。\n\t\t " +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" +"\t\t " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t このダイアログでは、本システムのタスク、およびインストールするソフトウェアを定義できます。\n" +"\t\t本システムで利用できるタスクとソフトウェアは、左側の列にカテゴリ別に\n" +"\t\t表示されています。リスト中の項目を選択すると、その項目に関する説明が表示されます。\n" +"\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 -msgid "\n\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n\t\t or right-click any icon for a context menu.\n\t\t With the context menu, you can also change the status of all items.\n\t\t " -msgstr "\n\t\t項目のステータスを変更するには、対応するステータスアイコンをクリックするか、\n\t\tまたはアイコンを右クリックしてコンテキストメニューを表示します。\n\t\tコンテキストメニューでは、すべての項目のステータスを変更することもできます。\n\t\t " +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" +"\t\t or right-click any icon for a context menu.\n" +"\t\t With the context menu, you can also change the status of all items.\n" +"\t\t " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t項目のステータスを変更するには、対応するステータスアイコンをクリックするか、\n" +"\t\tまたはアイコンを右クリックしてコンテキストメニューを表示します。\n" +"\t\tコンテキストメニューでは、すべての項目のステータスを変更することもできます。\n" +"\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 -msgid "\n\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n\t\t where you can view and select individual software packages.\n\t\t " -msgstr "\n\t\t ［詳細］を選択すると、個別のソフトウェアパッケージを表示、選択できる\n\t\tダイアログが表示されます。\n\t\t " +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" +"\t\t where you can view and select individual software packages.\n" +"\t\t " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t ［詳細］を選択すると、個別のソフトウェアパッケージを表示、選択できる\n" +"\t\tダイアログが表示されます。\n" +"\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 -msgid "\n\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n\t\t The system needs some available disk space to run properly.\n\t\t " -msgstr "\n\t\t右下隅に表示されるディスク使用量表示は、すべての必要な変更が実行された後のディスクの残容量\n\t\tを示しています。\nハードディスクの使用量が、フルであったり、フルに近い状態にあると、システムパフォーマンスが低下し、深刻な問題が発生する場合もあります。\n\t\t システムが正常に動作するには、ある程度の利用可能なディスクスペースが必要です。\n\t\t " +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" +"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" +"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" +"\t\t The system needs some available disk space to run properly.\n" +"\t\t " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t右下隅に表示されるディスク使用量表示は、すべての必要な変更が実行された後のディスクの残容量\n" +"\t\tを示しています。\n" +"ハードディスクの使用量が、フルであったり、フルに近い状態にあると、システムパフォーマンスが低下し、深刻な問題が発生する場合もあります。\n" +"\t\t システムが正常に動作するには、ある程度の利用可能なディスクスペースが必要です。\n" +"\t\t " #. Dialog title #. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" @@ -3239,22 +3847,60 @@ #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753 -msgid "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n\nSystem > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n\nvalue in the YaST sysconfig editor." -msgstr "このレポートダイアログを再度表示するには、\n\nYaST sysconfigエディタで［システム］>［Yast2］>［GUI］>［PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT］\n\nの順にクリックし、値を編集します。" +msgid "" +"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" +"\n" +"System > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n" +"\n" +"value in the YaST sysconfig editor." +msgstr "" +"このレポートダイアログを再度表示するには、\n" +"\n" +"YaST sysconfigエディタで［システム］>［Yast2］>［GUI］>［PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT］\n" +"\n" +"の順にクリックし、値を編集します。" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 -msgid "The package %1 from repository %2\n%3\nis not digitally signed. This means that the origin\nand integrity of the package cannot be verified. Installing the package\nmay put the integrity of your system at risk.\n\nInstall it anyway?" -msgstr "リポジトリ %2\n%3\nのパッケージ %1 はデジタルで署名されていません。これは、パッケージの作成元と\n整合性を検証できないことを意味します。このパッケージをインストールすると、\nシステムの整合性をリスクに晒す恐れがあります。\n\nインストールしますか？" +msgid "" +"The package %1 from repository %2\n" +"%3\n" +"is not digitally signed. This means that the origin\n" +"and integrity of the package cannot be verified. Installing the package\n" +"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Install it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ %2\n" +"%3\n" +"のパッケージ %1 はデジタルで署名されていません。これは、パッケージの作成元と\n" +"整合性を検証できないことを意味します。このパッケージをインストールすると、\n" +"システムの整合性をリスクに晒す恐れがあります。\n" +"\n" +"インストールしますか？" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 -msgid "The file %1 from repository %2\n%3\nis not digitally signed. The origin and integrity of the file\ncannot be verified. Using the file anyway puts the integrity of your \nsystem at risk.\n\nUse it anyway?\n" -msgstr "リポジトリ %2 \n(%3)\nからのファイル %1 は\nデジタル署名されていません。ファイルの作成元と整合性を\n検証できません。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n\nこのファイルを使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The file %1 from repository %2\n" +"%3\n" +"is not digitally signed. The origin and integrity of the file\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file anyway puts the integrity of your \n" +"system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ %2 \n" +"(%3)\n" +"からのファイル %1 は\n" +"デジタル署名されていません。ファイルの作成元と整合性を\n" +"検証できません。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n" +"\n" +"このファイルを使用しますか?\n" #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 @@ -3267,13 +3913,37 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 -msgid "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\nWhile the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \nin the list of checksums in this repository. Installing the package puts \nthe integrity of your system at risk.\n\nInstall it anyway?\n" -msgstr "パッケージ %1 のチェックサムがリポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。\nこのパッケージは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、\nこのリポジトリのチェックサムリストにありません。このパッケージをインストールするとシステムの整合性が\n危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n\nこのパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" +msgid "" +"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" +"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" +"in the list of checksums in this repository. Installing the package puts \n" +"the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Install it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 のチェックサムがリポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。\n" +"このパッケージは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、\n" +"このリポジトリのチェックサムリストにありません。このパッケージをインストールするとシステムの整合性が\n" +"危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n" +"\n" +"このパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 -msgid "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\nThis means that the file is part of the signed repository,\nbut the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\nmay put the integrity of your system at risk.\n\nUse it anyway?" -msgstr "ファイル %1 のチェックサムが\nリポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、\nリポジトリのチェックサムリストに記述されていません。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性が\n危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n\nこのファイルを使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" +"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 のチェックサムが\n" +"リポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、\n" +"リポジトリのチェックサムリストに記述されていません。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性が\n" +"危険に晒されるおそれがあります。\n" +"\n" +"このファイルを使用しますか?" #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 @@ -3332,13 +4002,49 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 -msgid "Package %1 from repository %2\n%3\nis signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n\nThe package has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\nsince the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\nfor the integrity and security of your system.\n\nInstall it anyway?\n" -msgstr "リポジトリ %2 (%3)からの\nパッケージ %1 は、次のGnuPG鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n\n\nリポジトリの作成者がパッケージに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\nパッケージが変更されています。このパッケージをインストールすると、\nシステムの整合性およびセキュリティにとって大きな脅威になることがあります。\n\nこのパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Package %1 from repository %2\n" +"%3\n" +"is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n" +"\n" +"The package has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\n" +"since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n" +"for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +"\n" +"Install it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ %2 (%3)からの\n" +"パッケージ %1 は、次のGnuPG鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"リポジトリの作成者がパッケージに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n" +"パッケージが変更されています。このパッケージをインストールすると、\n" +"システムの整合性およびセキュリティにとって大きな脅威になることがあります。\n" +"\n" +"このパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 -msgid "File %1 from repository %2\n%3\nis signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n\nThe file has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\nsince the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\nfor the integrity and security of your system.\n\nUse it anyway?\n" -msgstr "リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\nファイル %1 は次のGnuPG鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n\n\nリポジトリの作成者がこのパッケージに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\nファイル内容が変更されています。このファイルを使用すると、システムの整合性およびセキュリティによって\n大きな脅威になることがあります。\n\nこのパッケージを使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"File %1 from repository %2\n" +"%3\n" +"is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n" +"\n" +"The file has been changed, either by accident or by an attacker,\n" +"since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" +"for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n" +"ファイル %1 は次のGnuPG鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"リポジトリの作成者がこのパッケージに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n" +"ファイル内容が変更されています。このファイルを使用すると、システムの整合性およびセキュリティによって\n" +"大きな脅威になることがあります。\n" +"\n" +"このパッケージを使用しますか?\n" #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 @@ -3347,13 +4053,45 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 -msgid "The package %1 is digitally signed\nwith the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n\nThis means that a trust relationship to the creator of the package\ncannot be established. Installing the package may put the integrity\nof your system at risk.\n\nInstall it anyway?" -msgstr "パッケージ %1 は次の不明のGnuPGキーを使用して\nデジタルで署名されています: %2。\n\nこれは、パッケージの作成者との信頼関係が確立されていないことを\n意味します。パッケージをインストールすると、システムの完全性を\nリスクに晒す恐れがあります。\n\nインストールしますか?" +msgid "" +"The package %1 is digitally signed\n" +"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" +"\n" +"This means that a trust relationship to the creator of the package\n" +"cannot be established. Installing the package may put the integrity\n" +"of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Install it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 は次の不明のGnuPGキーを使用して\n" +"デジタルで署名されています: %2。\n" +"\n" +"これは、パッケージの作成者との信頼関係が確立されていないことを\n" +"意味します。パッケージをインストールすると、システムの完全性を\n" +"リスクに晒す恐れがあります。\n" +"\n" +"インストールしますか?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 -msgid "The file %1\nis digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n\nThis means that a trust relationship to the creator of the file\ncannot be established. Using the file may put the integrity\nof your system at risk.\n\nUse it anyway?" -msgstr "ファイル %1\nは次の不明のGnuPGキーを使用して署名されています: %2。\n\nこれは、ファイルの作成者との信頼関係が確立されていないことを\n意味します。このファイルを使用すると、システムの完全性を\nリスクに晒す恐れがあります。\n\n使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"The file %1\n" +"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" +"\n" +"This means that a trust relationship to the creator of the file\n" +"cannot be established. Using the file may put the integrity\n" +"of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1\n" +"は次の不明のGnuPGキーを使用して署名されています: %2。\n" +"\n" +"これは、ファイルの作成者との信頼関係が確立されていないことを\n" +"意味します。このファイルを使用すると、システムの完全性を\n" +"リスクに晒す恐れがあります。\n" +"\n" +"使用しますか?" #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 @@ -3362,13 +4100,49 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 -msgid "The package %1 is digitally signed\nwith key '%2 (%3)'.\n\nThere is no trust relationship with the owner of the key.\nIf you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\n\nInstalling a package from an unknown repository puts\nthe integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\nto skip the package.\n" -msgstr "パッケージ %1 は鍵「%2 (%3)」で\nデジタル署名されています。\n\nこの鍵の所有者との信頼関係がありません。\nこの鍵の所有者を信頼する場合は、信頼済みとして鍵にマークを付けてください。\n\n不明なリポジトリからパッケージをインストールすると、\nシステムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。このパッケージをスキップするのが\n最も安全です。\n" +msgid "" +"The package %1 is digitally signed\n" +"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" +"\n" +"There is no trust relationship with the owner of the key.\n" +"If you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Installing a package from an unknown repository puts\n" +"the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" +"to skip the package.\n" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 は鍵「%2 (%3)」で\n" +"デジタル署名されています。\n" +"\n" +"この鍵の所有者との信頼関係がありません。\n" +"この鍵の所有者を信頼する場合は、信頼済みとして鍵にマークを付けてください。\n" +"\n" +"不明なリポジトリからパッケージをインストールすると、\n" +"システムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。このパッケージをスキップするのが\n" +"最も安全です。\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 -msgid "The file %1 is digitally signed\nwith key '%2 (%3)'.\n\nThere is no trust relationship with the owner of the key.\nIf you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\n\nInstalling a file from an unknown repository puts\nthe integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\nto skip it.\n" -msgstr "ファイル %1 は鍵「%2 (%3)」で\n署名されています。\n\nこの鍵の所有者との信頼関係がありません。\nこの鍵の所有者を信頼する場合は、信頼済みとしてマークを付けてください。\n\n不明なリポジトリからファイルをインストールすると、\nシステムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。このファイルをスキップするのが\n最も安全です。\n" +msgid "" +"The file %1 is digitally signed\n" +"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" +"\n" +"There is no trust relationship with the owner of the key.\n" +"If you trust the owner, mark the key as trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Installing a file from an unknown repository puts\n" +"the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n" +"to skip it.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 は鍵「%2 (%3)」で\n" +"署名されています。\n" +"\n" +"この鍵の所有者との信頼関係がありません。\n" +"この鍵の所有者を信頼する場合は、信頼済みとしてマークを付けてください。\n" +"\n" +"不明なリポジトリからファイルをインストールすると、\n" +"システムの整合性が危険に晒されるおそれがあります。このファイルをスキップするのが\n" +"最も安全です。\n" #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 @@ -3382,23 +4156,53 @@ #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 -msgid "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\npackages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\nfor installation and update without any further warning. In this way,\nimporting the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\nto have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." -msgstr "キーの所有者はシステムが信頼してインストールし、警告なしで\n更新するアップデート、パッケージ、パッケージリポジトリを\n割り当てることができます。このように、キーを信頼できる\nキーのキーリングにインポートすると、キー所有者は\nシステムのソフトウェアを一定の割合で制御できます。" +msgid "" +"The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" +"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" +"for installation and update without any further warning. In this way,\n" +"importing the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\n" +"to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." +msgstr "" +"キーの所有者はシステムが信頼してインストールし、警告なしで\n" +"更新するアップデート、パッケージ、パッケージリポジトリを\n" +"割り当てることができます。このように、キーを信頼できる\n" +"キーのキーリングにインポートすると、キー所有者は\n" +"システムのソフトウェアを一定の割合で制御できます。" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 -msgid "A warning dialog opens for every package that\nis not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\nthe packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." -msgstr "警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵やインポートした鍵で\n署名されていないパッケージに対して毎回表示されます。鍵を信頼しないと、\nこの鍵の所有者が作成したパッケージやリポジトリは使用されません。" +msgid "" +"A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" +"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." +msgstr "" +"警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵やインポートした鍵で\n" +"署名されていないパッケージに対して毎回表示されます。鍵を信頼しないと、\n" +"この鍵の所有者が作成したパッケージやリポジトリは使用されません。" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 -msgid "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n%1\n(%2):" -msgstr "リポジトリ内に次のGnuPG鍵が見つかりました\n%1\n(%2):" +msgid "" +"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" +"%1\n" +"(%2):" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ内に次のGnuPG鍵が見つかりました\n" +"%1\n" +"(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 -msgid "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\npublic keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\nYou should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\nthe key really belongs to that owner before importing it." -msgstr "信頼する公開鍵としてキーリングにインポートすると、\nこの鍵の所有者自身を信頼することになります。鍵をインポートする前に、\nこの所有者を本当に信頼できるかどうか、およびこの鍵が本当に\n所有者のものかどうかを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" +"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" +"You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n" +"the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." +msgstr "" +"信頼する公開鍵としてキーリングにインポートすると、\n" +"この鍵の所有者自身を信頼することになります。鍵をインポートする前に、\n" +"この所有者を本当に信頼できるかどうか、およびこの鍵が本当に\n" +"所有者のものかどうかを確認してください。" #. warning label - the key to import is expired #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 @@ -3418,8 +4222,26 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 -msgid "The expected checksum of file %1\nis %2,\nbut the current checksum is %3.\n\nThe file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\nsince the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\nfor the integrity and security of your system.\n\nUse it anyway?\n" -msgstr "ファイル %1 の予期されたチェックサムは\n %2 \nでしたが、\n現在のチェックサムは %3 です。\n\nリポジトリの作成者がファイルに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によってファイルが変更されています。\nこのファイルを利用すると、システムの整合性および\nセキュリティにとって大きな脅威になることがあります。\nこのファイルを使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The expected checksum of file %1\n" +"is %2,\n" +"but the current checksum is %3.\n" +"\n" +"The file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" +"since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" +"for the integrity and security of your system.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 の予期されたチェックサムは\n" +" %2 \n" +"でしたが、\n" +"現在のチェックサムは %3 です。\n" +"\n" +"リポジトリの作成者がファイルに署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によってファイルが変更されています。\n" +"このファイルを利用すると、システムの整合性および\n" +"セキュリティにとって大きな脅威になることがあります。\n" +"このファイルを使用しますか?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 @@ -3428,8 +4250,24 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 -msgid "The checksum of file %1\nis %2,\nbut the expected checksum is not known.\n\nThis means that the origin and integrity of the file\ncannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n\nUse it anyway?\n" -msgstr "ファイル %1 のチェックサムは\n %2 ですが、予期されたチェックサムが不明です。\n\n\nこのことはファイルの作成元がわからず、整合性の確認もできない\nことを意味しています。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性がリスクに晒されます。\n\nこのファイルを使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The checksum of file %1\n" +"is %2,\n" +"but the expected checksum is not known.\n" +"\n" +"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 のチェックサムは\n" +" %2 ですが、予期されたチェックサムが不明です。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"このことはファイルの作成元がわからず、整合性の確認もできない\n" +"ことを意味しています。このファイルを使用するとシステムの整合性がリスクに晒されます。\n" +"\n" +"このファイルを使用しますか?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 @@ -3511,8 +4349,12 @@ #. popup yes-no #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816 -msgid "Do you really want\nto quit the installation?" -msgstr "本当にインストールを\n中止してもよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want\n" +"to quit the installation?" +msgstr "" +"本当にインストールを\n" +"中止してもよろしいですか?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828 @@ -4114,18 +4956,32 @@ #. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs #. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed #: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 -msgid "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\nExit code: %{exitcode}\nError output: %{stderr}" -msgstr "コマンド「%{command}」の実行が失敗しました。\n終了コード: %{exitcode}\nエラー出力: %{stderr}" +msgid "" +"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" +"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" +"Error output: %{stderr}" +msgstr "" +"コマンド「%{command}」の実行が失敗しました。\n" +"終了コード: %{exitcode}\n" +"エラー出力: %{stderr}" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 -msgid "File %1 has been changed manually.\nYaST might lose some of the changes.\n" -msgstr "ファイル %1 は手動で変更されています。\nYaSTを使用すると、変更が失われることがあります。\n" +msgid "" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 は手動で変更されています。\n" +"YaSTを使用すると、変更が失われることがあります。\n" #. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 -msgid "Files %1 have been changed manually.\nYaST might lose some of the changes" -msgstr "ファイル %1 は手動で変更されています。\nYaST を利用するといくつかの変更点を失ってしまうかもしれません" +msgid "" +"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 は手動で変更されています。\n" +"YaST を利用するといくつかの変更点を失ってしまうかもしれません" #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" @@ -4133,13 +4989,21 @@ #. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 -msgid "File %s has been created manually.\nYaST might lose this file." -msgstr "ファイル %s は手動で作成されています。\nYaSTを使用すると、このファイルが失われることがあります。" +msgid "" +"File %s has been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose this file." +msgstr "" +"ファイル %s は手動で作成されています。\n" +"YaSTを使用すると、このファイルが失われることがあります。" #. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "Files %s have been created manually.\nYaST might lose these files." -msgstr "ファイル %s は手動で作成されています。\nYaSTを使用するとこれらのファイルが失われることがあります。" +msgid "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr "" +"ファイル %s は手動で作成されています。\n" +"YaSTを使用するとこれらのファイルが失われることがあります。" #. error report #: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 @@ -4148,8 +5012,12 @@ #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel #: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 -msgid "Reboot your system\nto activate the new kernel.\n" -msgstr "新しいカーネルを作動させるために、\nシステムを再起動してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Reboot your system\n" +"to activate the new kernel.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいカーネルを作動させるために、\n" +"システムを再起動してください。\n" #. bnc #421002 #: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 @@ -4170,33 +5038,71 @@ #. describe valid MAC address #: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 -msgid "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\ndigits separated by colons." -msgstr "正しい MAC アドレスは、コロンで区切られた 6 組の 16 進数の\n数字です。" +msgid "" +"A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" +"digits separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"正しい MAC アドレスは、コロンで区切られた 6 組の 16 進数の\n" +"数字です。" #. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" #: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 -msgid "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\nEach component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\nstart or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." -msgstr "有効なドメイン名は、ピリオド(.)で区切られた構成要素から成ります。\n各構成要素には、半角英数字とハイフン(-)を使用できます。構成要素の最初と最後の文字にハイフン(-)を、\nまた最後の構成要素の先頭文字に数字を使用できません。" +msgid "" +"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" +"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" +"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." +msgstr "" +"有効なドメイン名は、ピリオド(.)で区切られた構成要素から成ります。\n" +"各構成要素には、半角英数字とハイフン(-)を使用できます。構成要素の最初と最後の文字にハイフン(-)を、\n" +"また最後の構成要素の先頭文字に数字を使用できません。" #. Translators: hyphen: "-" #: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 -msgid "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\nA host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" -msgstr "有効なホスト名は、文字、数字、およびハイフンで構成されています。\nホスト名の先頭と最後にハイフンを使用することはできません。\n" +msgid "" +"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" +"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" +msgstr "" +"有効なホスト名は、文字、数字、およびハイフンで構成されています。\n" +"ホスト名の先頭と最後にハイフンを使用することはできません。\n" #. Translators: dot: "." #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 -msgid "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\nin the range 0-255 separated by dots." -msgstr "有効なIPv4アドレスはドット(.)で区切った4つの整数で構成され、\nそれぞれの数字は0～255の範囲です。" +msgid "" +"A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" +"in the range 0-255 separated by dots." +msgstr "" +"有効なIPv4アドレスはドット(.)で区切った4つの整数で構成され、\n" +"それぞれの数字は0～255の範囲です。" #. Translators: colon: ":" #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 -msgid "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\nhexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\nIt can contain up to one double colon." -msgstr "正しい IPv6 アドレスとは、コロン (:) で区切った最大 8 つの 16 進数で、\nそれぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。\nなお、最大 1 つまでダブルコロン (::) を含めることもできます。" +msgid "" +"A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" +"hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" +"It can contain up to one double colon." +msgstr "" +"正しい IPv6 アドレスとは、コロン (:) で区切った最大 8 つの 16 進数で、\n" +"それぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。\n" +"なお、最大 1 つまでダブルコロン (::) を含めることもできます。" #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition #: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 -msgid "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\nIP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n\nExamples:\nIP: 192.168.0.1 or 2001:db8:0::1\nIP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 or 2001:db8:0::1/56\nIP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" -msgstr "有効なネットワーク定義には単体のIPアドレスを指定できるほか、\nIPアドレス/ネットマスク、またはIPアドレス/ネットマスクビット数を\n指定できます。「0/0」を指定するとすべてのネットワークの意味になります。\n例:\nIP: 192.168.0.1または2001:db8:0::1\nIPアドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0または2001:db8:0::1/56\nIPアドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24、192.168.0.1/32、または2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +msgid "" +"A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" +"IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" +"\n" +"Examples:\n" +"IP: 192.168.0.1 or 2001:db8:0::1\n" +"IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 or 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" +"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +msgstr "" +"有効なネットワーク定義には単体のIPアドレスを指定できるほか、\n" +"IPアドレス/ネットマスク、またはIPアドレス/ネットマスクビット数を\n" +"指定できます。「0/0」を指定するとすべてのネットワークの意味になります。\n" +"例:\n" +"IP: 192.168.0.1または2001:db8:0::1\n" +"IPアドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0または2001:db8:0::1/56\n" +"IPアドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24、192.168.0.1/32、または2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 @@ -4265,8 +5171,16 @@ #. Message in a continue/cancel popup #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 -msgid "This module must be run as root.\nIf you continue now, the module may not function properly.\nFor example, some settings can be read improperly\nand it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n" -msgstr "このモジュールはroot権限で実行する必要があります。\n続行しても、このモジュールは正常に機能しない場合があります。\nたとえば、一部の設定は不適切に読み込まれることがあるため、\nそれらを確実に書き込むことができないかもしれません。\n" +msgid "" +"This module must be run as root.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings can be read improperly\n" +"and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n" +msgstr "" +"このモジュールはroot権限で実行する必要があります。\n" +"続行しても、このモジュールは正常に機能しない場合があります。\n" +"たとえば、一部の設定は不適切に読み込まれることがあるため、\n" +"それらを確実に書き込むことができないかもしれません。\n" #. Popup headline #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 @@ -4298,8 +5212,12 @@ #. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized #: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 -msgid "YaST\nInitializing ...\n" -msgstr "YaST\n初期化しています...\n" +msgid "" +"YaST\n" +"Initializing ...\n" +msgstr "" +"YaST\n" +"初期化しています...\n" #. Heading for help popup window #: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 @@ -4926,51 +5844,103 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 -msgid "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\nIt must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" -msgstr "メール交換の優先度が無効です。\n0から65535までの数字で指定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" +"It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" +msgstr "" +"メール交換の優先度が無効です。\n" +"0から65535までの数字で指定する必要があります。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, #. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 -msgid "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n\nThe hostname must be relative to the zone or must end \nwith the zone name followed by a dot, for example,\n'dhcp1' or 'dhcp1.example.org.' for the zone 'example.org'.\n" -msgstr "ホスト名 %1 はゾーン %2 に属していません。\n\nホスト名を相対的に(ドメイン名を指定しないで)指定するか、\nもしくはドット(.)に続けてこのゾーンのドメイン名を入力してください。\nたとえば「example.org」ゾーンの場合、「dhcp1」や「dhcp1.example.org」のように指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" +"\n" +"The hostname must be relative to the zone or must end \n" +"with the zone name followed by a dot, for example,\n" +"'dhcp1' or 'dhcp1.example.org.' for the zone 'example.org'.\n" +msgstr "" +"ホスト名 %1 はゾーン %2 に属していません。\n" +"\n" +"ホスト名を相対的に(ドメイン名を指定しないで)指定するか、\n" +"もしくはドット(.)に続けてこのゾーンのドメイン名を入力してください。\n" +"たとえば「example.org」ゾーンの場合、「dhcp1」や「dhcp1.example.org」のように指定します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, #. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 -msgid "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n\nA valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\nseparated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\nFor example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" -msgstr "逆引きIPv4アドレス %1 が無効です。\n\n有効な逆引きIPv4アドレスは、ドット(.)により区切られた0から255\nの範囲の4つの整数に、文字列「.in-addr.arpa.」を追加した値で構成されています。\nたとえば、「1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.」のIPv4アドレスは、「192.168.32.1」です。\n" +msgid "" +"The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" +"\n" +"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" +"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +msgstr "" +"逆引きIPv4アドレス %1 が無効です。\n" +"\n" +"有効な逆引きIPv4アドレスは、ドット(.)により区切られた0から255\n" +"の範囲の4つの整数に、文字列「.in-addr.arpa.」を追加した値で構成されています。\n" +"たとえば、「1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.」のIPv4アドレスは、「192.168.32.1」です。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 -msgid "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\nUse a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\nsuch as 'host.example.org.'.\n" -msgstr "相対的なホスト名 %1 は、ゾーン %2 で使用できません。\n代わりに、末尾にドット(.)が付いた完全修飾ホスト名(host.example.org.など)を\n使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" +"Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" +"such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" +msgstr "" +"相対的なホスト名 %1 は、ゾーン %2 で使用できません。\n" +"代わりに、末尾にドット(.)が付いた完全修飾ホスト名(host.example.org.など)を\n" +"使用します。\n" #. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 -msgid "Invalid MX record.\nUse the format 'priority server-name'.\n" -msgstr "MXレコードが無効です。\n「優先サーバ名」形式を使用してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid MX record.\n" +"Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" +msgstr "" +"MXレコードが無効です。\n" +"「優先サーバ名」形式を使用してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), #. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 -msgid "Invalid SOA record.\n%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" -msgstr "SOAレコードが無効です。\n%1 は %2 から %3 秒でなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid SOA record.\n" +"%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" +msgstr "" +"SOAレコードが無効です。\n" +"%1 は %2 から %3 秒でなければなりません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers #. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name #. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 -msgid "Invalid SOA record.\n%1 must be a BIND time type.\nA BIND time type consists of numbers and the case-insensitive\nsuffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the suffix.\nEnter values such as 12H15m, 86400, or 1W30M.\n" -msgstr "SOAレコードが無効です。\n%1 はBIND型の時間でなければなりません。\nBIND型の時間は、数値と大文字/小文字を区別しないサフィックス\nW、D、H、M、Sから構成されます。秒単位の時間にはサフィックスを付けなくてもかまいません。\n12H15m、86400、1W30M、などの値を入力します。\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid SOA record.\n" +"%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" +"A BIND time type consists of numbers and the case-insensitive\n" +"suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the suffix.\n" +"Enter values such as 12H15m, 86400, or 1W30M.\n" +msgstr "" +"SOAレコードが無効です。\n" +"%1 はBIND型の時間でなければなりません。\n" +"BIND型の時間は、数値と大文字/小文字を区別しないサフィックス\n" +"W、D、H、M、Sから構成されます。秒単位の時間にはサフィックスを付けなくてもかまいません。\n" +"12H15m、86400、1W30M、などの値を入力します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, #. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 -msgid "Invalid SOA record.\n%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" -msgstr "SOAレコードが無効です。\n%1 は %2 から %3 の数値でなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid SOA record.\n" +"%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" +msgstr "" +"SOAレコードが無効です。\n" +"%1 は %2 から %3 の数値でなければなりません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 @@ -4979,8 +5949,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 -msgid "Invalid file size.\n\nIt must be set in the format 'number[suffix]'.\n\nPossible suffixes are k, K, m, M, g, and G.\n" -msgstr "ファイルサイズが無効です。\n\n「数字[サフィックス]」の形式で設定する必要があります。\n\n使用可能なサフィックスはk、K、m、M、g、およびGです。\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid file size.\n" +"\n" +"It must be set in the format 'number[suffix]'.\n" +"\n" +"Possible suffixes are k, K, m, M, g, and G.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイルサイズが無効です。\n" +"\n" +"「数字[サフィックス]」の形式で設定する必要があります。\n" +"\n" +"使用可能なサフィックスはk、K、m、M、g、およびGです。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 @@ -4994,8 +5974,12 @@ #. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 -msgid "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\nZone %1 is type %2.\n" -msgstr "スレーブゾーンにのみ、マスタサーバが定義されています。\nゾーン %1 のタイプは %2 です。\n" +msgid "" +"Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" +"Zone %1 is type %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"スレーブゾーンにのみ、マスタサーバが定義されています。\n" +"ゾーン %1 のタイプは %2 です。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 @@ -5016,6 +6000,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, #. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 -msgid "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\nHostname %2 cannot be added." -msgstr "お使いのDNSサーバによって管理されている %1 に逆引きゾーンがありません。\nホスト名 %2 を追加できません。" - +msgid "" +"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" +"Hostname %2 cannot be added." +msgstr "" +"お使いのDNSサーバによって管理されている %1 に逆引きゾーンがありません。\n" +"ホスト名 %2 を追加できません。" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -105,8 +105,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: reboot message #. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL #: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -msgid "\nYour system will now shut down.%1\nFor details, read the related chapter \nin the documentation. \n" -msgstr "\nシステムを停止します。%1\n詳細については、このドキュメントの関連する章を\n参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your system will now shut down.%1\n" +"For details, read the related chapter \n" +"in the documentation. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムを停止します。%1\n" +"詳細については、このドキュメントの関連する章を\n" +"参照してください。\n" #. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed #. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system @@ -182,8 +190,16 @@ msgstr "<big>ブートメニュー</big> " #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 -msgid "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \nTo activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\nboot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\nif the boot loader is installed in the MBR." -msgstr "ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \nこの項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションを有効にします。汎用のMBRコードではアクティブパーティションを\nブートする仕組みになっているため、これを選択することで本システムを起動できるようになります。\nなお、古いBIOSではMBRにブートローダをインストールした場合でも、1つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." +msgstr "" +"ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 \n" +"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションを有効にします。汎用のMBRコードではアクティブパーティションを\n" +"ブートする仕組みになっているため、これを選択することで本システムを起動できるようになります。\n" +"なお、古いBIOSではMBRにブートローダをインストールした場合でも、1つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: @@ -201,56 +217,122 @@ #. $Id$ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 -msgid "Timeout in Seconds \nSpecifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" -msgstr "タイムアウト(秒単位) \nデフォルトカーネルがロードされるまで、ブートローダが待機する時間を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Timeout in Seconds \n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +msgstr "" +"タイムアウト(秒単位) \n" +"デフォルトカーネルがロードされるまで、ブートローダが待機する時間を指定します。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\nthe default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\nwait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\nkey is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\nboot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\nusing the Up and Down buttons.\n" -msgstr "［デフォルトに設定］を押すと、選択したセクションがデフォルトに設定されます。\n起動の際はブートローダがブートメニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\nよう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行われないとデフォルトに設定したカーネル\nまたは OS を読み込んで起動します。\nまた、ブートローダのメニュー内でのセクション順序については、［上へ］と\n［下へ］でそれぞれ変更することができます。\n" +msgid "" +" By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the Up and Down buttons.\n" +msgstr "" +"［デフォルトに設定］を押すと、選択したセクションがデフォルトに設定されます。\n" +"起動の際はブートローダがブートメニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\n" +"よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行われないとデフォルトに設定したカーネル\n" +"または OS を読み込んで起動します。\n" +"また、ブートローダのメニュー内でのセクション順序については、［上へ］と\n" +"［下へ］でそれぞれ変更することができます。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\nboots the active partition)." -msgstr "MBRに汎用ブートコードを書き込む ディスクのマスタブートレコード(MBR)に汎用ブートコード(アクティブパーティションを\nブートするだけのOSに依存しないプログラム)を書き込む場合に選択します。" +msgid "" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition)." +msgstr "" +"MBRに汎用ブートコードを書き込む ディスクのマスタブートレコード(MBR)に汎用ブートコード(アクティブパーティションを\n" +"ブートするだけのOSに依存しないプログラム)を書き込む場合に選択します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\nBoot from Root Partition." -msgstr "［ブートパーティションからブート］、または［ルートパーティションからブート］\nオプションをお勧めします." +msgid "" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +"Boot from Root Partition." +msgstr "" +"［ブートパーティションからブート］、または［ルートパーティションからブート］\n" +"オプションをお勧めします." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -msgid "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\nIt is recommended to install grub to MBR" -msgstr "信頼済Grubを使用するは、信頼済みのgrubをインストールしてそれを使用することを意味します。オプション グラフィカルなメニューファイルは無視されます。\nMBR (マスターブートレコード) に grub をインストールする場合にはお勧めです。" +msgid "" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"It is recommended to install grub to MBR" +msgstr "" +"信頼済Grubを使用するは、信頼済みのgrubをインストールしてそれを使用することを意味します。オプション グラフィカルなメニューファイルは無視されます。\n" +"MBR (マスターブートレコード) に grub をインストールする場合にはお勧めです。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\ninstalled on your computer" -msgstr "お使いのコンピュータに他のOSをインストールしている場合、［マスタブートレコードからブート］\nはお勧めできません。" +msgid "" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +"installed on your computer" +msgstr "" +"お使いのコンピュータに他のOSをインストールしている場合、［マスタブートレコードからブート］\n" +"はお勧めできません。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\npartition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\nin Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\nto start this section." -msgstr "適切なパーティションがある場合は、［ルートパーティションからブート］オプションを\nお勧めします。 マスタブートレコードを更新する必要がある場合は\n［ブートローダのオプション］で［ブートパーティション用パーティションテーブルにアクティブフラグを設定］と［MBRに汎用ブートコードを書き込む］を選択します。\nこのセクションを開始するには、他のブートマネージャを設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"to start this section." +msgstr "" +"適切なパーティションがある場合は、［ルートパーティションからブート］オプションを\n" +"お勧めします。 マスタブートレコードを更新する必要がある場合は\n" +"［ブートローダのオプション］で［ブートパーティション用パーティションテーブルにアクティブフラグを設定］と［MBRに汎用ブートコードを書き込む］を選択します。\n" +"このセクションを開始するには、他のブートマネージャを設定してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \nlogical partition and the /boot partition is missing" -msgstr "ルートパーティションが論理パーティション上にあり、/bootパーティションがない場合は、\n［拡張パーティションからブート］を選択する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" +"ルートパーティションが論理パーティション上にあり、/bootパーティションがない場合は、\n" +"［拡張パーティションからブート］を選択する必要があります。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "［カスタムブートパーティション］では、ブートするパーティションを選択できます。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -msgid "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\nenable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." -msgstr "MDアレイは2つのディスクから構成されます。それぞれのディスクのMBRに\nGRUBを書き込むには、［MDアレイの冗長化を有効にする］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" +"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." +msgstr "" +"MDアレイは2つのディスクから構成されます。それぞれのディスクのMBRに\n" +"GRUBを書き込むには、［MDアレイの冗長化を有効にする］を選択します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\nfor a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." -msgstr "［シリアルコンソールを使用する］を指定すると、シリアルコンソールで\n使用するパラメータを定義することができます。詳細については、grubのマニュアル(<code>info grub</code>)を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." +msgstr "" +"［シリアルコンソールを使用する］を指定すると、シリアルコンソールで\n" +"使用するパラメータを定義することができます。詳細については、grubのマニュアル(<code>info grub</code>)を参照してください。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 -msgid "Terminal Definition \nDefines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\nyou have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\ncommand, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\npress any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." -msgstr "ターミナル定義 \n使用するターミナルのタイプを定義します。シリアルターミナル(例:シリアルコンソール)の場合は、\n「<code>serial</code>」と指定する必要があります。コマンドに「<code>console</code>」を\n「<code>serial console</code>」として渡すこともできます。この場合、任意のキーを押したターミナルが、\nGRUBターミナルとして選択されます。" +msgid "" +"Terminal Definition \n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." +msgstr "" +"ターミナル定義 \n" +"使用するターミナルのタイプを定義します。シリアルターミナル(例:シリアルコンソール)の場合は、\n" +"「<code>serial</code>」と指定する必要があります。コマンドに「<code>console</code>」を\n" +"「<code>serial console</code>」として渡すこともできます。この場合、任意のキーを押したターミナルが、\n" +"GRUBターミナルとして選択されます。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\nthat will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." -msgstr "［デフォルトが失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション］には、セクション番号のリストが含まれています。\nこのリストは、デフォルトのセクションをブートできない場合に使用されます。" +msgid "" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" +"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +msgstr "" +"［デフォルトが失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション］には、セクション番号のリストが含まれています。\n" +"このリストは、デフォルトのセクションをブートできない場合に使用されます。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." @@ -265,13 +347,29 @@ msgstr "聴覚に訴える種類の信号を有効にするには、［聴覚信号を有効にする］を選択します。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 -msgid "Protect Boot Loader with Password \nDefine the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\nit in Retype Password." -msgstr "ブートローダをパスワードで保護する \nブートメニューにアクセスするために必要なパスワードを定義します。YaSTは［もう一度パスワードを入力してください］に同じものを入力した場合にのみ\nバスワードを受け入れます。" +msgid "" +"Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"it in Retype Password." +msgstr "" +"ブートローダをパスワードで保護する \n" +"ブートメニューにアクセスするために必要なパスワードを定義します。YaSTは［もう一度パスワードを入力してください］に同じものを入力した場合にのみ\n" +"バスワードを受け入れます。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 -msgid "<big>Disks Order</big> \nTo specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\nthe Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\nTo add a disk, push Add.\nTo remove a disk, push Remove." -msgstr "<big>［ディスクの順序］</big> \nBIOSでの順序に合わせてディスクの順序を設定するには、\n［上へ］と［下へ］ボタンをクリックしてディスクの順序を入れ替えます。\nディスクを追加するには［追加］ボタンを、\nディスクを削除するには［削除］ボタンをそれぞれクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Disks Order</big> \n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the Up and Down buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push Add.\n" +"To remove a disk, push Remove." +msgstr "" +"<big>［ディスクの順序］</big> \n" +"BIOSでの順序に合わせてディスクの順序を設定するには、\n" +"［上へ］と［下へ］ボタンをクリックしてディスクの順序を入れ替えます。\n" +"ディスクを追加するには［追加］ボタンを、\n" +"ディスクを削除するには［削除］ボタンをそれぞれクリックします。" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -829,13 +927,38 @@ #. popup - Continue/Cancel #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 -msgid "\nIf you do not install any boot loader, the system\nmight not start.\n\nProceed?\n" -msgstr "\nブートローダをインストールしないと、システムは\n起動しません。\n \n 続行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ブートローダをインストールしないと、システムは\n" +"起動しません。\n" +" \n" +" 続行しますか?\n" #. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 -msgid "\nYou chose to change your boot loader. When converting \nthe configuration, some settings might be lost.\n\nThe current configuration will be saved and you can\nrestore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n\nSelect a course of action:\n" -msgstr "\nブートローダを変更しようとしています。設定を変更しないと、一部の設定が失われます。\n \n現在の設定が保存され、現在の\nブートローダに戻った場合にそれを復元できます。\n \nアクションを選択してください:\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" +"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" +"\n" +"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" +"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" +"\n" +"Select a course of action:\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ブートローダを変更しようとしています。設定を変更しないと、一部の設定が失われます。\n" +" \n" +"現在の設定が保存され、現在の\n" +"ブートローダに戻った場合にそれを復元できます。\n" +" \n" +"アクションを選択してください:\n" #. radiobutton #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible @@ -928,140 +1051,302 @@ #. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 -msgid "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \nChange the settings of your boot loader." -msgstr "<BIG>ブートローダ設定ツール</BIG> \nブートローダの設定を変更できます。" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" +"Change the settings of your boot loader." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>ブートローダ設定ツール</BIG> \n" +"ブートローダの設定を変更できます。" #. help text #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \nPlease wait... " -msgstr "<BIG>ブートローダの設定を保存しています</BIG> \nしばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<BIG>ブートローダの設定を保存しています</BIG> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... " #. help text, optional part of following #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\nYaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -msgstr "複数のLinuxシステムをインストールしている場合、\nYaSTはそれらを検出してメニューに組み込むことができます。" +msgid "" +"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" +"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." +msgstr "" +"複数のLinuxシステムをインストールしている場合、\n" +"YaSTはそれらを検出してメニューに組み込むことができます。" #. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 -msgid "From Other,\nyou can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \nconfiguration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\nthe configuration saved on your disk. %1" -msgstr "［その他］から、\nブートローダ設定ファイルを個別に編集したり、現在の設定をクリアして新しい\n設定を提案したり、最初から新しく設定したり、また、\nディスクに保存した設定をロードし直したりすることができます。 %1" +msgid "" +"From Other,\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +"the configuration saved on your disk. %1" +msgstr "" +"［その他］から、\n" +"ブートローダ設定ファイルを個別に編集したり、現在の設定をクリアして新しい\n" +"設定を提案したり、最初から新しく設定したり、また、\n" +"ディスクに保存した設定をロードし直したりすることができます。 %1" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 -msgid "To edit boot loader configuration files\nmanually, click Edit Configuration Files." -msgstr "ブートローダ環境設定ファイルを手動で編集するには、\n［設定ファイルの編集］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"To edit boot loader configuration files\n" +"manually, click Edit Configuration Files." +msgstr "" +"ブートローダ環境設定ファイルを手動で編集するには、\n" +"［設定ファイルの編集］をクリックしてください。" #. help 1/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 -msgid " In the table, each section represents one item\nin the boot menu." -msgstr "一覧の各セクションは、ブートメニューの項目に\n相当します。" +msgid "" +" In the table, each section represents one item\n" +"in the boot menu." +msgstr "" +"一覧の各セクションは、ブートメニューの項目に\n" +"相当します。" #. help 2/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 -msgid " Press Edit to display the properties of the\nselected section." -msgstr "［編集］をクリックすると、選択されたセクションの\nプロパティが表示されます。" +msgid "" +" Press Edit to display the properties of the\n" +"selected section." +msgstr "" +"［編集］をクリックすると、選択されたセクションの\n" +"プロパティが表示されます。" #. help 3/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 -msgid " By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \nsection as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \na boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \nOS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \nkernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\nmenu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." -msgstr " ［デフォルトに設定］をクリックすると、選択したセクションに\nデフォルトとしてマークが付けられます。ブート時に、ブートローダによってブートメニューが表示され、\nユーザがブートするカーネルまたはその他のOSを選択するまで\n待機します。タイムアウトまでにどのキーも押されなかった場合は、デフォルトの\nカーネルまたはOSがブートされます。ブートローダメニューのセクションの順序は、\n［上へ］および［下へ］ボタンを使用して変更できます。" +msgid "" +" By pressing Set as Default, mark the selected \n" +"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" +"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" +"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" +"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" +"menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." +msgstr "" +" ［デフォルトに設定］をクリックすると、選択したセクションに\n" +"デフォルトとしてマークが付けられます。ブート時に、ブートローダによってブートメニューが表示され、\n" +"ユーザがブートするカーネルまたはその他のOSを選択するまで\n" +"待機します。タイムアウトまでにどのキーも押されなかった場合は、デフォルトの\n" +"カーネルまたはOSがブートされます。ブートローダメニューのセクションの順序は、\n" +"［上へ］および［下へ］ボタンを使用して変更できます。" #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 -msgid "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\nor Delete to delete the selected section." -msgstr "［追加］をクリックして新しいブートローダセクションを作成するか、\n［削除］をクリックして選択したセクションを削除します。" +msgid "" +"Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" +"or Delete to delete the selected section." +msgstr "" +"［追加］をクリックして新しいブートローダセクションを作成するか、\n" +"［削除］をクリックして選択したセクションを削除します。" #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 #. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") #. this should be per architecture #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 -msgid "<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \nThe boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" -msgstr "<big>ブートローダの場所</big> \nブートマネージャ(%1)は、次の方法でインストールできます:" +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Loader Location</big> \n" +"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" +msgstr "" +"<big>ブートローダの場所</big> \n" +"ブートマネージャ(%1)は、次の方法でインストールできます:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 -msgid "- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\nThis is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\non the computer." -msgstr "- マスタブートレコード(MBR)内。\n別のオペレーティングシステムがコンピュータにインストールされている場合には、\nお勧めしません。" +msgid "" +"- In the Master Boot Record (MBR).\n" +"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" +"on the computer." +msgstr "" +"- マスタブートレコード(MBR)内。\n" +"別のオペレーティングシステムがコンピュータにインストールされている場合には、\n" +"お勧めしません。" #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 -msgid "\n- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \npartition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\npartition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\nReplace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\nto update the master boot record\nif it is needed or configure your other boot manager\nto start &product;." -msgstr "\n- <tt>/boot</tt>または<tt>/</tt> (ルート)パーティションの\nブートセクタ内。. 適切なパーティションがある場合には最もお勧めするオプションです。［ブートローダパーティションを有効にする］または\n［MBRを汎用コードに置換］を［ブートローダのインストールの詳細］\nで設定して、\n必要な場合、またはほかのブートマネージャが\n&product;を開始するように設定した場合に、マスタブートレコードを更新してください。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" +"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +"to update the master boot record\n" +"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"to start &product;." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"- <tt>/boot</tt>または<tt>/</tt> (ルート)パーティションの\n" +"ブートセクタ内。. 適切なパーティションがある場合には最もお勧めするオプションです。［ブートローダパーティションを有効にする］または\n" +"［MBRを汎用コードに置換］を［ブートローダのインストールの詳細］\n" +"で設定して、\n" +"必要な場合、またはほかのブートマネージャが\n" +"&product;を開始するように設定した場合に、マスタブートレコードを更新してください。" #. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 #. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "\n- On a Floppy Disk.\nUse this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\nboot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\nthe BIOS of your machine to use this option." -msgstr "\n- フロッピーディスク上。\n これを使用して、すでに存在するブートメカニズムを\n妨害しないようにしてください。このオプションを使用するには、マシンのBIOSでフロッピーディスクからのブートを有効にします。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"- On a Floppy Disk.\n" +"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" +"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" +"the BIOS of your machine to use this option." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"- フロッピーディスク上。\n" +" これを使用して、すでに存在するブートメカニズムを\n" +"妨害しないようにしてください。このオプションを使用するには、マシンのBIOSでフロッピーディスクからのブートを有効にします。" #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 -msgid "\n- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\nwhen selecting this option." -msgstr "\n- その他のパーティション内。このオプションを選択する場合は、\nお使いのシステムにおける制限を考慮してください。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"- In some Other partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" +"when selecting this option." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"- その他のパーティション内。このオプションを選択する場合は、\n" +"お使いのシステムにおける制限を考慮してください。" #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 -msgid "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\nlimit that restricts booting to\nhard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\nyou may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." -msgstr "たとえば、大部分のPCにはBIOSの制限があり、\n1024より小さいハードディスクシリンダへの\nブートが制限されています。使用するブートマネージャに応じて、\n論理パーティションからブートできるかどうかが決まります。" +msgid "" +"For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" +"limit that restricts booting to\n" +"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." +msgstr "" +"たとえば、大部分のPCにはBIOSの制限があり、\n" +"1024より小さいハードディスクシリンダへの\n" +"ブートが制限されています。使用するブートマネージャに応じて、\n" +"論理パーティションからブートできるかどうかが決まります。" #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 -msgid "\nEnter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." -msgstr "\n入力フィールドにパーティションのデバイス名を入力します(<tt>/dev/hda3</tt>、\n<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>など)。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"入力フィールドにパーティションのデバイス名を入力します(<tt>/dev/hda3</tt>、\n" +"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>など)。" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation Details \nTo adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\nmapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." -msgstr "ブートローダのインストール詳細 \nデバイスマッピングなどブートローダの詳細なインストールオプションを調整するには、\n［ブートローダのインストール詳細］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"Boot Loader Installation Details \n" +"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" +"mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." +msgstr "" +"ブートローダのインストール詳細 \n" +"デバイスマッピングなどブートローダの詳細なインストールオプションを調整するには、\n" +"［ブートローダのインストール詳細］をクリックします。" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 -msgid "Boot Loader Type \nTo select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\nuse Boot Loader." -msgstr "<big>［ブートローダのタイプ］</big> \nブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールするかを選択するには、\n［ブートローダ］を使用します。" +msgid "" +"Boot Loader Type \n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use Boot Loader." +msgstr "" +"<big>［ブートローダのタイプ］</big> \n" +"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールするかを選択するには、\n" +"［ブートローダ］を使用します。" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 -msgid "Boot Loader Options \nTo adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\nBoot Loader Options." -msgstr "ブートローダのオプション \nタイムアウトなどのブートローダのオプションを調整するには、\n［ブートローダのオプション］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"Boot Loader Options \n" +"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" +"Boot Loader Options." +msgstr "" +"ブートローダのオプション \n" +"タイムアウトなどのブートローダのオプションを調整するには、\n" +"［ブートローダのオプション］をクリックします。" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 -msgid "Expert Manual Configuration \nHere, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\nNote: The final configuration file may have different indenting." -msgstr "エキスパート設定 \nここでは、ブートローダの環境設定を手動で編集します。\n注意: 最終的な環境設定ファイルは、インデントが異なる場合があります。" +msgid "" +"Expert Manual Configuration \n" +"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.\n" +"Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." +msgstr "" +"エキスパート設定 \n" +"ここでは、ブートローダの環境設定を手動で編集します。\n" +"注意: 最終的な環境設定ファイルは、インデントが異なる場合があります。" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 -msgid "Section Name \nUse Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\nname must be unique." -msgstr "セクション名 \nブートローダのセクション名を指定するには、［セクション名］を使用します。セクション名は\n固有である必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Section Name \n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +"name must be unique." +msgstr "" +"セクション名 \n" +"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには、［セクション名］を使用します。セクション名は\n" +"固有である必要があります。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 -msgid "<big>Type of the New Section</big> \nSelect the type of the new section to create." -msgstr "<big>新しいセクションのタイプ</big> \n作成する新しいセクションのタイプを選択します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Type of the New Section</big> \n" +"Select the type of the new section to create." +msgstr "" +"<big>新しいセクションのタイプ</big> \n" +"作成する新しいセクションのタイプを選択します。" #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 -msgid "Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\nsection. Then modify the options that should differ from the\nselected section." -msgstr "現在選択されているセクションを複製するには、［選択したセクションの複製］を\n選択します。次に、選択したセクションとは違う設定にするオプションを\n変更します。" +msgid "" +"Select Clone Selected Section to clone the currently selected\n" +"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" +"selected section." +msgstr "" +"現在選択されているセクションを複製するには、［選択したセクションの複製］を\n" +"選択します。次に、選択したセクションとは違う設定にするオプションを\n" +"変更します。" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 -msgid "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\nto load and start." -msgstr "ロードして起動するLinuxカーネルまたはその他のイメージを追加するには、\n［イメージセクション］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" +"to load and start." +msgstr "" +"ロードして起動するLinuxカーネルまたはその他のイメージを追加するには、\n" +"［イメージセクション］を選択します。" #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\nbut to start it in a Xen environment." -msgstr "新しいLinuxカーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらをXEN環境下で起動するには、\n［Xenセクション］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" +"but to start it in a Xen environment." +msgstr "" +"新しいLinuxカーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらをXEN環境下で起動するには、\n" +"［Xenセクション］を選択します。" #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 -msgid "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \nloads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\nbooting other operating systems." -msgstr "ディスクのパーティションのブートセクタをロードして起動するセクションを追加するには、\n［その他のシステム(チェーンローダ)］を選択します。これは、他の\nオペレーティングシステムのブートに使用されます。" +msgid "" +"Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" +"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"booting other operating systems." +msgstr "" +"ディスクのパーティションのブートセクタをロードして起動するセクションを追加するには、\n" +"［その他のシステム(チェーンローダ)］を選択します。これは、他の\n" +"オペレーティングシステムのブートに使用されます。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 -msgid "Select Menu Section to add a section that \nloads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\nbooting other operating systems." -msgstr "ディスク内のパーティションから環境設定ファイル(ブートセクションのリスト)をロードする\nセクションを追加するには、［メニューセクション］を選択します。\nこれは他のオペレーティングシステム(OS)をブートする際に使用します。" +msgid "" +"Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +"booting other operating systems." +msgstr "" +"ディスク内のパーティションから環境設定ファイル(ブートセクションのリスト)をロードする\n" +"セクションを追加するには、［メニューセクション］を選択します。\n" +"これは他のオペレーティングシステム(OS)をブートする際に使用します。" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names #: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697 @@ -1110,13 +1395,21 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "This function is not available if the boot\nloader is not specified." -msgstr "ブートローダが指定されていない場合、\nこの機能は使用できません。" +msgid "" +"This function is not available if the boot\n" +"loader is not specified." +msgstr "" +"ブートローダが指定されていない場合、\n" +"この機能は使用できません。" #. yes-no popup question #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\nAll changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "本当にブートローダの環境設定を保存しないまま中止しますか?\nすべての変更が無効になります。\n" +msgid "" +"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost.\n" +msgstr "" +"本当にブートローダの環境設定を保存しないまま中止しますか?\n" +"すべての変更が無効になります。\n" #. yes-no popup question #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 @@ -1130,18 +1423,30 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 -msgid "'Password' and 'Retype password'\ndo not match. Retype the password." -msgstr "「パスワード」と「もう一度パスワードを入力してください。」に\n入力したパスワードが異なっています。もう一度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" +"do not match. Retype the password." +msgstr "" +"「パスワード」と「もう一度パスワードを入力してください。」に\n" +"入力したパスワードが異なっています。もう一度入力してください。" #. message popup, %1 is sectino label #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 -msgid "The disk settings have changed.\nCheck section %1 settings.\n" -msgstr "ディスク設定が変更されました。\nセクション %1 の設定を確認してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The disk settings have changed.\n" +"Check section %1 settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"ディスク設定が変更されました。\n" +"セクション %1 の設定を確認してください。\n" #. message popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 -msgid "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\nconfiguration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -msgstr "ディスク設定が変更されたので、ブートローダ環境設定ファイルを\n手動で変更しました。ブートローダの設定を確認してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" +"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"ディスク設定が変更されたので、ブートローダ環境設定ファイルを\n" +"手動で変更しました。ブートローダの設定を確認してください。\n" #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set #. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete @@ -1167,8 +1472,14 @@ #. label #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 -msgid "The boot loader boot sector will be written\nto a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\nand confirm with OK.\n" -msgstr "ブートローダのブートセクタをフロッピーディスクに\n書き込みます。フロッピーディスクを入れて、\n［了解］ボタン押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" +"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" +"and confirm with OK.\n" +msgstr "" +"ブートローダのブートセクタをフロッピーディスクに\n" +"書き込みます。フロッピーディスクを入れて、\n" +"［了解］ボタン押してください。\n" #. checkbox #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 @@ -1194,13 +1505,21 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 -msgid "The name selected is already used.\nUse a different one.\n" -msgstr "選択された名前はすでに使用されています。\n別の名前を選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The name selected is already used.\n" +"Use a different one.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択された名前はすでに使用されています。\n" +"別の名前を選択してください。\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 -msgid "An error occurred during boot loader\ninstallation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "ブートローダのインストール中にエラーが\n発生しました。ブートローダ環境設定をやり直しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred during boot loader\n" +"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" +msgstr "" +"ブートローダのインストール中にエラーが\n" +"発生しました。ブートローダ環境設定をやり直しますか?\n" #. FIXME too generic, but was already translated #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 @@ -1210,8 +1529,26 @@ #. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of #. 'date' command output #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 -msgid "Warning!\n\nCurrent MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\nsaved at %2.\n\nOnly the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\nThe partition table remains unchanged.\n\nContinue?\n" -msgstr "警告!\n\n%1 の現在のMBRは、%2 に保存した\n新しいMBRで上書きされます。\n\nMBR内のブートコードのみが上書きされます。\nパーティションテーブルは変更されません。\n\n続行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Warning!\n" +"\n" +"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" +"saved at %2.\n" +"\n" +"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" +"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" +"\n" +"Continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告!\n" +"\n" +"%1 の現在のMBRは、%2 に保存した\n" +"新しいMBRで上書きされます。\n" +"\n" +"MBR内のブートコードのみが上書きされます。\n" +"パーティションテーブルは変更されません。\n" +"\n" +"続行しますか?\n" #. PushButton #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 @@ -1245,8 +1582,12 @@ msgstr "［ルートデバイス］には、カーネルにルートデバイスとして渡すデバイスを設定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 -msgid "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\ndirectly or choose by using Browse.\n" -msgstr "初期RAMディスク。空でない場合、使用する初期RAMディスクを定義します。パスをファイル名を直接入力するか、または\n［参照］を使用して選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"directly or choose by using Browse.\n" +msgstr "" +"初期RAMディスク。空でない場合、使用する初期RAMディスクを定義します。パスをファイル名を直接入力するか、または\n" +"［参照］を使用して選択します。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." @@ -1265,12 +1606,20 @@ msgstr "このシステムを起動するために BIOS 側で必要となる場合、［起動選択時にパーティションをアクティブ化］を選択することもできます。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 -msgid "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\nto specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" -msgstr "［チェインロード用ブロックオフセット］には、ブートするブロックのリストを指定します。多くの場合、ここで\n「<code>+1</code>」を指定します。blocklistの指定方法については、grubマニュアルを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +msgstr "" +"［チェインロード用ブロックオフセット］には、ブートするブロックのリストを指定します。多くの場合、ここで\n" +"「<code>+1</code>」を指定します。blocklistの指定方法については、grubマニュアルを参照してください。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 -msgid "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \nand start it in a Xen environment.\n" -msgstr "XEN環境下で起動する新しいLinuxカーネルやその他のイメージを追加するには、\n［Xenセクション］を選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +"and start it in a Xen environment.\n" +msgstr "" +"XEN環境下で起動する新しいLinuxカーネルやその他のイメージを追加するには、\n" +"［Xenセクション］を選択します。\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." @@ -1297,28 +1646,55 @@ msgstr "デバイスマップから最初のディスクにセクションを配置する Windows では通常、最初のディスク上に存在する必要があります。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 -msgid "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \nEdit and Delete" -msgstr "［計測］には PCR で計測されたファイルが含まれています。表内の変更は［追加］、\n［編集］、［削除］で行うことができます。" +msgid "" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Edit and Delete" +msgstr "" +"［計測］には PCR で計測されたファイルが含まれています。表内の変更は［追加］、\n" +"［編集］、［削除］で行うことができます。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 -msgid "Allow attempt to relocate\nUsually specified in global section" -msgstr "再配置を試すことを許可\n通常はグローバルセクションで指定します。" +msgid "" +"Allow attempt to relocate\n" +"Usually specified in global section" +msgstr "" +"再配置を試すことを許可\n" +"通常はグローバルセクションで指定します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 -msgid "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \nUsually specified in global section" -msgstr "rootファイルシステムの読み取り専用でのマウントを強制 \n通常は、グローバルセクションで指定されます。" +msgid "" +"Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" +"Usually specified in global section" +msgstr "" +"rootファイルシステムの読み取り専用でのマウントを強制 \n" +"通常は、グローバルセクションで指定されます。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 -msgid "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\ncreate a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\nfile on a SCSI disk partition." -msgstr "DASDディスクパーティションやテープデバイス上、または\nSCSIディスクパーティション上のファイルにシステムダンプを作成する方法を指定したセクションを追加するには、\n［ダンプセクション］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" +"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +"file on a SCSI disk partition." +msgstr "" +"DASDディスクパーティションやテープデバイス上、または\n" +"SCSIディスクパーティション上のファイルにシステムダンプを作成する方法を指定したセクションを追加するには、\n" +"［ダンプセクション］を選択します。" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 -msgid "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\nMenu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" -msgstr "設定に新しいメニューを追加するには、［メニューセクション］を選択します。\nメニューセクションには、グループ化されたタスクの一覧が表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" +"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" +msgstr "" +"設定に新しいメニューを追加するには、［メニューセクション］を選択します。\n" +"メニューセクションには、グループ化されたタスクの一覧が表示されます。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 -msgid "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \nPlease note that this will also disable AppArmor." -msgstr "SELinuxセキュリティフレームワークを有効にするため、必要なカーネルブートパラメータを追加するには、［SELinuxを有効にする］を選択します。\nただし、この設定によりAppArmorが無効になるので注意してください。" +msgid "" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." +msgstr "" +"SELinuxセキュリティフレームワークを有効にするため、必要なカーネルブートパラメータを追加するには、［SELinuxを有効にする］を選択します。\n" +"ただし、この設定によりAppArmorが無効になるので注意してください。" #. radio button #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 @@ -1697,4 +2073,3 @@ #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダの環境設定の保存" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -107,8 +107,18 @@ msgstr "CAの設定" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 -msgid "\nYaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\nis used for communicating with the Apache server.\nHere, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n\n" -msgstr "\nYaSTでは、デフォルトのCAおよび証明書が自動的に生成されます。このCAおよび証明書は、\nApacheサーバとの通信に使用されます。\n ここでは、このCAおよび証明書の設定を変更したり、CAおよび証明書をファイルからインポートします。\n \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"YaSTでは、デフォルトのCAおよび証明書が自動的に生成されます。このCAおよび証明書は、\n" +"Apacheサーバとの通信に使用されます。\n" +" ここでは、このCAおよび証明書の設定を変更したり、CAおよび証明書をファイルからインポートします。\n" +" \n" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 @@ -377,8 +387,12 @@ msgstr "お使いのシステムの root パスワードを取得することができません。証明機関のパスワードを設定して続行してください。" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 -msgid "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \nEnter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" -msgstr "指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +msgstr "" +"指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -431,8 +445,12 @@ msgstr "別名: " #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 -msgid "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" -msgstr "root のパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" +msgstr "" +"root のパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n" +"証明書に対して適切なパスワードを設定するか、証明書の作成を無効にしてください。\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -479,12 +497,28 @@ msgstr "ディスクから CA と証明書をインポート(&I)" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 -msgid "\nIn this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\nwhile completing the installation.\n\n" -msgstr "\nここでは、インストールを完了するためのCAと証明書の\nインストール方法を選択します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" +"while completing the installation.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ここでは、インストールを完了するためのCAと証明書の\n" +"インストール方法を選択します。\n" +"\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 -msgid "\nYou also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \nif you do not want to create or import it now.\n\n" -msgstr "\n今すぐ作成またはインポートしない場合は、\nデフォルトのCAおよび証明書をインストール済みシステムで作成することもできます。\n \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" +"if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"今すぐ作成またはインポートしない場合は、\n" +"デフォルトのCAおよび証明書をインストール済みシステムで作成することもできます。\n" +" \n" #. Creates Country items #. @return a list country items formated for a UI table @@ -575,8 +609,18 @@ #. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries #. @return `next,`back,`abort #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 -msgid "\nYaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\nis used for communicating with the Apache server.\nHere, change these default settings.\n\n" -msgstr "\nYaST は自動的に「デフォルトの CA と証明書」を生成します。\nこの CA と証明書はApache サーバとの通信に使用されます。\nここでは、「デフォルトの設定」を変更します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" +"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" +"Here, change these default settings.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"YaST は自動的に「デフォルトの CA と証明書」を生成します。\n" +"この CA と証明書はApache サーバとの通信に使用されます。\n" +"ここでは、「デフォルトの設定」を変更します。\n" +"\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" @@ -638,8 +682,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 -msgid "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\nYou can import a certificate from disk</pre>" -msgstr "<pre>共通のサーバ証明書が見つかりません。\nディスクから証明書をインポートできます</pre>" +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" +"<pre>共通のサーバ証明書が見つかりません。\n" +"ディスクから証明書をインポートできます</pre>" #. popup window header #. popup window header @@ -669,8 +717,12 @@ #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 -msgid "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n\n" -msgstr "この証明書を使用しているサービスが存在しないことを確認してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"この証明書を使用しているサービスが存在しないことを確認してください。\n" +"\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 @@ -695,8 +747,12 @@ msgstr "%1 の説明" #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 -msgid "\nCA not found" -msgstr "\nCA が見つかりません" +msgid "" +"\n" +"CA not found" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"CA が見つかりません" #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "Issued For:" @@ -705,50 +761,82 @@ #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 -msgid "\nCommon Name: " -msgstr "\n一般名: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"一般名: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 -msgid "\nOrganization: " -msgstr "\n組織: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"組織: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 -msgid "\nLocation: " -msgstr "\n所在地: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"所在地: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 -msgid "\nState: " -msgstr "\n都道府県: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"都道府県: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 -msgid "\nCountry: " -msgstr "\n国: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"国: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 -msgid "\nEMAIL: " -msgstr "\n電子メール: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"電子メール: " #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "発行者:" #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 -msgid "\nValid from: " -msgstr "\n有効期間の開始: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"有効期間の開始: " #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 -msgid "\nValid to: " -msgstr "\n有効期間の終了: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"有効期間の終了: " #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 @@ -989,100 +1077,160 @@ msgstr "説明" #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 -msgid "\nCertificate not found" -msgstr "\n証明書が見つかりません。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Certificate not found" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"証明書が見つかりません。" #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 -msgid "\nCommon Name: " -msgstr "\n一般名: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"一般名: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 -msgid "\nOrganization: " -msgstr "\n組織: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"組織: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 -msgid "\nLocation: " -msgstr "\n所在地: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"所在地: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 -msgid "\nState: " -msgstr "\n都道府県: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"都道府県: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 -msgid "\nCountry: " -msgstr "\n国: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"国: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 -msgid "\nEMAIL: " -msgstr "\n電子メール: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"電子メール: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 -msgid "\nIs CA: " -msgstr "\nCA: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"CA: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 -msgid "\nKey Size: " -msgstr "\n鍵のサイズ: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"鍵のサイズ: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 -msgid "\nSerialnumber: " -msgstr "\nシリアル番号: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"シリアル番号: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 -msgid "\nVersion: " -msgstr "\nバージョン: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"バージョン: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 -msgid "\nValid from: " -msgstr "\n有効期間の開始: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"有効期間の開始: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 -msgid "\nValid to: " -msgstr "\n有効期間の終了: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"有効期間の終了: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 -msgid "\nalgo. of pub. Key : " -msgstr "\n公開鍵のアルゴリズム: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"公開鍵のアルゴリズム: " #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 -msgid "\nalgo. of signature: " -msgstr "\n署名のアルゴリズム: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"署名のアルゴリズム: " #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog @@ -1208,16 +1356,32 @@ msgstr "証明書失効リスト(CRL):" #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 -msgid "\n\nLast Update: " -msgstr "\n\n最終更新: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Last Update: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"最終更新: " #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 -msgid "\nNext Update: " -msgstr "\n次回の更新: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Next Update: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"次回の更新: " #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 -msgid "\n\nRevoked Certificates: " -msgstr "\n\n失効された証明書 : " +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Revoked Certificates: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"失効された証明書 : " #. Dialog Tab - CRL - #. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA @@ -1761,8 +1925,12 @@ #. Exporting to common server certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 -msgid "The default certificate can also be created in\nthe CA Management module.\n" -msgstr "デフォルトの証明書は\nCA管理モジュールでも作成できます。\n" +msgid "" +"The default certificate can also be created in\n" +"the CA Management module.\n" +msgstr "" +"デフォルトの証明書は\n" +"CA管理モジュールでも作成できます。\n" #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 @@ -1864,13 +2032,21 @@ msgstr "現在の要求を削除しますか?" #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 -msgid "\nRequest not found.\n" -msgstr "\n要求が見つかりませんでした。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Request not found.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"要求が見つかりませんでした。\n" #. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 -msgid "\ngeneration Time: " -msgstr "\n生成時刻: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"生成時刻: " #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention @@ -2034,8 +2210,12 @@ msgstr "パスワードの再入力(&V):" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 -msgid "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\nEnter a valid password for the certificates.\n" -msgstr "指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n証明書に対して有効なパスワードを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" +msgstr "" +"指定したパスワードは、証明書のパスワードとして使用するには短すぎます。\n" +"証明書に対して有効なパスワードを入力してください。\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." @@ -2075,8 +2255,12 @@ msgstr "LDAP の初期化" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 -msgid "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\nEnter the required LDAP password.\n" -msgstr "CA の管理のため LDAP を初期化する必要があります。\n必要なパスワードを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" +"Enter the required LDAP password.\n" +msgstr "" +"CA の管理のため LDAP を初期化する必要があります。\n" +"必要なパスワードを入力してください。\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" @@ -2183,8 +2367,12 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 -msgid "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" -msgstr "<big>ディスクから共通証明書 (PKCS #12 + CA チェーン形式)をインポート:</big>\nひとつのファイルを選択し、「次へ」をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ディスクから共通証明書 (PKCS #12 + CA チェーン形式)をインポート:</big>\n" +"ひとつのファイルを選択し、「次へ」をクリックしてください。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 @@ -2193,8 +2381,12 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 -msgid "Password: \nCertificate password\n" -msgstr "パスワード: \n証明書のパスワードです。\n" +msgid "" +"Password: \n" +"Certificate password\n" +msgstr "" +"パスワード: \n" +"証明書のパスワードです。\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" @@ -2215,12 +2407,22 @@ #. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 -msgid "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\nthe server (%2).\nThis certificate might be not practical as a common server certificate.\n" -msgstr "証明書の共通名 (%1) とサーバ名 (%2) が異なっています。\nこの証明書は、\n共通サーバ証明書として利用できない可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" +"the server (%2).\n" +"This certificate might be not practical as a common server certificate.\n" +msgstr "" +"証明書の共通名 (%1) とサーバ名 (%2) が異なっています。\n" +"この証明書は、\n" +"共通サーバ証明書として利用できない可能性があります。\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 -msgid "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \neither the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." -msgstr "このサーバのホスト名(コマンド: hostname --long)は、証明書の共通名(CN)\nまたは代替名の値のいずれかに一致してる必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +msgstr "" +"このサーバのホスト名(コマンド: hostname --long)は、証明書の共通名(CN)\n" +"または代替名の値のいずれかに一致してる必要があります。" #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2286,8 +2488,12 @@ #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 -msgid "Key Password is required. \nIt must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." -msgstr "キーのパスワードを指定する必要があります。\n既に暗号化されているキーの場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていない場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"Key Password is required. \n" +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." +msgstr "" +"キーのパスワードを指定する必要があります。\n" +"既に暗号化されているキーの場合にはその暗号化パスワードを、現在暗号化されていない場合には新しく設定するパスワードでなければなりません。" #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -2885,4 +3091,3 @@ #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "未知の値「%s」が「%s」に指定されています。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -82,10 +82,15 @@ msgstr "入出力チャネルの禁止解除" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\nRange can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\nExample value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" -msgstr "禁止解除するチャネル範囲のカンマ区切りリスト。\n範囲は、チャネル、ゼロで埋めたチャネルの一部、またはダッシュで指定した範囲で指定できます。\n値の例: 0.0.0001、AA00、0.1.0100-200" +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" +"禁止解除するチャネル範囲のカンマ区切りリスト。\n" +"範囲は、チャネル、ゼロで埋めたチャネルの一部、またはダッシュで指定した範囲で指定できます。\n" +"値の例: 0.0.0001、AA00、0.1.0100-200" #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "禁止解除する範囲。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -192,8 +192,12 @@ #. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 -msgid " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." -msgstr " 注意: 古いcorosync設定が検出されました。\nメンバーリストを再設定し、他のすべての設定を確認してください。" +msgid "" +" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" +" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." +msgstr "" +" 注意: 古いcorosync設定が検出されました。\n" +"メンバーリストを再設定し、他のすべての設定を確認してください。" #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 @@ -313,8 +317,12 @@ #. key file exist #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 -msgid "Key file %1 already exist.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" -msgstr "鍵ファイル %1 はすでに存在します。\n上書きしますか?" +msgid "" +"Key file %1 already exist.\n" +"Do you want to overwrite it?" +msgstr "" +"鍵ファイル %1 はすでに存在します。\n" +"上書きしますか?" #. remove exist key file #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 @@ -323,8 +331,12 @@ #. generate key file #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 -msgid "Key file %1 is generated.\nClicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." -msgstr "鍵ファイル %1 が生成されました。\n［推奨されるファイルの追加］をクリックすると、同期リストに追加できます。" +msgid "" +"Key file %1 is generated.\n" +"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." +msgstr "" +"鍵ファイル %1 が生成されました。\n" +"［推奨されるファイルの追加］をクリックすると、同期リストに追加できます。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -332,8 +344,14 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 -msgid "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\nYaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\nYou need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -msgstr "conntrackdは、クラスタノード間のファイアウォールステータスを複製できるデーモンです。\nYaSTでは、conntrackdのいくつかの基本的な部分を設定できます。\nconntrackdは、ocf:heartbeat:conntrackdで起動する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" +"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" +"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." +msgstr "" +"conntrackdは、クラスタノード間のファイアウォールステータスを複製できるデーモンです。\n" +"YaSTでは、conntrackdのいくつかの基本的な部分を設定できます。\n" +"conntrackdは、ocf:heartbeat:conntrackdで起動する必要があります。" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" @@ -357,44 +375,114 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 -msgid "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the n odeid field must be specified.\n<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n <big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" -msgstr "<big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big> これはopenais実行ファイルのバインド先のアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは必ずゼロで終わる必要があります。totemのトラフィックを192.168.5.92でルーティングする必要がある場合、バインドネットアドレスを192.168.5.0に設定してください。 これはIPV6アドレスにもできます。この場合、IPV6ネットワーキングが使用されます。この場合、フルアドレスを指定する必要があります。IPv4の場合とは異なり、特定のサブネット内のネットワークインタフェースは自動選択されません。IPv6ネットワーキングを使用する場合、［ノードIDフィールド］を指定する必要があります。 \n<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> これはopenais実行ファイルが使用するマルチキャストアドレス� ��す。デフォルトのままでほとんどのネットワークで動作しますが、使用するマルチキャストアドレスについてネットワーク管理者に問い合わせる必要があります。224.x.x.xは「config」マルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用しないでください。 これはIPV6マルチキャストアドレスにもできます。この場合、IPV6ネットワーキングが使用されます。IPV6ネットワーキングを使用する場合、［ノードID］フィールドを指定する必要があります。\n<big>ポート</big> これはUDPポート番号を指定します。異なるUDPポート用に設定されているopenaisサービスのあるネットワークで同じマルチキャストアドレスを使用できます。 \n<big>メンバーアドレス</big> このリストは、クラスタ内のすべてのノードをIPアドレスごとに指定しま� �。これはudpu(Unicast)を使用して設定できます。 \n<big>ノードID</big> この設定オプションはIPv4を使用する場合にはオプションで、IPv6を使用する場合には必須です。これは、クラスタメンバーシップサービスに渡すノードIDを指定する32ビット値です。IPv4で指定していない場合、ノードIDは、システムが0のリングIDでバインドされる32ビットIPアドレスによって決まります。このノードID値0は予約されていて、使用できません。 \n<big>rrp_mode</big> これは冗長リングのモードを指定します。［なし］、［アクティブ］、または［パッシブ］を指定できます。アクティブレプリケーションでは、欠陥のあるネットワーク環境の場合に送信から配信までの遅延は若干短縮されますが、パフォーマンスが低下します。パッシブ� �プリケーションでは、プロトコルがCPUバインドにならなければtotemプロトコルの速度を約2倍にできます。最後のオプションは［なし］で、この場合、totemプロトコルの動作にネットワークインタフェースが1つだけ使用されます。インタフェースディレクティブを1つのみ指定すると、自動的に［なし］が選択されます。複数のインタフェースディレクティブを指定した場合、［アクティブ］または［パッシブ］のみを選択できます。 \n<big>予想票数</big> 票クォーラムの予想票数。corosync.confにnodelist {} セクション(リストはユニキャスト転送を使用すると生成されます)が存在する場合、自動的に計算されます。またはquorum {} セクションで指定することもできます(予想票数はクラスタの合計ノード数を使用します)。予想票数がユニキャスト転送で提示されると、その値は自動的に計算された値を上書きします。 \n<big>ノードIDの自動生成</big> IPv6を使用する場合、ノードIDが必要です。自動ノードIDを有効にすると、ノードIDが自動的に生成されます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>バインドネットワークアドレス</big> これはopenais実行ファイルのバインド先のアドレスを指定します。このアドレスは必ずゼロで終わる必要があります。totemのトラフィックを192.168.5.92でルーティングする必要がある場合、バインドネットアドレスを192.168.5.0に設定してください。 これはIPV6アドレスにもできます。この場合、IPV6ネットワーキングが使用されます。この場合、フルアドレスを指定する必要があります。IPv4の場合とは異なり、特定のサブネット内のネットワークインタフェースは自動選択されません。IPv6ネットワーキングを使用する場合、［ノードIDフィールド］を指定する必要があります。 \n" +"<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> これはopenais実行ファイルが使用するマルチキャストアドレスです。デフォルトのままでほとんどのネットワークで動作しますが、使用するマルチキャストアドレスについてネットワーク管理者に問い合わせる必要があります。224.x.x.xは「config」マルチキャストアドレスであるため、使用しないでください。 これはIPV6マルチキャストアドレスにもできます。この場合、IPV6ネットワーキングが使用されます。IPV6ネットワーキングを使用する場合、［ノードID］フィールドを指定する必要があります。\n" +"<big>ポート</big> これはUDPポート番号を指定します。異なるUDPポート用に設定されているopenaisサービスのあるネットワークで同じマルチキャストアドレスを使用できます。 \n" +"<big>メンバーアドレス</big> このリストは、クラスタ内のすべてのノードをIPアドレスごとに指定します。これはudpu(Unicast)を使用して設定できます。 \n" +"<big>ノードID</big> この設定オプションはIPv4を使用する場合にはオプションで、IPv6を使用する場合には必須です。これは、クラスタメンバーシップサービスに渡すノードIDを指定する32ビット値です。IPv4で指定していない場合、ノードIDは、システムが0のリングIDでバインドされる32ビットIPアドレスによって決まります。このノードID値0は予約されていて、使用できません。 \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> これは冗長リングのモードを指定します。［なし］、［アクティブ］、または［パッシブ］を指定できます。アクティブレプリケーションでは、欠陥のあるネットワーク環境の場合に送信から配信までの遅延は若干短縮されますが、パフォーマンスが低下します。パッシブレプリケーションでは、プロトコルがCPUバインドにならなければtotemプロトコルの速度を約2倍にできます。最後のオプションは［なし］で、この場合、totemプロトコルの動作にネットワークインタフェースが1つだけ使用されます。インタフェースディレクティブを1つのみ指定すると、自動的に［なし］が選択されます。複数のインタフェースディレクティブを指定した場合、［アクティブ］または［パッシブ］のみを選択できます。 \n" +"<big>予想票数</big> 票クォーラムの予想票数。corosync.confにnodelist {} セクション(リストはユニキャスト転送を使用すると生成されます)が存在する場合、自動的に計算されます。またはquorum {} セクションで指定することもできます(予想票数はクラスタの合計ノード数を使用します)。予想票数がユニキャスト転送で提示されると、その値は自動的に計算された値を上書きします。 \n" +"<big>ノードIDの自動生成</big> IPv6を使用する場合、ノードIDが必要です。自動ノードIDを有効にすると、ノードIDが自動的に生成されます。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 -msgid "\n<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default i s on. \n" -msgstr "\n<big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big> これは、HMAC/SHA1認証を使用してすべてのメッセージの認証する必要があることを指定します。さらに、すべてのデータをsober128暗号化アルゴリズムを使用して暗号化し、データを傍受から保護する必要があることも指定します。このオプションを有効にすると、totemによって送信されるすべてのメッセージに36バイトのヘッダが追加され、総スループットが低下します。暗号化および認証は、有効にすると、gprofで測定した場合にaisexecのCPUサイクルの75パーセントを消費します。1500 MTUフレーム転送を使用する100メガビットのネットワークの場合: 3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを有効にすると、CPU使用率100パーセントで9メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。3GHzのCPUでは、このオプ� ��ョンを無効にすると、CPU使用率20パーセントで10メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。大きいフレーム転送を使用するギガビットイーサネットネットワークの場合: 3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを有効にすると、20メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを無効にすると、60メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。デフォルトはオンです。 \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>セキュリティ認証を有効にする</big> これは、HMAC/SHA1認証を使用してすべてのメッセージの認証する必要があることを指定します。さらに、すべてのデータをsober128暗号化アルゴリズムを使用して暗号化し、データを傍受から保護する必要があることも指定します。このオプションを有効にすると、totemによって送信されるすべてのメッセージに36バイトのヘッダが追加され、総スループットが低下します。暗号化および認証は、有効にすると、gprofで測定した場合にaisexecのCPUサイクルの75パーセントを消費します。1500 MTUフレーム転送を使用する100メガビットのネットワークの場合: 3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを有効にすると、CPU使用率100パーセントで9メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。3GHzのCPUでは、このオプション� ��無効にすると、CPU使用率20パーセントで10メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。大きいフレーム転送を使用するギガビットイーサネットネットワークの場合: 3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを有効にすると、20メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。3GHzのCPUでは、このオプションを無効にすると、60メガビット/秒のスループットが可能です。デフォルトはオンです。 \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 -msgid "\n\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n\t\t\t" -msgstr "\n\t\t\t<big>ブート</big> ブート時にcorosyncサービスを起動するかどうか\n\t\t\t<big>ファイアウォールの設定</big> ファイアウォールが有効な場合、ポートを有効にします\n\t\t\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<big>ブート</big> ブート時にcorosyncサービスを起動するかどうか\n" +"\t\t\t<big>ファイアウォールの設定</big> ファイアウォールが有効な場合、ポートを有効にします\n" +"\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 -msgid "\n\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n\t" -msgstr "\n\t\t<big>同期ホスト</big> ここで使用するホスト名は、クラスタノード内にあるローカルのホスト名でなければなりません。つまり、hostnameコマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名を使用する必要があります。\n\t\t<big>同期ファイル</big> 同期対象のファイル名を完全絶対パスで指定します。\n\t\t<big>事前共有鍵</big> Csync2では、IPアドレスと事前共有鍵の両方で認証を行います。鍵ファイルはcsync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroupで生成します。作成後は、クラスタのすべてのメンバーにkey_hagroupファイルを手動でコピーする必要があります。\n\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t<big>同期ホスト</big> ここで使用するホスト名は、クラスタノード内にあるローカルのホスト名でなければなりません。つまり、hostnameコマンドで表示される文字列と全く同じホスト名を使用する必要があります。\n" +"\t\t<big>同期ファイル</big> 同期対象のファイル名を完全絶対パスで指定します。\n" +"\t\t<big>事前共有鍵</big> Csync2では、IPアドレスと事前共有鍵の両方で認証を行います。鍵ファイルはcsync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroupで生成します。作成後は、クラスタのすべてのメンバーにkey_hagroupファイルを手動でコピーする必要があります。\n" +"\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 -msgid "\n\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n\t" -msgstr "\n\t\t<big>専用インタフェース</big> 同期用の専用ネットワークインタフェース。このインタフェースを使用するには、マルチキャストに対応した状態で起動しておく必要があり、事前設定が必要な場合もあります。\n\t\t<big>IP</big> 専用ネットワークインタフェースに割り当てられているIPv4アドレス。このアドレスは自動検出されます。\n\t\t<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> 同期用に使用されるマルチキャストアドレス。\n\t\t<big>グループ番号</big> 同期用のグループを示す数値ID。\n\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t<big>専用インタフェース</big> 同期用の専用ネットワークインタフェース。このインタフェースを使用するには、マルチキャストに対応した状態で起動しておく必要があり、事前設定が必要な場合もあります。\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> 専用ネットワークインタフェースに割り当てられているIPv4アドレス。このアドレスは自動検出されます。\n" +"\t\t<big>マルチキャストアドレス</big> 同期用に使用されるマルチキャストアドレス。\n" +"\t\t<big>グループ番号</big> 同期用のグループを示す数値ID。\n" +"\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 -msgid "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>クラスタ設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>クラスタ設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n設定を安全に中止するには、ここで中止をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"設定を安全に中止するには、ここで中止をクリックします。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 -msgid "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>クラスタ設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>クラスタ設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n中止をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"中止をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 @@ -500,4 +588,3 @@ #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,27 +14,30 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "検索(&S)" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "準備完了" #. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "設定モジュール「%1」を起動しています..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaSTコントロールセンター" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 -msgid "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\nYou will only see modules which do not require root privileges." -msgstr "YaST2コントロールセンターをrootユーザで実行していません。\nそのため、root特権を必要としないモジュールだけを表示します。" +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 +msgid "" +"YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" +"You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." +msgstr "" +"YaST2コントロールセンターをrootユーザで実行していません。\n" +"そのため、root特権を必要としないモジュールだけを表示します。" #: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." @@ -55,8 +58,12 @@ #. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 #: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 -msgid "%1 exists and is write-protected!\nReally overwrite?" -msgstr "%1 は存在し、書き込み保護されています。\n本当に上書きしてもよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" +"Really overwrite?" +msgstr "" +"%1 は存在し、書き込み保護されています。\n" +"本当に上書きしてもよろしいですか?" #. Window title for confirmation dialog #: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 @@ -70,4 +77,3 @@ #: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル(&C)" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,8 +15,28 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 -msgid "\n\nThe installation has completed successfully.\nYour system is ready for use.\nClick Finish to log in to the system.\n\n\nPlease visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n\n " -msgstr "\n\nインストールは正常に完了しました。\nすぐにシステムを使用できます。\n［終了］をクリックするとシステムにログインします。\n\n\nhttp://www.suse.com/をご覧ください。\n\n " +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"インストールは正常に完了しました。\n" +"すぐにシステムを使用できます。\n" +"［終了］をクリックするとシステムにログインします。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"http://www.suse.com/をご覧ください。\n" +"\n" +" " #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 msgid "CIM Server" @@ -205,4 +225,3 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "システムの環境設定" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -66,8 +66,18 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 -msgid "\nHere, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\nThese settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\nIf unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" -msgstr "\nここで、キーボードモジュールの種々の設定を微調整します。\nこれらの設定は、<tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> に書き込まれます。\n 確かでない場合には、すでに選択されているデフォルト値を使用してください。\n " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" +"These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" +"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ここで、キーボードモジュールの種々の設定を微調整します。\n" +"これらの設定は、<tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt> に書き込まれます。\n" +" 確かでない場合には、すでに選択されているデフォルト値を使用してください。\n" +" " #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 @@ -139,23 +149,53 @@ #. help text for keyboard screen (header) #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 -msgid "\n<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" -msgstr "\n<big>キーボード設定</big>" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>キーボード設定</big>" #. help text for keyboard screen (installation) #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 -msgid "\nChoose the Keyboard Layout to use for\ninstallation and in the installed system. \nTest the layout in Test.\nFor advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n\n" -msgstr "\nインストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する\nキーボード配列を選択します。 \nTestのレイアウトをテストします。\nリピートの速さや待ち時間などの高度なオプションを設定するには、［エキスパート設定］を選択します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" +"installation and in the installed system. \n" +"Test the layout in Test.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する\n" +"キーボード配列を選択します。 \n" +"Testのレイアウトをテストします。\n" +"リピートの速さや待ち時間などの高度なオプションを設定するには、［エキスパート設定］を選択します。\n" +" \n" #. general help trailer #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 -msgid "\nIf unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" -msgstr "\n設定に詳しくない場合は、デフォルト値のままにしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"設定に詳しくない場合は、デフォルト値のままにしてください。\n" +"" #. help text for keyboard screen (installation) #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 -msgid "\nChoose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\nFor advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\nFind more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" -msgstr "\nシステムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、［キーボードレイアウト］から選択します。\n表示の間隔や表示までの待ち時間など、より細かい設定は［エキスパート設定］にあります。\n他のオプションについては、お使いのデスクトップ環境のキーボードレイアウトツールを確認してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムで利用するキーボードレイアウトを、［キーボードレイアウト］から選択します。\n" +"表示の間隔や表示までの待ち時間など、より細かい設定は［エキスパート設定］にあります。\n" +"他のオプションについては、お使いのデスクトップ環境のキーボードレイアウトツールを確認してください。\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -168,8 +208,13 @@ #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, #. it is not saved to the system. #: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 -msgid "You are currently using a keyboard layout\ndifferent from the one in the system to update.\nSelect the layout to use during update:" -msgstr "現在、アップデートシステムで使用されているキーボードとは異なるものが使用されています。\n アップデート中に使用するレイアウトを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" +"different from the one in the system to update.\n" +"Select the layout to use during update:" +msgstr "" +"現在、アップデートシステムで使用されているキーボードとは異なるものが使用されています。\n" +" アップデート中に使用するレイアウトを選択してください。" #. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting #. any error to the user @@ -333,49 +378,112 @@ #. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 -msgid "\nAdditional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" -msgstr "\n選択された第一言語と第二言語のサポートを含む追加パッケージをインストールします。必要がないパッケージは削除されます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択された第一言語と第二言語のサポートを含む追加パッケージをインストールします。必要がないパッケージは削除されます。\n" +"" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 -msgid "\nChoose the Language to use during installation and for\nthe installed system.\n\n" -msgstr "\nインストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する言語を選択します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" +"the installed system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インストール中およびインストールしたシステムで使用する言語を選択します。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 -msgid "\nClick Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n\n" -msgstr "\n[次へ]をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"[次へ]をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 -msgid "\nNothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\nall your settings in the last installation dialog.\n\n" -msgstr "\n直前のインストールダイアログのすべての設定を確定しない限り、\nコンピュータには何も起こりません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" +"all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"直前のインストールダイアログのすべての設定を確定しない限り、\n" +"コンピュータには何も起こりません。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 -msgid "\nYou can select Abort at any time to abort the\ninstallation process.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［中止］ボタンをクリックすることで、いつでもインストール作業を\n中止することができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" +"installation process.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［中止］ボタンをクリックすることで、いつでもインストール作業を\n" +"中止することができます。\n" +"\n" #. different help text when called after installation #. in an installed system #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 -msgid "\nChoose the new Language for your system.\n\n" -msgstr "\nシステムで使用する新しい言語を選択します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the new Language for your system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムで使用する新しい言語を選択します。\n" +"\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 -msgid "\nChoose the new Primary Language for your system.\n\n" -msgstr "\nシステムで使用する新しい第一言語を選択します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムで使用する新しい第一言語を選択します。\n" +"\n" #. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 -msgid "\nCheck Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\nCheck Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［キーボードレイアウトを適用する］を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウトを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n［タイムゾーンを適用する］を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンがすでにデフォルトの言語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［キーボードレイアウトを適用する］を選択すると、キーボードのレイアウトを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。\n" +"［タイムゾーンを適用する］を選択すると、タイムゾーンを第一言語のものに合わせることができます。キーボードレイアウトやタイムゾーンがすでにデフォルトの言語設定に合わせてある場合は、それぞれのオプションは無効になります。\n" +"\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 -msgid "\nSecondary Languages \nIn the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your system.\n\n" -msgstr "\n第二言語 \nこの選択ボックスでは、システムで使用する追加言語を指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Secondary Languages \n" +"In the selection box, specify additional languages to use on your system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"第二言語 \n" +"この選択ボックスでは、システムで使用する追加言語を指定します。\n" +"\n" #. error message - package solver failed #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 @@ -384,23 +492,53 @@ #. error message #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 -msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\nRemove some languages from the selection." -msgstr "追加のパッケージをインストールするために必要な空き領域がありません。\n選択肢から一部の言語を削除してください。" +msgid "" +"There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" +"Remove some languages from the selection." +msgstr "" +"追加のパッケージをインストールするために必要な空き領域がありません。\n" +"選択肢から一部の言語を削除してください。" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 -msgid "\nHere, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\nThese settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\nIf unsure, use the default values already selected.\n\n" -msgstr "\nここでは、さらに詳細な言語設定を行います。\nここでの設定はファイル /etc/sysconfig/languageに書き込まれます。\nどう設定すべきか確信がない場合は、すでに選択されているデフォルト値をそのまま使用してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" +"These settings are written into the file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" +"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ここでは、さらに詳細な言語設定を行います。\n" +"ここでの設定はファイル /etc/sysconfig/languageに書き込まれます。\n" +"どう設定すべきか確信がない場合は、すでに選択されているデフォルト値をそのまま使用してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 -msgid "\nLocale Settings for User root\ndetermines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user." -msgstr "\n［rootユーザのロケール設定］では、\nルートユーザに対するロケール変数(LC_*)の設定方法を指定します" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Locale Settings for User root\n" +"determines how the locale variables (LC_*) are set for the root user." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［rootユーザのロケール設定］では、\n" +"ルートユーザに対するロケール変数(LC_*)の設定方法を指定します" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 -msgid "ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\nare unset. \nYes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \nNo: root has all locale variables unset.\n\n" -msgstr "ctypeのみ: rootユーザには標準のユーザと同じLC_CTYPEが設定されます。\nその他の値は設定されません。 \nはい: rootユーザのロケール設定は標準のユーザと同じになります。 \nいいえ: rootユーザにはどのロケール変数も設定されません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"are unset. \n" +"Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" +"No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"ctypeのみ: rootユーザには標準のユーザと同じLC_CTYPEが設定されます。\n" +"その他の値は設定されません。 \n" +"はい: rootユーザのロケール設定は標準のユーザと同じになります。 \n" +"いいえ: rootユーザにはどのロケール変数も設定されません。\n" +"\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 @@ -462,17 +600,29 @@ #. continue/cancel message #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 -msgid "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\nSome texts may be displayed in English.\n" -msgstr "第一言語の変換が完了していません。\n一部のテキストは英語で表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" +"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" +msgstr "" +"第一言語の変換が完了していません。\n" +"一部のテキストは英語で表示されます。\n" #. popup message #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 -msgid "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\nAdd the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\nfor this language.\n" -msgstr "このメディアには選択した言語に対する最小限の対応しか含まれていません。\nこの言語によりよく対応するよう設定するには、追加のリポジトリとして［言語アドオンCD］を追加して\nください。\n" +msgid "" +"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"for this language.\n" +msgstr "" +"このメディアには選択した言語に対する最小限の対応しか含まれていません。\n" +"この言語によりよく対応するよう設定するには、追加のリポジトリとして［言語アドオンCD］を追加して\n" +"ください。\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 -msgid "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\ninstallation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." +msgid "" +"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" +"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "選択した言語は、テキストボードで使用できません。英語は、インストールのために使用されますが、選択した言語が新しいシステムに使用されます。" #. translators: command line help text for timezone module @@ -536,8 +686,12 @@ #. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command #: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 -msgid "Time %1 is in the past.\nSet a correct time before starting installation." -msgstr "時刻 %1 はすでに過ぎています。\nインストールを始める前に正しい時刻を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Time %1 is in the past.\n" +"Set a correct time before starting installation." +msgstr "" +"時刻 %1 はすでに過ぎています。\n" +"インストールを始める前に正しい時刻を設定してください。" #. summary item #: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 @@ -552,18 +706,70 @@ #. help for time calculation basis: #. hardware clock references local time or UTC? #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "\nSpecify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\nMost PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\nWindows) use local time.\nMachines that have only Linux installed are usually\nset to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\nIf the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\nto daylight saving time and back automatically.\n\n" -msgstr "\n[ハードウェアの時刻設定]で、マシンが現在ローカル時間またはUTCのどちらに設定されているかを指定します。\n\n他のオペレーティングシステム(Microsoft Windowsなど)も同時にインストールされているPCでは、そのほとんどでローカル時間が設定されています。\nLinuxのみがインストールされているマシンでは、通常\n協定世界時(UTC)が設定されています。\nハードウェアクロックがUTCに設定されていれば、システムは、標準時間と\n夏時間の切り替えを自動で行えます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" +"Windows) use local time.\n" +"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" +"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"[ハードウェアの時刻設定]で、マシンが現在ローカル時間またはUTCのどちらに設定されているかを指定します。\n" +"\n" +"他のオペレーティングシステム(Microsoft Windowsなど)も同時にインストールされているPCでは、そのほとんどでローカル時間が設定されています。\n" +"Linuxのみがインストールされているマシンでは、通常\n" +"協定世界時(UTC)が設定されています。\n" +"ハードウェアクロックがUTCに設定されていれば、システムは、標準時間と\n" +"夏時間の切り替えを自動で行えます。\n" +"\n" #. help text: extra note about localtime #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "\nNote: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\nalways be in UTC, because this is the reference for the correct localtime\nin user space. If you are choosing localtime for CMOS clock,\ncheck the user manual for background information about side effects.\n" -msgstr "\n注: Linux カーネルで使用される内部のシステムクロックは、常にUTCである必要が\nあります。これはユーザ側で、正しいローカル時刻を参照するために必要な設定で\nあるためです。CMOSクロックのローカル時刻を選択する場合は、\nユーザマニュアルで、副次的影響に関する背景情報を参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" +"always be in UTC, because this is the reference for the correct localtime\n" +"in user space. If you are choosing localtime for CMOS clock,\n" +"check the user manual for background information about side effects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"注: Linux カーネルで使用される内部のシステムクロックは、常にUTCである必要が\n" +"あります。これはユーザ側で、正しいローカル時刻を参照するために必要な設定で\n" +"あるためです。CMOSクロックのローカル時刻を選択する場合は、\n" +"ユーザマニュアルで、副次的影響に関する背景情報を参照してください。\n" +"" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 -msgid "\nYou selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\nIn such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n\nIf you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\nbecause of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\nyour mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n\nIf you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n\nDo you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" -msgstr "\nローカル時刻を選択しましたが、システムにはLinuxしかインストールされていない可能性が\nあります。このような場合は、［キャンセル］ボタンをクリックしてUTCを使用することを強くお勧めします。\n\nローカル時刻をそのまま使用する場合、夏時間(サマータイム)が適用される地域で開始時と終了時の年に2回、\nCMOSクロックを切り替える必要があります。クロックを調整し忘れると、バックアップが失敗\nする場合があるほか、電子メールシステムが電子メールを喪失する場合もあります。\n\nUTCを使用すると、時刻はLinux側で自動的に調整されます。\n\n現在の選択内容(ローカル時刻)で続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" +"\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" +"\n" +"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ローカル時刻を選択しましたが、システムにはLinuxしかインストールされていない可能性が\n" +"あります。このような場合は、［キャンセル］ボタンをクリックしてUTCを使用することを強くお勧めします。\n" +"\n" +"ローカル時刻をそのまま使用する場合、夏時間(サマータイム)が適用される地域で開始時と終了時の年に2回、\n" +"CMOSクロックを切り替える必要があります。クロックを調整し忘れると、バックアップが失敗\n" +"する場合があるほか、電子メールシステムが電子メールを喪失する場合もあります。\n" +"\n" +"UTCを使用すると、時刻はLinux側で自動的に調整されます。\n" +"\n" +"現在の選択内容(ローカル時刻)で続行しますか?" #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 @@ -617,13 +823,21 @@ #. popup text, %1 is entered value #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 -msgid "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\nEnter the correct time.\n" -msgstr "時刻(HH:MM:SS) %1 は無効です。\n正しい時刻を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" +"Enter the correct time.\n" +msgstr "" +"時刻(HH:MM:SS) %1 は無効です。\n" +"正しい時刻を入力してください。\n" #. popup text, %1 is entered value #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 -msgid "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\nEnter the correct date.\n" -msgstr "日付(DD-MM-YYYY) %1 は無効です。\n正しい日付を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" +"Enter the correct date.\n" +msgstr "" +"日付(DD-MM-YYYY) %1 は無効です。\n" +"正しい日付を入力してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Button label #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 @@ -668,18 +882,38 @@ #. help for timezone screen #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 -msgid "\n<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" -msgstr "\n<big>タイムゾーンと時計の設定</big>" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>タイムゾーンと時計の設定</big>" #. help for timezone screen #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 -msgid "\nTo select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\nIn Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \nregion from those available.\n\n" -msgstr "\nシステムで使用するタイムゾーンを選択するには、まず地域を選択します。\n次に、［タイムゾーン］で適切なタイムゾーン、国、または地域を\n選択します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" +"In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" +"region from those available.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムで使用するタイムゾーンを選択するには、まず地域を選択します。\n" +"次に、［タイムゾーン］で適切なタイムゾーン、国、または地域を\n" +"選択します。\n" +"\n" #. general help trailer #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 -msgid "\nIf the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" -msgstr "\n現在の時刻が正しくない場合は、[変更]を使用して時刻を調整します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"現在の時刻が正しくない場合は、[変更]を使用して時刻を調整します。\n" +"" #. Screen title for timezone screen #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 @@ -952,4 +1186,3 @@ #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 msgid "US International" msgstr "米国(国際)" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -504,8 +504,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 -msgid "One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \nand netmask)." -msgstr "選択した1つ以上のネットワークインタフェースが設定されていません(IPアドレス\nとネットマスクが割り当てられていません)。" +msgid "" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." +msgstr "" +"選択した1つ以上のネットワークインタフェースが設定されていません(IPアドレス\n" +"とネットマスクが割り当てられていません)。" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box @@ -685,8 +689,12 @@ #. Show DNS Zone Information #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 -msgid "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\nTherefore, you cannot change it here.\n" -msgstr "DNS ゾーン %1 はマスタゾーンではありません。\nそのため、ここでは変更することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" +"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" +msgstr "" +"DNS ゾーン %1 はマスタゾーンではありません。\n" +"そのため、ここでは変更することができません。\n" #. A popup error text #. A popup error text @@ -701,8 +709,12 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 -msgid "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\nIP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." -msgstr "ダイナミックDHCPアドレス範囲は、DHCPサーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があります。\nIP %1 がネットワーク %2/%3 と一致しません。" +msgid "" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" +"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." +msgstr "" +"ダイナミックDHCPアドレス範囲は、DHCPサーバと同じネットワーク上にある必要があります。\n" +"IP %1 がネットワーク %2/%3 と一致しません。" #. Label of the registered hosts table #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 @@ -826,8 +838,24 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 -msgid "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \nto this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \nby saving the changes and restarting the module. \nIf too complex a configuration is set, the expert \nsettings dialog is displayed when you\nstart the DHCP server module.\n\nContinue?" -msgstr "エキスパート設定にすると、このダイアログには\n戻れなくなります。変更内容を保存して、\nモジュールを再起動すると、このダイアログを表示できます。\n設定した環境が非常に複雑な場合は、DHCPサーバ\nモジュールを起動したときに、\nエキスパート設定ダイアログが表示されます。\n\n続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" +"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" +"by saving the changes and restarting the module. \n" +"If too complex a configuration is set, the expert \n" +"settings dialog is displayed when you\n" +"start the DHCP server module.\n" +"\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"エキスパート設定にすると、このダイアログには\n" +"戻れなくなります。変更内容を保存して、\n" +"モジュールを再起動すると、このダイアログを表示できます。\n" +"設定した環境が非常に複雑な場合は、DHCPサーバ\n" +"モジュールを起動したときに、\n" +"エキスパート設定ダイアログが表示されます。\n" +"\n" +"続行しますか?" #. remove leading '-' #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 @@ -839,8 +867,22 @@ msgstr "DHCPサーバコマンドラインオプション「-%1」は引数を必要とします。" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 -msgid "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n\nYaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\nchanges will be saved to the default configuration file.\n \nReally continue?\n" -msgstr "DHCPサーバの代替環境設定ファイルが指定されています。\n\nこの方式はYaSTではサポートしていません。YaST DHCPサーバモジュールで読み書き可能なのは、\n/etc/dhcpd.confの設定のみです。%1 からの新しい設定はインポートされず、すべての変更は\nデフォルトの環境設定ファイルのみに保存されます。\n \n本当に続行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" +"\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" +"changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" +" \n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"DHCPサーバの代替環境設定ファイルが指定されています。\n" +"\n" +"この方式はYaSTではサポートしていません。YaST DHCPサーバモジュールで読み書き可能なのは、\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.confの設定のみです。%1 からの新しい設定はインポートされず、すべての変更は\n" +"デフォルトの環境設定ファイルのみに保存されます。\n" +" \n" +"本当に続行しますか?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 @@ -852,90 +894,236 @@ #. and #. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 -msgid "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \nFirst IP Address defines\nthe starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\nthe last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\nare created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\nIf no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\nstring. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in Hostname Base.\nStart defines the first number that is used for the first\nhostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.\n" -msgstr "<big>DNSレコードの新規範囲の追加</big> \n［最初のIPアドレス］でIPアドレス範囲の\n開始部分を定義します。［最後のIPアドレス］で\n終了部分を定義します。［ホスト名ベース］にはホスト名を作成するための\n基礎となる文字列を指定します(例: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>、<tt>e25-%i-a</tt>)。\n<tt>%i</tt>は範囲内のホストの数字に置き換えられます。\n<tt>%i</tt>を定義していない場合は、指定した文字列の最後に\n数字が追加されます。［ホスト名ベース］では<tt>%i</tt>は一度だけ定義できます。\n［開始］では最初のホスト名の番号を定義します。\nホスト名はその番号から1つずつ数字を足していく形で作成されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" +"First IP Address defines\n" +"the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" +"are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" +"<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" +"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" +"string. <tt>%i</tt> can be used only once in Hostname Base.\n" +"Start defines the first number that is used for the first\n" +"hostname. Hostnames are created incrementally.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSレコードの新規範囲の追加</big> \n" +"［最初のIPアドレス］でIPアドレス範囲の\n" +"開始部分を定義します。［最後のIPアドレス］で\n" +"終了部分を定義します。［ホスト名ベース］にはホスト名を作成するための\n" +"基礎となる文字列を指定します(例: <tt>dhcp-%i</tt>、<tt>e25-%i-a</tt>)。\n" +"<tt>%i</tt>は範囲内のホストの数字に置き換えられます。\n" +"<tt>%i</tt>を定義していない場合は、指定した文字列の最後に\n" +"数字が追加されます。［ホスト名ベース］では<tt>%i</tt>は一度だけ定義できます。\n" +"［開始］では最初のホスト名の番号を定義します。\n" +"ホスト名はその番号から1つずつ数字を足していく形で作成されます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 -msgid "<big>DNS Wizard</big> \nIn this wizard, create a new DNS zone\ndirectly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is important\nif you want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS zone\ntranslates names to the assigned IP addresses. You can also\ncreate a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.\n" -msgstr "<big>DNSウィザード</big> \nこのウィザードでは、DHCPサーバの設定から直接DNSゾーンを作成する\nことができます。DHCPの各クライアントをホスト名で識別する場合、このDNSゾーンが\n重要になります。このDNSゾーンによって、ホスト名を、割り当てられたIPアドレスに変換します。\nまた、このウィザードではIPアドレスをホスト名に変換する\n逆ゾーンを作成することもできます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>DNS Wizard</big> \n" +"In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" +"directly from the DHCP server configuration. This DNS zone is important\n" +"if you want to identify your DHCP clients by hostname. The DNS zone\n" +"translates names to the assigned IP addresses. You can also\n" +"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSウィザード</big> \n" +"このウィザードでは、DHCPサーバの設定から直接DNSゾーンを作成する\n" +"ことができます。DHCPの各クライアントをホスト名で識別する場合、このDNSゾーンが\n" +"重要になります。このDNSゾーンによって、ホスト名を、割り当てられたIPアドレスに変換します。\n" +"また、このウィザードではIPアドレスをホスト名に変換する\n" +"逆ゾーンを作成することもできます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 -msgid "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\nare taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" -msgstr "［新規ゾーン名］と［逆ゾーン名］は、それぞれDHCP サーバと\nネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" +msgstr "" +"［新規ゾーン名］と［逆ゾーン名］は、それぞれDHCP サーバと\n" +"ネットワークの設定から取得したものであるため、変更することができません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 -msgid "Select Also Create Reverse Zone to create a zone \nto contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" -msgstr "メインDNSゾーンの逆エントリを含むゾーンを\n作成するには[逆ゾーンも作成する]を選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"Select Also Create Reverse Zone to create a zone \n" +"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" +msgstr "" +"メインDNSゾーンの逆エントリを含むゾーンを\n" +"作成するには[逆ゾーンも作成する]を選択します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 -msgid "<big>Name Servers</big> \nName servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\nThey administer all the DNS zone records.\n" -msgstr "<big>ネームサーバ</big> \nネームサーバは DNS サーバの機能を実現するために必要となるものでます。\nネームサーバは DNS ゾーンと呼ばれる情報を管理します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Name Servers</big> \n" +"Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" +"They administer all the DNS zone records.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネームサーバ</big> \n" +"ネームサーバは DNS サーバの機能を実現するために必要となるものでます。\n" +"ネームサーバは DNS ゾーンと呼ばれる情報を管理します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 -msgid "<big>DNS Queries</big> \nEvery DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\nhostname in a DNS zone) first asks the parent zone\n(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone\nname servers. Then it sends a DNS query to these name servers requesting\nthe desired IP address. \nTherefore, always specify the current DNS server hostname as one of\nthe zone name servers.\n" -msgstr "<big>DNSクエリ</big> \nたとえば、あるDNSゾーン内にあるホスト名のIPアドレスを検索する場合など、\nすべてDNSクエリでは、最初に親ゾーン\n(<tt>example.com</tt>であれば<tt>com</tt>)に対して現在のゾーンのネームサーバを\n問い合わせ、その後これらのネームサーバに対してIPアドレスを問い合わせ\nます。 \nしたがって、ゾーンネームサーバの1つとして、必ず現在のDNSサーバのホスト名を指定\nしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>DNS Queries</big> \n" +"Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" +"hostname in a DNS zone) first asks the parent zone\n" +"(<tt>com</tt> for <tt>example.com</tt>) for the current zone\n" +"name servers. Then it sends a DNS query to these name servers requesting\n" +"the desired IP address. \n" +"Therefore, always specify the current DNS server hostname as one of\n" +"the zone name servers.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSクエリ</big> \n" +"たとえば、あるDNSゾーン内にあるホスト名のIPアドレスを検索する場合など、\n" +"すべてDNSクエリでは、最初に親ゾーン\n" +"(<tt>example.com</tt>であれば<tt>com</tt>)に対して現在のゾーンのネームサーバを\n" +"問い合わせ、その後これらのネームサーバに対してIPアドレスを問い合わせ\n" +"ます。 \n" +"したがって、ゾーンネームサーバの1つとして、必ず現在のDNSサーバのホスト名を指定\n" +"してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 -msgid "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\nthen click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\nDNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\nduring the zone creation.\n" -msgstr "新規ネームサーバを追加するには、[追加]をクリックし、フォームに入力し、\n[OK]をクリックします。新しいネームサーバが現在の\nDNSゾーンに含まれている場合は、そのIPアドレスも入力します。ゾーン作成のときに使用されるため、\nこれは必須です。\n" +msgid "" +"To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" +"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" +"during the zone creation.\n" +msgstr "" +"新規ネームサーバを追加するには、[追加]をクリックし、フォームに入力し、\n" +"[OK]をクリックします。新しいネームサーバが現在の\n" +"DNSゾーンに含まれている場合は、そのIPアドレスも入力します。ゾーン作成のときに使用されるため、\n" +"これは必須です。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 -msgid "To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\nEdit or Delete.\n" -msgstr "エントリを編集または削除するには、対象となるファイルを選択し、\n[編集]または[削除]をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" +"Edit or Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"エントリを編集または削除するには、対象となるファイルを選択し、\n" +"[編集]または[削除]をクリックします。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 -msgid "<big>DNS Records</big> \nDefine DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\nall hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\nthe hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\nand the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" -msgstr "<big>DNSレコード</big> \nすべてのDHCPクライアントに対してDNSホスト名を定義します。すべてのホスト名を\n個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純なルールを設定します。\nこれらのルールで、使用するIPアドレスの範囲と、\nその範囲内で生成するホスト名の文字列を定義します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>DNS Records</big> \n" +"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" +"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" +"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSレコード</big> \n" +"すべてのDHCPクライアントに対してDNSホスト名を定義します。すべてのホスト名を\n" +"個別に指定する必要はなく、ホスト名を作成する単純なルールを設定します。\n" +"これらのルールで、使用するIPアドレスの範囲と、\n" +"その範囲内で生成するホスト名の文字列を定義します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 -msgid "<big>Range of DNS Records</big> \nFor example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\nto <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\nto <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.\n" -msgstr "<big>DNS レコードの範囲</big> \nたとえば <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt> から <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> までのホスト名を\n IP アドレス <tt>192.168.5.88</tt> から <tt>192.168.5.188</tt> の範囲で\n作成することを指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Range of DNS Records</big> \n" +"For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" +"to <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" +"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DNS レコードの範囲</big> \n" +"たとえば <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt> から <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> までのホスト名を\n" +" IP アドレス <tt>192.168.5.88</tt> から <tt>192.168.5.188</tt> の範囲で\n" +"作成することを指定します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 -msgid "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\ncomplete the form, then click Ok.\n" -msgstr "DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加するには［追加］を押して\n必要な項目に入力し、［OK］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" +"complete the form, then click Ok.\n" +msgstr "" +"DNS レコードの新しい範囲を追加するには［追加］を押して\n" +"必要な項目に入力し、［OK］を押してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 -msgid "This is a summary of all data\nentered in the configuration wizard so far.\n" -msgstr "これは今まで設定ウィザードに入力された\n全データの要約です。\n" +msgid "" +"This is a summary of all data\n" +"entered in the configuration wizard so far.\n" +msgstr "" +"これは今まで設定ウィザードに入力された\n" +"全データの要約です。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 -msgid "Click Accept to save the settings for\nthe DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\nThe settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \nDHCP server configuration.\n" -msgstr "\nDNSサーバについて[受け入れる]をクリックし、設定を保存し、DHCPサーバ設定に戻ります。\nこの設定は\nDHCPサーバの設定が完了するまでは、永久的に保存されません。\n" +msgid "" +"Click Accept to save the settings for\n" +"the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" +"The settings are not saved permanently until you complete the \n" +"DHCP server configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DNSサーバについて[受け入れる]をクリックし、設定を保存し、DHCPサーバ設定に戻ります。\n" +"この設定は\n" +"DHCPサーバの設定が完了するまでは、永久的に保存されません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 -msgid "<big>DNS Synchronization</big> \nThis is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\nDHCP settings. Only 'A' records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\nIP addresses--are maintained here.\n" -msgstr "<big>DNS 同期</big> \nこれはお使いの DHCP 設定と DNS 設定を同期するための高度なツールです。\nここではホスト名を IP アドレスに変換するための 'A' レコードのみを\n管理します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>DNS Synchronization</big> \n" +"This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" +"DHCP settings. Only 'A' records--DNS records that convert hostnames to\n" +"IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DNS 同期</big> \n" +"これはお使いの DHCP 設定と DNS 設定を同期するための高度なツールです。\n" +"ここではホスト名を IP アドレスに変換するための 'A' レコードのみを\n" +"管理します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 -msgid "Current Subnet and Netmask show the current network settings.\nDomain is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\nFirst IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\nDynamic DHCP range.\n" -msgstr "［現在のサブネット］と［ネットマスク］には、現在のネットワーク設定が表示されています。\n［ドメイン］には現在のDHCPの設定が表示されています。\n［最初のIPアドレス］と［2番目のIPアドレス］は、現在の動的なDHCP\nアドレス範囲に一致します。\n" +msgid "" +"Current Subnet and Netmask show the current network settings.\n" +"Domain is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" +"First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" +"Dynamic DHCP range.\n" +msgstr "" +"［現在のサブネット］と［ネットマスク］には、現在のネットワーク設定が表示されています。\n" +"［ドメイン］には現在のDHCPの設定が表示されています。\n" +"［最初のIPアドレス］と［2番目のIPアドレス］は、現在の動的なDHCP\n" +"アドレス範囲に一致します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 -msgid "\nTo create a DNS zone from scratch, use Run Wizard\nfrom Special Tasks.\n" -msgstr "\nDNSゾーンを最初から作成するには、[特殊タスク]\nから[ウィザードを実行]を使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To create a DNS zone from scratch, use Run Wizard\n" +"from Special Tasks.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DNSゾーンを最初から作成するには、[特殊タスク]\n" +"から[ウィザードを実行]を使用します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 -msgid "\n To create or remove a single DNS record,\nclick Add or Delete.\nTo synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\nreverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\nUse Remove DNS Records Matching Range \nfrom Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\nAdd New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" -msgstr "\n 単一のDNSレコードを作成または削除するには、\nclick [追加]または[削除]ボタンをクリックします。\n対応する\n逆ゾーンで、DNS エントリを逆フォームに同期させるには、[逆ゾーンと同期を取る]を選択します。\nDNSサーバからのIPアドレスのこの範囲に関連する情報を削除するには、[特殊タスク]\nから[DNSレコードマッチングの削除]を使用します。DNSレコードの新規範囲を作成するには、\n[DNSレコードの新規範囲を追加]を[特殊タスク]から選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" +"click Add or Delete.\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" +"reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" +"Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" +"Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" 単一のDNSレコードを作成または削除するには、\n" +"click [追加]または[削除]ボタンをクリックします。\n" +"対応する\n" +"逆ゾーンで、DNS エントリを逆フォームに同期させるには、[逆ゾーンと同期を取る]を選択します。\n" +"DNSサーバからのIPアドレスのこの範囲に関連する情報を削除するには、[特殊タスク]\n" +"から[DNSレコードマッチングの削除]を使用します。DNSレコードの新規範囲を作成するには、\n" +"[DNSレコードの新規範囲を追加]を[特殊タスク]から選択します。\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -965,16 +1153,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 -msgid "Internal error.\nCannot create IP range from %1 and %2." -msgstr "内部エラー。\n%1 から %2 のIP範囲が作成できません。" +msgid "" +"Internal error.\n" +"Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." +msgstr "" +"内部エラー。\n" +"%1 から %2 のIP範囲が作成できません。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address #. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask #. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 -msgid "IP address %1 does not match\nthe current network %2/%3.\n" -msgstr "IPアドレス %1 は、現在の\nネットワーク %2/%3 とマッチしません。\n" +msgid "" +"IP address %1 does not match\n" +"the current network %2/%3.\n" +msgstr "" +"IPアドレス %1 は、現在の\n" +"ネットワーク %2/%3 とマッチしません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #. TRANSLATORS: popup error @@ -989,8 +1185,14 @@ #. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "The IP address %1 is\noutside the current\ndynamic DHCP range %2-%3.\n" -msgstr "IPアドレス %1 は、\n現在の動的DHCP範囲 %2～%3 の\n範囲外です。\n" +msgid "" +"The IP address %1 is\n" +"outside the current\n" +"dynamic DHCP range %2-%3.\n" +msgstr "" +"IPアドレス %1 は、\n" +"現在の動的DHCP範囲 %2～%3 の\n" +"範囲外です。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 @@ -1023,8 +1225,12 @@ #. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 -msgid "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\nIP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" -msgstr "IPアドレス %1 は、DHCPサーバで定義され、\n許容されたIPアドレス(%2 - %3)の範囲内にありません。\n" +msgid "" +"IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" +"IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" +msgstr "" +"IPアドレス %1 は、DHCPサーバで定義され、\n" +"許容されたIPアドレス(%2 - %3)の範囲内にありません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 @@ -1065,13 +1271,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name #. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 -msgid "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\nThe DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" -msgstr "ゾーン %1 はマスタゾーンではありません。\nそのため、 DNS サーバはレコードに書き込むことができません。\n" +msgid "" +"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" +"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" +msgstr "" +"ゾーン %1 はマスタゾーンではありません。\n" +"そのため、 DNS サーバはレコードに書き込むことができません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 -msgid "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\nCreate it?\n" -msgstr "ゾーン %1 は現在のDNSサーバ設定にはまだ存在しません。\n作成しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" +"Create it?\n" +msgstr "" +"ゾーン %1 は現在のDNSサーバ設定にはまだ存在しません。\n" +"作成しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name @@ -1087,8 +1301,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 -msgid "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\nReally cancel this operation?\n" -msgstr "キャンセルするとDNSサーバに設定したすべての変更が失われます。\nこの操作をキャンセルしてもよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" +"Really cancel this operation?\n" +msgstr "" +"キャンセルするとDNSサーバに設定したすべての変更が失われます。\n" +"この操作をキャンセルしてもよろしいですか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 @@ -1157,8 +1375,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 -msgid "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\nReally abort?\n" -msgstr "ウィザードで行われた変更はすべて失われます。\n本当に中止してもよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" +"Really abort?\n" +msgstr "" +"ウィザードで行われた変更はすべて失われます。\n" +"本当に中止してもよろしいですか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 @@ -1177,8 +1399,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 -msgid "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\nThis may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \nReally use the current settings?\n" -msgstr "現在のDNSゾーンにはネームサーバのIPアドレスが設定されていません。\n各ゾーンにはネームサーバのホスト名とIPアドレスが必要であるため、おそらくこのままでは動作しないものと思われます。\n現在の設定をそのまま使用してよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" +"Really use the current settings?\n" +msgstr "" +"現在のDNSゾーンにはネームサーバのIPアドレスが設定されていません。\n" +"各ゾーンにはネームサーバのホスト名とIPアドレスが必要であるため、おそらくこのままでは動作しないものと思われます。\n" +"現在の設定をそのまま使用してよろしいですか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 @@ -1189,8 +1417,13 @@ #. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' #. %2 is the last one #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 -msgid "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\nanother one (%1-%2).\nReally use the new one?\n" -msgstr "DNSエントリの新規範囲は既に別の範囲(%1-%2)でカバーされています。\n本当に新しい範囲を使用しますか？\n" +msgid "" +"This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" +"another one (%1-%2).\n" +"Really use the new one?\n" +msgstr "" +"DNSエントリの新規範囲は既に別の範囲(%1-%2)でカバーされています。\n" +"本当に新しい範囲を使用しますか？\n" #. Adding new range definition #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 @@ -1390,8 +1623,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 -msgid "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n\n%1\nReturn to the wizard?\n" -msgstr "DNSゾーンを作成中にエラーが発生しました:\n\n%1\nウィザードに戻りますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"Return to the wizard?\n" +msgstr "" +"DNSゾーンを作成中にエラーが発生しました:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"ウィザードに戻りますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 @@ -1400,144 +1641,325 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 -msgid "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait..." -msgstr "<big>DHCPサーバ環境設定を初期化中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait..." +msgstr "" +"<big>DHCPサーバ環境設定を初期化中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください..." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 -msgid "<big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait..." -msgstr "<big>DHCPサーバ環境設定を保存中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait..." +msgstr "" +"<big>DHCPサーバ環境設定を保存中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください..." #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 -msgid "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \nSelect the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\nAvailable Interfaces." -msgstr "<big>ネットワークインタフェース</big> \n［使用可能なインタフェース］からDHCPサーバが待ち受けするネットワーク\nインタフェースを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" +"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" +"Available Interfaces." +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークインタフェース</big> \n" +"［使用可能なインタフェース］からDHCPサーバが待ち受けするネットワーク\n" +"インタフェースを選択してください。" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 -msgid "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \nTo open the firewall to allow access to the service from \nremote computers through the selected interface, set\nOpen Firewall for Selected Interface. \nThis option is only available if the firewall\nis enabled." -msgstr "<big>ファイアウォールの設定</big> \nファイアウォールを開いて、選択したインタフェースを介したリモートコンピュータからサービスへの\nアクセスを許可するには、\n［選択したインタフェースに対してファイアウォールを開く］を設定します。 \nこのオプションは、ファイアウォールが有効な場合にのみ\n使用できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" +"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" +"remote computers through the selected interface, set\n" +"Open Firewall for Selected Interface. \n" +"This option is only available if the firewall\n" +"is enabled." +msgstr "" +"<big>ファイアウォールの設定</big> \n" +"ファイアウォールを開いて、選択したインタフェースを介したリモートコンピュータからサービスへの\n" +"アクセスを許可するには、\n" +"［選択したインタフェースに対してファイアウォールを開く］を設定します。 \n" +"このオプションは、ファイアウォールが有効な場合にのみ\n" +"使用できます。" #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 -msgid "\nTo run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\nRun DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\nis more secure and strongly recommended." -msgstr "\nchroot JailでDHCPサーバを実行するには、\n［Chroot JailでDHCPサーバを実行］を設定します。 Chroot Jailでのデーモンの起動は\nより安全なので、強くお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" +"Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" +"is more secure and strongly recommended." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"chroot JailでDHCPサーバを実行するには、\n" +"［Chroot JailでDHCPサーバを実行］を設定します。 Chroot Jailでのデーモンの起動は\n" +"より安全なので、強くお勧めします。" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "\nTo store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\nenable LDAP Support." -msgstr "\nDHCP環境設定をLDAPに保存するには、\n［LDAPのサポート］を有効にします。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" +"enable LDAP Support." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DHCP環境設定をLDAPに保存するには、\n" +"［LDAPのサポート］を有効にします。" #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 -msgid "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\nTo modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\nTo add a new declaration, select a declaration that should include\nthe new declaration and click Add.\nTo delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "［設定済みの宣言］には、使用中の環境設定オプションが表示されます。\n既存の宣言を変更するには、宣言を選択し、［編集］をクリックします。\n新しい宣言を追加するには、新しい宣言を追加する宣言を選択し、\n［追加］をクリックします。\n宣言を削除するには、宣言を選択し、［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" +"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" +"To add a new declaration, select a declaration that should include\n" +"the new declaration and click Add.\n" +"To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"［設定済みの宣言］には、使用中の環境設定オプションが表示されます。\n" +"既存の宣言を変更するには、宣言を選択し、［編集］をクリックします。\n" +"新しい宣言を追加するには、新しい宣言を追加する宣言を選択し、\n" +"［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"宣言を削除するには、宣言を選択し、［削除］をクリックします。" #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 -msgid "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \nUse Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\nchange network interfaces to which the DHCP server listens,\nor manage TSIG keys that can be used for authentication of \ndynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "<big>詳細な機能</big> \n［詳細］を使用して、DHCPサーバのログを表示したり、\nDHCサーバがリッスンするネットワークインタフェースを変更したり、\nダイナミックDNSの更新の認証に使用されるTSIGキーを\n管理したりします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" +"Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" +"change network interfaces to which the DHCP server listens,\n" +"or manage TSIG keys that can be used for authentication of \n" +"dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"<big>詳細な機能</big> \n" +"［詳細］を使用して、DHCPサーバのログを表示したり、\n" +"DHCサーバがリッスンするネットワークインタフェースを変更したり、\n" +"ダイナミックDNSの更新の認証に使用されるTSIGキーを\n" +"管理したりします。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 -msgid "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \nSet the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." -msgstr "<big>サブネットの環境設定</big> \nサブネットの［ネットワークアドレス］および［ネットワークマスク］を設定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" +"Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." +msgstr "" +"<big>サブネットの環境設定</big> \n" +"サブネットの［ネットワークアドレス］および［ネットワークマスク］を設定します。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 -msgid "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \nSet the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\nspecial options in Hostname." -msgstr "<big>固定アドレスを持つホスト</big> \n固定アドレスを設定するホストまたは\n［ホスト名］でその他の特別なオプションを設定するホストの名前を設定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" +"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" +"special options in Hostname." +msgstr "" +"<big>固定アドレスを持つホスト</big> \n" +"固定アドレスを設定するホストまたは\n" +"［ホスト名］でその他の特別なオプションを設定するホストの名前を設定します。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 -msgid "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \nSet the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \nIt is just for your identification.\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." -msgstr "<big>グループ固有のオプション</big> \n［グループ名］で宣言のグループの名前を設定します。 \nこれは識別にのみ使用します。\nこの名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。" +msgid "" +"<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" +"Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" +"It is just for your identification.\n" +"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." +msgstr "" +"<big>グループ固有のオプション</big> \n" +"［グループ名］で宣言のグループの名前を設定します。 \n" +"これは識別にのみ使用します。\n" +"この名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \nSet the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \nIt is just for your identification.\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." -msgstr "<big>アドレスプール</big> \n［プール名］でアドレスプールの名前を設定します。 \nこれは識別にのみ使用します。\nこの名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。" +msgid "" +"<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" +"Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" +"It is just for your identification.\n" +"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." +msgstr "" +"<big>アドレスプール</big> \n" +"［プール名］でアドレスプールの名前を設定します。 \n" +"これは識別にのみ使用します。\n" +"この名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 -msgid "<big>Shared Network</big> \nSet the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \nIt is just for your identification.\nThe name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." -msgstr "<big>共有ネットワーク</big> \n［共有ネットワーク名］で共有ネットワークの名前を設定します。 \nこれは識別にのみ使用します。\nこの名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。" +msgid "" +"<big>Shared Network</big> \n" +"Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" +"It is just for your identification.\n" +"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." +msgstr "" +"<big>共有ネットワーク</big> \n" +"［共有ネットワーク名］で共有ネットワークの名前を設定します。 \n" +"これは識別にのみ使用します。\n" +"この名前はDHCPサーバの動作には影響しません。" #. help text 1/3, alt. 6 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 -msgid "<big>Class</big> \nSet the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." -msgstr "<big>クラス</big> \n［クラス名］でホストのクラスの名前を設定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Class</big> \n" +"Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." +msgstr "" +"<big>クラス</big> \n" +"［クラス名］でホストのクラスの名前を設定します。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 -msgid "\nTo edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\nentry of the table then click Edit.\nTo add a new option, use Add. To remove\nan option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "\nDHCPオプションを編集するには、テーブルの適切なエントリを\n選択し、［編集］をクリックします。\n新しいオプションを追加するには、［追加］を使用します。オプションを\n削除するには、オプションを選択し、［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" +"entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, use Add. To remove\n" +"an option, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DHCPオプションを編集するには、テーブルの適切なエントリを\n" +"選択し、［編集］をクリックします。\n" +"新しいオプションを追加するには、［追加］を使用します。オプションを\n" +"削除するには、オプションを選択し、［削除］をクリックします。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "\nTo adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." -msgstr "\nこのサブネットのホストのダイナミックDNSを調整するには、［ダイナミックDNS］を使用します。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このサブネットのホストのダイナミックDNSを調整するには、［ダイナミックDNS］を使用します。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 -msgid "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \nTo enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\nEnable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet." -msgstr "<big>ダイナミックDNSの有効化</big> \nこのサブネットでダイナミックDNSを有効にするには、\n［このサブネットでダイナミックDNSを有効にする］を設定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" +"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" +"Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet." +msgstr "" +"<big>ダイナミックDNSの有効化</big> \n" +"このサブネットでダイナミックDNSを有効にするには、\n" +"［このサブネットでダイナミックDNSを有効にする］を設定します。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "<big>TSIG Key</big> \nTo make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\nTSIG Key to select the key to use for authentication. The key must\nbe the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\nand reverse zone." -msgstr "<big>TSIGキー</big> \nダイナミックDNSを更新するには、認証キーを設定する必要があります。\n［TSIGキー］から認証に使用するキーを選択できます。このキーは\nDHCPサーバとDNSサーバ両方で同じでなければなりません。正引き、逆引き\n両方のゾーンのキーを指定してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" +"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" +"TSIG Key to select the key to use for authentication. The key must\n" +"be the same for both DHCP and DNS servers. Specify the key for both forward\n" +"and reverse zone." +msgstr "" +"<big>TSIGキー</big> \n" +"ダイナミックDNSを更新するには、認証キーを設定する必要があります。\n" +"［TSIGキー］から認証に使用するキーを選択できます。このキーは\n" +"DHCPサーバとDNSサーバ両方で同じでなければなりません。正引き、逆引き\n" +"両方のゾーンのキーを指定してください。" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 -msgid "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \nGlobal settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\nDNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\nUpdate Global Dynamic DNS Settings." -msgstr "<big>DHCPサーバのグローバル設定</big> \nダイナミックDNSが正しく動作するためには、DHCPサーバのグローバル\n設定を更新する必要があります。これを自動で行うには、\n［グローバルダイナミックDNS設定の更新］を設定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" +"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" +"DNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\n" +"Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." +msgstr "" +"<big>DHCPサーバのグローバル設定</big> \n" +"ダイナミックDNSが正しく動作するためには、DHCPサーバのグローバル\n" +"設定を更新する必要があります。これを自動で行うには、\n" +"［グローバルダイナミックDNS設定の更新］を設定します。" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "<big>Zones to Update</big> \nSpecify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \ntheir primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\nserver, you can leave the fields empty." -msgstr "<big>更新するゾーン</big> \n更新する正引きおよび逆引きのゾーンを指定します。その両方で、プライマリ\nネームサーバも指定します。ネームサーバがDHCPサーバと同じホストで稼働している\n場合は、ここを空欄にできます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" +"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" +"server, you can leave the fields empty." +msgstr "" +"<big>更新するゾーン</big> \n" +"更新する正引きおよび逆引きのゾーンを指定します。その両方で、プライマリ\n" +"ネームサーバも指定します。ネームサーバがDHCPサーバと同じホストで稼働している\n" +"場合は、ここを空欄にできます。" #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \nHere you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\nconsult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." -msgstr "<big>DHCPサーバスタートアップ引数</big> \nここで、非標準のポート用にDHCPサーバを開始したいパラメータを指定できます。\n(たとえば -p 1234)可能なすべてのオプションについては、\n dhcpdのマニュアルページを参照してください。空白のままにしておくと、デフォルト値が使用されます。" +msgid "" +"<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" +"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." +msgstr "" +"<big>DHCPサーバスタートアップ引数</big> \n" +"ここで、非標準のポート用にDHCPサーバを開始したいパラメータを指定できます。\n" +"(たとえば -p 1234)可能なすべてのオプションについては、\n" +" dhcpdのマニュアルページを参照してください。空白のままにしておくと、デフォルト値が使用されます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 -msgid "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \nSelect one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" -msgstr "<big>ネットワークカードの選択</big> \nDHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークカードの選択</big> \n" +"DHCP サーバで使用するネットワークカードを一覧の中から 1 つ以上選択してください。\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 -msgid "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" -msgstr "ホスト名と DHCP サーバ名が違う場合は、必要に応じて［ DHCP サーバ名］\n(LDAP オブジェクトの dhcpServer の名前) を指定することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" +"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" +msgstr "" +"ホスト名と DHCP サーバ名が違う場合は、必要に応じて［ DHCP サーバ名］\n" +"(LDAP オブジェクトの dhcpServer の名前) を指定することができます。\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 -msgid "<big>Global Settings</big> \nHere, make several DHCP settings." -msgstr "<big>グローバル設定</big> \nここでは、DHCPをいくつか設定できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Global Settings</big> \n" +"Here, make several DHCP settings." +msgstr "" +"<big>グローバル設定</big> \n" +"ここでは、DHCPをいくつか設定できます。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 -msgid "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\nleases IPs to clients." -msgstr "［ドメイン名］には、DHCPサーバがクライアントにIPをリースしている\nドメイン名を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" +"leases IPs to clients." +msgstr "" +"［ドメイン名］には、DHCPサーバがクライアントにIPをリースしている\n" +"ドメイン名を設定します。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 -msgid "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \noffer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\nThese values must be IP addresses." -msgstr "プライマリネームサーバIPと、セカンダリネームサーバIPが、DHCPクライアントにネームサーバを提供します。\nこれらの値はIPアドレスである必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" +"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" +"These values must be IP addresses." +msgstr "" +"プライマリネームサーバIPと、セカンダリネームサーバIPが、DHCPクライアントにネームサーバを提供します。\n" +"これらの値はIPアドレスである必要があります。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 -msgid "Default Gateway inserts this\nvalue as the default route in the routing table of clients." -msgstr "［デフォルトゲートウェイ］は、\nクライアントのルーティングテーブルにデフォルトルートとしてこの値を挿入します。" +msgid "" +"Default Gateway inserts this\n" +"value as the default route in the routing table of clients." +msgstr "" +"［デフォルトゲートウェイ］は、\n" +"クライアントのルーティングテーブルにデフォルトルートとしてこの値を挿入します。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "Time Server tells clients to use this server\nfor time synchronization." -msgstr "［タイムサーバ］で指定したサーバが、クライアントで\n時間の同期に使用するサーバになります。." +msgid "" +"Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" +"for time synchronization." +msgstr "" +"［タイムサーバ］で指定したサーバが、クライアントで\n" +"時間の同期に使用するサーバになります。." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 @@ -1546,48 +1968,106 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 -msgid "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n(Windows Internet Naming Service)." -msgstr "［WINSサーバ］で指定したサーバが、WINS (Windows \nInternet Naming Service)サーバになります。" +msgid "" +"WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" +"(Windows Internet Naming Service)." +msgstr "" +"［WINSサーバ］で指定したサーバが、WINS (Windows \n" +"Internet Naming Service)サーバになります。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 -msgid "Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\nand the client must ask for an IP again." -msgstr "［デフォルトのリースタイム］では、リースしたIPの期限が切れる時間を\n設定します。クライアントはIPを再度要求する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" +"and the client must ask for an IP again." +msgstr "" +"［デフォルトのリースタイム］では、リースしたIPの期限が切れる時間を\n" +"設定します。クライアントはIPを再度要求する必要があります。" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 -msgid "<big>Subnet Information</big>\nView information about the current subnet, such as its address,\nnetmask, minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>サブネット情報</big>\n現在のサブネットに関する情報を参照できます。たとえば、アドレスやネットマスク、\nクライアントに貸与するIPアドレス範囲の最大値と最小値などです。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" +"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" +"netmask, minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サブネット情報</big>\n" +"現在のサブネットに関する情報を参照できます。たとえば、アドレスやネットマスク、\n" +"クライアントに貸与するIPアドレス範囲の最大値と最小値などです。\n" +"\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 -msgid "<big>IP Address Range</big> \nSet the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\nof the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\nFor instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \nAllow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\nassigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" -msgstr "<big>IPアドレス範囲</big> \nクライアントに貸与する［最初のIPアドレス］と［最後のIPアドレス］\nを、それぞれ設定します。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要があります。\nたとえば<tt>192.168.1.1</tt>と<tt>192.168.1.64</tt>のようになります。\n指定した範囲をBOOTPクライアントとDHCPクライアントに動的に割り当てる場合、\n［動的BOOTPの許可］フラグをオンにします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" +"Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" +"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" +"Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" +"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>IPアドレス範囲</big> \n" +"クライアントに貸与する［最初のIPアドレス］と［最後のIPアドレス］\n" +"を、それぞれ設定します。これらのアドレスは同じネットマスクである必要があります。\n" +"たとえば<tt>192.168.1.1</tt>と<tt>192.168.1.64</tt>のようになります。\n" +"指定した範囲をBOOTPクライアントとDHCPクライアントに動的に割り当てる場合、\n" +"［動的BOOTPの許可］フラグをオンにします。\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "<big>Lease Time</big> \nSet the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\nwhich sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " -msgstr "<big>貸与時間</big> \nこのアドレス範囲での<bデフォルトの貸与時間を設定してください。\nこの設定値はクライアントに対してIPアドレスの更新間隔を指定することになります。 " +msgid "" +"<big>Lease Time</big> \n" +"Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" +"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " +msgstr "" +"<big>貸与時間</big> \n" +"このアドレス範囲での<bデフォルトの貸与時間を設定してください。\n" +"この設定値はクライアントに対してIPアドレスの更新間隔を指定することになります。 " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 -msgid "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\nfor which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." -msgstr "［最大値］(オプション)では、DHCP サーバでこのIPを他のクライアントから\nブロックする最大の時間間隔を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" +"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." +msgstr "" +"［最大値］(オプション)では、DHCP サーバでこのIPを他のクライアントから\n" +"ブロックする最大の時間間隔を設定します。" #. Help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 -msgid "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \nTo enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\nDHCP Server Expert Configuration." -msgstr "<big>エキスパート環境設定</big> \nDHCPサーバの完全な環境設定を入力するには、\n［DHCPサーバエキスパート環境設定］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" +"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" +"DHCP Server Expert Configuration." +msgstr "" +"<big>エキスパート環境設定</big> \n" +"DHCPサーバの完全な環境設定を入力するには、\n" +"［DHCPサーバエキスパート環境設定］をクリックします。" #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "<big>Host Management</big> \nUse this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." -msgstr "<big>ホスト管理</big> \nこのダイアログで静的アドレスバインドを行うホストを編集します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Host Management</big> \n" +"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." +msgstr "" +"<big>ホスト管理</big> \n" +"このダイアログで静的アドレスバインドを行うホストを編集します。" #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "To add a new new host, set its Name,\nHardware Address, and IP Address\nthen click Add.\nTo modify a configured host, select it in the table,\nchange all values, and click Change in List." -msgstr "新しいホストを追加するには、［名前］、\n［ハードウェアアドレス］、および［IPアドレス］\nを入力し、［追加］をクリックしてください。\n設定したホストを変更するには、一覧からホストを選択し、\nすべての値を変更して［リストを変更］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" +"Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" +"then click Add.\n" +"To modify a configured host, select it in the table,\n" +"change all values, and click Change in List." +msgstr "" +"新しいホストを追加するには、［名前］、\n" +"［ハードウェアアドレス］、および［IPアドレス］\n" +"を入力し、［追加］をクリックしてください。\n" +"設定したホストを変更するには、一覧からホストを選択し、\n" +"すべての値を変更して［リストを変更］をクリックしてください。" #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 @@ -1601,33 +2081,61 @@ #. help text 2/7, optional #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 -msgid "To add a network declaration,\nselect Subnet." -msgstr "ネットワーク宣言を追加するには、\n［サブネット］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"To add a network declaration,\n" +"select Subnet." +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク宣言を追加するには、\n" +"［サブネット］を選択します。" #. help text 3/7, optional #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 -msgid "To add a host that needs special parameters\n(usually a fixed address), select Host." -msgstr "特別なパラメータ(通常は固定アドレス)を必要とするホストを追加するには、\n［ホスト］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"To add a host that needs special parameters\n" +"(usually a fixed address), select Host." +msgstr "" +"特別なパラメータ(通常は固定アドレス)を必要とするホストを追加するには、\n" +"［ホスト］を選択します。" #. help text 4/7, optional #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 -msgid "To add a shared network (physical network with\nmultiple logical networks), select Shared Network." -msgstr "共有ネットワーク(複数の論理ネットワークを持つ物理ネットワーク)を\n追加するには、［共有ネットワーク］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"To add a shared network (physical network with\n" +"multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." +msgstr "" +"共有ネットワーク(複数の論理ネットワークを持つ物理ネットワーク)を\n" +"追加するには、［共有ネットワーク］を選択します。" #. help text 5/7, optional #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 -msgid "To add a group of other declarations (usually\nif they should share some settings), select Group." -msgstr "設定を共有するなどの理由で複数の宣言をひとまとめにして\n追加するには、［グループ］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" +"if they should share some settings), select Group." +msgstr "" +"設定を共有するなどの理由で複数の宣言をひとまとめにして\n" +"追加するには、［グループ］を選択します。" #. help text 6/7, optional #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 -msgid "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\ndifferently than other address pools although they are in the same\nsubnet, select Pool of Addresses." -msgstr "サブネットは同じでも、他のアドレスプールとは\n異なる方法で処理するアドレスプールを追加するには、\n［アドレスプール］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" +"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" +"subnet, select Pool of Addresses." +msgstr "" +"サブネットは同じでも、他のアドレスプールとは\n" +"異なる方法で処理するアドレスプールを追加するには、\n" +"［アドレスプール］を選択します。" #. help text 7/7, optional #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 -msgid "To create a condition class that can be used for\nhandling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\nselect Class." -msgstr "属しているクラスに応じて異なる方法でクライアントを処理するために\n利用できる条件クラスを作成するには、\n［クラス］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"To create a condition class that can be used for\n" +"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" +"select Class." +msgstr "" +"属しているクラスに応じて異なる方法でクライアントを処理するために\n" +"利用できる条件クラスを作成するには、\n" +"［クラス］を選択します。" #. selection box #. selection box @@ -1746,30 +2254,54 @@ #. Yes-No popup #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 -msgid "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\nall changes will be lost. Really leave?" -msgstr "DHCPサーバ環境設定を保存せずに終了すると、\n変更内容はすべて失われます。終了しますか?" +msgid "" +"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" +"all changes will be lost. Really leave?" +msgstr "" +"DHCPサーバ環境設定を保存せずに終了すると、\n" +"変更内容はすべて失われます。終了しますか?" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 -msgid "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\nwill not be able to serve your network.\nContinue?" -msgstr "ファイアウォールのポートが開いていません。\nDHCPサーバがネットワークに対応できません。\n続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" +"will not be able to serve your network.\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウォールのポートが開いていません。\n" +"DHCPサーバがネットワークに対応できません。\n" +"続行しますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 -msgid "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n%1\nRun the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." -msgstr "以下に示すネットワークインタフェースは、どのファイアウォールゾーンでも指定されていません。\n%1\nYaSTファイアウォール環境設定を実行して、それらをゾーンに割り当ててください。" +msgid "" +"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" +"%1\n" +"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." +msgstr "" +"以下に示すネットワークインタフェースは、どのファイアウォールゾーンでも指定されていません。\n" +"%1\n" +"YaSTファイアウォール環境設定を実行して、それらをゾーンに割り当ててください。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 -msgid "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\nRun the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." -msgstr "ネットワークインタフェース %1 は、どのファイアウォールゾーンでも指定されていません。\nYaSTファイアウォール環境設定を実行して、ゾーンに割り当ててください。" +msgid "" +"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" +"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." +msgstr "" +"ネットワークインタフェース %1 は、どのファイアウォールゾーンでも指定されていません。\n" +"YaSTファイアウォール環境設定を実行して、ゾーンに割り当ててください。" #. popup message #. popup message #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 -msgid "This function is not available during\npreparation for autoinstallation." -msgstr "自動インストールの準備中には、\nこの機能は使用できません。" +msgid "" +"This function is not available during\n" +"preparation for autoinstallation." +msgstr "" +"自動インストールの準備中には、\n" +"この機能は使用できません。" #. tree widget #. tree widget @@ -1953,18 +2485,38 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report popup #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 -msgid "This server needs at least one\nconfigured network device (besides loopback) to\nfunction properly.\nConfigure one.\n\nAborting now." -msgstr "このサーバが適切に機能するには、\n少なくとも1つの設定されたネットワークデバイス\n（ループバックを除く）が必要です。\n 1つ設定します。\n \n中断します。" +msgid "" +"This server needs at least one\n" +"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" +"function properly.\n" +"Configure one.\n" +"\n" +"Aborting now." +msgstr "" +"このサーバが適切に機能するには、\n" +"少なくとも1つの設定されたネットワークデバイス\n" +"（ループバックを除く）が必要です。\n" +" 1つ設定します。\n" +" \n" +"中断します。" #. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 -msgid "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \nDHCP server will not be available." -msgstr "ホスト名を判別することができません。 LDAP ベースの DHCP サーバ\n設定を行うことができないものと思われます。" +msgid "" +"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" +"DHCP server will not be available." +msgstr "" +"ホスト名を判別することができません。 LDAP ベースの DHCP サーバ\n" +"設定を行うことができないものと思われます。" #. yes-no popup #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 -msgid "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\nconfigured yet. Create a new configuration?" -msgstr "DHCPサーバはまだ設定されていないようです。\n新しい環境設定を作成しますか?" +msgid "" +"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" +"configured yet. Create a new configuration?" +msgstr "" +"DHCPサーバはまだ設定されていないようです。\n" +"新しい環境設定を作成しますか?" #. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 @@ -2074,4 +2626,3 @@ #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "/etc/dhcpd.confへの書き込み中にエラーが発生しました。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -722,8 +722,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 -msgid "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\nIP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\nbeen changed to its local equivalent %2." -msgstr "DNSの問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしまいます。\nIPアドレス %1 は現在のところ、このサーバで使用されているため、\nローカル側のアドレス %2 に変更されます。" +msgid "" +"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" +"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" +"been changed to its local equivalent %2." +msgstr "" +"DNSの問い合わせを自分自身に転送すると、無限ループを生成することになってしまいます。\n" +"IPアドレス %1 は現在のところ、このサーバで使用されているため、\n" +"ローカル側のアドレス %2 に変更されます。" #. both IPv4 and IPv6 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 @@ -731,7 +737,9 @@ msgstr "IPv4またはIPv6アドレスが正しくありません。" #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 -msgid "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\nand colons." +msgid "" +"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" +"and colons." msgstr "正しいIPv6アドレスは、 a-fの文字、数字、およびコロン(:)から成ります。" #. error report @@ -775,33 +783,57 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 -msgid "Really set this\noption without any value?\n" -msgstr "値を指定せずに、このオプションを\n設定しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Really set this\n" +"option without any value?\n" +msgstr "" +"値を指定せずに、このオプションを\n" +"設定しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 -msgid "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\nReally set it to %2?\n" -msgstr "オプション %1 には、yesまたはnoの値のみ設定できます。\n%2 に設定しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" +"Really set it to %2?\n" +msgstr "" +"オプション %1 には、yesまたはnoの値のみ設定できます。\n" +"%2 に設定しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 -msgid "Option %1 can only be a number.\nReally set it to %2?\n" -msgstr "オプション %1 には数値のみ指定できます。\n%2 に設定しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Option %1 can only be a number.\n" +"Really set it to %2?\n" +msgstr "" +"オプション %1 には数値のみ指定できます。\n" +"%2 に設定しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 -msgid "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\nReally set it to %1?\n" -msgstr "このオプションでは引用符が正しく使用されていません。\n%1 に設定しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" +"Really set it to %1?\n" +msgstr "" +"このオプションでは引用符が正しく使用されていません。\n" +"%1 に設定しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 -msgid "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\nReally set it to %1?\n" -msgstr "このオプションではブラケットが正しく使用されていません。\n%1 に設定しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" +"Really set it to %1?\n" +msgstr "" +"このオプションではブラケットが正しく使用されていません。\n" +"%1 に設定しますか?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 -msgid "Option %1 should be set only once.\nReally add another one?\n" -msgstr "オプション %1 は一度だけ設定する必要があります。\nもう1つ追加しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Option %1 should be set only once.\n" +"Really add another one?\n" +msgstr "" +"オプション %1 は一度だけ設定する必要があります。\n" +"もう1つ追加しますか?\n" #. Table header - logging options #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 @@ -875,8 +907,12 @@ #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 -msgid "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\nReally remove it?\n" -msgstr "このACLは%1ゾーンで使用されています。\n削除しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" +"Really remove it?\n" +msgstr "" +"このACLは%1ゾーンで使用されています。\n" +"削除しますか?\n" #. An error popup message #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 @@ -943,8 +979,12 @@ #. Yes-No popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 -msgid "All changes will be lost.\nReally leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" -msgstr "変更内容はすべて失われます。\n本当にDNSサーバの環境設定を保存しないまま中止しますか?" +msgid "" +"All changes will be lost.\n" +"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" +msgstr "" +"変更内容はすべて失われます。\n" +"本当にDNSサーバの環境設定を保存しないまま中止しますか?" #. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 @@ -980,8 +1020,12 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 -msgid "This function is not available during\npreparation for autoinstallation.\n" -msgstr "自動インストールの準備中には、\nこの機能は使用できません。\n" +msgid "" +"This function is not available during\n" +"preparation for autoinstallation.\n" +msgstr "" +"自動インストールの準備中には、\n" +"この機能は使用できません。\n" #. error report #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 @@ -1129,8 +1173,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 -msgid "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\nof zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\nfrom slave name servers all the time.\nContinue?" -msgstr "期限切れタイムアウトがゾーンの更新間隔より長く\nなっています。その間はスレーブネームサーバから\nゾーンが到達不能になります。\n続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" +"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" +"from slave name servers all the time.\n" +"Continue?" +msgstr "" +"期限切れタイムアウトがゾーンの更新間隔より長く\n" +"なっています。その間はスレーブネームサーバから\n" +"ゾーンが到達不能になります。\n" +"続行しますか?" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name @@ -1233,8 +1285,16 @@ #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 -msgid "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n\nIPv6 reverse records are supported either in the full form (%1)\nor in the relative form to the current zone." -msgstr "正しいIPv6逆引きアドレスではありません。\n\nIPv6逆引きレコードは完全形(%1)を記入するか、\n現在のゾーンと相対的な形で記入する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" +"\n" +"IPv6 reverse records are supported either in the full form (%1)\n" +"or in the relative form to the current zone." +msgstr "" +"正しいIPv6逆引きアドレスではありません。\n" +"\n" +"IPv6逆引きレコードは完全形(%1)を記入するか、\n" +"現在のゾーンと相対的な形で記入する必要があります。" #. (hostname or FQ) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 @@ -1244,16 +1304,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 -msgid "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\nand must be at least one character long." -msgstr "無効な %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは「=」を除く出力可能なUS-ASCII文字で\n構成されていなければならず、少なくとも1文字の長さが必要です。" +msgid "" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" +"and must be at least one character long." +msgstr "" +"無効な %{type} レコードのキーです。このキーは「=」を除く出力可能なUS-ASCII文字で\n" +"構成されていなければならず、少なくとも1文字の長さが必要です。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 -msgid "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\nThis message is %{current} characters long." -msgstr "%{type} レコードは最大でも %{max} 文字までにする必要があります。\nこのメッセージは %{current} 文字の長さになっています。" +msgid "" +"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" +"This message is %{current} characters long." +msgstr "" +"%{type} レコードは最大でも %{max} 文字までにする必要があります。\n" +"このメッセージは %{current} 文字の長さになっています。" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 @@ -1330,8 +1398,12 @@ #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 -msgid "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\nTo change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." -msgstr "現在のゾーンレコードは %1 ゾーンから自動的に生成されています。\nレコードを手動で変更するには、「以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成」機能を無効にする必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." +msgstr "" +"現在のゾーンレコードは %1 ゾーンから自動的に生成されています。\n" +"レコードを手動で変更するには、「以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成」機能を無効にする必要があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 @@ -1345,8 +1417,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 -msgid "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\nConfiguration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\nIf you continue, the current zone will be removed." -msgstr "スレーブゾーンにはマスタサーバのIPが定義されている必要があります。\nマスタサーバの定義がなければ、DNSサーバの環境設定は失敗します。\n続行すると、現在のゾーンが削除されます。" +msgid "" +"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" +"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" +"If you continue, the current zone will be removed." +msgstr "" +"スレーブゾーンにはマスタサーバのIPが定義されている必要があります。\n" +"マスタサーバの定義がなければ、DNSサーバの環境設定は失敗します。\n" +"続行すると、現在のゾーンが削除されます。" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 @@ -1375,13 +1453,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 -msgid "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\nthat all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\nReally deny these queries?" -msgstr "この転送ゾーンには、定義された転送機能がないため、\nこのゾーンのすべてのDNSクエリは否認されます。\n本当にこれらのクエリを否認しますか？" +msgid "" +"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" +"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" +"Really deny these queries?" +msgstr "" +"この転送ゾーンには、定義された転送機能がないため、\n" +"このゾーンのすべてのDNSクエリは否認されます。\n" +"本当にこれらのクエリを否認しますか？" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 -msgid "All changes will be lost.\nReally exit?" -msgstr "変更内容はすべて失われます。\n終了しますか?" +msgid "" +"All changes will be lost.\n" +"Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"変更内容はすべて失われます。\n" +"終了しますか?" #. message popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 @@ -1390,172 +1478,378 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 -msgid "<big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... " -msgstr "<big>DNSサーバ環境設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSサーバ環境設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." -msgstr "<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 -msgid "<big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... " -msgstr "<big>DNSサーバ環境設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSサーバ環境設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so." -msgstr "<big>保存を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存処理を中止します。\n追加のダイアログが表示され、その処理が安全かどうかが通知されます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so." +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存処理を中止します。\n" +"追加のダイアログが表示され、その処理が安全かどうかが通知されます。" #. main dialog #. help 1/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<big>Start DNS Server</big> \nTo run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\nStart DNS Server." -msgstr "<big>DNSサーバの起動</big> \nコンピュータが起動するたびにDNSサーバを実行するには、\n［DNSサーバの起動］を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Start DNS Server</big> \n" +"To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" +"Start DNS Server." +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSサーバの起動</big> \n" +"コンピュータが起動するたびにDNSサーバを実行するには、\n" +"［DNSサーバの起動］を設定してください。" #. help 2/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \nTo run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\nRun DNS Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\nis more secure and strongly recommended." -msgstr "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \nchroot jailの内部でDNSサーバを実行するには、\n［Chroot Jailの内部でDNSサーバを実行する］を設定します。 chroot jail内のすべてのデーモンを起動すると\n安全性が高まるため強くお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" +"To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" +"Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" +"is more secure and strongly recommended." +msgstr "" +"<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" +"chroot jailの内部でDNSサーバを実行するには、\n" +"［Chroot Jailの内部でDNSサーバを実行する］を設定します。 chroot jail内のすべてのデーモンを起動すると\n" +"安全性が高まるため強くお勧めします。" #. help 3/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 -msgid "<big>Editing DNS Zones</big> \nTo edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\nentry of the table and click Edit.\nTo add a new DNS zone, use Add. To remove\na configured DNS zone, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "<big>DNSゾーンの編集</big> \nDNSゾーンの設定を編集するには、一覧から適切なエントリを選択し、\n［編集］をクリックしてください。\n新しいDNSゾーンを追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n設定済みのDNSゾーンを削除するには、［削除］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing DNS Zones</big> \n" +"To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" +"entry of the table and click Edit.\n" +"To add a new DNS zone, use Add. To remove\n" +"a configured DNS zone, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSゾーンの編集</big> \n" +"DNSゾーンの設定を編集するには、一覧から適切なエントリを選択し、\n" +"［編集］をクリックしてください。\n" +"新しいDNSゾーンを追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"設定済みのDNSゾーンを削除するには、［削除］をクリックしてください。" #. help 4/4 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 -msgid "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \nTo edit global options,\nadjust firewall settings,\nmanage the TSIG keys for dynamic updates of the zones,\nor display the log of the DNS server,\nuse Advanced." -msgstr "<big>詳細機能</big> \nグローバルオプションの編集、\nファイアウォールの設定の調整、\nゾーンの動的更新のためのTSIGキーの管理、\nDNSサーバのログの表示などを行うには、\n［詳細］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" +"To edit global options,\n" +"adjust firewall settings,\n" +"manage the TSIG keys for dynamic updates of the zones,\n" +"or display the log of the DNS server,\n" +"use Advanced." +msgstr "" +"<big>詳細機能</big> \n" +"グローバルオプションの編集、\n" +"ファイアウォールの設定の調整、\n" +"ゾーンの動的更新のためのTSIGキーの管理、\n" +"DNSサーバのログの表示などを行うには、\n" +"［詳細］をクリックします。" #. zone dialog #. help 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 -msgid "<big>Zone Name</big> \nEnter the name of the zone (domain) in Zone Name." -msgstr "<big>ゾーン名</big> \n［ゾーン名］にゾーン(ドメイン)の名前を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Zone Name</big> \n" +"Enter the name of the zone (domain) in Zone Name." +msgstr "" +"<big>ゾーン名</big> \n" +"［ゾーン名］にゾーン(ドメイン)の名前を入力してください。" #. help 2/5, alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 -msgid "<big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big> \nThe zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\nassigned IP addresses by DHCP server. To allow DDNS updates, set\nAllow Dynamic Updates and the TSIG Key\nto use for authentication. The key must be the same for\nboth DHCP and DNS servers." -msgstr "<big>ダイナミックDNSゾーン更新</big> \n通常は、DHCPサーバでIPアドレスを動的に割り当てているため、\nゾーンを自動的に更新できます。DDNS更新を利用するには、\n［動的更新の許可］と認証用の［TSIGキー］\nを設定します。キーは、DHCPとDNSそれぞれのサーバで同じものを\n使用する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"<big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big> \n" +"The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" +"assigned IP addresses by DHCP server. To allow DDNS updates, set\n" +"Allow Dynamic Updates and the TSIG Key\n" +"to use for authentication. The key must be the same for\n" +"both DHCP and DNS servers." +msgstr "" +"<big>ダイナミックDNSゾーン更新</big> \n" +"通常は、DHCPサーバでIPアドレスを動的に割り当てているため、\n" +"ゾーンを自動的に更新できます。DDNS更新を利用するには、\n" +"［動的更新の許可］と認証用の［TSIGキー］\n" +"を設定します。キーは、DHCPとDNSそれぞれのサーバで同じものを\n" +"使用する必要があります。" #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 -msgid "<big>Editing a DNS Zone</big> \nTo edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\nentry of the table then click Edit." -msgstr "<big>DNSゾーンの編集</big> \nゾーンの設定を編集するには、一覧から適切なエントリを\n選択して［編集］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing a DNS Zone</big> \n" +"To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" +"entry of the table then click Edit." +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSゾーンの編集</big> \n" +"ゾーンの設定を編集するには、一覧から適切なエントリを\n" +"選択して［編集］をクリックします。" #. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 -msgid "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\na record, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "新しいレコードをゾーンに追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\nレコードを削除するには、レコードを選択してから［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" +"a record, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"新しいレコードをゾーンに追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"レコードを削除するには、レコードを選択してから［削除］をクリックします。" #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 -msgid "<big>SOA Record</big> \nTo edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\nEdit SOA." -msgstr "<big>SOAレコード</big> \nゾーンのSOA (Start of Authority)レコードを編集するには、\n［SOAの編集］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"<big>SOA Record</big> \n" +"To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" +"Edit SOA." +msgstr "" +"<big>SOAレコード</big> \n" +"ゾーンのSOA (Start of Authority)レコードを編集するには、\n" +"［SOAの編集］をクリックしてください。" #. help 2/5 alt. 2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 -msgid "<big>Master Servers</big> \nSet the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\nto add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\nto remove an existing one." -msgstr "<big>マスタサーバ</big> \nこのゾーンのマスタネームサーバのIPアドレスを設定します。新しいマスタネームサーバを追加するには、\n［追加］を使用します。既存のマスタネームサーバを削除するには、\n既存のマスタネームサーバを選択し、［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Master Servers</big> \n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" +"to remove an existing one." +msgstr "" +"<big>マスタサーバ</big> \n" +"このゾーンのマスタネームサーバのIPアドレスを設定します。新しいマスタネームサーバを追加するには、\n" +"［追加］を使用します。既存のマスタネームサーバを削除するには、\n" +"既存のマスタネームサーバを選択し、［削除］をクリックします。" #. help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 -msgid "<big>Zone Type</big> \nTo make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\nselect Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\nor Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\nserver." -msgstr "<big>ゾーンタイプ</big> \nこのネームサーバをゾーンのプライマリデータソースにするには、\n［マスタ］を選択します。セカンダリネームサーバにするには、\n［スレーブ］または［スタブ］を選択し、ゾーンデータを\nマスタサーバからミラーします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Zone Type</big> \n" +"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" +"or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" +"server." +msgstr "" +"<big>ゾーンタイプ</big> \n" +"このネームサーバをゾーンのプライマリデータソースにするには、\n" +"［マスタ］を選択します。セカンダリネームサーバにするには、\n" +"［スレーブ］または［スタブ］を選択し、ゾーンデータを\n" +"マスタサーバからミラーします。" #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 -msgid "<big>Zone Direction</big> \nDNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\nSelect if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\naddresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n(Reverse).\n" -msgstr "<big>ゾーンの方向</big> \nDNSはドメイン名をIPアドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆にIPアドレスをホスト名に変換する場合にも使用されます。\nこのゾーンを、ドメイン名からIPアドレスに変換する目的で作成する場合は\n［フォワード］を、IPアドレスからドメイン名に変換する場合は\n［逆］をそれぞれ選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" +"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" +"addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" +"(Reverse).\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ゾーンの方向</big> \n" +"DNSはドメイン名をIPアドレスに変換するだけでなく、逆にIPアドレスをホスト名に変換する場合にも使用されます。\n" +"このゾーンを、ドメイン名からIPアドレスに変換する目的で作成する場合は\n" +"［フォワード］を、IPアドレスからドメイン名に変換する場合は\n" +"［逆］をそれぞれ選択してください。\n" #. firewall dialog #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 -msgid "<big>Interface Classes</big> \nSelect which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\ninterface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.\n" -msgstr "<big>インタフェースクラス</big> \nどのインタフェースクラスを介してDNSサーバにアクセスできるかを選択します。\nインタフェースクラスは、ファイアウォール設定コンポーネントで定義します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Interface Classes</big> \n" +"Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" +"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>インタフェースクラス</big> \n" +"どのインタフェースクラスを介してDNSサーバにアクセスできるかを選択します。\n" +"インタフェースクラスは、ファイアウォール設定コンポーネントで定義します。\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 -msgid "<big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big> \nTo adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\nvia all network interfaces to which it listens, check\nAdapt Firewall Settings.\n" -msgstr "<big>ファイアウォール設定の調整</big> \nDNSサーバをすべてのネットワークインタフェースに対して\n公開するようファイアウォールの設定を調整するには、\n［ファイアウォール設定を調整］をオンにします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big> \n" +"To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" +"via all network interfaces to which it listens, check\n" +"Adapt Firewall Settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ファイアウォール設定の調整</big> \n" +"DNSサーバをすべてのネットワークインタフェースに対して\n" +"公開するようファイアウォールの設定を調整するには、\n" +"［ファイアウォール設定を調整］をオンにします。\n" #. soa dialog #. help text 1/9 #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 -msgid "<big>SOA Record Configuration</big> \nSet the entries of the SOA record." -msgstr "<big>SOAレコードの環境設定</big> \nSOAレコードに関する情報を設定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>SOA Record Configuration</big> \n" +"Set the entries of the SOA record." +msgstr "" +"<big>SOAレコードの環境設定</big> \n" +"SOAレコードに関する情報を設定します。" #. help text 2/9 - TTL #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "$TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\nzone that do not have an explicit TTL." -msgstr "［$TTL］は、明示的なTTLを持たないゾーンのすべてのレコードの\n残存時間を指定します。" +msgid "" +"$TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" +"zone that do not have an explicit TTL." +msgstr "" +"［$TTL］は、明示的なTTLを持たないゾーンのすべてのレコードの\n" +"残存時間を指定します。" #. help text 3/9 - Primary source #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 -msgid "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\nof the primary name server." -msgstr "［プライマリソース］には、プライマリネームサーバの完全修飾\nドメイン名が登録されている必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" +"of the primary name server." +msgstr "" +"［プライマリソース］には、プライマリネームサーバの完全修飾\n" +"ドメイン名が登録されている必要があります。" #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 -msgid "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\nthe administrator responsible for the zone.\n" -msgstr "［管理者のメールアドレス］には、このゾーンを担当する管理者の\n電子メールアドレスを指定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" +"the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" +msgstr "" +"［管理者のメールアドレス］には、このゾーンを担当する管理者の\n" +"電子メールアドレスを指定する必要があります。\n" #. help text 5/9 - Serial #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 -msgid "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\nthe master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\nentire zone).\n" -msgstr "［シリアル番号］は、マスタサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\nして使用します(この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要なときに必要な部分だけゾーンを\n更新できることになります)。\n" +msgid "" +"Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"entire zone).\n" +msgstr "" +"［シリアル番号］は、マスタサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを判断する情報と\n" +"して使用します(この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは、必要なときに必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" +"更新できることになります)。\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 -msgid "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\nmaster name server to slave name servers." -msgstr "［更新間隔］では、マスタネームサーバからスレーブネームサーバに対して\nゾーンの同期を取る頻度を指定します。" +msgid "" +"Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" +"master name server to slave name servers." +msgstr "" +"［更新間隔］では、マスタネームサーバからスレーブネームサーバに対して\n" +"ゾーンの同期を取る頻度を指定します。" #. help text 7/9 - Retry #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 -msgid "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\nthe zone from the master server if synchronization fails." -msgstr "［リトライ間隔］では、同期が失敗した場合にスレーブサーバが\nマスタサーバのゾーンと同期を取る頻度を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" +"the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." +msgstr "" +"［リトライ間隔］では、同期が失敗した場合にスレーブサーバが\n" +"マスタサーバのゾーンと同期を取る頻度を設定します。" #. help text 8/9 - Expiry #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 -msgid "Expiry means the period after which the zone expires on slave\nservers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" -msgstr "［有効期限］は、スレーブサーバでゾーンが期限切れになり、ゾーンが同期化\nされるまでスレーブサーバが応答を停止する期間を表します。\n" +msgid "" +"Expiry means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" +"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"［有効期限］は、スレーブサーバでゾーンが期限切れになり、ゾーンが同期化\n" +"されるまでスレーブサーバが応答を停止する期間を表します。\n" +"" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 -msgid "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\nnegative answers (name resolution failed)." -msgstr "［最小限］では、スレーブサーバが否定応答(名前解決の失敗)をキャッシュ\nする期間を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" +"negative answers (name resolution failed)." +msgstr "" +"［最小限］では、スレーブサーバが否定応答(名前解決の失敗)をキャッシュ\n" +"する期間を設定します。" #. ddns keys dialog #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \nDefine TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\nTo add a new TSIG key, use the \nFile Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\nTo delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" -msgstr "<big>TSIGキー管理</big> \n動的ゾーン更新に使用するTSIGキーを定義します。\n新しいTSIGキーを追加するには、［ファイル名］テキストフィールドに入力\nするか、［参照］ボタンで検索した後、［追加］をクリックします。\n既存のTSIGキーを削除するには、リストから選択し［削除］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" +"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" +"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>TSIGキー管理</big> \n" +"動的ゾーン更新に使用するTSIGキーを定義します。\n" +"新しいTSIGキーを追加するには、［ファイル名］テキストフィールドに入力\n" +"するか、［参照］ボタンで検索した後、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"既存のTSIGキーを削除するには、リストから選択し［削除］をクリックします。\n" +"" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 -msgid "<big>Booting</big> \nTo start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\nOn. Otherwise set Off. " -msgstr "<big>ブート</big> \nコンピュータがブートするたびにDNSサーバを起動する場合は\n［オン］を、そうでない場合は［オフ］を設定します。 " +msgid "" +"<big>Booting</big> \n" +"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" +"On. Otherwise set Off. " +msgstr "" +"<big>ブート</big> \n" +"コンピュータがブートするたびにDNSサーバを起動する場合は\n" +"［オン］を、そうでない場合は［オフ］を設定します。 " #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 -msgid "<big>LDAP Support</big> \nTo store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\nset LDAP Support Active." -msgstr "<big>LDAPのサポート</big> \nネイティブの設定ファイルではなくLDAPにDNSゾーンを保存するには、\n［LDAPサポートを有効にする］を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" +"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" +"set LDAP Support Active." +msgstr "" +"<big>LDAPのサポート</big> \n" +"ネイティブの設定ファイルではなくLDAPにDNSゾーンを保存するには、\n" +"［LDAPサポートを有効にする］を設定してください。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 -msgid "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \nTo start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \nStart DNS Server Now or\nStop DNS Server Now.\n" -msgstr "<big>起動/停止</big> \nDNSサーバを即時に起動/停止するには、\n［今すぐDNSサーバを起動］または\n［今すぐDNSサーバを停止］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" +"To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" +"Start DNS Server Now or\n" +"Stop DNS Server Now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>起動/停止</big> \n" +"DNSサーバを即時に起動/停止するには、\n" +"［今すぐDNSサーバを起動］または\n" +"［今すぐDNSサーバを停止］をクリックします。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 -msgid "<big>Forwarders</big> \nForwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\nit cannot answer.\n" -msgstr "<big>フォワーダ</big> \nフォワーダとは、お使いの DNS サーバでは解決できなかった問い合わせについて、\nそれを転送する先のことを言います。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Forwarders</big> \n" +"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" +"it cannot answer.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>フォワーダ</big> \n" +"フォワーダとは、お使いの DNS サーバでは解決できなかった問い合わせについて、\n" +"それを転送する先のことを言います。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 #. _("To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full @@ -1565,18 +1859,34 @@ #. ") + #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 -msgid "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\nTo delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "新しいフォワーダを追加するには、IPアドレス を設定し、［追加］をクリックします。\n設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" +"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"新しいフォワーダを追加するには、IPアドレス を設定し、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"設定済みのフォワーダを削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 -msgid "<big>Edit DNS Server Options</big> \nUse this dialog to edit options of the DNS server." -msgstr "<big>DNSサーバオプションの編集</big> \nこのダイアログでDNSサーバのオプションを編集できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Edit DNS Server Options</big> \n" +"Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server." +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSサーバオプションの編集</big> \n" +"このダイアログでDNSサーバのオプションを編集できます。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 -msgid "To add new options, select the Option,\nenter its Value, and click Add.\nTo modify a configured option, select it in the table,\nchange the Value, and click Change.\n" -msgstr "新しいオプションを追加するには、［オプション］を選択し、\n［値］を入力して、［追加］をクリックしてください。\n設定済のオプションを変更するには、一覧からオプションを選択し、\n［値］を変更して、［変更］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"To add new options, select the Option,\n" +"enter its Value, and click Add.\n" +"To modify a configured option, select it in the table,\n" +"change the Value, and click Change.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいオプションを追加するには、［オプション］を選択し、\n" +"［値］を入力して、［追加］をクリックしてください。\n" +"設定済のオプションを変更するには、一覧からオプションを選択し、\n" +"［値］を変更して、［変更］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 @@ -1585,204 +1895,499 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 -msgid "<big>Logging</big> \nUse this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." -msgstr "<big>ログ</big> \nこのダイアログで、DNSサーバの各種ログオプションを定義します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Logging</big> \n" +"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." +msgstr "" +"<big>ログ</big> \n" +"このダイアログで、DNSサーバの各種ログオプションを定義します。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 -msgid "\nSelect Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \nTo save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \nLog to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \nthe Maximum Size of the log file.\nThe DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\nto specify how many log files should be saved.\n" -msgstr "\nDNSサーバのログメッセージをシステムログに保存するには、［システムログにログを記録］を選択します。 \nDNSサーバのログをメッセージを個別のファイルに保存するには、\n［ファイルにログを記録］を選択し、ログを保存する［ファイル名］および\nログファイルの［最大サイズ］を設定します。\nDNSサーバは自動的にログファイルの保存先を周期的に変更します。［最大バージョン］を使用して、\nログを保存するファイルの数を指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" +"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" +"the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" +"to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DNSサーバのログメッセージをシステムログに保存するには、［システムログにログを記録］を選択します。 \n" +"DNSサーバのログをメッセージを個別のファイルに保存するには、\n" +"［ファイルにログを記録］を選択し、ログを保存する［ファイル名］および\n" +"ログファイルの［最大サイズ］を設定します。\n" +"DNSサーバは自動的にログファイルの保存先を周期的に変更します。［最大バージョン］を使用して、\n" +"ログを保存するファイルの数を指定してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 -msgid "In Additional Logging,\nset which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\nLog All DNS Queries logs all queries from clients to the DNS server.\nLog Zone Updates logs when DNS has been updated.\nLog Zone Transfers logs when zone is completely transferred to the \nsecondary\nname server.\n" -msgstr "［追加ログ］で、\n記録するアクションを設定します。共通アクションは常に記録されます。\n［すべてのDNSクエリをログに記録］は、クライアントからDNSサーバへのクエリをすべて記録します。\n［ゾーン更新をログに記録］は、DNSが更新されたときに記録します。\n［ゾーン転送をログに記録］は、ゾーンが\nセカンダリ\nネームサーバに完全に転送されたときに記録されます。\n" +msgid "" +"In Additional Logging,\n" +"set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" +"Log All DNS Queries logs all queries from clients to the DNS server.\n" +"Log Zone Updates logs when DNS has been updated.\n" +"Log Zone Transfers logs when zone is completely transferred to the \n" +"secondary\n" +"name server.\n" +msgstr "" +"［追加ログ］で、\n" +"記録するアクションを設定します。共通アクションは常に記録されます。\n" +"［すべてのDNSクエリをログに記録］は、クライアントからDNSサーバへのクエリをすべて記録します。\n" +"［ゾーン更新をログに記録］は、DNSが更新されたときに記録します。\n" +"［ゾーン転送をログに記録］は、ゾーンが\n" +"セカンダリ\n" +"ネームサーバに完全に転送されたときに記録されます。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 -msgid "<big>ACLs</big> \nIn this dialog, define access control lists to control\naccess to zones.\n" -msgstr "<big>ACL</big> \nこのダイアログでは、ゾーンへのアクセスを制御する\nアクセス制御リストを定義します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>ACLs</big> \n" +"In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" +"access to zones.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ACL</big> \n" +"このダイアログでは、ゾーンへのアクセスを制御する\n" +"アクセス制御リストを定義します。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 -msgid "To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's Name\nand Value then click Add. To remove an \nACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" -msgstr "新しいACLエントリを追加するには、オプションの［名前］および［値］を入力し、\n［追加］をクリックしてください。すでに設定されているACLエントリを削除するには、\n該当するエントリを選択して［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's Name\n" +"and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" +"ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいACLエントリを追加するには、オプションの［名前］および［値］を入力し、\n" +"［追加］をクリックしてください。すでに設定されているACLエントリを削除するには、\n" +"該当するエントリを選択して［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 -msgid "<big>TSIG Keys</big> \nTSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\nchanging the configuration of the DNS server. This is needed\nfor the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).\n" -msgstr "<big>TSIGキー</big> \nTSIGキーは、DNSサーバの環境設定をリモートで\n変更するときの認証に使用されます。このキーは、\nDNSゾーンの動的更新(DDNS)に必要です。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>TSIG Keys</big> \n" +"TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" +"changing the configuration of the DNS server. This is needed\n" +"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>TSIGキー</big> \n" +"TSIGキーは、DNSサーバの環境設定をリモートで\n" +"変更するときの認証に使用されます。このキーは、\n" +"DNSゾーンの動的更新(DDNS)に必要です。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 -msgid "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\nTo generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\nthen click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" -msgstr "作成済みのキーを追加するには、［ファイル名］を入力\n(または［参照］ボタンでファイル選択)して、［追加］をクリックしてください。新しいキーを生成するには、［ファイル名］および［キーID］を入力し、\n［生成］をクリックしてください。新しいキーが生成され、追加されます。\n" +msgid "" +"To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" +"(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" +"To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" +msgstr "" +"作成済みのキーを追加するには、［ファイル名］を入力\n" +"(または［参照］ボタンでファイル選択)して、［追加］をクリックしてください。新しいキーを生成するには、［ファイル名］および［キーID］を入力し、\n" +"［生成］をクリックしてください。新しいキーが生成され、追加されます。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 -msgid "To remove an existing key, select it and\nclick Delete." -msgstr "既存のキーを削除するには、それを選択して\n［削除］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"To remove an existing key, select it and\n" +"click Delete." +msgstr "" +"既存のキーを削除するには、それを選択して\n" +"［削除］をクリックしてください。" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 -msgid "<big>DNS Zones</big> \nUse this dialog to manage the DNS zones.\n" -msgstr "<big>DNSゾーン</big> \nこのダイアログでDNSゾーンを管理します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>DNS Zones</big> \n" +"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSゾーン</big> \n" +"このダイアログでDNSゾーンを管理します。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 -msgid "To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\nand click Add.\n" -msgstr "新しいゾーンを追加するには、［ゾーン名］に名前を入力して［ゾーン種類］\n を選択し、［追加］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" +"and click Add.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいゾーンを追加するには、［ゾーン名］に名前を入力して［ゾーン種類］\n" +" を選択し、［追加］を押してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 -msgid "To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\nthe Zone Type, and click Add.\n" -msgstr "新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を［ゾーン名］に入力してください (たとえば、\nゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> に対応します)。その後\n ［ゾーン種類］を選択して［追加］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" +"the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しい IPv4 逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスを逆順に並べ、その後ろに\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> を追加した名前を［ゾーン名］に入力してください (たとえば、\n" +"ゾーン名 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> はアドレス <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> に対応します)。その後\n" +" ［ゾーン種類］を選択して［追加］を押してください。\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\nsupported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\nForward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\nForward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" -msgstr "新しいIPv6逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスの一部を入力し、その後ろに\n<tt>%1</tt>を追加した名前を［ゾーン名］に入力してください。ゾーン名の入力に際して、いくつかの書式が対応しています:\n標準の書式: <tt>%2</tt>;\n転送書式:<tt>%3</tt>;\nネットマスク指定なしの転送書式: <tt>%4</tt>\n(デフォルトの<tt>64</tt>ビットのネットマスクが使用されます)\n" +msgid "" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" +"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" +"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" +"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" +"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいIPv6逆引きゾーンを追加するには、逆引きの対象となるアドレスの一部を入力し、その後ろに\n" +"<tt>%1</tt>を追加した名前を［ゾーン名］に入力してください。ゾーン名の入力に際して、いくつかの書式が対応しています:\n" +"標準の書式: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" +"転送書式:<tt>%3</tt>;\n" +"ネットマスク指定なしの転送書式: <tt>%4</tt>\n" +"(デフォルトの<tt>64</tt>ビットのネットマスクが使用されます)\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 -msgid "To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\nmail servers, select it, and click Edit.\nTo remove a configured zone, select it and click Delete.\n" -msgstr "ゾーンの転送方法や名前、電子メールサーバなど、ゾーンの設定を\n変更するには、該当する項目を選択して［編集］をクリックしてください。\n設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選択して［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" +"mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" +"To remove a configured zone, select it and click Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"ゾーンの転送方法や名前、電子メールサーバなど、ゾーンの設定を\n" +"変更するには、該当する項目を選択して［編集］をクリックしてください。\n" +"設定したゾーンを削除するには、削除する項目を選択して［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 -msgid "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \nUse this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\nto the zone.\n" -msgstr "<big>DDNSとゾーントランスポート</big> \nこのダイアログでは、ゾーンのダイナミックDNSの設定変更\nおよびゾーンへのアクセスの制御を行うことができます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" +"to the zone.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DDNSとゾーントランスポート</big> \n" +"このダイアログでは、ゾーンのダイナミックDNSの設定変更\n" +"およびゾーンへのアクセスの制御を行うことができます。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 -msgid "\nTo allow dynamic updates of the zone, set Allow Dynamic Updates\nand select the TSIG Key. At least one TSIG key must be defined\nbefore the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" -msgstr "\nゾーンを動的に更新できるようにするには、［動的更新の許可］を設定し、\n［TSIGキー］を選択します。ゾーンの動的な更新を許可する前に、\n少なくともTSIGキーを1つ定義しておく必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set Allow Dynamic Updates\n" +"and select the TSIG Key. At least one TSIG key must be defined\n" +"before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ゾーンを動的に更新できるようにするには、［動的更新の許可］を設定し、\n" +"［TSIGキー］を選択します。ゾーンの動的な更新を許可する前に、\n" +"少なくともTSIGキーを1つ定義しておく必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 -msgid "\nTo allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\nand select the ACLs to check when a remote host\nattempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\nto allow zone transports." -msgstr "\nゾーンの転送を許可するには、［ゾーン転送を有効にする］を選択し、\nリモートホストでゾーンを転送するときに有効にされる［ACL］を\n選択してください。ゾーンの転送を許可する前に、\n少なくとも1つACLを定義しておく必要があります。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\n" +"and select the ACLs to check when a remote host\n" +"attempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\n" +"to allow zone transports." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ゾーンの転送を許可するには、［ゾーン転送を有効にする］を選択し、\n" +"リモートホストでゾーンを転送するときに有効にされる［ACL］を\n" +"選択してください。ゾーンの転送を許可する前に、\n" +"少なくとも1つACLを定義しておく必要があります。" #. Zone Editor - Help #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 -msgid "\nReverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\nSelect the Automatically Generate Records From\ncheck-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.\n" -msgstr "\n逆引きゾーンのレコードは、他のマスタゾーンから生成することができます。\nこれを行うには、［以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成］チェックボックスをオンにし、\nどのゾーンから生成するかを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" +"Select the Automatically Generate Records From\n" +"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"逆引きゾーンのレコードは、他のマスタゾーンから生成することができます。\n" +"これを行うには、［以下のものから自動的にレコードを生成］チェックボックスをオンにし、\n" +"どのゾーンから生成するかを選択してください。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 -msgid "\nIf this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\nfrom the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." -msgstr "\nこのゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何であるかを\n接続済み逆引きゾーン の項目から知ることができます。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" +"from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このゾーンが逆引きゾーンでない場合は、現在のゾーンから作成されたゾーンが何であるかを\n" +"接続済み逆引きゾーン の項目から知ることができます。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 -msgid "<big>NS Records</big> \nTo add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\nTo remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\nDelete.\n" -msgstr "<big>NSレコード</big> \n新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力し、［追加］をクリックしてください。\n示されたネームサーバのいずれかを削除するには、リストから選択して\n［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>NS Records</big> \n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" +"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" +"Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>NSレコード</big> \n" +"新しいネームサーバを追加するには、ネームサーバのアドレスを入力し、［追加］をクリックしてください。\n" +"示されたネームサーバのいずれかを削除するには、リストから選択して\n" +"［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 -msgid "<big>MX Records</big> \nTo add a new mail server, enter the Address and Priority\nand click Add.\nTo remove one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\nDelete.\n" -msgstr "<big>MXレコード</big> \n新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの［アドレス］と［優先度］を入力し、\n［追加］をクリックしてください。\n示されたメールサーバのいずれかを削除するには、リストから選択して\n［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>MX Records</big> \n" +"To add a new mail server, enter the Address and Priority\n" +"and click Add.\n" +"To remove one of the listed mail servers, select it and click\n" +"Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>MXレコード</big> \n" +"新しいメールサーバを追加するには、メールサーバの［アドレス］と［優先度］を入力し、\n" +"［追加］をクリックしてください。\n" +"示されたメールサーバのいずれかを削除するには、リストから選択して\n" +"［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 -msgid "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \nchanged on\nthe master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\nentire zone).\n" -msgstr "［シリアル番号］はマスタサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを\n判断する情報と\nして使用します(この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要なときに必要な部分だけゾーンを\n更新できることになります)。\n" +msgid "" +"Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" +"changed on\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" +"entire zone).\n" +msgstr "" +"［シリアル番号］はマスタサーバでゾーンを変更したかどうかを\n" +"判断する情報と\n" +"して使用します(この仕組みにより、セカンダリサーバは必要なときに必要な部分だけゾーンを\n" +"更新できることになります)。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 -msgid "TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\nzone that do not have an explicit TTL." -msgstr "［TTL］は、明示的なTTLを持たないゾーンのすべてのレコードの\n残存時間を指定します。" +msgid "" +"TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" +"zone that do not have an explicit TTL." +msgstr "" +"［TTL］は、明示的なTTLを持たないゾーンのすべてのレコードの\n" +"残存時間を指定します。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 -msgid "Expiration means the period after which the zone expires on slave\nservers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" -msgstr "［有効期限］は、スレーブサーバでゾーンが期限切れになり、ゾーンが\n同期化されるまでスレーブサーバが応答を停止する期間を表します。\n" +msgid "" +"Expiration means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" +"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"［有効期限］は、スレーブサーバでゾーンが期限切れになり、ゾーンが\n" +"同期化されるまでスレーブサーバが応答を停止する期間を表します。\n" +"" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "<big>Records</big> \nIn this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\nrecords, set the Record Key, Type, and Value then\nclick Add." -msgstr "<big>レコード</big> \nこのダイアログでは、ゾーンのリソースレコードを編集します。新しいリソースレコードを\n追加するには、［レコードキー］、［タイプ］、および［値］を設定し、\n［追加］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Records</big> \n" +"In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" +"records, set the Record Key, Type, and Value then\n" +"click Add." +msgstr "" +"<big>レコード</big> \n" +"このダイアログでは、ゾーンのリソースレコードを編集します。新しいリソースレコードを\n" +"追加するには、［レコードキー］、［タイプ］、および［値］を設定し、\n" +"［追加］をクリックします。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 -msgid "To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\nand click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\nDelete." -msgstr "既存のレコードを変更するには、変更するレコードを選択し、\n必要なエントリを修正し、変更をクリックします。レコードを削除するには、削除するレコードを選択し、\n[削除]をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" +"and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"既存のレコードを変更するには、変更するレコードを選択し、\n" +"必要なエントリを修正し、変更をクリックします。レコードを削除するには、削除するレコードを選択し、\n" +"[削除]をクリックします。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 -msgid "\nEach type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" -msgstr "\nレコードの各タイプは、RFC内に定義された独自の構文があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"レコードの各タイプは、RFC内に定義された独自の構文があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 -msgid "A: Domain Name Translation:\nRecord Key is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \nhostname followed by a dot.\n Value is an IP address." -msgstr "A: ドメイン名変換:\n［レコードキー］は、ドメインのないホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n完全修飾ホスト名です。\n ［値］はIPアドレスです。" +msgid "" +"A: Domain Name Translation:\n" +"Record Key is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" +"hostname followed by a dot.\n" +" Value is an IP address." +msgstr "" +"A: ドメイン名変換:\n" +"［レコードキー］は、ドメインのないホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" +"完全修飾ホスト名です。\n" +" ［値］はIPアドレスです。" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name:\nRecord Key is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\nqualified hostname followed by a dot.\nValue is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\nqualified hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by\nan A record.\n" -msgstr "CNAME: ドメイン名の別名:\n［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n完全修飾ホスト名です。\n［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n完全修飾ホスト名です。この値は、Aレコードで定義されている\n必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"CNAME: Alias for Domain Name:\n" +"Record Key is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" +"qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" +"Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" +"qualified hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by\n" +"an A record.\n" +msgstr "" +"CNAME: ドメイン名の別名:\n" +"［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" +"完全修飾ホスト名です。\n" +"［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" +"完全修飾ホスト名です。この値は、Aレコードで定義されている\n" +"必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 -msgid "NS: Name Server:\nRecord Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\ndomain name followed by a dot.\nValue is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\nhostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" -msgstr "NS: ネームサーバ:\n［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するゾーン名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n絶対的なドメイン名です。\n［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n完全修飾ホスト名です。この値は、Aレコードで定義されている必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"NS: Name Server:\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" +"domain name followed by a dot.\n" +"Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" +"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" +msgstr "" +"NS: ネームサーバ:\n" +"［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するゾーン名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" +"絶対的なドメイン名です。\n" +"［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" +"完全修飾ホスト名です。この値は、Aレコードで定義されている必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 -msgid "MX: Mail Relay:\nRecord Key is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\nor an absolute hostname or zone name followed by a dot.\nValue is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\nhostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" -msgstr "MX: メールリレー:\n［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名またはゾーン名、\nあるいはその後に「.」を追加した絶対的なホスト名またはゾーン名です。\n［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n完全修飾ホスト名です。この値は、Aレコードで定義されている必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"MX: Mail Relay:\n" +"Record Key is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" +"or an absolute hostname or zone name followed by a dot.\n" +"Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" +"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" +msgstr "" +"MX: メールリレー:\n" +"［レコードキー］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名またはゾーン名、\n" +"あるいはその後に「.」を追加した絶対的なホスト名またはゾーン名です。\n" +"［値］は、現在のゾーンに関連するホスト名、またはその後に「.」を追加した\n" +"完全修飾ホスト名です。この値は、Aレコードで定義されている必要があります。\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 -msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation:\nRecord Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\nfollowed by a dot\n(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\nValue is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" -msgstr "PTR: 逆変換:\n［レコードキー］は、IPアドレスから導出され、\nその後に「.」が追加された完全な逆引きゾーン名です\n(例: IPアドレス<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>の場合は<tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>)。\nまたは現在のゾーンに関連した逆引きゾーン名の一部です\n(例: ゾーン<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>の\nIPアドレス<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>は<tt>1</tt>)。\n［値］は、その後に「.」が追加された完全修飾ホスト名です。\n" +msgid "" +"PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" +"Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" +"followed by a dot\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" +"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" +"Value is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" +msgstr "" +"PTR: 逆変換:\n" +"［レコードキー］は、IPアドレスから導出され、\n" +"その後に「.」が追加された完全な逆引きゾーン名です\n" +"(例: IPアドレス<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>の場合は<tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>)。\n" +"または現在のゾーンに関連した逆引きゾーン名の一部です\n" +"(例: ゾーン<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>の\n" +"IPアドレス<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>は<tt>1</tt>)。\n" +"［値］は、その後に「.」が追加された完全修飾ホスト名です。\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 -msgid "<big>Finishing the Configuration</big>\nCheck the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" -msgstr "<big>設定を終了する</big>\n設定を終了する前に、入力された設定を確認してください。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Finishing the Configuration</big>\n" +"Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>設定を終了する</big>\n" +"設定を終了する前に、入力された設定を確認してください。 \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "Select Open Port in Firewall to adapt the\nSuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." -msgstr "［ファイアウォールのポートを開く］を選択し、\nSuSEfirewall2設定がDNSサーバに対するすべての接続を許可するように設定します。" +msgid "" +"Select Open Port in Firewall to adapt the\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." +msgstr "" +"［ファイアウォールのポートを開く］を選択し、\n" +"SuSEfirewall2設定がDNSサーバに対するすべての接続を許可するように設定します。" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 -msgid "\nTo start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \nstart-up behavior to On. Otherwise set it to Off. \n" -msgstr "\nコンピュータをブートする際にDNSサーバを起動するには、［起動時の動作］を\n［オン］に、そうでない場合は［オフ］に設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" +"start-up behavior to On. Otherwise set it to Off. \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"コンピュータをブートする際にDNSサーバを起動するには、［起動時の動作］を\n" +"［オン］に、そうでない場合は［オフ］に設定します。\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 -msgid "\nTo store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\nset LDAP Support Active." -msgstr "\nDNSゾーンをネイティブな環境設定ファイルではなく、LDAPに保存するには、\n［LDAPサポートを有効にする］を設定します。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" +"set LDAP Support Active." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DNSゾーンをネイティブな環境設定ファイルではなく、LDAPに保存するには、\n" +"［LDAPサポートを有効にする］を設定します。" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 -msgid "\nTo enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\nDNS Server Expert Configuration." -msgstr "\nDNSサーバの環境設定をエキスパートモードにするには、\n［DNSサーバのエキスパート環境設定］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" +"DNS Server Expert Configuration." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DNSサーバの環境設定をエキスパートモードにするには、\n" +"［DNSサーバのエキスパート環境設定］をクリックします。" #. slave zone help text 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "<big>Slave DNS Zone</big> \nEach slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\nMaster DNS Server IP to define the master name server." -msgstr "<big>スレーブDNSゾーン</big> \n各スレーブゾーンにマスタネームサーバを定義する必要があります。 \nマスタネームサーバは［マスタDNSサーバのIP］で定義します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Slave DNS Zone</big> \n" +"Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" +"Master DNS Server IP to define the master name server." +msgstr "" +"<big>スレーブDNSゾーン</big> \n" +"各スレーブゾーンにマスタネームサーバを定義する必要があります。 \n" +"マスタネームサーバは［マスタDNSサーバのIP］で定義します。" #. slave zone help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 -msgid "<big>Zone Transport</big> \nTo allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\nand select the ACLs to check when a remote host\nattempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\nto allow zone transports." -msgstr "<big>ゾーン転送</big> \nゾーンの転送を許可するには、［ゾーン転送を有効にする］を選択し、\nリモートホストでゾーンを転送するときに有効にされる［ACL］を\n選択してください。ゾーンの転送を許可する前に、\n少なくとも1つACLを定義しておく必要があります。" +msgid "" +"<big>Zone Transport</big> \n" +"To allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\n" +"and select the ACLs to check when a remote host\n" +"attempts to transfer the zone. At least one ACL must be defined\n" +"to allow zone transports." +msgstr "" +"<big>ゾーン転送</big> \n" +"ゾーンの転送を許可するには、［ゾーン転送を有効にする］を選択し、\n" +"リモートホストでゾーンを転送するときに有効にされる［ACL］を\n" +"選択してください。ゾーンの転送を許可する前に、\n" +"少なくとも1つACLを定義しておく必要があります。" #. forward zone help text 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 -msgid "<big>Forward DNS Zone</big> \nThis type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\ndefined in it." -msgstr "<big>DNSゾーンの転送</big> \nこのタイプのDNSゾーンは、ゾーン内で定義された転送機能に、DNSクエリを転送するだけです。" +msgid "" +"<big>Forward DNS Zone</big> \n" +"This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" +"defined in it." +msgstr "" +"<big>DNSゾーンの転送</big> \n" +"このタイプのDNSゾーンは、ゾーン内で定義された転送機能に、DNSクエリを転送するだけです。" #. forward zone help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\nfor the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\nserver to which that query should be forwarded." +msgid "" +"If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" +"for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" +"server to which that query should be forwarded." msgstr "転送機能が定義されていない場合、クエリが転送されるべき先のDNSサーバがないため、各ゾーンのDNSクエリはすべて否認されます。" #. %1 is usually an IP address @@ -1931,8 +2536,12 @@ msgstr "完了" #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 -msgid "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\nError: " -msgstr "netconfig を呼び出す際にエラーが発生しました。\nエラー: " +msgid "" +"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" +"Error: " +msgstr "" +"netconfig を呼び出す際にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"エラー: " #. DNS server read dialog caption #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 @@ -2001,8 +2610,12 @@ #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 -msgid "Error occurred while starting service named.\n\n" -msgstr "指定のサービスの開始中にエラーが発生しました。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Error occurred while starting service named.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"指定のサービスの開始中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 @@ -2042,8 +2655,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 -msgid "Installation of required packages failed.\nLDAP support will not be active." -msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。\nLDAP サポートは無効です。" +msgid "" +"Installation of required packages failed.\n" +"LDAP support will not be active." +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。\n" +"LDAP サポートは無効です。" #. BNC #679960 #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 @@ -2069,4 +2686,3 @@ #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "%1 の作成中にエラーが発生しました。LDAPを使用していません。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -108,8 +108,14 @@ msgstr "警告: YaST2 DRBDモジュールにより、\n" #: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 -msgid "included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n\nDo you want to continue?" -msgstr "DRBD用に組み込まれたファイルはすべて、サポートされているスキーマに名前変更されます。\n\n続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"DRBD用に組み込まれたファイルはすべて、サポートされているスキーマに名前変更されます。\n" +"\n" +"続行しますか?" #: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" @@ -154,23 +160,43 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>DRBD設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DRBD設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>DRBD設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DRBD設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54 msgid "Start to configure DRBD." @@ -181,8 +207,20 @@ msgstr "<big>DRBDの起動設定</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 -msgid "Booting:\n\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n\t\t" -msgstr "ブート:\n\t\t\tDRBDサーバを今すぐ起動する場合、およびブート時に起動する場合、［オン］を選択します。\n\t\t\t［オフ］を選択すると、DRBDサーバは手動でのみ起動します。\n\t\t起動/停止:\n\t\t\tDRBDサーバを今すぐ起動または停止します。\n\t\t" +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" +"ブート:\n" +"\t\t\tDRBDサーバを今すぐ起動する場合、およびブート時に起動する場合、［オン］を選択します。\n" +"\t\t\t［オフ］を選択すると、DRBDサーバは手動でのみ起動します。\n" +"\t\t起動/停止:\n" +"\t\t\tDRBDサーバを今すぐ起動または停止します。\n" +"\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86 @@ -190,24 +228,114 @@ msgstr "<big>DRBDのリソース設定</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 -msgid "Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n\t\t" -msgstr "リソースを追加、編集、または削除するには、［追加］、［編集］、または［削除］ボタンをそれぞれクリックします\n\t\t" +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" +"リソースを追加、編集、または削除するには、［追加］、［編集］、または［削除］ボタンをそれぞれクリックします\n" +"\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 -msgid "\n\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and r etrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n\t\t" -msgstr "\n\t\t［名前］は必須で、いずれかのノードのLinuxホスト名(uname -n)と一致する必要があります。ホスト名に「.」を含めないでください。\n\t\t［アドレス:ポート］: リソースにはデバイスごとに1つのIPアドレスが必要です。これは、デバイスに接続するためにパートナーデバイスからの受信接続を待機するのに使用されます。各DRBDリソースには、ノードのパートナデバイスへの接続に使用するTCPポートが必要です。\n\t\t［デバイス］: 記述するリソースのブロックデバイスノードの名前。お使いのアプリケーション(ファイルシステム)ではこのデバイスを使用する必要があります。ディスクのマイナー番号に続くディスクパラメータで指定した低レベルのブロックデバイスは使用しないでください。それ以外の場合、名前、またはminorという単語とその番号は省略できます。名前を省略すると、デフォルトの/dev/drbd「minor number」が使用されます。\n\t\t例: 「/dev/drbd{service} minor {マイナーdrbd番号[0...255]}」または「/dev/drbd{マイナーdrbd番号[0...255]}」\n\t\t［ディスク］: DRBDはこのブロックデバイスを使用して、データを実際に保存および取得します。デバイス上でDRBDが実行中にこのようなデバイスにアクセスしないでください。\n\t\t［メタディスク］: 内部。内部とは、バッキングデバイスの最後の部分がメタデータの保存に使用されることを意味します。\n\t\t［ノードID］: ノードIDは、drbdの内部値であり、yastによって自動的に生成されます。ホストは、リソースごとに異なる「ノードID」を指定できます。\n\t\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\t［名前］は必須で、いずれかのノードのLinuxホスト名(uname -n)と一致する必要があります。ホスト名に「.」を含めないでください。\n" +"\t\t［アドレス:ポート］: リソースにはデバイスごとに1つのIPアドレスが必要です。これは、デバイスに接続するためにパートナーデバイスからの受信接続を待機するのに使用されます。各DRBDリソースには、ノードのパートナデバイスへの接続に使用するTCPポートが必要です。\n" +"\t\t［デバイス］: 記述するリソースのブロックデバイスノードの名前。お使いのアプリケーション(ファイルシステム)ではこのデバイスを使用する必要があります。ディスクのマイナー番号に続くディスクパラメータで指定した低レベルのブロックデバイスは使用しないでください。それ以外の場合、名前、またはminorという単語とその番号は省略できます。名前を省略すると、デフォルトの/dev/drbd「minor number」が使用されます。\n" +"\t\t例: 「/dev/drbd{service} minor {マイナーdrbd番号[0...255]}」または「/dev/drbd{マイナーdrbd番号[0...255]}」\n" +"\t\t［ディスク］: DRBDはこのブロックデバイスを使用して、データを実際に保存および取得します。デバイス上でDRBDが実行中にこのようなデバイスにアクセスしないでください。\n" +"\t\t［メタディスク］: 内部。内部とは、バッキングデバイスの最後の部分がメタデータの保存に使用されることを意味します。\n" +"\t\t［ノードID］: ノードIDは、drbdの内部値であり、yastによって自動的に生成されます。ホストは、リソースごとに異なる「ノードID」を指定できます。\n" +"\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 -msgid "\n\t\tProtocol\n\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n\n\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n\n\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/ IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n\n\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/se c.\n\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n\t\t" -msgstr "\n\t\tプロトコル\n\t\tプロトコルA: 書き込みIOは、ローカルディスクとローカルTCP送信バッファに到達した場合に完了と報告されます。\n\t\tプロトコルB: 書き込みIOは、ローカルディスクとリモートバッファキャッシュに到達した場合に完了と報告されます。\n\t\tプロトコルC: 書き込みIOは、ローカルディスクとリモートディスクの両方に到達した場合に完了と報告されます。\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n\t\twfc-timeout: 接続タイムアウトまで待機します。\n\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: このノードが機能低下クラスタだった場合、接続タイムアウトまで待機します。\n\n\t\ton-io-error: より低レベルのデバイスから上の層にio-errorが報告された場合の動作。\n\t\tsndbuf-size: TCPソケット送信バッファのサイ� ��。\n\t\tmax-buffers: DRBDによって割り当てられる要求の最大数。\n\n\t\ttimeout: パートナーノードが1/10秒以内に予期された応答パケットを送信できない場合、パートナーノードは停止状態とみなされ、TCP/IP接続は破棄されます。これはconnect-intおよびping-intより低くする必要があります。デフォルト値は60 (6秒)で、単位は0.1秒です。\n\t\tconnect-int: ピアがキープアライブパケットに応答するまでの時間。この時間内にピアの応答を受信しなかった場合、ピアは停止状態とみなされます。デフォルト値は500msで、デフォルトの単位は100msです。\n\t\tping-int: ピアがキープアライブパケットに応答するまでの時間。\n\n\t\tmax-epoch-size: 書き込みバリア間のデータブロックの最大数。\n\t\tko-count: タ� ��ムアウトのカウント回数、2番目のノードが1つの書き込み要求を完了できない場合、そのノードはクラスタから除外されます。デフォルト値は0で、この機能を無効にします。\n\t\trate: DRBD上でアプリケーションが円滑に動作するよう、バックグラウンド同期処理で使用可能な帯域幅を制限できます。デフォルトは250KB/秒で、デフォルトの単位はKB/秒です。\n\t\tal-extents: ホット領域(=アクティブセット)が取得可能なサイズを制御するパラメータ。デフォルトのエクステント数は127です(最小: 7、最大: 3843)。\n\t\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\tプロトコル\n" +"\t\tプロトコルA: 書き込みIOは、ローカルディスクとローカルTCP送信バッファに到達した場合に完了と報告されます。\n" +"\t\tプロトコルB: 書き込みIOは、ローカルディスクとリモートバッファキャッシュに到達した場合に完了と報告されます。\n" +"\t\tプロトコルC: 書き込みIOは、ローカルディスクとリモートディスクの両方に到達した場合に完了と報告されます。\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: 接続タイムアウトまで待機します。\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: このノードが機能低下クラスタだった場合、接続タイムアウトまで待機します。\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: より低レベルのデバイスから上の層にio-errorが報告された場合の動作。\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: TCPソケット送信バッファのサイズ。\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: DRBDによって割り当てられる要求の最大数。\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: パートナーノードが1/10秒以内に予期された応答パケットを送信できない場合、パートナーノードは停止状態とみなされ、TCP/IP接続は破棄されます。これはconnect-intおよびping-intより低くする必要があります。デフォルト値は60 (6秒)で、単位は0.1秒です。\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: ピアがキープアライブパケットに応答するまでの時間。この時間内にピアの応答を受信しなかった場合、ピアは停止状態とみなされます。デフォルト値は500msで、デフォルトの単位は100msです。\n" +"\t\tping-int: ピアがキープアライブパケットに応答するまでの時間。\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: 書き込みバリア間のデータブロックの最大数。\n" +"\t\tko-count: タイムアウトのカウント回数、2番目のノードが1つの書き込み要求を完了できない場合、そのノードはクラスタから除外されます。デフォルト値は0で、この機能を無効にします。\n" +"\t\trate: DRBD上でアプリケーションが円滑に動作するよう、バックグラウンド同期処理で使用可能な帯域幅を制限できます。デフォルトは250KB/秒で、デフォルトの単位はKB/秒です。\n" +"\t\tal-extents: ホット領域(=アクティブセット)が取得可能なサイズを制御するパラメータ。デフォルトのエクステント数は127です(最小: 7、最大: 3843)。\n" +"\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 msgid "<big>LVM Configuration</big>" msgstr "<big>LVM設定</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 -msgid "\n\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor examp le, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n\n\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n\n\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n\n\t\t" -msgstr "\n\t\tLVM設定ファイル/etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n\t\tLVMをDRBDで使用するには、LVM設定ファイルの一部のオプションを変更し、ノード上の古いキャッシュエントリを削除する必要があります。\t\tファイルのレイアウトなどの詳細については、「man lvm.conf」を参照してください。\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n\t\tデバイスフィルタ: これは、物理ボリューム署名を得るためにLVMがスキャンするデバイスのリストから基礎ブロックデバイスをマスクします。こうすることによって、基礎バッキングブロックデバイスからではなくDRBDデバイスから物理ボリューム署名を読み込むようにLVMに指示します。\t\t自動フィルタ: drbdの設定に従って、LVMフィルタは常に自動的に変更されます。これを手動で変更するには、［自動フィルタ］� �チェックボックスをオフにします。\n\t\tこのフィルタは、一連の正規表現から構成されます。これらの表現は、好きな文字で区切ることができ、「a」(受け入れ)または「r」(拒否)を接頭辞として付けることができます。\t\tたとえば、[「r|/dev/sda.*|」]のようにフィルタを設定します。\n\n\t\tLVMキャッシュ: LVMキャッシュの書き込みは有効/オンがデフォルトです。drbdをLVMに組み合わせるときは、LVMキャッシュを無効にしてください。\n\n\t\tLVMetad: lvmetadを有効にすると、ボリュームグループのメタデータおよびPVステートフラグは、lvmetadインスタンスから取得され、個々のコマンドによってスキャンが実行されることはありません。 lvmetadのキャッシュをノード間で同期することはできないため、ユーザはクラスタ環境ではlvmetadを無効にすることをお勧めします。\n\n\t\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t\tLVM設定ファイル/etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +"\t\tLVMをDRBDで使用するには、LVM設定ファイルの一部のオプションを変更し、ノード上の古いキャッシュエントリを削除する必要があります。\t\tファイルのレイアウトなどの詳細については、「man lvm.conf」を参照してください。\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\tデバイスフィルタ: これは、物理ボリューム署名を得るためにLVMがスキャンするデバイスのリストから基礎ブロックデバイスをマスクします。こうすることによって、基礎バッキングブロックデバイスからではなくDRBDデバイスから物理ボリューム署名を読み込むようにLVMに指示します。\t\t自動フィルタ: drbdの設定に従って、LVMフィルタは常に自動的に変更されます。これを手動で変更するには、［自動フィルタ］のチェックボックスをオフにします。\n" +"\t\tこのフィルタは、一連の正規表現から構成されます。これらの表現は、好きな文字で区切ることができ、「a」(受け入れ)または「r」(拒否)を接頭辞として付けることができます。\t\tたとえば、[「r|/dev/sda.*|」]のようにフィルタを設定します。\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVMキャッシュ: LVMキャッシュの書き込みは有効/オンがデフォルトです。drbdをLVMに組み合わせるときは、LVMキャッシュを無効にしてください。\n" +"\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: lvmetadを有効にすると、ボリュームグループのメタデータおよびPVステートフラグは、lvmetadインスタンスから取得され、個々のコマンドによってスキャンが実行されることはありません。 lvmetadのキャッシュをノード間で同期することはできないため、ユーザはクラスタ環境ではlvmetadを無効にすることをお勧めします。\n" +"\n" +"\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" @@ -218,58 +346,131 @@ msgstr "drbdadm の正常性確認の 1 つを無効にするには、［IP 検証の無効化］を選択してください。" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 -msgid "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n limited logging capacity.\n The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " -msgstr "ダイアログ更新: ユーザダイアログが表示されると、そこでは開いた時点からの秒がカウントされ\n 表示されます。シリアル端末で出力が制限されているコンソールに接続している場合、\n これを無効化することができます。\n \n ダイアログは 'ダイアログ更新' で設定した秒数ごとにカウントするほか、\n 0 に設定することで再描画を停止させることもできます。" +msgid "" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" +" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" +" limited logging capacity.\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " +msgstr "" +"ダイアログ更新: ユーザダイアログが表示されると、そこでは開いた時点からの秒がカウントされ\n" +" 表示されます。シリアル端末で出力が制限されているコンソールに接続している場合、\n" +" これを無効化することができます。\n" +" \n" +" ダイアログは 'ダイアログ更新' で設定した秒数ごとにカウントするほか、\n" +" 0 に設定することで再描画を停止させることもできます。" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 -msgid "Minor Count:\n use this if you want to define more resources later\n without reloading the module.\n by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n as configured mentioned in this file. " -msgstr "マイナーカウント:\n モジュールの再読み込みを行わずにより多くの資源を定義したい場合に使用します。\n \n デフォルトでは、このファイルに記載されたデバイス数と同じだけの\n モジュールを読み込みます。" +msgid "" +"Minor Count:\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " +msgstr "" +"マイナーカウント:\n" +" モジュールの再読み込みを行わずにより多くの資源を定義したい場合に使用します。\n" +" \n" +" デフォルトでは、このファイルに記載されたデバイス数と同じだけの\n" +" モジュールを読み込みます。" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155 -msgid "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \nConfigure drbd here. \n" -msgstr "<big>DRBD設定</big> \nここでDRBDを設定します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DRBD設定</big> \n" +"ここでDRBDを設定します。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159 -msgid "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \nChoose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\nIf your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\nThen press Configure.\n" -msgstr "<big>DRBD の追加:</big> \n検出された DRBD の一覧の中から選択してください。\nKdump が検出されない場合は、［その他 (未検出)］を選んで\n［設定］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"Then press Configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DRBD の追加:</big> \n" +"検出された DRBD の一覧の中から選択してください。\n" +"Kdump が検出されない場合は、［その他 (未検出)］を選んで\n" +"［設定］を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nIf you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\nthe configuration opens.\n" -msgstr "<big>変更:</big> \n［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>変更:</big> \n" +"［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172 -msgid "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\nedit their configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>DRBDの設定概要</big> \nインストール済みDRBDの概要が表示されます。\n設定を編集することもできます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DRBDの設定概要</big> \n" +"インストール済みDRBDの概要が表示されます。\n" +"設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178 -msgid "<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \nPress Add to configure a drbd." -msgstr "<big>DRBD の追加:</big> \n［追加］ボタンを押すと DRBD を設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." +msgstr "" +"<big>DRBD の追加:</big> \n" +"［追加］ボタンを押すと DRBD を設定することができます。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nChoose a drbd to change or remove.\nThen press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集／削除:</big> \n編集または削除する DRBD を選び、\n［編集］または［削除］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" +"Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集／削除:</big> \n" +"編集または削除する DRBD を選び、\n" +"［編集］または［削除］を押してください。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 -msgid "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \nPress Next to continue.\n " -msgstr "<big>環境設定1</big> \n［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" +"Press Next to continue.\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定1</big> \n" +"［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" +" " #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206 -msgid "<big>Selecting Something</big> \nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" -msgstr "<big>選択中</big> \n選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。 :-)\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" +"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>選択中</big> \n" +"選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。 :-)\n" +" " #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200 -msgid "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \nPress Next to continue.\n \n" -msgstr "<big>環境設定2</big> \n［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" +"Press Next to continue.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定2</big> \n" +"［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" +" \n" #. Default is always true (auto) #: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 @@ -412,8 +613,12 @@ msgstr "設定を適用する" #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96 -msgid "To propagate this configuration ,\ncopy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." -msgstr "この設定を伝達するには、\n設定ファイル '/etc/drbd.conf' を残りのノードに手動でコピーしてください。" +msgid "" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." +msgstr "" +"この設定を伝達するには、\n" +"設定ファイル '/etc/drbd.conf' を残りのノードに手動でコピーしてください。" #. } #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141 @@ -536,8 +741,12 @@ msgstr "drbdadmのテスト用にdrbd.confをクリーンアップできませんでした" #: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548 -msgid "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n%2" -msgstr "リソース %1 の無効な設定\n%2" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"リソース %1 の無効な設定\n" +"%2" #: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" @@ -595,4 +804,3 @@ #: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "ディレクトリ/etc/drbd.dを作成できませんでした" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -46,8 +46,12 @@ #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 -msgid "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\nCommand %1 failed." -msgstr "FCoEインタフェースを削除できません。\nコマンド %1 が失敗しました。" +msgid "" +"Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" +"Command %1 failed." +msgstr "" +"FCoEインタフェースを削除できません。\n" +"コマンド %1 が失敗しました。" #. FCoE is not available on the interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 @@ -81,13 +85,25 @@ #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 -msgid "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\nbecause FCoE is already configured on\nnetwork interface %2 itself." -msgstr "FCoEはすでにネットワークインタフェース %2 自身で\n設定済みのため、\nVLANインタフェース %1 上のFCoEを開始できません。" +msgid "" +"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" +"because FCoE is already configured on\n" +"network interface %2 itself." +msgstr "" +"FCoEはすでにネットワークインタフェース %2 自身で\n" +"設定済みのため、\n" +"VLANインタフェース %1 上のFCoEを開始できません。" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 -msgid "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\nbecause FCoE is already configured on\nVLAN interface(s) %2." -msgstr "FCoEはVLAN ンタフェース %2 上で設定済みのため、\nネットワークインタフェース %1 自身でFCoEを開始\nできません。" +msgid "" +"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" +"because FCoE is already configured on\n" +"VLAN interface(s) %2." +msgstr "" +"FCoEはVLAN ンタフェース %2 上で設定済みのため、\n" +"ネットワークインタフェース %1 自身でFCoEを開始\n" +"できません。" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 @@ -96,8 +112,14 @@ #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 -msgid "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\ninterface for discovered VLAN interface %1\non %2 and start the FCoE initiator?" -msgstr "%2 上で検出されたVLANインタフェース %1 に対して\nFCoEネットワークを作成し、FCoEイニシエータ\nを起動してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" +"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" +"on %2 and start the FCoE initiator?" +msgstr "" +"%2 上で検出されたVLANインタフェース %1 に対して\n" +"FCoEネットワークを作成し、FCoEイニシエータ\n" +"を起動してよろしいですか?" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 @@ -110,8 +132,12 @@ msgstr "%2 に対する「%1」コマンドの実行に失敗しました。" #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 -msgid "Creating FCoE interface failed.\nContinue because running in test mode" -msgstr "FCoEインタフェースの作成に失敗しました。\nテストモードで実行中であるため続行します" +msgid "" +"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" +"Continue because running in test mode" +msgstr "" +"FCoEインタフェースの作成に失敗しました。\n" +"テストモードで実行中であるため続行します" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 @@ -120,13 +146,23 @@ #. popup text continues #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 -msgid "Attention:\nMake sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\nRemoving it may result in an unusable system." -msgstr "注:\n使用中のデバイスで必須のインタフェースでないことを確認してください。\n必須のインタフェースを削除してしまうと、システムが使用できなくなります。" +msgid "" +"Attention:\n" +"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" +"Removing it may result in an unusable system." +msgstr "" +"注:\n" +"使用中のデバイスで必須のインタフェースでないことを確認してください。\n" +"必須のインタフェースを削除してしまうと、システムが使用できなくなります。" #. popup text continues #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 -msgid "Don't remove the interface if it's related\nto an already activated multipath device." -msgstr "すでに有効化されているマルチパスデバイスに\n関連するインタフェースは削除しないでください。" +msgid "" +"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" +"to an already activated multipath device." +msgstr "" +"すでに有効化されているマルチパスデバイスに\n" +"関連するインタフェースは削除しないでください。" #. replace values in table #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 @@ -139,13 +175,21 @@ #. text of a warning popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 -msgid "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\ninterface isn't DCB capable." -msgstr "［DCBを必要とする］が［はい］に\n設定されていますが、インタフェースがDCBに対応していません。" +msgid "" +"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" +"interface isn't DCB capable." +msgstr "" +"［DCBを必要とする］が［はい］に\n" +"設定されていますが、インタフェースがDCBに対応していません。" #. text of an information (notify) popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 -msgid "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\nEnabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." -msgstr "サービス「fcoe」を利用するには、サービス「lldpad」を\n有効にする必要があります。サービス「lldpad」を、ブート時に起動するように設定します。" +msgid "" +"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" +"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." +msgstr "" +"サービス「fcoe」を利用するには、サービス「lldpad」を\n" +"有効にする必要があります。サービス「lldpad」を、ブート時に起動するように設定します。" #. radio button: start service on boot #. radio button: start service on boot @@ -287,38 +331,75 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 -msgid "<big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>fcoe-clientの環境設定を準備しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>fcoe-clientの環境設定を準備しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 -msgid "<big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>fcoe-client環境設定の保存中です。</big>\n しばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>fcoe-client環境設定の保存中です。</big>\n" +" しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 -msgid "<big>FcoeClient Configuration</big> \nConfigure fcoe-client here. \n" -msgstr "<big>FCoEクライアントの環境設定</big> \nFCoEクライアントはここで設定してください。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>FcoeClient Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure fcoe-client here. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FCoEクライアントの環境設定</big> \n" +"FCoEクライアントはここで設定してください。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 -msgid "<big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big> \nChoose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\nIf your fcoe-client was not detected, use Other (not detected).\nThen press Configure.\n" -msgstr "<big>FCoEクライアントの追加:</big> \n検出されたFCoEクライアントのリストからFCoEクライアントを選択してください。\nFCoEクライアントが検出されなかった場合は、［その他(検出されない)］を選択し、\n［設定］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big> \n" +"Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" +"If your fcoe-client was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"Then press Configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FCoEクライアントの追加:</big> \n" +"検出されたFCoEクライアントのリストからFCoEクライアントを選択してください。\n" +"FCoEクライアントが検出されなかった場合は、［その他(検出されない)］を選択し、\n" +"［設定］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nIf you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\nthe configuration opens.\n" -msgstr "<big>変更:</big> \n［編集］をクリックすると、環境設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>変更:</big> \n" +"［編集］をクリックすると、環境設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 @@ -372,8 +453,12 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "The values are: \nDebug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." -msgstr "値は次のとおりです。 \nデバッグ: はいまたはいいえ fcoeサービススクリプトとfcoemonのデバッグメッセージを有効/無効にするために使用します。 syslogの使用: はいまたはいいえ はいに設定すると、メッセージがシステムログに送信されます(データは/var/log/messagesログに記録される)。" +msgid "" +"The values are: \n" +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +msgstr "" +"値は次のとおりです。 \n" +"デバッグ: はいまたはいいえ fcoeサービススクリプトとfcoemonのデバッグメッセージを有効/無効にするために使用します。 syslogの使用: はいまたはいいえ はいに設定すると、メッセージがシステムログに送信されます(データは/var/log/messagesログに記録される)。" #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -467,8 +552,14 @@ #. warning if no valid configuration found #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 -msgid "Cannot read config file for %1.\nYou may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\nVLAN interface to get a valid configuration." -msgstr "%1 の環境設定ファイルを読み込めません。\n設定を編集してFCoE VLANインタフェースを\n再作成すると、有効な設定を取得できます。" +msgid "" +"Cannot read config file for %1.\n" +"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" +"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." +msgstr "" +"%1 の環境設定ファイルを読み込めません。\n" +"設定を編集してFCoE VLANインタフェースを\n" +"再作成すると、有効な設定を取得できます。" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 @@ -577,8 +668,12 @@ msgstr "/etc/fcoe/configに設定を書き込めません。" #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 -msgid "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\nFor details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." -msgstr "FCoEインタフェースの設定を書き込めません。\n詳細については、/var/log/YaST2/y2logを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" +"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." +msgstr "" +"FCoEインタフェースの設定を書き込めません。\n" +"詳細については、/var/log/YaST2/y2logを参照してください。" #. Error message #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 @@ -620,4 +715,3 @@ #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -16,8 +16,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 -msgid "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\nThe SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." -msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定を変更できません。\nSuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていません。" +msgid "" +"Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" +"The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." +msgstr "" +"ファイアウォールの設定を変更できません。\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていません。" #. RichText label #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 @@ -36,8 +40,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup text #: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 -msgid "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\nIf you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\nIt would be better to remove the other firewall before\nconfiguring SuSEfirewall2.\nContinue with configuration?\n" -msgstr "システムで別の種類のファイアウォールが有効になっています。\n続行すると、SuSEfirewall2によって定義されていないエラーが発生する場合があります。\n他のファイアウォールを削除してから\nSuSEfirewall2を設定することをお勧めします。\n設定を続行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" +"If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" +"It would be better to remove the other firewall before\n" +"configuring SuSEfirewall2.\n" +"Continue with configuration?\n" +msgstr "" +"システムで別の種類のファイアウォールが有効になっています。\n" +"続行すると、SuSEfirewall2によって定義されていないエラーが発生する場合があります。\n" +"他のファイアウォールを削除してから\n" +"SuSEfirewall2を設定することをお勧めします。\n" +"設定を続行しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline #: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 @@ -46,8 +60,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 -msgid "All changes would be lost.\nReally abort configuration?\n" -msgstr "すべての変更が失われます。\n環境設定を中止しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"All changes would be lost.\n" +"Really abort configuration?\n" +msgstr "" +"すべての変更が失われます。\n" +"環境設定を中止しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 @@ -180,18 +198,46 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 -msgid "<big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big>\n Please wait..." -msgstr "<big>ファイアウォールの環境設定を読み込んでいます</big>\n しばらくお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"<big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big>\n" +" Please wait..." +msgstr "" +"<big>ファイアウォールの環境設定を読み込んでいます</big>\n" +" しばらくお待ちください..." #. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big>\n Please wait..." -msgstr "<big>ファイアウォール設定を保存しています</big>\n しばらくお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big>\n" +" Please wait..." +msgstr "" +"<big>ファイアウォール設定を保存しています</big>\n" +" しばらくお待ちください..." #. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 -msgid "<big>Interfaces</big>\n Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\nby selecting the device in the table and clicking Change.\n\nEnter special strings, like <tt>any</tt>, using \nCustom. You can also enter interfaces not yet configured here.\nIf you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.\n\nEvery network device should be assigned to a firewall zone.\nNetwork traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.\n" -msgstr "<big>インタフェース</big>\n ここでは、テーブルでデバイスを選択し、［変更］をクリックして、\nネットワークデバイスをファイアウォールゾーンに割り当てます。\n\n［カスタム］を使用して、特別な文字列を「<tt>any</tt>」のように\n入力します。ここで設定されていないインタフェースを入力することもできます。\nマスカレードが必要な場合は、文字列「<tt>any</tt>」は使用できません。\n\nすべてのネットワークデバイスをファイアウォールゾーンに割り当てる必要があります。\n未割り当てのインタフェースを介したネットワークトラフィックはブロックされます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Interfaces</big>\n" +" Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" +"by selecting the device in the table and clicking Change.\n" +"\n" +"Enter special strings, like <tt>any</tt>, using \n" +"Custom. You can also enter interfaces not yet configured here.\n" +"If you need masquerading, the string <tt>any</tt> is not allowed.\n" +"\n" +"Every network device should be assigned to a firewall zone.\n" +"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>インタフェース</big>\n" +" ここでは、テーブルでデバイスを選択し、［変更］をクリックして、\n" +"ネットワークデバイスをファイアウォールゾーンに割り当てます。\n" +"\n" +"［カスタム］を使用して、特別な文字列を「<tt>any</tt>」のように\n" +"入力します。ここで設定されていないインタフェースを入力することもできます。\n" +"マスカレードが必要な場合は、文字列「<tt>any</tt>」は使用できません。\n" +"\n" +"すべてのネットワークデバイスをファイアウォールゾーンに割り当てる必要があります。\n" +"未割り当てのインタフェースを介したネットワークトラフィックはブロックされます。\n" #. Network Manager #. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? @@ -206,115 +252,350 @@ #. ), #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 -msgid "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\nNetworks are divided into firewall zones.\n\nTo allow a service, select the Zone and the\nService to Allow then press Add.\nTo remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n\nBy deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\nprotection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\nbe unprotected.\n" -msgstr "<big>許可されるサービス</big>\n ここでは、ネットワークからアクセス可能にするサービスやポートを指定します。\nネットワークは複数のファイアウォールゾーンに分かれています。\n\nサービスを許可するには、［ゾーン］と\n［許可するサービス］を選択して［追加］をクリックします。\n許可したサービスを削除するには、［ゾーン］と［許可するサービス］を選択して［削除］をクリックします。\n\n［ファイアウォールを内部ゾーンから保護する］を選択解除すると、\n内部ゾーンは保護されなくなります。したがって、内部ネットワークの\nすべてのサービスとポートの保護が解除されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" +" Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" +"Networks are divided into firewall zones.\n" +"\n" +"To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" +"Service to Allow then press Add.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" +"\n" +"By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" +"be unprotected.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>許可されるサービス</big>\n" +" ここでは、ネットワークからアクセス可能にするサービスやポートを指定します。\n" +"ネットワークは複数のファイアウォールゾーンに分かれています。\n" +"\n" +"サービスを許可するには、［ゾーン］と\n" +"［許可するサービス］を選択して［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"許可したサービスを削除するには、［ゾーン］と［許可するサービス］を選択して［削除］をクリックします。\n" +"\n" +"［ファイアウォールを内部ゾーンから保護する］を選択解除すると、\n" +"内部ゾーンは保護されなくなります。したがって、内部ネットワークの\n" +"すべてのサービスとポートの保護が解除されます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 -msgid "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\nEntries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\nIP protocols.\nTCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\nport numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\nRPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\nEnter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n\n" -msgstr "追加設定は、［詳細設定］を使用して設定できます。\nエントリはスペースで区切ってください。 TCP、UDP、およびRPCポート、\nさらにIPプロトコルを使用できます。\nTCPおよびUDPポートをポート名(<tt>ftp-data</tt>)、\nポート番号(<tt>3128</tt>)、およびポート範囲(<tt>8000:8520</tt>)として入力できます。\nRPCポートはサービス名(<tt>portmap</tt>または<tt>nlockmgr</tt>)として入力してください。\nIPプロトコルはプロトコル名(<tt>esp</tt>)として入力してください。\n \n" +msgid "" +"Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" +"IP protocols.\n" +"TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" +"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"追加設定は、［詳細設定］を使用して設定できます。\n" +"エントリはスペースで区切ってください。 TCP、UDP、およびRPCポート、\n" +"さらにIPプロトコルを使用できます。\n" +"TCPおよびUDPポートをポート名(<tt>ftp-data</tt>)、\n" +"ポート番号(<tt>3128</tt>)、およびポート範囲(<tt>8000:8520</tt>)として入力できます。\n" +"RPCポートはサービス名(<tt>portmap</tt>または<tt>nlockmgr</tt>)として入力してください。\n" +"IPプロトコルはプロトコル名(<tt>esp</tt>)として入力してください。\n" +" \n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 -msgid "<big>Masquerading</big>\n Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\nyour internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\nfrom the external network to the internal one are blocked.\nSelect Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\nto the external network.\n" -msgstr "<big>マスカレード</big>\n マスカレードは、内部ネットワークをファイアウォールの背後に隠したり、内部ネットワークから外部ネットワーク\n(インターネットなど)への透過的なアクセスを可能にする機能です。外部ネットワーク\nから内部ネットワークへの要求はブロックされます。\nネットワークを外部ネットワークにマスカレードするには、\n［ネットワークをマスカレードする］をオンにします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Masquerading</big>\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" +"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" +"Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" +"to the external network.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>マスカレード</big>\n" +" マスカレードは、内部ネットワークをファイアウォールの背後に隠したり、内部ネットワークから外部ネットワーク\n" +"(インターネットなど)への透過的なアクセスを可能にする機能です。外部ネットワーク\n" +"から内部ネットワークへの要求はブロックされます。\n" +"ネットワークを外部ネットワークにマスカレードするには、\n" +"［ネットワークをマスカレードする］をオンにします。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 -msgid "\nAlthough requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\ntransparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \nTo add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n\nTo removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" -msgstr "\n外部ネットワークから内部ネットワークへのアクセスはすべてブロックされますが、例外的に外部ネットワークからの\n特定ポートへのアクセスを内部ネットワークに転送するよう設定することができます。\n新しい転送ルールを追加するには、［追加］を押して転送設定の項目を入力してください。\n\n転送ルールを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで［削除］を押します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" +"\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"外部ネットワークから内部ネットワークへのアクセスはすべてブロックされますが、例外的に外部ネットワークからの\n" +"特定ポートへのアクセスを内部ネットワークに転送するよう設定することができます。\n" +"新しい転送ルールを追加するには、［追加］を押して転送設定の項目を入力してください。\n" +"\n" +"転送ルールを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで［削除］を押します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 -msgid "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \nneighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\nFor example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n\nSuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\nports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\nparticular zones.\n\nOther dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\nTo suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\nfor the desired zones.\n" -msgstr "<big>ブロードキャストの環境設定</big>\n ブロードキャストパケットは、隣接コンピュータを探したりネットワーク内の各コンピュータに情報を送信\nするためにネットワーク全体に送信される特別なUDPパケットです。\nたとえば、CUPSサーバは、ブロードキャストパケットを使用して印刷キューに関する情報を送信します。\n\n許可されるインタフェースで選択されたSuSEfirewall2サービスによって、必要なブロードキャストポートが\nここに自動的に追加されます。ポートを削除したり追加するには、特定のゾーンに関するスペースで区切られたポートの\nリストを編集します。\n\n他のドロップされたブロードキャストパケットはログに記録されます。広範なネットワークには、大量のパケットが存在する可能性があり� ��す。\nこれらのパケットの記録を抑制するには、目的のゾーンの［受信しなかったブロードキャストパケットをログに記録する］\nをオフにします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" +"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" +"\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" +"particular zones.\n" +"\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" +"for the desired zones.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ブロードキャストの環境設定</big>\n" +" ブロードキャストパケットは、隣接コンピュータを探したりネットワーク内の各コンピュータに情報を送信\n" +"するためにネットワーク全体に送信される特別なUDPパケットです。\n" +"たとえば、CUPSサーバは、ブロードキャストパケットを使用して印刷キューに関する情報を送信します。\n" +"\n" +"許可されるインタフェースで選択されたSuSEfirewall2サービスによって、必要なブロードキャストポートが\n" +"ここに自動的に追加されます。ポートを削除したり追加するには、特定のゾーンに関するスペースで区切られたポートの\n" +"リストを編集します。\n" +"\n" +"他のドロップされたブロードキャストパケットはログに記録されます。広範なネットワークには、大量のパケットが存在する可能性があります。\n" +"これらのパケットの記録を抑制するには、目的のゾーンの［受信しなかったブロードキャストパケットをログに記録する］\n" +"をオフにします。\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 -msgid "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \nFirewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\nto broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n\nHere you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\nbutton to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\nsome already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" -msgstr "<big>ブロードキャストへの応答</big> \nファイアウォールでは通常、マシンから送信されたブロードキャストパケットに対する\n応答は、パケットを削除してソフトウェアが読み込まないようにします。これらのブロードキャストには、Sambaのコンピュータ参照やSLPの参照などがあります。\n\nここでは、ファイアウォールを通してどのパケットを通過させるべきかを設定できます。\n新しいルールを追加するには［追加］をクリックします。その後の手順でファイアウォールのゾーンを選択する必要\nがあります。すでに定義済みのサービスから選択するか、完全に手動でルールを設定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" +"\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" +"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ブロードキャストへの応答</big> \n" +"ファイアウォールでは通常、マシンから送信されたブロードキャストパケットに対する\n" +"応答は、パケットを削除してソフトウェアが読み込まないようにします。これらのブロードキャストには、Sambaのコンピュータ参照やSLPの参照などがあります。\n" +"\n" +"ここでは、ファイアウォールを通してどのパケットを通過させるべきかを設定できます。\n" +"新しいルールを追加するには［追加］をクリックします。その後の手順でファイアウォールのゾーンを選択する必要\n" +"があります。すでに定義済みのサービスから選択するか、完全に手動でルールを設定する必要があります。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 -msgid "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\nthe Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\nEnabled.\n\nDetails configures how to handle successfully decrypted\nIPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" -msgstr "<big>IPsecサポート</big>\n IPsecは、信頼されたホストまたはネットワーク間の、インターネットなどの信頼されていないネットワークを介した暗号化通信です。このダイアログでは、［有効］を使用して外部ゾーンのIPsecを\n開きます。\n\n［詳細］では、複合化に成功したIPsecパケットの処理方法を\n設定します。たとえば、内部ゾーンから送信されたパケットのように処理できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" +"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" +"Enabled.\n" +"\n" +"Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>IPsecサポート</big>\n" +" IPsecは、信頼されたホストまたはネットワーク間の、インターネットなどの信頼されていないネットワークを介した暗号化通信です。このダイアログでは、［有効］を使用して外部ゾーンのIPsecを\n" +"開きます。\n" +"\n" +"［詳細］では、複合化に成功したIPsecパケットの処理方法を\n" +"設定します。たとえば、内部ゾーンから送信されたパケットのように処理できます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 -msgid "<big>Logging Level</big>\n This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\nconfigure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n\nThere are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\nYou can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\npacket, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\nfor no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" -msgstr "<big>ログ記録レベル</big>\n これはIPパケットログ記録設定の基本設定ダイアログです。ここでは、\n受信接続パケットのログ記録を設定します。送信パケットはまったくログ記録されません。\n\nログ記録されたIPパケットには2つのグループがあります。 受信パケットおよび受信拒否パケットです。\n各グループについて、3つのレベルのログ記録から選択できます。すべてのパケットをログに記録する［すべてログに記録する］、\n関心のあるパケットだけをログに記録する［重要なパケットのみログに記録する］、\nそして一切記録しない［ログに何も記録しない］です。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Logging Level</big>\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" +"\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" +"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ログ記録レベル</big>\n" +" これはIPパケットログ記録設定の基本設定ダイアログです。ここでは、\n" +"受信接続パケットのログ記録を設定します。送信パケットはまったくログ記録されません。\n" +"\n" +"ログ記録されたIPパケットには2つのグループがあります。 受信パケットおよび受信拒否パケットです。\n" +"各グループについて、3つのレベルのログ記録から選択できます。すべてのパケットをログに記録する［すべてログに記録する］、\n" +"関心のあるパケットだけをログに記録する［重要なパケットのみログに記録する］、\n" +"そして一切記録しない［ログに何も記録しない］です。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 -msgid "<big>Summary</big>\n Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\nThis summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\nEvery existing zone is summarized here.\n\nFirewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\nboot process or only manually.\n\nFirewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n\nInterfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n\nOpen Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\nTCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\nports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" -msgstr "<big>概要</big>\n ここでは、環境設定の概要を確認します。\nこの概要は、一般的な環境設定と各ファイアウォールゾーンの環境設定に分かれています。\nすべての既存ゾーンの概要が表示されます。\n\n［ファイアウォールの起動］には、ファイアウォールが「ブートプロセス」\nで起動されるか、または「手動」でのみ起動されるかが表示されます。\n\n概要に次の項目を表示するには、ファイアウォールゾーンにネットワークインタフェースが割り当てられている必要があります。\n\nインタフェース: すべてのインタフェースは、環境設定名とデバイス名でリストに表示されます。\n\n開いているサービス、ポート、プロトコル: すべての許可されるネットワークサービス、TCP(Transmission\nControl Prot ocol)、UDP(User Datagram Protocol)、およびRPC(リモートプロシージャコール)の追加ポートと、\nIP(インターネットプロトコル)プロトコルのリストが表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Summary</big>\n" +" Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" +"Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" +"\n" +"Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" +"boot process or only manually.\n" +"\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" +"\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" +"\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>概要</big>\n" +" ここでは、環境設定の概要を確認します。\n" +"この概要は、一般的な環境設定と各ファイアウォールゾーンの環境設定に分かれています。\n" +"すべての既存ゾーンの概要が表示されます。\n" +"\n" +"［ファイアウォールの起動］には、ファイアウォールが「ブートプロセス」\n" +"で起動されるか、または「手動」でのみ起動されるかが表示されます。\n" +"\n" +"概要に次の項目を表示するには、ファイアウォールゾーンにネットワークインタフェースが割り当てられている必要があります。\n" +"\n" +"インタフェース: すべてのインタフェースは、環境設定名とデバイス名でリストに表示されます。\n" +"\n" +"開いているサービス、ポート、プロトコル: すべての許可されるネットワークサービス、TCP(Transmission\n" +"Control Protocol)、UDP(User Datagram Protocol)、およびRPC(リモートプロシージャコール)の追加ポートと、\n" +"IP(インターネットプロトコル)プロトコルのリストが表示されます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 -msgid "Here, enter additional\nports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone." -msgstr "ここでは、ファイアウォールゾーンで有効にする、追加の\nポートまたはプロトコルを入力します。" +msgid "" +"Here, enter additional\n" +"ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、ファイアウォールゾーンで有効にする、追加の\n" +"ポートまたはプロトコルを入力します。" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 -msgid "TCP Ports and UDP Ports can be entered as\na list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\nsuch as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." -msgstr "TCPポートとUDPポートは、\nポート番号、ポート名またはポート範囲をそれぞれスペースで区切り、\nたとえば、<tt>22</tt>、<tt>http</tt>または、<tt>137:139</tt>のように入力します。" +msgid "" +"TCP Ports and UDP Ports can be entered as\n" +"a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" +"such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." +msgstr "" +"TCPポートとUDPポートは、\n" +"ポート番号、ポート名またはポート範囲をそれぞれスペースで区切り、\n" +"たとえば、<tt>22</tt>、<tt>http</tt>または、<tt>137:139</tt>のように入力します。" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 -msgid "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -msgstr "RPCポートは<tt>nlockmgr</tt>、<tt>ypbind</tt>、<tt>portmap</tt> など\nRPCサービスのリストであり、スペースで区切られています。" +msgid "" +"RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." +msgstr "" +"RPCポートは<tt>nlockmgr</tt>、<tt>ypbind</tt>、<tt>portmap</tt> など\n" +"RPCサービスのリストであり、スペースで区切られています。" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 -msgid "IP Protocols is a list of protocols, such as\n<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\nFind the current list of protocols at\nhttp://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." -msgstr "IPプロトコルは<tt>esp</tt>、<tt>smp</tt>または<tt>chaos</tt>など\nプロトコルのリストで、スペースで区切られています。\n現在のプロトコルのリストは、\nhttp://www.iana.org/assignme…" +msgid "" +"IP Protocols is a list of protocols, such as\n" +"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" +"Find the current list of protocols at\n" +"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." +msgstr "" +"IPプロトコルは<tt>esp</tt>、<tt>smp</tt>または<tt>chaos</tt>など\n" +"プロトコルのリストで、スペースで区切られています。\n" +"現在のプロトコルのリストは、\n" +"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbersにあります。" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 -msgid "The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\nall numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\nThe first port number must be lower than the second one,\nfor example, <tt>200:215</tt>." -msgstr "ポート範囲 とはカンマ ',' で区切った 2 つの項目のことで、それぞれの\n指定した 2 つのポート番号の間を、指定した番号を入れてすべて含める意味になります。\nまた、 1 つ目の番号は 2 つ目の番号より小さい番号である必要があります。\nたとえば <tt>200:215</tt> のようになります。" +msgid "" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" +"all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" +"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" +"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." +msgstr "" +"ポート範囲 とはカンマ ',' で区切った 2 つの項目のことで、それぞれの\n" +"指定した 2 つのポート番号の間を、指定した番号を入れてすべて含める意味になります。\n" +"また、 1 つ目の番号は 2 つ目の番号より小さい番号である必要があります。\n" +"たとえば <tt>200:215</tt> のようになります。" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 -msgid "The Port Name is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\norganization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\nthe assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." -msgstr "ポート名は、IANA組織によりポート番号に割り当てられた\n名前です。1つのポート番号に複数のポート名が割り当てられる場合もあります。現在使用されている\n割り当てポート名は、<tt> /etc/services</tt>ファイルで検索できます。" +msgid "" +"The Port Name is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" +"organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" +"the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." +msgstr "" +"ポート名は、IANA組織によりポート番号に割り当てられた\n" +"名前です。1つのポート番号に複数のポート名が割り当てられる場合もあります。現在使用されている\n" +"割り当てポート名は、<tt> /etc/services</tt>ファイルで検索できます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 -msgid "<big>Firewall</big> \nA firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -msgstr "<big>ファイアウォール</big> \nファイアウォールとは、ネットワーク上からの攻撃からコンピュータを守るための防衛システムです。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Firewall</big> \n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ファイアウォール</big> \n" +"ファイアウォールとは、ネットワーク上からの攻撃からコンピュータを守るための防衛システムです。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 -msgid "<big>Custom Rules</big> \nSet special firewall rules that allow new connections\nmatching these rules.\n" -msgstr "<big>カスタムルール</big> \nここでは、これらのルールに一致する新しい接続を許可する、\n特別なファイアウォールのルールを設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" +"Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" +"matching these rules.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>カスタムルール</big> \n" +"ここでは、これらのルールに一致する新しい接続を許可する、\n" +"特別なファイアウォールのルールを設定します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 -msgid "Source Network \nNetwork or IP address where the connection comes from,\ne.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\nor <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).\n" -msgstr "ソースネットワーク \n接続元のネットワークまたはIPアドレスを指定します。\n例: <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>、<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n、<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>、<tt>0/0</tt> (これは<tt>all</tt>の意味になります)\n" +msgid "" +"Source Network \n" +"Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" +"e.g., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> or <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" +"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).\n" +msgstr "" +"ソースネットワーク \n" +"接続元のネットワークまたはIPアドレスを指定します。\n" +"例: <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>、<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" +"、<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>、<tt>0/0</tt> (これは<tt>all</tt>の意味になります)\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 -msgid "Protocol \nProtocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\nRPC services." -msgstr "プロトコル \nそのパケットで使われるプロトコルを指定します。特別なプロトコル<tt>RPC</tt>は\nRPC サービスに使用されます。" +msgid "" +"Protocol \n" +"Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" +"RPC services." +msgstr "" +"プロトコル \n" +"そのパケットで使われるプロトコルを指定します。特別なプロトコル<tt>RPC</tt>は\n" +"RPC サービスに使用されます。" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Destination Port \nPort name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\naccessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or <tt>100:110</tt>.\nIn case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service name.\nThis entry is optional." -msgstr "宛先ポート \nアクセスを許可する宛先のポート名やポート番号、もしくはポートの範囲を指定します。例\n: <tt>smtp</tt>または<tt>25</tt>または<tt>100:110</tt>。\n<tt>RPC</tt>プロトコルの場合は、ここにはRPCサービス名を指定します。\nこの項目の入力は任意です。" +msgid "" +"Destination Port \n" +"Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" +"accessed, e.g., <tt>smtp</tt> or <tt>25</tt> or <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" +"In case of <tt>RPC</tt> protocol, use the RPC service name.\n" +"This entry is optional." +msgstr "" +"宛先ポート \n" +"アクセスを許可する宛先のポート名やポート番号、もしくはポートの範囲を指定します。例\n" +": <tt>smtp</tt>または<tt>25</tt>または<tt>100:110</tt>。\n" +"<tt>RPC</tt>プロトコルの場合は、ここにはRPCサービス名を指定します。\n" +"この項目の入力は任意です。" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 -msgid "Source Port \nPort name, port number or range of ports where the packet\noriginates from. This entry is optional." -msgstr "発信元ポート \nアクセスを許可するパケットの発信元のポート名やポート番号、\nもしくはポートの範囲を指定します。この項目の入力は任意です。" +msgid "" +"Source Port \n" +"Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" +"originates from. This entry is optional." +msgstr "" +"発信元ポート \n" +"アクセスを許可するパケットの発信元のポート名やポート番号、\n" +"もしくはポートの範囲を指定します。この項目の入力は任意です。" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" @@ -956,7 +1237,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 -msgid "Port range %1 is invalid.\nIt must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\nmax_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." +msgid "" +"Port range %1 is invalid.\n" +"It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" +"max_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number." msgstr "ポート範囲%1が無効です。これはmin_port_number:max_port_numberとして定義され、max_port_numberは min_port_numberよりも大きくなければなりません。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline @@ -966,8 +1250,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 -msgid "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\nIt probably would not work.\nReally use this port?\n" -msgstr "ポート名 %1 は現在のシステムでは不明です。\nまったく機能しない可能性があります。\nこのポートを使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" +"It probably would not work.\n" +"Really use this port?\n" +msgstr "" +"ポート名 %1 は現在のシステムでは不明です。\n" +"まったく機能しない可能性があります。\n" +"このポートを使用しますか?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 @@ -976,8 +1266,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 -msgid "It appears that the additional service settings\n%1\nare wrong. Entries should be separated by spaces instead of commas,\nwhich are not allowed.\nReally use the current settings?" -msgstr "追加サービス設定\n%1\nが間違っているようです。エントリはコンマではなく、スペースで区切られる必要があります。\nコンマは許可されていません。\n本当に現在の設定を使用しますか？" +msgid "" +"It appears that the additional service settings\n" +"%1\n" +"are wrong. Entries should be separated by spaces instead of commas,\n" +"which are not allowed.\n" +"Really use the current settings?" +msgstr "" +"追加サービス設定\n" +"%1\n" +"が間違っているようです。エントリはコンマではなく、スペースで区切られる必要があります。\n" +"コンマは許可されていません。\n" +"本当に現在の設定を使用しますか？" #. : #. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) @@ -1000,8 +1300,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 -msgid "Wrong port definition.\nNo port number found for this port name.\nUse the port number instead of the port name.\n" -msgstr "ポート定義が正しくありません。\nこのポート名のポート番号が見つかりません。\nポート名の代わりにポート番号を使用してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Wrong port definition.\n" +"No port number found for this port name.\n" +"Use the port number instead of the port name.\n" +msgstr "" +"ポート定義が正しくありません。\n" +"このポート名のポート番号が見つかりません。\n" +"ポート名の代わりにポート番号を使用してください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 @@ -1015,8 +1321,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 -msgid "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\nbut firewall is currently running.\n\nStop the firewall after the new configuration has been written?\n" -msgstr "ファイアウォールの自動起動は無効に設定されましたが、\nファイアウォールは現在も動作中です。\n\n設定書き込み後にファイアウォールを停止しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" +"but firewall is currently running.\n" +"\n" +"Stop the firewall after the new configuration has been written?\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウォールの自動起動は無効に設定されましたが、\n" +"ファイアウォールは現在も動作中です。\n" +"\n" +"設定書き込み後にファイアウォールを停止しますか?\n" #. network is mandatory #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 @@ -1657,4 +1971,3 @@ #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -22,8 +22,12 @@ #. text label, describing the check box meaning #. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 -msgid "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\nfirstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" -msgstr "設定後の初回起動時にYaST初回起動ユーティリティを\n起動するには、ここで［初回起動手順を有効にする］をオンにします。\n" +msgid "" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" +"firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"設定後の初回起動時にYaST初回起動ユーティリティを\n" +"起動するには、ここで［初回起動手順を有効にする］をオンにします。\n" #. check box label #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 @@ -32,8 +36,12 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 -msgid "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\nCheck the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" -msgstr "設定後の初回起動時にYaST初回起動ユーティリティを起動するには、［初回起動手順を有効にする］をオンにします。\n詳細については、yast2-firstbootモジュールのマニュアルを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" +msgstr "" +"設定後の初回起動時にYaST初回起動ユーティリティを起動するには、［初回起動手順を有効にする］をオンにします。\n" +"詳細については、yast2-firstbootモジュールのマニュアルを参照してください。\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -114,13 +122,23 @@ #. translators: dialog text #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 -msgid "Select the desktop environment \nto use from the list below.\n" -msgstr "次のリストから、使用する\nデスクトップ環境を選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select the desktop environment \n" +"to use from the list below.\n" +msgstr "" +"次のリストから、使用する\n" +"デスクトップ環境を選択してください。\n" #. help text fro desktop dialog #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 -msgid "<h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\nThis system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\nthe desktop to enable as the default desktop." -msgstr "<h3>デスクトップの選択</h3>\nこのシステムは複数のデスクトップ環境にインストールされています。デスクトップを\n選択して、デフォルトのデスクトップとして有効にします。" +msgid "" +"<h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" +"This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" +"the desktop to enable as the default desktop." +msgstr "" +"<h3>デスクトップの選択</h3>\n" +"このシステムは複数のデスクトップ環境にインストールされています。デスクトップを\n" +"選択して、デフォルトのデスクトップとして有効にします。" #. translators: dialog title #: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 @@ -147,8 +165,12 @@ #. congratulation text 2/4 #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 -msgid "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\nAfter clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -msgstr "&product; のインストールが終了しました。\n［完了］をクリックすると、システムにログインできます。\n" +msgid "" +"The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +msgstr "" +"&product; のインストールが終了しました。\n" +"［完了］をクリックすると、システムにログインできます。\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language @@ -169,23 +191,49 @@ #. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 -msgid "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\nto the login screen.\n" -msgstr "［完了］をクリックすると、YaSTインストールを完了して、\nログイン画面に進みます。\n" +msgid "" +"Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +"to the login screen.\n" +msgstr "" +"［完了］をクリックすると、YaSTインストールを完了して、\n" +"ログイン画面に進みます。\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 -msgid "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\nadjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\nour SuSE Welcome Dialog.\n" -msgstr "KDEのグラフィカルデスクトップ環境を選択すると、\nKDE設定をハードウェアに合わせて調整できます。\nSuSEウェルカムダイアログにも注意してください。\n" +msgid "" +"If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" +"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" +"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.\n" +msgstr "" +"KDEのグラフィカルデスクトップ環境を選択すると、\n" +"KDE設定をハードウェアに合わせて調整できます。\n" +"SuSEウェルカムダイアログにも注意してください。\n" #. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 -msgid "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\nmodules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\nafter Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\nreturn to this installation sequence.\n" -msgstr "必要であれば、この時点ですべてのSuSE環境設定モジュールを使用できます。\n［YaSTコントロールセンターの起動］を選択すると、［完了］の\nクリック後にコントロールセンターが起動されます。注意: コントロール\nセンターには、このインストールダイアログに戻るためのボタンはありません。\n" +msgid "" +"If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"return to this installation sequence.\n" +msgstr "" +"必要であれば、この時点ですべてのSuSE環境設定モジュールを使用できます。\n" +"［YaSTコントロールセンターの起動］を選択すると、［完了］の\n" +"クリック後にコントロールセンターが起動されます。注意: コントロール\n" +"センターには、このインストールダイアログに戻るためのボタンはありません。\n" #. popup text #: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 -msgid "Your language setting has been changed.\n\nIf necessary, you may want to adapt your keyboard settings to the new\nlanguage. Use keyboard layout configuration tool after the login." -msgstr "言語の設定が変更されました。\n\n必要であれば、キーボードの設定を新しい言語に合わせることもできます。\nログイン後にキーボードレイアウト設定ツールを使用してください。" +msgid "" +"Your language setting has been changed.\n" +"\n" +"If necessary, you may want to adapt your keyboard settings to the new\n" +"language. Use keyboard layout configuration tool after the login." +msgstr "" +"言語の設定が変更されました。\n" +"\n" +"必要であれば、キーボードの設定を新しい言語に合わせることもできます。\n" +"ログイン後にキーボードレイアウト設定ツールを使用してください。" #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. Build dialog @@ -207,18 +255,40 @@ #. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 -msgid "\nChoose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\nconfiguration and in the installed system.\n\n" -msgstr "\n設定作業時、およびインストールされたシステムで使用する［言語］と［キーボードレイアウト］を\n選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" +"configuration and in the installed system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"設定作業時、およびインストールされたシステムで使用する［言語］と［キーボードレイアウト］を\n" +"選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 -msgid "\nClick Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［次へ］をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［次へ］をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 -msgid "\nSelect Abort to abort the\ninstallation process at any time.\n\n" -msgstr "\nどこでも［中止］ボタンを押すことでインストール作業を\n中止することができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Abort to abort the\n" +"installation process at any time.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"どこでも［中止］ボタンを押すことでインストール作業を\n" +"中止することができます。\n" +"\n" #. error message #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 @@ -247,8 +317,14 @@ #. Help text for last dialog of base installation #: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 -msgid "\nPlease wait while the system is being configured.\n" -msgstr "\nシステムの設定中です。しばらくお待ちください...\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システムの設定中です。しばらくお待ちください...\n" +"" #. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow #: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 @@ -296,4 +372,3 @@ #: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "初回起動設定が有効になっています" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -943,7 +943,8 @@ #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 msgid "Br&owse" msgstr "参照(&O)" @@ -1263,205 +1264,481 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17 -msgid "<big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>FTPサーバの設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTPサーバの設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止することができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止することができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 -msgid "<big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>FTP サーバの設定を保存しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP サーバの設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============---------- #. #. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 -msgid "Selected Service \n The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n\n" -msgstr "選択されたサービス \n このフレームには現在、次のどちらのデーモンが設定されているかが表示されます: vsftpd、pure-ftpd、 \n 。両方のデーモンをインストールしている場合は、それぞれを切り替えることができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Selected Service \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"選択されたサービス \n" +" このフレームには現在、次のどちらのデーモンが設定されているかが表示されます: vsftpd、pure-ftpd、 \n" +" 。両方のデーモンをインストールしている場合は、それぞれを切り替えることができます。\n" +"\n" #. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- #. #. general welcome message help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "Welcome Message \nSpecify the name of a file containing the\ntext to display when someone connects to the server.\n\n" -msgstr "「ようこそ」メッセージ \nユーザがサーバに接続した際に表示する\nテキストが含まれるファイルの名前を指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Welcome Message \n" +"Specify the name of a file containing the\n" +"text to display when someone connects to the server.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"「ようこそ」メッセージ \n" +"ユーザがサーバに接続した際に表示する\n" +"テキストが含まれるファイルの名前を指定します。\n" +"\n" #. general chroot help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57 -msgid "Chroot \nWhen enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \nchroot() jail in their home directory after login.\nWarning: This option has security implications, \nespecially if users have upload permission\nor shell access. Only enable Chroot if you know what you are doing.\n\n" -msgstr "Chroot \n有効な場合、ローカルユーザはログイン後、そのホームディレクトリ内の\nchroot() jail環境に配置されます(デフォルト)。\n警告: 特にユーザがアップロード許可または\nシェルアクセスを持っている場合、このオプションには\nセキュリティ上の意味があります。Chrootは、操作の内容がわかっている場合にのみ有効にしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Chroot \n" +"When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n" +"chroot() jail in their home directory after login.\n" +"Warning: This option has security implications, \n" +"especially if users have upload permission\n" +"or shell access. Only enable Chroot if you know what you are doing.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Chroot \n" +"有効な場合、ローカルユーザはログイン後、そのホームディレクトリ内の\n" +"chroot() jail環境に配置されます(デフォルト)。\n" +"警告: 特にユーザがアップロード許可または\n" +"シェルアクセスを持っている場合、このオプションには\n" +"セキュリティ上の意味があります。Chrootは、操作の内容がわかっている場合にのみ有効にしてください。\n" +"\n" #. general logging help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67 -msgid "Verbose Logging \nWhen enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n\n" -msgstr "詳細なログ記録 \n有効にすると、すべてのFTP要求と応答が記録されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Verbose Logging \n" +"When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"詳細なログ記録 \n" +"有効にすると、すべてのFTP要求と応答が記録されます。\n" +"\n" #. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "Umask \nFile creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n177:077 if you feel paranoid.\n\n" -msgstr "umask \nファイルを作成するときの umask 値を設定します。 (ファイル用 umask):(ディレクトリ用 umask). \nよくわからない場合は 177:077 を指定してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Umask \n" +"File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n" +"177:077 if you feel paranoid.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"umask \n" +"ファイルを作成するときの umask 値を設定します。 (ファイル用 umask):(ディレクトリ用 umask). \n" +"よくわからない場合は 177:077 を指定してください。\n" +"\n" #. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80 -msgid "Umask for Anonymous: \nThe value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \nIf you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \nthe value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザのumask: \n匿名ユーザがファイルを作成した際に適用されるumaskの値を指定します。\n8進数の値を指定する場合はプレフィックス「0」を付けてください。このプレフィックスを付けない場合、\n値は基数の10進数として扱われます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Umask for Anonymous: \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n" +"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" +"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザのumask: \n" +"匿名ユーザがファイルを作成した際に適用されるumaskの値を指定します。\n" +"8進数の値を指定する場合はプレフィックス「0」を付けてください。このプレフィックスを付けない場合、\n" +"値は基数の10進数として扱われます。\n" +"\n" #. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 -msgid "Umask for Authenticated Users: \nThe value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \nIf you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \nthe value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n\n" -msgstr "認証ユーザのumask: \n認証ユーザがファイルを作成した際に適用されるumaskの値を指定します。\n8進数の値を指定する場合はプレフィックス「0」を付けてください。このプレフィックスを付けない場合、\n値は基数の10進数として扱われます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" +"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" +"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"認証ユーザのumask: \n" +"認証ユーザがファイルを作成した際に適用されるumaskの値を指定します。\n" +"8進数の値を指定する場合はプレフィックス「0」を付けてください。このプレフィックスを付けない場合、\n" +"値は基数の10進数として扱われます。\n" +"\n" #. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96 -msgid "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \nSpecify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \nPress Browse to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザ用のFTPディレクトリ: \n匿名ユーザが使用するディレクトリを指定します。\n［参照］ボタンをクリックすることで、ローカルファイルシステムからディレクトリを選択することができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" +"Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n" +"Press Browse to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザ用のFTPディレクトリ: \n" +"匿名ユーザが使用するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +"［参照］ボタンをクリックすることで、ローカルファイルシステムからディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" +"\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103 -msgid "FTP Directory for Authenticated Users: \nSpecify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \nPress Browse to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n\n" -msgstr "認証ユーザ用のFTPディレクトリ: \n認証ユーザが使用するディレクトリを指定します。\n［参照］ボタンをクリックすることで、ローカルファイルシステムからディレクトリを選択することができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"FTP Directory for Authenticated Users: \n" +"Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n" +"Press Browse to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"認証ユーザ用のFTPディレクトリ: \n" +"認証ユーザが使用するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +"［参照］ボタンをクリックすることで、ローカルファイルシステムからディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" +"\n" #. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- #. #. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113 -msgid "Max Idle Time: \nThe maximum time (timeout) a remote client \nmay wait between FTP commands.\n\n" -msgstr "最大アイドル時間: \nリモートクライアントが次のftpコマンドを送信するまでに費やす\nことを許す最大時間(タイムアウト)を指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Max Idle Time: \n" +"The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n" +"may wait between FTP commands.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"最大アイドル時間: \n" +"リモートクライアントが次のftpコマンドを送信するまでに費やす\n" +"ことを許す最大時間(タイムアウト)を指定します。\n" +"\n" #. performance max clients per IP help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120 -msgid "Max Clients for One IP: \nThe maximum number of clients allowed to connect\nfrom the same source internet address. \n\n" -msgstr "IPアドレスあたりの最大接続数: \n同じIPアドレスから接続することを許可する最大値を\n指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Max Clients for One IP: \n" +"The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n" +"from the same source internet address. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"IPアドレスあたりの最大接続数: \n" +"同じIPアドレスから接続することを許可する最大値を\n" +"指定します。\n" +"\n" #. performance max clients help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127 -msgid "Max Clients: \nThe maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \nAny additional clients trying to connect will get an error message.\n\n" -msgstr "最大クライアント数: \n受け入れ可能な最大の接続数を指定します。\nこの数値を超えて接続が発生すると、それらクライアントにはエラーが返されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Max Clients: \n" +"The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n" +"Any additional clients trying to connect will get an error message.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"最大クライアント数: \n" +"受け入れ可能な最大の接続数を指定します。\n" +"この数値を超えて接続が発生すると、それらクライアントにはエラーが返されます。\n" +"\n" #. performance local max rate help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "Local Max Rate: \nThe maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n" -msgstr "認証ユーザ最大通信速度: \n認証ユーザに許可される最大の通信速度を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Local Max Rate: \n" +"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"認証ユーザ最大通信速度: \n" +"認証ユーザに許可される最大の通信速度を指定します。\n" +"" #. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140 -msgid "Anonymous Max Rate: \nThe maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.\n" -msgstr "匿名最大通信速度: \n匿名ユーザに許可される最大の通信速度を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Anonymous Max Rate: \n" +"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名最大通信速度: \n" +"匿名ユーザに許可される最大の通信速度を指定します。\n" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- #. #. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \nAnonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\nAuthenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\nBoth If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザとローカルユーザの有効/無効 \n［匿名ユーザのみ］ - 有効にすると、匿名ログインのみが利用できるようになります。\n［認証ユーザのみ］ - 有効にすると、認証ユーザのみが利用できるようになります。\n［両方とも］ - 匿名ユーザと認証ユーザの両方が利用できるようになります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" +"Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザとローカルユーザの有効/無効 \n" +"［匿名ユーザのみ］ - 有効にすると、匿名ログインのみが利用できるようになります。\n" +"［認証ユーザのみ］ - 有効にすると、認証ユーザのみが利用できるようになります。\n" +"［両方とも］ - 匿名ユーザと認証ユーザの両方が利用できるようになります。\n" +"\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "Enable Upload \nIf enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \nto upload, enable Anonymous Can Upload.\n\n" -msgstr "アップロードの有効 \n有効にすると、FTPユーザはアップロードできます。匿名ユーザに\nアップロードを許可するには、［匿名ユーザのアップロード許可］を有効にする必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Enable Upload \n" +"If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n" +"to upload, enable Anonymous Can Upload.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"アップロードの有効 \n" +"有効にすると、FTPユーザはアップロードできます。匿名ユーザに\n" +"アップロードを許可するには、［匿名ユーザのアップロード許可］を有効にする必要があります。\n" +"\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162 -msgid "Anonymous Can Upload \nIf enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\nvsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \nneed an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザのアップロード許可 \n有効にすると、匿名ユーザはアップロードできます。\n［vsftpd のみ］ - 匿名ユーザにアップロードを許可するには、\nログイン後のホームディレクトリに書き込み許可を設定しておく必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Anonymous Can Upload \n" +"If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザのアップロード許可 \n" +"有効にすると、匿名ユーザはアップロードできます。\n" +"［vsftpd のみ］ - 匿名ユーザにアップロードを許可するには、\n" +"ログイン後のホームディレクトリに書き込み許可を設定しておく必要があります。\n" +"\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170 -msgid "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \nIf enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\nvsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\nyou need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザにディレクトリ作成を許可 \n匿名ユーザにディレクトリの作成を許可するかどうかを指定します。\n［vsftpd のみ］ - 匿名ユーザにディレクトリの作成を許可するには、\nログイン後のホームディレクトリに書き込み許可を設定しておく必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" +"If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザにディレクトリ作成を許可 \n" +"匿名ユーザにディレクトリの作成を許可するかどうかを指定します。\n" +"［vsftpd のみ］ - 匿名ユーザにディレクトリの作成を許可するには、\n" +"ログイン後のホームディレクトリに書き込み許可を設定しておく必要があります。\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. #. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181 -msgid "Enable Passive Mode \nIf enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n\n" -msgstr "パッシブモードを有効にする \n接続の際、FTPサーバでパッシブモードを許可するかどうかを指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Enable Passive Mode \n" +"If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"パッシブモードを有効にする \n" +"接続の際、FTPサーバでパッシブモードを許可するかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187 -msgid "Min Port for Passive Mode \nMinimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\nThis is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n\n" -msgstr "パッシブモード時の最小ポート番号 \nパッシブモード時に応答するポート範囲の最小値を指定します。\nファイアウォールの設定を行う場合に必要です。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Min Port for Passive Mode \n" +"Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" +"This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"パッシブモード時の最小ポート番号 \n" +"パッシブモード時に応答するポート範囲の最小値を指定します。\n" +"ファイアウォールの設定を行う場合に必要です。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194 -msgid "Max Port for Pas. Mode \nMaximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n\n" -msgstr "パッシブモード時の最大ポート番号 \nパッシブモード時に応答するポート範囲の最大値を指定します。\nファイアウォールの設定を行う場合に必要です。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Max Port for Pas. Mode \n" +"Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n" +" This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"パッシブモード時の最大ポート番号 \n" +"パッシブモード時に応答するポート範囲の最大値を指定します。\n" +"ファイアウォールの設定を行う場合に必要です。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201 -msgid "Enable SSL \nIf enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n\n" -msgstr "SSLを有効にする \nSSLを有効にするかどうかを指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Enable SSL \n" +"If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"SSLを有効にする \n" +"SSLを有効にするかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207 -msgid "Enable SSL v2 \nIf enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n\n" -msgstr "SSL v2を有効にする \nSSL v2を有効にするかどうかを指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Enable SSL v2 \n" +"If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"SSL v2を有効にする \n" +"SSL v2を有効にするかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213 -msgid "Enable SSL v3 \nIf enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n\n" -msgstr "SSL v3を有効にする \nSSL v3を有効にするかどうかを指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Enable SSL v3 \n" +"If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"SSL v3を有効にする \n" +"SSL v3を有効にするかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219 -msgid "Enable TLS \nIf enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n\n" -msgstr "TLSを有効にする \nTLSを有効にするかどうかを指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Enable TLS \n" +"If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"TLSを有効にする \n" +"TLSを有効にするかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 -msgid "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections \nThis option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \nuse for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing Browse.\n\n" -msgstr "SSL暗号化接続に使用するDSA証明書 \nこのオプションでは、SSL暗号化接続時に使用するDSA証明書の場所を指定します。\n［参照］ボタンをクリックするとファイルを選択することができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections \n" +"This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n" +"use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing Browse.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"SSL暗号化接続に使用するDSA証明書 \n" +"このオプションでは、SSL暗号化接続時に使用するDSA証明書の場所を指定します。\n" +"［参照］ボタンをクリックするとファイルを選択することができます。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232 -msgid "Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data \nDisallow downloading of files that were uploaded \nbut not validated by a local admin.\n\n" -msgstr "未確認データのダウンロードを無効にする \nアップロードされたファイルのうち、管理者が検証していない\nファイルのダウンロードを拒否するかどうかを指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data \n" +"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n" +"but not validated by a local admin.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"未確認データのダウンロードを無効にする \n" +"アップロードされたファイルのうち、管理者が検証していない\n" +"ファイルのダウンロードを拒否するかどうかを指定します。\n" +"\n" #. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239 -msgid "Security Settings \nDisable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\nAccept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\nRefuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" -msgstr "セキュリティの設定 \n［SSL/TLSを無効にする］ - SSL/TLS の暗号化を無効にします。\n［SSL/TLSを受け入れる］ - SSL/TLSの暗号化を受け入れます。\n［SSL/TLSなしでの接続を拒否する］ - 匿名セッションを含め、SSL/TLSセキュリティメカニズムを使用していない接続を拒否します。\n" +msgid "" +"Security Settings \n" +"Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" +"Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"セキュリティの設定 \n" +"［SSL/TLSを無効にする］ - SSL/TLS の暗号化を無効にします。\n" +"［SSL/TLSを受け入れる］ - SSL/TLSの暗号化を受け入れます。\n" +"［SSL/TLSなしでの接続を拒否する］ - 匿名セッションを含め、SSL/TLSセキュリティメカニズムを使用していない接続を拒否します。\n" +"" #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- #. #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \nConfigure the FTP server. \n" -msgstr "<big>FTPサーバ設定</big> \nFTP サーバを設定します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure the FTP server. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTPサーバ設定</big> \n" +"FTP サーバを設定します。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "<big>Adding an FTP Server:</big> \nChoose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\nIf your FTP server was not detected, use Other (not detected).\nThen press Configure.\n" -msgstr "<big>FTPサーバの追加:</big> \n検出されたFTPサーバのリストから1つを選択します。\nFTPサーバが検出されない場合は、［その他(検出されない)］\nを使用して［設定］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding an FTP Server:</big> \n" +"Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n" +"If your FTP server was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"Then press Configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTPサーバの追加:</big> \n" +"検出されたFTPサーバのリストから1つを選択します。\n" +"FTPサーバが検出されない場合は、［その他(検出されない)］\n" +"を使用して［設定］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \nIf you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\nthe configuration opens.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除</big> \n［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するための追加のダイアログボックスが\n開きます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" +"If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除</big> \n" +"［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するための追加のダイアログボックスが\n" +"開きます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268 -msgid "<big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\nedit their configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>FTPサーバの設定の概要</big> \nインストール済みのFTPサーバの概要が表示されています。ここから\n設定を編集することもできます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n" +"edit their configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTPサーバの設定の概要</big> \n" +"インストール済みのFTPサーバの概要が表示されています。ここから\n" +"設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274 -msgid "<big>Adding a FTP Server</big> \nPress Add to configure a FTP server.\n" -msgstr "<big>FTPサーバの追加</big> \n［追加］ボタンをクリックするとFTPサーバを設定することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a FTP Server</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a FTP server.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTPサーバの追加</big> \n" +"［追加］ボタンをクリックするとFTPサーバを設定することができます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \nChoose a FTP server to change or remove.\nThen press Edit or Delete respectively.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除:</big> \n編集または削除するFTPサーバを選択し、\n［編集］または［削除］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" +"Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n" +"Then press Edit or Delete respectively.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除:</big> \n" +"編集または削除するFTPサーバを選択し、\n" +"［編集］または［削除］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" #. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value #. that says if the service is started. @@ -1499,8 +1776,14 @@ msgstr "書き込みアクセスを許可しますか？\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 -msgid "If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n you need to create a directory with write access.\n\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザがアップロードできるようにするには、\n書き込みアクセスのあるディレクトリを作成する必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n" +" you need to create a directory with write access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザがアップロードできるようにするには、\n" +"書き込みアクセスのあるディレクトリを作成する必要があります。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094 @@ -1511,8 +1794,12 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131 -msgid "Do you want to change permissions\nfor\n" -msgstr "以下のアクセス許可の設定を変更しても\nよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"Do you want to change permissions\n" +"for\n" +msgstr "" +"以下のアクセス許可の設定を変更しても\n" +"よろしいですか？\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134 @@ -1520,8 +1807,12 @@ msgstr "アップロード (書き込みを許可しますか)？" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089 -msgid "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザがアップロードできるようにするには、書き込み許可のあるディレクトリが必要です。\n\n" +msgid "" +"To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザがアップロードできるようにするには、書き込み許可のあるディレクトリが必要です。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" @@ -1532,12 +1823,24 @@ msgstr "書き込みアクセスをアップロードしますか？" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113 -msgid "If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n you have to create a directory with write access.\n\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザがディレクトリを作成できるようにするには、\n書き込み許可のあるディレクトリを作成する必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +" you have to create a directory with write access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザがディレクトリを作成できるようにするには、\n" +"書き込み許可のあるディレクトリを作成する必要があります。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136 -msgid "If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n you need a directory with write access.\n\n" -msgstr "匿名ユーザがディレクトリを作成できるようにするには、\n書き込み許可のあるディレクトリが必要です。\n\n" +msgid "" +"If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n" +" you need a directory with write access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"匿名ユーザがディレクトリを作成できるようにするには、\n" +"書き込み許可のあるディレクトリが必要です。\n" +"\n" #. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload" #. check permissions for upload dir @@ -1556,8 +1859,12 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294 -msgid "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \nyou need a directory with write access for them." -msgstr "\"匿名\" ユーザがアップロードできるようにするには、\n書き込みアクセスのあるディレクトリを指定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" +"you need a directory with write access for them." +msgstr "" +"\"匿名\" ユーザがアップロードできるようにするには、\n" +"書き込みアクセスのあるディレクトリを指定する必要があります。" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" @@ -1691,4 +1998,3 @@ #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098 msgid "These options will be configured" msgstr "これらのオプションが設定されます" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/gtk.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/gtk.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/gtk.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -52,8 +52,22 @@ msgstr "エラー" #: src/YGUI.cc:132 -msgid "Command line options for the YaST2 UI (GTK plugin):\n\n--noborder no window manager border for main dialogs\n--fullscreen use full screen for main dialogs\n--nothreads run without additional UI threads\n--help prints this help text\n\n" -msgstr "YaST2 UI (Gtk プラグイン) におけるコマンドラインオプション:\n\n--noborder メインダイアログ向けのウインドウマネージャの境界線を表示しない\n--fullscreen メインダイアログをフルスクリーンで使用する\n--nothreads 追加の UI スレッド無しで実行する\n--help このヘルプテキストを表示する\n\n" +msgid "" +"Command line options for the YaST2 UI (GTK plugin):\n" +"\n" +"--noborder no window manager border for main dialogs\n" +"--fullscreen use full screen for main dialogs\n" +"--nothreads run without additional UI threads\n" +"--help prints this help text\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"YaST2 UI (Gtk プラグイン) におけるコマンドラインオプション:\n" +"\n" +"--noborder メインダイアログ向けのウインドウマネージャの境界線を表示しない\n" +"--fullscreen メインダイアログをフルスクリーンで使用する\n" +"--nothreads 追加の UI スレッド無しで実行する\n" +"--help このヘルプテキストを表示する\n" +"\n" #: src/YGUI.cc:327 msgid "Open Macro file" @@ -199,4 +213,3 @@ #: src/ygtkwizard.c:448 msgid "more" msgstr "その他" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -129,8 +129,12 @@ #. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output #. please, try to align the texts if possible. #: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 -msgid "Status \tModule\n==================" -msgstr "状態 \tモジュール\n==================" +msgid "" +"Status \tModule\n" +"==================" +msgstr "" +"状態 \tモジュール\n" +"==================" #. translators: server module status #. translators: service status radio button label @@ -309,23 +313,43 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 -msgid "<big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big>\n \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>HTTPサーバ環境設定を初期化しています</big>\n \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big>\n" +" \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>HTTPサーバ環境設定を初期化しています</big>\n" +" \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 -msgid "<big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>HTTPサーバ環境設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>HTTPサーバ環境設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存処理を中止します。\n処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存処理を中止します。\n" +"処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 @@ -349,38 +373,97 @@ #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 -msgid "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -msgstr "［HTTPサーバーのエキスパート環境設定］ \n\t\tを選択して、設定を書き込む前に詳細な設定を作成します。" +msgid "" +"Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." +msgstr "" +"［HTTPサーバーのエキスパート環境設定］ \n" +"\t\tを選択して、設定を書き込む前に詳細な設定を作成します。" #. module dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 -msgid "<big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big> \nThe table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\nThe first column contains the name of the module. \nThe second column shows whether the module should be\nloaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\nof the module." -msgstr "<big>HTTPサーバモジュールの編集</big> \n一覧には使用可能なすべてのApache2モジュールのリストが\n表示されています。最初の列はモジュール名です。2番目の列には、\nサーバでモジュールをロードするかどうかが示されます。\nここでロードを指定されたモジュールがロードされます。\n最後の列には、モジュールの簡潔な説明が表示されます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big> \n" +"The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" +"The first column contains the name of the module. \n" +"The second column shows whether the module should be\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" +"of the module." +msgstr "" +"<big>HTTPサーバモジュールの編集</big> \n" +"一覧には使用可能なすべてのApache2モジュールのリストが\n" +"表示されています。最初の列はモジュール名です。2番目の列には、\n" +"サーバでモジュールをロードするかどうかが示されます。\n" +"ここでロードを指定されたモジュールがロードされます。\n" +"最後の列には、モジュールの簡潔な説明が表示されます。" #. module dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 -msgid "To change the status of a module, \nchoose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" -msgstr "モジュールの状態を変更するには、該当するエントリをリストから選択し、\n［ステータスの切替］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"To change the status of a module, \n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgstr "" +"モジュールの状態を変更するには、該当するエントリをリストから選択し、\n" +"［ステータスの切替］をクリックしてください。\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 -msgid "If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \nuse Add Module.\n" -msgstr "一覧に表示されていないモジュールを追加する場合は、\n［モジュールの追加］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" +"use Add Module.\n" +msgstr "" +"一覧に表示されていないモジュールを追加する場合は、\n" +"［モジュールの追加］をクリックしてください。\n" #. apache service enabling help 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \nActivate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\nDisabled.\n" -msgstr "<big>HTTPサーバの設定</big> \nHTTPサーバを有効にするには［有効］を選択してください。\n無効にするには［無効］を選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" +"Disabled.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>HTTPサーバの設定</big> \n" +"HTTPサーバを有効にするには［有効］を選択してください。\n" +"無効にするには［無効］を選択してください。\n" #. firewall adapting help 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 -msgid "By enabling Open Firewall on Selected Ports, \nadapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \nThe interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" -msgstr "［選択したポート上でファイアウォールを開く］を有効にすることによって、\nApache2がリッスンするポートに対してファイアウォールを適応します。 \n ファイアウォールのインタフェースは、追加または削除されません。 \n このオプションは、ファイアウォールが有効な場合にのみ使用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"By enabling Open Firewall on Selected Ports, \n" +"adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" +"The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" +msgstr "" +"［選択したポート上でファイアウォールを開く］を有効にすることによって、\n" +"Apache2がリッスンするポートに対してファイアウォールを適応します。 \n" +" ファイアウォールのインタフェースは、追加または削除されません。 \n" +" このオプションは、ファイアウォールが有効な場合にのみ使用できます。\n" #. server configuration overview help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 -msgid "The list of options presents\nseveral parts of the server configuration. Listen On\ncontains a list of ports and IP addresses on which the\nserver should listen for the incoming requests. \nModules allows configuring the modules loaded by the\nserver.\nDefault Host is a server name of a host used as a\ndefault (fallback) host. If the server name of the default\nhost is not specified, a path to the document root of the\ndefault host is displayed.\nHosts contains a list of hosts configured for the server.\n" -msgstr "オプションのリストは\nサーバの環境設定のいくつかの部分を表します。 \n［待ち受け］は、サーバが着信要求をリッスンするポートおよびIPアドレスのリストを含みます。 \n ［モジュール］を使用すると、サーバによってロードされるモジュールの\n環境設定ができます。\n ［デフォルトホスト］は、デフォルト(フォールバック)ホストとして使用される\nホストのサーバ名です。デフォルトホストのサーバ名が\n指定されていない場合は、デフォルトホストのドキュメントルートへの\nパスが表示されます。\n ［ホスト］は、サーバ用に設定されたホストのリストを含みます。\n" +msgid "" +"The list of options presents\n" +"several parts of the server configuration. Listen On\n" +"contains a list of ports and IP addresses on which the\n" +"server should listen for the incoming requests. \n" +"Modules allows configuring the modules loaded by the\n" +"server.\n" +"Default Host is a server name of a host used as a\n" +"default (fallback) host. If the server name of the default\n" +"host is not specified, a path to the document root of the\n" +"default host is displayed.\n" +"Hosts contains a list of hosts configured for the server.\n" +msgstr "" +"オプションのリストは\n" +"サーバの環境設定のいくつかの部分を表します。 \n" +"［待ち受け］は、サーバが着信要求をリッスンするポートおよびIPアドレスのリストを含みます。 \n" +" ［モジュール］を使用すると、サーバによってロードされるモジュールの\n" +"環境設定ができます。\n" +" ［デフォルトホスト］は、デフォルト(フォールバック)ホストとして使用される\n" +"ホストのサーバ名です。デフォルトホストのサーバ名が\n" +"指定されていない場合は、デフォルトホストのドキュメントルートへの\n" +"パスが表示されます。\n" +" ［ホスト］は、サーバ用に設定されたホストのリストを含みます。\n" #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 @@ -394,88 +477,210 @@ #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 -msgid "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \nThis is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \nmarked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\nmatches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\npress Set as Default.\n" -msgstr "<big>設定済みホスト</big> \n設定済みのホストの一覧が表示されます。ホストのいずれかがデフォルトとして\nマークされます(サーバ名の横に「*」が表示されます)。デフォルトホストは、\n受け付けた要求と一致するホストがなかったときに使用されます。\nホストをデフォルトとして設定するには、［デフォルトに設定］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" +"This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" +"matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" +"press Set as Default.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>設定済みホスト</big> \n" +"設定済みのホストの一覧が表示されます。ホストのいずれかがデフォルトとして\n" +"マークされます(サーバ名の横に「*」が表示されます)。デフォルトホストは、\n" +"受け付けた要求と一致するホストがなかったときに使用されます。\n" +"ホストをデフォルトとして設定するには、［デフォルトに設定］をクリックします。\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\nTo add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "ホストを変更するには、一覧からエントリを選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"ホストを変更するには、一覧からエントリを選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n" +"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" #. host editing help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 -msgid "<big>Host Configuration</big> \nTo edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\nTo add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "<big>ホスト設定</big> \nホストの設定を編集するには、一覧のオプションを選択して［編集］をクリックします。\n追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。オプションを削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"<big>ホスト設定</big> \n" +"ホストの設定を編集するには、一覧のオプションを選択して［編集］をクリックします。\n" +"追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。オプションを削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" -msgstr "［サーバの解決］オプションでは、仮想ホストを使用する際のホスト解決方法を指定することが\n\tできます。ただし、［HTTPヘッダによる解決］を選択すると、\n\t名前ベースの仮想ホストのIPアドレス宛の要求は、デフォルトのサーバで処理されなくなります。\n\tSSLベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、［使用IPアドレスによる解決］を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" +"\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" +msgstr "" +"［サーバの解決］オプションでは、仮想ホストを使用する際のホスト解決方法を指定することが\n" +"\tできます。ただし、［HTTPヘッダによる解決］を選択すると、\n" +"\t名前ベースの仮想ホストのIPアドレス宛の要求は、デフォルトのサーバで処理されなくなります。\n" +"\tSSLベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、［使用IPアドレスによる解決］を選択してください。" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \nThe Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\nwhere the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" -msgstr "<big>ホストの待ち受け設定</big> \n［待ち受け］ディレクティブを選択すると、HTTPサーバが要求を待ち受ける\nポートやネットワークインタフェースを選択できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" +"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ホストの待ち受け設定</big> \n" +"［待ち受け］ディレクティブを選択すると、HTTPサーバが要求を待ち受ける\n" +"ポートやネットワークインタフェースを選択できます。\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\nTo add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "エントリを変更するには、一覧で選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"エントリを変更するには、一覧で選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n" +"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "<big>SSL Configuration</big> \nThis is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\nof the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \nencrypting communication.\n" -msgstr "<big>SSLの環境設定</big> \nここでは、SSL (Secure Socket Layer)の設定に関連したオプションの一覧が\n表示されます。SSLを利用すると、暗号化によりホストと安全に\n通信できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>SSL Configuration</big> \n" +"This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" +"of the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \n" +"encrypting communication.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>SSLの環境設定</big> \n" +"ここでは、SSL (Secure Socket Layer)の設定に関連したオプションの一覧が\n" +"表示されます。SSLを利用すると、暗号化によりホストと安全に\n" +"通信できます。\n" #. ssl options dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 -msgid "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\nnot support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\nor accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n\n" -msgstr "一般的な動作はSSLオプションによって決定されます。ホストは\nSSLを全くサポートしない(<tt>SSLなし</tt>)か、非SSLおよびSSLアクセスの両方とも許可する(<tt>許可</tt>)か、\nまたはSSLを経由して暗号化された接続のみ許可します(<tt>必要</tt>)。\n \n" +msgid "" +"General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"一般的な動作はSSLオプションによって決定されます。ホストは\n" +"SSLを全くサポートしない(<tt>SSLなし</tt>)か、非SSLおよびSSLアクセスの両方とも許可する(<tt>許可</tt>)か、\n" +"またはSSLを経由して暗号化された接続のみ許可します(<tt>必要</tt>)。\n" +" \n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 -msgid "Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\nTo add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "オプションを変更するには、一覧で選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"オプションを変更するには、一覧で選択して［編集］をクリックします。追加するには、\n" +"［追加］をクリックします。削除するには、選択して［削除］をクリックします。" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 -msgid "The Certificates menu allows \nimporting server certificates. Import Server Certificate \nallows use of a special purpose certificate. \nUse Common Certificate configures usage of the\ncommon certificate issued for this host.\n" -msgstr "［証明書］メニューでは、\n証明書をインポートできます。［サーバ証明書のインポート］で、\n特別な用途の証明書を使用できます。\n［共通のサーバ証明書の使用］では、このホスト用に発行された\n共通の証明書を使用するように設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"The Certificates menu allows \n" +"importing server certificates. Import Server Certificate \n" +"allows use of a special purpose certificate. \n" +"Use Common Certificate configures usage of the\n" +"common certificate issued for this host.\n" +msgstr "" +"［証明書］メニューでは、\n" +"証明書をインポートできます。［サーバ証明書のインポート］で、\n" +"特別な用途の証明書を使用できます。\n" +"［共通のサーバ証明書の使用］では、このホスト用に発行された\n" +"共通の証明書を使用するように設定します。\n" #. ssl options dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 -msgid "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \nmodule should be loaded by the server.\n" -msgstr "注意: ホストに対してSSLの使用を有効にする場合は、<tt>mod_ssl</tt> \nモジュールがサーバによってロードされる必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" +"module should be loaded by the server.\n" +msgstr "" +"注意: ホストに対してSSLの使用を有効にする場合は、<tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" +"モジュールがサーバによってロードされる必要があります。\n" #. new host dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 -msgid "<big>New Host</big> \nThis dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -msgstr "<big>新しいホスト</big> \nこのダイアログでは、新しい仮想ホストに関する基本情報を入力できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>New Host</big> \n" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." +msgstr "" +"<big>新しいホスト</big> \n" +"このダイアログでは、新しい仮想ホストに関する基本情報を入力できます。" #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "Server Identification specifies the content and\nthe presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\nof the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\nis an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\nthis virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\naddress for feedback about this host.\n" -msgstr "［サーバID］は新しい仮想ホストの内容および\nプレゼンテーション指定します。［サーバ名］は、サーバ応答のHTTPヘッダの\n一部として返されるDNS名です。 \n［サーバのコンテンツルート］は、この仮想ホストによって提供されるすべてのドキュメントを含む\nディレクトリへの絶対パスです。［管理者電子メール］を使用すると、\nこのホストに関するフィードバック用の電子メールアドレスを設定できます。.\n" +msgid "" +"Server Identification specifies the content and\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" +"of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" +"is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" +"this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" +"address for feedback about this host.\n" +msgstr "" +"［サーバID］は新しい仮想ホストの内容および\n" +"プレゼンテーション指定します。［サーバ名］は、サーバ応答のHTTPヘッダの\n" +"一部として返されるDNS名です。 \n" +"［サーバのコンテンツルート］は、この仮想ホストによって提供されるすべてのドキュメントを含む\n" +"ディレクトリへの絶対パスです。［管理者電子メール］を使用すると、\n" +"このホストに関するフィードバック用の電子メールアドレスを設定できます。.\n" #. new host dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "<big>Server Resolution</big> \nApache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\nsettings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \nThere are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\nfrom the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\nthe HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\nby the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\nIf you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\nConsult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" -msgstr "<big>サーバの解決</big> \nApache2ではHTTP要求に応答する際、どの仮想ホストの設定を\n使用すべきかを決定できる必要があります。\nこれには2つの基本的な解決方法があります。1つ目の方法は要求内のHTTPヘッダを利用し、\nその中に書かれているホスト名をサーバ内で探す方法です。\nもう1つの方法は、サーバに接続する際に、クライアントが使用したIPアドレスによって\n決定する方法です。\nSSLベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、［使用IPアドレスによる解決］を選択してください。\n詳細については、Apache2のマニュアルを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Server Resolution</big> \n" +"Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" +"settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" +"There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" +"from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" +"by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" +"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サーバの解決</big> \n" +"Apache2ではHTTP要求に応答する際、どの仮想ホストの設定を\n" +"使用すべきかを決定できる必要があります。\n" +"これには2つの基本的な解決方法があります。1つ目の方法は要求内のHTTPヘッダを利用し、\n" +"その中に書かれているホスト名をサーバ内で探す方法です。\n" +"もう1つの方法は、サーバに接続する際に、クライアントが使用したIPアドレスによって\n" +"決定する方法です。\n" +"SSLベースの仮想ホストを設定する場合は、［使用IPアドレスによる解決］を選択してください。\n" +"詳細については、Apache2のマニュアルを参照してください。\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 -msgid "<big>Details for New Host</big> \nThis dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." -msgstr "<big>仮想ホストの詳細</big> \nこのダイアログでは、仮想ホストに関する追加情報を指定できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." +msgstr "" +"<big>仮想ホストの詳細</big> \n" +"このダイアログでは、仮想ホストに関する追加情報を指定できます。" #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 -msgid "Select Enable CGI Support\nto run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." -msgstr "［CGIサポートを有効にする］を選択して\n実行しますパスのCGIスクリプトは、 CGIディレクトリパスのエイリアス<tt>/cgi-binを使用します。/</tt>." +msgid "" +"Select Enable CGI Support\n" +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +msgstr "" +"［CGIサポートを有効にする］を選択して\n" +"実行しますパスのCGIスクリプトは、 CGIディレクトリパスのエイリアス<tt>/cgi-binを使用します。/</tt>." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 -msgid "For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select Enable SSL Support.\n\nThen enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\nPath.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" -msgstr "この仮想ホストに対してHTTPSアクセスを行うには、［この仮想ホストに対するSSLのサポートを有効にする］を選択します。\n\nその後［証明書ファイルのパス］に証明書ファイルのパスを入力して\nください。このオプションはIPベースの仮想ホストでのみ利用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select Enable SSL Support.\n" +"\n" +"Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" +"Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" +msgstr "" +"この仮想ホストに対してHTTPSアクセスを行うには、［この仮想ホストに対するSSLのサポートを有効にする］を選択します。\n" +"\n" +"その後［証明書ファイルのパス］に証明書ファイルのパスを入力して\n" +"ください。このオプションはIPベースの仮想ホストでのみ利用できます。\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 @@ -484,8 +689,14 @@ #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 -msgid "Public HTML\n\nenables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> directories of all users." -msgstr "［公開HTML］\n\nを使用すると、すべてのユーザの<tt>.public_html</tt>ディレクトリにアクセスできます。" +msgid "" +"Public HTML\n" +"\n" +"enables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> directories of all users." +msgstr "" +"［公開HTML］\n" +"\n" +"を使用すると、すべてのユーザの<tt>.public_html</tt>ディレクトリにアクセスできます。" #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -611,8 +822,18 @@ #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 -msgid "The package %1 is not available.\n\nConfiguration cannot continue\n\nwithout installing the package." -msgstr "パッケージ %1 が利用できません。\n\nパッケージをインストールしないと\n\n設定を続行できません。" +msgid "" +"The package %1 is not available.\n" +"\n" +"Configuration cannot continue\n" +"\n" +"without installing the package." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 が利用できません。\n" +"\n" +"パッケージをインストールしないと\n" +"\n" +"設定を続行できません。" #. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file #. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file @@ -662,8 +883,16 @@ #. install required RPMs for modules #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 -msgid "The enabled modules require\ninstallation of some of these additional packages:\n%1\nInstall them now?\n" -msgstr "指定のモジュールには、次の追加パッケージの一部を\nインストールする必要があります:\n%1\nインストールしますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The enabled modules require\n" +"installation of some of these additional packages:\n" +"%1\n" +"Install them now?\n" +msgstr "" +"指定のモジュールには、次の追加パッケージの一部を\n" +"インストールする必要があります:\n" +"%1\n" +"インストールしますか?\n" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 @@ -677,8 +906,12 @@ #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 -msgid "Default value for module %1 does not match.\nThis can cause inconsistent module configuration." -msgstr "モジュール %1 のデフォルト値が一致しません。\nモジュールの環境設定に矛盾が生じるおそれがあります。" +msgid "" +"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" +"This can cause inconsistent module configuration." +msgstr "" +"モジュール %1 のデフォルト値が一致しません。\n" +"モジュールの環境設定に矛盾が生じるおそれがあります。" #. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 @@ -925,8 +1158,12 @@ #. these are for future use: #. error message - the entered ip address is not found #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 -msgid "The IP address is not configured\non this machine." -msgstr "このコンピュータでは、IPアドレスが\n設定されていません。" +msgid "" +"The IP address is not configured\n" +"on this machine." +msgstr "" +"このコンピュータでは、IPアドレスが\n" +"設定されていません。" #. translators: popup error message when validate server ip #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 @@ -981,8 +1218,28 @@ #. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may #. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 -msgid "The current default host will be replaced by \nthe new host and will become a virtual host.\n\nHowever, the current default host does not have\nthe IP address or the server name specified.\nTherefore, it is not possible to use it as \na virtual host. Verify the suggested values below \nand click OK to continue with the default host\nswitch. Otherwise click Cancel not to change\nthe default host.\n" -msgstr "現在のデフォルトホストは新規ホストに置き換えられ、\n仮想ホストになります。\n\nただし、現在のデフォルトホストはIPアドレスを\n持っていないか、サーバ名が指定されていないので、\n仮想ホストとして使用できません。以下の推奨値を\n確認の上、［OK］をクリックしてデフォルト\nホストの変更を続行してください。\nまたは、［キャンセル］をクリックして、デフォルト\nホストの変更をキャンセルしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"The current default host will be replaced by \n" +"the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" +"\n" +"However, the current default host does not have\n" +"the IP address or the server name specified.\n" +"Therefore, it is not possible to use it as \n" +"a virtual host. Verify the suggested values below \n" +"and click OK to continue with the default host\n" +"switch. Otherwise click Cancel not to change\n" +"the default host.\n" +msgstr "" +"現在のデフォルトホストは新規ホストに置き換えられ、\n" +"仮想ホストになります。\n" +"\n" +"ただし、現在のデフォルトホストはIPアドレスを\n" +"持っていないか、サーバ名が指定されていないので、\n" +"仮想ホストとして使用できません。以下の推奨値を\n" +"確認の上、［OK］をクリックしてデフォルト\n" +"ホストの変更を続行してください。\n" +"または、［キャンセル］をクリックして、デフォルト\n" +"ホストの変更をキャンセルしてください。\n" #. translators: textentry to set the host IP address #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 @@ -1027,8 +1284,16 @@ #. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 -msgid "To use name-based virtual hosting,\nyou must designate the IP address on the server\nthat will be accepting requests for the hosts.\nAlso * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable." -msgstr "名前ベースの仮想ホストを利用するには、\nこれら仮想ホストの要求を受け付けるIPアドレスを\n設定する必要があります。\nすべてのアドレス宛の要求を受け付けるため、'*'または'*:(ポート番号)'を指定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" +"you must designate the IP address on the server\n" +"that will be accepting requests for the hosts.\n" +"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable." +msgstr "" +"名前ベースの仮想ホストを利用するには、\n" +"これら仮想ホストの要求を受け付けるIPアドレスを\n" +"設定する必要があります。\n" +"すべてのアドレス宛の要求を受け付けるため、'*'または'*:(ポート番号)'を指定することもできます。" #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" @@ -1085,8 +1350,12 @@ #. translators: error message un failed certificate import #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 -msgid "Cannot import certificate\n%1" -msgstr "証明書をインポートできません\n%1" +msgid "" +"Cannot import certificate\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"証明書をインポートできません\n" +"%1" #. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 @@ -1144,8 +1413,12 @@ #. translators: error message #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 -msgid "The list of the ports to which the server should\nlisten cannot be empty." -msgstr "サーバが待ち受けるポートのリストは必ず指定\nしてください。" +msgid "" +"The list of the ports to which the server should\n" +"listen cannot be empty." +msgstr "" +"サーバが待ち受けるポートのリストは必ず指定\n" +"してください。" #. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 @@ -1465,4 +1738,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "sslと「virtual by name」は組み合わせできません。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -281,8 +281,12 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Warning #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 -msgid "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\nInternet super-server will be disabled." -msgstr "全てのサービスに無効マーク(ロック済み)が付けられました。\nインターネットスーパサーバが無効になります。" +msgid "" +"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" +"Internet super-server will be disabled." +msgstr "" +"全てのサービスに無効マーク(ロック済み)が付けられました。\n" +"インターネットスーパサーバが無効になります。" #. service name #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 @@ -354,8 +358,12 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "Service is empty.\nEnter valid values.\n" -msgstr "サービスが空欄です。\n有効な値を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Service is empty.\n" +"Enter valid values.\n" +msgstr "" +"サービスが空欄です。\n" +"有効な値を入力してください。\n" #. Error message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 @@ -379,94 +387,241 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>xinetdの環境設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>xinetdの環境設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 -msgid "<big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 -msgid "<big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>xinetdの環境設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>xinetdの環境設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 -msgid "<big>Aborting the Save Process:</big> \nAbort saving by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全かどうかが通知されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting the Save Process:</big> \n" +"Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全かどうかが通知されます。\n" +"\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 -msgid "<big>Network Service Configuration</big> \nClick Enable to enable network services managed by a super-server\nconfiguration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" -msgstr "<big>ネットワークサービスの環境設定</big> \nスーパサーバの環境設定で管理されているネットワークサービスを有効にするには、［有効］を\nクリックします。スーパサーバを停止するには、［無効］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Network Service Configuration</big> \n" +"Click Enable to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" +"configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークサービスの環境設定</big> \n" +"スーパサーバの環境設定で管理されているネットワークサービスを有効にするには、［有効］を\n" +"クリックします。スーパサーバを停止するには、［無効］をクリックします。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 -msgid "<big>Configuration Service Status:</big> \nAll services marked with X in column Ch were edited\nand will be changed in the system configuration.\n" -msgstr "<big>設定サービスの状況:</big> \n［変更］欄で［X］とマークされているサービスは、\nシステム設定で変更されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Service Status:</big> \n" +"All services marked with X in column Ch were edited\n" +"and will be changed in the system configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>設定サービスの状況:</big> \n" +"［変更］欄で［X］とマークされているサービスは、\n" +"システム設定で変更されます。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 -msgid "<big>Services Status:</big> \nAll services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\nAll services marked with On are active (unlocked).\nAll services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." -msgstr "<big>サービスの状態:</big> \n［---］とマークされているサービスは無効です(ロック済み)。\n［オン］とマークされているサービスは有効です(ロック解除)。\n［NI］とマークされているサービスは、まだインストールされていないため、設定できません。" +msgid "" +"<big>Services Status:</big> \n" +"All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" +"All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." +msgstr "" +"<big>サービスの状態:</big> \n" +"［---］とマークされているサービスは無効です(ロック済み)。\n" +"［オン］とマークされているサービスは有効です(ロック解除)。\n" +"［NI］とマークされているサービスは、まだインストールされていないため、設定できません。" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 -msgid "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \nSelect the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" -msgstr "<big>サービスの状態の変更:</big> \nサービスを有効または無効にするには、選択してから［状態を変更する(オン/オフ)］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サービスの状態の変更:</big> \n" +"サービスを有効または無効にするには、選択してから［状態を変更する(オン/オフ)］をクリックしてください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<big>Editing Services:</big> \nSelect the service to edit and press Edit.\n" -msgstr "<big>サービスの編集:</big> \n編集するサービスを選択して、［編集］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing Services:</big> \n" +"Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サービスの編集:</big> \n" +"編集するサービスを選択して、［編集］をクリックしてください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 -msgid "<big>Deleting Services:</big> \nSelect the service to delete and press Delete.\n" -msgstr "<big>サービスの削除:</big> \n削除するサービスを選択して［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Deleting Services:</big> \n" +"Select the service to delete and press Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サービスの削除:</big> \n" +"削除するサービスを選択して［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 -msgid "<big>Adding a New Entry:</big>\nClick Create and complete the form.\n" -msgstr "<big>新しいエントリの追加:</big>\n［作成］をクリックして、フォームに入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a New Entry:</big>\n" +"Click Create and complete the form.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>新しいエントリの追加:</big>\n" +"［作成］をクリックして、フォームに入力してください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 -msgid "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\nLeave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\nIf you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" -msgstr "<big>設定をキャンセル:</big>\n設定をキャンセルするには キャンセル ボタンを押してください。\n中止した場合、全ての変更内容が失われて元の設定状態に戻ります。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" +"Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>設定をキャンセル:</big>\n" +"設定をキャンセルするには キャンセル ボタンを押してください。\n" +"中止した場合、全ての変更内容が失われて元の設定状態に戻ります。\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 -msgid "\nTo create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\nenter\n" -msgstr "\nスーパサーバ用に有効なエントリ(サービス)を作成するには、\n次の項目を入力します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" +"enter\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"スーパサーバ用に有効なエントリ(サービス)を作成するには、\n" +"次の項目を入力します。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 -msgid "<ul>\n<li>service name\n<li>RPC version (optional)\n<li>socket type\n<li>protocol\n<li>wait/nowait\n<li>user\n<li>group\n<li>server program\n<li>server program arguments\n</ul>" -msgstr "<ul>\n<li>サービス名\n<li>RPCバージョン(任意)\n<li>ソケットタイプ\n<li>プロトコル\n<li>待機\n<li>ユーザ\n<li>グループ\n<li>サーバプログラム\n<li>サーバプログラムの引数\n</ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul>\n" +"<li>service name\n" +"<li>RPC version (optional)\n" +"<li>socket type\n" +"<li>protocol\n" +"<li>wait/nowait\n" +"<li>user\n" +"<li>group\n" +"<li>server program\n" +"<li>server program arguments\n" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul>\n" +"<li>サービス名\n" +"<li>RPCバージョン(任意)\n" +"<li>ソケットタイプ\n" +"<li>プロトコル\n" +"<li>待機\n" +"<li>ユーザ\n" +"<li>グループ\n" +"<li>サーバプログラム\n" +"<li>サーバプログラムの引数\n" +"</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" msgstr "ここでは概要のみを示します。詳細は、「info xinetd.conf」を参照してください。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 -msgid "Enter a valid service name into the service field.\n\n" -msgstr "［サービス］フィールドには有効なサービス名を入力してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Enter a valid service name into the service field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"［サービス］フィールドには有効なサービス名を入力してください。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 -msgid "The socket type should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\ndepending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\nrequires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\ntransmission.\n" -msgstr "「ソケットタイプ」には、stream、dgram、raw、またはseqpacketのいずれかを指定します。\nこのソケットタイプは、サービスがストリームベースであるか、データグラムベースであるか、\nIPへの直接アクセスを必要とするか、または信頼性のあるシーケンシャルなデータグラム転送を\n必要とするかによって決定します。\n" +msgid "" +"The socket type should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" +"depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" +"requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n" +"transmission.\n" +msgstr "" +"「ソケットタイプ」には、stream、dgram、raw、またはseqpacketのいずれかを指定します。\n" +"このソケットタイプは、サービスがストリームベースであるか、データグラムベースであるか、\n" +"IPへの直接アクセスを必要とするか、または信頼性のあるシーケンシャルなデータグラム転送を\n" +"必要とするかによって決定します。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 -msgid "The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\nExamples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n\n" -msgstr "［プロトコル］は/etc/protocolsに指定された有効なプロトコルでなくてはなりません。\nたとえば、tcp、udp、rpc/tcpやrpc/udpです。\n\n" +msgid "" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" +"Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"［プロトコル］は/etc/protocolsに指定された有効なプロトコルでなくてはなりません。\n" +"たとえば、tcp、udp、rpc/tcpやrpc/udpです。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 -msgid "The wait/nowait entry determines if the service is\nsingle-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\nconnection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\nyes, the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \nstarts the server then stops handling requests for the service\nuntil the server dies and that the server software accepts the\nconnection. If the attribute value is no, the service is\nmultithreaded and xinetd keeps handling new service requests and\nxinetd accepts the connection. \nudp/dgram services normally expect the value to be yes,\nbecause udp is not connection oriented. tcp/stream servers\nnormally expect the value to be no.\n" -msgstr "［待機］エントリでは、サービスがシングルスレッドとマルチスレッドのどちら\nであるか、およびxinetdまたはサーバプログラムのどちらが接続を受け入れるかを指定します。\n 値が［はい］の場合、サービスはシングルスレッドです。\n つまり、xinetdは、サーバを起動したら、そのサーバが停止するまではサービス要求の\n処理を行いません。また、接続を受け入れるのはサーバソフトウェアです。\n 値が［いいえ］の場合、サービスはマルチスレッドであり、\nxinetdは新しいサービス要求を処理し続けます。また、接続を受け入れるのはxinetdです。\n udp/dgramサービスの場合は、udpがコネクション指向ではないため、通常は［はい］を設定します。\n tcp/streamサービスの場合、通常は［いいえ］を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"The wait/nowait entry determines if the service is\n" +"single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" +"connection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\n" +"yes, the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \n" +"starts the server then stops handling requests for the service\n" +"until the server dies and that the server software accepts the\n" +"connection. If the attribute value is no, the service is\n" +"multithreaded and xinetd keeps handling new service requests and\n" +"xinetd accepts the connection. \n" +"udp/dgram services normally expect the value to be yes,\n" +"because udp is not connection oriented. tcp/stream servers\n" +"normally expect the value to be no.\n" +msgstr "" +"［待機］エントリでは、サービスがシングルスレッドとマルチスレッドのどちら\n" +"であるか、およびxinetdまたはサーバプログラムのどちらが接続を受け入れるかを指定します。\n" +" 値が［はい］の場合、サービスはシングルスレッドです。\n" +" つまり、xinetdは、サーバを起動したら、そのサーバが停止するまではサービス要求の\n" +"処理を行いません。また、接続を受け入れるのはサーバソフトウェアです。\n" +" 値が［いいえ］の場合、サービスはマルチスレッドであり、\n" +"xinetdは新しいサービス要求を処理し続けます。また、接続を受け入れるのはxinetdです。\n" +" udp/dgramサービスの場合は、udpがコネクション指向ではないため、通常は［はい］を設定します。\n" +" tcp/streamサービスの場合、通常は［いいえ］を指定します。\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 -msgid "The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\nUser. This is useful to make services run with permissions\nless than root.\n\n" -msgstr "［ユーザ］に入力されたユーザの権限でサーバを実行します。\nサービスをルートユーザより低い権限で実行するために\n役立ちます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" +"User. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" +"less than root.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"［ユーザ］に入力されたユーザの権限でサーバを実行します。\n" +"サービスをルートユーザより低い権限で実行するために\n" +"役立ちます。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 -msgid "In Server, enter the path name of the program to\nbe executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\nParameters for this program can be specified in Server Arguments.\n\n\n" -msgstr "［サーバプログラム］で、リクエストがソケットに到達している場合は、\nスーパサーバで実行されるプログラムのパス名が必要です。\nこのプログラムの引数を［サーバの引数］に入力してください。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"In Server, enter the path name of the program to\n" +"be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" +"Parameters for this program can be specified in Server Arguments.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"［サーバプログラム］で、リクエストがソケットに到達している場合は、\n" +"スーパサーバで実行されるプログラムのパス名が必要です。\n" +"このプログラムの引数を［サーバの引数］に入力してください。\n" +"\n" +"\n" #. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 @@ -546,4 +701,3 @@ #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "このサービスを有効にします" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -40,8 +40,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 -msgid "No installation control file has been found,\nthe installer cannot continue." -msgstr "インストール制御ファイルが見つからないため、\nインストーラでのインストールを続行できません。" +msgid "" +"No installation control file has been found,\n" +"the installer cannot continue." +msgstr "" +"インストール制御ファイルが見つからないため、\n" +"インストーラでのインストールを続行できません。" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message #. progress step title @@ -60,8 +64,24 @@ #. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in #. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 -msgid "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\na graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\nmemory or the X server could not be started.\n\nAs fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the\nsame functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\ndiffer from those in the manual.\n" -msgstr "このコンピュータは、グラフィカルインストールの要件を一部\n満たしていません。メモリが %1 MBより少ないか、\nXサーバを起動できませんでした。\n\n代わりにYaST2のテキストフロントエンドに従ってインストールを進めてください。\nこのフロントエンドはグラフィカルなフロントエンドと同じ機能を提供しますが、\n画面の表示はマニュアルの表記とは\n異なります。\n" +msgid "" +"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" +"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" +"memory or the X server could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"このコンピュータは、グラフィカルインストールの要件を一部\n" +"満たしていません。メモリが %1 MBより少ないか、\n" +"Xサーバを起動できませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"代わりにYaST2のテキストフロントエンドに従ってインストールを進めてください。\n" +"このフロントエンドはグラフィカルなフロントエンドと同じ機能を提供しますが、\n" +"画面の表示はマニュアルの表記とは\n" +"異なります。\n" #. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the #. option no_x11 but it's broken. @@ -69,8 +89,26 @@ #. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in #. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 -msgid "The graphical interface could not be started.\n\nEither the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \nor the graphics card is not properly supported.\n\nAs fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the\nsame functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\ndiffer from those in the manual.\n" -msgstr "グラフィカルインタフェースを起動できませんでした。\n\n必要なパッケージがインストールされていないか(最小インストールの場合など)\n、グラフィックカードが適切にサポートされていません。\n\n代わりにYaST2のテキストフロントエンドに従ってインストールを進めてください。\nこのフロントエンドはグラフィカルなフロントエンドと同じ機能を提供しますが、\n画面の表示はマニュアルの表記とは\n異なります。\n" +msgid "" +"The graphical interface could not be started.\n" +"\n" +"Either the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \n" +"or the graphics card is not properly supported.\n" +"\n" +"As fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\n" +"through the installation. This front-end offers the\n" +"same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n" +"differ from those in the manual.\n" +msgstr "" +"グラフィカルインタフェースを起動できませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"必要なパッケージがインストールされていないか(最小インストールの場合など)\n" +"、グラフィックカードが適切にサポートされていません。\n" +"\n" +"代わりにYaST2のテキストフロントエンドに従ってインストールを進めてください。\n" +"このフロントエンドはグラフィカルなフロントエンドと同じ機能を提供しますが、\n" +"画面の表示はマニュアルの表記とは\n" +"異なります。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 @@ -96,13 +134,29 @@ #. popup question (#x1) #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 -msgid "The previous installation has failed.\nWould you like it to continue?\n\nNote: You may have to enter some information again." -msgstr "前のインストールが失敗しています。\n続行しますか?\n \n注: 一部の情報を再入力しなければならないこともあります。" +msgid "" +"The previous installation has failed.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"前のインストールが失敗しています。\n" +"続行しますか?\n" +" \n" +"注: 一部の情報を再入力しなければならないこともあります。" #. popup question (#x1) #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 -msgid "The previous installation has been aborted.\nWould you like it to continue?\n\nNote: You may have to enter some information again." -msgstr "前回のインストール作業が中止されています。\n中断したインストールを続行しますか？\n\n注意: 設定のうちいくつかをもう一度行う必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The previous installation has been aborted.\n" +"Would you like it to continue?\n" +"\n" +"Note: You may have to enter some information again." +msgstr "" +"前回のインストール作業が中止されています。\n" +"中断したインストールを続行しますか？\n" +"\n" +"注意: 設定のうちいくつかをもう一度行う必要があります。" #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process @@ -124,13 +178,27 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 -msgid "If you continue now, existing\npartitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\ninstallation settings in the previous dialogs." -msgstr "このまま続行すると、前のダイアログ\nで行ったインストールの設定に応じて、\nハードディスク上の既存のパーティション\nは削除されるかフォーマットされます。\n" +msgid "" +"If you continue now, existing\n" +"partitions on your hard disk will be deleted or formatted\n" +"(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" +"installation settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"このまま続行すると、前のダイアログ\n" +"で行ったインストールの設定に応じて、\n" +"ハードディスク上の既存のパーティション\n" +"は削除されるかフォーマットされます。\n" +"" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 -msgid "If you continue now, partitions on your\nhard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\nprevious dialogs." -msgstr "このまま続けると、先のダイアログでインストールされた設定に従って、\nハードディスク上のパーティションが変更されます。" +msgid "" +"If you continue now, partitions on your\n" +"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" +"previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"このまま続けると、先のダイアログでインストールされた設定に従って、\n" +"ハードディスク上のパーティションが変更されます。" #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 @@ -158,8 +226,14 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 -msgid "\nIf you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\naccording to the settings in the previous dialogs." -msgstr "\nこのまま続けると、先のダイアログの設定に従って、\nハードディスク上のデータが上書きされます。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" +"according to the settings in the previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このまま続けると、先のダイアログの設定に従って、\n" +"ハードディスク上のデータが上書きされます。" #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation @@ -277,12 +351,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 -msgid "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\nImages contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\nselection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\nimages will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" -msgstr "［イメージからのインストール］は、インストールを素早く行うために使用します。\nイメージには、選択したパターンに応じたインストール済みシステムの圧縮スナップショットが\n含まれています。イメージに含まれていない残りのパッケージについては、通常の方法で\nパッケージからインストールします。\n" +msgid "" +"Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" +"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" +msgstr "" +"［イメージからのインストール］は、インストールを素早く行うために使用します。\n" +"イメージには、選択したパターンに応じたインストール済みシステムの圧縮スナップショットが\n" +"含まれています。イメージに含まれていない残りのパッケージについては、通常の方法で\n" +"パッケージからインストールします。\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 -msgid "Creating own Images is used if you\nwant to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\nimage on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\nEverything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." -msgstr "RPMのインストール手順を完全にスキップする場合は、［独自のイメージを作成］\nを使用します。代わりに、AutoYaSTは高速で事前設定可能な\nイメージをハードディスク上に生成します。\nRPMのインストール以外のすべての処理は、通常の自動インストールと同様に実行されます。" +msgid "" +"Creating own Images is used if you\n" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +msgstr "" +"RPMのインストール手順を完全にスキップする場合は、［独自のイメージを作成］\n" +"を使用します。代わりに、AutoYaSTは高速で事前設定可能な\n" +"イメージをハードディスク上に生成します。\n" +"RPMのインストール以外のすべての処理は、通常の自動インストールと同様に実行されます。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 @@ -291,13 +381,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 -msgid "Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\nnot match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." -msgstr "イメージからインストールする場合、イメージ内に存在するすべてのパッケージのタイムスタンプは、\n実際のインストール日ではなく、イメージを作成した日付になることに注意してください。" +msgid "" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +msgstr "" +"イメージからインストールする場合、イメージ内に存在するすべてのパッケージのタイムスタンプは、\n" +"実際のインストール日ではなく、イメージを作成した日付になることに注意してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 -msgid "Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\npattern selection does not fit any set of images." -msgstr "現在の選択パターンが保存されているイメージと合致しない場合、\nイメージからのインストールは既定で無効になっています。" +msgid "" +"Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" +"pattern selection does not fit any set of images." +msgstr "" +"現在の選択パターンが保存されているイメージと合致しない場合、\n" +"イメージからのインストールは既定で無効になっています。" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." @@ -305,8 +403,16 @@ #. changed to true #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "Cannot enable installation from images.\n\nCurrently selected patterns do not fit the images\nstored on the installation media.\n" -msgstr "イメージからのインストールを有効にすることができません。\n\n現在選択されているパターンは、インストールメディア内に保存されている\nイメージに適合しません。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot enable installation from images.\n" +"\n" +"Currently selected patterns do not fit the images\n" +"stored on the installation media.\n" +msgstr "" +"イメージからのインストールを有効にすることができません。\n" +"\n" +"現在選択されているパターンは、インストールメディア内に保存されている\n" +"イメージに適合しません。\n" #. this is a menu entry #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 @@ -348,8 +454,16 @@ #. popup error message #. %1 represents the the error message details #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 -msgid "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\nDetails: %1\n\nTry again?" -msgstr "サーバへの接続時にエラーが発生しました。\n詳細： %1\n\nもう一度試してみますか?" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" +"Details: %1\n" +"\n" +"Try again?" +msgstr "" +"サーバへの接続時にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"詳細： %1\n" +"\n" +"もう一度試してみますか?" #. bnc #542792 #. Repository name must be generated from product details @@ -380,8 +494,12 @@ msgstr "Online Updateを実行しますか？" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 -msgid "Select whether to run an online update now.\nYou may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" -msgstr "オンラインアップデートを今すぐ実行するかどうかを選択してください。\nこの手順をスキップして、後でオンラインアップデートを実行することもできます。\n" +msgid "" +"Select whether to run an online update now.\n" +"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" +msgstr "" +"オンラインアップデートを今すぐ実行するかどうかを選択してください。\n" +"この手順をスキップして、後でオンラインアップデートを実行することもできます。\n" #. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, #. keyboard and accepting the license. @@ -403,29 +521,67 @@ #. help text for initial (first time) language screen #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169 -msgid "\nChoose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\ninstallation and for the installed system.\n\n" -msgstr "\nインストール時およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイアウト を\n選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" +"installation and for the installed system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インストール時およびインストール後に利用する 言語 と キーボードレイアウト を\n" +"選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177 -msgid "\nThe license must be accepted before the installation continues.\nUse License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n\n" -msgstr "\nインストールを続行するには、ライセンスに同意する必要があります。\n［ライセンス翻訳］をクリックすると、利用可能なライセンスのすべての翻訳を表示することができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インストールを続行するには、ライセンスに同意する必要があります。\n" +"［ライセンス翻訳］をクリックすると、利用可能なライセンスのすべての翻訳を表示することができます。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 -msgid "\nClick Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n\n" -msgstr "\n[次へ]をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"[次へ]をクリックし、次のダイアログに進みます。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190 -msgid "\nNothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\nall your settings in the last installation dialog.\n\n" -msgstr "\n直前のインストールダイアログのすべての設定を確定しない限り、\nコンピュータには何も起こりません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" +"all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"直前のインストールダイアログのすべての設定を確定しない限り、\n" +"コンピュータには何も起こりません。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197 -msgid "\nSelect Abort to abort the\ninstallation process at any time.\n\n" -msgstr "\nどこでも 中止 ボタンを押すことでインストール作業を\n中止することができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Abort to abort the\n" +"installation process at any time.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"どこでも 中止 ボタンを押すことでインストール作業を\n" +"中止することができます。\n" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 @@ -476,8 +632,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 -msgid "Select Disable ZMD Service to stop and disable\nthe ZMD service during system start.\n" -msgstr "［ZMDサービスを無効にする］を選択すると、システム起動時に\n起動するZMDサービスを停止して無効にできます。\n" +msgid "" +"Select Disable ZMD Service to stop and disable\n" +"the ZMD service during system start.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ZMDサービスを無効にする］を選択すると、システム起動時に\n" +"起動するZMDサービスを停止して無効にできます。\n" #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml @@ -497,8 +657,12 @@ #. congratulation text 2/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 -msgid "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\nAfter clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -msgstr "&product; のインストールが終了しました。\n［完了］をクリックしてログインできます。\n" +msgid "" +"The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +msgstr "" +"&product; のインストールが終了しました。\n" +"［完了］をクリックしてログインできます。\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 @@ -517,18 +681,36 @@ #. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 -msgid "Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\nto the login screen.\n" -msgstr "［完了］をクリックしてYaSTのインストールを完了し、\nログイン画面に進みます。\n" +msgid "" +"Finish will close the YaST installation and take you\n" +"to the login screen.\n" +msgstr "" +"［完了］をクリックしてYaSTのインストールを完了し、\n" +"ログイン画面に進みます。\n" #. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 -msgid "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\nadjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\nour SUSE Welcome Dialog.\n" -msgstr "KDEのグラフィカルデスクトップ環境を選択すると、KDE設定を\nハードウェアに合わせて調整することができます。\nSUSEウェルカムダイアログもご参照ください。\n" +msgid "" +"If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" +"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" +"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.\n" +msgstr "" +"KDEのグラフィカルデスクトップ環境を選択すると、KDE設定を\n" +"ハードウェアに合わせて調整することができます。\n" +"SUSEウェルカムダイアログもご参照ください。\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 -msgid "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\nAutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\nneeds a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\nselected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -msgstr "AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには クローン を押してください。\nAutoYaST とはユーザの対話操作なしで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段です。\nAutoTaST はインストールするシステムをどのように設定したいかを指定するプロファイルを必要とします。\nこのオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" +msgid "" +"Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST プロファイルを作成するには クローン を押してください。\n" +"AutoYaST とはユーザの対話操作なしで SUSE Linux をインストールする手段です。\n" +"AutoTaST はインストールするシステムをどのように設定したいかを指定するプロファイルを必要とします。\n" +"このオプションを選択すると、現在のシステムのプロファイルが <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> に保存されます。" #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage @@ -564,13 +746,21 @@ #. BNC #444209 #. false == error #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170 -msgid "Deploying images has failed.\nAborting the installation...\n" -msgstr "イメージの展開に失敗しました。\nインストールを中止しています...\n" +msgid "" +"Deploying images has failed.\n" +"Aborting the installation...\n" +msgstr "" +"イメージの展開に失敗しました。\n" +"インストールを中止しています...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202 -msgid "Debugging has been turned on.\nYaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." -msgstr "デバッグがオンになっています。\nYaSTはパッケージの現在のステータスを調べるため、パッケージマネージャを起動します。" +msgid "" +"Debugging has been turned on.\n" +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +msgstr "" +"デバッグがオンになっています。\n" +"YaSTはパッケージの現在のステータスを調べるため、パッケージマネージャを起動します。" #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378 @@ -790,13 +980,25 @@ #. help text for installation option #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 -msgid "\nTo use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\nAdd Online Repositories Before Installation." -msgstr "\n提案されたリモートのリポジトリをインストールや更新に使う場合は、\nインストール前にオンラインリポジトリを追加する を選んでください。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" +"Add Online Repositories Before Installation." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"提案されたリモートのリポジトリをインストールや更新に使う場合は、\n" +"インストール前にオンラインリポジトリを追加する を選んでください。" #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 -msgid "\nTo install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\nInclude Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" -msgstr "\n&product; と共に別のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールするには、\n［別のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする］を選んでください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"&product; と共に別のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールするには、\n" +"［別のメディアで提供されるアドオン製品をインストールする］を選んでください。\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 @@ -815,8 +1017,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 -msgid "No network setup has been found.\nIt is important if using remote repositories,\notherwise you can safely skip it.\n" -msgstr "ネットワークが設定されていません。\nネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用する場合には必要不可欠ですが、\nそうでなければ飛ばしてもかまいません。\n" +msgid "" +"No network setup has been found.\n" +"It is important if using remote repositories,\n" +"otherwise you can safely skip it.\n" +msgstr "" +"ネットワークが設定されていません。\n" +"ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用する場合には必要不可欠ですが、\n" +"そうでなければ飛ばしてもかまいません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog label #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 @@ -840,28 +1048,54 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 -msgid "The current installation system does not\nhave a configured network.\n" -msgstr "現在のインストールシステムではネットワークが\n設定されていません。\n" +msgid "" +"The current installation system does not\n" +"have a configured network.\n" +msgstr "" +"現在のインストールシステムではネットワークが\n" +"設定されていません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 -msgid "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\nor add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" -msgstr "ネットワーク上のリポジトリやアドオン製品を利用するにはネットワーク\n設定が必要です。ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用しない場合はネットワーク設定を飛ばすこともできます。\n" +msgid "" +"A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク上のリポジトリやアドオン製品を利用するにはネットワーク\n" +"設定が必要です。ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用しない場合はネットワーク設定を飛ばすこともできます。\n" #. error popup #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 -msgid "Network configuration has failed.\nCheck the log file %1 for details." -msgstr "ネットワークの設定に失敗しました。\n詳細については、ログファイル %1 を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Network configuration has failed.\n" +"Check the log file %1 for details." +msgstr "" +"ネットワークの設定に失敗しました。\n" +"詳細については、ログファイル %1 を参照してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 -msgid "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \nof different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \nGNOME and KDE." -msgstr "Linux では「選択」が最も重要です。openSUSEでは複数の異なるデスクトップ環境を\n提供しています。次に、主要な2種類のデスクトップ環境である\nGNOMEとKDEを示します。" +msgid "" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"GNOME and KDE." +msgstr "" +"Linux では「選択」が最も重要です。openSUSEでは複数の異なるデスクトップ環境を\n" +"提供しています。次に、主要な2種類のデスクトップ環境である\n" +"GNOMEとKDEを示します。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 -msgid "You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\nthat could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \nselection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \nenvironments. This screen allows you to set the default." -msgstr "［その他］オプションを使用すると、よりニーズに適した別のデスクトップ環境(または最小インストールパターンの1つ)\nを選択できます。後でソフトウェアを選択する際やインストール後に、\n選択したデスクトップ環境を変更したり、デスクトップ環境を追加したりできます。\nこの画面ではデフォルト値を設定できます。" +msgid "" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"environments. This screen allows you to set the default." +msgstr "" +"［その他］オプションを使用すると、よりニーズに適した別のデスクトップ環境(または最小インストールパターンの1つ)\n" +"を選択できます。後でソフトウェアを選択する際やインストール後に、\n" +"選択したデスクトップ環境を変更したり、デスクトップ環境を追加したりできます。\n" +"この画面ではデフォルト値を設定できます。" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121 @@ -870,8 +1104,12 @@ #. UI wait loop #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190 -msgid "No desktop type was selected.\nSelect the desired desktop environment." -msgstr "デスクトップの種類が選択されていません。インストールする\nデスクトップ環境を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"No desktop type was selected.\n" +"Select the desired desktop environment." +msgstr "" +"デスクトップの種類が選択されていません。インストールする\n" +"デスクトップ環境を選択してください。" #. BNC #449818 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383 @@ -916,8 +1154,12 @@ #. help text for dialog "Release Notes" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 -msgid "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\nsummary of new features and changes.\n" -msgstr "インストールされたLinuxシステムの「リリースノート」には、\n新しい機能や変更点などの概要が記されています。\n" +msgid "" +"The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" +"summary of new features and changes.\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールされたLinuxシステムの「リリースノート」には、\n" +"新しい機能や変更点などの概要が記されています。\n" #. informative message in RichText widget #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 @@ -926,8 +1168,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 -msgid "Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\nAdditional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" -msgstr "ニーズに最も近いシナリオを選択してください。\n追加のソフトウェアは、後のソフトウェアの提案で選択することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" +"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" +msgstr "" +"ニーズに最も近いシナリオを選択してください。\n" +"追加のソフトウェアは、後のソフトウェアの提案で選択することができます。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1023,42 +1269,94 @@ #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 -msgid "\nCheck 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." -msgstr "\nインストール時に特定のハードウェアドライバが必要な場合は、「drivers.suse.com」を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インストール時に特定のハードウェアドライバが必要な場合は、「drivers.suse.com」を参照してください。" #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 -msgid "No hard disks were found for the installation.\nPlease check your hardware!\n%1\n" -msgstr "インストールに利用できるハードディスクが見つかりませんでした。\nハードウェアを確認してください。\n%1\n" +msgid "" +"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" +"Please check your hardware!\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールに利用できるハードディスクが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"ハードウェアを確認してください。\n" +"%1\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 -msgid "No hard disks were found for the installation.\nDuring an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" -msgstr "インストールに利用できるハードディスクが見つかりませんでした。\n自動インストールの場合は、後で検出されることがあります\n(特にs390やiSCSIシステムの場合)。\n" +msgid "" +"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" +"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" +"(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールに利用できるハードディスクが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"自動インストールの場合は、後で検出されることがあります\n" +"(特にs390やiSCSIシステムの場合)。\n" #. pop-up error report #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 -msgid "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\nfound for the installation.\nCheck your hardware.\n%1\n" -msgstr "インストールに利用できるハードディスクと\nそのコントローラが見つかりませんでした。\nハードウェアを確認してください。\n%1\n" +msgid "" +"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" +"found for the installation.\n" +"Check your hardware.\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールに利用できるハードディスクと\n" +"そのコントローラが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"ハードウェアを確認してください。\n" +"%1\n" #. popup message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 -msgid "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\nAborting the installation." -msgstr "ソフトウエアリポジトリの初期化に失敗しました。\nインストールを中止します。" +msgid "" +"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" +"Aborting the installation." +msgstr "" +"ソフトウエアリポジトリの初期化に失敗しました。\n" +"インストールを中止します。" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184 -msgid "A valid update could not be found at\n%s.\n\n" -msgstr "%s\nに、有効なアップデートが見つかりませんでした。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"A valid update could not be found at\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"%s\n" +"に、有効なアップデートが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190 -msgid "Could not fetch update from\n%s.\n\n" -msgstr "%s\nから、アップデートをフェッチできませんでした。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"Could not fetch update from\n" +"%s.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"%s\n" +"から、アップデートをフェッチできませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215 -msgid "Downloading installer updates from \n%s\nfailed.\n\nWould you like to check your network configuration?" -msgstr "%s\nからインストーラのアップデートをダウンロード\nできませんでした。\n\nネットワーク設定を確認しますか?" +msgid "" +"Downloading installer updates from \n" +"%s\n" +"failed.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration?" +msgstr "" +"%s\n" +"からインストーラのアップデートをダウンロード\n" +"できませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"ネットワーク設定を確認しますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 @@ -1087,8 +1385,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 -msgid "These repositories were found on the system\nyou are upgrading:" -msgstr "アップグレードしようしているシステムには以下のリポジトリが\n設定されています:" +msgid "" +"These repositories were found on the system\n" +"you are upgrading:" +msgstr "" +"アップグレードしようしているシステムには以下のリポジトリが\n" +"設定されています:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 @@ -1121,13 +1423,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 -msgid "Here you see all software repositories found\non the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." -msgstr "アップグレードしようとしているシステムに設定されていたソフトウエア\nリポジトリが表示されています。アップグレード処理の際にこれらのソフトウエアを含める場合は有効に設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Here you see all software repositories found\n" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +msgstr "" +"アップグレードしようとしているシステムに設定されていたソフトウエア\n" +"リポジトリが表示されています。アップグレード処理の際にこれらのソフトウエアを含める場合は有効に設定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 -msgid "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\nToggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." -msgstr "URLを有効、削除、または無効にするには、［ステータスの切り替え］\nボタンをクリックするか、表内の個別の項目をダブルクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" +"Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." +msgstr "" +"URLを有効、削除、または無効にするには、［ステータスの切り替え］\n" +"ボタンをクリックするか、表内の個別の項目をダブルクリックしてください。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 @@ -1155,8 +1465,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 -msgid "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\nConfigure it?" -msgstr "ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用するにはインターネット接続が必要です。\nネットワークを設定しますか？" +msgid "" +"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" +"Configure it?" +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク上のリポジトリを利用するにはインターネット接続が必要です。\n" +"ネットワークを設定しますか？" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 @@ -1207,36 +1521,78 @@ msgstr "適切なメディアが必要です" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 -msgid "Make sure that media with label %1\nis in the CD/DVD drive.\n\nIf you skip it, the repository will not be added.\n" -msgstr "CD/DVDドライブ内に、%1 というラベルの\n付いたメディアが挿入されていることを確認してください。\n\nこの手順をスキップした場合、リポジトリは追加されません。\n" +msgid "" +"Make sure that media with label %1\n" +"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" +"\n" +"If you skip it, the repository will not be added.\n" +msgstr "" +"CD/DVDドライブ内に、%1 というラベルの\n" +"付いたメディアが挿入されていることを確認してください。\n" +"\n" +"この手順をスキップした場合、リポジトリは追加されません。\n" #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 -msgid "Cannot add repository %1\nURL: %2\n\n\nRepository will be added in disabled state." -msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を追加できません。\nURL: %2\n\n\nリポジトリは無効な状態で追加されます。" +msgid "" +"Cannot add repository %1\n" +"URL: %2\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Repository will be added in disabled state." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ %1 を追加できません。\n" +"URL: %2\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"リポジトリは無効な状態で追加されます。" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 -msgid "Cannot add enabled repository\nName: %1\nURL: %2" -msgstr "有効化されたリポジトリを追加できません\n名前: %1\nURL: %2" +msgid "" +"Cannot add enabled repository\n" +"Name: %1\n" +"URL: %2" +msgstr "" +"有効化されたリポジトリを追加できません\n" +"名前: %1\n" +"URL: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 -msgid "An error occurred while refreshing repository\nName: %1\nURL: %2" -msgstr "リポジトリを更新する際にエラーが発生しました\n名前: %1\nURL: %2" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" +"Name: %1\n" +"URL: %2" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリを更新する際にエラーが発生しました\n" +"名前: %1\n" +"URL: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 -msgid "An error occurred while enabling repository\nName: %1\nURL: %2\n" -msgstr "リポジトリを有効化する際にエラーが発生しました\n名前: %1\nURL: %2\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while enabling repository\n" +"Name: %1\n" +"URL: %2\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリを有効化する際にエラーが発生しました\n" +"名前: %1\n" +"URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 -msgid "Cannot add disabled repository\nName: %1\nURL: %2" -msgstr "無効化されたリポジトリを追加できません\n名前: %1\nURL: %2" +msgid "" +"Cannot add disabled repository\n" +"Name: %1\n" +"URL: %2" +msgstr "" +"無効化されたリポジトリを追加できません\n" +"名前: %1\n" +"URL: %2" #. dialog caption #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 @@ -1250,13 +1606,25 @@ #. welcome text 2/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 -msgid "There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\nuse. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\nNext to continue. \n \n" -msgstr "システムが使用可能になるまでもう少しのステップが必要です。\nYaST2 はこれからいつくかの基本設定を行います。「次」ボタンを\nクリックして進んでください。\n \n" +msgid "" +"There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" +"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" +"Next to continue. \n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"システムが使用可能になるまでもう少しのステップが必要です。\n" +"YaST2 はこれからいつくかの基本設定を行います。「次」ボタンを\n" +"クリックして進んでください。\n" +" \n" #. help ttext #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 -msgid "Click Next to perform the\nbasic configuration of the system.\n" -msgstr "［次へ］をクリックして、\nシステムの基本設定を実行します。\n" +msgid "" +"Click Next to perform the\n" +"basic configuration of the system.\n" +msgstr "" +"［次へ］をクリックして、\n" +"システムの基本設定を実行します。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 @@ -1355,8 +1723,28 @@ #. call command #: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 -msgid "\n**************************************************************\n\nLoading installed kernel using kexec.\n\nTrying to load installed kernel via kexec instead of rebooting\nPlease, wait.\n\n**************************************************************\n\t\t" -msgstr "\n***********************************************************\n\nkexec を利用してインストール済みのカーネルを読み込んでいます。\n\n再起動する代わりに kexec 経由でインストール済みのカーネルを\n読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください。\n\n***********************************************************\n\t\t" +msgid "" +"\n" +"**************************************************************\n" +"\n" +"Loading installed kernel using kexec.\n" +"\n" +"Trying to load installed kernel via kexec instead of rebooting\n" +"Please, wait.\n" +"\n" +"**************************************************************\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"***********************************************************\n" +"\n" +"kexec を利用してインストール済みのカーネルを読み込んでいます。\n" +"\n" +"再起動する代わりに kexec 経由でインストール済みのカーネルを\n" +"読み込んでいます。しばらくお待ちください。\n" +"\n" +"***********************************************************\n" +"\t\t" #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -1402,8 +1790,12 @@ #. error message is a popup #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 -msgid "The proposal contains an error that must be\nresolved before continuing.\n" -msgstr "指定された内容にエラーがあります。\n続行するにはエラーを解決する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"The proposal contains an error that must be\n" +"resolved before continuing.\n" +msgstr "" +"指定された内容にエラーがあります。\n" +"続行するにはエラーを解決する必要があります。\n" #. busy message #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 @@ -1425,8 +1817,12 @@ #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 -msgid "Configuration saved.\nThere were errors." -msgstr "環境設定が保存されました。\n保存中にエラーが発生しました。" +msgid "" +"Configuration saved.\n" +"There were errors." +msgstr "" +"環境設定が保存されました。\n" +"保存中にエラーが発生しました。" #. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - #. do this later manually or not at all @@ -1473,44 +1869,88 @@ #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 -msgid "\nChange the values by clicking on the respective headline\nor by using the Change... menu.\n\n" -msgstr "\n適切な項目をクリックするか、［変更］メニューを使用すると、\n設定の変更ができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" +"or by using the Change... menu.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"適切な項目をクリックするか、［変更］メニューを使用すると、\n" +"設定の変更ができます。\n" +"\n" #. Help text for installation proposal, continued #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 -msgid "\nYour hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n\n" -msgstr "\nまだハードディスクの内容は変更されていないため、中止しても問題はありません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"まだハードディスクの内容は変更されていないため、中止しても問題はありません。\n" +"\n" #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 -msgid "\nSelect Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n\n" -msgstr "\nインストール ボタンを押すと表示された設定で新規インストールを行います。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インストール ボタンを押すと表示された設定で新規インストールを行います。\n" +"\n" #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 -msgid "\nSelect Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n\n" -msgstr "\n更新 ボタンを押すと表示された設定で更新を行います。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"更新 ボタンを押すと表示された設定で更新を行います。\n" +"\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 -msgid "\nPut the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n\n" -msgstr "\nネットワーク設定を有効にするには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ネットワーク設定を有効にするには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 -msgid "\nPut the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n\n" -msgstr "\nサービス設定を有効にするには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"サービス設定を有効にするには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 -msgid "\nPut the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n\n" -msgstr "\nハードウェア設定を有効にするには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ハードウェア設定を有効にするには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. Proposal in uml module #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 @@ -1519,15 +1959,25 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 -msgid "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\nLinux virtual machines in the host system." -msgstr "UML (User Mode Linux)をインストールすると、ホストシステムで複数の\nLinux仮想マシンを実行することができます。" +msgid "" +"UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" +"Linux virtual machines in the host system." +msgstr "" +"UML (User Mode Linux)をインストールすると、ホストシステムで複数の\n" +"Linux仮想マシンを実行することができます。" #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. #: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 -msgid "\nTo use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n\n" -msgstr "\n表示されている設定をそのまま使用するには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"表示されている設定をそのまま使用するには、［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. Text to display #. @@ -1647,6 +2097,9 @@ #. Error message #: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 -msgid "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\nSoftware manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -msgstr "インストール時にパッケージの依存関係を自動解決できませんでした。\n手動で問題を解決できるよう、ソフトウェアマネージャが開きます。" - +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"インストール時にパッケージの依存関係を自動解決できませんでした。\n" +"手動で問題を解決できるよう、ソフトウェアマネージャが開きます。" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -79,8 +79,12 @@ #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "Insert\n%1" -msgstr "%1を\n挿入してください" +msgid "" +"Insert\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"%1を\n" +"挿入してください" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 @@ -89,8 +93,16 @@ #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 -msgid "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\nby the current repository.\n\nSelect the base product medium first." -msgstr "このメディアには製品 %1 が必要です。これは現在のリポジトリでは\n提供されていません。\n \n先にこの製品を含むメディアを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" +"by the current repository.\n" +"\n" +"Select the base product medium first." +msgstr "" +"このメディアには製品 %1 が必要です。これは現在のリポジトリでは\n" +"提供されていません。\n" +" \n" +"先にこの製品を含むメディアを選択してください。" #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 @@ -109,7 +121,8 @@ #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "リポジトリ設定" @@ -149,13 +162,21 @@ msgstr "インストールサーバ名がありません" #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 -msgid "Contents already exist in this directory.\nNot copying CDs." -msgstr "設定されたディレクトリに既にコンテンツがあります。\nCDをコピーしません。" +msgid "" +"Contents already exist in this directory.\n" +"Not copying CDs." +msgstr "" +"設定されたディレクトリに既にコンテンツがあります。\n" +"CDをコピーしません。" #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 -msgid "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\nPackage CD, etc.) to the repository?" -msgstr "追加の製品 (サービスパック、追加パッケージ CD など)\n をリポジトリに追加しますか?" +msgid "" +"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" +"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" +msgstr "" +"追加の製品 (サービスパック、追加パッケージ CD など)\n" +" をリポジトリに追加しますか?" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 @@ -172,18 +193,40 @@ #. an error message - entered repository name already exists #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 -msgid "Repository '%1' already exists,\nenter another name." -msgstr "リポジトリ '%1' はすでに存在します。\n別の名前を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' already exists,\n" +"enter another name." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ '%1' はすでに存在します。\n" +"別の名前を入力してください。" #. create directory only for a new repository #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 -msgid "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\nVerify that the directory \n %1 \nis writable and try again.\n" -msgstr "<tt>repository</tt> ディレクトリを作成中にエラーが発生しました。\nディレクトリ\n %1 \nが書き込み可能であることを確認して再実行してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" +"Verify that the directory \n" +" %1 \n" +"is writable and try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"<tt>repository</tt> ディレクトリを作成中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"ディレクトリ\n" +" %1 \n" +"が書き込み可能であることを確認して再実行してください。\n" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 -msgid "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\nWhen adding a new repository with the same name\nthe old content must deleted right now.\n\nReally delete the old content and create it from scratch?" -msgstr "リポジトリ「%1」は削除対象としてマークされています。\n新しいリポジトリを同じ名前で追加する場合、\n今すぐに古い内容を削除する必要があります。\n\n古い内容を削除して新たに作成してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" +"When adding a new repository with the same name\n" +"the old content must deleted right now.\n" +"\n" +"Really delete the old content and create it from scratch?" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ「%1」は削除対象としてマークされています。\n" +"新しいリポジトリを同じ名前で追加する場合、\n" +"今すぐに古い内容を削除する必要があります。\n" +"\n" +"古い内容を削除して新たに作成してよろしいですか?" #. Instserver server dialog caption #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 @@ -272,159 +315,334 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16 -msgid "<big>Network Server Configuration</big> \n" -msgstr "<big>ネットワークサーバの設定</big> \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Network Server Configuration</big> \n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークサーバの設定</big> \n" +"" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19 -msgid "Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\nshould be hosted on the local system.\n" -msgstr "サーバオプションのうちのいずれか 1 つを選択し、リポジトリ全体がローカルシステム上の\nどこで提供されるべきかを指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\n" +"should be hosted on the local system.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"サーバオプションのうちのいずれか 1 つを選択し、リポジトリ全体がローカルシステム上の\n" +"どこで提供されるべきかを指定してください。\n" +"" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24 -msgid "If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\nserver configuration manually, select not to configure \nthe services.\n\n" -msgstr "サービスの1つがすでに実行されていてサーバの環境設定を手動で行う必要がある場合は、\n［ネットワークサービスは設定しない］をオンにしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\n" +"server configuration manually, select not to configure \n" +"the services.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"サービスの1つがすでに実行されていてサーバの環境設定を手動で行う必要がある場合は、\n" +"［ネットワークサービスは設定しない］をオンにしてください。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 -msgid "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -msgstr "<big>NFS サーバの設定</big> \n" +msgid "" +"<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>NFS サーバの設定</big> \n" +"" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33 -msgid "To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n/etc/exports must be added and the NFS server must be \ninstalled and started.\n\n" -msgstr "NFS インストールサーバの設定を行うには、NFS サーバが\nインストールされ、開始しており、/etc/exports ファイルに\n新しいエントリが追加されなければなりません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n" +"/etc/exports must be added and the NFS server must be \n" +"installed and started.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"NFS インストールサーバの設定を行うには、NFS サーバが\n" +"インストールされ、開始しており、/etc/exports ファイルに\n" +"新しいエントリが追加されなければなりません。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 -msgid "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \nhosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\nto restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n\n" -msgstr "もしエクスポートするディレクトリを特定のホストからのみ\nアクセスできるようにしたい場合は、制限するためのワイルドカードマスクを追加します。\n例えば、192.168.1.0 サブネットにアクセスを限定するには 192.168.1.0/24 と指定してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" +"to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"もしエクスポートするディレクトリを特定のホストからのみ\n" +"アクセスできるようにしたい場合は、制限するためのワイルドカードマスクを追加します。\n" +"例えば、192.168.1.0 サブネットにアクセスを限定するには 192.168.1.0/24 と指定してください。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 -msgid "Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\noptions, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n\n" -msgstr "さらにエクスポートオプションを設定できます。利用可能なオプションの詳細は、\nexports のマニュアルを参照してください (man exports(5))。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" +"options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"さらにエクスポートオプションを設定できます。利用可能なオプションの詳細は、\n" +"exports のマニュアルを参照してください (man exports(5))。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 -msgid "The repository will be available at the following URL:\n<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt>" -msgstr "リポジトリにアクセスするには以下の URL を指定してください:\n<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Source_Name</tt>" +msgid "" +"The repository will be available at the following URL:\n" +"<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt>" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリにアクセスするには以下の URL を指定してください:\n" +"<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Source_Name</tt>" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53 -msgid "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" -msgstr "<big>FTP サーバの設定</big> \n" +msgid "" +"<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP サーバの設定</big> \n" +"" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56 -msgid "To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \ninstalled and started.\n" -msgstr "FTP インストールサーバの設定を行うには、FTP サーバが\nインストールされ、開始していなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n" +"installed and started.\n" +msgstr "" +"FTP インストールサーバの設定を行うには、FTP サーバが\n" +"インストールされ、開始していなければなりません。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 -msgid "If the chosen software repository directory is outside\nthe FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\nThis makes the software repository directory available under the\nFTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n\n" -msgstr "選択したソフトウェアリポジトリのディレクトリが FTP サーバのディレクトリ構造から\n外れている場合、<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> ファイル内にマウント項目が書き込まれます。\nこれにより FTP サーバからソフトウェアリポジトリのディレクトリが見えるようになります\n (<tt>mount</tt> コマンドの <tt>--bind</tt> オプションを利用します)。\n\n" +msgid "" +"If the chosen software repository directory is outside\n" +"the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +"This makes the software repository directory available under the\n" +"FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したソフトウェアリポジトリのディレクトリが FTP サーバのディレクトリ構造から\n" +"外れている場合、<tt>/etc/fstab</tt> ファイル内にマウント項目が書き込まれます。\n" +"これにより FTP サーバからソフトウェアリポジトリのディレクトリが見えるようになります\n" +" (<tt>mount</tt> コマンドの <tt>--bind</tt> オプションを利用します)。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 -msgid "The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n\n" -msgstr "インストールサーバは以下の URL で利用可能になります:\n\n" +msgid "" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールサーバは以下の URL で利用可能になります:\n" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 -msgid "<tt>ftp://<Host IP>/<Repository Name></tt>\n" -msgstr "<tt>ftp://<ホストIP>/<リポジトリ名></tt>\n" +msgid "" +"<tt>ftp://<Host IP>/<Repository Name></tt>\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<tt>ftp://<ホストIP>/<リポジトリ名></tt>\n" +"" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70 -msgid "<big>HTTP Server Configuration</big> \n" -msgstr "<big>HTTP サーバの設定</big> \n" +msgid "" +"<big>HTTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>HTTP サーバの設定</big> \n" +"" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73 -msgid "To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \ninstalled and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\nserver root directory.\n" -msgstr "HTTP インストールサーバの設定を行うには、HTTP サーバが\nインストールされ、開始していなければなりません。「ディレクトリ\nのエイリアス」はインストールサーバのルートディレクトリを参照するのに\n使用されます。\n" +msgid "" +"To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n" +"installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" +"server root directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"HTTP インストールサーバの設定を行うには、HTTP サーバが\n" +"インストールされ、開始していなければなりません。「ディレクトリ\n" +"のエイリアス」はインストールサーバのルートディレクトリを参照するのに\n" +"使用されます。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\nSUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" -msgstr "短くて覚えやすい別名を選んでください。たとえば SUSE を別名に選んだとすると、\nリポジトリは以下のような形で利用できるようになります:\n" +msgid "" +"Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" +msgstr "" +"短くて覚えやすい別名を選んでください。たとえば SUSE を別名に選んだとすると、\n" +"リポジトリは以下のような形で利用できるようになります:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 -msgid "<tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n" -msgstr "<tt>http://<ホスト IP>/SUSE/<リポジトリ名></tt>\n" +msgid "" +"<tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<tt>http://<ホスト IP>/SUSE/<リポジトリ名></tt>\n" +"" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94 -msgid "Configuration of the Repository \n\n" -msgstr "リポジトリの設定 \n\n" +msgid "" +"Configuration of the Repository \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリの設定 \n" +"\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 -msgid "The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\nCDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\nconfigured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" -msgstr "リポジトリ名は全ての製品 CD をコピーして管理するディレクトリとして使われます。\nリポジトリは設定したプロトコル経由でアクセスできます (NFS, FTP, HTTP) 。\n \n" +msgid "" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" +"CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" +"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ名は全ての製品 CD をコピーして管理するディレクトリとして使われます。\n" +"リポジトリは設定したプロトコル経由でアクセスできます (NFS, FTP, HTTP) 。\n" +" \n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 msgid "<big>SLP Support</big>" msgstr "<big>SLP のサポート</big>" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 -msgid "SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \nIf checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" -msgstr "SLP (サービスロケーションプロトコル) を利用することで、インストールサーバの発見を容易にすることができます。 \nこの項目を有効にすると、リポジトリは SLP を利用してネットワーク内に通知を行います。\n" +msgid "" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" +"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" +msgstr "" +"SLP (サービスロケーションプロトコル) を利用することで、インストールサーバの発見を容易にすることができます。 \n" +"この項目を有効にすると、リポジトリは SLP を利用してネットワーク内に通知を行います。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 -msgid "Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\nNext to copy the content into the local repository.\n" -msgstr "リストからソースデバイスを選択し、基本製品の最初のメディアを挿入して、\n［次へ］を押して内容をローカルリポジトリにコピーします。\n" +msgid "" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" +"Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" +msgstr "" +"リストからソースデバイスを選択し、基本製品の最初のメディアを挿入して、\n" +"［次へ］を押して内容をローカルリポジトリにコピーします。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 -msgid "When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\nCDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" -msgstr "製品をリポジトリにコピーした後、追加の CD をリポジトリに追加することができます\n(たとえばサービスパック CD やアドオン CD など) 。\n" +msgid "" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" +msgstr "" +"製品をリポジトリにコピーした後、追加の CD をリポジトリに追加することができます\n" +"(たとえばサービスパック CD やアドオン CD など) 。\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" msgstr "<big>ISOイメージ</big>" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 -msgid "ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\nselect ISO image files.\n" -msgstr "ISOイメージは、CDまたはDVDメディアの代わりに使用できます。［次へ］を押すと、\nISOイメージファイルを選択できます。\n" +msgid "" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" +"select ISO image files.\n" +msgstr "" +"ISOイメージは、CDまたはDVDメディアの代わりに使用できます。［次へ］を押すと、\n" +"ISOイメージファイルを選択できます。\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106 -msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>設定の初期化中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください ... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>設定の初期化中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください ... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 -msgid "Saving Repository Configuration \n\n" -msgstr "リポジトリ設定を保存しています \n\n" +msgid "" +"Saving Repository Configuration \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ設定を保存しています \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125 -msgid "Repository Configuration \nConfigure the installation server here. \n" -msgstr "リポジトリ設定 \nインストールサーバの設定を行います。 \n" +msgid "" +"Repository Configuration \n" +"Configure the installation server here. \n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ設定 \n" +"インストールサーバの設定を行います。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Adding a Repository: \nUnconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \navailable for configuration.\nTo add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" -msgstr "リポジトリの追加: \nリポジトリのディレクトリ内から未設定のディレクトリを検出し、\n設定できるようになります。\nリポジトリを追加するには、検出されたリポジトリの一覧から選択を行い、設定 を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Adding a Repository: \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" +"available for configuration.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリの追加: \n" +"リポジトリのディレクトリ内から未設定のディレクトリを検出し、\n" +"設定できるようになります。\n" +"リポジトリを追加するには、検出されたリポジトリの一覧から選択を行い、設定 を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nIf you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\nthe configuration opens.\n" -msgstr "<big>変更:</big> \n「変更」をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>変更:</big> \n" +"「変更」をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142 -msgid "Repositories Overview \nGet an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \nconfiguration if necessary. \n" -msgstr "<big>リポジトリの概要</big> \n設定したリポジトリの概要が表示されます。\n必要に応じて、設定を編集することもできます。 \n" +msgid "" +"Repositories Overview \n" +"Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n" +"configuration if necessary. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>リポジトリの概要</big> \n" +"設定したリポジトリの概要が表示されます。\n" +"必要に応じて、設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148 -msgid "Adding a Repository: \nPress Add to configure a repository.\n" -msgstr "リポジトリの追加: \n追加 ボタンを押すとリポジトリを設定することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Adding a Repository: \n" +"Press Add to configure a repository.\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリの追加: \n" +"追加 ボタンを押すとリポジトリを設定することができます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nChoose the repository you want to change or remove and\npress Edit or Delete, respectively.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集／削除:</big> \n編集または削除するリポジトリを選び、\n編集 または 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n" +"press Edit or Delete, respectively.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集／削除:</big> \n" +"編集または削除するリポジトリを選び、\n" +"編集 または 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 -msgid "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\nwill now be installed.\n" -msgstr "FTP インストールサーバを設定するには FTP サーバパッケージが必要です。\nvsftpd パッケージがインストールされます。\n" +msgid "" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" +"will now be installed.\n" +msgstr "" +"FTP インストールサーバを設定するには FTP サーバパッケージが必要です。\n" +"vsftpd パッケージがインストールされます。\n" #. Write Apache config #. @param string state : Yes/No @@ -434,16 +652,24 @@ msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/apache2 に設定を書き込めません。" #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 -msgid "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\nwill now be installed." -msgstr "HTTP インストールサーバには HTTP サーバパッケージが必要です。\napache2 パッケージをインストールします。" +msgid "" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" +"will now be installed." +msgstr "" +"HTTP インストールサーバには HTTP サーバパッケージが必要です。\n" +"apache2 パッケージをインストールします。" #. Setup NFS Server #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 -msgid "Directory is already exported via NFS.\nLeave NFS exports unmodified?\n" -msgstr "ディレクトリは既に NFS でエクスポートされています。\nNFS のエクスポート設定を変更せずに進めますか？\n" +msgid "" +"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" +"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" +msgstr "" +"ディレクトリは既に NFS でエクスポートされています。\n" +"NFS のエクスポート設定を変更せずに進めますか？\n" #. Instserver read dialog caption #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 @@ -515,4 +741,3 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "設定済みリポジトリ" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -167,12 +167,623 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 -msgid "\n<big>check interval</big> = n\nDefines the number of second between server checks.\nDefault: 10 seconds\n\n<big>check timeout</big> = n\nTimeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nIf undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\nIf both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\nDefault: 5 seconds\n\n<big>failure count</big> = n\nThe number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter t o 0.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nDefault: 1\n\n<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\nTimeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nIf undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\nIf both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\nDefault: 30 seconds\n\n<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\nthe server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n\n<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslo g_facility\nAn alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\nDefault: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n\n<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\nA valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\nmodule MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n\n<big>email alert freq</big> = n\nDelay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\ninhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\noption.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nDefault: 0\n\n<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\nComma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\nwith each other.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nDefault: all\n\n<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\nIf this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\ndisk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\nconfiguration.\nThis directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\nset to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n\n<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\nUse this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n\n<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\nDefines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\non disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\nDefault: no\n\n<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\nI f yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\nRather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\nThis has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\nreal server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\nThis side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\necho 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\nIf the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\nold to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\nIf no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nDefault: yes\n\n<big>fork</big> = yes|no\nIf yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\nresponse times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\nof ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\nDefault: no\n\n<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\nIf yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\nldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untrou bled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\nDefault: no\n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>チェック間隔</big> = n\nサーバチェックの間隔(秒単位)を定義します。\nデフォルト: 10秒\n\n<big>チェックタイムアウト</big> = n\n接続、外部、およびpingチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。タイムアウトを超えると、実サーバは通信不能と見なされます。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n定義されていない場合、ネゴシエートタイムアウトの値が使用されます。ネゴシエートタイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\nチェックタイムアウトとネゴシエートタイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\nデフォルト: 5秒\n\n<big>失敗� �数</big> = n\nチェックがこの回数を連続して失敗すると、実サーバに障害があると見なされます。値1を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバに障害があると見なされます。チェックが成功すると、失敗回数は0にリセットされます。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\nデフォルト: 1\n\n<big>ネゴシエートタイムアウト</big> = n\nネゴシエートチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n定義されていない場合、接続タイムアウトの値が使用されます。接続タイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\nネゴシエートタ� ��ムアウトと接続タイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\nデフォルト: 30秒\n\n<big>フォールバック</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\nすべての実サーバが停止した場合にWebサービスがリダイレクトされるサーバ。通常、これは127.0.0.1のエマージェンシページです。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n\n<big>ログファイル</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\nこのディレクティブで、代替のログファイルを指定できます。ログファイルの先頭に「/」がない場合は、<a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3)ファシリティ名が想定されます。\nデフォルト: ファイル/var/log/ ldirectord.logへの直接ログ。\n\n<big>電子メールアラート</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n仮想サービス内で定義されている実サーバへの接続ステータスの変更に関して、アラートを送信する有効な電子メールアドレス。このオプションを使用するには、perl\nmodule MailToolsがインストールされている必要があります。ビルトインメソッドを使用しての電子メールの送信が自動的に試行されます。メソッドの詳細については、perldoc Mail::Mailerを参照してください。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n\n<big>電子メールアラートの周期</big> = n\n仮想サービス内の特定の実サーバが引き続きアクセス不能であるときに、電子メールアラートを繰り返し送信する周期( 秒単位)。0秒を設定すると、\nアラートは繰り返し送信されません。この設定の電子メールタイミングの精度は、チェック間隔の環境設定オプションで定義される秒数に依存します。\n\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\nデフォルト: 0\n\n<big>電子メールアラートのステータス</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n電子メールアラートが送信されるサーバステータスのコンマ区切りリスト。allは、\n「starting,running,stopping,reloading」を表します。noneを指定すると、他のオプションは指定できません。指定しないと、オプションは相互に使用されます。\n\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、� �ローバル値は上書きされます。\nデフォルト: all\n\n<big>コールバック</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\nこのディレクティブが定義されている場合、環境設定ファイルがディスク上で変更されると、ldirectordが実行ファイル/path/to/callbackを自動的に呼び出します。\nこれは、他のハートビートホスト上のscpを介して環境設定ファイルを更新する際に役立ちます。コールバックへの先頭の引数は、環境設定ファイルの名前です。\n\nこのディレクティブは、ディスク上で環境設定ファイルが変更された後にldirectordを自動的に再起動するときにも使用できます。ただし、自動再ロードが\n「yes」に設定されている場合は、いずれにしても環境設定ファイルが再ロードされます。\n\n<big>実行</big > = \"configuration\"\nこのディレクティブを使用して、configurationという名前のldirectordのインスタンスを起動します。\n\n<big>自動再ロード</big> = yes|no\n<ldirectord>が環境設定ファイルの変更を継続してチェックするかどうかを定義します。これが「yes」に設定されている場合、環境設定ファイルがディスク上で変更され、\nその変更時刻(mtime)が以前のバージョンより新しい場合、環境設定は自動的に再ロードされます。\nデフォルト: no\n\n<big>休止</big> = yes|no\nyesの場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバが停止と判断されても、カーネルのLVSテーブルから実際に削除されることはありません。\nその重み付けは0に設定され、新規接続が許可されなくなり� �す。\nこれには副作用があります。実サーバに永続接続がある場合、永続タイムアウトが切れるまで、\n既存のクライアントからの新規接続が実サーバに引き続きルーティングされます。永続接続の詳細については、ipvsadmを参照してください。\nこの副作用は、次を実行することによって回避できます。\necho 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\nprocファイルがない場合、カーネルがlvsをサポートしない、LVSサポートがロードされていない、またはカーネルが古くてprocファイルがないことが、\nおそらく原因です。rootとしてipvsadmを実行すると、可能な場合、LVSがカーネルにロードされます。\nnoの場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルのLVSテーブルから削� ��されます。デフォルトはyesです。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\nデフォルト: yes\n\n<big>フォーク</big> = yes|no\nyesの場合、ldirectordはすべての仮想サーバに対して子プロセスを生成し、その子プロセスから実サーバに対してチェックを実行します。\nこれによって、多くの仮想サーバがある構成の場合、実サーバのステータスの変更に対する応答時間が長くなります。また、メモリの使用量は少なく、\nldirectordの多くの個別のインスタンスが実行されます。子プロセスは、接続不能な場合、自動的に再起動されます。\nデフォルト: no\n\n<big>管理</big> = yes|no\nyesの場合、ldirectordはバックグラウンドモードに移� �しません。すべてのログメッセージは、ログファイルではなく、stdoutにリダイレクトされます。\nこれは、daemontoolsから管理されるldirectordを実行する際に役立ちます。詳細は、<a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a>または<a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>を参照してください。\nデフォルト: no\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>check interval</big> = n\n" +"Defines the number of second between server checks.\n" +"Default: 10 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" +"configuration.\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" +"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" +"\n" +"<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" +"\n" +"<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: yes\n" +"\n" +"<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" +"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"Default: no\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>チェック間隔</big> = n\n" +"サーバチェックの間隔(秒単位)を定義します。\n" +"デフォルト: 10秒\n" +"\n" +"<big>チェックタイムアウト</big> = n\n" +"接続、外部、およびpingチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。タイムアウトを超えると、実サーバは通信不能と見なされます。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"定義されていない場合、ネゴシエートタイムアウトの値が使用されます。ネゴシエートタイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"チェックタイムアウトとネゴシエートタイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" +"デフォルト: 5秒\n" +"\n" +"<big>失敗回数</big> = n\n" +"チェックがこの回数を連続して失敗すると、実サーバに障害があると見なされます。値1を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバに障害があると見なされます。チェックが成功すると、失敗回数は0にリセットされます。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"デフォルト: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>ネゴシエートタイムアウト</big> = n\n" +"ネゴシエートチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"定義されていない場合、接続タイムアウトの値が使用されます。接続タイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"ネゴシエートタイムアウトと接続タイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" +"デフォルト: 30秒\n" +"\n" +"<big>フォールバック</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"すべての実サーバが停止した場合にWebサービスがリダイレクトされるサーバ。通常、これは127.0.0.1のエマージェンシページです。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"\n" +"<big>ログファイル</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"このディレクティブで、代替のログファイルを指定できます。ログファイルの先頭に「/」がない場合は、<a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3)ファシリティ名が想定されます。\n" +"デフォルト: ファイル/var/log/ldirectord.logへの直接ログ。\n" +"\n" +"<big>電子メールアラート</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"仮想サービス内で定義されている実サーバへの接続ステータスの変更に関して、アラートを送信する有効な電子メールアドレス。このオプションを使用するには、perl\n" +"module MailToolsがインストールされている必要があります。ビルトインメソッドを使用しての電子メールの送信が自動的に試行されます。メソッドの詳細については、perldoc Mail::Mailerを参照してください。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"\n" +"<big>電子メールアラートの周期</big> = n\n" +"仮想サービス内の特定の実サーバが引き続きアクセス不能であるときに、電子メールアラートを繰り返し送信する周期(秒単位)。0秒を設定すると、\n" +"アラートは繰り返し送信されません。この設定の電子メールタイミングの精度は、チェック間隔の環境設定オプションで定義される秒数に依存します。\n" +"\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"デフォルト: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>電子メールアラートのステータス</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"電子メールアラートが送信されるサーバステータスのコンマ区切りリスト。allは、\n" +"「starting,running,stopping,reloading」を表します。noneを指定すると、他のオプションは指定できません。指定しないと、オプションは相互に使用されます。\n" +"\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"デフォルト: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>コールバック</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" +"このディレクティブが定義されている場合、環境設定ファイルがディスク上で変更されると、ldirectordが実行ファイル/path/to/callbackを自動的に呼び出します。\n" +"これは、他のハートビートホスト上のscpを介して環境設定ファイルを更新する際に役立ちます。コールバックへの先頭の引数は、環境設定ファイルの名前です。\n" +"\n" +"このディレクティブは、ディスク上で環境設定ファイルが変更された後にldirectordを自動的に再起動するときにも使用できます。ただし、自動再ロードが\n" +"「yes」に設定されている場合は、いずれにしても環境設定ファイルが再ロードされます。\n" +"\n" +"<big>実行</big> = \"configuration\"\n" +"このディレクティブを使用して、configurationという名前のldirectordのインスタンスを起動します。\n" +"\n" +"<big>自動再ロード</big> = yes|no\n" +"<ldirectord>が環境設定ファイルの変更を継続してチェックするかどうかを定義します。これが「yes」に設定されている場合、環境設定ファイルがディスク上で変更され、\n" +"その変更時刻(mtime)が以前のバージョンより新しい場合、環境設定は自動的に再ロードされます。\n" +"デフォルト: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>休止</big> = yes|no\n" +"yesの場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバが停止と判断されても、カーネルのLVSテーブルから実際に削除されることはありません。\n" +"その重み付けは0に設定され、新規接続が許可されなくなります。\n" +"これには副作用があります。実サーバに永続接続がある場合、永続タイムアウトが切れるまで、\n" +"既存のクライアントからの新規接続が実サーバに引き続きルーティングされます。永続接続の詳細については、ipvsadmを参照してください。\n" +"この副作用は、次を実行することによって回避できます。\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"procファイルがない場合、カーネルがlvsをサポートしない、LVSサポートがロードされていない、またはカーネルが古くてprocファイルがないことが、\n" +"おそらく原因です。rootとしてipvsadmを実行すると、可能な場合、LVSがカーネルにロードされます。\n" +"noの場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルのLVSテーブルから削除されます。デフォルトはyesです。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"デフォルト: yes\n" +"\n" +"<big>フォーク</big> = yes|no\n" +"yesの場合、ldirectordはすべての仮想サーバに対して子プロセスを生成し、その子プロセスから実サーバに対してチェックを実行します。\n" +"これによって、多くの仮想サーバがある構成の場合、実サーバのステータスの変更に対する応答時間が長くなります。また、メモリの使用量は少なく、\n" +"ldirectordの多くの個別のインスタンスが実行されます。子プロセスは、接続不能な場合、自動的に再起動されます。\n" +"デフォルト: no\n" +"\n" +"<big>管理</big> = yes|no\n" +"yesの場合、ldirectordはバックグラウンドモードに移行しません。すべてのログメッセージは、ログファイルではなく、stdoutにリダイレクトされます。\n" +"これは、daemontoolsから管理されるldirectordを実行する際に役立ちます。詳細は、<a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a>または<a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>を参照してください。\n" +"デフォルト: no\n" +"\n" #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 -msgid "\n<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\nDefines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\nconfiguration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\nmust follow this line immediately and be indented.\n\n\n<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\ngate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\nDefines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\nfwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\neach IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\ngate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\nused. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\npair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\nserver is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\nFor TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\nreal server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\nservice. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\nunderlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\nMore than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\nquiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n\n\n<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\nType of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\nrequest and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so tha t after each N connect attempts one negotiate\nattempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\nICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\nmeans no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\nactivated. Default is negotiate.\n\n\n<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\nThe type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\nsimpletcp sends the request string to the server and t ests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\nusing the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\nDefault:\n<dl compact=\"compact\">\n<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n</dt><dt>* Oth erwise: none\n\n\n</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\nThis setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\nis ok, or non-zero otherwise.\nFour parameters are passed to the script:\n</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n</dt><dt>* real server ip\n</dt><dt>* real server port\n</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n\n\n<big>check port</big> = n\nNumber of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\nDefault: port specified for each real server\n\n\n<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\nThis object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\nan optional per real-server based request-string.\nFor a <sm all>DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\nFor a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\nrows. This is a required setting.\nFor a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n are replaced with a new line character.\n\n\n<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\nIf the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\nregexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\noptional per real-server based receive regexp.\nFor a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\nFor a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n\n\n<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\nSets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\nmethod used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\nDefault: GET\n\n\n<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\nUsed when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\ncase of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\nderived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the rea l server will be used.\n\n\n<big>login</big> = \"username\"\nFor FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\nFor Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\nFor SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\nDefault:\n</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n\n\n</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\nPassword to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , Post greSQL and\nSIP servers.\nFor Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\nDefault:\n</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\nfrom uname if unset.\n</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n\n\n</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\nDatabase to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\nis a required setting.\n\n\n<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\nSecret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\npasswd above).\ nDefault: empty string\n\n\n<big>persistent</big> = n\nNumber of seconds for persistent client connections.\n\n\n<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\nNetmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n\n\n<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\nScheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\nDefault: \"wrr\"\n\n\n<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\nProtocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\nprotocol must be fwm.\nDefault:\n</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n </dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n</dt></dl>\n\n\n<big>check timeout</big> = n\nTimeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nIf undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\nIf both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\nDefault: 5 seconds\n\n<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\nTimeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nIf undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\nIf both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the def ault is used.\nDefault: 30 seconds\n\n<big>failure count</big> = n\nThe number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nDefault: 1\n\n<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\nA valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\nmodule MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n\n<big>email alert freq</big> = n \nDelay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\ninhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\noption.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nDefault: 0\n\n<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\nComma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\nwith each other.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nDefault: all\n\n<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\nthe server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n\n<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\nIf yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\nRather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\nThis has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\nreal server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\nThis side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\necho 1 > /proc/ sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\nIf the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\nold to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\nIf no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\nIf defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\nDefault: yes\n\n\n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>仮想サーバ</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\nIPアドレス(またはホスト名)およびポート(またはサービス名)またはファイアウォールマークで仮想サービスを定義します。ファイアウォールマークは、\n0より大きな整数です。\nパケットマーキングの環境設定は、ipchains(8)に対して「<tt>-m</tt>」オプションを使用して制御されます。すべての実サービスおよび仮想サービスのフラグは、\nこの行の直後にインデント付きで指定する必要があります。\n\n\n<big>実サーバ</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\ngate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\nIPアドレス(またはホスト名)およびポート(またはサービス名)で実サービスを定義します。ポートが省略された場合は、0が使用されます。これは主に、実サーバのポートが無視される\nfwmarkサービス用です。必要に応じて、IPアドレスの範囲(または2つのホスト名)が指定されることがあります。この場合、範囲内の\n各IPアドレスは、特定のポートを使用する実サーバとして処理されます。2番目の引数では転送方法を定義します。これは、\ngate、ipip、またはmasqのいずれかです。3番目の引数はオプションで、その実サーバの重み付けを定義します。指定を省略すると、重み付け1が使用されます。\n最後の2つの引数もオプションです。これらは、サーバが動作しているかどうかをチェックするときに使用する、要求と受信のペアを定義します。これらは、仮想サーバセク� �ョン内の要求と受信のペアを上書きします。\nこの2つの文字列は、引用符で囲む必要があります。要求文字列がhttp://...で始まる場合、実サーバのIPアドレスとポートは上書きされます。\nそれ以外の場合は、実サーバのIPアドレスとポートが使用されます。\nTCPおよびUDP (非fwmark)仮想サービスの場合、転送方法がmasqで実サーバのIPアドレスが\nローカルでない(ldirectordが実行されているホスト上のインタフェースに存在しない)場合を除き、実サーバのポートは仮想サービスのポートに設定されます。\nつまり、実サーバが別のマシンで、転送方法がmasqの場合のみ、ポートマッピングが有効です。これは、基になる\nカーネルのLVSコードの動作方法に起因します。\nこれらのエントリのうち� ��複数のエントリが仮想セクション内に出現する可能性があります。前に示したチェックタイムアウト(checktimeout)、ネゴシエートタイムアウト(negotiatetimeout)、失敗回数(failurecount)、フォールバック(fallback)、電子メールアラート(emailalert)、電子メールアラート周期(emailalertfreq)、および\n休止(quiescent)の各オプションも、仮想セクションに出現する可能性があり、その場合、グローバル設定は上書きされます。\n\n\n<big>チェックタイプ</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n実行するチェックのタイプ。negotiateは要求を送信し、受信文字列を照合します。connectはTCP/IP接続の確立のみを試行するため、\n要求文字列と受信文字列は省略される可能性があります。チェックタイプが� ��字の場合は、negotiateとconnectが組み合わされて、N回の接続試行ごとに1回のネゴシエート\n試行が実行されます。これは、サービスが応答するかどうかを頻繁にチェックする場合およびネゴシエートチェックが長い間隔で行われる場合に役立ちます。\npingは、ICMP pingを使用して実サーバの可用性をテストすることを指定します。pingは、UDPサービスの接続チェックとしても使用されます。\noffは、チェックが行われないこと、および実サーバもフェールバックサーバも起動されないことを指定します。onは、チェックが行われないこと、および実サーバが常に起動されることを指定します。\nデフォルトはnegotiateです。\n\n\n<big>サービス</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\nチェックタイプがnegotiateのときに監視するサービスのタイプ。noneは、サービスを監視しないことを指定します。\nsimpletcpは、要求文字列をサーバに送信し、それを受信regexpに対してテストします。他のタイプのチェックでは、指定されたプロトコルを使用して\nサーバに接続します。プロトコル固有の情報については、要求および受信のセクションを参照してください。\nデフォルト:\n<dl compact=\"compact\">\n<dt>* 仮想サーバポートが21の場合: ftp\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが25の場合: smtp\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが53の場合: dns\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが80の場合: http\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが110の場� ��: pop\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが119の場合: nntp\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが143の場合: imap\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが389の場合: ldap\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが443の場合: https\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが993の場合: imaps\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが995の場合: pops\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが1521の場合: oracle\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが1812の場合: radius\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが3306の場合: mysql\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが5432の場合: pgsql\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが5060の場合: sip\n</dt><dt>* その他の場合: none\n\n\n</dt><dt><big>チェックコマンド</big> = \"path to script\"\nこの設定はチェックタイプがexternalの場合に使用されます。これは、実サーバのステータスをチェックするために実行されるコマンドです。すべてが正常な場合はステータス0で終了し、\nそれ以外の場合は0以外の値で終了します。\nスクリプトには4つのパラメータが渡されます。\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバIP/ファイアウォールマーク\n</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポート\n</dt><dt>* 実サーバIP\n</dt><dt>* 実サーバポート\n</dt><dt>デフォルト: /bin/true\n\n\n<big>チェックポート</big> = n\n監視するポートの番号。チェックポートとサービスポートは異なる場合があります。\nデフォルト: 各実サーバで指定されているポート\n\n\n<big>要求</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\nこのオブジェクトは、各実サーバ上でチェック間隔の秒数ごとに要求されます。文字列は引用符で囲む必要があります。この文字列は、オプションの実サーバベースの\n要求文字列ごとに上書きされる可能性があります。\nDNSチェックの場合、これはAレコードの名前、または参照するPTRレコードのアドレスです。\nMySQL、Oracle、またはPostgeSQLチェックの場合、これはSQLクエリです。応答が1行以上であれば、返されるデータはチェックされません。\nこれは必須の設定です。\nsimpletcpチェックの場合、\\nが改行文字に置換される場合を除き、この文字列はverbatimに送信されます。\n\n\n<big>受信</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n要求された結果にこのregexp to compareが含まれる場合、実サーバは動作していると見なされます。regexpは引用符で囲む必要があります。\nregexpsはプレーンテキストの文字列ではなく、特殊文字をリテラルとして扱うにはエスケープ処理する必要があること� �留意してください。このregexpは、\nオプションの実サーバベースの受信regexpごとに上書きされる可能性があります。\nDNSチェックの場合、これは、Aレコードのいずれかのアドレス、またはPTRレコードのいずれかの名前です。\nMySQLチェックの場合、受信設定は使用しません。\n\n\n<big>httpメソッド</big> = GET | HEAD\n要求文字列で指定されたURIのフェッチで使用されるHTTPメソッドを設定します。GETは、パラメータが指定されなかった場合に使用されるメソッドです。\nHEADが使用される場合、受信文字列は設定しません。\nデフォルト: GET\n\n\n<big>仮想ホスト</big> = \"hostname\"\nHTTPまたはHTTPSでネゴシエートチェックを使用する場合に使用されます。HTTP要求で使用するホストヘッダを設定します。\nHTTPSの場合、通常、SSL証明書の共通名と一致する必要があります。設定されなかった場合、ホストヘッダは、実サーバがある場合はその要求URLから求められます。\n最後の手段として、実サーバのIPアドレスが使用されます。\n\n\n<big>ログイン</big> = \"username\"\nFTP、IMAP、LDAP、MySQL、Oracle、POP、およびPostgreSQLの場合、ログインに使用するユーザ名。\nRadiusの場合、ユーザ名属性でパスワードが使用されます。\nSIPの場合、OPTIONSクエリの発信先および発信元アドレスとし� ��ユーザ名が使用されます。\nデフォルト:\n</dt><dt>* FTP: 匿名。\n</dt><dt>* MySQL OracleおよびPostgreSQL: 環境設定で指定する必要があります。\n</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>。ホスト名は次のパスワードオプションごとに求められます。\n</dt><dt>* その他: 空の文字列。認証は行われません。\n\n\n</dt><dt><big>パスワード</big> = \"password\"\nFTP、IMAP、LDAP、MySQL、Oracle、POP、PostgreSQL、および\nSIPサーバへのログインで使用するパスワード。\nRadiusの場合、ユーザパスワード属性でパスワードを使用します。\nデフォルト:\n</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname&gt。ホスト名は、実行時に評価される環境変数HOSTNAME、または\nuname� �ら求められます(設定されていない場合)。\n</dt><dt>* その他: 空の文字列。LDAP、MySQL、Oracle、およびPostgreSQLの場合、これは認証が行われないことを表します。\n\n\n</dt><dt><big>データベース名</big> = \"databasename\"\nMySQL、Oracle、およびPostgreSQLサーバで使用するデータベース。このデータベースに対して、クエリ(［受信］で設定)が実行されます。\nこれは必須の設定です。\n\n\n<big>radiusシークレット</big> = \"radiussecret\"\nRadiusサーバを使用するためのシークレット。これは、ユーザ名(［ログイン］で設定)および\nパスワード(［パスワード］で設定)でアクセス要求を実行する場合に使用するシークレットです。\nデフォルト: 空の文字列\n\n\n<big>永続</big> = n\n 永続クライアント接続の秒数。\n\n\n<big>ネットマスク</big> = w.x.y.z\n永続クライアント接続の粒度で使用されるネットマスク。\n\n\n<big>スケジューラ</big> = scheduler_name\n負荷分散の目的でLVSが使用するスケジューラ。使用可能なスケジューラの詳細については、<a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8)マニュアルページを参照してください。\nデフォルト: \"wrr\"\n\n\n<big>プロトコル</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n使用するプロトコル。仮想がIPアドレスとポートで指定されている場合は、tcpまたはudpのいずれかである必要があります。ファイアウォールマークの場合、\nプロトコルはfwmである必要があります。\nデフォルト:\n</dt><dt>* 仮想がIPアドレスとポ� �トであり、ポートが53でない場合: tcp\n</dt><dt>* 仮想がIPアドレスとポートであり、ポートが53の場合: udp\n</dt><dt>* 仮想がファイアウォールマークの場合: fwm\n</dt></dl>\n\n\n<big>チェックタイムアウト</big> = n\n接続、外部、およびpingチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。タイムアウトを超えると、実サーバは通信不能と見なされます。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n定義されていない場合、ネゴシエートタイムアウトの値が使用されます。ネゴシエートタイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\nチェックアウトとネゴシエートタイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用され� ��す。\nデフォルト: 5秒\n\n<big>ネゴシエートタイムアウト</big> = n\nネゴシエートチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n定義されていない場合、接続タイムアウトの値が使用されます。接続タイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\nネゴシエートタイムアウトと接続タイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\nデフォルト: 30秒\n\n<big>失敗回数</big> = n\nチェックがこの回数を連続して失敗すると、実サーバに障害があると見なされます。値1を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバに障害があると見なされます。� �ェックが成功すると、失敗回数は0にリセットされます。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\nデフォルト: 1\n\n<big>電子メールアラート</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n仮想サービス内で定義されている実サーバへの接続ステータスの変更に関して、アラートを送信する有効な電子メールアドレス。このオプションを使用するには、perl\nmodule MailToolsがインストールされている必要があります。ビルトインメソッドを使用しての電子メールの送信が自動的に試行されます。メソッドの詳細については、perldoc Mail::Mailerを参照してください。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n\n<big>電子メールアラートの周期</big > = n\n仮想サービス内の特定の実サーバが引き続きアクセス不能であるときに、電子メールアラートを繰り返し送信する周期(秒単位)。0秒を設定すると、\nアラートは繰り返し送信されません。この設定の電子メールタイミングの精度は、チェック間隔の\n環境設定オプションで定義される秒数に依存します。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\nデフォルト: 0\n\n<big>電子メールアラートのステータス</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n電子メールアラートが送信されるサーバステータスのコンマ区切りリスト。allは、\n「starting,running,stopping,reloading」を表します。noneを指定すると、他のオ� �ションは指定できません。指定しないと、オプションは相互に使用されます。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\nデフォルト: all\n\n<big>フォールバック</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\nすべての実サーバが停止した場合にWebサービスがリダイレクトされるサーバ。通常、これは127.0.0.1のエマージェンシページです。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n\n<big>休止</big> = yes|no\nyesの場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバが停止と判断されても、カーネルのLVSテーブルから実際に削除されることはありません。\nその重みは0に設定� ��れ、新規接続が許可されなくなります。\nこれには副作用があります。実サーバに永続接続がある場合、永続タイムアウトが切れるまで、\n既存のクライアントからの新規接続が実サーバに引き続きルーティングされます。永続接続の詳細については、ipvsadmを参照してください。\nこの副作用は、次を実行することによって回避できます。\necho 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\nprocファイルがない場合、カーネルがlvsをサポートしない、LVSサポートがロードされていない、またはカーネルが古くてprocファイルがないことが、\nおそらく原因です。rootとしてipvsadmを実行すると、可能な場合、LVSがカーネルにロードされます。\nnoの場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルのLVSテーブルから削除されます。デフォルトはyesです。\n仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\nデフォルト: yes\n\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" +"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" +"underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" +"activated. Default is negotiate.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"Default:\n" +"<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" +"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" +"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" +"Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" +"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n" +"</dt><dt>* real server port\n" +"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check port</big> = n\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" +"Default: port specified for each real server\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" +"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" +"rows. This is a required setting.\n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" +" are replaced with a new line character.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" +"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"Default: GET\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" +"For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"SIP servers.\n" +"For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" +"from uname if unset.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" +"is a required setting.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" +"passwd above).\n" +"Default: empty string\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>persistent</big> = n\n" +"Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>netmask</big> = w.x.y.z\n" +"Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Default: \"wrr\"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" +"protocol must be fwm.\n" +"Default:\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" +"</dt></dl>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 5 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" +"Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" +"Default: 30 seconds\n" +"\n" +"<big>failure count</big> = n\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" +"option.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" +"with each other.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"\n" +"<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" +"This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"Default: yes\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>仮想サーバ</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"IPアドレス(またはホスト名)およびポート(またはサービス名)またはファイアウォールマークで仮想サービスを定義します。ファイアウォールマークは、\n" +"0より大きな整数です。\n" +"パケットマーキングの環境設定は、ipchains(8)に対して「<tt>-m</tt>」オプションを使用して制御されます。すべての実サービスおよび仮想サービスのフラグは、\n" +"この行の直後にインデント付きで指定する必要があります。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>実サーバ</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"IPアドレス(またはホスト名)およびポート(またはサービス名)で実サービスを定義します。ポートが省略された場合は、0が使用されます。これは主に、実サーバのポートが無視される\n" +"fwmarkサービス用です。必要に応じて、IPアドレスの範囲(または2つのホスト名)が指定されることがあります。この場合、範囲内の\n" +"各IPアドレスは、特定のポートを使用する実サーバとして処理されます。2番目の引数では転送方法を定義します。これは、\n" +"gate、ipip、またはmasqのいずれかです。3番目の引数はオプションで、その実サーバの重み付けを定義します。指定を省略すると、重み付け1が使用されます。\n" +"最後の2つの引数もオプションです。これらは、サーバが動作しているかどうかをチェックするときに使用する、要求と受信のペアを定義します。これらは、仮想サーバセクション内の要求と受信のペアを上書きします。\n" +"この2つの文字列は、引用符で囲む必要があります。要求文字列がhttp://...で始まる場合、実サーバのIPアドレスとポートは上書きされます。\n" +"それ以外の場合は、実サーバのIPアドレスとポートが使用されます。\n" +"TCPおよびUDP (非fwmark)仮想サービスの場合、転送方法がmasqで実サーバのIPアドレスが\n" +"ローカルでない(ldirectordが実行されているホスト上のインタフェースに存在しない)場合を除き、実サーバのポートは仮想サービスのポートに設定されます。\n" +"つまり、実サーバが別のマシンで、転送方法がmasqの場合のみ、ポートマッピングが有効です。これは、基になる\n" +"カーネルのLVSコードの動作方法に起因します。\n" +"これらのエントリのうち、複数のエントリが仮想セクション内に出現する可能性があります。前に示したチェックタイムアウト(checktimeout)、ネゴシエートタイムアウト(negotiatetimeout)、失敗回数(failurecount)、フォールバック(fallback)、電子メールアラート(emailalert)、電子メールアラート周期(emailalertfreq)、および\n" +"休止(quiescent)の各オプションも、仮想セクションに出現する可能性があり、その場合、グローバル設定は上書きされます。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>チェックタイプ</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"実行するチェックのタイプ。negotiateは要求を送信し、受信文字列を照合します。connectはTCP/IP接続の確立のみを試行するため、\n" +"要求文字列と受信文字列は省略される可能性があります。チェックタイプが数字の場合は、negotiateとconnectが組み合わされて、N回の接続試行ごとに1回のネゴシエート\n" +"試行が実行されます。これは、サービスが応答するかどうかを頻繁にチェックする場合およびネゴシエートチェックが長い間隔で行われる場合に役立ちます。\n" +"pingは、ICMP pingを使用して実サーバの可用性をテストすることを指定します。pingは、UDPサービスの接続チェックとしても使用されます。\n" +"offは、チェックが行われないこと、および実サーバもフェールバックサーバも起動されないことを指定します。onは、チェックが行われないこと、および実サーバが常に起動されることを指定します。\n" +"デフォルトはnegotiateです。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>サービス</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"チェックタイプがnegotiateのときに監視するサービスのタイプ。noneは、サービスを監視しないことを指定します。\n" +"simpletcpは、要求文字列をサーバに送信し、それを受信regexpに対してテストします。他のタイプのチェックでは、指定されたプロトコルを使用して\n" +"サーバに接続します。プロトコル固有の情報については、要求および受信のセクションを参照してください。\n" +"デフォルト:\n" +"<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" +"<dt>* 仮想サーバポートが21の場合: ftp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが25の場合: smtp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが53の場合: dns\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが80の場合: http\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが110の場合: pop\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが119の場合: nntp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが143の場合: imap\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが389の場合: ldap\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが443の場合: https\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが993の場合: imaps\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが995の場合: pops\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが1521の場合: oracle\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが1812の場合: radius\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが3306の場合: mysql\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが5432の場合: pgsql\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポートが5060の場合: sip\n" +"</dt><dt>* その他の場合: none\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>チェックコマンド</big> = \"path to script\"\n" +"この設定はチェックタイプがexternalの場合に使用されます。これは、実サーバのステータスをチェックするために実行されるコマンドです。すべてが正常な場合はステータス0で終了し、\n" +"それ以外の場合は0以外の値で終了します。\n" +"スクリプトには4つのパラメータが渡されます。\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバIP/ファイアウォールマーク\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想サーバポート\n" +"</dt><dt>* 実サーバIP\n" +"</dt><dt>* 実サーバポート\n" +"</dt><dt>デフォルト: /bin/true\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>チェックポート</big> = n\n" +"監視するポートの番号。チェックポートとサービスポートは異なる場合があります。\n" +"デフォルト: 各実サーバで指定されているポート\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>要求</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"このオブジェクトは、各実サーバ上でチェック間隔の秒数ごとに要求されます。文字列は引用符で囲む必要があります。この文字列は、オプションの実サーバベースの\n" +"要求文字列ごとに上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"DNSチェックの場合、これはAレコードの名前、または参照するPTRレコードのアドレスです。\n" +"MySQL、Oracle、またはPostgeSQLチェックの場合、これはSQLクエリです。応答が1行以上であれば、返されるデータはチェックされません。\n" +"これは必須の設定です。\n" +"simpletcpチェックの場合、\\nが改行文字に置換される場合を除き、この文字列はverbatimに送信されます。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>受信</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" +"要求された結果にこのregexp to compareが含まれる場合、実サーバは動作していると見なされます。regexpは引用符で囲む必要があります。\n" +"regexpsはプレーンテキストの文字列ではなく、特殊文字をリテラルとして扱うにはエスケープ処理する必要があることに留意してください。このregexpは、\n" +"オプションの実サーバベースの受信regexpごとに上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"DNSチェックの場合、これは、Aレコードのいずれかのアドレス、またはPTRレコードのいずれかの名前です。\n" +"MySQLチェックの場合、受信設定は使用しません。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>httpメソッド</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"要求文字列で指定されたURIのフェッチで使用されるHTTPメソッドを設定します。GETは、パラメータが指定されなかった場合に使用されるメソッドです。\n" +"HEADが使用される場合、受信文字列は設定しません。\n" +"デフォルト: GET\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>仮想ホスト</big> = \"hostname\"\n" +"HTTPまたはHTTPSでネゴシエートチェックを使用する場合に使用されます。HTTP要求で使用するホストヘッダを設定します。\n" +"HTTPSの場合、通常、SSL証明書の共通名と一致する必要があります。設定されなかった場合、ホストヘッダは、実サーバがある場合はその要求URLから求められます。\n" +"最後の手段として、実サーバのIPアドレスが使用されます。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>ログイン</big> = \"username\"\n" +"FTP、IMAP、LDAP、MySQL、Oracle、POP、およびPostgreSQLの場合、ログインに使用するユーザ名。\n" +"Radiusの場合、ユーザ名属性でパスワードが使用されます。\n" +"SIPの場合、OPTIONSクエリの発信先および発信元アドレスとしてユーザ名が使用されます。\n" +"デフォルト:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: 匿名。\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL OracleおよびPostgreSQL: 環境設定で指定する必要があります。\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>。ホスト名は次のパスワードオプションごとに求められます。\n" +"</dt><dt>* その他: 空の文字列。認証は行われません。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>パスワード</big> = \"password\"\n" +"FTP、IMAP、LDAP、MySQL、Oracle、POP、PostgreSQL、および\n" +"SIPサーバへのログインで使用するパスワード。\n" +"Radiusの場合、ユーザパスワード属性でパスワードを使用します。\n" +"デフォルト:\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname&gt。ホスト名は、実行時に評価される環境変数HOSTNAME、または\n" +"unameから求められます(設定されていない場合)。\n" +"</dt><dt>* その他: 空の文字列。LDAP、MySQL、Oracle、およびPostgreSQLの場合、これは認証が行われないことを表します。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"</dt><dt><big>データベース名</big> = \"databasename\"\n" +"MySQL、Oracle、およびPostgreSQLサーバで使用するデータベース。このデータベースに対して、クエリ(［受信］で設定)が実行されます。\n" +"これは必須の設定です。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>radiusシークレット</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" +"Radiusサーバを使用するためのシークレット。これは、ユーザ名(［ログイン］で設定)および\n" +"パスワード(［パスワード］で設定)でアクセス要求を実行する場合に使用するシークレットです。\n" +"デフォルト: 空の文字列\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>永続</big> = n\n" +"永続クライアント接続の秒数。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>ネットマスク</big> = w.x.y.z\n" +"永続クライアント接続の粒度で使用されるネットマスク。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>スケジューラ</big> = scheduler_name\n" +"負荷分散の目的でLVSが使用するスケジューラ。使用可能なスケジューラの詳細については、<a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8)マニュアルページを参照してください。\n" +"デフォルト: \"wrr\"\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>プロトコル</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" +"使用するプロトコル。仮想がIPアドレスとポートで指定されている場合は、tcpまたはudpのいずれかである必要があります。ファイアウォールマークの場合、\n" +"プロトコルはfwmである必要があります。\n" +"デフォルト:\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想がIPアドレスとポートであり、ポートが53でない場合: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想がIPアドレスとポートであり、ポートが53の場合: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 仮想がファイアウォールマークの場合: fwm\n" +"</dt></dl>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"<big>チェックタイムアウト</big> = n\n" +"接続、外部、およびpingチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。タイムアウトを超えると、実サーバは通信不能と見なされます。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"定義されていない場合、ネゴシエートタイムアウトの値が使用されます。ネゴシエートタイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"チェックアウトとネゴシエートタイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" +"デフォルト: 5秒\n" +"\n" +"<big>ネゴシエートタイムアウト</big> = n\n" +"ネゴシエートチェックのタイムアウト(秒単位)。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"定義されていない場合、接続タイムアウトの値が使用されます。接続タイムアウトもグローバル値で、仮想ごとの設定によって上書きされる可能性があります。\n" +"ネゴシエートタイムアウトと接続タイムアウトの両方が設定されていない場合は、デフォルトが使用されます。\n" +"デフォルト: 30秒\n" +"\n" +"<big>失敗回数</big> = n\n" +"チェックがこの回数を連続して失敗すると、実サーバに障害があると見なされます。値1を指定すると、最初の失敗で実サーバに障害があると見なされます。チェックが成功すると、失敗回数は0にリセットされます。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"デフォルト: 1\n" +"\n" +"<big>電子メールアラート</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" +"仮想サービス内で定義されている実サーバへの接続ステータスの変更に関して、アラートを送信する有効な電子メールアドレス。このオプションを使用するには、perl\n" +"module MailToolsがインストールされている必要があります。ビルトインメソッドを使用しての電子メールの送信が自動的に試行されます。メソッドの詳細については、perldoc Mail::Mailerを参照してください。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"\n" +"<big>電子メールアラートの周期</big> = n\n" +"仮想サービス内の特定の実サーバが引き続きアクセス不能であるときに、電子メールアラートを繰り返し送信する周期(秒単位)。0秒を設定すると、\n" +"アラートは繰り返し送信されません。この設定の電子メールタイミングの精度は、チェック間隔の\n" +"環境設定オプションで定義される秒数に依存します。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"デフォルト: 0\n" +"\n" +"<big>電子メールアラートのステータス</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"電子メールアラートが送信されるサーバステータスのコンマ区切りリスト。allは、\n" +"「starting,running,stopping,reloading」を表します。noneを指定すると、他のオプションは指定できません。指定しないと、オプションは相互に使用されます。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"デフォルト: all\n" +"\n" +"<big>フォールバック</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"すべての実サーバが停止した場合にWebサービスがリダイレクトされるサーバ。通常、これは127.0.0.1のエマージェンシページです。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"\n" +"<big>休止</big> = yes|no\n" +"yesの場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバが停止と判断されても、カーネルのLVSテーブルから実際に削除されることはありません。\n" +"その重みは0に設定され、新規接続が許可されなくなります。\n" +"これには副作用があります。実サーバに永続接続がある場合、永続タイムアウトが切れるまで、\n" +"既存のクライアントからの新規接続が実サーバに引き続きルーティングされます。永続接続の詳細については、ipvsadmを参照してください。\n" +"この副作用は、次を実行することによって回避できます。\n" +"echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" +"procファイルがない場合、カーネルがlvsをサポートしない、LVSサポートがロードされていない、またはカーネルが古くてprocファイルがないことが、\n" +"おそらく原因です。rootとしてipvsadmを実行すると、可能な場合、LVSがカーネルにロードされます。\n" +"noの場合、実サーバまたはフェールバックサーバがカーネルのLVSテーブルから削除されます。デフォルトはyesです。\n" +"仮想サーバセクション内で定義されている場合、グローバル値は上書きされます。\n" +"デフォルト: yes\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"\n" #. overwrite global value part #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 @@ -287,8 +898,12 @@ #. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 -msgid "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -msgstr "IPv6を使用する場合、次のような形式にする必要があります。\n[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" +"IPv6を使用する場合、次のような形式にする必要があります。\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" @@ -385,4 +1000,3 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要 ..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -222,58 +222,118 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 -msgid "<big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSIイニシエータ設定を初期化中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSIイニシエータ設定を初期化中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSIイニシエータ設定を保存中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSIイニシエータ設定を保存中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存処理を中止します。\n 処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存処理を中止します。\n" +" 処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" +" \n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 -msgid "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \nConfigure an iSCSI initiator here. \n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSIイニシエータの設定</big> \nここで、iSCSIイニシエータを設定します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure an iSCSI initiator here. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSIイニシエータの設定</big> \n" +"ここで、iSCSIイニシエータを設定します。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 -msgid "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \nSelect an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\nIf your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use Other (not detected).\nThen press Configure.\n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSIイニシエータの追加</big> \n検出されたイニシエータのリストからiSCSIイニシエータを選択してください。\n iSCSIイニシエータが検出されなかった場合は、［その他(検出されない)］を使用します。\n次に［設定］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" +"Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" +"If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"Then press Configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSIイニシエータの追加</big> \n" +"検出されたイニシエータのリストからiSCSIイニシエータを選択してください。\n" +" iSCSIイニシエータが検出されなかった場合は、［その他(検出されない)］を使用します。\n" +"次に［設定］を押してください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \nIf you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\nthe configuration opens.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除</big> \n［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するための追加のダイアログボックスが\n開きます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" +"If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除</big> \n" +"［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するための追加のダイアログボックスが\n" +"開きます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 -msgid "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\nedit their configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSIイニシエータの環境設定の概要</big> \nインストールされたiSCSIイニシエータの概要を取得します。必要に応じて、\n設定内容を編集できます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSIイニシエータの環境設定の概要</big> \n" +"インストールされたiSCSIイニシエータの概要を取得します。必要に応じて、\n" +"設定内容を編集できます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 -msgid "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \nPress Add to configure an iSCSI initiator.\n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSIイニシエータの追加</big> \n［追加］をクリックして、iSCSIイニシエータを設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure an iSCSI initiator.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSIイニシエータの追加</big> \n" +"［追加］をクリックして、iSCSIイニシエータを設定します。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \nChoose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\nThen press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除</big> \n変更または削除するiSCSIイニシエータを選択します。\n 次に、目的に応じて［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" +"Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" +"Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除</big> \n" +"変更または削除するiSCSIイニシエータを選択します。\n" +" 次に、目的に応じて［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n" #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\nTo remove it, press Log Out.\nTo change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" -msgstr "現在のセッション一覧を表示しています。新しいターゲットを追加するには 追加 を押してください。\nターゲットを削除するには、ターゲットを選択して ログアウト を押してください。\n起動状態を切り替えるには、 切り替え を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" +"To remove it, press Log Out.\n" +"To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" +msgstr "" +"現在のセッション一覧を表示しています。新しいターゲットを追加するには 追加 を押してください。\n" +"ターゲットを削除するには、ターゲットを選択して ログアウト を押してください。\n" +"起動状態を切り替えるには、 切り替え を押してください。\n" #. Warning #. Warning @@ -286,16 +346,30 @@ msgstr "iSCSIデバイスにREAD/WRITEでアクセスする場合、このアクセスが排他アクセスになっていることを確認してください。そうでない場合は、データ損傷の危険性があります。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 -msgid "InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \nIn case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." -msgstr "InitiatorName は <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からの値です。\niBFT を利用している場合、上記の値は iBFT からの値が付加されて BIOS 内でのみ変更できるようになります。" +msgid "" +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." +msgstr "" +"InitiatorName は <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> からの値です。\n" +"iBFT を利用している場合、上記の値は iBFT からの値が付加されて BIOS 内でのみ変更できるようになります。" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\nfill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" -msgstr "ターゲット検出を行う際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 です。\n" +msgid "" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" +msgstr "" +"ターゲット検出を行う際、既定の SendTargets メソッドの代わりに iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) を利用する場合は、\n" +" iSNS サーバの IP アドレスとポートを指定してください。既定のポートは 3205 です。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\nOnly change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\nselect No Authentication.\n" -msgstr "検出されたサーバの［IPアドレス］を入力します。\n必要に応じて［ポート］のみを変更します。認証のためには、［ユーザ名］と［パスワード］を使用します。認証の必要がない場合は、\n［認証なし］を選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"select No Authentication.\n" +msgstr "" +"検出されたサーバの［IPアドレス］を入力します。\n" +"必要に応じて［ポート］のみを変更します。認証のためには、［ユーザ名］と［パスワード］を使用します。認証の必要がない場合は、\n" +"［認証なし］を選択します。\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " @@ -310,8 +384,20 @@ msgstr "<h1>スタートアップ</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 -msgid "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\ndefault, the user needs to connect them manually\nonboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\nroot is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\nautomatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\nstarts up.\n" -msgstr "［手動］は、iSCSIターゲットをデフォルトで接続しない設定です。\nユーザが手動で接続する必要があります。\n［起動時］は、iSCSIターゲットをブート時に接続する設定です。\nルートファイルシステムがiSCSIターゲット上にある場合などに使用します。\nそのため、initrdによって評価されます。\n［自動］はiSCSIターゲットをiSCSIサービス自身の起動時に接続する設定です。\n" +msgid "" +"manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" +"default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" +"starts up.\n" +msgstr "" +"［手動］は、iSCSIターゲットをデフォルトで接続しない設定です。\n" +"ユーザが手動で接続する必要があります。\n" +"［起動時］は、iSCSIターゲットをブート時に接続する設定です。\n" +"ルートファイルシステムがiSCSIターゲット上にある場合などに使用します。\n" +"そのため、initrdによって評価されます。\n" +"［自動］はiSCSIターゲットをiSCSIサービス自身の起動時に接続する設定です。\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 @@ -370,8 +456,22 @@ #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 -msgid "Incorrect InitiatorName.\nThe correct syntax is\niqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\nor eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n\nExample:\niqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" -msgstr "InitiatorName が正しくありません。\n正しい構文は以下のとおりです。\niqn.yyyy-mm.(逆順のドメイン名)[:(識別子)]\nまたは eui.yyyy-mm.(逆順のドメイン名)[:(識別子)]\n\n例:\niqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +msgid "" +"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"The correct syntax is\n" +"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" +"\n" +"Example:\n" +"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +msgstr "" +"InitiatorName が正しくありません。\n" +"正しい構文は以下のとおりです。\n" +"iqn.yyyy-mm.(逆順のドメイン名)[:(識別子)]\n" +"または eui.yyyy-mm.(逆順のドメイン名)[:(識別子)]\n" +"\n" +"例:\n" +"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 @@ -506,11 +606,18 @@ #. } #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 -msgid "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\ndiffer. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \nbackup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \nin the BIOS.\n" -msgstr "iBFTと<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>でInitiatorNameが異なっています。\n古いイニシエータ名をiBFTの値に置き換えて、バックアップを作成します。\n別のイニシエータ名を使用する場合はBIOSで\n変更してください。\n" +msgid "" +"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" +"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" +"backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" +"in the BIOS.\n" +msgstr "" +"iBFTと<tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>でInitiatorNameが異なっています。\n" +"古いイニシエータ名をiBFTの値に置き換えて、バックアップを作成します。\n" +"別のイニシエータ名を使用する場合はBIOSで\n" +"変更してください。\n" #. do discovery first #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -35,7 +35,8 @@ msgstr "サービス" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "グローバル" @@ -251,74 +252,150 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSI LIO ターゲット設定を初期化中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSI LIO ターゲット設定を初期化中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止</big> \n今すぐ［中止］をクリックすると設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止</big> \n" +"今すぐ［中止］をクリックすると設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 -msgid "<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSI ターゲット設定を保存中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSI ターゲット設定を保存中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると保存手順を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが通知されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると保存手順を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが通知されます。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 -msgid "Save button will export some information about\ntargets into selected file." -msgstr "［保存］ボタンにより、ターゲットに関する一部の情報が\n選択したファイルにエクスポートされます。" +msgid "" +"Save button will export some information about\n" +"targets into selected file." +msgstr "" +"［保存］ボタンにより、ターゲットに関する一部の情報が\n" +"選択したファイルにエクスポートされます。" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 -msgid "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \nConfigure an iSCSI target here. \n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSI ターゲット設定</big> \nここで iSCSI ターゲットを設定します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure an iSCSI target here. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSI ターゲット設定</big> \n" +"ここで iSCSI ターゲットを設定します。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 -msgid "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \nChoose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\nIf your target was not detected, use Other (not detected).\nThen press Configure.\n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSI ターゲットの追加</big> \n検出された iSCSI ターゲットのリストから iSCSI ターゲットを選択してください。\nターゲットが検出されない場合は、［その他 (未検出)］を使用します。\n次に［設定］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" +"Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" +"If your target was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"Then press Configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSI ターゲットの追加</big> \n" +"検出された iSCSI ターゲットのリストから iSCSI ターゲットを選択してください。\n" +"ターゲットが検出されない場合は、［その他 (未検出)］を使用します。\n" +"次に［設定］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \nIf you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\nthe configuration opens.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除</big> \n［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するための追加の\nダイアログボックスが開きます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" +"If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除</big> \n" +"［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するための追加の\n" +"ダイアログボックスが開きます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 -msgid "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\nedit their configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>iSCSI ターゲット設定の概要</big> \nインストールされた iSCSI ターゲットの概要を取得します。必要に応じて、\n設定内容を編集できます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSI ターゲット設定の概要</big> \n" +"インストールされた iSCSI ターゲットの概要を取得します。必要に応じて、\n" +"設定内容を編集できます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \nPress Add to configure an iSCSI target." -msgstr "<big>iSCSI ターゲットの追加</big> \n［追加］をクリックして iSCSI ターゲットを設定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure an iSCSI target." +msgstr "" +"<big>iSCSI ターゲットの追加</big> \n" +"［追加］をクリックして iSCSI ターゲットを設定します。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \nChoose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\nThen press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除</big> \n変更または削除する iSCSI ターゲットを選択します。\n次に、目的に応じて［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" +"Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" +"Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除</big> \n" +"変更または削除する iSCSI ターゲットを選択します。\n" +"次に、目的に応じて［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 -msgid "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \nPress Next to continue.\n " -msgstr "<big>環境設定 1</big> \n［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" +"Press Next to continue.\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定 1</big> \n" +"［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" +" " #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 -msgid "<big>Selecting Something</big> \nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" -msgstr "<big>選択中</big> \n選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。:-)\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" +"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>選択中</big> \n" +"選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。:-)\n" +" " #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \nPress Next to continue.\n \n" -msgstr "<big>環境設定 2</big> \n［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" +"Press Next to continue.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定 2</big> \n" +"［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" +" \n" #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 @@ -327,12 +404,22 @@ #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." -msgstr "ターゲットポータルグループからインポートされたLUNへのイニシエータ(iSCSIクライアント)アクセスを\n付与するには、［追加］を押してください。接続を許可するイニシエータを指定します\n(iSCSIイニシエータ上の「/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi」にある「InitiatorName」を使用してください)。［削除］を使用すると、LUNへのイニシエータアクセスが削除されます。" +msgid "" +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." +msgstr "" +"ターゲットポータルグループからインポートされたLUNへのイニシエータ(iSCSIクライアント)アクセスを\n" +"付与するには、［追加］を押してください。接続を許可するイニシエータを指定します\n" +"(iSCSIイニシエータ上の「/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi」にある「InitiatorName」を使用してください)。［削除］を使用すると、LUNへのイニシエータアクセスが削除されます。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 -msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." -msgstr "［LUNの編集］で、LUNマッピングを変更できます。LUNターゲット番号は固有である必要があることに注意してください。 ［認証の編集］をクリックし、認証の種類を選択します。［受信］、［送信］、または両方を同時に使用します。その後、［ユーザ］および［パスワード］を挿入します。受信認証と送信認証で異なる値を設定する必要があります。\n前のダイアログで［認証を使用］が無効な場合、ここでの［認証の編集］は無効です。" +msgid "" +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgstr "" +"［LUNの編集］で、LUNマッピングを変更できます。LUNターゲット番号は固有である必要があることに注意してください。 ［認証の編集］をクリックし、認証の種類を選択します。［受信］、［送信］、または両方を同時に使用します。その後、［ユーザ］および［パスワード］を挿入します。受信認証と送信認証で異なる値を設定する必要があります。\n" +"前のダイアログで［認証を使用］が無効な場合、ここでの［認証の編集］は無効です。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." @@ -340,8 +427,12 @@ #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\nTo delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." -msgstr "提供されるターゲットおよびターゲットポータルグループのリスト。新しいターゲットを作成するには、［追加］をクリックします。\nアイテムを削除または変更するには、目的のアイテムを選択し、［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." +msgstr "" +"提供されるターゲットおよびターゲットポータルグループのリスト。新しいターゲットを作成するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"アイテムを削除または変更するには、目的のアイテムを選択し、［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。" #. edit target #. add target @@ -351,29 +442,59 @@ msgstr "<h1>iSCSI ターゲットの IP/ポートおよび LUN のセットアップ</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\nYou have to provide path to either block devices or file. \nThe LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \nThe name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\ndoes not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." -msgstr "任意のブロックデバイスまたはファイルをLUNで利用可能にできます。\nブロックデバイスまたはファイルのパスを指定する必要があります。\nLUN名はLUNを一意に識別する任意の名前です。\nこの名前はターゲットポータルグループ内で一意である必要があります。\nLUN の名前を指定しなかった場合、名前は自動的に生成されます。" +msgid "" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" +"You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" +"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." +msgstr "" +"任意のブロックデバイスまたはファイルをLUNで利用可能にできます。\n" +"ブロックデバイスまたはファイルのパスを指定する必要があります。\n" +"LUN名はLUNを一意に識別する任意の名前です。\n" +"この名前はターゲットポータルグループ内で一意である必要があります。\n" +"LUN の名前を指定しなかった場合、名前は自動的に生成されます。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 -msgid "Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\nand port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\nOnly ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." -msgstr "［IP アドレス］および［ポート番号］で、サービスを利用可能な\nアドレスとポートを指定します。ポート番号のデフォルトは 3260 です。指定できる\nIP アドレスはいずれかのネットワークカードに割り当てられているアドレスのみです。" +msgid "" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" +"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" +"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." +msgstr "" +"［IP アドレス］および［ポート番号］で、サービスを利用可能な\n" +"アドレスとポートを指定します。ポート番号のデフォルトは 3260 です。指定できる\n" +"IP アドレスはいずれかのネットワークカードに割り当てられているアドレスのみです。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "新しいターゲットを作成します。テンプレートの値は正しい値に置き換えてください。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 -msgid "It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\nYou have to provide path to either block devices or file. \nThe LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \nThe name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\ndoes not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." -msgstr "任意のブロックデバイスまたはファイルを LUN で利用可能にできます。\nブロックデバイスまたはファイルのパスを指定する必要があります。\nLUN 名は LUN を一意に識別する任意の名前です。\nこの名前はターゲットポータルグループ内で固有である必要があります。\nLUN の名前を指定しなかった場合は自動的に生成されます。" +msgid "" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" +"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" +"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." +msgstr "" +"任意のブロックデバイスまたはファイルを LUN で利用可能にできます。\n" +"ブロックデバイスまたはファイルのパスを指定する必要があります。\n" +"LUN 名は LUN を一意に識別する任意の名前です。\n" +"この名前はターゲットポータルグループ内で固有である必要があります。\n" +"LUN の名前を指定しなかった場合は自動的に生成されます。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "追加の設定オプションをすべて追加、編集、または削除することができます。" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 -msgid "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\nIf Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." -msgstr "必要に応じてLUN番号を編集し、［タイプ］を設定します(nullioはテスト用です)。 \n「タイプ=fileio」の場合、ディスクデバイスまたはファイルへのパスを設定します。［SCSI ID］と［セクタ］の指定は省略することができます。" +msgid "" +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." +msgstr "" +"必要に応じてLUN番号を編集し、［タイプ］を設定します(nullioはテスト用です)。 \n" +"「タイプ=fileio」の場合、ディスクデバイスまたはファイルへのパスを設定します。［SCSI ID］と［セクタ］の指定は省略することができます。" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -541,8 +662,18 @@ msgstr "なし" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452 -msgid "There isn't any initiator specified.\nTo allow an initiator login to the target, please\nuse the 'Add' button and enter the name\n(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\nReally want to continue without initiator access?" -msgstr "イニシエータが指定されていません。\nターゲットへのイニシエータのログインを許可するには、\n［追加］ボタンを使用して名前を入力してください\n(イニシエータの/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsiを参照)。\n本当にイニシエータアクセスなしで続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"There isn't any initiator specified.\n" +"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" +"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n" +"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n" +"Really want to continue without initiator access?" +msgstr "" +"イニシエータが指定されていません。\n" +"ターゲットへのイニシエータのログインを許可するには、\n" +"［追加］ボタンを使用して名前を入力してください\n" +"(イニシエータの/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsiを参照)。\n" +"本当にイニシエータアクセスなしで続行しますか?" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" @@ -636,8 +767,14 @@ #. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 -msgid "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \nto be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \ntry to import setting from /etc/ietd.conf into LIO?" -msgstr "現在、アクティブな LIO ターゲットはありませんが、有効な\n設定が /etc/ietd.conf に存在する可能性があります。この\nモジュールで /etc/ietd.conf から LIO に設定をインポートしてみますか?" +msgid "" +"You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" +"to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" +"try to import setting from /etc/ietd.conf into LIO?" +msgstr "" +"現在、アクティブな LIO ターゲットはありませんが、有効な\n" +"設定が /etc/ietd.conf に存在する可能性があります。この\n" +"モジュールで /etc/ietd.conf から LIO に設定をインポートしてみますか?" #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" @@ -673,4 +810,3 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -117,28 +117,52 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 -msgid "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>iSNSデーモン設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSNSデーモン設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 -msgid "<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>iSNS設定を保存しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSNS設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \nConfigure an iSNS server. \n" -msgstr "<big>iSNS設定</big> \nここではiSNSサーバを設定することができます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure an iSNS server. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>iSNS設定</big> \n" +"ここではiSNSサーバを設定することができます。 \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." @@ -233,4 +257,3 @@ #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "isns設定情報を保存しています" - Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# Japanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-09-24 20:04+02:00\n" +"Last-Translator: Mike Fabian <mfabian(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Japanese <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: ja\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "項目がありません。" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "サフィックスの変更" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "更新" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "ブライユ点字ディスプレイ" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "項目が見つかりません" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "フィルタ:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "History (%s)" +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "履歴 (%s)" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "History (%s)" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "履歴 (%s)" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "追加情報はありません" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "ファイルで検索" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "時間" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "ソース" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "メッセージ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -352,8 +352,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 -msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\nIt will be rewritten." -msgstr "カーネルオプション「crashkernel」には、範囲や冗長な値が含まれます。\nこのカーネルオプションは書き換えられます。" +msgid "" +"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" +"It will be rewritten." +msgstr "" +"カーネルオプション「crashkernel」には、範囲や冗長な値が含まれます。\n" +"このカーネルオプションは書き換えられます。" #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text @@ -726,98 +730,242 @@ #. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 -msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump \n Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" -msgstr "Kdumpの有効化/無効化 \n kdumpの有効/無効を切り替えることができます。ブートオプションであるcrashkernelパラメータが追加/削除されます。\n 変更内容を適用するには再起動が必要です。 \n" +msgid "" +"Enable/Disable Kdump \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" +" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" +msgstr "" +"Kdumpの有効化/無効化 \n" +" kdumpの有効/無効を切り替えることができます。ブートオプションであるcrashkernelパラメータが追加/削除されます。\n" +" 変更内容を適用するには再起動が必要です。 \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 -msgid "Kdump Memory \n Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. \n" -msgstr "Kdumpメモリ \n kdumpカーネルへのメモリ割り当て。 \n" +msgid "" +"Kdump Memory \n" +" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. \n" +msgstr "" +"Kdumpメモリ \n" +" kdumpカーネルへのメモリ割り当て。 \n" #. T: help text for a combo box #. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 -msgid "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." -msgstr "ファームウェア支援ダンプ \n ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化されるまで生成されませんが、パーティションの再起動時に実行されます。ファームウェア支援ダンプを実行すると、システムメモリは凍結され、パーティションは再起動されます。その結果、オペレーティングシステムの新インスタンスは前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータをダンプできます。この機能は、システムのメモリが1.5GBを超える場合にのみ適しています。" +msgid "" +"Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." +msgstr "" +"ファームウェア支援ダンプ \n" +" ダンプは、パーティションが再初期化されるまで生成されませんが、パーティションの再起動時に実行されます。ファームウェア支援ダンプを実行すると、システムメモリは凍結され、パーティションは再起動されます。その結果、オペレーティングシステムの新インスタンスは前のカーネルクラッシュからのデータをダンプできます。この機能は、システムのメモリが1.5GBを超える場合にのみ適しています。" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 -msgid "Dump Level \n Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. \n The page type marked in the following table is included. " -msgstr "ダンプレベル \n解析に必要なページの種類を指定します。\n 指定された種類のページがダンプファイルにコピーされます。\n 以下の表内でマークされたページ種類がダンプに含まれます。 " +msgid "" +"Dump Level \n" +" Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" +" Pages of the specified type are copied to dumpfile. \n" +" The page type marked in the following table is included. " +msgstr "" +"ダンプレベル \n" +"解析に必要なページの種類を指定します。\n" +" 指定された種類のページがダンプファイルにコピーされます。\n" +" 以下の表内でマークされたページ種類がダンプに含まれます。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 -msgid "Dump Format \n No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" -msgstr "ダンプ形式 \n ダンプなし - カーネルログのみを保存します。 \n ELF形式 - ELF形式のダンプファイルを作成します。 \n 圧縮形式 - ダンプデータをページごとにgzipで圧縮します。 \n LZO圧縮形式 - ファイルは多少大きくなりますが、かなり高速になります。 \n" +msgid "" +"Dump Format \n" +" No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" +" ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" +"" +msgstr "" +"ダンプ形式 \n" +" ダンプなし - カーネルログのみを保存します。 \n" +" ELF形式 - ELF形式のダンプファイルを作成します。 \n" +" 圧縮形式 - ダンプデータをページごとにgzipで圧縮します。 \n" +" LZO圧縮形式 - ファイルは多少大きくなりますが、かなり高速になります。 \n" +"" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 -msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " -msgstr "Kdumpイメージの保存先 \n Kdumpイメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する先のタイプを選択します。 " +msgid "" +"Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " +msgstr "" +"Kdumpイメージの保存先 \n" +" Kdumpイメージを保存する先を指定します。ダンプを保存する先のタイプを選択します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 -msgid "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n " -msgstr "ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステムに保存します。\n ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdumpイメージを保存するパスを指定します。\n 参照ボタンを押すとkdumpを保存するディレクトリを選択することができます。\n " +msgid "" +"Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" +" Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"ローカルファイルシステム - ダンプイメージをローカルファイルシステムに保存します。\n" +" ダンプを保存するディレクトリ - Kdumpイメージを保存するパスを指定します。\n" +" 参照ボタンを押すとkdumpを保存するディレクトリを選択することができます。\n" +" " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 -msgid "FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n Server Name - The name of ftp server.\n Port - The port number for connection.\n Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " -msgstr "FTP - kdumpイメージをFTPプロトコルを利用して保存します。\n サーバ名 - FTPサーバの名前を指定します。\n ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdumpイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n 匿名FTP サーバに対して匿名FTPで接続するかどうかを指定します。\n ユーザ名とパスワード それぞれFTP接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " +msgid "" +"FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" +" Server Name - The name of ftp server.\n" +" Port - The port number for connection.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " +msgstr "" +"FTP - kdumpイメージをFTPプロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" +" サーバ名 - FTPサーバの名前を指定します。\n" +" ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号を指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - Kdumpイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" 匿名FTP サーバに対して匿名FTPで接続するかどうかを指定します。\n" +" ユーザ名とパスワード それぞれFTP接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 -msgid "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n Server Name - The name of server.\n Port - The port number for connection.\n Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n User Name for SSH connection. \n Password for SSH connection. \n" -msgstr "SSH - kdumpイメージをターゲットマシンのSSHおよび「dd」を利用して保存します。\n サーバ名 - サーバの名前。\n ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号。\n サーバ上のディレクトリ - kdumpイメージを保存するパス。\n ユーザ名とパスワード - それぞれSSH接続の際に利用する\nユーザ名とパスワード。 \n" +msgid "" +"SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" +" Server Name - The name of server.\n" +" Port - The port number for connection.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" User Name for SSH connection. \n" +" Password for SSH connection. \n" +msgstr "" +"SSH - kdumpイメージをターゲットマシンのSSHおよび「dd」を利用して保存します。\n" +" サーバ名 - サーバの名前。\n" +" ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号。\n" +" サーバ上のディレクトリ - kdumpイメージを保存するパス。\n" +" ユーザ名とパスワード - それぞれSSH接続の際に利用する\n" +"ユーザ名とパスワード。 \n" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 -msgid "SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n Server Name - The name of server.\n Port - The port number for connection.\n Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n User Name for SSH connection. \n Password for SSH connection. \n" -msgstr "SFTP - kdumpイメージをSFTPを利用して保存します。\n サーバ名 - サーバの名前。\n ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号。\n サーバ上のディレクトリ - kdumpイメージを保存するパス。\n ユーザ名とパスワード - それぞれSSH接続の際に利用する\nユーザ名とパスワード。 \n" +msgid "" +"SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" +" Server Name - The name of server.\n" +" Port - The port number for connection.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" User Name for SSH connection. \n" +" Password for SSH connection. \n" +msgstr "" +"SFTP - kdumpイメージをSFTPを利用して保存します。\n" +" サーバ名 - サーバの名前。\n" +" ポート - 接続に使用するポート番号。\n" +" サーバ上のディレクトリ - kdumpイメージを保存するパス。\n" +" ユーザ名とパスワード - それぞれSSH接続の際に利用する\n" +"ユーザ名とパスワード。 \n" #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 -msgid "The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\non details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\nby default." -msgstr "サーバ設定の詳細に応じて［SSH］または\n［SFTP］を選択します。SLEサーバはデフォルトで両方をサポートします。\n" +msgid "" +"The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" +"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" +"サーバ設定の詳細に応じて［SSH］または\n" +"［SFTP］を選択します。SLEサーバはデフォルトで両方をサポートします。\n" +"" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 -msgid "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images. " -msgstr "NFS - kdumpイメージをNFSに保存します。\n サーバ名 - NFS サーバの名前。\n サーバ内のディレクトリ - kdumpイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。 " +msgid "" +"NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" +" Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images. " +msgstr "" +"NFS - kdumpイメージをNFSに保存します。\n" +" サーバ名 - NFS サーバの名前。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - kdumpイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。 " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 -msgid "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n Server Name - The name of server.\n Exported Share - The windows share name.\n Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n Use Authentication enables authenticated connection to server.\n User Name for connection. Password for connection. " -msgstr "CIFS - kdumpイメージをCIFSプロトコルを利用して保存します。\n サーバ名 - CIFSサーバの名前を指定します。\n エクスポートした共有名 - Windows共有名を指定します。\n サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n 認証利用 サーバに対して認証を行なうかどうかを指定します。\n ユーザ名とパスワード それぞれCIFS接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " +msgid "" +"CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" +" Server Name - The name of server.\n" +" Exported Share - The windows share name.\n" +" Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" +" Use Authentication enables authenticated connection to server.\n" +" User Name for connection. Password for connection. " +msgstr "" +"CIFS - kdumpイメージをCIFSプロトコルを利用して保存します。\n" +" サーバ名 - CIFSサーバの名前を指定します。\n" +" エクスポートした共有名 - Windows共有名を指定します。\n" +" サーバ内のディレクトリ - ダンプイメージを保存するディレクトリを指定します。\n" +" 認証利用 サーバに対して認証を行なうかどうかを指定します。\n" +" ユーザ名とパスワード それぞれCIFS接続の際に利用するユーザ名とパスワードを指定します。 " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 -msgid "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n Please enter only kernel_string. " -msgstr "カスタムKdumpカーネル カスタムカーネルを指定することができます。\n たとえば /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]のうちの\n kernel_stringの部分だけを入力してください。 " +msgid "" +"Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" +" The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" +" Please enter only kernel_string. " +msgstr "" +"カスタムKdumpカーネル カスタムカーネルを指定することができます。\n" +" たとえば /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]のうちの\n" +" kernel_stringの部分だけを入力してください。 " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Kdump Command Line\n Additional arguments passed to kexec. " -msgstr "Kdumpコマンドライン\n kexecに渡される追加の引数を指定します。 " +msgid "" +"Kdump Command Line\n" +" Additional arguments passed to kexec. " +msgstr "" +"Kdumpコマンドライン\n" +" kexecに渡される追加の引数を指定します。 " #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 -msgid "Kdump Command Line Append\n Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n is set. \n" -msgstr "Kdumpコマンドライン追加文字列\n このオプション設定では、デフォルトのコマンドライン文字列に「追加」する文字列を\n指定します。\n ［Kdumpコマンドライン］を設定した場合にのみ追加されます。 \n" +msgid "" +"Kdump Command Line Append\n" +" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" +" The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" +" is set. \n" +msgstr "" +"Kdumpコマンドライン追加文字列\n" +" このオプション設定では、デフォルトのコマンドライン文字列に「追加」する文字列を\n" +"指定します。\n" +" ［Kdumpコマンドライン］を設定した場合にのみ追加されます。 \n" #. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 -msgid "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " -msgstr "コア部分を保存後すぐに再起動 - \n kdumpのコアを保存したあと、すぐにシステムを再起動します。 " +msgid "" +"Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" +" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " +msgstr "" +"コア部分を保存後すぐに再起動 - \n" +" kdumpのコアを保存したあと、すぐにシステムを再起動します。 " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " -msgstr "古いダンプイメージの削除の有効化 - \n 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数を超えてダンプファイル\n が保存されると、古いものから順に削除されます。 " +msgid "" +"Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" +" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " +msgstr "" +"古いダンプイメージの削除の有効化 - \n" +" 古いダンプイメージを削除する設定です。 保存するダンプ数を超えてダンプファイル\n" +" が保存されると、古いものから順に削除されます。 " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 -msgid "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n debugging information (if installed) are copied into the dump\n directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n everything in place for debugging. \n" -msgstr "［ダンプディレクトリへのカーネルのコピーを有効にする］ - \n このオプションを選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報(インストールされている場合)\n をダンプディレクトリにコピーします。\n デフォルト値は「オフ」です。マシン自身でデバッグを行う際に\n 有用な設定です。 \n" +msgid "" +"Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" +" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" +" debugging information (if installed) are copied into the dump\n" +" directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n" +" everything in place for debugging. \n" +msgstr "" +"［ダンプディレクトリへのカーネルのコピーを有効にする］ - \n" +" このオプションを選択すると、カーネル自身とデバッグ情報(インストールされている場合)\n" +" をダンプディレクトリにコピーします。\n" +" デフォルト値は「オフ」です。マシン自身でデバッグを行う際に\n" +" 有用な設定です。 \n" #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 @@ -826,13 +974,21 @@ #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 -msgid "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" -msgstr "［ユーザ名］ - ［SMTP サーバ］を設定した場合に、SMTP認証で使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証なしのSMTPを使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ユーザ名］ - ［SMTP サーバ］を設定した場合に、SMTP認証で使用するユーザ名を指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は、認証なしのSMTPを使用します。\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 -msgid "Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" -msgstr "［パスワード］ - ［SMTP サーバ］を設定した場合に、SMTP認証で使用するパスワードを指定します。\n この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証なしのSMTPを使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" +msgstr "" +"［パスワード］ - ［SMTP サーバ］を設定した場合に、SMTP認証で使用するパスワードを指定します。\n" +" この項目は任意指定で、ユーザ名とパスワードを指定しない場合は認証なしのSMTPを使用します。\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 @@ -841,63 +997,122 @@ #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 -msgid "Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "［通知先(Cc)］ - ダンプが保存された際に、通知電子メールをCcで送信する先の電子メールアドレスを\nスペース区切りで指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"［通知先(Cc)］ - ダンプが保存された際に、通知電子メールをCcで送信する先の電子メールアドレスを\n" +"スペース区切りで指定します。\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 -msgid "Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \nexceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -msgstr "保存する古いダンプ数 では、古いダンプを保持する数を指定します。ダンプファイルがこの数を超えると、\nより古いダンプが削除されます。" +msgid "" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" +"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +msgstr "" +"保存する古いダンプ数 では、古いダンプを保持する数を指定します。ダンプファイルがこの数を超えると、\n" +"より古いダンプが削除されます。" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 -msgid "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>Kdump設定の初期化中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Kdump設定の初期化中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止する事ができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 -msgid "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>Kdump設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Kdump設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 -msgid "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \nConfigure kdump here. \n" -msgstr "<big>Kdump設定</big> \nKdumpの設定を行ないます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure kdump here. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Kdump設定</big> \n" +"Kdumpの設定を行ないます。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 -msgid "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \nChoose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\nIf your kdump was not detected, select Other (not detected).\nThen press Configure.\n" -msgstr "<big>Kdumpの追加:</big> \n検出されたkdumpのリストからkdumpを1つ選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +"If your kdump was not detected, select Other (not detected).\n" +"Then press Configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Kdumpの追加:</big> \n" +"検出されたkdumpのリストからkdumpを1つ選択します。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nIf you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\nthe configuration opens.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除:</big> \n［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除:</big> \n" +"［編集］をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 -msgid "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\nedit their configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>Kdump設定概要</big> \nインストール済みのkdumpの概要が表示されます。ここから\n設定を編集することもできます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Kdump設定概要</big> \n" +"インストール済みのkdumpの概要が表示されます。ここから\n" +"設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 -msgid "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \nPress Add to configure a kdump." -msgstr "<big>Kdumpの追加:</big> \n［追加］ボタンを押すとKdumpを設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a kdump." +msgstr "" +"<big>Kdumpの追加:</big> \n" +"［追加］ボタンを押すとKdumpを設定することができます。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nChoose a kdump to change or remove.\nThen press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除:</big> \n編集または削除するkdumpを選び、\n［編集］または ［削除］ボタンを押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +"Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除:</big> \n" +"編集または削除するkdumpを選び、\n" +"［編集］または ［削除］ボタンを押してください。\n" #. definition UI terms for saveing dump target #. @@ -995,8 +1210,16 @@ #. "Dump Format" #. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 -msgid "Kdump is not supported on this system.\nIf you continue now, the module may not function properly.\nFor example, some settings will not be correctly read\nand the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" -msgstr "このシステムではKdumpはサポートされていません。\nこのまま続行すると、モジュールが適切に機能しない場合があります。\nたとえば、一部の設定が正しく読み取られないため、\n行った設定が役に立たなくなる可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" +"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" +"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n" +"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n" +msgstr "" +"このシステムではKdumpはサポートされていません。\n" +"このまま続行すると、モジュールが適切に機能しない場合があります。\n" +"たとえば、一部の設定が正しく読み取られないため、\n" +"行った設定が役に立たなくなる可能性があります。\n" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" @@ -1006,8 +1229,12 @@ #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 -msgid "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\nSee %{log} for details." -msgstr "「%{cmd}」の呼び出し中にinitrdを更新できませんでした。\n詳細については、%{log} を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" +"See %{log} for details." +msgstr "" +"「%{cmd}」の呼び出し中にinitrdを更新できませんでした。\n" +"詳細については、%{log} を参照してください。" #. Kdump read dialog caption #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506 @@ -1133,6 +1360,9 @@ #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware #: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958 -msgid "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\nIt is not supported on this hardware." -msgstr "ファームウェア支援ダンプを使用できません。\nこのハードウェアではサポートされていません。" - +msgid "" +"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" +"It is not supported on this hardware." +msgstr "" +"ファームウェア支援ダンプを使用できません。\n" +"このハードウェアではサポートされていません。" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -26,23 +26,41 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/ui.rb:144 -msgid "If you reread settings from the server,\nall changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" -msgstr "サーバから設定を再度読み込むと、\n変更内容はすべて失われます。再読み込みしてもよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"If you reread settings from the server,\n" +"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n" +msgstr "" +"サーバから設定を再度読み込むと、\n" +"変更内容はすべて失われます。再読み込みしてもよろしいですか?\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/ui.rb:168 -msgid "Configure the template used for creating \nnew objects (like users or groups).\n" -msgstr "ここでは、新しいオブジェクト(ユーザやグループなど)を作成\nするためのテンプレートを設定することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Configure the template used for creating \n" +"new objects (like users or groups).\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、新しいオブジェクト(ユーザやグループなど)を作成\n" +"するためのテンプレートを設定することができます。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/ui.rb:172 -msgid "Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\nChanging the cn value renames the template.\n" -msgstr "テンプレートの属性値を編集するには、［編集］を選択します。\n［cn］の値を変更すると、テンプレートの名前が変更されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" +"Changing the cn value renames the template.\n" +msgstr "" +"テンプレートの属性値を編集するには、［編集］を選択します。\n" +"［cn］の値を変更すると、テンプレートの名前が変更されます。\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/ui.rb:176 -msgid "The second table contains a list of default values used\nfor new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\nremoving current ones.\n" -msgstr "2番目の表には、新しいオブジェクトで使用される［デフォルト値］が表示されています。\n新しい値を追加するか、現在の値を編集するか、または現在の値を削除して\nリストを編集してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The second table contains a list of default values used\n" +"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" +"removing current ones.\n" +msgstr "" +"2番目の表には、新しいオブジェクトで使用される［デフォルト値］が表示されています。\n" +"新しい値を追加するか、現在の値を編集するか、または現在の値を削除して\n" +"リストを編集してください。\n" #. table header 1/2 #. table header 1/2 @@ -94,8 +112,12 @@ #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636 -msgid "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\nEnter a value." -msgstr "「%1」属性は必須です。\n値を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" +"Enter a value." +msgstr "" +"「%1」属性は必須です。\n" +"値を入力してください。" #. helptext 1/4 #: src/ui.rb:438 @@ -104,18 +126,38 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/ui.rb:442 -msgid "Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\nis no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\ncreate one with New. Delete the current module\nusing Delete.\n" -msgstr "環境設定セットは「環境設定モジュール」と呼ばれています。\n指定された場所に環境設定モジュールがない場合は（基本設定）、［新規］で新しいモジュールを\n作成してください。 現在のモジュールを削除するには、\n［削除］を使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n" +"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n" +"create one with New. Delete the current module\n" +"using Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"環境設定セットは「環境設定モジュール」と呼ばれています。\n" +"指定された場所に環境設定モジュールがない場合は（基本設定）、［新規］で新しいモジュールを\n" +"作成してください。 現在のモジュールを削除するには、\n" +"［削除］を使用します。\n" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/ui.rb:449 -msgid "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\nSome values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\ncurrent module.\n" -msgstr "テーブル内の属性値を編集するには、［編集］を押してください。\n一部の属性には特殊な意味があります。たとえば、［cn］の値を変更すると\n現在のモジュールの名前が変更されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" +"current module.\n" +msgstr "" +"テーブル内の属性値を編集するには、［編集］を押してください。\n" +"一部の属性には特殊な意味があります。たとえば、［cn］の値を変更すると\n" +"現在のモジュールの名前が変更されます。\n" #. helptext 4/4 #: src/ui.rb:455 -msgid "To configure the default template of the current module,\nclick Configure Template.\n\n" -msgstr "現在のモジュールのデフォルトテンプレートを設定するには、\n［テンプレートを設定する］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"To configure the default template of the current module,\n" +"click Configure Template.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"現在のモジュールのデフォルトテンプレートを設定するには、\n" +"［テンプレートを設定する］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. combobox label #: src/ui.rb:535 @@ -131,4 +173,3 @@ #: src/ui.rb:598 msgid "Module Configuration" msgstr "モジュールの環境設定" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -21,33 +21,57 @@ #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:256 -msgid "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\nVerify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." -msgstr "TLS暗号化の確立に失敗しました。\n正しいCA証明書がインストールされており、サーバ証明書が有効であることを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." +msgstr "" +"TLS暗号化の確立に失敗しました。\n" +"正しいCA証明書がインストールされており、サーバ証明書が有効であることを確認してください。" #. hint to error message #: src/Ldap.rb:260 -msgid "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\nVerify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." -msgstr "TLS暗号化の確立に失敗しました。\nサーバでStartTLSのサポートが有効になっていることを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" +"Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." +msgstr "" +"TLS暗号化の確立に失敗しました。\n" +"サーバでStartTLSのサポートが有効になっていることを確認してください。" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:530 -msgid "\nThe server could be down or unreachable.\n" -msgstr "\nサーバがダウンしているか、到達できない可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The server could be down or unreachable.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"サーバがダウンしているか、到達できない可能性があります。\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 -msgid "\nThe value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" -msgstr "\nDNの値がないか、不正です。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DNの値がないか、不正です。\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 -msgid "\nAttribute type not found.\n" -msgstr "\n属性タイプが見つかりません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Attribute type not found.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"属性タイプが見つかりません。\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 -msgid "\nObject class not found.\n" -msgstr "\nオブジェクトクラスが見つかりません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Object class not found.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"オブジェクトクラスが見つかりません。\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message @@ -112,8 +136,16 @@ #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:865 -msgid "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\nconfigured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n\nRetry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" -msgstr "接続失敗の原因としては、お使いのクライアントは TLS/SSL で設定しようとしたにも関わらず、\nサーバ側はそれをサポートしていなかったことが考えられます。\n\nTLS/SSL 無しで接続を再試行しますか？\n" +msgid "" +"A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" +"configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" +"\n" +"Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" +msgstr "" +"接続失敗の原因としては、お使いのクライアントは TLS/SSL で設定しようとしたにも関わらず、\n" +"サーバ側はそれをサポートしていなかったことが考えられます。\n" +"\n" +"TLS/SSL 無しで接続を再試行しますか？\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -140,18 +172,32 @@ #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 -msgid "A direct parent for DN '%1' \ndoes not exist in the LDAP directory.\nThe object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" -msgstr "DN「%1」の直接の親は、LDAPディレクトリ内に\n存在しません。指定されたDNの\nオブジェクトを作成できません。\n" +msgid "" +"A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" +"does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" +"The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" +msgstr "" +"DN「%1」の直接の親は、LDAPディレクトリ内に\n" +"存在しません。指定されたDNの\n" +"オブジェクトを作成できません。\n" #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:1431 -msgid "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\nSelect another one.\n" -msgstr "選択したDNのオブジェクトは存在しますが、これはテンプレートオブジェクトではありません。\n別のオブジェクトを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" +"Select another one.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したDNのオブジェクトは存在しますが、これはテンプレートオブジェクトではありません。\n" +"別のオブジェクトを選択してください。\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1717 -msgid "No entry with DN '%1'\nexists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" -msgstr "LDAPサーバにDN「%1」のエントリが\nありません。作成しますか？\n" +msgid "" +"No entry with DN '%1'\n" +"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"LDAPサーバにDN「%1」のエントリが\n" +"ありません。作成しますか？\n" #. button label #. button label @@ -166,8 +212,20 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 -msgid "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\nwith Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\npossible values to use for the current attribute.\nIf the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\nit is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n\n" -msgstr "属性に他の値もある場合は、［値の追加］で\n新しいエントリを追加してください。 ボタンに、現在の属性で使用できる値が\n一覧表示されることもあります。\n 編集した属性の値が識別名(DN)でなければならない場合は、\n［参照］でLDAPツリーから選択することができます。\n \n" +msgid "" +"If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" +"with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" +"possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" +"If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" +"it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"属性に他の値もある場合は、［値の追加］で\n" +"新しいエントリを追加してください。 ボタンに、現在の属性で使用できる値が\n" +"一覧表示されることもあります。\n" +" 編集した属性の値が識別名(DN)でなければならない場合は、\n" +"［参照］でLDAPツリーから選択することができます。\n" +" \n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -207,8 +265,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 -msgid "The value '%1' already exists.\nPlease select another one." -msgstr "値「%1」はすでに存在します。\n他の値を選んでください。" +msgid "" +"The value '%1' already exists.\n" +"Please select another one." +msgstr "" +"値「%1」はすでに存在します。\n" +"他の値を選んでください。" #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 @@ -232,8 +294,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 -msgid "The entered value already exists.\nSelect another one.\n" -msgstr "入力された値はすでに存在します。\n他の値を選んでください。\n" +msgid "" +"The entered value already exists.\n" +"Select another one.\n" +msgstr "" +"入力された値はすでに存在します。\n" +"他の値を選んでください。\n" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 @@ -242,8 +308,14 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 -msgid "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\nto an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\nthe new object is created.\n" -msgstr "ここでは、現在のテンプレートを使用してオブジェクトに\n属する属性の値を設定します。設定された値は、\n新しいオブジェクトが作成されるときのデフォルトとして使用されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" +"the new object is created.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、現在のテンプレートを使用してオブジェクトに\n" +"属する属性の値を設定します。設定された値は、\n" +"新しいオブジェクトが作成されるときのデフォルトとして使用されます。\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -252,8 +324,16 @@ #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 -msgid "You can use special syntax to create attribute\nvalues from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\nwith the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\nas a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" -msgstr "既存の属性値から新しい属性値を作成する場合は、特殊な構文を\n使用できます。例えば、式「%attr_name」には属性「attr_name」の値が代入されます。\nこの機能を使用すると、たとえば「homeDirectory」の値として\n「/home/%uid」を指定できます。\n" +msgid "" +"You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" +msgstr "" +"既存の属性値から新しい属性値を作成する場合は、特殊な構文を\n" +"使用できます。例えば、式「%attr_name」には属性「attr_name」の値が代入されます。\n" +"この機能を使用すると、たとえば「homeDirectory」の値として\n" +"「/home/%uid」を指定できます。\n" #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 @@ -277,8 +357,12 @@ #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 -msgid "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\nDiscard these changes?\n" -msgstr "現在のエントリには、保存されていない変更があります。\nこれらの変更を破棄しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" +"Discard these changes?\n" +msgstr "" +"現在のエントリには、保存されていない変更があります。\n" +"これらの変更を破棄しますか?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 @@ -323,8 +407,12 @@ #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 -msgid "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\nEnter a value." -msgstr "「%1」属性は必須です。\n値を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" +"Enter a value." +msgstr "" +"「%1」属性は必須です。\n" +"値を入力してください。" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 @@ -340,4 +428,3 @@ #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "値" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/linux-user-mgmt.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/linux-user-mgmt.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/linux-user-mgmt.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: linux-user-mgmt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -54,8 +54,12 @@ #: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 #, ycp-format -msgid "It appears that %1 has already been configured. \nContinue configuration?" -msgstr "%1 はすでに設定されているようです。\n設定を続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"%1 はすでに設定されているようです。\n" +"設定を続行しますか?" #. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); #. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); @@ -100,8 +104,17 @@ #. Error message #: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 #, ycp-format -msgid "Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\nspecified user %2 does not have enough\nprivileges to configure Linux User Management.\nPlease correct the problem and re-run namconfig\nafter the install." -msgstr "LDAPサーバ %1 に接続できないか、またはユーザ %2 が\nLinux User Managementの設定を行える十分な権利を\n持っていません。問題を訂正してから、インストール後に\nnamconfigを再度実行してください。" +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"LDAPサーバ %1 に接続できないか、またはユーザ %2 が\n" +"Linux User Managementの設定を行える十分な権利を\n" +"持っていません。問題を訂正してから、インストール後に\n" +"namconfigを再度実行してください。" #. Error message #: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 @@ -268,8 +281,18 @@ msgstr "%1 は無効なLDAPシンタックスです。名前の区切り文字には、コンマを使う必要があります(cn=admin,o=acmeなど)" #: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 -msgid "The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\nThis may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\nIf you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\notherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\nDo you want to continue?" -msgstr "セキュアLDAPバインドの実行を試みましたが、2分間応答がありませんでした。\nターゲットサーバのLDAPに問題がある可能性があります。\n資格情報が正しいという確信がある場合は続行してください。\nそうでない場合は、LDAPがターゲットシステムで正しく実行されているかどうか判定してください。\n続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"セキュアLDAPバインドの実行を試みましたが、2分間応答がありませんでした。\n" +"ターゲットサーバのLDAPに問題がある可能性があります。\n" +"資格情報が正しいという確信がある場合は続行してください。\n" +"そうでない場合は、LDAPがターゲットシステムで正しく実行されているかどうか判定してください。\n" +"続行しますか?" #: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" @@ -277,8 +300,28 @@ #: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 #, ycp-format -msgid "Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n user name: %1\n address: %2\n port: %3\n \n This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n or configured to listen on a different port than the\n above port, we will not get a response back.\n \n Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" -msgstr "次のパラメータでは、LDAP経由で認証できませんでした: \n ユーザ名: %1\nアドレス: %2\nポート: %3\n \n これは、パラメータの1つがエラーを含んでいる可能性があることを示唆しています。\n eDirectoryサーバでLDAPが有効に設定されていない場合や、別のポートをlistenする設定になっている場合は、応答を返せません。\n \n 続行して、これらのパラメータを使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"次のパラメータでは、LDAP経由で認証できませんでした: \n" +" ユーザ名: %1\n" +"アドレス: %2\n" +"ポート: %3\n" +" \n" +" これは、パラメータの1つがエラーを含んでいる可能性があることを示唆しています。\n" +" eDirectoryサーバでLDAPが有効に設定されていない場合や、別のポートをlistenする設定になっている場合は、応答を返せません。\n" +" \n" +" 続行して、これらのパラメータを使用しますか?" #: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 msgid "LDAP port" @@ -289,12 +332,26 @@ msgstr "LDAPセキュアポート" #: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 -msgid "The first and the second version\nof the password don't match!\nPlease try again." -msgstr "パスワードの1回目と2回目の入力が異なります。\nもう一度入力してください。\n " +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"パスワードの1回目と2回目の入力が異なります。\n" +"もう一度入力してください。\n" +" " #: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 -msgid "The password may only contain the following\ncharacters:\n 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\nPlease try again." -msgstr "パスワードに使用できるのは、\n次の文字に限られます: \n 0..9, a..z, A..Z, 「#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}」のいずれかです。\n再度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"パスワードに使用できるのは、\n" +"次の文字に限られます: \n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, 「#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}」のいずれかです。\n" +"再度入力してください。" #. TODO - fix this message #: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 @@ -327,8 +384,12 @@ msgstr "ツリー名には、[A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] と、「-」または「_」のみ使用できます。" #: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 -msgid "Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\nPlease try again." -msgstr "有効ポート番号は、0～65536です。\n再度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"有効ポート番号は、0～65536です。\n" +"再度入力してください。" #: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 #, ycp-format @@ -513,63 +574,136 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/helps.ycp:20 -msgid "<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>Linux User Managementの設定を初期化中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linux User Managementの設定を初期化中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/helps.ycp:25 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n設定を安全に中止するには、ここで［中止］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"設定を安全に中止するには、ここで［中止］をクリックします。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/helps.ycp:30 -msgid "<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>Linux User Managementの設定を保存中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linux User Managementの設定を保存中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/helps.ycp:35 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存の中止:</big> \n保存を中止するには、［中止］をクリックします。\n安全に保存を中止できるかどうかを知らせるダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存の中止:</big> \n" +"保存を中止するには、［中止］をクリックします。\n" +"安全に保存を中止できるかどうかを知らせるダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 #: src/helps.ycp:42 -msgid "<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \nThe eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\nConfig object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\nand LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\nor higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" -msgstr "<big>Linux/Unix設定コンテキスト</big> \nLinux/UNIX設定オブジェクトが作成されるeDirectoryコンテキスト\n(既存またはここで作成)です。 LDAPは、LUMユーザ、LUMグループ、およびここで\n開始するLUMワークステーションオブジェクトを検索します。したがって、LUMオブジェクトの\n検索対象と同一レベルか、それ以上である必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linux/Unix設定コンテキスト</big> \n" +"Linux/UNIX設定オブジェクトが作成されるeDirectoryコンテキスト\n" +"(既存またはここで作成)です。 LDAPは、LUMユーザ、LUMグループ、およびここで\n" +"開始するLUMワークステーションオブジェクトを検索します。したがって、LUMオブジェクトの\n" +"検索対象と同一レベルか、それ以上である必要があります。\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/helps.ycp:50 -msgid "<big>LUM workstation context</big> \nThe eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\nobject created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\nas or below the Base Context specified above.\n" -msgstr "<big>LUMワークステーションコンテキスト</big> \nこのサーバのインストールで作成されたLUMワークステーションオブジェクトのeDirectoryコンテキスト(既存またはここで作成)です。コンテキストは上記で指定したベース\nコンテキストと同一か、それよりも下位でなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>LUMワークステーションコンテキスト</big> \n" +"このサーバのインストールで作成されたLUMワークステーションオブジェクトのeDirectoryコンテキスト(既存またはここで作成)です。コンテキストは上記で指定したベース\n" +"コンテキストと同一か、それよりも下位でなければなりません。\n" +"" #. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 #: src/helps.ycp:57 -msgid "<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \nA user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\nobjects.\n" -msgstr "<big>プロキシユーザ名とコンテキスト(オプション)</big> \nLDAPツリーからLUMオブジェクトを検索する権利を持っているユーザ(既存のものまたは\nここで作成したもの)です。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>プロキシユーザ名とコンテキスト(オプション)</big> \n" +"LDAPツリーからLUMオブジェクトを検索する権利を持っているユーザ(既存のものまたは\n" +"ここで作成したもの)です。\n" +"" #. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 #: src/helps.ycp:63 -msgid "<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \nThe PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\nauthenticated LUM users.\n" -msgstr "<big>PAM対応サービス</big> \n認証を受けたLUMユーザが使用できる、このサーバ上の\nPAM対応サービスです。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>PAM対応サービス</big> \n" +"認証を受けたLUMユーザが使用できる、このサーバ上の\n" +"PAM対応サービスです。\n" #: src/helps.ycp:68 -msgid "<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \nSelect either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" -msgstr "<big>ローカルまたはリモートディレクトリサーバ</big> \n設定するサーバに応じて、ローカルまたはリモートシステムを選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ローカルまたはリモートディレクトリサーバ</big> \n" +"設定するサーバに応じて、ローカルまたはリモートシステムを選択します。\n" #: src/helps.ycp:72 -msgid "<big>Directory server address</big> \nThis field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" -msgstr "<big>ディレクトリサーバのアドレス</big> \nこのフィールドは、リモートシステムを選択した場合にのみ指定できます。設定するリモートサーバのIPアドレスを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ディレクトリサーバのアドレス</big> \n" +"このフィールドは、リモートシステムを選択した場合にのみ指定できます。設定するリモートサーバのIPアドレスを入力してください。\n" #: src/helps.ycp:76 -msgid "<big>Admin name with context</big> \nEnter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" -msgstr "<big>コンテキスト付き管理者名</big> \nLDAP管理者名とコンテキストを入力します。 LDAPの管理者権限を持つユーザオブジェクトの完全識別名を指定してください。例: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>コンテキスト付き管理者名</big> \n" +"LDAP管理者名とコンテキストを入力します。 LDAPの管理者権限を持つユーザオブジェクトの完全識別名を指定してください。例: cn=admin,o=acme\n" #: src/helps.ycp:80 -msgid "<big>Admin password</big> \nEnter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" -msgstr "<big>管理者パスワード</big> \nLDAP管理者パスワードを入力します。 LDAP管理者として指定されたユーザのパスワードを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>管理者パスワード</big> \n" +"LDAP管理者パスワードを入力します。 LDAP管理者として指定されたユーザのパスワードを入力してください。\n" #: src/helps.ycp:84 -msgid "<big>Port Details</big> \nClick Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" -msgstr "<big>ポート詳細</big> \nこのサーバが他のサーバとの通信に使用するLDAPポートまたはセキュアLDAPポート番号を表示、変更するには、［ポート詳細］をクリックします。デフォルトのLDAPポ―トは389、セキュアLDAPポ―トは636です。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ポート詳細</big> \n" +"このサーバが他のサーバとの通信に使用するLDAPポートまたはセキュアLDAPポート番号を表示、変更するには、［ポート詳細］をクリックします。デフォルトのLDAPポ―トは389、セキュアLDAPポ―トは636です。\n" #. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module #: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 @@ -594,4 +728,3 @@ #: src/wizards.ycp:100 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -27,100 +27,218 @@ #. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! #. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 -msgid "<BIG>Initializing mail</BIG> \nPlease wait...\n \n" -msgstr "<BIG>電子メールの設定を初期化しています</BIG> \nしばらくお待ちください...\n \n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Initializing mail</BIG> \n" +"Please wait...\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>電子メールの設定を初期化しています</BIG> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください...\n" +" \n" #. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort\nnow.\n\n" -msgstr "<BIG>初期化の中止:</BIG> \n［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止できます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort\n" +"now.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>初期化の中止:</BIG> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止できます。\n" +"\n" #. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! #. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 -msgid "<BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG> \nPlease wait...\n \n" -msgstr "<BIG>電子メールの環境設定を保存しています</BIG> \nしばらくお待ちください...\n \n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait...\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>電子メールの環境設定を保存しています</BIG> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください...\n" +" \n" #. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 -msgid "<BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG> \nAbort saving by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<BIG>保存の中止:</BIG> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、安全に中止できるかどうかが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG> \n" +"Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>保存の中止:</BIG> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、安全に中止できるかどうかが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 #. do not translate MTA #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 -msgid "Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\nto install." -msgstr "インストールするMTA (メール転送エージェント; Mail Transfer Agent)\nを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" +"to install." +msgstr "" +"インストールするMTA (メール転送エージェント; Mail Transfer Agent)\n" +"を選択してください。" #. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 -msgid "\nHow are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\nmails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking\nsendmail -q.\n" -msgstr "\nインターネットへの接続方法を指定してください。ダイヤルアップ接続では\nメールが即時送信されませんが、sendmail -qを起動した\n後に送信されます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" +"mails will not be sent immediately but rather after invoking\n" +"sendmail -q.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インターネットへの接続方法を指定してください。ダイヤルアップ接続では\n" +"メールが即時送信されませんが、sendmail -qを起動した\n" +"後に送信されます。\n" #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 -msgid "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\nHowever, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" -msgstr "［接続なし］を選択すると、メールサーバはコンピュータ内部での\n配送のみを取り扱うよう設定され、起動します。 MTA にはローカルホストからのみ接続できます。\n" +msgid "" +"If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" +msgstr "" +"［接続なし］を選択すると、メールサーバはコンピュータ内部での\n" +"配送のみを取り扱うよう設定され、起動します。 MTA にはローカルホストからのみ接続できます。\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 -msgid "\nSpecify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" -msgstr "\nここでは、各ユーザの送信者アドレスの変更を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ここでは、各ユーザの送信者アドレスの変更を指定します。\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 -msgid "\nSome servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\nenter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\nsimply leave these fields empty.\n" -msgstr "\n一部のサーバでは、電子メールの送信に認証が必要になります。ここでは、\nそのオプションを選択できます。認証が必要ない場合は、何も入力しないで\nください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" +"simply leave these fields empty.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"一部のサーバでは、電子メールの送信に認証が必要になります。ここでは、\n" +"そのオプションを選択できます。認証が必要ない場合は、何も入力しないで\n" +"ください。\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 -msgid "\nThe outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\nEnter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" -msgstr "\n通常、ダイヤルアップ接続の場合には、送信用メールサーバが必要です。\nsmtp.provider.comなど、インターネットサービスプロバイダのSMTPサーバを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"通常、ダイヤルアップ接続の場合には、送信用メールサーバが必要です。\n" +"smtp.provider.comなど、インターネットサービスプロバイダのSMTPサーバを入力してください。\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 -msgid "\nIn the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" -msgstr "\n［ユーザ名］フィールドには、プロバイダに指定されたユーザ名を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［ユーザ名］フィールドには、プロバイダに指定されたユーザ名を入力してください。\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 -msgid "\nEnter your password in the Password field.\n" -msgstr "\n［パスワード］フィールドにはパスワードを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter your password in the Password field.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［パスワード］フィールドにはパスワードを入力してください。\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 -msgid "\nNote: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\nalthough there may be more of them in your configuration file.\nThey will not be lost.\n" -msgstr "\n注意: 説明を単純にするために、このダイアログでは1つのサーバのみを表示しています。\n環境設定ファイルに複数のサーバがある場合もありますが、\nそれらが消えてしまうということはありません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" +"although there may be more of them in your configuration file.\n" +"They will not be lost.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"注意: 説明を単純にするために、このダイアログでは1つのサーバのみを表示しています。\n" +"環境設定ファイルに複数のサーバがある場合もありますが、\n" +"それらが消えてしまうということはありません。\n" #. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 -msgid "\nThese are parameters for downloading mail from\na POP or an IMAP server using fetchmail.\n" -msgstr "\nfetchmailを使用してPOPまたはIMAPサーバからメールを\nダウンロードするための引数があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" +"a POP or an IMAP server using fetchmail.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"fetchmailを使用してPOPまたはIMAPサーバからメールを\n" +"ダウンロードするための引数があります。\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 -msgid "\nThis table redirects mail delivered locally.\nRedirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\nespecially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" -msgstr "\nローカルに配信されたメールをリダイレクトするためのテーブルです。\n他のローカルユーザへ(特にrootなどのシステムアカウントで有用です)、\nリモートアドレスへ、またはアドレスのリストへ、リダイレクトできます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" +"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ローカルに配信されたメールをリダイレクトするためのテーブルです。\n" +"他のローカルユーザへ(特にrootなどのシステムアカウントで有用です)、\n" +"リモートアドレスへ、またはアドレスのリストへ、リダイレクトできます。\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 -msgid "\nSee the aliases(5) manual page\nfor a description of advanced features.\n" -msgstr "\n詳細な機能の説明は、「aliases(5)」のマニュアル\nを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"See the aliases(5) manual page\n" +"for a description of advanced features.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"詳細な機能の説明は、「aliases(5)」のマニュアル\n" +"を参照してください。\n" #. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 -msgid "\nThis table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\nit also considers the domain\npart of the address.\n" -msgstr "\n受信メールをリダイレクトするためのテーブルです。エイリアステーブルとは異なり、\nアドレスのドメイン部分も利用します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" +"it also considers the domain\n" +"part of the address.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"受信メールをリダイレクトするためのテーブルです。エイリアステーブルとは異なり、\n" +"アドレスのドメイン部分も利用します。\n" #. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 -msgid "\nIt allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\non a single machine.\n" -msgstr "\n1台のコンピュータで、多数の「仮想ドメイン」の\nホスティングを可能にします。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" +"on a single machine.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"1台のコンピュータで、多数の「仮想ドメイン」の\n" +"ホスティングを可能にします。\n" #. Translators: continue/cancel dialog #. %1 is a sysconfig variable name #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 -msgid "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\nprobably modified the configuration files directly.\nIf you continue, it will be turned on and\nConfig Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\n" -msgstr "設定 %1 がオフになっています。環境設定ファイルを\n手動で書き換えた可能性があります。\n続行すると設定はオンになり、Config Postfixによって\n手動での変更が上書きされます。\n" +msgid "" +"The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" +"probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" +"If you continue, it will be turned on and\n" +"Config Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\n" +msgstr "" +"設定 %1 がオフになっています。環境設定ファイルを\n" +"手動で書き換えた可能性があります。\n" +"続行すると設定はオンになり、Config Postfixによって\n" +"手動での変更が上書きされます。\n" #. After text freeze, but #. a) either something is very broken -> user must know @@ -130,8 +248,12 @@ #. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup #. Translators: error popup #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 -msgid "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\nbut neither of them is installed." -msgstr "YaSTではPostfixとSendmailしか設定できませんが、\nそのどちらもインストールされていません。" +msgid "" +"YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" +"but neither of them is installed." +msgstr "" +"YaSTではPostfixとSendmailしか設定できませんが、\n" +"そのどちらもインストールされていません。" #. not to be displayed, #37554. #. but ProbePackages still has to be called. @@ -189,8 +311,8 @@ msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS で暗号化する" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 msgid "No" msgstr "いいえ" @@ -251,16 +373,29 @@ #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 -msgid "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\nthe value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n\"%3\"." -msgstr "メールをローカルMTAに配信できるようにするには、\n%2 中の値 %1 を「%3」に設定してください。" +msgid "" +"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" +"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" +"\"%3\"." +msgstr "" +"メールをローカルMTAに配信できるようにするには、\n" +"%2 中の値 %1 を「%3」に設定してください。" #. There is a check whether the information from the UI is #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 -msgid "The user login may contain only\nlower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\nand must begin with a letter or \"_\".\nPlease try again.\n" -msgstr "ユーザ名に使用できる文字は半角の英小文字、\n数字、「-」、および「_」のみで、\nアルファベットまたは「_」で始まる必要があります。\n再度入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The user login may contain only\n" +"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" +"and must begin with a letter or \"_\".\n" +"Please try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ名に使用できる文字は半角の英小文字、\n" +"数字、「-」、および「_」のみで、\n" +"アルファベットまたは「_」で始まる必要があります。\n" +"再度入力してください。\n" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 @@ -469,8 +604,15 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 -msgid "\nThe outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\nEnter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as\nsmtp.provider.com.\n" -msgstr "\n通常、ダイヤルアップ接続の場合には、送信用メールサーバが必要です。\nsmtp.provider.comなど、インターネットサービスプロバイダのSMTPサーバを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as\n" +"smtp.provider.com.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"通常、ダイヤルアップ接続の場合には、送信用メールサーバが必要です。\n" +"smtp.provider.comなど、インターネットサービスプロバイダのSMTPサーバを入力してください。\n" #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 @@ -479,8 +621,15 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 -msgid "\nYou may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\ncompany.com instead of pc-042.company.com.\nUse the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.\n" -msgstr "\n送信メールの発信元をpc-042.company.comではなくcompany.comと\n表示するには、このテキストボックスまたは詳細設定ダイアログを使用してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" +"company.com instead of pc-042.company.com.\n" +"Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"送信メールの発信元をpc-042.company.comではなくcompany.comと\n" +"表示するには、このテキストボックスまたは詳細設定ダイアログを使用してください。\n" #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 @@ -489,8 +638,15 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 -msgid "\nHere, specify the domains for which the mail\nwill be delivered locally. If you enter nothing,\nthe local host name is assumed.\n" -msgstr "\nメールをローカルに配信するドメイン名を入力します。\n何も入力しないと、ローカルホスト名が設定されます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" +"will be delivered locally. If you enter nothing,\n" +"the local host name is assumed.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"メールをローカルに配信するドメイン名を入力します。\n" +"何も入力しないと、ローカルホスト名が設定されます。\n" #. check box label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 @@ -499,8 +655,16 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 -msgid "\nMail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\nor it can be downloaded from\na POP or an IMAP server using fetchmail." -msgstr "\nSMTPプロトコルでメールを直接受信することも、\nfetchmailでPOPサーバまたはIMAPサーバから\nダウンロードすることもできます。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" +"or it can be downloaded from\n" +"a POP or an IMAP server using fetchmail." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"SMTPプロトコルでメールを直接受信することも、\n" +"fetchmailでPOPサーバまたはIMAPサーバから\n" +"ダウンロードすることもできます。" #. checkbox label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 @@ -509,18 +673,38 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 -msgid "\nEnabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\nwith AMaViS.\n" -msgstr "\nAMaViSによるウィルススキャンを有効にして、\nAMaViSで着信メールおよび送信メールを検査します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" +"with AMaViS.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"AMaViSによるウィルススキャンを有効にして、\n" +"AMaViSで着信メールおよび送信メールを検査します。\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 -msgid "Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: \nSpamassassin SPAM scanner\nDKIM checks Domain Key signed incomming mails\nClamav open source virus scanner engine" -msgstr "AMaViSによって、次のモジュールも有効になります:\nSpamassassin SPAMスキャナ\nDKIMは、ドメインキーで署名された受信メールをチェックします\nClamavは、ソースウイルススキャナエンジンを開きます" +msgid "" +"Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: \n" +"Spamassassin SPAM scanner\n" +"DKIM checks Domain Key signed incomming mails\n" +"Clamav open source virus scanner engine" +msgstr "" +"AMaViSによって、次のモジュールも有効になります:\n" +"Spamassassin SPAMスキャナ\n" +"DKIMは、ドメインキーで署名された受信メールをチェックします\n" +"Clamavは、ソースウイルススキャナエンジンを開きます" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "\nIf AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\nautomatically.\n" -msgstr "\nまだAMaViSがインストールされていない場合には、\n自動的にインストールされます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" +"automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"まだAMaViSがインストールされていない場合には、\n" +"自動的にインストールされます。\n" #. checkbox label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 @@ -529,18 +713,52 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 -msgid "\nEnabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" -msgstr "\n送信メールにDKIM署名を有効にします。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"送信メールにDKIM署名を有効にします。\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 -msgid "\nEnabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\nwill be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\nemail with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\nauthentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\nthe domain key.\n" -msgstr "\n外部に発信する電子メールにDKIMの署名を追加するには、追加の作業が必要になります。\nSSL鍵をPostfix内の「mydomain」の値に対して生成するほか、新しいサービス\nである「submission」をPostfix内で設定します。これらの設定を完了すると、\n「submission」のサービスから有効なSASL認証を利用し、「mynetworks」から電子メールを\n送信できるようになります。この新しいサービスを利用して送信した電子メールにのみ、\nドメイン鍵の署名が付与されます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" +"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" +"the domain key.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"外部に発信する電子メールにDKIMの署名を追加するには、追加の作業が必要になります。\n" +"SSL鍵をPostfix内の「mydomain」の値に対して生成するほか、新しいサービス\n" +"である「submission」をPostfix内で設定します。これらの設定を完了すると、\n" +"「submission」のサービスから有効なSASL認証を利用し、「mynetworks」から電子メールを\n" +"送信できるようになります。この新しいサービスを利用して送信した電子メールにのみ、\n" +"ドメイン鍵の署名が付与されます。\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "\nThe public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\nService. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\nin /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\naccording Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\nrunning on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\npublic key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\nautomatically.\n" -msgstr "\nDKIMの公開鍵は、ドメインネームサービス(DNS)を介して提供する必要が\nあります。公開鍵はDNSのTXTレコードとして\n/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt内に保存されるため、\nドメインネームサービスに対し、この公開鍵を展開するように設定する必要があります。\n同じサーバでネームサービスが動作していて、かつこのネームサービスが\n権威のある(Authoritative)サーバである場合、公開鍵は自動的にその\nドメインゾーンにTXTレコードとして追加されます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" +"Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" +"in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" +"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" +"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" +"automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"DKIMの公開鍵は、ドメインネームサービス(DNS)を介して提供する必要が\n" +"あります。公開鍵はDNSのTXTレコードとして\n" +"/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt内に保存されるため、\n" +"ドメインネームサービスに対し、この公開鍵を展開するように設定する必要があります。\n" +"同じサーバでネームサービスが動作していて、かつこのネームサービスが\n" +"権威のある(Authoritative)サーバである場合、公開鍵は自動的にその\n" +"ドメインゾーンにTXTレコードとして追加されます。\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 @@ -574,8 +792,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 -msgid "It is recommended to have a regular user account\nfor the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." -msgstr "システム管理者用にも通常のユーザアカウントを作成して、\nそこにrootのメールをリダイレクトすることをお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" +"for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." +msgstr "" +"システム管理者用にも通常のユーザアカウントを作成して、\n" +"そこにrootのメールをリダイレクトすることをお勧めします。" #. Translators: combo box label #. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA @@ -653,8 +875,14 @@ #. error popup. #: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 -msgid "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\nto do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\nConfigure a scanner manually." -msgstr "AMaViSはClamAVなどのウィルススキャナを\n利用して実際のスキャンを実行しますが、ClamAVが見つかりませんでした。\nスキャナを手動で設定してください。" +msgid "" +"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" +"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" +"Configure a scanner manually." +msgstr "" +"AMaViSはClamAVなどのウィルススキャナを\n" +"利用して実際のスキャンを実行しますが、ClamAVが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"スキャナを手動で設定してください。" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 @@ -707,8 +935,14 @@ #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line #: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 -msgid "Error reading file %1. The file must have\na fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n%2" -msgstr "ファイル %1 の読み取りでエラーが発生しました。\nYaSTによって読み取るには、ファイルを既定の形式にする必要があります。詳細は、\n「%2」を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" +"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 の読み取りでエラーが発生しました。\n" +"YaSTによって読み取るには、ファイルを既定の形式にする必要があります。詳細は、\n" +"「%2」を参照してください。" #. Translators: error message #: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 @@ -868,4 +1102,3 @@ #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "認証" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -38,20 +38,58 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, #. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page #: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 -msgid "<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \nYou have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \nThe system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\nas soon as possible to activate the changes.\nPlease visit us at %s.\n \nHave a lot of fun!\n      \nYour SUSE Development Team" -msgstr "<h2>おめでとうございます!</h2> \nオンラインマイグレーションが正常に完了しました。 \nシステムがアップグレードされました。できるだけ早く\n再起動して変更を有効にしてください。\n%s にアクセスしてください。\n \nお楽しみください!\n      \nSUSE開発チーム一同" +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" +"<h2>おめでとうございます!</h2> \n" +"オンラインマイグレーションが正常に完了しました。 \n" +"システムがアップグレードされました。できるだけ早く\n" +"再起動して変更を有効にしてください。\n" +"%s にアクセスしてください。\n" +" \n" +"お楽しみください!\n" +"      \n" +"SUSE開発チーム一同" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now #: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 -msgid "There are some online updates available to installation,\nit is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n\nWould you like to install the updates now?" -msgstr "インストール可能なオンライン更新がいくつかあります。\n続行する前にすべての更新をインストールすることをお勧めします。\n\n今すぐ更新をインストールしますか?" +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" +"インストール可能なオンライン更新がいくつかあります。\n" +"続行する前にすべての更新をインストールすることをお勧めします。\n" +"\n" +"今すぐ更新をインストールしますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed #. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored #. from a snapshot or backup #: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 -msgid "The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\nlikely in an inconsistent state.\n\nWe strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\nmigration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\nif you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." -msgstr "新しいサービスパックへの移行に失敗しました。システムは不整合な状態に\nなっている可能性が高くなっています。\n\n移行を開始する前に(snapperを使用している場合はブートメニューで\nスナップショットを選択することによって)作成したスナップショットにロールバックするか、\nまたはバックアップからシステムを復元することを強くお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" +"新しいサービスパックへの移行に失敗しました。システムは不整合な状態に\n" +"なっている可能性が高くなっています。\n" +"\n" +"移行を開始する前に(snapperを使用している場合はブートメニューで\n" +"スナップショットを選択することによって)作成したスナップショットにロールバックするか、\n" +"またはバックアップからシステムを復元することを強くお勧めします。" #. create a filesystem snapshot #. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) @@ -95,6 +133,11 @@ #. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all #. yast modules from which we use proposal clients #: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 -msgid "\nTo start online migration, press Next.\n\n" -msgstr "\nオンラインマイグレーションを開始するには、［次へ］を押します。\n\n" - +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"オンラインマイグレーションを開始するには、［次へ］を押します。\n" +"\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -189,43 +189,137 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>マルチパス設定を初期化しています</big>\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>マルチパス設定を初期化しています</big>\n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>マルチパス設定を保存しています</big>\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>マルチパス設定を保存しています</big>\n" +"\n" #. dialog help for Status help #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Multipath Status</big> \n\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n\n\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n\n\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>マルチパスの状態</big> \n\t\t\tmultipathd の開始や停止、およびマルチパス情報の確認を行うことができます。 \n\n\t\t\t<big>multipathd の開始と停止</big> \n\t\t\tmultipathd を開始するには［\"マルチパスを使用する\"］を押してください。 multipathd を停止するには［\"マルチパスを使用しない\"］を押してください。 \n\t\t\tマルチパスの状態は multipathd が停止している場合でも表示されます。 \n\n\t\t\t<big>マルチパスの設定</big> \n\t\t\tマルチパスの設定を行うには［設定］タブを選択してください。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Multipath Status</big> \n" +"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>マルチパスの状態</big> \n" +"\t\t\tmultipathd の開始や停止、およびマルチパス情報の確認を行うことができます。 \n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<big>multipathd の開始と停止</big> \n" +"\t\t\tmultipathd を開始するには［\"マルチパスを使用する\"］を押してください。 multipathd を停止するには［\"マルチパスを使用しない\"］を押してください。 \n" +"\t\t\tマルチパスの状態は multipathd が停止している場合でも表示されます。 \n" +"\n" +"\t\t\t<big>マルチパスの設定</big> \n" +"\t\t\tマルチパスの設定を行うには［設定］タブを選択してください。 \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 -msgid "<big>Configuration</big> \n\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per mu ltipath settings. \n\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>設定</big> \n\t\t\tここでは/etc/multipath.conf内のすべての項目を設定できます。環境設定ファイルには次の4つのセクションがあります。\n\t\t\tmultipaths、defaults、blacklist、blacklist_exception、およびdevicesです。 \n\t\t\t［マルチパス］: マルチパスに関する最小単位の設定リストです。 \n\t\t\t［デフォルト］: multipath-toolsのデフォルトの設定です。 \n\t\t\tデフォルト値を設定するには、［既定値の設定］をクリックしてください。 \n\t\t\t［ブラックリスト］: マルチパスの候補から除外するデバイス名のリストです。 \n\t\t\tブラックリストを設定するには、［ブラックリストの設定］ボタンをクリックしてください。 \n\t\t\t［ブラックリストの例外］: ブラックリストから除外するデバイス名のリストです。 \n\t\t\tblacklist_exceptionsを設定するには、［ブラックリストの例外設定］ボタンをクリックしてください。 \n\t\t\t［デバイス］: ストレージコントローラの設定リストです。デフォルトの設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。 \n\t\t\tデバイスを設定するには、［デバイスの設定］ボタンをクリックしてください。 \n\t\t\t設定を保存して更新するには、［完了］ボタンをクリックしてください。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration</big> \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>設定</big> \n" +"\t\t\tここでは/etc/multipath.conf内のすべての項目を設定できます。環境設定ファイルには次の4つのセクションがあります。\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths、defaults、blacklist、blacklist_exception、およびdevicesです。 \n" +"\t\t\t［マルチパス］: マルチパスに関する最小単位の設定リストです。 \n" +"\t\t\t［デフォルト］: multipath-toolsのデフォルトの設定です。 \n" +"\t\t\tデフォルト値を設定するには、［既定値の設定］をクリックしてください。 \n" +"\t\t\t［ブラックリスト］: マルチパスの候補から除外するデバイス名のリストです。 \n" +"\t\t\tブラックリストを設定するには、［ブラックリストの設定］ボタンをクリックしてください。 \n" +"\t\t\t［ブラックリストの例外］: ブラックリストから除外するデバイス名のリストです。 \n" +"\t\t\tblacklist_exceptionsを設定するには、［ブラックリストの例外設定］ボタンをクリックしてください。 \n" +"\t\t\t［デバイス］: ストレージコントローラの設定リストです。デフォルトの設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイスを設定するには、［デバイスの設定］ボタンをクリックしてください。 \n" +"\t\t\t設定を保存して更新するには、［完了］ボタンをクリックしてください。 \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 -msgid "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" -msgstr "<big>既定値の設定</big> \n\t\t\tここではグローバルな既定値設定を行うことができます。 \n\t\t\tそれぞれの既定値設定は関連する詳細な設定が上書きしない限り、全てのマルチパス設定に適用されます。 \n\t\t\tここで既定値の設定を行うと、マルチパスは既定の設定として受け入れます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" +"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>既定値の設定</big> \n" +"\t\t\tここではグローバルな既定値設定を行うことができます。 \n" +"\t\t\tそれぞれの既定値設定は関連する詳細な設定が上書きしない限り、全てのマルチパス設定に適用されます。 \n" +"\t\t\tここで既定値の設定を行うと、マルチパスは既定の設定として受け入れます。 \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 -msgid "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" -msgstr "<big>ブラックリストの設定</big> \n\t\t\tここに表示されているデバイス名は、いずれもマルチパス候補からは除外されるものです。 \n\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: wwid、デバイスノード、デバイス \n\t\t\twwid: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一となる識別子です。 \n\t\t\tデバイスノード: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイスを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名としては cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw、loop があります。 \n\t\t\tデバイス: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別するために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>ブラックリストの設定</big> \n" +"\t\t\tここに表示されているデバイス名は、いずれもマルチパス候補からは除外されるものです。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: wwid、デバイスノード、デバイス \n" +"\t\t\twwid: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一となる識別子です。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイスノード: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイスを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名としては cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw、loop があります。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別するために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。 \n" +"" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 -msgid "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" -msgstr "<big>ブラックリスト例外の設定</big> \n\t\t\tここで指定したデバイスはブラックリストから除外されます。 \n\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: wwid、デバイスノード、デバイス \n\t\t\twwid: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一となる識別子です。 \n\t\t\tデバイスノード: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイスを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名としては cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw、loop があります。 \n\t\t\tデバイス: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別するために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>ブラックリスト例外の設定</big> \n" +"\t\t\tここで指定したデバイスはブラックリストから除外されます。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス名を識別させるための 3 つの方法があります: wwid、デバイスノード、デバイス \n" +"\t\t\twwid: ブラックリスト内でデバイスを識別するための世界中で唯一となる識別子です。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイスノード: udev_dir (既定では /dev ディレクトリ) 内でデバイスを識別するための正規表現を使用することができます。一般的なデバイス名としては cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw、loop があります。 \n" +"\t\t\tデバイス: ブラックリスト内で特定のストレージコントローラを識別するために使用します。デバイスは製造元と製品名で指定します。 \n" +"" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 -msgid "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" -msgstr "<big>デバイス設定</big> \n\t\t\tここにはストレージコントローラごとの設定のリストが表示されています。これらの設定はデフォルトの設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。 \n\t\t\tそれぞれのデバイスは［ベンダ］と［製品］の名前で識別します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>デバイス設定</big> \n" +"\t\t\tここにはストレージコントローラごとの設定のリストが表示されています。これらの設定はデフォルトの設定を上書きするほか、それぞれのマルチパス設定によって上書きされます。 \n" +"\t\t\tそれぞれのデバイスは［ベンダ］と［製品］の名前で識別します。 \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. @@ -379,4 +473,3 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "変更した設定を無視しますか?" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -116,21 +116,45 @@ msgstr "SSHサービスを有効にする" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 -msgid "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \nFirewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\nSSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\nSSH client" -msgstr "<big>ファイアウォールとSSH</big> \nファイアウォールは、コンピュータをネットワークからの攻撃から守るための防御の仕組みです。\nSSHは、専用のSSHクライアントを利用して、コンピュータに遠隔からログインすることができる\nサービスです。" +msgid "" +"<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"SSH client" +msgstr "" +"<big>ファイアウォールとSSH</big> \n" +"ファイアウォールは、コンピュータをネットワークからの攻撃から守るための防御の仕組みです。\n" +"SSHは、専用のSSHクライアントを利用して、コンピュータに遠隔からログインすることができる\n" +"サービスです。" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 -msgid "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\nthe installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." -msgstr "ここでは、インストール後にファイアウォールを有効にするか無効にするかを設定することができます。\n有効に設定したままにしておくのがお勧めです。" +msgid "" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、インストール後にファイアウォールを有効にするか無効にするかを設定することができます。\n" +"有効に設定したままにしておくのがお勧めです。" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 -msgid "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\nservice and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\nwill be started on computer boot)." -msgstr "ファイアウォールが有効になっている場合、SSHサービス用にファイアウォールのポートを開いて、\nリモートSSHログインを許可するかどうかを指定できます。これとは別にSSHサービスを有効にすることもできます(つまり、SSHサービスは\nコンピュータのブート時に起動されます)。" +msgid "" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"will be started on computer boot)." +msgstr "" +"ファイアウォールが有効になっている場合、SSHサービス用にファイアウォールのポートを開いて、\n" +"リモートSSHログインを許可するかどうかを指定できます。これとは別にSSHサービスを有効にすることもできます(つまり、SSHサービスは\n" +"コンピュータのブート時に起動されます)。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 -msgid "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\nthe remote administration service on a running system but it is\nstarted by the installer automatically if needed." -msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定では、VNCのポートを開くように設定することも\nできます。ただし、インストール作業時には必要に応じてインストーラが\nポートを開くため、ここでの設定は今現在のシステムに対しては効果がありません。" +msgid "" +"You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" +"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" +"started by the installer automatically if needed." +msgstr "" +"ファイアウォールの設定では、VNCのポートを開くように設定することも\n" +"できます。ただし、インストール作業時には必要に応じてインストーラが\n" +"ポートを開くため、ここでの設定は今現在のシステムに対しては効果がありません。" #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) @@ -215,18 +239,30 @@ #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242 -msgid "Here, view the progress of the\nInternet connection test.\n" -msgstr "ここでは、インターネット接続テストの経過を\n見ることができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Here, view the progress of the\n" +"Internet connection test.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、インターネット接続テストの経過を\n" +"見ることができます。\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246 -msgid "The test can be aborted by pressing\nAbort Test.\n" -msgstr "［テストを中止する］をクリックすると、\nテストを中止できます。\n" +msgid "" +"The test can be aborted by pressing\n" +"Abort Test.\n" +msgstr "" +"［テストを中止する］をクリックすると、\n" +"テストを中止できます。\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 -msgid "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\nand correct the settings.\n" -msgstr "テストが失敗した場合は、ネットワークの環境設定に戻って\n設定を修正してください。\n" +msgid "" +"If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" +"and correct the settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"テストが失敗した場合は、ネットワークの環境設定に戻って\n" +"設定を修正してください。\n" #. Label for result of internet test #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 @@ -285,8 +321,12 @@ #. popup error message #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719 -msgid "Cannot install downloaded release notes.\nRPM signature check failed." -msgstr "ダウンロードしたリリースノートをインストールできません。\nRPM署名の確認に失敗しました。" +msgid "" +"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n" +"RPM signature check failed." +msgstr "" +"ダウンロードしたリリースノートをインストールできません。\n" +"RPM署名の確認に失敗しました。" #. popup error message #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746 @@ -301,8 +341,12 @@ #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 -msgid "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\nthe logs for details.\n" -msgstr "インターネットへ接続できませんでした。\n詳細はログファイルを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" +"the logs for details.\n" +msgstr "" +"インターネットへ接続できませんでした。\n" +"詳細はログファイルを参照してください。\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 @@ -312,13 +356,29 @@ #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 -msgid "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \nThis does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n\nClick 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\nrequiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\nclick 'Cancel'.\n" -msgstr "最新のリリースノートをダウンロードしようとしましたが、サーバ側のエラーにより\nダウンロードできませんでした。ネットワークの設定ミスによるものかどうかは不明です。\n\n［続行］をクリックすると次のインストール手順に進みます。インターネット接続が必要となる\n手順をスキップしたり、ネットワークの設定を確認してやり直したりするには、\n［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" +"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" +"\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"click 'Cancel'.\n" +msgstr "" +"最新のリリースノートをダウンロードしようとしましたが、サーバ側のエラーにより\n" +"ダウンロードできませんでした。ネットワークの設定ミスによるものかどうかは不明です。\n" +"\n" +"［続行］をクリックすると次のインストール手順に進みます。インターネット接続が必要となる\n" +"手順をスキップしたり、ネットワークの設定を確認してやり直したりするには、\n" +"［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 -msgid "Download of latest release notes failed. View\nthe logs for details." -msgstr "最新のリリースノートをダウンロードできませんでした。\n詳細はログファイルを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" +"the logs for details." +msgstr "" +"最新のリリースノートをダウンロードできませんでした。\n" +"詳細はログファイルを参照してください。" #. label of combobox where the log is selected #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 @@ -327,8 +387,12 @@ #. popup to inform user about the failure #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 -msgid "Check for latest updates failed. View\nthe logs for details.\n" -msgstr "最新のアップデート情報の確認ができませんでした。\n詳細はログファイルを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Check for latest updates failed. View\n" +"the logs for details.\n" +msgstr "" +"最新のアップデート情報の確認ができませんでした。\n" +"詳細はログファイルを参照してください。\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 @@ -427,8 +491,18 @@ #. translators: command line help for network module #: src/clients/network.rb:60 -msgid "Configuration of network.\nThis is only a delegator to network sub-modules.\nYou can run these network modules:\n\nlan\t" -msgstr "ネットワークの設定です。\nネットワークのサブモジュールの委任元となる機能のみを持ちます。\n次のネットワークモジュールを実行できます。\n\nlan\t" +msgid "" +"Configuration of network.\n" +"This is only a delegator to network sub-modules.\n" +"You can run these network modules:\n" +"\n" +"lan\t" +msgstr "" +"ネットワークの設定です。\n" +"ネットワークのサブモジュールの委任元となる機能のみを持ちます。\n" +"次のネットワークモジュールを実行できます。\n" +"\n" +"lan\t" #. Selection box item #: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108 @@ -442,8 +516,12 @@ #. Network dialog help #: src/clients/network.rb:91 -msgid "Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n the corresponding devices and press Launch." -msgstr "環境設定するデバイスに対応するネットワークモジュールを\n選択して、［起動する］ボタンを押してください。" +msgid "" +"Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n" +" the corresponding devices and press Launch." +msgstr "" +"環境設定するデバイスに対応するネットワークモジュールを\n" +"選択して、［起動する］ボタンを押してください。" #. Selection box label #: src/clients/network.rb:105 @@ -476,8 +554,12 @@ #. Command line error message #: src/clients/remote.rb:146 -msgid "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\nor 'no' to disallow it." -msgstr "リモート管理を有効にするには［はい］を、\n無効にするには［いいえ］を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" +"or 'no' to disallow it." +msgstr "" +"リモート管理を有効にするには［はい］を、\n" +"無効にするには［いいえ］を設定してください。" #. RichText label #: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 @@ -845,33 +927,57 @@ #. Steps dialog caption 1/2 #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124 -msgid "Here, validate the Internet connection just\nconfigured. The test is entirely optional." -msgstr "ここでは、設定したインターネット接続を確認できます。\nこのテストはオプションです。" +msgid "" +"Here, validate the Internet connection just\n" +"configured. The test is entirely optional." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、設定したインターネット接続を確認できます。\n" +"このテストはオプションです。" #. Steps dialog caption 2/2 #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "A successful result enables you to run\nthe YaST Online Update." -msgstr "テストが成功した場合には、YaSTオンラインアップデート\nを実行できます。" +msgid "" +"A successful result enables you to run\n" +"the YaST Online Update." +msgstr "" +"テストが成功した場合には、YaSTオンラインアップデート\n" +"を実行できます。" #. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139 -msgid "To validate your Internet access,\nactivate the test procedure." -msgstr "インターネットへのアクセスを確認するには、\nテストを実行してください。" +msgid "" +"To validate your Internet access,\n" +"activate the test procedure." +msgstr "" +"インターネットへのアクセスを確認するには、\n" +"テストを実行してください。" #. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145 -msgid "To validate your DSL Internet access,\nactivate the test procedure." -msgstr "DSLインターネット接続を確認するには、\nテストを実行してください。" +msgid "" +"To validate your DSL Internet access,\n" +"activate the test procedure." +msgstr "" +"DSLインターネット接続を確認するには、\n" +"テストを実行してください。" #. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149 -msgid "To validate your ISDN Internet access,\nactivate the test procedure." -msgstr "ISDNによるインターネット接続を確認するには、\nテストを実行してください。" +msgid "" +"To validate your ISDN Internet access,\n" +"activate the test procedure." +msgstr "" +"ISDNによるインターネット接続を確認するには、\n" +"テストを実行してください。" #. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long) #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153 -msgid "To validate your modem Internet access,\nactivate the test procedure." -msgstr "モデムによるインターネット接続を確認するには、\nテストを実行してください。" +msgid "" +"To validate your modem Internet access,\n" +"activate the test procedure." +msgstr "" +"モデムによるインターネット接続を確認するには、\n" +"テストを実行してください。" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175 @@ -1134,8 +1240,14 @@ #. validate device type, misdetection #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036 -msgid "You have changed the interface type from the one\nthat has been detected. This only makes sense\nif you know that the detection is wrong." -msgstr "検出されたインタフェースタイプを変更しました。\n この変更は、検出されたタイプが誤りである場合にのみ\n適用してください。" +msgid "" +"You have changed the interface type from the one\n" +"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" +"if you know that the detection is wrong." +msgstr "" +"検出されたインタフェースタイプを変更しました。\n" +" この変更は、検出されたタイプが誤りである場合にのみ\n" +"適用してください。" #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056 @@ -1145,8 +1257,14 @@ #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080 -msgid "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\nin any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\nAssign it to a zone now?" -msgstr "ファイアウォールはアクティブですが、このインタフェースは\nどのゾーンにも属していません。トラフィックはすべてブロックされます。\n今すぐゾーンを割り当てますか?" +msgid "" +"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" +"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" +"Assign it to a zone now?" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウォールはアクティブですが、このインタフェースは\n" +"どのゾーンにも属していません。トラフィックはすべてブロックされます。\n" +"今すぐゾーンを割り当てますか?" #. Validator for network masks adresses #. @param [String] key the widget being validated @@ -1166,13 +1284,27 @@ #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123 -msgid "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \na hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \nnot be resolvable without an active network connection.\n\nReally leave the hostname blank?\n" -msgstr "ホスト名が設定されていません。ホスト名は、これを静的IPアドレスに割り当てる際に\n必要になるものです。設定しないと、アクティブなネットワーク接続なしでは\nマシン名を解決できなくなります。\n\n本当にホスト名を指定しないままにしておきますか?\n" +msgid "" +"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" +"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" +"not be resolvable without an active network connection.\n" +"\n" +"Really leave the hostname blank?\n" +msgstr "" +"ホスト名が設定されていません。ホスト名は、これを静的IPアドレスに割り当てる際に\n" +"必要になるものです。設定しないと、アクティブなネットワーク接続なしでは\n" +"マシン名を解決できなくなります。\n" +"\n" +"本当にホスト名を指定しないままにしておきますか?\n" #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142 -msgid "Duplicate IP address detected.\nReally continue?\n" -msgstr "すでに使用されているIPアドレスが検出されました。\n続行しますか。\n" +msgid "" +"Duplicate IP address detected.\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"すでに使用されているIPアドレスが検出されました。\n" +"続行しますか。\n" #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM @@ -1230,8 +1362,18 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412 -msgid "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n set the priority of each interface. \n" -msgstr "<big>IFPLUGDの優先度</big> \n［ケーブル接続時］の設定とIFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0の設定は、互いに排他関係にあります。\n1つ以上のインタフェースが［ケーブル接続時］に設定されている場合、インタフェースを判別する方法が\n必要なためです。そのため、ここで各インタフェースの優先順位を設定\nします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" set the priority of each interface. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>IFPLUGDの優先度</big> \n" +"［ケーブル接続時］の設定とIFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0の設定は、互いに排他関係にあります。\n" +"1つ以上のインタフェースが［ケーブル接続時］に設定されている場合、インタフェースを判別する方法が\n" +"必要なためです。そのため、ここで各インタフェースの優先順位を設定\n" +"します。\n" #. Address dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494 @@ -1240,8 +1382,12 @@ #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) #: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 -msgid "At least one selected device is already configured.\nAdapt the configuration for bridge?\n" -msgstr "選択した1つ以上のデバイスがすでに設定されています。\nこの設定をブリッジに適用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"At least one selected device is already configured.\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" +msgstr "" +"選択した1つ以上のデバイスがすでに設定されています。\n" +"この設定をブリッジに適用しますか?\n" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 @@ -1496,18 +1642,44 @@ #. continue-cancel popup, #178848 #. %1 is a (long) path to a README file #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:153 -msgid "A Xen network bridge was detected.\nDue to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\nnetwork interfaces should not be configured or restarted.\nSee %1 for details." -msgstr "Xenネットワークブリッジが検出されました。\nブリッジスクリプトによりネットワークインターフェースの名前が変更されたため、\nネットワークインターフェースは、設定または再起動する必要はありません。\n詳細は %1 をご覧ください。" +msgid "" +"A Xen network bridge was detected.\n" +"Due to the renaming of network interfaces by the bridge script,\n" +"network interfaces should not be configured or restarted.\n" +"See %1 for details." +msgstr "" +"Xenネットワークブリッジが検出されました。\n" +"ブリッジスクリプトによりネットワークインターフェースの名前が変更されたため、\n" +"ネットワークインターフェースは、設定または再起動する必要はありません。\n" +"詳細は %1 をご覧ください。" #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 -msgid "Firmware is needed. Install it from \nthe add-on CD.\nFirst add the add-on CD to your YaST software repositories then return \nto this configuration dialog.\n" -msgstr "ファームウェアが必要です。ファームウェアは\nアドオンCDからインストールすることができます。\nファームウェアをインストールするには、YaSTソフトウェアリポジトリにアドオンCDを追加し、\nこの設定ダイアログに戻ってください。\n" +msgid "" +"Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" +"the add-on CD.\n" +"First add the add-on CD to your YaST software repositories then return \n" +"to this configuration dialog.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファームウェアが必要です。ファームウェアは\n" +"アドオンCDからインストールすることができます。\n" +"ファームウェアをインストールするには、YaSTソフトウェアリポジトリにアドオンCDを追加し、\n" +"この設定ダイアログに戻ってください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 -msgid "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\ndownloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \nIf you have already downloaded and installed the firmware, click\nContinue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\nreturn to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" -msgstr "デバイスを正しく機能させるためにはファームウェアが必要です。ファームウェアは通常、\nドライバのベンダーのWebページからダウンロードすることができます。\nすでにファームウェアをダウンロードしてインストール済みである場合には［続行］\nをクリックしてデバイスを設定してください。そうでない場合は［キャンセル］をクリックして\nファームウェアをインストールし、この設定ダイアログに戻ってください。\n" +msgid "" +"The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" +"downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" +"If you have already downloaded and installed the firmware, click\n" +"Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" +"return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" +msgstr "" +"デバイスを正しく機能させるためにはファームウェアが必要です。ファームウェアは通常、\n" +"ドライバのベンダーのWebページからダウンロードすることができます。\n" +"すでにファームウェアをダウンロードしてインストール済みである場合には［続行］\n" +"をクリックしてデバイスを設定してください。そうでない場合は［キャンセル］をクリックして\n" +"ファームウェアをインストールし、この設定ダイアログに戻ってください。\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded @@ -1527,8 +1699,18 @@ #. Continue-Cancel popup #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 -msgid "The interface is currently set to be managed\nby the NetworkManager applet.\n\nIf you edit the settings for this interface here,\nthe interface will no longer be managed by NetworkManager.\n" -msgstr "インタフェースは現在、NetworkManagerアプレットにより管理されるように\n設定されています。\n \nここでこのインタフェースの設定を編集すると、\nインタフェースはNetworkManagerにより管理されなくなります。\n" +msgid "" +"The interface is currently set to be managed\n" +"by the NetworkManager applet.\n" +"\n" +"If you edit the settings for this interface here,\n" +"the interface will no longer be managed by NetworkManager.\n" +msgstr "" +"インタフェースは現在、NetworkManagerアプレットにより管理されるように\n" +"設定されています。\n" +" \n" +"ここでこのインタフェースの設定を編集すると、\n" +"インタフェースはNetworkManagerにより管理されなくなります。\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454 @@ -1573,32 +1755,64 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 -msgid "Set up hardware-specific options for \nyour network device here.\n" -msgstr "ここではお使いのネットワークデバイスに対する\nハードウェア固有の設定を行うことができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Set up hardware-specific options for \n" +"your network device here.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここではお使いのネットワークデバイスに対する\n" +"ハードウェア固有の設定を行うことができます。\n" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 -msgid "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \none according your needs." -msgstr "［デバイスの型］。ここには、さまざまなデバイスの種類が用意されています。\n必要に応じて適切なものを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" +"one according your needs." +msgstr "" +"［デバイスの型］。ここには、さまざまなデバイスの種類が用意されています。\n" +"必要に応じて適切なものを選択してください。" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 -msgid "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\nassociating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\nexample, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" -msgstr "［Udevルール］は、カーネルのデバイスマネージャに対してMACアドレスや\nバスIDを元にしてデバイス名(例: eth1、wlan0)を設定し、たとえ再起動したとしても\nデバイス名が変わらないようにするための仕組みです。\n" +msgid "" +"Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" +msgstr "" +"［Udevルール］は、カーネルのデバイスマネージャに対してMACアドレスや\n" +"バスIDを元にしてデバイス名(例: eth1、wlan0)を設定し、たとえ再起動したとしても\n" +"デバイス名が変わらないようにするための仕組みです。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 -msgid "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \nSet appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" -msgstr "［可視ポートIDを表示］を使用すると、設定済みのNICを物理的に識別できます。\n時間を設定して［点滅］をクリックすると、指定した時間だけNIC上にあるLEDが点滅します。\n" +msgid "" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"［可視ポートIDを表示］を使用すると、設定済みのNICを物理的に識別できます。\n" +"時間を設定して［点滅］をクリックすると、指定した時間だけNIC上にあるLEDが点滅します。\n" +"" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 -msgid "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \nfor your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\nyour device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" -msgstr "カーネルモジュール。ここにはお使いのネットワークデバイスに対するカーネルモジュール\n (他の表現で言うと「ドライバ」) 名を入力してください。デバイスが既に設定されている場合、利用可能な 1 つ以上のデバイスからドロップダウンリストを用いて選択することができます。\n多くの場合は既定の値のままにしておくとよいでしょう。\n" +msgid "" +"Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +msgstr "" +"カーネルモジュール。ここにはお使いのネットワークデバイスに対するカーネルモジュール\n" +" (他の表現で言うと「ドライバ」) 名を入力してください。デバイスが既に設定されている場合、利用可能な 1 つ以上のデバイスからドロップダウンリストを用いて選択することができます。\n" +"多くの場合は既定の値のままにしておくとよいでしょう。\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 -msgid "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\nformat: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \nconfigured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" -msgstr "また、カーネルモジュールに対する設定を［オプション］の項目で\n指定することができます。この値はoption=valueの書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合はスペースで区切って入力します。たとえばio=0x300 irq=5のようになります。注: 2つのネットワークカードが\n同じモジュール名を使用するように設定されている場合、オプション設定は保存する際に1つにまとめられます。\n" +msgid "" +"Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +msgstr "" +"また、カーネルモジュールに対する設定を［オプション］の項目で\n" +"指定することができます。この値はoption=valueの書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合はスペースで区切って入力します。たとえばio=0x300 irq=5のようになります。注: 2つのネットワークカードが\n" +"同じモジュール名を使用するように設定されている場合、オプション設定は保存する際に1つにまとめられます。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" @@ -1606,19 +1820,31 @@ #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 -msgid "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\nIf you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" -msgstr "PCMCIAネットワークカードを使用する場合は、［PCMCIA］を選択してください。\nUSBネットワークカードを使用する場合は、［USB］を選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" +"If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" +msgstr "" +"PCMCIAネットワークカードを使用する場合は、［PCMCIA］を選択してください。\n" +"USBネットワークカードを使用する場合は、［USB］を選択してください。\n" #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 -msgid "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\nwritten to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" -msgstr "ここでは、ネットワークデバイスを設定します。設定値は、\n/etc/modprobe.confまたは/etc/chandev.confに書き込まれます。\n" +msgid "" +"Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" +"written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、ネットワークデバイスを設定します。設定値は、\n" +"/etc/modprobe.confまたは/etc/chandev.confに書き込まれます。\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 -msgid "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\nin the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." -msgstr "モジュールのオプションは、『IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands』\nに指定されている形式で記述する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" +"in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." +msgstr "" +"モジュールのオプションは、『IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands』\n" +"に指定されている形式で記述する必要があります。" #. CheckBox label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 @@ -1677,8 +1903,12 @@ #. Manual selection help #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 -msgid "Select the network card to configure. Search\nfor a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." -msgstr "環境設定するネットワークカードを選択します。\n検索ボックスに名前を入力して、特定のネットワークカードを検索してください。" +msgid "" +"Select the network card to configure. Search\n" +"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." +msgstr "" +"環境設定するネットワークカードを選択します。\n" +"検索ボックスに名前を入力して、特定のネットワークカードを検索してください。" #. Selection box label #. Selection box title @@ -1694,8 +1924,12 @@ #. bnc#767946 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 -msgid "Configuration name %1 already exists.\nChoose a different one." -msgstr "設定名 %1 はすでに存在します。\n他の名前を選んでください。" +msgid "" +"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"設定名 %1 はすでに存在します。\n" +"他の名前を選んでください。" #. S/390 dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 @@ -1831,13 +2065,21 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 -msgid "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\nfor example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" -msgstr "IUCVピアの名前(たとえば、接続するz/VMユーザ名)\nを入力してください。大文字小文字は区別されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" +"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" +msgstr "" +"IUCVピアの名前(たとえば、接続するz/VMユーザ名)\n" +"を入力してください。大文字小文字は区別されます。\n" #. #176330, must be static #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 -msgid "An error occurred while creating device.\nSee YaST log for details." -msgstr "デバイスを作成中にエラーが発生しました。\n詳細についてはYaSTログを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"An error occurred while creating device.\n" +"See YaST log for details." +msgstr "" +"デバイスを作成中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"詳細についてはYaSTログを参照してください。" #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result @@ -1847,55 +2089,119 @@ #. Network cards read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:31 -msgid "<big>Initializing Network Card\nConfiguration</big> Please wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>ネットワークカードの\n環境設定を初期化しています</big> しばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Network Card\n" +"Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークカードの\n" +"環境設定を初期化しています</big> しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Network cards read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:35 -msgid "<big>Aborting the Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化を中止する:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting the Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化を中止する:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止できます。\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 -msgid "<big>Saving Network Card\nConfiguration</big> Please wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>ネットワークカードの\n環境設定を保存しています</big> しばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Network Card\n" +"Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークカードの\n" +"環境設定を保存しています</big> しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Network cards write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:43 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort saving by pressing Abort.\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" #. Network setup method help #. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:48 -msgid "<big>Network Setup Method</big>\nUse the NetworkManager as a desktop applet\nmanaging connections for all interfaces. It is well suited\nfor switching among wired and wireless networks.\n" -msgstr "<big>ネットワークのセットアップ方法</big>\nNetworkManagerは、すべてのネットワークインタフェースを\n管理することができるデスクトップアプレットです。このアプレットは、\n有線LANと無線LANを切り替える場合に最適です。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Network Setup Method</big>\n" +"Use the NetworkManager as a desktop applet\n" +"managing connections for all interfaces. It is well suited\n" +"for switching among wired and wireless networks.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークのセットアップ方法</big>\n" +"NetworkManagerは、すべてのネットワークインタフェースを\n" +"管理することができるデスクトップアプレットです。このアプレットは、\n" +"有線LANと無線LANを切り替える場合に最適です。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:54 -msgid "Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\nor need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" -msgstr "デスクトップ環境を実行しない場合、または複数のインタフェースを同時に使用する必要がない場合、\n［wicked］を使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" +"or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" +msgstr "" +"デスクトップ環境を実行しない場合、または複数のインタフェースを同時に使用する必要がない場合、\n" +"［wicked］を使用します。\n" #. For systems not including NetworkManager by default (bnc#892678) #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 -msgid "NetworkManager is not part of every base\ninstallation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\nLinux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\nrepository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.\n" -msgstr "NetworkManagerはすべての基本インストール\nリポジトリに含まれるわけではありません。たとえば、SUSE\nLinux Enterprise Serverでこれを有効にするには、Workstation Extension\nリポジトリを追加し、「NetworkManager」パッケージをインストールします。\n" +msgid "" +"NetworkManager is not part of every base\n" +"installation repository. For example, to enable it on SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Server add the Workstation Extension\n" +"repository and install the 'NetworkManager' package.\n" +msgstr "" +"NetworkManagerはすべての基本インストール\n" +"リポジトリに含まれるわけではありません。たとえば、SUSE\n" +"Linux Enterprise Serverでこれを有効にするには、Workstation Extension\n" +"リポジトリを追加し、「NetworkManager」パッケージをインストールします。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:66 -msgid "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\nedit their configuration. \n" -msgstr "<big>ネットワークカードの概要</big> \nインストールされているネットワークカードの概要が表示されます。設定を編集する\nこともできます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" +"edit their configuration. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークカードの概要</big> \n" +"インストールされているネットワークカードの概要が表示されます。設定を編集する\n" +"こともできます。 \n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 -msgid "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \nPress Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" -msgstr "<big>ネットワークカードの追加:</big> \n［追加］をクリックすると、ネットワークカードを手動で設定できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ネットワークカードの追加:</big> \n" +"［追加］をクリックすると、ネットワークカードを手動で設定できます。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 -msgid "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \nChoose a network card to change or remove.\nThen press Edit or Delete respectively.\n" -msgstr "<big>設定または削除:</big> \n変更または削除するネットワークカードを選択し、\n［編集］または［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" +"Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" +"Then press Edit or Delete respectively.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>設定または削除:</big> \n" +"変更または削除するネットワークカードを選択し、\n" +"［編集］または［削除］をクリックしてください。\n" #. IPv6 help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:81 -msgid "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\nCheck Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\nIt is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\nTo disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \nmodule for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \ntime can be faster.\n" -msgstr "<big>IPプロトコル設定</big>\n［IPv6を有効にする］を選択すると、カーネル内のIPv6モジュールを有効にします。\nIPv6はIPv4と併用でき、この機能はデフォルトで有効化されています。\nIPv6を無効にするには、このオプションをオフにしてください。このことでIPv6のモジュールが\nブラックリストに登録されます。IPv6プロトコルを使用しない場合、\n応答時間がより速くなります。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" +"Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" +"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" +"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"time can be faster.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>IPプロトコル設定</big>\n" +"［IPv6を有効にする］を選択すると、カーネル内のIPv6モジュールを有効にします。\n" +"IPv6はIPv4と併用でき、この機能はデフォルトで有効化されています。\n" +"IPv6を無効にするには、このオプションをオフにしてください。このことでIPv6のモジュールが\n" +"ブラックリストに登録されます。IPv6プロトコルを使用しない場合、\n" +"応答時間がより速くなります。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." @@ -1903,65 +2209,178 @@ #. Routing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 -msgid "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\nThe Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \nIf any other entry exists that matches the required address, it is\nused instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\nto enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" -msgstr "このダイアログでルーティングの設定を行います。\n［デフォルトゲートウェイ］はすべての宛先に一致しますが、完全ではありません。 \n必要なアドレスに一致する他のエントリが存在する場合は、デフォルトルートではなくそのエントリが\n使用されます。デフォルトルートは、「宛先指定のない場合の送信先」です。\"\n" +msgid "" +"The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" +"The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" +"If any other entry exists that matches the required address, it is\n" +"used instead of the default route. The idea of the default route is simply\n" +"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" +msgstr "" +"このダイアログでルーティングの設定を行います。\n" +"［デフォルトゲートウェイ］はすべての宛先に一致しますが、完全ではありません。 \n" +"必要なアドレスに一致する他のエントリが存在する場合は、デフォルトルートではなくそのエントリが\n" +"使用されます。デフォルトルートは、「宛先指定のない場合の送信先」です。\"\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99 -msgid "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\nand netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\nthe device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" -msgstr "それぞれの経路に対して、宛先のネットワークIPアドレス、ゲートウェイアドレス、\nおよびネットマスクを入力してください。これらの値を省略する場合はハイフン記号「-」\nを入力しておいてください。また、どのデバイスを利用して通信を転送するのかを選択することもできます(「-」を指定すると、どのインタフェースでも構わないという意味になります)。\n" +msgid "" +"For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" +"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +msgstr "" +"それぞれの経路に対して、宛先のネットワークIPアドレス、ゲートウェイアドレス、\n" +"およびネットマスクを入力してください。これらの値を省略する場合はハイフン記号「-」\n" +"を入力しておいてください。また、どのデバイスを利用して通信を転送するのかを選択することもできます(「-」を指定すると、どのインタフェースでも構わないという意味になります)。\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 -msgid "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\nto the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" -msgstr "このシステムがルータの場合は、IPv4転送(外部ネットワークから内部ネットワークへの\nパケットの転送)を有効にします。\n" +msgid "" +"Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" +msgstr "" +"このシステムがルータの場合は、IPv4転送(外部ネットワークから内部ネットワークへの\n" +"パケットの転送)を有効にします。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 -msgid "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\nto the internal one) if this system is a router.\nWarning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\nautoconfiguration (SLAAC)." -msgstr "このシステムがルータの場合は、IPv6転送(外部ネットワークから内部ネットワークへの\nパケットの転送)を有効にします。\n警告: IPv6転送により、IPv6ステートレスアドレス自動設定(SLAAC)は\n無効になります。" +msgid "" +"Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" +"Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" +"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." +msgstr "" +"このシステムがルータの場合は、IPv6転送(外部ネットワークから内部ネットワークへの\n" +"パケットの転送)を有効にします。\n" +"警告: IPv6転送により、IPv6ステートレスアドレス自動設定(SLAAC)は\n" +"無効になります。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 -msgid "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \nYou should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\nfirewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" -msgstr "重要: ファイアウォールが有効な場合、転送を許可するだけでは十分ではありません。\nマスカレードを有効にするか、ファイアウォール環境設定内に1つ以上の\nリダイレクトルールを設定する必要があります。YaSTファイアウォールモジュールを使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" +"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" +msgstr "" +"重要: ファイアウォールが有効な場合、転送を許可するだけでは十分ではありません。\n" +"マスカレードを有効にするか、ファイアウォール環境設定内に1つ以上の\n" +"リダイレクトルールを設定する必要があります。YaSTファイアウォールモジュールを使用します。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 -msgid "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\nalso a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\nHowever, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \nTherefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \ndifferent hostnames. " -msgstr " DHCP を利用して IP アドレスを取得している環境の場合、 DHCP を利用して\nホスト名の取得を行うかどうかを指定します。ホスト名は DHCP クライアントで自動的に設定します。\n使用中にホスト名が変更されてしまうとグラフィカルデスクトップを使用する際に混乱を来たすことがあります。\nそのため、それぞれ別々のホスト名が割り当てられるような複数のネットワークに接続する場合は、\nこの設定を無効にします。 " +msgid "" +"If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"different hostnames. " +msgstr "" +" DHCP を利用して IP アドレスを取得している環境の場合、 DHCP を利用して\n" +"ホスト名の取得を行うかどうかを指定します。ホスト名は DHCP クライアントで自動的に設定します。\n" +"使用中にホスト名が変更されてしまうとグラフィカルデスクトップを使用する際に混乱を来たすことがあります。\n" +"そのため、それぞれ別々のホスト名が割り当てられるような複数のネットワークに接続する場合は、\n" +"この設定を無効にします。 " #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 -msgid "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \nthe IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \nuseful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \nwithout an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \nif this computer provides some network services.\n" -msgstr "［ホスト名をループバックIPに割り当てる］を選択すると、<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>\n内でホスト名を<tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (ループバック)に割り当てます。\nこの選択は、アクティブなネットワークなしでも常にホスト名が解決可能でなければならない場合に便利です。\nそれ以外の場合、特に複数のネットワークサービスを提供している場合などは、\n注意して使用してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" +"if this computer provides some network services.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ホスト名をループバックIPに割り当てる］を選択すると、<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>\n" +"内でホスト名を<tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (ループバック)に割り当てます。\n" +"この選択は、アクティブなネットワークなしでも常にホスト名が解決可能でなければならない場合に便利です。\n" +"それ以外の場合、特に複数のネットワークサービスを提供している場合などは、\n" +"注意して使用してください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 -msgid "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \nhostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" -msgstr "ホスト名を解決するためのネームサーバおよびドメイン検索リストを\n入力します。通常それらはDHCPで取得できます。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" +"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" +msgstr "" +"ホスト名を解決するためのネームサーバおよびドメイン検索リストを\n" +"入力します。通常それらはDHCPで取得できます。\n" #. resolver dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 -msgid "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\nIP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.\n" -msgstr "ネームサーバは、ホスト名をIPアドレスに変換する\nコンピュータです。この値は、ホスト名ではなく、IPアドレス\n(例えば192.168.0.42)として入力する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" +"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" +"(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.\n" +msgstr "" +"ネームサーバは、ホスト名をIPアドレスに変換する\n" +"コンピュータです。この値は、ホスト名ではなく、IPアドレス\n" +"(例えば192.168.0.42)として入力する必要があります。\n" #. resolver dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 -msgid "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\nThe primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\nyour computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" -msgstr "検索ドメインは、ホスト名の検索を開始するドメイン名です。\n一次検索ドメインは通常、コンピュータのドメイン名\n(suse.deなど)と同じです。追加の検索ドメインも設定できます\n(suse.comなど)。ドメイン名はカンマまたは空白で区切ってください。\n" +msgid "" +"Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" +"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" +"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" +msgstr "" +"検索ドメインは、ホスト名の検索を開始するドメイン名です。\n" +"一次検索ドメインは通常、コンピュータのドメイン名\n" +"(suse.deなど)と同じです。追加の検索ドメインも設定できます\n" +"(suse.comなど)。ドメイン名はカンマまたは空白で区切ってください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 -msgid "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \ncomputer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \ncommand." -msgstr "このコンピュータに対する短い名前 (例 mymachine) と所属する DNS ドメイン\n(例 example.com) を入力してください。ドメインはこのコンピュータがメールサーバである場合には\n重要な設定です。お使いのコンピュータでホスト名を確認するには、 hostname コマンドを\nお使いください。" +msgid "" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"command." +msgstr "" +"このコンピュータに対する短い名前 (例 mymachine) と所属する DNS ドメイン\n" +"(例 example.com) を入力してください。ドメインはこのコンピュータがメールサーバである場合には\n" +"重要な設定です。お使いのコンピュータでホスト名を確認するには、 hostname コマンドを\n" +"お使いください。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 -msgid "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\nsearch list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\nby the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\ndynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\netc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\nconfigurations.\n" -msgstr "ここでは、DNS設定の変更方法(ネームサーバ、検索リスト、および\n/etc/resolv.conf\nファイル)を選択します。デフォルトではnetconfigスクリプトで\n静的に定義された設定の内容と動的に取得した内容(たとえばDHCPクライアント\nやNetworkManagerなど)を合わせて使用します。\nこれがデフォルト値です。ほとんどの場合、［既定のポリシーを使用する］オプションの動作で十分です。\n" +msgid "" +"Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" +"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" +"configurations.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでは、DNS設定の変更方法(ネームサーバ、検索リスト、および\n" +"/etc/resolv.conf\n" +"ファイル)を選択します。デフォルトではnetconfigスクリプトで\n" +"静的に定義された設定の内容と動的に取得した内容(たとえばDHCPクライアント\n" +"やNetworkManagerなど)を合わせて使用します。\n" +"これがデフォルト値です。ほとんどの場合、［既定のポリシーを使用する］オプションの動作で十分です。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 -msgid "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\nallowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\nmanually. By choosing Use Custom Policy, you may specify a custom\npolicy string, which consists of a comma-separated list of interface names,\nincluding wildcards, with STATIC and STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special\nvalues. For more information, see the netconfig manual page. Note:\nLeaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\npolicy.\n" -msgstr "［手動でのみ］オプションを選択することで、netconfigは\n/etc/resolv.confを変更しないようになります。この場合は、手作業で\n設定を編集することになります。また、［カスタムポリシーを使用する］オプションを\n選択すると、カスタムポリシー文字列を指定できます。この設定はカンマ区切りリストを\n指定するもので、インタフェース名(ワイルドカードも使用できます)のほか、STATICまたは\nSTATIC_FALLBACKとして特別な値を指定することもできます。詳細については、netconfigのマニュアルページを参照してください。\n注: このフィールドを空白のままにすると、［手動でのみ］ポリシーと同じ意味に\nなります。\n" +msgid "" +"By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" +"allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" +"manually. By choosing Use Custom Policy, you may specify a custom\n" +"policy string, which consists of a comma-separated list of interface names,\n" +"including wildcards, with STATIC and STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special\n" +"values. For more information, see the netconfig manual page. Note:\n" +"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" +"policy.\n" +msgstr "" +"［手動でのみ］オプションを選択することで、netconfigは\n" +"/etc/resolv.confを変更しないようになります。この場合は、手作業で\n" +"設定を編集することになります。また、［カスタムポリシーを使用する］オプションを\n" +"選択すると、カスタムポリシー文字列を指定できます。この設定はカンマ区切りリストを\n" +"指定するもので、インタフェース名(ワイルドカードも使用できます)のほか、STATICまたは\n" +"STATIC_FALLBACKとして特別な値を指定することもできます。詳細については、netconfigのマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" +"注: このフィールドを空白のままにすると、［手動でのみ］ポリシーと同じ意味に\n" +"なります。\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 -msgid "<big>Address Setup</big>\nSelect No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\nThis is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" -msgstr "<big>アドレス設定</big>\nこのデバイスに対してIPアドレスを割り当てない場合は、［アドレスを設定しない］を選んでください。\nこの設定はEthernetデバイスに対してボンド機能を利用する場合などに利用します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Address Setup</big>\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>アドレス設定</big>\n" +"このデバイスに対してIPアドレスを割り当てない場合は、［アドレスを設定しない］を選んでください。\n" +"この設定はEthernetデバイスに対してボンド機能を利用する場合などに利用します。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" @@ -1969,53 +2388,119 @@ #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 -msgid "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \nassigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" -msgstr "システム管理者や契約先のインターネットプロバイダから固定の IP アドレスを指定されていない場合は、 \n［可変 IP アドレス］を選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" +"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" +msgstr "" +"システム管理者や契約先のインターネットプロバイダから固定の IP アドレスを指定されていない場合は、 \n" +"［可変 IP アドレス］を選択してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 -msgid "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\nif you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \nare then automatically obtained from the server.\n" -msgstr "アドレスを動的に割り当てる際の方法を指定することができます。接続するネットワークでDHCPサーバ\nが動作している場合は［DHCP］を選んでください。サーバから自動的にアドレスを取得して\n設定するようになります。\n" +msgid "" +"Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" +"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" +"are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" +msgstr "" +"アドレスを動的に割り当てる際の方法を指定することができます。接続するネットワークでDHCPサーバ\n" +"が動作している場合は［DHCP］を選んでください。サーバから自動的にアドレスを取得して\n" +"設定するようになります。\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 -msgid "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \nZeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" -msgstr "利用可能な IP アドレスを検索して固定で割り当てたい場合は、\nZeroconf を選択してください。最初に DHCP を使い、それでうまくいかない場合に\nZeroconf を利用する場合は DHCP + Zeroconf を選択してください。それ以外の場合はネットワークアドレスを固定で割り当てる必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +msgstr "" +"利用可能な IP アドレスを検索して固定で割り当てたい場合は、\n" +"Zeroconf を選択してください。最初に DHCP を使い、それでうまくいかない場合に\n" +"Zeroconf を利用する場合は DHCP + Zeroconf を選択してください。それ以外の場合はネットワークアドレスを固定で割り当てる必要があります。\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 -msgid "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\nfor your peer.\n" -msgstr " お使いのコンピュータに対する IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) と\n相手側の リモート IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) をそれぞれ\n入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +" Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" +"for your peer.\n" +msgstr "" +" お使いのコンピュータに対する IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) と\n" +"相手側の リモート IP アドレス (たとえば <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) をそれぞれ\n" +"入力してください。\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 -msgid "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\nthe network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\na fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" -msgstr "［スタティックなアドレスの設定］を指定した場合、IPアドレス(例: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)\nとネットワークマスク(一般には<tt>255.255.255.0</tt>またはプレフィクス表記で<tt>/24</tt>)を入力してください。また、追加で完全修飾ドメイン名\nを入力することもできます。この値は<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>に書き込まれます。\n" +msgid "" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +msgstr "" +"［スタティックなアドレスの設定］を指定した場合、IPアドレス(例: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)\n" +"とネットワークマスク(一般には<tt>255.255.255.0</tt>またはプレフィクス表記で<tt>/24</tt>)を入力してください。また、追加で完全修飾ドメイン名\n" +"を入力することもできます。この値は<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>に書き込まれます。\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 -msgid "Contact your network administrator for more information about\nthe network configuration." -msgstr "ネットワークの環境設定の詳細については、ネットワーク管理者に\n問い合わせてください。" +msgid "" +"Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" +"the network configuration." +msgstr "" +"ネットワークの環境設定の詳細については、ネットワーク管理者に\n" +"問い合わせてください。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 -msgid "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\nComponents of this product might not work with DHCP." -msgstr "この製品ではDHCPの設定をお勧めできません。\nこの製品のコンポーネントはDHCPでは動作しません。" +msgid "" +"DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" +"Components of this product might not work with DHCP." +msgstr "" +"この製品ではDHCPの設定をお勧めできません。\n" +"この製品のコンポーネントはDHCPでは動作しません。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 -msgid "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\nSelect the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\nselect a zone, the firewall will be enabled. If you do not and other \nfirewalled interfaces exist, the firewall\nwill stay enabled but all traffic will be blocked for this\ninterface. If you do not select a zone and no others exist, \nthe firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "<big>ファイアウォールゾーン</big>\nこのインタフェースをどのファイアウォールゾーンに配置したいかを選択します。\nゾーンを選択するとファイアウォールが有効になります。他のインタフェースでは\nゾーンを選択しているにも関わらずここで選択しない場合は、ファイアウォールが\n有効にはなりますがこのインタフェースでの通信はすべてブロックされます。\n全てのインタフェースでゾーンを選択しない場合はファイアウォールが\n起動されません。" +msgid "" +"<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" +"Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" +"select a zone, the firewall will be enabled. If you do not and other \n" +"firewalled interfaces exist, the firewall\n" +"will stay enabled but all traffic will be blocked for this\n" +"interface. If you do not select a zone and no others exist, \n" +"the firewall will be disabled." +msgstr "" +"<big>ファイアウォールゾーン</big>\n" +"このインタフェースをどのファイアウォールゾーンに配置したいかを選択します。\n" +"ゾーンを選択するとファイアウォールが有効になります。他のインタフェースでは\n" +"ゾーンを選択しているにも関わらずここで選択しない場合は、ファイアウォールが\n" +"有効にはなりますがこのインタフェースでの通信はすべてブロックされます。\n" +"全てのインタフェースでゾーンを選択しない場合はファイアウォールが\n" +"起動されません。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "［必須インタフェース］では、ブート時にインタフェースを起動できなかった場合に、ネットワークサービスが障害を報告するかどうかを指定します。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 -msgid "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\nMaximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\ntransferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\nset a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\nespecially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\nvalues or define another one.\n" -msgstr "<big>最大転送単位</big>\n最大転送単位(MTU)は、ネットワーク上で送信する1パケットの\n最大サイズを指定します。通常は、この値を設定する必要はありませんが、\n遅いダイヤルアップ接続などの特殊な場合においてこの値を小さくすると\nネットワークのパフォーマンスが上がる場合があります。お勧めの値からいずれかを選択するか、\n独自の値を設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" +"Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" +"transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" +"set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" +"values or define another one.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>最大転送単位</big>\n" +"最大転送単位(MTU)は、ネットワーク上で送信する1パケットの\n" +"最大サイズを指定します。通常は、この値を設定する必要はありませんが、\n" +"遅いダイヤルアップ接続などの特殊な場合においてこの値を小さくすると\n" +"ネットワークのパフォーマンスが上がる場合があります。お勧めの値からいずれかを選択するか、\n" +"独自の値を設定してください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 -msgid "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\nOnly devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." -msgstr "ボンドデバイスのスレーブとなるものを選択してください。\n「デバイスの起動」が「起動しない」で、かつ「アドレス設定」が「アドレスを設定しない」になっているデバイスだけが指定可能です。" +msgid "" +"Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +msgstr "" +"ボンドデバイスのスレーブとなるものを選択してください。\n" +"「デバイスの起動」が「起動しない」で、かつ「アドレス設定」が「アドレスを設定しない」になっているデバイスだけが指定可能です。" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 @@ -2024,28 +2509,68 @@ #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 -msgid "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\nthe hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\nDHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\nidentifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\nnetwork interface and thus the same hardware address." -msgstr "［DHCPクライアントID］が空の場合は、デフォルトでネットワークインタフェースの\nハードウェアアドレスが設定されます。単一のネットワーク内では、\nそれぞれ異なったIDが必要です。もし、複数の(仮想)コンピュータが\n同一のネットワークインタフェースを使用している場合は、ハードウェアアドレスが\n同じになってしまうため、それぞれ異なる適当なIDを指定してください。" +msgid "" +"The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" +"DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" +"identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" +"network interface and thus the same hardware address." +msgstr "" +"［DHCPクライアントID］が空の場合は、デフォルトでネットワークインタフェースの\n" +"ハードウェアアドレスが設定されます。単一のネットワーク内では、\n" +"それぞれ異なったIDが必要です。もし、複数の(仮想)コンピュータが\n" +"同一のネットワークインタフェースを使用している場合は、ハードウェアアドレスが\n" +"同じになってしまうため、それぞれ異なる適当なIDを指定してください。" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 -msgid "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\nhostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \nDHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \naccording to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\nSome DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\ncontain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\nto send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \nIf you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" -msgstr "［送信するホスト名］は、DHCPクライアントがDHCPサーバに\nメッセージを送信する際に、ホスト名オプションフィールドで使用する文字列を指定します。\n一部のDHCPサーバは、このホスト名に従ってネームサーバゾーン(正引きおよび\n逆引きレコード)を更新します(ダイナミックDNS)。\n一部のDHCPサーバでは、［送信するホスト名］オプションフィールドに、\nクライアントから送信されたDHCPメッセージの特定の文字列を含める\n必要があります。現在のホスト名(<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>で定義されているホスト名など)を送信する場合は、［自動］のままにします。\nホスト名を送信しない場合は、フィールドを空のままにします。\n" +msgid "" +"The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" +"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" +"Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" +msgstr "" +"［送信するホスト名］は、DHCPクライアントがDHCPサーバに\n" +"メッセージを送信する際に、ホスト名オプションフィールドで使用する文字列を指定します。\n" +"一部のDHCPサーバは、このホスト名に従ってネームサーバゾーン(正引きおよび\n" +"逆引きレコード)を更新します(ダイナミックDNS)。\n" +"一部のDHCPサーバでは、［送信するホスト名］オプションフィールドに、\n" +"クライアントから送信されたDHCPメッセージの特定の文字列を含める\n" +"必要があります。現在のホスト名(<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>で定義されているホスト名など)を送信する場合は、［自動］のままにします。\n" +"ホスト名を送信しない場合は、フィールドを空のままにします。\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 -msgid "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\nConfigure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" -msgstr "<big>追加アドレス</big>\nこのテーブルでインタフェースの追加アドレスを設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" +"Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>追加アドレス</big>\n" +"このテーブルでインタフェースの追加アドレスを設定します。\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 -msgid "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\nthe Netmask." -msgstr "［IPv4アドレスラベル］、［IPアドレス］、および\n［ネットマスク］に入力します。" +msgid "" +"Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" +"the Netmask." +msgstr "" +"［IPv4アドレスラベル］、［IPアドレス］、および\n" +"［ネットマスク］に入力します。" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 -msgid "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\nlength of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\nlimited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." -msgstr "［IPv4アドレスラベル］(旧称は［エイリアス名］)はオプションで、現在は使用されていません。\nインタフェース名の合計の長さ(コロンおよびラベルを含む)は\n15文字に制限されています。廃止されたifconfigユーティリティでは、この名前の9文字から後が切り捨てられます。" +msgid "" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +msgstr "" +"［IPv4アドレスラベル］(旧称は［エイリアス名］)はオプションで、現在は使用されていません。\n" +"インタフェース名の合計の長さ(コロンおよびラベルを含む)は\n" +"15文字に制限されています。廃止されたifconfigユーティリティでは、この名前の9文字から後が切り捨てられます。" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 @@ -2056,42 +2581,160 @@ #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 -msgid "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n ASCII: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\nkey. Enter 5 characters for 64-bit keys, up to 13\ncharacters for 128-bit keys, up to 16 characters for 156-bit keys, and\nup to 29 characters for 256-bit keys.\n Hexadecimal: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n10 hex digits for 64-bit keys, 26 digits for 128-bit keys, 32 digits\nfor 156-bit keys, and 58 digits for 256-bit keys. You can\nuse hyphens <tt>-</tt> to separate pairs or groups of digits, for example,\n<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n \n" -msgstr "次の3種類の方法から［鍵入力種類］を選んでください。\n ［パスフレーズ］: 入力した文字列から鍵を作成する方法です。\n ［ASCII］: 入力したASCII文字列から鍵を生成する方法です。\n5文字を入力した場合は64ビットの鍵が、13文字までを入力した場合は\n128ビットの鍵が、16文字までを入力した場合は156ビットの鍵が、\n29文字までを入力した場合は256ビットの鍵が、それぞれ生成されます。\n ［16進］: 鍵を16進数の表現で直接入力します。10文字\nの16進数であれば64ビットの鍵が、26文字であれば128ビットの鍵が、\n32文字であれば156ビットの鍵が、58文字であれば256ビットの鍵がそれぞれ\n生成できます。<tt>-</tt> (ハイフン)を使って桁を区切ることもできます。たとえば\n<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>のようになります� ��\n \n" +msgid "" +"Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" +" Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" +" ASCII: The ASCII values of the characters entered constitute the\n" +"key. Enter 5 characters for 64-bit keys, up to 13\n" +"characters for 128-bit keys, up to 16 characters for 156-bit keys, and\n" +"up to 29 characters for 256-bit keys.\n" +" Hexadecimal: Enter the hex codes of the key directly. Enter\n" +"10 hex digits for 64-bit keys, 26 digits for 128-bit keys, 32 digits\n" +"for 156-bit keys, and 58 digits for 256-bit keys. You can\n" +"use hyphens <tt>-</tt> to separate pairs or groups of digits, for example,\n" +"<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"次の3種類の方法から［鍵入力種類］を選んでください。\n" +" ［パスフレーズ］: 入力した文字列から鍵を作成する方法です。\n" +" ［ASCII］: 入力したASCII文字列から鍵を生成する方法です。\n" +"5文字を入力した場合は64ビットの鍵が、13文字までを入力した場合は\n" +"128ビットの鍵が、16文字までを入力した場合は156ビットの鍵が、\n" +"29文字までを入力した場合は256ビットの鍵が、それぞれ生成されます。\n" +" ［16進］: 鍵を16進数の表現で直接入力します。10文字\n" +"の16進数であれば64ビットの鍵が、26文字であれば128ビットの鍵が、\n" +"32文字であれば156ビットの鍵が、58文字であれば256ビットの鍵がそれぞれ\n" +"生成できます。<tt>-</tt> (ハイフン)を使って桁を区切ることもできます。たとえば\n" +"<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>のようになります。\n" +" \n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 -msgid "Here, set the most important settings\nfor wireless networking." -msgstr "ここでは、無線ネットワークに関する最も重要な設定を\n行います。" +msgid "" +"Here, set the most important settings\n" +"for wireless networking." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、無線ネットワークに関する最も重要な設定を\n" +"行います。" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 -msgid "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\ncan be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\nManaged (network managed by an access point, sometimes also\ncalled Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\nacts as an access point).\n" -msgstr "［動作モード］は、ネットワークのトポロジによって異なります。 \nアクセスポイントのないピアツーピアネットワークの場合は［アドホック］\n、アクセスポイントで管理されるネットワークの場合は［管理］(インフラストラクチャモード\nとも呼ばれる)、アクセスポイントとして機能するネットワークカードの場合は［マスタ］\nを指定できます。\n" +msgid "" +"The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" +"can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" +"Managed (network managed by an access point, sometimes also\n" +"called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" +"acts as an access point).\n" +msgstr "" +"［動作モード］は、ネットワークのトポロジによって異なります。 \n" +"アクセスポイントのないピアツーピアネットワークの場合は［アドホック］\n" +"、アクセスポイントで管理されるネットワークの場合は［管理］(インフラストラクチャモード\n" +"とも呼ばれる)、アクセスポイントとして機能するネットワークカードの場合は［マスタ］\n" +"を指定できます。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 -msgid "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\ncells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\nwireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\nyou choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\nyou can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\ncase, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\nsignal strength.\n" -msgstr "［ネットワーク名(ESSID)］を設定してください。これにより、\n同じ仮想ネットワークのセルが識別されます。無線LAN内の\nすべてのステーションが相互に通信するには、これらのステーションに同じESSIDを割り当てる必要があります。動作モードとして\n［管理］が選択され、認証モードが［WPA］でない場合は、\nこのフィールドを空欄のままにするか、または［<tt>any</tt>］を設定できます。この場合、\nWLANカードは、最も信号強度が大きいアクセスポイントに\n接続します。\n" +msgid "" +"Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" +"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" +"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" +"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" +"signal strength.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ネットワーク名(ESSID)］を設定してください。これにより、\n" +"同じ仮想ネットワークのセルが識別されます。無線LAN内の\n" +"すべてのステーションが相互に通信するには、これらのステーションに同じESSIDを割り当てる必要があります。動作モードとして\n" +"［管理］が選択され、認証モードが［WPA］でない場合は、\n" +"このフィールドを空欄のままにするか、または［<tt>any</tt>］を設定できます。この場合、\n" +"WLANカードは、最も信号強度が大きいアクセスポイントに\n" +"接続します。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 -msgid "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\nIt depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n(Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a system to encrypt wireless network\ntraffic with an optional authentication, based on the encryption\nkey used. In most cases where WEP is used, the WEP-Open mode (no\nauthentication at all) is fine. This does not mean that you cannot\nuse WEP encryption (in that case use No Encryption). \nSome networks may require WEP-Shared Key authentication. \nNOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\npotential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\nspecific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\nmode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\nwas defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\nWPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\nauthentication mode. This is onl y possible in the operation mode\nManaged.\n" -msgstr "ネットワークによっては 認証モード を設定する必要があります。\nこの値は WEP や WPA などのネットワーク保護技術に依存しています。 WEP\n(Wired Equivalent Privacy) は指定した暗号鍵で暗号化を施す方法で、追加で\nユーザ認証を行うこともできます。\nWEP を利用する多くの場合は WEP-オープン が利用できます。この場合は\n指定する暗号鍵によるもの以外のユーザ認証は行いません。暗号化を行わない場合は\n暗号化無し を選んでください。\nネットワークによっては WEP-共有鍵 (認証) を設定する必要がある場合があります。\n注意: 共有鍵による認証は非常に簡素なもので、悪意のある攻撃者にとっては\n容易に侵入可能な方法です。何らかの理由で共有鍵認証が必要である場合を除いて、\n WEP-オープン � ��使ってください。 WEP は既に安全でないものであることが\n証明されているためです。 WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) はこれら WEP の\nセキュリティ欠陥に対応するために作られたものですが、全てのハードウェアで対応\nしているわけではありません。 WPA を利用する場合は WPA-PSK または\nWPA-EAP を指定してください。 WPA は 動作モード が 管理\nである場合にのみ使用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" +"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) is a system to encrypt wireless network\n" +"traffic with an optional authentication, based on the encryption\n" +"key used. In most cases where WEP is used, the WEP-Open mode (no\n" +"authentication at all) is fine. This does not mean that you cannot\n" +"use WEP encryption (in that case use No Encryption). \n" +"Some networks may require WEP-Shared Key authentication. \n" +"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" +"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" +"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" +"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" +"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" +"Managed.\n" +msgstr "" +"ネットワークによっては 認証モード を設定する必要があります。\n" +"この値は WEP や WPA などのネットワーク保護技術に依存しています。 WEP\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) は指定した暗号鍵で暗号化を施す方法で、追加で\n" +"ユーザ認証を行うこともできます。\n" +"WEP を利用する多くの場合は WEP-オープン が利用できます。この場合は\n" +"指定する暗号鍵によるもの以外のユーザ認証は行いません。暗号化を行わない場合は\n" +"暗号化無し を選んでください。\n" +"ネットワークによっては WEP-共有鍵 (認証) を設定する必要がある場合があります。\n" +"注意: 共有鍵による認証は非常に簡素なもので、悪意のある攻撃者にとっては\n" +"容易に侵入可能な方法です。何らかの理由で共有鍵認証が必要である場合を除いて、\n" +" WEP-オープン を使ってください。 WEP は既に安全でないものであることが\n" +"証明されているためです。 WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) はこれら WEP の\n" +"セキュリティ欠陥に対応するために作られたものですが、全てのハードウェアで対応\n" +"しているわけではありません。 WPA を利用する場合は WPA-PSK または\n" +"WPA-EAP を指定してください。 WPA は 動作モード が 管理\n" +"である場合にのみ使用できます。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 -msgid "To use WEP, enter the\nWEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\nlength of 64, 128, 156, or 256 bits, but not all sizes are\nsupported by all devices. Of these keys, 24 bits\nare dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.\n" -msgstr "WEPを使用する場合は、\n使用するWEP暗号化キーを入力してください。キー長は\n64、128、156、または256ビットですが、すべてのサイズがすべてのデバイスによっては\nサポートされません。このうち24ビット\nは動的に生成されるため、実際には40ビットから232ビットのみ入力する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"To use WEP, enter the\n" +"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" +"length of 64, 128, 156, or 256 bits, but not all sizes are\n" +"supported by all devices. Of these keys, 24 bits\n" +"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.\n" +msgstr "" +"WEPを使用する場合は、\n" +"使用するWEP暗号化キーを入力してください。キー長は\n" +"64、128、156、または256ビットですが、すべてのサイズがすべてのデバイスによっては\n" +"サポートされません。このうち24ビット\n" +"は動的に生成されるため、実際には40ビットから232ビットのみ入力する必要があります。\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 -msgid "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\nenter the preshared key. This\nkey is used for authentication and encryption keys are generated from\nit. These are not vulnerable to known attacks against WEP keys, but\ndictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\neasy to guess as the passphrase.\n" -msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA Homeとも呼ばれます)を使用する場合は、\n事前共有キーを入力してください。この\nキーは、認証と暗号化キーの生成に\n使用されます。これらのキーは、WEPキーに対する既知の攻撃は受けませんが、\n辞書攻撃を受ける可能性があります。推測が容易な単語を\nパスフレーズとして使用しないでください。\n" +msgid "" +"To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" +"enter the preshared key. This\n" +"key is used for authentication and encryption keys are generated from\n" +"it. These are not vulnerable to known attacks against WEP keys, but\n" +"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" +"easy to guess as the passphrase.\n" +msgstr "" +"WPA-PSK (WPA Homeとも呼ばれます)を使用する場合は、\n" +"事前共有キーを入力してください。この\n" +"キーは、認証と暗号化キーの生成に\n" +"使用されます。これらのキーは、WEPキーに対する既知の攻撃は受けませんが、\n" +"辞書攻撃を受ける可能性があります。推測が容易な単語を\n" +"パスフレーズとして使用しないでください。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 -msgid "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\nenter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" -msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA Enterpriseとも呼ばれます)を使用するには、\n次のダイアログで追加のパラメータを入力します。\n" +msgid "" +"To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" +"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" +msgstr "" +"WPA-EAP (WPA Enterpriseとも呼ばれます)を使用するには、\n" +"次のダイアログで追加のパラメータを入力します。\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 -msgid "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\nadd them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\navailable options." -msgstr "これらの値は、「/etc/sysconfig/network」に保存されている「ifcfg-*」\nインタフェース環境設定ファイルに書き込まれます。\n設定を追加する場合は、手動で追加してください。使用可能なすべてのオプションに\nついては、同じディレクトリのファイル「wierless」を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"available options." +msgstr "" +"これらの値は、「/etc/sysconfig/network」に保存されている「ifcfg-*」\n" +"インタフェース環境設定ファイルに書き込まれます。\n" +"設定を追加する場合は、手動で追加してください。使用可能なすべてのオプションに\n" +"ついては、同じディレクトリのファイル「wierless」を参照してください。" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 @@ -2163,8 +2806,14 @@ msgstr "TLS" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:85 -msgid "WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\nare different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\nperform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" -msgstr "WPA-EAPでは、ユーザの認証にRADIUSサーバを使用します。 EAPには\nサーバに接続し、認証を実行するいくつかの異なる方法があります。\nたとえば、TLS、TTLS、およびPEAPなどです。\n" +msgid "" +"WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n" +"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" +"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" +msgstr "" +"WPA-EAPでは、ユーザの認証にRADIUSサーバを使用します。 EAPには\n" +"サーバに接続し、認証を実行するいくつかの異なる方法があります。\n" +"たとえば、TLS、TTLS、およびPEAPなどです。\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98 @@ -2172,8 +2821,15 @@ msgstr "識別情報(&D)" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:100 -msgid "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\nand Password as configured on the server.\nIf you have special requirements to set the username used as\nAnonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" -msgstr "TTLSおよびPEAPの場合、サーバで設定されている通り、IDとパスワードを入力します。\n\n匿名識別情報として使用されるユーザ名を設定する特別な必要がある場合、ここで設定できます。この設定は通常必要ありません。\n" +msgid "" +"For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" +"and Password as configured on the server.\n" +"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +msgstr "" +"TTLSおよびPEAPの場合、サーバで設定されている通り、IDとパスワードを入力します。\n" +"\n" +"匿名識別情報として使用されるユーザ名を設定する特別な必要がある場合、ここで設定できます。この設定は通常必要ありません。\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110 @@ -2192,8 +2848,18 @@ msgstr "クライアント証明書(&C)" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 -msgid "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\npassword combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\nto encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\na Client Key file that contains your private key and\nthe appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" -msgstr "TLSでは、ユーザ名とパスワードの組み合わせの代わりに、\n［クライアント証明書］を使用します。. 通信を解読するために、\n公開鍵と秘密鍵のペアを使用します。したがって、秘密鍵を含む\nクライアント鍵ファイルとそのファイルに対する\nクライアント鍵パスワードも必要になります。\n" +msgid "" +"TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" +"a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" +"the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" +msgstr "" +"TLSでは、ユーザ名とパスワードの組み合わせの代わりに、\n" +"［クライアント証明書］を使用します。. 通信を解読するために、\n" +"公開鍵と秘密鍵のペアを使用します。したがって、秘密鍵を含む\n" +"クライアント鍵ファイルとそのファイルに対する\n" +"クライアント鍵パスワードも必要になります。\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143 @@ -2213,8 +2879,14 @@ msgstr "サーバ証明書(&S)" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:170 -msgid "To increase security, it is recommended to configure\na Server Certificate. It is used\nto validate the server's authenticity.\n" -msgstr "セキュリティを強化するために、［サーバ証明書］を設定することを\nお勧めします。サーバ証明書は、\nサーバの信頼性を検証するのに使用されます。\n" +msgid "" +"To increase security, it is recommended to configure\n" +"a Server Certificate. It is used\n" +"to validate the server's authenticity.\n" +msgstr "" +"セキュリティを強化するために、［サーバ証明書］を設定することを\n" +"お勧めします。サーバ証明書は、\n" +"サーバの信頼性を検証するのに使用されます。\n" #. push button label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 @@ -2222,8 +2894,12 @@ msgstr "詳細(&D)" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:220 -msgid "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\nany certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" -msgstr "IDとパスワードがわからない場合や証明書や鍵ファイルがない場合は、\nシステム管理者にお問い合わせください。\n" +msgid "" +"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" +"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" +msgstr "" +"IDとパスワードがわからない場合や証明書や鍵ファイルがない場合は、\n" +"システム管理者にお問い合わせください。\n" #. combo box label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 @@ -2231,8 +2907,16 @@ msgstr "認証方法(&A)" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 -msgid "Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\nmethod. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\nallowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\nauthentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" -msgstr "ここで内部認証方式(フェーズ2と呼ばれる)を設定することが\nできます。デフォルトでは、すべての方式が使用できます。許可される方式を\n制限したい場合や、認証に困難がある場合、内部認証方式を\n選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Here you can configure the inner authentication (also known as phase 2)\n" +"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n" +"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" +"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここで内部認証方式(フェーズ2と呼ばれる)を設定することが\n" +"できます。デフォルトでは、すべての方式が使用できます。許可される方式を\n" +"制限したい場合や、認証に困難がある場合、内部認証方式を\n" +"選択してください。\n" #. radio button group label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249 @@ -2240,8 +2924,12 @@ msgstr "PEAPバージョン(&P)" #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250 -msgid "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\nimplementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" -msgstr "PEAPを使用している場合、特定のPEAPの実装(バージョン0または1)を\n使用するように強制することもできます。通常、このようにすることは必要ではありません。\n" +msgid "" +"If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" +"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" +msgstr "" +"PEAPを使用している場合、特定のPEAPの実装(バージョン0または1)を\n" +"使用するように強制することもできます。通常、このようにすることは必要ではありません。\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 @@ -2371,8 +3059,12 @@ #. warning only #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637 -msgid "Using no encryption is a security risk.\nReally continue?\n" -msgstr "暗号化を行わないと、セキュリティ上のリスクがあります。\n続けますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"暗号化を行わないと、セキュリティ上のリスクがあります。\n" +"続けますか?\n" #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label @@ -2383,28 +3075,54 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698 -msgid "Here, set additional configuration parameters\n(rarely needed)." -msgstr "ここでは、追加の環境設定パラメータを設定します\n(必要になることはまれです)。" +msgid "" +"Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" +"(rarely needed)." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、追加の環境設定パラメータを設定します\n" +"(必要になることはまれです)。" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702 -msgid "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\nset the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\nfor managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\npoints in that case.\n" -msgstr "無線LANカードをマスタモードまたはアドホックモードで使用する場合は、\nここでカードの［チャネル］を設定してください。管理モードの場合は、\nカードはチャネルを使わずにアクセスポイントを検索するので、\nチャネルを設定する必要はありません。\n" +msgid "" +"To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" +"set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"points in that case.\n" +msgstr "" +"無線LANカードをマスタモードまたはアドホックモードで使用する場合は、\n" +"ここでカードの［チャネル］を設定してください。管理モードの場合は、\n" +"カードはチャネルを使わずにアクセスポイントを検索するので、\n" +"チャネルを設定する必要はありません。\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709 -msgid "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\nBit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." -msgstr "まれに、明示的に転送の［ビットレート］を設定することがあります。\nデフォルトでは、可能な限り最速に設定されます。" +msgid "" +"In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" +"Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." +msgstr "" +"まれに、明示的に転送の［ビットレート］を設定することがあります。\n" +"デフォルトでは、可能な限り最速に設定されます。" #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713 -msgid "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\ndefine the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." -msgstr "複数の［アクセスポイント］がある環境では、MACアドレスを入力する\nことで接続先を定義することがあります。" +msgid "" +"In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" +"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." +msgstr "" +"複数の［アクセスポイント］がある環境では、MACアドレスを入力する\n" +"ことで接続先を定義することがあります。" #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717 -msgid "Use Power Management enables power saving mechanisms.\nThis is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\nbe disconnected from AC power.\n" -msgstr "省電力機能を有効にするには、［電源管理を使用］を選択します。\n特に、ラップトップユーザが、\nAC電源に接続していない場合にお勧めします。\n" +msgid "" +"Use Power Management enables power saving mechanisms.\n" +"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" +"be disconnected from AC power.\n" +msgstr "" +"省電力機能を有効にするには、［電源管理を使用］を選択します。\n" +"特に、ラップトップユーザが、\n" +"AC電源に接続していない場合にお勧めします。\n" #. Combobox item #. Combobox item @@ -2459,13 +3177,33 @@ #. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 -msgid "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\nto encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\nalthough only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\nThe other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\none key." -msgstr "このダイアログでは、データ転送前の暗号化に使用する\nWEPキーを定義します。最高で4つのキーを指定できますが、\nデータの暗号化に使用するキーは1つです。これがデフォルトキーです。\nそれ以外のキーはデータの復号化に使用できます。通常は1つしかキーを指定\nしません。" +msgid "" +"In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" +"although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" +"The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" +"one key." +msgstr "" +"このダイアログでは、データ転送前の暗号化に使用する\n" +"WEPキーを定義します。最高で4つのキーを指定できますが、\n" +"データの暗号化に使用するキーは1つです。これがデフォルトキーです。\n" +"それ以外のキーはデータの復号化に使用できます。通常は1つしかキーを指定\n" +"しません。" #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987 -msgid "Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\nPossible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\nSome older hardware might not be able to handle 128 bit keys, so if your\nwireless LAN connection does not establish, you may need to set this\nvalue to 64." -msgstr "［キー長］はWEPキーのビット長を定義します。これには64ビット\nと128ビットが使用されますが、40ビットや104ビットと表記されることもあります。\n旧式のハードウェアでは128ビットのキーを扱えないことがあるため、\n無線LAN接続が確立できない場合は、この値に64を\n設定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Key Length defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n" +"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n" +"Some older hardware might not be able to handle 128 bit keys, so if your\n" +"wireless LAN connection does not establish, you may need to set this\n" +"value to 64." +msgstr "" +"［キー長］はWEPキーのビット長を定義します。これには64ビット\n" +"と128ビットが使用されますが、40ビットや104ビットと表記されることもあります。\n" +"旧式のハードウェアでは128ビットのキーを扱えないことがあるため、\n" +"無線LAN接続が確立できない場合は、この値に64を\n" +"設定する必要があります。" #. Frame label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012 @@ -2505,13 +3243,21 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258 -msgid "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\nto insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" -msgstr "認証局(CA)を使用しない証明書を使用すると、機密が保持されないばかりか、悪意のある\n無線ネットワークに接続してしまう危険性があります。認証局(CA)なしでよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" +"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" +msgstr "" +"認証局(CA)を使用しない証明書を使用すると、機密が保持されないばかりか、悪意のある\n" +"無線ネットワークに接続してしまう危険性があります。認証局(CA)なしでよろしいですか?" #. error popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286 -msgid "Enter either the identity and password\nor the client certificate." -msgstr "識別情報とパスワードを入力するか、\nクライアント証明書を入力します。" +msgid "" +"Enter either the identity and password\n" +"or the client certificate." +msgstr "" +"識別情報とパスワードを入力するか、\n" +"クライアント証明書を入力します。" #. dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332 @@ -2580,8 +3326,20 @@ #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 -msgid "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\nIf this feature is enabled, you can\nadminister this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\nclient, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\na Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\nThis form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" -msgstr "<big>リモート管理の設定</big>\nこの機能を有効にすると、お使いのマシンを他のマシンから管理\nすることができるようになります。 krdc のような VNC クライアントソフトウェアを\n利用して <tt><ホスト名 >:%1</tt> に接続するか、もしくは\n Java 対応の Web ブラウザを利用して <tt>http://<ホスト名>:%2/</tt>\n に接続してください。これらのリモート管理は SSH よりも安全性は低くなりますのでご注意ください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +"If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" +"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>リモート管理の設定</big>\n" +"この機能を有効にすると、お使いのマシンを他のマシンから管理\n" +"することができるようになります。 krdc のような VNC クライアントソフトウェアを\n" +"利用して <tt><ホスト名 >:%1</tt> に接続するか、もしくは\n" +" Java 対応の Web ブラウザを利用して <tt>http://<ホスト名>:%2/</tt>\n" +" に接続してください。これらのリモート管理は SSH よりも安全性は低くなりますのでご注意ください。\n" #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 @@ -2595,8 +3353,16 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 -msgid "The required packages are not installed.\nThe configuration will be aborted.\n\nTry again?\n" -msgstr "必要なパッケージがインストールされていません。\n環境設定は中止されます。\n\n再試行しますか？\n" +msgid "" +"The required packages are not installed.\n" +"The configuration will be aborted.\n" +"\n" +"Try again?\n" +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージがインストールされていません。\n" +"環境設定は中止されます。\n" +"\n" +"再試行しますか？\n" #. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list. #. @@ -2620,8 +3386,12 @@ #. #. returns true if items were disabled #: src/include/network/routines.rb:807 -msgid "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\nor completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." -msgstr "ネットワークが現在NetworkManagerによって制御されているか、\n完全に無効化されています。YaSTでいくつかのオプションを設定できません。" +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" +"ネットワークが現在NetworkManagerによって制御されているか、\n" +"完全に無効化されています。YaSTでいくつかのオプションを設定できません。" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #: src/include/network/routines.rb:867 @@ -2796,8 +3566,12 @@ #. Hosts dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 -msgid "Enter a host IP Address, a Hostname, and optional\nHost Aliases, separated by spaces.\n" -msgstr "ホストの［IPアドレス］、［ホスト名］、およびオプションで［ホストのエイリアス］を\nスペースで区切って入力します。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter a host IP Address, a Hostname, and optional\n" +"Host Aliases, separated by spaces.\n" +msgstr "" +"ホストの［IPアドレス］、［ホスト名］、およびオプションで［ホストのエイリアス］を\n" +"スペースで区切って入力します。\n" #. Frame label #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 @@ -2920,8 +3694,18 @@ #. dial prefix regex help #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 -msgid "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\nchange the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\nA recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\nand the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\nto change the prefix.\n" -msgstr "［ダイアルプレフィックス正規表現］を設定すると、その正規表現にマッチする\nKInternetのダイアルプレフィックスをユーザが変更できます。\n推奨される値は<tt>[09]?</tt>で、<tt>0</tt>、<tt>9</tt>、\nおよびプレフィックスのないものと一致します。空白にすると、\nユーザはプレフィックスを変更できなくなります。\n" +msgid "" +"When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" +"A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" +"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" +"to change the prefix.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ダイアルプレフィックス正規表現］を設定すると、その正規表現にマッチする\n" +"KInternetのダイアルプレフィックスをユーザが変更できます。\n" +"推奨される値は<tt>[09]?</tt>で、<tt>0</tt>、<tt>9</tt>、\n" +"およびプレフィックスのないものと一致します。空白にすると、\n" +"ユーザはプレフィックスを変更できなくなります。\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69 @@ -2961,8 +3745,12 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:111 -msgid "By NetworkManager: a desktop applet\ncontrols the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." -msgstr "NetworkManagerによる: デスクトップアプレットが\nインタフェースを管理します。 YaSTで設定する必要はありません。" +msgid "" +"By NetworkManager: a desktop applet\n" +"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST." +msgstr "" +"NetworkManagerによる: デスクトップアプレットが\n" +"インタフェースを管理します。 YaSTで設定する必要はありません。" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117 @@ -2971,8 +3759,12 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:119 -msgid "Manually: You control the interface manually\nvia 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" -msgstr "［手動］: 「ifup」や「qinternet」を利用して、インタフェースを\n手動制御します(次の「ユーザ制御」を参照してください)。\n" +msgid "" +"Manually: You control the interface manually\n" +"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" +msgstr "" +"［手動］: 「ifup」や「qinternet」を利用して、インタフェースを\n" +"手動制御します(次の「ユーザ制御」を参照してください)。\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 @@ -2981,8 +3773,16 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129 -msgid "On Cable Connection:\nThe interface is watched for whether there is a physical\nnetwork connection. That means either the cable is connected or the\nwireless interface can connect to an access point.\n" -msgstr "ケーブル接続時:\nインタフェースは、物理的な\nネットワーク接続の有無について監視されます。つまり、ケーブルが接続されているか、または無線インタフェースを\nアクセスポイントに接続できるかどうかということです。\n" +msgid "" +"On Cable Connection:\n" +"The interface is watched for whether there is a physical\n" +"network connection. That means either the cable is connected or the\n" +"wireless interface can connect to an access point.\n" +msgstr "" +"ケーブル接続時:\n" +"インタフェースは、物理的な\n" +"ネットワーク接続の有無について監視されます。つまり、ケーブルが接続されているか、または無線インタフェースを\n" +"アクセスポイントに接続できるかどうかということです。\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138 @@ -2991,8 +3791,16 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:140 -msgid "With On Hotplug,\nthe interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\nnearly the same as 'At Boot Time', but does not result in an error at\nboot time if the interface is not present.\n" -msgstr "［ホットプラグ時］を選択すると、\nインタフェースは利用可能になるとすぐに起動されます。このオプションは\n「ブート時」オプションとほとんど同じですが、\nブート時にインタフェースが存在しなくてもエラーになりません。\n" +msgid "" +"With On Hotplug,\n" +"the interface is set up as soon as it is available. This is\n" +"nearly the same as 'At Boot Time', but does not result in an error at\n" +"boot time if the interface is not present.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ホットプラグ時］を選択すると、\n" +"インタフェースは利用可能になるとすぐに起動されます。このオプションは\n" +"「ブート時」オプションとほとんど同じですが、\n" +"ブート時にインタフェースが存在しなくてもエラーになりません。\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 @@ -3001,8 +3809,14 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 -msgid "Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\nbe shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\nUse this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" -msgstr "NFSroot は <tt>自動</tt> と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインタフェースは\n <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> では停止されません。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> については通常通り停止できます。\nこの設定は、このインタフェースを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステムをルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" +msgstr "" +"NFSroot は <tt>自動</tt> と似ていますが、この開始モードに設定したインタフェースは\n" +" <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> では停止されません。 <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> については通常通り停止できます。\n" +"この設定は、このインタフェースを介して NFS または iSCSI のファイルシステムをルートとして設定している場合に指定します。\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 @@ -3012,8 +3826,16 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 -msgid "<big>Device Activation</big> \nChoose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \nNever does not start the device.\n%1\n" -msgstr "<big>デバイスの起動</big> \n指定したインタフェースをどの段階で起動するかを指定します。［ブート時］を指定すると、システムのぶと時にインタフェースが開始されます。\n［起動しない］を選択するとインタフェースは起動されません。\n%1\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Device Activation</big> \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Never does not start the device.\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>デバイスの起動</big> \n" +"指定したインタフェースをどの段階で起動するかを指定します。［ブート時］を指定すると、システムのぶと時にインタフェースが開始されます。\n" +"［起動しない］を選択するとインタフェースは起動されません。\n" +"%1\n" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:235 msgid "IPoIB Device Mode" @@ -3078,8 +3900,14 @@ msgstr "アプレットが必要です" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343 -msgid "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\nBe sure it's running and if not, start it manually." -msgstr "NetworkManagerはデスクトップアプレット\n(KDEの場合はPlasmaウイジェット、GNOMEの場合はnm-applet)\nから操作されるものです。実行中であることを確認してください。起動していない場合は、手動で起動してください。" +msgid "" +"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" +"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" +"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." +msgstr "" +"NetworkManagerはデスクトップアプレット\n" +"(KDEの場合はPlasmaウイジェット、GNOMEの場合はnm-applet)\n" +"から操作されるものです。実行中であることを確認してください。起動していない場合は、手動で起動してください。" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 msgid "General Network Settings" @@ -3110,8 +3938,12 @@ msgstr "IPアドレスが割り当てられていません。" #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 -msgid "%1 \n%2 - %3" -msgstr "%1 \n%2 - %3" +msgid "" +"%1 \n" +"%2 - %3" +msgstr "" +"%1 \n" +"%2 - %3" #. #186102 #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 @@ -3306,12 +4138,22 @@ #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) #: src/modules/Lan.rb:333 -msgid "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\nbut the kernel module was not modprobed.\nDo you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" -msgstr "ndiswrapperの設定を検出しましたが、\nカーネルモジュールが読み込まれていません。\nndiswrapperを読み込みますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" +"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" +"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" +msgstr "" +"ndiswrapperの設定を検出しましたが、\n" +"カーネルモジュールが読み込まれていません。\n" +"ndiswrapperを読み込みますか?\n" #: src/modules/Lan.rb:341 -msgid "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\nCheck configuration manually.\n" -msgstr "ndiswrapperカーネルモジュールを読み込みませんでした。\n設定を手動で確認してください。\n" +msgid "" +"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" +"Check configuration manually.\n" +msgstr "" +"ndiswrapperカーネルモジュールを読み込みませんでした。\n" +"設定を手動で確認してください。\n" #. Progress step 2/9 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:355 @@ -3583,8 +4425,12 @@ msgstr "カーネルデバイス(eth0、wlan0)が存在しないため、ネットワークカードを設定できません。多くの場合、ファームウェア(wlanデバイス用)がないことが原因です。詳細については、dmesg出力を参照してください。" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 -msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit\nto configure.\n" -msgstr "デバイスが設定されていません。［編集］\nをクリックして設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" +"to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"デバイスが設定されていません。［編集］\n" +"をクリックして設定してください。\n" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" @@ -3597,8 +4443,12 @@ #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall #: src/modules/Remote.rb:159 -msgid "Package %{package} is not installed\nfirewall settings will be disabled." -msgstr "パッケージ %{package} がインストールされていません。\nファイアウォール設定は無効になります。" +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %{package} がインストールされていません。\n" +"ファイアウォール設定は無効になります。" #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/Remote.rb:199 @@ -3630,8 +4480,14 @@ #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) #: src/modules/Remote.rb:281 -msgid "Your display manager must be restarted.\nTo take the changes in remote administration into account, \nplease restart it manually or log out and log in again." -msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャを再起動する必要があります。\nリモート管理で加えた変更を反映するには、\n手動で再起動するか、またはログアウトしてから再度ログインしてください。" +msgid "" +"Your display manager must be restarted.\n" +"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" +"please restart it manually or log out and log in again." +msgstr "" +"ディスプレイマネージャを再起動する必要があります。\n" +"リモート管理で加えた変更を反映するには、\n" +"手動で再起動するか、またはログアウトしてから再度ログインしてください。" #. description in proposal #: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 @@ -3699,4 +4555,3 @@ #: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(保護しない)" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -115,37 +115,84 @@ #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 -msgid "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\nshorter than 50 characters and only use\nvalid IPv4, IPv6 or domain name.\nValid IPv4: %1\nValid IPv6: %2\nValid domain: %3" -msgstr "入力されたホスト名が無効です。50 文字より短く、\nかつ正しい IPv4、IPv6、またはドメイン名のいずれかを指定します。\n正しい IPv4: %1\n正しい IPv6: %2\n正しいドメイン: %3" +msgid "" +"The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" +"shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" +"valid IPv4, IPv6 or domain name.\n" +"Valid IPv4: %1\n" +"Valid IPv6: %2\n" +"Valid domain: %3" +msgstr "" +"入力されたホスト名が無効です。50 文字より短く、\n" +"かつ正しい IPv4、IPv6、またはドメイン名のいずれかを指定します。\n" +"正しい IPv4: %1\n" +"正しい IPv6: %2\n" +"正しいドメイン: %3" #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 -msgid "fstab already contains an entry\nwith mount point '%1'." -msgstr "fstabにはマウントポイント「%1」のエントリが\nすでに含まれています。" +msgid "" +"fstab already contains an entry\n" +"with mount point '%1'." +msgstr "" +"fstabにはマウントポイント「%1」のエントリが\n" +"すでに含まれています。" #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) #: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 -msgid "The path entered is invalid.\nIt must be shorter than 70 characters\nand it must begin with a slash (/)." -msgstr "入力されたパスが無効です。\n70文字以内で、\n先頭にスラッシュ(/)を付ける必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The path entered is invalid.\n" +"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" +"and it must begin with a slash (/)." +msgstr "" +"入力されたパスが無効です。\n" +"70文字以内で、\n" +"先頭にスラッシュ(/)を付ける必要があります。" #. Help, part 1 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 -msgid "The table contains all directories \nexported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." -msgstr "表にはリモートのサーバからエクスポートされ、このコンピュータで\nマウントされている全ての NFS 共有が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"The table contains all directories \n" +"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." +msgstr "" +"表にはリモートのサーバからエクスポートされ、このコンピュータで\n" +"マウントされている全ての NFS 共有が表示されています。" #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 -msgid "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\nexported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \nNFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \nabout mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" -msgstr "それぞれの NFS 共有はリモートの NFS サーバのアドレスとエクスポートされたディレクトリ、\nおよびリモートのディレクトリをマウントしたローカル側のディレクトリ、\nさらに NFS 種類 (通常の nfs か nfsv4 か) とマウントオプションによって識別することができます。\n NFS マウントとマウントオプションについての詳細は <tt>man nfs</tt> を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" +"exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" +"about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" +msgstr "" +"それぞれの NFS 共有はリモートの NFS サーバのアドレスとエクスポートされたディレクトリ、\n" +"およびリモートのディレクトリをマウントしたローカル側のディレクトリ、\n" +"さらに NFS 種類 (通常の nfs か nfsv4 か) とマウントオプションによって識別することができます。\n" +" NFS マウントとマウントオプションについての詳細は <tt>man nfs</tt> を参照してください。" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 -msgid "To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\na currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\nshare with Delete.\n" -msgstr "新しいNFS共有をマウントするには、［追加］ボタンをクリックしてください。現在マウントされている共有\nについて設定を変更するには、［編集］をクリックしてください。共有のマウントを解除して一覧から削除するには、\n［削除］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" +"a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" +"share with Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいNFS共有をマウントするには、［追加］ボタンをクリックしてください。現在マウントされている共有\n" +"について設定を変更するには、［編集］をクリックしてください。共有のマウントを解除して一覧から削除するには、\n" +"［削除］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 -msgid "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\nprotocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\nto supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\nof file/directory access rights.\n" -msgstr "NFSv4 (NFSプロトコルの新しいバージョン)の共有にアクセスする\n場合は、［NFSv4を有効にする］オプションをオンにします。この場合、\n固有の［NFSv4ドメイン名］を指定する必要があります。これはファイルとディレクトリのアクセス権を\n正しく設定するのに必要です。\n" +msgid "" +"If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" +"of file/directory access rights.\n" +msgstr "" +"NFSv4 (NFSプロトコルの新しいバージョン)の共有にアクセスする\n" +"場合は、［NFSv4を有効にする］オプションをオンにします。この場合、\n" +"固有の［NFSv4ドメイン名］を指定する必要があります。これはファイルとディレクトリのアクセス権を\n" +"正しく設定するのに必要です。\n" #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows @@ -222,8 +269,14 @@ #. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 -msgid "\nThis could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\nwhich probably blocks the network scanning." -msgstr "\n実行中のSuSEfirewall2によって、\nネットワークのスキャンがブロックされた可能性があります。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" +"which probably blocks the network scanning." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"実行中のSuSEfirewall2によって、\n" +"ネットワークのスキャンがブロックされた可能性があります。" #. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 @@ -238,24 +291,50 @@ #. help text 1/4 #. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 -msgid "Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\nChoose, browse through a list of\nNFS servers on the local network.\n" -msgstr "［NFSサーバホスト名］を入力します。［選択］を使用して、\nローカルネットワーク上のNFSサーバの\n一覧を参照します。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\n" +"Choose, browse through a list of\n" +"NFS servers on the local network.\n" +msgstr "" +"［NFSサーバホスト名］を入力します。［選択］を使用して、\n" +"ローカルネットワーク上のNFSサーバの\n" +"一覧を参照します。\n" #. help text 2/4 #. added "Select" button #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 -msgid "In Remote File System,\nenter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\nSelect to select one from those exported by the server.\n" -msgstr " ［リモートファイルシステム］に、\nNFSサーバ上のディレクトリへのパスを入力します。 \n ［選択］を使用して、\nサーバによってエクスポートされたもののいずれかを選択します。 " +msgid "" +"In Remote File System,\n" +"enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" +"Select to select one from those exported by the server.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +" ［リモートファイルシステム］に、\n" +"NFSサーバ上のディレクトリへのパスを入力します。 \n" +" ［選択］を使用して、\n" +"サーバによってエクスポートされたもののいずれかを選択します。 " #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 -msgid "\t\t\nFor Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\nBrowse, select your mount point\ninteractively." -msgstr "\t\t\n［マウントポイント］に、ディレクトリをマウントするローカルファイルシステム内のパスを入力します。［参照］を使用して、\nマウントポイントを対話的に\n選択します。" +msgid "" +"\t\t\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" +"Browse, select your mount point\n" +"interactively." +msgstr "" +"\t\t\n" +"［マウントポイント］に、ディレクトリをマウントするローカルファイルシステム内のパスを入力します。［参照］を使用して、\n" +"マウントポイントを対話的に\n" +"選択します。" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 -msgid "For a list of Options,\nread the man page mount(8)." -msgstr "［オプション］の一覧については、\n「man page mount(8)」を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"For a list of Options,\n" +"read the man page mount(8)." +msgstr "" +"［オプション］の一覧については、\n" +"「man page mount(8)」を参照してください。" #. popup heading #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 @@ -309,8 +388,14 @@ #. error popup message #: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 -msgid "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\nNo changes will be made to the\nthe NFS client configuration.\n" -msgstr "/etc/fstabに書き込めません。\nNFSクライアントの環境設定は\n変更されません。\n" +msgid "" +"Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" +"No changes will be made to the\n" +"the NFS client configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"/etc/fstabに書き込めません。\n" +"NFSクライアントの環境設定は\n" +"変更されません。\n" #. dialog label #: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 @@ -386,4 +471,3 @@ #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "空白値を持つオプション: 「%{key}」" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -91,8 +91,12 @@ msgstr "マウントポイントが指定されていません。" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 -msgid "The exports table already\ncontains this directory." -msgstr "このディレクトリは、すでに\nexportsテーブルに含まれています。" +msgid "" +"The exports table already\n" +"contains this directory." +msgstr "" +"このディレクトリは、すでに\n" +"exportsテーブルに含まれています。" #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options @@ -108,8 +112,12 @@ #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 -msgid "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\nfor the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" -msgstr "%3 と %4 は両方とも、同じクライアント「%1」(「%2 中」)に対して\nオプション「fsid=0」でエクスポートされました。" +msgid "" +"%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" +"for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" +msgstr "" +"%3 と %4 は両方とも、同じクライアント「%1」(「%2 中」)に対して\n" +"オプション「fsid=0」でエクスポートされました。" #. selection box label #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 @@ -118,13 +126,23 @@ #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 -msgid "The wild card or options string is invalid.\nIt must be shorter than 70 characters and it\nmust not contain spaces.\n" -msgstr "ワイルドカードまたはオプション文字列が無効です。\n70文字以内で入力し、\nスペースは含めないでください。\n" +msgid "" +"The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" +"It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" +"must not contain spaces.\n" +msgstr "" +"ワイルドカードまたはオプション文字列が無効です。\n" +"70文字以内で入力し、\n" +"スペースは含めないでください。\n" #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 -msgid "Invalid option.\nOnly letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." -msgstr "無効なオプションです。\n使用できるのは半角英数字および記号(=/.:,_-)のみです。" +msgid "" +"Invalid option.\n" +"Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." +msgstr "" +"無効なオプションです。\n" +"使用できるのは半角英数字および記号(=/.:,_-)のみです。" #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 @@ -138,8 +156,14 @@ #. %1 is a list of exported paths #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 -msgid "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\nfor %1.\nLikely, there is a spurious whitespace in the configuration file.\n" -msgstr "%1 のエクスポートオプション設定の括弧が、正しく対になっていません。\n\n環境設定ファイル内に不要なスペースが混入している可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" +"for %1.\n" +"Likely, there is a spurious whitespace in the configuration file.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 のエクスポートオプション設定の括弧が、正しく対になっていません。\n" +"\n" +"環境設定ファイル内に不要なスペースが混入している可能性があります。\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 @@ -162,8 +186,14 @@ #. message popup; %1, %2 are package names #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\nwith spaces in their names.\nUse the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "ユーザモードのNFSサーバ(%1)では、名前にスペースを含むディレクトリを\nエクスポートできません。\nそれにはカーネルベースのサーバ(%2)を使用してください。" +msgid "" +"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +"with spaces in their names.\n" +"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +msgstr "" +"ユーザモードのNFSサーバ(%1)では、名前にスペースを含むディレクトリを\n" +"エクスポートできません。\n" +"それにはカーネルベースのサーバ(%2)を使用してください。" #. the dir does not exist #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 @@ -189,13 +219,21 @@ #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 -msgid "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \nNFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" -msgstr "「fsid=0」を指定するには、NFSv4を有効\nにする必要があります(1つ前のページ)。\n" +msgid "" +"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" +"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" +msgstr "" +"「fsid=0」を指定するには、NFSv4を有効\n" +"にする必要があります(1つ前のページ)。\n" #. error popup message #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 -msgid "Options for this wild card\nare already set." -msgstr "このワイルドカードのオプションは\nすでに設定されています。" +msgid "" +"Options for this wild card\n" +"are already set." +msgstr "" +"このワイルドカードのオプションは\n" +"すでに設定されています。" #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish @@ -205,22 +243,40 @@ #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 -msgid "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\nand export some of your directories to others." -msgstr "ここでは、NFSサーバをコンピュータで起動し、\n一部のディレクトリを他にエクスポートするかどうかを選択します。" +msgid "" +"Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" +"and export some of your directories to others." +msgstr "" +"ここでは、NFSサーバをコンピュータで起動し、\n" +"一部のディレクトリを他にエクスポートするかどうかを選択します。" #. Help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 -msgid "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\na configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." -msgstr "［NFSサーバを起動する］を選択した場合、［次へ］をクリックすると設定ダイアログが開き、\nエクスポートするディレクトリを指定することができます。" +msgid "" +"If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" +"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." +msgstr "" +"［NFSサーバを起動する］を選択した場合、［次へ］をクリックすると設定ダイアログが開き、\n" +"エクスポートするディレクトリを指定することができます。" #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 -msgid "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\nand fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\nit as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" -msgstr "このサーバがNFSv4クライアントとの通信を行う必要がある場合は、［NFSv4を有効にする］\nをオンにしてから、IDマッピングデーモンが使用するNFSv4ドメインをテキストボックスに入力してください。\nよくわからない場合は「localdomain」のままにしておくか、idmapdとidmapd.confのマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" +msgstr "" +"このサーバがNFSv4クライアントとの通信を行う必要がある場合は、［NFSv4を有効にする］\n" +"をオンにしてから、IDマッピングデーモンが使用するNFSv4ドメインをテキストボックスに入力してください。\n" +"よくわからない場合は「localdomain」のままにしておくか、idmapdとidmapd.confのマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 -msgid "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\nEnable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" -msgstr "サーバとクライアントの間でGSSライブラリを使った認証を必要とする場合は、［GSSセキュリティを有効にする］\nチェックボックスをオンにしてください。GSS APIを利用するには、Kerberosとgssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)をインストールする必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"サーバとクライアントの間でGSSライブラリを使った認証を必要とする場合は、［GSSセキュリティを有効にする］\n" +"チェックボックスをオンにしてください。GSS APIを利用するには、Kerberosとgssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)をインストールする必要があります。\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 @@ -261,13 +317,25 @@ #. Help, part 1 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 -msgid "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\nIf a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\nmount this directory.\n" -msgstr "上のボックスには、エクスポートするすべてのディレクトリが含まれます。\nディレクトリを選択すると、このディレクトリをマウントできるホストが\n下のボックスに表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" +"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" +"mount this directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"上のボックスには、エクスポートするすべてのディレクトリが含まれます。\n" +"ディレクトリを選択すると、このディレクトリをマウントできるホストが\n" +"下のボックスに表示されます。\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 -msgid "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\nIt can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\nIP networks.\n" -msgstr "［ホストのワイルドカード］では、選択したディレクトリにアクセスできるホストを設定します。\n単一のホスト、グループ、ワイルドカード、または\nIPネットワークを指定できます。\n" +msgid "" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" +"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" +"IP networks.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ホストのワイルドカード］では、選択したディレクトリにアクセスできるホストを設定します。\n" +"単一のホスト、グループ、ワイルドカード、または\n" +"IPネットワークを指定できます。\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 @@ -331,13 +399,23 @@ #. not fatal - write other dirs. #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181 -msgid "Unable to create a missing directory:\n%1" -msgstr "必要なディレクトリを作成できません:\n%1" +msgid "" +"Unable to create a missing directory:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"必要なディレクトリを作成できません:\n" +"%1" #. error popup message #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193 -msgid "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\nNo changes will be made to the\nexported directories.\n" -msgstr "/etc/exportsに書き込めませんでした。\nエクスポートされるディレクトリは\n変更されません。\n" +msgid "" +"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" +"No changes will be made to the\n" +"exported directories.\n" +msgstr "" +"/etc/exportsに書き込めませんでした。\n" +"エクスポートされるディレクトリは\n" +"変更されません。\n" #. dialog label #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228 @@ -406,8 +484,12 @@ #. error popup message #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376 -msgid "Unable to restart the NFS server.\nYour changes will be active after reboot.\n" -msgstr "NFSサーバを再起動できません。\n変更は再起動後に有効になります。\n" +msgid "" +"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" +"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" +msgstr "" +"NFSサーバを再起動できません。\n" +"変更は再起動後に有効になります。\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399 @@ -418,4 +500,3 @@ #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "idmap 用の NFSv4 ドメインは %1 です。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -88,13 +88,23 @@ #. Translators: network broadcast address #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 -msgid "The Broadcast option enables searching\nin the local network to find a server after the specified servers\nfail to respond. It is a security risk.\n" -msgstr "［ブロードキャスト］オプションを使用すると、\n指定されたサーバからの応答がない場合に、すべてのローカルネットワーク上の\nサーバを検索できます。ただし、セキュリティ上の問題が生じる可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"The Broadcast option enables searching\n" +"in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" +"fail to respond. It is a security risk.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ブロードキャスト］オプションを使用すると、\n" +"指定されたサーバからの応答がない場合に、すべてのローカルネットワーク上の\n" +"サーバを検索できます。ただし、セキュリティ上の問題が生じる可能性があります。\n" #. Translators: short for Expert settings #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 -msgid "Expert gives access to some\nless frequently used settings.\n" -msgstr "［エキスパート］では、より詳細な\nオプションを設定できます。\n" +msgid "" +"Expert gives access to some\n" +"less frequently used settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"［エキスパート］では、より詳細な\n" +"オプションを設定できます。\n" #. pushbutton label #. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list @@ -121,28 +131,74 @@ #. firewall opening help #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 -msgid "Firewall Settings \nTo open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\nfrom remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\nTo select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" -msgstr "ファイアウォールの設定 \nリモートコンピュータから「ypbind」サービスにアクセスできるように\nファイアウォールを開く場合、［ファイアウォールでポートを開く］を設定します。\nポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、［ファイアウォールの詳細］をクリックします。\nこのオプションはファイアウォールが設定されているときのみ有効です。\n" +msgid "" +"Firewall Settings \n" +"To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" +"from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイアウォールの設定 \n" +"リモートコンピュータから「ypbind」サービスにアクセスできるように\n" +"ファイアウォールを開く場合、［ファイアウォールでポートを開く］を設定します。\n" +"ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、［ファイアウォールの詳細］をクリックします。\n" +"このオプションはファイアウォールが設定されているときのみ有効です。\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 -msgid "Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" -msgstr "NISドメイン(たとえばexample.com)とNISサーバの\nアドレス(たとえばnis.example.comまたは10.20.1.1)を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" +" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" +msgstr "" +"NISドメイン(たとえばexample.com)とNISサーバの\n" +"アドレス(たとえばnis.example.comまたは10.20.1.1)を入力してください。\n" #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 -msgid "Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\nhandled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\nwith dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\netc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \nBy choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\nthe configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\nCustom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\nspace-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\nSTATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\nthe netconfig manual page.\n" -msgstr "NIS設定をどのような方法で変更するかを指定してください。通常はnetconfigスクリプトで\n静的に定義したデータと、動的に取得したデータ(たとえばDHCPクライアント機能や\nNetworkManagerなどから)をマージします。これはデフォルトのポリシーで、\nほとんどの場合はこれで十分です。\n［手動でのみ変更］オプションを選択することで、netconfigは設定を修正することが\nできなくなります。この場合は手動編集します。［カスタムポリシー］オプションを\n選択すると、個別の設定を行うこともできます。この設定はカンマ区切りのリストで、\nインタフェース名(ワイルドカードも使用できます)のほか、\nSTATICまたはSTATIC_FALLBACK\nとして特別な値を指定することもできます。詳細については、netconfigのマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" +"with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" +"etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +"the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" +"Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" +"space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" +"the netconfig manual page.\n" +msgstr "" +"NIS設定をどのような方法で変更するかを指定してください。通常はnetconfigスクリプトで\n" +"静的に定義したデータと、動的に取得したデータ(たとえばDHCPクライアント機能や\n" +"NetworkManagerなどから)をマージします。これはデフォルトのポリシーで、\n" +"ほとんどの場合はこれで十分です。\n" +"［手動でのみ変更］オプションを選択することで、netconfigは設定を修正することが\n" +"できなくなります。この場合は手動編集します。［カスタムポリシー］オプションを\n" +"選択すると、個別の設定を行うこともできます。この設定はカンマ区切りのリストで、\n" +"インタフェース名(ワイルドカードも使用できます)のほか、\n" +"STATICまたはSTATIC_FALLBACK\n" +"として特別な値を指定することもできます。詳細については、netconfigのマニュアルページを参照してください。\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 -msgid "Specify multiple servers\nby separating their addresses with spaces.\n" -msgstr "複数のサーバを指定する場合は、\nアドレスをスペースで区切ってください。\n" +msgid "" +"Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces.\n" +msgstr "" +"複数のサーバを指定する場合は、\n" +"アドレスをスペースで区切ってください。\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 -msgid "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\nsuch as users' home directories.\nIt is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\neither locally or over NIS." -msgstr "Automounterは自動的にディレクトリをマウントするデーモンで、\nユーザのホームディレクトリなどに使用します。\nautomounterの設定ファイル(auto.*)は、\nローカルコンピュータまたはNIS上に存在する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" +"such as users' home directories.\n" +"It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" +"either locally or over NIS." +msgstr "" +"Automounterは自動的にディレクトリをマウントするデーモンで、\n" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリなどに使用します。\n" +"automounterの設定ファイル(auto.*)は、\n" +"ローカルコンピュータまたはNIS上に存在する必要があります。" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 @@ -263,8 +319,14 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 -msgid "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\nyou cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\nAre you sure?" -msgstr "コンピュータをNISクライアントとして環境設定すると、\nLDAPからユーザデータを取得できません。\n続けますか?" +msgid "" +"When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" +"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" +"Are you sure?" +msgstr "" +"コンピュータをNISクライアントとして環境設定すると、\n" +"LDAPからユーザデータを取得できません。\n" +"続けますか?" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 @@ -342,8 +404,12 @@ #. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 -msgid "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\ndoes not make any sense. Select just one option." -msgstr "ブロードキャストオプションとSLPオプションを両方指定\nすることはできません。どちらか1つを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" +"does not make any sense. Select just one option." +msgstr "" +"ブロードキャストオプションとSLPオプションを両方指定\n" +"することはできません。どちらか1つを選択してください。" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 @@ -401,13 +467,25 @@ #. Translators: do not translate (none)! #: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 -msgid "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\nit must not be \"(none)\",\nand it must be at most 64 characters long.\n" -msgstr "空のNISドメイン名または「(none)」の\nドメイン名は使用できません。\nドメイン名は最長で64文字です。\n" +msgid "" +"A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" +"it must not be \"(none)\",\n" +"and it must be at most 64 characters long.\n" +msgstr "" +"空のNISドメイン名または「(none)」の\n" +"ドメイン名は使用できません。\n" +"ドメイン名は最長で64文字です。\n" #. message popup #: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 -msgid "Only an IP address can be used\nbecause host names are resolved using NIS.\n\n" -msgstr "ホスト名はNISを使用して解決されるので、\nIPアドレスのみ使用できます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Only an IP address can be used\n" +"because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"ホスト名はNISを使用して解決されるので、\n" +"IPアドレスのみ使用できます。\n" +"\n" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 @@ -506,4 +584,3 @@ #: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "NISサーバが見つかりません。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -112,8 +112,12 @@ #. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 -msgid "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n%1" -msgstr "サーバへの問い合わせ許可のあるホスト(netmask:network):\n%1" +msgid "" +"Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"サーバへの問い合わせ許可のあるホスト(netmask:network):\n" +"%1" #. error message #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 @@ -132,8 +136,12 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 -msgid "These maps are not supported:\n%1" -msgstr "次のマップはサポートされていません。\n%1" +msgid "" +"These maps are not supported:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"次のマップはサポートされていません。\n" +"%1" #. error message #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 @@ -142,13 +150,21 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 -msgid "You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n'/etc')." -msgstr "NISサーバのソースディレクトリを変更できます\n(通常は、[/etc]です)。" +msgid "" +"You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" +"'/etc')." +msgstr "" +"NISサーバのソースディレクトリを変更できます\n" +"(通常は、[/etc]です)。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 -msgid "Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\nfile (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" -msgstr "お使いのシステムで passwd ファイルと shadow をマージすべきかどうか\nを選択してください ( shadow ファイルが存在する場合にのみ可能です) 。 \n" +msgid "" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" +"file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムで passwd ファイルと shadow をマージすべきかどうか\n" +"を選択してください ( shadow ファイルが存在する場合にのみ可能です) 。 \n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 @@ -200,18 +216,37 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 -msgid "Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\nthe corresponding option.\n" -msgstr "NISドメインを入力してください。このホストがサーバでもあり、NISクライアントでもある場合は、\n対応するオプションをチェックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" +"the corresponding option.\n" +msgstr "" +"NISドメインを入力してください。このホストがサーバでもあり、NISクライアントでもある場合は、\n" +"対応するオプションをチェックしてください。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 -msgid "For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\nActive Slave NIS server exists. If you check\nFast Map distribution, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\nslaves.\n" -msgstr "マスタと連携するスレーブサーバの場合は\n[アクティブなNISスレーブサーバが存在する]を選択してください。\n[高速マップ配布] を選択すると、\nマップのスレーブへの転送が速くなります。\n" +msgid "" +"For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" +"Active Slave NIS server exists. If you check\n" +"Fast Map distribution, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" +"slaves.\n" +msgstr "" +"マスタと連携するスレーブサーバの場合は\n" +"[アクティブなNISスレーブサーバが存在する]を選択してください。\n" +"[高速マップ配布] を選択すると、\n" +"マップのスレーブへの転送が速くなります。\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 -msgid "Allow changes to passwords lets the users change their\npasswords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\nchanging the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\nbe used to set up these more specific options.\n" -msgstr "[パスワードの変更を許可する]を選択すると、NISを使用してユーザが自分のパスワードを変更できます。\nログインシェルまたはGECOSエントリ(姓名や関連情報)を変更するためのボタンを使用して、\nこのような詳細なオプションをセットアップします。\n" +msgid "" +"Allow changes to passwords lets the users change their\n" +"passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" +"changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" +"be used to set up these more specific options.\n" +msgstr "" +"[パスワードの変更を許可する]を選択すると、NISを使用してユーザが自分のパスワードを変更できます。\n" +"ログインシェルまたはGECOSエントリ(姓名や関連情報)を変更するためのボタンを使用して、\n" +"このような詳細なオプションをセットアップします。\n" #. To translators: checkbox label #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 @@ -266,13 +301,29 @@ #. warning popup #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 -msgid "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\nThis may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\nsettings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" -msgstr "このコンピュータは、DHCP経由でNISドメイン名が変更されるようにセットアップされています。\nこれにより、今入力したドメイン名は置き換えられる可能性があります。設定を確認し、\nNISサーバでDHCPクライアントを実行しないような設定を検討してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" +"This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" +"settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" +msgstr "" +"このコンピュータは、DHCP経由でNISドメイン名が変更されるようにセットアップされています。\n" +"これにより、今入力したドメイン名は置き換えられる可能性があります。設定を確認し、\n" +"NISサーバでDHCPクライアントを実行しないような設定を検討してください。\n" #. firewall openning help #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 -msgid "Firewall Settings \nTo open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\nfrom remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\nTo select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" -msgstr "[ファイアウォールの設定] \nリモートコンピュータからNISサーバにアクセスできるように\nファイアウォールのポートを開く場合、[ファイアウォールでポートを開く]を設定します。\nポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、[ファイアウォールの詳細]をクリックします。\nこのオプションはファイアウォールが設定されているときのみ有効です。\n" +msgid "" +"Firewall Settings \n" +"To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" +"from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" +"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" +msgstr "" +"[ファイアウォールの設定] \n" +"リモートコンピュータからNISサーバにアクセスできるように\n" +"ファイアウォールのポートを開く場合、[ファイアウォールでポートを開く]を設定します。\n" +"ポートを開くインタフェースを選択するには、[ファイアウォールの詳細]をクリックします。\n" +"このオプションはファイアウォールが設定されているときのみ有効です。\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 @@ -306,18 +357,30 @@ #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 -msgid "A host address will be allowed if network is equal\nto the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." -msgstr "ホストのアドレスは、[ネットワーク]の設定が、ホストアドレス\nと[ネットマスク]のビット単位ANDに一致する場合に許可されます。" +msgid "" +"A host address will be allowed if network is equal\n" +"to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." +msgstr "" +"ホストのアドレスは、[ネットワーク]の設定が、ホストアドレス\n" +"と[ネットマスク]のビット単位ANDに一致する場合に許可されます。" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 -msgid "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" -msgstr "ローカルホストからの接続を許可するには、[ネットマスク]<tt>255.0.0.0</tt>と\n[ネットワーク]<tt>127.0.0.0</tt>のエントリーが存在しなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" +msgstr "" +"ローカルホストからの接続を許可するには、[ネットマスク]<tt>255.0.0.0</tt>と\n" +"[ネットワーク]<tt>127.0.0.0</tt>のエントリーが存在しなければなりません。\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 -msgid "Entering netmask <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\nnetwork <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts." -msgstr "[ネットマスク]<tt>0.0.0.0</tt>と\n[ネットワーク]<tt>0.0.0.0</tt>\"を入力すると、すべてのホストにアクセスできるようになります。" +msgid "" +"Entering netmask <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" +"network <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts." +msgstr "" +"[ネットマスク]<tt>0.0.0.0</tt>と\n" +"[ネットワーク]<tt>0.0.0.0</tt>\"を入力すると、すべてのホストにアクセスできるようになります。" #. To translators: table header #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 @@ -422,8 +485,12 @@ #. To translators: popup label #: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 -msgid "Error during configuration:\n%1" -msgstr "環境設定で次のエラーが発生しました:\n %1" +msgid "" +"Error during configuration:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"環境設定で次のエラーが発生しました:\n" +" %1" #. To translators: Error popup #: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 @@ -432,13 +499,21 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 -msgid "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\nslave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" -msgstr "NISサーバを[マスタ]または[スレーブ]として設定するか、\nNISサーバの環境設定を行わないか選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" +"slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" +msgstr "" +"NISサーバを[マスタ]または[スレーブ]として設定するか、\n" +"NISサーバの環境設定を行わないか選択してください。\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 -msgid "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\nconfigure it." -msgstr "NISサーバを環境設定する場合は、まずNISサーバのパッケージを\nインストールします。" +msgid "" +"The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" +"configure it." +msgstr "" +"NISサーバを環境設定する場合は、まずNISサーバのパッケージを\n" +"インストールします。" #. To translators: label in the dialog #: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 @@ -644,8 +719,12 @@ #. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 -msgid "Hostname of this host (%1)\nis not listed in the master's list.\n" -msgstr "このホストのホスト名 (%1) は\nマスタのリストに含まれていません。\n" +msgid "" +"Hostname of this host (%1)\n" +"is not listed in the master's list.\n" +msgstr "" +"このホストのホスト名 (%1) は\n" +"マスタのリストに含まれていません。\n" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #. To translators: message in the popup dialog @@ -809,4 +888,3 @@ #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "NISクライアントを停止しています。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -71,8 +71,12 @@ #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381 -msgid "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\nwithout package %1 installed." -msgstr "パッケージ %1 をインストールしないと、\nNTPサーバとの同期を行うことができません。" +msgid "" +"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" +"without package %1 installed." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 をインストールしないと、\n" +"NTPサーバとの同期を行うことができません。" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393 @@ -87,8 +91,14 @@ #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 -msgid "Test query to server '%1' failed.\nIf server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\nclick 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" -msgstr "サーバ「%1」へのクエリのテストに失敗しました。\nまだサーバにアクセスできない場合、またはネットワークが設定されていない場合、\n［いいえ］をクリックして無視してください。NTPサーバ設定に再アクセスしますか?" +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +msgstr "" +"サーバ「%1」へのクエリのテストに失敗しました。\n" +"まだサーバにアクセスできない場合、またはネットワークが設定されていない場合、\n" +"［いいえ］をクリックして無視してください。NTPサーバ設定に再アクセスしますか?" #. local clock type name #: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 @@ -475,12 +485,14 @@ msgstr "NTPサーバ" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "ローカルNTPサーバ(N)" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "公開NTPサーバ" @@ -553,193 +565,450 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 -msgid "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... " -msgstr "<big>NTPクライアントの環境設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<big>NTPクライアントの環境設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止できます。" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 -msgid "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... " -msgstr "<big>NTPクライアントの環境設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<big>NTPクライアントの環境設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." -msgstr "<big>保存の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、安全に中止できるかどうかが表示されます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgstr "" +"<big>保存の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、安全に中止できるかどうかが表示されます。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 -msgid "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \nSelect whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \nThe NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\nnetwork connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\nSelecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \nThe system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n You can change this when the system was set up." -msgstr "<big>NTPデーモンを起動する</big> \nNTPデーモンを今すぐ起動し、システムをブートするたびに起動するかどうかを選択します。\nNTPデーモンは初期化時にホスト名を解決します。\nNTPデーモンの起動前にネットワーク接続が開始されている必要があります。\n［デーモンを使用せずに同期する］を選択すると、NTPデーモンは有効になりません。\nシステム時刻は定期的に設定されます。間隔は設定可能です。デフォルトでは15分です。\nこれは、システムのセットアップ時に変更できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" +"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" +"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" +"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." +msgstr "" +"<big>NTPデーモンを起動する</big> \n" +"NTPデーモンを今すぐ起動し、システムをブートするたびに起動するかどうかを選択します。\n" +"NTPデーモンは初期化時にホスト名を解決します。\n" +"NTPデーモンの起動前にネットワーク接続が開始されている必要があります。\n" +"［デーモンを使用せずに同期する］を選択すると、NTPデーモンは有効になりません。\n" +"システム時刻は定期的に設定されます。間隔は設定可能です。デフォルトでは15分です。\n" +"これは、システムのセットアップ時に変更できます。" #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 -msgid "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \nTo run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\nRun NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\nis more secure and strongly recommended." -msgstr "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \nchroot jailの内部でNTPデーモンを実行するには、\n［NTPデーモンをChroot Jailで実行する］を設定します。chroot jail内のすべてのデーモンを起動すると\n安全性が高まるので、強くお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" +"To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" +"Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" +"is more secure and strongly recommended." +msgstr "" +"<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" +"chroot jailの内部でNTPデーモンを実行するには、\n" +"［NTPデーモンをChroot Jailで実行する］を設定します。chroot jail内のすべてのデーモンを起動すると\n" +"安全性が高まるので、強くお勧めします。" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 -msgid "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \nBy selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \ncomputer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \nAccess control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" -msgstr "<big>NTPのセキュリティ設定</big> \n［NTPサービスを設定したサーバに制限する］オプションを選択すると、コンピュータのNTP設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したりすることを\n禁止することができます。NTPのサービスは/etc/ntp.confに記述されたサーバとローカルホストからしかアクセスできなくなります。 \nサーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセス制御フラグを設定することができます。このオプションはNTPをDHCP経由で設定した場合には利用できません。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>NTPのセキュリティ設定</big> \n" +"［NTPサービスを設定したサーバに制限する］オプションを選択すると、コンピュータのNTP設定をリモートコンピュータから閲覧したり変更したりすることを\n" +"禁止することができます。NTPのサービスは/etc/ntp.confに記述されたサーバとローカルホストからしかアクセスできなくなります。 \n" +"サーバの概要設定で、それぞれのサーバに対するアクセス制御フラグを設定することができます。このオプションはNTPをDHCP経由で設定した場合には利用できません。\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 -msgid "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \nTo retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\nyour network server instead of setting them manually, set\nConfigure NTP Daemon via DHCP. Ask your network administrator if\nthe information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." -msgstr "<big>DHCP経由での環境設定</big> \n手動で設定しないで、DHCPプロトコルを使ってNTPサーバの情報を取得するには、\n［DHCP経由でNTPデーモンを環境設定］を設定します。\nDHCPサーバからNTPサーバの情報を取得できるかどうかは、\nネットワーク管理者に確認してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" +"To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" +"your network server instead of setting them manually, set\n" +"Configure NTP Daemon via DHCP. Ask your network administrator if\n" +"the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." +msgstr "" +"<big>DHCP経由での環境設定</big> \n" +"手動で設定しないで、DHCPプロトコルを使ってNTPサーバの情報を取得するには、\n" +"［DHCP経由でNTPデーモンを環境設定］を設定します。\n" +"DHCPサーバからNTPサーバの情報を取得できるかどうかは、\n" +"ネットワーク管理者に確認してください。" #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 -msgid "<big>Configured Servers</big> \nTo adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\nselect the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\npeer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\nselect it and click Delete." -msgstr "<big>設定されたサーバ</big> \nNTPサーバ、ピア、ローカルクロック、およびNTPブロードキャストを調整するには、\n適切な行を選択して［編集］をクリックしてください。新しい同期ピアを追加するには、\n［追加］をクリックしてください。既存の同期ピアを削除するには、\n項目を選択してから［削除］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" +"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" +"peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" +"select it and click Delete." +msgstr "" +"<big>設定されたサーバ</big> \n" +"NTPサーバ、ピア、ローカルクロック、およびNTPブロードキャストを調整するには、\n" +"適切な行を選択して［編集］をクリックしてください。新しい同期ピアを追加するには、\n" +"［追加］をクリックしてください。既存の同期ピアを削除するには、\n" +"項目を選択してから［削除］をクリックしてください。" #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 -msgid "<big>Display Log</big>\nTo view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" -msgstr "<big>ログの表示</big>\nNTP デーモンのログを新しいウィンドウに表示するには ログの表示 ボタンを押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Display Log</big>\n" +"To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ログの表示</big>\n" +"NTP デーモンのログを新しいウィンドウに表示するには ログの表示 ボタンを押してください。\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 -msgid "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \nTo configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\na locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." -msgstr "<big>高度な設定</big> \nこのホストを設定して複数のリモートホストまたは\nローカルに接続されたクロックの同期を取るには、高度な設定を使用します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" +"a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." +msgstr "" +"<big>高度な設定</big> \n" +"このホストを設定して複数のリモートホストまたは\n" +"ローカルに接続されたクロックの同期を取るには、高度な設定を使用します。" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<big>Clock Type</big> \nSelect the driver for the clock to configure." -msgstr "<big>クロックタイプ</big> \n設定するクロックのドライバを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Clock Type</big> \n" +"Select the driver for the clock to configure." +msgstr "" +"<big>クロックタイプ</big> \n" +"設定するクロックのドライバを選択してください。" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 -msgid "<big>Unit Number</big> \nIf you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\nUnit Number." -msgstr "<big>ユニット番号</big> \n同じタイプのクロックが複数ある場合は、\n［ユニット番号］を設定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"<big>Unit Number</big> \n" +"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" +"Unit Number." +msgstr "" +"<big>ユニット番号</big> \n" +"同じタイプのクロックが複数ある場合は、\n" +"［ユニット番号］を設定する必要があります。" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 -msgid "<big>Device</big> \nTo make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \nthe device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\nCreate Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\nclick Browse.\nFor some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \nit must be created manually." -msgstr "<big>デバイス</big> \nクロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボリックリンクを\n作成する必要があります。それには、［Symlinkの作成］をオンにし、［デバイス］を設定します。デバイスを参照するには、\n［参照］をクリックします。クロックタイプによっては、シンボリックリンクを作成する必要がない場合や、\n手動で作成する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"<big>Device</big> \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" +"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" +"Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" +"click Browse.\n" +"For some clock types, it is not necessary to create a symbolic link or \n" +"it must be created manually." +msgstr "" +"<big>デバイス</big> \n" +"クロックを動作させるには、クロックが接続されているデバイスへの特別なシンボリックリンクを\n" +"作成する必要があります。それには、［Symlinkの作成］をオンにし、［デバイス］を設定します。デバイスを参照するには、\n" +"［参照］をクリックします。クロックタイプによっては、シンボリックリンクを作成する必要がない場合や、\n" +"手動で作成する必要があります。" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 -msgid "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \nTo calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." -msgstr "<big>ドライバの調整</big> \nクロックドライバを調整するには、［ドライバの調整］をクリックします。" +msgid "" +"<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" +"To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." +msgstr "" +"<big>ドライバの調整</big> \n" +"クロックドライバを調整するには、［ドライバの調整］をクリックします。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 -msgid "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \nTo set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\nTo find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\nprovider." -msgstr "<big>NTPサーバのアドレス</big> \nNTPサーバのアドレスを設定するには、［アドレス］エントリを使用します。\nNTPサーバを見つけるには、ネットワーク管理者またはインターネットプロバイダに\nお問い合わせください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" +"To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" +"To find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\n" +"provider." +msgstr "" +"<big>NTPサーバのアドレス</big> \n" +"NTPサーバのアドレスを設定するには、［アドレス］エントリを使用します。\n" +"NTPサーバを見つけるには、ネットワーク管理者またはインターネットプロバイダに\n" +"お問い合わせください。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \nTo select an NTP server from those found in the local network\nor from the list of known NTP servers, click Select and\nchoose between Local NTP Server and Public NTP Server." -msgstr "<big>サーバの選択</big> \nローカルネットワークで検出されたNTPサーバまたは既知のNTPサーバの一覧から\nNTPサーバを選択するには、［選択］をクリックし、\n［ローカルNTPサーバ］および［公開NTPサーバ］から選択します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" +"To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" +"or from the list of known NTP servers, click Select and\n" +"choose between Local NTP Server and Public NTP Server." +msgstr "" +"<big>サーバの選択</big> \n" +"ローカルネットワークで検出されたNTPサーバまたは既知のNTPサーバの一覧から\n" +"NTPサーバを選択するには、［選択］をクリックし、\n" +"［ローカルNTPサーバ］および［公開NTPサーバ］から選択します。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \nTo test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\nclick Test." -msgstr "<big>サーバの動作確認</big> \n選択したサーバが起動し正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには、\n［テスト］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" +"To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" +"click Test." +msgstr "" +"<big>サーバの動作確認</big> \n" +"選択したサーバが起動し正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには、\n" +"［テスト］をクリックしてください。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 -msgid "<big>Address</big> \nTo set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\nuse Address." -msgstr "<big>アドレス</big> \n相互に同期するホストのアドレスを設定するには、\n［アドレス］を使用してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Address</big> \n" +"To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" +"use Address." +msgstr "" +"<big>アドレス</big> \n" +"相互に同期するホストのアドレスを設定するには、\n" +"［アドレス］を使用してください。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 -msgid "<big>Address</big> \nTo set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\ntext field." -msgstr "<big>アドレス</big> \nブロードキャストするアドレスを設定するには、\n［アドレス］を使用してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Address</big> \n" +"To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" +"text field." +msgstr "" +"<big>アドレス</big> \n" +"ブロードキャストするアドレスを設定するには、\n" +"［アドレス］を使用してください。" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 -msgid "<big>Address</big> \nTo set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \nAddress." -msgstr "<big>アドレス</big> \nブロードキャストを受け取るアドレスを設定するには、\n［アドレス］を使用してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Address</big> \n" +"To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" +"Address." +msgstr "" +"<big>アドレス</big> \n" +"ブロードキャストを受け取るアドレスを設定するには、\n" +"［アドレス］を使用してください。" #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 -msgid "<big>Options</big> \nTo fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\nOptions text field. For details, see\n/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" -msgstr "<big>オプション</big> \n同期ソースを微調整するには、［オプション］テキストフィールドに\nオプションを入力してください。詳細については、\n/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htmを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Options</big> \n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"Options text field. For details, see\n" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>オプション</big> \n" +"同期ソースを微調整するには、［オプション］テキストフィールドに\n" +"オプションを入力してください。詳細については、\n" +"/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htmを参照してください。\n" #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 -msgid "<big>Access Control Options</big> \nDefine the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\nhost can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\nnomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\nRestrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\nSecurity Settings.\n" -msgstr "<big>アクセスコントロールオプション</big> \nここではアクセスコントロールオプション (/etc/ntp.conf 内の restrict \nディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションには、このサーバが\nお使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行うことができるのかを指定します。既定では\n notrap nomodify noquery が設定されます。このオプションは セキュリティ設定 \n にて NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する オプションを選択した場合にのみ\n利用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" +"Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" +"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" +"nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" +"Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" +"Security Settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>アクセスコントロールオプション</big> \n" +"ここではアクセスコントロールオプション (/etc/ntp.conf 内の restrict \n" +"ディレクティブ) を指定することができます。アクセスコントロールオプションには、このサーバが\n" +"お使いの NTP デーモンに対してどのような操作を行うことができるのかを指定します。既定では\n" +" notrap nomodify noquery が設定されます。このオプションは セキュリティ設定 \n" +" にて NTP サービスを設定したサーバに制限する オプションを選択した場合にのみ\n" +"利用できます。\n" #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 -msgid "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \nSelect the kind of synchronization peer to add here." -msgstr "<big>同期ピアのタイプ</big> \nここでは、追加する同期ピアの種類を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" +"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." +msgstr "" +"<big>同期ピアのタイプ</big> \n" +"ここでは、追加する同期ピアの種類を選択してください。" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 -msgid "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\nselect Server." -msgstr "同期するNTPサーバを追加するには、［サーバ］を選んで\nください。" +msgid "" +"To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" +"select Server." +msgstr "" +"同期するNTPサーバを追加するには、［サーバ］を選んで\n" +"ください。" #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 -msgid "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\nPeer." -msgstr "相互同期するNTPピアを追加するには、［ピア］を\n選んでください。" +msgid "" +"To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" +"Peer." +msgstr "" +"相互同期するNTPピアを追加するには、［ピア］を\n" +"選んでください。" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 -msgid "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\nselect Radio Clock." -msgstr "使用するコンピュータに直接接続するローカルクロックを設定するには、\n［ラジオクロック］を選んでください。" +msgid "" +"To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" +"select Radio Clock." +msgstr "" +"使用するコンピュータに直接接続するローカルクロックを設定するには、\n" +"［ラジオクロック］を選んでください。" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 -msgid "To broadcast time information through your network, select\nOutgoing Broadcast." -msgstr "ネットワークを介して時間情報をブロードキャストするには、\n［送信ブロードキャスト］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" +"Outgoing Broadcast." +msgstr "" +"ネットワークを介して時間情報をブロードキャストするには、\n" +"［送信ブロードキャスト］を選択します。" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 -msgid "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\nand use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." -msgstr "ネットワーク上の他のホストによってブロードキャストされた任意のNTPパケットを受け取り、\nそれらを使用してローカルタイムを設定するには、［受信ブロードキャスト］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" +"and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク上の他のホストによってブロードキャストされた任意のNTPパケットを受け取り、\n" +"それらを使用してローカルタイムを設定するには、［受信ブロードキャスト］を選択します。" #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 -msgid "<big>Server Location</big>\nSelect if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\nthe NTP server from the list of known NTP servers." -msgstr "<big>サーバの場所</big>\nローカルネットワークからNTPサーバを探したり、既知のNTPサーバのリストから\nNTPサーバを選択したりする場合に、選択します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Server Location</big>\n" +"Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" +"the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers." +msgstr "" +"<big>サーバの場所</big>\n" +"ローカルネットワークからNTPサーバを探したり、既知のNTPサーバのリストから\n" +"NTPサーバを選択したりする場合に、選択します。" #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 -msgid "<big>Finding Server in the Local\nNetwork</big> \nTo find NTP servers in the local network using the\nService Location Protocol (SLP), click Lookup.\nThen select a server from the list of found servers." -msgstr "<big>ローカルネットワークでのサーバ\nの検索</big> \nローカルネットワーク中のNTPサーバをサービス\nロケーションプロトコル(SLP)で検索するには、［検索］をクリックしてください。\n見つかったサーバの一覧からサーバを選択できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" +"Network</big> \n" +"To find NTP servers in the local network using the\n" +"Service Location Protocol (SLP), click Lookup.\n" +"Then select a server from the list of found servers." +msgstr "" +"<big>ローカルネットワークでのサーバ\n" +"の検索</big> \n" +"ローカルネットワーク中のNTPサーバをサービス\n" +"ロケーションプロトコル(SLP)で検索するには、［検索］をクリックしてください。\n" +"見つかったサーバの一覧からサーバを選択できます。" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 -msgid "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \nSelect the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\nNTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." -msgstr "<big>公開NTPサーバの選択</big> \n［公開NTPサーバ］のリストから、使用するNTPサーバを選択します。\n特定の国のNTPサーバを表示するには、［国］の中で選択します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" +"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." +msgstr "" +"<big>公開NTPサーバの選択</big> \n" +"［公開NTPサーバ］のリストから、使用するNTPサーバを選択します。\n" +"特定の国のNTPサーバを表示するには、［国］の中で選択します。" #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 -msgid "<big>Note</big> \nThe listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\nfor a particular country or region.\nBefore using any NTP server from the list, ask your system administrator\nor Internet service provider if there is an NTP server closer to you and\nprefer this recommended server to any server from this list.\nYou may also see http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\nto find an NTP server near you." -msgstr "<big>注意:</big> \n一覧に表示されているNTPサーバは、すべての国からアクセス可能とは限りません。\n特定の国や地域からのみ利用できることもあります。\nこの一覧に表示されているNTPサーバを利用する前に、より近いところに\nNTPサーバがないかシステム管理者やインターネットサービスプロバイダに確認してみてください。\nhttp://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\nも、近隣のNTPサーバを見つけるのに役立つことがあります。" +msgid "" +"<big>Note</big> \n" +"The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" +"for a particular country or region.\n" +"Before using any NTP server from the list, ask your system administrator\n" +"or Internet service provider if there is an NTP server closer to you and\n" +"prefer this recommended server to any server from this list.\n" +"You may also see http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" +"to find an NTP server near you." +msgstr "" +"<big>注意:</big> \n" +"一覧に表示されているNTPサーバは、すべての国からアクセス可能とは限りません。\n" +"特定の国や地域からのみ利用できることもあります。\n" +"この一覧に表示されているNTPサーバを利用する前に、より近いところに\n" +"NTPサーバがないかシステム管理者やインターネットサービスプロバイダに確認してみてください。\n" +"http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" +"も、近隣のNTPサーバを見つけるのに役立つことがあります。" #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 -msgid "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \nTo test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." -msgstr "<big>サーバの動作確認</big> \n選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには、［テスト］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" +"To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." +msgstr "" +"<big>サーバの動作確認</big> \n" +"選択したサーバが正しく応答するかどうかを確認するには、［テスト］をクリックしてください。" #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 -msgid "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \nThis service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\nthree different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\npermanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\nyour NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" -msgstr "<big>ランダムサーバの使用</big> \nこのサービスはpool.ntp.orgによって提供されます。このオプションを選択すると、\n設定に3つの異なるサーバが追加されます。このサーバの名前は\n永続的ですが、DNSレコード(IP)は毎時間ごとに変わります。つまり、\nユーザのNTPクライアントは毎時間ごとに異なるサーバと同期することを意味します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" +"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" +"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ランダムサーバの使用</big> \n" +"このサービスはpool.ntp.orgによって提供されます。このオプションを選択すると、\n" +"設定に3つの異なるサーバが追加されます。このサーバの名前は\n" +"永続的ですが、DNSレコード(IP)は毎時間ごとに変わります。つまり、\n" +"ユーザのNTPクライアントは毎時間ごとに異なるサーバと同期することを意味します。\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 -msgid "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \nThe clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\noptions can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\ndriver. Some drivers do not use all the options." -msgstr "<big>クロックドライバの調整</big> \nクロックドライバには調整が必要なことがあります。このダイアログでは、さまざまな調整オプション\nを設定できます。特定のオプションの意味は、ドライバによって異なります。\nすべてのオプションが必要なわけではありません。" +msgid "" +"<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" +"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." +msgstr "" +"<big>クロックドライバの調整</big> \n" +"クロックドライバには調整が必要なことがあります。このダイアログでは、さまざまな調整オプション\n" +"を設定できます。特定のオプションの意味は、ドライバによって異なります。\n" +"すべてのオプションが必要なわけではありません。" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 -msgid "To learn more about available options, install the package\nntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" -msgstr "それぞれのオプションの意味についての情報を知るには、パッケージ\nntp-docをインストールのうえ、/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htmファイルを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"To learn more about available options, install the package\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" +msgstr "" +"それぞれのオプションの意味についての情報を知るには、パッケージ\n" +"ntp-docをインストールのうえ、/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htmファイルを参照してください。\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 -msgid "Really exit?\nAll changes will be lost." -msgstr "本当に終了しますか？\n変更内容はすべて失われます。" +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"本当に終了しますか？\n" +"変更内容はすべて失われます。" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 @@ -753,18 +1022,40 @@ #. continue-cancel popup #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 -msgid "Warning!\n\nIf you do not have a permanent Internet connection,\nstarting the NTP daemon can take a very long time and \nthe daemon might not run properly." -msgstr "警告！\n\n固定インターネット接続でない場合は、\nNTPデーモンを起動するのに長時間かかるため、\nNTPデーモンが正しく作動しない場合があります。" +msgid "" +"Warning!\n" +"\n" +"If you do not have a permanent Internet connection,\n" +"starting the NTP daemon can take a very long time and \n" +"the daemon might not run properly." +msgstr "" +"警告！\n" +"\n" +"固定インターネット接続でない場合は、\n" +"NTPデーモンを起動するのに長時間かかるため、\n" +"NTPデーモンが正しく作動しない場合があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 -msgid "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\nfully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." -msgstr "NTPサーバ「%1」のホスト名、\n完全修飾ホスト名、IPv4アドレス、またはIPv6アドレスは有効ではありません。" +msgid "" +"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" +"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." +msgstr "" +"NTPサーバ「%1」のホスト名、\n" +"完全修飾ホスト名、IPv4アドレス、またはIPv6アドレスは有効ではありません。" #. if there is already some server defined #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 -msgid "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\nreplace the current NTP server.\n\nReally replace the current NTP server?" -msgstr "pool.ntp.orgからランダムサーバを有効にすると、\nr現在のNTPサーバが置き換えられます。\n \n 現在のNTPサーバを置き換えますか?" +msgid "" +"Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" +"replace the current NTP server.\n" +"\n" +"Really replace the current NTP server?" +msgstr "" +"pool.ntp.orgからランダムサーバを有効にすると、\n" +"r現在のNTPサーバが置き換えられます。\n" +" \n" +" 現在のNTPサーバを置き換えますか?" #. popup header #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 @@ -805,8 +1096,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 -msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network.\nThis could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\nwhich probably blocks the network scanning." -msgstr "ネットワーク上にNTPサーバが見つかりませんでした。\n実行中のSuSEfirewall2によって、\nネットワークのスキャンがブロックされた可能性があります。" +msgid "" +"No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" +"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" +"which probably blocks the network scanning." +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク上にNTPサーバが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"実行中のSuSEfirewall2によって、\n" +"ネットワークのスキャンがブロックされた可能性があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 @@ -1161,6 +1458,9 @@ #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) #: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 -msgid "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\nwithout package %1 installed.\n" -msgstr "パッケージ %1 をインストールしないと、\nローカルネットワーク内のNTPサーバを検索することができません。\n" - +msgid "" +"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" +"without package %1 installed.\n" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 をインストールしないと、\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内のNTPサーバを検索することができません。\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -118,8 +118,12 @@ msgstr "現在の更新リポジトリ:" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 -msgid "In order to add the default update repository\nyou have to register this product." -msgstr "デフォルトのアップデートリポジトリを追加するには、\nこの製品を登録する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"In order to add the default update repository\n" +"you have to register this product." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのアップデートリポジトリを追加するには、\n" +"この製品を登録する必要があります。" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" @@ -195,4 +199,3 @@ #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "その他" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -26,8 +26,12 @@ #. message popup #: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 -msgid "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\nreboot now then continue the installation.\n" -msgstr "再起動を必要とするアプリケーションがアップデートされました。システムはここから\n再起動し、インストールはその後に再開されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" +"reboot now then continue the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"再起動を必要とするアプリケーションがアップデートされました。システムはここから\n" +"再起動し、インストールはその後に再開されます。\n" #. command line help text #: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 @@ -106,8 +110,12 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 -msgid "No update repository\nconfigured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" -msgstr "更新リポジトリが設定されていません。\n今すぐ設定手順を開始しますか？" +msgid "" +"No update repository\n" +"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" +msgstr "" +"更新リポジトリが設定されていません。\n" +"今すぐ設定手順を開始しますか？" #. error message #: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 @@ -133,8 +141,14 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 -msgid "After connecting to the update server,\nYaST will download all selected patches.\nThis could take some time. Download details are shown in the log window." -msgstr "更新サーバに接続後、\nYaST2は選択されたすべてのパッチをダウンロードします。\nこれにはしばらく時間がかかります。ダウンロードの詳細は［ログ］ウィンドウに表示されます。" +msgid "" +"After connecting to the update server,\n" +"YaST will download all selected patches.\n" +"This could take some time. Download details are shown in the log window." +msgstr "" +"更新サーバに接続後、\n" +"YaST2は選択されたすべてのパッチをダウンロードします。\n" +"これにはしばらく時間がかかります。ダウンロードの詳細は［ログ］ウィンドウに表示されます。" #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 @@ -191,39 +205,81 @@ #. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow #: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 -msgid "Initialization failed. Check that\nyou have inserted the correct CD.\n" -msgstr "初期化に失敗しました。挿入したCDが\n正しいかどうか確かめてください。\n" +msgid "" +"Initialization failed. Check that\n" +"you have inserted the correct CD.\n" +msgstr "" +"初期化に失敗しました。挿入したCDが\n" +"正しいかどうか確かめてください。\n" #. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer #. to delay the patch installation #: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 -msgid "Cannot configure online update repository \nwithout having package %1 installed" -msgstr "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\nオンラインの更新リポジトリを設定することができません" +msgid "" +"Cannot configure online update repository \n" +"without having package %1 installed" +msgstr "" +"%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" +"オンラインの更新リポジトリを設定することができません" #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 -msgid "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\nLog out and in again as soon as possible.\n" -msgstr "インストールされたアップデートの中に、セッションの再起動が必要となるものがあります。\nできる限り速やかにシステムにログインし直してください。\n" +msgid "" +"At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" +"Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールされたアップデートの中に、セッションの再起動が必要となるものがあります。\n" +"できる限り速やかにシステムにログインし直してください。\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 -msgid "Packages for package management were updated.\nFinishing and restarting YaST now." -msgstr "パッケージ管理用のパッケージが更新されました。\n今すぐYaSTを終了して再起動してください。" +msgid "" +"Packages for package management were updated.\n" +"Finishing and restarting YaST now." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ管理用のパッケージが更新されました。\n" +"今すぐYaSTを終了して再起動してください。" #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 -msgid "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\nproperly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." -msgstr "インストールされているアップデートの中に、アップデートを有効にするのにリブートが\n必要なものがあります。システムをリブートしてください。" +msgid "" +"At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" +"properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"インストールされているアップデートの中に、アップデートを有効にするのにリブートが\n" +"必要なものがあります。システムをリブートしてください。" #. popup message #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 -msgid "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n\n%1.\n\nReboot the system as soon as possible." -msgstr "これらの更新が正常に機能するには、システムをリブートする必要があります。\n\n%1。\n\nできるだけ早くシステムをリブートしてください。" +msgid "" +"These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" +"\n" +"%1.\n" +"\n" +"Reboot the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"これらの更新が正常に機能するには、システムをリブートする必要があります。\n" +"\n" +"%1。\n" +"\n" +"できるだけ早くシステムをリブートしてください。" #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 -msgid "There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\nThey should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n\nYou selected some other patches to be installed now.\n\nContinue with installing your selection?" -msgstr "YaST の再スタートを必要とするパッケージ管理システムの修正が利用できます。\nこれらは最初にインストールする必要があり、その他の修正は再スタートの後にインストールすべきものです。\n\n現在はその他の修正のみをインストールするよう選択しています。\n\n選択した修正をインストールしますか？" +msgid "" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" +"They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" +"\n" +"You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" +"\n" +"Continue with installing your selection?" +msgstr "" +"YaST の再スタートを必要とするパッケージ管理システムの修正が利用できます。\n" +"これらは最初にインストールする必要があり、その他の修正は再スタートの後にインストールすべきものです。\n" +"\n" +"現在はその他の修正のみをインストールするよう選択しています。\n" +"\n" +"選択した修正をインストールしますか？" #. progress log item (%1 is name of package) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 @@ -297,8 +353,12 @@ #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 -msgid "Patch %1\n\n" -msgstr "パッチ %1\n\n" +msgid "" +"Patch %1\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"パッチ %1\n" +"\n" #. error popoup (detailed info follows) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 @@ -346,7 +406,8 @@ msgid "Try again" msgstr "再試行" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "パッチをスキップする" @@ -365,18 +426,34 @@ #. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 -msgid "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\nYour installation will remain untouched.\n" -msgstr "ここでインストールを中止すると、パッチはインストールされず、\n既存のインストールは変更されません。\n" +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" +"Your installation will remain untouched.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここでインストールを中止すると、パッチはインストールされず、\n" +"既存のインストールは変更されません。\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 -msgid "Patch download and installation in progress.\nIf you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\nRepeat the update, including the download, if desired.\n" -msgstr "パッチをダウンロードおよびインストールしています。\n今インストールを中止すると、アップデートは不完全になります。必要な場合は、\n再度アップデートおよびダウンロードを実行してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Patch download and installation in progress.\n" +"If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" +"Repeat the update, including the download, if desired.\n" +msgstr "" +"パッチをダウンロードおよびインストールしています。\n" +"今インストールを中止すると、アップデートは不完全になります。必要な場合は、\n" +"再度アップデートおよびダウンロードを実行してください。\n" #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 -msgid "If you abort the installation now,\nat least one patch is not installed correctly.\nYou will need to do the update again." -msgstr "ここでインストールを中止すると、少なくとも1つの\nパッチが正しくインストールされません。\n再度、アップデートを実行する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"If you abort the installation now,\n" +"at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" +"You will need to do the update again." +msgstr "" +"ここでインストールを中止すると、少なくとも1つの\n" +"パッチが正しくインストールされません。\n" +"再度、アップデートを実行する必要があります。" #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 @@ -434,6 +511,19 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 -msgid "These products have reached their end of general support\nand thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n\nIn case that your subscription contains extended support,\nplease make sure that you have activated the extension.\n\nContact us if you need further assistance." -msgstr "これらの製品の一般サポートは終了しているため、\n今後新しいアップデートは提供されません。\n\nご利用のサブスクリプションに拡張サポートが含まれている場合は、拡張機能が有効になっていることを確認してください。\n\n\nさらにサポートが必要な場合は、弊社までお問い合わせください。" - +msgid "" +"These products have reached their end of general support\n" +"and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" +"\n" +"In case that your subscription contains extended support,\n" +"please make sure that you have activated the extension.\n" +"\n" +"Contact us if you need further assistance." +msgstr "" +"これらの製品の一般サポートは終了しているため、\n" +"今後新しいアップデートは提供されません。\n" +"\n" +"ご利用のサブスクリプションに拡張サポートが含まれている場合は、拡張機能が有効になっていることを確認してください。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"さらにサポートが必要な場合は、弊社までお問い合わせください。" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -26,8 +26,14 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 -msgid "Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \nDelete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \nthe current configuration.\n" -msgstr "エントリを削除するには、表内のエントリを選択して\n［削除］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n現在の設定からすぐに削除することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" +"Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" +"the current configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"エントリを削除するには、表内のエントリを選択して\n" +"［削除］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" +"現在の設定からすぐに削除することができます。\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -55,28 +61,64 @@ #. explanation text for GNOME #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 -msgid "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\nenvironment that uses Evolution as mailer,\nFirefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" -msgstr "GNOMEは電子メールプログラムとしてEvolutionを、\nブラウザとしてFirefoxを、\nファイルマネージャとしてNautilusを使用した強力で直感的なデスクトップ環境です。\n" +msgid "" +"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" +"environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" +"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" +msgstr "" +"GNOMEは電子メールプログラムとしてEvolutionを、\n" +"ブラウザとしてFirefoxを、\n" +"ファイルマネージャとしてNautilusを使用した強力で直感的なデスクトップ環境です。\n" #. explanation text for KDE #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 -msgid "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\nenvironment that uses Kontact as mailer,\nDolphin as file manager, and offers\nboth Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n" -msgstr "KDEは電子メールプログラムとしてKontactを、\nファイルマネージャとしてDolphinを、\nブラウザとしてFirefoxとKonquerorの両方を使用した\n強力で直感的なデスクトップ環境です。\n" +msgid "" +"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" +"environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" +"Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n" +"both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n" +msgstr "" +"KDEは電子メールプログラムとしてKontactを、\n" +"ファイルマネージャとしてDolphinを、\n" +"ブラウザとしてFirefoxとKonquerorの両方を使用した\n" +"強力で直感的なデスクトップ環境です。\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 -msgid "Both KDE and GNOME are powerful and intuitive\ndesktop environments. They combine ease of use\nand attractive graphical interfaces with their\nown sets of perfectly integrated applications." -msgstr "KDEとGNOMEの両方は、強力で直感的な\nデスクトップ環境です。これは使用が簡単で\n魅力的なグラフィカルインタフェースと、\n独自に作成した完全に統合されたアプリケーションを組み合わせたものです。" +msgid "" +"Both KDE and GNOME are powerful and intuitive\n" +"desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" +"and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n" +"own sets of perfectly integrated applications." +msgstr "" +"KDEとGNOMEの両方は、強力で直感的な\n" +"デスクトップ環境です。これは使用が簡単で\n" +"魅力的なグラフィカルインタフェースと、\n" +"独自に作成した完全に統合されたアプリケーションを組み合わせたものです。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 -msgid "Choosing the default GNOME or KDE desktop\nenvironment installs a broad set of the\nmost important desktop applications on your\nsystem." -msgstr "デフォルトのGNOMEまたはKDEデスクトップ環境を\n選択して、システムに最も重要で\n広範なデスクトップアプリケーションをインストール\nします。" +msgid "" +"Choosing the default GNOME or KDE desktop\n" +"environment installs a broad set of the\n" +"most important desktop applications on your\n" +"system." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトのGNOMEまたはKDEデスクトップ環境を\n" +"選択して、システムに最も重要で\n" +"広範なデスクトップアプリケーションをインストール\n" +"します。" #. help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 -msgid "Choose Other then select from\nan alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\nsystem with a basic window manager." -msgstr "その他 を選択するとテキストのみのシステムや、シンプルな\nウィンドウマネージャ付きの最小限のグラフィカルシステムを\nインストールできます。" +msgid "" +"Choose Other then select from\n" +"an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" +"system with a basic window manager." +msgstr "" +"その他 を選択するとテキストのみのシステムや、シンプルな\n" +"ウィンドウマネージャ付きの最小限のグラフィカルシステムを\n" +"インストールできます。" #. radio button #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 @@ -101,8 +143,12 @@ #. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next #. handling [Next] button #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 -msgid "No desktop was selected. Select the\ndesktop to install." -msgstr "デスクトップが選択されませんでした。インストールする\nデスクトップを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"No desktop was selected. Select the\n" +"desktop to install." +msgstr "" +"デスクトップが選択されませんでした。インストールする\n" +"デスクトップを選択してください。" #. radio button #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 @@ -130,8 +176,14 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 -msgid "The installation CDs will be copied into the system\nto create a repository that can be used to install\nother systems.\n" -msgstr "他のシステムからインストール元として指定できるよう、\nインストール CD の内容をコピーしてリポジトリを\n作成しています。\n" +msgid "" +"The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" +"to create a repository that can be used to install\n" +"other systems.\n" +msgstr "" +"他のシステムからインストール元として指定できるよう、\n" +"インストール CD の内容をコピーしてリポジトリを\n" +"作成しています。\n" #. label for showing repositories #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 @@ -182,8 +234,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 -msgid "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n\nWould you like to configure it?" -msgstr "製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要です。\n\n設定してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to configure it?" +msgstr "" +"製品が設定したオンラインの資源にアクセスするにはインターネット接続が必要です。\n" +"\n" +"設定してよろしいですか？" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 @@ -222,23 +280,39 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 -msgid "The packager is being initialized and \nthe list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" -msgstr "パッケージャを初期化し、Webからダウンロードしたサーバの\nリストを処理しています。しばらくお待ちください。\n" +msgid "" +"The packager is being initialized and \n" +"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" +msgstr "" +"パッケージャを初期化し、Webからダウンロードしたサーバの\n" +"リストを処理しています。しばらくお待ちください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 -msgid "Cannot download list of repositories,\nno network configured." -msgstr "リポジトリの一覧をダウンロードすることができません。\nネットワークが設定されていません。" +msgid "" +"Cannot download list of repositories,\n" +"no network configured." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリの一覧をダウンロードすることができません。\n" +"ネットワークが設定されていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 -msgid "No product URL defined from which to download\nlist of repositories.\n" -msgstr "リポジトリのリストをダウンロードするための\n製品URLが定義されていません。\n" +msgid "" +"No product URL defined from which to download\n" +"list of repositories.\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリのリストをダウンロードするための\n" +"製品URLが定義されていません。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 -msgid "Unable to download list of repositories\nor no repositories defined." -msgstr "リポジトリの一覧をダウンロードできないか、\n何もリポジトリが設定されていません。" +msgid "" +"Unable to download list of repositories\n" +"or no repositories defined." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリの一覧をダウンロードできないか、\n" +"何もリポジトリが設定されていません。" #. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text #. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") @@ -260,8 +334,22 @@ #. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository #. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 -msgid "\nURL: %1 \nLinked from: %2 \nSummary: %3 \nDescription: %4 \n%5\n" -msgstr "\nURL: %1 \nリンク元: %2 \n概要: %3 \n説明: %4 \n%5\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"URL: %1 \n" +"Linked from: %2 \n" +"Summary: %3 \n" +"Description: %4 \n" +"%5\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"URL: %1 \n" +"リンク元: %2 \n" +"概要: %3 \n" +"説明: %4 \n" +"%5\n" +"" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 @@ -286,8 +374,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 -msgid "List of default online repositories.\nClick on a repository for details.\n" -msgstr "ここには、デフォルトのオンラインリポジトリが表示されています。\n詳細については、それぞれのリポジトリをクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"List of default online repositories.\n" +"Click on a repository for details.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここには、デフォルトのオンラインリポジトリが表示されています。\n" +"詳細については、それぞれのリポジトリをクリックしてください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 @@ -362,8 +454,28 @@ #. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 -msgid "Low memory detected.\n\nUsing online repositories during initial installation with less than\n%dMiB system memory is not recommended.\n\nThe installer may crash or freeze if the additional package data\nneed too much memory.\n\nUsing the online repositories later in the installed system is\nrecommended in this case." -msgstr "メモリの不足が検出されました。\n\n初期インストールでオンラインリポジトリを使用する際、\n %d MiB未満のシステムメモリは推奨されません。\n\n追加のパッケージデータが大量のメモリを\n必要とする場合に、インストーラがクラッシュまたはフリーズする可能性があります。\n\nこの場合、インストール済みのシステムで後でオンラインリポジトリを使用することが\n推奨されます。" +msgid "" +"Low memory detected.\n" +"\n" +"Using online repositories during initial installation with less than\n" +"%dMiB system memory is not recommended.\n" +"\n" +"The installer may crash or freeze if the additional package data\n" +"need too much memory.\n" +"\n" +"Using the online repositories later in the installed system is\n" +"recommended in this case." +msgstr "" +"メモリの不足が検出されました。\n" +"\n" +"初期インストールでオンラインリポジトリを使用する際、\n" +" %d MiB未満のシステムメモリは推奨されません。\n" +"\n" +"追加のパッケージデータが大量のメモリを\n" +"必要とする場合に、インストーラがクラッシュまたはフリーズする可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"この場合、インストール済みのシステムで後でオンラインリポジトリを使用することが\n" +"推奨されます。" #. continue-cancel popup #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 @@ -394,8 +506,20 @@ #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 -msgid "Installation failed.\n\nDetails:\n%1\n\nPackage installation will be aborted.\n" -msgstr "インストールが失敗しました。\n\n詳細:\n%1\n\nパッケージのインストールを中止します。\n" +msgid "" +"Installation failed.\n" +"\n" +"Details:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Package installation will be aborted.\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールが失敗しました。\n" +"\n" +"詳細:\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"パッケージのインストールを中止します。\n" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption @@ -600,36 +724,88 @@ #. help #: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 -msgid "\nManage configured software repositories and services.\n" -msgstr "\nソフトウェアリポジトリとサービスの設定を管理します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ソフトウェアリポジトリとサービスの設定を管理します。\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." msgstr "サービスまたはリポジトリインデックスサービス(RIS)はパッケージリポジトリ管理のプロトコルです。Aサービスはサービス管理者によって動的に変更できる1つまたは複数のソフトウェアリポジトリを提供できます。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 -msgid "\nAdding a new Repository or a Service \nTo add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\nYaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n\n" -msgstr "\n新しいリポジトリやサービスの追加 \n新しいリポジトリを追加するには、［追加］ボタンをクリックしてリポジトリやサービスを指定します。\nYaSTは指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的に検出します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"新しいリポジトリやサービスの追加 \n" +"新しいリポジトリを追加するには、［追加］ボタンをクリックしてリポジトリやサービスを指定します。\n" +"YaSTは指定した場所に、サービスとリポジトリのどちらが存在しているのかを自動的に検出します。\n" +"\n" #. help, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 -msgid "\nTo install packages from CD,\nhave the CD set or the DVD available.\n\n" -msgstr "\nパッケージを CD からインストールするには、\nCD セットまたは DVD を指定する必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To install packages from CD,\n" +"have the CD set or the DVD available.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"パッケージを CD からインストールするには、\n" +"CD セットまたは DVD を指定する必要があります。\n" +"\n" #. help, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 -msgid "\nThe CDs can be copied to hard disk\nand then used as a repository.\nInsert the path name where the first\nCD is located, for example, /data1/CD1.\nOnly the base path is required if all CDs are copied\ninto one directory.\n\n" -msgstr "\nCD の内容は ハードディスク にコピーして\nリポジトリとして使うこともできます。\n1 枚目の CD をコピーした先のパス名を指定してください。\n(例: /data1/CD1)\n全ての CD を 1 つのディレクトリ以下にコピーした場合は、\n各メディアのサブディレクトリの親を指定してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" +"and then used as a repository.\n" +"Insert the path name where the first\n" +"CD is located, for example, /data1/CD1.\n" +"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" +"into one directory.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"CD の内容は ハードディスク にコピーして\n" +"リポジトリとして使うこともできます。\n" +"1 枚目の CD をコピーした先のパス名を指定してください。\n" +"(例: /data1/CD1)\n" +"全ての CD を 1 つのディレクトリ以下にコピーした場合は、\n" +"各メディアのサブディレクトリの親を指定してください。\n" +"\n" #. help, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 -msgid "\nModifying Status of a Repository or a Service \nTo change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\nDelete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n\n" -msgstr "\n リポジトリまたはサービスの状態の変更 \nリポジトリの場所を変更するには編集ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを削除\nするには、削除ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを有効あるいは無効にしたり初期化時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックスを使用してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" リポジトリまたはサービスの状態の変更 \n" +"リポジトリの場所を変更するには編集ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを削除\n" +"するには、削除ボタンを押してください。リポジトリを有効あるいは無効にしたり初期化時の更新有無を変更するには、表内のリポジトリを選んで以下のチェックボックスを使用してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 -msgid "Priority of a Repository \nPriority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" -msgstr "リポジトリの優先度 \nリポジトリの優先度は、整数で0 (最も高い優先度)から200 (最も低い優先度)の間で指定します。デフォルトの優先度は99です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つかった場合、より高い優先度のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"Priority of a Repository \n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリの優先度 \n" +"リポジトリの優先度は、整数で0 (最も高い優先度)から200 (最も低い優先度)の間で指定します。デフォルトの優先度は99です。複数のリポジトリ内にパッケージが見つかった場合、より高い優先度のリポジトリからのパッケージを使用します。\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 @@ -638,8 +814,14 @@ #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 -msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\npackages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\nreinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." -msgstr "ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションをオンにすると、\nパッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッシュに\n保存することができます。オフにすると、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインストール後に削除されます。" +msgid "" +"Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" +"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +msgstr "" +"ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存 このオプションをオンにすると、\n" +"パッケージを後から再インストールする場合に備えて、パッケージをローカルキャッシュに\n" +"保存することができます。オフにすると、ダウンロードされたパッケージはインストール後に削除されます。" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." @@ -647,8 +829,12 @@ #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 -msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository\nconfiguration." -msgstr "リポジトリ設定の変更を\n保存できませんでした。" +msgid "" +"Unable to save changes to the repository\n" +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ設定の変更を\n" +"保存できませんでした。" #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details @@ -672,13 +858,21 @@ #. popup message #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 -msgid "Abort the repository configuration?\nAll changes will be lost." -msgstr "リポジトリの設定を中止しますか？\n全ての変更内容は破棄されます。" +msgid "" +"Abort the repository configuration?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリの設定を中止しますか？\n" +"全ての変更内容は破棄されます。" #. refresh also the combobox widget #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 -msgid "There is no service at URL:\n%1" -msgstr "以下の URL にはサービスがありません:\n%1" +msgid "" +"There is no service at URL:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"以下の URL にはサービスがありません:\n" +"%1" #. TODO: add help text #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 @@ -715,18 +909,34 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 -msgid "Delete service %1\nand its repositories?" -msgstr "サービス %1 \nとそのリポジトリを削除してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Delete service %1\n" +"and its repositories?" +msgstr "" +"サービス %1 \n" +"とそのリポジトリを削除してよろしいですか?" #. popup message #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 -msgid "For the selected repository, refresh\ncannot be set." -msgstr "選択したリポジトリに自動確認を設定する\nことはできません。" +msgid "" +"For the selected repository, refresh\n" +"cannot be set." +msgstr "" +"選択したリポジトリに自動確認を設定する\n" +"ことはできません。" #. popup question, %1 is repository URL #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 -msgid "Repository %1\nhas been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n\nReally add the repository again?" -msgstr "リポジトリ %1\nはすでに追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは1回ずつ追加すれば十分です。\n\nリポジトリをもう一度追加しますか?" +msgid "" +"Repository %1\n" +"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" +"\n" +"Really add the repository again?" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ %1\n" +"はすでに追加されています。それぞれのリポジトリは1回ずつ追加すれば十分です。\n" +"\n" +"リポジトリをもう一度追加しますか?" #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 @@ -782,8 +992,16 @@ #. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) #. %2 = error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 -msgid "Package %1 could not be installed.\n\nDetails:\n%2\n" -msgstr "パッケージ %1 をインストールすることができませんでした。\n\n詳細:\n%2\n" +msgid "" +"Package %1 could not be installed.\n" +"\n" +"Details:\n" +"%2\n" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 をインストールすることができませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"詳細:\n" +"%2\n" #. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 @@ -796,8 +1014,12 @@ msgstr "リポジトリを初期化中にエラーが発生しました。" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 -msgid "No repository is defined.\nOnly installed packages are displayed." -msgstr "リポジトリが定義されていません。\nインストール済みのパッケージのみが表示されます。" +msgid "" +"No repository is defined.\n" +"Only installed packages are displayed." +msgstr "" +"リポジトリが定義されていません。\n" +"インストール済みのパッケージのみが表示されます。" #. a stage in the progress dialog #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 @@ -820,22 +1042,40 @@ #. reset summary #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 -msgid "During the last package installation\nseveral packages failed to install.\nInstall them now?\n" -msgstr "以前のパッケージインストールの際、\nいくつかのパッケージをインストールできませんでした。\nこれらを今すぐインストールしますか?\n" +msgid "" +"During the last package installation\n" +"several packages failed to install.\n" +"Install them now?\n" +msgstr "" +"以前のパッケージインストールの際、\n" +"いくつかのパッケージをインストールできませんでした。\n" +"これらを今すぐインストールしますか?\n" #. start the repository manager #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 -msgid "Cannot configure online update repository \nwithout having package %1 installed" -msgstr "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\nオンラインの更新リポジトリを設定することができません" +msgid "" +"Cannot configure online update repository \n" +"without having package %1 installed" +msgstr "" +"%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" +"オンラインの更新リポジトリを設定することができません" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 -msgid "Cannot search packages in online repositories\nwithout having package %1 installed" -msgstr "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\nオンラインのリポジトリでパッケージを検索することができません" +msgid "" +"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" +"without having package %1 installed" +msgstr "" +"%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" +"オンラインのリポジトリでパッケージを検索することができません" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 -msgid "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n%1\n" -msgstr "次のパッケージがメディア内に見つかりません:\n%1\n" +msgid "" +"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"次のパッケージがメディア内に見つかりません:\n" +"%1\n" #. rich text message, %1 = CD identification #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 @@ -895,23 +1135,45 @@ #. help text - media check 2/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 -msgid "When you have a problem with\nthe installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\nwhether the medium is broken.\n" -msgstr "インストールの際に何か問題が発生した場合、\n CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合はメディアが破損していないかどうか確認\nしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"When you have a problem with\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"whether the medium is broken.\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールの際に何か問題が発生した場合、\n" +" CD または DVD のインストールメディアをご利用の場合はメディアが破損していないかどうか確認\n" +"してください。\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 -msgid "Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\nor use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\nThe check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\ndrive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " -msgstr "ドライブを選択し、そのドライブにメディアを入れて チェック開始\n を押すか、 ISO ファイルの確認 を押して ISO ファイルを選択してください。\nドライブの速度とメディアのサイズによりますが、しばらくの時間がかかります。\nこの確認では MD5 チェックサムを検証します。 " +msgid "" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" +"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" +"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " +msgstr "" +"ドライブを選択し、そのドライブにメディアを入れて チェック開始\n" +" を押すか、 ISO ファイルの確認 を押して ISO ファイルを選択してください。\n" +"ドライブの速度とメディアのサイズによりますが、しばらくの時間がかかります。\n" +"この確認では MD5 チェックサムを検証します。 " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 -msgid "If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\nIt may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" -msgstr "メディアの確認に失敗した場合は、インストールを続行すべきではありません。\nインストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れたメディアは使用せず、他のメディアに交換して再度テストを行ってください。\n" +msgid "" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +msgstr "" +"メディアの確認に失敗した場合は、インストールを続行すべきではありません。\n" +"インストールに失敗したりデータを失ったりする危険性があります。そのような壊れたメディアは使用せず、他のメディアに交換して再度テストを行ってください。\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 -msgid "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \nThe order of the media is irrelevant.\n" -msgstr "確認が完了したら、次のメディアを挿入して手順を繰り返してください。\nどのような順番で挿入してもかまいません。\n" +msgid "" +"After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" +"The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" +msgstr "" +"確認が完了したら、次のメディアを挿入して手順を繰り返してください。\n" +"どのような順番で挿入してもかまいません。\n" #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 @@ -925,14 +1187,22 @@ #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 -msgid "If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\nsoftware. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" -msgstr "自分でメディアに書き込む場合は、書き込みソフトウェアで\n「パディング」を有効にしてください。チェック時にメディアの終わり部分で読み込みエラーが発生する問題を回避することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +msgstr "" +"自分でメディアに書き込む場合は、書き込みソフトウェアで\n" +"「パディング」を有効にしてください。チェック時にメディアの終わり部分で読み込みエラーが発生する問題を回避することができます。\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 -msgid "It is recommended to check all installation media\nto avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" -msgstr "インストール中に問題が発生しないようにするため、すべての\nメディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順をスキップするには［次へ］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"It is recommended to check all installation media\n" +"to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" +msgstr "" +"インストール中に問題が発生しないようにするため、すべての\n" +"メディアに対して確認を実行することをお勧めします。この手順をスキップするには［次へ］をクリックしてください。" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -974,8 +1244,16 @@ msgstr "ドライブ %1 内のメディアを読み込めません。" #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 -msgid "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\nThe content of the medium cannot be verified.\n\nOnly readability of the medium will be checked.\n" -msgstr "メディアには MD5 チェックサムが含まれていません。\nメディアの内容を確認することはできません。\n\nメディアの読み取り可否のみをチェックします。\n" +msgid "" +"The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" +"The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" +"\n" +"Only readability of the medium will be checked.\n" +msgstr "" +"メディアには MD5 チェックサムが含まれていません。\n" +"メディアの内容を確認することはできません。\n" +"\n" +"メディアの読み取り可否のみをチェックします。\n" #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "Canceled" @@ -1054,12 +1332,24 @@ #. help #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 -msgid "\nManage known GPG public keys.\n" -msgstr "\n既知のGPG公開鍵を管理します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Manage known GPG public keys.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"既知のGPG公開鍵を管理します。\n" #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 -msgid "\nAdding a New GPG Key \nTo add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n\n" -msgstr "\n新しいGPG鍵の追加 \n新しいGPG鍵を追加するには、鍵ファイルへのパスを指定します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Adding a New GPG Key \n" +"To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"新しいGPG鍵の追加 \n" +"新しいGPG鍵を追加するには、鍵ファイルへのパスを指定します。\n" +"\n" #. header in file selection popup #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 @@ -1077,13 +1367,31 @@ msgstr "GPG 公開鍵管理" #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 -msgid "\nAdding a New GPG Key \nTo add a new GPG key, use Add and specify the path to the key file.\n" -msgstr "\n新しい GPG 鍵の追加 \nGPG 鍵を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Adding a New GPG Key \n" +"To add a new GPG key, use Add and specify the path to the key file.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"新しい GPG 鍵の追加 \n" +"GPG 鍵を追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して鍵ファイルのパスを入力してください。\n" +"" #. help, continued #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 -msgid "\nModifying a GPG Key Status\nTo modify the trusted flag, use Edit. To remove a GPG key, use\nDelete.\n\n" -msgstr "\nGPG 鍵の状態を更新する\n信頼フラグの設定を変更するには 編集 を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除するには \n削除 を押してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Modifying a GPG Key Status\n" +"To modify the trusted flag, use Edit. To remove a GPG key, use\n" +"Delete.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"GPG 鍵の状態を更新する\n" +"信頼フラグの設定を変更するには 編集 を押してください。 GPG 鍵を削除するには \n" +"削除 を押してください。\n" +"\n" #. table header #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 @@ -1092,8 +1400,12 @@ #. remove the key #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 -msgid "Really delete key '%1'\n'%2'?" -msgstr "鍵 '%1' を削除してよろしいですか？\n'%2'" +msgid "" +"Really delete key '%1'\n" +"'%2'?" +msgstr "" +"鍵 '%1' を削除してよろしいですか？\n" +"'%2'" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 @@ -1133,20 +1445,38 @@ #. continue-back popup #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 -msgid "There is no product information available at the given location.\nIf you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\nthe correct location.\nTo make rpm packages located at the specified location available\nin the packages selection, continue.\n" -msgstr "指定された場所には製品情報がありません。\nこの製品を利用する必要がある場合は、いったん戻って正しい場所を\n入力してください。\n指定した場所にあるRPMパッケージを、パッケージ選択で選べるようにするには\nそのまま続行してください。\n" +msgid "" +"There is no product information available at the given location.\n" +"If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" +"the correct location.\n" +"To make rpm packages located at the specified location available\n" +"in the packages selection, continue.\n" +msgstr "" +"指定された場所には製品情報がありません。\n" +"この製品を利用する必要がある場合は、いったん戻って正しい場所を\n" +"入力してください。\n" +"指定した場所にあるRPMパッケージを、パッケージ選択で選べるようにするには\n" +"そのまま続行してください。\n" #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 -msgid "Unable to create repository\nfrom URL '%1'." -msgstr "URL '%1' からリポジトリを\n作成できませんでした。" +msgid "" +"Unable to create repository\n" +"from URL '%1'." +msgstr "" +"URL '%1' からリポジトリを\n" +"作成できませんでした。" #. error message #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 -msgid "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\nChange the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." -msgstr "ftpまたはhttpプロトコル経由でISOイメージを使用することはできません。\nプロトコルを変更するか、サーバ側でISOイメージを展開してください。" +msgid "" +"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" +"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." +msgstr "" +"ftpまたはhttpプロトコル経由でISOイメージを使用することはできません。\n" +"プロトコルを変更するか、サーバ側でISOイメージを展開してください。" #. popup message part 2 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 @@ -1155,8 +1485,12 @@ #. popup error message, %1 is the package name #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 -msgid "Cannot search for SLP repositories\nwithout having %1 package installed.\n" -msgstr "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\nSLPリポジトリを検索することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" +"without having %1 package installed.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" +"SLPリポジトリを検索することができません。\n" #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. @@ -1178,8 +1512,12 @@ #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 -msgid "Package '%s' is not installed.\nThe add-on product cannot be registered." -msgstr "パッケージ「%s」がインストールされていません。\nアドオン製品を登録できません。" +msgid "" +"Package '%s' is not installed.\n" +"The add-on product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ「%s」がインストールされていません。\n" +"アドオン製品を登録できません。" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report @@ -1203,8 +1541,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 -msgid "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\nSelect the ones you want to use.\n" -msgstr "インストールリポジトリには、リストにある追加のリポジトリが含まれています。\n使用するものを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"Select the ones you want to use.\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールリポジトリには、リストにある追加のリポジトリが含まれています。\n" +"使用するものを選択してください。\n" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products to Select" @@ -1239,13 +1581,23 @@ #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 -msgid "File '%1'\ndoes not contain a valid GPG key.\n" -msgstr "ファイル「%1」\nには有効なGPG鍵が含まれていません。\n" +msgid "" +"File '%1'\n" +"does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイル「%1」\n" +"には有効なGPG鍵が含まれていません。\n" #. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>") #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 -msgid "Key '%1'\n'%2'\nis already known, it cannot be added again." -msgstr "鍵 '%1'\n'%2'\nは既に登録されています。再度登録することはできません。" +msgid "" +"Key '%1'\n" +"'%2'\n" +"is already known, it cannot be added again." +msgstr "" +"鍵 '%1'\n" +"'%2'\n" +"は既に登録されています。再度登録することはできません。" #. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 @@ -1374,8 +1726,12 @@ #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 -msgid "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\ndownloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" -msgstr "合計「ダウンロードサイズ」で示されているサイズは、リモート(ネットワーク)\nリポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" +msgid "" +"The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +msgstr "" +"合計「ダウンロードサイズ」で示されているサイズは、リモート(ネットワーク)\n" +"リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 @@ -1479,8 +1835,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") #: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 -msgid "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\ninstallation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\nin the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\nsoftware selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n</li></ul></li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>いくつかの製品に自動削除対象のマークが付いています。次のいずれかを行ってください。</li>\n<ul><li>削除されるアドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて新しいインストールメディアを\n提供してもらう</li><li>登録ステップで適切なオンライン拡張機能またはモジュールを\n選択する</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続行してソフトウェアの選択に進み、\n製品に削除対象のマークを付ける(リリースパッケージ)\n</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>いくつかの製品に自動削除対象のマークが付いています。次のいずれかを行ってください。</li>\n" +"<ul><li>削除されるアドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて新しいインストールメディアを\n" +"提供してもらう</li><li>登録ステップで適切なオンライン拡張機能またはモジュールを\n" +"選択する</li><li>製品のアップグレードを続行してソフトウェアの選択に進み、\n" +"製品に削除対象のマークを付ける(リリースパッケージ)\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 @@ -1489,8 +1857,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 -msgid "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\nmedia. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\ndownload updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" -msgstr "初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに含まれています。\nインターネットに接続していれば、設定作業の間に\nSUSE LinuxのWebサーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができます。\n" +msgid "" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" +"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" +msgstr "" +"初期リリースに合わせて作られたリリースノートが、インストールメディアに含まれています。\n" +"インターネットに接続していれば、設定作業の間に\n" +"SUSE LinuxのWebサーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができます。\n" #. popup - information label #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 @@ -1518,13 +1892,21 @@ #. an error message #: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 -msgid "Error while initializing package descriptions.\nCheck the log file %1 for more details." -msgstr "パッケージ記述の初期化中にエラーが発生しました。\n詳細はログファイル %1 で確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" +"Check the log file %1 for more details." +msgstr "" +"パッケージ記述の初期化中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"詳細はログファイル %1 で確認してください。" #. bnc #436925 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 -msgid "The software selection has been changed externally.\nSoftware proposal will be called again." -msgstr "ソフトウエアの選択が外部から変更されました。\nソフトウエアの提案処理が再度呼び出されます。" +msgid "" +"The software selection has been changed externally.\n" +"Software proposal will be called again." +msgstr "" +"ソフトウエアの選択が外部から変更されました。\n" +"ソフトウエアの提案処理が再度呼び出されます。" #. popup label #: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 @@ -1533,8 +1915,12 @@ #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime #: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 -msgid "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\nPattern has not been found." -msgstr "デフォルトの製品パターン %{pattern_name} を選択できませんでした。\nパターンが見つかりませんでした。" +msgid "" +"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" +"Pattern has not been found." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトの製品パターン %{pattern_name} を選択できませんでした。\n" +"パターンが見つかりませんでした。" #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. @@ -1560,13 +1946,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 -msgid "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\non the first media in the file %1" -msgstr "ライセンス契約を印刷する場合は、 1 枚目のメディア\nにあるファイル %1 をご覧ください" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +"on the first media in the file %1" +msgstr "" +"ライセンス契約を印刷する場合は、 1 枚目のメディア\n" +"にあるファイル %1 をご覧ください" #. help text #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 -msgid "Read the license agreement carefully and select\none of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\nthe configuration will be aborted.\n" -msgstr "ライセンス同意書をよく読んでから、可能なオプションを\n選択してください。ライセンスに同意できない場合は、\n設定は中止されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" +"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" +"the configuration will be aborted.\n" +msgstr "" +"ライセンス同意書をよく読んでから、可能なオプションを\n" +"選択してください。ライセンスに同意できない場合は、\n" +"設定は中止されます。\n" #. dialog title #. #459391 @@ -1584,13 +1980,21 @@ #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 -msgid "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\nReally refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "ライセンス同意を拒否すると、インストールがキャンセルされます。\n本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" +msgid "" +"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +"Really refuse the agreement?" +msgstr "" +"ライセンス同意を拒否すると、インストールがキャンセルされます。\n" +"本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 -msgid "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\nproduct installation. Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "ライセンス同意を拒否すると、アドオン製品のインストールが\nキャンセルされます。本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" +msgid "" +"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" +"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" +msgstr "" +"ライセンス同意を拒否すると、アドオン製品のインストールが\n" +"キャンセルされます。本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" #. timed ok/cancel popup #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 @@ -1604,13 +2008,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 -msgid "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n%{license_url}" -msgstr "このEULAを印刷したい場合、次のURLからダウンロードできます。\n%{license_url}" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"このEULAを印刷したい場合、次のURLからダウンロードできます。\n" +"%{license_url}" #. popup yes-no #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 -msgid "Do you really want\nto quit the installation?" -msgstr "本当にインストールを\n中止してもよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want\n" +"to quit the installation?" +msgstr "" +"本当にインストールを\n" +"中止してもよろしいですか?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 @@ -1624,18 +2036,30 @@ #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 -msgid "Patch %1\n\n" -msgstr "パッチ %1\n\n" +msgid "" +"Patch %1\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"パッチ %1\n" +"\n" #. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 -msgid "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\nContinue with the installation?" -msgstr "パーティション %1 の容量は残りわずかです。\nインストールを続行しますか？" +msgid "" +"The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" +"Continue with the installation?" +msgstr "" +"パーティション %1 の容量は残りわずかです。\n" +"インストールを続行しますか？" #. yes-no popup #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 -msgid "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\nContinue with the installation?" -msgstr "ディスクの空き領域は残りわずかです。\nインストールを続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" +"Continue with the installation?" +msgstr "" +"ディスクの空き領域は残りわずかです。\n" +"インストールを続行しますか?" #. remote #: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 @@ -1735,13 +2159,19 @@ #. Help text suffix for some types of the media #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 -msgid "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\nof the media, set ISO Image." +msgid "" +"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" +"of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "ロケーションが、メディアのISOイメージを持つファイルの場合、ISOイメージをセットします。" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 -msgid "If the repository is on multiple media,\nset the location of the first media of the set.\n" -msgstr "リポジトリが複数のメディアから成り立っている場合、\nそれらのうちの 1 枚目の場所を指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"If the repository is on multiple media,\n" +"set the location of the first media of the set.\n" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリが複数のメディアから成り立っている場合、\n" +"それらのうちの 1 枚目の場所を指定してください。\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 @@ -1850,8 +2280,12 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488 -msgid "<big>Repository Name</big> \nUse Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" -msgstr "<big>リポジトリ名</big> \nリポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジトリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repository Name</big> \n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>リポジトリ名</big> \n" +"リポジトリ名 にはリポジトリの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はリポジトリが提供する製品名、もしくは URL そのものを名前として採用します。\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502 @@ -1860,8 +2294,12 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510 -msgid "<big>Service Name</big> \nUse Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" -msgstr "<big>サービス名</big> \nサービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はYaSTはサービスのURLの一部を名前として採用します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Service Name</big> \n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サービス名</big> \n" +"サービス名 にはサービスの名前を入力します。入力がない場合はYaSTはサービスのURLの一部を名前として採用します。\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545 @@ -1875,8 +2313,12 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573 -msgid "<big>Repository URL</big> \nUse URL to specify the URL of the repository." -msgstr "<big>リポジトリ URL</big> \nURL にはリポジトリの URL を指定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Repository URL</big> \n" +"Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." +msgstr "" +"<big>リポジトリ URL</big> \n" +"URL にはリポジトリの URL を指定します。" #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map @@ -1892,12 +2334,26 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765 -msgid "<big>NFS Server</big> \nUse Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\nto specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." -msgstr "<big>NFS サーバ</big> \nサーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\nでは、それぞれ NFS サーバのホスト名とパスを指定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>NFS Server</big> \n" +"Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" +"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." +msgstr "" +"<big>NFS サーバ</big> \n" +"サーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\n" +"では、それぞれ NFS サーバのホスト名とパスを指定します。" #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 -msgid "<big>Mount Options</big> \nYou can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\nThis is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\nfor details and the list of supported options." -msgstr "<big>マウントオプション</big> \nここでは、NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に使用する追加オプションを指定することができます。\nこの設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めします。詳細と\n対応するオプションの一覧については、man 5 nfs をお読みください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Mount Options</big> \n" +"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"for details and the list of supported options." +msgstr "" +"<big>マウントオプション</big> \n" +"ここでは、NFS ボリュームをマウントする際に使用する追加オプションを指定することができます。\n" +"この設定は熟練者向けのものであるため、既定値のままにしておくことをお勧めします。詳細と\n" +"対応するオプションの一覧については、man 5 nfs をお読みください。" #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827 @@ -1910,8 +2366,12 @@ msgstr "DVD-ROM(&D)" #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 -msgid "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \nSet CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." -msgstr "<big>CDまたはDVDメディア</big> \nCD-ROMまたはDVD-ROMをセットして、メディアのタイプを指定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" +"Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." +msgstr "" +"<big>CDまたはDVDメディア</big> \n" +"CD-ROMまたはDVD-ROMをセットして、メディアのタイプを指定します。" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934 @@ -1920,18 +2380,32 @@ #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 -msgid "The entered path is not a directory\nor the directory does not exist.\n" -msgstr "指定したパスはディレクトリではないか、\nもしくはディレクトリが存在しません。\n" +msgid "" +"The entered path is not a directory\n" +"or the directory does not exist.\n" +msgstr "" +"指定したパスはディレクトリではないか、\n" +"もしくはディレクトリが存在しません。\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987 -msgid "The entered path is not a file\nor the file does not exist.\n" -msgstr "指定したパスはファイルでないか、\nもしくはファイルが存在しません。\n" +msgid "" +"The entered path is not a file\n" +"or the file does not exist.\n" +msgstr "" +"指定したパスはファイルでないか、\n" +"もしくはファイルが存在しません。\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011 -msgid "File '%1'\ndoes not seem to be an ISO image.\nUse it anyway?\n" -msgstr "ファイル '%1'\nは ISO イメージではないように思われます。\nこのファイルを本当に使いますか？\n" +msgid "" +"File '%1'\n" +"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" +"Use it anyway?\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイル '%1'\n" +"は ISO イメージではないように思われます。\n" +"このファイルを本当に使いますか？\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032 @@ -1945,8 +2419,18 @@ msgstr "RPM パッケージだけのディレクトリ(&P)" #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055 -msgid "<big>Local Directory</big> \nUse Path to Directory to specify the path to the\ndirectory. If the directory contains only RPM packages without\nany metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\nPlain RPM Directory.\n" -msgstr "<big>ローカルディレクトリ</big> \n［ディレクトリへのパス］を使用してディレクトリへのパスを\n指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\nRPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\nをオンにしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Local Directory</big> \n" +"Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" +"directory. If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" +"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" +"Plain RPM Directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ローカルディレクトリ</big> \n" +"［ディレクトリへのパス］を使用してディレクトリへのパスを\n" +"指定します。ディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\n" +"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\n" +"をオンにしてください。\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291 @@ -1963,14 +2447,34 @@ msgstr "ディレクトリ(&C)" #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302 -msgid "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \nSelect the USB device on which the repository is located.\nUse Path to Directory to specify the directory of the repository.\nIf the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\nIf the directory contains only RPM packages without\nany metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\nPlain RPM Directory.\n" -msgstr "<big>USBメモリまたはディスク</big> \nリポジトリが配置されているUSBデバイスを選択してください。\nリポジトリの場所を指定するには［ディレクトリへのパス］を使用してください。\nパスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\nディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\nRPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\nをオンにしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" +"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" +"Use Path to Directory to specify the directory of the repository.\n" +"If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n" +"If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" +"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" +"Plain RPM Directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>USBメモリまたはディスク</big> \n" +"リポジトリが配置されているUSBデバイスを選択してください。\n" +"リポジトリの場所を指定するには［ディレクトリへのパス］を使用してください。\n" +"パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" +"ディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\n" +"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\n" +"をオンにしてください。\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379 -msgid "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\nif you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\nwant to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" -msgstr "ファイルシステムの項目で［auto］を選択すると、そのデバイスで使用している\nファイルシステムを自動的に検出します。検出が失敗した場合、または特定の\nファイルシステムを使用する場合は、リストから選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" +"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" +"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステムの項目で［auto］を選択すると、そのデバイスで使用している\n" +"ファイルシステムを自動的に検出します。検出が失敗した場合、または特定の\n" +"ファイルシステムを使用する場合は、リストから選択してください。\n" #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362 @@ -1978,8 +2482,22 @@ msgstr "ディスクデバイス(&D)" #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 -msgid "<big>Disk</big> \nSelect the disk on which the repository is located.\nUse Path to Directory to specify the directory of the repository.\nIf the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\nIf the directory contains only RPM packages without\nany metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\nPlain RPM Directory.\n" -msgstr "<big>ディスク</big> \nリポジトリが配置されているディスクを選択してください。\nリポジトリの場所を指定するには［ディレクトリへのパスを使用してください。\nパスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\nディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\nRPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\nをオンにしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Disk</big> \n" +"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" +"Use Path to Directory to specify the directory of the repository.\n" +"If the path is omitted, the system will use the root directory of the disk.\n" +"If the directory contains only RPM packages without\n" +"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n" +"Plain RPM Directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ディスク</big> \n" +"リポジトリが配置されているディスクを選択してください。\n" +"リポジトリの場所を指定するには［ディレクトリへのパスを使用してください。\n" +"パスを省略した場合、ディスクのルートディレクトリを使用します。\n" +"ディレクトリ内にメタデータ(製品情報など)が含まれておらず、単に\n" +"RPMパッケージだけが含まれている場合は［RPMパッケージだけのディレクトリ］\n" +"をオンにしてください。\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 @@ -1988,8 +2506,14 @@ #. push button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415 -msgid "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \nUse Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\nISO image file." -msgstr "<big>ローカル ISO イメージ</big> \nISO イメージへのパス を利用して ISO イメージへのパス\nを指定します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" +"Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" +"ISO image file." +msgstr "" +"<big>ローカル ISO イメージ</big> \n" +"ISO イメージへのパス を利用して ISO イメージへのパス\n" +"を指定します。" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 @@ -2057,13 +2581,37 @@ #. help text - server dialog #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917 -msgid "<big>Server and Directory</big> \nUse Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\nto specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.\nTo enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\nUser Name and the Password.\n\nFor the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\nor ISO Image. \nIf the location is a file holding an ISO image\nof the media, set ISO Image.\n" -msgstr "<big>サーバとディレクトリ</big> \nサーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\nでは NFS サーバのホスト名とサーバ内でのパスを指定します。\nユーザ認証が必要な場合は 匿名 のチェックを外し、\nユーザ名 と パスワード の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。\n\nSMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 共有 名と ディレクトリまたは\nISO イメージへのパス をそれぞれ指定します。\n指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 ISO イメージ\nを設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" +"Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" +"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.\n" +"To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" +"User Name and the Password.\n" +"\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"or ISO Image. \n" +"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" +"of the media, set ISO Image.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サーバとディレクトリ</big> \n" +"サーバ名 と ディレクトリまたは ISO イメージへのパス\n" +"では NFS サーバのホスト名とサーバ内でのパスを指定します。\n" +"ユーザ認証が必要な場合は 匿名 のチェックを外し、\n" +"ユーザ名 と パスワード の項目にそれぞれ記入をしてください。\n" +"\n" +"SMB または CIFS のリポジトリの場合は、 共有 名と ディレクトリまたは\n" +"ISO イメージへのパス をそれぞれ指定します。\n" +"指定した場所がメディアの ISO イメージファイルである場合は、 ISO イメージ\n" +"を設定してください。\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930 -msgid "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\nLeave it empty to use the default port.\n" -msgstr "HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 ポート 番号を指定することができます。\n既定のポートを使用する場合は何も入力する必要はありません。\n" +msgid "" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" +msgstr "" +"HTTP または HTTPS リポジトリの場合は、 ポート 番号を指定することができます。\n" +"既定のポートを使用する場合は何も入力する必要はありません。\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. @@ -2074,23 +2622,53 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 -msgid "<big>Media Type</big> \nThe software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\nor on the hard disk." -msgstr "<big>メディア種類</big> \nソフトウェアリポジトリは CD やネットワークサーバ、もしくはハードディスク\n上に設定可能です。" +msgid "" +"<big>Media Type</big> \n" +"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" +"or on the hard disk." +msgstr "" +"<big>メディア種類</big> \n" +"ソフトウェアリポジトリは CD やネットワークサーバ、もしくはハードディスク\n" +"上に設定可能です。" #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 -msgid "\nTo add CD or DVD,\nhave the product CD set or the DVD available." -msgstr "\nCDまたはDVDを追加するには、\n製品版CDをセットするか、DVDを利用可能にします。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To add CD or DVD,\n" +"have the product CD set or the DVD available." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"CDまたはDVDを追加するには、\n" +"製品版CDをセットするか、DVDを利用可能にします。" #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 -msgid "\nThe product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\nEnter the path to the first CD, for example, /data1/CD1.\nOnly the base path is required if all CDs are copied\ninto the same directory.\n" -msgstr "\n製品のCDは、ハードディスクにコピーすることもできます。\nたとえば/data1/CD1のように、1枚目のCDが存在するパスを指定してください。\nすべてのCDを1つのディレクトリ以下にコピーした場合は、\n各メディアのサブディレクトリの親を指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" +"Enter the path to the first CD, for example, /data1/CD1.\n" +"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" +"into the same directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"製品のCDは、ハードディスクにコピーすることもできます。\n" +"たとえば/data1/CD1のように、1枚目のCDが存在するパスを指定してください。\n" +"すべてのCDを1つのディレクトリ以下にコピーした場合は、\n" +"各メディアのサブディレクトリの親を指定してください。\n" #. help, continued #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150 -msgid "\nNetwork installation requires a working network connection.\nSpecify the directory in which the packages from\nthe first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.\n" -msgstr "\nネットワークインストールには、ネットワークへの接続が必要です。\nたとえば/data1/CD1のように、1枚目のCDがあるディレクトリ\nを指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" +"Specify the directory in which the packages from\n" +"the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ネットワークインストールには、ネットワークへの接続が必要です。\n" +"たとえば/data1/CD1のように、1枚目のCDがあるディレクトリ\n" +"を指定してください。\n" #. error popup #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165 @@ -2112,8 +2690,18 @@ #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393 -msgid "Download Files \nEach repository has description files which describe the content of the\nrepository. Check Download repository description files to download the\nfiles when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\nautomatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" -msgstr "ファイルのダウンロード \nそれぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を記述するための記述ファイルがあります。\n［リポジトリの説明をダウンロード］をオンにすると、このYaSTモジュールを\n閉じたタイミングで、ファイルをダウンロードします。オフにした場合は、\nYaSTは必要時に後からそれらを自動でダウンロードします。\n" +msgid "" +"Download Files \n" +"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" +"automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" +msgstr "" +"ファイルのダウンロード \n" +"それぞれのリポジトリには、それらの内容を記述するための記述ファイルがあります。\n" +"［リポジトリの説明をダウンロード］をオンにすると、このYaSTモジュールを\n" +"閉じたタイミングで、ファイルをダウンロードします。オフにした場合は、\n" +"YaSTは必要時に後からそれらを自動でダウンロードします。\n" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613 @@ -2282,13 +2870,21 @@ #. message popup #: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 -msgid "Select one of the offered options.\nMore repositories are available for this product.\n" -msgstr "表示されているオプションの中から1つを選択してください。\nこの製品には利用可能なリポジトリがさらに存在します。\n" +msgid "" +"Select one of the offered options.\n" +"More repositories are available for this product.\n" +msgstr "" +"表示されているオプションの中から1つを選択してください。\n" +"この製品には利用可能なリポジトリがさらに存在します。\n" #. popup error #: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 -msgid "An internal error occurred.\nThe selected repository has no URL." -msgstr "内部エラーが発生しました。\n選択したリポジトリには URL がありません。" +msgid "" +"An internal error occurred.\n" +"The selected repository has no URL." +msgstr "" +"内部エラーが発生しました。\n" +"選択したリポジトリには URL がありません。" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services #: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 @@ -2297,8 +2893,14 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 -msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\nThis could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\nwhich probably blocks the network scanning." -msgstr "ネットワーク上には SLP リポジトリが見つかりませんでした。\nSuSEfirewall2 がネットワークへのアクセスを妨げている\n可能性があります。" +msgid "" +"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" +"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" +"which probably blocks the network scanning." +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク上には SLP リポジトリが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 がネットワークへのアクセスを妨げている\n" +"可能性があります。" #. error popup #: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 @@ -2312,11 +2914,14 @@ #. popup message #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 -msgid "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\nbefore updating the system.\n" -msgstr "システムをアップデートする前にパッケージの選択を一部解除するか、\n必要のないデータや一時ファイルを削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" +"before updating the system.\n" +msgstr "" +"システムをアップデートする前にパッケージの選択を一部解除するか、\n" +"必要のないデータや一時ファイルを削除してください。\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "いくつかのパッケージを選択解除してください。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ #. popup text (%1 is user name, %2 is additional info, #. like "Now LDAP was enabled") #: src/modules/Autologin.rb:146 -msgid "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\n%2\nDisable automatic login?" -msgstr "ユーザ %1 では自動ログイン機能が有効です。\n%2\n自動ログインを無効にしますか?" - +msgid "" +"The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\n" +"%2\n" +"Disable automatic login?" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ %1 では自動ログイン機能が有効です。\n" +"%2\n" +"自動ログインを無効にしますか?" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -82,8 +82,12 @@ #. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info #. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 -msgid "Started the CUPS daemon.\nWaiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" -msgstr "CUPSデーモンを起動しました。\n操作できるようになるまで30秒ほどお待ちください...\n" +msgid "" +"Started the CUPS daemon.\n" +"Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" +msgstr "" +"CUPSデーモンを起動しました。\n" +"操作できるようになるまで30秒ほどお待ちください...\n" #. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) #. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. @@ -96,8 +100,12 @@ #. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. #. (Plain busy message without title.) #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 -msgid "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\nWaiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." -msgstr "CUPSデーモンの準備ができるのを待っています。\n操作できるようになるまで1分ほどお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" +"Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." +msgstr "" +"CUPSデーモンの準備ができるのを待っています。\n" +"操作できるようになるまで1分ほどお待ちください..." #. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. #. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). @@ -693,8 +701,12 @@ #. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 -msgid "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\nthe RPM package hplip must be installed." -msgstr "HPデバイスに「hp」バックエンドからアクセスするには、\nRPMパッケージhplipをインストールする必要があります。" +msgid "" +"To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" +"the RPM package hplip must be installed." +msgstr "" +"HPデバイスに「hp」バックエンドからアクセスするには、\n" +"RPMパッケージhplipをインストールする必要があります。" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." @@ -756,8 +768,14 @@ #. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails #. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 -msgid "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\nRun 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\nEnter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." -msgstr "BluetoothのデバイスIDが見つからないようです。\n「hcitool scan」を実行してBluetoothのデバイスIDを取得し、\nコロン(:)を入れずにIDを入力してください(例: 「1A2B3C4D5E6F」)。" +msgid "" +"It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" +"Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" +"Enter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." +msgstr "" +"BluetoothのデバイスIDが見つからないようです。\n" +"「hcitool scan」を実行してBluetoothのデバイスIDを取得し、\n" +"コロン(:)を入れずにIDを入力してください(例: 「1A2B3C4D5E6F」)。" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -1085,8 +1103,14 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 -msgid "An untested and insecure workaround might be\nto set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\nand use a DeviceURI like 'file:/dev/sg...'" -msgstr "テストが十分に行われておらず不安定な回避策ですが、\ncupsd.conf内で「FileDevice Yes」を設定することで、\n「file:/dev/sg...」のようなデバイスURIを利用することができます。" +msgid "" +"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" +"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" +"and use a DeviceURI like 'file:/dev/sg...'" +msgstr "" +"テストが十分に行われておらず不安定な回避策ですが、\n" +"cupsd.conf内で「FileDevice Yes」を設定することで、\n" +"「file:/dev/sg...」のようなデバイスURIを利用することができます。" #. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP #. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here @@ -1098,8 +1122,14 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected #. because there is no connection available to be selected: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 -msgid "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\nto access the device via this type of connection.\nWas the printer connected and switched on all the time?" -msgstr "ここに接続が表示されない場合は、この種類の接続を\n介してデバイスにアクセスすることができないことを示しています。\n常にプリンタが接続されていて、電源がオンになっていますか?" +msgid "" +"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" +"to access the device via this type of connection.\n" +"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?" +msgstr "" +"ここに接続が表示されない場合は、この種類の接続を\n" +"介してデバイスにアクセスすることができないことを示しています。\n" +"常にプリンタが接続されていて、電源がオンになっていますか?" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" @@ -1108,8 +1138,14 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected #. because the current connection is no longer valid: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 -msgid "When the current connection is no longer valid,\nit does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\nIs the printer still connected and switched on?" -msgstr "現在の接続がもはや有効ではない場合、\nこの接続を介してデバイスにアクセスすることはできません。\nプリンタが接続されていて、電源がオンになっていますか?" +msgid "" +"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" +"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" +"Is the printer still connected and switched on?" +msgstr "" +"現在の接続がもはや有効ではない場合、\n" +"この接続を介してデバイスにアクセスすることはできません。\n" +"プリンタが接続されていて、電源がオンになっていますか?" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." @@ -1196,8 +1232,12 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 -msgid "Please wait...\nThis could take more than a minute." -msgstr "お待ちください...\nしばらく時間がかかります。" +msgid "" +"Please wait...\n" +"This could take more than a minute." +msgstr "" +"お待ちください...\n" +"しばらく時間がかかります。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 @@ -1229,8 +1269,12 @@ #. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case #. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 -msgid "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n(Network issue or firewall active?)" -msgstr "ネットワーク内のスキャンではホストが見つかりませんでした。\n(ネットワークに問題があるか、ファイアウォールがアクティブになっている可能性があります。)" +msgid "" +"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" +"(Network issue or firewall active?)" +msgstr "" +"ネットワーク内のスキャンではホストが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"(ネットワークに問題があるか、ファイアウォールがアクティブになっている可能性があります。)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the port number #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1252,8 +1296,16 @@ #. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 -msgid "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\nif authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\nIn this case a user who is allowed to print via Active Directory (R)\nshould log in and test by himself if he can print from Gnome or KDE." -msgstr "これはActive Directory(R)経由の認証が必要な場合に\n失敗を報告するだけの単純なテストです。\nActive Directory(R)を介して印刷テストを行う場合、対象のユーザが\nログインできて印刷できるかどうかを、GnomeやKDEから直接確認してください。" +msgid "" +"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" +"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" +"In this case a user who is allowed to print via Active Directory (R)\n" +"should log in and test by himself if he can print from Gnome or KDE." +msgstr "" +"これはActive Directory(R)経由の認証が必要な場合に\n" +"失敗を報告するだけの単純なテストです。\n" +"Active Directory(R)を介して印刷テストを行う場合、対象のユーザが\n" +"ログインできて印刷できるかどうかを、GnomeやKDEから直接確認してください。" #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1492,228 +1544,1758 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 -msgid "\n<big>Initializing printer Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリンタ設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Initializing printer Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリンタ設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 -msgid "\n<big>Finishing printer Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリンタ設定を完了しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Finishing printer Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリンタ設定を完了しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Overview dialog help 1/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 -msgid "\n<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \nA printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \nWhen various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\nthese jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\ndevice. \nIt is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\ndevice.\nFor example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\nor a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［<big>プリントキューの概要</big>］ \nプリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、プリントキューを介して使用します。 \nさまざまなアプリケーションプログラムが同時にプリントジョブを送信した場合、\nそれらのジョブはキューに入れられ、プリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。 \n同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数のプリントキューを作成することもできます。\nたとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して、\nモノクロ印刷を行う2番目のキューを作成したり、\nPostScriptとPCLの両方に対応したプリンタに対して、\nそれぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" +"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" +"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" +"device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" +"device.\n" +"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［<big>プリントキューの概要</big>］ \n" +"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、プリントキューを介して使用します。 \n" +"さまざまなアプリケーションプログラムが同時にプリントジョブを送信した場合、\n" +"それらのジョブはキューに入れられ、プリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。 \n" +"同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数のプリントキューを作成することもできます。\n" +"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して、\n" +"モノクロ印刷を行う2番目のキューを作成したり、\n" +"PostScriptとPCLの両方に対応したプリンタに対して、\n" +"それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。\n" +"\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 -msgid "\n<big>Using Remote Queues:</big> \nRemote queues exist on other hosts in the network,\ntherefore they cannot be changed on this host. \nThe remote queues listed here are known on this host.\nUsually they can be used directly by applications\nso there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\nthat is already available via a remote queue. \n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>リモートキューの使用:</big> \n遠隔(リモート)キューは、ネットワーク上に存在する他のホストで管理されているため、\nここから変更することはできません。 \nここに表示されたリモートのキューは、このホスト内で既知のものであり、\n通常はアプリケーション側から直接使用することができます。\nそのため、リモートキューとして利用可能なものの場合は、\nローカルキューを設定する必要はありません。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Using Remote Queues:</big> \n" +"Remote queues exist on other hosts in the network,\n" +"therefore they cannot be changed on this host. \n" +"The remote queues listed here are known on this host.\n" +"Usually they can be used directly by applications\n" +"so there is no need to set up a local queue for a printer\n" +"that is already available via a remote queue. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>リモートキューの使用:</big> \n" +"遠隔(リモート)キューは、ネットワーク上に存在する他のホストで管理されているため、\n" +"ここから変更することはできません。 \n" +"ここに表示されたリモートのキューは、このホスト内で既知のものであり、\n" +"通常はアプリケーション側から直接使用することができます。\n" +"そのため、リモートキューとして利用可能なものの場合は、\n" +"ローカルキューを設定する必要はありません。 \n" +"\n" #. Overview dialog help 3/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 -msgid "\n<big>Configure a printer:</big> \nPress Add to set up a new queue for a printer device.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリンタの設定:</big> \n［追加］ボタンを押すとプリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Configure a printer:</big> \n" +"Press Add to set up a new queue for a printer device.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリンタの設定:</big> \n" +"［追加］ボタンを押すとプリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定することができます。\n" +"" #. Overview dialog help 4/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 -msgid "\n<big>Change the settings for a queue:</big> \nSelect a local queue and press Edit.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>キューの設定変更:</big> \nローカルキューを選択し［編集］ボタンを押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Change the settings for a queue:</big> \n" +"Select a local queue and press Edit.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>キューの設定変更:</big> \n" +"ローカルキューを選択し［編集］ボタンを押してください。\n" +"" #. Overview dialog help 5/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 -msgid "\n<big>Remove a queue:</big> \nSelect a local queue and press Delete.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>キューの削除:</big> \nローカルキューを選択し［削除］ボタンを押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Remove a queue:</big> \n" +"Select a local queue and press Delete.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>キューの削除:</big> \n" +"ローカルキューを選択し［削除］ボタンを押してください。\n" +"" #. Overview dialog help 6/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 -msgid "\n<big>Print a test page:</big> \nSelect the queue and press Print Test Page.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>テストページの印刷:</big> \nキューを選択し、［テストページの印刷］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Print a test page:</big> \n" +"Select the queue and press Print Test Page.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>テストページの印刷:</big> \n" +"キューを選択し、［テストページの印刷］を押してください。\n" +"" #. Overview dialog help 7/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 -msgid "\n<big>Refresh the list of queues:</big> \nAfter changes to the network printing settings,\nthe available remote queues may have changed.\nUsually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\nuntil such changes become known to the local host.\nPress Refresh List after some time to get an \nup-to-date list of available remote queues.\n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>キューのリストを更新:</big> \n特にネットワーク経由で接続されているプリンタの設定を変更した場合は、\n利用可能なリモートキューが変わることがあります。\nそれらの変更がローカルホストに届くまでには、\n一般に最大で数分程度の時間がかかります。\n利用可能なリモートキューについて最新情報を表示するには、\n［一覧を更新］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Refresh the list of queues:</big> \n" +"After changes to the network printing settings,\n" +"the available remote queues may have changed.\n" +"Usually it takes some time (up to several minutes)\n" +"until such changes become known to the local host.\n" +"Press Refresh List after some time to get an \n" +"up-to-date list of available remote queues.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>キューのリストを更新:</big> \n" +"特にネットワーク経由で接続されているプリンタの設定を変更した場合は、\n" +"利用可能なリモートキューが変わることがあります。\n" +"それらの変更がローカルホストに届くまでには、\n" +"一般に最大で数分程度の時間がかかります。\n" +"利用可能なリモートキューについて最新情報を表示するには、\n" +"［一覧を更新］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 -msgid "\n<big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big> \nAutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network. \nThere is no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>AutoYaSTプリントキューの概要</big> \nAutoYaSTはネットワーク経由でのCUPS印刷のみをサポートしています。 \nローカルのプリントキューに対しては、AutoYaSTのサポートはありません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big> \n" +"AutoYaST supports only settings for printing with CUPS via network. \n" +"There is no AutoYaST support to set up local print queues.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>AutoYaSTプリントキューの概要</big> \n" +"AutoYaSTはネットワーク経由でのCUPS印刷のみをサポートしています。 \n" +"ローカルのプリントキューに対しては、AutoYaSTのサポートはありません。\n" +"" #. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 -msgid "\n<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \nA printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \nWhen various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\nthe jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \nIt is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\nUsually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\nshould be used for the same printer device.\nFor example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\nto enforce black-only printout on a color device\nor a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\nbecause printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定</big> \nプリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、プリントキューを介して使用します。 \nさまざまなアプリケーションプログラムが同時にプリントジョブを送信した場合、\nそれらのジョブはキューに入れられてプリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。 \nまた、同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数のプリントキューを作成することもできます。\nたとえば同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なるプリンタドライバを利用したい場合、\n複数のキューを作成する必要が発生する場合があります。\nたとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して\nモノクロ印刷を行う2番目のキューを作成したり、\nPostScriptとPCLの両方に対応したプリンタに対して、\nそれぞれのキ� �ーを作成したりすることができます。これは、PCLドライバの方がより高速であるためです(ただし品質は劣ります)。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" +"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" +"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" +"should be used for the same printer device.\n" +"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" +"to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリンタデバイスに対して新しいキューを設定</big> \n" +"プリンタデバイスは直接使用することはなく、プリントキューを介して使用します。 \n" +"さまざまなアプリケーションプログラムが同時にプリントジョブを送信した場合、\n" +"それらのジョブはキューに入れられてプリンタデバイスに順次送信されます。 \n" +"また、同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なる複数のプリントキューを作成することもできます。\n" +"たとえば同じプリンタデバイスに対して異なるプリンタドライバを利用したい場合、\n" +"複数のキューを作成する必要が発生する場合があります。\n" +"たとえばカラー印刷に対応したデバイスに対して\n" +"モノクロ印刷を行う2番目のキューを作成したり、\n" +"PostScriptとPCLの両方に対応したプリンタに対して、\n" +"それぞれのキューを作成したりすることができます。これは、PCLドライバの方がより高速であるためです(ただし品質は劣ります)。\n" +"" #. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 -msgid "\nTo set up a new queue: \nSelect the connection of the matching printer device, \nfind and assign a suitable printer driver, and \nset a unique queue name.\n" -msgstr "\n新しいキューを設定するには: \n該当するプリンタデバイスの接続方法を選択し、 \n適切なプリンタドライバを見つけて割り当て、 \n他とは被らない唯一のキュー名を設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To set up a new queue: \n" +"Select the connection of the matching printer device, \n" +"find and assign a suitable printer driver, and \n" +"set a unique queue name.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"新しいキューを設定するには: \n" +"該当するプリンタデバイスの接続方法を選択し、 \n" +"適切なプリンタドライバを見つけて割り当て、 \n" +"他とは被らない唯一のキュー名を設定します。\n" +"" #. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 -msgid "\nThe connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \nIf a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\nso that there cannot be any printout. \nIf a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\nit is shown for each connection type. \nIn particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\nand the 'hp:/...' connection.\nThe latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\nFor plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\nthe 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［接続］では、プリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。 \n間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず、\n印刷出力が行われなくなります。 \n2つ以上の方法でプリンタデバイスにアクセスできる場合は、\nそれぞれの接続種類が表示されます。 \n特にHP社製のデバイスは「usb:/...」と「hp:/...」の両方からアクセスできます。\n\n後者の方法はHPドライバパッケージ「hplip」が提供している方法です。\n単純な印刷であればいずれの接続であっても動作しますが、それ以外の機能\n(たとえば「hp-toolbox」を利用してデバイス状態を表示させたり、HPオールインワンデバイスを利用してスキャンしたり)\nについては「hp:/...」接続を使用する必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" +"so that there cannot be any printout. \n" +"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" +"it is shown for each connection type. \n" +"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" +"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" +"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［接続］では、プリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。 \n" +"間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず、\n" +"印刷出力が行われなくなります。 \n" +"2つ以上の方法でプリンタデバイスにアクセスできる場合は、\n" +"それぞれの接続種類が表示されます。 \n" +"特にHP社製のデバイスは「usb:/...」と「hp:/...」の両方からアクセスできます。\n" +"\n" +"後者の方法はHPドライバパッケージ「hplip」が提供している方法です。\n" +"単純な印刷であればいずれの接続であっても動作しますが、それ以外の機能\n" +"(たとえば「hp-toolbox」を利用してデバイス状態を表示させたり、HPオールインワンデバイスを利用してスキャンしたり)\n" +"については「hp:/...」接続を使用する必要があります。\n" +"\n" #. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 -msgid "\nThe driver determines that the right data is produced for the\nspecific printer model. \nIf a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\nwhich results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \nInitially the input field for the driver search string is preset\nwith the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\nand those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\nare shown by default. \nIf driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\nand if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\nthe driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\nshould be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected.\nIf no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\nfind and select an appropriate driver. \nOn the other hand if a driver was automatically preselected,\nit does not necessarily mean that this driver is\na reas onable driver for your particular needs.\nStrictly speaking an automatically preselected driver\nmay not work at all for your particular printer model.\nThe reason is that the automated driver selection\ncan only work based upon comparison of strings\n(the autodetected model name and the driver descriptions)\nso that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\nhow to set up your particular printer model. \nTherefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\nand feel free to play around and modify the settings\nto what you know what works best for your printer. \nIf no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\nit does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\nOften only the model name in the driver descriptions\nis different from the autodetected model name.\nTherefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\nand search through all available driver descriptions. \nUsually the default driver option s ettings should be reasonable\nso that the driver works for your particular printer model.\nSome driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\nIn particular the default paper size setting of the driver\nmust match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.\nYou can either explicitly select A4 or Letter as default paper size\nor select nothing to use the built-in default paper size of the driver\nwhich is also the fallback if the driver neither supports A4 nor Letter\n(for example a driver for a small-format photo printer).\nIf you like to adjust other driver options except A4 or Letter,\nyou must first set up the queue and then in a second step\nyou can adjust all driver options in the 'Edit/Modify' dialog.\n" -msgstr "\n「ドライバ」は特定のプリンタの型式に対して正しいデータを生成するための\nものです。 \n間違ったドライバを割り当ててしまうと、正しくないデータがプリンタに出力されること\nになるため、見栄えの悪い出力になったり乱れた出力になったり、場合によっては全く出力されないこともあります。 \n初期状態では、ドライバの検索文字列の項目に現在選択している方法で接続されている\nモデル名が入力されています。\nこれにより、ドライバの説明文に記載されているモデル名を検索して\n該当するドライバを表示しています。 \n自動的に検出された型式がドライバの説明文に記載されていて、\nかつ該当するすべてのドライバの説明文が同じ型式に属している場合、\nドライバの説明文はソートされ、最も適切だと思われるドライバを\n最初に表示して自動選択します。\nドライバが自動的に選択されていない場合は、手動で検索して\n適切なドライバを選択する必要があります。 \n一方、ドライバが自動的に選択されている場合でも、\nそのドライバが要件に適合するドライバではない場合があります。\n厳密に言うと、自動的に選択されたドライバが\nお使いのプリンタ型式で全く動かない場合もあります。\n理由としては、ドライバの自動選択を\n文字列の比較で行う(自動検出した型式とドライバの説明文)\nものであるため、\nお使いのプリンタの型式に対して最も適切だと思われる\nドライバを探し出すだけであるためです。 \nそのため、現在自動選択されている項目が正しいことを確認し、\nお使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえ� �、\n必要に応じて設定を調整してください。 \nまた、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合でも、\nその型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n自動検出された型式とドライバの説明文内に書かれている型式が\n異なる場合もあるということです。\nそのため、ドライバの検索文字列には必要に応じてどんな文字でも入力できる\nようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。 \nなお、通常はデフォルトのドライバオプション設定は適切に設定され、\nプリンタで動作するようになっています。\nドライバのオプション設定によっては、プリンタに正しく一致していなければならない場合もあります。\n特にドライバでのデフォルトの用紙サイズの設定については、\nお使いのプリンタに設置されているものと正しく一致していなければなりません。\nA4またはレターサイズをデフォルトの用紙サイズとして設定することもできますし、\nドライバがA4にもレターサイズにも対応していない場合など、\n何も選択しないままでドライバ内蔵のデフォルトの用紙サイズを使用する\nよう設定することもできます\n(たとえば小さなフォトプリンタ向けのドライバなど)。\nA4やレターサイズを除くその他のドライバオプションを設定したい場合は、\n最初にキューを設定してから次の手順で\n［編集/変更］ダイアログからすべてのドライバオプションを設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" +"specific printer model. \n" +"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" +"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" +"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" +"are shown by default. \n" +"If driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\n" +"and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n" +"the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n" +"should be listed topmost and this one is automatically preselected.\n" +"If no driver is automatically preselected, you must manually\n" +"find and select an appropriate driver. \n" +"On the other hand if a driver was automatically preselected,\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\n" +"a reasonable driver for your particular needs.\n" +"Strictly speaking an automatically preselected driver\n" +"may not work at all for your particular printer model.\n" +"The reason is that the automated driver selection\n" +"can only work based upon comparison of strings\n" +"(the autodetected model name and the driver descriptions)\n" +"so that the result can be only a best-guess proposal\n" +"how to set up your particular printer model. \n" +"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense\n" +"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" +"to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" +"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" +"is different from the autodetected model name.\n" +"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" +"and search through all available driver descriptions. \n" +"Usually the default driver option settings should be reasonable\n" +"so that the driver works for your particular printer model.\n" +"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" +"In particular the default paper size setting of the driver\n" +"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.\n" +"You can either explicitly select A4 or Letter as default paper size\n" +"or select nothing to use the built-in default paper size of the driver\n" +"which is also the fallback if the driver neither supports A4 nor Letter\n" +"(for example a driver for a small-format photo printer).\n" +"If you like to adjust other driver options except A4 or Letter,\n" +"you must first set up the queue and then in a second step\n" +"you can adjust all driver options in the 'Edit/Modify' dialog.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"「ドライバ」は特定のプリンタの型式に対して正しいデータを生成するための\n" +"ものです。 \n" +"間違ったドライバを割り当ててしまうと、正しくないデータがプリンタに出力されること\n" +"になるため、見栄えの悪い出力になったり乱れた出力になったり、場合によっては全く出力されないこともあります。 \n" +"初期状態では、ドライバの検索文字列の項目に現在選択している方法で接続されている\n" +"モデル名が入力されています。\n" +"これにより、ドライバの説明文に記載されているモデル名を検索して\n" +"該当するドライバを表示しています。 \n" +"自動的に検出された型式がドライバの説明文に記載されていて、\n" +"かつ該当するすべてのドライバの説明文が同じ型式に属している場合、\n" +"ドライバの説明文はソートされ、最も適切だと思われるドライバを\n" +"最初に表示して自動選択します。\n" +"ドライバが自動的に選択されていない場合は、手動で検索して\n" +"適切なドライバを選択する必要があります。 \n" +"一方、ドライバが自動的に選択されている場合でも、\n" +"そのドライバが要件に適合するドライバではない場合があります。\n" +"厳密に言うと、自動的に選択されたドライバが\n" +"お使いのプリンタ型式で全く動かない場合もあります。\n" +"理由としては、ドライバの自動選択を\n" +"文字列の比較で行う(自動検出した型式とドライバの説明文)\n" +"ものであるため、\n" +"お使いのプリンタの型式に対して最も適切だと思われる\n" +"ドライバを探し出すだけであるためです。 \n" +"そのため、現在自動選択されている項目が正しいことを確認し、\n" +"お使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえで、\n" +"必要に応じて設定を調整してください。 \n" +"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合でも、\n" +"その型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n" +"自動検出された型式とドライバの説明文内に書かれている型式が\n" +"異なる場合もあるということです。\n" +"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列には必要に応じてどんな文字でも入力できる\n" +"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。 \n" +"なお、通常はデフォルトのドライバオプション設定は適切に設定され、\n" +"プリンタで動作するようになっています。\n" +"ドライバのオプション設定によっては、プリンタに正しく一致していなければならない場合もあります。\n" +"特にドライバでのデフォルトの用紙サイズの設定については、\n" +"お使いのプリンタに設置されているものと正しく一致していなければなりません。\n" +"A4またはレターサイズをデフォルトの用紙サイズとして設定することもできますし、\n" +"ドライバがA4にもレターサイズにも対応していない場合など、\n" +"何も選択しないままでドライバ内蔵のデフォルトの用紙サイズを使用する\n" +"よう設定することもできます\n" +"(たとえば小さなフォトプリンタ向けのドライバなど)。\n" +"A4やレターサイズを除くその他のドライバオプションを設定したい場合は、\n" +"最初にキューを設定してから次の手順で\n" +"［編集/変更］ダイアログからすべてのドライバオプションを設定してください。\n" +"" #. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 -msgid "\nApplication programs do not show the actual printer device\nbut its associated queue name. \nOnly letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\nare allowed for the queue name and it must start with a letter.\n" -msgstr "\nアプリケーションプログラムは実際のプリンタデバイスを表示しませんが、\nその代わりに関連付けられた「キュー名」を表示します。 \nキュー名については文字(a～zおよびA～Z)、数字(0～9)、アンダースコア「_」\nの文字が利用できます。ただしキュー名の最初の1文字はアルファベットにする必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" +"but its associated queue name. \n" +"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_'\n" +"are allowed for the queue name and it must start with a letter.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"アプリケーションプログラムは実際のプリンタデバイスを表示しませんが、\n" +"その代わりに関連付けられた「キュー名」を表示します。 \n" +"キュー名については文字(a～zおよびA～Z)、数字(0～9)、アンダースコア「_」\n" +"の文字が利用できます。ただしキュー名の最初の1文字はアルファベットにする必要があります。\n" +"" #. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 -msgid "\nOne of the print queues may be set to be used by default. \nApplication programs should use such a system default print queue\nif no other print queue was specified by the user.\nBut there is no such thing as the 'one and only' default queue.\nBeside a system default queue any user can maintain his own\ndefault queue setting and furthermore any application program\nmay implement its own particular way of default queue setting\n(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue). \nFor details see the openSUSE support database\narticle 'Print Settings with CUPS' at \nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" -msgstr "\nいずれか1つのプリントキューを「デフォルトで使用する」ことができます。 \nユーザ側で特に何もプリントキューを指定しない場合、アプリケーションプログラムはここで設定した\nシステムのデフォルトのプリントキューを利用して印刷します。\nただし「唯一無二」のデフォルトキューはありません。\nシステムのデフォルトキューが存在するだけでなく、ユーザ側でも独自のデフォルト値を\n設定することができるほか、任意のアプリケーションプログラムが\n独自の方法でデフォルトのプリントキューを判断する場合もあります(たとえば、アプリケーションが直前に使用した\nプリントキューを記憶するなど)。 \n詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (日本語)または\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settin gs_with_CUPS(英語)にあるopenSUSEサポートデータベース記事を参照してください。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"One of the print queues may be set to be used by default. \n" +"Application programs should use such a system default print queue\n" +"if no other print queue was specified by the user.\n" +"But there is no such thing as the 'one and only' default queue.\n" +"Beside a system default queue any user can maintain his own\n" +"default queue setting and furthermore any application program\n" +"may implement its own particular way of default queue setting\n" +"(e.g. the application may remember the previously used queue). \n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'Print Settings with CUPS' at \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"いずれか1つのプリントキューを「デフォルトで使用する」ことができます。 \n" +"ユーザ側で特に何もプリントキューを指定しない場合、アプリケーションプログラムはここで設定した\n" +"システムのデフォルトのプリントキューを利用して印刷します。\n" +"ただし「唯一無二」のデフォルトキューはありません。\n" +"システムのデフォルトキューが存在するだけでなく、ユーザ側でも独自のデフォルト値を\n" +"設定することができるほか、任意のアプリケーションプログラムが\n" +"独自の方法でデフォルトのプリントキューを判断する場合もあります(たとえば、アプリケーションが直前に使用した\n" +"プリントキューを記憶するなど)。 \n" +"詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS (日本語)または\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS(英語)にあるopenSUSEサポートデータベー… \n" +"\n" +"" #. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 -msgid "\nAn alternative way to set up HP devices is to run hp-setup. \nHP's own tool 'hp-setup' provides setup support in particular\nfor HP printers and HP all-in-one devices which require\na proprietary driver plugin to be downloaded from HP and\ninstalled in the right way on a particular end-user's system.\nFurthermore 'hp-setup' can provide better setup support\nfor HP network printers and HP all-in-one network devices\nbecause HP's own tool can implement special handling\nfor special HP network devices. \nFor details see the openSUSE support database\narticle 'How to set-up a HP printer' at \nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" -msgstr "\nHPデバイスを設定するためのもう1つの方法として、「hp-setupの起動」があります。 \nHP独自のツールである「hp-setup」は、特にHP社製のプリンタおよびオールインワンデバイスに対して\n専用ドライバプラグインのダウンロードと適切なインストール作業の実施を行う\nセットアップサポートを提供します。\n\nまた、「hp-setup」はHP社製のネットワークプリンタやオールインワンネットワークデバイスに対しても、\n便利なセットアップサポートを提供します。これはHP独自のツールではHPネットワークデバイスについて\n特別な処理を行うことができるためです。\n \n詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (日本語)または\nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (英語)にあるopenSUSEサポートデータベース記事 \n「HP社製プリンタの設定方法」を参照してください。 \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to run hp-setup. \n" +"HP's own tool 'hp-setup' provides setup support in particular\n" +"for HP printers and HP all-in-one devices which require\n" +"a proprietary driver plugin to be downloaded from HP and\n" +"installed in the right way on a particular end-user's system.\n" +"Furthermore 'hp-setup' can provide better setup support\n" +"for HP network printers and HP all-in-one network devices\n" +"because HP's own tool can implement special handling\n" +"for special HP network devices. \n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'How to set-up a HP printer' at \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"HPデバイスを設定するためのもう1つの方法として、「hp-setupの起動」があります。 \n" +"HP独自のツールである「hp-setup」は、特にHP社製のプリンタおよびオールインワンデバイスに対して\n" +"専用ドライバプラグインのダウンロードと適切なインストール作業の実施を行う\n" +"セットアップサポートを提供します。\n" +"\n" +"また、「hp-setup」はHP社製のネットワークプリンタやオールインワンネットワークデバイスに対しても、\n" +"便利なセットアップサポートを提供します。これはHP独自のツールではHPネットワークデバイスについて\n" +"特別な処理を行うことができるためです。\n" +" \n" +"詳細については、http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (日本語)または\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer (英語)にあるopenSUSEサポートデータベース記事\n" +"「HP社製プリンタの設定方法」を参照してください。 \n" +"" #. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 -msgid "\n<big>Modify a Print Queue</big> \nTo modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed. \n" -msgstr "\n<big>印刷キューの修正</big> \nキューを修正するには、変更したいキューのみを選択してください。 \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Modify a Print Queue</big> \n" +"To modify a queue, select only what you really want to be changed. \n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>印刷キューの修正</big> \n" +"キューを修正するには、変更したいキューのみを選択してください。 \n" +"" #. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 -msgid "\nThe connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \nIf a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\nso that there cannot be any printout. \nIf a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\nit is shown for each connection type. \nIn particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\nand the 'hp:/...' connection.\nThe latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\nFor plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\nthe 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \nWhen you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\nthe input field for the driver search string is preset\nwith the autodetected model name of the new selected connection.\nThe drivers for which the driver description matches the model name\nare shown by default. \nIf driver descriptions match th e autodetected model name\nand if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\nthe driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\nshould be listed topmost (but still below the currently used driver).\nOn the other hand, it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\na reasonable driver for your particular needs.\nThe topmost listed driver may not work at all for your particular \nprinter model. The automated driver selection\ncompares strings (the autodetected model name and the driver \ndescriptions) so the result can only be a best-guess proposal\nhow to set up your particular printer model. \nTherefore check if the currently preselected values make sense.\nFeel free to play around and modify the settings\nto what you know works best for your printer. \nIf no driver description matches the autodetected model name, it does \nnot necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\nOften the model name in the driver d escriptions\nis different from the autodetected model name.\nTherefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\nand search through all available driver descriptions.\n\n" -msgstr "\n「接続」はプリンタデバイスに対してデータを送信する方法を設定します。 \n誤った接続を選択してしまうと、データをデバイスに送信することができないため、\n印刷が全く出力されなくなります。 \nまた、プリンタデバイスへの接続方法が2種類以上存在する場合は、\nそれぞれの接続方法が表示されます。 \n特にHPデバイスの場合は、「usb:/...」接続と\n「hp:/...」接続の両方が表示されます。\n後者はHPドライバパッケージ「hplip」で提供されるものです。\n特に何も加工しない印刷の場合はどちらの接続方法でも問題なく動作しますが、それ以外の場合\n(たとえばデバイスの状態を「hp-toolbox」で表示させたり、HPのオールインワンデバイスでスキャンする場合など)\nは「hp:/...」の接続方法を使用する必要があります� � \n接続方法を一方のものから他方のものに変更する場合は、\nドライバの検索文字列の項目は\n新しく選択した接続方法で自動検出された型式名が入力され、\nデフォルトではその型式名に該当するドライバが表示されます。\n \n自動的に検出された型式がドライバの説明文に記載されていて、\nかつ該当するすべてのドライバの説明文が同じ型式に属している場合、\nドライバの説明文はソートされ、最も適切だと思われるドライバを\n最初に表示して自動選択します。\nドライバが自動的に選択されていない場合は、手動で検索して\n適切なドライバを選択する必要があります。 \n一方、ドライバが自動的に選択されている場合でも、\nそのドライバが要件に適合するドライバではない場合があります。\n場合によっては、自動的に選� �されたドライバが\nお使いのプリンタ型式で全く動かない場合もあります。\n理由としては、ドライバの自動選択を\n文字列の比較で行う(自動検出した型式とドライバの説明文)ものであるため、お使いのプリンタの型式に対して最も適切だと思われる\nドライバを探し出すだけであるためです。 \nそのため、現在自動選択されている項目が正しいことを確認し、\nお使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえで、必要に応じて設定を調整してください。 \nまた、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合でも、その型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n自動検出された型式とドライバの説明文内に書かれている型式が\n異なる場合もあるということです。\nそのため、ドライバの検索文字列には必要に応じてどんな文字でも入力できる\nようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" +"so that there cannot be any printout. \n" +"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" +"it is shown for each connection type. \n" +"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" +"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" +"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" +"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" +"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" +"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" +"with the autodetected model name of the new selected connection.\n" +"The drivers for which the driver description matches the model name\n" +"are shown by default. \n" +"If driver descriptions match the autodetected model name\n" +"and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n" +"the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n" +"should be listed topmost (but still below the currently used driver).\n" +"On the other hand, it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\n" +"a reasonable driver for your particular needs.\n" +"The topmost listed driver may not work at all for your particular \n" +"printer model. The automated driver selection\n" +"compares strings (the autodetected model name and the driver \n" +"descriptions) so the result can only be a best-guess proposal\n" +"how to set up your particular printer model. \n" +"Therefore check if the currently preselected values make sense.\n" +"Feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" +"to what you know works best for your printer. \n" +"If no driver description matches the autodetected model name, it does \n" +"not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" +"Often the model name in the driver descriptions\n" +"is different from the autodetected model name.\n" +"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" +"and search through all available driver descriptions.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"「接続」はプリンタデバイスに対してデータを送信する方法を設定します。 \n" +"誤った接続を選択してしまうと、データをデバイスに送信することができないため、\n" +"印刷が全く出力されなくなります。 \n" +"また、プリンタデバイスへの接続方法が2種類以上存在する場合は、\n" +"それぞれの接続方法が表示されます。 \n" +"特にHPデバイスの場合は、「usb:/...」接続と\n" +"「hp:/...」接続の両方が表示されます。\n" +"後者はHPドライバパッケージ「hplip」で提供されるものです。\n" +"特に何も加工しない印刷の場合はどちらの接続方法でも問題なく動作しますが、それ以外の場合\n" +"(たとえばデバイスの状態を「hp-toolbox」で表示させたり、HPのオールインワンデバイスでスキャンする場合など)\n" +"は「hp:/...」の接続方法を使用する必要があります。 \n" +"接続方法を一方のものから他方のものに変更する場合は、\n" +"ドライバの検索文字列の項目は\n" +"新しく選択した接続方法で自動検出された型式名が入力され、\n" +"デフォルトではその型式名に該当するドライバが表示されます。\n" +" \n" +"自動的に検出された型式がドライバの説明文に記載されていて、\n" +"かつ該当するすべてのドライバの説明文が同じ型式に属している場合、\n" +"ドライバの説明文はソートされ、最も適切だと思われるドライバを\n" +"最初に表示して自動選択します。\n" +"ドライバが自動的に選択されていない場合は、手動で検索して\n" +"適切なドライバを選択する必要があります。 \n" +"一方、ドライバが自動的に選択されている場合でも、\n" +"そのドライバが要件に適合するドライバではない場合があります。\n" +"場合によっては、自動的に選択されたドライバが\n" +"お使いのプリンタ型式で全く動かない場合もあります。\n" +"理由としては、ドライバの自動選択を\n" +"文字列の比較で行う(自動検出した型式とドライバの説明文)ものであるため、お使いのプリンタの型式に対して最も適切だと思われる\n" +"ドライバを探し出すだけであるためです。 \n" +"そのため、現在自動選択されている項目が正しいことを確認し、\n" +"お使いのプリンタで動作することを確認したうえで、必要に応じて設定を調整してください。 \n" +"また、自動検出された型式がいずれのドライバの説明文にも該当しなかった場合でも、その型式に対して全くドライバが存在していないというわけではありません。\n" +"自動検出された型式とドライバの説明文内に書かれている型式が\n" +"異なる場合もあるということです。\n" +"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列には必要に応じてどんな文字でも入力できる\n" +"ようになっていて、ここから利用可能なドライバの説明文を自由に検索できます。 \n" +"\n" #. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 -msgid "\nThe driver determines that the right data is produced for the\nspecific printer model. \nIf a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\nwhich results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \nYou can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\nor keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \nSome driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\nFor example the default paper size setting of the driver\nmust match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \nFor other driver option settings you can choose what you like.\nFor example any choice of the available printing resolutions\nshould work for the particular driver.\nNevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\nwith high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\nwhich has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.\nWhen you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\nyou must first apply this change to the print queue\nso that the new driver is used for the queue\n(i.e. you must finish this dialog as a first step)\nand then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\nby using this dialog again. \nInitially the input field for the driver search string is preset\nwith the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\nThis results usually only one single driver which matches\nso that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\nto get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\nIf no driver matches, it does not mean that there is no driver available.\nTherefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\nand search through all available driver descriptions.\n" -msgstr "\n「ドライバ」では特定のプリンタ型番に対して正しいデータを生成する方法を\n指定します。 \n間違ったドライバを割り当てるとプリンタに対して間違ったデータが送信され、\n見栄えの悪い出力になったり、乱れた出力になったり、全く出力されなかったりします。 \nまた、後から他のドライバを選択したりドライバオプションの設定を変更したりすることができますし、\nここから現在使用されているドライバをそのままにしてドライバオプションを変更することもできます。 \nなお、ドライバオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに適切なものでなければならないものもあります。\nたとえばドライバに対するデフォルトの紙サイズの設定は\nプリンタに取り付けられている紙に適合しなければなりません� �� \nその他のドライバオプション設定は自由に変更できます。\nたとえば利用可能な印刷解像度設定は、いずれを選択しても\nそれぞれのドライバで問題なく動作するはずです。\nドライバ側で対応していない高い解像度で印刷しようとした場合は、\nうまくいかない場合もあります。たとえばレーザープリンタを使用している場合に\n高い解像度の印刷を行うにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などがこれに該当します。 \n現在使用中のドライバを別のものに入れ替えた場合は、\nまず最初にその変更をプリントキューに適用して\nキューが新しいドライバを使用するよう設定し\n(手順の最初でこのダイアログを完了しなければならない、という意味です)、\n次の手順としてこのダイアログを再度使用し、必要なすべてのドライバオプションを\n設定する、という流れになります。 \nまた、接続を変更していない場合、初期状態ではドライバの検索文字列の入力項目に対して、\n現在使用中のドライバの説明が入力されています。\nこれにより、一般に1つのドライバのみが該当することになるため、\n検索文字列をより短く指定して\n別のドライバを参照するか、もしくは［他を検索］ボタンを使用してください。\n該当するドライバが存在しない場合は、利用可能なドライバが存在していないという\nことになります。\nそのため、ドライバの検索文字列にはどんな文字列でも入力できるようになっていて、これによりすべてのドライバの説明文を検索します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" +"specific printer model. \n" +"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" +"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" +"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" +"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" +"For other driver option settings you can choose what you like.\n" +"For example any choice of the available printing resolutions\n" +"should work for the particular driver.\n" +"Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" +"with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" +"When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" +"you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" +"so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" +"(i.e. you must finish this dialog as a first step)\n" +"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" +"by using this dialog again. \n" +"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" +"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" +"so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" +"to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" +"If no driver matches, it does not mean that there is no driver available.\n" +"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" +"and search through all available driver descriptions.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"「ドライバ」では特定のプリンタ型番に対して正しいデータを生成する方法を\n" +"指定します。 \n" +"間違ったドライバを割り当てるとプリンタに対して間違ったデータが送信され、\n" +"見栄えの悪い出力になったり、乱れた出力になったり、全く出力されなかったりします。 \n" +"また、後から他のドライバを選択したりドライバオプションの設定を変更したりすることができますし、\n" +"ここから現在使用されているドライバをそのままにしてドライバオプションを変更することもできます。 \n" +"なお、ドライバオプション設定によっては、お使いのプリンタに適切なものでなければならないものもあります。\n" +"たとえばドライバに対するデフォルトの紙サイズの設定は\n" +"プリンタに取り付けられている紙に適合しなければなりません。 \n" +"その他のドライバオプション設定は自由に変更できます。\n" +"たとえば利用可能な印刷解像度設定は、いずれを選択しても\n" +"それぞれのドライバで問題なく動作するはずです。\n" +"ドライバ側で対応していない高い解像度で印刷しようとした場合は、\n" +"うまくいかない場合もあります。たとえばレーザープリンタを使用している場合に\n" +"高い解像度の印刷を行うにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などがこれに該当します。 \n" +"現在使用中のドライバを別のものに入れ替えた場合は、\n" +"まず最初にその変更をプリントキューに適用して\n" +"キューが新しいドライバを使用するよう設定し\n" +"(手順の最初でこのダイアログを完了しなければならない、という意味です)、\n" +"次の手順としてこのダイアログを再度使用し、必要なすべてのドライバオプションを\n" +"設定する、という流れになります。 \n" +"また、接続を変更していない場合、初期状態ではドライバの検索文字列の入力項目に対して、\n" +"現在使用中のドライバの説明が入力されています。\n" +"これにより、一般に1つのドライバのみが該当することになるため、\n" +"検索文字列をより短く指定して\n" +"別のドライバを参照するか、もしくは［他を検索］ボタンを使用してください。\n" +"該当するドライバが存在しない場合は、利用可能なドライバが存在していないという\n" +"ことになります。\n" +"そのため、ドライバの検索文字列にはどんな文字列でも入力できるようになっていて、これによりすべてのドライバの説明文を検索します。\n" +"" #. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 -msgid "\nIn contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\nyou are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\nApplication programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\nTo make sure that those strings look correct in any language\nwhich a particular user of a particular application program may use,\nit is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\nspecial characters e.g. only ASCII letters (a-z and A-Z),\nASCII numbers (0-9), and the ASCII space character (20 hex).\nUsually the description describes the model and optionally the driver\n(e.g. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver')\nand the location describes where the printer is located\n(e.g. 'Room 123' or 'Front Desk').\n" -msgstr "\n正しいものを選択しなければならない接続とドライバに比べ、\n「説明」と「場所」については自由に入力することができます。\nアプリケーションによっては印刷ダイアログで説明や場所を表示する場合があります。\nこれらの文字列をさまざまなユーザのさまざまなアプリケーションの言語環境で表示できるようにするため、\n\n特別な文字を使用しないASCII文字(つまり文字(a～zおよびA～Z)、数字(0～9)、\nおよびスペース)\nで入力することをお勧めします。\n一般に説明には型番とドライバ(補足)についての説明\n(たとえば「ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver」)を、\n場所にはプリンタがどこに配置されているか\n(たとえば「Room 123」や「Front Desk」)を入力します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" +"To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" +"which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" +"it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" +"special characters e.g. only ASCII letters (a-z and A-Z),\n" +"ASCII numbers (0-9), and the ASCII space character (20 hex).\n" +"Usually the description describes the model and optionally the driver\n" +"(e.g. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver')\n" +"and the location describes where the printer is located\n" +"(e.g. 'Room 123' or 'Front Desk').\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"正しいものを選択しなければならない接続とドライバに比べ、\n" +"「説明」と「場所」については自由に入力することができます。\n" +"アプリケーションによっては印刷ダイアログで説明や場所を表示する場合があります。\n" +"これらの文字列をさまざまなユーザのさまざまなアプリケーションの言語環境で表示できるようにするため、\n" +"\n" +"特別な文字を使用しないASCII文字(つまり文字(a～zおよびA～Z)、数字(0～9)、\n" +"およびスペース)\n" +"で入力することをお勧めします。\n" +"一般に説明には型番とドライバ(補足)についての説明\n" +"(たとえば「ACME FunPrinter 1000 using generic PCL driver」)を、\n" +"場所にはプリンタがどこに配置されているか\n" +"(たとえば「Room 123」や「Front Desk」)を入力します。\n" +"" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 -msgid "\n<big>Set Driver Options</big> \nUsually it is best to leave the driver defaults because\nthe defaults should be reasonable for most cases. \nAdditionally, the print dialogs in most applications\nshow the driver options too so that each user can specify\ndriver options for each individual printout. \nThe only setting which should be checked in any case is the paper size,\nwhich must be set to what is actually used by default in the printer.\n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>ドライバオプションの設定</big> \n通常の印刷ではデフォルトの設定が最も適切であるため、この欄は\nドライバのデフォルト値そのままの状態にしておくのが最適です。 \n場合によっては、通常のアプリケーションプログラム内に表示される印刷ダイアログが、\nドライバオプションを併せて表示することもあります。これは個別の印刷に対して\nドライバオプションを設定できるようにしているためです。 \nプリンタで実際にデフォルトで使用される紙のサイズについては、\nいずれの場合でも確認してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Set Driver Options</big> \n" +"Usually it is best to leave the driver defaults because\n" +"the defaults should be reasonable for most cases. \n" +"Additionally, the print dialogs in most applications\n" +"show the driver options too so that each user can specify\n" +"driver options for each individual printout. \n" +"The only setting which should be checked in any case is the paper size,\n" +"which must be set to what is actually used by default in the printer.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>ドライバオプションの設定</big> \n" +"通常の印刷ではデフォルトの設定が最も適切であるため、この欄は\n" +"ドライバのデフォルト値そのままの状態にしておくのが最適です。 \n" +"場合によっては、通常のアプリケーションプログラム内に表示される印刷ダイアログが、\n" +"ドライバオプションを併せて表示することもあります。これは個別の印刷に対して\n" +"ドライバオプションを設定できるようにしているためです。 \n" +"プリンタで実際にデフォルトで使用される紙のサイズについては、\n" +"いずれの場合でも確認してください。\n" +"\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 -msgid "\nNon-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\nconsequences. \nFor example, a high resolution setting may not work for a laser printer\nwhen its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high resolution\npages. \nOr a high quality setting may print intolerably slow on an inkjet printer.\n\n" -msgstr "\nデフォルトでない設定はうまく動作しない場合があり、動作しても予期しない結果になる場合があります。 \nたとえばレーザープリンタを使用している場合に、\n高い解像度の印刷を行うにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などが\nこれに該当します。 \nまた解像度が高すぎると、インクジェットプリンタで印刷に時間のかかる場合も\nあります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" +"consequences. \n" +"For example, a high resolution setting may not work for a laser printer\n" +"when its default built-in memory is insufficient to process high resolution\n" +"pages. \n" +"Or a high quality setting may print intolerably slow on an inkjet printer.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"デフォルトでない設定はうまく動作しない場合があり、動作しても予期しない結果になる場合があります。 \n" +"たとえばレーザープリンタを使用している場合に、\n" +"高い解像度の印刷を行うにあたって内蔵メモリが足りていない場合などが\n" +"これに該当します。 \n" +"また解像度が高すぎると、インクジェットプリンタで印刷に時間のかかる場合も\n" +"あります。\n" +"\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 -msgid "\nIn certain cases printer-specific driver settings\nmust be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer. \nIn particular, when the printer has optional units installed like\na duplex unit or optional paper feeders, the respective driver settings\nshould be checked and adjusted. \nFor example, a duplex unit option must be set to 'installed' or 'true'\notherwise the driver may ignore duplex printing option settings.\n\n" -msgstr "\n一方、プリンタの機能を完全に利用するために、ある特定の条件でプリンタ\n固有のドライバ設定を設定しなければならないことがあります。 \nたとえばプリンタに両面印刷ユニットや、オプションの用紙フィーダなどのオプション機器が\n搭載されている場合、適切なドライバ設定を選択して設定する必要があります。\n \nたとえば両面印刷ユニットオプションを「installed (インストール済み)」や「true (はい)」\nに設定しないと、両面印刷の設定を無視して印刷してしまうかもしれません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" +"must be adjusted to get the full functionality of a printer. \n" +"In particular, when the printer has optional units installed like\n" +"a duplex unit or optional paper feeders, the respective driver settings\n" +"should be checked and adjusted. \n" +"For example, a duplex unit option must be set to 'installed' or 'true'\n" +"otherwise the driver may ignore duplex printing option settings.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"一方、プリンタの機能を完全に利用するために、ある特定の条件でプリンタ\n" +"固有のドライバ設定を設定しなければならないことがあります。 \n" +"たとえばプリンタに両面印刷ユニットや、オプションの用紙フィーダなどのオプション機器が\n" +"搭載されている場合、適切なドライバ設定を選択して設定する必要があります。\n" +" \n" +"たとえば両面印刷ユニットオプションを「installed (インストール済み)」や「true (はい)」\n" +"に設定しないと、両面印刷の設定を無視して印刷してしまうかもしれません。\n" +"\n" #. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 -msgid "\n<big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big> \nIf a printer driver package is not marked, it is not installed.\nSelect the package if you want to install it. \nIf a printer driver package is marked, it is installed.\nDeselect the package if you want to remove it.\nIn the latter case, make sure that there is no printer configuration \nwhich needs the driver. \n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリンタドライバパッケージの追加/削除</big> \nプリンタドライバパッケージにマークが付いていない場合は、\nインストール対象として選択することができます。 \nプリンタドライバパッケージにマークが付いている場合は\nインストール済みで、削除するために選択を解除することができます。\n選択を解除する場合は、プリンタ設定でそれらのドライバを\n必要としているものがないことを確認したうえで実行してください。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big> \n" +"If a printer driver package is not marked, it is not installed.\n" +"Select the package if you want to install it. \n" +"If a printer driver package is marked, it is installed.\n" +"Deselect the package if you want to remove it.\n" +"In the latter case, make sure that there is no printer configuration \n" +"which needs the driver. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリンタドライバパッケージの追加/削除</big> \n" +"プリンタドライバパッケージにマークが付いていない場合は、\n" +"インストール対象として選択することができます。 \n" +"プリンタドライバパッケージにマークが付いている場合は\n" +"インストール済みで、削除するために選択を解除することができます。\n" +"選択を解除する場合は、プリンタ設定でそれらのドライバを\n" +"必要としているものがないことを確認したうえで実行してください。 \n" +"\n" #. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 -msgid "\n<big>Add a Printer Description File</big> \nTo set up a printer configuration, a printer description file\n(PPD file) is required. \nIf a PPD file is not located in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory,\nit is not available to set up a printer configuration with it.\nTherefore you can specify the full path of a PPD file,\nwhich is located elsewhere on your system, to get it installed\nin the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory. \nNote that a printer description file is not a driver. \nFor non-PostScript printers the PPD file alone is\nnot sufficient to set up a working printer configuration.\nIn particular, it does not work for non-PostScript printers\nto download a PPD file from the Internet and then set up\nthe printer with such a PPD file.\nThe plain printer setup would work but actual printing\nwould not work because the driver would be missing.\nFor non-PostScript printers, you need a printer driver\nand a PPD file which matches exactly the particula r driver.\nMatching PPD files are automatically installed at the right place\nwhen you install the above mentioned printer driver packages. \nOnly for PostScript printers, a PPD file alone is usually\nsufficient to set up a working PostScript printer configuration.\nIn particular, it is sufficient when the PPD file does not\ncontain a 'cupsFilter' entry because such an entry would\nreference a printer driver. \n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリンタ定義ファイルの追加</big> \nプリンタの設定を行うには、プリンタ定義ファイル(PPDファイル)\nが必要です。 \nPPDファイルが/usr/share/cups/model/ディレクトリに存在していない\n場合は、それを利用したプリンタ設定を行うことはできません。\nそのため、システムで上記以外の場所にプリンタ定義ファイルが存在する場合は、\nPPDファイルのフルパスを指定して/usr/share/cups/modelディレクトリに\nインストールする必要があります。 \nなお、プリンタ定義ファイルはドライバとは異なるものであることに注意してください。 \n非PostScriptプリンタの場合、プリンタ設定を行って正しく動作させるためには\nPPDファイルだけでは足りません。\n特に非PostScriptプリンタでPPDファイルだけをインターネットから\nダウンロードして設定しても動作させることはできません。\n\nプリンタの設定そのものは問題なく進めることができますが、\n実際に印刷を行おうとしてもプリンタドライバが存在しないために\n動作しないものになってしまいます。\n非PostScriptプリンタの場合、プリンタドライバに正確に適合した\nPPDファイルが必要です。\nプリンタドライバをインストールすれば、\n適合したPPDファイルは自動的に必要な場所にインストールされます。 \nPostScriptプリンタであれば、一般的にPPDファイルだけで十分です。\n特にPPDファイルに「cupsFilter」という項目が存在していなければ\n別途のドライバを用意する必要はありません。その項目で\nプリンタドライバを参照しているためです。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Add a Printer Description File</big> \n" +"To set up a printer configuration, a printer description file\n" +"(PPD file) is required. \n" +"If a PPD file is not located in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory,\n" +"it is not available to set up a printer configuration with it.\n" +"Therefore you can specify the full path of a PPD file,\n" +"which is located elsewhere on your system, to get it installed\n" +"in the /usr/share/cups/model/ directory. \n" +"Note that a printer description file is not a driver. \n" +"For non-PostScript printers the PPD file alone is\n" +"not sufficient to set up a working printer configuration.\n" +"In particular, it does not work for non-PostScript printers\n" +"to download a PPD file from the Internet and then set up\n" +"the printer with such a PPD file.\n" +"The plain printer setup would work but actual printing\n" +"would not work because the driver would be missing.\n" +"For non-PostScript printers, you need a printer driver\n" +"and a PPD file which matches exactly the particular driver.\n" +"Matching PPD files are automatically installed at the right place\n" +"when you install the above mentioned printer driver packages. \n" +"Only for PostScript printers, a PPD file alone is usually\n" +"sufficient to set up a working PostScript printer configuration.\n" +"In particular, it is sufficient when the PPD file does not\n" +"contain a 'cupsFilter' entry because such an entry would\n" +"reference a printer driver. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリンタ定義ファイルの追加</big> \n" +"プリンタの設定を行うには、プリンタ定義ファイル(PPDファイル)\n" +"が必要です。 \n" +"PPDファイルが/usr/share/cups/model/ディレクトリに存在していない\n" +"場合は、それを利用したプリンタ設定を行うことはできません。\n" +"そのため、システムで上記以外の場所にプリンタ定義ファイルが存在する場合は、\n" +"PPDファイルのフルパスを指定して/usr/share/cups/modelディレクトリに\n" +"インストールする必要があります。 \n" +"なお、プリンタ定義ファイルはドライバとは異なるものであることに注意してください。 \n" +"非PostScriptプリンタの場合、プリンタ設定を行って正しく動作させるためには\n" +"PPDファイルだけでは足りません。\n" +"特に非PostScriptプリンタでPPDファイルだけをインターネットから\n" +"ダウンロードして設定しても動作させることはできません。\n" +"\n" +"プリンタの設定そのものは問題なく進めることができますが、\n" +"実際に印刷を行おうとしてもプリンタドライバが存在しないために\n" +"動作しないものになってしまいます。\n" +"非PostScriptプリンタの場合、プリンタドライバに正確に適合した\n" +"PPDファイルが必要です。\n" +"プリンタドライバをインストールすれば、\n" +"適合したPPDファイルは自動的に必要な場所にインストールされます。 \n" +"PostScriptプリンタであれば、一般的にPPDファイルだけで十分です。\n" +"特にPPDファイルに「cupsFilter」という項目が存在していなければ\n" +"別途のドライバを用意する必要はありません。その項目で\n" +"プリンタドライバを参照しているためです。 \n" +"\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 -msgid "\n<big>Specify the Connection</big> \nThe connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \nIf a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\nso that there cannot be any printout.\n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>接続方法の指定</big> \n「接続」ではプリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。 \n間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず\n印刷出力が行われなくなります。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" +"If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" +"so that there cannot be any printout.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>接続方法の指定</big> \n" +"「接続」ではプリンタデバイスに対してデータをどのように送信するかを決定します。 \n" +"間違った接続を選択すると、デバイスに対してデータが送信できず\n" +"印刷出力が行われなくなります。 \n" +"\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 -msgid "\n<big>Printer Device URI</big> \nA connection is specified as so called device URI. \nIts first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\nfor example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \nAfter the scheme there are more or less additional components\nwhich specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \nSpace characters are not allowed in an URI.\nTherefore a space character in a value of an URI component\nis encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \nThe components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\ncolon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \nFinally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\nof the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\na full device URI could be for example: \nipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \nSome examples: \nA USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\nwith serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \nusb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \nA network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\nvia port 9100 may have a device URI like: \nsocket://192.168.100.1:9100 \nA network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\nvia LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\nmay have a device URI like: \nlpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリンタデバイスURI</big> \n接続はいわゆる「デバイスURI」として指定します。 \n最初の単語(いわゆるURIスキーマ)はデータ転送の種類を指定します。\nたとえば、「USB」、「ソケット」、「lpd」、「ipp」などです。 \nスキーマの後に、この種類のデータ転送の詳細を指定する\nいくつかの追加コンポーネントがあります。 \nURIではスペース文字は使用できません。\nしたがって、URIコンポーネントの値に含まれるスペース文字は\n「%20」にエンコードされます(20はスペース文字の16進数値)。 \nURIのコンポーネントは、予約済みの特殊文字\n(コロン「:」、スラッシュ「/」、疑問符「?」、アンパサンド「&」、等号記号「=」など)で区切られます。 \n最後に、「option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3」とい� �形式の\nオプションのパラメータ(疑問符区切り)を指定できます。\nたとえば、完全なデバイスURIを次のように指定できます: \nipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n次に例をいくつか示します。 \n「ACME」によって製造された\nシリアル番号「A1B2C3」のUSBプリンタのモデル「Fun Printer 1000+」には次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。 \nusb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \nポート9100を利用してアクセスできるIP 192.168.100.1を持つ\nネットワークプリンタには次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。 \nsocket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n「LPT1」というリモートLPDキュー名を\n持つLPDプロトコルを利用してアクセスできるIP 192.168.100.2を持つネットワークプリンタには\n次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。 \nlpd://192.168. 100.2/LPT1\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" +"A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" +"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" +"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" +"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" +"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" +"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" +"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" +"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" +"a full device URI could be for example: \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"Some examples: \n" +"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" +"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" +"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +"A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n" +"via port 9100 may have a device URI like: \n" +"socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" +"A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n" +"via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n" +"may have a device URI like: \n" +"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリンタデバイスURI</big> \n" +"接続はいわゆる「デバイスURI」として指定します。 \n" +"最初の単語(いわゆるURIスキーマ)はデータ転送の種類を指定します。\n" +"たとえば、「USB」、「ソケット」、「lpd」、「ipp」などです。 \n" +"スキーマの後に、この種類のデータ転送の詳細を指定する\n" +"いくつかの追加コンポーネントがあります。 \n" +"URIではスペース文字は使用できません。\n" +"したがって、URIコンポーネントの値に含まれるスペース文字は\n" +"「%20」にエンコードされます(20はスペース文字の16進数値)。 \n" +"URIのコンポーネントは、予約済みの特殊文字\n" +"(コロン「:」、スラッシュ「/」、疑問符「?」、アンパサンド「&」、等号記号「=」など)で区切られます。 \n" +"最後に、「option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3」という形式の\n" +"オプションのパラメータ(疑問符区切り)を指定できます。\n" +"たとえば、完全なデバイスURIを次のように指定できます: \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" +"次に例をいくつか示します。 \n" +"「ACME」によって製造された\n" +"シリアル番号「A1B2C3」のUSBプリンタのモデル「Fun Printer 1000+」には次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。 \n" +"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" +"ポート9100を利用してアクセスできるIP 192.168.100.1を持つ\n" +"ネットワークプリンタには次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。 \n" +"socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" +"「LPT1」というリモートLPDキュー名を\n" +"持つLPDプロトコルを利用してアクセスできるIP 192.168.100.2を持つネットワークプリンタには\n" +"次のようなデバイスURIを指定できます。 \n" +"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" +"" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 -msgid "\n<big>Percent Encoding</big> \nThe issue is complicated.\nIt is recommended to avoid reserved characters and spaces\nfor component values in URIs if the values are under your control\n(e.g. you cannot avoid it when you must specify such characters\nin values for an URI to access a remote print queue\nbut the remote print queue is not under your control).\nWhenever possible use only so called 'unreserved characters'.\nUnreserved characters are uppercase and lowercase letters,\ndecimal digits, hyphen, period, underscore, and tilde.\nEven hyphen, period, tilde, and case sensitivity\ncould cause special issues in special cases\n(e.g. only letters, digits, and underscore are known to work\nfor a CUPS print queue name and case is not significant there).\nTherefore it is best to use only lowercase letters, digits,\nand underscore for all values in all URIs if possible. \nReserved characters and space characters in the value of a component\nmust be percent-encoded (a lso known as URL encoding). \nWhen an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\nonly a single value for a single component of the URI\n(e.g. separated input fields for username and password),\nyou must enter spaces and reserved characters literally\n(i.e. non-percent-encoded).\nFor such input fields all spaces and reserved characters\nwill be automatically percent-encoded.\nFor example if a password is actually 'Foo%20Bar' (non-percent-encoded),\nit must be entered literally in the password input field in the dialog.\nThe automated percent-encoding results 'Foo%2520Bar' which is how\nthe value of the password component is actually stored in the URI. \nIn contrast when an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\nmore that a single value for a single component of the URI\n(e.g. a single input field for all optional parameters\nlike 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'\nor a single input field to enter the whole URI),\nyou must enter spaces and rese rved characters percent-encoded\nbecause an automated percent-encoding is no longer possible.\nAssume in an optional parameter 'option=value'\nthe value would be 'this&that' so that the whole\noptional parameter would be 'option=this&that' (literally).\nBut a literal '&' character denotes\nthe separation of different optional parameters\nso that 'option=this&that' in an URI means\na first optional parameter 'option=this' and\na second optional parameter which is only 'that'.\nTherefore a single optional parameter 'option=this&that'\nmust be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that' \nInput fields which require percent-encoded input\nare denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint. \nListing of characters and their percent encoding: \nspace ' ' is percent encoded as %20 \nexclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21 \nnumber sign # is percent encoded as %23 \nDollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24 \npercentage % is percent encoded as %25 \ nampersand & is percent encoded as %26 \napostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27 \nleft parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28 \nright parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29 \nasterisk * is percent encoded as %2A \nplus sign + is percent encoded as %2B \ncomma , is percent encoded as %2C \nslash / is percent encoded as %2F \ncolon : is percent encoded as %3A \nsemicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B \nequals sign = is percent encoded as %3D \nquestion mark ? is percent encoded as %3F \nat sign @ is percent encoded as %40 \nleft bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B \nright bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D \nFor details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at \nhttp://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" -msgstr "\n<big>パーセント記号でのエンコード</big> \nこの問題は複雑なものです。\nURI内のコンポーネントの値を予約文字やスペースをユーザ自身で設定する場合\n(つまり、リモートのプリントキューにアクセスするにあたって、\nリモート側の設定を変更することが\nできず、これらの記号を利用することが避けられない場合)は、\nそれらの文字を避けて\n設定する必要があります。\n「非予約文字」と呼ばれる文字は、\n大文字や小文字のアルファベット、\n数字やハイフン、ピリオド、アンダースコア、チルダが含まれます。\nハイフン、ピリオド、チルダ、大文字と小文字の区別は、それぞれ\n特別な環境下で特別な問題が発生する可能性があります\n(CUPSのプリントキューには\n文字や数字、アンダースコアだけが\n動作する文字と� ��て挙げられているほか、大文字と小文字は区別されません)。\nそのため、可能であれば小文字と数字、アンダースコアだけの文字から\nURIを構成するのが最も良い方法です。 \n予約文字とスペース文字はパーセント記号でエンコード\nされている必要があります(URLエンコードとも呼ばれます)。 \nダイアログ内の入力フィールドが単一のURIコンポーネントに対して\n単一の値を求めている場合(たとえばユーザ名とパスワードなど)は、\nスペースや予約文字は通常どおり(パーセント記号でエンコードせずに)\n設定する必要があります。\nそのような入力フィールドでは、すべてのスペースや予約文字が\n自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードされます。\nたとえば実際のパスワードが「Foo%20Bar」 \n(パーセント記号でのエンコードは行っていない場合)\nであるとすると、それらはダイアログ内のパスワード入力フィールドに\nそのまま入力しなければなりません。\n自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードした結果「Foo%2520Bar」がURI内のパスワード項目に\n入力されるようになっています。 \n逆に、ダイアログ内の入力フィールドがURIの単一コンポーネントに対して\n複数の入力を許している場合(「option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3」\nまたはURI全体の入力を1つの項目で行う場合)は、\n自動でのパーセント記号によるエンコードが行われないため、\nそれぞれをエンコードして指定する必要があります。\nたとえばオプションパラメータを「option=value」\nのような形で指定する場合、値が「this&that」という形であれば、\nオプションパラメータは「option=this&that」のように指� �することになります。\nただし、もともとの「&」記号はそれぞれのオプションパラメータを\n区切る記号であるため、「option=this&that」のように入力してしまうと、\n1つ目のオプションが「option=this」で、2つ目のオプションが「that」\nだけであるかのように解釈されてしまいます。\n「option=this&that」を1つのオプションとして認識させるには、\n「option=this%26that」のようにエンコードする必要があります。 \nパーセント記号でのエンコードを必要とする入力フィールドには、\n「[パーセント記号でエンコード」のヒントが書かれています。 \n次にそれぞれの文字とパーセント記号でのエンコード結果を示します。 \nスペース「」は%20のようにエンコード \n感嘆符「!」は%21のようにエンコード \nナンバー記号「#」は%23のようにエンコード \nドル記号「$」は%24のようにエンコード \nパーセント記号「%」は%25のようにエンコード \nアンパサンド「&」は%26のようにエンコード \nアポストロフィ/一重引用符記号「'」は%27のようにエンコード \n開き括弧「(」は%28のようにエンコード \n閉じ括弧「)」は%29のようにエンコード \nアスタリスク「*」は「%2A」のようにエンコード \nプラス記号「+」は%2Bのようにエンコード \nカンマ「,」は%2Cのようにエンコード \nスラッシュ「/」は%2Fのようにエンコード \nコロン「:」は%3Aのようにエンコード \nセミコロン「;」は%3Bのようにエンコード \nイコール記号「=」は%3Dのようにエンコード \n疑問符「?」は%3Fのようにエンコード \nアットマーク「@」は%40のようにエンコード \n開き角括弧「[」は%5B� ��ようにエンコード \n閉じ角括弧「]」は%5Dのようにエンコード \n詳細については、次のサイトにある「Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax」を参照してください。 \nhttp://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Percent Encoding</big> \n" +"The issue is complicated.\n" +"It is recommended to avoid reserved characters and spaces\n" +"for component values in URIs if the values are under your control\n" +"(e.g. you cannot avoid it when you must specify such characters\n" +"in values for an URI to access a remote print queue\n" +"but the remote print queue is not under your control).\n" +"Whenever possible use only so called 'unreserved characters'.\n" +"Unreserved characters are uppercase and lowercase letters,\n" +"decimal digits, hyphen, period, underscore, and tilde.\n" +"Even hyphen, period, tilde, and case sensitivity\n" +"could cause special issues in special cases\n" +"(e.g. only letters, digits, and underscore are known to work\n" +"for a CUPS print queue name and case is not significant there).\n" +"Therefore it is best to use only lowercase letters, digits,\n" +"and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible. \n" +"Reserved characters and space characters in the value of a component\n" +"must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding). \n" +"When an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n" +"only a single value for a single component of the URI\n" +"(e.g. separated input fields for username and password),\n" +"you must enter spaces and reserved characters literally\n" +"(i.e. non-percent-encoded).\n" +"For such input fields all spaces and reserved characters\n" +"will be automatically percent-encoded.\n" +"For example if a password is actually 'Foo%20Bar' (non-percent-encoded),\n" +"it must be entered literally in the password input field in the dialog.\n" +"The automated percent-encoding results 'Foo%2520Bar' which is how\n" +"the value of the password component is actually stored in the URI. \n" +"In contrast when an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n" +"more that a single value for a single component of the URI\n" +"(e.g. a single input field for all optional parameters\n" +"like 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'\n" +"or a single input field to enter the whole URI),\n" +"you must enter spaces and reserved characters percent-encoded\n" +"because an automated percent-encoding is no longer possible.\n" +"Assume in an optional parameter 'option=value'\n" +"the value would be 'this&that' so that the whole\n" +"optional parameter would be 'option=this&that' (literally).\n" +"But a literal '&' character denotes\n" +"the separation of different optional parameters\n" +"so that 'option=this&that' in an URI means\n" +"a first optional parameter 'option=this' and\n" +"a second optional parameter which is only 'that'.\n" +"Therefore a single optional parameter 'option=this&that'\n" +"must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that' \n" +"Input fields which require percent-encoded input\n" +"are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint. \n" +"Listing of characters and their percent encoding: \n" +"space ' ' is percent encoded as %20 \n" +"exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21 \n" +"number sign # is percent encoded as %23 \n" +"Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24 \n" +"percentage % is percent encoded as %25 \n" +"ampersand & is percent encoded as %26 \n" +"apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27 \n" +"left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28 \n" +"right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29 \n" +"asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A \n" +"plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B \n" +"comma , is percent encoded as %2C \n" +"slash / is percent encoded as %2F \n" +"colon : is percent encoded as %3A \n" +"semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B \n" +"equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D \n" +"question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F \n" +"at sign @ is percent encoded as %40 \n" +"left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B \n" +"right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D \n" +"For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at \n" +"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>パーセント記号でのエンコード</big> \n" +"この問題は複雑なものです。\n" +"URI内のコンポーネントの値を予約文字やスペースをユーザ自身で設定する場合\n" +"(つまり、リモートのプリントキューにアクセスするにあたって、\n" +"リモート側の設定を変更することが\n" +"できず、これらの記号を利用することが避けられない場合)は、\n" +"それらの文字を避けて\n" +"設定する必要があります。\n" +"「非予約文字」と呼ばれる文字は、\n" +"大文字や小文字のアルファベット、\n" +"数字やハイフン、ピリオド、アンダースコア、チルダが含まれます。\n" +"ハイフン、ピリオド、チルダ、大文字と小文字の区別は、それぞれ\n" +"特別な環境下で特別な問題が発生する可能性があります\n" +"(CUPSのプリントキューには\n" +"文字や数字、アンダースコアだけが\n" +"動作する文字として挙げられているほか、大文字と小文字は区別されません)。\n" +"そのため、可能であれば小文字と数字、アンダースコアだけの文字から\n" +"URIを構成するのが最も良い方法です。 \n" +"予約文字とスペース文字はパーセント記号でエンコード\n" +"されている必要があります(URLエンコードとも呼ばれます)。 \n" +"ダイアログ内の入力フィールドが単一のURIコンポーネントに対して\n" +"単一の値を求めている場合(たとえばユーザ名とパスワードなど)は、\n" +"スペースや予約文字は通常どおり(パーセント記号でエンコードせずに)\n" +"設定する必要があります。\n" +"そのような入力フィールドでは、すべてのスペースや予約文字が\n" +"自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードされます。\n" +"たとえば実際のパスワードが「Foo%20Bar」 \n" +"(パーセント記号でのエンコードは行っていない場合)\n" +"であるとすると、それらはダイアログ内のパスワード入力フィールドに\n" +"そのまま入力しなければなりません。\n" +"自動的にパーセント記号でエンコードした結果「Foo%2520Bar」がURI内のパスワード項目に\n" +"入力されるようになっています。 \n" +"逆に、ダイアログ内の入力フィールドがURIの単一コンポーネントに対して\n" +"複数の入力を許している場合(「option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3」\n" +"またはURI全体の入力を1つの項目で行う場合)は、\n" +"自動でのパーセント記号によるエンコードが行われないため、\n" +"それぞれをエンコードして指定する必要があります。\n" +"たとえばオプションパラメータを「option=value」\n" +"のような形で指定する場合、値が「this&that」という形であれば、\n" +"オプションパラメータは「option=this&that」のように指定することになります。\n" +"ただし、もともとの「&」記号はそれぞれのオプションパラメータを\n" +"区切る記号であるため、「option=this&that」のように入力してしまうと、\n" +"1つ目のオプションが「option=this」で、2つ目のオプションが「that」\n" +"だけであるかのように解釈されてしまいます。\n" +"「option=this&that」を1つのオプションとして認識させるには、\n" +"「option=this%26that」のようにエンコードする必要があります。 \n" +"パーセント記号でのエンコードを必要とする入力フィールドには、\n" +"「[パーセント記号でエンコード」のヒントが書かれています。 \n" +"次にそれぞれの文字とパーセント記号でのエンコード結果を示します。 \n" +"スペース「」は%20のようにエンコード \n" +"感嘆符「!」は%21のようにエンコード \n" +"ナンバー記号「#」は%23のようにエンコード \n" +"ドル記号「$」は%24のようにエンコード \n" +"パーセント記号「%」は%25のようにエンコード \n" +"アンパサンド「&」は%26のようにエンコード \n" +"アポストロフィ/一重引用符記号「'」は%27のようにエンコード \n" +"開き括弧「(」は%28のようにエンコード \n" +"閉じ括弧「)」は%29のようにエンコード \n" +"アスタリスク「*」は「%2A」のようにエンコード \n" +"プラス記号「+」は%2Bのようにエンコード \n" +"カンマ「,」は%2Cのようにエンコード \n" +"スラッシュ「/」は%2Fのようにエンコード \n" +"コロン「:」は%3Aのようにエンコード \n" +"セミコロン「;」は%3Bのようにエンコード \n" +"イコール記号「=」は%3Dのようにエンコード \n" +"疑問符「?」は%3Fのようにエンコード \n" +"アットマーク「@」は%40のようにエンコード \n" +"開き角括弧「[」は%5Bのようにエンコード \n" +"閉じ角括弧「]」は%5Dのようにエンコード \n" +"詳細については、次のサイトにある「Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax」を参照してください。 \n" +"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" +"" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 -msgid "\n<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \nDevices which are connected via USB\nare autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\nFor example: \n" -msgstr "\n<big>直接接続されているデバイスのデバイスURI</big> \nUSB経由で接続されたデバイスは\n自動検出され、適切なデバイスURIが自動生成されます。\n例: \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" +"Devices which are connected via USB\n" +"are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n" +"For example: \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>直接接続されているデバイスのデバイスURI</big> \n" +"USB経由で接続されたデバイスは\n" +"自動検出され、適切なデバイスURIが自動生成されます。\n" +"例: \n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 -msgid "\n<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \nA printserver box is a small device with a network connection\nand a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\nA network printer has such a device built-in.\nAccess happens via three different network protocols.\nSee the manual of your network printer or printserver box\nto find out what your particular device supports: \nTCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect) \nThe IP address and a port number is needed to access it.\nOften the port number 9100 is the right one.\nIt is the simplest, fastest, and generally the most reliable protocol.\nThe matching device URI is: \nsocket://ip-address:port-number .\nLine Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol \nA LPD runs on the device and provides one or more LPD queues.\nThe IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\nAlmost all network printers and printserver boxes support it.\nOften an arbitrary queue nam e or 'LPT1' works.\nBut using a correct LPD queue which does not change\nthe data or add additional formfeeds or banner pages\ncould be essential for reliable printing.\nThe matching device URI is: \nlpd://ip-address/queue .\nInternet Printing Protocol (IPP) \nIPP is the native protocol for CUPS running on a real computer,\nbut if IPP is implemented in a small printserver box,\nit is often not implemented properly. Only use IPP if the vendor\nactually documents official support for it. \nThe matching device URI is: \nipp://ip-address:port-number/resource .\nWhat 'port-number' and 'resource' exactly is depends\non the particular network printer or printserver box model. \nFor more information have a look at \nhttp://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n\n" -msgstr "\n<big>ネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバボックスにアクセスするためのデバイスURI</big> \nプリントサーバボックスとは、USBやパラレルポートに接続されたプリンタと\nネットワークとを接続する小さな箱状のデバイスです。\nネットワークプリンタには同種の機能が内蔵されています。\nアクセスするには3つの異なるプロトコルのいずれかを使用します。\nお使いのデバイスがどのプロトコルに対応しているかについては、ネットワークプリンタまたは\nプリントサーバのマニュアルを参照してください: \nTCPポート(AppSocket/JetDirect) \nアクセスするにはIPアドレスとポート番号の指定が必要です。\n一般にはポート番号9100を使用します。\n最も単純で高速なうえ、信頼性の高いプロトコルです。\nデバイスURIは次の� �うになります。 \nsocket://ip-address:port-number \nラインプリンタデーモン(LPD)プロトコル \nLPDはデバイス内で動作し、1つまたはそれ以上のLPDキューを提供します。\nアクセスするにはIPアドレスとLPDキュー名の指定が必要です。\nほとんどのネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバで対応しています。\nキュー名は「LPT1」として設定されていることがあります。\n信頼性の高い印刷を行うには、何らかの方法でのデータ変更や\n追加の改ページ、バナーページ印刷などを行わない正しいキューを\n作成する必要があります。\nデバイスURIは次のようになります。 \nlpd://ip-address/queue \nインターネット印刷プロトコル(IPP) \nIPPはプリントサーバ側で対応している必要がありますが、実際のコンピュータで動作する\nCUPSでのネイティ� ��なプロトコルです。\nプリントサーバによっては正しく実装されていない場合があるため、製造元がドキュメント内で\n公式に対応していると表明している場合にのみ使うべきものです。\nデバイスURIは次のようになります。 \nipp://ip-address:port-number/resource \nここでの「port-number」 (ポート番号)と「resource」 (リソース)は、\nそれぞれのネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバのモデルで異なります。 \n詳細については、次のサイトを参照してください。 \nhttp://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" +"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" +"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" +"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" +"Access happens via three different network protocols.\n" +"See the manual of your network printer or printserver box\n" +"to find out what your particular device supports: \n" +"TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" +"The IP address and a port number is needed to access it.\n" +"Often the port number 9100 is the right one.\n" +"It is the simplest, fastest, and generally the most reliable protocol.\n" +"The matching device URI is: \n" +"socket://ip-address:port-number .\n" +"Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol \n" +"A LPD runs on the device and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +"The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +"Almost all network printers and printserver boxes support it.\n" +"Often an arbitrary queue name or 'LPT1' works.\n" +"But using a correct LPD queue which does not change\n" +"the data or add additional formfeeds or banner pages\n" +"could be essential for reliable printing.\n" +"The matching device URI is: \n" +"lpd://ip-address/queue .\n" +"Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" +"IPP is the native protocol for CUPS running on a real computer,\n" +"but if IPP is implemented in a small printserver box,\n" +"it is often not implemented properly. Only use IPP if the vendor\n" +"actually documents official support for it. \n" +"The matching device URI is: \n" +"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource .\n" +"What 'port-number' and 'resource' exactly is depends\n" +"on the particular network printer or printserver box model. \n" +"For more information have a look at \n" +"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>ネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバボックスにアクセスするためのデバイスURI</big> \n" +"プリントサーバボックスとは、USBやパラレルポートに接続されたプリンタと\n" +"ネットワークとを接続する小さな箱状のデバイスです。\n" +"ネットワークプリンタには同種の機能が内蔵されています。\n" +"アクセスするには3つの異なるプロトコルのいずれかを使用します。\n" +"お使いのデバイスがどのプロトコルに対応しているかについては、ネットワークプリンタまたは\n" +"プリントサーバのマニュアルを参照してください: \n" +"TCPポート(AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" +"アクセスするにはIPアドレスとポート番号の指定が必要です。\n" +"一般にはポート番号9100を使用します。\n" +"最も単純で高速なうえ、信頼性の高いプロトコルです。\n" +"デバイスURIは次のようになります。 \n" +"socket://ip-address:port-number \n" +"ラインプリンタデーモン(LPD)プロトコル \n" +"LPDはデバイス内で動作し、1つまたはそれ以上のLPDキューを提供します。\n" +"アクセスするにはIPアドレスとLPDキュー名の指定が必要です。\n" +"ほとんどのネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバで対応しています。\n" +"キュー名は「LPT1」として設定されていることがあります。\n" +"信頼性の高い印刷を行うには、何らかの方法でのデータ変更や\n" +"追加の改ページ、バナーページ印刷などを行わない正しいキューを\n" +"作成する必要があります。\n" +"デバイスURIは次のようになります。 \n" +"lpd://ip-address/queue \n" +"インターネット印刷プロトコル(IPP) \n" +"IPPはプリントサーバ側で対応している必要がありますが、実際のコンピュータで動作する\n" +"CUPSでのネイティブなプロトコルです。\n" +"プリントサーバによっては正しく実装されていない場合があるため、製造元がドキュメント内で\n" +"公式に対応していると表明している場合にのみ使うべきものです。\n" +"デバイスURIは次のようになります。 \n" +"ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource \n" +"ここでの「port-number」 (ポート番号)と「resource」 (リソース)は、\n" +"それぞれのネットワークプリンタやプリントサーバのモデルで異なります。 \n" +"詳細については、次のサイトを参照してください。 \n" +"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" +"\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 -msgid "\n<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \nIn contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\nmeans a real computer which offers a print service. \nAccess happens via various different network protocols.\nAsk your network administrator what which print server machine\nprovides in your particular network: \nWindows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \nTo access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\nThe package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\nthe <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\nto a SMB printer share. \nA server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\nis needed to access it.\nFurthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\nHave in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\nmust be percent-encoded (see above). \nBy default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\nWhen printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\nthe user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\nso that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\nwould not work. \nFor printing in an AD environment additionally\nthe RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\nIn this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\nis changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\nwhich is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\nwho submitted a particular print job.\nWhen the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\nin an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\nvia the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\nWhen smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\na particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\nand use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\neven in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\nIn this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\nhas to be specified for auth entication.\nA precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\nwhere the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\nThis means that it must be set up on the workstation\nfor the particular user who will submit such print jobs\nand the user's workstation must send its printing data\ndirectly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\nIn particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\nwhere users who submit print jobs are not logged in. \nFor the traditional way a matching full device URI is: \nsmb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \nFor example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\nthe following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \nsmb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \nFor more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n'Windows' and 'Act ive Directory' are registered trademarks\nof Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \nTraditional UNIX Server (LPR) \nA Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\nand provides one or more LPD queues.\nThe IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\nThe matching device URI is: \nlpd://ip-address/queue \nCUPS Server \nUsually you should not set up a local print queue to access\na remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\nin the Print Via Network dialog.\nOnly if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\nto access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here. \nIPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\nThe official IANA port for IPP is 631.\nThe matching device URI is: \nipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリントサーバマシン経由で印刷するデバイスURI</big> \nプリントサーバボックスと異なり、プリントサーバマシンは、\nプリントサービスを提供する実際のコンピュータを意味します。 \nアクセスはさまざまなネットワークプロトコルを経由して行われます。\nどのプリントサーバマシンがお使いのネットワークで\n提供されるかについてはネットワーク管理者に問い合わせてください: \nWindows(R)またはSamba (SMB/CIFS) \nSMBプリンタ共有にアクセスするには、RPMパッケージsamba-clientをインストールする必要があります。\nこのパッケージは、実際にデータをSMBプリンタ共有\nに送信する<tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>プログラムへのリンク\nであるCUPSバックエンド「smb」を提供します。 \nこれにアクセスするには、サーバ名� �プリンタ共有名、およびオプションでワークグループ名\nが必要です。\nさらに、アクセスするためにユーザ名およびパスワードを要求される場合があります。\nこれらの値にスペースおよび特殊文字を使用する際には\nパーセントエンコードする必要があります(上記を参照)。 \nデフォルトでは、CUPSはユーザ「lp」としてバックエンド(ここではsmbspool)を実行します。\nActive Directory(R)環境(AD)で印刷する場合、\nユーザ「lp」はこの環境での印刷を許可されていないため、\nユーザ「lp」としてsmbspoolを利用して印刷する従来の方法は\n機能しません。 \nAD環境で印刷するには、追加で\nRPMパッケージsamba-krb-printingをインストールする必要があります。\nこの場合、CUPSバックエンド「smb」リンク\nは、該当の印刷ジョブを送信した元のユーザ\nと� ��てsmbspoolを実行するラッパーである<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\nに変更されます。\nAD環境での認証にKerberosプロトコル\nが使用される場合、ユーザは、GnomeデスクトップまたはKDEデスクトップでログイン中に\nディスプレイマネージャを経由してチケット許可チケット(TGT)を取得します。\nsmbspoolは、該当の印刷ジョブを\n送信した元のユーザとして稼働している場合、Kerberos認証を使用するAD環境であっても、\nこのユーザのTGTにアクセスし、これを使用して印刷データを\nSMBプリンタ共有に渡すことができます。\nこの場合、固定ユーザ名も固定パスワードも\n認証のために指定する必要はありません。\n事前条件は、該当の印刷ジョブを送信した\nユーザがログインしている同じホストでget_printing_ticketが実行されることです。\nつまり、そのような印刷ジョブを送信する特定の\nユーザ用にワークステーションで設定し、\nそのユーザのワークステーションが印刷データをAD環境のSMBプリンタ共有に\n直接送信する必要があります。\n特に、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザがログインしていない\n隔離されたCUPSサーバマシンでは動作しません。 \n従来の方法では、対応するフルデバイスURIは次のとおりです。 \nsmb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \nたとえば、「John Doe」のパスワードが「@home!」の場合、\n次のようなデバイスURIを使用して「Fun Printer 1000+」共有にアクセスします。 \nsmb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n詳細については、「<tt>man smbspool</tt>」および \nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Shareを参照してください。 \n「Windo ws」および「Active Directory」はMicrosoft Corporationの米国およびその他の国における\n登録商標です。 \n従来のUNIXサーバ(LPR) \nラインプリンタデーモン(LPD)は従来のサーバ上で動作し、\n1つ以上のLPDキューを提供します。\nこれにアクセスするには、IPアドレスおよびLPDキュー名が必要です。\n対応するデバイスURI: \nlpd://ip-address/queue \nCUPSサーバ \n通常、ローカル印刷キューを設定して\nCUPSサーバ上のリモートキューにアクセスしないでください。代わりに、\n［ネットワーク経由で印刷する］ダイアログで設定してください。\nローカル印刷キューを設定して\nCUPSサーバ上のリモートキューにアクセスする必要があることを確信している場合のみ続行してください。 \nIPPは、サーバ上で動作するCUPS用ネイティブプロトコ� ��です。\nIPPの公式IANAポートは631です。\n対応するデバイスURI: \nipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" +"In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n" +"means a real computer which offers a print service. \n" +"Access happens via various different network protocols.\n" +"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" +"provides in your particular network: \n" +"Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" +"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" +"to a SMB printer share. \n" +"A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n" +"is needed to access it.\n" +"Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n" +"Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n" +"must be percent-encoded (see above). \n" +"By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n" +"When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n" +"the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n" +"so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n" +"would not work. \n" +"For printing in an AD environment additionally\n" +"the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n" +"In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n" +"is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +"which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n" +"who submitted a particular print job.\n" +"When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n" +"in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +"via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n" +"When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n" +"a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n" +"and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n" +"even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n" +"In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n" +"has to be specified for authentication.\n" +"A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n" +"where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n" +"This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n" +"for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n" +"and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n" +"directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n" +"In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n" +"where users who submit print jobs are not logged in. \n" +"For the traditional way a matching full device URI is: \n" +"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" +"For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" +"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" +"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" +"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" +"Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" +"A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" +"and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" +"The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n" +"The matching device URI is: \n" +"lpd://ip-address/queue \n" +"CUPS Server \n" +"Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n" +"a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n" +"in the Print Via Network dialog.\n" +"Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n" +"to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here. \n" +"IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n" +"The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n" +"The matching device URI is: \n" +"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリントサーバマシン経由で印刷するデバイスURI</big> \n" +"プリントサーバボックスと異なり、プリントサーバマシンは、\n" +"プリントサービスを提供する実際のコンピュータを意味します。 \n" +"アクセスはさまざまなネットワークプロトコルを経由して行われます。\n" +"どのプリントサーバマシンがお使いのネットワークで\n" +"提供されるかについてはネットワーク管理者に問い合わせてください: \n" +"Windows(R)またはSamba (SMB/CIFS) \n" +"SMBプリンタ共有にアクセスするには、RPMパッケージsamba-clientをインストールする必要があります。\n" +"このパッケージは、実際にデータをSMBプリンタ共有\n" +"に送信する<tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>プログラムへのリンク\n" +"であるCUPSバックエンド「smb」を提供します。 \n" +"これにアクセスするには、サーバ名、プリンタ共有名、およびオプションでワークグループ名\n" +"が必要です。\n" +"さらに、アクセスするためにユーザ名およびパスワードを要求される場合があります。\n" +"これらの値にスペースおよび特殊文字を使用する際には\n" +"パーセントエンコードする必要があります(上記を参照)。 \n" +"デフォルトでは、CUPSはユーザ「lp」としてバックエンド(ここではsmbspool)を実行します。\n" +"Active Directory(R)環境(AD)で印刷する場合、\n" +"ユーザ「lp」はこの環境での印刷を許可されていないため、\n" +"ユーザ「lp」としてsmbspoolを利用して印刷する従来の方法は\n" +"機能しません。 \n" +"AD環境で印刷するには、追加で\n" +"RPMパッケージsamba-krb-printingをインストールする必要があります。\n" +"この場合、CUPSバックエンド「smb」リンク\n" +"は、該当の印刷ジョブを送信した元のユーザ\n" +"としてsmbspoolを実行するラッパーである<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n" +"に変更されます。\n" +"AD環境での認証にKerberosプロトコル\n" +"が使用される場合、ユーザは、GnomeデスクトップまたはKDEデスクトップでログイン中に\n" +"ディスプレイマネージャを経由してチケット許可チケット(TGT)を取得します。\n" +"smbspoolは、該当の印刷ジョブを\n" +"送信した元のユーザとして稼働している場合、Kerberos認証を使用するAD環境であっても、\n" +"このユーザのTGTにアクセスし、これを使用して印刷データを\n" +"SMBプリンタ共有に渡すことができます。\n" +"この場合、固定ユーザ名も固定パスワードも\n" +"認証のために指定する必要はありません。\n" +"事前条件は、該当の印刷ジョブを送信した\n" +"ユーザがログインしている同じホストでget_printing_ticketが実行されることです。\n" +"つまり、そのような印刷ジョブを送信する特定の\n" +"ユーザ用にワークステーションで設定し、\n" +"そのユーザのワークステーションが印刷データをAD環境のSMBプリンタ共有に\n" +"直接送信する必要があります。\n" +"特に、印刷ジョブを送信するユーザがログインしていない\n" +"隔離されたCUPSサーバマシンでは動作しません。 \n" +"従来の方法では、対応するフルデバイスURIは次のとおりです。 \n" +"smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" +"たとえば、「John Doe」のパスワードが「@home!」の場合、\n" +"次のようなデバイスURIを使用して「Fun Printer 1000+」共有にアクセスします。 \n" +"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" +"詳細については、「<tt>man smbspool</tt>」および \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Shareを… \n" +"「Windows」および「Active Directory」はMicrosoft Corporationの米国およびその他の国における\n" +"登録商標です。 \n" +"従来のUNIXサーバ(LPR) \n" +"ラインプリンタデーモン(LPD)は従来のサーバ上で動作し、\n" +"1つ以上のLPDキューを提供します。\n" +"これにアクセスするには、IPアドレスおよびLPDキュー名が必要です。\n" +"対応するデバイスURI: \n" +"lpd://ip-address/queue \n" +"CUPSサーバ \n" +"通常、ローカル印刷キューを設定して\n" +"CUPSサーバ上のリモートキューにアクセスしないでください。代わりに、\n" +"［ネットワーク経由で印刷する］ダイアログで設定してください。\n" +"ローカル印刷キューを設定して\n" +"CUPSサーバ上のリモートキューにアクセスする必要があることを確信している場合のみ続行してください。 \n" +"IPPは、サーバ上で動作するCUPS用ネイティブプロトコルです。\n" +"IPPの公式IANAポートは631です。\n" +"対応するデバイスURI: \n" +"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 -msgid "\n<big>Special Device URIs</big> \nSpecify an Arbitrary Device URI\nif you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\nor to modify an existing device URI in a special way. \nSend Print Data to Other Program (pipe) \nTo do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\nThe package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\nthe program that you specified here.\nThe matching device URI is: \npipe:/path/to/targetcommand \nDaisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \nTo do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\nThe package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \nThe backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\nwhich is then called by beh.\nThis way beh can, depending on its configuration,\nrepeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\nof the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\nThe matching device URI is: \nbeh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \nI f nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\nso that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\nprint jobs are lost if there is an error. \nAttempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\nin case of an error. '0' means infinite retries. \nDelay is the number of seconds between two attempts\nto call the backend. \nThe last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \nExample: \nbeh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \nThe beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\nbetween the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\nand the print job is lost. \nFor more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \nhttp://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n" -msgstr "\n<big>シリアルデバイスURI</big> \n任意のデバイスURIを指定\n該当のケースに対して正しいデバイスURIがわかっている場合、\nまたは特別な方法で既存のデバイスを変更する場合に使用します。 \n他のプログラムに印刷データを送信する(パイプ) \nこれを実行するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があります。\nこのパッケージは、ここで指定したプログラム\nを実行するCUPSバックエンド「パイプ」を提供します。\n対応するデバイスURI: \npipe:/path/to/targetcommand \nデイジーチェインバックエンドエラー処理(beh) \nこれを実行するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があります\nこのパッケージはCUPSバックエンド「beh」を提供します。 \nバックエンド「beh」は通常のバックエンドのラッパーで、\nbehによって呼び出されます。\nこうすることによって、behは設定に応じて\nバックエンドの呼び出しを繰り返すか、または単純にバックエンドのエラーステータス\nをCUPSデーモンで表示されないようにします。\n対応するデバイスURI: \nbeh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \nnodisableが「1」の場合、behは常に正常終了するため、\nキューが無効になることはありませんが、一方、エラーがあると\n印刷ジョブは失われます。 \nattemptsは、エラー発生時にバックエンドの再呼び出しを\n試行する回数です。「0」は無限回再試行することを意味します。 \ndelayはバックエンド呼び出し\n試行の間の秒数です。 \n最後のパラメータは、前にキューにあった元のURIです。 \n例: \nbeh:/1/3/5/ソケット://IPアドレス:ポート番号 \nbehバックエンドは、ネットワークプリンタに3回アクセスしようとし、\nその試行の間の遅延は5秒です。それでもアクセスに失敗すると、キューは無効にならず、\n印刷ジョブが失われます。 \n詳細は、「<tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt>」および \nhttp://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\nを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" +"Specify an Arbitrary Device URI\n" +"if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n" +"or to modify an existing device URI in a special way. \n" +"Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe) \n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n" +"the program that you specified here.\n" +"The matching device URI is: \n" +"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" +"Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh) \n" +"To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'. \n" +"The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n" +"which is then called by beh.\n" +"This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n" +"repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n" +"of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n" +"The matching device URI is: \n" +"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" +"If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n" +"so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n" +"print jobs are lost if there is an error. \n" +"Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n" +"in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries. \n" +"Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n" +"to call the backend. \n" +"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" +"Example: \n" +"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" +"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" +"and the print job is lost. \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>シリアルデバイスURI</big> \n" +"任意のデバイスURIを指定\n" +"該当のケースに対して正しいデバイスURIがわかっている場合、\n" +"または特別な方法で既存のデバイスを変更する場合に使用します。 \n" +"他のプログラムに印刷データを送信する(パイプ) \n" +"これを実行するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があります。\n" +"このパッケージは、ここで指定したプログラム\n" +"を実行するCUPSバックエンド「パイプ」を提供します。\n" +"対応するデバイスURI: \n" +"pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" +"デイジーチェインバックエンドエラー処理(beh) \n" +"これを実行するには、RPMパッケージcups-backendsをインストールする必要があります\n" +"このパッケージはCUPSバックエンド「beh」を提供します。 \n" +"バックエンド「beh」は通常のバックエンドのラッパーで、\n" +"behによって呼び出されます。\n" +"こうすることによって、behは設定に応じて\n" +"バックエンドの呼び出しを繰り返すか、または単純にバックエンドのエラーステータス\n" +"をCUPSデーモンで表示されないようにします。\n" +"対応するデバイスURI: \n" +"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" +"nodisableが「1」の場合、behは常に正常終了するため、\n" +"キューが無効になることはありませんが、一方、エラーがあると\n" +"印刷ジョブは失われます。 \n" +"attemptsは、エラー発生時にバックエンドの再呼び出しを\n" +"試行する回数です。「0」は無限回再試行することを意味します。 \n" +"delayはバックエンド呼び出し\n" +"試行の間の秒数です。 \n" +"最後のパラメータは、前にキューにあった元のURIです。 \n" +"例: \n" +"beh:/1/3/5/ソケット://IPアドレス:ポート番号 \n" +"behバックエンドは、ネットワークプリンタに3回アクセスしようとし、\n" +"その試行の間の遅延は5秒です。それでもアクセスに失敗すると、キューは無効にならず、\n" +"印刷ジョブが失われます。 \n" +"詳細は、「<tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt>」および \n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" +"を参照してください。" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 -msgid "\n<big>Printing Via Network</big> \nUsually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \nBy default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\nto make printers available via network. \nIn this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\nand accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\nwhich is listening for incoming information about published printers. \nCUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631. \nRegarding firewall: \nCheck if a firewall is active for a network zone\nin which printers are published via network.\nBy default the SuSEfirewall allows any incoming information\nvia a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\nbecause this zone is trusted by default. \nIt does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\nwith a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n(the latter is the default setting for network interf aces to be safe).\nIn particular do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\nfor the untrusted 'external zone'. \nTo use remote printers in a trusted internal network\nand be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\nfrom any external network (in particular from the Internet),\nassign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\nto the internal zone of the firewall.\nUse the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\nto gain security plus usefulness in your network\nand using remote printers in a trusted internal network\nwill work without any further firewall setup. \nFor details see the openSUSE support database\narticle 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at \nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" -msgstr "\n<big>ネットワーク経由での印刷</big> \n通常はCUPS (Common Unix Printing System)をネットワーク経由で印刷するために使用します。 \nデフォルトではCUPSは「参照」と呼ばれるモードを使用して\nネットワーク内の利用可能なプリンタ検出します。 \nこの場合はリモートのCUPSサーバがプリンタを公開していなければならず、\nさらにお使いのコンピュータ上のCUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)が\n公開されているプリンタから届けられる情報をリスンするための状態である必要があります。 \nCUPS参照情報はUDPポート631を介して受信できます。 \nファイアウォールについて: \nプリンタが公開されているネットワークのネットワークゾーンに\nついて、ファイアウォールが有効かどうかを確認してください。\nデフォルトではSuSEfirewallは� ��「内部ゾーン」に割り当てたネットワークインタフェースからの\nすべての入力情報を許可します。\nこれは、デフォルトではこのゾーンは信頼済みであるためです。 \n信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない「外部ゾーン」に設定した\nネットワークインタフェースを介して印刷を行っても、意味がありません\n(安全のため、ネットワークインタフェースのデフォルト値は後者(「外部ゾーン」)に設定されています)。\n特に、信頼できない「外部ゾーン」に対して、CUPS\n (IPP向けのTCPポート631とUDPポート631)\nのファイアウォール保護を外さないでください。\n信頼済みの内部ネットワークでリモートプリンタを利用しながら、\n外部のネットワーク(特にインターネット)からの望まないアクセスを\nファイアウォールで保護し� �い場合は、\n内部のネットワークに属するネットワークインタフェースに対して、\nファイアウォールの内部ゾーンに設定してください。\nこのような基本設定を行い、お使いのネットワークに対するセキュリティと\n利便性の両方を確保するにはYaSTファイアウォール設定モジュールをご利用\nください。信頼済みの内部ネットワーク内でリモートプリンタを利用する\n場合は、さらなるファイアウォール設定は不要です。 \n詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事\n「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」 \nhttp://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" +"By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" +"to make printers available via network. \n" +"In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" +"and accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" +"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631. \n" +"Regarding firewall: \n" +"Check if a firewall is active for a network zone\n" +"in which printers are published via network.\n" +"By default the SuSEfirewall allows any incoming information\n" +"via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n" +"because this zone is trusted by default. \n" +"It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n" +"with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n" +"(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n" +"In particular do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n" +"(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n" +"for the untrusted 'external zone'. \n" +"To use remote printers in a trusted internal network\n" +"and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n" +"from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n" +"assign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\n" +"to the internal zone of the firewall.\n" +"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" +"to gain security plus usefulness in your network\n" +"and using remote printers in a trusted internal network\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup. \n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>ネットワーク経由での印刷</big> \n" +"通常はCUPS (Common Unix Printing System)をネットワーク経由で印刷するために使用します。 \n" +"デフォルトではCUPSは「参照」と呼ばれるモードを使用して\n" +"ネットワーク内の利用可能なプリンタ検出します。 \n" +"この場合はリモートのCUPSサーバがプリンタを公開していなければならず、\n" +"さらにお使いのコンピュータ上のCUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)が\n" +"公開されているプリンタから届けられる情報をリスンするための状態である必要があります。 \n" +"CUPS参照情報はUDPポート631を介して受信できます。 \n" +"ファイアウォールについて: \n" +"プリンタが公開されているネットワークのネットワークゾーンに\n" +"ついて、ファイアウォールが有効かどうかを確認してください。\n" +"デフォルトではSuSEfirewallは、「内部ゾーン」に割り当てたネットワークインタフェースからの\n" +"すべての入力情報を許可します。\n" +"これは、デフォルトではこのゾーンは信頼済みであるためです。 \n" +"信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない「外部ゾーン」に設定した\n" +"ネットワークインタフェースを介して印刷を行っても、意味がありません\n" +"(安全のため、ネットワークインタフェースのデフォルト値は後者(「外部ゾーン」)に設定されています)。\n" +"特に、信頼できない「外部ゾーン」に対して、CUPS\n" +" (IPP向けのTCPポート631とUDPポート631)\n" +"のファイアウォール保護を外さないでください。\n" +"信頼済みの内部ネットワークでリモートプリンタを利用しながら、\n" +"外部のネットワーク(特にインターネット)からの望まないアクセスを\n" +"ファイアウォールで保護したい場合は、\n" +"内部のネットワークに属するネットワークインタフェースに対して、\n" +"ファイアウォールの内部ゾーンに設定してください。\n" +"このような基本設定を行い、お使いのネットワークに対するセキュリティと\n" +"利便性の両方を確保するにはYaSTファイアウォール設定モジュールをご利用\n" +"ください。信頼済みの内部ネットワーク内でリモートプリンタを利用する\n" +"場合は、さらなるファイアウォール設定は不要です。 \n" +"詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事\n" +"「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」 \n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" +"" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 -msgid "\nIf you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\nbut those servers do not publish their printer information via network\nor when you cannot accept incoming information about published printers\n(e.g. because you must have firewall protection for the network zone\nin which printers are published), you can request printer information\nfrom CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access). \nFor each CUPS server which is requested, a cups-polld process\nis launched by the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) on your host.\nBy default each cups-polld polls a remote CUPS server\nevery 30 seconds for printer information.\n" -msgstr "\n印刷を行う際はリモートのCUPSサーバにアクセスすることができますが、\nそれらのサーバがネットワーク経由でプリンタ情報を公開していない場合や、\n公開されたプリンタに対する情報を受け入れることができない場合\n(たとえばプリンタが公開されているネットワークゾーンに対して、\nファイアウォール保護を行わなければならない場合)は、CUPSサーバに対してプリンタ情報を\n要求することができます(CUPSサーバがアクセスを許可している必要があります)。 \nCUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)は、要求先のそれぞれのCUPSサーバに対して\ncups-polldプロセスを起動します。\nデフォルトでは、それぞれのcups-polldはリモートのCUPSサーバに対し、\n30秒間隔でプリンタ情報をポールします。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" +"but those servers do not publish their printer information via network\n" +"or when you cannot accept incoming information about published printers\n" +"(e.g. because you must have firewall protection for the network zone\n" +"in which printers are published), you can request printer information\n" +"from CUPS servers (provided the CUPS servers allow your access). \n" +"For each CUPS server which is requested, a cups-polld process\n" +"is launched by the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) on your host.\n" +"By default each cups-polld polls a remote CUPS server\n" +"every 30 seconds for printer information.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"印刷を行う際はリモートのCUPSサーバにアクセスすることができますが、\n" +"それらのサーバがネットワーク経由でプリンタ情報を公開していない場合や、\n" +"公開されたプリンタに対する情報を受け入れることができない場合\n" +"(たとえばプリンタが公開されているネットワークゾーンに対して、\n" +"ファイアウォール保護を行わなければならない場合)は、CUPSサーバに対してプリンタ情報を\n" +"要求することができます(CUPSサーバがアクセスを許可している必要があります)。 \n" +"CUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)は、要求先のそれぞれのCUPSサーバに対して\n" +"cups-polldプロセスを起動します。\n" +"デフォルトでは、それぞれのcups-polldはリモートのCUPSサーバに対し、\n" +"30秒間隔でプリンタ情報をポールします。\n" +"" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 -msgid "\nIf you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\nthere is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\nInstead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \nA possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\nfor some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\nto access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n(e.g. while traveling with a laptop). Usually it is a host name\nresolution (DNS) timeout which causes the delay so that it may help\nto have a hardcoded entry for the CUPS server in the /etc/hosts file.\n" -msgstr "\nネットワーク経由の印刷しか行わず、かつ単一のCUPSサーバしか使用しない場合は、\nCUPS参照を使用する必要はないばかりか、CUPSデーモンをホスト上で動作させる必要もありません。\nその代わり、CUPSサーバの場所を指定して直接アクセスするのが便利です。 \nこの方法の欠点としては、アプリケーションプログラムがCUPSサーバにアクセスしようとする際、\nそれが利用できない場合(たとえばラップトップで移動中など)にしばらく(時間切れになるまで)\n待たされてしまう点です。\n通常はホスト名の解決(DNS)の時間切れによって待たされることになるため、\n/etc/hostsファイル内にCUPSサーバのエントリをハードコーディングしておくのが便利\nです。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" +"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" +"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" +"to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" +"(e.g. while traveling with a laptop). Usually it is a host name\n" +"resolution (DNS) timeout which causes the delay so that it may help\n" +"to have a hardcoded entry for the CUPS server in the /etc/hosts file.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ネットワーク経由の印刷しか行わず、かつ単一のCUPSサーバしか使用しない場合は、\n" +"CUPS参照を使用する必要はないばかりか、CUPSデーモンをホスト上で動作させる必要もありません。\n" +"その代わり、CUPSサーバの場所を指定して直接アクセスするのが便利です。 \n" +"この方法の欠点としては、アプリケーションプログラムがCUPSサーバにアクセスしようとする際、\n" +"それが利用できない場合(たとえばラップトップで移動中など)にしばらく(時間切れになるまで)\n" +"待たされてしまう点です。\n" +"通常はホスト名の解決(DNS)の時間切れによって待たされることになるため、\n" +"/etc/hostsファイル内にCUPSサーバのエントリをハードコーディングしておくのが便利\n" +"です。\n" +"" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 -msgid "\nYou have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\nif there is no CUPS server in your network,\nor when you must access a network printer directly,\nor when you use another kind of print server\ne.g. when printing via a Windows (R) or Samba server\nor when printing via a traditional Unix server. \n'Windows' is a registered trademark\nof Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.\n" -msgstr "\nネットワーク内にCUPSサーバが存在しない場合や、\nネットワークプリンタに直接アクセスしなければならない場合、\nその他の種類のプリントサーバ(Windows(R)やSambaサーバ\nから印刷する場合、または従来のUnixサーバから印刷する場合は、\nホスト上でプリントキューを設定する必要があります。\n「Windows」は米国Microsoft Corporationの米国およびその他の国における\n登録商標です。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" +"if there is no CUPS server in your network,\n" +"or when you must access a network printer directly,\n" +"or when you use another kind of print server\n" +"e.g. when printing via a Windows (R) or Samba server\n" +"or when printing via a traditional Unix server. \n" +"'Windows' is a registered trademark\n" +"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ネットワーク内にCUPSサーバが存在しない場合や、\n" +"ネットワークプリンタに直接アクセスしなければならない場合、\n" +"その他の種類のプリントサーバ(Windows(R)やSambaサーバ\n" +"から印刷する場合、または従来のUnixサーバから印刷する場合は、\n" +"ホスト上でプリントキューを設定する必要があります。\n" +"「Windows」は米国Microsoft Corporationの米国およびその他の国における\n" +"登録商標です。\n" +"\n" +"" #. SharingDialog help 1/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 -msgid "\n<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \nUsually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\nits so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \nIn this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\nand accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\nwhich is listening for incoming information about published printers. \nCUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>プリントキューの共有とネットワーク経由での公開</big> \n一般的にCUPS (Common Unix Printing System)は「参照」モードと呼ばれる\n方法を使用して設定し、ネットワーク経由で利用可能にする必要があります。 \nこの場合、CUPSサーバは自身の持つローカルのプリントキューをネットワーク経由で公開\nするため、CUPSクライアントではCUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)を起動して\nプリンタの情報を受け取ることになります。 \nCUPS参照情報はUDPポート631を介して受信します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" +"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" +"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" +"which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" +"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>プリントキューの共有とネットワーク経由での公開</big> \n" +"一般的にCUPS (Common Unix Printing System)は「参照」モードと呼ばれる\n" +"方法を使用して設定し、ネットワーク経由で利用可能にする必要があります。 \n" +"この場合、CUPSサーバは自身の持つローカルのプリントキューをネットワーク経由で公開\n" +"するため、CUPSクライアントではCUPSデーモンプロセス(cupsd)を起動して\n" +"プリンタの情報を受け取ることになります。 \n" +"CUPS参照情報はUDPポート631を介して受信します。\n" +"" #. SharingDialog help 2/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 -msgid "\nFirst of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\nThen specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \nIn a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\nto allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\nand to publish printers to all those hosts. \nIt is not required to publish printers in any case. \nIf you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\nInstead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" -msgstr "\nまず何よりも先にCUPSクライアントシステムでCUPSサーバへのアクセスを許可する必要があります。\nその後クライアントに対してプリンタを公開するかどうかを指定します。\nローカルネットワーク内では、CUPS参照は通常、ローカルネットワーク内に存在する\nすべてのホストに対してリモートアクセスを許可し、それらすべてのホストに対して\nプリンタを公開します。 \nどのような場合でも、少なくともプリンタを公開する必要はありません。\n単一のCUPSサーバしかない場合は、CUPS参照を使用する必要はありません。\nその代わり、クライアントシステム側でCUPSサーバを指定させるのが簡単です\n(［ネットワーク経由で印刷する］を使用します)。これにより、クライアントはサーバに直接アクセスします。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" +"In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" +"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" +"and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" +"It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"まず何よりも先にCUPSクライアントシステムでCUPSサーバへのアクセスを許可する必要があります。\n" +"その後クライアントに対してプリンタを公開するかどうかを指定します。\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内では、CUPS参照は通常、ローカルネットワーク内に存在する\n" +"すべてのホストに対してリモートアクセスを許可し、それらすべてのホストに対して\n" +"プリンタを公開します。 \n" +"どのような場合でも、少なくともプリンタを公開する必要はありません。\n" +"単一のCUPSサーバしかない場合は、CUPS参照を使用する必要はありません。\n" +"その代わり、クライアントシステム側でCUPSサーバを指定させるのが簡単です\n" +"(［ネットワーク経由で印刷する］を使用します)。これにより、クライアントはサーバに直接アクセスします。\n" +"" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 -msgid "\nThere are various ways which can coexist how to specify\nwhich remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server. \nAllow remote access for computers within the local network\nwill allow access from all hosts in the local network.\nA remote host is in the local network when it has an IP address\nthat belongs to the same network as the CUPS server\nand when the network connection of the host\nuses a non-PPP interface on the CUPS server\n(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set). \nAlternatively or additionally an explicite list of network interfaces\nfrom which remote access is allowed can be specified. \nAlternatively or additionally an explicite list of\nallowed IP addresses and/or networks can be specified.\n" -msgstr "\nどのリモートホストからCUPSサーバへのアクセスを許可するのかについては、\nさまざまな方法が存在しています。 \nローカルネットワーク内のコンピュータに対してリモートアクセスを許可すると、\nローカルネットワーク内に存在するすべてのホストから印刷できるようになります。\nローカルネットワーク内のリモートホストとは、CUPSサーバと同じネットワーク内の\nIPアドレスが割り当てられているマシンのことで、ホストのネットワーク接続が\nPPPインタフェース以外(IFF_POINTOPOINTフラグが設定されていない)\nの手段で接続されているものを指します。 \nまた、リモートアクセスを許可するネットワークインタフェースを指定する\n方法もあるほか、許可するIPアドレスやネットワークのリストを指定する方法も\nあります。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" +"which remote hosts are allowed to access the CUPS server. \n" +"Allow remote access for computers within the local network\n" +"will allow access from all hosts in the local network.\n" +"A remote host is in the local network when it has an IP address\n" +"that belongs to the same network as the CUPS server\n" +"and when the network connection of the host\n" +"uses a non-PPP interface on the CUPS server\n" +"(an interface whose IFF_POINTOPOINT flag is not set). \n" +"Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of network interfaces\n" +"from which remote access is allowed can be specified. \n" +"Alternatively or additionally an explicite list of\n" +"allowed IP addresses and/or networks can be specified.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"どのリモートホストからCUPSサーバへのアクセスを許可するのかについては、\n" +"さまざまな方法が存在しています。 \n" +"ローカルネットワーク内のコンピュータに対してリモートアクセスを許可すると、\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内に存在するすべてのホストから印刷できるようになります。\n" +"ローカルネットワーク内のリモートホストとは、CUPSサーバと同じネットワーク内の\n" +"IPアドレスが割り当てられているマシンのことで、ホストのネットワーク接続が\n" +"PPPインタフェース以外(IFF_POINTOPOINTフラグが設定されていない)\n" +"の手段で接続されているものを指します。 \n" +"また、リモートアクセスを許可するネットワークインタフェースを指定する\n" +"方法もあるほか、許可するIPアドレスやネットワークのリストを指定する方法も\n" +"あります。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"" #. SharingDialog help 4/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 -msgid "\nRegarding firewall: \nA firewall is used to protect running server processes\n(in this case the CUPS server process 'cupsd')\non your host against unwanted access via network. \nPrinting via network happens in a trusted internal network\n(nobody lets arbitrary users from whatever external network\nprint on his printer) and usually the users need\nphysical printer access to get their paper output. \nBy default the SuSEfirewall lets any network traffic pass\nvia a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\nbecause this zone is trusted by default. \nIt does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\nwith a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\nDo not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\nfor the untrusted 'external zone'. \nTo make printers accessible in a trusted internal n etwork\nand be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\nfrom any external network (in particular from the Internet),\nassign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\nto the internal zone of the firewall.\nUse the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\nto gain security plus usefulness in your network and\nsharing printers in a trusted internal network\nwill work without any further firewall setup. \nFor details see the openSUSE support database\narticle 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at \nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" -msgstr "\nファイアウォールについて: \nファイアウォールは、ホストで実行中のサーバプロセス(この場合はCUPSサーバ\nプロセス「cupsd」)を保護し、ネットワークを介した不正な攻撃を防ぎます。 \n信頼済みの内部ネットワーク内でのネットワーク経由での印刷\n(外部のネットワークからの印刷は誰も行うことができない場合)\nであれば、通常ユーザは印刷結果を取りに行くために物理的なアクセスを\n必要とします。 \nデフォルトではSuSEfirewallは、「内部ゾーン」に属するネットワークインタフェース\n経由での任意のネットワークトラフィックは、問題なく通過するように\n設定されています。これはこのゾーンが信頼されているものであるためです。 \n信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない「外部ゾーン」に設定� ��た\nネットワークインタフェースを介して印刷を行っても、意味がありません\n(安全のため、ネットワークインタフェースのデフォルト値は\n後者(「外部ゾーン」)に設定されています)。\n特に、信頼のできない「外部ゾーン」に対して、CUPS\n (IPP向けのTCPポート631とUDPポート631)\nのファイアウォール保護を外さないでください。 \n信頼済みの内部ネットワークでリモートプリンタを利用しながら、\n外部のネットワーク(特にインターネット)からの望まないアクセスを\nファイアウォールで保護したい場合は、\n内部のネットワークに属するネットワークインタフェースに対して、\nファイアウォールの内部ゾーンに設定してください。\nこのような基本設定を行い、お使いのネットワークに対するセキュリティと\n利便性の両方を確保する� ��は、YaSTファイアウォール設定モジュールを使用して\nください。信頼済みの内部ネットワーク内でリモートプリンタを利用する\n場合は、さらなるファイアウォール設定は不要です。 \n詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事\n「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」 \nhttp://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Regarding firewall: \n" +"A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n" +"(in this case the CUPS server process 'cupsd')\n" +"on your host against unwanted access via network. \n" +"Printing via network happens in a trusted internal network\n" +"(nobody lets arbitrary users from whatever external network\n" +"print on his printer) and usually the users need\n" +"physical printer access to get their paper output. \n" +"By default the SuSEfirewall lets any network traffic pass\n" +"via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n" +"because this zone is trusted by default. \n" +"It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n" +"with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n" +"(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n" +"Do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n" +"(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n" +"for the untrusted 'external zone'. \n" +"To make printers accessible in a trusted internal network\n" +"and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n" +"from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n" +"assign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\n" +"to the internal zone of the firewall.\n" +"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" +"to gain security plus usefulness in your network and\n" +"sharing printers in a trusted internal network\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup. \n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ファイアウォールについて: \n" +"ファイアウォールは、ホストで実行中のサーバプロセス(この場合はCUPSサーバ\n" +"プロセス「cupsd」)を保護し、ネットワークを介した不正な攻撃を防ぎます。 \n" +"信頼済みの内部ネットワーク内でのネットワーク経由での印刷\n" +"(外部のネットワークからの印刷は誰も行うことができない場合)\n" +"であれば、通常ユーザは印刷結果を取りに行くために物理的なアクセスを\n" +"必要とします。 \n" +"デフォルトではSuSEfirewallは、「内部ゾーン」に属するネットワークインタフェース\n" +"経由での任意のネットワークトラフィックは、問題なく通過するように\n" +"設定されています。これはこのゾーンが信頼されているものであるためです。 \n" +"信頼できる内部のネットワーク内で、信頼のできない「外部ゾーン」に設定した\n" +"ネットワークインタフェースを介して印刷を行っても、意味がありません\n" +"(安全のため、ネットワークインタフェースのデフォルト値は\n" +"後者(「外部ゾーン」)に設定されています)。\n" +"特に、信頼のできない「外部ゾーン」に対して、CUPS\n" +" (IPP向けのTCPポート631とUDPポート631)\n" +"のファイアウォール保護を外さないでください。 \n" +"信頼済みの内部ネットワークでリモートプリンタを利用しながら、\n" +"外部のネットワーク(特にインターネット)からの望まないアクセスを\n" +"ファイアウォールで保護したい場合は、\n" +"内部のネットワークに属するネットワークインタフェースに対して、\n" +"ファイアウォールの内部ゾーンに設定してください。\n" +"このような基本設定を行い、お使いのネットワークに対するセキュリティと\n" +"利便性の両方を確保するには、YaSTファイアウォール設定モジュールを使用して\n" +"ください。信頼済みの内部ネットワーク内でリモートプリンタを利用する\n" +"場合は、さらなるファイアウォール設定は不要です。 \n" +"詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事\n" +"「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」 \n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" +"" #. Policies help 1/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 -msgid "\n<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \nOperation policies are the rules used for each operation in CUPS.\nSuch operations are for example 'print something', 'cancel a printout',\n'configure a printer', 'modify or remove a printer configuration',\nand 'enable or disable printing'.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>CUPS 操作ポリシー</big> \n操作ポリシーはそれぞれの CUPS 操作に対するルールとして使用します。\n操作には下記のようなものがあります: 「何らかの印刷」、「印刷のキャンセル」、\n「プリンタの設定」、「プリンタ設定の修正や削除」、\n「印刷の許可や禁止」\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \n" +"Operation policies are the rules used for each operation in CUPS.\n" +"Such operations are for example 'print something', 'cancel a printout',\n" +"'configure a printer', 'modify or remove a printer configuration',\n" +"and 'enable or disable printing'.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>CUPS 操作ポリシー</big> \n" +"操作ポリシーはそれぞれの CUPS 操作に対するルールとして使用します。\n" +"操作には下記のようなものがあります: 「何らかの印刷」、「印刷のキャンセル」、\n" +"「プリンタの設定」、「プリンタ設定の修正や削除」、\n" +"「印刷の許可や禁止」\n" +"" #. Policies help 2/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 -msgid "\n<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \nThe error policy defines the default policy that is used when\nCUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \nDepending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\nand depending on the actual kind of failure,\nthe CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\ncan overwrite the default error policy\nand enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\nFor example it can stop any further printing attempt\neven when the default error policy is to retry the job.\nThis could happen when any attempt to establish\nthe communication with the printer is useless\nso that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n \nThe following error policies exist: \nStop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \nRe-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \nAbort and delete the job and proceed with the ne xt job.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>CUPSエラーポリシー</big> \nエラーポリシーは、\nCUPSがプリンタデバイスへの印刷ジョブの送信に失敗した場合に使用するデフォルトのポリシーを定義します。 \nプリンタの接続方法\n(「USB」、「ソケット」、「lpd」、「ipp」など)\nおよび実際のエラーの種類に応じて、\nプリンタにデータを実際に送信するCUPSバックエンド\nはデフォルトのエラーポリシーを上書きし、別のエラーポリシーを\n強制設定できます(「<tt>man backend</tt>」を参照)。\nたとえば、デフォルトのエラーポリシーがジョブを再試行することになっている場合でも、\nその後の印刷試行を停止できます。\nこれは、プリンタとの通信を確立する\n試行が成功しないため、\nジョブを再試行することに意味がない場合に発生します。\n \n次のエラーポリシーが存在します。 \nプリンタを停止して次回の印刷時までジョブを保持する。 \nしばらく待機(デフォルトでは30秒)した後に最初からジョブを再送信する。 \nジョブを中止して削除し、次のジョブに進む。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" +"The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n" +"CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device. \n" +"Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n" +"(for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n" +"and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n" +"the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n" +"can overwrite the default error policy\n" +"and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" +"For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n" +"even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n" +"This could happen when any attempt to establish\n" +"the communication with the printer is useless\n" +"so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n" +" \n" +"The following error policies exist: \n" +"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" +"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>CUPSエラーポリシー</big> \n" +"エラーポリシーは、\n" +"CUPSがプリンタデバイスへの印刷ジョブの送信に失敗した場合に使用するデフォルトのポリシーを定義します。 \n" +"プリンタの接続方法\n" +"(「USB」、「ソケット」、「lpd」、「ipp」など)\n" +"および実際のエラーの種類に応じて、\n" +"プリンタにデータを実際に送信するCUPSバックエンド\n" +"はデフォルトのエラーポリシーを上書きし、別のエラーポリシーを\n" +"強制設定できます(「<tt>man backend</tt>」を参照)。\n" +"たとえば、デフォルトのエラーポリシーがジョブを再試行することになっている場合でも、\n" +"その後の印刷試行を停止できます。\n" +"これは、プリンタとの通信を確立する\n" +"試行が成功しないため、\n" +"ジョブを再試行することに意味がない場合に発生します。\n" +" \n" +"次のエラーポリシーが存在します。 \n" +"プリンタを停止して次回の印刷時までジョブを保持する。 \n" +"しばらく待機(デフォルトでは30秒)した後に最初からジョブを再送信する。 \n" +"ジョブを中止して削除し、次のジョブに進む。\n" +"" #. Autoconfig help 1/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 -msgid "\n<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \nCheck the check box to run YaST's automatic configuration\nfor printers which are connected to the local host. \nFor each autodetected local connected printer,\nYaST tests if there exists already a configuration.\nIf there is not yet a configuration,\nYaST tries to find a matching driver for the printer\nand if one is found, the printer is configured. \nThe resulting configuration is basically the same\nas if one would have selected an autodetected printer\nin the 'Add New Printer Configuration' dialog\nand accepted whatever preselected values there.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>ローカル接続されているプリンタに対して自動設定を実施する</big> \nローカルホストに接続されているプリンタに対して、YaSTの自動設定を動作させる\n場合にオンにしてください。 \n自動検出されたプリンタに対しては、まずYaST側で設定済みかどうかが\n確認されます。以前に設定されていない場合は、\nYaSTがプリンタに対応するドライバを検出しようとします。\n対応するドライバが存在した場合は、そのままプリンタが設定されます。 \n結果として生成される設定は、［新しいプリンタ設定の追加］ダイアログ内で\n自動検出されたプリンタに対して、事前に選択された値をそのまま受け入れる\n場合とほぼ同じになります。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \n" +"Check the check box to run YaST's automatic configuration\n" +"for printers which are connected to the local host. \n" +"For each autodetected local connected printer,\n" +"YaST tests if there exists already a configuration.\n" +"If there is not yet a configuration,\n" +"YaST tries to find a matching driver for the printer\n" +"and if one is found, the printer is configured. \n" +"The resulting configuration is basically the same\n" +"as if one would have selected an autodetected printer\n" +"in the 'Add New Printer Configuration' dialog\n" +"and accepted whatever preselected values there.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>ローカル接続されているプリンタに対して自動設定を実施する</big> \n" +"ローカルホストに接続されているプリンタに対して、YaSTの自動設定を動作させる\n" +"場合にオンにしてください。 \n" +"自動検出されたプリンタに対しては、まずYaST側で設定済みかどうかが\n" +"確認されます。以前に設定されていない場合は、\n" +"YaSTがプリンタに対応するドライバを検出しようとします。\n" +"対応するドライバが存在した場合は、そのままプリンタが設定されます。 \n" +"結果として生成される設定は、［新しいプリンタ設定の追加］ダイアログ内で\n" +"自動検出されたプリンタに対して、事前に選択された値をそのまま受け入れる\n" +"場合とほぼ同じになります。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"" #. Autoconfig help 2/2: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 -msgid "\n<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \nThe RPM package 'udev-configure-printer' provides\nautomatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in. \nWhen its check box is initially not checked, it is not installed\nand then you can select it so that it will be installed. \nWhen its check box is initially checked, it is already installed\nand then you can un-select it so that it will be removed. \nWhen udev-configure-printer is installed,\nautomatic USB printer configuration happens via the entries\nin its udev config file /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\nwhich triggers to run 'udev-configure-printer add'\nwhen a USB printer is plugged in\nand 'udev-configure-printer remove' when it is unplugged.\nThere are no adjustable settings for udev-configure-printer\nexcept one changes the 70-printers.rules file manually.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>USBプリンタに対する自動設定</big> \nRPMパッケージ「udev-configure-printer」では、USBプリンタが\n接続された際に自動設定を行う機能を提供しています。\nチェックボックスがオンになっていない場合、上のパッケージは\nインストールされていないことを示しますが、後からオンにすることで\nインストールできます。\nオンになっている場合、上のパッケージはすでにインストール済みで、\nオフにすることでパッケージを削除できます。\nudev-configure-printerがインストールされていれば、USBプリンタが\n接続されると自動的なプリンタ設定が動作し、udev設定ファイル\n/lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rulesから「udev-configure-printer add」\nが呼び出されます。逆にプリンタが外された場合には\n「udev-configure-printer remove」が呼び出されます。\n なお、udev-configure-printerは、70-printers.rules\nを手動で編集する場合を除いて設定を行うことはできません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \n" +"The RPM package 'udev-configure-printer' provides\n" +"automatic configuration when USB printers are plugged in. \n" +"When its check box is initially not checked, it is not installed\n" +"and then you can select it so that it will be installed. \n" +"When its check box is initially checked, it is already installed\n" +"and then you can un-select it so that it will be removed. \n" +"When udev-configure-printer is installed,\n" +"automatic USB printer configuration happens via the entries\n" +"in its udev config file /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\n" +"which triggers to run 'udev-configure-printer add'\n" +"when a USB printer is plugged in\n" +"and 'udev-configure-printer remove' when it is unplugged.\n" +"There are no adjustable settings for udev-configure-printer\n" +"except one changes the 70-printers.rules file manually.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>USBプリンタに対する自動設定</big> \n" +"RPMパッケージ「udev-configure-printer」では、USBプリンタが\n" +"接続された際に自動設定を行う機能を提供しています。\n" +"チェックボックスがオンになっていない場合、上のパッケージは\n" +"インストールされていないことを示しますが、後からオンにすることで\n" +"インストールできます。\n" +"オンになっている場合、上のパッケージはすでにインストール済みで、\n" +"オフにすることでパッケージを削除できます。\n" +"udev-configure-printerがインストールされていれば、USBプリンタが\n" +"接続されると自動的なプリンタ設定が動作し、udev設定ファイル\n" +"/lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rulesから「udev-configure-printer add」\n" +"が呼び出されます。逆にプリンタが外された場合には\n" +"「udev-configure-printer remove」が呼び出されます。\n" +"なお、udev-configure-printerは、70-printers.rules\n" +"を手動で編集する場合を除いて設定を行うことはできません。\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1800,8 +3382,14 @@ #. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 -msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\nCheck with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\nA non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" -msgstr "ローカルで動作するCUPSデーモンが必要ですが、アクセスできないものと思われます。\n「lpstat -h localhost -r」コマンドを入力して、ローカルのcupsdにアクセスできるかどうか確認してください。\ncupsdにアクセスできない場合、この後の設定作業で、繰り返しこのエラーが発生します。\n" +msgid "" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" +"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" +"A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" +msgstr "" +"ローカルで動作するCUPSデーモンが必要ですが、アクセスできないものと思われます。\n" +"「lpstat -h localhost -r」コマンドを入力して、ローカルのcupsdにアクセスできるかどうか確認してください。\n" +"cupsdにアクセスできない場合、この後の設定作業で、繰り返しこのエラーが発生します。\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails #. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). @@ -1810,14 +3398,36 @@ #. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed #. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 -msgid "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\nCheck with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\nThis happens when there is a 'Listen ...:1234' or 'Port 1234' setting\n(where 1234 means any port number which is not the official port 631)\nin /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (check also if there is 'BrowsePort 1234').\nThe YaST printer module does not support a non-official port.\nA non-official port leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\nIf you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\nthe YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" -msgstr "CUPSデーモンは公式のIANA IPPポート(631)をリスンしていない可能性があります。\n「netstat -nap | grep cupsd」コマンドを入力し、cupsdがリスンしているかどうか確認してください。\n/etc/cups/cupsd.conf内で「Listen ...:1234」や「Port 1234」の設定\n(ここで、「1234」は公式の631番ポートではない任意の番号を意味しています)\nを行っていたり、「BrowsePort 1234」を設定していたりすると発生します。\nYaSTプリンタモジュールはこのような非公式ポートはサポートしていません。\n非公式のポートを使用すると、この後の設定作業で繰り返しこのエラーが発生し続けます。\nどうしても非公式のポートを使用する場合は、\nYaSTプリンタモジュールを使用できません。\n" +msgid "" +"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" +"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" +"This happens when there is a 'Listen ...:1234' or 'Port 1234' setting\n" +"(where 1234 means any port number which is not the official port 631)\n" +"in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (check also if there is 'BrowsePort 1234').\n" +"The YaST printer module does not support a non-official port.\n" +"A non-official port leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" +"If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" +"the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" +msgstr "" +"CUPSデーモンは公式のIANA IPPポート(631)をリスンしていない可能性があります。\n" +"「netstat -nap | grep cupsd」コマンドを入力し、cupsdがリスンしているかどうか確認してください。\n" +"/etc/cups/cupsd.conf内で「Listen ...:1234」や「Port 1234」の設定\n" +"(ここで、「1234」は公式の631番ポートではない任意の番号を意味しています)\n" +"を行っていたり、「BrowsePort 1234」を設定していたりすると発生します。\n" +"YaSTプリンタモジュールはこのような非公式ポートはサポートしていません。\n" +"非公式のポートを使用すると、この後の設定作業で繰り返しこのエラーが発生し続けます。\n" +"どうしても非公式のポートを使用する場合は、\n" +"YaSTプリンタモジュールを使用できません。\n" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 -msgid "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n(this might take some time)" -msgstr "CUPSサーバにアクセスできるかどうか、いくつかのテストを実施しています...\n(しばらく時間がかかります)" +msgid "" +"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" +"(this might take some time)" +msgstr "" +"CUPSサーバにアクセスできるかどうか、いくつかのテストを実施しています...\n" +"(しばらく時間がかかります)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 @@ -2378,8 +3988,14 @@ #. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 -msgid "When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\nor after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\nit takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." -msgstr "「プリンタ通知を受け取る」から「通知を受け取らない」に変更したり、\n［CUPSサーバにプリンタ情報を要求する］を無効に設定した場合、\nすでに受信した情報が見えなくなるまでおよそ5分ほどかかります..." +msgid "" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" +"or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" +"it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." +msgstr "" +"「プリンタ通知を受け取る」から「通知を受け取らない」に変更したり、\n" +"［CUPSサーバにプリンタ情報を要求する］を無効に設定した場合、\n" +"すでに受信した情報が見えなくなるまでおよそ5分ほどかかります..." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 @@ -2542,8 +4158,16 @@ #. Global variables: #. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 -msgid "\nAutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network. \nThere is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\n" -msgstr "\nネットワークを介したCUPSでの印刷用AutoYaST設定です。 \nローカルのプリントキューに対しては、AutoYaSTはサポートしていません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network. \n" +"There is no AutoYaST support for local print queues.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ネットワークを介したCUPSでの印刷用AutoYaST設定です。 \n" +"ローカルのプリントキューに対しては、AutoYaSTはサポートしていません。\n" +"" #. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. #. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. @@ -2554,8 +4178,12 @@ #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 -msgid "Retrieving printer driver information...\n(this could take more than a minute)" -msgstr "プリンタドライバ情報を取り出しています...\n(しばらく時間がかかります)" +msgid "" +"Retrieving printer driver information...\n" +"(this could take more than a minute)" +msgstr "" +"プリンタドライバ情報を取り出しています...\n" +"(しばらく時間がかかります)" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -2814,28 +4442,52 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 -msgid "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\nThis happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\nor when the user who runs YaST has no DISPLAY environment variable set,\nor when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\nIn this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" -msgstr "GUIを表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、hp-setupを実行することができません。\nこのエラーはYaSTがテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\nYaSTを実行したユーザがDISPLAY環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生します。\nまた、GUI画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\nこの場合は、ユーザ「root」で直接hp-setupを実行し、手動で設定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" +"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" +"or when the user who runs YaST has no DISPLAY environment variable set,\n" +"or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" +"In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" +msgstr "" +"GUIを表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、hp-setupを実行することができません。\n" +"このエラーはYaSTがテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\n" +"YaSTを実行したユーザがDISPLAY環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生します。\n" +"また、GUI画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\n" +"この場合は、ユーザ「root」で直接hp-setupを実行し、手動で設定する必要があります。\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 -msgid "Cannot run hp-setup because\n/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\nor does not exist.\n" -msgstr "hp-setup を実行することができません。\n/usr/bin/hp-setup が実行ファイルでないか、\nもしくは存在していません。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot run hp-setup because\n" +"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" +"or does not exist.\n" +msgstr "" +"hp-setup を実行することができません。\n" +"/usr/bin/hp-setup が実行ファイルでないか、\n" +"もしくは存在していません。\n" #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 -msgid "Launched hp-setup.\nYou must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" -msgstr "hp-setupを起動しました。\nプリンタを設定するにはhp-setupでの作業を完了する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Launched hp-setup.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"hp-setupを起動しました。\n" +"プリンタを設定するにはhp-setupでの作業を完了する必要があります。\n" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. #. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 -msgid "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\nUse 'Driver Packages' to install it." -msgstr "hp-setupを実行するには、RPMパッケージhplipをインストールする必要があります。\nインストールを行うには、［ドライバパッケージ］を使用してください。" +msgid "" +"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" +"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." +msgstr "" +"hp-setupを実行するには、RPMパッケージhplipをインストールする必要があります。\n" +"インストールを行うには、［ドライバパッケージ］を使用してください。" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. @@ -2930,8 +4582,12 @@ #. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info #. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 -msgid "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\nWaiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" -msgstr "CUPSデーモンを再起動しました。\n操作できるようになるまで30秒ほどお待ちください...\n" +msgid "" +"Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" +"Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" +msgstr "" +"CUPSデーモンを再起動しました。\n" +"操作できるようになるまで30秒ほどお待ちください...\n" #. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd #. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: @@ -2974,4 +4630,3 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "待機処理をスキップ(&S)" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -25,8 +25,12 @@ #. /bin/mkzimage - lilo #: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 #: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 -msgid "Installation of required packages\nfailed." -msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに\n失敗しました。" +msgid "" +"Installation of required packages\n" +"failed." +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージのインストールに\n" +"失敗しました。" #. command line help text for the kiwi module #: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 @@ -229,8 +233,16 @@ #. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 -msgid "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\ndoes not match the system architecture (%2).\n\nKiwi cannot create images for different architectures." -msgstr "現在の設定でのターゲットアーキテクチャは (%1) に設定されて\nいますが、これはシステムのアーキテクチャ (%2) と合致していません。\n\nkiwi では異なるアーキテクチャに対するイメージを作成することはできません。" +msgid "" +"Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" +"does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" +"\n" +"Kiwi cannot create images for different architectures." +msgstr "" +"現在の設定でのターゲットアーキテクチャは (%1) に設定されて\n" +"いますが、これはシステムのアーキテクチャ (%2) と合致していません。\n" +"\n" +"kiwi では異なるアーキテクチャに対するイメージを作成することはできません。" #. ProductCreator overview dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 @@ -309,8 +321,12 @@ #. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 -msgid "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n \n" -msgstr "新しいISOイメージのディレクトリ構造を作成しています。\n \n" +msgid "" +"Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"新しいISOイメージのディレクトリ構造を作成しています。\n" +" \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "Press Next to start creating the ISO file." @@ -414,8 +430,12 @@ msgstr "なし" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 -msgid "Verify the data in the summary box then\npress Finish to return to main dialog.\n" -msgstr "［概要］ボックス内のデータが正しいかどうかを確認し、\n［完了］をクリックしてメインダイアログに戻ってください。\n" +msgid "" +"Verify the data in the summary box then\n" +"press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" +msgstr "" +"［概要］ボックス内のデータが正しいかどうかを確認し、\n" +"［完了］をクリックしてメインダイアログに戻ってください。\n" #. caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 @@ -423,12 +443,24 @@ msgstr "カスタムCD" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 -msgid "Verifying data and packages...\n \n \n" -msgstr "データとパッケージを検証しています...\n \n \n" +msgid "" +"Verifying data and packages...\n" +" \n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"データとパッケージを検証しています...\n" +" \n" +" \n" #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 -msgid "If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\nFix the problem and try again.\n " -msgstr "何か問題があった場合、プロセスは中止します。\n問題を修正して再び実行してください。\n " +msgid "" +"If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" +"Fix the problem and try again.\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"何か問題があった場合、プロセスは中止します。\n" +"問題を修正して再び実行してください。\n" +" " #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" @@ -582,8 +614,12 @@ msgstr "設定名を入力して下さい。" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 -msgid "A configuration with this name already exists.\n Select a new name.\n" -msgstr "この名前の設定はすでに存在します。\n 新しい名前を選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"A configuration with this name already exists.\n" +" Select a new name.\n" +msgstr "" +"この名前の設定はすでに存在します。\n" +" 新しい名前を選択してください。\n" #. error message #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 @@ -665,8 +701,14 @@ #. %1 is URL of the repository #. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 -msgid "Source %1\ndoes not support the current target architecture (%2).\nChange the target architecture?\n" -msgstr "ソース %1\nは現在のターゲットアーキテクチャ (%2) に対応していません。\nターゲットアーキテクチャを変更しますか？\n" +msgid "" +"Source %1\n" +"does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" +"Change the target architecture?\n" +msgstr "" +"ソース %1\n" +"は現在のターゲットアーキテクチャ (%2) に対応していません。\n" +"ターゲットアーキテクチャを変更しますか？\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 @@ -718,8 +760,18 @@ #. error message #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 -msgid "There is a mismatch between the selected\nrepositories and the machine architecture.\n\nEither select a different repository or\nchange the target architecture.\n" -msgstr "選択したリポジトリとマシンのアーキテクチャが\n合っていません。\n\n異なるリポジトリを選択するか、または\nターゲットアーキテクチャを変更してください。\n" +msgid "" +"There is a mismatch between the selected\n" +"repositories and the machine architecture.\n" +"\n" +"Either select a different repository or\n" +"change the target architecture.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したリポジトリとマシンのアーキテクチャが\n" +"合っていません。\n" +"\n" +"異なるリポジトリを選択するか、または\n" +"ターゲットアーキテクチャを変更してください。\n" #. ask for the target architecture #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 @@ -773,8 +825,16 @@ #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 -msgid "\nSelect one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\nmore add-on selections and packages.\n" -msgstr "\n次の基本選択のいずれかを選んでください。さらにアドオン選択やパッケージを\n追加するには、［詳細］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"more add-on selections and packages.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"次の基本選択のいずれかを選んでください。さらにアドオン選択やパッケージを\n" +"追加するには、［詳細］をクリックしてください。\n" +"" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption @@ -785,8 +845,14 @@ #. error message, %1 = details #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 -msgid "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n\n%1\n" -msgstr "依存関係を解決できません。\n\n%1\n" +msgid "" +"Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +msgstr "" +"依存関係を解決できません。\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" #. refresh table and pushbutton state #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 @@ -796,14 +862,24 @@ #. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? #. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 -msgid "<big>Sign</big> \nTo make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \nThis key is checked when the product is added as a repository." -msgstr "<big>署名</big> \nGPG 鍵を利用し、作成した製品を利用者側で検証してもらうことができます。\nこの鍵は製品のリポジトリとして追加した場合に確認されます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Sign</big> \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" +"This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." +msgstr "" +"<big>署名</big> \n" +"GPG 鍵を利用し、作成した製品を利用者側で検証してもらうことができます。\n" +"この鍵は製品のリポジトリとして追加した場合に確認されます。" #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 -msgid "If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." -msgstr "製品が署名されていない場合、YaSTは自動的にlinuxrcの環境設定ファイルに対して、\n「Insecure: 1」を追加します。これを行わないと、linuxrcの起動時に、インストールシステムのロードが拒否されるためです。詳細については、http://ja.o…" +msgid "" +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." +msgstr "" +"製品が署名されていない場合、YaSTは自動的にlinuxrcの環境設定ファイルに対して、\n" +"「Insecure: 1」を追加します。これを行わないと、linuxrcの起動時に、インストールシステムのロードが拒否されるためです。詳細については、http://ja.o…" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -846,17 +922,33 @@ msgstr "メディアにGPG鍵 %1%2 でデジタル署名" #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 -msgid "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n\n" -msgstr "概要のデータが正しいことを確認し、［次へ］をクリックして続行してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"概要のデータが正しいことを確認し、［次へ］をクリックして続行してください。\n" +"\n" #. All helps are here #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 -msgid "<big>Boot Options</big> \nAdd additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>ブートオプション</big> \nブートオプション付きのブートメニューエントリを追加することができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Options</big> \n" +"Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ブートオプション</big> \n" +"ブートオプション付きのブートメニューエントリを追加することができます。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 -msgid "For example, \nconfigure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\nsource location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" -msgstr "たとえば、\n自動的にインストールするようCDを設定し、インストールソースの場所を指定\nできます。わからない場合は、ファイルに手を加えなければ、元のまま使用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"For example, \n" +"configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" +msgstr "" +"たとえば、\n" +"自動的にインストールするようCDを設定し、インストールソースの場所を指定\n" +"できます。わからない場合は、ファイルに手を加えなければ、元のまま使用できます。\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 @@ -865,8 +957,12 @@ #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 @@ -875,73 +971,167 @@ #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止しても安全かどうかが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止しても安全かどうかが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 -msgid "<big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\nedit those configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>製品作成ツールの設定概要</big> \n使用可能な設定の概要が表示されます。ここから\n設定を編集することもできます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" +"edit those configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>製品作成ツールの設定概要</big> \n" +"使用可能な設定の概要が表示されます。ここから\n" +"設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 -msgid "<big>Adding a Configuration:</big> \nPress Add to create a new configuration." -msgstr "<big>環境設定の追加:</big> \n［追加］をクリックすると、新しい設定を追加できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a Configuration:</big> \n" +"Press Add to create a new configuration." +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定の追加:</big> \n" +"［追加］をクリックすると、新しい設定を追加できます。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nChoose a configuration to change or remove.\nThen press Edit or Delete respectively.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除:</big> \n変更または削除する設定を選択し、必要に応じて［編集］\nまたは［削除］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" +"Then press Edit or Delete respectively.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除:</big> \n" +"変更または削除する設定を選択し、必要に応じて［編集］\n" +"または［削除］ボタンをクリックしてください。\n" #. overview dialog help part 4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 -msgid "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\nrepository directory with the selected product." -msgstr "［製品の作成］ボタンをクリックすると、設定した製品を基にISOイメージや\nインストールリポジトリディレクトリを作成します。" +msgid "" +"Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" +"repository directory with the selected product." +msgstr "" +"［製品の作成］ボタンをクリックすると、設定した製品を基にISOイメージや\n" +"インストールリポジトリディレクトリを作成します。" #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 -msgid "Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\ntypes of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." -msgstr "KIWIイメージシステムを使用して、ライブメディアまたはXenイメージなどの\nさまざまなタイプのイメージの追加的な環境設定を行うには、［KIWIを使用したイメージの作成］を押します。" +msgid "" +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." +msgstr "" +"KIWIイメージシステムを使用して、ライブメディアまたはXenイメージなどの\n" +"さまざまなタイプのイメージの追加的な環境設定を行うには、［KIWIを使用したイメージの作成］を押します。" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 -msgid "<big>Configuration Name and Packages</big> \nChoose a configuration name and the method with which to select \nthe packages to add to the ISO image. \n" -msgstr "<big>環境設定名とパッケージ</big> \n環境設定名と、ISOイメージに追加するパッケージを選択する方法を\n選択してください。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Name and Packages</big> \n" +"Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" +"the packages to add to the ISO image. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定名とパッケージ</big> \n" +"環境設定名と、ISOイメージに追加するパッケージを選択する方法を\n" +"選択してください。 \n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 -msgid "AutoYaST Profile\nSelect an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n\n" -msgstr "AutoYaSTプロファイル\nソフトウェアの環境設定が記述されたAutoYaSTのプロファイルを選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"AutoYaST Profile\n" +"Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"AutoYaSTプロファイル\n" +"ソフトウェアの環境設定が記述されたAutoYaSTのプロファイルを選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Software Manager\nUse the software manager without any preselected packages. All\npackages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\nselected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\ncreating this CD.\n\n" -msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャ\nソフトウェアマネージャは、事前に何もパッケージを選択していない状態で始まります。\nインストールの際に自動的に選択されるパッケージであっても、それらパッケージのすべては、\nCDを作成するハードウェアやアーキテクチャに応じて、手動で選択する必要があります。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"Software Manager\n" +"Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" +"packages that would be automatically selected during installation must be\n" +"selected manually based on the hardware and architecture for which you are\n" +"creating this CD.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"ソフトウェアマネージャ\n" +"ソフトウェアマネージャは、事前に何もパッケージを選択していない状態で始まります。\n" +"インストールの際に自動的に選択されるパッケージであっても、それらパッケージのすべては、\n" +"CDを作成するハードウェアやアーキテクチャに応じて、手動で選択する必要があります。\n" +"\n" +"\n" #. Source selection help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 -msgid "<big>Select Package Sources</big> \nSelect at least one package source. \n" -msgstr "［<big>パッケージソースの選択</big>］ \n少なくとも1つのパッケージソースを選択します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Select Package Sources</big> \n" +"Select at least one package source. \n" +msgstr "" +"［<big>パッケージソースの選択</big>］ \n" +"少なくとも1つのパッケージソースを選択します。 \n" #. Source selection help 2/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 -msgid "<big>Target Architecture</big> \nIt is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\nthe machine you are currently working on.\nAll selected repositories must support the target architecture. \nNote: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\nthe architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" -msgstr "<big>ターゲットアーキテクチャ</big> \nこのマシンとは異なるアーキテクチャに対する製品を作成することができます。\n選択したすべてのリポジトリが、ターゲットとなるアーキテクチャをサポートしていなければなりません。 \n注: kiwiは別のアーキテクチャには対応していません。\n現在の設定からkiwiイメージを作成する場合は、アーキテクチャを変更しないで\nください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" +"the machine you are currently working on.\n" +"All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ターゲットアーキテクチャ</big> \n" +"このマシンとは異なるアーキテクチャに対する製品を作成することができます。\n" +"選択したすべてのリポジトリが、ターゲットとなるアーキテクチャをサポートしていなければなりません。 \n" +"注: kiwiは別のアーキテクチャには対応していません。\n" +"現在の設定からkiwiイメージを作成する場合は、アーキテクチャを変更しないで\n" +"ください。\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 -msgid "<big>ISO Directory and Image</big> \nEnter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\nfiles will be copied to this directory. Select a location with enough disk\nspace.\n \n" -msgstr "<big>ISOディレクトリとイメージ</big> \nスケルトンディレクトリを作成する場所を入力してください。必要なすべての\nファイルはこのディレクトリにコピーされます。ディスクの空き容量が十分にある場所を\n選択してください。\n \n" +msgid "" +"<big>ISO Directory and Image</big> \n" +"Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" +"files will be copied to this directory. Select a location with enough disk\n" +"space.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ISOディレクトリとイメージ</big> \n" +"スケルトンディレクトリを作成する場所を入力してください。必要なすべての\n" +"ファイルはこのディレクトリにコピーされます。ディスクの空き容量が十分にある場所を\n" +"選択してください。\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 -msgid "Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \ncreating an ISO image at a later time.\n\n" -msgstr "ISOイメージをすぐに作成するか、後からISOイメージを作成するために\nディレクトリを作成するかを選択します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" +"creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"ISOイメージをすぐに作成するか、後からISOイメージを作成するために\n" +"ディレクトリを作成するかを選択します。\n" +"\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 -msgid "To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \nto the skeleton. \n\n" -msgstr "ディスク容量を節約するには、［ディスク容量を節約するため必要な\nファイルのみコピー］を選択してください。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" +"to the skeleton. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"ディスク容量を節約するには、［ディスク容量を節約するため必要な\n" +"ファイルのみコピー］を選択してください。 \n" +"\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 @@ -950,8 +1140,14 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 -msgid "One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\nproduct repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\nbootable.\n" -msgstr "設定したリポジトリのうち、いずれかを基本製品としてマークしなければなりません。\n基本製品のリポジトリは、新たに作成した製品が起動可能になるよう、単独で起動できる\nものでなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" +"bootable.\n" +msgstr "" +"設定したリポジトリのうち、いずれかを基本製品としてマークしなければなりません。\n" +"基本製品のリポジトリは、新たに作成した製品が起動可能になるよう、単独で起動できる\n" +"ものでなければなりません。\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 @@ -960,8 +1156,14 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 -msgid "The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\nthe base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\nrepository from the list.\n" -msgstr "製品作成ツールは選択した製品の依存関係を解決し、基本製品についての提案を\n行います。もしも提示された値が誤っている場合は、正しい基本リポジトリを\nリストから選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" +"the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" +"repository from the list.\n" +msgstr "" +"製品作成ツールは選択した製品の依存関係を解決し、基本製品についての提案を\n" +"行います。もしも提示された値が誤っている場合は、正しい基本リポジトリを\n" +"リストから選択してください。\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) #. combo box label @@ -1000,8 +1202,14 @@ #. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 -msgid "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\nare also included in the list for deletion.\nContinue anyway?" -msgstr "インストールするよう選択したパッケージのうち、いくつかは\n削除する一覧にも含まれています。\n続行してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" +"are also included in the list for deletion.\n" +"Continue anyway?" +msgstr "" +"インストールするよう選択したパッケージのうち、いくつかは\n" +"削除する一覧にも含まれています。\n" +"続行してよろしいですか?" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 @@ -1070,8 +1278,12 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 -msgid "The passwords do not match.\nTry again." -msgstr "パスワードが一致しません。\n再度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"パスワードが一致しません。\n" +"再度入力してください。" #. popup for file selection dialog #. popup for file selection dialog @@ -1125,8 +1337,22 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 -msgid "Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n%2.\n\nEither remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n\nGoing to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n\n" -msgstr "セクション「%1」からの次のパッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内に存在していません。\n%2\n\nこれらのパッケージをこのセクションから削除できるほか、詳細なパッケージ選択について確認したり、その状況を無視したりすることができます。\n\n詳細なパッケージ選択に移動して特に変更を行わずに完了すると、問題のあるパッケージはセクションから削除されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" +"%2.\n" +"\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"セクション「%1」からの次のパッケージは、選択したリポジトリ内に存在していません。\n" +"%2\n" +"\n" +"これらのパッケージをこのセクションから削除できるほか、詳細なパッケージ選択について確認したり、その状況を無視したりすることができます。\n" +"\n" +"詳細なパッケージ選択に移動して特に変更を行わずに完了すると、問題のあるパッケージはセクションから削除されます。\n" +"\n" #. button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 @@ -1164,18 +1390,36 @@ #. popup message, %1 is a dir #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 -msgid "ISO image successfully created in\n%1\ndirectory." -msgstr "ISOイメージが、ディレクトリ \n%1\n に正常に作成されました。" +msgid "" +"ISO image successfully created in\n" +"%1\n" +"directory." +msgstr "" +"ISOイメージが、ディレクトリ \n" +"%1\n" +" に正常に作成されました。" #. popup message, %1 is a dir #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 -msgid "Xen image files successfully created in\n%1\ndirectory.\n" -msgstr "Xenイメージファイルが、ディレクトリ \n%1\n に正常に作成されました。\n" +msgid "" +"Xen image files successfully created in\n" +"%1\n" +"directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"Xenイメージファイルが、ディレクトリ \n" +"%1\n" +" に正常に作成されました。\n" #. popup message, %1 is a dir #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 -msgid "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n%1\ndirectory." -msgstr "仮想ディスクイメージが、ディレクトリ \n%1\n に正常に作成されました。" +msgid "" +"Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" +"%1\n" +"directory." +msgstr "" +"仮想ディスクイメージが、ディレクトリ \n" +"%1\n" +" に正常に作成されました。" #. popup label #. default question @@ -1186,8 +1430,14 @@ #. default popup message, %1 is a dir #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 -msgid "Image successfully created in\n%1\ndirectory." -msgstr "イメージが、ディレクトリ \n%1\n に正常に作成されました。" +msgid "" +"Image successfully created in\n" +"%1\n" +"directory." +msgstr "" +"イメージが、ディレクトリ \n" +"%1\n" +" に正常に作成されました。" #. busy popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 @@ -1242,8 +1492,12 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 -msgid "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\nflags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." -msgstr "イメージを圧縮する方法を［圧縮方法］で選択してください。\nこの設定を変更すると、イメージ種類の「フラグ」が変更されます。利用可能な値の意味については、kiwiのマニュアルを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." +msgstr "" +"イメージを圧縮する方法を［圧縮方法］で選択してください。\n" +"この設定を変更すると、イメージ種類の「フラグ」が変更されます。利用可能な値の意味については、kiwiのマニュアルを参照してください。" #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 @@ -1290,8 +1544,12 @@ #. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 -msgid "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\nIf Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." -msgstr "指定した単位でサイズを設定してください。\n［加法による計算］にチェックを入れると、 サイズの意味が変化します: イメージ上での最小空き容量を意味するようになります。" +msgid "" +"Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." +msgstr "" +"指定した単位でサイズを設定してください。\n" +"［加法による計算］にチェックを入れると、 サイズの意味が変化します: イメージ上での最小空き容量を意味するようになります。" #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1509,8 +1767,12 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 -msgid "For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\nto which the users belongs.\n" -msgstr "それぞれのユーザに対して 名前、パスワード、ホームディレクトリ、およびユーザの所属先グループ\nを指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" +"to which the users belongs.\n" +msgstr "" +"それぞれのユーザに対して 名前、パスワード、ホームディレクトリ、およびユーザの所属先グループ\n" +"を指定してください。\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 @@ -1654,8 +1916,12 @@ #. popup error message, %1 is the package name #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 -msgid "Cannot search for SLP repositories\nwithout having %1 package installed.\n" -msgstr "%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\nSLPリポジトリを検索することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" +"without having %1 package installed.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 パッケージをインストールしないと、\n" +"SLPリポジトリを検索することができません。\n" #. popup for file selection dialog #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 @@ -1664,8 +1930,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 -msgid "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\nChoose a different one." -msgstr "\"%1\" という名前の環境設定はすでに存在しています。\n異なる環境設定名を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"\"%1\" という名前の環境設定はすでに存在しています。\n" +"異なる環境設定名を選択してください。" #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 @@ -1679,8 +1949,18 @@ #. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 -msgid "Failed to add these repositories:\n\n%1.\n\nContinue anyway?" -msgstr "これらのリポジトリの追加に失敗しました:\n\n%1。\n\n続行してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"Failed to add these repositories:\n" +"\n" +"%1.\n" +"\n" +"Continue anyway?" +msgstr "" +"これらのリポジトリの追加に失敗しました:\n" +"\n" +"%1。\n" +"\n" +"続行してよろしいですか？" #. text box label #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 @@ -1698,8 +1978,12 @@ msgstr "エラー出力ファイル名" #: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 -msgid "File %1 already exists.\nRewrite?" -msgstr "ファイル %1 はすでに存在します。\n上書きしますか?" +msgid "" +"File %1 already exists.\n" +"Rewrite?" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 はすでに存在します。\n" +"上書きしますか?" #. run kiwi to finally create the selected image #. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result @@ -1801,8 +2085,12 @@ #. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 -msgid "Cannot read directory %1\nfrom source %2." -msgstr "ソース %2 からディレクトリ %1\n を読み込めません。" +msgid "" +"Cannot read directory %1\n" +"from source %2." +msgstr "" +"ソース %2 からディレクトリ %1\n" +" を読み込めません。" #. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key #. check if the metadata are gzipped @@ -1812,18 +2100,30 @@ #. workaround for bnc#498464 #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 -msgid "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n%2.\n" -msgstr "GPGキー %1 をinitrd\n%2 に追加できませんでした。\n" +msgid "" +"Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" +"%2.\n" +msgstr "" +"GPGキー %1 をinitrd\n" +"%2 に追加できませんでした。\n" #. yes/no popup: error message #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 -msgid "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\nTry again?\n" -msgstr "エラー: ソースにデジタル署名できませんでした。\n再度実行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" +"Try again?\n" +msgstr "" +"エラー: ソースにデジタル署名できませんでした。\n" +"再度実行しますか?\n" #. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 -msgid "These sources were not found:\n%1" -msgstr "次のソースが見つかりませんでした:\n%1" +msgid "" +"These sources were not found:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"次のソースが見つかりませんでした:\n" +"%1" #. popup question, %1 is directory name #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 @@ -1837,8 +2137,12 @@ #. TODO ask in interactive mode #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 -msgid "Destination directory exists or is a file.\nRemove directory %1?" -msgstr "作成先のディレクトリがすでに存在するか、ディレクトリではなくファイルです。\nディレクトリ %1 を削除しますか?" +msgid "" +"Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" +"Remove directory %1?" +msgstr "" +"作成先のディレクトリがすでに存在するか、ディレクトリではなくファイルです。\n" +"ディレクトリ %1 を削除しますか?" #. Check if selected packages are available #. @return [String] error message @@ -1859,10 +2163,17 @@ #. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 -msgid "Cannot download package %1\n from source %2.\n" -msgstr "パッケージ %1\n をソース %2 からダウンロードできません。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot download package %1\n" +" from source %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1\n" +" をソース %2 からダウンロードできません。\n" #: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 -msgid "Error while copying packages. \n\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." -msgstr "パッケージのコピー中にエラーが発生しました。 \n\t\t 作成されたディレクトリを確認して、原因を調査してください。" - +msgid "" +"Error while copying packages. \n" +"\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." +msgstr "" +"パッケージのコピー中にエラーが発生しました。 \n" +"\t\t 作成されたディレクトリを確認して、原因を調査してください。" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -39,15 +39,23 @@ #. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 -msgid "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\nProxy return code: %2.\n" -msgstr "%1 プロキシテスト中にエラーが発生しました。\nプロキシの戻りコード: %2.\n" +msgid "" +"An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" +"Proxy return code: %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 プロキシテスト中にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"プロキシの戻りコード: %2.\n" #. Unknown return code, #. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, #. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 -msgid "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\nProxy return code: %2.\n" -msgstr "%1 プロキシテスト中に不明なエラーが発生しました。\nプロキシの戻りコード: %2.\n" +msgid "" +"An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" +"Proxy return code: %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 プロキシテスト中に不明なエラーが発生しました。\n" +"プロキシの戻りコード: %2.\n" #. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 @@ -82,18 +90,34 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 -msgid "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\nNote: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \nhowever in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \nwhat your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " -msgstr "ここでは、ネットワークのプロキシ(キャッシュ)を設定することができます。\n注: 設定を有効にするためにログインし直すことをお勧めしますが、\nアプリケーションによっては新しい設定をすぐに取り込むことができるものもあります。\n使用しているアプリケーション(Webブラウザ、ftpクライアントなど)でのサポートを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +"what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " +msgstr "" +"ここでは、ネットワークのプロキシ(キャッシュ)を設定することができます。\n" +"注: 設定を有効にするためにログインし直すことをお勧めしますが、\n" +"アプリケーションによっては新しい設定をすぐに取り込むことができるものもあります。\n" +"使用しているアプリケーション(Webブラウザ、ftpクライアントなど)でのサポートを確認してください。" #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 -msgid "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\nto the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -msgstr "［HTTPプロキシURL］には、はワールドワイドウェブ(WWW)にアクセスするための\nプロキシサーバの名前を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" +"to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" +msgstr "" +"［HTTPプロキシURL］には、はワールドワイドウェブ(WWW)にアクセスするための\n" +"プロキシサーバの名前を指定します。\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 -msgid "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\nto the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -msgstr "［HTTPSプロキシURL］は、World Wide Web (WWW)に安全にアクセスするための、\nプロキシサーバの名前です。\n" +msgid "" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +"to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" +msgstr "" +"［HTTPSプロキシURL］は、World Wide Web (WWW)に安全にアクセスするための、\n" +"プロキシサーバの名前です。\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 @@ -102,28 +126,55 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 -msgid "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\nto the file transfer services (FTP)." -msgstr "［FTPプロキシURL］には、ファイル転送サービス(FTP)にアクセスするための\nプロキシサーバの名前を指定します。" +msgid "" +"FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" +"to the file transfer services (FTP)." +msgstr "" +"［FTPプロキシURL］には、ファイル転送サービス(FTP)にアクセスするための\n" +"プロキシサーバの名前を指定します。" #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 -msgid "If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\nenough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" -msgstr "［すべてのプロトコルに同じプロキシを使用］をオンにすると、\n［HTTPプロキシURL］の項目を指定するだけで、残りのすべてのプロトコル(HTTP、HTTPS、FTP) \nに対して同じサーバを使うように設定できます。\n" +msgid "" +"If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\n" +"enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" +"(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" +msgstr "" +"［すべてのプロトコルに同じプロキシを使用］をオンにすると、\n" +"［HTTPプロキシURL］の項目を指定するだけで、残りのすべてのプロトコル(HTTP、HTTPS、FTP) \n" +"に対して同じサーバを使うように設定できます。\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 -msgid "No Proxy Domains is a comma-separated list of domains\nfor which the requests should be made directly without caching,\nfor example, %1.\n" -msgstr "［プロキシを使用しないドメイン］には、キャッシュを使用しないで\n要求を直接送信する必要のあるドメインをコンマで区切って指定します。\nたとえば、%1 のように指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"No Proxy Domains is a comma-separated list of domains\n" +"for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" +"for example, %1.\n" +msgstr "" +"［プロキシを使用しないドメイン］には、キャッシュを使用しないで\n" +"要求を直接送信する必要のあるドメインをコンマで区切って指定します。\n" +"たとえば、%1 のように指定します。\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 -msgid "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\nthe Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\nconsists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" -msgstr "認証が必要なプロキシサーバを使用している場合は、\n［プロキシユーザ名］と［プロキシパスワード］を入力してください。\nユーザ名は引用符(\")を除く表示可能な文字だけで設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" +"the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +msgstr "" +"認証が必要なプロキシサーバを使用している場合は、\n" +"［プロキシユーザ名］と［プロキシパスワード］を入力してください。\n" +"ユーザ名は引用符(\")を除く表示可能な文字だけで設定します。\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 -msgid "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\nthe current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" -msgstr "［プロキシの設定のテスト］をクリックして、\nHTTP、HTTPS、およびFTPプロキシの現在の設定をテストします。\n \n" +msgid "" +"Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" +"the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" +msgstr "" +"［プロキシの設定のテスト］をクリックして、\n" +"HTTP、HTTPS、およびFTPプロキシの現在の設定をテストします。\n" +" \n" #. CheckBox entry label #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 @@ -180,12 +231,24 @@ #. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 -msgid "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\nReally use these settings?" -msgstr "プロキシは有効になっていますが、プロキシのURLが指定されていません。\nこれらの設定を使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" +"Really use these settings?" +msgstr "" +"プロキシは有効になっていますが、プロキシのURLが指定されていません。\n" +"これらの設定を使用しますか?" #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 -msgid "Security warning:\nUsername and password will be stored unencrypted\nin a worldwide readable plaintext file.\nReally use these settings?" -msgstr "セキュリティ警告:\nユーザ名とパスワードは、誰でも判読できる\n暗号化されないテキストファイル内に保存されます。\nよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Security warning:\n" +"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" +"in a worldwide readable plaintext file.\n" +"Really use these settings?" +msgstr "" +"セキュリティ警告:\n" +"ユーザ名とパスワードは、誰でも判読できる\n" +"暗号化されないテキストファイル内に保存されます。\n" +"よろしいですか?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 @@ -224,8 +287,20 @@ #. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy #: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 -msgid "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \nCheck if all domains match one of the following:\n* IP address\n* IP address/netmask\n* Fully qualified hostname\n* Domain name prefixed by '.'" -msgstr "1つ以上のプロキシを使用しないドメインが無効です。 \nすべてのドメインが次のいずれかに一致するかどうかをチェックしてください。\n* IPアドレス\n* IPアドレス/ネットマスク\n* 完全修飾ホスト名\n* 次の接頭子の付いたドメイン名 '.'" +msgid "" +"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" +"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" +"* IP address\n" +"* IP address/netmask\n" +"* Fully qualified hostname\n" +"* Domain name prefixed by '.'" +msgstr "" +"1つ以上のプロキシを使用しないドメインが無効です。 \n" +"すべてのドメインが次のいずれかに一致するかどうかをチェックしてください。\n" +"* IPアドレス\n" +"* IPアドレス/ネットマスク\n" +"* 完全修飾ホスト名\n" +"* 次の接頭子の付いたドメイン名 '.'" #. Return a modification status #. @return true if data was modified @@ -364,4 +439,3 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTPプロキシ: %1" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/qt-pkg.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -127,7 +127,8 @@ msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "新しいバージョンがあれば更新する" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "強制的に更新する" @@ -1476,8 +1477,40 @@ msgstr "著者: " #: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 -msgid " \n<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n\nThe packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n\nPossible reasons:\n<ul>\n<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n<li>They are third-party packages\n</ul>\n\n\nPlease choose manually what to do with them.\nThe safest course of action is to delete them.\n" -msgstr " \n<h2>更新の問題</h2>\n\nこのリスト上のパッケージは自動的にアップデートできません。\n\n考えられる理由:\n<ul>\n<li>他のパッケージによって上書きされた\n<li>どのインストールメディアにも更新するための新しいバージョンがない\n<li>サードパーティのパッケージである\n</ul>\n\n\n操作方法を手動で選択してください。\n最も安全なアクションは、それらを削除することです。\n" +msgid "" +" \n" +"<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" +"\n" +"The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" +"\n" +"Possible reasons:\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" +"<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" +"<li>They are third-party packages\n" +"</ul>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" +"The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +" \n" +"<h2>更新の問題</h2>\n" +"\n" +"このリスト上のパッケージは自動的にアップデートできません。\n" +"\n" +"考えられる理由:\n" +"<ul>\n" +"<li>他のパッケージによって上書きされた\n" +"<li>どのインストールメディアにも更新するための新しいバージョンがない\n" +"<li>サードパーティのパッケージである\n" +"</ul>\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"操作方法を手動で選択してください。\n" +"最も安全なアクションは、それらを削除することです。\n" +"" #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207 msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)" @@ -1485,16 +1518,42 @@ #. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length. #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382 -msgid "You are trying to install multiversion-capable\nand non-multiversion-capable versions of this\npackage at the same time." -msgstr "このパッケージの複数バージョン対応版と\n複数バージョン非対応版を同時にインストールしようと\nしています。" +msgid "" +"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n" +"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n" +"package at the same time." +msgstr "" +"このパッケージの複数バージョン対応版と\n" +"複数バージョン非対応版を同時にインストールしようと\n" +"しています。" #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390 -msgid "This version is multiversion-capable.\n\nPress \"Continue\" to install this version\nand unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." -msgstr "このバージョンは複数バージョン対応です。\n\nこのバージョンをインストールして\n複数バージョン非対応版を選択解除するには、［続行］を押します。\nこのバージョンを選択解除して他方を保持するには、［キャンセル］を押します。" +msgid "" +"This version is multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install this version\n" +"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one." +msgstr "" +"このバージョンは複数バージョン対応です。\n" +"\n" +"このバージョンをインストールして\n" +"複数バージョン非対応版を選択解除するには、［続行］を押します。\n" +"このバージョンを選択解除して他方を保持するには、［キャンセル］を押します。" #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399 -msgid "This version is not multiversion-capable.\n\nPress \"Continue\" to install only this version\nand unselect all other versions,\n\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." -msgstr "このバージョンは複数バージョン対応ではありません。\n\nこのバージョンのみをインストールし、\n他のバージョンをすべて選択解除するには、［続行］を押します。\nこのバージョンを選択解除してその他のバージョンを保持するには、［キャンセル］を押します。" +msgid "" +"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n" +"\n" +"Press \"Continue\" to install only this version\n" +"and unselect all other versions,\n" +"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones." +msgstr "" +"このバージョンは複数バージョン対応ではありません。\n" +"\n" +"このバージョンのみをインストールし、\n" +"他のバージョンをすべて選択解除するには、［続行］を押します。\n" +"このバージョンを選択解除してその他のバージョンを保持するには、［キャンセル］を押します。" #. Dialog heading #: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407 @@ -1525,4 +1584,3 @@ #: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87 msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature." msgstr "この機能にはパッケージlibqdialogsolverが必要です。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/qt.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ msgstr "ヘルプ" #. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 msgid "&Close" msgstr "閉じる(&C)" @@ -61,8 +61,12 @@ msgstr "スタイルシートエディタ" #: src/YQApplication.cc:643 -msgid "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\nSwitch left and right mouse buttons?" -msgstr "マウスボタンの左クリックが予期されていたときに、右ボタンをクリックしました。\nマウスボタンの左右を切り替えますか?" +msgid "" +"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" +"Switch left and right mouse buttons?" +msgstr "" +"マウスボタンの左クリックが予期されていたときに、右ボタンをクリックしました。\n" +"マウスボタンの左右を切り替えますか?" #. Popup dialog caption #: src/YQApplication.cc:656 @@ -76,8 +80,12 @@ #. caption #: src/YQDialog.cc:630 -msgid "Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\npress Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." -msgstr "視覚に障害のあるユーザ用にカラーパレットを切り替えるには、\nShift-F4を押します。またShift-F4を押して通常のカラーに戻します。" +msgid "" +"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n" +"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors." +msgstr "" +"視覚に障害のあるユーザ用にカラーパレットを切り替えるには、\n" +"Shift-F4を押します。またShift-F4を押して通常のカラーに戻します。" #. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key #. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning @@ -134,4 +142,3 @@ #: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 msgid "&Tree" msgstr "ツリー(&T)" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rdp.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: rdp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -41,8 +41,12 @@ #. Command line error message #: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 -msgid "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\nor 'no' to disallow it." -msgstr "リモート管理を許可するには［はい］を、\n許可しない場合は［いいえ］を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" +"or 'no' to disallow it." +msgstr "" +"リモート管理を許可するには［はい］を、\n" +"許可しない場合は［いいえ］を設定してください。" #. RichText label #: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 @@ -70,8 +74,18 @@ msgstr "リモート管理を許可しない(&D)" #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 -msgid "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\nIf this feature is enabled, you can\nadminister this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\nclient, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\nThis form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" -msgstr "<big>リモート管理の設定</big>\nこの機能を有効にすると、お使いのコンピュータを他のコンピュータからリモートで管理\nすることができるようになります。rdesktopのようなRDPクライアントソフトウェアを\n利用して<tt><ホスト名>:%1</tt>に接続してください。\nこの種のリモート管理はSSHよりも安全性は低くなりますのでご注意ください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +"If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" +"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" +"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>リモート管理の設定</big>\n" +"この機能を有効にすると、お使いのコンピュータを他のコンピュータからリモートで管理\n" +"することができるようになります。rdesktopのようなRDPクライアントソフトウェアを\n" +"利用して<tt><ホスト名>:%1</tt>に接続してください。\n" +"この種のリモート管理はSSHよりも安全性は低くなりますのでご注意ください。\n" #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 @@ -133,4 +147,3 @@ #: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "リモート管理は無効です。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,14 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + #. popup heading (in bold) #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "ローカル登録サーバ" #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "Select a detected registration server from the list\nor the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "リストから検出済みの登録サーバを選択するか、\nデフォルトのSUSE登録サーバを選択します。" +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." +msgstr "" +"リストから検出済みの登録サーバを選択するか、\n" +"デフォルトのSUSE登録サーバを選択します。" #. error popup #: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 @@ -237,8 +242,24 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 -msgid "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\nknows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\nmight take very long time.\n\nIf the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n%s to speed up the synchronization process.\nJust wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \nthe upgrade again." -msgstr "SLE11からアップグレードする場合は、以前にNCCに登録した内容が\nSCCサーバで認識されていることを確認してください。NCCからSCCへの\n同期には非常に長い時間がかかる場合があります。\n\nSLE11システムを最近インストールした場合、\n%s にログインすると同期処理を高速化できます。\nログイン後数分待ってから、もう一度アップグレードを\n実行してください。" +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" +"SLE11からアップグレードする場合は、以前にNCCに登録した内容が\n" +"SCCサーバで認識されていることを確認してください。NCCからSCCへの\n" +"同期には非常に長い時間がかかる場合があります。\n" +"\n" +"SLE11システムを最近インストールした場合、\n" +"%s にログインすると同期処理を高速化できます。\n" +"ログイン後数分待ってから、もう一度アップグレードを\n" +"実行してください。" #. add the hint to the error details #. update the message when an old SMT server is found @@ -258,8 +279,12 @@ msgstr "登録クライアントエラー。" #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -msgid "Registration server error.\nRetry registration later." -msgstr "登録サーバエラー。\n後でもう一度登録してください。" +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" +"登録サーバエラー。\n" +"後でもう一度登録してください。" #. error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 @@ -275,8 +300,18 @@ #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217 -msgid "A certificate has been already imported\nbut the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n\nPlease fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\ncan be connected securely and start the YaST module again." -msgstr "証明書はすでにインポートされていますが、\nサーバ接続をまだ信頼できません。\n\n証明書の問題は手動で修正してください。サーバに安全に接続\nできることを確認し、YaSTモジュールをもう一度起動します。" +msgid "" +"A certificate has been already imported\n" +"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" +"\n" +"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n" +"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again." +msgstr "" +"証明書はすでにインポートされていますが、\n" +"サーバ接続をまだ信頼できません。\n" +"\n" +"証明書の問題は手動で修正してください。サーバに安全に接続\n" +"できることを確認し、YaSTモジュールをもう一度起動します。" #. progress label #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229 @@ -296,8 +331,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270 -msgid "An old registration server was detected at\n%s.\nMake sure the latest product supporting the new registration\nprotocol is installed at the server." -msgstr "古い登録サーバが %s で\n検出されました。\n新しい登録プロトコルをサポートする最新の製品が\nサーバにインストールされていることを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"An old registration server was detected at\n" +"%s.\n" +"Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n" +"protocol is installed at the server." +msgstr "" +"古い登録サーバが %s で\n" +"検出されました。\n" +"新しい登録プロトコルをサポートする最新の製品が\n" +"サーバにインストールされていることを確認してください。" #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -308,8 +351,12 @@ #. Error popup #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286 -msgid "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\nDo you want to configure the network now?" -msgstr "ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバにアクセスできません。\nネットワークを設定しますか?" +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" +msgstr "" +"ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバにアクセスできません。\n" +"ネットワークを設定しますか?" #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." @@ -322,17 +369,29 @@ #. error message #: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 -msgid "The base product was not found,\ncheck your system." -msgstr "基本製品が見つかりませんでした。\nシステムを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"The base product was not found,\n" +"check your system." +msgstr "" +"基本製品が見つかりませんでした。\n" +"システムを確認してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL #: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 -msgid "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\nReport a bug at %s." -msgstr "インストールメディアまたはインストーラそのものに重大な損傷があります。\n%s でバグをレポートしてください。" +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." +msgstr "" +"インストールメディアまたはインストーラそのものに重大な損傷があります。\n" +"%s でバグをレポートしてください。" #: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 -msgid "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\nis a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." -msgstr "製品がインストールされていて、/etc/products.d/baseproductが\n基本製品の.prodファイルを指すシンボリックリンクになってることを確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." +msgstr "" +"製品がインストールされていて、/etc/products.d/baseproductが\n" +"基本製品の.prodファイルを指すシンボリックリンクになってることを確認してください。" #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) @@ -384,19 +443,31 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239 -msgid "The registration server offers update repositories.\n\n" -msgstr "登録サーバはアップデートリポジトリを提供しています。\n\n" +msgid "" +"The registration server offers update repositories.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"登録サーバはアップデートリポジトリを提供しています。\n" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\nin order to receive the latest updates?" -msgstr "最新のアップデートを受信するため、\nインストール中にこれらのリポジトリを有効にしますか。" +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" +"最新のアップデートを受信するため、\n" +"インストール中にこれらのリポジトリを有効にしますか。" #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 -msgid "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\nin order to receive the latest updates?" -msgstr "最新のアップデートを受信するため、\nアップグレード中にこれらのリポジトリを有効にしますか。" +msgid "" +"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" +"in order to receive the latest updates?" +msgstr "" +"最新のアップデートを受信するため、\n" +"アップグレード中にこれらのリポジトリを有効にしますか。" #. indent size used in summary text #: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 @@ -407,8 +478,16 @@ #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question #: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 -msgid "Repository '%s'\ncannot be loaded.\n\nSkip the repository or abort?" -msgstr "リポジトリ「%s」\nをロードできません。\n\nリポジトリをスキップするか、中止しますか?" +msgid "" +"Repository '%s'\n" +"cannot be loaded.\n" +"\n" +"Skip the repository or abort?" +msgstr "" +"リポジトリ「%s」\n" +"をロードできません。\n" +"\n" +"リポジトリをスキップするか、中止しますか?" #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) @@ -446,8 +525,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name #: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487 -msgid "Cannot find remote product %s.\nThe product cannot be registered." -msgstr "リモート製品 %s が見つかりません。\n製品を登録できません。" +msgid "" +"Cannot find remote product %s.\n" +"The product cannot be registered." +msgstr "" +"リモート製品 %s が見つかりません。\n" +"製品を登録できません。" #. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control #. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior @@ -473,8 +556,14 @@ #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 -msgid "Downloading the license for\n%s\nfailed." -msgstr "次のライセンスのダウンロードに失敗しました\n%s\n。" +msgid "" +"Downloading the license for\n" +"%s\n" +"failed." +msgstr "" +"次のライセンスのダウンロードに失敗しました\n" +"%s\n" +"。" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 @@ -488,8 +577,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\nRegistration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." -msgstr "要求された拡張機能またはモジュールの登録コードを入力します。\n正常に登録するには登録コードが必要です。登録コードを入力できない場合は、前に戻って各拡張機能またはモジュールを選択解除してください。" +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +msgstr "" +"要求された拡張機能またはモジュールの登録コードを入力します。\n" +"正常に登録するには登録コードが必要です。登録コードを入力できない場合は、前に戻って各拡張機能またはモジュールを選択解除してください。" #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition @@ -633,12 +726,24 @@ msgstr "登録コード(&C)" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 -msgid "Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\nenabling you to get online updates and technical support.\nTo register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "製品を登録すると、ご利用の製品がSUSEカスタマーセンターデータベースに登録され、\nオンラインアップデートおよびテクニカルサポートを利用できるようになります。\nインストール時に自動的に登録するには、［製品の登録の実行］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" +"製品を登録すると、ご利用の製品がSUSEカスタマーセンターデータベースに登録され、\n" +"オンラインアップデートおよびテクニカルサポートを利用できるようになります。\n" +"インストール時に自動的に登録するには、［製品の登録の実行］を選択します。" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 -msgid "If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\nand the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\nto your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "ネットワークにカスタムの登録サーバが展開されている場合は、サーバの正しいURL\nおよびSMT証明書の場所を［SMTサーバの設定］に設定します。\n詳細については、SMTのマニュアルを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" +"ネットワークにカスタムの登録サーバが展開されている場合は、サーバの正しいURL\n" +"およびSMT証明書の場所を［SMTサーバの設定］に設定します。\n" +"詳細については、SMTのマニュアルを参照してください。" #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -727,21 +832,47 @@ #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184 -msgid "If you do not register your system we will not be able\nto grant you access to the update repositories.\n\nYou can register after the installation or visit our\nCustomer Center for online registration.\n\nReally skip the registration now?" -msgstr "システムが登録されていないと、更新リポジトリへのアクセスを\n付与できません。\n\nインストール後に登録できます。または、カスタマーセンターにアクセスして\nオンライン登録できます。\n\n登録をスキップしてよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" +"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" +"\n" +"You can register after the installation or visit our\n" +"Customer Center for online registration.\n" +"\n" +"Really skip the registration now?" +msgstr "" +"システムが登録されていないと、更新リポジトリへのアクセスを\n" +"付与できません。\n" +"\n" +"インストール後に登録できます。または、カスタマーセンターにアクセスして\n" +"オンライン登録できます。\n" +"\n" +"登録をスキップしてよろしいですか?" #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201 -msgid "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\nUser Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\nAccess to security and general software updates is only possible on\na registered system." -msgstr "次のフィールドに、この製品の登録コードまたは評価用コード、およびSUSE\nカスタマーセンターから提供されたユーザ名/電子メールアドレスを入力してください。\nセキュリティおよび一般的なソフトウェアアップデートにアクセスできるのは、\n登録システムのみです。" +msgid "" +"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" +"a registered system." +msgstr "" +"次のフィールドに、この製品の登録コードまたは評価用コード、およびSUSE\n" +"カスタマーセンターから提供されたユーザ名/電子メールアドレスを入力してください。\n" +"セキュリティおよび一般的なソフトウェアアップデートにアクセスできるのは、\n" +"登録システムのみです。" #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213 -msgid "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\ninstallation has completed." -msgstr "ここで製品の登録をスキップした場合、インストール完了後に\n忘れずに登録を行ってください。" +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." +msgstr "" +"ここで製品の登録をスキップした場合、インストール完了後に\n" +"忘れずに登録を行ってください。" #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -808,8 +939,12 @@ #. register the base system if not already registered #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 -msgid "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\nSkip the base system and the add-on registration?" -msgstr "「%s」アドオンを登録するには基本システムを登録する必要があります。\n基本システムおよびアドオンの登録をスキップしますか?" +msgid "" +"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" +"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" +msgstr "" +"「%s」アドオンを登録するには基本システムを登録する必要があります。\n" +"基本システムおよびアドオンの登録をスキップしますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 @@ -845,8 +980,14 @@ #. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts #. the online migration #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 -msgid "The system is not registered,\nto run the online migration you need\nto register the system first." -msgstr "システムは未登録です。\nオンラインマイグレーションを実行するには、\nまずシステムを登録する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The system is not registered,\n" +"to run the online migration you need\n" +"to register the system first." +msgstr "" +"システムは未登録です。\n" +"オンラインマイグレーションを実行するには、\n" +"まずシステムを登録する必要があります。" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 @@ -945,8 +1086,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 -msgid "The selected migration contains a product\nwhich is not available at the registration server.\n\nSelect a different migration target or make the missing products\navailable at the registration server." -msgstr "選択したマイグレーションには、登録サーバ\nにはない製品が含まれています。\n\n別のマイグレーションターゲットを選択するか、存在しない製品\nを登録サーバで利用可能にしてください。" +msgid "" +"The selected migration contains a product\n" +"which is not available at the registration server.\n" +"\n" +"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n" +"available at the registration server." +msgstr "" +"選択したマイグレーションには、登録サーバ\n" +"にはない製品が含まれています。\n" +"\n" +"別のマイグレーションターゲットを選択するか、存在しない製品\n" +"を登録サーバで利用可能にしてください。" #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 @@ -981,8 +1132,12 @@ #. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\nYou can manually register the system from scratch." -msgstr "登録の自動アップグレードに失敗しました。\n最初から手動でシステムを登録できます。" +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" +"登録の自動アップグレードに失敗しました。\n" +"最初から手動でシステムを登録できます。" #. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) #: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 @@ -992,4 +1147,3 @@ #: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "ローカル登録サーバを検索中..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/reipl.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -23,8 +23,14 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required #: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 -msgid "\nAfter shutdown, reload the system\nwith an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" -msgstr "\nシャットダウン後、 DASD「%1」から\nIPLとシステムを再読み込みします。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"After shutdown, reload the system\n" +"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"シャットダウン後、 DASD「%1」から\n" +"IPLとシステムを再読み込みします。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a FCP name @@ -32,12 +38,29 @@ #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required #: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 -msgid "\nAfter shutdown, reload the system\nwith an IPL from FCP '%1'\nwith WWPN '%2'\nand LUN '%3'.\n" -msgstr "\nシャットダウン後、 WWPN「%2」および\nLUN「%3」によりFCP「%1」から\n IPLとシステムを再読み込みします。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"After shutdown, reload the system\n" +"with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n" +"with WWPN '%2'\n" +"and LUN '%3'.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"シャットダウン後、 WWPN「%2」および\n" +"LUN「%3」によりFCP「%1」から\n" +" IPLとシステムを再読み込みします。\n" #: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 -msgid "\nAfter shutdown, reload the system \nwith an IPL from the device \nthat contains /boot" -msgstr "\nシャットダウン後、/bootを含むデバイスから\nIPLとシステムを再ロード\nします。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"After shutdown, reload the system \n" +"with an IPL from the device \n" +"that contains /boot" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"シャットダウン後、/bootを含むデバイスから\n" +"IPLとシステムを再ロード\n" +"します。" #. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals #: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81 @@ -122,23 +145,43 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>reipl設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>reipl設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Saving reipl Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>reiplの設定を保存しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving reipl Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>reiplの設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Configure dialog help 1 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55 @@ -147,43 +190,89 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 -msgid "Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\nlisted inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\nchoose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\nwhich are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\nnecessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" -msgstr "［reiplメソッド］に一覧にされた中から、マシンを再起動するための方法を\nラジオボタンで1つ選択してください。マシンがどれをサポートしているのかに依存しますが、\nCCW (Channel Command Word)デバイスとzFCP(ファイバチャネルプロトコル)接続のSCSIデバイス\nのいずれかを選択することができます。その後、\nそれぞれの方法ごとに必要なパラメータ項目を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" +"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" +"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" +"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" +msgstr "" +"［reiplメソッド］に一覧にされた中から、マシンを再起動するための方法を\n" +"ラジオボタンで1つ選択してください。マシンがどれをサポートしているのかに依存しますが、\n" +"CCW (Channel Command Word)デバイスとzFCP(ファイバチャネルプロトコル)接続のSCSIデバイス\n" +"のいずれかを選択することができます。その後、\n" +"それぞれの方法ごとに必要なパラメータ項目を入力してください。\n" #. Configure dialog help 3 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 -msgid "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\nin a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\nsuch as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\nan FCP adapter." -msgstr "デバイス は sysfs 互換の書式 0。<サブチャネルセット ID>.<デバイス ID> \nで小文字を使用した正しいデバイス ID (たとえば 0.0.5c51) でなければなりません。\n選択したメソッドに依存しますので、 DASD または FCP アダプタのいずれかを\n参照してください。" +msgid "" +"The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" +"an FCP adapter." +msgstr "" +"デバイス は sysfs 互換の書式 0。<サブチャネルセット ID>.<デバイス ID> \n" +"で小文字を使用した正しいデバイス ID (たとえば 0.0.5c51) でなければなりません。\n" +"選択したメソッドに依存しますので、 DASD または FCP アダプタのいずれかを\n" +"参照してください。" #. Configure dialog help 4 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74 -msgid "The loadparm must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\nconfiguration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\nto select the default configuration." -msgstr "読み込みパラメータ は最大で 8 文字までで、 zipl ブートローダのメニュー内の\nブート設定を選択します。空白 1 文字だけを指定すると、\n既定の設定を使用する意味になります。" +msgid "" +"The loadparm must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\n" +"configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" +"to select the default configuration." +msgstr "" +"読み込みパラメータ は最大で 8 文字までで、 zipl ブートローダのメニュー内の\n" +"ブート設定を選択します。空白 1 文字だけを指定すると、\n" +"既定の設定を使用する意味になります。" #. Configure dialog help 5 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 -msgid "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\nletters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" -msgstr "［世界唯一のポート番号］ (WWPN)には16進数で16文字の小文字を入力\nする必要があります。たとえば、「0x5005076300c40e5a」のようになります。\n" +msgid "" +"The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" +"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" +msgstr "" +"［世界唯一のポート番号］ (WWPN)には16進数で16文字の小文字を入力\n" +"する必要があります。たとえば、「0x5005076300c40e5a」のようになります。\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 -msgid "The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\nas a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -msgstr "論理ユニット番号 (LUN) は 16 進数で 16 文字の小文字を入力しなければなりません。\n数値の桁が少ない場合は後ろ側をゼロで埋めてください。たとえば 0x52ca000000000000 のようになります。" +msgid "" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." +msgstr "" +"論理ユニット番号 (LUN) は 16 進数で 16 文字の小文字を入力しなければなりません。\n" +"数値の桁が少ない場合は後ろ側をゼロで埋めてください。たとえば 0x52ca000000000000 のようになります。" #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 -msgid "The boot program selector must be a non-negative integer choosing\na boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\nthe default configuration." -msgstr "起動プログラム選択 は正の整数で zipl ブートローダのメニューから\n起動設定を選択します。 0 を指定すると、\n既定の設定を選択することになります。" +msgid "" +"The boot program selector must be a non-negative integer choosing\n" +"a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" +"the default configuration." +msgstr "" +"起動プログラム選択 は正の整数で zipl ブートローダのメニューから\n" +"起動設定を選択します。 0 を指定すると、\n" +"既定の設定を選択することになります。" #. Configure dialog help 8 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94 -msgid "The boot record logical block address (LBA) specifies the master\nboot record and is currently always 0." -msgstr "ブートレコードの論理ブロックアドレス (LBA) では、マスターブートレコードを\n指定します。今のところ常に 0 でかまいません。" +msgid "" +"The boot record logical block address (LBA) specifies the master\n" +"boot record and is currently always 0." +msgstr "" +"ブートレコードの論理ブロックアドレス (LBA) では、マスターブートレコードを\n" +"指定します。今のところ常に 0 でかまいません。" #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 -msgid "After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\nand the system will automatically restart from your specified device." -msgstr "このダイアログで設定を終えたらシャットダウンをして再起動することができます。\nその後、システムは自動的に指定したデバイスから起動します。" +msgid "" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" +"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." +msgstr "" +"このダイアログで設定を終えたらシャットダウンをして再起動することができます。\n" +"その後、システムは自動的に指定したデバイスから起動します。" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 @@ -219,4 +308,3 @@ #: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "メソッド fcp には対応していません。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -21,8 +21,12 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 -msgid "Really exit?\nAll changes will be lost." -msgstr "本当に終了しますか？\n変更内容はすべて失われます。" +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"本当に終了しますか？\n" +"変更内容はすべて失われます。" #. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 @@ -178,31 +182,71 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>移設サーバ設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>移設サーバ設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n今すぐ［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"今すぐ［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止することができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>移設サーバ設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>移設サーバ設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 -msgid "Relocation Address \nAddress xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\nAllowed Hosts \nThe hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\nSSL Key File/SSL Cert File \nSSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" -msgstr "移設アドレス \nアドレスxendは移設ソケット接続でリスンする必要があります\n許可されているホスト \n移設ポートとの通信が許可されたホスト。これが空の場合、すべての接続が許可されます。それ以外の場合、これは正規表現をスペースで区切ったものであることが必要です。完全修飾ドメイン名またはこれらの正規表現の1つと一致するIPアドレスをもつホストが受諾されます。\nSSL鍵ファイル/SSL証明書ファイル \nSSL移設インタフェースに使用するSSL鍵と証明書" +msgid "" +"Relocation Address \n" +"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" +"Allowed Hosts \n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" +"SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" +"SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" +msgstr "" +"移設アドレス \n" +"アドレスxendは移設ソケット接続でリスンする必要があります\n" +"許可されているホスト \n" +"移設ポートとの通信が許可されたホスト。これが空の場合、すべての接続が許可されます。それ以外の場合、これは正規表現をスペースで区切ったものであることが必要です。完全修飾ドメイン名またはこれらの正規表現の1つと一致するIPアドレスをもつホストが受諾されます。\n" +"SSL鍵ファイル/SSL証明書ファイル \n" +"SSL移設インタフェースに使用するSSL鍵と証明書" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \nThe source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n<big>Plain migration</big> \nThe source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." -msgstr "<big>トンネル化マイグレーション</big> \nソースのホストlibvirtdは、マイグレーションデータを送信するための宛先ホストlibvirtdへの直接接続を開きます。これにより、データストリームの暗号化のオプションが許可されます。\n<big>プレーンマイグレーション</big> \nソースホストVMは、マイグレーションデータを送信するための宛先ホストへの暗号化されていない直接TCP接続を開きます。ポートが手動で指定されない限り、libvirtはデフォルト範囲内でマイグレーションポートを選択します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" +"<big>Plain migration</big> \n" +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +msgstr "" +"<big>トンネル化マイグレーション</big> \n" +"ソースのホストlibvirtdは、マイグレーションデータを送信するための宛先ホストlibvirtdへの直接接続を開きます。これにより、データストリームの暗号化のオプションが許可されます。\n" +"<big>プレーンマイグレーション</big> \n" +"ソースホストVMは、マイグレーションデータを送信するための宛先ホストへの暗号化されていない直接TCP接続を開きます。ポートが手動で指定されない限り、libvirtはデフォルト範囲内でマイグレーションポートを選択します。" #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result @@ -340,4 +384,3 @@ #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "ファイアウォール設定を書き込むことができません。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "初期化中..." @@ -178,8 +178,14 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 -msgid "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \nReally format the following disks? \n%1" -msgstr "これらのディスクをフォーマットすると、データはすべて失われます。 \nディスクをフォーマットしますか? \n %1" +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"これらのディスクをフォーマットすると、データはすべて失われます。 \n" +"ディスクをフォーマットしますか? \n" +" %1" #. Dialog caption #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 @@ -295,8 +301,12 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 -msgid "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\nAll changes will be lost." -msgstr "DASDディスクの設定を保存せずに終了してよろしいですか?\nすべての変更が失われます。" +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"DASDディスクの設定を保存せずに終了してよろしいですか?\n" +"すべての変更が失われます。" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -315,37 +325,63 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>コントローラ設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>コントローラ設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>コントローラ設定を保存しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>コントローラ設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" -msgstr "<big>保存の中止:</big> \n［中止］ボタンをクリックすると保存を中止できます。\n安全に中止できるかどうかのダイアログが表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存の中止:</big> \n" +"［中止］ボタンをクリックすると保存を中止できます。\n" +"安全に中止できるかどうかのダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 -msgid "<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \nIn this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." -msgstr "<big>設定済みの DASD ディスク:</big>\nこのダイアログで、システムにある DASD ディスクを管理できます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>設定済みの DASD ディスク:</big>\n" +"このダイアログで、システムにある DASD ディスクを管理できます。" #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 -msgid "To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \nthe Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" -msgstr "表示したいディスクをフィルタするには、［チャネルIDの最小値］と\n［チャネルIDの最大値］を設定して［フィルタ］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"表示したいディスクをフィルタするには、［チャネルIDの最小値］と\n" +"［チャネルIDの最大値］を設定して［フィルタ］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 @@ -354,28 +390,50 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 -msgid "To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\nDelete." -msgstr "設定された DASD ディスクを削除するには、\nディスクを選択して「削除」をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"設定された DASD ディスクを削除するには、\n" +"ディスクを選択して「削除」をクリックしてください。" #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 -msgid "To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\nSelect All or Deselect All.\n" -msgstr "複数のディスクに対して一度にアクションを実行するには、目的のディスクをマークします。表示されているディスク(場合によってはフィルタの適用後)をすべて選択するには、\n［すべてを選択］または［全てを解除する］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"複数のディスクに対して一度にアクションを実行するには、目的のディスクをマークします。表示されているディスク(場合によってはフィルタの適用後)をすべて選択するには、\n" +"［すべてを選択］または［全てを解除する］をクリックします。\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 -msgid "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\nThe action will be performed immediately!" -msgstr "選択されたディスクに対してアクションを実行するには「アクションを実行」を使用してください。\nアクションは即時に実行されます。" +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"選択されたディスクに対してアクションを実行するには「アクションを実行」を使用してください。\n" +"アクションは即時に実行されます。" #. Disk add help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \nTo add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\nidentifier." -msgstr "<big>新しいDASDディスク</big> \nディスクを追加するには、識別子としてDASDディスクの［チャネルID］\nを入力してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>新しいDASDディスク</big> \n" +"ディスクを追加するには、識別子としてDASDディスクの［チャネルID］\n" +"を入力してください。" #. Disk add help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 -msgid "If the disk should be formatted,\nuse Format the Disk.\n" -msgstr "ディスクをフォーマットする場合は、\n［ディスクを初期化する］を使用してください。\n" +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"ディスクをフォーマットする場合は、\n" +"［ディスクを初期化する］を使用してください。\n" #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 @@ -407,8 +465,12 @@ #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 -msgid "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\nformatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." -msgstr "パーティション単位ではなく、ディスク全体のみを選択することができます。デバイスが\n互換性のあるフォーマットやパーティションでない場合は、［ディスクの上書きを強制］を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" +"パーティション単位ではなく、ディスク全体のみを選択することができます。デバイスが\n" +"互換性のあるフォーマットやパーティションでない場合は、［ディスクの上書きを強制］を選択してください。" #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 @@ -422,8 +484,12 @@ #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 -msgid "dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\ndevice. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." -msgstr "ディスクの後にある［ダンプデバイス］は、\n現時点で利用可能なダンプデバイスを示しています。マルチボリュームのダンプデバイスについては、DASD IDのリストに表示されています。" +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" +"ディスクの後にある［ダンプデバイス］は、\n" +"現時点で利用可能なダンプデバイスを示しています。マルチボリュームのダンプデバイスについては、DASD IDのリストに表示されています。" #. Dump dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 @@ -465,8 +531,12 @@ msgstr "<big>z/VM ID</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 -msgid "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n They are separated by line breaks.\n" -msgstr "IUCVターミナルサーバを設定するには、使用すべきz/VM IDを指定する必要があります。\n これらは1行に1つずつ指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" +"IUCVターミナルサーバを設定するには、使用すべきz/VM IDを指定する必要があります。\n" +" これらは1行に1つずつ指定してください。\n" #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 @@ -484,13 +554,21 @@ #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 -msgid "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\nUser to remove users." -msgstr "［新規ユーザ］ボタンをクリックすることで新規のTS-Shellユーザを作成することができるほか、\n［ユーザの削除］を使用することで削除できます。" +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" +"［新規ユーザ］ボタンをクリックすることで新規のTS-Shellユーザを作成することができるほか、\n" +"［ユーザの削除］を使用することで削除できます。" #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 -msgid "To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\nthe membership of users, go to Manage Groups." -msgstr "TS-Shellの権限表にグループを追加したり削除したりする場合や、\nそれらのメンバー設定を変更するには、［グループの管理］を使用してください。" +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" +"TS-Shellの権限表にグループを追加したり削除したりする場合や、\n" +"それらのメンバー設定を変更するには、［グループの管理］を使用してください。" #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 @@ -503,8 +581,12 @@ msgstr "<big>新規TS-シェルユーザ</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 -msgid "To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." -msgstr "新しいTS-シェルユーザを作成するには、ユーザ名、ホームディレクトリ、およびパスワードを指定する必要があります。\n\t 右側で［追加グループ］を選択することにより指定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" +"新しいTS-シェルユーザを作成するには、ユーザ名、ホームディレクトリ、およびパスワードを指定する必要があります。\n" +"\t 右側で［追加グループ］を選択することにより指定することもできます。" #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 @@ -513,8 +595,12 @@ #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 -msgid "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\ndata will be stored there." -msgstr "保存用に使用しない場合は、それぞれのTS-Shellユーザに対して、\n同じホームディレクトリを設定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" +"保存用に使用しない場合は、それぞれのTS-Shellユーザに対して、\n" +"同じホームディレクトリを設定することもできます。" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 @@ -522,23 +608,39 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-認証のためのグループを管理する</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 -msgid "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \nmember of this groups to inherit the same rights." -msgstr "このグループ内の各TS-Shellメンバーに対して、同じ権限を継承させる場合は、\nグループ単位でTS-Shell権限を定義してください。" +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" +"このグループ内の各TS-Shellメンバーに対して、同じ権限を継承させる場合は、\n" +"グループ単位でTS-Shell権限を定義してください。" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 -msgid "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\nauthorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." -msgstr "TS-Shellの権限から、既存のグループを追加したり削除したりすることができます。\nテーブルでそれらを選択して［選択/解除］をクリックしてください。現在の状態は、［TS-Auth］の列に表示されます。" +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" +"TS-Shellの権限から、既存のグループを追加したり削除したりすることができます。\n" +"テーブルでそれらを選択して［選択/解除］をクリックしてください。現在の状態は、［TS-Auth］の列に表示されます。" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 -msgid "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\nselection." -msgstr "選択したグループのTS-Shellメンバーは、［TS-メンバー］内の選択で\n変更することができます。" +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" +"選択したグループのTS-Shellメンバーは、［TS-メンバー］内の選択で\n" +"変更することができます。" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 -msgid "New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." -msgstr "新しいグループは［新規グループ］入力フィールドに名前を入力し、［作成］で確認することによって作成することができます。\n\t 前に作成したグループを削除するには、［YaSTユーザ］ダイアログを使用してください。" +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" +"新しいグループは［新規グループ］入力フィールドに名前を入力し、［作成］で確認することによって作成することができます。\n" +"\t 前に作成したグループを削除するには、［YaSTユーザ］ダイアログを使用してください。" #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 @@ -893,8 +995,12 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 -msgid "Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\nthe hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " -msgstr "［hvc0へのカーネルメッセージをルート］を有効にすると、カーネルメッセージは\nttyS0ではなくhvc0にルーティングされます。 " +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" +"［hvc0へのカーネルメッセージをルート］を有効にすると、カーネルメッセージは\n" +"ttyS0ではなくhvc0にルーティングされます。 " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 @@ -1001,8 +1107,12 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 -msgid "dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\non LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " -msgstr "dump_reipl - Linuxのダンプ出力を行い、システムを再起動します。\nこのオプションはz9 (r)マシン以上のLPAR、かつz/VMバージョン5.3以上でのみ利用できます。 " +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" +"dump_reipl - Linuxのダンプ出力を行い、システムを再起動します。\n" +"このオプションはz9 (r)マシン以上のLPAR、かつz/VMバージョン5.3以上でのみ利用できます。 " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 @@ -1082,8 +1192,12 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 -msgid "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\nAll changes will be lost." -msgstr "ZFCPデバイスの環境設定を保存せずに終了してよろしいですか?\nすべての変更が失われます。" +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ZFCPデバイスの環境設定を保存せずに終了してよろしいですか?\n" +"すべての変更が失われます。" #. dialog caption #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -1127,18 +1241,30 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>ZFCPデバイスの設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ZFCPデバイスの設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>ZFCPデバイスの設定を保存しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ZFCPデバイスの設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 -msgid "<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \nManage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" -msgstr "<big>設定済みのZFCPデバイス</big> \nこのダイアログでシステムのZFCPデバイスを管理することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>設定済みのZFCPデバイス</big> \n" +"このダイアログでシステムのZFCPデバイスを管理することができます。\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 @@ -1147,8 +1273,12 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 -msgid "To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\nDelete." -msgstr "設定したZFCPデバイスを削除するには、\n削除するデバイスを選んで［削除］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"設定したZFCPデバイスを削除するには、\n" +"削除するデバイスを選んで［削除］をクリックしてください。" #. Disk selection dialog Warning #. Disk selection dialog Warning @@ -1157,18 +1287,44 @@ msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 -msgid "When accessing a ZFCP device\nREAD/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\nOtherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." -msgstr "ZFCPデバイスに\nREAD/WRITEでアクセスする場合、このアクセスが排他アクセスになっていることを確認してください。\n そうでない場合は、データ損傷の危険性があります。" +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" +"ZFCPデバイスに\n" +"READ/WRITEでアクセスする場合、このアクセスが排他アクセスになっていることを確認してください。\n" +" そうでない場合は、データ損傷の危険性があります。" #. Disk add help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 -msgid "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \nEnter the identifier of the device to add, the\nChannel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" -msgstr "<big>新しいZFCPデバイスの追加</big> \nまずは追加するデバイスの識別子を入力し、\nZFCPコントローラの［チャネルID］、［ワールドワイドポート番号］ \n(WWPN)、および［LUN］番号を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>新しいZFCPデバイスの追加</big> \n" +"まずは追加するデバイスの識別子を入力し、\n" +"ZFCPコントローラの［チャネルID］、［ワールドワイドポート番号］ \n" +"(WWPN)、および［LUN］番号を入力してください。\n" #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 -msgid "The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\nformat 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\nThe WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\nThe LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\nall trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." -msgstr "［チャネルID］はsysfsに適合した小文字表記「0.0.<devno>」で入力してください。\nたとえば<tt>0.0.5c51</tt>のようになります。\nWWPNは16文字の16進数小文字表記で入力してください。\nたとえば<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>のようになります。\nLUNは16文字の16進数小文字表記で入力してください。\nたとえば<tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>のようになります。WWPNもLUNも定義されていない場合、システムはallow_lun_scanを使用しようとします。" +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"［チャネルID］はsysfsに適合した小文字表記「0.0.<devno>」で入力してください。\n" +"たとえば<tt>0.0.5c51</tt>のようになります。\n" +"WWPNは16文字の16進数小文字表記で入力してください。\n" +"たとえば<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>のようになります。\n" +"LUNは16文字の16進数小文字表記で入力してください。\n" +"たとえば<tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>のようになります。WWPNもLUNも定義されていない場合、システムはallow_lun_scanを使用しようとします。" #. popup label #. popup label @@ -1355,8 +1511,12 @@ #. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 -msgid "Cannot create dump device %1:\n%2" -msgstr "ダンプデバイス %1 を作成できません:\n%2" +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"ダンプデバイス %1 を作成できません:\n" +"%2" #. Read all settings #. @return true on success @@ -1547,8 +1707,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: warning message #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 -msgid "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\nYou will have to set it manually." -msgstr "ZFCPコントローラを評価できません(LPAR内にある場合など)。\n手動で設定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" +"ZFCPコントローラを評価できません(LPAR内にある場合など)。\n" +"手動で設定する必要があります。" #. popup label #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 @@ -1609,4 +1773,3 @@ #: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: このホストアダプタはallow_lun_scanをサポートしています。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -16,8 +16,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for Samba client module #: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 -msgid "Samba client configuration module.\nSee Samba documentation for details." -msgstr "Sambaクライアント設定モジュール。\n詳しくはSambaのマニュアルを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Samba client configuration module.\n" +"See Samba documentation for details." +msgstr "" +"Sambaクライアント設定モジュール。\n" +"詳しくはSambaのマニュアルを参照してください。" #. translators: command line help text for winbind action #: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 @@ -56,8 +60,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option #: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 -msgid "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\ntry to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" -msgstr "ドメインの参加に使用するユーザ名。省略した場合、YaSTは\nユーザ名やパスワードなしで参加しようとします。\n" +msgid "" +"The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" +"try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" +msgstr "" +"ドメインの参加に使用するユーザ名。省略した場合、YaSTは\n" +"ユーザ名やパスワードなしで参加しようとします。\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option #: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 @@ -239,8 +247,12 @@ #. error popup: min >= max #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 -msgid "The minimum value in the range cannot be\nlarger than maximum one.\n" -msgstr "範囲の最大値を超える最小値を\n設定することはできません。\n" +msgid "" +"The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" +"larger than maximum one.\n" +msgstr "" +"範囲の最大値を超える最小値を\n" +"設定することはできません。\n" #. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 @@ -352,8 +364,12 @@ #. winbind cannot provide user information taken from #. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 -msgid "Cannot use the workgroup\n'%1' for Linux authentication." -msgstr "Linux認証に、ワークグループ\n「%1」を使用できません。" +msgid "" +"Cannot use the workgroup\n" +"'%1' for Linux authentication." +msgstr "" +"Linux認証に、ワークグループ\n" +"「%1」を使用できません。" #. translators: 2nd part of an error message #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 @@ -362,26 +378,44 @@ #. translators: 2nd part of an error message #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 -msgid "Enter a domain or disable\nusing SMB for Linux authentication." -msgstr "ドメインを入力するか、\nLinux認証でのSMBの使用を無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"Enter a domain or disable\n" +"using SMB for Linux authentication." +msgstr "" +"ドメインを入力するか、\n" +"Linux認証でのSMBの使用を無効にしてください。" #. we might use it to warn user (#155716) #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 -msgid "Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\nsettings in smb.conf to the default values:\n%1" -msgstr "このシステムをActive Directory用クライアントとして設定すると、\nsmb.conf中の次の設定がデフォルト値にリセットされます:\n %1" +msgid "" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" +"settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"このシステムをActive Directory用クライアントとして設定すると、\n" +"smb.conf中の次の設定がデフォルト値にリセットされます:\n" +" %1" #. 1st part of an error message: #. winbind cannot provide user information if the host #. is not in a domain #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 -msgid "The host must be a member of a domain\nfor Linux authentication using SMB." -msgstr "ホストは、SMBを使用するLinux認証ドメインの\nメンバーである必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The host must be a member of a domain\n" +"for Linux authentication using SMB." +msgstr "" +"ホストは、SMBを使用するLinux認証ドメインの\n" +"メンバーである必要があります。" #. translators: 2nd part of an error message #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 -msgid "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\nfor Linux authentication." -msgstr "ドメインに参加するか、Linux認証でのSMBの使用を\n無効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" +"for Linux authentication." +msgstr "" +"ドメインに参加するか、Linux認証でのSMBの使用を\n" +"無効にしてください。" #. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 @@ -390,33 +424,65 @@ #. yes/no popup text #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 -msgid "In a Microsoft environment,\nhostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\nDisable hostname changes with DHCP?" -msgstr "Microsoftの環境では\nDHCPによるホスト名変更は問題を発生させる可能性があります。\nDHCPでのホスト名変更を無効にしてよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"In a Microsoft environment,\n" +"hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" +"Disable hostname changes with DHCP?" +msgstr "" +"Microsoftの環境では\n" +"DHCPによるホスト名変更は問題を発生させる可能性があります。\n" +"DHCPでのホスト名変更を無効にしてよろしいですか？" #. message popup, part 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 -msgid "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\nrunning services. Restart your services manually or reboot \nthe machine to enable it for all services.\n" -msgstr "この変更は、新しく作成されたプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービスには反映されません。\n すべてのサービスに対して変更を有効にするには、サービスを\n手動で再起動するか、またはマシンを再起動してください。\n" +msgid "" +"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" +"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" +"the machine to enable it for all services.\n" +msgstr "" +"この変更は、新しく作成されたプロセスにのみ反映され、すでに実行されているサービスには反映されません。\n" +" すべてのサービスに対して変更を有効にするには、サービスを\n" +"手動で再起動するか、またはマシンを再起動してください。\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>Sambaクライアントの設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Sambaクライアントの設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>Sambaクライアントの設定を保存しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Sambaクライアントの設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、保存処理を中止します。\n処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、保存処理を中止します。\n" +"処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title #. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) @@ -426,23 +492,39 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 -msgid "A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\nSpecify the name of the membership.\n" -msgstr "Linuxクライアントは、NTドメインやActive Directoryドメインのメンバーとして設定することができます。\nここではメンバーシップの名前を指定することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" +"Specify the name of the membership.\n" +msgstr "" +"Linuxクライアントは、NTドメインやActive Directoryドメインのメンバーとして設定することができます。\n" +"ここではメンバーシップの名前を指定することができます。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 -msgid "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \nverification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" -msgstr "［Linuxの認証にSMBの情報を使用する］を選択すると、\nNTサーバやKerberosサーバ(Active Directory使用時)でパスワードの確認を行うことができるようになります。\n" +msgid "" +"Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" +msgstr "" +"［Linuxの認証にSMBの情報を使用する］を選択すると、\n" +"NTサーバやKerberosサーバ(Active Directory使用時)でパスワードの確認を行うことができるようになります。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 -msgid "Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\nThis option is only available for static network setups." -msgstr "お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、［プライマリ DNS サフィックスの変更］\nを選択してください。このオプションは、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれている場合にのみ利用できます。" +msgid "" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" +"This option is only available for static network setups." +msgstr "" +"お使いの AD サーバをネームサーバの一覧に追加したい場合は、［プライマリ DNS サフィックスの変更］\n" +"を選択してください。このオプションは、固定のネットワークアドレス設定が行なわれている場合にのみ利用できます。" #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\nif it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" -msgstr "［OK］をクリックするとメンバーシップの検証を行います。\nNTドメインまたはActive Directoryドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参加できるようになります。\n" +msgid "" +"When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" +msgstr "" +"［OK］をクリックするとメンバーシップの検証を行います。\n" +"NTドメインまたはActive Directoryドメインであれば、このホストがドメインに参加できるようになります。\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 @@ -451,8 +533,12 @@ #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 -msgid "When you press Next, the system verifies the domain and\nallows this host to join the domain.\n" -msgstr "［次へ］をクリックすると、ドメインが検証され、\nこのホストのドメインへの参加が可能になります。\n" +msgid "" +"When you press Next, the system verifies the domain and\n" +"allows this host to join the domain.\n" +msgstr "" +"［次へ］をクリックすると、ドメインが検証され、\n" +"このホストのドメインへの参加が可能になります。\n" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 @@ -476,8 +562,12 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\nthe selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." -msgstr "自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、［ユーザ名］と\n［パスワード］を入力してください。ただし、パスワードは暗号化されず、平文のままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。" +msgid "" +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +msgstr "" +"自動インストール中に選択したドメインに参加するため、［ユーザ名］と\n" +"［パスワード］を入力してください。ただし、パスワードは暗号化されず、平文のままプロファイルに保存されることに注意してください。" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 @@ -486,8 +576,16 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 -msgid "\nTo synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\nas an NTP client. Access the configuration with NTP Configuration.\n\n" -msgstr "\n時刻をNTPサーバと同期するには、使用しているコンピュータをNTPクライアントとして\n設定する必要があります。「NTPの設定」で、設定してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" +"as an NTP client. Access the configuration with NTP Configuration.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"時刻をNTPサーバと同期するには、使用しているコンピュータをNTPクライアントとして\n" +"設定する必要があります。「NTPの設定」で、設定してください。\n" +"\n" #. default value of Machine Account #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 @@ -505,8 +603,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 -msgid "User name and password are required\nfor listing the machine accounts." -msgstr "マシンアカウントの一覧を取得するためには\nユーザ名とパスワードの入力が必要です。" +msgid "" +"User name and password are required\n" +"for listing the machine accounts." +msgstr "" +"マシンアカウントの一覧を取得するためには\n" +"ユーザ名とパスワードの入力が必要です。" #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" @@ -538,13 +640,21 @@ #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 -msgid "Cannot automatically determine if this host\nis a member of the domain %1." -msgstr "このホストがドメイン %1 のメンバーであるかどうかを\n自動判定できません。" +msgid "" +"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" +"is a member of the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"このホストがドメイン %1 のメンバーであるかどうかを\n" +"自動判定できません。" #. popup question, first part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 -msgid "This host is not a member\nof the domain %1." -msgstr "このホストはドメイン %1 のメンバー\nではありません。" +msgid "" +"This host is not a member\n" +"of the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"このホストはドメイン %1 のメンバー\n" +"ではありません。" #. last part of popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 @@ -552,12 +662,20 @@ msgstr "ドメイン %1 に参加しますか?" #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 -msgid "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\nis a member of the domain %1." -msgstr "このクラスタがドメイン %1 のメンバーであるかどうかを\n自動判定できません。" +msgid "" +"Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" +"is a member of the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"このクラスタがドメイン %1 のメンバーであるかどうかを\n" +"自動判定できません。" #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 -msgid "This cluster is not a member\nof the domain %1." -msgstr "このクラスタはドメイン %1 のメンバー\nではありません。" +msgid "" +"This cluster is not a member\n" +"of the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"このクラスタはドメイン %1 のメンバー\n" +"ではありません。" #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 @@ -646,13 +764,23 @@ #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 -msgid "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\ndirectories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\nuser is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\nName for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." -msgstr "［サーバディレクトリのマウント］テーブルでは、たとえばホームディレクトリのように、\nユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントするサーバ側のディレクトリを指定することができます。\nマウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するには、\n選択したルールに［ユーザ名］を指定してください。設定しない場合は、各ユーザのログイン時にマウントされます。詳細については、pam_mount.confのマニュアルページを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" +"user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +msgstr "" +"［サーバディレクトリのマウント］テーブルでは、たとえばホームディレクトリのように、\n" +"ユーザがログインした際にローカルにマウントするサーバ側のディレクトリを指定することができます。\n" +"マウントするディレクトリをユーザ別に設定するには、\n" +"選択したルールに［ユーザ名］を指定してください。設定しない場合は、各ユーザのログイン時にマウントされます。詳細については、pam_mount.confのマニュアルページを参照してください。" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." -msgstr "たとえば、ホームディレクトリをマウントするには、オプションの一部として値<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)とともに、\nリモートパスに<tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 値を使用し、ローカルのマウントポイントに<tt>~/</tt>値を使用できます。" +msgstr "" +"たとえば、ホームディレクトリをマウントするには、オプションの一部として値<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)とともに、\n" +"リモートパスに<tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 値を使用し、ローカルのマウントポイントに<tt>~/</tt>値を使用できます。" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 @@ -796,13 +924,21 @@ #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 -msgid "Clock skew is invalid.\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "クロックスキューが無効です。\nもう一度試してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Clock skew is invalid.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"クロックスキューが無効です。\n" +"もう一度試してください。\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 -msgid "Lifetime is invalid.\nTry again." -msgstr "ライフタイムが無効です。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"Lifetime is invalid.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"ライフタイムが無効です。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 @@ -944,4 +1080,3 @@ #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "参加を続行することができません: クラスタの状態に一貫性がありません" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -209,8 +209,12 @@ #. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action #. try to keep alignment #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 -msgid "Status \tType\tName\n==============================" -msgstr "状態 \tType\tName\n==============================" +msgid "" +"Status \tType\tName\n" +"==============================" +msgstr "" +"状態 \tType\tName\n" +"==============================" #. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 @@ -239,8 +243,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message #: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 -msgid "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\nthe server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\nTo confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\nrun 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" -msgstr "ユーザは現在このSambaサーバに接続しているため、\nリスタートするのではなく、サーバの設定が再ロードされました。\n ユーザの接続が切断された可能性があるにもかかわらず、すべての設定が確実に適用されるようにするには、\n「systemctl restart smb」および「systemctl restart nmb」を実行します。" +msgid "" +"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" +"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" +"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" +msgstr "" +"ユーザは現在このSambaサーバに接続しているため、\n" +"リスタートするのではなく、サーバの設定が再ロードされました。\n" +" ユーザの接続が切断された可能性があるにもかかわらず、すべての設定が確実に適用されるようにするには、\n" +"「systemctl restart smb」および「systemctl restart nmb」を実行します。" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 @@ -328,8 +340,20 @@ #. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend #. is selected, but no details are entered #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 -msgid "An identifier must be provided\nin details \nfor the MySQL passdb back-end.\n\nConsult the Samba HOWTO collection for\nfurther information.\n" -msgstr "MySQL passdbバックエンドに\n詳しい\nIDを指定する必要があります。\n\n詳細については『Samba HOWTO collection』を\n参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"An identifier must be provided\n" +"in details \n" +"for the MySQL passdb back-end.\n" +"\n" +"Consult the Samba HOWTO collection for\n" +"further information.\n" +msgstr "" +"MySQL passdbバックエンドに\n" +"詳しい\n" +"IDを指定する必要があります。\n" +"\n" +"詳細については『Samba HOWTO collection』を\n" +"参照してください。\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -442,13 +466,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 -msgid "Share '%1' already exists.\nChoose another share name.\n" -msgstr "共有名「%1」はすでに存在します。\n別の名前を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Share '%1' already exists.\n" +"Choose another share name.\n" +msgstr "" +"共有名「%1」はすでに存在します。\n" +"別の名前を入力してください。\n" #. confirmation dialog before deleting a share #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 -msgid "If you delete share %1,\nall its settings will be lost.\nReally delete it?" -msgstr "共有の %1 を削除すると、\nその設定はすべて失われます。\n削除してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"If you delete share %1,\n" +"all its settings will be lost.\n" +"Really delete it?" +msgstr "" +"共有の %1 を削除すると、\n" +"その設定はすべて失われます。\n" +"削除してよろしいですか?" #. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 @@ -471,8 +505,16 @@ #. issue a warning, if not already done so #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 -msgid "The password for trusted domains\nis stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\nis stored as plain text. This can be considered\na security threat." -msgstr "信頼できるドメインのパスワードは、\n自動インストール制御ファイルに格納されます。パスワードは\nプレーンテキストで格納されます。このことはセキュリティ上の脅威になる\n可能性があります。" +msgid "" +"The password for trusted domains\n" +"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" +"is stored as plain text. This can be considered\n" +"a security threat." +msgstr "" +"信頼できるドメインのパスワードは、\n" +"自動インストール制御ファイルに格納されます。パスワードは\n" +"プレーンテキストで格納されます。このことはセキュリティ上の脅威になる\n" +"可能性があります。" #. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 @@ -483,8 +525,12 @@ #. confirmation #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 -msgid "Really abandon trust relationship\nto trusted domain %1?" -msgstr "信頼できるドメイン %1 に対する信頼関係を\n削除してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Really abandon trust relationship\n" +"to trusted domain %1?" +msgstr "" +"信頼できるドメイン %1 に対する信頼関係を\n" +"削除してよろしいですか?" #. dialog caption #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 @@ -713,8 +759,14 @@ #. try to create it #. first, ask for password #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 -msgid "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\nadministrative account (root).\nIt will be created now." -msgstr "正しく動作するためには、Sambaサーバは管理者\nのアカウント(ルート)が必要です。\nこれから作成します。" +msgid "" +"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" +"administrative account (root).\n" +"It will be created now." +msgstr "" +"正しく動作するためには、Sambaサーバは管理者\n" +"のアカウント(ルート)が必要です。\n" +"これから作成します。" #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" @@ -726,8 +778,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 -msgid "The first and the second version\nof the password do not match." -msgstr "1つ目のパスワードと2つ目のパスワードとが\n一致しません。" +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password do not match." +msgstr "" +"1つ目のパスワードと2つ目のパスワードとが\n" +"一致しません。" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 @@ -736,12 +792,20 @@ #. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 -msgid "Enter the username and the password\nfor joining the domain %1." -msgstr "ドメイン %1 に参加するための\nユーザ名およびパスワードを入力します。" +msgid "" +"Enter the username and the password\n" +"for joining the domain %1." +msgstr "" +"ドメイン %1 に参加するための\n" +"ユーザ名およびパスワードを入力します。" #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 -msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\ntext entries empty." -msgstr "ドメインに匿名で参加する場合は、これらの項目を入力\nしないでください。" +msgid "" +"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" +"text entries empty." +msgstr "" +"ドメインに匿名で参加する場合は、これらの項目を入力\n" +"しないでください。" #. text entry label #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 @@ -760,38 +824,82 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 -msgid "<big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>Sambaサーバの設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Sambaサーバの設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "<big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>Sambaサーバの設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Sambaサーバの設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、保存処理を中止します。\n処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、保存処理を中止します。\n" +"処理を行っても安全かどうかを示すダイアログボックスが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 -msgid "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \nSelect existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>ワークグループまたはドメインの選択</big> \nリストの中から選択するか、または新しいワークグループ名/ドメイン名を入力して［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ワークグループまたはドメインの選択</big> \n" +"リストの中から選択するか、または新しいワークグループ名/ドメイン名を入力して［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\nA domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\nThe backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\nThe primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\nThe options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." -msgstr "<big>Sambaサーバの種類</big>\nドメインコントローラを使用すると、WindowsクライアントでWindows NT形式のドメインにログインできます。\nバックアップコントローラの検証には、別のドメインコントローラを使用します。\nプライマリコントローラは、ユーザとパスワードに関する独自の情報を使用します。\n環境設定ダイアログで利用できるオプションは、ここで選択した内容に応じて変わります。Windows NT形式のドメインコントローラ機能は、今後のリリースで段階的に廃止される予定です。" +msgid "" +"<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" +"The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." +msgstr "" +"<big>Sambaサーバの種類</big>\n" +"ドメインコントローラを使用すると、WindowsクライアントでWindows NT形式のドメインにログインできます。\n" +"バックアップコントローラの検証には、別のドメインコントローラを使用します。\n" +"プライマリコントローラは、ユーザとパスワードに関する独自の情報を使用します。\n" +"環境設定ダイアログで利用できるオプションは、ここで選択した内容に応じて変わります。Windows NT形式のドメインコントローラ機能は、今後のリリースで段階的に廃止される予定です。" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\nA domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\nThe options available in the configuration dialogs \ndepend on the settings in this selection." -msgstr "<big>Sambaサーバの種類</big>\nドメインコントローラを使用すると、WindowsクライアントでWindowsドメインにログインできます。\n 設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションは、\nここで選択した設定によって異なります。" +msgid "" +"<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" +"depend on the settings in this selection." +msgstr "" +"<big>Sambaサーバの種類</big>\n" +"ドメインコントローラを使用すると、WindowsクライアントでWindowsドメインにログインできます。\n" +" 設定ダイアログに表示されるオプションは、\n" +"ここで選択した設定によって異なります。" #. Share list dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 @@ -799,95 +907,229 @@ msgstr "<big>共有</big>" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 -msgid "This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \nare enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " -msgstr "すでに設定されている共有の一覧です。有効無効を問わず表示されています。\nその共有についての基本情報も示されています。 " +msgid "" +"This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" +"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " +msgstr "" +"すでに設定されている共有の一覧です。有効無効を問わず表示されています。\n" +"その共有についての基本情報も示されています。 " #. Share list dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 -msgid "A share can be enabled or disabled.\nA disabled share is not accessible, but its\nconfiguration is still written into the configuration file.\nSo the share can be later enabled again.\n" -msgstr "共有は有効にするか、無効にすることができます。\n無効にした共有にアクセスすることはできませんが、\nその共有の設定は、引き続き設定ファイルに書き込まれます。\nしたがって、後でその共有を再度有効にすることができます。\n" +msgid "" +"A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" +"A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" +"configuration is still written into the configuration file.\n" +"So the share can be later enabled again.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"共有は有効にするか、無効にすることができます。\n" +"無効にした共有にアクセスすることはできませんが、\n" +"その共有の設定は、引き続き設定ファイルに書き込まれます。\n" +"したがって、後でその共有を再度有効にすることができます。\n" +"" #. Share list dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 -msgid "Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\nHomes is a special system share for accessing home directories\nof users. The system shares can be hidden from the table\nby selecting Do Not Show System Shares in the Filter\nmenu.\n" -msgstr "いくつかの共有は専用です。たとえば、Homes共有は、\nユーザのホームディレクトリにアクセスするため専用の\nシステム共有です。［フィルタ］メニューの［システム共有を表示しない］\nをオンにすると、システム共有は表に\n表示されません。\n" +msgid "" +"Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" +"Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" +"of users. The system shares can be hidden from the table\n" +"by selecting Do Not Show System Shares in the Filter\n" +"menu.\n" +msgstr "" +"いくつかの共有は専用です。たとえば、Homes共有は、\n" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリにアクセスするため専用の\n" +"システム共有です。［フィルタ］メニューの［システム共有を表示しない］\n" +"をオンにすると、システム共有は表に\n" +"表示されません。\n" #. Share list dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 -msgid "Use Add to add a new share, Edit to modify\nalready existing share, and Delete to \nremove the information about a share.\n" -msgstr "新しい共有を追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。既存の共有を変更するには、\n［編集］をクリックします。共通に関する情報を削除するには、\n［削除］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"Use Add to add a new share, Edit to modify\n" +"already existing share, and Delete to \n" +"remove the information about a share.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しい共有を追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。既存の共有を変更するには、\n" +"［編集］をクリックします。共通に関する情報を削除するには、\n" +"［削除］をクリックします。\n" #. Identity dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 -msgid "<big>Identity</big> \nThese options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\nprimary role in the network.\n" -msgstr "<big>識別情報</big> \nこれらのオプションにより、サーバの識別情報およびネットワークでの\n主な役割を設定することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Identity</big> \n" +"These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" +"primary role in the network.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>識別情報</big> \n" +"これらのオプションにより、サーバの識別情報およびネットワークでの\n" +"主な役割を設定することができます。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 -msgid "The base settings set up the domain and the\nserver role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \nuses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\nuses its own information about users and their passwords.\nIf the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\nNot a DC value.\n" -msgstr "基本設定では、ドメインの設定およびサーバの役割の設定を\n行います。［バックアップドメインコントローラ］および［プライマリドメインコントローラ］を設定すると、WindowsクライアントでWindowsドメインにログインできます。バックアップドメインコントローラでは、\n検証用に、他のドメインコントローラを使用します。プライマリドメインコントローラでは、\nユーザおよびユーザのパスワードに関する独自の情報を使用します。\nサーバをドメインコントローラとして使用しない場合は、\n［DCではありません］を選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"The base settings set up the domain and the\n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" +"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" +"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" +"Not a DC value.\n" +msgstr "" +"基本設定では、ドメインの設定およびサーバの役割の設定を\n" +"行います。［バックアップドメインコントローラ］および［プライマリドメインコントローラ］を設定すると、WindowsクライアントでWindowsドメインにログインできます。バックアップドメインコントローラでは、\n" +"検証用に、他のドメインコントローラを使用します。プライマリドメインコントローラでは、\n" +"ユーザおよびユーザのパスワードに関する独自の情報を使用します。\n" +"サーバをドメインコントローラとして使用しない場合は、\n" +"［DCではありません］を選択します。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "The Base Settings set up the domain and the\nserver role. Primary Domain Controller allows Windows clients\nto log in to a Windows domain. If the server should not participate\nas a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" -msgstr "［基本設定］では、ドメインの設定およびサーバの役割の設定を\n行います。［プライマリドメインコントローラ］を設定するとWindowsクライアントで\nWindowsドメインにログインできます。サーバをドメインコントローラとして使用しない場合は、\n［DCではありません］を選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"The Base Settings set up the domain and the\n" +"server role. Primary Domain Controller allows Windows clients\n" +"to log in to a Windows domain. If the server should not participate\n" +"as a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" +msgstr "" +"［基本設定］では、ドメインの設定およびサーバの役割の設定を\n" +"行います。［プライマリドメインコントローラ］を設定するとWindowsクライアントで\n" +"Windowsドメインにログインできます。サーバをドメインコントローラとして使用しない場合は、\n" +"［DCではありません］を選択します。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 -msgid "WINS is a network protocol for mapping low-level\nnetwork identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\na NetBIOS name. The Samba server can be a \nWINS server or can use another server for its\nqueries. In the latter case, choose Remote WINS Server\nand enter the IP address of the WINS server.\n" -msgstr "［WINS］は、IPアドレスなど、ホストを示す低レベルの\nネットワークIDを、NetBIOSにマップするための\nネットワークプロトコルです。 Sambaサーバは、WINSサーバとして使用できます。\nまたは、他のサーバに問い合わせるためにSambaサーバを使用することが\nできます。問い合わせで使用する場合には、［リモートWINSサーバ］を選択し、\nWINSサーバのIPアドレスを入力します。\n" +msgid "" +"WINS is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" +"network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" +"a NetBIOS name. The Samba server can be a \n" +"WINS server or can use another server for its\n" +"queries. In the latter case, choose Remote WINS Server\n" +"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.\n" +msgstr "" +"［WINS］は、IPアドレスなど、ホストを示す低レベルの\n" +"ネットワークIDを、NetBIOSにマップするための\n" +"ネットワークプロトコルです。 Sambaサーバは、WINSサーバとして使用できます。\n" +"または、他のサーバに問い合わせるためにSambaサーバを使用することが\n" +"できます。問い合わせで使用する場合には、［リモートWINSサーバ］を選択し、\n" +"WINSサーバのIPアドレスを入力します。\n" #. Samba role dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 -msgid "Optionally, set a Server NetBIOS Name. The\nNetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." -msgstr "状況に応じて、［サーバのNetBIOS名］を設定します。 NetBIOS名は、\nSMBネットワークでのこのサーバの名前です。" +msgid "" +"Optionally, set a Server NetBIOS Name. The\n" +"NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." +msgstr "" +"状況に応じて、［サーバのNetBIOS名］を設定します。 NetBIOS名は、\n" +"SMBネットワークでのこのサーバの名前です。" #. Samba role dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "Advanced Settings provides access to \ndetailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" -msgstr "［詳細設定］では、詳細設定、\nユーザ認証のソース、エキスパートグローバル設定にアクセスできます。\n" +msgid "" +"Advanced Settings provides access to \n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"［詳細設定］では、詳細設定、\n" +"ユーザ認証のソース、エキスパートグローバル設定にアクセスできます。\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "<big>Trusted Domains</big> \nNT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\naccess rights to users from another domain.\nHere, create a list of domains for which \nthe Samba server should provide access.\n" -msgstr "<big>信頼できるドメイン</big> \nNT形式のドメインの信頼関係で他のドメインのユーザに\nアクセス権を割り当てることができるようになります。\nここでは、Sambaサーバがアクセスを提供する\nドメインのリストを作成します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Trusted Domains</big> \n" +"NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" +"access rights to users from another domain.\n" +"Here, create a list of domains for which \n" +"the Samba server should provide access.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>信頼できるドメイン</big> \n" +"NT形式のドメインの信頼関係で他のドメインのユーザに\n" +"アクセス権を割り当てることができるようになります。\n" +"ここでは、Sambaサーバがアクセスを提供する\n" +"ドメインのリストを作成します。\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 -msgid "To add a new domain into the list, press Add.\nEnter the name of the domain to trust\nand a password in the dialog that opens. The password is used by the Samba\nserver to access the trusted domain. After OK is pressed,\nthe trust relationship is established. To delete a domain,\nchoose it in the list and press Delete.\n" -msgstr "新しいドメインを一覧に追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\nダイアログボックスが表示されますので、\n信頼するためのドメイン名およびパスワードを入力します。パスワードは、信頼できるドメインにアクセスするために、\nSambaサーバで使用します。［OK］をクリックすると、\n信頼関係が設定されます。ドメインを削除するには、\n一覧で対象のドメインを選択してから、［削除］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"To add a new domain into the list, press Add.\n" +"Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" +"and a password in the dialog that opens. The password is used by the Samba\n" +"server to access the trusted domain. After OK is pressed,\n" +"the trust relationship is established. To delete a domain,\n" +"choose it in the list and press Delete.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいドメインを一覧に追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"ダイアログボックスが表示されますので、\n" +"信頼するためのドメイン名およびパスワードを入力します。パスワードは、信頼できるドメインにアクセスするために、\n" +"Sambaサーバで使用します。［OK］をクリックすると、\n" +"信頼関係が設定されます。ドメインを削除するには、\n" +"一覧で対象のドメインを選択してから、［削除］をクリックします。\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 -msgid "For more details about how trusted domains work,\nsee the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" -msgstr "信頼できるドメインの機能について詳しくは、\n『Samba HOWTO collection』を参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" +"see the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" +msgstr "" +"信頼できるドメインの機能について詳しくは、\n" +"『Samba HOWTO collection』を参照してください。\n" #. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 -msgid "<big>Edit a Share</big> \nHere, fine-tune the options of a share.\n" -msgstr "<big>共有の編集</big> \nここでは、共有オプションを微調整します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Edit a Share</big> \n" +"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>共有の編集</big> \n" +"ここでは、共有オプションを微調整します。\n" #. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 -msgid "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\nan existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" -msgstr "新しい設定オプションを追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。既存のオプションを\n編集するには、［編集］をクリックします。オプションを削除するには、［削除］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" +"an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しい設定オプションを追加するには、［追加］をクリックします。既存のオプションを\n" +"編集するには、［編集］をクリックします。オプションを削除するには、［削除］をクリックします。\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 -msgid "<big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big> \nHere, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" -msgstr "<big>エキスパートグローバル設定</big> \nここでは、サーバのグローバルオプションの細かい設定を行うことができます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big> \n" +"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>エキスパートグローバル設定</big> \n" +"ここでは、サーバのグローバルオプションの細かい設定を行うことができます。\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\nalready existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" -msgstr "新しい設定オプションを追加するには、［追加］ボタンを、\n既存のオプションを編集するには、［編集］ボタンを、また削除するには、［削除］ボタンを押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" +"already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" +msgstr "" +"新しい設定オプションを追加するには、［追加］ボタンを、\n" +"既存のオプションを編集するには、［編集］ボタンを、また削除するには、［削除］ボタンを押してください。\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 -msgid "<big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big> \nHere, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\nserver.\n" -msgstr "<big>LDAP Samba サーバのオプション</big> \nここでは、SambaサーバでLDAPを使用する場合の詳細を\n設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big> \n" +"Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" +"server.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>LDAP Samba サーバのオプション</big> \n" +"ここでは、SambaサーバでLDAPを使用する場合の詳細を\n" +"設定します。\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\nthe base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\ncreating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\na password for write access, set the password using\nSet LDAP Administration Password.\n" -msgstr "［検索ベースDN］(distinguished name)は、\n情報検索を開始する場合のベースになる識別名です。［管理DN］は、ユーザおよびグループを\n新規作成する場合に使用されます。管理DNで書き込みアクセス用の\nパスワードが必要な場合は、\n［LDAP管理パスワードの設定］でパスワードを設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" +"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" +"a password for write access, set the password using\n" +"Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" +msgstr "" +"［検索ベースDN］(distinguished name)は、\n" +"情報検索を開始する場合のベースになる識別名です。［管理DN］は、ユーザおよびグループを\n" +"新規作成する場合に使用されます。管理DNで書き込みアクセス用の\n" +"パスワードが必要な場合は、\n" +"［LDAP管理パスワードの設定］でパスワードを設定します。\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 @@ -896,27 +1138,53 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 -msgid "<big>User Authentication Information Backends</big> \nChoose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\ninformation. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\nonly one is allowed.\n" -msgstr "<big>ユーザ認証情報バックエンド</big> \nここでは、Sambaサーバが認証情報を検索する際に、どこから探すかを選択します。\nSambaは複数のバックエンドの同時設定はサポートしておらず、1つだけを\n設定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>User Authentication Information Backends</big> \n" +"Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" +"information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" +"only one is allowed.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ユーザ認証情報バックエンド</big> \n" +"ここでは、Sambaサーバが認証情報を検索する際に、どこから探すかを選択します。\n" +"Sambaは複数のバックエンドの同時設定はサポートしておらず、1つだけを\n" +"設定する必要があります。\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 -msgid "If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\nby pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" -msgstr "ユーザ認証のソースを変更したい場合は、まず現行の認証ソースを\n［削除］ボタンをクリックして削除し、その後［追加］ボタンをクリックして追加してください。\n" +msgid "" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" +"by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ認証のソースを変更したい場合は、まず現行の認証ソースを\n" +"［削除］ボタンをクリックして削除し、その後［追加］ボタンをクリックして追加してください。\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "smbpasswd file is the file using the same format as\nthe previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\npasswd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \nformat.\n" -msgstr "「smbpasswd」ファイルは、以前のSambaで利用されていたものと\n同じファイル形式です。レイアウトは、passwdファイルと似ています。\nこの形式では複数のファイルを扱うことができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"smbpasswd file is the file using the same format as\n" +"the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" +"passwd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \n" +"format.\n" +msgstr "" +"「smbpasswd」ファイルは、以前のSambaで利用されていたものと\n" +"同じファイル形式です。レイアウトは、passwdファイルと似ています。\n" +"この形式では複数のファイルを扱うことができます。\n" +"\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 -msgid "LDAP is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\nthe information.\n" -msgstr "LDAPは、情報をチェックするLDAPサーバの\nURLです。\n" +msgid "" +"LDAP is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" +"the information.\n" +msgstr "" +"LDAPは、情報をチェックするLDAPサーバの\n" +"URLです。\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 -msgid "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\nto store and look up the information.\n" +msgid "" +"TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" +"to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "［TDBデータベース］では、バイナリ形式の内部Sambaデータベースを使用して、情報を格納および検索します。\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore @@ -940,27 +1208,57 @@ #. "), #. add new share dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 -msgid "<big>Add a New Share</big> \nHere, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" -msgstr "<big>新しい共有の追加</big> \nここでは、追加する共有の基本情報を入力します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Add a New Share</big> \n" +"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>新しい共有の追加</big> \n" +"ここでは、追加する共有の基本情報を入力します。\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 -msgid "Share Name is used for accessing\nthe share from clients. Share Description describes the\npurpose of the share." -msgstr "共有名はクライアントから共有に\nアクセスするのに使用されます。「共有の記述」は\n共有の目的を説明します。" +msgid "" +"Share Name is used for accessing\n" +"the share from clients. Share Description describes the\n" +"purpose of the share." +msgstr "" +"共有名はクライアントから共有に\n" +"アクセスするのに使用されます。「共有の記述」は\n" +"共有の目的を説明します。" #. add new share dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 -msgid "There are two types of shares. A Printer share\nis presented as a printer to clients. A Directory share \nis presented as a network disk. Share Path must be\nentered for a directory share.\n" -msgstr "共有には2種類あります。「プリンタ」共有は\nクライアントにプリンタとして表示されます。「ディレクトリ」共有は\nネットワークディスクとして表示されます。ディレクトリ共有には「共有のパス」\nが入力されなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"There are two types of shares. A Printer share\n" +"is presented as a printer to clients. A Directory share \n" +"is presented as a network disk. Share Path must be\n" +"entered for a directory share.\n" +msgstr "" +"共有には2種類あります。「プリンタ」共有は\n" +"クライアントにプリンタとして表示されます。「ディレクトリ」共有は\n" +"ネットワークディスクとして表示されます。ディレクトリ共有には「共有のパス」\n" +"が入力されなければなりません。\n" #. add new share dialog help 4/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 -msgid "If Read-Only is checked, users\nof a service may not create or modify files in the service's\ndirectory.\n" -msgstr "［読み込み専用］をオンにした場合、\nサービスのユーザは、サービスのディレクトリに対してファイルの作成や変更を行うことが\nできません。\n" +msgid "" +"If Read-Only is checked, users\n" +"of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" +"directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"［読み込み専用］をオンにした場合、\n" +"サービスのユーザは、サービスのディレクトリに対してファイルの作成や変更を行うことが\n" +"できません。\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 -msgid "Inherit ACLS can be used to ensure\nthat if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\nhonored when creating a subdirectory.\n" -msgstr "［ACLの継承］を使用すると、親ディレクトリ\nにデフォルトのACLがある場合は、サブディレクトリの作成時にそのACLが常に優先\nされます。\n" +msgid "" +"Inherit ACLS can be used to ensure\n" +"that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" +"honored when creating a subdirectory.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ACLの継承］を使用すると、親ディレクトリ\n" +"にデフォルトのACLがある場合は、サブディレクトリの作成時にそのACLが常に優先\n" +"されます。\n" #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 @@ -973,8 +1271,30 @@ #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "<big>LDAP Settings</big> \nHere, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n\n\nSetting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n\nIn the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n\nSearch Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n\nTo test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "<big>LDAP設定</big> \nここでは認証に使用するLDAPサーバを設定することができます。\n\n\n［LDAPパスワードバックエンドを使用すると］を設定すると、ユーザ情報を指定したURLのLDAPツリー内に保存できるようになります。また、［LDAP idmapバックエンドを使用する］を指定すると、LDAP内にSID/uid/gidのマッピングテーブルを保存できるようになります。\n\n［認証］セクションでは、管理者のDNなど、LDAPサーバに対する資格情報を設定します。\n\n［検索ベースDN］では、Samba固有のLDAPオブジェクトに対するLDAPサフィックスを指定します。\n\nLDAPサーバとの接続をテストするには、［接続のテスト］をクリックしてください。また、LDAP設定をエクスポートしたりデフォルト値を使用したりしたい� �合は、［詳細設定］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"<big>LDAP Settings</big> \n" +"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" +"\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" +"\n" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." +msgstr "" +"<big>LDAP設定</big> \n" +"ここでは認証に使用するLDAPサーバを設定することができます。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"［LDAPパスワードバックエンドを使用すると］を設定すると、ユーザ情報を指定したURLのLDAPツリー内に保存できるようになります。また、［LDAP idmapバックエンドを使用する］を指定すると、LDAP内にSID/uid/gidのマッピングテーブルを保存できるようになります。\n" +"\n" +"［認証］セクションでは、管理者のDNなど、LDAPサーバに対する資格情報を設定します。\n" +"\n" +"［検索ベースDN］では、Samba固有のLDAPオブジェクトに対するLDAPサフィックスを指定します。\n" +"\n" +"LDAPサーバとの接続をテストするには、［接続のテスト］をクリックしてください。また、LDAP設定をエクスポートしたりデフォルト値を使用したりしたい場合は、［詳細設定］をクリックしてください。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 @@ -983,8 +1303,12 @@ #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 -msgid "Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\nTime-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." -msgstr "［レプリケーションスリープ］は、LDAPサーバに書き込んだ後Sambaサーバが待機する時間をミリ秒単位で指定します。これにより、LDAPのレプリカが複製に追随できるようにします。\n［タイムアウト］では、LDAPの操作に対するタイムアウト時間を秒単位で指定します。" +msgid "" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." +msgstr "" +"［レプリケーションスリープ］は、LDAPサーバに書き込んだ後Sambaサーバが待機する時間をミリ秒単位で指定します。これにより、LDAPのレプリカが複製に追随できるようにします。\n" +"［タイムアウト］では、LDAPの操作に対するタイムアウト時間を秒単位で指定します。" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 @@ -993,37 +1317,73 @@ #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 -msgid "Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\nWith Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." -msgstr "［DNの削除］では、削除操作の際にLDAPエントリを完全に削除するのか、それともSamba固有の属性だけを削除するのかを設定します。\n［パスワードの同期］では、LDAPパスワードとNT/LMハッシュ値の同期を行うかどうかを設定します。詳細については、<tt>smb.conf</tt>のマニュアルページを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." +msgstr "" +"［DNの削除］では、削除操作の際にLDAPエントリを完全に削除するのか、それともSamba固有の属性だけを削除するのかを設定します。\n" +"［パスワードの同期］では、LDAPパスワードとNT/LMハッシュ値の同期を行うかどうかを設定します。詳細については、<tt>smb.conf</tt>のマニュアルページを参照してください。" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 -msgid "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\nservice identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\nconnection. Because the new SID is not equal to the old one, clients can\nno longer authenticate as domain members.\n" -msgstr "NetBIOSホスト名を変更した場合、Sambaは、\n最初のクライアント接続時に、サーバのSID(service identifier)を\n作成します。新しいSIDと古いSIDとが異なるため、クライアントはドメインメンバーとして\n認証されません。\n" +msgid "" +"If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" +"service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" +"connection. Because the new SID is not equal to the old one, clients can\n" +"no longer authenticate as domain members.\n" +msgstr "" +"NetBIOSホスト名を変更した場合、Sambaは、\n" +"最初のクライアント接続時に、サーバのSID(service identifier)を\n" +"作成します。新しいSIDと古いSIDとが異なるため、クライアントはドメインメンバーとして\n" +"認証されません。\n" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 -msgid "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\ndirectories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\nconfigured period. See MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP and TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR in\n/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" -msgstr "/tmpディレクトリおよび/var/tmpディレクトリは、誰でもアクセスできるディレクトリであり、設定で使用したファイルは、スケジュールされている削除ジョブによって削除される可能性があります。 /etc/sysconfig/cronのMAX_DAYS_IN_TMPおよびTMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR\nを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" +"directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" +"configured period. See MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP and TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR in\n" +"/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" +msgstr "" +"/tmpディレクトリおよび/var/tmpディレクトリは、誰でもアクセスできるディレクトリであり、設定で使用したファイルは、スケジュールされている削除ジョブによって削除される可能性があります。 /etc/sysconfig/cronのMAX_DAYS_IN_TMPおよびTMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR\n" +"を参照してください。\n" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 -msgid "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\ndirectory includes many secrets of your system.\n" -msgstr "/varをエキスポートすると、セキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。この\nディレクトリには、システムの機密情報が大量に保存されています。\n" +msgid "" +"Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" +"directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"/varをエキスポートすると、セキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。この\n" +"ディレクトリには、システムの機密情報が大量に保存されています。\n" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 -msgid "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\ndirectory includes many secrets of your system.\n" -msgstr "/etcをエキスポートすると、セキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。この\nディレクトリには、システムの機密情報が大量に保存されています。\n" +msgid "" +"Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" +"directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"/etcをエキスポートすると、セキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。この\n" +"ディレクトリには、システムの機密情報が大量に保存されています。\n" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 -msgid "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\nentire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" -msgstr "/をエクスポートするとセキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。\nファイルシステム全体がSambaクライアントから参照できるようになるためです。\n" +msgid "" +"Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" +"entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" +msgstr "" +"/をエクスポートするとセキュリティ上問題となる可能性があります。\n" +"ファイルシステム全体がSambaクライアントから参照できるようになるためです。\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 -msgid "Advanced Settings provides access to \ndetailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\nexpert global settings.\n" -msgstr "［詳細設定］では、LDAPの設定、\nユーザ認証用のデータ、エキスパートグローバル設定など、\n詳しい設定にアクセスできます。\n" +msgid "" +"Advanced Settings provides access to \n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" +"expert global settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"［詳細設定］では、LDAPの設定、\n" +"ユーザ認証用のデータ、エキスパートグローバル設定など、\n" +"詳しい設定にアクセスできます。\n" #. translators: combo box value #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 @@ -1055,8 +1415,12 @@ #. translators: popup message #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 -msgid "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\nContinue?\n" -msgstr "現在のLDAP関連の値はすべて上書きされます。\n続けますか?\n" +msgid "" +"All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" +"Continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"現在のLDAP関連の値はすべて上書きされます。\n" +"続けますか?\n" #. translators: popup message #: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 @@ -1235,7 +1599,9 @@ #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format -msgid "It seems that there is no functional\nLDAP server at %s.\n" +msgid "" +"It seems that there is no functional\n" +"LDAP server at %s.\n" msgstr "%sでLDAPサーバが動作していません。\n" #. translators: server role name @@ -1439,4 +1805,3 @@ #: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -70,8 +70,20 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 -msgid "This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\nThe only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\nwhich is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\nsettings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\nempty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\nbe used.\n" -msgstr "このプラグインは、LDAPグループをSambaで利用できるようにするためのものです。\nここで設定できるのは［Sambaグループ名］属性だけです。\nこれはSambaクライアントで表示されるグループの名前です。\n残りのすべての設定は自動的に決定されます。［Sambaグループ名］に\n何も入力しない場合は、\nこのグループのグローバル設定で指定したものと同じ名前を使用することになります。\n" +msgid "" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" +"be used.\n" +msgstr "" +"このプラグインは、LDAPグループをSambaで利用できるようにするためのものです。\n" +"ここで設定できるのは［Sambaグループ名］属性だけです。\n" +"これはSambaクライアントで表示されるグループの名前です。\n" +"残りのすべての設定は自動的に決定されます。［Sambaグループ名］に\n" +"何も入力しない場合は、\n" +"このグループのグローバル設定で指定したものと同じ名前を使用することになります。\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" @@ -103,4 +115,3 @@ #: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "LDAP グループの Samba アカウントを管理する" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -227,8 +227,12 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 -msgid "This model is not supported.\nAsk the manufacturer for a Linux driver." -msgstr "このモデルはサポートされていません。\nLinuxドライバについてはメーカにお問い合わせください。" +msgid "" +"This model is not supported.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." +msgstr "" +"このモデルはサポートされていません。\n" +"Linuxドライバについてはメーカにお問い合わせください。" #. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name @@ -240,8 +244,14 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected #. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 -msgid "Check if another driver supports it,\nselect a compatible model,\nor ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." -msgstr "他にサポートしているドライバがないかをチェックするか、\n互換性のあるモデルを選択するか、\nまたはLinux用ドライバについてメーカーに問い合わせるかしてください。" +msgid "" +"Check if another driver supports it,\n" +"select a compatible model,\n" +"or ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." +msgstr "" +"他にサポートしているドライバがないかをチェックするか、\n" +"互換性のあるモデルを選択するか、\n" +"またはLinux用ドライバについてメーカーに問い合わせるかしてください。" #. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 @@ -278,8 +288,12 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 -msgid "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\nTry to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." -msgstr "hpoj ドライバで動作するものと思われますが、このドライバはすでに誰も管理していません。\n最新のドライバ hpaio をお試しください。" +msgid "" +"The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" +"Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." +msgstr "" +"hpoj ドライバで動作するものと思われますが、このドライバはすでに誰も管理していません。\n" +"最新のドライバ hpaio をお試しください。" #. Configure backend dialog #. @return dialog result @@ -345,23 +359,57 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 -msgid "\n<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \nPlease wait...\n" -msgstr "\n<big>スキャナ設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください...\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait...\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>スキャナ設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください...\n" +"" #. Write dialog help 1/1: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 -msgid "\n<big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big> \nPlease wait...\n" -msgstr "\n<big>スキャナ設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください...\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait...\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>スキャナ設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください...\n" +"" #. Overview dialog help 1/8: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 -msgid "\n<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \nSet up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>スキャナの設定</big> \nスキャナ設定を設定または変更し、すでにアクティブなスキャナを表示します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>スキャナの設定</big> \n" +"スキャナ設定を設定または変更し、すでにアクティブなスキャナを表示します。\n" +"" #. Overview dialog help 2/8: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 -msgid "\nTo set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\ndetected scanners and press Edit.\nIf your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" -msgstr "\n新しいスキャナを設定するには、検出されたスキャナの一覧でスキャナを選択し、\n［編集］をクリックします。\nスキャナが検出されなかった場合には、［追加］をクリックして手動で設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" +"detected scanners and press Edit.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"新しいスキャナを設定するには、検出されたスキャナの一覧でスキャナを選択し、\n" +"［編集］をクリックします。\n" +"スキャナが検出されなかった場合には、［追加］をクリックして手動で設定します。\n" +"" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: #. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. @@ -370,20 +418,86 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. #. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 -msgid "\nA normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\nBy default, only those USB scanners are shown\nfor which the USB vendor and product IDs are known.\nIf a USB scanner is not shown or if there are unexpected results,\ntry Other and Restart Detection.\nIt might happen that particular USB devices which are not scanners\nare shown too. There is no generic way to reliably distinguish a scanner\nfrom other USB devices because there is no USB device class for scanners.\nTry to proceed with Add.\nFor HP all-in-one devices you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt>\nvia Other and Run hp-setup before you can \nconfigure the scanner unit with this tool.\nIf you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\ncheck whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\nIf it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n\n" -msgstr "\n通常のUSBスキャナであれば自動的に検出されるはずです。\nデフォルトではUDB製造元と製品IDが既知のものであるUSBスキャナ\nだけが表示されます。\nUSBスキャナが自動的に検出されなかったり誤検出されたりした場合は、\n［その他］をクリックして［検出の再開］を選んでください。\nUSBデバイスによってはスキャナ機能を持たないものが表示されることもあります。\nこれは、USBにはスキャナ用のデバイスクラスが定義されていないため、スキャナを持っているか\nどうかを一般的に判別する方法が存在しないことによるものです。\nこの場合も、［追加］ボタンをクリックして追加することができます。\nHP製のオールインワンデバイスの場合は、このツールで設定する前に\n［その他］から［hp-setupの起動 ］を選択して<tt>hp-setup</tt>\nを実行してください。\nここでのスキャナ設定がうまくいかない場合は、\n<tt>lsusb</tt>コマンドを実行してその出力を確認し、デバイスが表示されているかどうかを確認してください。\nこの出力に表示されていない場合は、USBシステムがスキャナと正しく通信できていないことを示しています。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" +"By default, only those USB scanners are shown\n" +"for which the USB vendor and product IDs are known.\n" +"If a USB scanner is not shown or if there are unexpected results,\n" +"try Other and Restart Detection.\n" +"It might happen that particular USB devices which are not scanners\n" +"are shown too. There is no generic way to reliably distinguish a scanner\n" +"from other USB devices because there is no USB device class for scanners.\n" +"Try to proceed with Add.\n" +"For HP all-in-one devices you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" +"via Other and Run hp-setup before you can \n" +"configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" +"If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" +"check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"通常のUSBスキャナであれば自動的に検出されるはずです。\n" +"デフォルトではUDB製造元と製品IDが既知のものであるUSBスキャナ\n" +"だけが表示されます。\n" +"USBスキャナが自動的に検出されなかったり誤検出されたりした場合は、\n" +"［その他］をクリックして［検出の再開］を選んでください。\n" +"USBデバイスによってはスキャナ機能を持たないものが表示されることもあります。\n" +"これは、USBにはスキャナ用のデバイスクラスが定義されていないため、スキャナを持っているか\n" +"どうかを一般的に判別する方法が存在しないことによるものです。\n" +"この場合も、［追加］ボタンをクリックして追加することができます。\n" +"HP製のオールインワンデバイスの場合は、このツールで設定する前に\n" +"［その他］から［hp-setupの起動］を選択して<tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" +"を実行してください。\n" +"ここでのスキャナ設定がうまくいかない場合は、\n" +"<tt>lsusb</tt>コマンドを実行してその出力を確認し、デバイスが表示されているかどうかを確認してください。\n" +"この出力に表示されていない場合は、USBシステムがスキャナと正しく通信できていないことを示しています。\n" +"\n" #. Overview dialog help 4/8: #. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 -msgid "\nSCSI scanners are normally detected.\nIf difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\ncheck whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\nIf not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\nVerify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" -msgstr "\nSCSIスキャナの場合、通常は、検出されます。\n問題があった場合には、［追加］をクリックして継続し、\n<tt>lsscsi</tt>コマンドでスキャナが表示されるかどうかをチェックします。\n表示されない場合、SCSIシステムはスキャナと通信できません。\nSCSIホストアダプタ用の適切なカーネルモジュールがロードされていることを確認してください。\n " +msgid "" +"\n" +"SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" +"If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" +"check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" +"If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"SCSIスキャナの場合、通常は、検出されます。\n" +"問題があった場合には、［追加］をクリックして継続し、\n" +"<tt>lsscsi</tt>コマンドでスキャナが表示されるかどうかをチェックします。\n" +"表示されない場合、SCSIシステムはスキャナと通信できません。\n" +"SCSIホストアダプタ用の適切なカーネルモジュールがロードされていることを確認してください。\n" +" " #. Overview dialog help 5/8: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 -msgid "\nParallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\nexcept for HP all-in-one devices.\nCommon parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\nTo set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\nwhich is connected to the parallel port,\nyou may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\nbefore you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n\n" -msgstr "\nHPオールインワンデバイスの場合を除き、\nパラレルポート接続のスキャナをこのツールで設定することはできません。\nこれらのパラレルポート接続のスキャナは、手動で設定する必要があります。\nパラレルポートに接続されたHPオールインワンデバイス\nを設定する場合は、このツールで［追加］ボタンをクリックして\n追加する前に、\n［その他］から［hp-setupの起動］を選び、<tt>hp-setup</tt>\nを実行してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" +"except for HP all-in-one devices.\n" +"Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" +"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" +"which is connected to the parallel port,\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"HPオールインワンデバイスの場合を除き、\n" +"パラレルポート接続のスキャナをこのツールで設定することはできません。\n" +"これらのパラレルポート接続のスキャナは、手動で設定する必要があります。\n" +"パラレルポートに接続されたHPオールインワンデバイス\n" +"を設定する場合は、このツールで［追加］ボタンをクリックして\n" +"追加する前に、\n" +"［その他］から［hp-setupの起動］を選び、<tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" +"を実行してください。\n" #. Overview dialog help 6/8: #. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) @@ -393,8 +507,34 @@ #. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 -msgid "\nNetwork scanners cannot be configured with this tool\nexcept for HP all-in-one devices.\nNetwork scanners must be configured manually.\nA network scanner is a scanner that has a network interface\nso it is directly accessible in the network.\nIn contrast, scanning via network means accessing a remote scanner\nconnected to another host in the network.\nTo set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\nwhich is connected via a built-in network interface,\nyou may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\nbefore it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n\n" -msgstr "\nHPオールインワンデバイスの場合を除き、\nネットワークスキャナをこのツールで設定することはできません。\nネットワークスキャナは手動で設定する必要があります。\nネットワークスキャナとはネットワークインタフェースを持つスキャナであるため、\nネットワークを経由して直接アクセスすることができます。\n逆にネットワーク経由でのスキャンとは、ネットワーク上のコンピュータに接続されているスキャナに対して、\nネットワークを介して接続するという意味です。\n内蔵のネットワークインタフェース経由で接続した\nHPオールインワンデバイスを設定するには、\nこのツールで［追加］ボタンをクリックして追加する前に\n［その他］から［hp-setupの起動］を選び、<tt>hp-setup</tt>\nを実行してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" +"except for HP all-in-one devices.\n" +"Network scanners must be configured manually.\n" +"A network scanner is a scanner that has a network interface\n" +"so it is directly accessible in the network.\n" +"In contrast, scanning via network means accessing a remote scanner\n" +"connected to another host in the network.\n" +"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" +"which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"HPオールインワンデバイスの場合を除き、\n" +"ネットワークスキャナをこのツールで設定することはできません。\n" +"ネットワークスキャナは手動で設定する必要があります。\n" +"ネットワークスキャナとはネットワークインタフェースを持つスキャナであるため、\n" +"ネットワークを経由して直接アクセスすることができます。\n" +"逆にネットワーク経由でのスキャンとは、ネットワーク上のコンピュータに接続されているスキャナに対して、\n" +"ネットワークを介して接続するという意味です。\n" +"内蔵のネットワークインタフェース経由で接続した\n" +"HPオールインワンデバイスを設定するには、\n" +"このツールで［追加］ボタンをクリックして追加する前に\n" +"［その他］から［hp-setupの起動］を選び、<tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" +"を実行してください。\n" #. Overview dialog help 7/8: #. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) @@ -404,8 +544,24 @@ #. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 -msgid "\nThe table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\nPress Add to select model and driver and enable it.\nPress Edit to select and enable a driver.\nPress Delete to disable the driver.\nIf you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\nset up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" -msgstr "\nこの表には設定済みのドライバとドライバに関連付けられたスキャナが表示されています。\nモデルとドライバを選択して有効化するには［追加］ボタンを押してください。\nドライバを変更するには［編集］ボタンを押してください。\nドライバを削除するには［削除］ボタンを押してください。\nまた、［その他］ボタンを押すと、再検出や有効化したドライバをテストすることができるほか、 HP オールインワンデバイス\nを設定したりネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定したりすることができます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" +"Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" +"Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" +"Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" +"set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"この表には設定済みのドライバとドライバに関連付けられたスキャナが表示されています。\n" +"モデルとドライバを選択して有効化するには［追加］ボタンを押してください。\n" +"ドライバを変更するには［編集］ボタンを押してください。\n" +"ドライバを削除するには［削除］ボタンを押してください。\n" +"また、［その他］ボタンを押すと、再検出や有効化したドライバをテストすることができるほか、 HP オールインワンデバイス\n" +"を設定したりネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定したりすることができます。\n" +"" #. Overview dialog help 8/8: #. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is @@ -420,55 +576,171 @@ #. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs #. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 -msgid "\nIf a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\nThe scanner is not connected or switched off,\nthe driver is not the right one for the particular model\n(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\nthe same model series may require different drivers),\nthere are low-level (kernel related) device communication problems\n(e.g. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem).\n" -msgstr "\nドライバを設定したにもかかわらずそのドライバがスキャナを認識しない場合、考えられる理由は以下のとおりです:\nスキャナが接続されていない、または電源が入っていない\nそのスキャナのモデルに対する正しいドライバではない \n(型番のちょっとした違いや内部的な変更によって違うドライバを使う必要が\nあるものが存在します)\nローレベル (カーネル関連) での通信に問題がある\n(たとえば USB や SCSI の問題など)\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" +"The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" +"the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" +"(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" +"the same model series may require different drivers),\n" +"there are low-level (kernel related) device communication problems\n" +"(e.g. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem).\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ドライバを設定したにもかかわらずそのドライバがスキャナを認識しない場合、考えられる理由は以下のとおりです:\n" +"スキャナが接続されていない、または電源が入っていない\n" +"そのスキャナのモデルに対する正しいドライバではない \n" +"(型番のちょっとした違いや内部的な変更によって違うドライバを使う必要が\n" +"あるものが存在します)\n" +"ローレベル (カーネル関連) での通信に問題がある\n" +"(たとえば USB や SCSI の問題など)\n" +"" #. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 -msgid "\n<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \nAll known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\nRead all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\nThe information is based on data of the SANE project at\n<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>スキャナモデルの選択</big> \nサポートされているかどうかに関わらず、わかっているすべてのスキャナモデルが表示されます。\n説明全体をよく読んでからモデルを選択し、［次へ］をクリックします。\nこの情報は、次のWebサイトにあるSANEプロジェクトのデータに基づいています。\n<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" +"All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" +"The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" +"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>スキャナモデルの選択</big> \n" +"サポートされているかどうかに関わらず、わかっているすべてのスキャナモデルが表示されます。\n" +"説明全体をよく読んでからモデルを選択し、［次へ］をクリックします。\n" +"この情報は、次のWebサイトにあるSANEプロジェクトのデータに基づいています。\n" +"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>\n" +"" #. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 -msgid "\nA model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\nMost scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\nThe support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \nWhen a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\nEven an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\nBut it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\nso that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" -msgstr "\n1つ以上の適切なドライバが利用できる場合、そのモデルはサポート済みとして表示されています。\n多くのスキャナドライバはSANEプロジェクトから提供されていて、sane-backendsパッケージに含まれています。\nまた、特定の型式に対するサポート状態は、最小限から完全までさまざまあります。 \nドライバが「unmaintained (メンテナンスされていない)」と表示されている場合でも、ドライバが動作しないというわけではありません。\n場合によってはメンテナンスされていないでも、完全に動作するものがあります。\nただし上の表示は、ドライバの内部について知っている開発者が誰もいないことを示していて、\nそれらのドライバを使用した際に発生する問題について、誰も助けることができないことを示しています。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" +"Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"1つ以上の適切なドライバが利用できる場合、そのモデルはサポート済みとして表示されています。\n" +"多くのスキャナドライバはSANEプロジェクトから提供されていて、sane-backendsパッケージに含まれています。\n" +"また、特定の型式に対するサポート状態は、最小限から完全までさまざまあります。 \n" +"ドライバが「unmaintained (メンテナンスされていない)」と表示されている場合でも、ドライバが動作しないというわけではありません。\n" +"場合によってはメンテナンスされていないでも、完全に動作するものがあります。\n" +"ただし上の表示は、ドライバの内部について知っている開発者が誰もいないことを示していて、\n" +"それらのドライバを使用した際に発生する問題について、誰も助けることができないことを示しています。\n" +"" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 -msgid "\nEven if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\nTherefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" -msgstr "\n使用可能なドライバが存在しないモデルであっても、メーカーがドライバを提供している場合があります。\nしたがって、サポートされていないスキャナのドライバについては、スキャナメーカーにお問い合わせください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"使用可能なドライバが存在しないモデルであっても、メーカーがドライバを提供している場合があります。\n" +"したがって、サポートされていないスキャナのドライバについては、スキャナメーカーにお問い合わせください。\n" +"" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: #. Add the following sentence to translations: #. Such comments are only available in English. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 -msgid "\nWhen additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" -msgstr "\n追加のコメントがある場合には、角括弧で囲んで表示されます。\nこれらのコメントは、英語でのみ表示されます。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"追加のコメントがある場合には、角括弧で囲んで表示されます。\n" +"これらのコメントは、英語でのみ表示されます。" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: #. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": #. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 -msgid "\nUse the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\nTo find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\nA more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\nIf the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\nthe search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\nTo refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\nFor example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\nor append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" -msgstr "\n目的のエントリを手早く見つけるには、［検索文字列］を使用します。\n表内の任意のテキストを検索するには、このフィールドにそのテキストを入力します。\n大文字と小文字を区別しない正規表現を使用する、もっと複雑な検索を行うこともできます。\nたとえば、スキャナが検出され、スキャナのメーカー名が一覧に表示されている場合、検索文字列には、<tt>^Epson.*</tt>のようにそのメーカー名がデフォルト設定されます。\n検索結果を絞り込むには、モデル固有の詳細情報を検索文字列に追加します。\nたとえば、<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>のようにモデル名の一部分を追加するか、<tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>のようにモデル名の一部を表すいくつかの数字を追加します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" +"To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"目的のエントリを手早く見つけるには、［検索文字列］を使用します。\n" +"表内の任意のテキストを検索するには、このフィールドにそのテキストを入力します。\n" +"大文字と小文字を区別しない正規表現を使用する、もっと複雑な検索を行うこともできます。\n" +"たとえば、スキャナが検出され、スキャナのメーカー名が一覧に表示されている場合、検索文字列には、<tt>^Epson.*</tt>のようにそのメーカー名がデフォルト設定されます。\n" +"検索結果を絞り込むには、モデル固有の詳細情報を検索文字列に追加します。\n" +"たとえば、<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>のようにモデル名の一部分を追加するか、<tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>のようにモデル名の一部を表すいくつかの数字を追加します。\n" +"" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 -msgid "\n<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \nThe driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\nThis may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\nIf you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>スキャナとドライバの設定</big> \nドライバが有効になり、関連するスキャナが精査されます。\nこの処理には数秒間かかりますので、しばらく待ってから［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n［戻る］をクリックすると、ドライバは無効になります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" +"The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" +"If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>スキャナとドライバの設定</big> \n" +"ドライバが有効になり、関連するスキャナが精査されます。\n" +"この処理には数秒間かかりますので、しばらく待ってから［次へ］をクリックしてください。\n" +"［戻る］をクリックすると、ドライバは無効になります。\n" +"" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 -msgid "\n<big>Additional Packages</big> \nIf the package that provides the driver is not yet installed,\nan appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\nSuch packages may not be available for all architectures.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>追加のパッケージ</big> \nドライバを提供するパッケージがインストールされていない場合は、\nパッケージをインストールするためのダイアログが表示されます。\nパッケージによってはすべてのアーキテクチャに対応していない場合もあります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Additional Packages</big> \n" +"If the package that provides the driver is not yet installed,\n" +"an appropriate dialog is shown to install the package.\n" +"Such packages may not be available for all architectures.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>追加のパッケージ</big> \n" +"ドライバを提供するパッケージがインストールされていない場合は、\n" +"パッケージをインストールするためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" +"パッケージによってはすべてのアーキテクチャに対応していない場合もあります。\n" +"" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 -msgid "\n<big>Firmware Upload</big> \nSome models require a firmware upload.\nIn this case, an appropriate explanatory text is shown.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>ファームウェアのアップロード</big> \nモデルによっては、ファームウェアをアップロードする必要があります。\nこの場合には、適切な説明が表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Firmware Upload</big> \n" +"Some models require a firmware upload.\n" +"In this case, an appropriate explanatory text is shown.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>ファームウェアのアップロード</big> \n" +"モデルによっては、ファームウェアをアップロードする必要があります。\n" +"この場合には、適切な説明が表示されます。\n" +"" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: #. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. @@ -480,15 +752,51 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 -msgid "\n<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \nHP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\nIn this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\nThere are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\nthe outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\nwhich provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\nand the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\nBoth software packages can be installed at the same time\nbut the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\nTherefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\nmust be used for all HP all-in-one devices.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>HP 社製オールインワンデバイス</big> \nHP 社製のオールインワンデバイスには特殊な設定を行う必要があります。\nこの場合は必要なダイアログが表示されます。\nHP 社製オールインワンデバイスには 2 種類のソフトウェアパッケージが用意されています:\n* 古い HPOJ ソフトウェア (hp-officeJet パッケージ (すでに提供されていません) ) \n (HP オールインワンデバイスにアクセスするための PTAL システム (ptal サービス) を提供します)\n* 新しい HPLIP ソフトウェア (hplip パッケージ) (HP オールインワンデバイスのデバイス状態を管理する hplip サービス (hpaioドライバ) を提供します)\nそれぞれのソフトウェアは同時にインストールすることができますが、\nptal サービスと hpaio ドライバを一緒に起動することはできません。\n起動中� ��サービスがデバイスにアクセスする必要があるため、\n ptal サービスか hpaio ドライバのいずれかのサービスだけを使うようにしなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" +"HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" +"In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" +"Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" +"but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" +"Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" +"must be used for all HP all-in-one devices.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>HP 社製オールインワンデバイス</big> \n" +"HP 社製のオールインワンデバイスには特殊な設定を行う必要があります。\n" +"この場合は必要なダイアログが表示されます。\n" +"HP 社製オールインワンデバイスには 2 種類のソフトウェアパッケージが用意されています:\n" +"* 古い HPOJ ソフトウェア (hp-officeJet パッケージ (すでに提供されていません) ) \n" +" (HP オールインワンデバイスにアクセスするための PTAL システム (ptal サービス) を提供します)\n" +"* 新しい HPLIP ソフトウェア (hplip パッケージ) (HP オールインワンデバイスのデバイス状態を管理する hplip サービス (hpaioドライバ) を提供します)\n" +"それぞれのソフトウェアは同時にインストールすることができますが、\n" +"ptal サービスと hpaio ドライバを一緒に起動することはできません。\n" +"起動中のサービスがデバイスにアクセスする必要があるため、\n" +" ptal サービスか hpaio ドライバのいずれかのサービスだけを使うようにしなければなりません。\n" +"" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: #. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) #. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 -msgid "\n<big>Scanning via Network</big> \nEnter the appropriate information and press Next\nto set up scanning via network.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>ネットワーク経由のスキャン</big> \n ネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定するには、適切な情報を入力してから［次へ］\nをクリックします。\n " +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Scanning via Network</big> \n" +"Enter the appropriate information and press Next\n" +"to set up scanning via network.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>ネットワーク経由のスキャン</big> \n" +" ネットワーク経由でのスキャンを設定するには、適切な情報を入力してから［次へ］\n" +"をクリックします。\n" +" " #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: #. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. @@ -496,8 +804,28 @@ #. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. #. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 -msgid "\n<big>Server Settings</big> \nIf you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\nset up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\nIn Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\nEnter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\nor subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\nIf no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\nIf saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up for saned.\n" -msgstr "\nローカルコンピュータに接続されているスキャナにネットワーク経由でアクセスできるようにするには、\nsanedネットワークスキャンデーモンを設定して、そのコンピュータをサーバにします。\n［sanedで許可するクライアント］に、サーバのsanedへのアクセスを\n許可するクライアントホストを入力します。\nクライアントホストのホスト名またはIPアドレスをコンマで区切って入力するか、\nサブネットを192.168.1.0/24のようにCIDR表記で入力します。\nどのクライアントホストも許可しない場合、sanedは有効になりません。\nsanedが有効に設定されている場合、xinetdも有効に設定されsaned向けの設定が行われます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Server Settings</big> \n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" +"Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" +"or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" +"If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" +"If saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up for saned.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ローカルコンピュータに接続されているスキャナにネットワーク経由でアクセスできるようにするには、\n" +"sanedネットワークスキャンデーモンを設定して、そのコンピュータをサーバにします。\n" +"［sanedで許可するクライアント］に、サーバのsanedへのアクセスを\n" +"許可するクライアントホストを入力します。\n" +"クライアントホストのホスト名またはIPアドレスをコンマで区切って入力するか、\n" +"サブネットを192.168.1.0/24のようにCIDR表記で入力します。\n" +"どのクライアントホストも許可しない場合、sanedは有効になりません。\n" +"sanedが有効に設定されている場合、xinetdも有効に設定されsaned向けの設定が行われます。\n" +"" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: #. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. @@ -507,16 +835,92 @@ #. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. #. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 -msgid "\n<big>Regarding Firewall</big> \nA firewall is used to protect running server processes\non your host against unwanted access via network.\nFor using scanners via network the SANE network daemon (the saned)\nis the server process which must run so that remote clients\ncan access scanners which are connected to your local host.\nClient hosts contact the saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\nbut scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\nTherefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network. \nDo not open the sane-port 6566 or any other port\nregarding using scanners for the external zone in the firewall.\nThis is dangerous because it allows access to the saned from foreign hosts\nso that the firewall does no longer provide any protection for the saned.\nAllowing access from the external network (i.e. for the external zone)\ndoes not make sense because scanning documents requires\nphysical scanner access by trusted users. \ nOn the other hand the default firewall settings allow\nany access from an internal (i.e. trusted) network.\nTo make the saned on your server accessible from an internal network,\nassign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\nto the internal zone of the firewall.\nUse the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\nregarding network security and firewall and scanning via network\nwill work without any further firewall setup. \nFor details see the openSUSE support database\narticle 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at \nhttp://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" -msgstr "\n<big>ファイアウォールについて</big> \nファイアウォールは、ホストで実行中のサーバプロセスを保護し、\nネットワークを介した不正な攻撃を防ぎます。 \nネットワーク経由でスキャナを使用する場合、SANEネットワークデーモン(saned)\nは必ず実行されている必要があるサーバプロセスであり、これによってリモートのクライアントから、\nホストに接続されているスキャナを利用することができるようになっています。\nクライアントのホストはsaned上のsaneポート(TCPポート6566)に接続しますが、\nスキャンしたデータは追加で割り当てたランダムなポートを介して転送される仕組みになっています。\nそのため、ネットワーク経由でスキャンを行う場合は、ポート6566だけ開いても不十分です。 \nまた、ファイアウォールの外部ゾーンに対して、saneが使用するポート6566やスキャナが使用している\nポートを開いたりはしないでください。\nこれは外部のホストからsanedに対するアクセスを許可することになってしまい、\nsanedに対するファイアウォールの保護を外すことになってしまいます。\n外部のネットワーク(外部ゾーン)に対してアクセスを許可することは、\n信頼済みのユーザに対してスキャン対象のドキュメントを設置するという\n物理的な作業が必要になるという点で、意味がありません。 \n一方、デフォルトのファイアウォール設定では、内部の(信頼済みの)ネットワークから\nのアクセスだけを許可します。\nサーバ内にあるsanedに対して内部のネットワークからアクセスできるようにするには、\nネットワークインタフェースをファイアウォールの� ��部ゾーンに割り当て、\n内部ネットワークに属するように設定してください。\nこのような基本設定を行い、ネットワークのセキュリティと\nファイアウォールを設定するには、YaSTファイアウォール設定モジュールを使用して\nください。ネットワーク経由でのスキャンについては、さらなるファイアウォール設定を\n行うことなく作業が完了します。\n詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」 \nhttp://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Regarding Firewall</big> \n" +"A firewall is used to protect running server processes\n" +"on your host against unwanted access via network.\n" +"For using scanners via network the SANE network daemon (the saned)\n" +"is the server process which must run so that remote clients\n" +"can access scanners which are connected to your local host.\n" +"Client hosts contact the saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n" +"but scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\n" +"Therefore only port 6566 is not sufficient for scanning via network. \n" +"Do not open the sane-port 6566 or any other port\n" +"regarding using scanners for the external zone in the firewall.\n" +"This is dangerous because it allows access to the saned from foreign hosts\n" +"so that the firewall does no longer provide any protection for the saned.\n" +"Allowing access from the external network (i.e. for the external zone)\n" +"does not make sense because scanning documents requires\n" +"physical scanner access by trusted users. \n" +"On the other hand the default firewall settings allow\n" +"any access from an internal (i.e. trusted) network.\n" +"To make the saned on your server accessible from an internal network,\n" +"assign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\n" +"to the internal zone of the firewall.\n" +"Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n" +"regarding network security and firewall and scanning via network\n" +"will work without any further firewall setup. \n" +"For details see the openSUSE support database\n" +"article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>ファイアウォールについて</big> \n" +"ファイアウォールは、ホストで実行中のサーバプロセスを保護し、\n" +"ネットワークを介した不正な攻撃を防ぎます。 \n" +"ネットワーク経由でスキャナを使用する場合、SANEネットワークデーモン(saned)\n" +"は必ず実行されている必要があるサーバプロセスであり、これによってリモートのクライアントから、\n" +"ホストに接続されているスキャナを利用することができるようになっています。\n" +"クライアントのホストはsaned上のsaneポート(TCPポート6566)に接続しますが、\n" +"スキャンしたデータは追加で割り当てたランダムなポートを介して転送される仕組みになっています。\n" +"そのため、ネットワーク経由でスキャンを行う場合は、ポート6566だけ開いても不十分です。 \n" +"また、ファイアウォールの外部ゾーンに対して、saneが使用するポート6566やスキャナが使用している\n" +"ポートを開いたりはしないでください。\n" +"これは外部のホストからsanedに対するアクセスを許可することになってしまい、\n" +"sanedに対するファイアウォールの保護を外すことになってしまいます。\n" +"外部のネットワーク(外部ゾーン)に対してアクセスを許可することは、\n" +"信頼済みのユーザに対してスキャン対象のドキュメントを設置するという\n" +"物理的な作業が必要になるという点で、意味がありません。 \n" +"一方、デフォルトのファイアウォール設定では、内部の(信頼済みの)ネットワークから\n" +"のアクセスだけを許可します。\n" +"サーバ内にあるsanedに対して内部のネットワークからアクセスできるようにするには、\n" +"ネットワークインタフェースをファイアウォールの内部ゾーンに割り当て、\n" +"内部ネットワークに属するように設定してください。\n" +"このような基本設定を行い、ネットワークのセキュリティと\n" +"ファイアウォールを設定するには、YaSTファイアウォール設定モジュールを使用して\n" +"ください。ネットワーク経由でのスキャンについては、さらなるファイアウォール設定を\n" +"行うことなく作業が完了します。\n" +"詳細については、openSUSEのサポートデータベース記事「CUPSとSANEファイアウォール設定」 \n" +"http://ja.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settingsを参照してください。\n" +"" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: #. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. #. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. #. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 -msgid "\n<big>Client Settings</big> \nIf you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\nset up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\nThe saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\nIn Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\nEnter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\nIf no servers are entered, net is not activated.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>クライアント設定</big> \nコンピュータでネットワーク上の他のホスト(サーバ)にあるスキャナにアクセスしたい場合は、\nnetメタドライバを設定してサーバ内のデーモン経由でアクセスしてください。\nサーバ側ではsanedとファイアウォールの両方でアクセスを許可している必要があります。\nこのコンピュータでは［使用するサーバ］内に使用するサーバを入力してください。\nこの項目はカンマ区切りリストで、サーバのホスト名またはIPアドレスを指定します。\n何もサーバを指定しない場合は、netメタドライバは有効になりません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Client Settings</big> \n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" +"The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" +"In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" +"Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" +"If no servers are entered, net is not activated.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>クライアント設定</big> \n" +"コンピュータでネットワーク上の他のホスト(サーバ)にあるスキャナにアクセスしたい場合は、\n" +"netメタドライバを設定してサーバ内のデーモン経由でアクセスしてください。\n" +"サーバ側ではsanedとファイアウォールの両方でアクセスを許可している必要があります。\n" +"このコンピュータでは［使用するサーバ］内に使用するサーバを入力してください。\n" +"この項目はカンマ区切りリストで、サーバのホスト名またはIPアドレスを指定します。\n" +"何もサーバを指定しない場合は、netメタドライバは有効になりません。\n" +"" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: #. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" @@ -527,8 +931,25 @@ #. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. #. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 -msgid "\n<big>Local Host Configuration</big> \nBy using the loopback network, saned and the net metadriver\ncan be used even on your local host.\nIn this case, the server and client are the same machine (localhost).\nSome scanners, such as parallel port scanners, require root privileges.\nWhen you enter <tt>localhost</tt> for both the server and the client,\nyou can access such a scanner even as a normal user on your local host.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>ローカルホストの設定</big> \nsanedおよびnetメタドライバは、ループバックネットワークを使用することによって、\nローカルホストでも使用できます。\nこの場合には、1つのコンピュータ(localhost)がサーバおよびクライアントになります。パラレルポートスキャナなど一部のスキャナの場合には、ルート権限が必要です。\nサーバとクライアントの両方に「<tt>localhost</tt>」と入力した場合には、\nローカルホストの通常ユーザの場合であっても、これらのスキャナにアクセスできます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Local Host Configuration</big> \n" +"By using the loopback network, saned and the net metadriver\n" +"can be used even on your local host.\n" +"In this case, the server and client are the same machine (localhost).\n" +"Some scanners, such as parallel port scanners, require root privileges.\n" +"When you enter <tt>localhost</tt> for both the server and the client,\n" +"you can access such a scanner even as a normal user on your local host.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>ローカルホストの設定</big> \n" +"sanedおよびnetメタドライバは、ループバックネットワークを使用することによって、\n" +"ローカルホストでも使用できます。\n" +"この場合には、1つのコンピュータ(localhost)がサーバおよびクライアントになります。パラレルポートスキャナなど一部のスキャナの場合には、ルート権限が必要です。\n" +"サーバとクライアントの両方に「<tt>localhost</tt>」と入力した場合には、\n" +"ローカルホストの通常ユーザの場合であっても、これらのスキャナにアクセスできます。\n" +"" #. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: #: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 @@ -539,8 +960,14 @@ #. to display an error message where #. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 -msgid "The error message is:\n\n%1" -msgstr "エラーメッセージ:\n\n%1" +msgid "" +"The error message is:\n" +"\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"エラーメッセージ:\n" +"\n" +"%1" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -555,8 +982,35 @@ #. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. #. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 -msgid "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\nThe Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\nhttp://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n(… Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\nwhere RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\ncan be downloaded (if you accept the Epson/Avasys license agreements).\nThe Image Scan driver contains proprietary binary-only software.\nFor some models it is only available for 32-bit (i386) architecture\nwhich does not work when you have a 64-bit system installation.\nSome scanners are also supported by another (free-software) driver.\nWhen your scanner model requires a DFSG non-free (proprietary) module,\nyou have to download and install two packages from Epson/Avasys:\nThe 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\nmodel dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" -msgstr "Epson/Avasysが提供するサードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウェアが必要です。\nイメージスキャンドライバソフトウェアはEpson (以前はAvasys)が作成して提供しているもので、次のURLにあります。\nhttp://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/sea… の(フリーソフトウェアの)ドライバでサポートされている場合もあります。\\nスキャナのモデルがDFSGのフリーでない(専用)モジュールを必要とする場合は、\nEpson/Avasysから2つのパッケージをダウンロードし、インストールする必要があります。\nベースソフトウェアである「iscan」パッケージと、モデルに依存する追加の「iscan-plugin」\n(専用)モジュールです。\n" +msgid "" +"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" +"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" +"(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" +"where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" +"can be downloaded (if you accept the Epson/Avasys license agreements).\n" +"The Image Scan driver contains proprietary binary-only software.\n" +"For some models it is only available for 32-bit (i386) architecture\n" +"which does not work when you have a 64-bit system installation.\n" +"Some scanners are also supported by another (free-software) driver.\n" +"When your scanner model requires a DFSG non-free (proprietary) module,\n" +"you have to download and install two packages from Epson/Avasys:\n" +"The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n" +"model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" +msgstr "" +"Epson/Avasysが提供するサードパーティ製のイメージスキャンドライバソフトウェアが必要です。\n" +"イメージスキャンドライバソフトウェアはEpson (以前はAvasys)が作成して提供しているもので、次のURLにあります。\n" +"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" +"(以前はAvasysのサイトhttp://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/にありました)\n" +"ここでは32ビット(i386)版と64ビット版(x86_64)のRPMパッケージをダウンロード\n" +"することができます(Epson/Avasysのライセンス契約に同意する必要があります)。\n" +"イメージスキャンドライバには、専用のバイナリのみのソフトウェアが含まれています。\n" +"モデルによっては32ビット(i386)版のみが公開されている場合もあります。\n" +"これらは64ビットシステムのインストール環境では動作しません。\n" +"また、スキャナによっては他の(フリーソフトウェアの)ドライバでサポートされている場合もあります。\\nスキャナのモデルがDFSGのフリーでない(専用)モジュールを必要とする場合は、\n" +"Epson/Avasysから2つのパッケージをダウンロードし、インストールする必要があります。\n" +"ベースソフトウェアである「iscan」パッケージと、モデルに依存する追加の「iscan-plugin」\n" +"(専用)モジュールです。\n" #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. @@ -582,8 +1036,20 @@ #. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 -msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners.\nIf the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\nwith the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\nthis may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\ngets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\nIn this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" -msgstr "有効なスキャナを判別することができませんでした。\nnetメタドライバが有効化されていてネットワーク側に何らかの問題が\nある場合、「scanimage -L」コマンドの実行で応答がなくなってしまう\n場合があります。たとえばnetメタドライバで使用されるべき\nサーバとの通信が、ファイアウォールによって一部のネットワークトラフィックが削除されたためにうまくいかなくなっているような場合があります。\nこの場合は、ネットワーク側の問題が解決されるまでの間、回避策としてnetメタドライバを無効化してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" +"If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" +"with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" +"this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" +"gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" +msgstr "" +"有効なスキャナを判別することができませんでした。\n" +"netメタドライバが有効化されていてネットワーク側に何らかの問題が\n" +"ある場合、「scanimage -L」コマンドの実行で応答がなくなってしまう\n" +"場合があります。たとえばnetメタドライバで使用されるべき\n" +"サーバとの通信が、ファイアウォールによって一部のネットワークトラフィックが削除されたためにうまくいかなくなっているような場合があります。\n" +"この場合は、ネットワーク側の問題が解決されるまでの間、回避策としてnetメタドライバを無効化してください。\n" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -749,33 +1215,71 @@ #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 -msgid "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\nIt is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n hp-setup from working correctly.\nIt is recommended to abort the scanner configuration now,\nstop the ptal service, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP,\nand start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n" -msgstr "ptal サービスを利用するプリンタが 1 つ以上存在します。\nこのまま継続することもできますが、その場合は動作中の ptal サービスが\n hp-setup プログラムの正しい動作を妨げる可能性があります。\nここから先に進まずにスキャナの設定をいったん中止してから\n ptal サービスを停止してください。その後プリンタの設定を変更して HPLIP \nを利用するようにし、再度スキャナの設定をやり直してください。\n" +msgid "" +"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" +"It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" +" hp-setup from working correctly.\n" +"It is recommended to abort the scanner configuration now,\n" +"stop the ptal service, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP,\n" +"and start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n" +msgstr "" +"ptal サービスを利用するプリンタが 1 つ以上存在します。\n" +"このまま継続することもできますが、その場合は動作中の ptal サービスが\n" +" hp-setup プログラムの正しい動作を妨げる可能性があります。\n" +"ここから先に進まずにスキャナの設定をいったん中止してから\n" +" ptal サービスを停止してください。その後プリンタの設定を変更して HPLIP \n" +"を利用するようにし、再度スキャナの設定をやり直してください。\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 -msgid "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \nThis happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \nhas no DISPLAY environment variable set, or if the YaST process is not \nallowed to access the graphical display. In this case, abort the scanner \nconfiguration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\nagain afterwards.\n" -msgstr "GUIを表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、hp-setupを実行することができません。\nこのエラーはYaSTがテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\nYaSTを実行したユーザがDISPLAY環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生し、\nGUI画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\nこれらの場合は、スキャナの設定を中止して手動でhp-setupを起動し、\n再度スキャナを設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" +"This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" +"has no DISPLAY environment variable set, or if the YaST process is not \n" +"allowed to access the graphical display. In this case, abort the scanner \n" +"configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" +"again afterwards.\n" +msgstr "" +"GUIを表示できるディスプレイを開くことができないため、hp-setupを実行することができません。\n" +"このエラーはYaSTがテキストのみのモードで動作している場合に発生するほか、\n" +"YaSTを実行したユーザがDISPLAY環境変数を設定していない場合にも発生し、\n" +"GUI画面へのアクセスが許可されていない場合にも発生します。\n" +"これらの場合は、スキャナの設定を中止して手動でhp-setupを起動し、\n" +"再度スキャナを設定してください。\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 -msgid "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\nShould the hplip package be installed?\n" -msgstr "hp-setupを実行するために必要なhplipがインストールされていない可能性があります。\nhplipパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" +msgid "" +"It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" +"Should the hplip package be installed?\n" +msgstr "" +"hp-setupを実行するために必要なhplipがインストールされていない可能性があります。\n" +"hplipパッケージをインストールしますか?\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 -msgid "Cannot run hp-setup because\n/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\nor does not exist.\n" -msgstr "hp-setup を実行することができません。\n/usr/bin/hp-setup が実行ファイルでないか、\nもしくは存在していません。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot run hp-setup because\n" +"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" +"or does not exist.\n" +msgstr "" +"hp-setup を実行することができません。\n" +"/usr/bin/hp-setup が実行ファイルでないか、\n" +"もしくは存在していません。\n" #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 -msgid "Launched hp-setup.\nYou must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" -msgstr "hp-setup を開始しました。\nスキャナを設定するには hp-setup での作業を完了しなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"Launched hp-setup.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"hp-setup を開始しました。\n" +"スキャナを設定するには hp-setup での作業を完了しなければなりません。\n" #. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column #. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: @@ -920,15 +1424,49 @@ #. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 -msgid "A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\nWithout firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n\nBecause firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\nUsually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\nAlternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\nAsk the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\nFind additional useful information on the SANE web site at\nhttp://www.sane-project.org/.\n\nAfter you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\nThe man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\nThe following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" -msgstr "ファームウェアファイルにはスキャナ内のメモリに登録するソフトウェアが含まれています。\nファームウェアなしではスキャナは動作できません。\n\nファー… ウェア登録の方法が記載されています。\n次のコマンドでマニュアルページを表示してください。\n" +msgid "" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" +"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" +"\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" +"Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" +"Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" +"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" +"\n" +"After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" +"The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" +msgstr "" +"ファームウェアファイルにはスキャナ内のメモリに登録するソフトウェアが含まれています。\n" +"ファームウェアなしではスキャナは動作できません。\n" +"\n" +"ファームウェアはスキャナの製造元から個別にライセンス提供されるもので、我々には配布が許されていません。\n" +"一般的にファームウェアファイルは製造元のCDのどこかに保存されています。\n" +"場合によっては製造元のWebサイトからダウンロードできる場合もあります。\n" +"各スキャナのファームウェア取得方法については製造元に問い合わせてください。\n" +"また、その他の有用な情報についてはSANEのWebサイトを参照してください。\n" +"http://www.sane-project.org/\n" +"\n" +"ファームウェアファイルを取得できたら、手動でドライバを設定する必要があります。\n" +"ドライバのマニュアルページにファームウェア登録の方法が記載されています。\n" +"次のコマンドでマニュアルページを表示してください。\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 -msgid "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\nIt is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\nand all print queues that use the ptal service would no longer work.\nIf you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n" -msgstr "ptalサービスを利用するプリンタが1つ以上存在します。\nこのまま継続することもできますが、その場合はptalサービスを停止するため、\n ptalサービスを利用するプリントキューは利用できなくなります。\n続行する場合は、HPLIPを利用するようプリンタの設定を変更してください。\n" +msgid "" +"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" +"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" +"and all print queues that use the ptal service would no longer work.\n" +"If you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n" +msgstr "" +"ptalサービスを利用するプリンタが1つ以上存在します。\n" +"このまま継続することもできますが、その場合はptalサービスを停止するため、\n" +" ptalサービスを利用するプリントキューは利用できなくなります。\n" +"続行する場合は、HPLIPを利用するようプリンタの設定を変更してください。\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. @@ -936,16 +1474,60 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 -msgid "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\nIn particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n\nBefore the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\nAdditionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\nThe PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\nTherefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\nbefore the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\nAn automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\nIf you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\nset up the PTAL system manually.\nIf you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\na running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\nso the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n\nShould the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" -msgstr "hpojドライバを設定し、実行するためにはPTALシステムが必要です。\n具体的には、ptalサービスが開始され、実行されている必要があります。\n\nptalサービスは、PTALシステムが初期化された後で、開始できるようになります。\nptalサービスは、ブート時に開始されるように、有効にする必要があります。\nPTALシステムとhplipサービスを同時に使用することはできません。\nしたがって、hplipサービスが実行されている場合、PTALシステムを\n初期化した後、有効にし開始する前に、hplipサービスは停止され無効になります。\nPTALシステムは、USBを使用する場合に限り、初期化を自動化しても安全です。\nUSBでないデバイスを使用する場合や、USB用のUSBの自動初期化に失敗した場合には、\nPTALシステムを手動で設定します。\nスキャナとプリンタのオールインワンデバイスを使用している場合は、実行中のptalサービス\nによってUSBデバイスファイル(例:/dev/usb/lp0)が独占されるため、\nUSBデバイスファイル経由でプリンタにアクセスできなくなります。\n\nUSBのPTALシステムを初期化した後、有効にして開始しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" +"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" +"\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" +"Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" +"The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" +"Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" +"before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" +"An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" +"set up the PTAL system manually.\n" +"If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" +"\n" +"Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" +msgstr "" +"hpojドライバを設定し、実行するためにはPTALシステムが必要です。\n" +"具体的には、ptalサービスが開始され、実行されている必要があります。\n" +"\n" +"ptalサービスは、PTALシステムが初期化された後で、開始できるようになります。\n" +"ptalサービスは、ブート時に開始されるように、有効にする必要があります。\n" +"PTALシステムとhplipサービスを同時に使用することはできません。\n" +"したがって、hplipサービスが実行されている場合、PTALシステムを\n" +"初期化した後、有効にし開始する前に、hplipサービスは停止され無効になります。\n" +"PTALシステムは、USBを使用する場合に限り、初期化を自動化しても安全です。\n" +"USBでないデバイスを使用する場合や、USB用のUSBの自動初期化に失敗した場合には、\n" +"PTALシステムを手動で設定します。\n" +"スキャナとプリンタのオールインワンデバイスを使用している場合は、実行中のptalサービス\n" +"によってUSBデバイスファイル(例:/dev/usb/lp0)が独占されるため、\n" +"USBデバイスファイル経由でプリンタにアクセスできなくなります。\n" +"\n" +"USBのPTALシステムを初期化した後、有効にして開始しますか?\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 -msgid "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\nIt is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\nand all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\nIf the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\nInstead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\nAlternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" -msgstr "hplipサービスを使用するプリンタ設定が1つ以上存在します。\nこのまま継続することはできますが、継続した場合にはhplipサービスが停止され、\nhplipサービスを使用しているプリントキューは使用できなくなります。\nhpaioドライバでもサポートされているスキャナの場合には、処理を継続しないでください。\n代わりに、hpaioを使用してスキャナを設定してください。\nまたは、このまま継続し、ptalサービスを使用するようにプリンタの設定を変更してください。\n" +msgid "" +"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" +"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" +"and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" +"If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" +"Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" +msgstr "" +"hplipサービスを使用するプリンタ設定が1つ以上存在します。\n" +"このまま継続することはできますが、継続した場合にはhplipサービスが停止され、\n" +"hplipサービスを使用しているプリントキューは使用できなくなります。\n" +"hpaioドライバでもサポートされているスキャナの場合には、処理を継続しないでください。\n" +"代わりに、hpaioを使用してスキャナを設定してください。\n" +"または、このまま継続し、ptalサービスを使用するようにプリンタの設定を変更してください。\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 @@ -1046,8 +1628,12 @@ #. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 -msgid "The following scanners use the same driver.\nTherefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" -msgstr "次のスキャナは同一のドライバを使用しています。\nそのため、そのすべてのドライバは無効になります:" +msgid "" +"The following scanners use the same driver.\n" +"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" +msgstr "" +"次のスキャナは同一のドライバを使用しています。\n" +"そのため、そのすべてのドライバは無効になります:" #. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. #. but the user should get a notification @@ -1107,8 +1693,16 @@ #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 -msgid "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\nThe results are:\n\n%2" -msgstr "「scanimage -d %1 -v」のテストが失敗しました。\nテスト結果:\n\n%2" +msgid "" +"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" +"The results are:\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"「scanimage -d %1 -v」のテストが失敗しました。\n" +"テスト結果:\n" +"\n" +"%2" #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: #. Fallback message if the real results are missing: @@ -1131,8 +1725,16 @@ #. which are usually only available in English. #. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 -msgid "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\nThe results are:\n\n%2" -msgstr "「scanimage -d %1 -v」のテストが成功しました。\nテスト結果:\n\n%2" +msgid "" +"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" +"The results are:\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"「scanimage -d %1 -v」のテストが成功しました。\n" +"テスト結果:\n" +"\n" +"%2" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1169,4 +1771,3 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "ファイアウォールの詳細については、このダイアログのヘルプテキストを参照してください。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -302,13 +302,21 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 -msgid "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\nthan the maximum." -msgstr "最少日数を最大日数よりも大きくすることは\nできません" +msgid "" +"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" +"than the maximum." +msgstr "" +"最少日数を最大日数よりも大きくすることは\n" +"できません" #. Popup text, %1 is number #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 -msgid "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\nThe maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." -msgstr "最小パスワード長を最大パスワード長より長くすることはできません。\n選択された暗号化方式の最大パスワード長は%1です。" +msgid "" +"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" +"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." +msgstr "" +"最小パスワード長を最大パスワード長より長くすることはできません。\n" +"選択された暗号化方式の最大パスワード長は%1です。" #. Login dialog caption #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 @@ -322,43 +330,81 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 -msgid "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n Please wait... " -msgstr "<big>セキュリティ設定を初期化しています</big>\n しばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" +" Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<big>セキュリティ設定を初期化しています</big>\n" +" しばらくお待ちください... " #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 -msgid "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." -msgstr "<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、設定ユーティリティを安全に中止します。" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 -msgid "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n Please wait... " -msgstr "<big>セキュリティ設定を保存しています</big>\n しばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" +" Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<big>セキュリティ設定を保存しています</big>\n" +" しばらくお待ちください... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort." -msgstr "<big>保存を中止します</big> \n［中止］をクリックして、保存処理を中止します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止します</big> \n" +"［中止］をクリックして、保存処理を中止します。" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 -msgid "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\nUsing predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n settings can be modified as needed.\n" -msgstr "<BIG>ローカルセキュリティの設定</BIG>\n定義されているデフォルトの設定を使用して、ブート処理、ログイン、パスワード、ユーザの作成、\nファイルパーミッションなどに関するローカルセキュリティの設定を変更します。デフォルトの\n設定は、必要に応じて変更できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" +" settings can be modified as needed.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>ローカルセキュリティの設定</BIG>\n" +"定義されているデフォルトの設定を使用して、ブート処理、ログイン、パスワード、ユーザの作成、\n" +"ファイルパーミッションなどに関するローカルセキュリティの設定を変更します。デフォルトの\n" +"設定は、必要に応じて変更できます。\n" +"" #. Main dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 -msgid "Workstation: For a computer connected\nto any type of network including the Internet." -msgstr "ワークステーション: インターネットなどの\n任意のタイプのネットワークに接続されたコンピュータ用です。" +msgid "" +"Workstation: For a computer connected\n" +"to any type of network including the Internet." +msgstr "" +"ワークステーション: インターネットなどの\n" +"任意のタイプのネットワークに接続されたコンピュータ用です。" #. Main dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 -msgid "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\nthat connects to different networks." -msgstr "ローミングデバイス: さまざまなネットワークに接続する\nノートブック、タブレット、または類似のデバイス用です。" +msgid "" +"Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" +"that connects to different networks." +msgstr "" +"ローミングデバイス: さまざまなネットワークに接続する\n" +"ノートブック、タブレット、または類似のデバイス用です。" #. Main dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 -msgid "Network Server: For a computer that provides\nany type of service." -msgstr "ネットワークサーバ: 何らかのサービスを提供する\nコンピュータ用です。" +msgid "" +"Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" +"any type of service." +msgstr "" +"ネットワークサーバ: 何らかのサービスを提供する\n" +"コンピュータ用です。" #. Main dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 @@ -367,43 +413,97 @@ #. Login dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 -msgid "<big>Login Security</big>\nThese login settings\nare mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." -msgstr "<big>ログインセキュリティ</big>\nログイン設定は、\n主に/etc/login.defsファイルに格納されます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Login Security</big>\n" +"These login settings\n" +"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." +msgstr "" +"<big>ログインセキュリティ</big>\n" +"ログイン設定は、\n" +"主に/etc/login.defsファイルに格納されます。" #. Login dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 -msgid "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\nIt is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\npassword guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\nretry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." -msgstr "ログイン失敗後に待つ時間:\n類推によってパスワードを知られないように、ユーザがログインに失敗した場合には、少しの時間待ってから\n入力できるようにすることをお勧めします。パスワードを入力ミスしたユーザが入力し直すとき待たされすぎないようにするために、\n時間は短めにします。 <tt>3</tt>秒に設定することをお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." +msgstr "" +"ログイン失敗後に待つ時間:\n" +"類推によってパスワードを知られないように、ユーザがログインに失敗した場合には、少しの時間待ってから\n" +"入力できるようにすることをお勧めします。パスワードを入力ミスしたユーザが入力し直すとき待たされすぎないようにするために、\n" +"時間は短めにします。 <tt>3</tt>秒に設定することをお勧めします。" #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 -msgid "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\nattempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\nsystem (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n\n" -msgstr "成功したログインを記録:ログインの成功を記録することは、とても\n有用なことです。たとえば普段とは異なる場所からログインしている場合など、システムに\n対して不正なログインが行われていないかどうか、後から調査することができるためです。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" +"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"成功したログインを記録:ログインの成功を記録することは、とても\n" +"有用なことです。たとえば普段とは異なる場所からログインしている場合など、システムに\n" +"対して不正なログインが行われていないかどうか、後から調査することができるためです。\n" +"\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 -msgid "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\nto a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\nto your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." -msgstr "リモートGUIログインを許可:このチェックボックスをオンにすると、\nこのコンピュータのグラフィカルなログイン画面にネットワーク経由でアクセスできます。ディスプレイマネージャを使用して、\nコンピュータにリモートアクセスすると、セキュリティ上危険な場合があります。" +msgid "" +"Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" +"to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." +msgstr "" +"リモートGUIログインを許可:このチェックボックスをオンにすると、\n" +"このコンピュータのグラフィカルなログイン画面にネットワーク経由でアクセスできます。ディスプレイマネージャを使用して、\n" +"コンピュータにリモートアクセスすると、セキュリティ上危険な場合があります。" #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 -msgid "These password settings\nare mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." -msgstr "パスワード設定は、\n主に/etc/login.defsファイルに格納されます。" +msgid "" +"These password settings\n" +"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." +msgstr "" +"パスワード設定は、\n" +"主に/etc/login.defsファイルに格納されます。" #. Password dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 -msgid "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\ncannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\nBy checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." -msgstr "新しいパスワードのチェック: 辞書に載っている語、名前、その他の一般的で簡単な語は、\nパスワードに使用しないようお勧めします。\nこのチェックボックスをオンにすると、パスワードが簡単に推測できるものかどうかがチェックされます。" +msgid "" +"Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" +"By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." +msgstr "" +"新しいパスワードのチェック: 辞書に載っている語、名前、その他の一般的で簡単な語は、\n" +"パスワードに使用しないようお勧めします。\n" +"このチェックボックスをオンにすると、パスワードが簡単に推測できるものかどうかがチェックされます。" #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\nThe minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\nof different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\npassword. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\nThis option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." -msgstr "最小パスワード文字数:\n新しいパスワードとして受け入れ可能な、異なる種類の文字(大文字、小文字、数字、その他)\nの最小数を指定します。詳細については、pam_cracklibのマニュアルページを\n参照してください。このオプションは、［新しいパスワードのチェック］\nを選択した場合にのみ設定できます。" +msgid "" +"Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" +"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" +"password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" +"This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." +msgstr "" +"最小パスワード文字数:\n" +"新しいパスワードとして受け入れ可能な、異なる種類の文字(大文字、小文字、数字、その他)\n" +"の最小数を指定します。詳細については、pam_cracklibのマニュアルページを\n" +"参照してください。このオプションは、［新しいパスワードのチェック］\n" +"を選択した場合にのみ設定できます。" #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 -msgid "Passwords to Remember:\nEnter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\nEnter 0 if passwords should not be stored." -msgstr "記録するパスワード:\n保存するユーザパスワードの数を入力し、ユーザが再使用するのを防ぎます。\n パスワードを保存しない場合は、「0」を入力します。" +msgid "" +"Passwords to Remember:\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" +"Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." +msgstr "" +"記録するパスワード:\n" +"保存するユーザパスワードの数を入力し、ユーザが再使用するのを防ぎます。\n" +" パスワードを保存しない場合は、「0」を入力します。" #. Password dialog help 5a/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 @@ -412,13 +512,23 @@ #. Password dialog help 5b/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 -msgid "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\nbut it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\ncompatibility with other systems, use this method." -msgstr "［DES］はLinuxのデフォルトの方式で、すべてのネットワーク環境で利用することができますが、\nパスワードは8文字以下に制限されます。他のシステムとの互換性を必要とする場合は、\nこの方式を使用してください。" +msgid "" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" +"compatibility with other systems, use this method." +msgstr "" +"［DES］はLinuxのデフォルトの方式で、すべてのネットワーク環境で利用することができますが、\n" +"パスワードは8文字以下に制限されます。他のシステムとの互換性を必要とする場合は、\n" +"この方式を使用してください。" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 -msgid "MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \ndistributions, but not by other systems or old software." -msgstr "MD5ではより長いパスワードを使用でき、現在すべてのLinuxディストリビューションで\nサポートされています。ただし、他のシステムや古いソフトウェアではサポートされていません。" +msgid "" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" +"distributions, but not by other systems or old software." +msgstr "" +"MD5ではより長いパスワードを使用でき、現在すべてのLinuxディストリビューションで\n" +"サポートされています。ただし、他のシステムや古いソフトウェアではサポートされていません。" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 @@ -427,73 +537,177 @@ #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 -msgid "Password Age: Set the minimum and\nmaximum number of days a password may be used." -msgstr "パスワードの有効日数:パスワードを使用できる日数の\n最小と最大を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" +"maximum number of days a password may be used." +msgstr "" +"パスワードの有効日数:パスワードを使用できる日数の\n" +"最小と最大を設定します。" #. Password dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 -msgid "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\nnumber of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\ntime, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." -msgstr "パスワードの失効警告を出すまでの期間: このエントリには、\nユーザのパスワードが失効する何日前に、ユーザに対して警告を表示するのかを設定します。長く設定するほど、\nパスワードが推測される可能性が低くなります。" +msgid "" +"Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." +msgstr "" +"パスワードの失効警告を出すまでの期間: このエントリには、\n" +"ユーザのパスワードが失効する何日前に、ユーザに対して警告を表示するのかを設定します。長く設定するほど、\n" +"パスワードが推測される可能性が低くなります。" #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 -msgid "<big>User Security</big>\nIn this dialog, change various settings used to create users." -msgstr "<big>ユーザセキュリティ</big>\nこのダイアログボックスでは、ユーザの作成に関連するさまざまな設定を変更します。" +msgid "" +"<big>User Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." +msgstr "" +"<big>ユーザセキュリティ</big>\n" +"このダイアログボックスでは、ユーザの作成に関連するさまざまな設定を変更します。" #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 -msgid "User ID Limitations:\nSet the minimum and maximum possible user ID." -msgstr "ユーザIDの制限:\nユーザIDの最小値および最大値を設定します。" +msgid "" +"User ID Limitations:\n" +"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." +msgstr "" +"ユーザIDの制限:\n" +"ユーザIDの最小値および最大値を設定します。" #. Adduser dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 -msgid "Group ID Limitations:\nSet the minimum and maximum possible group ID." -msgstr "グループIDの制限:\nグループIDの最小値および最大値を設定します。" +msgid "" +"Group ID Limitations:\n" +"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." +msgstr "" +"グループIDの制限:\n" +"グループIDの最小値および最大値を設定します。" #. Misc dialog help 1/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 -msgid "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\nIn this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." -msgstr "<big>その他のセキュリティ設定</big>\nこのダイアログボックスでは、ローカルセキュリティに関連するその他の設定を変更します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." +msgstr "" +"<big>その他のセキュリティ設定</big>\n" +"このダイアログボックスでは、ローカルセキュリティに関連するその他の設定を変更します。" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 -msgid "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\nof certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\nor /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\nLaunching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\nThis fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\nor by intruders.\nWith Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\nin Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\nUsing Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\nbe viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\ndaemons, not by ordinary users.\nThe most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\ndecide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" -msgstr "ファイルパーミッション: 特定のシステムファイルについては\n/etc/permissions.secureまたは/etc/permissions.easyのデータに従って、\nパーミッションが設定されます。どちらのファイルを使用するのかは、ここでの選択によって決まります。\nSuSEconfigを起動すると、/etc/permissions.*にしたがって、ここに示すパーミッションが設定されます。\nパーミッションが不適切な場合には修正されます。パーミッションは、誤って変更される場合もあれば、\n不正侵入者によって変更される場合もあります。\n［簡易］に設定すると、［セキュア］に設定した場合に、ルートユーザのみが読み込むことができるシステムファイルのパーミッションが変更され、\n他のユーザでも読み込むことができるようになります。\n［セキュア］の場合、/var/ log/messagesなど特定のシステムファイルを表示できるのは、\nルートユーザのみです。一部のプログラムは、通常のユーザでは起動できず、\nルートユーザまたはデーモンのみが起動できます。\n［パラノイド］を設定すると最も安全です。この場合は、\nどのユーザがどのアプリケーションを実行でき、setuidプログラムを実行できるのかを指定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" +"or by intruders.\n" +"With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" +"in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" +"daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" +"The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" +"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイルパーミッション: 特定のシステムファイルについては\n" +"/etc/permissions.secureまたは/etc/permissions.easyのデータに従って、\n" +"パーミッションが設定されます。どちらのファイルを使用するのかは、ここでの選択によって決まります。\n" +"SuSEconfigを起動すると、/etc/permissions.*にしたがって、ここに示すパーミッションが設定されます。\n" +"パーミッションが不適切な場合には修正されます。パーミッションは、誤って変更される場合もあれば、\n" +"不正侵入者によって変更される場合もあります。\n" +"［簡易］に設定すると、［セキュア］に設定した場合に、ルートユーザのみが読み込むことができるシステムファイルのパーミッションが変更され、\n" +"他のユーザでも読み込むことができるようになります。\n" +"［セキュア］の場合、/var/log/messagesなど特定のシステムファイルを表示できるのは、\n" +"ルートユーザのみです。一部のプログラムは、通常のユーザでは起動できず、\n" +"ルートユーザまたはデーモンのみが起動できます。\n" +"［パラノイド］を設定すると最も安全です。この場合は、\n" +"どのユーザがどのアプリケーションを実行でき、setuidプログラムを実行できるのかを指定する必要があります。\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 -msgid "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \nonce a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\nthat stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\nprogram \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n (few files) or root (all files)." -msgstr "updatedbを実行するユーザ:updatedbプログラムは1日に1回\n実行されます。このプログラムは、ファイルシステム全体をスキャンし、各ファイルの場所を格納する\nデータベース(locatedb)を作成します。 locatedbデータベースは、\"locate\"プログラムで\n検索できます。. ここでは、このコマンドを実行するユーザを設定します。nobody\n (一部のファイル) または root (すべてのファイル)。" +msgid "" +"User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" +"that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" +" (few files) or root (all files)." +msgstr "" +"updatedbを実行するユーザ:updatedbプログラムは1日に1回\n" +"実行されます。このプログラムは、ファイルシステム全体をスキャンし、各ファイルの場所を格納する\n" +"データベース(locatedb)を作成します。 locatedbデータベースは、\"locate\"プログラムで\n" +"検索できます。. ここでは、このコマンドを実行するユーザを設定します。nobody\n" +" (一部のファイル) または root (すべてのファイル)。" #. Misc dialog help 10/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 -msgid "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\nthe system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\ndirectory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\nsearches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." -msgstr "ルートパスのカレントディレクトリ DOSシステムでは、\nシステムが実行可能ファイル(プログラム)を検索する場合、カレントディレクトリを検索してから、\n現在のPATH変数を参照します。一方、UNIX系システムの場合には、\n検索パス(PATH変数)のみが検索されます。" +msgid "" +"Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" +"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" +"searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." +msgstr "" +"ルートパスのカレントディレクトリ DOSシステムでは、\n" +"システムが実行可能ファイル(プログラム)を検索する場合、カレントディレクトリを検索してから、\n" +"現在のPATH変数を参照します。一方、UNIX系システムの場合には、\n" +"検索パス(PATH変数)のみが検索されます。" #. Misc dialog help 11/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 -msgid "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\nsystem first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\nthen in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\nfor them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." -msgstr "通常ユーザのパスのカレントディレクトリ DOSシステムは、\n最初にカレントディレクトリで実行ファイル(プログラム)を検索し、\n次に現在のPATH変数内を検索します。これに対して、\nUNIX系のシステムでは検索パス(PATH変数)のみが検索されます。" +msgid "" +"Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" +"then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" +"for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." +msgstr "" +"通常ユーザのパスのカレントディレクトリ DOSシステムは、\n" +"最初にカレントディレクトリで実行ファイル(プログラム)を検索し、\n" +"次に現在のPATH変数内を検索します。これに対して、\n" +"UNIX系のシステムでは検索パス(PATH変数)のみが検索されます。" #. Misc dialog help 12/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 -msgid "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\nsearch path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\nThis is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\nthe current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\nexecuting Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\nis rather easy if you set this option." -msgstr "一部のシステムでは、回避策として、検索パスにドット(\".\")が追加されます。\nこうすると、現在のパスにあるファイルを検索でき、実行できます。\nこの場合、システム全体で使用している通常のファイルではなく、カレントディレクトリにある未知のプログラムを\n誤って起動してしまう可能性があるため、この設定は、危険です。このオプションを設定すると、\nこの弱点を突いてシステムに侵入する、トロイの木馬を実行してしまう可能性が\n高まります。" +msgid "" +"Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" +"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" +"the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" +"is rather easy if you set this option." +msgstr "" +"一部のシステムでは、回避策として、検索パスにドット(\".\")が追加されます。\n" +"こうすると、現在のパスにあるファイルを検索でき、実行できます。\n" +"この場合、システム全体で使用している通常のファイルではなく、カレントディレクトリにある未知のプログラムを\n" +"誤って起動してしまう可能性があるため、この設定は、危険です。このオプションを設定すると、\n" +"この弱点を突いてシステムに侵入する、トロイの木馬を実行してしまう可能性が\n" +"高まります。" #. Misc dialog help 13/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 -msgid "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\npath of root, making it the last to be searched." -msgstr "「はい」:ドット「.」をルートの検索パスの終りに追加します。\nこの場合は、現在のディレクトリが最後に検索されます。" +msgid "" +"\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" +"path of root, making it the last to be searched." +msgstr "" +"「はい」:ドット「.」をルートの検索パスの終りに追加します。\n" +"この場合は、現在のディレクトリが最後に検索されます。" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 -msgid "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\ncurrent directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." -msgstr "「いいえ」:ルートユーザは「.」で始まるカレントディレクトリ内で\nプログラムを実行する必要があります。例: 「./configure」" +msgid "" +"\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" +"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." +msgstr "" +"「いいえ」:ルートユーザは「.」で始まるカレントディレクトリ内で\n" +"プログラムを実行する必要があります。例: 「./configure」" #. Misc dialog help 14/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 -msgid "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\nwill have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\ndebugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" -msgstr "マジックSysRqキーを有効にする このオプションをオンにすると、\nたとえばカーネルをデバッグしているときにクラッシュしたような場合などに、システムを部分的に\n制御できます。詳細については、/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txtを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" +"debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" +msgstr "" +"マジックSysRqキーを有効にする このオプションをオンにすると、\n" +"たとえばカーネルをデバッグしているときにクラッシュしたような場合などに、システムを部分的に\n" +"制御できます。詳細については、/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txtを参照してください。" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 @@ -516,12 +730,36 @@ msgstr "現在の値を読み込めませんでした。サービスがインストールされていないか、システムにオプションがない可能性があります。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 -msgid "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\nacross the network by an X server running on another system if so\nconfigured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\ntheir data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\nnetwork traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\nthe graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\nare being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\nlogins, then disable this option." -msgstr "ディスプレイマネージャは、グラフィカルなログイン画面を提供することができます。\nそのための設定が必要ですが、他のシステムで動作しているXサーバから、\nネットワークを介してアクセスすることもできます。この場合、表示されるウィンドウ内の\nデータはネットワークを介して届けられます。使用するネットワークが完全には\n信頼できないものの場合、ネットワークを流れる通信が傍受され、ディスプレイの\nグラフィカルな内容にアクセスされるだけでなく、使用しているユーザ名とパスワードにも\nアクセスできてしまいます。リモートからのグラフィカルログインに使用する\nXDMCPは、不要であれば無効に設定してください。" +msgid "" +"A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" +"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" +"configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" +"logins, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"ディスプレイマネージャは、グラフィカルなログイン画面を提供することができます。\n" +"そのための設定が必要ですが、他のシステムで動作しているXサーバから、\n" +"ネットワークを介してアクセスすることもできます。この場合、表示されるウィンドウ内の\n" +"データはネットワークを介して届けられます。使用するネットワークが完全には\n" +"信頼できないものの場合、ネットワークを流れる通信が傍受され、ディスプレイの\n" +"グラフィカルな内容にアクセスされるだけでなく、使用しているユーザ名とパスワードにも\n" +"アクセスできてしまいます。リモートからのグラフィカルログインに使用する\n" +"XDMCPは、不要であれば無効に設定してください。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 -msgid "Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\ncomputer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\nnecessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\ncorrect log messages." -msgstr "システムの起動時に、システム時刻はコンピュータのハードウェアクロックに\n合わせて設定されます。そのため、シャットダウンの前にハードウェアクロックを設定する作業が\n必要になります。一貫性のあるシステム時刻は、正しいログメッセージを\n作成するために極めて重要です。" +msgid "" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"correct log messages." +msgstr "" +"システムの起動時に、システム時刻はコンピュータのハードウェアクロックに\n" +"合わせて設定されます。そのため、シャットダウンの前にハードウェアクロックを設定する作業が\n" +"必要になります。一貫性のあるシステム時刻は、正しいログメッセージを\n" +"作成するために極めて重要です。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." @@ -540,20 +778,72 @@ msgstr "管理者はXウィンドウのセッション内にrootでログインしないよう注意し、root権限の使用を最小限に抑えるべきです。このオプションは不注意な管理者を助けるものではなく、攻撃者がパスワードを類推したり獲得したりした場合に、ディスプレイマネージャを通じてrootログインをさせないよう防ぐためのものです。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 -msgid "X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\nto the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\ndifferent system and display their content on the X server through network\nconnections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\ndisplay number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\nsubject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\noffers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\nWindow clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "ディスプレイにウィンドウを開くようなXウィンドウクライアントは、\n物理マシン(仮想マシンではなく)内で実行されているXサーバに接続します。\nそのほかにもプログラムを異なるシステムで動作させ、その表示内容をネットワーク接続経由でXサーバに表示させることもできます。このような機能を有効にすると、\nXサーバはポート6000とディスプレイの番号をリスンするようになります。\nこの場合、ネットワーク上を流れるデータは暗号化されないため、通信を傍受される\nことを考慮する必要があります。また、Xサーバのようなプログラムで開かれている他のポートが、攻撃の対象となる可能性もあります。安全な設定はこれを無効にすることです。\nネットワークを介してXウィンドウクライアントを表示するには、暗号化シェル(ssh)を利用するのがお勧めです。これを利用すると、暗号化されたssh接続の内側でX\nサーバとクライアントの通信が行われるようになります。" +msgid "" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" +"subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "" +"ディスプレイにウィンドウを開くようなXウィンドウクライアントは、\n" +"物理マシン(仮想マシンではなく)内で実行されているXサーバに接続します。\n" +"そのほかにもプログラムを異なるシステムで動作させ、その表示内容をネットワーク接続経由でXサーバに表示させることもできます。このような機能を有効にすると、\n" +"Xサーバはポート6000とディスプレイの番号をリスンするようになります。\n" +"この場合、ネットワーク上を流れるデータは暗号化されないため、通信を傍受される\n" +"ことを考慮する必要があります。また、Xサーバのようなプログラムで開かれている他のポートが、攻撃の対象となる可能性もあります。安全な設定はこれを無効にすることです。\n" +"ネットワークを介してXウィンドウクライアントを表示するには、暗号化シェル(ssh)を利用するのがお勧めです。これを利用すると、暗号化されたssh接続の内側でX\n" +"サーバとクライアントの通信が行われるようになります。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\nitself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "電子メールの配信サブシステムは常に開始されます。しかしながら、デフォルトでは\n外部からSMTPのポート25で接続できるように設定されていないため、システムの外部に公開されないようになっています。SMTPプロトコルを使用してシステム宛の電子メールを配信しない場合は、このオプションを無効に設定してください。" +msgid "" +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "" +"電子メールの配信サブシステムは常に開始されます。しかしながら、デフォルトでは\n" +"外部からSMTPのポート25で接続できるように設定されていないため、システムの外部に公開されないようになっています。SMTPプロトコルを使用してシステム宛の電子メールを配信しない場合は、このオプションを無効に設定してください。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\nupdated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\ninstalled.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\nconsidering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\nfiles accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\nto run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\nkilled.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\nreason to do so." -msgstr "現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを更新する場合、パッケージ内の\nファイルをインストールした後、サービスを再起動する必要があります。\nこのような動作は多くの場合有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによっては\nファイルシステム内のバイナリや環境設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるものも\nあります。これらのサービスはサービスを停止させる(デーモンを止める)まで\n実行し続ける必要があります。この設定は、特別な理由がある場合にのみ\n設定すべき項目です。\n" +msgid "" +"If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" +"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" +"installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" +"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" +"killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" +"reason to do so." +msgstr "" +"現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを更新する場合、パッケージ内の\n" +"ファイルをインストールした後、サービスを再起動する必要があります。\n" +"このような動作は多くの場合有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによっては\n" +"ファイルシステム内のバイナリや環境設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるものも\n" +"あります。これらのサービスはサービスを停止させる(デーモンを止める)まで\n" +"実行し続ける必要があります。この設定は、特別な理由がある場合にのみ\n" +"設定すべき項目です。\n" +"" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 -msgid "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\nuninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\nremoved.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\nconsidering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\nfiles accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\nto run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\nkilled.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\nreason to do so." -msgstr "現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを削除する場合、パッケージ内のファイルを\n削除する前にサービスを停止する必要があります。このような動作は多くの場合\n有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによってはファイルシステム内のバイナリや\n環境設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるものもあります。\nこれらのサービスはサービスを\n停止させる(デーモンを止める)まで実行し続ける必要があります。この設定は、\n特別な理由がある場合にのみ設定すべき項目です。\n" +msgid "" +"If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" +"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" +"removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" +"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" +"killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" +"reason to do so." +msgstr "" +"現在稼働中のサービスを含むパッケージを削除する場合、パッケージ内のファイルを\n" +"削除する前にサービスを停止する必要があります。このような動作は多くの場合\n" +"有用でかつ安全な方法ですが、サービスによってはファイルシステム内のバイナリや\n" +"環境設定ファイルにアクセスする必要があるものもあります。\n" +"これらのサービスはサービスを\n" +"停止させる(デーモンを止める)まで実行し続ける必要があります。この設定は、\n" +"特別な理由がある場合にのみ設定すべき項目です。\n" +"" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." @@ -588,35 +878,69 @@ msgstr "それぞれ稼働中のサービスはいずれも潜在的なセキュリティ攻撃の標的になることがあります。そのため、システムで使用していない全てのサービスは無効に設定しておくことをお勧めします。" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 -msgid "<big>Boot Security</big>\nIn this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." -msgstr "<big>ブートセキュリティ</big>\nこのダイアログボックスでは、セキュリティに関連するさまざまなブート設定を変更します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Boot Security</big>\n" +"In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." +msgstr "" +"<big>ブートセキュリティ</big>\n" +"このダイアログボックスでは、セキュリティに関連するさまざまなブート設定を変更します。" #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is #. reboot) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 -msgid "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\nto ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\nworkstation and server." -msgstr "通常、システムはリブートします。このイベントは\n無視することが望ましい場合があります。たとえば、システムがワークステーションとサーバの両方\nとして機能している場合です。" +msgid "" +"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"通常、システムはリブートします。このイベントは\n" +"無視することが望ましい場合があります。たとえば、システムがワークステーションとサーバの両方\n" +"として機能している場合です。" #. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 -msgid "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\nto ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\nworkstation and server." -msgstr "デフォルトでシステムは停止しますが、このイベントは\n無視することが望ましい場合があります。たとえば、システムがワークステーションとサーバの両方\nとして機能している場合です。" +msgid "" +"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" +"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" +"workstation and server." +msgstr "" +"デフォルトでシステムは停止しますが、このイベントは\n" +"無視することが望ましい場合があります。たとえば、システムがワークステーションとサーバの両方\n" +"として機能している場合です。" #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action #: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 -msgid "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\nConfigure what the system should do in response to\nsomeone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\ncombination. %s" -msgstr "［Ctrl+Alt+Delの解釈］:\nコンソールでCTRL+ALT+DELのキー組み合わせを押した\nユーザへの応答としてシステムが行う\n動作を設定します。%s" +msgid "" +"Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" +"Configure what the system should do in response to\n" +"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n" +"combination. %s" +msgstr "" +"［Ctrl+Alt+Delの解釈］:\n" +"コンソールでCTRL+ALT+DELのキー組み合わせを押した\n" +"ユーザへの応答としてシステムが行う\n" +"動作を設定します。%s" #. Boot dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 -msgid "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\nSet who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" -msgstr "［ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作］:\n%s からマシンをシャットダウンできるユーザを設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" +"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ログインマネージャのシャットダウン動作］:\n" +"%s からマシンをシャットダウンできるユーザを設定します。\n" #. Boot dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 -msgid "Hibernate System:\nSet the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\nOther options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" -msgstr "システムの休止:\nシステムの休止処理をユーザに許可する際の条件を指定してください。デフォルトでは、アクティブなコンソール上にいるユーザから、休止処理を行うことができます。\nそれ以外には、任意のユーザに対して許可するか、すべての場合において認証を求めるかを選ぶことができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Hibernate System:\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" +msgstr "" +"システムの休止:\n" +"システムの休止処理をユーザに許可する際の条件を指定してください。デフォルトでは、アクティブなコンソール上にいるユーザから、休止処理を行うことができます。\n" +"それ以外には、任意のユーザに対して許可するか、すべての場合において認証を求めるかを選ぶことができます。\n" #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 @@ -670,8 +994,12 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/security/users.rb:134 -msgid "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\nmaximum." -msgstr "グループIDの最小値を最大値より大きくすることは\nできません。" +msgid "" +"The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" +"maximum." +msgstr "" +"グループIDの最小値を最大値より大きくすることは\n" +"できません。" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -976,4 +1304,3 @@ #: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "現在のセキュリティレベル: %1" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -107,8 +107,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for services-manager module #. translators: command line help text for services-manager module #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29 -msgid "Systemd target and services configuration module.\nUse systemctl for commandline services configuration." -msgstr "Systemdのターゲットおよびサービス設定モジュール。\nコマンドラインでのサービスの設定にはsystemctlを使用します。" +msgid "" +"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n" +"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration." +msgstr "" +"Systemdのターゲットおよびサービス設定モジュール。\n" +"コマンドラインでのサービスの設定にはsystemctlを使用します。" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table @@ -210,12 +214,26 @@ msgstr "サービス" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "<big>Services</big> \nThe current setup does not provide any functionality now." -msgstr "<big>サービス</big> \n現在のセットアップでは、どの機能も提供されません。" +msgid "" +"<big>Services</big> \n" +"The current setup does not provide any functionality now." +msgstr "" +"<big>サービス</big> \n" +"現在のセットアップでは、どの機能も提供されません。" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 -msgid "<big>Services</big> \nThis installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n list of services.\nIt may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\nand a particular service requires opening them.\n" -msgstr "<big>サービス</big> \nこのインストール推奨設定では、サービスの\nリストからサービスを開始および有効化できます。\n\nファイアウォールが有効で、特定のサービスでポートを開く必要がある場合は、サービスに対応するファイアウォール内のポートが開く可能性もあります。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Services</big> \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" +" list of services.\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" +"and a particular service requires opening them.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サービス</big> \n" +"このインストール推奨設定では、サービスの\n" +"リストからサービスを開始および有効化できます。\n" +"\n" +"ファイアウォールが有効で、特定のサービスでポートを開く必要がある場合は、サービスに対応するファイアウォール内のポートが開く可能性もあります。\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" @@ -230,8 +248,12 @@ msgstr "パッケージ %1 を使用できません" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268 -msgid "Installation of required packages has failed; \nenabling and starting the services may also fail" -msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールできませんでした。\nサービスの有効化および開始も失敗する可能性があります" +msgid "" +"Installation of required packages has failed; \n" +"enabling and starting the services may also fail" +msgstr "" +"必要なパッケージをインストールできませんでした。\n" +"サービスの有効化および開始も失敗する可能性があります" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" @@ -296,4 +318,3 @@ #: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 msgid "Rescue Mode" msgstr "レスキューモード" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -149,70 +149,138 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 -msgid "<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>SLPサーバの環境設定の初期化中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>SLPサーバの環境設定の初期化中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"環境設定ユーティリティを安全に中止するには、［中止］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 -msgid "<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "<big>SLPサーバの環境設定の保存中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>SLPサーバの環境設定の保存中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\nedit their configurations. \n" -msgstr "<big>SLPサーバの環境設定の概要</big> \nインストールされたSLPサーバの概要を取得します。その後、\nそれらの環境設定を編集します。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" +"edit their configurations. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>SLPサーバの環境設定の概要</big> \n" +"インストールされたSLPサーバの概要を取得します。その後、\n" +"それらの環境設定を編集します。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "<big>Adding an SLP Server</big> \nPress Add to configure an SLP server.\n" -msgstr "<big>SLPサーバの追加</big> \n［追加］をクリックして、SLPサーバを設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding an SLP Server</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure an SLP server.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>SLPサーバの追加</big> \n" +"［追加］をクリックして、SLPサーバを設定します。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \nChoose an SLP server to change or remove.\nThen press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" -msgstr "<big>編集または削除</big> \n変更または削除するSLPサーバを選択します。\n次に、目的に応じて［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" +"Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" +"Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>編集または削除</big> \n" +"変更または削除するSLPサーバを選択します。\n" +"次に、目的に応じて［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 -msgid "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \nPress Next to continue.\n " -msgstr "<big>環境設定1</big> \n［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" +"Press Next to continue.\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定1</big> \n" +"［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" +" " #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 -msgid "<big>Selecting Something</big> \nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" -msgstr "<big>選択中</big> \n選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。 :-)\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" +"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>選択中</big> \n" +"選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。 :-)\n" +" " #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 -msgid "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \nPress Next to continue.\n \n" -msgstr "<big>環境設定2</big> \n［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" +"Press Next to continue.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定2</big> \n" +"［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" +" \n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." msgstr "slpdのログファイルを表示するには、［ログの表示］を使用します。" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 -msgid "Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\nIn it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\nsent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\nabout statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\nanswers.\n" -msgstr "ここではSLPデーモンをどのモードで実行するかを設定します。最も簡単なモードは［ブロードキャスト］です。\nこのモードでは、SLPデーモンはブロードキャストで送信されたすべての要求に応答します。次に簡単なモードは［マルチキャスト］です。このモードではデーモンは適切な範囲内の\nマルチキャストの問い合わせに応答します。［DAサーバ］モードでは、指定したIPアドレスのDAサーバに対して、\n静的および動的に登録されたサービスを通知します。最後のオプションは［DAサーバになる］です。これはサービスに応答するための\nキャッシュサーバです。\n" +msgid "" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"answers.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここではSLPデーモンをどのモードで実行するかを設定します。最も簡単なモードは［ブロードキャスト］です。\n" +"このモードでは、SLPデーモンはブロードキャストで送信されたすべての要求に応答します。次に簡単なモードは［マルチキャスト］です。このモードではデーモンは適切な範囲内の\n" +"マルチキャストの問い合わせに応答します。［DAサーバ］モードでは、指定したIPアドレスのDAサーバに対して、\n" +"静的および動的に登録されたサービスを通知します。最後のオプションは［DAサーバになる］です。これはサービスに応答するための\n" +"キャッシュサーバです。\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." msgstr "［エキスパート設定］を使用すると、/etc/slp.confで使用可能u12394 なすべてのオプションにアクセスできます。" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 -msgid "Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\nchange the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." -msgstr "SLPの静的な登録のための設定ファイルです。新しい空のファイルを作成するには、［追加］を使用します。既存のファイルの値を変更するには、\n［変更］を使用します。任意のパッケージに属さないファイルを削除するには、［削除］を使用します。" +msgid "" +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." +msgstr "" +"SLPの静的な登録のための設定ファイルです。新しい空のファイルを作成するには、［追加］を使用します。既存のファイルの値を変更するには、\n" +"［変更］を使用します。任意のパッケージに属さないファイルを削除するには、［削除］を使用します。" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" @@ -313,4 +381,3 @@ #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -142,8 +142,12 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 -msgid "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\nShowing differences is not possible." -msgstr "この '事前' スナップショットは、どの '事後' とも対になっていません。\nそのため、差分の表示を行なうことができません。" +msgid "" +"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" +"Showing differences is not possible." +msgstr "" +"この '事前' スナップショットは、どの '事後' とも対になっていません。\n" +"そのため、差分の表示を行なうことができません。" #. dialog caption #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 @@ -271,14 +275,34 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 -msgid "Do you want to delete the file\n\n%1\n\nfrom current system?" -msgstr "現在のシステムからファイル\n\n%1\n\nを削除しますか?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to delete the file\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"from current system?" +msgstr "" +"現在のシステムからファイル\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"を削除しますか?" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 -msgid "Do you want to copy the file\n\n%1\n\nfrom snapshot '%2' to current system?" -msgstr "スナップショップ「%2」から現在のシステムにファイル\n\n%1\n\nをコピーしますか?" +msgid "" +"Do you want to copy the file\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"from snapshot '%2' to current system?" +msgstr "" +"スナップショップ「%2」から現在のシステムにファイル\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"をコピーしますか?" #. popup message #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 @@ -292,28 +316,84 @@ #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 -msgid "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n\n%2\n\nFiles existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\nFiles that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" -msgstr "これらのファイルはスナップショット「%1」から復元されます:\n\n%2\n\n元のスナップショットに存在するファイルは、現在のシステムにコピーされます。\nスナップショットに存在しなかったファイルは削除されます。よろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" +"\n" +"%2\n" +"\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" +"Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" +msgstr "" +"これらのファイルはスナップショット「%1」から復元されます:\n" +"\n" +"%2\n" +"\n" +"元のスナップショットに存在するファイルは、現在のシステムにコピーされます。\n" +"スナップショットに存在しなかったファイルは削除されます。よろしいですか?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>スナップショットのリストを読み込んでいます</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>スナップショットのリストを読み込んでいます</big> \n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help: #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\nThe table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\nof snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\nused for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\nSelect a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\nnew file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" -msgstr "<big>スナップショットの設定</big>\n表には、ルートファイルシステムのスナップショットのリストが表示されています。\nスナップショットには3種類のものがあり、それぞれ［単一］、［事前］、\n［事後］と呼ばれます。単一スナップショットとは、特定の日時におけるファイルシステムの状態を保存するためのものです。一方、事前と事後はそれぞれ対になっていて、特別な操作に対する実施前後の差分を採取しておく仕組みです。事前と事後はそれぞれ表内で対になって表示されています。\n単一のスナップショット、またはスナップショットの対を選択して［変更点の表示］をクリックすると、指定したスナップショットに含まれている、ファイルシステムの変更内容を\n表示することがで� ��ます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" +"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>スナップショットの設定</big>\n" +"表には、ルートファイルシステムのスナップショットのリストが表示されています。\n" +"スナップショットには3種類のものがあり、それぞれ［単一］、［事前］、\n" +"［事後］と呼ばれます。単一スナップショットとは、特定の日時におけるファイルシステムの状態を保存するためのものです。一方、事前と事後はそれぞれ対になっていて、特別な操作に対する実施前後の差分を採取しておく仕組みです。事前と事後はそれぞれ表内で対になって表示されています。\n" +"単一のスナップショット、またはスナップショットの対を選択して［変更点の表示］をクリックすると、指定したスナップショットに含まれている、ファイルシステムの変更内容を\n" +"表示することができます。\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 -msgid "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n\nThe tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n\n\nWhen a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>スナップショットの概要</big>\n\nこのツリーには、最初(「事前」)と2番目(「事後」)のスナップショット間で変更されたすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、最初のスナップショットを作成した際の説明のほか、両方のスナップショットを採取した時刻が表示されています。\n\n\nツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルに対して行われた変更点を表示できます。デフォルトでは、選択したスナップショット間での変更が表示されますが、異なるバージョンとのファイル比較を行うこともできます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" +"\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>スナップショットの概要</big>\n" +"\n" +"このツリーには、最初(「事前」)と2番目(「事後」)のスナップショット間で変更されたすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、最初のスナップショットを作成した際の説明のほか、両方のスナップショットを採取した時刻が表示されています。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルに対して行われた変更点を表示できます。デフォルトでは、選択したスナップショット間での変更が表示されますが、異なるバージョンとのファイル比較を行うこともできます。\n" +"\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 -msgid "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n\nThe tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n\n\nWhen a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>スナップショットの概要</big>\n\nこのツリーには、選択したスナップショットと現在のシステムとの間で、違いのあるすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、スナップショットの説明と作成日時が表示されています。\n\n\nツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルと現在のシステムとの間での変更点を表示できます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" +"\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>スナップショットの概要</big>\n" +"\n" +"このツリーには、選択したスナップショットと現在のシステムとの間で、違いのあるすべてのファイルが表示されています。右側には、スナップショットの説明と作成日時が表示されています。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"ツリー内でファイルを選択すると、そのファイルと現在のシステムとの間での変更点を表示できます。\n" +"\n" #. popup error #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 @@ -343,8 +423,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n%1" -msgstr "snapperライブラリの初期化に失敗しました:\n%1" +msgid "" +"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"snapperライブラリの初期化に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 msgid "Snapshot was not found." @@ -352,13 +436,21 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n%1" -msgstr "スナップショットの削除に失敗しました:\n%1" +msgid "" +"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"スナップショットの削除に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n%1" -msgstr "スナップショットの修正に失敗しました:\n%1" +msgid "" +"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"スナップショットの修正に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." @@ -374,8 +466,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n%1" -msgstr "新しいスナップショットの作成に失敗しました:\n%1" +msgid "" +"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"新しいスナップショットの作成に失敗しました:\n" +"%1" #. Snapper read dialog caption #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 @@ -399,8 +495,14 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 -msgid "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\nconfigurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\ntool can be used to create configurations." -msgstr "Snapper環境設定が存在しません。yast2-snapperを使用するには、\n環境設定を1つ以上作成する必要があります。Snapperコマンドラインツールを使用して\n環境設定を作成できます。" +msgid "" +"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" +"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" +"tool can be used to create configurations." +msgstr "" +"Snapper環境設定が存在しません。yast2-snapperを使用するには、\n" +"環境設定を1つ以上作成する必要があります。Snapperコマンドラインツールを使用して\n" +"環境設定を作成できます。" #. label for log window #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 @@ -410,10 +512,11 @@ #. log entry (%1 is file name) #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 msgid "Deleted %1\n" -msgstr "削除: %1\n\n" +msgstr "" +"削除: %1\n" +"\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 を飛ばしました\n" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -143,13 +143,21 @@ #. label (default value of sound module parameter) #: src/clients/sound.rb:454 -msgid "\n\tDefault Value: %1" -msgstr "\n\tデフォルト値: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\tDefault Value: %1" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\tデフォルト値: %1" #. label (current value of sound module parameter) #: src/clients/sound.rb:464 -msgid "\n\tCurrent Value: %1" -msgstr "\n\t現在の値: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\tCurrent Value: %1" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\t現在の値: %1" #. Do not show any progress during Read() #: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39 @@ -231,8 +239,16 @@ #. log mixer settings #: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293 -msgid "These required packages are not available: %1\nSome sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n\nEnable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" -msgstr "これらの必要なパッケージが見つかりませんでした: %1\nサウンドデバイスが動作しないか、機能によっては動作しないものがあるかもしれません。\n\nこれらのパッケージを含む追加のソフトウェアリポジトリを有効に設定するか追加してください。\n" +msgid "" +"These required packages are not available: %1\n" +"Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n" +"\n" +"Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" +msgstr "" +"これらの必要なパッケージが見つかりませんでした: %1\n" +"サウンドデバイスが動作しないか、機能によっては動作しないものがあるかもしれません。\n" +"\n" +"これらのパッケージを含む追加のソフトウェアリポジトリを有効に設定するか追加してください。\n" #. creates summary table with card labels and thier states #. (running/not running/dissappeared) @@ -252,12 +268,22 @@ #. popup question text #: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259 -msgid "To apply changes, the sound system\nmust be restarted.\nRestart sound system now?\n" -msgstr "変更を適用するには、サウンドシステムを\n再起動しなければなりません。\nサウンドシステムを再起動しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"To apply changes, the sound system\n" +"must be restarted.\n" +"Restart sound system now?\n" +msgstr "" +"変更を適用するには、サウンドシステムを\n" +"再起動しなければなりません。\n" +"サウンドシステムを再起動しますか?\n" #: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272 -msgid "Restart of the sound system has failed.\nCheck options of the driver.\n" -msgstr "サウンドシステムの再起動に失敗しました。\nドライバのオプションをチェックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"Restart of the sound system has failed.\n" +"Check options of the driver.\n" +msgstr "" +"サウンドシステムの再起動に失敗しました。\n" +"ドライバのオプションをチェックしてください。\n" #. error popup message #: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342 @@ -508,8 +534,12 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 -msgid "With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \nPress Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." -msgstr "このダイアログで、選択されたサウンドカードのすべてのチャネルの音量を設定することができます。\n［次へ］をクリックすると、設定を保存します。［戻る］をクリックすると、元の設定が復元されます。" +msgid "" +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." +msgstr "" +"このダイアログで、選択されたサウンドカードのすべてのチャネルの音量を設定することができます。\n" +"［次へ］をクリックすると、設定を保存します。［戻る］をクリックすると、元の設定が復元されます。" #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 @@ -534,13 +564,19 @@ #. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values #: src/include/sound/options.rb:93 -msgid "The value must be one of\n%1" +msgid "" +"The value must be one of\n" +"%1" msgstr "音量は %1 のうちのいずれかでなければなりません" #. label text #: src/include/sound/options.rb:254 -msgid "Possible value:\nnot known" -msgstr "入力可能な値:\n不明" +msgid "" +"Possible value:\n" +"not known" +msgstr "" +"入力可能な値:\n" +"不明" #. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update #. combo with values @@ -561,13 +597,29 @@ #. all non-ASCII characters from value #: src/include/sound/options.rb:346 -msgid "Value of the option contains invalid\ncharacters '%1'.\n\nEnter a valid value." -msgstr "指定した値には無効な文字「%1」が\n含まれています。\n\n有効な値を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"Value of the option contains invalid\n" +"characters '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Enter a valid value." +msgstr "" +"指定した値には無効な文字「%1」が\n" +"含まれています。\n" +"\n" +"有効な値を入力してください。" #. all non-ASCII characters from name #: src/include/sound/options.rb:367 -msgid "Name of the option contains invalid\ncharacters '%1'.\n\nEnter a valid name." -msgstr "指定した名前には無効な文字「%1」が\n含まれています。\n\n有効な名前を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"Name of the option contains invalid\n" +"characters '%1'.\n" +"\n" +"Enter a valid name." +msgstr "" +"指定した名前には無効な文字「%1」が\n" +"含まれています。\n" +"\n" +"有効な名前を入力してください。" #: src/include/sound/options.rb:394 msgid "Change the Option" @@ -644,100 +696,270 @@ #. label to error popup, %1 is module name #: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844 -msgid "The kernel module %1 for sound support\ncould not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\nmodule parameters, including invalid IO or IRQ parameters." -msgstr "サウンドサポートのカーネルモジュール %1 をロード\nできませんでした。無効なIOまたはIRQなど、不正なモジュール\nパラメータが原因である可能性があります。" +msgid "" +"The kernel module %1 for sound support\n" +"could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n" +"module parameters, including invalid IO or IRQ parameters." +msgstr "" +"サウンドサポートのカーネルモジュール %1 をロード\n" +"できませんでした。無効なIOまたはIRQなど、不正なモジュール\n" +"パラメータが原因である可能性があります。" #. popup question: different module has to be choosed #: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115 -msgid "It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\nOn this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\nalthough the CS46xx chip is detected.\nAttempt to probe the configuration of CS4236 driver?\n\nWarning: The probe procedure can take some time and\ncould make your system unstable.\n" -msgstr "Thinkpad 600Eラップトップが使用されています。\nCS4236ドライバを使用する必要がありますが、\nCS46xxチップが検出されました。\nCS4236ドライバの環境設定を確認しますか?\n\n警告: この確認手順には時間がかかることがあります。\nまたシステムが不安定になる場合があります。\n" +msgid "" +"It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\n" +"On this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\n" +"although the CS46xx chip is detected.\n" +"Attempt to probe the configuration of CS4236 driver?\n" +"\n" +"Warning: The probe procedure can take some time and\n" +"could make your system unstable.\n" +msgstr "" +"Thinkpad 600Eラップトップが使用されています。\n" +"CS4236ドライバを使用する必要がありますが、\n" +"CS46xxチップが検出されました。\n" +"CS4236ドライバの環境設定を確認しますか?\n" +"\n" +"警告: この確認手順には時間がかかることがあります。\n" +"またシステムが不安定になる場合があります。\n" #. help text - setup type selection 1/3 #. help text - quick configuration 1/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53 -msgid "\nTo configure this sound card and adjust its \nvolume, check Normal setup.\n\n" -msgstr "\nこのサウンドカードを設定し、\n音量を調整するには、［標準の設定］をオンにしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To configure this sound card and adjust its \n" +"volume, check Normal setup.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このサウンドカードを設定し、\n" +"音量を調整するには、［標準の設定］をオンにしてください。\n" +"\n" #. help text - setup type selection 2/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37 -msgid "To set a special option, \ncheck Advanced setup.\nMost users will not need this.\n\n" -msgstr "特別なオプションを設定するには、\n［詳細設定］をオンにしてください。\nほとんどの場合、この設定は必要ありません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"To set a special option, \n" +"check Advanced setup.\n" +"Most users will not need this.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"特別なオプションを設定するには、\n" +"［詳細設定］をオンにしてください。\n" +"ほとんどの場合、この設定は必要ありません。\n" +"\n" #. help text - setup type selection 3/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44 -msgid "\nIf you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \ncheck Quick automatic setup. You can set the volume and \nchange options later.\n\n" -msgstr "\n音量調整をしない、またはオプションを設定しない場合は、\n［簡易設定］をオンにしてください。音量の設定と\nオプションの変更は後で行うことができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n" +"check Quick automatic setup. You can set the volume and \n" +"change options later.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"音量調整をしない、またはオプションを設定しない場合は、\n" +"［簡易設定］をオンにしてください。音量の設定と\n" +"オプションの変更は後で行うことができます。\n" +"\n" #. help text - quick configuration 2/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60 -msgid "\nIf you do not want to adjust the volume now, check Quick \nautomatic setup. You can set the volume and change options \nlater.\n\n" -msgstr "\n音量調整をしない場合は、\n［簡易設定］をオンにしてください。音量の設定と\nオプションの変更は後で行うことができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check Quick \n" +"automatic setup. You can set the volume and change options \n" +"later.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"音量調整をしない場合は、\n" +"［簡易設定］をオンにしてください。音量の設定と\n" +"オプションの変更は後で行うことができます。\n" +"\n" #. help text - quick configuration 3/3 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68 -msgid "\nTo configure a card that was not detected, \ncheck More detailed installation of sound cards.\n\n" -msgstr "\n検出されなかったサウンドカードを設定するには、\n［サウンドカードの詳細インストール］をオンにしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To configure a card that was not detected, \n" +"check More detailed installation of sound cards.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"検出されなかったサウンドカードを設定するには、\n" +"［サウンドカードの詳細インストール］をオンにしてください。\n" +"\n" #. help text - sound card selection 1/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76 -msgid "\nManually choose the sound card to \nconfigure. Search for a particular sound card by \nentering the name in the search box.\n\n" -msgstr "\n設定するサウンドカードを手動で選択してください。\n検索ボックスにサウンドカードの名前を入力して、\n特定のサウンドカードを検索します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Manually choose the sound card to \n" +"configure. Search for a particular sound card by \n" +"entering the name in the search box.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"設定するサウンドカードを手動で選択してください。\n" +"検索ボックスにサウンドカードの名前を入力して、\n" +"特定のサウンドカードを検索します。\n" +"\n" #. help text - sound card selection 2/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84 -msgid "\nSelect All to see the entire list of \nsupported sound card models.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［すべて］を選択すると、\nサポートされているサウンドカードモデルの一覧が表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select All to see the entire list of \n" +"supported sound card models.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［すべて］を選択すると、\n" +"サポートされているサウンドカードモデルの一覧が表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92 -msgid "\nSelect the type of card to configure.\n\n" -msgstr "\n設定するサウンドカードの種類を選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select the type of card to configure.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"設定するサウンドカードの種類を選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98 -msgid "\nIf the list contains autodetected cards not yet \nconfigured, select one and continue. Otherwise,\nuse manual selection.\n\n" -msgstr "\n未設定の自動検出カードがリストに表示されている場合は、\nカードを一つ選択して次に進んでください。そうでない場合は、\n手動選択を使用します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If the list contains autodetected cards not yet \n" +"configured, select one and continue. Otherwise,\n" +"use manual selection.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"未設定の自動検出カードがリストに表示されている場合は、\n" +"カードを一つ選択して次に進んでください。そうでない場合は、\n" +"手動選択を使用します。\n" +"\n" #. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated #. (popup label message) #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114 -msgid "There are programs running that are currently using \nthe audio device.\nTo reset the configuration, these \nprograms must be terminated. Proceed?\n" -msgstr "現在、オーディオデバイスを使っているプログラムを\n実行しています。\n設定をリセットするには、そのプログラムを\n終了しなければなりません。続けますか?\n" +msgid "" +"There are programs running that are currently using \n" +"the audio device.\n" +"To reset the configuration, these \n" +"programs must be terminated. Proceed?\n" +msgstr "" +"現在、オーディオデバイスを使っているプログラムを\n" +"実行しています。\n" +"設定をリセットするには、そのプログラムを\n" +"終了しなければなりません。続けますか?\n" #. help text - options dialog 1/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122 -msgid "\nHere, modify options for the sound modules. \nIf you are not absolutely sure what you are doing, \nleave this dialog untouched. \n\n" -msgstr "\nここでは、サウンドモジュールのオプションを変更できます。\n操作に自信がない場合は、\nこのダイアログを変更しないでください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n" +"If you are not absolutely sure what you are doing, \n" +"leave this dialog untouched. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ここでは、サウンドモジュールのオプションを変更できます。\n" +"操作に自信がない場合は、\n" +"このダイアログを変更しないでください。\n" +"\n" #. help text - options dialog 2/2 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130 -msgid "\nChoose the option to set then use Set \nto enable the new value. If there are known possible values for \nthe selected option, choose it under \nPossible value. Reset all values \nby pressing Reset. Numeric values can be entered as \ndecimal or hexadecimal (hexadecimal with a 0x prefix).\n\n" -msgstr "\n使用したいオプションを選んで\n［設定］を押し、新しい値を有効にします。指定したオプションの値が選択可能な場合は、\n［入力可能な値］\nのリストから選んでください。［すべてリセット］\nを押すとすべての値をリセットできます。数値は10進法か16進法で入力します\n(16進法の場合には0xを前に付ける必要があります)。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the option to set then use Set \n" +"to enable the new value. If there are known possible values for \n" +"the selected option, choose it under \n" +"Possible value. Reset all values \n" +"by pressing Reset. Numeric values can be entered as \n" +"decimal or hexadecimal (hexadecimal with a 0x prefix).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"使用したいオプションを選んで\n" +"［設定］を押し、新しい値を有効にします。指定したオプションの値が選択可能な場合は、\n" +"［入力可能な値］\n" +"のリストから選んでください。［すべてリセット］\n" +"を押すとすべての値をリセットできます。数値は10進法か16進法で入力します\n" +"(16進法の場合には0xを前に付ける必要があります)。\n" +"\n" #. help text - mixer setting 1/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142 -msgid "\nAdjust the volume.\n\n" -msgstr "\n音量を調整します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Adjust the volume.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"音量を調整します。\n" +"\n" #. help text - mixer setting 2/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144 -msgid "\nTest your sound card by pressing Test.\n\n\n" -msgstr "\n［テスト］を押して、サウンドカードをテストします。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Test your sound card by pressing Test.\n" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［テスト］を押して、サウンドカードをテストします。\n" +"\n" +"\n" #. help text - mixer setting 3/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151 -msgid "\nAfter configuration is complete, use amixer \nor any program of your choice to adjust the volume.\n\n" -msgstr "\n環境設定が終了したら、［amixer］\nまたは選択したプログラムを使って音量を調整します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"After configuration is complete, use amixer \n" +"or any program of your choice to adjust the volume.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"環境設定が終了したら、［amixer］\n" +"または選択したプログラムを使って音量を調整します。\n" +"\n" #. help text - mixer setting 4/4 #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158 -msgid "WARNING: Start testing your\nsound card with very low volume settings to prevent \ndamage.\n\n" -msgstr "警告: 機器が損傷しないように極めて低い\n音量設定でサウンドカードのテストを開始してください。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"WARNING: Start testing your\n" +"sound card with very low volume settings to prevent \n" +"damage.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: 機器が損傷しないように極めて低い\n" +"音量設定でサウンドカードのテストを開始してください。\n" +"\n" +"\n" #. warning/question message #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166 -msgid "Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \nmay fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\nsnd_vaio_hack option value to 1 or by \nconfiguring this card outside X. Proceed?\n" -msgstr "Xを使用中の場合、一部のSony VAIOノートブックでは、このサウンドカード\nが設定できない可能性があります。この問題を防ぐには、snd_vaio_hackの\nオプション値を1に設定するか、または、Xを使用せずに\nサウンドカードを設定します。続けますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \n" +"may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n" +"snd_vaio_hack option value to 1 or by \n" +"configuring this card outside X. Proceed?\n" +msgstr "" +"Xを使用中の場合、一部のSony VAIOノートブックでは、このサウンドカード\n" +"が設定できない可能性があります。この問題を防ぐには、snd_vaio_hackの\n" +"オプション値を1に設定するか、または、Xを使用せずに\n" +"サウンドカードを設定します。続けますか?\n" #. error message #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174 @@ -746,13 +968,21 @@ #. list of error #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177 -msgid "These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n%1" -msgstr "%1 の環境設定を保存中にこれらのエラーが発生しました。\n " +msgid "" +"These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"%1 の環境設定を保存中にこれらのエラーが発生しました。\n" +" " #. information message - success #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180 -msgid "The sound card was successfully configured.\nIt is now available for use.\n" -msgstr "サウンドカードは正常に設定されました。\n今すぐに使用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"The sound card was successfully configured.\n" +"It is now available for use.\n" +msgstr "" +"サウンドカードは正常に設定されました。\n" +"今すぐに使用できます。\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183 msgid "The sound configuration was saved." @@ -769,8 +999,14 @@ msgstr "音量を設定中にエラーが発生しました。\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190 -msgid "The sound volume and configuration\nfor the sound card \nwill be saved now.\n" -msgstr "サウンドカードの音量と環境設定を保存します。\n\n\n" +msgid "" +"The sound volume and configuration\n" +"for the sound card \n" +"will be saved now.\n" +msgstr "" +"サウンドカードの音量と環境設定を保存します。\n" +"\n" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195 msgid "The sound configuration will be saved now." @@ -800,12 +1036,20 @@ #. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208 -msgid "Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \nyour Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" -msgstr "Soundblaster Live!またはAWEドライバCDから\nSoundFontファイルをインストールしますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n" +"your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n" +msgstr "" +"Soundblaster Live!またはAWEドライバCDから\n" +"SoundFontファイルをインストールしますか?\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211 -msgid "Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\nin the CD-ROM drive.\n" -msgstr "Soundblaster Live!またはAWEカードのドライバCDをCD-ROMドライブに\n挿入してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n" +"in the CD-ROM drive.\n" +msgstr "" +"Soundblaster Live!またはAWEカードのドライバCDをCD-ROMドライブに\n" +"挿入してください。\n" #. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..." #. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font) @@ -823,20 +1067,48 @@ msgstr "他のCDを試しますか?" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222 -msgid "'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \nFor proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \nconfigure only the '%2'.\n" -msgstr "システムで「%1」と「%2」のサウンドカードが自動検出されました。\n正しく機能するには、「%1」サウンドカードをスキップして\n「%2」サウンドカードだけを設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n" +"For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" +"configure only the '%2'.\n" +msgstr "" +"システムで「%1」と「%2」のサウンドカードが自動検出されました。\n" +"正しく機能するには、「%1」サウンドカードをスキップして\n" +"「%2」サウンドカードだけを設定してください。\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227 -msgid "\nHardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \nselect the appropriate item in list and press \nConfigure.\n\n" -msgstr "\nハードウェア検出により、新しいサウンドカードが見つかりました。設定するには、\nリストから該当する項目を選択し、\n［設定］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Hardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \n" +"select the appropriate item in list and press \n" +"Configure.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ハードウェア検出により、新しいサウンドカードが見つかりました。設定するには、\n" +"リストから該当する項目を選択し、\n" +"［設定］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234 -msgid "\nPress Change to configure cards already installed.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［変更］をクリックすると、すでにインストールされているカードの設定を変更できます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Press Change to configure cards already installed.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［変更］をクリックすると、すでにインストールされているカードの設定を変更できます。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239 -msgid "\nTo save the current configuration, press Finish.\n\n" -msgstr "\n設定を保存するには、［完了］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To save the current configuration, press Finish.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"設定を保存するには、［完了］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. sound system dependent part: #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251 @@ -844,44 +1116,109 @@ msgstr "<big>サウンドカード<big>" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252 -msgid "Select an unconfigured card from the list and press Edit to\nconfigure it. If the card was not detected, press Add and\nconfigure the card manually.\n" -msgstr "一覧から未設定のカードを選択し、[編集]\nをクリックして設定を行います。カードが検出されなかった場合は、［追加］をクリックし、手動で設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Select an unconfigured card from the list and press Edit to\n" +"configure it. If the card was not detected, press Add and\n" +"configure the card manually.\n" +msgstr "" +"一覧から未設定のカードを選択し、[編集]\n" +"をクリックして設定を行います。カードが検出されなかった場合は、［追加］をクリックし、手動で設定してください。\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 -msgid "\nTo change the configuration of a card, select the card.\nThen press Edit.\n\n" -msgstr "\nカードの設定を変更するには、まずカードを選択します。\n次に［編集］をクリックします。\n \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n" +"Then press Edit.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"カードの設定を変更するには、まずカードを選択します。\n" +"次に［編集］をクリックします。\n" +" \n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263 -msgid "\nUse Other to set the volume of the selected card or configure\nthe module loaded for playing MIDI files (Start Sequencer).\nUse Play Test Sound to test the selected card.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［その他］を押すと、選択したカードの音量を設定したり MIDI ファイルの\n演奏のためにモジュールを読み込んだり (シーケンサの開始) することができます。\nまた、［テストサウンドの再生］で選択したカードの再生テストを行うこともできます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use Other to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n" +"the module loaded for playing MIDI files (Start Sequencer).\n" +"Use Play Test Sound to test the selected card.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［その他］を押すと、選択したカードの音量を設定したり MIDI ファイルの\n" +"演奏のためにモジュールを読み込んだり (シーケンサの開始) することができます。\n" +"また、［テストサウンドの再生］で選択したカードの再生テストを行うこともできます。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 -msgid "PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\nUse PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" -msgstr "サウンドを再生するのにPulseAudioデーモンを使用することができます。\n［PulseAudio設定］を使用して有効/無効を切り替えてください。\n" +msgid "" +"PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n" +"Use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" +msgstr "" +"サウンドを再生するのにPulseAudioデーモンを使用することができます。\n" +"［PulseAudio設定］を使用して有効/無効を切り替えてください。\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 -msgid "The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\nUse Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." -msgstr "インデックス 0 のサウンドデバイスは、システムおよびアプリケーションによって使用されるデフォルトのデバイスです。\n[その他]を使用して選択したサウンドデバイスをプライマリデバイスとして設定します。" +msgid "" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" +"Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." +msgstr "" +"インデックス 0 のサウンドデバイスは、システムおよびアプリケーションによって使用されるデフォルトのデバイスです。\n" +"[その他]を使用して選択したサウンドデバイスをプライマリデバイスとして設定します。" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 -msgid "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\nmixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\nstart the application." -msgstr "OSS(オープンサウンドシステム)を使用するアプリケーションはaossラッパーの使用によりソフトウェア\nミキサを使用できます。コマンド<tt>aoss <application></tt>\nを使用してアプリケーションを開始します。" +msgid "" +"The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" +"start the application." +msgstr "" +"OSS(オープンサウンドシステム)を使用するアプリケーションはaossラッパーの使用によりソフトウェア\n" +"ミキサを使用できます。コマンド<tt>aoss <application></tt>\n" +"を使用してアプリケーションを開始します。" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 msgid "An error has occurred. " msgstr "エラーが発生しました。 " #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287 -msgid "\nIf the the problem persists, try passing \noptions to the ALSA module. If your sound card still\nwill not work, try OSS/Free or \nanother module.\n\n" -msgstr "\nそれでも問題がある場合は、ALSAモジュールのオプションを\n設定してみてください。それでもサウンドカードが\n作動しない場合は、OSS/Freeまたは他のモジュールを使用\nしてみてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If the the problem persists, try passing \n" +"options to the ALSA module. If your sound card still\n" +"will not work, try OSS/Free or \n" +"another module.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"それでも問題がある場合は、ALSAモジュールのオプションを\n" +"設定してみてください。それでもサウンドカードが\n" +"作動しない場合は、OSS/Freeまたは他のモジュールを使用\n" +"してみてください。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300 -msgid "\nThis is the complete sound card list. Use the Finish button \nto save sound card information.\n\n" -msgstr "\nすべてのサウンドカードのリストです。［完了］ボタンをクリックして、\nサウンドカードの情報を保存してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"This is the complete sound card list. Use the Finish button \n" +"to save sound card information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"すべてのサウンドカードのリストです。［完了］ボタンをクリックして、\n" +"サウンドカードの情報を保存してください。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306 -msgid "\nUse Delete to remove a configured sound card. \nUse Add sound card to add a sound card.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［削除］をクリックして、設定されているサウンドカードを削除します。\n［追加］をクリックして、サウンドカードを追加します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use Delete to remove a configured sound card. \n" +"Use Add sound card to add a sound card.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［削除］をクリックして、設定されているサウンドカードを削除します。\n" +"［追加］をクリックして、サウンドカードを追加します。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 msgid "You can try to pass some options to the module." @@ -941,8 +1278,16 @@ #. error message #: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203 -msgid "Please try to configure this sound card manually \nusing the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \nLogic CS4236\" driver and configure \nits parameters using the 'Advanced setup'." -msgstr "\"Cirrus Logic CS4232\"または\"Cirrus Logic CS4236\"\nドライバを使ってこのサウンドカードを手動で設定し、\n［詳細設定］を使ってサウンドカードの\nパラメータを設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Please try to configure this sound card manually \n" +"using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n" +"Logic CS4236\" driver and configure \n" +"its parameters using the 'Advanced setup'." +msgstr "" +"\"Cirrus Logic CS4232\"または\"Cirrus Logic CS4236\"\n" +"ドライバを使ってこのサウンドカードを手動で設定し、\n" +"［詳細設定］を使ってサウンドカードの\n" +"パラメータを設定してください。" #. error message #: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 @@ -951,8 +1296,14 @@ #. popup message: test audio file was not found #: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118 -msgid "Cannot find file:\n%1\n(test audio file)" -msgstr "次のファイルが見つかりません。\n%1\n(テスト用オーディオファイル)" +msgid "" +"Cannot find file:\n" +"%1\n" +"(test audio file)" +msgstr "" +"次のファイルが見つかりません。\n" +"%1\n" +"(テスト用オーディオファイル)" #. popup question #: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56 @@ -970,13 +1321,33 @@ #. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name #: src/modules/Sound.rb:188 -msgid "It looks like probing the chip\n%1\nfailed last time.\n\nProbe the chip now?\n" -msgstr "前回\n%1\nチップの検出に失敗したようですが、\n\nもう一度検出を行いますか?\n" +msgid "" +"It looks like probing the chip\n" +"%1\n" +"failed last time.\n" +"\n" +"Probe the chip now?\n" +msgstr "" +"前回\n" +"%1\n" +"チップの検出に失敗したようですが、\n" +"\n" +"もう一度検出を行いますか?\n" #. label #: src/modules/Sound.rb:263 -msgid "No card was found.\nAttempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n\nWarning: The probe procedure can take some time and\ncould make your system unstable.\n" -msgstr "サウンドカードが見つかりませんでした。\n古い(ISA)サウンドチップを検出しますか?\n\n警告: この検出には長時間かかることがあります。\nまた、検出中にシステムが不安定になることがあります。\n" +msgid "" +"No card was found.\n" +"Attempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n" +"\n" +"Warning: The probe procedure can take some time and\n" +"could make your system unstable.\n" +msgstr "" +"サウンドカードが見つかりませんでした。\n" +"古い(ISA)サウンドチップを検出しますか?\n" +"\n" +"警告: この検出には長時間かかることがあります。\n" +"また、検出中にシステムが不安定になることがあります。\n" #. selection box label #: src/modules/Sound.rb:275 @@ -1028,4 +1399,3 @@ #: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100 msgid "Sound card" msgstr "サウンドカード" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -491,42 +491,80 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 -msgid "<big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>squid設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>squid設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 -msgid "<big>Saving Squid Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>Squidの設定を保存しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Squid Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Squidの設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 -msgid "<big>Squid Configuration</big> \nConfigure Squid here. \n" -msgstr "<big>Squidの設定</big> \nsquidを設定することができます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Squid Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure Squid here. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Squidの設定</big> \n" +"squidを設定することができます。 \n" #. Ovreview dialog help #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 -msgid "<big>Squid Configuration Overview</big> \nObtain an overview of installed squids and\nedit their configurations if necessary. \n" -msgstr "<big>squidの設定概要</big> \nインストール済みのsquidの概要が表示されます。ここから\n設定を編集することもできます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Squid Configuration Overview</big> \n" +"Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" +"edit their configurations if necessary. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>squidの設定概要</big> \n" +"インストール済みのsquidの概要が表示されます。ここから\n" +"設定を編集することもできます。 \n" #. Http Ports Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 -msgid "Define all ports where Squid will\nlisten for clients' http requests.\n" -msgstr "クライアントからの接続をリスンする、すべてのポート番号を\n指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Define all ports where Squid will\n" +"listen for clients' http requests.\n" +msgstr "" +"クライアントからの接続をリスンする、すべてのポート番号を\n" +"指定してください。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 -msgid "Host can contain a hostname or IP address\nor remain empty.\n" -msgstr "［ホスト］欄にはホスト名やIPアドレスを入力する\nことができるほか、入力しなくてもかまいません。\n" +msgid "" +"Host can contain a hostname or IP address\n" +"or remain empty.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ホスト］欄にはホスト名やIPアドレスを入力する\n" +"ことができるほか、入力しなくてもかまいません。\n" #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 @@ -534,20 +572,38 @@ msgstr "［更新パターン］では、squidがキャッシュ内にあるオブジェクトをどのように取り扱うかの方法を設定します。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 -msgid "The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\nThe first matching entry is used.\n" -msgstr "ここに記載されているリストの順序に従って、更新パターンを確認します。\n一番最初に適合したエントリを使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" +"The first matching entry is used.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここに記載されているリストの順序に従って、更新パターンを確認します。\n" +"一番最初に適合したエントリを使用します。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 -msgid "Min determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\nconsidered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" -msgstr "［最小］では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対して、\nそれらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきかを、分単位で指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Min determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" +"considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" +msgstr "" +"［最小］では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対して、\n" +"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきかを、分単位で指定します。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 -msgid "Percent is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\nmodification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\nconsidered fresh.\n" -msgstr "［パーセント］はオブジェクトの寿命(更新されてから\nどれだけ経過したか)に対するパーセンテージを指定します。正確な期限切れ日時の\n指定がないオブジェクトは、新しいものであると判断されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Percent is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" +"modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" +"considered fresh.\n" +msgstr "" +"［パーセント］はオブジェクトの寿命(更新されてから\n" +"どれだけ経過したか)に対するパーセンテージを指定します。正確な期限切れ日時の\n" +"指定がないオブジェクトは、新しいものであると判断されます。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 -msgid "Max is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\nexpiry time will be considered fresh.\n" -msgstr "［最大］では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対して、\nそれらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきか、上限の時間を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Max is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" +"expiry time will be considered fresh.\n" +msgstr "" +"［最大］では、明確な期限切れが設定されていないオブジェクトに対して、\n" +"それらがどれだけの期間最新のものであると判断すべきか、上限の時間を指定します。\n" #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 @@ -555,20 +611,88 @@ msgstr "キャッシュメモリ にはオブジェクトに対して使用するメモリの理想値を指定してください。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 -msgid "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\non the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" -msgstr "［最大オブジェクトサイズ］には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最大サイズを\n指定してください。これより大きなサイズのオブジェクトはディスクに保存されません。\n" +msgid "" +"Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" +"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"［最大オブジェクトサイズ］には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最大サイズを\n" +"指定してください。これより大きなサイズのオブジェクトはディスクに保存されません。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 -msgid "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \nobjects will not be saved to the disk.\n" -msgstr "［最小オブジェクトサイズ］には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最小サイズを\n指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" +"objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"［最小オブジェクトサイズ］には、ディスクに保存するオブジェクトの最小サイズを\n" +"指定してください。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 -msgid "Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\nSwap Low-Water Mark and attempts to maintain utilization near the\nSwap Low-Water Mark. As swap utilization gets close to\nSwap High-Water Mark, object eviction becomes more aggressive.\nIf utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark, less replacement\nis done each time.\n" -msgstr "入れ替え処理は、スワップ(ディスク)の使用量が［スワップ最小水準］を\n上回った際に開始し、［スワップ最小水準］に使用量が近付くよう使用量を維持します。\nスワップの使用量が［スワップ最大水準］に近付くと、\nオブジェクトの追い出しをより積極的に行うようになります。\n使用率が［スワップ最小水準］に近ければ近いほど、入れ替え処理はあまり\n行わなくなります。\n" +msgid "" +"Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" +"Swap Low-Water Mark and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" +"Swap Low-Water Mark. As swap utilization gets close to\n" +"Swap High-Water Mark, object eviction becomes more aggressive.\n" +"If utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark, less replacement\n" +"is done each time.\n" +msgstr "" +"入れ替え処理は、スワップ(ディスク)の使用量が［スワップ最小水準］を\n" +"上回った際に開始し、［スワップ最小水準］に使用量が近付くよう使用量を維持します。\n" +"スワップの使用量が［スワップ最大水準］に近付くと、\n" +"オブジェクトの追い出しをより積極的に行うようになります。\n" +"使用率が［スワップ最小水準］に近ければ近いほど、入れ替え処理はあまり\n" +"行わなくなります。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 -msgid "Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\nwhen disk space is needed.\nMemory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\nmemory when space for new objects is not available.\nPolicies could be:\n<table>\n <tr>\n <td>lru</td>\n <td>least recently used</td>\n </tr>\n <tr>\n <td>heap GDSF</td>\n <td>Greedy-Dual Size Frequency</td>\n </tr>\n <tr>\n <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n <td>Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging</td>\n <tr>\n <tr>\n <td>heap LRU</td>\n <td>lru policy implemented using a heap</td>\n </tr>\n</table>\n" -msgstr "［キャッシュ入れ替えポリシー］では、ディスク領域が必要な場合にどのオブジェクトを\n入れ替えるべきかを設定することができます。\n［メモリ入れ替えポリシー］では新しいオブジェクト用の領域が足りない場合、メモリ内で\nのオブジェクト入れ替えポリシーを設定することができます。\nそれぞれのポリシーには次のいずれかを設定します。\n<table>\n <tr>\n <td>lru</td>\n <td>最も使用されていないものを入れ替えるポリシー</td>\n </tr>\n <tr>\n <td>heap GDSF</td>\n <td>サイズと頻度の両方に貪欲なポリシー</td>\n </tr>\n <tr>\n <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n <td>動的なエージングを利用した頻度順のポリシー</td>\n <tr>\n <tr>\n <td>heap LRU</td>\n <td>ヒープを利用して実装したlruポリシー</td>\n </tr>\n</table>\n" +msgid "" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" +"when disk space is needed.\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" +"memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" +"Policies could be:\n" +"<table>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>lru</td>\n" +" <td>least recently used</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap GDSF</td>\n" +" <td>Greedy-Dual Size Frequency</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n" +" <td>Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging</td>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap LRU</td>\n" +" <td>lru policy implemented using a heap</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +"</table>\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"［キャッシュ入れ替えポリシー］では、ディスク領域が必要な場合にどのオブジェクトを\n" +"入れ替えるべきかを設定することができます。\n" +"［メモリ入れ替えポリシー］では新しいオブジェクト用の領域が足りない場合、メモリ内で\n" +"のオブジェクト入れ替えポリシーを設定することができます。\n" +"それぞれのポリシーには次のいずれかを設定します。\n" +"<table>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>lru</td>\n" +" <td>最も使用されていないものを入れ替えるポリシー</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap GDSF</td>\n" +" <td>サイズと頻度の両方に貪欲なポリシー</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap LFUDA</td>\n" +" <td>動的なエージングを利用した頻度順のポリシー</td>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <tr>\n" +" <td>heap LRU</td>\n" +" <td>ヒープを利用して実装したlruポリシー</td>\n" +" </tr>\n" +"</table>\n" +"" #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 @@ -580,12 +704,20 @@ msgstr "サイズ にはこのディレクトリ以下で使用するディスク容量を MB 単位で指定してください。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 -msgid "Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \nwhich will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" -msgstr "［レベル1ディレクトリ］には、［ディレクトリ名］で指定したディレクトリの\nすぐ下に作成するサブディレクトリの数を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" +"which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"［レベル1ディレクトリ］には、［ディレクトリ名］で指定したディレクトリの\n" +"すぐ下に作成するサブディレクトリの数を指定します。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 -msgid "Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\nwhich will be created under each first-level directory.\n" -msgstr "［レベル2ディレクトリ］には、それぞれのレベル1ディレクトリ以下に\n作成するサブディレクトリの数を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" +"which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"［レベル2ディレクトリ］には、それぞれのレベル1ディレクトリ以下に\n" +"作成するサブディレクトリの数を指定します。\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 @@ -593,16 +725,30 @@ msgstr "squidサーバへのアクセスは［ACLグループ］で設定することができます。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 -msgid "ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\non the particular type.\n" -msgstr "［ACLグループ］にはさまざまな種類があるほか、それぞれの種類に対応したACL\nグループの説明もあります。\n" +msgid "" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" +"on the particular type.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ACLグループ］にはさまざまな種類があるほか、それぞれの種類に対応したACL\n" +"グループの説明もあります。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 -msgid "In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\nIf there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\nor denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" -msgstr "［アクセス制御］テーブル内では、ACLグループに対して許可や拒否を設定することができます。\n1行に複数のACLグループが存在する場合は、それらすべてのACLグループからのアクセスを\n一括で許可/拒否することを示しています。\n" +msgid "" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" +"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" +msgstr "" +"［アクセス制御］テーブル内では、ACLグループに対して許可や拒否を設定することができます。\n" +"1行に複数のACLグループが存在する場合は、それらすべてのACLグループからのアクセスを\n" +"一括で許可/拒否することを示しています。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 -msgid "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\nThe first matching entry is used.\n" -msgstr "ここに記載されているリストの順序に従って［アクセス制御］を確認します。\n一番最初に適合したエントリを使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" +"The first matching entry is used.\n" +msgstr "" +"ここに記載されているリストの順序に従って［アクセス制御］を確認します。\n" +"一番最初に適合したエントリを使用します。\n" #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 @@ -610,29 +756,55 @@ msgstr "［アクセスログ］では、クライアントのアクティビティを記録するファイルを指定します。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 -msgid "Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\ncache's behavior is logged.\n" -msgstr "［キャッシュログ］では、システムでの一般的なキャッシュ動作を記録する\nファイルを指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" +"cache's behavior is logged.\n" +msgstr "" +"［キャッシュログ］では、システムでの一般的なキャッシュ動作を記録する\n" +"ファイルを指定します。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 -msgid "Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\nobjects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\ngets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" -msgstr "［キャッシュ保存ログ］では、オブジェクトストアに保存したオブジェクトの処理記録を\nそのオブジェクトの削除時刻と共に記録する場所を指定してください。\nこの項目は指定しなくてもかまいません。\n" +msgid "" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" +"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" +msgstr "" +"［キャッシュ保存ログ］では、オブジェクトストアに保存したオブジェクトの処理記録を\n" +"そのオブジェクトの削除時刻と共に記録する場所を指定してください。\n" +"この項目は指定しなくてもかまいません。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 -msgid "With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\nAccess Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" -msgstr "［httpdログを疑似する］を選択すると、squidがHTTPDの一般的なログ書式で\n［アクセスログ］を保存するようになります。\n" +msgid "" +"With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\n" +"Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" +msgstr "" +"［httpdログを疑似する］を選択すると、squidがHTTPDの一般的なログ書式で\n" +"［アクセスログ］を保存するようになります。\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 -msgid "Connection Timeout is an option to force Squid to close\nconnections after a specified time." -msgstr "接続タイムアウト では、指定した時間を過ぎた接続について\n強制的な切断を行う期限を指定してください。" +msgid "" +"Connection Timeout is an option to force Squid to close\n" +"connections after a specified time." +msgstr "" +"接続タイムアウト では、指定した時間を過ぎた接続について\n" +"強制的な切断を行う期限を指定してください。" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 -msgid "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." -msgstr "クライアント生存時間 では、クライアント (ブラウザ) がキャッシュプロセスに対して\n接続を維持することができる最大の時間を設定してください。" +msgid "" +"Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" +"(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." +msgstr "" +"クライアント生存時間 では、クライアント (ブラウザ) がキャッシュプロセスに対して\n" +"接続を維持することができる最大の時間を設定してください。" #. Miscellaneous Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 -msgid "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\nerror pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" -msgstr "［管理者の電子メールアドレス］には、クライアント側でエラーページが表示された際に\n付記するアドレスを指定します。デフォルトwebmasterです。\n" +msgid "" +"Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" +"error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" +msgstr "" +"［管理者の電子メールアドレス］には、クライアント側でエラーページが表示された際に\n" +"付記するアドレスを指定します。デフォルトwebmasterです。\n" #. table cell #: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -728,8 +900,12 @@ #. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** #. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 -msgid "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\nmust be higher than Max Object Size.\n" -msgstr "キャッシュメモリとキャッシュディレクトリのサイズ\nの合計値は、最大オブジェクトサイズより大きく設定する必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" +"must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" +msgstr "" +"キャッシュメモリとキャッシュディレクトリのサイズ\n" +"の合計値は、最大オブジェクトサイズより大きく設定する必要があります。\n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." @@ -751,17 +927,29 @@ msgstr "ACLグループ「%1」は種類「%2」である必要があります。\n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 -msgid "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\ndelete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" -msgstr "このACLグループの種類を変更するには、この名前を持つ\n他のACLグループを削除してから行ってください。\n" +msgid "" +"If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" +"delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" +msgstr "" +"このACLグループの種類を変更するには、この名前を持つ\n" +"他のACLグループを削除してから行ってください。\n" #. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 -msgid "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \nit is used in the Access Control table.\n" -msgstr "ACLグループの名前を変更することができません。\nアクセス制御テーブル内ですでに使用されています。\n" +msgid "" +"You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" +"it is used in the Access Control table.\n" +msgstr "" +"ACLグループの名前を変更することができません。\n" +"アクセス制御テーブル内ですでに使用されています。\n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 -msgid "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\ndelete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." -msgstr "ACLグループの名前を変更するには、アクセス制御テーブルにある\nこれらのACLグループを削除してから行ってください。" +msgid "" +"If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" +"delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." +msgstr "" +"ACLグループの名前を変更するには、アクセス制御テーブルにある\n" +"これらのACLグループを削除してから行ってください。" #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 @@ -783,8 +971,12 @@ #. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 -msgid "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \nit is used in the Access Control table.\n" -msgstr "ACLグループを削除することができません。\nアクセス制御テーブル内ですでに使用されています。\n" +msgid "" +"You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" +"it is used in the Access Control table.\n" +msgstr "" +"ACLグループを削除することができません。\n" +"アクセス制御テーブル内ですでに使用されています。\n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" @@ -1216,8 +1408,12 @@ msgstr "既知の要求ヘッダに対して、正規表現を利用した比較を行います。" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 -msgid "Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\nbe used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" -msgstr "squidで受信した応答ヘッダ内のMIMEタイプに対して、正規表現で比較を行います。\nファイルのダウンロードを検出したり、HTTPによるトンネリング要求を検出したりすることができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" +"be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" +msgstr "" +"squidで受信した応答ヘッダ内のMIMEタイプに対して、正規表現で比較を行います。\n" +"ファイルのダウンロードを検出したり、HTTPによるトンネリング要求を検出したりすることができます。\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." @@ -1411,4 +1607,3 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体字中国語" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sshd.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sshd.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sshd.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -258,26 +258,41 @@ #. Read dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 -msgid "<big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... " -msgstr "<big>sshdの環境設定を初期化しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<big>sshdの環境設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... " #. Write dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 -msgid "<big>Saving sshd Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... " -msgstr "<big>sshdの環境設定を保存しています</big> \nしばらくお待ちください... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving sshd Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... " +msgstr "" +"<big>sshdの環境設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... " #. Server Configuration dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:26 -msgid "<big>Server Configuration</big> \nConfigure SSHD here. " -msgstr "<big>サーバ設定</big> \nSSHD を行うことができます。 " +msgid "" +"<big>Server Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure SSHD here. " +msgstr "" +"<big>サーバ設定</big> \n" +"SSHD を行うことができます。 " #. Login Settings dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 -msgid "<big>Login Settings</big> \nConfigure SSHD login settings here. " -msgstr "<big>ログイン設定</big> \nSSHD のログイン設定を行うことができます。 " +msgid "" +"<big>Login Settings</big> \n" +"Configure SSHD login settings here. " +msgstr "" +"<big>ログイン設定</big> \n" +"SSHD のログイン設定を行うことができます。 " #. Command line help text for the Xsshd module #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/sshd.ycp:32 msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgstr "sshd の設定" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -16,8 +16,24 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/disk.rb:50 -msgid "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n\nNever partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\n(mounted, swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\ndoing. Otherwise, the partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\nkernel, which will most likely lead to data loss.\n\nTo continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" -msgstr "このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が必要です。\n\n何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワップとして\n使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでください。\nもしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、パーティションテーブルがカーネル側で\n検知されず、ほとんどの場合データ破壊を引き起こします。\n\nこの警告を理解した上で続行するには、［はい］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" +"\n" +"Never partition disks that may, in any way, be in use\n" +"(mounted, swap, etc.) unless you know exactly what you are\n" +"doing. Otherwise, the partitioning table will not be forwarded to the\n" +"kernel, which will most likely lead to data loss.\n" +"\n" +"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" +msgstr "" +"このプログラムを利用するにはハードディスクのパーティション操作に関する知識が必要です。\n" +"\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がない限りは、どのような形であれ、マウントしていたりスワップとして\n" +"使用していたりする可能性のあるディスクに対して、パーティション操作を行なわないでください。\n" +"もしも使用中のディスクに対してパーティション操作を行なうと、パーティションテーブルがカーネル側で\n" +"検知されず、ほとんどの場合データ破壊を引き起こします。\n" +"\n" +"この警告を理解した上で続行するには、［はい］を押してください。\n" #. dialog heading #. dialog caption @@ -71,9 +87,14 @@ msgstr "パーティション設定の作成(&C)..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 -msgid "No automatic proposal possible.\nSpecify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." -msgstr "自動的な提案は使用できません。\nパーティショナのダイアログで、マウントポイントを手動で指定してください。" +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +msgid "" +"No automatic proposal possible.\n" +"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." +msgstr "" +"自動的な提案は使用できません。\n" +"パーティショナのダイアログで、マウントポイントを手動で指定してください。" #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -86,19 +107,48 @@ #. help on suggested partitioning #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 -msgid "\nYour hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\ndisplayed is proposed for your hard drive." -msgstr "\nハードディスクはチェック済みです。表示されるパーティション設定は、\nハードディスクドライブの推奨設定です。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" +"displayed is proposed for your hard drive." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ハードディスクはチェック済みです。表示されるパーティション設定は、\n" +"ハードディスクドライブの推奨設定です。" #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 -msgid "\nTo make only small adjustments to the proposed\nsetup (like changing filesystem types), choose\n%1 and modify the settings in the expert\npartitioner dialog.\n" -msgstr "\nファイルシステム種類の変更など、推奨設定をベースにして少しだけ調整したい\n場合は［%1］を選び、熟練者向けパーティション設定の\nダイアログ内で変更を行なってください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" +"setup (like changing filesystem types), choose\n" +"%1 and modify the settings in the expert\n" +"partitioner dialog.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ファイルシステム種類の変更など、推奨設定をベースにして少しだけ調整したい\n" +"場合は［%1］を選び、熟練者向けパーティション設定の\n" +"ダイアログ内で変更を行なってください。\n" #. help text continued #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 -msgid "\nIf the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\nyour own partition setup starting with the partitions \ncurrently present on the disks. Select\n%1.\nThis is also the option to choose for\nadvanced configurations like RAID and encryption.\n" -msgstr "\n推奨設定が要件に合わない場合は、現在の\nディスクの状態から独自にパーティション設定を行なってください。\nこのような方法をとる場合、\n［%1］を選択してください。\nこの選択は RAID や暗号化など、高度なオプション\n機能を選択する場合にも使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" +"your own partition setup starting with the partitions \n" +"currently present on the disks. Select\n" +"%1.\n" +"This is also the option to choose for\n" +"advanced configurations like RAID and encryption.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"推奨設定が要件に合わない場合は、現在の\n" +"ディスクの状態から独自にパーティション設定を行なってください。\n" +"このような方法をとる場合、\n" +"［%1］を選択してください。\n" +"この選択は RAID や暗号化など、高度なオプション\n" +"機能を選択する場合にも使用します。\n" #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp @@ -121,8 +171,12 @@ msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません。続行できません。" #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 -msgid "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \ndone so far. Continue with computing proposal?" -msgstr "提案を作成すると、今までに設定した手動の設定が失われます。\n提案の作成を続けてよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" +"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" +msgstr "" +"提案を作成すると、今までに設定した手動の設定が失われます。\n" +"提案の作成を続けてよろしいですか？" #. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow #: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 @@ -140,20 +194,36 @@ #. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. #. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 -msgid "Windows\nUsed\n%1 " -msgstr "Windowsの\n使用領域\n%1 " +msgid "" +"Windows\n" +"Used\n" +"%1 " +msgstr "" +"Windowsの\n" +"使用領域\n" +"%1 " #. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. #. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 -msgid "Windows\nFree\n%1 " -msgstr "Windowsの\n空き領域\n%1 " +msgid "" +"Windows\n" +"Free\n" +"%1 " +msgstr "" +"Windowsの\n" +"空き領域\n" +"%1 " #. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. #. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 -msgid "Linux\n%1 " -msgstr "Linux\n%1 " +msgid "" +"Linux\n" +"%1 " +msgstr "" +"Linux\n" +"%1 " #. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). #. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). @@ -174,20 +244,48 @@ #. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) #. and non-graphical mode (text only). #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 -msgid "\nChoose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" -msgstr "\nWindowsパーティションの新規サイズを指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Windowsパーティションの新規サイズを指定してください。\n" +"" #. help text (common to both modes), continued #. help text (common to both modes), continued #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 -msgid "\n\nThe actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\nsettings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\npartition will remain untouched.\n\n" -msgstr "\n\n実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってから\nになります。それまでの間であれば、お使いの Windows パーティションには\n何も書き込みません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The actual resizing will not be performed until after you confirm all your\n" +"settings in the last installation dialog. Until then your Windows\n" +"partition will remain untouched.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"実際のサイズ変更は、最後のダイアログでインストール作業全体の確認を行なってから\n" +"になります。それまでの間であれば、お使いの Windows パーティションには\n" +"何も書き込みません。\n" +"\n" #. help text (common to both modes), continued #. help text (common to both modes), continued #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 -msgid "\n\nTo skip resizing your Windows partition, press\nBack.\n\n" -msgstr "\n\nWindowsパーティションのリサイズをスキップする場合は、\n［戻る］をクリックしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n" +"Back.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Windowsパーティションのリサイズをスキップする場合は、\n" +"［戻る］をクリックしてください。\n" +"\n" #. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size #. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size @@ -206,20 +304,52 @@ #. help text, continued - graphical mode only #. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 -msgid "\n\nThe upper bar graph displays the current situation.\nThe lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\nthe partition resize).\n\n" -msgstr "\n\n上部の棒グラフは、現在の状況を示します。\n下部の棒グラフは、インストールが完了した後、\nつまりパーティションのリサイズが完了した後の状況を示します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The upper bar graph displays the current situation.\n" +"The lower bar graph displays the situation after the installation (after\n" +"the partition resize).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"上部の棒グラフは、現在の状況を示します。\n" +"下部の棒グラフは、インストールが完了した後、\n" +"つまりパーティションのリサイズが完了した後の状況を示します。\n" +"\n" #. help text (graphical mode), continued #. help text (graphical mode), continued #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 -msgid "\n\nDrag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\ninput field to adjust the suggested values.\n\n" -msgstr "\n\n提案された値を調整するにはスライダを動かして設定するか、もしくは\nいずれかの入力項目に値を入力します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Drag the slider or enter a numeric value in either\n" +"input field to adjust the suggested values.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"提案された値を調整するにはスライダを動かして設定するか、もしくは\n" +"いずれかの入力項目に値を入力します。\n" +"\n" #. help text (graphical mode), continued #. help text (graphical mode), continued #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 -msgid "\n\nWithin the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\ncreated as necessary.\n" -msgstr "\n\nLinux用に確保した領域内で、必要に応じてパーティションが自動的に\n作成されます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Within the space you reserve for Linux, partitions will automatically be\n" +"created as necessary.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Linux用に確保した領域内で、必要に応じてパーティションが自動的に\n" +"作成されます。\n" +"" #. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode #. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode @@ -244,20 +374,47 @@ #. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only #. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 -msgid "\nEnter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\nThe partitions will automatically be created within this range\nas required for &product;.\n\n" -msgstr "\nインストールする「Linux」システムのサイズを指定します。\n&product;の必要に応じて、指定された範囲内でパーティションが\n自動的に作成されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" +"The partitions will automatically be created within this range\n" +"as required for &product;.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"インストールする「Linux」システムのサイズを指定します。\n" +"&product;の必要に応じて、指定された範囲内でパーティションが\n" +"自動的に作成されます。\n" +"\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 -msgid "\n\nWindows Used is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\n\n" -msgstr "\n\n［Windows の使用領域］は Windows パーティションの使用領域のサイズです。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Windows Used is the size of the space your Windows partition uses.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"［Windows の使用領域］は Windows パーティションの使用領域のサイズです。\n" +"\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 -msgid "\nFree indicates the current free space (before the Linux\ninstallation) on the partition.\n" -msgstr "\n［空き領域］は、パーティションの現在の空き領域(Linuxをインストールする前)が\n表示されています。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" +"installation) on the partition.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［空き領域］は、パーティションの現在の空き領域(Linuxをインストールする前)が\n" +"表示されています。\n" +"\n" +"" #: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" @@ -266,19 +423,71 @@ #. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount #. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. #: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 -msgid "An error has occurred.\n\nThe space available on the Windows partition is not sufficient for\nthe minimum Linux installation.\n\nTo install Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \napplications or delete data to free space.\n\nYou need at least %1 MB of free space on the\nWindows device, including Windows workspace and\nspace for %2.\n" -msgstr "エラーが発生しました。\n\nWindows パーティションには最小限の Linux インストールを行なう\nための空き容量さえも残っていません。\n\nLinux をインストールするには、まず Windows を起動して不要な\nアプリケーションやデータを削除してください。\n\nWindows の作業領域と %2 のための領域を含め、\nWindows パーティションには少なくとも %1 MB の空き容量が\n必要です。\n" +msgid "" +"An error has occurred.\n" +"\n" +"The space available on the Windows partition is not sufficient for\n" +"the minimum Linux installation.\n" +"\n" +"To install Linux, boot Windows first and uninstall some \n" +"applications or delete data to free space.\n" +"\n" +"You need at least %1 MB of free space on the\n" +"Windows device, including Windows workspace and\n" +"space for %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"エラーが発生しました。\n" +"\n" +"Windows パーティションには最小限の Linux インストールを行なう\n" +"ための空き容量さえも残っていません。\n" +"\n" +"Linux をインストールするには、まず Windows を起動して不要な\n" +"アプリケーションやデータを削除してください。\n" +"\n" +"Windows の作業領域と %2 のための領域を含め、\n" +"Windows パーティションには少なくとも %1 MB の空き容量が\n" +"必要です。\n" #. not yet checked #. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. #: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 -msgid "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\nfor consistency.\n\nDepending on the size of your Windows partition\nand the amount of space used, this may take a while.\n\n" -msgstr "Windowsパーティションのファイルシステムを、\n整合性についてチェックしています。\n \nWindowsパーティションのサイズ\nおよび使用されるスペースの大きさによって、しばらく時間がかかります。\n \n" +msgid "" +"Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" +"for consistency.\n" +"\n" +"Depending on the size of your Windows partition\n" +"and the amount of space used, this may take a while.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Windowsパーティションのファイルシステムを、\n" +"整合性についてチェックしています。\n" +" \n" +"Windowsパーティションのサイズ\n" +"および使用されるスペースの大きさによって、しばらく時間がかかります。\n" +" \n" #. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. #: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 -msgid "An error has occurred.\n\nYour Windows partition has errors in the file system.\n\nBoot Windows and clear those errors by running\nscandisk and defrag.\n\nIf the problem occurs again next time, resize your\nWindows partition by other means.\n" -msgstr "エラーが発生しました。\n\nご使用のWindowsパーティションのファイルシステムでエラーが発生しました。\n\nWindowsを起動し、「スキャンディスク」と「デフラグ」を実行して、\nこれらのエラーを解決してください。\n\n同じ問題が再度発生する場合は、別の方法を使用して\nWindowsパーティションをリサイズしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"An error has occurred.\n" +"\n" +"Your Windows partition has errors in the file system.\n" +"\n" +"Boot Windows and clear those errors by running\n" +"scandisk and defrag.\n" +"\n" +"If the problem occurs again next time, resize your\n" +"Windows partition by other means.\n" +msgstr "" +"エラーが発生しました。\n" +"\n" +"ご使用のWindowsパーティションのファイルシステムでエラーが発生しました。\n" +"\n" +"Windowsを起動し、「スキャンディスク」と「デフラグ」を実行して、\n" +"これらのエラーを解決してください。\n" +"\n" +"同じ問題が再度発生する場合は、別の方法を使用して\n" +"Windowsパーティションをリサイズしてください。\n" #. now let the automatic partitioner do its work #: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 @@ -288,8 +497,25 @@ #. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should #. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. #: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 -msgid "An internal error has occurred.\n\n\t You cannot shrink your Windows partition during\n\t installation. Your hard disk has not been altered.\n\n\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\n\t Windows partition by other means.\n\t " -msgstr "内部エラーが発生しました。\n\n\t Windowsパーティションをインストール中に\n\t 縮小できません。ハードディスクは変更されていません。\n\n\t インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n\n\t Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n\t " +msgid "" +"An internal error has occurred.\n" +"\n" +"\t You cannot shrink your Windows partition during\n" +"\t installation. Your hard disk has not been altered.\n" +"\n" +"\t Abort the installation now and shrink your\n" +"\t Windows partition by other means.\n" +"\t " +msgstr "" +"内部エラーが発生しました。\n" +"\n" +"\t Windowsパーティションをインストール中に\n" +"\t 縮小できません。ハードディスクは変更されていません。\n" +"\n" +"\t インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" +"\n" +"\t Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" +"\t " #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 @@ -300,22 +526,74 @@ #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently #. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 -msgid "An error has occurred.\n\nThe Windows version on your system is \nnot compatible with the resizing tool.\nShrinking your Windows partition is not possible.\n\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" -msgstr "エラーが発生しました。\n\nシステム上のWindowsのバージョンは、リサイズ用ツールと互換性がありません。\nWindowsパーティションを縮小することができません。\n\n別のディスクを選択するか、インストールを中止し、別の方法で\nWindowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" +msgid "" +"An error has occurred.\n" +"\n" +"The Windows version on your system is \n" +"not compatible with the resizing tool.\n" +"Shrinking your Windows partition is not possible.\n" +"\n" +"Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" +"shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" +msgstr "" +"エラーが発生しました。\n" +"\n" +"システム上のWindowsのバージョンは、リサイズ用ツールと互換性がありません。\n" +"Windowsパーティションを縮小することができません。\n" +"\n" +"別のディスクを選択するか、インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" +"Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" #. local error #. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user #. he can go back in the installation or abort it. #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 -msgid "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n\nIt is therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\n\nChoose a different disk or abort the installation and\nshrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" -msgstr "システム上のWindowsのバージョンを判断できませんでした。\n\nそのため、Windowsパーティションを縮小することができません。\n\n別のディスクを選択するか、インストールを中止し、別の方法で\nWindowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" +"\n" +"It is therefore not possible to shrink your Windows partition.\n" +"\n" +"Choose a different disk or abort the installation and\n" +"shrink your Windows partition by other means.\n" +msgstr "" +"システム上のWindowsのバージョンを判断できませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"そのため、Windowsパーティションを縮小することができません。\n" +"\n" +"別のディスクを選択するか、インストールを中止し、別の方法で\n" +"Windowsパーティションを縮小してください。\n" #. OK --> No NT or 2000 #. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. #. Ask him if he really wants to do it #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 -msgid "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\nIn the next dialog, specify the amount of\nWindows space that should be freed for %1.\n\nA data backup is strongly recommended\nbecause data must be reorganized. \nUnder rare circumstances, this could fail.\n\nOnly continue if you have successfully run\nthe Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\n\nReally shrink your Windows partition?\n" -msgstr "Windowsパーティションを縮小することを選択しました。\n次のダイアログボックスでは、%1 用に解放するWindowsの\n\n領域のサイズを指定します。\n\nデータを再編成する必要があるため、データをバックアップすることを\n強くお勧めします。 \nまれにこの処理に失敗することがあります。\n\nWindowsシステムアプリケーションの「スキャンディスク」と「デフラグ」を\n正常に実行できた場合だけ続行してください。\n\nWindowsパーティションを縮小しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" +"In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" +"Windows space that should be freed for %1.\n" +"\n" +"A data backup is strongly recommended\n" +"because data must be reorganized. \n" +"Under rare circumstances, this could fail.\n" +"\n" +"Only continue if you have successfully run\n" +"the Windows system applications scandisk and defrag.\n" +"\n" +"Really shrink your Windows partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"Windowsパーティションを縮小することを選択しました。\n" +"次のダイアログボックスでは、%1 用に解放するWindowsの\n" +"\n" +"領域のサイズを指定します。\n" +"\n" +"データを再編成する必要があるため、データをバックアップすることを\n" +"強くお勧めします。 \n" +"まれにこの処理に失敗することがあります。\n" +"\n" +"Windowsシステムアプリケーションの「スキャンディスク」と「デフラグ」を\n" +"正常に実行できた場合だけ続行してください。\n" +"\n" +"Windowsパーティションを縮小しますか?\n" #. button text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 @@ -325,8 +603,18 @@ #. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. #. Ask him if he really wants to do it #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 -msgid "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n\nAll data on this partition will be lost in the process.\n\nReally delete your Windows partition?\n" -msgstr "Windowsパーティションを完全に削除することを選択しました。\n\n処理中に、このパーティションのデータはすべて削除されます。\n\nWindowsパーティションを削除しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" +"\n" +"All data on this partition will be lost in the process.\n" +"\n" +"Really delete your Windows partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"Windowsパーティションを完全に削除することを選択しました。\n" +"\n" +"処理中に、このパーティションのデータはすべて削除されます。\n" +"\n" +"Windowsパーティションを削除しますか?\n" #. button text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 @@ -335,8 +623,16 @@ #. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 -msgid "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \nthe disk is too small. \nTo install Linux, select more partitions to \nremove or select a larger disk." -msgstr "削除のマークが付けられたパーティションが\n少なすぎるか、\nディスクが小さすぎます。Linuxをインストールするには、削除するパーティションの数を増やすか、\nより大きなディスクを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" +"the disk is too small. \n" +"To install Linux, select more partitions to \n" +"remove or select a larger disk." +msgstr "" +"削除のマークが付けられたパーティションが\n" +"少なすぎるか、\n" +"ディスクが小さすぎます。Linuxをインストールするには、削除するパーティションの数を増やすか、\n" +"より大きなディスクを選択してください。" #. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection #. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) @@ -370,18 +666,44 @@ #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 3 #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 -msgid "\nAll hard disks automatically detected on your system\nare shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n\n" -msgstr "\nシステム上で自動的に検出されたすべてのハードディスクが、ここに\n表示されます。&product;をインストールするハードディスクを選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" +"are shown here. Select the hard disk on which to install &product;.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"システム上で自動的に検出されたすべてのハードディスクが、ここに\n" +"表示されます。&product;をインストールするハードディスクを選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. help part 2 of 3 #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 -msgid "\nYou may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n\n" -msgstr "\n&product;に使用するディスクの部分については、後で選択することもできます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"&product;に使用するディスクの部分については、後で選択することもできます。\n" +"\n" #. help part 3 of 3 #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 -msgid "\n\nThe Custom Partitioning option for experts allows full\ncontrol over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\npartitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n\n" -msgstr "\n\n［カスタムパーティション］は、エキスパート用のオプションで、\n&product;をインストールしている間のハードディスクのパーティション分割、\nおよびマウントポイントの割り当てを完全に制御できるようにします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"The Custom Partitioning option for experts allows full\n" +"control over partitioning the hard disks and assigning\n" +"partitions to mount points when installing &product;.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"［カスタムパーティション］は、エキスパート用のオプションで、\n" +"&product;をインストールしている間のハードディスクのパーティション分割、\n" +"およびマウントポイントの割り当てを完全に制御できるようにします。\n" +"\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning #. Information what to do, background information @@ -458,8 +780,12 @@ #. #. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 -msgid "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\nensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." -msgstr "/homeパーティションはフォーマットされません。インストール後、\nホームディレクトリの所有権が正しく設定されているかどうか、ご確認ください。" +msgid "" +"The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" +"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." +msgstr "" +"/homeパーティションはフォーマットされません。インストール後、\n" +"ホームディレクトリの所有権が正しく設定されているかどうか、ご確認ください。" #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -480,8 +806,12 @@ #. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and #. then the message is passed through this interface transparently #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 -msgid "The current selection is invalid:\n%1" -msgstr "現在の選択は無効です: \n%1" +msgid "" +"The current selection is invalid:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"現在の選択は無効です: \n" +"%1" #. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned #. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" @@ -492,8 +822,12 @@ #. and the "Use entire hard disk" button #. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 -msgid "Disk Areas to Use\nto Install %1\n" -msgstr "%1 のインストールに使用する\nディスク領域\n" +msgid "" +"Disk Areas to Use\n" +"to Install %1\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 のインストールに使用する\n" +"ディスク領域\n" #. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on #. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on @@ -505,13 +839,21 @@ #. There were no prior partitions on this disk. #. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 -msgid "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\nThe entire disk will be used for %1." -msgstr "このディスク上には、まだパーティションはありません。\nディスク全体が %1 に使用されます。" +msgid "" +"There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" +"The entire disk will be used for %1." +msgstr "" +"このディスク上には、まだパーティションはありません。\n" +"ディスク全体が %1 に使用されます。" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 -msgid "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\nThere is not enough space to install Linux." -msgstr "このディスクは、Windowsによって使用されているようです。\nLinuxをインストールするための十分な領域がありません。" +msgid "" +"This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" +"There is not enough space to install Linux." +msgstr "" +"このディスクは、Windowsによって使用されているようです。\n" +"Linuxをインストールするための十分な領域がありません。" #. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 @@ -525,23 +867,54 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 -msgid "\nSelect where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n\n" -msgstr "\nハードディスク上で&product;のインストール先を選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ハードディスク上で&product;のインストール先を選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 -msgid "\nUse either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\npartitions or free regions shown.\n\n" -msgstr "\nハードディスク全体、もしくは表示された 1 つ以上のパーティションか\n未使用領域を使うことができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" +"partitions or free regions shown.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ハードディスク全体、もしくは表示された 1 つ以上のパーティションか\n" +"未使用領域を使うことができます。\n" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 -msgid "\nNotice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\nmight loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\nother operating systems.\n" -msgstr "\n注意: 「空き領域」と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、ハードディスク上のデータが\n失われる可能性があります。これは他のオペレーティングシステムにも影響を与える可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" +"might loose existing data on your hard disk. This could also affect\n" +"other operating systems.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"注意: 「空き領域」と表示されていない区域を選択した場合、ハードディスク上のデータが\n" +"失われる可能性があります。これは他のオペレーティングシステムにも影響を与える可能性があります。\n" +"" #. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 -msgid "\nThe marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\nlost. There will be no way to recover this data.\n\n" -msgstr "\nマークを付けた区域が削除されます。その区域にあるデータは\nすべて失われます。ここで削除したデータを回復する方法はありません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" +"lost. There will be no way to recover this data.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"マークを付けた区域が削除されます。その区域にあるデータは\n" +"すべて失われます。ここで削除したデータを回復する方法はありません。\n" +"\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -553,13 +926,35 @@ #. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning #. part 1 of 2 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 -msgid "\nThe selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\nspace for &product;. You can either delete Windows completely or\nshrink it to get enough free space.\n" -msgstr "\n選択したハードディスクは、Windowsが使用中である可能性があります。&product;用の領域が\n十分にありません。十分な空き領域を確保するために、Windowsを完全に削除したり\nWindowsパーティションを縮小できます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" +"space for &product;. You can either delete Windows completely or\n" +"shrink it to get enough free space.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択したハードディスクは、Windowsが使用中である可能性があります。&product;用の領域が\n" +"十分にありません。十分な空き領域を確保するために、Windowsを完全に削除したり\n" +"Windowsパーティションを縮小できます。\n" +"" #. helptext, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 -msgid "\nIf you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\nlost in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we strongly\nrecommend a data backup, because the data must be reorganized.\nThis may fail under rare circumstances.\n\n" -msgstr "\nWindowsを削除すると、パーティション上にあるすべてのデータは完全に失われ、復旧することができなくなります。\nWindowsを縮小する場合は、データが再編成されるため、\nデータをバックアップしてください。\n稀ではありますが、データの再編成に失敗する場合があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" +"lost in the installation. When shrinking Windows, we strongly\n" +"recommend a data backup, because the data must be reorganized.\n" +"This may fail under rare circumstances.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Windowsを削除すると、パーティション上にあるすべてのデータは完全に失われ、復旧することができなくなります。\n" +"Windowsを縮小する場合は、データが再編成されるため、\n" +"データをバックアップしてください。\n" +"稀ではありますが、データの再編成に失敗する場合があります。\n" +"\n" #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text @@ -583,75 +978,249 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 -msgid "You have not assigned a root partition for\ninstallation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\npartition.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。パーティションにルートマウントポイント「/」\nを割り当ててください。\n\n本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"You have not assigned a root partition for\n" +"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" +"partition.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"インストールの際に必要となるルートパーティションの\n" +"割り当てがありません。このままでは動作しません。パーティションにルートマウントポイント「/」\n" +"を割り当ててください。\n" +"\n" +"本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 -msgid "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\npoints: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\nUse a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount points.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "次のマウントポイントのいずれかにFATパーティションを利用しようとしています: \n/、/usr、/home、/opt、または/var。この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。\nこれらのマウントポイントに対しては、ext3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n\n本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" +"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" +"Use a Linux file system, such as ext3 or ext4, for these mount points.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"次のマウントポイントのいずれかにFATパーティションを利用しようとしています: \n" +"/、/usr、/home、/opt、または/var。この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。\n" +"これらのマウントポイントに対しては、ext3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n" +"\n" +"本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 -msgid "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\nmount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\nsystem, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "/bootマウントポイントにFATパーティションを利用しようとしています。\nこの設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。このマウントポイントに対しては、\next3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n\n本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" +"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" +"system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"/bootマウントポイントにFATパーティションを利用しようとしています。\n" +"この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。このマウントポイントに対しては、\n" +"ext3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n" +"\n" +"本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 -msgid "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\nmount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\nsystem, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "/bootマウントポイントがbrtfsでマウントされています。\nこの設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。このマウントポイントに対しては、\next3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n\n本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" +"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" +"system, such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"/bootマウントポイントがbrtfsでマウントされています。\n" +"この設定では問題を起こす可能性があります。このマウントポイントに対しては、\n" +"ext3、ext4などのLinux用ファイルシステムを設定してください。\n" +"\n" +"本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 -msgid "Warning:\nYour system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\nPlease, consider creating one.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "警告:\nシステムでは、0x41 PReP/CHRPタイプのブートパーティションが必要です。\nこのブートパーティションの作成を検討してください。\n\nこの設定を使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Please, consider creating one.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告:\n" +"システムでは、0x41 PReP/CHRPタイプのブートパーティションが必要です。\n" +"このブートパーティションの作成を検討してください。\n" +"\n" +"この設定を使用しますか?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 -msgid "Warning:\nYour boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\nYour BIOS does not seem able to boot\npartitions above cylinder %1.\nWith the current setup, your %2\ninstallation might not be directly bootable.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "警告:\nブートパーティションの終わり部分が %1 シリンダを越えています。\nお使いのコンピュータのBIOSでは、%1 シリンダ\nを越える位置にあるパーティションから起動できない恐れがあります。\nそのため、現在の設定では %2 をインストールしても\n直接起動できない可能性があります。\n\n本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" +"Your BIOS does not seem able to boot\n" +"partitions above cylinder %1.\n" +"With the current setup, your %2\n" +"installation might not be directly bootable.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告:\n" +"ブートパーティションの終わり部分が %1 シリンダを越えています。\n" +"お使いのコンピュータのBIOSでは、%1 シリンダ\n" +"を越える位置にあるパーティションから起動できない恐れがあります。\n" +"そのため、現在の設定では %2 をインストールしても\n" +"直接起動できない可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 -msgid "Warning:\nYour boot partition is smaller than %1.\nWe recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n\nReally keep this size of boot partition?\n" -msgstr "警告:\n起動パーティションが %1 未満です。\n/boot のサイズを増やすことをお勧めします。\n\nこのままのサイズ設定でよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"Warning:\n" +"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" +"We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n" +"\n" +"Really keep this size of boot partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告:\n" +"起動パーティションが %1 未満です。\n" +"/boot のサイズを増やすことをお勧めします。\n" +"\n" +"このままのサイズ設定でよろしいですか？\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 -msgid "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\nSuch a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\ninstalled in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\napproximately 1MB large.\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "警告: タイプbios_grubのパーティションがありません。\nこのようなパーティションはGrub2をGPTディスクのMBRにインストールする場合に\n推奨されています(Btrfsでは必須です)。これは未フォーマットの状態で、\n約1MBの大きさである必要があります。\n本当にこの設定を使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" +"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" +"installed in the MBR of a GPT disk. It must be unformatted and\n" +"approximately 1MB large.\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: タイプbios_grubのパーティションがありません。\n" +"このようなパーティションはGrub2をGPTディスクのMBRにインストールする場合に\n" +"推奨されています(Btrfsでは必須です)。これは未フォーマットの状態で、\n" +"約1MBの大きさである必要があります。\n" +"本当にこの設定を使用しますか?\n" #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 -msgid "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\nTo boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\nwith type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n\nReally use the setup without /boot partition?\n" -msgstr "警告: /bootとしてマウントされているパーティションがありません。\nハードディスクからブートするには、容量の小さな/bootパーティション\n(約 %1)が必要です。\n0x41 PReP/CHRPタイプのパーティションの作成を検討してください。\n\n/bootパーティションなしの設定を使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +"(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"\n" +"Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: /bootとしてマウントされているパーティションがありません。\n" +"ハードディスクからブートするには、容量の小さな/bootパーティション\n" +"(約 %1)が必要です。\n" +"0x41 PReP/CHRPタイプのパーティションの作成を検討してください。\n" +"\n" +"/bootパーティションなしの設定を使用しますか?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 -msgid "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\nboot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\nhas an end cylinder above %1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\nof booting partitions beyond the %1 cylinder boundary,\nwhich means your %2 installation will not be\ndirectly bootable.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "警告:現在の設定ではルートパーティション(/)からマシンを起動するよう\n指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置に\n終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータのBIOSはおそらく %1 シリンダを\n越えた位置で終わるパーティションからの起動が行えません。\n従って、%2 のインストールを行っても直接起動することはできません。\n\n\n本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" +"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" +"has an end cylinder above %1. Your BIOS does not seem capable\n" +"of booting partitions beyond the %1 cylinder boundary,\n" +"which means your %2 installation will not be\n" +"directly bootable.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告:現在の設定ではルートパーティション(/)からマシンを起動するよう\n" +"指定されていますが、残念ながらそのパーティションは %1 シリンダを越えた位置に\n" +"終了位置が設定されています。お使いのコンピュータのBIOSはおそらく %1 シリンダを\n" +"越えた位置で終わるパーティションからの起動が行えません。\n" +"従って、%2 のインストールを行っても直接起動することはできません。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 -msgid "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\nmount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n%s\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "警告: ルートファイルシステムの一部のサブボリュームが、他のファイルシステムのマウントポイントによって\nシャドーイングされています。場合によっては、問題が起きる可能性があります。\n%s\nこの設定のまま使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" +"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" +"%s\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: ルートファイルシステムの一部のサブボリュームが、他のファイルシステムのマウントポイントによって\n" +"シャドーイングされています。場合によっては、問題が起きる可能性があります。\n" +"%s\n" +"この設定のまま使用しますか?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 -msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\ninstallation might not be directly bootable, because\nyour files below \"/boot\" are on a software RAID device.\nThe boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "警告:現在の設定では「/boot」ディレクトリ以下のファイルが\nソフトウエアRAIDデバイス上に存在するため、%1 をインストール\nしても直接起動できないかもしれません。\nこの環境設定ではブートローダの設定の際にもエラーが発生する可能性があります。\n\n本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" +"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" +"your files below \"/boot\" are on a software RAID device.\n" +"The boot loader setup sometimes fails in this configuration.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告:現在の設定では「/boot」ディレクトリ以下のファイルが\n" +"ソフトウエアRAIDデバイス上に存在するため、%1 をインストール\n" +"しても直接起動できないかもしれません。\n" +"この環境設定ではブートローダの設定の際にもエラーが発生する可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 -msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\nwill encounter problems when booting, because you have no\nFAT partition mounted on %1.\n\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\n\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\nFAT partition for your files below %1.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "警告: 現在の設定では %1 に FAT パーティションをマウントして\nいないため、%2 をインストールすると起動時に問題が発生する\n可能性があります。\n\nこの設定では通常起動の際に重大な問題を引き起こします。\n\n何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、%1 以下のファイルを置く\nパーティションは通常の FAT パーティションをお使いください。\n\nこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" +"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" +"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" +"\n" +"This will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +"FAT partition for your files below %1.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: 現在の設定では %1 に FAT パーティションをマウントして\n" +"いないため、%2 をインストールすると起動時に問題が発生する\n" +"可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"この設定では通常起動の際に重大な問題を引き起こします。\n" +"\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がある場合を除き、%1 以下のファイルを置く\n" +"パーティションは通常の FAT パーティションをお使いください。\n" +"\n" +"この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 -msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\nencounter problems when booting, because you have no \nseparate %1 partition on your RAID disk.\n\nThis will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\n\nIf you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\npartition for your files below %1.\n\nReally use this setup?\n" -msgstr "警告: 現在の設定では RAID ディスク内に %1 用の個別パーティションが\n存在しないため、%2 をインストールすると起動時に問題が発生する\n可能性があります。\n\nこの設定では通常起動の際に重大な問題を引き起こします。\n\n特別な事情がない限り、%1 以下のファイル用に通常のパーティションを\n作成してください。\n\nこの設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" +"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" +"separate %1 partition on your RAID disk.\n" +"\n" +"This will cause severe problems with the normal boot setup.\n" +"\n" +"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +"partition for your files below %1.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this setup?\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: 現在の設定では RAID ディスク内に %1 用の個別パーティションが\n" +"存在しないため、%2 をインストールすると起動時に問題が発生する\n" +"可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"この設定では通常起動の際に重大な問題を引き起こします。\n" +"\n" +"特別な事情がない限り、%1 以下のファイル用に通常のパーティションを\n" +"作成してください。\n" +"\n" +"この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 @@ -660,53 +1229,117 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 -msgid "\nYou have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \nto create and assign a swap partition.\nSwap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\ntype \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\nYou can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n\nReally use the setup without swap partition?\n" -msgstr "\n現在の設定ではスワップパーティションの割り当てがありません。多くの場合、\nスワップパーティションを作成して割り当てておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\nお使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内に\n表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" に\nなっています。もし必要であれば 2 つ以上のスワップを設定することも可能です。\n\nスワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" +"to create and assign a swap partition.\n" +"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" +"\n" +"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"現在の設定ではスワップパーティションの割り当てがありません。多くの場合、\n" +"スワップパーティションを作成して割り当てておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"お使いのシステムのスワップパーティションは種類 \"Linux Swap\" としてメインウインドウ内に\n" +"表示されます。また、割り当て済みのスワップパーティションはマウントポイントが \"swap\" に\n" +"なっています。もし必要であれば 2 つ以上のスワップを設定することも可能です。\n" +"\n" +"スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 -msgid "\nYou chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\nformatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\nparticularly in any of the following cases:\n" -msgstr "\n既存のパーティションに対して、フォーマットすることなくインストールするよう\n設定を行なっています。YaST では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができません。\n特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" +"formatted. YaST cannot guarantee your installation will succeed,\n" +"particularly in any of the following cases:\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"既存のパーティションに対して、フォーマットすることなくインストールするよう\n" +"設定を行なっています。YaST では、この後のインストールが成功することを保証することができません。\n" +"特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" #. continued popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 -msgid "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\noverwritten\n- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" -msgstr "- このパーティションが既存のReiserFSパーティションである場合\n- このパーティションに、上書きされるLinux配布パッケージが\nある場合\n- このパーティションに、まだファイルシステムが作成されていない場合\n" +msgid "" +"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" +"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" +"overwritten\n" +"- if this partition does not yet contain a file system\n" +msgstr "" +"- このパーティションが既存のReiserFSパーティションである場合\n" +"- このパーティションに、上書きされるLinux配布パッケージが\n" +"ある場合\n" +"- このパーティションに、まだファイルシステムが作成されていない場合\n" #. continued popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 -msgid "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\nformatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\nlike /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" -msgstr "心配な場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである/、/boot、/opt、または/varの\nいずれかである場合は、注意してください。\n" +msgid "" +"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" +msgstr "" +"心配な場合は、前の画面に戻ってこのパーティションをフォーマットするよう指定し直してください。\n" +"特に、このファイルシステムが一般的なマウントポイントである/、/boot、/opt、または/varの\n" +"いずれかである場合は、注意してください。\n" #. continued popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 -msgid "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n\nReally keep the partition unformatted?\n" -msgstr "このパーティションをフォーマットすると、中のデータはすべて失われます。\n\nフォーマットしないままでよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" +"\n" +"Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" +msgstr "" +"このパーティションをフォーマットすると、中のデータはすべて失われます。\n" +"\n" +"フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 -msgid "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\nRemove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" -msgstr "選択したデバイスはRAID(%1)に属します。\nこのデバイスを編集する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" +"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したデバイスはRAID(%1)に属します。\n" +"このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 -msgid "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\nRemove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" -msgstr "選択したデバイスはボリュームグループ(%1)に属します。\nこのデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームグループから削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" +"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したデバイスはボリュームグループ(%1)に属します。\n" +"このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームグループから削除してください。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 -msgid "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\nRemove the volume before editing it.\n" -msgstr "選択したデバイスはボリューム(%1)で使用されています。\nこのデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームから削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" +"Remove the volume before editing it.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したデバイスはボリューム(%1)で使用されています。\n" +"このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームから削除してください。\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 -msgid "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\nRemove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" -msgstr "デバイス(%2)はRAID(%1)に属します。\nこのデバイスを削除する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" +"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" +msgstr "" +"デバイス(%2)はRAID(%1)に属します。\n" +"このデバイスを削除する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 -msgid "The device (%2) is used by %1.\nRemove %1 before deleting it.\n" -msgstr "デバイス(%2)は %1 で使用されています。\nこのデバイスを削除する場合は、先に %1 を削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" +"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" +msgstr "" +"デバイス(%2)は %1 で使用されています。\n" +"このデバイスを削除する場合は、先に %1 を削除してください。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." @@ -714,28 +1347,69 @@ #. popup text, %1 is a device name #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 -msgid "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \nanother logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" -msgstr "デバイス (%1) は論理パーティションであり、\nそれより大きい番号を持つ論理パーティションが\n使用中であるため、削除できません。\n" +msgid "" +"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" +"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" +msgstr "" +"デバイス (%1) は論理パーティションであり、\n" +"それより大きい番号を持つ論理パーティションが\n" +"使用中であるため、削除できません。\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 -msgid "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n%1\nWe *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" -msgstr "選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n%1\n拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n何らかの特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"%1\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択した拡張パーティションには現在、マウント中の以下の論理パーティションがあります:\n" +"%1\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除するには事前にそれらのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"何らかの特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 -msgid "\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\npartitions from their respective volume groups\nbefore deleting the extended partition.\n" -msgstr "\n選択したパーティションには、ボリュームグループに割り当てられたLVMパーティションが\n1つ以上含まれています。すべてのパーティションを、\n該当するボリュームから削除した後、拡張パーティションを\n削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" +"assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" +"partitions from their respective volume groups\n" +"before deleting the extended partition.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択したパーティションには、ボリュームグループに割り当てられたLVMパーティションが\n" +"1つ以上含まれています。すべてのパーティションを、\n" +"該当するボリュームから削除した後、拡張パーティションを\n" +"削除してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 -msgid "\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\nthat is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\npartitions from their respective RAID systems before\ndeleting the extended partition.\n" -msgstr "\n選択した拡張パーティションには、RAIDシステムの一部であるパーティションが\n1つ以上含まれています。該当するRAIDシステムから\nパーティションを割り当て解除した後、\n拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" +"that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" +"partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" +"deleting the extended partition.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションには、RAIDシステムの一部であるパーティションが\n" +"1つ以上含まれています。該当するRAIDシステムから\n" +"パーティションを割り当て解除した後、\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 -msgid "\nThe selected extended partition contains at least one partition\nthat is in use. Remove the used volume before\ndeleting the extended partition.\n" -msgstr "\n選択した拡張パーティションには、使用中のパーティションが1つ以上\n含まれています。使用されているボリュームを削除してから、\n拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" +"that is in use. Remove the used volume before\n" +"deleting the extended partition.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択した拡張パーティションには、使用中のパーティションが1つ以上\n" +"含まれています。使用されているボリュームを削除してから、\n" +"拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" #. heading text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 @@ -762,8 +1436,12 @@ #. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory #. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 -msgid "Enter your encryption password for\ndevice %1 mounted on %2.\n" -msgstr "%2 にマウントされているデバイス %1 \nの暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Enter your encryption password for\n" +"device %1 mounted on %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"%2 にマウントされているデバイス %1 \n" +"の暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" #. heading text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 @@ -797,22 +1475,36 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 -msgid "The first and the second version\nof the password do not match!\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "最初に入力したパスワードと\n再入力したパスワードが異なります。\nもう一度入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password do not match!\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"最初に入力したパスワードと\n" +"再入力したパスワードが異なります。\n" +"もう一度入力してください。\n" #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 #: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 -msgid "You did not enter a password.\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "パスワードが入力されていません。\nもう一度入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"You did not enter a password.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"パスワードが入力されていません。\n" +"もう一度入力してください。\n" #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 #: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 -msgid "The password must have at least %1 characters.\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "パスワードは %1 文字以上必要です。\nもう一度入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"パスワードは %1 文字以上必要です。\n" +"もう一度入力してください。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." @@ -825,18 +1517,42 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 -msgid "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\nChange your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" -msgstr "文字「/」はボリュームラベルには使用できません。\nこの文字が含まれないようにボリュームラベルを変更してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" +"Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" +msgstr "" +"文字「/」はボリュームラベルには使用できません。\n" +"この文字が含まれないようにボリュームラベルを変更してください。\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 -msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\nNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\nby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \nto mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \nsystems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \nthis is not possible.\n" -msgstr "/etc/fstab のマウント方法:\n通常、マウントするファイルシステムは、デバイス名を利用して /etc/fstab に\n指定しますが、UUID やボリュームラベルを利用して検索し、ファイルシステムを\nマウントするように設定を変更することもできます。\n一部のファイルシステムは UUID やボリュームラベルではマウントできません。このオプションが無効になっている\n場合は、これを実行することはできません。\n" +msgid "" +"Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" +"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" +"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" +"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"this is not possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"/etc/fstab のマウント方法:\n" +"通常、マウントするファイルシステムは、デバイス名を利用して /etc/fstab に\n" +"指定しますが、UUID やボリュームラベルを利用して検索し、ファイルシステムを\n" +"マウントするように設定を変更することもできます。\n" +"一部のファイルシステムは UUID やボリュームラベルではマウントできません。このオプションが無効になっている\n" +"場合は、これを実行することはできません。\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 -msgid "Volume Label:\nThe name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \nwhen you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\nA volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" -msgstr "ボリュームラベル:\nこのフィールドに入力された名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。これは通常、\nボリュームラベルでマウントするオプションを有効にしたときのみ使用されます。\nボリュームラベルには、「/」文字またはスペースは使用できません。\n" +msgid "" +"Volume Label:\n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" +"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" +msgstr "" +"ボリュームラベル:\n" +"このフィールドに入力された名前は、ボリュームラベルとして使用されます。これは通常、\n" +"ボリュームラベルでマウントするオプションを有効にしたときのみ使用されます。\n" +"ボリュームラベルには、「/」文字またはスペースは使用できません。\n" #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 @@ -877,8 +1593,14 @@ #. popup text %1 is a number #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 -msgid "\nMaximum volume label length for the selected file system\nis %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" -msgstr "\n選択したファイルシステムでは、ボリュームラベルの最大長は\n%1 です。ボリュームラベルをこのサイズに切りつめました。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" +"is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択したファイルシステムでは、ボリュームラベルの最大長は\n" +"%1 です。ボリュームラベルをこのサイズに切りつめました。\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 @@ -937,18 +1659,50 @@ #. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 -msgid "\nThe selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\nIf you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\nyour Linux installation might be damaged.\n\nUnmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\nwe recommend to abort. Do not proceed unless you know\nexactly what you are doing.\n\nContinue?\n" -msgstr "\n選択したパーティション (%1) は現在 %2 にマウントされています。\nここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なうと、\nインストール済みの Linux を壊してしまう可能性があります。\n\n可能であれば先にパーティションのマウントを解除してください。また、特別な\n事情がない限り、中止することをお勧めします。\n\n\n続行しますか？\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" +"If you change parameters (such as the mount point or the file system type),\n" +"your Linux installation might be damaged.\n" +"\n" +"Unmount the partition if possible. If you are unsure,\n" +"we recommend to abort. Do not proceed unless you know\n" +"exactly what you are doing.\n" +"\n" +"Continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択したパーティション (%1) は現在 %2 にマウントされています。\n" +"ここでパラメータ (マウントポイントやファイルシステム種類など) の変更を行なうと、\n" +"インストール済みの Linux を壊してしまう可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"可能であれば先にパーティションのマウントを解除してください。また、特別な\n" +"事情がない限り、中止することをお勧めします。\n" +"\n" +"\n" +"続行しますか？\n" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 -msgid "\nThe file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." -msgstr "\nYaST2では、このパーティションのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\nYaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" +"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"YaST2では、このパーティションのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" +"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 -msgid "\nThe file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." -msgstr "\nYaST2では、この論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\nYaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" +"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"YaST2では、この論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを縮小できません。\n" +"YaST2で縮小できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -966,13 +1720,25 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 -msgid "\nThe file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." -msgstr "\nYaST2では選択したパーティションのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\nYaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" +"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"YaST2では選択したパーティションのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" +"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 -msgid "\nThe file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\nOnly fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." -msgstr "\nYaST2では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\nYaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" +"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"YaST2では選択した論理ボリュームのファイルシステムを拡張できません。\n" +"YaST2で拡張できるのはFAT、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs、およびreiserfsの各ファイルシステムだけです。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -988,28 +1754,74 @@ msgstr "reiserfs ファイルシステムが利用されている論理ボリュームを縮小しようとしています。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "\nIt is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\nvery thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\n\nShrink the file system now?" -msgstr "\nreiserfs のサイズ縮小を行うことは可能ですが、完全なテストが完了していません。\n事前のデータバックアップをお勧めします。\n\n今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" +msgid "" +"\n" +"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" +"very thoroughly tested. A backup of your data is recommended.\n" +"\n" +"Shrink the file system now?" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"reiserfs のサイズ縮小を行うことは可能ですが、完全なテストが完了していません。\n" +"事前のデータバックアップをお勧めします。\n" +"\n" +"今すぐサイズを縮小しますか？" #. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 -msgid "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n%1\nWe *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\nChoose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" -msgstr "選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n%1\nパーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\nまた、特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" +"%1\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したデバイスには、現在マウント中のパーティションが含まれています:\n" +"%1\n" +"パーティションテーブルを削除する前に、これらのパーティションのマウントを解除しておくことを *強く* お勧めします。\n" +"また、特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 -msgid "\nThe selected device contains at least one LVM partition\nassigned to a volume group. Remove all\npartitions from their respective volume groups\nbefore deleting the device.\n" -msgstr "\n選択したデバイスにはボリュームグループに割り当てられた LVM パーティションが\nあります。デバイスを削除する前に、\n該当するボリュームグループからそれらのパーティションを\n取り除いてください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" +"assigned to a volume group. Remove all\n" +"partitions from their respective volume groups\n" +"before deleting the device.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択したデバイスにはボリュームグループに割り当てられた LVM パーティションが\n" +"あります。デバイスを削除する前に、\n" +"該当するボリュームグループからそれらのパーティションを\n" +"取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 -msgid "\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\nthat is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\npartitions from their respective RAID systems before\ndeleting the device.\n" -msgstr "\n選択したデバイスには RAID システムに属したパーティションが\n少なくとも 1 つあります。デバイスを削除する前に、\n該当する RAID システムからそれらのパーティションを\n取り除いてください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected device contains at least one partition\n" +"that is part of a RAID system. Unassign the\n" +"partitions from their respective RAID systems before\n" +"deleting the device.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択したデバイスには RAID システムに属したパーティションが\n" +"少なくとも 1 つあります。デバイスを削除する前に、\n" +"該当する RAID システムからそれらのパーティションを\n" +"取り除いてください。\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 -msgid "\nThe selected device contains at least one partition\nthat is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\nbefore deleting the device.\n" -msgstr "\n選択したデバイスには他のボリュームで使用しているパーティションが\nあります。デバイスを削除する前に、\nボリュームを削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The selected device contains at least one partition\n" +"that is used by another volume. Delete the volume using it\n" +"before deleting the device.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"選択したデバイスには他のボリュームで使用しているパーティションが\n" +"あります。デバイスを削除する前に、\n" +"ボリュームを削除してください。\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 @@ -1061,8 +1873,12 @@ msgstr "サブボリューム名を空白にはできません。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 -msgid "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\nAutomatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." -msgstr "現時点では、サブボリューム名は「%1」で始まるもののみが許されます。\nサブボリューム名の頭には、自動的に「%1」が付けられます。" +msgid "" +"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" +"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." +msgstr "" +"現時点では、サブボリューム名は「%1」で始まるもののみが許されます。\n" +"サブボリューム名の頭には、自動的に「%1」が付けられます。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." @@ -1074,68 +1890,181 @@ #. help text for cryptofs #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 -msgid "\nCreate an encrypted file system.\n\n" -msgstr "\n暗号化ファイルシステムを作成します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Create an encrypted file system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"暗号化ファイルシステムを作成します。\n" +" \n" #. help text for cryptofs #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 -msgid "\nAccess an encrypted file system.\n\n" -msgstr "\n暗号化ファイルシステムにアクセスします。\n \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Access an encrypted file system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"暗号化ファイルシステムにアクセスします。\n" +" \n" #. help text for cryptofs #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 -msgid "\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\nLinux file system.\n\n" -msgstr "\nこのファイルシステムは、マウントされていない\nときにのみ保護されているので注意してください。一度マウントされると、ほかの\nLinuxファイルシステム\nと同様のセキュリティとなります。 \n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" +"mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" +"Linux file system.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このファイルシステムは、マウントされていない\n" +"ときにのみ保護されているので注意してください。一度マウントされると、ほかの\n" +"Linuxファイルシステム\n" +"と同様のセキュリティとなります。 \n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 -msgid "\nThis mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\nIf you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\na random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\ndata on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n\n" -msgstr "\nこのマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイルシステムに相当するものです。\n暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\nランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\nデータは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" +"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" +"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このマウントポイントは /tmp や /var/tmp のように、一時ファイルシステムに相当するものです。\n" +"暗号化パスワードを入力しないこともできますが、この場合は起動時にシステム側で\n" +"ランダムなパスワードを設定します。このことで、これらのファイルシステム内にある全ての\n" +"データは、シャットダウン時に失われることになります。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 -msgid "\nIf you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\nChoose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\nis recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\nenter it twice.\n\n" -msgstr "\nパスワードを忘れると、ファイルシステム上にあるデータにアクセスできなくなります。\nパスワードの設定は慎重に行ってください。文字と数値の組み合せを\nお勧めします。パスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、\n2度入力します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" +"enter it twice.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"パスワードを忘れると、ファイルシステム上にあるデータにアクセスできなくなります。\n" +"パスワードの設定は慎重に行ってください。文字と数値の組み合せを\n" +"お勧めします。パスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、\n" +"2度入力します。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 -msgid "\nYou must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\nleast %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n\n" -msgstr "\n大文字と小文字が区別されます。パスワードには少なくとも %1 文字\n必要です。特殊文字(アクセント記号やウムラウト記号付きの文字など)は使用できません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" +"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"大文字と小文字が区別されます。パスワードには少なくとも %1 文字\n" +"必要です。特殊文字(アクセント記号やウムラウト記号付きの文字など)は使用できません。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 -msgid "\nPossible characters are\n<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\nletters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n\n" -msgstr "\n使用可能な文字は以下のとおりです:\n<tt>%1</tt>、スペース、大文字と小文字の半角英字\n (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)、数字 <tt>0</tt> から <tt>9</tt>\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Possible characters are\n" +"<tt>%1</tt>, blanks, uppercase and lowercase\n" +"letters (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>), and digits <tt>0</tt> to <tt>9</tt>.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"使用可能な文字は以下のとおりです:\n" +"<tt>%1</tt>、スペース、大文字と小文字の半角英字\n" +" (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)、数字 <tt>0</tt> から <tt>9</tt>\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 -msgid "\nDo not forget this password!\n" -msgstr "\nこのパスワードを覚えておいてください!\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this password!\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このパスワードを覚えておいてください!\n" +"" #. help text for cryptofs #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 -msgid "\nYou will need to enter your encryption password.\n\n" -msgstr "\n暗号化に使用するパスワードを入力する必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"暗号化に使用するパスワードを入力する必要があります。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 -msgid "\nIf the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\nnot needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\nfile system is not accessed during update.\n\n" -msgstr "\n暗号化されたファイルシステムにシステムファイルが含まれておらず\n更新の必要がない場合は、[スキップ]を選択できます。この場合、\nファイルシステムは更新中にアクセスされることはありません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" +"file system is not accessed during update.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"暗号化されたファイルシステムにシステムファイルが含まれておらず\n" +"更新の必要がない場合は、[スキップ]を選択できます。この場合、\n" +"ファイルシステムは更新中にアクセスされることはありません。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 -msgid "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\nwill encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \nyour /boot partition is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\n\nIt will probably not be possible to boot such a setup.\n\nIf you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \nthe disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" -msgstr "警告: 現在の設定では /boot パーティションのあるディスクに GPT\n ディスクラベルが存在しないため、インストールを行なっても起動時に\n問題が発生する可能性があります。\n\nこのような設定ではおそらく起動できません。\n\nこのディスクをインストールに使用する場合は、熟練者向けパーティション設定で\nディスクラベルを消去してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" +"will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" +"your /boot partition is located does not contain a GPT disk label.\n" +"\n" +"It will probably not be possible to boot such a setup.\n" +"\n" +"If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" +"the disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: 現在の設定では /boot パーティションのあるディスクに GPT\n" +" ディスクラベルが存在しないため、インストールを行なっても起動時に\n" +"問題が発生する可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"このような設定ではおそらく起動できません。\n" +"\n" +"このディスクをインストールに使用する場合は、熟練者向けパーティション設定で\n" +"ディスクラベルを消去してください。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 -msgid "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \nboot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \nGPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n\nYou need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" -msgstr "警告: システムにより、EFIブートのセットアップが必要\nであることが通知されています。選択したディスクには\nGPTディスクラベルが含まれないため、YaSTはこのディスクにGPTラベルを作成します。\n\nこのディスク上のすべてのパーティションに削除対象マークを付ける必要があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" +"boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" +"GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n" +"\n" +"You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: システムにより、EFIブートのセットアップが必要\n" +"であることが通知されています。選択したディスクには\n" +"GPTディスクラベルが含まれないため、YaSTはこのディスクにGPTラベルを作成します。\n" +"\n" +"このディスク上のすべてのパーティションに削除対象マークを付ける必要があります。\n" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 @@ -1149,18 +2078,50 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 -msgid "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\nthat may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n\nThis may cause problems.\n\nReally do this?\n" -msgstr "システムが正しく動作するために必要なファイルが存在するファイルシステムに\n対して、起動時に自動でマウントしないように選択しています。\n\nこれにより問題が発生する可能性があります。\n\nこの設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" +"that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" +"\n" +"This may cause problems.\n" +"\n" +"Really do this?\n" +msgstr "" +"システムが正しく動作するために必要なファイルが存在するファイルシステムに\n" +"対して、起動時に自動でマウントしないように選択しています。\n" +"\n" +"これにより問題が発生する可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"この設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 -msgid "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\nwith one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\nnonloopbacked file system.\n" -msgstr "「/」、「/usr」、「/boot」、「/var」のいずれかのマウントポイントが\n設定されているパーティションに対して、暗号化ファイルシステムが\n割り当てられました。この処理は実行できません。マウントポイントを変更するか、\nループバックでないファイルシステムを使用してください。\n" +msgid "" +"You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" +"with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" +"/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n" +"nonloopbacked file system.\n" +msgstr "" +"「/」、「/usr」、「/boot」、「/var」のいずれかのマウントポイントが\n" +"設定されているパーティションに対して、暗号化ファイルシステムが\n" +"割り当てられました。この処理は実行できません。マウントポイントを変更するか、\n" +"ループバックでないファイルシステムを使用してください。\n" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 -msgid "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\nmay contain files that need to be executable.\n\nThis usually causes problems.\n\nReally do this?\n" -msgstr "実行する必要のあるファイルを含むファイルシステムに対して、\n一般ユーザがマウントできるオプションを設定しようとしています。\n\nこれにより問題が発生する可能性があります。\n\nこの設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" +"may contain files that need to be executable.\n" +"\n" +"This usually causes problems.\n" +"\n" +"Really do this?\n" +msgstr "" +"実行する必要のあるファイルを含むファイルシステムに対して、\n" +"一般ユーザがマウントできるオプションを設定しようとしています。\n" +"\n" +"これにより問題が発生する可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"この設定を行なってもよろしいですか？\n" #. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. #. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap @@ -1188,8 +2149,12 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 -msgid "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\nThis is not possible." -msgstr "システムマウントポイント(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)に、FATファイルシステムが指定されました。\nこの処理は実行できません。" +msgid "" +"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"This is not possible." +msgstr "" +"システムマウントポイント(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)に、FATファイルシステムが指定されました。\n" +"この処理は実行できません。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 @@ -1198,8 +2163,14 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 -msgid "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n/var/adm/mnt\n" -msgstr "以下のマウントポイントは指定できません:\n/bin、/dev、/etc、/lib、/lib64、/lost+found、/mnt、/proc、/sbin、/sys、\n/var/adm/mnt\n" +msgid "" +"You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" +"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" +"/var/adm/mnt\n" +msgstr "" +"以下のマウントポイントは指定できません:\n" +"/bin、/dev、/etc、/lib、/lib64、/lost+found、/mnt、/proc、/sbin、/sys、\n" +"/var/adm/mnt\n" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 @@ -1208,24 +2179,54 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 -msgid "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\nto a device without a swap file system." -msgstr "swapファイルシステムのないデバイスに\nマウントポイントswapを割り当てることはできません。" +msgid "" +"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" +"to a device without a swap file system." +msgstr "" +"swapファイルシステムのないデバイスに\n" +"マウントポイントswapを割り当てることはできません。" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 -msgid "Your partition is too small to use %1.\nThe minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" -msgstr "%1 を使用するには、このパーティションは小さすぎます。\nこのファイルシステムの最小サイズは %2 です。\n" +msgid "" +"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" +"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" +msgstr "" +"%1 を使用するには、このパーティションは小さすぎます。\n" +"このファイルシステムの最小サイズは %2 です。\n" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 -msgid "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\nto a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." -msgstr "マウントポイントを、存在しないファイルシステムや未知のファイルシステム\nのあるデバイスに割り当てることは許されていません。" +msgid "" +"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" +"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." +msgstr "" +"マウントポイントを、存在しないファイルシステムや未知のファイルシステム\n" +"のあるデバイスに割り当てることは許されていません。" #. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 -msgid "\nWARNING:\n\nThis file system is not supported in %1;.\nIt is completely untested and might not be well-integrated \nin the system. Do not report bugs against this file system \nif it does not work properly or at all.\n\nReally use this file system?\n" -msgstr "\n警告:\n\nこのファイルシステムは %1 ではサポートしていません。\nこのファイルシステムは全くテストされていないため、システムとの統合も\nうまくいかない可能性があります。このファイルシステムの一部または全部が\n動作しない場合も、ファイルシステムのバグとして報告しないでください。\n\nこのファイルシステムを使用してよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"WARNING:\n" +"\n" +"This file system is not supported in %1;.\n" +"It is completely untested and might not be well-integrated \n" +"in the system. Do not report bugs against this file system \n" +"if it does not work properly or at all.\n" +"\n" +"Really use this file system?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"警告:\n" +"\n" +"このファイルシステムは %1 ではサポートしていません。\n" +"このファイルシステムは全くテストされていないため、システムとの統合も\n" +"うまくいかない可能性があります。このファイルシステムの一部または全部が\n" +"動作しない場合も、ファイルシステムのバグとして報告しないでください。\n" +"\n" +"このファイルシステムを使用してよろしいですか？\n" #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new @@ -1235,8 +2236,12 @@ msgstr "ファイルシステムは現在、%1 にマウントされています。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 -msgid "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\nClick Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." -msgstr "今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、アンマウントせずに\n続行することも、キャンセルすることもできます。特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" +"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"今すぐにマウントを解除しようとすることもできますし、アンマウントせずに\n" +"続行することも、キャンセルすることもできます。特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" #. button text #. button text @@ -1246,8 +2251,12 @@ msgstr "マウント解除" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 -msgid "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\nClick Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." -msgstr "今すぐにアンマウントしようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできます。\n特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" +"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"今すぐにアンマウントしようとすることもできますし、キャンセルすることもできます。\n" +"特別な事情がある場合を除き、ここでは［キャンセル］をクリックしてください。" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." @@ -1318,55 +2327,97 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 -msgid "This view shows all storage devices\navailable." -msgstr "ここには利用可能な全てのストレージデバイスが\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows all storage devices\n" +"available." +msgstr "" +"ここには利用可能な全てのストレージデバイスが\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 -msgid "By double clicking a table entry,\nyou navigate to the view with detailed information about the\ndevice.\n" -msgstr "表内の項目をダブルクリックすると、\nデバイスに関する詳細情報を見ることができます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"By double clicking a table entry,\n" +"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" +"device.\n" +msgstr "" +"表内の項目をダブルクリックすると、\n" +"デバイスに関する詳細情報を見ることができます。\n" +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 -msgid "By selecting a table entry you can\nnavigate to the view with detailed information about the device." -msgstr "表内の項目を選択すると、\nデバイスに関する詳細情報を見ることができます。" +msgid "" +"By selecting a table entry you can\n" +"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." +msgstr "" +"表内の項目を選択すると、\n" +"デバイスに関する詳細情報を見ることができます。" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 -msgid "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\nReally rescan disks?" -msgstr "ディスクの再検出を行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n再検出を行ってよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really rescan disks?" +msgstr "" +"ディスクの再検出を行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"再検出を行ってよろしいですか？" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 -msgid "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\nReally call iSCSI configuration?" -msgstr "iSCSI 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\niSCSI 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call iSCSI configuration?" +msgstr "" +"iSCSI 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"iSCSI 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 -msgid "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\nReally call FCoE configuration?" -msgstr "FCoE設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在の変更はすべてキャンセルされます。\nFCoE設定を呼び出してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"FCoE設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在の変更はすべてキャンセルされます。\n" +"FCoE設定を呼び出してよろしいですか?" #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 -msgid "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\nReally call multipath configuration?\n" -msgstr "マルチパス設定の呼び出しを行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\nマルチパス設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？\n" +msgid "" +"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call multipath configuration?\n" +msgstr "" +"マルチパス設定の呼び出しを行なうと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"マルチパス設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 -msgid "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\nReally call DASD configuration?" -msgstr "DASD 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\nDASD 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call DASD configuration?" +msgstr "" +"DASD 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"DASD 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 -msgid "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\nReally call zFCP configuration?" -msgstr "zFCP 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\nzFCP 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgstr "" +"zFCP 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"zFCP 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 -msgid "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\nReally call XPRAM configuration?" -msgstr "XPRAM 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\nXPRAM 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call XPRAM configuration?" +msgstr "" +"XPRAM 設定の呼び出しを行うと、現在設定中の項目が保存されずにキャンセルされます。\n" +"XPRAM 設定を呼び出してよろしいですか？" #. dialog title #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 @@ -1412,8 +2463,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 -msgid "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "btrfs %1 は使用中です。編集できません。\n%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"btrfs %1 は使用中です。編集できません。\n" +"%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -1492,9 +2547,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "編集" @@ -1525,8 +2582,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -1548,7 +2606,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "編集..." @@ -1565,7 +2624,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -1578,13 +2638,21 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 -msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\nselected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "このビューには、選択した btrfs ボリュームに関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。\n" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected Btrfs volume.\n" +msgstr "" +"このビューには、選択した btrfs ボリュームに関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 -msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\nselected Btrfs volume.\n" -msgstr "このビューには、選択した btrfs ボリュームで\n使用されている全てのデバイスが表示されています。\n" +msgid "" +"This view shows all devices used by the\n" +"selected Btrfs volume.\n" +msgstr "" +"このビューには、選択した btrfs ボリュームで\n" +"使用されている全てのデバイスが表示されています。\n" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 @@ -1652,18 +2720,32 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 -msgid "First, choose whether the partition should be\nformatted and the desired file system type." -msgstr "まずはパーティションをフォーマットするかどうかを\n選択してから、ファイルシステムを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"First, choose whether the partition should be\n" +"formatted and the desired file system type." +msgstr "" +"まずはパーティションをフォーマットするかどうかを\n" +"選択してから、ファイルシステムを選択してください。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 -msgid "If you want to encrypt all data on the\nvolume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\nvolume will delete all data on it.\n" -msgstr "ボリューム上の全てのデータを暗号化したい場合は、\n［デバイスの暗号化］を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更すると、\nそのボリュームに存在した全てのデータが削除されます。\n" +msgid "" +"If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume will delete all data on it.\n" +msgstr "" +"ボリューム上の全てのデータを暗号化したい場合は、\n" +"［デバイスの暗号化］を選択してください。既存のボリュームに対して暗号化方法を変更すると、\n" +"そのボリュームに存在した全てのデータが削除されます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 -msgid "Then, choose whether the partition should\nbe mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -msgstr "その後、パーティションをマウントするかどうかを\n選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください(/、/boot、/home、/varなど)。" +msgid "" +"Then, choose whether the partition should\n" +"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"その後、パーティションをマウントするかどうかを\n" +"選択してからマウントポイントを入力してください(/、/boot、/home、/varなど)。" #. set globals #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 @@ -1707,8 +2789,16 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 -msgid "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\nthat it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n\nAlso check the format option.\n" -msgstr "暗号ファイルを作成するように指定しましたが、\nフォーマットするかどうかを指定していません。この設定は正しくありません。\n\nフォーマットオプションについても確認してください。\n" +msgid "" +"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" +"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" +"\n" +"Also check the format option.\n" +msgstr "" +"暗号ファイルを作成するように指定しましたが、\n" +"フォーマットするかどうかを指定していません。この設定は正しくありません。\n" +"\n" +"フォーマットオプションについても確認してください。\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 @@ -1722,13 +2812,33 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "\nKeep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\nmounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\nLinux file system.\n" -msgstr "\nこのファイルシステムはマウントされていない間にのみ保護されることに\nご注意ください。マウントされている間は他の Linux ファイルシステムと\n同じくらいのセキュリティになります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" +"mounted. Once it is mounted, it is as secure as every other\n" +"Linux file system.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このファイルシステムはマウントされていない間にのみ保護されることに\n" +"ご注意ください。マウントされている間は他の Linux ファイルシステムと\n" +"同じくらいのセキュリティになります。\n" +"" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 -msgid "\nThe file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \npassword empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\n(suspend to disk).\n\n" -msgstr "\nこのボリュームに対して使用されているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n使用することができなくなります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" +"password empty, but then the swap device cannot be used for hibernating\n" +"(suspend to disk).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このボリュームに対して使用されているファイルシステムは swap です。暗号化パスワードを\n" +"指定しなくてもかまいませんが、その場合はスワップデバイスをハイバネート機能 (ディスクへのサスペンド) で\n" +"使用することができなくなります。\n" +"\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" @@ -1745,17 +2855,31 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 -msgid "\nYou cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\non this partition does not support resizing.\n" -msgstr "\nこのパーティションのファイルシステムでリサイズをサポートしていないため、\n選択したパーティションをリサイズできません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" +"on this partition does not support resizing.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このパーティションのファイルシステムでリサイズをサポートしていないため、\n" +"選択したパーティションをリサイズできません。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 -msgid "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\ncan be resized while it is mounted." -msgstr "マウント中の場合、NTFSのサイズを変更できるかどうか\nを判断することはできません。" +msgid "" +"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" +"can be resized while it is mounted." +msgstr "" +"マウント中の場合、NTFSのサイズを変更できるかどうか\n" +"を判断することはできません。" #. FIXME: Really? #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "Partition %1 cannot be resized\nbecause the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" -msgstr "ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているのため、\nパーティション %1 はサイズ変更できません。\n" +msgid "" +"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" +"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステムの一貫性が損なわれているのため、\n" +"パーティション %1 はサイズ変更できません。\n" #. Heading for dialog #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 @@ -1830,8 +2954,16 @@ #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 -msgid "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \nThis may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \nto consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \nresize task a lot." -msgstr "マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、%1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしています。\nこの処理は非常に遅く、時間も長くかかります。ファイルシステムを\nアンマウントすれば、サイズ変更の速度を速く、かつかかる時間を短くする\nことができるため、そちらをお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" +"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" +"to consider umounting the filesystem, which will increase speed of \n" +"resize task a lot." +msgstr "" +"マウント済みのファイルシステムに対して、%1 ギガバイトだけ拡張しようとしています。\n" +"この処理は非常に遅く、時間も長くかかります。ファイルシステムを\n" +"アンマウントすれば、サイズ変更の速度を速く、かつかかる時間を短くする\n" +"ことができるため、そちらをお勧めします。" #. label for log view #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 @@ -1855,8 +2987,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 -msgid "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "DM %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"DM %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" +"%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 @@ -1865,18 +3001,32 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 -msgid "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \nincluded in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\nBIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" -msgstr "このビューには、他のビューで既に含められているものを除いた\n全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスクや\n BIOS RAID ディスク、LVM 論理ボリュームはここには表示されません。\n" +msgid "" +"This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" +"included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" +"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" +msgstr "" +"このビューには、他のビューで既に含められているものを除いた\n" +"全てのデバイスマッパーデバイスが表示されています。従ってマルチパスディスクや\n" +" BIOS RAID ディスク、LVM 論理ボリュームはここには表示されません。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 -msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\nselected Device Mapper device." -msgstr "ここには選択したデバイスマッパーデバイスに関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected Device Mapper device." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択したデバイスマッパーデバイスに関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 -msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\nselected Device Mapper device." -msgstr "ここには選択したデバイスマッパーデバイスによって\n使用されている全てのデバイスが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows all devices used by the\n" +"selected Device Mapper device." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択したデバイスマッパーデバイスによって\n" +"使用されている全てのデバイスが表示されています。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 @@ -2057,8 +3207,12 @@ msgstr "すべてのパーティションの削除を確認" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 -msgid "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\nIf you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" -msgstr "ディスク「%1」には1つ以上のパーティションが存在しています。\n続行すると、以下のパーティションは削除されます:" +msgid "" +"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" +"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" +msgstr "" +"ディスク「%1」には1つ以上のパーティションが存在しています。\n" +"続行すると、以下のパーティションは削除されます:" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" @@ -2089,8 +3243,12 @@ #. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 -msgid "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\non %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." -msgstr "%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行うと、\n %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 を使用していた RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" +msgid "" +"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" +"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." +msgstr "" +"%1 に新しいパーティションテーブルを作成してよろしいですか？この操作を行うと、\n" +" %1 にある全てのデータは消去され、 %1 を使用していた RAID やボリュームグループも削除されます。" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 @@ -2132,8 +3290,12 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 -msgid "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "パーティション %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"パーティション %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" +"%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 @@ -2142,8 +3304,12 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 -msgid "The partition %1 is already created on disk\nand cannot be moved." -msgstr "パーティション %1 はディスク上に作成済みで、\n移動できません。" +msgid "" +"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" +"and cannot be moved." +msgstr "" +"パーティション %1 はディスク上に作成済みで、\n" +"移動できません。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 @@ -2152,8 +3318,12 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 -msgid "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "パーティション %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"パーティション %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" +"%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 @@ -2162,24 +3332,49 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 -msgid "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\nthat will have the same partition layout as\nthis disk.\nDisks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\nmore partitions. After cloning, these\npartitions will be deleted.\n" -msgstr "このディスクと同じパーティション配置にしたい、\n1 つまたは複数 (もしあれば) のハードディスクを選択してください。\n'*' 印が付けられたディスクには、\n1 つ以上のパーティションが含まれています。複製を行なうと、\nこれらのパーティションは削除されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" +"that will have the same partition layout as\n" +"this disk.\n" +"Disks marked with the sign '*' contain one or\n" +"more partitions. After cloning, these\n" +"partitions will be deleted.\n" +msgstr "" +"このディスクと同じパーティション配置にしたい、\n" +"1 つまたは複数 (もしあれば) のハードディスクを選択してください。\n" +"'*' 印が付けられたディスクには、\n" +"1 つ以上のパーティションが含まれています。複製を行なうと、\n" +"これらのパーティションは削除されます。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 -msgid "The following partitions will be deleted\nand all data on them will be lost:" -msgstr "次のパーティションが削除され、\nそのデータがすべて失われます。" +msgid "" +"The following partitions will be deleted\n" +"and all data on them will be lost:" +msgstr "" +"次のパーティションが削除され、\n" +"そのデータがすべて失われます。" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "これらのパーティションを本当に削除しますか？" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 -msgid "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\ndisk must have at least one partition.\nCreate partitions before cloning the disk.\n" -msgstr "このディスクにはパーティションがありません。\n複製するディスクには、少なくとも 1 つのパーティションが必要です。\nディスクを複製する前に、いくつかのパーティションを作成してください。\n" +msgid "" +"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" +"disk must have at least one partition.\n" +"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"このディスクにはパーティションがありません。\n" +"複製するディスクには、少なくとも 1 つのパーティションが必要です。\n" +"ディスクを複製する前に、いくつかのパーティションを作成してください。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 -msgid "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\ndisks that could have the same partitioning layout." -msgstr "このディスクは複製できません。同じパーティション配置に\nできる、適切なディスクがありません。" +msgid "" +"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" +"disks that could have the same partitioning layout." +msgstr "" +"このディスクは複製できません。同じパーティション配置に\n" +"できる、適切なディスクがありません。" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" @@ -2195,13 +3390,25 @@ #. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 -msgid "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\nReally execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" -msgstr "dasdfmtを実行すると、ディスク上のすべてのデータが削除されます。\nディスク %1 でdasdfmtを実行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" +"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" +msgstr "" +"dasdfmtを実行すると、ディスク上のすべてのデータが削除されます。\n" +"ディスク %1 でdasdfmtを実行しますか?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 -msgid "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n\nPartitions currently present on this disk are again\ndisplayed.\n" -msgstr "これは、dasdfmtというマークがつけられていません。\n\n このディスクに現在存在しているパーティションが\n再び表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" +"\n" +"Partitions currently present on this disk are again\n" +"displayed.\n" +msgstr "" +"これは、dasdfmtというマークがつけられていません。\n" +"\n" +" このディスクに現在存在しているパーティションが\n" +"再び表示されます。\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -2235,7 +3442,8 @@ msgstr "移動" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "サイズ変更" @@ -2254,13 +3462,21 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 -msgid "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\ndevices cannot be moved." -msgstr "ハードディスク、BIOS RAID、マルチパス\nデバイスの移動はできません。" +msgid "" +"Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" +"devices cannot be moved." +msgstr "" +"ハードディスク、BIOS RAID、マルチパス\n" +"デバイスの移動はできません。" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 -msgid "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\ndevices cannot be resized." -msgstr "ハードディスク、BIOS RAID 、マルチパス\nデバイスのサイズ変更はできません。" +msgid "" +"Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" +"devices cannot be resized." +msgstr "" +"ハードディスク、BIOS RAID 、マルチパス\n" +"デバイスのサイズ変更はできません。" #. heading #. tree node label @@ -2275,8 +3491,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 -msgid "This view shows all hard disks including\niSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" -msgstr "このビューには、iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスクを\n含む全てのハードディスクと、それらのパーティションが表示されています。\n" +msgid "" +"This view shows all hard disks including\n" +"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" +msgstr "" +"このビューには、iSCSI ディスクや BIOS RAID ディスク、マルチパスディスクを\n" +"含む全てのハードディスクと、それらのパーティションが表示されています。\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -2290,8 +3510,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 -msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\nselected hard disk." -msgstr "ここには選択したハードディスクに関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected hard disk." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択したハードディスクに関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." @@ -2318,7 +3542,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -2331,13 +3556,25 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 -msgid "This view shows all partitions of the selected\nhard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\npartitions are shown here.\n" -msgstr "このビューには、選択したハードディスク内に存在する\n全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクやマルチパス\nで使用されている場合、ここには表示されません。\n" +msgid "" +"This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" +"hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" +"partitions are shown here.\n" +msgstr "" +"このビューには、選択したハードディスク内に存在する\n" +"全てのパーティションが表示されています。ハードディスクが BIOS RAID ディスクやマルチパス\n" +"で使用されている場合、ここには表示されません。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 -msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\nselected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\nsoftware RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" -msgstr "このビューには、選択したハードディスクで使用されている\n全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、BIOS RAID やパーティション設定済みの\nソフトウエア RAID、マルチパスディスクの場合にのみ利用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"This view shows all devices used by the\n" +"selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" +"software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" +msgstr "" +"このビューには、選択したハードディスクで使用されている\n" +"全てのデバイスが表示されています。このビューは、BIOS RAID やパーティション設定済みの\n" +"ソフトウエア RAID、マルチパスディスクの場合にのみ利用できます。\n" #. tab heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 @@ -2356,18 +3593,34 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 -msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\nselected partition." -msgstr "ここには選択したパーティションに関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected partition." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択したパーティションに関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 -msgid "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \nLinux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \nthe table.\n" -msgstr "YaST はお使いのハードディスクを検索し、1 つまたは複数の\n既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイントは\n一覧内に表示されています。\n" +msgid "" +"YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" +"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" +"the table.\n" +msgstr "" +"YaST はお使いのハードディスクを検索し、1 つまたは複数の\n" +"既存の Linux システムとマウントポイントを発見しました。古いマウントポイントは\n" +"一覧内に表示されています。\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 -msgid "You can choose whether the existing system\nvolumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\ninstallation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." -msgstr "ここから既存のシステムボリューム(たとえば /、/usr など)をインストール時に\nフォーマットするかどうかを選択することができます。\nシステム以外のボリューム(たとえば/homeなど)はフォーマットされません。" +msgid "" +"You can choose whether the existing system\n" +"volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" +"installation. Non-system volumes, e.g. /home, will not be formatted." +msgstr "" +"ここから既存のシステムボリューム(たとえば /、/usr など)をインストール時に\n" +"フォーマットするかどうかを選択することができます。\n" +"システム以外のボリューム(たとえば/homeなど)はフォーマットされません。" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -2412,8 +3665,14 @@ msgstr "LVMで使用されているパーティションの削除を確認" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 -msgid "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\nTo keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\nand its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" -msgstr "選択したパーティションはボリュームグループ \"%1\" で使用されています。\nシステムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記のボリュームグループと\nその論理ボリュームを削除します:\n" +msgid "" +"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" +"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" +"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したパーティションはボリュームグループ \"%1\" で使用されています。\n" +"システムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記のボリュームグループと\n" +"その論理ボリュームを削除します:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" @@ -2424,8 +3683,13 @@ msgstr "RAIDで使用されているパーティションの削除を確認" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 -msgid "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\nTo keep the system in a consistent state, the following\nRAID device will be deleted:\n" -msgstr "選択したパーティションは、RAID \"%1\" に属しています。\nシステムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記の RAID デバイスを削除します:\n" +msgid "" +"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" +"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" +"RAID device will be deleted:\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したパーティションは、RAID \"%1\" に属しています。\n" +"システムを矛盾のない状態に保つため、下記の RAID デバイスを削除します:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" @@ -2445,8 +3709,12 @@ #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 -msgid "\nShould the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" -msgstr "\nループファイル %1 も削除しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ループファイル %1 も削除しますか?\n" #. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. #. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. @@ -2511,23 +3779,54 @@ #. TODO #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 -msgid "\nPath Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\ncontaining the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" -msgstr "\nループファイルのパス名: ここでは、設定する暗号化ループデバイスのデータを含むファイルへの\n絶対パスを指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ループファイルのパス名: ここでは、設定する暗号化ループデバイスのデータを含むファイルへの\n" +"絶対パスを指定してください。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 -msgid "\nCreate Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\nwith the size given in the next field. NOTE: If the file already\nexists, all data in it is lost.\n" -msgstr "\nループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n次の項目で指定しているサイズでファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\nファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" +"with the size given in the next field. NOTE: If the file already\n" +"exists, all data in it is lost.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ループファイルの作成: この項目が選択されている場合は、\n" +"次の項目で指定しているサイズでファイルを作成します。 注意: ファイルが既に存在している場合、\n" +"ファイルに含まれるデータはすべて失われます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 -msgid "\nSize: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\ncreated in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" -msgstr "\nサイズ: ループファイルのサイズを指定します。\n暗号化ループデバイス内に作成されるファイルシステムの\nサイズが、この値と等しくなります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" +"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"サイズ: ループファイルのサイズを指定します。\n" +"暗号化ループデバイス内に作成されるファイルシステムの\n" +"サイズが、この値と等しくなります。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 -msgid "\nNOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\nchecks of file size and path names because the file system is not\naccessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\ncareful when providing the size and path name.\n" -msgstr "\n注意: インストールしている間はファイルシステムにアクセスできないため、\nファイルサイズやパス名に関する整合性チェックを行なうことができません。\n作成はインストールの最後の段階で行なわれます。\nサイズとパス名の指定が正しいことを確認してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" +"checks of file size and path names because the file system is not\n" +"accessible. It will be created at the end of the installation. Be\n" +"careful when providing the size and path name.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"注意: インストールしている間はファイルシステムにアクセスできないため、\n" +"ファイルサイズやパス名に関する整合性チェックを行なうことができません。\n" +"作成はインストールの最後の段階で行なわれます。\n" +"サイズとパス名の指定が正しいことを確認してください。\n" #. input field label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 @@ -2546,8 +3845,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 -msgid "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\nUse an absolute path name.\n" -msgstr "ファイル名 \"%1\" は正しくありません。\n絶対パス名を使用してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" +"Use an absolute path name.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイル名 \"%1\" は正しくありません。\n" +"絶対パス名を使用してください。\n" #. error popup, %1 is replaced by size #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 @@ -2556,8 +3859,14 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 -msgid "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\nand the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\nthe create flag." -msgstr "ファイル \"%1\" は存在しておらず、\n作成フラグも設定されていません。既存のファイルを選択するか、作成フラグを\n設定してください。" +msgid "" +"The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" +"and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" +"the create flag." +msgstr "" +"ファイル \"%1\" は存在しておらず、\n" +"作成フラグも設定されていません。既存のファイルを選択するか、作成フラグを\n" +"設定してください。" #. dialog title #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 @@ -2600,8 +3909,12 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 -msgid "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "暗号ファイル %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"暗号ファイル %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" +"%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. heading #. tree node label @@ -2627,8 +3940,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 -msgid "This view shows detailed information of the\nselected crypt file." -msgstr "ここには選択した暗号化ファイルに関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information of the\n" +"selected crypt file." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択した暗号化ファイルに関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 @@ -2647,8 +3964,12 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -msgstr "ボリュームグループの名前に正しくない文字が含まれています。使用できる\n文字は半角英数字のほか、 \".\"、\"_\"、\"-\"、\"+\" です。" +msgid "" +"The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" +"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループの名前に正しくない文字が含まれています。使用できる\n" +"文字は半角英数字のほか、 \".\"、\"_\"、\"-\"、\"+\" です。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 @@ -2657,8 +3978,12 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 -msgid "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\nwith another entry in the /dev directory.\n" -msgstr "ボリュームグループ名「%1」が\n/devディレクトリの別のエントリと競合しています。\n" +msgid "" +"The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" +"with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループ名「%1」が\n" +"/devディレクトリの別のエントリと競合しています。\n" #. pop-up dialog title #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 @@ -2667,8 +3992,14 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\nIf you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\nand deleted:" -msgstr "ボリュームグループ「%1」には1つ以上の論理ボリュームが含まれています。\n続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され(もしマウントされている場合)、\n削除されます:" +msgid "" +"The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" +"If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" +"and deleted:" +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループ「%1」には1つ以上の論理ボリュームが含まれています。\n" +"続行すると、下記のボリュームのマウントは解除され(もしマウントされている場合)、\n" +"削除されます:" #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 @@ -2677,8 +4008,12 @@ #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 -msgid "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\nin powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" -msgstr "指定したデータは正しくありません。\n\"%2\" や \"%3\" のように、 %1 以上で 2 の累乗の物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" +"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" +msgstr "" +"指定したデータは正しくありません。\n" +"\"%2\" や \"%3\" のように、 %1 以上で 2 の累乗の物理エクステントサイズを入力してください。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 @@ -2692,13 +4027,21 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 -msgid "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\nare alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." -msgstr "論理ボリュームの名前に正しくない文字が含まれています。使用できる\n文字は半角英数字のほか、 \".\"、\"_\"、\"-\"、\"+\" です。" +msgid "" +"The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" +"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." +msgstr "" +"論理ボリュームの名前に正しくない文字が含まれています。使用できる\n" +"文字は半角英数字のほか、 \".\"、\"_\"、\"-\"、\"+\" です。" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 -msgid "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\nin volume group \"%2\"." -msgstr "\"%1\" という名前の論理ボリュームは\nボリュームグループ \"%2\" に既に存在しています。" +msgid "" +"A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" +"in volume group \"%2\"." +msgstr "" +"\"%1\" という名前の論理ボリュームは\n" +"ボリュームグループ \"%2\" に既に存在しています。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 @@ -2739,13 +4082,27 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 -msgid "Enter the size as well as the number and size\nof stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\nthan the number of physical volumes of the volume group." -msgstr "新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\nストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" +msgid "" +"Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." +msgstr "" +"新しい論理ボリュームについて、サイズと\n" +"ストライプ数、ストライプのサイズをそれぞれ入力してください。ストライプの数は、ボリュームグループの\n" +"物理ボリューム数より多い値を指定することはできません。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 -msgid "So called Thin Volumes can created\nwith arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \nassigned Thin Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\nthan the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\nVolume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\nThin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." -msgstr "Thin ボリュームと呼ばれるボリュームを、任意のボリュームサイズで\n作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた Thin プールからの要件に応じて決まります。そのため、Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き込むべきデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりません。なお、Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" +msgid "" +"So called Thin Volumes can created\n" +"with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" +"assigned Thin Pool. So one can create Thin Volume of a size larger\n" +"than the Thin Pool. Of course when there is really data written to a Thin\n" +"Volume, the assigned Thin Pool must be able to meet this space requirement.\n" +"Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." +msgstr "" +"Thin ボリュームと呼ばれるボリュームを、任意のボリュームサイズで\n" +"作成することができます。必要となる容量は、割り当てられた Thin プールからの要件に応じて決まります。そのため、Thin プールよりも大きいサイズの Thin ボリュームを作成することもできます。もちろん Thin ボリュームに対して書き込むべきデータ量に応じて、割り当てる Thin プールも大きくしなければなりません。なお、Thin ボリュームではストライプ数を設定することはできません。" #. heading for frame #. Column header @@ -2776,17 +4133,28 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 -msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\nThis is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\nIf in doubt this is most probably the right choice" -msgstr "論理ボリュームを通常ボリュームとして設定することもできます。\nこれは既定の設定であり、シン・プロビジョニングの機能を使用する前の LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" +msgid "" +"You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" +msgstr "" +"論理ボリュームを通常ボリュームとして設定することもできます。\n" +"これは既定の設定であり、シン・プロビジョニングの機能を使用する前の LVM ボリュームの状態を意味します。どれを選択したらいいかわからないような場合は、おそらくこれを選択しておくとよいでしょう。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 -msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\nThis means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." -msgstr "また、論理ボリュームを Thin プールとして設定することもできます。\nこれは Thin ボリュームが必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。" +msgid "" +"You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +msgstr "" +"また、論理ボリュームを Thin プールとして設定することもできます。\n" +"これは Thin ボリュームが必要に応じて容量を割り当てるためのプールを意味します。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 -msgid "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\nThis means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +msgid "" +"You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "さらに、この論理ボリュームを Thin ボリュームとして設定することもできます。これは、Thin プールから必要に応じて容量を割り当てるボリュームを意味します。" #. heading for frame @@ -2838,8 +4206,16 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 -msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n\nTo use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\nRAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." -msgstr "ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n\nLVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" +msgid "" +"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" +"\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." +msgstr "" +"ボリュームグループを作成するのに十分な未使用デバイスがありません。\n" +"\n" +"LVM を使用するには、少なくともパーティション種類が 0x8e (または 0x83) になっている\n" +"未使用パーティションか、もしくは RAID デバイスが少なくとも 1 つ必要です。パーティションテーブルを適切に変更してください。" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -2875,13 +4251,21 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 -msgid "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\nIt cannot be edited." -msgstr "ボリューム %1 は Thin プールです。\n編集することができません。" +msgid "" +"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" +"It cannot be edited." +msgstr "" +"ボリューム %1 は Thin プールです。\n" +"編集することができません。" #. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 -msgid "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "ボリューム %1 は使用中です。編集できません。\n%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"ボリューム %1 は使用中です。編集できません。\n" +"%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -2923,23 +4307,39 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 -msgid "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\ntheir logical volumes." -msgstr "ここには全ての LVM ボリュームグループと\nそれに属する論理ボリュームが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" +"their logical volumes." +msgstr "" +"ここには全ての LVM ボリュームグループと\n" +"それに属する論理ボリュームが表示されています。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 -msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\nselected volume group." -msgstr "ここには選択したボリュームグループに関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected volume group." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択したボリュームグループに関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 -msgid "This view shows all logical volumes of the\nselected volume group." -msgstr "ここには選択したボリュームグループに属する\n全ての論理ボリュームが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" +"selected volume group." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択したボリュームグループに属する\n" +"全ての論理ボリュームが表示されています。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 -msgid "This view shows all physical volumes used by\nthe selected volume group." -msgstr "ここには選択したボリュームグループに属する\n全ての物理ボリュームが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" +"the selected volume group." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択したボリュームグループに属する\n" +"全ての物理ボリュームが表示されています。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 @@ -2963,8 +4363,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 -msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\nselected logical volume." -msgstr "ここには選択した論理ボリュームに関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected logical volume." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択した論理ボリュームに関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。" #. tree node label #. heading @@ -3016,8 +4420,14 @@ #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 -msgid "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\nwill be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\nReally exit?" -msgstr "パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を %1 で\n終了してしまうと、これらの変更点が失われます。\n終了してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" +"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" +"Really exit?" +msgstr "" +"パーティション設定またはストレージ設定を変更しています。パーティション設定を %1 で\n" +"終了してしまうと、これらの変更点が失われます。\n" +"終了してよろしいですか?" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 @@ -3047,8 +4457,12 @@ #. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) #. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 -msgid "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\nSave it anyway?" -msgstr "NFS共有「%1」のテストマウントに失敗しました。\n保存しますか?" +msgid "" +"Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" +"Save it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"NFS共有「%1」のテストマウントに失敗しました。\n" +"保存しますか?" #. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 @@ -3062,33 +4476,67 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 -msgid "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\nThere is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" -msgstr "RAID 0: このレベルは、ディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\nこのモードには冗長性はありません。デバイスのうち、1台でもクラッシュすると、データを復旧することはできません。\n" +msgid "" +"RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +msgstr "" +"RAID 0: このレベルは、ディスクのパフォーマンスを向上させます。\n" +"このモードには冗長性はありません。デバイスのうち、1台でもクラッシュすると、データを復旧することはできません。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 -msgid "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\nused with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\ndisks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\nused for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" -msgstr "RAID 1: このモードの冗長設定が最良です。2つ、または\n3つのディスクと共に使用することができます。このモードは全ディスクの\nすべてのデータを完全にコピーし、保持します。最低1つのディスクが機能している限り、データの損失はありません。RAIDの、このタイプに使用するパーティションは、\nいずれもほぼ同じサイズを使用するのが適切です。\n" +msgid "" +"RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" +msgstr "" +"RAID 1: このモードの冗長設定が最良です。2つ、または\n" +"3つのディスクと共に使用することができます。このモードは全ディスクの\n" +"すべてのデータを完全にコピーし、保持します。最低1つのディスクが機能している限り、データの損失はありません。RAIDの、このタイプに使用するパーティションは、\n" +"いずれもほぼ同じサイズを使用するのが適切です。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\nof disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\nIf one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" -msgstr "RAID 5: このモードは、多数のディスクを管理し、同時にある程度の冗長設定も\n備えています。このモードは3つ以上のディスクで使用することができます。\n1つのディスクが損傷した場合でも、すべてのデータは失われません。同時に2つのディスクが破損した場合、すべてのデータが失われます。\n" +msgid "" +"RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +msgstr "" +"RAID 5: このモードは、多数のディスクを管理し、同時にある程度の冗長設定も\n" +"備えています。このモードは3つ以上のディスクで使用することができます。\n" +"1つのディスクが損傷した場合でも、すべてのデータは失われません。同時に2つのディスクが破損した場合、すべてのデータが失われます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 -msgid "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\nname for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\navailable as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" -msgstr "［RAID名］では、RAIDにわかりやすい名前を指定できます。\nこれはオプションです。名前が指定されると、デバイスは\n<tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>として使用できます。\n" +msgid "" +"Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" +"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" +"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" +msgstr "" +"［RAID名］では、RAIDにわかりやすい名前を指定できます。\n" +"これはオプションです。名前が指定されると、デバイスは\n" +"<tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>として使用できます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 -msgid "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\nthe RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\nof the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" -msgstr " RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" +msgid "" +"Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +msgstr "" +" RAID アレイにパーティションを追加します。\n" +" RAID レベルに応じて利用可能なディスク容量が決まります。 RAID 0 の場合は全てのパーティションの合計容量、\n" +" RAID 1 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量、 RAID 5 の場合は最も小さいパーティションの容量に (N-1) を掛けた容量 (N はパーティションの数) になります。 \n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 -msgid "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\nto get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" -msgstr "一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るには、異なるデバイス上にある\nパーティションを使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" +"to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" +msgstr "" +"一般的に、期待する冗長性とパフォーマンスを得るには、異なるデバイス上にある\n" +"パーティションを使用します。\n" #. heading #. Column header @@ -3140,8 +4588,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 -msgid "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\nof data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" -msgstr "チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\nなります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" +msgid "" +"Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +msgstr "" +"チャンクサイズ: デバイスに書き込むことができるデータの\n" +"\"最小\" 単位を指定します。一般に RAID 5 の場合は 128KB 、 RAID 0 の場合は 32KB がそれぞれ手頃な設定値と\n" +"なります。 RAID 1 の場合、チャンクサイズはあまりパフォーマンスに影響しません。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -3149,13 +4603,21 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 -msgid "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\nLeft-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" -msgstr "RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\nプラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、\"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" +msgid "" +"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +msgstr "" +"RAID5/6 で使用されるパリティアルゴリズム (計算方法) を指定します。\n" +"プラッタが回転するタイプの一般的なディスクの場合、\"left-symmetric\" (左対称) が最高のパフォーマンスを提供します。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 -msgid "For further details regarding the parity \nalgorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -msgstr "パリティアルゴリズムについて、詳しい情報は\nmdadm のマニュアルページ (man mdadm) をお読みください。\n" +msgid "" +"For further details regarding the parity \n" +"algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" +msgstr "" +"パリティアルゴリズムについて、詳しい情報は\n" +"mdadm のマニュアルページ (man mdadm) をお読みください。\n" #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 @@ -3217,8 +4679,16 @@ #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 -msgid "\nRaid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\nThis normally means the subset of raid devices is too small\nfor the raid to be usable.\n" -msgstr "\nRAID %1 は非アクティブ状態のため変更できません。\nこれは通常、RAIDデバイスのサブセットが小さすぎるためRAIDを使用できない\nことを意味します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" +"This normally means the subset of raid devices is too small\n" +"for the raid to be usable.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"RAID %1 は非アクティブ状態のため変更できません。\n" +"これは通常、RAIDデバイスのサブセットが小さすぎるためRAIDを使用できない\n" +"ことを意味します。\n" #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 @@ -3236,18 +4706,31 @@ #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 -msgid "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\nedited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "RAID %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"RAID %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" +"%1 を編集するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 -msgid "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\nresized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." -msgstr "RAID アレイ %1 は既にディスク上に作成されています。\n作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更するには、\nいったん削除してから作成し直してください。" +msgid "" +"The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" +"resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." +msgstr "" +"RAID アレイ %1 は既にディスク上に作成されています。\n" +"作成済みの RAID アレイをサイズ変更することはできません。 %1 のサイズを変更するには、\n" +"いったん削除してから作成し直してください。" #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 -msgid "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\nresized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "RAID %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" +"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." +msgstr "" +"RAID %1 は使用中です。編集することができません。\n" +"%1 のサイズを変更するには、使用を解除する必要があります。" #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -3261,13 +4744,21 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 -msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\nselected RAID." -msgstr "ここには選択した RAID に関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected RAID." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択した RAID に関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 -msgid "This view shows all devices used by the\nselected RAID." -msgstr "ここには選択した RAID で使用されている\n全てのデバイスが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows all devices used by the\n" +"selected RAID." +msgstr "" +"ここには選択した RAID で使用されている\n" +"全てのデバイスが表示されています。" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 @@ -3386,33 +4877,69 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 -msgid "This view shows general storage\nsettings:" -msgstr "ここには一般的なストレージ設定が表示されています\n:" +msgid "" +"This view shows general storage\n" +"settings:" +msgstr "" +"ここには一般的なストレージ設定が表示されています\n" +":" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 -msgid "Default Mount by gives the mount by\nmethod for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\ndevice name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\nuse names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\npersistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\nVolume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" -msgstr "［既定のマウント方法］では、新しく作成する\nパーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。［デバイス名］はカーネルが\n割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。［デバイス ID］と［デバイスパス］は、\nハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。［UUID］と\n［ボリュームラベル］は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" +msgid "" +"Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" +"method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" +msgstr "" +"［既定のマウント方法］では、新しく作成する\n" +"パーティションに対して、マウント方法を指定します。［デバイス名］はカーネルが\n" +"割り当てる名前でマウントする方法で、永続性がありません。［デバイス ID］と［デバイスパス］は、\n" +"ハードウエア情報をもとにして udev が生成する名前でマウントする方法です。これらはいずれも\n" +"永続性があるものですが、不運にも永続性が保たれない場合もあります。［UUID］と\n" +"［ボリュームラベル］は、それぞれファイルシステムに書かれた UUID またはラベルを利用してマウントする方法です。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 -msgid "Default File System gives the file\nsystem type for newly created file systems.\n" -msgstr "［既定のファイルシステム］では、新たに作成するファイルシステムの\n種類を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Default File System gives the file\n" +"system type for newly created file systems.\n" +msgstr "" +"［既定のファイルシステム］では、新たに作成するファイルシステムの\n" +"種類を指定します。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 -msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\ndetermines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \npartitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \nkernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" -msgstr "［新しく作成するパーティションの配置］\nでは、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。［シリンダ］は、ディスクのシリンダ境界を元に割り当てる従来からの方法です。［最適］は\nLinux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\nもしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換性があるように割り当てます。\n" +msgid "" +"Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" +"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" +msgstr "" +"［新しく作成するパーティションの配置］\n" +"では、パーティションを作成する際の配置方法を指定します。［シリンダ］は、ディスクのシリンダ境界を元に割り当てる従来からの方法です。［最適］は\n" +"Linux カーネルが提供するヒント情報を元に、最適な性能を発揮するように割り当てるか、\n" +"もしくは Windows Vista や Windows 7 と互換性があるように割り当てます。\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 -msgid "Show Storage Devices by controls\nthe name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." -msgstr "ストレージデバイスの表示方法 では、\n表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。" +msgid "" +"Show Storage Devices by controls\n" +"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." +msgstr "" +"ストレージデバイスの表示方法 では、\n" +"表示されているツリー内でのハードディスクの名前を表示する方法を指定します。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 -msgid "Visible Information On Storage\nDevices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." -msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示\n では、表内と概要で情報を隠すかどうかを指定します。" +msgid "" +"Visible Information On Storage\n" +"Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." +msgstr "" +"ストレージデバイスの情報表示\n" +" では、表内と概要で情報を隠すかどうかを指定します。" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 @@ -3431,8 +4958,12 @@ #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 -msgid "\nReally delete tmpfs mounted to %1" -msgstr "\n%1 にマウントされているtmpfsを削除してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"%1 にマウントされているtmpfsを削除してよろしいですか?" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 @@ -3446,8 +4977,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 -msgid "This view shows detailed information about the\nselected tmpfs volume.\n" -msgstr "このビューには、選択した tmpfs ボリュームに関する\n詳細情報が表示されています。\n" +msgid "" +"This view shows detailed information about the\n" +"selected tmpfs volume.\n" +msgstr "" +"このビューには、選択した tmpfs ボリュームに関する\n" +"詳細情報が表示されています。\n" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 @@ -3461,13 +4996,23 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 -msgid "This view shows devices that have no mount\npoint assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\nhave no logical volumes." -msgstr "この表示は割り当てられたマウントポイント、パーティション\nされていないディスク、論理ボリュームのないボリュームグループを持たない\nデバイスを示しています。" +msgid "" +"This view shows devices that have no mount\n" +"point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" +"have no logical volumes." +msgstr "" +"この表示は割り当てられたマウントポイント、パーティション\n" +"されていないディスク、論理ボリュームのないボリュームグループを持たない\n" +"デバイスを示しています。" #. popup message #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 -msgid "Rescanning unused devices cancels\nall current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" -msgstr "未使用デバイスの再検出を行うと、現在の変更内容がすべてキャンセルされます。\n本当に未使用デバイスの再検出を行ってよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" +"all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" +msgstr "" +"未使用デバイスの再検出を行うと、現在の変更内容がすべてキャンセルされます。\n" +"本当に未使用デバイスの再検出を行ってよろしいですか?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -3493,8 +5038,12 @@ #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 -msgid "A logical volume with the requested size could \nnot be created.\n" -msgstr "要求されたサイズで論理ボリュームを作成\nできませんでした。\n" +msgid "" +"A logical volume with the requested size could \n" +"not be created.\n" +msgstr "" +"要求されたサイズで論理ボリュームを作成\n" +"できませんでした。\n" #: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." @@ -3507,13 +5056,21 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 -msgid "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\nRemove the snapshot first." -msgstr "このボリュームに対して、1 つ以上の有効なスナップショットが存在しています。\nスナップショットを先に削除してください。" +msgid "" +"There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" +"Remove the snapshot first." +msgstr "" +"このボリュームに対して、1 つ以上の有効なスナップショットが存在しています。\n" +"スナップショットを先に削除してください。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\nRemove the thin volume first." -msgstr "このプールを使用する Thin ボリュームが 1 つ以上存在しています。\nThin ボリュームを先に削除してください。" +msgid "" +"There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" +"Remove the thin volume first." +msgstr "" +"このプールを使用する Thin ボリュームが 1 つ以上存在しています。\n" +"Thin ボリュームを先に削除してください。" #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 @@ -3609,8 +5166,16 @@ #. error popup text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 -msgid "Pattern file has invalid format!\n\nThe file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class name\nper line. Example:" -msgstr "パターンファイルの形式が正しくありません。\n\nこのファイルには、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ずつ書かれている必要があります。\nたとえば下記のようになります:" +msgid "" +"Pattern file has invalid format!\n" +"\n" +"The file needs to contain lines with a regular expression and a class name\n" +"per line. Example:" +msgstr "" +"パターンファイルの形式が正しくありません。\n" +"\n" +"このファイルには、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ずつ書かれている必要があります。\n" +"たとえば下記のようになります:" #. popup text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 @@ -3623,38 +5188,88 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 -msgid "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\ncontained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\nfewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " -msgstr "このダイアログは、RAID に含まれている RAID デバイスについて、\nその分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A、B、C、D、および E ですが、\n多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A および B だけ、など) 。" +msgid "" +"This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " +msgstr "" +"このダイアログは、RAID に含まれている RAID デバイスについて、\n" +"その分類を設定するために使用します。利用可能な分類は A、B、C、D、および E ですが、\n" +"多くの場合は、これほど多く使用することはありません (たとえば A および B だけ、など) 。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 -msgid "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\ndevice and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \nCtrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\none step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \nselected devices into this class." -msgstr "分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。Ctrl や Shift キーを\n押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n［%1］から［%2］までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" +msgid "" +"You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"selected devices into this class." +msgstr "" +"分類にデバイスを追加するには、デバイスを選択してマウスの右ボタンを\n" +"押し、表示されたコンテキストメニューから分類を選択してください。Ctrl や Shift キーを\n" +"押しながらデバイスを選択すると、複数のデバイスに対する分類を一括設定することもできます。\n" +"［%1］から［%2］までのボタンを使用することで、現在選択されているデバイスをそれぞれの分類に設定することもできます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 -msgid "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \ndevices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." -msgstr "デバイスに対する分類を設定したあとは、［%1］または［%2］\nのボタンを利用して、デバイス順序を設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" +"devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." +msgstr "" +"デバイスに対する分類を設定したあとは、［%1］または［%2］\n" +"のボタンを利用して、デバイス順序を設定することができます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 -msgid "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\nof class B and so on." -msgstr "［並べ替え］を選択すると、全てのデバイスを分類順に\n並べ替えることができます。" +msgid "" +"Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" +"of class B and so on." +msgstr "" +"［並べ替え］を選択すると、全てのデバイスを分類順に\n" +"並べ替えることができます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 -msgid "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \nclass B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \nsecond device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." -msgstr "［インターリーブ］を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスのあとに分類 B の\n最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A の\n2 つめのデバイス、分類 B の 2 つめのデバイスが続きます。" +msgid "" +"Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" +"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +msgstr "" +"［インターリーブ］を選択すると、分類 A の最初のデバイスのあとに分類 B の\n" +"最初のデバイスが並び、分類が設定されている分だけ続きます。その後には分類 A の\n" +"2 つめのデバイス、分類 B の 2 つめのデバイスが続きます。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 -msgid "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\nWhen you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \norder in the RAID to be created." -msgstr "分類の設定されていないデバイスは、デバイス一覧では全て一番最後に割り当てられます。\nこのポップアップを終了すると、ここで指定したデバイスの順序をもとに\nRAID を作成します。" +msgid "" +"All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" +"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" +"order in the RAID to be created." +msgstr "" +"分類の設定されていないデバイスは、デバイス一覧では全て一番最後に割り当てられます。\n" +"このポップアップを終了すると、ここで指定したデバイスの順序をもとに\n" +"RAID を作成します。" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 -msgid "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\nlines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \nthe regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \nmatched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \nthe udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\nthe udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \nThe first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\nregular expression." -msgstr "［%1］を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda.* A\")\nファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバイスが、\n指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) のほか、\nudev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) や\nudev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して設定する\nことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分類に\n割り当てられます。" +msgid "" +"By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"regular expression." +msgstr "" +"［%1］を押すと、正規表現と分類名が 1 行ごとに書かれた (たとえば \"sda.* A\")\n" +"ファイルを選択することができます。ここに書かれた正規表現に該当する全てのデバイスが、\n" +"指定した分類に割り当てられます。正規表現は、カーネル名 (たとえば /dev/sda1) のほか、\n" +"udev のパス名 (たとえば /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) や\n" +"udev の ID (たとえば /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) に対して設定する\n" +"ことができます。デバイス名が複数の正規表現に該当する場合は、最初に該当した分類に\n" +"割り当てられます。" #. headline text #. Column header @@ -3674,8 +5289,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 -msgid "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\nValue must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." -msgstr "サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K、M、G、% などを指定してください。\n値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" +"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." +msgstr "" +"サイズの指定が正しくありません。数字に続いて K、M、G、% などを指定してください。\n" +"値は 100k 以上、もしくは 1% ～ 200% の間で指定します。もう一度入力してください。" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -3683,8 +5302,14 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 -msgid "Tmpfs Size:\nSize may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\nas a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." -msgstr "tmpfs サイズ:\nサイズの指定では、数字の後にK(キロバイト)、M(メガバイト)、G(ギガバイト)を付けること\nができます。また、パーセント記号が付いた数字は、メモリの割合を意味します。" +msgid "" +"Tmpfs Size:\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." +msgstr "" +"tmpfs サイズ:\n" +"サイズの指定では、数字の後にK(キロバイト)、M(メガバイト)、G(ギガバイト)を付けること\n" +"ができます。また、パーセント記号が付いた数字は、メモリの割合を意味します。" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -3698,8 +5323,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 -msgid "Swap Priority:\nEnter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" -msgstr "スワップ優先度: \nスワップ優先度を入力します。高い数値が、より高い優先度を意味します。\n" +msgid "" +"Swap Priority:\n" +"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" +msgstr "" +"スワップ優先度: \n" +"スワップ優先度を入力します。高い数値が、より高い優先度を意味します。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -3708,8 +5337,14 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 -msgid "Mount Read-Only:\nWriting to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\nthe file system is always mounted read-write." -msgstr "読み込み専用でマウント:\nファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。デフォルトは「false」 (いいえ)です。\nインストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" +msgid "" +"Mount Read-Only:\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"the file system is always mounted read-write." +msgstr "" +"読み込み専用でマウント:\n" +"ファイルシステムに書き込むことができなくなります。デフォルトは「false」 (いいえ)です。\n" +"インストールの際は、ファイルシステムは常に読み書き可能な状態でマウントされます。" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 @@ -3718,8 +5353,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 -msgid "No Access Time:\nAccess times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" -msgstr "アクセスタイムを使用しない: \nファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" +msgid "" +"No Access Time:\n" +"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" +msgstr "" +"アクセスタイムを使用しない: \n" +"ファイルを読み込むときアクセスタイムを更新しません。既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -3728,8 +5367,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 -msgid "Mountable by User:\nThe file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" -msgstr "ユーザによる手動マウント: \nファイルシステムは、ユーザにより手動でマウントされます。デフォルトはfalseです。\n" +msgid "" +"Mountable by User:\n" +"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" +msgstr "" +"ユーザによる手動マウント: \n" +"ファイルシステムは、ユーザにより手動でマウントされます。デフォルトはfalseです。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -3738,8 +5381,19 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 -msgid "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\nThe file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\nAn entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\nwith the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\nis entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" -msgstr "システム起動時にマウントしない:\nシステム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\nをしてコマンド <tt>mount <mount point></tt> を実行すると、マウントすることができます。\n(<mount point> はファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" +msgid "" +"Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" +"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" +"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +msgstr "" +"システム起動時にマウントしない:\n" +"システム起動時に、そのファイルシステムをマウントしません。\n" +"/etc/fstab 内の項目については従来通り作成されます。適切なオプション指定\n" +"をしてコマンド <tt>mount <mount point></tt> を実行すると、マウントすることができます。\n" +"(<mount point> はファイルシステムのマウント先ディレクトリを指定します)\n" +"既定は 'false' (いいえ) です。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 @@ -3748,8 +5402,14 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 -msgid "Enable Quota Support:\nThe file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\nDefault is false.\n" -msgstr "クォータサポートを有効にする:\n指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" +msgid "" +"Enable Quota Support:\n" +"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" +"Default is false.\n" +msgstr "" +"クォータサポートを有効にする:\n" +"指定したファイルシステムについて、ユーザクォータを有効にした状態でマウントすることを指定します。\n" +"既定ではクォータは無効になっています。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 @@ -3758,8 +5418,22 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 -msgid "Data Journaling Mode:\nSpecifies the journaling mode for file data.\n<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\nwritten into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\nprior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" -msgstr "データジャーナリングモード:\nファイルデータに対するジャーナル方法を指定します。\n<tt>journal</tt> -- 全てのデータは、ファイルシステム本体に書き込む前に\nジャーナルに書き込みます。パフォーマンスへの影響は最も大きくなります。 \n<tt>ordered</tt> -- 全てのデータは、メタデータをジャーナルに書き込む前に\nファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響があります。 \n<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。\n" +msgid "" +"Data Journaling Mode:\n" +"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" +"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +msgstr "" +"データジャーナリングモード:\n" +"ファイルデータに対するジャーナル方法を指定します。\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- 全てのデータは、ファイルシステム本体に書き込む前に\n" +"ジャーナルに書き込みます。パフォーマンスへの影響は最も大きくなります。 \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- 全てのデータは、メタデータをジャーナルに書き込む前に\n" +"ファイルシステム本体に書き込みます。中程度にパフォーマンスへの影響があります。 \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- データの順序性を保持しません。パフォーマンスへの影響はありません。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -3768,8 +5442,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 -msgid "Access Control Lists (ACL):\nEnable access control lists on the file system.\n" -msgstr "アクセス制御リスト(ACL): \nファイルシステム上のアクセス制御リストを有効にします。\n" +msgid "" +"Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" +"Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" +msgstr "" +"アクセス制御リスト(ACL): \n" +"ファイルシステム上のアクセス制御リストを有効にします。\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 @@ -3778,8 +5456,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 -msgid "Extended User Attributes:\nAllow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" -msgstr "拡張ユーザ属性: \nファイルシステム上の拡張ユーザ属性を使用できるようにします。\n" +msgid "" +"Extended User Attributes:\n" +"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" +msgstr "" +"拡張ユーザ属性: \n" +"ファイルシステム上の拡張ユーザ属性を使用できるようにします。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 @@ -3792,8 +5474,14 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 -msgid "Arbitrary Option Value:\nIn this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\nMultiple options are separated by commas.\n" -msgstr "任意のオプション値:\nこのフィールドには、/etc/fstabの4番目のフィールドで使用可能な正規のマウントオプションを入力します。\nオプションを複数指定するには、コンマで区切ります。\n" +msgid "" +"Arbitrary Option Value:\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" +msgstr "" +"任意のオプション値:\n" +"このフィールドには、/etc/fstabの4番目のフィールドで使用可能な正規のマウントオプションを入力します。\n" +"オプションを複数指定するには、コンマで区切ります。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 @@ -3802,8 +5490,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 -msgid "Charset for File Names:\nSet the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" -msgstr "ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\nWindowsパーティションでファイル名の表示に使用されるキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Charset for File Names:\n" +"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイル名のキャラクタセット:\n" +"Windowsパーティションでファイル名の表示に使用されるキャラクタセットを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -3812,8 +5504,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 -msgid "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\nThis codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" -msgstr "FATの短縮ファイル名に使用されるコードページ: \nこのコードページは、FATファイルシステム用の短縮文字に変換する際に使用されるコードページです。\n" +msgid "" +"Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +msgstr "" +"FATの短縮ファイル名に使用されるコードページ: \n" +"このコードページは、FATファイルシステム用の短縮文字に変換する際に使用されるコードページです。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -3822,8 +5518,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 -msgid "Number of FATs:\nSpecify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." -msgstr "FATの数: \nファイルシステムのファイル割り当てテーブルの数を指定します。デフォルトは2です。" +msgid "" +"Number of FATs:\n" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +msgstr "" +"FATの数: \n" +"ファイルシステムのファイル割り当てテーブルの数を指定します。デフォルトは2です。" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -3832,8 +5532,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 -msgid "FAT Size:\nSpecifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" -msgstr "FAT サイズ:\n使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12、16、または 32 ビット) を指定します。［自動］を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" +msgid "" +"FAT Size:\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +msgstr "" +"FAT サイズ:\n" +"使用するファイルアロケーションテーブルの種類 (12、16、または 32 ビット) を指定します。［自動］を選択すると、そのファイルシステムに最も適した値を YaST が自動的に選択します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -3847,8 +5551,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 -msgid "Root Dir Entries:\nSelect the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" -msgstr "ルートディレクトリの項目数: \nルートディレクトリで利用できるように設定する項目数を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Root Dir Entries:\n" +"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" +msgstr "" +"ルートディレクトリの項目数: \n" +"ルートディレクトリで利用できるように設定する項目数を指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 @@ -3857,8 +5565,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 -msgid "Hash Function:\nThis specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" -msgstr "ハッシュ関数: \nディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用するハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Hash Function:\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +msgstr "" +"ハッシュ関数: \n" +"ディレクトリ内のファイル名を並べ替える際に利用するハッシュ関数の名前を指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -3867,8 +5579,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 -msgid "FS Revision:\nThis option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" -msgstr "ファイルシステムリビジョン:\nこのオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs フォーマットのリビジョンを指定することができます。'3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x シリーズ用に互換性を持たせることができます。'3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" +msgid "" +"FS Revision:\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステムリビジョン:\n" +"このオプション設定では、使用する reiserfs フォーマットのリビジョンを指定することができます。'3.5' はカーネル 2.2.x シリーズ用に互換性を持たせることができます。'3.6' は最も新しいバージョンですが、カーネル 2.4.x またはそれ以降のカーネルバージョンでのみ使用することができます。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -3878,8 +5594,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 -msgid "Block Size:\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" -msgstr "ブロックサイズ:\nブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512、1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Block Size:\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +msgstr "" +"ブロックサイズ:\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 512、1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、標準的なブロックサイズ 4096 を設定します。\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -3890,8 +5610,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 -msgid "Inode Size:\nThis option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" -msgstr "iノードのサイズ: \nこのオプションは、ファイルシステムのinodeのサイズを指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Inode Size:\n" +"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" +msgstr "" +"iノードのサイズ: \n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステムのinodeのサイズを指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 @@ -3900,8 +5624,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 -msgid "Percentage of Inode Space:\nThe option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" -msgstr "inode 領域の割合:\nこのオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Percentage of Inode Space:\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +msgstr "" +"inode 領域の割合:\n" +"このオプションは、ファイルシステム内で inode に割り当てる最大容量を、パーセント単位で指定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -3910,8 +5638,16 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 -msgid "Inode Aligned:\nThe option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\nis not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\nis usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" -msgstr "inode の整列:\nこのオプションは、inode の割り当てを整列するかどうかを指定します。\n既定では inode の整列を行ないます。整列された inode へのアクセスは\n未整列のものよりもより効果的にアクセスすることができます。\n" +msgid "" +"Inode Aligned:\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" +"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" +msgstr "" +"inode の整列:\n" +"このオプションは、inode の割り当てを整列するかどうかを指定します。\n" +"既定では inode の整列を行ないます。整列された inode へのアクセスは\n" +"未整列のものよりもより効果的にアクセスすることができます。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 @@ -3920,14 +5656,22 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 -msgid "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\nEnter a value greater than zero.\n" -msgstr "［ログサイズ］の値が正しくありません。\nゼロより大きい値を指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" +"Enter a value greater than zero.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ログサイズ］の値が正しくありません。\n" +"ゼロより大きい値を指定してください。\n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 -msgid "Log Size\nSet the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" -msgstr "ログサイズ\nログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。［自動］に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" +msgid "" +"Log Size\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +msgstr "" +"ログサイズ\n" +"ログサイズをメガバイト単位で設定します。［自動］に設定している場合、既定値は全体のサイズの 40% です。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -3941,18 +5685,34 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 -msgid "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\nSelect a value greater than 1.\n" -msgstr "［ストライド長 (ブロック単位)］の値が正しくありません。\n1 より大きい値を指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" +"Select a value greater than 1.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ストライド長 (ブロック単位)］の値が正しくありません。\n" +"1 より大きい値を指定してください。\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 -msgid "Stride Length in Blocks:\nSet RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\nargument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\nRAID stripe as its argument.\n" -msgstr "Strideの長さ(ブロック単位): \nファイルシステムに対するRAID関連のオプションを指定します。現在、サポートされている唯一の引数は、\n「stride」で、引数としてRAIDストライプのブロック数を\n指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Stride Length in Blocks:\n" +"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" +"argument is 'stride', which takes the number of blocks in a\n" +"RAID stripe as its argument.\n" +msgstr "" +"Strideの長さ(ブロック単位): \n" +"ファイルシステムに対するRAID関連のオプションを指定します。現在、サポートされている唯一の引数は、\n" +"「stride」で、引数としてRAIDストライプのブロック数を\n" +"指定します。\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 -msgid "Block Size:\nSpecify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" -msgstr "ブロックサイズ:\nブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Block Size:\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +msgstr "" +"ブロックサイズ:\n" +"ブロックの大きさをバイト単位で指定します。選択可能なブロックサイズは 1024、2048、4096 のいずれかです。［自動］を選択すると、ブロックサイズをファイルシステムサイズと想定される用途から決定します。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -3961,8 +5721,20 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 -msgid "Bytes per Inode: \nSpecify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the\nbytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\nvalue should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\ntoo many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\ninodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\nvalue for this parameter.\n" -msgstr "inode ごとのバイト数:\ninode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\ninode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Bytes per Inode: \n" +"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" +"<bytes-per-inode> bytes of space on the disk. The larger the\n" +"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" +"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" +"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"value for this parameter.\n" +msgstr "" +"inode ごとのバイト数:\n" +"inode を作成する割合をバイト数で指定します。YaST では、ここで指定した値のバイト数ごとに inode 1 つを作成します。従って、この値をより大きくすると inode の数は少なくなります。\n" +"一般的には、この値はファイルシステムのブロックサイズより大きい値であるべきです。そうでないとあまりにも多い inode が作成されてしまうためです。なお、ファイルシステム作成後は\n" +"inode の数を増やすことはできません。従って、このパラメータには適切な値を入力してください。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -3971,8 +5743,12 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 -msgid "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\nAllowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" -msgstr "［root 用に予約するブロックの割合］の値が正しくありません。\n0 ～ 99 の範囲 (小数点も指定可能、例: 0.5) で指定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" +"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"［root 用に予約するブロックの割合］の値が正しくありません。\n" +"0 ～ 99 の範囲 (小数点も指定可能、例: 0.5) で指定してください。\n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format @@ -3987,8 +5763,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 -msgid "Disable Regular Checks:\nDisable regular file system check at booting.\n" -msgstr "通常のチェックを無効にする:\n起動時に通常のファイルシステムチェックを行なわないようにします。\n" +msgid "" +"Disable Regular Checks:\n" +"Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" +msgstr "" +"通常のチェックを無効にする:\n" +"起動時に通常のファイルシステムチェックを行なわないようにします。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 @@ -3997,8 +5777,12 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 -msgid "Directory Index:\nEnables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" -msgstr "ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" +msgid "" +"Directory Index:\n" +"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" +msgstr "" +"ディレクトリインデックス機能:\n" +"項目数の多いディレクトリ内で検索速度を上げるため、 B ツリーというハッシュ機能を有効にします。\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -4007,8 +5791,14 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 -msgid "No Journal:\nSuppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\nknow what you are doing.\n" -msgstr "ジャーナルなし:\nファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、内容を\n事前にご確認のうえご利用ください。\n" +msgid "" +"No Journal:\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"know what you are doing.\n" +msgstr "" +"ジャーナルなし:\n" +"ファイルシステム上のジャーナルの使用を省略します。有効化する際は、内容を\n" +"事前にご確認のうえご利用ください。\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936 @@ -4017,28 +5807,94 @@ #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941 -msgid "\nIt's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\nthe partition table on your disk %{device}\n(the disk is LDL formatted).\n\nYou can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\nformat them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\nresize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" -msgstr "\nディスク %{device} のパーティションテーブルをパーティションツールpartedで\n変更することはサポートされていません\n(このディスクはLDL形式です)。\n\nディスク %{device} 上のパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\nフォーマットしたり、マウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なうことができますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、\nサイズ変更、削除は行なうことができません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" +"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n" +"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ディスク %{device} のパーティションテーブルをパーティションツールpartedで\n" +"変更することはサポートされていません\n" +"(このディスクはLDL形式です)。\n" +"\n" +"ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" +"フォーマットしたり、マウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なうことができますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、\n" +"サイズ変更、削除は行なうことができません。\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953 -msgid "\nThe partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \nsupported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\npartition table.\n\nYou can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\nformat them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \nresize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" -msgstr "\nディスク %{device} のパーティション情報は、パーティションテープルの変更に使用されるパーティションツールpartedで\n読み込むことができないか、もしくはこのツールでサポートされていません。\n\nディスク %{device} 上のパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\nフォーマットしたり、マウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なう\nことができますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、編集、\nサイズ変更、削除は行なうことができません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" +"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n" +"partition table.\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n" +"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n" +"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ディスク %{device} のパーティション情報は、パーティションテープルの変更に使用されるパーティションツールpartedで\n" +"読み込むことができないか、もしくはこのツールでサポートされていません。\n" +"\n" +"ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションを現状のまま使用したり、\n" +"フォーマットしたり、マウントポイントを割り当てたりなどの処理は行なう\n" +"ことができますが、ここでそのディスクに対するパーティションの追加、編集、\n" +"サイズ変更、削除は行なうことができません。\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965 -msgid "\nThe disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\ncompatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\npartition spanning almost the entire disk.\n\nYou can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\nformat it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\nor remove the partition from that disk here.\n" -msgstr "\nディスク %{device} にはパーティションテーブルが含まれていませんが、\n互換性のため、ディスクのほぼ全体を使用する\nパーティションがカーネルによって自動的に作成されました。\n\nディスク %{device} 上のパーティションをそのまま使用することも、\nフォーマットしてマウントポイントを割り当てることもできますが、\nここでそのディスクのパーティションのサイズ変更や削除を行うことはできません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" +"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n" +"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n" +"\n" +"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n" +"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n" +"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ディスク %{device} にはパーティションテーブルが含まれていませんが、\n" +"互換性のため、ディスクのほぼ全体を使用する\n" +"パーティションがカーネルによって自動的に作成されました。\n" +"\n" +"ディスク %{device} 上のパーティションをそのまま使用することも、\n" +"フォーマットしてマウントポイントを割り当てることもできますが、\n" +"ここでそのディスクのパーティションのサイズ変更や削除を行うことはできません。\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 -msgid "\n\nYou can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\nPartitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table\", \nbut this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\n" -msgstr "\n\n熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある［エキスパート］->［新しいパーティションテーブルの作成］\nを選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができます。\nただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"You can initialize the disk partition table to a sane state in the Expert\n" +"Partitioner by selecting \"Expert\"->\"Create New Partition Table\", \n" +"but this will destroy all data on all partitions of this disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"熟練者向けパーティション設定機能の中にある［エキスパート］->［新しいパーティションテーブルの作成］\n" +"を選択すると、パーティションテーブルを初期化し安全な状態にすることができます。\n" +"ただし、この作業によりそのディスクの全てのパーティションにあるデータは消えてしまいます。\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991 -msgid "\n\nSafely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \nthis disk during installation.\n" -msgstr "\n\nインストール時にこのディスクを使用しない場合は、\nこのメッセージを無視しても安全です。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Safely ignore this message if you do not intend to use \n" +"this disk during installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"インストール時にこのディスクを使用しない場合は、\n" +"このメッセージを無視しても安全です。\n" #. Returns map of free space per partition #. @@ -4060,18 +5916,38 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target #: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 -msgid "Could not set encryption.\nSystem error code is %1.\n\nThe encryption password provided could be incorrect.\n" -msgstr "暗号化を設定できませんでした。\nシステムエラーコードは %1 です。\n\n入力した暗号化パスワードが正しくない可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Could not set encryption.\n" +"System error code is %1.\n" +"\n" +"The encryption password provided could be incorrect.\n" +msgstr "" +"暗号化を設定できませんでした。\n" +"システムエラーコードは %1 です。\n" +"\n" +"入力した暗号化パスワードが正しくない可能性があります。\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 -msgid "The first and the second version\nof the password do not match.\nTry again." -msgstr "最初に入力したパスワードと\n確認のためのパスワードが異なります。\nもう一度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"最初に入力したパスワードと\n" +"確認のためのパスワードが異なります。\n" +"もう一度入力してください。" #. popup text #: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 -msgid "The password may only contain the following characters:\n0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\nTry again." -msgstr "パスワードに使用できる文字は次のとおりです。\n0..9、a..z、A..Z、または\"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\"のいずれか\nもう一度入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"パスワードに使用できる文字は次のとおりです。\n" +"0..9、a..z、A..Z、または\"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\"のいずれか\n" +"もう一度入力してください。" #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters @@ -4093,8 +5969,16 @@ msgstr "暗号化されたボリュームの有効化" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 -msgid "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \npasswords are not yet known.\nThe passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \nduring an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." -msgstr "下記のボリュームには暗号化の設定がされていますが、\nパスワードが不明です。\n対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化されたLVM物理ボリュームに\n含まれるものである場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" +"passwords are not yet known.\n" +"The passwords need to be known if the volumes are needed either \n" +"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." +msgstr "" +"下記のボリュームには暗号化の設定がされていますが、\n" +"パスワードが不明です。\n" +"対象のボリュームが更新時に必要なものであったり、暗号化されたLVM物理ボリュームに\n" +"含まれるものである場合は、パスワードを指定する必要があります。" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -4102,8 +5986,13 @@ #. text in help field #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 -msgid "Enter encryption password for any of the\ndevices in the locked devices list.\nPassword will be tried for all devices." -msgstr "ロックされたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\nパスワードはすべてのデバイスで試されます。" +msgid "" +"Enter encryption password for any of the\n" +"devices in the locked devices list.\n" +"Password will be tried for all devices." +msgstr "" +"ロックされたデバイスの一覧の各項目に対して適用する、暗号化パスワードを入力してください。\n" +"パスワードはすべてのデバイスで試されます。" #. header text #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 @@ -4169,33 +6058,76 @@ msgstr "ディスク上の他のパーティションが使用されているため、パーティションを作成できません。" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 -msgid "\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\nthat is needed to run the installation.\n" -msgstr "\nデバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n設定を変更することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" +"that is needed to run the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" +"設定を変更することができません。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 -msgid "\nDevice %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\ndata needed to perform the installation.\n" -msgstr "\nデバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n設定を変更することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" +"data needed to perform the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" +"設定を変更することができません。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 -msgid "\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\nthat is needed to run the installation.\n" -msgstr "\nデバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n削除することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" +"that is needed to run the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" +"削除することができません。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 -msgid "\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\ndata needed to perform the installation.\n" -msgstr "\nデバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n削除することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" +"data needed to perform the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" +"削除することができません。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 -msgid "\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\ndevice %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \nthe installation.\n" -msgstr "\nデバイス %1 を削除することは、インストール作業に必要な\nスワップが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" +"device %2, which contains activated swap that is needed to run \n" +"the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"デバイス %1 を削除することは、インストール作業に必要な\n" +"スワップが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 -msgid "\nDevice %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\ndevice %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" -msgstr "\nデバイス %1 を削除することは、インストールを実行するのに\n必要なデータが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" +"device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"デバイス %1 を削除することは、インストールを実行するのに\n" +"必要なデータが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 -msgid "\nPartition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\ndisk %2 are used.\n" -msgstr "\nディスク %2 上にある他のパーティションが利用中であるため、\nパーティション %1 を削除することができません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" +"disk %2 are used.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ディスク %2 上にある他のパーティションが利用中であるため、\n" +"パーティション %1 を削除することができません。\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 @@ -4305,73 +6237,129 @@ #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 -msgid "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\ndisk. This field can be empty." -msgstr "BIOS ID にはハードディスクの BIOS ID\nが表示されています。この項目には何も書かれていない場合があります。" +msgid "" +"BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" +"disk. This field can be empty." +msgstr "" +"BIOS ID にはハードディスクの BIOS ID\n" +"が表示されています。この項目には何も書かれていない場合があります。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 -msgid "Bus shows how the device is connected to\nthe system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." -msgstr "バス にはそのデバイスがシステムに対してどのように接続されているか\nを表示しています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合があります。" +msgid "" +"Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" +"the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." +msgstr "" +"バス にはそのデバイスがシステムに対してどのように接続されているか\n" +"を表示しています。マルチパスディスクなど、この項目に何も書かれていない場合があります。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 -msgid "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\ndevices." -msgstr "チャンクサイズ には RAID デバイス向けのチャンクサイズが\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" +"devices." +msgstr "" +"チャンクサイズ には RAID デバイス向けのチャンクサイズが\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 -msgid "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\ncylinders of the hard disk." -msgstr "シリンダサイズ にはハードディスクの\nシリンダのサイズが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" +"cylinders of the hard disk." +msgstr "" +"シリンダサイズ にはハードディスクの\n" +"シリンダのサイズが表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 -msgid "Sector Size shows the size of the\nsectors of the hard disk." -msgstr "セクタサイズにはハードディスクの\nセクタのサイズが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Sector Size shows the size of the\n" +"sectors of the hard disk." +msgstr "" +"セクタサイズにはハードディスクの\n" +"セクタのサイズが表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 -msgid "Device shows the kernel name of the\ndevice." -msgstr "デバイス にはデバイスのカーネル内での名前が\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Device shows the kernel name of the\n" +"device." +msgstr "" +"デバイス にはデバイスのカーネル内での名前が\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 -msgid "Disk Label shows the partition table\ntype of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." -msgstr "ディスクラベル には <tt>MSDOS</tt> や <tt>GPT</tt> など\nディスク内のパーティションテーブルの種類が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Disk Label shows the partition table\n" +"type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." +msgstr "" +"ディスクラベル には <tt>MSDOS</tt> や <tt>GPT</tt> など\n" +"ディスク内のパーティションテーブルの種類が表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 -msgid "Encrypted shows whether the device is\nencrypted." -msgstr "［暗号化］にはデバイスが暗号化されているかどうかが\n表示されます。" +msgid "" +"Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" +"encrypted." +msgstr "" +"［暗号化］にはデバイスが暗号化されているかどうかが\n" +"表示されます。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 -msgid "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\nthe partition." -msgstr "終了シリンダ にはパーティションの終了シリンダ\nが表示されています。" +msgid "" +"End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" +"the partition." +msgstr "" +"終了シリンダ にはパーティションの終了シリンダ\n" +"が表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 -msgid "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\nFibre Channel disks." -msgstr "LUN にはファイバチャネルディスクの論理ユニット番号が\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" +"Fibre Channel disks." +msgstr "" +"LUN にはファイバチャネルディスクの論理ユニット番号が\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 -msgid "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\nChannel disks." -msgstr "ポート ID にはファイバチャネルディスクのポート ID が\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" +"Channel disks." +msgstr "" +"ポート ID にはファイバチャネルディスクのポート ID が\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 -msgid "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\nFibre Channel disks." -msgstr "WWPN にはファイバチャネルディスクの World Wide Port Name (WWPN) が\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" +"Fibre Channel disks." +msgstr "" +"WWPN にはファイバチャネルディスクの World Wide Port Name (WWPN) が\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 -msgid "File Path shows the path of the file for\nan encrypted loop device." -msgstr "ファイルパス には暗号化ループデバイスのファイルパスが\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"File Path shows the path of the file for\n" +"an encrypted loop device." +msgstr "" +"ファイルパス には暗号化ループデバイスのファイルパスが\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 -msgid "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\nmeans the device is selected to be formatted." -msgstr "［フォーマット］にはフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt>はデバイスを\nフォーマットするよう選択したことを示しています。" +msgid "" +"Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" +"means the device is selected to be formatted." +msgstr "" +"［フォーマット］にはフラグが表示されます: <tt>F</tt>はデバイスを\n" +"フォーマットするよう選択したことを示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 @@ -4385,13 +6373,21 @@ #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 -msgid "Label shows the label of the file\nsystem." -msgstr "ラベル にはファイルシステムのラベルが\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Label shows the label of the file\n" +"system." +msgstr "" +"ラベル にはファイルシステムのラベルが\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 -msgid "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\nvolume groups." -msgstr "メタデータ にはボリュームグループでの LVM メタデータ種類が\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" +"volume groups." +msgstr "" +"メタデータ にはボリュームグループでの LVM メタデータ種類が\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 @@ -4400,38 +6396,72 @@ #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 -msgid "Mount by indicates how the file system\nis mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\nfile system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" -msgstr "［マウント方法］には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかが表示されています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n(Label) はラベルによって、(UUID) は UUID によって、(ID) はデバイス ID によって、(Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" +msgid "" +"Mount by indicates how the file system\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" +msgstr "" +"［マウント方法］には、ファイルシステムをどのようにマウントするかが表示されています: (Kernel) はカーネルが定義する名前で、\n" +"(Label) はラベルによって、(UUID) は UUID によって、(ID) はデバイス ID によって、(Path) はデバイスパスによってマウントすることを示しています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 -msgid "A question mark (?) indicates that\nthe file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\nmanually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\nYaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -msgstr "クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\nそのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\nこれは手動でマウントするか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\nこのボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" +msgid "" +"A question mark (?) indicates that\n" +"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +msgstr "" +"クエスチョンマーク (?) は、\n" +"そのファイルシステムが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 内に書かれていないことを示しています。\n" +"これは手動でマウントするか、もしくは何らかの自動マウントシステムを使用していることを意味しています。\n" +"このボリュームに対する設定を変更する際、YaST は <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> の更新を行ないません。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 -msgid "Mount Point shows where the file system\nis mounted." -msgstr "マウントポイント にはファイルシステムがどの場所に\nマウントされるかを表示しています。" +msgid "" +"Mount Point shows where the file system\n" +"is mounted." +msgstr "" +"マウントポイント にはファイルシステムがどの場所に\n" +"マウントされるかを表示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 -msgid "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\nindicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\nhas the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -msgstr "マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\nそのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" +msgid "" +"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +msgstr "" +"マウントポイントの後ろに書かれているアスタリスク (*) の印は、\n" +"そのファイルシステムが現在マウントされていないことを示しています (たとえば <tt>noauto</tt> オプションが <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> に設定されている場合など) 。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 -msgid "Number of Cylinders shows how many\ncylinders the hard disk has." -msgstr "シリンダ数 にはハードディスクにどれだけのシリンダが\nあるかを表示しています。" +msgid "" +"Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" +"cylinders the hard disk has." +msgstr "" +"シリンダ数 にはハードディスクにどれだけのシリンダが\n" +"あるかを表示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 -msgid "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\nalgorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." -msgstr "パリティアルゴリズムにはRAIDタイプ5、6、10のRAIDデバイスの\nパリティアルゴリズムを表示しています。" +msgid "" +"Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" +"algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." +msgstr "" +"パリティアルゴリズムにはRAIDタイプ5、6、10のRAIDデバイスの\n" +"パリティアルゴリズムを表示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 -msgid "PE Size shows the physical extent size\nfor LVM volume groups." -msgstr "PE サイズにはLVMボリュームグループでの\n物理エクステントサイズを表示しています。" +msgid "" +"PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" +"for LVM volume groups." +msgstr "" +"PE サイズにはLVMボリュームグループでの\n" +"物理エクステントサイズを表示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 @@ -4440,8 +6470,12 @@ #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 -msgid "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\ncalled RAID level, for RAID devices." -msgstr "RAID 種類 には RAID の種類 (RAID \nレベルとも呼ばれます) を表示しています。" +msgid "" +"RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" +"called RAID level, for RAID devices." +msgstr "" +"RAID 種類 には RAID の種類 (RAID \n" +"レベルとも呼ばれます) を表示しています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 @@ -4450,38 +6484,66 @@ #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 -msgid "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\nof the partition." -msgstr "開始シリンダ にはパーティションの開始シリンダ位置が\n表示されています。" +msgid "" +"Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" +"of the partition." +msgstr "" +"開始シリンダ にはパーティションの開始シリンダ位置が\n" +"表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 -msgid "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\nlogical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" -msgstr "［ストライプ］には、LVM 論理ボリュームの\nストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示されています。\n" +msgid "" +"Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" +"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" +msgstr "" +"［ストライプ］には、LVM 論理ボリュームの\n" +"ストライプ番号と、それが 1 より大きい場合は括弧内にストライプサイズが表示されています。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 -msgid "Type gives a general overview about the\ndevice type." +msgid "" +"Type gives a general overview about the\n" +"device type." msgstr "種類 にはデバイスの概要が表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 -msgid "Device ID shows the persistent device\nIDs. This field can be empty.\n" -msgstr "［デバイス ID］には、永続的なデバイス ID が\n表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Device ID shows the persistent device\n" +"IDs. This field can be empty.\n" +msgstr "" +"［デバイス ID］には、永続的なデバイス ID が\n" +"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 -msgid "Device Path shows the persistent device\npath. This field can be empty." -msgstr "デバイスパス には永続的なデバイスパスが\n表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。" +msgid "" +"Device Path shows the persistent device\n" +"path. This field can be empty." +msgstr "" +"デバイスパス には永続的なデバイスパスが\n" +"表示されています。この項目は場合によっては何も書かれていない場合があります。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 -msgid "Used By shows if a device is used by\ne.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" -msgstr "\n［使用先］には、デバイスが RAID、LVM などで使用されているかどうかが表示されています。\nいずれでも使用されていない場合は、何も書かれません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Used By shows if a device is used by\n" +"e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［使用先］には、デバイスが RAID、LVM などで使用されているかどうかが表示されています。\n" +"いずれでも使用されていない場合は、何も書かれません。\n" +"\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 -msgid "UUID shows the Universally Unique\nIdentifier of the file system." -msgstr "UUID にはファイルシステムの唯一識別子 (UUID)\n が表示されています。" +msgid "" +"UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" +"Identifier of the file system." +msgstr "" +"UUID にはファイルシステムの唯一識別子 (UUID)\n" +" が表示されています。" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 @@ -4713,13 +6775,21 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 -msgid "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\nYou must quit that application before you can continue." -msgstr "不明なアプリケーションによりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" +"You must quit that application before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"不明なアプリケーションによりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" +"続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" #. error popup #: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 -msgid "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\nYou must quit that application before you can continue." -msgstr "アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) によりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" +msgid "" +"The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" +"You must quit that application before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"アプリケーション \"%1\" (%2) によりストレージサブシステムがロック (施錠) されています。\n" +"続行するには該当のアプリケーションを終了する必要があります。" #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home @@ -4748,23 +6818,45 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307 -msgid "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\nChoose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\nProposal if you want your system to be encrypted." -msgstr "LVMを使用しない場合は、［パーティションベースの推奨設定］を選択します。\nプレーンLVMの場合は［LVMベースの推奨設定］、システムを暗号化する場合は\n［暗号化されたLVMベースの推奨設定］をそれぞれ選択します。" +msgid "" +"Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" +"Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" +"Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." +msgstr "" +"LVMを使用しない場合は、［パーティションベースの推奨設定］を選択します。\n" +"プレーンLVMの場合は［LVMベースの推奨設定］、システムを暗号化する場合は\n" +"［暗号化されたLVMベースの推奨設定］をそれぞれ選択します。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315 -msgid "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\ncorresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\nenable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\nsize for the root partition." -msgstr "ルートパーティションのファイルシステムは、\n対応するコンボボックスで選択できます。\nファイルシステムがBtrFSの場合は、snapperを使用した自動スナップショットを有効にできます。これによって、ルートパーティションのサイズも\n増加します。" +msgid "" +"The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" +"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" +"enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" +"size for the root partition." +msgstr "" +"ルートパーティションのファイルシステムは、\n" +"対応するコンボボックスで選択できます。\n" +"ファイルシステムがBtrFSの場合は、snapperを使用した自動スナップショットを有効にできます。これによって、ルートパーティションのサイズも\n" +"増加します。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324 -msgid "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\nthe home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." -msgstr "推奨設定では、個別のホームパーティションを作成できます。ホームパーティション用のファイルシステムは、\n対応するコンボボックスで選択できます。" +msgid "" +"The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" +"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." +msgstr "" +"推奨設定では、個別のホームパーティションを作成できます。ホームパーティション用のファイルシステムは、\n" +"対応するコンボボックスで選択できます。" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331 -msgid "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\nthe system to disk in most cases." -msgstr "たいていの場合、スワップパーティションは、\nシステムをディスクにサスペンドできるほどの十分な大きさにできます。" +msgid "" +"The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" +"the system to disk in most cases." +msgstr "" +"たいていの場合、スワップパーティションは、\n" +"システムをディスクにサスペンドできるほどの十分な大きさにできます。" #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." @@ -4837,4 +6929,3 @@ #: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "ストレージデバイスの情報表示:" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -45,8 +45,13 @@ #. #. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ #: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 -msgid "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \nor single integer in the range 0 - 32" -msgstr "正しいネットマスクは、ドットで区切られた128～255の4つの数字か、もしくは\n0～32 の整数です。" +msgid "" +"A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" +"(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" +"or single integer in the range 0 - 32" +msgstr "" +"正しいネットマスクは、ドットで区切られた128～255の4つの数字か、もしくは\n" +"0～32 の整数です。" #: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" @@ -314,172 +319,471 @@ #. current_alias_name = ""; #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 -msgid "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\nDeleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" -msgstr "ホスト別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +msgstr "" +"ホスト別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n" +"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 -msgid "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\nDeleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" -msgstr "ユーザ別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n" +"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 -msgid "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\nDeleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" -msgstr "RunAs別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +msgstr "" +"RunAs別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n" +"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 -msgid "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\nDeleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" -msgstr "コマンド別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" +msgid "" +"Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" +msgstr "" +"コマンド別名 %1 はsudoルール内で使われています。\n" +"削除すると、sudo環境設定ファイルが矛盾した状態になってしまいます。本当に削除してよろしいですか?\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>sudo設定を初期化しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>sudo設定を初期化しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Saving sudo Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>sudoの設定を保存しています</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving sudo Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>sudoの設定を保存しています</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. User Specification help 1/6 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 -msgid "<big>Rules for sudo</big> \n\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n\ton specified hosts (optionally also as what user). Each rule\n\tis a tuple consisting of user, host and list of commands, with optional \n\tRunAs specification and additional tags. These are summarized \n\tin the following table. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "<big>sudo のルール</big> \n\tsudo のルールの基本は、指定したホストで何のコマンドの実行を許可するか\n\tを決めるものです。追加で \"どのユーザで\" を指定することもできます。それぞれの\n\tルールはユーザ名・ホスト・コマンド一覧の組み合わせから成り、追加で\n\tRunAs (指定したユーザに成り代わる) や追加のタグを指定することができます。以下の\n\t表内に概要が示されます。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>Rules for sudo</big> \n" +"\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" +"\ton specified hosts (optionally also as what user). Each rule\n" +"\tis a tuple consisting of user, host and list of commands, with optional \n" +"\tRunAs specification and additional tags. These are summarized \n" +"\tin the following table. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>sudo のルール</big> \n" +"\tsudo のルールの基本は、指定したホストで何のコマンドの実行を許可するか\n" +"\tを決めるものです。追加で \"どのユーザで\" を指定することもできます。それぞれの\n" +"\tルールはユーザ名・ホスト・コマンド一覧の組み合わせから成り、追加で\n" +"\tRunAs (指定したユーザに成り代わる) や追加のタグを指定することができます。以下の\n" +"\t表内に概要が示されます。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. User Specification help 2/6 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 -msgid "Users column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n\tHosts column determines, on which hosts, or group \n\tof hosts referred to by host alias an user may run specified commands.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "ユーザ 列にはローカルユーザ／システムユーザ／ユーザ別名のいずれかを指定します。\n\tホスト 列ではホスト名またはホスト別名で参照するホストのグループを指定し、\n\tそのユーザに対してどのホスト上で実行を許可するかを指定します。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"Users column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" +"\tHosts column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" +"\tof hosts referred to by host alias an user may run specified commands.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ 列にはローカルユーザ／システムユーザ／ユーザ別名のいずれかを指定します。\n" +"\tホスト 列ではホスト名またはホスト別名で参照するホストのグループを指定し、\n" +"\tそのユーザに対してどのホスト上で実行を許可するかを指定します。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. User Specification help 3/6 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 -msgid "RunAs column is an\n\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "RunAs 列はオプションのパラメータで、\n\tユーザ名またはユーザの別名を入力することでコマンドを実行するときに\n\tどのユーザに成り代わるかを指定します。また NOPASSWD は、コマンドの実行前に\n\t自分自身のパスワード入力を求められることがないようにするものです。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"RunAs column is an\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" +"\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"RunAs 列はオプションのパラメータで、\n" +"\tユーザ名またはユーザの別名を入力することでコマンドを実行するときに\n" +"\tどのユーザに成り代わるかを指定します。また NOPASSWD は、コマンドの実行前に\n" +"\t自分自身のパスワード入力を求められることがないようにするものです。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. User Specification help 4/6 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 -msgid "A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n\tin Commands column. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "指定したホストでユーザが実行可能なコマンドの一覧は\n\t コマンド 列にまとめられています。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" +"\tin Commands column. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"指定したホストでユーザが実行可能なコマンドの一覧は\n" +"\t コマンド 列にまとめられています。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. User Specification help 5/6 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 -msgid " To add a new rule, click on Add button and fill in appropriate \n\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr " 新しいルールを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目を記入してください。\n\tユーザ名、ホスト名、コマンド一覧をそれぞれ記入する必要があります。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +" To add a new rule, click on Add button and fill in appropriate \n" +"\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +" 新しいルールを追加するには、 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目を記入してください。\n" +"\tユーザ名、ホスト名、コマンド一覧をそれぞれ記入する必要があります。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. User Specification help 5/6 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 -msgid "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n\t \n\t" -msgstr " 既存のルールを編集するには、表から項目を選択して \n\t編集 ボタンを押してください。選択した項目を削除するには 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n\t \n\t" +msgid "" +"To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" +"\t \n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +" 既存のルールを編集するには、表から項目を選択して \n" +"\t編集 ボタンを押してください。選択した項目を削除するには 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t \n" +"\t" #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 -msgid "User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "ユーザ名または別名 には単一のユーザ名 (例: foo) のほか、グループ名 (例: '%' を頭に付けて '%bar'\n\t のように指定します) やユーザの別名を指定することができます。\n\tまた、キーワード 'ALL' を指定すると全てのユーザの意味になります。既存のユーザやグループ、または別名を\n\tドロップダウンメニューから選択するか、それぞれの名前を入力してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" +"\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" +"\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ名または別名 には単一のユーザ名 (例: foo) のほか、グループ名 (例: '%' を頭に付けて '%bar'\n" +"\t のように指定します) やユーザの別名を指定することができます。\n" +"\tまた、キーワード 'ALL' を指定すると全てのユーザの意味になります。既存のユーザやグループ、または別名を\n" +"\tドロップダウンメニューから選択するか、それぞれの名前を入力してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 -msgid "Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "ホスト名または別名 にはホスト名 (例: www.example.com) のほか、単一の IP アドレス (例: 192.168.0.1) \n\tやネットマスク付きのサブネット指定、ホストの別名を指定することができます。全てのホストでそのコマンドを実行させたい場合は\n\tキーワード 'ALL' を指定してください。ホスト名や IP アドレスはそれぞれのマシンで異なるものですので、\n\t複数のマシンで /etc/sudoers ファイルを共有しない限りは、\n\t'ALL' または 'localhost' を選択するのがよりよい選択です。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" +"\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"ホスト名または別名 にはホスト名 (例: www.example.com) のほか、単一の IP アドレス (例: 192.168.0.1) \n" +"\tやネットマスク付きのサブネット指定、ホストの別名を指定することができます。全てのホストでそのコマンドを実行させたい場合は\n" +"\tキーワード 'ALL' を指定してください。ホスト名や IP アドレスはそれぞれのマシンで異なるものですので、\n" +"\t複数のマシンで /etc/sudoers ファイルを共有しない限りは、\n" +"\t'ALL' または 'localhost' を選択するのがよりよい選択です。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 -msgid "RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n\twhose access privileges \n\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "RunAs ユーザ名または別名 はユーザを指定するオプションのパラメータです。\n\tここで指定したユーザ権限で\n\t指定したコマンドを実行します。指定しない場合は、ユーザ root が既定として使われます。\n\tこの項目は単一のユーザ名で指定できるほか、グループ名 (例: '%' を頭に付けて '%bar' のように) \n\tや別名を指定することができます。既存のユーザやグループ、または別名をドロップダウンメニューから選択するか、\n\tそれぞれの名前を入力してください。\n\t" +msgid "" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" +"\twhose access privileges \n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"RunAs ユーザ名または別名 はユーザを指定するオプションのパラメータです。\n" +"\tここで指定したユーザ権限で\n" +"\t指定したコマンドを実行します。指定しない場合は、ユーザ root が既定として使われます。\n" +"\tこの項目は単一のユーザ名で指定できるほか、グループ名 (例: '%' を頭に付けて '%bar' のように) \n" +"\tや別名を指定することができます。既存のユーザやグループ、または別名をドロップダウンメニューから選択するか、\n" +"\tそれぞれの名前を入力してください。\n" +"\t" #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 -msgid "No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n\tdisable this authentication\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "［パスワードなし］はオプションタグです。一般に、sudoを利用して特定のコマンドを実行する際には、\n\t自分自身のパスワードを入力して認証するようになっています。\n\tこの認証を行いたくない場合は、このタグを［はい］に設定してください。\n\t\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" +"\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" +"\tdisable this authentication\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"［パスワードなし］はオプションタグです。一般に、sudoを利用して特定のコマンドを実行する際には、\n" +"\t自分自身のパスワードを入力して認証するようになっています。\n" +"\tこの認証を行いたくない場合は、このタグを［はい］に設定してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single User Specification help 4/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 -msgid "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "実行するコマンド の一覧には、指定したユーザに対して実行を許可するディレクトリと\n\tコマンド別名などのコマンドの一覧が表示されています。なお、追加のパラメータがあればそれも表示\n\tされます。もしディレクトリが指定されている場合、そのディレクトリにあるコマンドの全てを\n\t実行することができる意味になります。また、キーワード 'ALL' を指定すると全てのコマンドの意味になります。\n\t利用する際にはご注意ください。\n\t" +msgid "" +"Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" +"\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"実行するコマンド の一覧には、指定したユーザに対して実行を許可するディレクトリと\n" +"\tコマンド別名などのコマンドの一覧が表示されています。なお、追加のパラメータがあればそれも表示\n" +"\tされます。もしディレクトリが指定されている場合、そのディレクトリにあるコマンドの全てを\n" +"\t実行することができる意味になります。また、キーワード 'ALL' を指定すると全てのコマンドの意味になります。\n" +"\t利用する際にはご注意ください。\n" +"\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 -msgid "To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n\tand click on Delete button.\n\t" -msgstr "新しいコマンドを追加するには 追加 ボタンを押し、コマンド名やオプションパラメータなどを\n\t指定して OK を押してください。コマンドを削除するには、削除するコマンドを一覧から選択して\n\t削除 ボタンを押してください。\n\t" +msgid "" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" +"\tand click on Delete button.\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"新しいコマンドを追加するには 追加 ボタンを押し、コマンド名やオプションパラメータなどを\n" +"\t指定して OK を押してください。コマンドを削除するには、削除するコマンドを一覧から選択して\n" +"\t削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t" #. User Aliases help 1/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 -msgid "<big>User Aliases</big> \n\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n\t \n\t" -msgstr "<big>ユーザ別名</big> \n\tこのダイアログではユーザ別名を設定することができます。ユーザ別名とは複数のユーザを含むもので、それに\n\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのユーザを意味する\n\tものとして使われます。 \n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>User Aliases</big> \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\t \n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>ユーザ別名</big> \n" +"\tこのダイアログではユーザ別名を設定することができます。ユーザ別名とは複数のユーザを含むもので、それに\n" +"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのユーザを意味する\n" +"\tものとして使われます。 \n" +"\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 -msgid "To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "新しいユーザ別名を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n\t別名の名前とユーザ一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"新しいユーザ別名を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n" +"\t別名の名前とユーザ一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 -msgid "To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "既存のユーザ別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n\tユーザ別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" +"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"既存のユーザ別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\tユーザ別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Host Aliases help 1/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 -msgid "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "<big>ホスト別名</big> \n\tこのダイアログではホスト別名を設定することができます。ホスト別名とは複数のホスト名を含むもので、それに\n\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのホストを意味する\n\tものとして使われます。\n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>ホスト別名</big> \n" +"\tこのダイアログではホスト別名を設定することができます。ホスト別名とは複数のホスト名を含むもので、それに\n" +"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのホストを意味する\n" +"\tものとして使われます。\n" +"\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 -msgid "To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "新しいホスト別名を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n\t別名の名前とホスト一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"新しいホスト別名を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n" +"\t別名の名前とホスト一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 -msgid "To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "既存のホスト別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n\tホスト別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" +"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"既存のホスト別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\tホスト別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 -msgid "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n\t \n\t" -msgstr "<big>RunAs 別名</big> \n\tこのダイアログではホスト別名を設定することができます。 RunAs 別名とは複数のユーザを含むもので、それに\n\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのユーザを意味する\n\tものとして使われます。 \n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\t \n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>RunAs 別名</big> \n" +"\tこのダイアログではホスト別名を設定することができます。 RunAs 別名とは複数のユーザを含むもので、それに\n" +"\t対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのユーザを意味する\n" +"\tものとして使われます。 \n" +"\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 -msgid "To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "新しい RunAs 別名を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n\t別名の名前とユーザ一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"新しい RunAs 別名を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n" +"\t別名の名前とユーザ一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 -msgid "To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "既存の RunAs 別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n\t RunAs 別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" +"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"既存の RunAs 別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t RunAs 別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Command Aliases help 1/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 -msgid "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "<big>コマンド別名</big> \n\tこのダイアログではコマンド別名を設定することができます。コマンド別名とは複数のコマンドを含むもので \n\t(オプションでパラメータも設定できます) 、それに対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた\n\t名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのコマンドを意味するものとして使われます。 \n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" +"\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>コマンド別名</big> \n" +"\tこのダイアログではコマンド別名を設定することができます。コマンド別名とは複数のコマンドを含むもので \n" +"\t(オプションでパラメータも設定できます) 、それに対して唯一の名前が付けられたものです。ここで付けられた\n" +"\t名前は sudo 設定の中でその中の全てのコマンドを意味するものとして使われます。 \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 -msgid "To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "新しいコマンド別名を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n\t別名の名前とコマンド一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" +"\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"新しいコマンド別名を追加するには 追加 ボタンを押して必要な項目に記入してください。\n" +"\t別名の名前とコマンド一覧にそれぞれ記入および設定する必要があります。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 -msgid "To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "既存のコマンド別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n\tコマンド別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" +"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"既存のコマンド別名を編集するには、表内から項目を選んで 編集 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\tコマンド別名を削除するには、同じく表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single User Alias Help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 -msgid "<big>User Alias</big> \n\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "<big>ユーザ別名</big> \n\tユーザ別名には 1 人以上のユーザやシステムグループ (頭に '%' を付けて指定します) 、または\n\t他のユーザ別名を指定することができます。ユーザ別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、数字、アンダースコアの文字を\n\t利用できます) を設定し、それらのユーザ全体を意味するものとして使うことができます。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>User Alias</big> \n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>ユーザ別名</big> \n" +"\tユーザ別名には 1 人以上のユーザやシステムグループ (頭に '%' を付けて指定します) 、または\n" +"\t他のユーザ別名を指定することができます。ユーザ別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、数字、アンダースコアの文字を\n" +"\t利用できます) を設定し、それらのユーザ全体を意味するものとして使うことができます。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 -msgid "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr " 別名の名前 項目に固有の名前を入力してください。ユーザやグループを別名に追加するには、\n\tドロップダウンメニューから必要なものを選んで 追加 を押してください。\n\t別名からユーザを取り除くには、取り除くべき項目を選んで\n\t削除 ボタンを押してください。設定が完了したら OK を押してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +" 別名の名前 項目に固有の名前を入力してください。ユーザやグループを別名に追加するには、\n" +"\tドロップダウンメニューから必要なものを選んで 追加 を押してください。\n" +"\t別名からユーザを取り除くには、取り除くべき項目を選んで\n" +"\t削除 ボタンを押してください。設定が完了したら OK を押してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single User Alias Help 3/3 #. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 @@ -487,43 +791,132 @@ #. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 -msgid "Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n\t" -msgstr "注意:別名の名前は必ず指定する必要があります。また、別名には少なくとも 1 人以上のユーザを設定する必要があります。\n\t" +msgid "" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"注意:別名の名前は必ず指定する必要があります。また、別名には少なくとも 1 人以上のユーザを設定する必要があります。\n" +"\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 -msgid "<big>Host Alias</big> \n\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "<big>ホスト別名</big> \n\tホスト別名には 1 つ以上のホスト名や単一の IP アドレス、他のホスト別名やネットマスク付きの\n\t IP アドレスをサブマットマスク表記 (例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) または CIDR 表記\n\t (例: 192.168.0.0/24) で指定することができます。ユーザ別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、\n\t数字、アンダースコアの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのホスト全体を意味するもの\n\tとして使うことができます。\n\t\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>Host Alias</big> \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" +"\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>ホスト別名</big> \n" +"\tホスト別名には 1 つ以上のホスト名や単一の IP アドレス、他のホスト別名やネットマスク付きの\n" +"\t IP アドレスをサブマットマスク表記 (例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) または CIDR 表記\n" +"\t (例: 192.168.0.0/24) で指定することができます。ユーザ別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、\n" +"\t数字、アンダースコアの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのホスト全体を意味するもの\n" +"\tとして使うことができます。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 -msgid "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "別名の名前 項目に固有の名前を入力してください。別名にホストを追加するには、\n\t追加 を押してください。ポップアップウィンドウが表示されたら正しいホスト名または\n\t IP アドレスを入力し、 OK を押してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" +"\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"別名の名前 項目に固有の名前を入力してください。別名にホストを追加するには、\n" +"\t追加 を押してください。ポップアップウィンドウが表示されたら正しいホスト名または\n" +"\t IP アドレスを入力し、 OK を押してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 -msgid "To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "別名からホストを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n\t設定が完了したら OK を押してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"別名からホストを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t設定が完了したら OK を押してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 -msgid "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n\tin this alias.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "<big>RunAs 別名</big> \n\tRunAs 別名はユーザ別名にとても似ています。 1 人以上のユーザやシステムグループ (頭に '%' を付けて\n\t指定します) 、または他の RunAs 別名を含むものです。 RunAs 別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、\n\t数字、アンダースコアの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのユーザ全体を意味するもの\n\tとして使うことができます。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" +"\tin this alias.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>RunAs 別名</big> \n" +"\tRunAs 別名はユーザ別名にとても似ています。 1 人以上のユーザやシステムグループ (頭に '%' を付けて\n" +"\t指定します) 、または他の RunAs 別名を含むものです。 RunAs 別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、\n" +"\t数字、アンダースコアの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのユーザ全体を意味するもの\n" +"\tとして使うことができます。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 -msgid "<big>Command Alias</big> \n\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n\tunderscore only), which is \n\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n\t\n\t" -msgstr "<big>コマンド別名</big> \n\tコマンド別名とは複数のコマンド (オプションでパラメータも設定できます) やディレクトリ、または\n\t他のコマンド別名を含むものです。コマンド別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、数字、アンダースコア\n\tの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのコマンド全体を意味するものとして使うことができます。\n\tコマンドには 1 つ以上のパラメータを指定することもできます。パラメータを指定した場合は、\n\tユーザはそのパラメータ付きでしかコマンドを実行できなくなります。またディレクトリ名を指定した\n\t場合は、そのディレクトリにある全てのコマンドを実行することができるようになります。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"<big>Command Alias</big> \n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" +"\tunderscore only), which is \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" +"\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"<big>コマンド別名</big> \n" +"\tコマンド別名とは複数のコマンド (オプションでパラメータも設定できます) やディレクトリ、または\n" +"\t他のコマンド別名を含むものです。コマンド別名には単一の名前 (半角大文字、数字、アンダースコア\n" +"\tの文字を利用できます) を設定し、それらのコマンド全体を意味するものとして使うことができます。\n" +"\tコマンドには 1 つ以上のパラメータを指定することもできます。パラメータを指定した場合は、\n" +"\tユーザはそのパラメータ付きでしかコマンドを実行できなくなります。またディレクトリ名を指定した\n" +"\t場合は、そのディレクトリにある全てのコマンドを実行することができるようになります。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 -msgid "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n\t" -msgstr "［別名の名前］項目に固有の名前を入力してください。別名にコマンドを追加するには、\n\t［追加］をクリックしてください。ポップアップウィンドウが表示されたらコマンド名を入力するか、\n\tまたは［参照］ボタンをクリックして選択してください。また、追加で\n\tコマンドパラメータを［パラメータ］テキストエントリで指定することもできます。\n\t" +msgid "" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" +"\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"［別名の名前］項目に固有の名前を入力してください。別名にコマンドを追加するには、\n" +"\t［追加］をクリックしてください。ポップアップウィンドウが表示されたらコマンド名を入力するか、\n" +"\tまたは［参照］ボタンをクリックして選択してください。また、追加で\n" +"\tコマンドパラメータを［パラメータ］テキストエントリで指定することもできます。\n" +"\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 -msgid "To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n\t\n\t" -msgstr "別名からコマンドを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n\t設定が完了したら OK を押してください。\n\t\n\t" +msgid "" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" +"\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" +msgstr "" +"別名からコマンドを削除するには、表内から項目を選んで 削除 ボタンを押してください。\n" +"\t設定が完了したら OK を押してください。\n" +"\t\n" +"\t" #. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; @@ -536,12 +929,20 @@ msgstr "このルールは sudo が正しく動作するために必要なシステムルールです。\n" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 -msgid "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\nReally delete?" -msgstr "この項目を削除すると、アプリケーションによっては動作しなくなる可能性があります。\n本当に削除してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" +"Really delete?" +msgstr "" +"この項目を削除すると、アプリケーションによっては動作しなくなる可能性があります。\n" +"本当に削除してよろしいですか？" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 -msgid "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\nReally edit? " -msgstr "この項目を変更すると、アプリケーションによっては動作しなくなる可能性があります。\n本当に変更してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" +"Really edit? " +msgstr "" +"この項目を変更すると、アプリケーションによっては動作しなくなる可能性があります。\n" +"本当に変更してよろしいですか？" #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 @@ -572,4 +973,3 @@ #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -76,8 +76,16 @@ msgstr "インストール済みのブラウザが見つかりません。" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\nrunning it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n%1.\nStart Web browser?\n" -msgstr "YaSTはWebブラウザを特権ユーザとして実行します。\n特権を持たないユーザとしてWebブラウザを実行し、URL %1 を入力することを検討してください。\n\nWebブラウザを起動しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" +"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" +"%1.\n" +"Start Web browser?\n" +msgstr "" +"YaSTはWebブラウザを特権ユーザとして実行します。\n" +"特権を持たないユーザとしてWebブラウザを実行し、URL %1 を入力することを検討してください。\n" +"\n" +"Webブラウザを起動しますか?\n" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" @@ -261,134 +269,297 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 -msgid "<big>Initializing Support Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>サポートの環境設定の初期化</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Support Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サポートの環境設定の初期化</big> \n" +"\n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 -msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" -msgstr "<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>初期化の中止:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、初期化を安全に中止する事ができます\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 -msgid "<big>Saving Support Configuration</big> \n\n" -msgstr "<big>サポートの環境設定の保存</big> \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Support Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サポートの環境設定の保存</big> \n" +"\n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 -msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>保存を中止する:</big> \n" +"「中止」をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"次のダイアログで、中止することが安全か否かが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 -msgid "<big>Support Configuration</big> \nConfigure support here. \n" -msgstr "<big>サポートの設定</big> \nここではサポートを設定することができます。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" +"Configure support here. \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サポートの設定</big> \n" +"ここではサポートを設定することができます。 \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 -msgid "<big>Adding a support:</big> \nChoose a support from the list of detected supports.\nIf your support was not detected, use Other (not detected).\nThen press Configure.\n" -msgstr "<big>サポートの追加:</big> \n検出されたサポートのリストからサポートを選択します。\n利用しているサポートが検出されなかった場合は、［その他(検出されない)］を使用します。\n次に、［設定］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Adding a support:</big> \n" +"Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" +"If your support was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"Then press Configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>サポートの追加:</big> \n" +"検出されたサポートのリストからサポートを選択します。\n" +"利用しているサポートが検出されなかった場合は、［その他(検出されない)］を使用します。\n" +"次に、［設定］をクリックします。\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 -msgid "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \nIf you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\nthe configuration opens.\n" -msgstr "<big>変更:</big> \n「変更」をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +"If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" +"the configuration opens.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>変更:</big> \n" +"「変更」をクリックすると、設定を変更するためのダイアログが表示されます。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 -msgid "\n<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \nTo start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\nYou can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\nthe Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" -msgstr "\n<big>SUSEサポートセンターを開く</big> \nSUSEサポートセンターポータルを開くWebブラウザを起動するには、［SUSEサポートセンターを開く］を使用します。\n続いて、グローバルテクニカルサポートとサービス要求を開けます。\nsupportconfigデータのアップロード\nに組み込むサービス要求番号を記録しておいてください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" +"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>SUSEサポートセンターを開く</big> \n" +"SUSEサポートセンターポータルを開くWebブラウザを起動するには、［SUSEサポートセンターを開く］を使用します。\n" +"続いて、グローバルテクニカルサポートとサービス要求を開けます。\n" +"supportconfigデータのアップロード\n" +"に組み込むサービス要求番号を記録しておいてください。\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 -msgid "<big>Collecting Data</big> \nTo run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" -msgstr "<big>データの収集</big> \nsupportconfigデータ収集ツールを実行するには、［データの収集］を使用します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Collecting Data</big> \n" +"To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" +msgstr "" +"<big>データの収集</big> \n" +"supportconfigデータ収集ツールを実行するには、［データの収集］を使用します。" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<big>Uploading Collected Data</big> \nTo upload the data already collected to a server, use Upload Data.\nThe server may or may not be Global Technical Support." -msgstr "<big>収集データのアップロード</big> \n収集済みデータをサーバにアップロードするには、［データのアップロード］を使用します。\nサーバはグローバルテクニカルサポートでなくても構いません。" +msgid "" +"<big>Uploading Collected Data</big> \n" +"To upload the data already collected to a server, use Upload Data.\n" +"The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." +msgstr "" +"<big>収集データのアップロード</big> \n" +"収集済みデータをサーバにアップロードするには、［データのアップロード］を使用します。\n" +"サーバはグローバルテクニカルサポートでなくても構いません。" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 -msgid "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \nSelect an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\ngather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." -msgstr "<big>Supportconfigオプション</big> \nデフォルトを変更するにはオプションを選択します。デフォルト設定を使用する、\n大半のデータを収集する、または最小限度のデータのみを収集することができます。" +msgid "" +"<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" +"gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." +msgstr "" +"<big>Supportconfigオプション</big> \n" +"デフォルトを変更するにはオプションを選択します。デフォルト設定を使用する、\n" +"大半のデータを収集する、または最小限度のデータのみを収集することができます。" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 -msgid "<big>Expert Settings</big> \nSelect Use Custom and click the Expert Settings button\nto select specific data sets to collect.\n" -msgstr "<big>エキスパート設定</big> \n収集する特定のデータセットを選択するには、［カスタムを使用する］を選択し、\n［エキスパート設定］ボタンをクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Expert Settings</big> \n" +"Select Use Custom and click the Expert Settings button\n" +"to select specific data sets to collect.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>エキスパート設定</big> \n" +"収集する特定のデータセットを選択するには、［カスタムを使用する］を選択し、\n" +"［エキスパート設定］ボタンをクリックします。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 -msgid "<big>Options</big> \nCollect additional information. Usually these options are not\nnecessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" -msgstr "<big>オプション</big> \n追加情報を収集します。通常、これらのオプションは必要ありませんが、\n詳細情報が必要な状況では含めることができます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Options</big> \n" +"Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>オプション</big> \n" +"追加情報を収集します。通常、これらのオプションは必要ありませんが、\n" +"詳細情報が必要な状況では含めることができます。\n" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 -msgid "<big>Default Options</big> \nSelect or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "<big>デフォルトオプション</big> \nsupportconfig tarballに組み込むデータセットごとに選択または選択解除します。" +msgid "" +"<big>Default Options</big> \n" +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "" +"<big>デフォルトオプション</big> \n" +"supportconfig tarballに組み込むデータセットごとに選択または選択解除します。" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 -msgid "<big>Contact Information</big> \nFill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\nin the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." -msgstr "<big>連絡先情報</big> \nsupportconfig tarballに組み込む連絡先情報フィールドごとに\n入力します。フィールドはbasic-environment.txtファイルに保存されます。\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Contact Information</big> \n" +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." +msgstr "" +"<big>連絡先情報</big> \n" +"supportconfig tarballに組み込む連絡先情報フィールドごとに\n" +"入力します。フィールドはbasic-environment.txtファイルに保存されます。\n" +" " #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 -msgid "<big>Upload Information</big> \nThe upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\nftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\nuse the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\nSee man supportconfig(1) for further details." -msgstr "<big>アップロード情報</big> \nアップロード先はsupportconfig tarballの宛先URIです。サポートされているアップロードサービスは\nsupportconfig tarballファイル名をアップロード先に組み込む必要がある場合は、\ntarballキーワードを使用します。これは実際のtarballファイル名と置き換えられます。\n詳細については、man supportconfig(1)を参照してください。" +msgid "" +"<big>Upload Information</big> \n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" +"See man supportconfig(1) for further details." +msgstr "" +"<big>アップロード情報</big> \n" +"アップロード先はsupportconfig tarballの宛先URIです。サポートされているアップロードサービスは\n" +"supportconfig tarballファイル名をアップロード先に組み込む必要がある場合は、\n" +"tarballキーワードを使用します。これは実際のtarballファイル名と置き換えられます。\n" +"詳細については、man supportconfig(1)を参照してください。" #. Contact dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 -msgid "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \nhttps://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \nftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \nscp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" -msgstr "<big>アップロード先の例</big> \nhttps://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \nftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \nscp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" +msgid "" +"<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" +"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" +msgstr "" +"<big>アップロード先の例</big> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" +"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" +"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 -msgid "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\nmake sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" -msgstr "注: グローバルテクニカルサポートにsupportconfig tarballをアップロードする場合は、\n必ずオープンサービス要求から11桁のサービス要求番号を組み込んでください。\n" +msgid "" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +msgstr "" +"注: グローバルテクニカルサポートにsupportconfig tarballをアップロードする場合は、\n" +"必ずオープンサービス要求から11桁のサービス要求番号を組み込んでください。\n" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 -msgid "<big>Collecting Data</big>> \nData is being collected.\n" -msgstr "<big>データの収集</big>> \nデータが収集されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Collecting Data</big>> \n" +"Data is being collected.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>データの収集</big>> \n" +"データが収集されます。\n" #. Data review dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 -msgid "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \nReview the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\nuse Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" -msgstr "<big>収集データのレビュー</big> \nsupportconfigで収集されたデータをレビューします。収集データの一部を共有する必要がない場合は、\n［データから削除］を使用すると、選択されたファイルが削除されます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" +"use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>収集データのレビュー</big> \n" +"supportconfigで収集されたデータをレビューします。収集データの一部を共有する必要がない場合は、\n" +"［データから削除］を使用すると、選択されたファイルが削除されます。\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 -msgid "<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \nIf you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\ndirectory and make sure that this option is checked.\n \n" -msgstr "<big>グローバルテクニカルサポートへのsupportconfig tarballファイルのアップロード</big> \nサポート設定tarballファイルのコピーを保管する場合は、\nターゲットディレクトリを選択して、このオプションがオンになっていることを確認します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" +"directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>グローバルテクニカルサポートへのsupportconfig tarballファイルのアップロード</big> \n" +"サポート設定tarballファイルのコピーを保管する場合は、\n" +"ターゲットディレクトリを選択して、このオプションがオンになっていることを確認します。\n" +" \n" #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 -msgid "<big>Upload URL</big> \nThis option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\nas default value.\nChange this value only in special cases.\n\n" -msgstr "<big>アップロードURL</big> \nこのオプションは、supportconfig tarballのアップロード先の場所(デフォルト値)です。\nこの値を変更するのは、\n特別な場合のみにしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Upload URL</big> \n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" +"as default value.\n" +"Change this value only in special cases.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>アップロードURL</big> \n" +"このオプションは、supportconfig tarballのアップロード先の場所(デフォルト値)です。\n" +"この値を変更するのは、\n" +"特別な場合のみにしてください。\n" +"\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL #. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 -msgid "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \nFind SUSE's privacy policy at\n%1.\n" -msgstr "<big>プライバシーポリシー</big> \nSUSEのプライバシーポリシーについては、以下を参照してください。\n%1\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" +"%1.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>プライバシーポリシー</big> \n" +"SUSEのプライバシーポリシーについては、以下を参照してください。\n" +"%1\n" #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 -msgid "<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \nIf you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\ninto the Package with log files field.\n \n" -msgstr "<big>グローバルテクニカルサポートへのsupportconfig tarballファイルのアップロード</big> \nsupportconfig tarballファイルを作成済みの場合は、そのフルパスを\n［ログファイルのあるパッケージ］フィールドに入力します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" +"If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" +"into the Package with log files field.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>グローバルテクニカルサポートへのsupportconfig tarballファイルのアップロード</big> \n" +"supportconfig tarballファイルを作成済みの場合は、そのフルパスを\n" +"［ログファイルのあるパッケージ］フィールドに入力します。\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 -msgid "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \nPress Next to continue.\n \n" -msgstr "<big>環境設定2</big> \n［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" +"Press Next to continue.\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定2</big> \n" +"［次へ］をクリックして続行します。\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 -msgid "<big>Selecting Something</big> \nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" -msgstr "<big>選択中</big> \n選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。 :-)\n " +msgid "" +"<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" +"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>選択中</big> \n" +"選択できません。先にコード化する必要があります。 :-)\n" +" " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -561,8 +732,14 @@ msgstr "サービスロケーションプロトコル関連情報。 slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 -msgid "Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\nbehave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\nworks in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" -msgstr "ハードディスク用のSMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology)関連情報。警告: 一部のハードディスクコントローラおよびドライバでは、\n適切に動作しません。SMARTデータの検索によって、ファイルシステムが読み取り専用モードになったり、場合によってはサーバがハングすることが知られています。このオプションを有効にする前に、ご利用の環境でSMARTデータの\n検索が動作することを確認してください。fs-smartmon.txt\n" +msgid "" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" +msgstr "" +"ハードディスク用のSMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology)関連情報。警告: 一部のハードディスクコントローラおよびドライバでは、\n" +"適切に動作しません。SMARTデータの検索によって、ファイルシステムが読み取り専用モードになったり、場合によってはサーバがハングすることが知られています。このオプションを有効にする前に、ご利用の環境でSMARTデータの\n" +"検索が動作することを確認してください。fs-smartmon.txt\n" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" @@ -657,8 +834,12 @@ msgstr "supportconfig tarballに含めるSARデータファイルの最大数。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 -msgid "When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\nplan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." -msgstr "1に設定されると、supportconfigはサイレントモードで実行されます。このオプションは、\nsupportconfigをたとえばcronジョブで定期的に実行する予定がある場合に役立ちます。-Qで設定します。" +msgid "" +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." +msgstr "" +"1に設定されると、supportconfigはサイレントモードで実行されます。このオプションは、\n" +"supportconfigをたとえばcronジョブで定期的に実行する予定がある場合に役立ちます。-Qで設定します。" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." @@ -727,4 +908,3 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "設定の概要..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -93,8 +93,12 @@ #. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 -msgid "\nSetting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" -msgstr "\n変数「%1」を「%2」に設定しています: %3" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"変数「%1」を「%2」に設定しています: %3" #. result message #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 @@ -121,8 +125,14 @@ #. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required #: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 -msgid "\nUse a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n(e.g., %1$%2).\n" -msgstr "\n<VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>の形式で完全な変数名を使用してください\n(例、%1$%2)。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" +"(e.g., %1$%2).\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>の形式で完全な変数名を使用してください\n" +"(例、%1$%2)。\n" #. error popup message #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 @@ -246,8 +256,12 @@ #. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly #. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 -msgid "The currently selected value has more than one line.\nJoined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" -msgstr "現在選択されている値には複数の行があります。\nコンボボックスでは、複数の行がまとめて表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" +"Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" +msgstr "" +"現在選択されている値には複数の行があります。\n" +"コンボボックスでは、複数の行がまとめて表示されます。\n" #. header label #. label widget @@ -257,8 +271,16 @@ #. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 -msgid "Value '%1'\ndoes not match type '%2'.\n\nReally set this value?\n" -msgstr "値「%1」は\nタイプ「%2」に一致しません。\n\nこの値を設定しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Value '%1'\n" +"does not match type '%2'.\n" +"\n" +"Really set this value?\n" +msgstr "" +"値「%1」は\n" +"タイプ「%2」に一致しません。\n" +"\n" +"この値を設定しますか?\n" #. when a comment is too long to display it in the table #. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end @@ -281,8 +303,14 @@ #. helptext for popup - part 1/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 -msgid "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\ncorresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\nand runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" -msgstr "変更を保存すると、このエディタは対応するsysconfigファイルの変数を書き換えます。\n次に、起動コマンドを開始して基盤の環境設定ファイルを変更し、デーモンの停止と起動を行い、低レベル環境設定ツールを実行します。\nこれにより、sysconfigの環境設定を有効にします。\n" +msgid "" +"After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" +msgstr "" +"変更を保存すると、このエディタは対応するsysconfigファイルの変数を書き換えます。\n" +"次に、起動コマンドを開始して基盤の環境設定ファイルを変更し、デーモンの停止と起動を行い、低レベル環境設定ツールを実行します。\n" +"これにより、sysconfigの環境設定を有効にします。\n" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 @@ -436,13 +464,23 @@ #. Read dialog help #: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 -msgid "<big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n" -msgstr "sysconfigの環境設定を初期化しています \nしばらくお待ちください... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"sysconfigの環境設定を初期化しています \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" #. Write dialog help #: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 -msgid "<big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big> \nPlease wait... \n\n" -msgstr "sysconfigの環境設定を保存しています \nしばらくお待ちください... \n\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"sysconfigの環境設定を保存しています \n" +"しばらくお待ちください... \n" +"\n" #. Translation: Progress bar label #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 @@ -549,4 +587,3 @@ #: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "変数 %1 をファイル %2 に保存できませんでした。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -90,8 +90,16 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 -msgid "Boot Image Directory:\nSpecify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \nThe server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" -msgstr "ブートイメージディレクトリ:\n提供するファイルが配置されているディレクトリを指定します。通常は\n<tt>/tftpboot</tt>を指定します。ここで指定したディレクトリが存在しない場合、\n作成されます。サーバは指定したディレクトリをルートディレクトリとして使用(<tt>-s</tt>オプション)します。\n" +msgid "" +"Boot Image Directory:\n" +"Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" +"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +msgstr "" +"ブートイメージディレクトリ:\n" +"提供するファイルが配置されているディレクトリを指定します。通常は\n" +"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>を指定します。ここで指定したディレクトリが存在しない場合、\n" +"作成されます。サーバは指定したディレクトリをルートディレクトリとして使用(<tt>-s</tt>オプション)します。\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -123,8 +131,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 -msgid "The directory must start with a slash (/)\nand must not contain spaces." -msgstr "ディレクトリ(/)はスラッシュで始まり、\n空白を含んではいけません。" +msgid "" +"The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" +"and must not contain spaces." +msgstr "" +"ディレクトリ(/)はスラッシュで始まり、\n" +"空白を含んではいけません。" #. progress label #: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 @@ -139,8 +151,14 @@ #. error popup #. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) #: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 -msgid "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\nHowever, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\nExiting.\n" -msgstr "このモジュールはTFTPの設定にxinetdだけを使用できます。\nただし、別のプログラムがTFTPを提供しています: %1。\n終了します。\n" +msgid "" +"This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" +"However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" +"Exiting.\n" +msgstr "" +"このモジュールはTFTPの設定にxinetdだけを使用できます。\n" +"ただし、別のプログラムがTFTPを提供しています: %1。\n" +"終了します。\n" #. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it #. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. @@ -163,4 +181,3 @@ #: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "ブート画像ディレクトリ" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -45,8 +45,12 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 -msgid "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\ndetails of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" -msgstr "ハードウェア情報モジュールには、コンピュータのハードウェアの詳細が表示されます。\n詳細については、ノードをクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" +"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" +msgstr "" +"ハードウェア情報モジュールには、コンピュータのハードウェアの詳細が表示されます。\n" +"詳細については、ノードをクリックしてください。\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." @@ -137,8 +141,12 @@ #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 -msgid "Save to File You can save\n hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." -msgstr "［ファイルに保存］ ハードウェア情報(hwinfoの出力)を\n ファイルに保存できます。" +msgid "" +"Save to File You can save\n" +" hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." +msgstr "" +"［ファイルに保存］ ハードウェア情報(hwinfoの出力)を\n" +" ファイルに保存できます。" #. heading text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 @@ -1038,8 +1046,20 @@ #. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \nSelect the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\ndevices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\nsystem. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\nwill be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\ndirectory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" -msgstr "<big>グローバルI/Oスケジューラ</big> \nディスクデバイスに対して、コマンドを送る際の送信順序を決定するアルゴリズムを\n選択します。これはグローバルオプションであるため、システム内のすべての\nディスクに対して使用されます。このオプションを設定しない場合は、\nデフォルトのスケジューラ(通常は「cfq」)が使用されます。詳細については、/usr/src/linux/Documentation/blockディレクトリ(パッケージkernel-source)\nにあるマニュアルを参照してください。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" +"Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>グローバルI/Oスケジューラ</big> \n" +"ディスクデバイスに対して、コマンドを送る際の送信順序を決定するアルゴリズムを\n" +"選択します。これはグローバルオプションであるため、システム内のすべての\n" +"ディスクに対して使用されます。このオプションを設定しない場合は、\n" +"デフォルトのスケジューラ(通常は「cfq」)が使用されます。詳細については、/usr/src/linux/Documentation/blockディレクトリ(パッケージkernel-source)\n" +"にあるマニュアルを参照してください。\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 @@ -1048,8 +1068,20 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 -msgid "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \nIf you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\ncrashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\nAlt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\ncomputer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" -msgstr "<big>SysRq キーを有効にする</big> \nSysRq キーを有効にすると、カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場合であっても\nいくつかの操作を行うことができるようになります。有効にした場合、 Alt-SysRq-<コマンドキー>\n の組み合わせでコマンドを実行することができます (たとえばコンピュータの再起動や\nカーネル情報のダンプなど) 。より詳しい情報は \n<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (パッケージ kernel-source が必要です) をお読みください。 \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" +"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" +"computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>SysRq キーを有効にする</big> \n" +"SysRq キーを有効にすると、カーネルのデバッグ中などシステムがクラッシュした場合であっても\n" +"いくつかの操作を行うことができるようになります。有効にした場合、 Alt-SysRq-<コマンドキー>\n" +" の組み合わせでコマンドを実行することができます (たとえばコンピュータの再起動や\n" +"カーネル情報のダンプなど) 。より詳しい情報は \n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (パッケージ kernel-source が必要です) をお読みください。 \n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 @@ -1079,8 +1111,12 @@ msgstr "完了" #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 -msgid "<big>Reading the Configuration</big> \nPlease wait..." -msgstr "<big>環境設定を読み込み中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"<big>Reading the Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait..." +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定を読み込み中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください..." #. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here #. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module @@ -1107,8 +1143,12 @@ msgstr "システム設定を保存しています..." #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 -msgid "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \nPlease wait..." -msgstr "<big>環境設定の保存中</big> \nしばらくお待ちください..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait..." +msgstr "" +"<big>環境設定の保存中</big> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください..." #. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) #: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 @@ -1169,4 +1209,3 @@ #: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "ドライバ: %1、新しいPCI ID: %2" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -65,13 +65,21 @@ #. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 -msgid "To avoid any loss of information during update,\ncreate a backup prior to updating.\n" -msgstr "アップデートの際にデータを失ってしまうことのないよう、\n事前に「バックアップ」を作成してください。\n" +msgid "" +"To avoid any loss of information during update,\n" +"create a backup prior to updating.\n" +msgstr "" +"アップデートの際にデータを失ってしまうことのないよう、\n" +"事前に「バックアップ」を作成してください。\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 -msgid "Warning: This will not be a complete\nbackup. Only modified files will be saved.\n" -msgstr "警告: これは完全なバックアップではありません。\n変更されたファイルだけが保存されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Warning: This will not be a complete\n" +"backup. Only modified files will be saved.\n" +msgstr "" +"警告: これは完全なバックアップではありません。\n" +"変更されたファイルだけが保存されます。\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106 @@ -80,18 +88,36 @@ #. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112 -msgid "Create a Backup of Modified Files:\nStores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" -msgstr "変更されたファイルのバックアップを作成:\nアップデートの際に置き換えられるファイルのうち、何らかの変更を行っていたファイルを保存します。\n" +msgid "" +"Create a Backup of Modified Files:\n" +"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" +msgstr "" +"変更されたファイルのバックアップを作成:\n" +"アップデートの際に置き換えられるファイルのうち、何らかの変更を行っていたファイルを保存します。\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 -msgid "Create a Complete Backup of\n/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\nsysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" -msgstr "/etc/sysconfigの完全なバックアップの作成:\nこのバックアップは、sysconfigの仕組みの下にあるすべての環境設定ファイルを\n対象としています。ファイルが書き換えられない場合でもバックアップされます。\n" +msgid "" +"Create a Complete Backup of\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" +"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" +msgstr "" +"/etc/sysconfigの完全なバックアップの作成:\n" +"このバックアップは、sysconfigの仕組みの下にあるすべての環境設定ファイルを\n" +"対象としています。ファイルが書き換えられない場合でもバックアップされます。\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130 -msgid "Remove Old Backups from the Backup\nDirectory: If your current system already is the result of an earlier\nupdate, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\nremove them.\n" -msgstr "バックアップディレクトリから古いバックアップを\n削除する: バックアップディレクトリには、以前のアップデートの古いバックアップファイルが\n残っている場合があります。このオプションを選択して、\n古いバックアップファイルを自動的に削除します。\n" +msgid "" +"Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n" +"Directory: If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n" +"update, there may be old configuration file backups. Select this option to\n" +"remove them.\n" +msgstr "" +"バックアップディレクトリから古いバックアップを\n" +"削除する: バックアップディレクトリには、以前のアップデートの古いバックアップファイルが\n" +"残っている場合があります。このオプションを選択して、\n" +"古いバックアップファイルを自動的に削除します。\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142 @@ -123,8 +149,12 @@ #. check if state changed #. Display warning message #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59 -msgid "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\nYou will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." -msgstr "すでに「詳細設定」でソフトウェアが選択されています。\n基本の選択肢を変更すると、選択済みのソフトウェアも失われます。" +msgid "" +"You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n" +"You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." +msgstr "" +"すでに「詳細設定」でソフトウェアが選択されています。\n" +"基本の選択肢を変更すると、選択済みのソフトウェアも失われます。" #. Build and show dialog #. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...]) @@ -159,8 +189,12 @@ #. radio button label for update including new packages #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108 -msgid "&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\nBased on the Selection:\n" -msgstr "新しいソフトウェアと選択された機能のインストールによる\nアップデート(&U): \n" +msgid "" +"&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\n" +"Based on the Selection:\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいソフトウェアと選択された機能のインストールによる\n" +"アップデート(&U): \n" #. radio button label for update of already installed packages only #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122 @@ -169,33 +203,73 @@ #. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143 -msgid "The update option offers two different modes. In\neither case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" -msgstr "アップデートオプションには2種類のモードがあります。\nどちらの場合であっても、個人用のデータはバックアップしておくことをお勧めします。\n" +msgid "" +"The update option offers two different modes. In\n" +"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" +msgstr "" +"アップデートオプションには2種類のモードがあります。\n" +"どちらの場合であっても、個人用のデータはバックアップしておくことをお勧めします。\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 -msgid "With New Software: This default setting\nupdates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\nthe new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\nsoftware selection.\n" -msgstr "新ソフトウェア:このデフォルト設定では、\n既存のソフトウェアをアップデートして、新しい<tt>%1</tt>バージョンのすべての新機能を\nインストールします。選択項目は、あらかじめ定義されているソフトウェア選択内容\nに基づいています。\n" +msgid "" +"With New Software: This default setting\n" +"updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" +"software selection.\n" +msgstr "" +"新ソフトウェア:このデフォルト設定では、\n" +"既存のソフトウェアをアップデートして、新しい<tt>%1</tt>バージョンのすべての新機能を\n" +"インストールします。選択項目は、あらかじめ定義されているソフトウェア選択内容\n" +"に基づいています。\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164 -msgid "Only Installed Packages: This selection\nonly updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\nNew software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\nnot available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" -msgstr "インストール済みパッケージのみアップデート:\nこの選択では、システムにインストールされているパッケージのみをアップデートします。注:\n 新しいYaSTモジュールなど、以前に選択したソフトウェアには含まれていないソフトウェアは\nインストールされません。したがって、アップデートしても宣伝されている機能を使うことができない可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" +"only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" +"not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" +msgstr "" +"インストール済みパッケージのみアップデート:\n" +"この選択では、システムにインストールされているパッケージのみをアップデートします。注:\n" +" 新しいYaSTモジュールなど、以前に選択したソフトウェアには含まれていないソフトウェアは\n" +"インストールされません。したがって、アップデートしても宣伝されている機能を使うことができない可能性があります。\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 -msgid "After the update, some software might not\nfunction anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\npackages during the update.\n" -msgstr "更新の後に、いくつかのソフトウェアは機能しなくなる\n可能性があります。「不要なパッケージの削除」を有効化し、更新中にそれらの\nパッケージを削除します。\n" +msgid "" +"After the update, some software might not\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" +"packages during the update.\n" +msgstr "" +"更新の後に、いくつかのソフトウェアは機能しなくなる\n" +"可能性があります。「不要なパッケージの削除」を有効化し、更新中にそれらの\n" +"パッケージを削除します。\n" #. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 -msgid "Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\nlead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\nadjust the list of packages yourself.\n\nReally continue?" -msgstr "アップデート方法を「パッケージのみをアップデート」に変更した場合、\nパッケージのリストをユーザ自身で調整しないと、システムがブートしなくなったり、\n動作しなくなったりする可能性があります。\n\n本当に続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" +"アップデート方法を「パッケージのみをアップデート」に変更した場合、\n" +"パッケージのリストをユーザ自身で調整しないと、システムがブートしなくなったり、\n" +"動作しなくなったりする可能性があります。\n" +"\n" +"本当に続行しますか?" #. yes/no question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 -msgid "Do you really want\nto reset your detailed selection?" -msgstr "詳細設定をリセット\nしますか?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want\n" +"to reset your detailed selection?" +msgstr "" +"詳細設定をリセット\n" +"しますか?" #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount @@ -298,8 +372,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \nBoot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\nor disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" -msgstr "システムを起動したままで、システムを他のバージョンにアップデート(%1 -> %2)する方法はサポートされていません。 \nインストールメディアからブートして通常のアップグレードを行うか、\nまたは異なる製品バージョンへの更新は止めてください。\n" +msgid "" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" +"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" +"or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" +msgstr "" +"システムを起動したままで、システムを他のバージョンにアップデート(%1 -> %2)する方法はサポートされていません。 \n" +"インストールメディアからブートして通常のアップグレードを行うか、\n" +"または異なる製品バージョンへの更新は止めてください。\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167 @@ -318,8 +398,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238 -msgid "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\nChoose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\ninstalled as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\ndeleted.\n" -msgstr "<big>アップデートオプション</big>\nここでは、システムをどのようにアップデートするかを選択することができます。\nインストール済みのパッケージのみをアップデートするか、または新たに提供された\nパッケージをインストールするか(デフォルトの選択)を選択できるほか、メンテナンスされていないパッケージを削除するかどうかも指定できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" +"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" +"installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" +"deleted.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>アップデートオプション</big>\n" +"ここでは、システムをどのようにアップデートするかを選択することができます。\n" +"インストール済みのパッケージのみをアップデートするか、または新たに提供された\n" +"パッケージをインストールするか(デフォルトの選択)を選択できるほか、メンテナンスされていないパッケージを削除するかどうかも指定できます。\n" #. this is a menu entry #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286 @@ -333,8 +421,16 @@ #. continue-cancel popup #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 -msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product\non the installation media. If you try to update using the\ncurrent installation media, the system may not start or\nsome applications may not run properly." -msgstr "インストールされた製品はインストールメディアにある製品と\n互換性がありません。現在のインストールメディアを使用して更新する場合は、\nシステムが起動しないか、いくつかのアプリケーションが\n正常に動作しなくなる可能性があります。" +msgid "" +"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" +"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" +"current installation media, the system may not start or\n" +"some applications may not run properly." +msgstr "" +"インストールされた製品はインストールメディアにある製品と\n" +"互換性がありません。現在のインストールメディアを使用して更新する場合は、\n" +"システムが起動しないか、いくつかのアプリケーションが\n" +"正常に動作しなくなる可能性があります。" #. Table item (unknown system) #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 @@ -358,8 +454,14 @@ #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 -msgid "\nSelect the partition or system to boot.\n\n" -msgstr "\nブートするパーティションまたはシステムを選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select the partition or system to boot.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ブートするパーティションまたはシステムを選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 @@ -368,8 +470,14 @@ #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 -msgid "\nSelect the partition or system to update.\n\n" -msgstr "\nアップデートするパーティションまたはシステムを選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Select the partition or system to update.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"アップデートするパーティションまたはシステムを選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 @@ -378,8 +486,16 @@ #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 -msgid "\nShow All Partitions expands the list to a\ngeneral overview of your system's partitions.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［すべてのパーティションを表示する］を選択すると、システムのパーティションの\n概要が一覧表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" +"general overview of your system's partitions.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［すべてのパーティションを表示する］を選択すると、システムのパーティションの\n" +"概要が一覧表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. table header #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 @@ -418,18 +534,30 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 -msgid "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\non the selected partition." -msgstr "選択されたパーティションでは、この製品で更新できるインストールされた\nシステムはありません。" +msgid "" +"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" +"on the selected partition." +msgstr "" +"選択されたパーティションでは、この製品で更新できるインストールされた\n" +"システムはありません。" #. continue-cancel popup #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 -msgid "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\nis different from the one of this product.\n" -msgstr "選択したパーティションにあるシステムのアーキテクチャは、\n本製品のものと異なっています。\n" +msgid "" +"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" +"is different from the one of this product.\n" +msgstr "" +"選択したパーティションにあるシステムのアーキテクチャは、\n" +"本製品のものと異なっています。\n" #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\nAre sure you want to use it anyway?" -msgstr "選択したパーティションには、おそらく不完全なインストールが含まれています。\nこのパーティションを利用してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" +"Are sure you want to use it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"選択したパーティションには、おそらく不完全なインストールが含まれています。\n" +"このパーティションを利用してよろしいですか？" #. button label #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 @@ -439,8 +567,16 @@ #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 -msgid "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\nIt is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n\nAre you sure you want to continue?" -msgstr "アップグレードするためのシステムの初期化は不明な原因により失敗しました。\nこのアップグレード処理は続行しないことを強くお勧めします。\n\n本当に続行してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" +"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" +"\n" +"Are you sure you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"アップグレードするためのシステムの初期化は不明な原因により失敗しました。\n" +"このアップグレード処理は続行しないことを強くお勧めします。\n" +"\n" +"本当に続行してよろしいですか?" #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" @@ -448,8 +584,12 @@ #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 -msgid "See the SDB article at %1 for details\nabout how to solve this problem." -msgstr "この問題の解決方法の詳細は %1 の SDB 記事を\nご覧ください。" +msgid "" +"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" +"about how to solve this problem." +msgstr "" +"この問題の解決方法の詳細は %1 の SDB 記事を\n" +"ご覧ください。" #. label - name of sustem to update #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 @@ -463,8 +603,18 @@ #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 -msgid "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n\nIt is currently in use. If the partition stays mounted,\nthe data may be lost. Unmount the partition manually\nor restart your computer.\n" -msgstr "パーティション%1をアンマウントできません。\n\nパーティションは現在使用中です。パーティションがマウントされている場合は、\nデータが失われる可能性があります。パーティションを手動でアンマウントするか、\nコンピュータを再起動してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" +"\n" +"It is currently in use. If the partition stays mounted,\n" +"the data may be lost. Unmount the partition manually\n" +"or restart your computer.\n" +msgstr "" +"パーティション%1をアンマウントできません。\n" +"\n" +"パーティションは現在使用中です。パーティションがマウントされている場合は、\n" +"データが失われる可能性があります。パーティションを手動でアンマウントするか、\n" +"コンピュータを再起動してください。\n" #. label, %1 is partition #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 @@ -493,8 +643,14 @@ #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 -msgid "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n\nDo you want to continue mounting the device?\n" -msgstr "デバイス %1 のファイルシステムの確認に失敗しました。\n\nデバイスのマウントを続行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue mounting the device?\n" +msgstr "" +"デバイス %1 のファイルシステムの確認に失敗しました。\n" +"\n" +"デバイスのマウントを続行しますか?\n" #. button #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 @@ -515,13 +671,41 @@ #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 -msgid "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\nWe recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\nIt is safer to either enlarge the partition\nor not use a /boot partition at all.\n\nDo you want to continue updating the current system?\n" -msgstr "設定した/bootパーティションが小さすぎます(%1 MB)。\n%2 MB以上のサイズを設定する必要があります。新しいカーネルがそのパーティション内に\n入りきらない可能性があるため、パーティションを拡大して容量を増やすか、/boot\nパーティションを使わないように設定してください。\n\nこのままで更新を続行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" +"It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" +"or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" +msgstr "" +"設定した/bootパーティションが小さすぎます(%1 MB)。\n" +"%2 MB以上のサイズを設定する必要があります。新しいカーネルがそのパーティション内に\n" +"入りきらない可能性があるため、パーティションを拡大して容量を増やすか、/boot\n" +"パーティションを使わないように設定してください。\n" +"\n" +"このままで更新を続行しますか?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 -msgid "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n\n%2\n\nIf you are sure that the partition is not necessary for the\nupdate (not a system partition), click Continue.\nTo check or fix the mount options, click Specify Mount Options.\nTo abort the update, click Cancel.\n" -msgstr "パーティション %1 をマウントできませんでした。\n\n%2\n\nこのパーティションがシステムパーティションではないなど、アップデートに必要のない\nパーティションであれば［続行］をクリックしてください。\nマウントオプションを確認したり修正したりする場合は［マウントオプションの指定］\nを、アップデートを中止するには［キャンセル］をそれぞれクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" +"\n" +"%2\n" +"\n" +"If you are sure that the partition is not necessary for the\n" +"update (not a system partition), click Continue.\n" +"To check or fix the mount options, click Specify Mount Options.\n" +"To abort the update, click Cancel.\n" +msgstr "" +"パーティション %1 をマウントできませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"%2\n" +"\n" +"このパーティションがシステムパーティションではないなど、アップデートに必要のない\n" +"パーティションであれば［続行］をクリックしてください。\n" +"マウントオプションを確認したり修正したりする場合は［マウントオプションの指定］\n" +"を、アップデートを中止するには［キャンセル］をそれぞれクリックしてください。\n" #. push button #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 @@ -545,8 +729,12 @@ #. text entry label #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 -msgid "&File System\n(empty for autodetection)" -msgstr "ファイルシステム(&F)\n(自動検出の場合は何も指定しない)" +msgid "" +"&File System\n" +"(empty for autodetection)" +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステム(&F)\n" +"(自動検出の場合は何も指定しない)" #. error message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 @@ -555,8 +743,16 @@ #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 -msgid "File system: %1, Type: %2, \nLabel: %3, Size: %4, \nudev IDs: %5, \nudev path: %6" -msgstr "ファイルシステム: %1, タイプ: %2, \nラベル: %3, サイズ: %4, \nudev ID: %5, \nudevパス: %6" +msgid "" +"File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" +"Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" +"udev IDs: %5, \n" +"udev path: %6" +msgstr "" +"ファイルシステム: %1, タイプ: %2, \n" +"ラベル: %3, サイズ: %4, \n" +"udev ID: %5, \n" +"udevパス: %6" #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 msgid "None" @@ -569,8 +765,13 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 -msgid "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\nprocess to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\nto continue the upgrade process." -msgstr "ディスク名の変更を検出するアップグレード処理に必要な個別の/varパーティションが使用されて\nいます。/varパーティションを手動で選択しアップグレード処理を続行してください。" +msgid "" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" +"to continue the upgrade process." +msgstr "" +"ディスク名の変更を検出するアップグレード処理に必要な個別の/varパーティションが使用されて\n" +"います。/varパーティションを手動で選択しアップグレード処理を続行してください。" #. a combo-box label #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 @@ -589,15 +790,29 @@ #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 -msgid "Partitions could not be mounted.\n\nCheck the log file %1." -msgstr "パーティションをマウントできませんでした。\n\nログファイル %1 を確認してください。" +msgid "" +"Partitions could not be mounted.\n" +"\n" +"Check the log file %1." +msgstr "" +"パーティションをマウントできませんでした。\n" +"\n" +"ログファイル %1 を確認してください。" #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 -msgid "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\nnot reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\npersistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\nmount-by method to any other method for all partitions." -msgstr "システム内の %1 にあるいくつかのパーティションは、カーネルのデバイス名によってマウントされています。\n残念ながらカーネルのデバイス名には永続性がないため、更新作業を行なうには\n信頼性が確保できません。古いシステムを起動し、全てのパーティションに対してマウント方法を\n他のものに変更することを強くお勧めします。" +msgid "" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" +"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" +"mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." +msgstr "" +"システム内の %1 にあるいくつかのパーティションは、カーネルのデバイス名によってマウントされています。\n" +"残念ながらカーネルのデバイス名には永続性がないため、更新作業を行なうには\n" +"信頼性が確保できません。古いシステムを起動し、全てのパーティションに対してマウント方法を\n" +"他のものに変更することを強くお勧めします。" #. error message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 @@ -654,12 +869,20 @@ #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further #: src/modules/Update.rb:791 -msgid "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n%{patterns}" -msgstr "インストールに必要な次のパターンを選択できません:\n%{patterns}" +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" +"インストールに必要な次のパターンを選択できません:\n" +"%{patterns}" #: src/modules/Update.rb:796 -msgid "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n%{packages}" -msgstr "インストールに必要な次のパッケージを選択できません:\n%{packages}" +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" +"インストールに必要な次のパッケージを選択できません:\n" +"%{packages}" #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 @@ -682,4 +905,3 @@ #: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "アップデートの環境設定" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + #. translators: command line help text for Users module #: src/clients/groups.rb:100 msgid "Group configuration module" @@ -246,19 +247,37 @@ #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 -msgid "\nHere, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." -msgstr "\nこの表では、現在のLDAPエントリに使用できるすべての属性のうち、前のダイアログで設定されていない属性を示します。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"この表では、現在のLDAPエントリに使用できるすべての属性のうち、前のダイアログで設定されていない属性を示します。" #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 -msgid "\nThe list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n(which is currently:\n %1).\n\n" -msgstr "\n属性のリストには、「objectclass」の値(現在は %1)が表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n" +"(which is currently:\n" +" %1).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"属性のリストには、「objectclass」の値(現在は %1)が表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 -msgid "\nEdit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \ncould be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" -msgstr "\n各属性を編集するには［編集］を使用します。\n［LDAPクライアントモジュール］のユーザテンプレートの定義に従って、必須の属性もあります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"各属性を編集するには［編集］を使用します。\n" +"［LDAPクライアントモジュール］のユーザテンプレートの定義に従って、必須の属性もあります。\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -378,8 +397,12 @@ #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 -msgid "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\nuser may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" -msgstr "1KB単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのinode数の制限を設定することもできます。\n" +msgid "" +"Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +msgstr "" +"1KB単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n" +"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのinode数の制限を設定することもできます。\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 @@ -398,8 +421,12 @@ #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 -msgid "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\ngroup may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" -msgstr "1KB単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制限を指定してください。\nこのファイルシステムでのinode数の制限を設定することもできます。\n" +msgid "" +"Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +msgstr "" +"1KB単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n" +"このファイルシステムでのinode数の制限を設定することもできます。\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 @@ -549,8 +576,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 -msgid "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\nPlease log off the user first." -msgstr "このユーザはログイン中のため削除できません。\nまずログオフしてください。" +msgid "" +"You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" +"Please log off the user first." +msgstr "" +"このユーザはログイン中のため削除できません。\n" +"まずログオフしてください。" #. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. error message @@ -592,13 +623,25 @@ #. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 -msgid "\nYou have used uppercase letters in the user login entry." -msgstr "\nユーザログイン名に大文字が使用されています。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ユーザログイン名に大文字が使用されています。" #. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 -msgid "This could cause problems with delivering mail\nto this user, because mail systems generally do not\nsupport case-sensitive names. \nYou could solve this problem by editing the alias table.\n" -msgstr "一般にメールシステムでは大文字小文字を区別する名前を\nサポートしていないため、このユーザへのメールの配信で\n問題が発生する可能性があります。 \nエイリアステーブルを編集することで、この問題を解決できる場合があります。\n" +msgid "" +"This could cause problems with delivering mail\n" +"to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" +"support case-sensitive names. \n" +"You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.\n" +msgstr "" +"一般にメールシステムでは大文字小文字を区別する名前を\n" +"サポートしていないため、このユーザへのメールの配信で\n" +"問題が発生する可能性があります。 \n" +"エイリアステーブルを編集することで、この問題を解決できる場合があります。\n" #. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 @@ -607,8 +650,14 @@ #. password entry label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 -msgid "To access the data required to modify\nthe encryption settings for this user,\nenter the user's current password." -msgstr "このユーザの暗号化設定を変更するために\n必要なデータにアクセスするには、ユーザの現在の\nパスワードを入力してください。" +msgid "" +"To access the data required to modify\n" +"the encryption settings for this user,\n" +"enter the user's current password." +msgstr "" +"このユーザの暗号化設定を変更するために\n" +"必要なデータにアクセスするには、ユーザの現在の\n" +"パスワードを入力してください。" #. The two user password information do not match #. error popup @@ -621,18 +670,36 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470 -msgid "The passwords do not match.\nTry again." -msgstr "パスワードが一致しません。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"The passwords do not match.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"パスワードが一致しません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 -msgid "Crypted directory image and key files\n'%1' and '%2'\nwere found. Use them for current user?\n\nThis means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." -msgstr "暗号化されたディレクトリイメージと\n鍵ファイルが「%1」と「%2」に検出されました。\nこれらを現在のユーザに対して使用するように設定しますか?\n\n設定を行うと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上のイメージファイルからのデータが使われます。" +msgid "" +"Crypted directory image and key files\n" +"'%1' and '%2'\n" +"were found. Use them for current user?\n" +"\n" +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +msgstr "" +"暗号化されたディレクトリイメージと\n" +"鍵ファイルが「%1」と「%2」に検出されました。\n" +"これらを現在のユーザに対して使用するように設定しますか?\n" +"\n" +"設定を行うと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上のイメージファイルからのデータが使われます。" #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 -msgid "The home directory (%1) already exists.\nUse it anyway?" -msgstr "ホームディレクトリ (%1) は既に存在します。\nこのディレクトリを使用してよろしいですか？" +msgid "" +"The home directory (%1) already exists.\n" +"Use it anyway?" +msgstr "" +"ホームディレクトリ (%1) は既に存在します。\n" +"このディレクトリを使用してよろしいですか？" #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 @@ -659,7 +726,9 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "リモートユーザの場合は、追加のグループ\nメンバーシップだけを変更できます。" +msgstr "" +"リモートユーザの場合は、追加のグループ\n" +"メンバーシップだけを変更できます。" #. input field for login name #. input field for login name @@ -753,8 +822,12 @@ #. label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "For remote users, only additional \ngroup memberships can be changed." -msgstr "リモートユーザの場合は、追加のグループ\nメンバーシップだけを変更できます。" +msgid "" +"For remote users, only additional \n" +"group memberships can be changed." +msgstr "" +"リモートユーザの場合は、追加のグループ\n" +"メンバーシップだけを変更できます。" #. textentry label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 @@ -859,8 +932,14 @@ #. yes-no popup contents #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 -msgid "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\nin a network environment with an authentication server.\nLeave it empty?" -msgstr "ユーザ名を空にできるのは、認証サーバが\n存在するネットワーク環境だけです。\n空のままにしますか?" +msgid "" +"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" +"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" +"Leave it empty?" +msgstr "" +"ユーザ名を空にできるのは、認証サーバが\n" +"存在するネットワーク環境だけです。\n" +"空のままにしますか?" #. last part of message popup #. last part of message popup @@ -878,8 +957,14 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 -msgid "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\nbecause the user is currently logged in.\nLog the user out first." -msgstr "このユーザはログイン中のため暗号化を解除することが出来ません。\n\nまずログオフしてください。" +msgid "" +"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" +"because the user is currently logged in.\n" +"Log the user out first." +msgstr "" +"このユーザはログイン中のため暗号化を解除することが出来ません。\n" +"\n" +"まずログオフしてください。" #. error popup #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 @@ -888,8 +973,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 -msgid "\nDirectory cannot be encrypted." -msgstr "\nディレクトリは暗号化できません。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Directory cannot be encrypted." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ディレクトリは暗号化できません。" #. popup message #. popup message @@ -970,115 +1059,279 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 -msgid "\nWhen entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\nlowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n\n" -msgstr "\nパスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\nご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\nの特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n" +"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" +"の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" +"\n" #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 -msgid "\nWith the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n %2 and %3 characters.\n" -msgstr "\n現在のパスワード暗号化方式(%1)では、パスワード長は %2 ～ %3 文字でなければなりません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +" %2 and %3 characters.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"現在のパスワード暗号化方式(%1)では、パスワード長は %2 ～ %3 文字でなければなりません。\n" +"" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159 -msgid "\nTo ensure that the password was entered correctly,\nrepeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n\n" -msgstr "\nパスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、2つめの\nフィールドにパスワードを正確に再入力してください。パスワードを忘れないようにしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"パスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、2つめの\n" +"フィールドにパスワードを正確に再入力してください。パスワードを忘れないようにしてください。\n" +"\n" #. Help text 0/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 -msgid "\nHere, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n\n" -msgstr "\n新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用するデフォルト値を設定してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用するデフォルト値を設定してください。\n" +"\n" #. Help text 1/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 -msgid "\nDefault Group \nThe group name of a new user's primary group.\n\n" -msgstr "\nデフォルトグループ \n新規ユーザのプライマリグループのグループ名です。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Default Group \n" +"The group name of a new user's primary group.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"デフォルトグループ \n" +"新規ユーザのプライマリグループのグループ名です。\n" +"\n" #. Help text 1.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 -msgid "\nSecondary Groups \nNames of additional groups to which to assign new users.\n\n" -msgstr "\nセカンダリグループ \n新規ユーザに割り当てる追加のグループ名です。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Secondary Groups \n" +"Names of additional groups to which to assign new users.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"セカンダリグループ \n" +"新規ユーザに割り当てる追加のグループ名です。\n" +"\n" #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 -msgid "Default Login Shell \nThe name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" -msgstr "デフォルトログインシェル \n新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、またはシェルのパスを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Default Login Shell \n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" +msgstr "" +"デフォルトログインシェル \n" +"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、またはシェルのパスを入力してください。\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 -msgid "Default Home \nThe initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\nto the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n\n" -msgstr "デフォルトホーム \n新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィックスです。ユーザ名がこの値の末尾に\n追加されて、ホームディレクトリのデフォルト名になります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Default Home \n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"デフォルトホーム \n" +"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィックスです。ユーザ名がこの値の末尾に\n" +"追加されて、ホームディレクトリのデフォルト名になります。\n" +"\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 -msgid "Skeleton Directory \nThe contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" -msgstr "スケルトンディレクトリ \n新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーされます。 \n" +msgid "" +"Skeleton Directory \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" +msgstr "" +"スケルトンディレクトリ \n" +"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーされます。 \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 -msgid "Umask for Home Directory \nUmask to use for creating new home directories.\n" -msgstr "ホームディレクトリのumask \n新しいホームディレクトリの作成に使用されるumask値を指定します。\n" +msgid "" +"Umask for Home Directory \n" +"Umask to use for creating new home directories.\n" +msgstr "" +"ホームディレクトリのumask \n" +"新しいホームディレクトリの作成に使用されるumask値を指定します。\n" #. Help text 5/6: #. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 -msgid "Expiration Date \nThe date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\nYYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" -msgstr "有効期限 \nユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。日付はYYYY-MM-DDの形式で指定する\n必要があります。このアカウントの有効期限を設定しない場合は、空のままにします。\n" +msgid "" +"Expiration Date \n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" +msgstr "" +"有効期限 \n" +"ユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。日付はYYYY-MM-DDの形式で指定する\n" +"必要があります。このアカウントの有効期限を設定しない場合は、空のままにします。\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 -msgid "Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable \nUsers can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \nafter expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n\n" -msgstr "パスワードの有効期限切れログインを使用できる日数 \nユーザは、パスワードの有効期限が切れてもログインできます。有効期限切れログインが可能な日数を\n設定してください。無期限アクセスの場合は、-1を使用してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable \n" +"Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n" +"after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"パスワードの有効期限切れログインを使用できる日数 \n" +"ユーザは、パスワードの有効期限が切れてもログインできます。有効期限切れログインが可能な日数を\n" +"設定してください。無期限アクセスの場合は、-1を使用してください。\n" +"\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 -msgid "<BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG> \nPlease wait...\n \n" -msgstr "<BIG>ユーザ管理を初期化中</BIG> \nしばらくお待ちください...\n \n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG> \n" +"Please wait...\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>ユーザ管理を初期化中</BIG> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください...\n" +" \n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 -msgid "<BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG> \nYou can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort\nnow.\n" -msgstr "<BIG>初期化を中止します</BIG> \nここで［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを\n中止できます。\n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG> \n" +"You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort\n" +"now.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>初期化を中止します</BIG> \n" +"ここで［中止］をクリックすると、設定ユーティリティを\n" +"中止できます。\n" +"" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 -msgid "<BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG> \nPlease wait...\n \n" -msgstr "<BIG>ユーザ設定を保存しています</BIG> \nしばらくお待ちください...\n \n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG> \n" +"Please wait...\n" +" \n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>ユーザ設定を保存しています</BIG> \n" +"しばらくお待ちください...\n" +" \n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 -msgid "<BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG> \nAbort the save process by pressing Abort.\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n\n" -msgstr "<BIG>保存の中止:</BIG> \n［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n安全に中止できるかどうかを示すダイアログが表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"<BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG> \n" +"Abort the save process by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>保存の中止:</BIG> \n" +"［中止］をクリックすると、保存を中止できます。\n" +"安全に中止できるかどうかを示すダイアログが表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 -msgid "\nEnter the First Name, Last Name, \nUsername, and\nPassword to assign to this user.\n\n" -msgstr "\nこのユーザに割り当てる［名前(ファーストネーム)］、［姓］、\n［ユーザ名］、および\n［パスワード］を入力してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the First Name, Last Name, \n" +"Username, and\n" +"Password to assign to this user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このユーザに割り当てる［名前(ファーストネーム)］、［姓］、\n" +"［ユーザ名］、および\n" +"［パスワード］を入力してください。\n" +"\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 -msgid "\nEnter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\nassign to this user account.\n\n" -msgstr "\nこのユーザに割り当てる［ユーザのフルネーム］、［ユーザ名］、および［パスワード］を\n入力してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" +"assign to this user account.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このユーザに割り当てる［ユーザのフルネーム］、［ユーザ名］、および［パスワード］を\n" +"入力してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 -msgid "\nCreate the Username from components of the full name by\nclicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\nletters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\nDo not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\nUsernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\nrestrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n\n" -msgstr "\n[推奨]をクリックすると、フルネームの一部からユーザ名が\n作成されます。ユーザ名は変更できますが、\n半角英数字(アクセント記号付きの文字は不可)と<tt>._-</tt>だけを使用してください。\n操作を明確に理解している場合を除いて、このエントリに大文字は使用しないでください。\nユーザ名では、パスワードよりも使用できる文字が限定されています。/etc/login.defsファイルでこの制限を再定義できます。\n詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" +"clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" +"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"[推奨]をクリックすると、フルネームの一部からユーザ名が\n" +"作成されます。ユーザ名は変更できますが、\n" +"半角英数字(アクセント記号付きの文字は不可)と<tt>._-</tt>だけを使用してください。\n" +"操作を明確に理解している場合を除いて、このエントリに大文字は使用しないでください。\n" +"ユーザ名では、パスワードよりも使用できる文字が限定されています。/etc/login.defsファイルでこの制限を再定義できます。\n" +"詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n" +"\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 -msgid "\nFor the Username, use only\nletters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\nDo not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\nUsernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\nrestrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［ユーザ名］では、\n半角英数字(アクセント記号付きの文字は不可)と<tt>._-</tt>だけを使用してください。\nどのような影響があるかよくわからない場合は、大文字を使用しないでください。\nユーザ名はパスワードよりも使用できる文字が限定されています。 /etc/login.defsファイルでこの制限を再定義できます。\n 詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username, use only\n" +"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［ユーザ名］では、\n" +"半角英数字(アクセント記号付きの文字は不可)と<tt>._-</tt>だけを使用してください。\n" +"どのような影響があるかよくわからない場合は、大文字を使用しないでください。\n" +"ユーザ名はパスワードよりも使用できる文字が限定されています。 /etc/login.defsファイルでこの制限を再定義できます。\n" +" 詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n" +"\n" #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175 -msgid "\nThe username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "\nここで作成されたユーザ名とパスワードはLinuxシステムにログインしてLinuxシステムを操作するために必要です。[自動ログイン]が有効な場合、ログイン手順はスキップされます。このユーザは自動的にログインします。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ここで作成されたユーザ名とパスワードはLinuxシステムにログインしてLinuxシステムを操作するために必要です。[自動ログイン]が有効な場合、ログイン手順はスキップされます。このユーザは自動的にログインします。\n" #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 -msgid "\nHave mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" -msgstr "\n［システムメールを受信］をオンにすると、ルート宛のメールをこのユーザに転送します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［システムメールを受信］をオンにすると、ルート宛のメールをこのユーザに転送します。\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 @@ -1087,73 +1340,199 @@ #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 -msgid "\nTo see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\nDetails.\n\n" -msgstr "\nホームディレクトリ、ユーザIDなどの詳細を表示するには、［詳細］を\nクリックします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" +"Details.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ホームディレクトリ、ユーザIDなどの詳細を表示するには、［詳細］を\n" +"クリックします。\n" +"\n" #. alternative help text 5/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 -msgid "\nTo edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" -msgstr "\nこのユーザの各種のパスワード設定(有効期限など)を編集するには、［パスワードの設定］をクリックします。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"このユーザの各種のパスワード設定(有効期限など)を編集するには、［パスワードの設定］をクリックします。\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 -msgid "To forbid this user to\nlog in, check Disable User Login." -msgstr "このユーザのログインを禁止するには、\n［ユーザのログイン禁止する］をオンにします。" +msgid "" +"To forbid this user to\n" +"log in, check Disable User Login." +msgstr "" +"このユーザのログインを禁止するには、\n" +"［ユーザのログイン禁止する］をオンにします。" #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 -msgid "\nEnter the group data here. \n\n" -msgstr "\nグループのデータをここに入力してください。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Enter the group data here. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"グループのデータをここに入力してください。 \n" +"\n" #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 -msgid "\nGroup Name:\nAvoid long names for groups. Normal lengths are between \ntwo and eight characters. \nYou can redefine the list of characters allowed for group names in\nthe /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［グループ名］:\n長いグループ名は使用しないでください。通常、長さは2～8文字に\nします。 \n/etc/login.defsファイルでグループ名に使用できる文字の一覧を再定義できます。\n 詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Group Name:\n" +"Avoid long names for groups. Normal lengths are between \n" +"two and eight characters. \n" +"You can redefine the list of characters allowed for group names in\n" +"the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［グループ名］:\n" +"長いグループ名は使用しないでください。通常、長さは2～8文字に\n" +"します。 \n" +"/etc/login.defsファイルでグループ名に使用できる文字の一覧を再定義できます。\n" +" 詳細については、マニュアルページを参照してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/6, %1 is number #: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 -msgid "\nGroup ID (gid):\nIn addition to its name, a group must be assigned a numerical ID for its\ninternal representation. These values are between 0 and\n%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will be\nwarned if you try to use an already set one.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［グループID(gid)］:\nグループには、名前以外に数値のIDを割り当てる必要があります。このIDはグループの\n内部表現に使用されます。 IDには0～ %1 の範囲内の値を指定します。\n いくつかのIDはインストール中に割り当てられます。 \nすでに設定されているIDを使用しようとすると、警告が表示されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Group ID (gid):\n" +"In addition to its name, a group must be assigned a numerical ID for its\n" +"internal representation. These values are between 0 and\n" +"%1. Some of the IDs are already assigned during installation. You will be\n" +"warned if you try to use an already set one.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［グループID(gid)］:\n" +"グループには、名前以外に数値のIDを割り当てる必要があります。このIDはグループの\n" +"内部表現に使用されます。 IDには0～ %1 の範囲内の値を指定します。\n" +" いくつかのIDはインストール中に割り当てられます。 \n" +"すでに設定されているIDを使用しようとすると、警告が表示されます。\n" +"\n" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 -msgid "\nPassword:\nTo require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\nswitching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\npassword to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\nhere. This entry is not required.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［パスワード］:\nこのグループへの切り替え時に、グループのメンバーでないユーザを識別させる必要が\nある場合は(<tt>newgrp</tt>のマニュアルページを参照)、このグループにパスワードを\n割り当ててください。セキュリティ上の理由から、このパスワードはここに\n表示されません。このエントリは必須ではありません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Password:\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" +"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" +"here. This entry is not required.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［パスワード］:\n" +"このグループへの切り替え時に、グループのメンバーでないユーザを識別させる必要が\n" +"ある場合は(<tt>newgrp</tt>のマニュアルページを参照)、このグループにパスワードを\n" +"割り当ててください。セキュリティ上の理由から、このパスワードはここに\n" +"表示されません。このエントリは必須ではありません。\n" +"\n" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 -msgid "\nConfirm Password:\nEnter the password a second time to avoid typing errors.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［パスワードの確認］:\n入力エラーを避けるために、パスワードをもう一度入力してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Confirm Password:\n" +"Enter the password a second time to avoid typing errors.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［パスワードの確認］:\n" +"入力エラーを避けるために、パスワードをもう一度入力してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 -msgid "\nGroup Members:\nHere, select which users should be members of this group.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［グループのメンバー］:\nこのグループのメンバーであるユーザを選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Group Members:\n" +"Here, select which users should be members of this group.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［グループのメンバー］:\n" +"このグループのメンバーであるユーザを選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog #: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 -msgid "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." -msgstr "2番目の一覧には、このグループがデフォルトのグループである\nユーザが表示されます。デフォルトのグループを変更するには、ユーザを編集する方法しかありません。" +msgid "" +"The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" +" group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." +msgstr "" +"2番目の一覧には、このグループがデフォルトのグループである\n" +"ユーザが表示されます。デフォルトのグループを変更するには、ユーザを編集する方法しかありません。" #. help text 1/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 -msgid "\nAdditional user data includes:\n" -msgstr "\n追加のユーザデータは次のとおりです:\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Additional user data includes:\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"追加のユーザデータは次のとおりです:\n" +"" #. help text 2/8, %1 is number #: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 -msgid "\nUser ID (uid):\nEach user is known to the system by a unique number,\nthe user ID. For normal users, you should use\na UID larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\nby the system for special purposes and pseudo logins.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［ユーザID(uid)］:\n各ユーザは、一意の番号であるユーザIDによってシステムで\n識別されます。通常のユーザの場合には、%1 よりも大きい\nUIDを使用する必要があります。これよりも小さいUIDは、\nシステムによって特殊な目的および擬似ログインに使用されるからです。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"User ID (uid):\n" +"Each user is known to the system by a unique number,\n" +"the user ID. For normal users, you should use\n" +"a UID larger than %1 because the smaller UIDs are used\n" +"by the system for special purposes and pseudo logins.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［ユーザID(uid)］:\n" +"各ユーザは、一意の番号であるユーザIDによってシステムで\n" +"識別されます。通常のユーザの場合には、%1 よりも大きい\n" +"UIDを使用する必要があります。これよりも小さいUIDは、\n" +"システムによって特殊な目的および擬似ログインに使用されるからです。\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 -msgid "\nIf you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\nthis user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\nfor the files in the user's home directory, but not for files \nlocated elsewhere.\n" -msgstr "\n既存のユーザのUIDを変更する場合は、そのユーザが所有するファイルの権利も\n変更する必要があります。ユーザのホームディレクトリにある\nファイルの権利は自動的に変更されますが、他のディレクトリにある\nファイルの権利は変更されません。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n" +"this user owns must be changed. This is done automatically\n" +"for the files in the user's home directory, but not for files \n" +"located elsewhere.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"既存のユーザのUIDを変更する場合は、そのユーザが所有するファイルの権利も\n" +"変更する必要があります。ユーザのホームディレクトリにある\n" +"ファイルの権利は自動的に変更されますが、他のディレクトリにある\n" +"ファイルの権利は変更されません。\n" #. help text 4/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 -msgid "\nHome Directory:\nThe home directory of the user. Normally this is\n/home/username. \nTo select an existing directory, click Browse.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［ホームディレクトリ］:\nユーザのホームディレクトリを指定します。通常は\n/home/usernameです。 \n既存のディレクトリを選択する場合は、［参照］をクリックします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Home Directory:\n" +"The home directory of the user. Normally this is\n" +"/home/username. \n" +"To select an existing directory, click Browse.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［ホームディレクトリ］:\n" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリを指定します。通常は\n" +"/home/usernameです。 \n" +"既存のディレクトリを選択する場合は、［参照］をクリックします。\n" +"\n" #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 @@ -1162,8 +1541,14 @@ #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 -msgid "To create only an empty home directory,\ncheck Empty Home. Otherwise, the new home directory\nis created from the default skeleton (%1).\n" -msgstr "空のホームディレクトリだけを作成するには、\n［空のホーム］をオンにします。それ以外の場合、新しいホームディレクトリは、\nデフォルトのスケルトン(%1)から作成されます。\n" +msgid "" +"To create only an empty home directory,\n" +"check Empty Home. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" +"is created from the default skeleton (%1).\n" +msgstr "" +"空のホームディレクトリだけを作成するには、\n" +"［空のホーム］をオンにします。それ以外の場合、新しいホームディレクトリは、\n" +"デフォルトのスケルトン(%1)から作成されます。\n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 @@ -1172,8 +1557,18 @@ #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 -msgid "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\nDirectory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\ndoes not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\namong multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\nsecurity by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." -msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、［暗号化ホームディレクトリを使用］を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。なお、ユーザのホームディレクトリを\n暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意してください。\nこのマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュリティを\nくぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスすることが\nできてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的に共有してはなりません。" +msgid "" +"To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" +"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +msgstr "" +"ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、［暗号化ホームディレクトリを使用］を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。なお、ユーザのホームディレクトリを\n" +"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意してください。\n" +"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュリティを\n" +"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスすることが\n" +"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的に共有してはなりません。" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 @@ -1182,38 +1577,90 @@ #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 -msgid "\nThe home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\nfile server." -msgstr "\nLDAPユーザのホームディレクトリは、ファイルサーバ上でのみ\n変更できます。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n" +"file server." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"LDAPユーザのホームディレクトリは、ファイルサーバ上でのみ\n" +"変更できます。" #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 -msgid "Additional Information:\nSome additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\nthree parts, separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\noffice,work phone,home phone. This information is \nshown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" -msgstr "［追加情報］:\nここではユーザの追加情報を設定できます。これらのフィールドには、最大3つのセクションを\nコンマで区切って入力できます。通常は、勤務先\n、勤務先の電話番号、自宅の電話番号を入力します。追加情報は、\nこのユーザに対してfingerコマンドを実行したときに表示されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Additional Information:\n" +"Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" +"three parts, separated by commas. The standard usage is to write\n" +"office,work phone,home phone. This information is \n" +"shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" +msgstr "" +"［追加情報］:\n" +"ここではユーザの追加情報を設定できます。これらのフィールドには、最大3つのセクションを\n" +"コンマで区切って入力できます。通常は、勤務先\n" +"、勤務先の電話番号、自宅の電話番号を入力します。追加情報は、\n" +"このユーザに対してfingerコマンドを実行したときに表示されます。\n" #. help text 6/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 -msgid "\nLogin Shell:\nThe login shell (command interpreter) for the user.\nSelect a shell from the list of all shells installed\non your system.\n" -msgstr "\n［ログインシェル］:\nユーザの使用するログインシェル(コマンドインタプリタ)。\nシステムにインストールされているすべてのシェルの一覧から、\nシェルを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Login Shell:\n" +"The login shell (command interpreter) for the user.\n" +"Select a shell from the list of all shells installed\n" +"on your system.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［ログインシェル］:\n" +"ユーザの使用するログインシェル(コマンドインタプリタ)。\n" +"システムにインストールされているすべてのシェルの一覧から、\n" +"シェルを選択してください。\n" +"" #. help text 7/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 -msgid "\nDefault Group:\nThe primary group to which the user belongs. Select one group\nfrom the list of all groups existing on your system.\n" -msgstr "\n［デフォルトのグループ］:\nユーザが属するプライマリグループ。システムに存在する\nすべてのグループの一覧から、グループを1つ選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Default Group:\n" +"The primary group to which the user belongs. Select one group\n" +"from the list of all groups existing on your system.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［デフォルトのグループ］:\n" +"ユーザが属するプライマリグループ。システムに存在する\n" +"すべてのグループの一覧から、グループを1つ選択してください。\n" +"" #. help text 8/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 -msgid "\nAdditional Groups:\nSelect additional groups in which the user should be a member.\n\n" -msgstr "\n追加のグループ:\nこのユーザをメンバーとして設定する追加のグループを選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Additional Groups:\n" +"Select additional groups in which the user should be a member.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"追加のグループ:\n" +"このユーザをメンバーとして設定する追加のグループを選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 -msgid "Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\nextensions of user and group configuration.\n" +msgid "" +"Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" +"extensions of user and group configuration.\n" msgstr "プラグインの一覧、ユーザおよびグループの設定の機能拡張が表示されます。\n" #. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 -msgid "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\nis currently in use." -msgstr "表の左側にあるチェックマークは、そのプラグインが現在使用されていることを\n示します。" +msgid "" +"The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" +"is currently in use." +msgstr "" +"表の左側にあるチェックマークは、そのプラグインが現在使用されていることを\n" +"示します。" #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 @@ -1222,48 +1669,112 @@ #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 -msgid "\nSave the current user and group settings to the system.\n" -msgstr "\n現在のユーザおよびグループの設定をシステムに保存してください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Save the current user and group settings to the system.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"現在のユーザおよびグループの設定をシステムに保存してください。\n" +"" #. Help text 1/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 -msgid "Activate Force Password Change to force the user to change the\npassword at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\nNever, the user will be forced to change the password." -msgstr "［パスワード変更を強制する］を選択すると、次回ログインした際に\nパスワードを変更するようユーザに求めます。［前回のパスワード変更日］を\n［未変更］に設定すると、ユーザに対してパスワード変更を強制します。" +msgid "" +"Activate Force Password Change to force the user to change the\n" +"password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" +"Never, the user will be forced to change the password." +msgstr "" +"［パスワード変更を強制する］を選択すると、次回ログインした際に\n" +"パスワードを変更するようユーザに求めます。［前回のパスワード変更日］を\n" +"［未変更］に設定すると、ユーザに対してパスワード変更を強制します。" #. Help text 2/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 -msgid "\nDays before Password Expiration to Issue Warning \nUsers can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \nhow long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\nthe warning. \n\n" -msgstr "\n［警告が発行されてからパスワードの有効期限が切れるまでの残り日数］ :\nユーザは、各自のパスワードの有効期限が切れる前に、警告を受けることができます。警告が\n発行されてから有効期限が切れるまでの日数を設定してください。警告を無効にするには、\n-1を設定してください。 \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning \n" +"Users can be warned before their passwords expire. Set \n" +"how long before expiration the warning should be issued. Set -1 to disable\n" +"the warning. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［警告が発行されてからパスワードの有効期限が切れるまでの残り日数］ :\n" +"ユーザは、各自のパスワードの有効期限が切れる前に、警告を受けることができます。警告が\n" +"発行されてから有効期限が切れるまでの日数を設定してください。警告を無効にするには、\n" +"-1を設定してください。 \n" +"\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 -msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable Login \nUsers can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\nallow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n\n" -msgstr "［パスワードの有効期限切れログインを使用できる日数］ :\nユーザは、パスワードの有効期限が切れてもログインできます。ログインを許可する日数を\n設定してください。無期限アクセスの場合は、-1を使用してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"Days after Password Expires with Usable Login \n" +"Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n" +"allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"［パスワードの有効期限切れログインを使用できる日数］ :\n" +"ユーザは、パスワードの有効期限が切れてもログインできます。ログインを許可する日数を\n" +"設定してください。無期限アクセスの場合は、-1を使用してください。\n" +"\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 -msgid "Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \ncan use the same password before it expires.\n" -msgstr "［同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数］: パスワードの有効期限が切れるまで、\nユーザが同じパスワードを使用できる日数を設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" +"can use the same password before it expires.\n" +msgstr "" +"［同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数］: パスワードの有効期限が切れるまで、\n" +"ユーザが同じパスワードを使用できる日数を設定してください。\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 -msgid "Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \na password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" -msgstr "［同じパスワードを使用する最短日数］: パスワードを変更できるようになるまで、\nそのパスワードを使用する最短期間を設定してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" +"a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" +msgstr "" +"［同じパスワードを使用する最短日数］: パスワードを変更できるようになるまで、\n" +"そのパスワードを使用する最短期間を設定してください。\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 -msgid "Expiration Date Set the date when this account expires. \nThe date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \nLeave it empty if this account never expires.\n" -msgstr "［有効期限］: このアカウントの有効期限が切れる日付です。 \n日付はYYYY-MM-DDの形式で指定する必要があります。 \nこのアカウントの有効期限を設定しない場合は、空のままにします。\n" +msgid "" +"Expiration Date Set the date when this account expires. \n" +"The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" +"Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" +msgstr "" +"［有効期限］: このアカウントの有効期限が切れる日付です。 \n" +"日付はYYYY-MM-DDの形式で指定する必要があります。 \n" +"このアカウントの有効期限を設定しない場合は、空のままにします。\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 -msgid "\nConfiguration Overview \nHere, see a summary of modules that could affect sources\nof user accounts or authentication type.\n\n" -msgstr "\n環境設定の概要 \nここでは、ユーザアカウントまたは認証タイプのソースに影響する\n可能性のあるモジュールについて概説します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Configuration Overview \n" +"Here, see a summary of modules that could affect sources\n" +"of user accounts or authentication type.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"環境設定の概要 \n" +"ここでは、ユーザアカウントまたは認証タイプのソースに影響する\n" +"可能性のあるモジュールについて概説します。\n" +"\n" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 -msgid "\nChanging the Values \nYou can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n\n" -msgstr "\n［値の変更］: \n適切なモジュールを実行することで、これらの設定を行うことができます。 ［設定］でモジュールを選択してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Changing the Values \n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"［値の変更］: \n" +"適切なモジュールを実行することで、これらの設定を行うことができます。 ［設定］でモジュールを選択してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 @@ -1444,8 +1955,12 @@ #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 -msgid "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\nEnter a value." -msgstr "「%1」属性は必須です。\n値を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" +"Enter a value." +msgstr "" +"「%1」属性は必須です。\n" +"値を入力してください。" #. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 @@ -1454,14 +1969,28 @@ #. help text #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 -msgid "If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\ncheck the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\naction. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\nuser home directories.\n" -msgstr "LDAPユーザのホームディレクトリをこのマシン上に設置する場合は、\n適切な項目を選択してください。この値を変更しても、直接的な操作が行われる\nわけではありません。これは単にYaSTユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだけです。\n\n" +msgid "" +"If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" +"check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +"action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" +"user home directories.\n" +msgstr "" +"LDAPユーザのホームディレクトリをこのマシン上に設置する場合は、\n" +"適切な項目を選択してください。この値を変更しても、直接的な操作が行われる\n" +"わけではありません。これは単にYaSTユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだけです。\n" +"\n" #. help text caption #. help text #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 -msgid "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\nLDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\nhave changed your configuration.\n" -msgstr "［環境設定］をクリックすると、LDAPサーバに格納された環境設定を変更\nできます。まだ接続していない場合や環境設定を変更した場合には、\nパスワードの入力を要求されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"have changed your configuration.\n" +msgstr "" +"［環境設定］をクリックすると、LDAPサーバに格納された環境設定を変更\n" +"できます。まだ接続していない場合や環境設定を変更した場合には、\n" +"パスワードの入力を要求されます。\n" #. password policy help text caption #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 @@ -1470,8 +1999,12 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 -msgid "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." -msgstr "選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには 編集 を、新しくパスワードポリシーを追加する場合は 追加 をそれぞれ押してください。設定はパスワードポリシーが LDAP サーバ上で\n有効になっている場合にのみ行うことができます。" +msgid "" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." +msgstr "" +"選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには 編集 を、新しくパスワードポリシーを追加する場合は 追加 をそれぞれ押してください。設定はパスワードポリシーが LDAP サーバ上で\n" +"有効になっている場合にのみ行うことができます。" #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -1511,8 +2044,12 @@ msgstr "サフィックスの変更" #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 -msgid "The Policy '%1' already exists.\nPlease select another one." -msgstr "ポリシー「%1」はすでに存在しています。\n別のポリシーを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The Policy '%1' already exists.\n" +"Please select another one." +msgstr "" +"ポリシー「%1」はすでに存在しています。\n" +"別のポリシーを選択してください。" #. the type of user set #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 @@ -1748,18 +2285,42 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 -msgid "\nThis is for experts only.\n" -msgstr "\nこれはエキスパート向けの設定です。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"This is for experts only.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"これはエキスパート向けの設定です。\n" +"" #. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 -msgid "\nChoose a password encryption method for local and system users.\nDES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\nrestricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n\n" -msgstr "\nローカルユーザとシステムユーザのパスワード暗号化方式を選択します。\nLinuxのデフォルトの方式である［DES］は、すべてのネットワーク環境で\n機能しますが、パスワードは8文字以下に制限されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザのパスワード暗号化方式を選択します。\n" +"Linuxのデフォルトの方式である［DES］は、すべてのネットワーク環境で\n" +"機能しますが、パスワードは8文字以下に制限されます。\n" +"\n" #. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 -msgid "\nMD5 allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\nnetwork protocols do not support this and you may have problems with NIS.\n" -msgstr "\nMD5では、より長いパスワードを使用できるため、セキュリティが強化されます。ただし、一部のネットワークプロトコルでは\nMD5をサポートしていないため、NISの使用に問題が発生する可能性があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n" +"network protocols do not support this and you may have problems with NIS.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"MD5では、より長いパスワードを使用できるため、セキュリティが強化されます。ただし、一部のネットワークプロトコルでは\n" +"MD5をサポートしていないため、NISの使用に問題が発生する可能性があります。\n" +"" #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 @@ -1798,13 +2359,25 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 -msgid "\nYou have changed the default encryption for user passwords." -msgstr "\nユーザパスワードのデフォルトの暗号化方式が変更されました。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"You have changed the default encryption for user passwords." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ユーザパスワードのデフォルトの暗号化方式が変更されました。" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 -msgid "It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\nyou might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\nencrypted with a method other than DES.\n\n" -msgstr "このマシンではNISサーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によっては\nユーザパスワードをDES以外の方式で暗号化すると、NISクライアントに\nログインできない場合があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" +"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" +"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"このマシンではNISサーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によっては\n" +"ユーザパスワードをDES以外の方式で暗号化すると、NISクライアントに\n" +"ログインできない場合があります。\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 @@ -1833,13 +2406,31 @@ #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 -msgid "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\nconfiguration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\nIf you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" -msgstr "［デフォルト］を選択すると、LDAPサーバに保存されているユーザとグループの設定モジュール\nからデフォルトのフィルタ(「susesearchfilter」属性の値)がロードされます。\nまだ接続していない場合は、パスワードの入力を求められます。\n" +msgid "" +"With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" +msgstr "" +"［デフォルト］を選択すると、LDAPサーバに保存されているユーザとグループの設定モジュール\n" +"からデフォルトのフィルタ(「susesearchfilter」属性の値)がロードされます。\n" +"まだ接続していない場合は、パスワードの入力を求められます。\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 -msgid "Example:\n With the user filter\n \n<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n \nonly obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.\n" -msgstr "例:\n \n \n<tt>(&(objectclass=posixaccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n \nこのフィルタは、「u」で始まるユーザ名を持つユーザだけを取得します。\n" +msgid "" +"Example:\n" +" With the user filter\n" +" \n" +"<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" +" \n" +"only obtain users with a username beginning with 'u'.\n" +msgstr "" +"例:\n" +" \n" +" \n" +"<tt>(&(objectclass=posixaccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" +" \n" +"このフィルタは、「u」で始まるユーザ名を持つユーザだけを取得します。\n" #. radiobutton label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 @@ -1889,8 +2480,12 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 -msgid "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\nReally use it?\n" -msgstr "新しいユーザフィルタにはデフォルトのユーザフィルタが含まれていません。\nこのフィルタを使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" +"Really use it?\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいユーザフィルタにはデフォルトのユーザフィルタが含まれていません。\n" +"このフィルタを使用しますか?\n" #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 @@ -1899,8 +2494,12 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 -msgid "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\nReally use it?\n" -msgstr "新しいグループフィルタにはデフォルトのグループフィルタが含まれていません。\nこのフィルタを使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n" +"Really use it?\n" +msgstr "" +"新しいグループフィルタにはデフォルトのグループフィルタが含まれていません。\n" +"このフィルタを使用しますか?\n" #. helptext 0/3 - caption #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 @@ -1909,18 +2508,34 @@ #. helptext 1/3 - general info #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 -msgid "\nThe features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n\n" -msgstr "\nここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとしてKDMまたはGDMを使用している場合だけです。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとしてKDMまたはGDMを使用している場合だけです。\n" +"\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 -msgid "Auto Login \nBy setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" -msgstr "［自動ログイン］: \n［自動ログイン］を設定すると、ログイン手順がスキップされます。リストから選択されたユーザは自動的にログインします。\n" +msgid "" +"Auto Login \n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +"［自動ログイン］: \n" +"［自動ログイン］を設定すると、ログイン手順がスキップされます。リストから選択されたユーザは自動的にログインします。\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 -msgid "Passwordless Logins \nIf this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\npasswords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" -msgstr "［パスワードレスログイン］: \nこのオプションをオンにすると、すべてのユーザはパスワードを入力せずに\nログインできます。それ以外の場合は、自動ログインできるようにユーザを設定しても、パスワードの入力を要求されます。\n" +msgid "" +"Passwordless Logins \n" +"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" +msgstr "" +"［パスワードレスログイン］: \n" +"このオプションをオンにすると、すべてのユーザはパスワードを入力せずに\n" +"ログインできます。それ以外の場合は、自動ログインできるようにユーザを設定しても、パスワードの入力を要求されます。\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -1949,8 +2564,12 @@ #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 -msgid "The user seems to be currently logged in.\nContinue anyway?" -msgstr "ユーザは現在ログインしています。\n続行してよろしいですか?" +msgid "" +"The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" +"Continue anyway?" +msgstr "" +"ユーザは現在ログインしています。\n" +"続行してよろしいですか?" #. yes-no popup headline #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 @@ -1969,13 +2588,19 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 -msgid "Delete &Home Directory\n%1\n" +msgid "" +"Delete &Home Directory\n" +"%1\n" msgstr "ホームディレクトリ %1 を削除する(&H)\n" #. yes-no popup. %1 is username #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 -msgid "\nReally delete the user %1?\n" -msgstr "\nユーザ %1 を削除しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Really delete the user %1?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ユーザ %1 を削除しますか?\n" #. yes-no popup headline #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 @@ -1989,13 +2614,23 @@ #. yes-no popup, %1 si group name #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 -msgid "\nReally delete the group %1?\n" -msgstr "\nグループ %1 を削除しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Really delete the group %1?\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"グループ %1 を削除しますか?\n" #. warning popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 -msgid "You cannot delete this group because\nthere are users in the group.\nRemove these users from the group first.\n" -msgstr "このグループ内にユーザが存在するため、\nこのグループを削除できません。\nまずグループからユーザを削除してください。\n" +msgid "" +"You cannot delete this group because\n" +"there are users in the group.\n" +"Remove these users from the group first.\n" +msgstr "" +"このグループ内にユーザが存在するため、\n" +"このグループを削除できません。\n" +"まずグループからユーザを削除してください。\n" #. Frame label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 @@ -2068,88 +2703,206 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 -msgid "\nLinux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\nsystem at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\na unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n\n" -msgstr "\nLinuxはマルチユーザシステムです。複数の異なるユーザが同時にシステムに\nログインできます。混乱を避けるため、各ユーザに固有のIDを割り当てる\n必要があります。どのユーザも少なくとも1つのグループに所属しています。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" +"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" +"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Linuxはマルチユーザシステムです。複数の異なるユーザが同時にシステムに\n" +"ログインできます。混乱を避けるため、各ユーザに固有のIDを割り当てる\n" +"必要があります。どのユーザも少なくとも1つのグループに所属しています。\n" +"\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 -msgid "\nUsers and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\nCustomize your view with Customize Filter.\n" -msgstr "\nユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。現在表に表示されている組み合わせを変更するには、［フィルタの設定］を使用します。\n表示をカスタマイズするには、［フィルタのカスタマイズ］を使用します。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。現在表に表示されている組み合わせを変更するには、［フィルタの設定］を使用します。\n" +"表示をカスタマイズするには、［フィルタのカスタマイズ］を使用します。\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 -msgid "\nClick Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\npassword encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\nusers, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\nall changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" -msgstr "\nさらに詳細な設定をするには、［エキスパートオプション］をクリックしてください。\nパスワードの暗号化の種類、ユーザの認証方式、新規ユーザのデフォルト値、\nログインなどを設定できます。 ［変更を今すぐ書き込む］を使用すると、\n設定モジュールを終了せずに、すべての変更を保存できます。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" +"users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" +"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"さらに詳細な設定をするには、［エキスパートオプション］をクリックしてください。\n" +"パスワードの暗号化の種類、ユーザの認証方式、新規ユーザのデフォルト値、\n" +"ログインなどを設定できます。 ［変更を今すぐ書き込む］を使用すると、\n" +"設定モジュールを終了せずに、すべての変更を保存できます。\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 -msgid "\nTo save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n%1.\n\n" -msgstr "\n変更したユーザとグループの設定をシステムに保存するには、\n［%1］をクリックします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" +"%1.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"変更したユーザとグループの設定をシステムに保存するには、\n" +"［%1］をクリックします。\n" +"\n" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 -msgid "\n\nUse this dialog to get information about existing users and add or modify\nusers. \n\n" -msgstr "\n\nこのダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加または変更したりします。\n \n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing users and add or modify\n" +"users. \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加または変更したりします。\n" +" \n" +"\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 -msgid "\nTo shift to the group dialog, select Groups.\n\n" -msgstr "\nグループダイアログに切り替えるには、［グループ］を選択します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To shift to the group dialog, select Groups.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"グループダイアログに切り替えるには、［グループ］を選択します。\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 -msgid "\n\nTo create a new user, click Add.\n\n" -msgstr "\n\n新規のユーザを作成するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"To create a new user, click Add.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"新規のユーザを作成するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 -msgid "\nTo edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\nclick Edit or Delete.\n\n" -msgstr "\n既存のユーザを編集または削除するには、リストからユーザを選択して\n［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" +"click Edit or Delete.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"既存のユーザを編集または削除するには、リストからユーザを選択して\n" +"［編集］または［削除］をクリックします。\n" +"\n" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 -msgid "\n\nUse this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n\n" -msgstr "\n\nこのダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加または変更したりします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加または変更したりします。\n" +"\n" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 -msgid "\nTo shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n\n" -msgstr "\nユーザダイアログに切り替えるには、［ユーザ］を選択します。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ユーザダイアログに切り替えるには、［ユーザ］を選択します。\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 -msgid "\n\nTo create a new group, click Add.\n\n" -msgstr "\n\n新規のグループを作成するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +"To create a new group, click Add.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"新規のグループを作成するには、［追加］をクリックします。\n" +"\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 -msgid "\nTo edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\nclick Edit or Delete.\n\n" -msgstr "\n既存のグループを編集または削除するには、リストからグループを選択して\n［編集］または［削除］ボタンをクリックします。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" +"click Edit or Delete.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"既存のグループを編集または削除するには、リストからグループを選択して\n" +"［編集］または［削除］ボタンをクリックします。\n" +"\n" #. popup error label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 -msgid "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "入力されたホームディレクトリのスケルトンはディレクトリではありません。\nもう一度試してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"入力されたホームディレクトリのスケルトンはディレクトリではありません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。\n" #. error message #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 -msgid "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "入力されたホームのパスプレフィックスはディレクトリではありません。\nもう一度試してください。\n" +msgid "" +"The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"入力されたホームのパスプレフィックスはディレクトリではありません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。\n" #. yes/no popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 -msgid "The selected directory does not exist.\nCreate it now?\n" -msgstr "選択されたディレクトリは存在しません。\n作成しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The selected directory does not exist.\n" +"Create it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"選択されたディレクトリは存在しません。\n" +"作成しますか?\n" #. error message #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 -msgid "These groups do not exist in your system:\n%1\nTry again.\n" -msgstr "これらのグループはシステムに存在しません:\n%1\nもう一度試してください。\n" +msgid "" +"These groups do not exist in your system:\n" +"%1\n" +"Try again.\n" +msgstr "" +"これらのグループはシステムに存在しません:\n" +"%1\n" +"もう一度試してください。\n" #. Yes-No popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 -msgid "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\nmay be unable to log in. Continue?\n" -msgstr "存在しないシェルを選択すると、ユーザがログインできない\n可能性があります。続行しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" +"may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"存在しないシェルを選択すると、ユーザがログインできない\n" +"可能性があります。続行しますか?\n" #. directory location popup label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 @@ -2193,8 +2946,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 -msgid "NIS groups can only be\nmodified and deleted on the server.\n" -msgstr "NISグループは、サーバで\n変更または削除のみ実行できます。\n" +msgid "" +"NIS groups can only be\n" +"modified and deleted on the server.\n" +msgstr "" +"NISグループは、サーバで\n" +"変更または削除のみ実行できます。\n" #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 @@ -2237,8 +2994,12 @@ #. popup label (%1 is package to install) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 -msgid "Package %1 is not installed.\nInstall it now?\n" -msgstr "パッケージ %1 がインストールされていません。\n今すぐインストールしますか?\n" +msgid "" +"Package %1 is not installed.\n" +"Install it now?\n" +msgstr "" +"パッケージ %1 がインストールされていません。\n" +"今すぐインストールしますか?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 @@ -2265,15 +3026,23 @@ #. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or #. validation is disabled #: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 -msgid "If you intend to create certificates,\nthe password should have at least %s characters." -msgstr "証明書を作成する場合、\nパスワードは %s 文字以上でなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"If you intend to create certificates,\n" +"the password should have at least %s characters." +msgstr "" +"証明書を作成する場合、\n" +"パスワードは %s 文字以上でなければなりません。" #. Localized help text about CA constraints #. #. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled #: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 -msgid "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\nit has to be at least %s characters long." -msgstr "このパスワードを使用して証明書を作成する場合、\n%s 文字以上でなければなりません。" +msgid "" +"If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" +"it has to be at least %s characters long." +msgstr "" +"このパスワードを使用して証明書を作成する場合、\n" +"%s 文字以上でなければなりません。" #. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title #: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 @@ -2331,23 +3100,66 @@ #. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 -msgid "\nUnlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\ngraphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\nevery system and is called into action whenever\nadministrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\nwhen you need to be the system administrator.\n\n" -msgstr "\nテキスト入力、グラフィックス作成、インターネット\nブラウズなどを行うシステムの通常のユーザとは異なり、\nユーザ「root」は各システムに存在し、管理タスクを\n実行する必要がある場合はこのユーザが実行します。システム管理者として\n作業しなければならない場合だけ、ルートとしてログインしてください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"テキスト入力、グラフィックス作成、インターネット\n" +"ブラウズなどを行うシステムの通常のユーザとは異なり、\n" +"ユーザ「root」は各システムに存在し、管理タスクを\n" +"実行する必要がある場合はこのユーザが実行します。システム管理者として\n" +"作業しなければならない場合だけ、ルートとしてログインしてください。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued 2 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 -msgid "\nBecause the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\nfor \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\nis recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\nreenter it in a second field.\n\n" -msgstr "\nルートユーザには広範な許可が与えられるため、「root」のパスワードは\n慎重に設定する必要があります。英字と数字を組み合わせたパスワードを\nお勧めします。パスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、2つめの\nフィールドにパスワードを正確に再入力してください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ルートユーザには広範な許可が与えられるため、「root」のパスワードは\n" +"慎重に設定する必要があります。英字と数字を組み合わせたパスワードを\n" +"お勧めします。パスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、2つめの\n" +"フィールドにパスワードを正確に再入力してください。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued 3 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 -msgid "\nAll the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\nDistinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\nleast 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n\n" -msgstr "\n通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用されます:\nたとえば大文字と小文字は区別されるほか、パスワードには少なくとも 5 文字\n以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\nの特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用されます:\n" +"たとえば大文字と小文字は区別されるほか、パスワードには少なくとも 5 文字\n" +"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" +"の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" +"\n" #. help text, continued 4 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 -msgid "\nDo not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -msgstr "\nこの「root」パスワードは忘れないでください。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"この「root」パスワードは忘れないでください。\n" +"" #. Title for root-password dialogue #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 @@ -2357,30 +3169,72 @@ #. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. error popup #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 -msgid "No password entered.\nTry again." -msgstr "パスワードが入力されていません。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"パスワードが入力されていません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. reenable suggestion #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133 -msgid "\nUse one of the available options to add local users to the system.\nLocal users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n\n" -msgstr "\nローカルユーザをシステムに追加するには、いずれかの使用可能なオプションを使用します。\nローカルユーザは、/etc/passwdおよび/etc/shadowに保存されます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" +"Local users are stored in /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ローカルユーザをシステムに追加するには、いずれかの使用可能なオプションを使用します。\n" +"ローカルユーザは、/etc/passwdおよび/etc/shadowに保存されます。\n" +"\n" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "新しいユーザの作成" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141 -msgid "\nWhen entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\nlowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n\n" -msgstr "\nパスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\nご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\nの特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n" +"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n" +"の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n" +"\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148 -msgid "\nThe password length should be between %{min}\n and %{max} characters.\n\n" -msgstr "\nパスワードの長さは\n%{min}～%{max}文字にする必要があります。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The password length should be between %{min}\n" +" and %{max} characters.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"パスワードの長さは\n" +"%{min}～%{max}文字にする必要があります。\n" +"\n" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 -msgid "\nFor the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\nDo not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\nUsernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\nrestrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n\n" -msgstr "\nユーザ名 には半角英数字と\n<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\nまた、ユーザ名には特殊な場合を除いて大文字を使用しないでください。\nユーザ名はこのようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ユーザ名 には半角英数字と\n" +"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n" +"また、ユーザ名には特殊な場合を除いて大文字を使用しないでください。\n" +"ユーザ名はこのようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n" +" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" +"\n" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." @@ -2391,16 +3245,38 @@ msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータをインポートする" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 -msgid "\nA previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\nThe information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\nUse the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\nbe imported.\n\n" -msgstr "\nローカルユーザが設定されている以前のLinuxインストールが検出されました。\nそこにある情報を使用して、インストール対象のシステムでユーザを作成できます。\n［ユーザの選択］ボタンを使用して、ユーザを選択します。選択したユーザの基本情報が\nインポートされます。\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"be imported.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"ローカルユーザが設定されている以前のLinuxインストールが検出されました。\n" +"そこにある情報を使用して、インストール対象のシステムでユーザを作成できます。\n" +"［ユーザの選択］ボタンを使用して、ユーザを選択します。選択したユーザの基本情報が\n" +"インポートされます。\n" +"\n" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "ユーザの作成をスキップ" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 -msgid "\nSometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\nwith an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\na local user.\n\n" -msgstr "\n認証サーバが設定されているネットワーク環境などのように、rootが、唯一必要な\nローカルユーザである場合があります。ローカルユーザを作成せずに続行するには、\nこのオプションを選択します\n\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"a local user.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"認証サーバが設定されているネットワーク環境などのように、rootが、唯一必要な\n" +"ローカルユーザである場合があります。ローカルユーザを作成せずに続行するには、\n" +"このオプションを選択します\n" +"\n" #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 msgid "Local User" @@ -2408,13 +3284,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329 -msgid "The new username cannot be blank.\nIf you don't want to create a user now, select\n'Skip User Creation'." -msgstr "新しいユーザ名を空白にすることはできません。\n今、ユーザを作成しない場合は、\n［ユーザの作成をスキップ］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"The new username cannot be blank.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" +"新しいユーザ名を空白にすることはできません。\n" +"今、ユーザを作成しない場合は、\n" +"［ユーザの作成をスキップ］を選択します。" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386 -msgid "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\nIf you don't want to create a user now, select\n'Skip User Creation'." -msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザが選択されていません。\n今、ユーザを作成しない場合は、\n［ユーザの作成をスキップ］を選択します。" +msgid "" +"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" +"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" +"'Skip User Creation'." +msgstr "" +"以前のインストールからユーザが選択されていません。\n" +"今、ユーザを作成しない場合は、\n" +"［ユーザの作成をスキップ］を選択します。" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513 @@ -2896,8 +3784,17 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 -msgid "You have installed a NIS master server.\nIt is configured to use a different database\nof users and groups than the local system \ndatabase in the /etc directory.\nSelect which one to configure.\n" -msgstr "NISマスタサーバがインストールされています。\nこのサーバは、/etcディレクトリにあるローカルシステムデータベースとは\n別のデータベースをユーザとグループに使用するように設定されています。\n設定するデータベースを選択してください。\n" +msgid "" +"You have installed a NIS master server.\n" +"It is configured to use a different database\n" +"of users and groups than the local system \n" +"database in the /etc directory.\n" +"Select which one to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"NISマスタサーバがインストールされています。\n" +"このサーバは、/etcディレクトリにあるローカルシステムデータベースとは\n" +"別のデータベースをユーザとグループに使用するように設定されています。\n" +"設定するデータベースを選択してください。\n" #. radio button #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 @@ -2932,24 +3829,46 @@ #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 -msgid "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n%3" -msgstr "ファイル %1 に同じ名前(%2)を持つ複数のユーザが存在します。\n%3" +msgid "" +"There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" +"%3" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 に同じ名前(%2)を持つ複数のユーザが存在します。\n" +"%3" #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 -msgid "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n%3" -msgstr "ファイル %1 に同じ名前(%2)を持つ複数のグループが存在します。\n%3" +msgid "" +"There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" +"%3" +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 に同じ名前(%2)を持つ複数のグループが存在します。\n" +"%3" #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 -msgid "There is a strange line in the file %1:\n%2\nPerhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\nCorrect the file manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "ファイル %1 に不正な行があります:\n%2\nコロンの数が正しくないか、または行のエントリが欠けている可能性があります。\nファイルを手動で修正してからYaST2ユーザモジュールを再実行してください。" +msgid "" +"There is a strange line in the file %1:\n" +"%2\n" +"Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" +"Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 に不正な行があります:\n" +"%2\n" +"コロンの数が正しくないか、または行のエントリが欠けている可能性があります。\n" +"ファイルを手動で修正してからYaST2ユーザモジュールを再実行してください。" #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 -msgid "There is a strange line in the file %1.\nPerhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\nCorrect the file manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "ファイル %1 に不正な行があります。\nコロンの数が正しくないか、または行のエントリが欠けている可能性があります。\nファイルを手動で修正してからYaST2ユーザモジュールを再実行してください。" +msgid "" +"There is a strange line in the file %1.\n" +"Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" +"Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." +msgstr "" +"ファイル %1 に不正な行があります。\n" +"コロンの数が正しくないか、または行のエントリが欠けている可能性があります。\n" +"ファイルを手動で修正してからYaST2ユーザモジュールを再実行してください。" #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -2959,8 +3878,22 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), #: src/modules/Users.pm:716 -msgid "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\nusers, but this directory is not currently mounted.\nIf you add new users using the default values,\ntheir home directories will be created in the current %2.\nThis can result in these directories not being accessible\nafter you mount correctly. Continue user configuration?" -msgstr "%1 には、ディレクトリ %2 のマウントポイントがあります。\nこのディレクトリは、新規ユーザ用のデフォルトのホーム\n nディレクトリとして使用されますが、現在マウントされていません。\nデフォルト値を使用して新規ユーザを追加すると、\nそのユーザのホームディレクトリは現在の %2 に作成されます。\nそのため、正しくマウントすると、それらのディレクトリに\nアクセスできなくなる可能性があります。ユーザ設定を続行しますか?" +msgid "" +"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" +"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" +"users, but this directory is not currently mounted.\n" +"If you add new users using the default values,\n" +"their home directories will be created in the current %2.\n" +"This can result in these directories not being accessible\n" +"after you mount correctly. Continue user configuration?" +msgstr "" +"%1 には、ディレクトリ %2 のマウントポイントがあります。\n" +"このディレクトリは、新規ユーザ用のデフォルトのホーム\n" +" nディレクトリとして使用されますが、現在マウントされていません。\n" +"デフォルト値を使用して新規ユーザを追加すると、\n" +"そのユーザのホームディレクトリは現在の %2 に作成されます。\n" +"そのため、正しくマウントすると、それらのディレクトリに\n" +"アクセスできなくなる可能性があります。ユーザ設定を続行しますか?" #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:964 @@ -3142,8 +4075,12 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:4559 -msgid "\nEncryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." -msgstr "\n暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化されません。" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化されません。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 @@ -3158,94 +4095,180 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4868 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected user ID is not allowed.\nSelect a valid integer between %i and %i." -msgstr "選択されたユーザIDは無効です。\n%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" +"Select a valid integer between %i and %i." +msgstr "" +"選択されたユーザIDは無効です。\n" +"%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。" #. popup question #: src/modules/Users.pm:4899 -msgid "The user ID entered is already in use.\nReally use it?" -msgstr "入力されたユーザIDはすでに使用されています。\n使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"The user ID entered is already in use.\n" +"Really use it?" +msgstr "" +"入力されたユーザIDはすでに使用されています。\n" +"使用しますか?" #. popup question, %i are numbers #: src/modules/Users.pm:4912 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected user ID is not from a range\ndefined for LDAP users (%i-%i).\nReally use it?" -msgstr "選択されたユーザIDはLDAPユーザ用に定義された\n範囲内(%i ～ %i)にありません。\nこのIDを使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"The selected user ID is not from a range\n" +"defined for LDAP users (%i-%i).\n" +"Really use it?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたユーザIDはLDAPユーザ用に定義された\n" +"範囲内(%i ～ %i)にありません。\n" +"このIDを使用しますか?" #. popup question #: src/modules/Users.pm:4927 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected user ID is a local ID,\nbecause the ID is greater than %i.\nReally change the user type to 'local'?" -msgstr "選択されたユーザIDは %i より大きいため、\nローカルIDです。\nユーザのタイプを「ローカル」に変更しますか?" +msgid "" +"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" +"because the ID is greater than %i.\n" +"Really change the user type to 'local'?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたユーザIDは %i より大きいため、\n" +"ローカルIDです。\n" +"ユーザのタイプを「ローカル」に変更しますか?" #. popup question #: src/modules/Users.pm:4941 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected user ID is a system ID,\nbecause the ID is smaller than %i.\nReally change the user type to 'system'?" -msgstr "選択されたユーザIDは %i より小さいため、\nシステムIDです。\nユーザのタイプを「システム」に変更しますか?" +msgid "" +"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" +"because the ID is smaller than %i.\n" +"Really change the user type to 'system'?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたユーザIDは %i より小さいため、\n" +"システムIDです。\n" +"ユーザのタイプを「システム」に変更しますか?" #: src/modules/Users.pm:4975 -msgid "\nThe existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" -msgstr "\n既存のユーザ名は、NISまたはLDAPユーザに所属している場合があります。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"既存のユーザ名は、NISまたはLDAPユーザに所属している場合があります。\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") #: src/modules/Users.pm:4979 -msgid "There is a conflict between the entered\nusername and an existing username. %1\nTry another one." -msgstr "入力されたユーザ名と同じユーザ名が既に\n存在します。 %1\n別のユーザ名を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"There is a conflict between the entered\n" +"username and an existing username. %1\n" +"Try another one." +msgstr "" +"入力されたユーザ名と同じユーザ名が既に\n" +"存在します。 %1\n" +"別のユーザ名を入力してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5009 -msgid "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\ncontain a colon (:). Try again." +msgid "" +"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" +"contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "［ユーザ詳細情報］にはコロン(:)を使用できません。もう一度試してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5016 -msgid "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\nof up to three sections separated by commas.\nRemove the surplus." -msgstr "［ユーザ詳細情報］には、最大3つのセクションをコンマで区切って\n入力できます。\n余分な部分を削除してください。" +msgid "" +"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" +"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" +"Remove the surplus." +msgstr "" +"［ユーザ詳細情報］には、最大3つのセクションをコンマで区切って\n" +"入力できます。\n" +"余分な部分を削除してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5079 -msgid "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\na-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\nTry again." -msgstr "ホームディレクトリには、「a～z」「A～Z」、「0～9」、および「_-/」だけを\n含めることができます。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" +"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"ホームディレクトリには、「a～z」「A～Z」、「0～9」、および「_-/」だけを\n" +"含めることができます。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5102 #, perl-format -msgid "The directory %s is not writable.\nChoose another path for the home directory." -msgstr "ディレクトリ %s に書き込めません。\nホームディレクトリに別のパスを選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The directory %s is not writable.\n" +"Choose another path for the home directory." +msgstr "" +"ディレクトリ %s に書き込めません。\n" +"ホームディレクトリに別のパスを選択してください。" #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:5113 -msgid "The home directory is used by another user.\nTry again." -msgstr "このホームディレクトリは別のユーザによって使用されています。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"The home directory is used by another user.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"このホームディレクトリは別のユーザによって使用されています。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory #: src/modules/Users.pm:5155 -msgid "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\nbut it is not a directory.\nReally use this path?" -msgstr "選択されたホームディレクトリのパスはすでに存在しますが、\nこれはディレクトリではありません。\nこのパスを使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" +"but it is not a directory.\n" +"Really use this path?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたホームディレクトリのパスはすでに存在しますが、\n" +"これはディレクトリではありません。\n" +"このパスを使用しますか?" #. yes/no popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5166 -msgid "The home directory selected already exists.\nUse it and change its owner?" -msgstr "選択されたホームディレクトリはすでに存在します。\n所有者を変更してこのディレクトリを使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"The home directory selected already exists.\n" +"Use it and change its owner?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたホームディレクトリはすでに存在します。\n" +"所有者を変更してこのディレクトリを使用しますか?" #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5173 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected home directory (%s)\nalready exists and is owned by the currently edited user.\nUse this directory?\n" -msgstr "選択されたホームディレクトリ (%s) はすでに存在し、\n所有者は現在編集中のユーザです。\nこのディレクトリを使用しますか?\n" +msgid "" +"The selected home directory (%s)\n" +"already exists and is owned by the currently edited user.\n" +"Use this directory?\n" +msgstr "" +"選択されたホームディレクトリ (%s) はすでに存在し、\n" +"所有者は現在編集中のユーザです。\n" +"このディレクトリを使用しますか?\n" #. yes/no popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5182 #, perl-format -msgid "The home directory selected (%s)\nalready exists as a former home directory of\na user previously marked for deletion.\nUse this directory?" -msgstr "選択されたホームディレクトリ(%s)は削除\n対象としてマークされているユーザの\n前のホームディレクトリです。\nこのディレクトリを使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"The home directory selected (%s)\n" +"already exists as a former home directory of\n" +"a user previously marked for deletion.\n" +"Use this directory?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたホームディレクトリ(%s)は削除\n" +"対象としてマークされているユーザの\n" +"前のホームディレクトリです。\n" +"このディレクトリを使用しますか?" #. popup question #: src/modules/Users.pm:5210 -msgid "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\nUse this shell?" -msgstr "存在しないシェルを選択すると、ユーザがログインできない可能性があります。\nこのシェルを使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" +"Use this shell?" +msgstr "" +"存在しないシェルを選択すると、ユーザがログインできない可能性があります。\n" +"このシェルを使用しますか?" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5230 @@ -3255,52 +4278,100 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5263 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected group ID is not allowed.\nSelect a valid integer between %i and %i." -msgstr "選択されたグループIDは無効です。\n%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。" +msgid "" +"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" +"Select a valid integer between %i and %i." +msgstr "" +"選択されたグループIDは無効です。\n" +"%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。" #. popup question #: src/modules/Users.pm:5293 -msgid "The group ID entered is already in use.\nReally use it?" -msgstr "入力されたグループIDはすでに使用されています。\n使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"The group ID entered is already in use.\n" +"Really use it?" +msgstr "" +"入力されたグループIDはすでに使用されています。\n" +"使用しますか?" #. popup question, %i are numbers #: src/modules/Users.pm:5305 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected group ID is not from a range\ndefined for LDAP groups (%i-%i).\nReally use it?" -msgstr "選択されたグループIDはLDAPグループ用に定義された\n範囲内(%i ～ %i)にありません。\nこのIDを使用しますか?" +msgid "" +"The selected group ID is not from a range\n" +"defined for LDAP groups (%i-%i).\n" +"Really use it?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたグループIDはLDAPグループ用に定義された\n" +"範囲内(%i ～ %i)にありません。\n" +"このIDを使用しますか?" #. popup question #: src/modules/Users.pm:5320 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected group ID is a local ID,\nbecause the ID is greater than %i.\nReally change the group type to 'local'?" -msgstr "選択されたグループIDは %i より大きいため、\nローカルIDです。\nグループのタイプを「ローカル」に変更しますか?" +msgid "" +"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" +"because the ID is greater than %i.\n" +"Really change the group type to 'local'?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたグループIDは %i より大きいため、\n" +"ローカルIDです。\n" +"グループのタイプを「ローカル」に変更しますか?" #. popup question #: src/modules/Users.pm:5334 #, perl-format -msgid "The selected group ID is a system ID,\nbecause the ID is smaller than %i.\nReally change the group type to 'system'?" -msgstr "選択されたグループIDは %i より小さいため、\nシステムIDです。\nグループのタイプを「システム」に変更しますか?" +msgid "" +"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" +"because the ID is smaller than %i.\n" +"Really change the group type to 'system'?" +msgstr "" +"選択されたグループIDは %i より小さいため、\n" +"システムIDです。\n" +"グループのタイプを「システム」に変更しますか?" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5353 -msgid "No group name entered.\nTry again." -msgstr "グループ名が入力されていません。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"No group name entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"グループ名が入力されていません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5370 #, perl-format -msgid "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\nTry again." -msgstr "グループ名の長さは %i ～ %i 文字でなければなりません。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"グループ名の長さは %i ～ %i 文字でなければなりません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5383 -msgid "The group name may contain only\nletters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\nand must begin with a letter.\nTry again." -msgstr "グループ名には半角英数字、「-」、\n「.」、および「_」のみ使用でき、先頭は英文字\nにする必要があります。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"The group name may contain only\n" +"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" +"and must begin with a letter.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"グループ名には半角英数字、「-」、\n" +"「.」、および「_」のみ使用でき、先頭は英文字\n" +"にする必要があります。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:5391 -msgid "There is a conflict between the entered\ngroup name and an existing group name.\nTry another one." -msgstr "入力されたグループ名と同じグループ名がすでに\n存在します。\n別のグループ名を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"There is a conflict between the entered\n" +"group name and an existing group name.\n" +"Try another one." +msgstr "" +"入力されたグループ名と同じグループ名がすでに\n" +"存在します。\n" +"別のグループ名を入力してください。" #: src/modules/Users.pm:5507 #, perl-format @@ -3309,13 +4380,25 @@ #. error message: group cannot be deleted #: src/modules/Users.pm:5561 -msgid "You cannot delete this group because\nthere are users that use this group\nas their default group." -msgstr "このグループをデフォルトグループとして使用\nしているユーザが存在するため、このグループ\nを削除できません。" +msgid "" +"You cannot delete this group because\n" +"there are users that use this group\n" +"as their default group." +msgstr "" +"このグループをデフォルトグループとして使用\n" +"しているユーザが存在するため、このグループ\n" +"を削除できません。" #. error message: group cannot be deleted #: src/modules/Users.pm:5568 -msgid "You cannot delete this group because\nthere are users in the group.\nRemove these users from the group first." -msgstr "このグループ内にユーザが存在するため、\nこのグループを削除できません。\nまずグループからユーザを削除してください。" +msgid "" +"You cannot delete this group because\n" +"there are users in the group.\n" +"Remove these users from the group first." +msgstr "" +"このグループ内にユーザが存在するため、\n" +"このグループを削除できません。\n" +"まずグループからユーザを削除してください。" #. summary label #: src/modules/Users.pm:6581 @@ -3345,8 +4428,12 @@ #. popup question, %s is string argument #: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 #, perl-format -msgid "No entry with DN '%s'\nexists on the LDAP server. Create it now?" -msgstr "DN「%s」のエントリが\nLDAPサーバに存在しません。作成しますか?" +msgid "" +"No entry with DN '%s'\n" +"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?" +msgstr "" +"DN「%s」のエントリが\n" +"LDAPサーバに存在しません。作成しますか?" #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 @@ -3381,8 +4468,12 @@ #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 #, perl-format -msgid "The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\nto its LDAP configuration, but it is currently empty." -msgstr "LDAP設定では、このオブジェクトに対して属性「%s」は必須ですが、\n指定されていません。" +msgid "" +"The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n" +"to its LDAP configuration, but it is currently empty." +msgstr "" +"LDAP設定では、このオブジェクトに対して属性「%s」は必須ですが、\n" +"指定されていません。" #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 msgid "An error occurred." @@ -3407,20 +4498,32 @@ #. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 #, perl-format -msgid "Error while searching for \"%s\":\n%s" -msgstr "「%s」の検索時にエラーが発生しました。\n%s" +msgid "" +"Error while searching for \"%s\":\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"「%s」の検索時にエラーが発生しました。\n" +"%s" #. error popup, %s is object DN #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 #, perl-format -msgid "The object \"%s\"\nis not a Password Policy object" -msgstr "オブジェクト「%s」は\nパスワードポリシーオブジェクトではありません" +msgid "" +"The object \"%s\"\n" +"is not a Password Policy object" +msgstr "" +"オブジェクト「%s」は\n" +"パスワードポリシーオブジェクトではありません" #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 -msgid "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\nthe plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n" -msgstr "Shadow アカウント属性のプラグインを使用している時は\nこのプラグインを追加することはできません。\n" +msgid "" +"It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" +"the plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n" +msgstr "" +"Shadow アカウント属性のプラグインを使用している時は\n" +"このプラグインを追加することはできません。\n" #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 @@ -3435,8 +4538,12 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 #: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 -msgid "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\nthe plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n" -msgstr "パスワードポリシーのプラグインを使用中は、\nこのプラグインを追加できません。\n" +msgid "" +"It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" +"the plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n" +msgstr "" +"パスワードポリシーのプラグインを使用中は、\n" +"このプラグインを追加できません。\n" #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 @@ -3455,29 +4562,61 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 -msgid "Quota is not enabled on your system.\nEnable quota in the partition settings module." -msgstr "お使いのシステムではクォータが有効になっていません。\nディスクの分割モジュールを利用してクォータを有効にしてください。" +msgid "" +"Quota is not enabled on your system.\n" +"Enable quota in the partition settings module." +msgstr "" +"お使いのシステムではクォータが有効になっていません。\n" +"ディスクの分割モジュールを利用してクォータを有効にしてください。" #. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output #: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 -msgid "Error while calling\n\"%1\":\n%2" -msgstr "以下のコマンドでエラーが発生しました\n\"%1\":\n%2" +msgid "" +"Error while calling\n" +"\"%1\":\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"以下のコマンドでエラーが発生しました\n" +"\"%1\":\n" +"%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 -msgid "The password may only contain the following characters:\n0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\nTry again." -msgstr "パスワードに使用できるのは、次に示す文字に限られます。\n0-9、 a-z、 A-Z、および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\"のいずれかです。\n再試行してください。" +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"パスワードに使用できるのは、次に示す文字に限られます。\n" +"0-9、 a-z、 A-Z、および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\"のいずれかです。\n" +"再試行してください。" #. help text (default part shown in more places) #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 -msgid "\nFor the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\nlayout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\nlocalized keyboard layout.\n" -msgstr "\nパスワードには、英語キーボードレイアウトにある文字のみ\n使用します。システムエラーが発生した場合、ローカライズされたキーボードレイアウトなしで\nログインが必要となることがあるからです。\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" +"localized keyboard layout.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"パスワードには、英語キーボードレイアウトにある文字のみ\n" +"使用します。システムエラーが発生した場合、ローカライズされたキーボードレイアウトなしで\n" +"ログインが必要となることがあるからです。\n" +"" #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 -msgid "The user's full name cannot contain\n\":\" or \",\" characters.\nTry again." -msgstr "ユーザのフルネームには「:」または「,」文字を\n使用できません。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"The user's full name cannot contain\n" +"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"ユーザのフルネームには「:」または「,」文字を\n" +"使用できません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. popup question #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 @@ -3512,14 +4651,22 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format -msgid "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\nIt will be truncated to %s characters." -msgstr "パスワードは現在の暗号化方式には長すぎます。\n%s 文字に切り詰められます。" +msgid "" +"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" +"It will be truncated to %s characters." +msgstr "" +"パスワードは現在の暗号化方式には長すぎます。\n" +"%s 文字に切り詰められます。" #. error message #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format -msgid "The password is too simple:\n%s." -msgstr "パスワードが単純すぎます:\n%s。" +msgid "" +"The password is too simple:\n" +"%s." +msgstr "" +"パスワードが単純すぎます:\n" +"%s。" #. popup error, %i is number #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 @@ -3529,24 +4676,44 @@ #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 -msgid "No username entered.\nTry again." -msgstr "ユーザ名が入力されていません。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"No username entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"ユーザ名が入力されていません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format -msgid "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\nTry again." -msgstr "ユーザ名の長さは %i ~ %i 文字でなければなりません。\nもう一度試してください。." +msgid "" +"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"ユーザ名の長さは %i ~ %i 文字でなければなりません。\n" +"もう一度試してください。." #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 -msgid "The username may contain only\nletters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\nand must begin with a letter or \"_\".\nTry again." -msgstr "ユーザ名は、英字、数字、「-」、「.」、および「_」だけを使用でき、先頭は英字または「_」にする必要があります。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"The username may contain only\n" +"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" +"and must begin with a letter or \"_\".\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" +"ユーザ名は、英字、数字、「-」、「.」、および「_」だけを使用でき、先頭は英字または「_」にする必要があります。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 -msgid "There is a conflict between the entered\nusername and an existing username.\nTry another one." -msgstr "入力されたユーザ名と同じユーザ名がすでに\n存在します。\n別のユーザ名を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"There is a conflict between the entered\n" +"username and an existing username.\n" +"Try another one." +msgstr "" +"入力されたユーザ名と同じユーザ名がすでに\n" +"存在します。\n" +"別のユーザ名を入力してください。" #. busy popup message #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 @@ -3560,13 +4727,23 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 -msgid "There is a conflict between the entered\nuser name and an existing user name.\nTry another one." -msgstr "入力されたユーザ名と同じユーザ名がすでに\n存在します。\n別のユーザ名を入力してください。" +msgid "" +"There is a conflict between the entered\n" +"user name and an existing user name.\n" +"Try another one." +msgstr "" +"入力されたユーザ名と同じユーザ名がすでに\n" +"存在します。\n" +"別のユーザ名を入力してください。" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 -msgid "The home directory is used from another user.\nPlease try again." -msgstr "このホームディレクトリは別のユーザによって使用されています。\nもう一度試してください。" +msgid "" +"The home directory is used from another user.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"このホームディレクトリは別のユーザによって使用されています。\n" +"もう一度試してください。" #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 @@ -3610,4 +4787,3 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "入力条件を満たすユーザが複数存在します。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -32,8 +32,12 @@ #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 -msgid "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\nStart installation in the host system.\n" -msgstr "仮想マシンのインストールは、UMLマシンの内部では開始できません。\nホストシステムでインストールを開始します。\n" +msgid "" +"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" +"Start installation in the host system.\n" +msgstr "" +"仮想マシンのインストールは、UMLマシンの内部では開始できません。\n" +"ホストシステムでインストールを開始します。\n" #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM @@ -217,4 +221,3 @@ #: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Libvirt LXCコンポーネントがインストールされます。" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -43,8 +43,12 @@ #. #. $Id$ #: src/clients/wol.rb:49 -msgid "Package could not be installed.\nInstall the missing packages and try again." -msgstr "パッケージはインストールされていません。\nパッケージをインストールして再試行してください。" +msgid "" +"Package could not be installed.\n" +"Install the missing packages and try again." +msgstr "" +"パッケージはインストールされていません。\n" +"パッケージをインストールして再試行してください。" #. Table header #: src/clients/wol.rb:64 @@ -64,8 +68,14 @@ msgstr "Wake-On-Lan" #: src/clients/wol.rb:77 -msgid "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\nWith WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \nover the network." -msgstr "<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\nWOL を用いて、ネットワークを介して特殊なパケットを送ることで\nご使用の PC を起動することができます。" +msgid "" +"<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" +"With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" +"over the network." +msgstr "" +"<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n" +"WOL を用いて、ネットワークを介して特殊なパケットを送ることで\n" +"ご使用の PC を起動することができます。" #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); #: src/clients/wol.rb:127 @@ -81,11 +91,21 @@ msgstr "ホスト名:" #: src/clients/wol.rb:173 -msgid "MAC Address of\nthe Client: " -msgstr "クライアントの\nMAC アドレス:" +msgid "" +"MAC Address of\n" +"the Client: " +msgstr "" +"クライアントの\n" +"MAC アドレス:" #. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf #: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 -msgid "No previously configured clients found.\nHowever, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\nconfiguration data (MAC addresses and host names) from \n'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" -msgstr "以前に設定されたクライアントが見つかりません。\nしかし、このシステムには DHCP が設定されています。ホスト設定データ\n(MAC アドレスとホスト名) を /etc/dhcpd.conf から取得しますか？\n" - +msgid "" +"No previously configured clients found.\n" +"However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" +"configuration data (MAC addresses and host names) from \n" +"'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" +msgstr "" +"以前に設定されたクライアントが見つかりません。\n" +"しかし、このシステムには DHCP が設定されています。ホスト設定データ\n" +"(MAC アドレスとホスト名) を /etc/dhcpd.conf から取得しますか？\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po 2016-07-04 08:44:36 UTC (rev 95947) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -46,8 +46,12 @@ #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487 -msgid " ?\nAfter this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." -msgstr " ?\nこの操作の後、AppArmorモジュールはプロファイルセットを再ロードします。" +msgid "" +" ?\n" +"After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." +msgstr "" +" ?\n" +"この操作の後、AppArmorモジュールはプロファイルセットを再ロードします。" #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 @@ -80,8 +84,12 @@ #. AppArmor dialog help #: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54 -msgid "Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n the corresponding action and press Launch.\n" -msgstr "動作を設定するAppArmorモジュールを選択し、\n［起動］をクリックしてください。\n" +msgid "" +"Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n" +" the corresponding action and press Launch.\n" +msgstr "" +"動作を設定するAppArmorモジュールを選択し、\n" +"［起動］をクリックしてください。\n" #. Selection box label #: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 @@ -241,16 +249,28 @@ msgstr "AppArmorは有効です" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 -msgid "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \nmodule is loaded and functioning." -msgstr "AppArmorのステータス］ このオプションは、AppArmorポリシー強制モジュールが\nロードされ機能しているかどうかを報告します。" +msgid "" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" +"module is loaded and functioning." +msgstr "" +"AppArmorのステータス］ このオプションは、AppArmorポリシー強制モジュールが\n" +"ロードされ機能しているかどうかを報告します。" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 -msgid "Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \nto be notified by email when access violations have occurred." -msgstr "セキュリティイベント通知 アクセス違反が発生したときに\n電子メールで通知する場合、このツールを設定します。" +msgid "" +"Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \n" +"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." +msgstr "" +"セキュリティイベント通知 アクセス違反が発生したときに\n" +"電子メールで通知する場合、このツールを設定します。" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 -msgid "Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \nuses individual profiles." -msgstr "プロファイルモード このツールを利用することで、\nAppArmorが個々のプロファイルを使用する方法を変更することができます。" +msgid "" +"Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" +"uses individual profiles." +msgstr "" +"プロファイルモード このツールを利用することで、\n" +"AppArmorが個々のプロファイルを使用する方法を変更することができます。" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 msgid "&Enable AppArmor" @@ -534,8 +554,16 @@ msgstr "後で確認する(&L)" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106 -msgid "Email address format invalid.\nEmail address must be less than 129 characters \n and of the format \"name@domain\". \nEnter a valid address.\n" -msgstr "電子メールアドレスの書式が誤っています。\n電子メールアドレスは129文字以下で、\n「name@domain」のように入力します。\n有効なアドレスを入力してください。\n" +msgid "" +"Email address format invalid.\n" +"Email address must be less than 129 characters \n" +" and of the format \"name@domain\". \n" +"Enter a valid address.\n" +msgstr "" +"電子メールアドレスの書式が誤っています。\n" +"電子メールアドレスは129文字以下で、\n" +"「name@domain」のように入力します。\n" +"有効なアドレスを入力してください。\n" #. UI_RepositorySignInDialog #. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor @@ -740,84 +768,170 @@ #. #. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35 -msgid "<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \nthis overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \nand group ownership.</li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>[_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED]オプションが設定されているシステムでは、\nファイル所有権とグループ所有権の変更制限よりも、\nこちらが優先されて働きます。</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n" +"this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" +"and group ownership.</li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>[_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED]オプションが設定されているシステムでは、\n" +"ファイル所有権とグループ所有権の変更制限よりも、\n" +"こちらが優先されて働きます。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 -msgid "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>[_POSIX_ACL]が設定されている場合、ACL実行アクセスを含む\nすべてのDACアクセスよりも優先されます。ただしCAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLEに含まれている場合を除きます。</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>[_POSIX_ACL]が設定されている場合、ACL実行アクセスを含む\n" +"すべてのDACアクセスよりも優先されます。ただしCAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLEに含まれている場合を除きます。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 -msgid "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \non files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \nExcluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>[_POSIX_ACL]が設定されている場合、これはACL制限や\nファイル/ディレクトリの読み込みや検索など、すべてのDAC制限よりも優先されます。\nただしCAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLEに含まれている場合を除きます。</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" +"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>[_POSIX_ACL]が設定されている場合、これはACL制限や\n" +"ファイル/ディレクトリの読み込みや検索など、すべてのDAC制限よりも優先されます。\n" +"ただしCAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLEに含まれている場合を除きます。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 -msgid "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\nowner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\napplicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>CAP_FSETIDが適用されている場合を除き、ファイルの所有者IDと\nユーザIDが等しくなければならない、というファイルに対する操作許可のすべてを上書きします。\nMACやDACの制限には優先しません。</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" +"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" +"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>CAP_FSETIDが適用されている場合を除き、ファイルの所有者IDと\n" +"ユーザIDが等しくなければならない、というファイルに対する操作許可のすべてを上書きします。\n" +"MACやDACの制限には優先しません。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li>次の制限を上書きします: S_ISUIDやS_ISGIDがそのファイルに設定されている場合、ユーザIDとファイルの所有者IDが一致していなければならないという制限。S_ISGIDが設定されている場合、実効グループID (または補助グループIDのうちの1つ)がファイルの所有者IDと一致していなければならないという制限。chown(2)が成功した場合にS_ISUIDとS_ISGIDのフラグを消去するという制限(まだ実装されていません)。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 -msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \nof a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \nreceiving the signal.</li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>シグナルを送信しているプロセスの実ユーザIDまたは実効ユーザIDと、\nシグナルを受信しているプロセスの実ユーザIDまたは実効ユーザIDが一致しなければならない、という\n制限より優先して動作するようにします。</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" +"receiving the signal.</li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>シグナルを送信しているプロセスの実ユーザIDまたは実効ユーザIDと、\n" +"シグナルを受信しているプロセスの実ユーザIDまたは実効ユーザIDが一致しなければならない、という\n" +"制限より優先して動作するようにします。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 -msgid "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>setgid(2)の操作を許可します</li> <li>setgroups(2)を許可します</li>\n<li>ソケットの資格情報を渡す際にグループIDの偽装を許可します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" +"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>setgid(2)の操作を許可します</li> <li>setgroups(2)を許可します</li>\n" +"<li>ソケットの資格情報を渡す際にグループIDの偽装を許可します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 -msgid "<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>setuid(2)とsetfsuid(2)の操作を許可します</li> <li>\nソケットの資格情報を渡す際にプロセスIDの偽装を許可します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" +"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>setuid(2)とsetfsuid(2)の操作を許可します</li> <li>\n" +"ソケットの資格情報を渡す際にプロセスIDの偽装を許可します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 -msgid "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \nremove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>許可セット内の任意の機能を、任意のプロセスIDに設定したり\n取り除いたりすることができます</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" +"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>許可セット内の任意の機能を、任意のプロセスIDに設定したり\n" +"取り除いたりすることができます</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li>S_IMMUTABLEおよびS_APPEND ァイル属性の変更を許可 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 -msgid "<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>1024未満のTCP/UDPソケットのバインドを許可します</li> \n<li>32未満のATM VCIのバインドを許可します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n" +"<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>1024未満のTCP/UDPソケットのバインドを許可します</li> \n" +"<li>32未満のATM VCIのバインドを許可します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li>ブロードキャストを許可し、マルチキャストを待機</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 -msgid "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" -msgstr "<ul><li> インタフェースの設定を許可します</li> \n<li> IPファイアウォール、アドレス変換、アカウント設定の管理を許可します</li> \n<li> ソケットに対してデバッグオプションの設定を許可します</li> \n<li> ルーティングテーブルの修正を許可します</li>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> インタフェースの設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> IPファイアウォール、アドレス変換、アカウント設定の管理を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> ソケットに対してデバッグオプションの設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> ルーティングテーブルの修正を許可します</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 -msgid "<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" -msgstr "<li> ソケットに対する任意のプロセス/プロセスグループ所有権の設定を許可します</li> \n<li> 透過プロキシのための任意アドレスへのバインドを許可します</li> \n<li> TOS (Type Of Service)の設定を許可します</li> \n<li> 無差別モードの設定を許可します</li> \n<li> ドライバ統計情報の消去を許可します</li>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" +"<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li> ソケットに対する任意のプロセス/プロセスグループ所有権の設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> 透過プロキシのための任意アドレスへのバインドを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> TOS (Type Of Service)の設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> 無差別モードの設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> ドライバ統計情報の消去を許可します</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128 -msgid "<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n<li> Allows activation of ATM control sockets </li>\n</ul>" -msgstr "<li> マルチキャストを許可します</li> \n<li> デバイス固有のレジスタの読み込み/書き込みを許可します</li> \n<li> ATMコントロールソケットの有効化を許可します </li>\n</ul>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n" +"<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n" +"<li> Allows activation of ATM control sockets </li>\n" +"</ul>" +msgstr "" +"<li> マルチキャストを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> デバイス固有のレジスタの読み込み/書き込みを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> ATMコントロールソケットの有効化を許可します </li>\n" +"</ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137 -msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> RAWソケットの使用を許可します</li> \n<li> PACKETソケットの使用を許可します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> RAWソケットの使用を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> PACKETソケットの使用を許可します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 -msgid "<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\nmlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> 共有メモリセグメントのロックを許可します</li> \n<li> mlockおよびmlockallを許可します(IPCでは何も行う必要はありません)</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" +"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> 共有メモリセグメントのロックを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> mlockおよびmlockallを許可します(IPCでは何も行う必要はありません)</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li> IPC所有権チェックに優先 </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 -msgid "<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> カーネルモジュールの追加と削除を行います - 無制限にカーネルを変更します</li> \n<li> cap_bsetを変更します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" +"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> カーネルモジュールの追加と削除を行います - 無制限にカーネルを変更します</li> \n" +"<li> cap_bsetを変更します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 -msgid "<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> ioperm/ioplアクセスを許可します</li> \n<li> /proc/bus/usb経由で任意のデバイスにUSBメッセージの送信を許可します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n" +"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> ioperm/ioplアクセスを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> /proc/bus/usb経由で任意のデバイスにUSBメッセージの送信を許可します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -832,60 +946,164 @@ msgstr "<ul><li>プロセスアカウンティングの環境設定を許可</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 -msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \n<li> Allows configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>" -msgstr "<ul><li> セキュアアテンションキー(SAK)の設定を許可します </li> \n<li> 乱数デバイスの管理を許可します</li> \n<li> ディスク容量制限の検査と設定を許可します</li> \n<li> カーネルのsyslog設定を許可します(printkの動作)</li>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n" +"<li> Allows examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> \n" +"<li> Allows configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> セキュアアテンションキー(SAK)の設定を許可します </li> \n" +"<li> 乱数デバイスの管理を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> ディスク容量制限の検査と設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> カーネルのsyslog設定を許可します(printkの動作)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 -msgid "<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n<li> Allows calling bdflush()</li> \n<li> Allows mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> \n<li> Allows some autofs root ioctls</li>" -msgstr "<li> ドメイン名の設定を許可します </li> \n<li> ホスト名の設定を許可します </li> \n<li> bdflush()の呼び出しを許可します </li> \n<li> mount()とumount()、および新しいsmb接続の設定を許可します </li> \n<li> いくつかのautofsのroot ioctlを許可します </li>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n" +"<li> Allows calling bdflush()</li> \n" +"<li> Allows mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> \n" +"<li> Allows some autofs root ioctls</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li> ドメイン名の設定を許可します </li> \n" +"<li> ホスト名の設定を許可します </li> \n" +"<li> bdflush()の呼び出しを許可します </li> \n" +"<li> mount()とumount()、および新しいsmb接続の設定を許可します </li> \n" +"<li> いくつかのautofsのroot ioctlを許可します </li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 -msgid "<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n<li> Allows to read/write pci config on alpha</li> \n<li> Allows irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> \n<li> Allows flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>" -msgstr "<li> nfsservctlを許可します </li> \n<li> VM86_REQUEST_IRQを許可します</li> \n<li> Alpha環境におけるPCI設定の読み書きを許可します </li> \n<li> MIPS環境におけるirix_prctlを許可します(setstacksize)</li> \n<li> m68k環境におけるすべてのキャッシュフラッシュを許可します(sys_cacheflush) </li>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n" +"<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n" +"<li> Allows to read/write pci config on alpha</li> \n" +"<li> Allows irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> \n" +"<li> Allows flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li> nfsservctlを許可します </li> \n" +"<li> VM86_REQUEST_IRQを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> Alpha環境におけるPCI設定の読み書きを許可します </li> \n" +"<li> MIPS環境におけるirix_prctlを許可します(setstacksize)</li> \n" +"<li> m68k環境におけるすべてのキャッシュフラッシュを許可します(sys_cacheflush) </li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 -msgid "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" -msgstr "<li> セマフォの削除を許可します</li> \n<li> IPCメッセージキュー、セマフォ、共有メモリに対してCAP_CHOWNの代わりに「chown」を使用します</li> \n<li> 共有メモリセグメントのロック/ロック解除を許可します</li> \n<li> スワップの有効/無効設定を許可します</li> \n<li> ソケットの資格情報を受け渡すのにPIDの偽装を許可します </li>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" +"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" +"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li> セマフォの削除を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> IPCメッセージキュー、セマフォ、共有メモリに対してCAP_CHOWNの代わりに「chown」を使用します</li> \n" +"<li> 共有メモリセグメントのロック/ロック解除を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> スワップの有効/無効設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> ソケットの資格情報を受け渡すのにPIDの偽装を許可します </li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 -msgid "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" -msgstr "<li> ブロックデバイスに対する先読み設定とバッファのフラッシュを許可します</li> \n<li> フロッピィドライバ内でジオメトリの設定を許可します</li> \n<li> xdドライバ内でDMAの有効/無効設定を許可します</li> \n<li> mdデバイスの管理を許可します(上とほぼ同じですが、いくつかの拡張ioctlを含みます)</li>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li> ブロックデバイスに対する先読み設定とバッファのフラッシュを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> フロッピィドライバ内でジオメトリの設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> xdドライバ内でDMAの有効/無効設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> mdデバイスの管理を許可します(上とほぼ同じですが、いくつかの拡張ioctlを含みます)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 -msgid "<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n<li> Allows administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> \n<li> Allows manufacturer commands in iaan CAPI support driver</li>" -msgstr "<li> IDEドライバのチューニングを許可します </li> \n<li> NVRAMデバイスへのアクセスを許可します </li> \n<li> apm_bios、シリアル、bttv (TV)デバイスの管理を許可します </li> \n<li> iaan CAPI対応のドライバに対してベンダー固有のコマンド送信を許可します </li>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> \n" +"<li> Allows manufacturer commands in iaan CAPI support driver</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li> IDEドライバのチューニングを許可します </li> \n" +"<li> NVRAMデバイスへのアクセスを許可します </li> \n" +"<li> apm_bios、シリアル、bttv (TV)デバイスの管理を許可します </li> \n" +"<li> iaan CAPI対応のドライバに対してベンダー固有のコマンド送信を許可します </li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 -msgid "<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" -msgstr "<li> PCI設定領域での非標準箇所の読み込みを許可します </li> \n<li> sbpcdドライバでのDDIデバッグioctlを許可します</li> \n<li> シリアルポートの設定を許可します </li> \n<li> RAWのqic-117コマンドの送信を許可します</li>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" +"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" +"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li> PCI設定領域での非標準箇所の読み込みを許可します </li> \n" +"<li> sbpcdドライバでのDDIデバッグioctlを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> シリアルポートの設定を許可します </li> \n" +"<li> RAWのqic-117コマンドの送信を許可します</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224 -msgid "<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" -msgstr "<li> SCSIコントローラにおけるタグキューイングの有効化/無効化設定を許可し、\n 任意のSCSIコマンドの送信を許可します</li> \n<li> ループバックファイルシステムにおける暗号鍵の設定を許可します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n" +" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<li> SCSIコントローラにおけるタグキューイングの有効化/無効化設定を許可し、\n" +" 任意のSCSIコマンドの送信を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> ループバックファイルシステムにおける暗号鍵の設定を許可します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" msgstr "<ul><li>reboot()の使用を許可</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 -msgid "<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \nthe scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> 優先度の上昇とUIDの異なるプロセスに対する優先度設定を許可します </li> \n<li> 自身のプロセスに対するFIFO方式またはラウンドロビン方式(リアルタイム)によるスケジュール設定、\nおよび他のプロセスで使用するスケジュールアルゴリズムの設定を許可します </li> \n<li> 他のプロセスに対するCPU関連付けの設定を許可します </li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" +"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> 優先度の上昇とUIDの異なるプロセスに対する優先度設定を許可します </li> \n" +"<li> 自身のプロセスに対するFIFO方式またはラウンドロビン方式(リアルタイム)によるスケジュール設定、\n" +"および他のプロセスで使用するスケジュールアルゴリズムの設定を許可します </li> \n" +"<li> 他のプロセスに対するCPU関連付けの設定を許可します </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 -msgid "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" -msgstr "<ul><li> リソース制限を上書きします。リソース制限を設定します。</li> \n<li> 容量制限を上書きします。</li> \n<li> ext2ファイルシステムの予約領域を上書きします。</li> \n<li> ext3ファイルシステムのデータジャーナリングモードを変更します(ジャーナリングリソースを使用します)。</li>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" +"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" +"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> リソース制限を上書きします。リソース制限を設定します。</li> \n" +"<li> 容量制限を上書きします。</li> \n" +"<li> ext2ファイルシステムの予約領域を上書きします。</li> \n" +"<li> ext3ファイルシステムのデータジャーナリングモードを変更します(ジャーナリングリソースを使用します)。</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 -msgid "<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" -msgstr "<li> 注: ext2はリソースの上書き確認に際してfsuidを尊重します。そのため、fsuidの使用についても上書きすることができます。</li> \n<li> IPCメッセージキューでのサイズ制限を上書きします。</li> \n<li> リアルタイムクロックからの64hz以上の割り込みを許可します。</li> \n<li> コンソール割り当ての際の割り当て最大数を上書きします。</li> \n<li> キーマップの最大数を上書きします。</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" +"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" +"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" +"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<li> 注: ext2はリソースの上書き確認に際してfsuidを尊重します。そのため、fsuidの使用についても上書きすることができます。</li> \n" +"<li> IPCメッセージキューでのサイズ制限を上書きします。</li> \n" +"<li> リアルタイムクロックからの64hz以上の割り込みを許可します。</li> \n" +"<li> コンソール割り当ての際の割り当て最大数を上書きします。</li> \n" +"<li> キーマップの最大数を上書きします。</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 -msgid "<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n<li> Allows setting the real-time clock </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li> システムクロックの操作を許可します</li> \n<li> MIPSアーキテクチャでのirix_stimeを許可します</li> \n<li> リアルタイムクロックの設定を許可します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n" +"<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting the real-time clock </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li> システムクロックの操作を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> MIPSアーキテクチャでのirix_stimeを許可します</li> \n" +"<li> リアルタイムクロックの設定を許可します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269 -msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" -msgstr "<ul><li>ttyデバイスの設定を許可します</li> \n<li> ttyのvhangup()を許可します</li></ul>" +msgid "" +"<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n" +"<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>" +msgstr "" +"<ul><li>ttyデバイスの設定を許可します</li> \n" +"<li> ttyのvhangup()を許可します</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275 msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>" @@ -918,16 +1136,36 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34 -msgid "Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows \nyou to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode." -msgstr "プロファイルモードの設定 このツールではAppArmorプロファイルに対して\n不平(コンプレイン)モードと強制モードのいずれかを設定することができます。" +msgid "" +"Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows \n" +"you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode." +msgstr "" +"プロファイルモードの設定 このツールではAppArmorプロファイルに対して\n" +"不平(コンプレイン)モードと強制モードのいずれかを設定することができます。" #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 -msgid "Complain mode is a profile training state that logs application \nactivity. All the violations of the AppArmor profile rules are logged \n(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \nthat application's behavior is not restricted." -msgstr "「不平モード」とは、アプリケーションのアクティビティを記録する、プロファイルのトレーニング\n状態です。AppArmorプロファイルルールに対するすべての違反が記録されますが\n(/var/log/audit/audit.logファイル内)、禁止されることはなく、\nアプリケーションの動作は制限されていません。" +msgid "" +"Complain mode is a profile training state that logs application \n" +"activity. All the violations of the AppArmor profile rules are logged \n" +"(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \n" +"that application's behavior is not restricted." +msgstr "" +"「不平モード」とは、アプリケーションのアクティビティを記録する、プロファイルのトレーニング\n" +"状態です。AppArmorプロファイルルールに対するすべての違反が記録されますが\n" +"(/var/log/audit/audit.logファイル内)、禁止されることはなく、\n" +"アプリケーションの動作は制限されていません。" #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 -msgid "With the profile in enforce mode, application is protected by \nAppArmor. The profile rules are enforced and their violation is logged,\nbut not permitted (e.g. an application cannot access files, unless it is\npermitted to do so by the profile)." -msgstr "「強制モード」では、アプリケーションはAppArmorによって \n保護されます。プロファイルルールが強制され、その違反は記録されますが、\n許可はされません(たとえば、プロファイルに基づいて許可されない限り、\nアプリケーションはファイルにアクセスできません)。" +msgid "" +"With the profile in enforce mode, application is protected by \n" +"AppArmor. The profile rules are enforced and their violation is logged,\n" +"but not permitted (e.g. an application cannot access files, unless it is\n" +"permitted to do so by the profile)." +msgstr "" +"「強制モード」では、アプリケーションはAppArmorによって \n" +"保護されます。プロファイルルールが強制され、その違反は記録されますが、\n" +"許可はされません(たとえば、プロファイルに基づいて許可されない限り、\n" +"アプリケーションはファイルにアクセスできません)。" #. Button for showing active or all profiles #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63 @@ -1008,44 +1246,146 @@ #. START Help Section #. ********************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32 -msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email \nalerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often \nalerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \nevent must be to send an alert." -msgstr "［セキュリティイベント通知］画面では、セキュリティイベントが発生した際の\n電子メールによる通知を設定することができます。次の手順でどれくらいの間隔で警告を\n送信するかのほか、誰が受信するか、警告を送信する重要度などの指定を行うことが\nできます。" +msgid "" +"The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email \n" +"alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often \n" +"alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n" +"event must be to send an alert." +msgstr "" +"［セキュリティイベント通知］画面では、セキュリティイベントが発生した際の\n" +"電子メールによる通知を設定することができます。次の手順でどれくらいの間隔で警告を\n" +"送信するかのほか、誰が受信するか、警告を送信する重要度などの指定を行うことが\n" +"できます。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 -msgid "Notification Types Terse Notification: \nTerse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \nproviding details. For example: <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \nhad 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt>" -msgstr "通知種類 簡潔な通知:\n簡潔な通知を選択すると、詳細を記述せずにシステムイベントの全体数のみを\n集計します。 例: <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \nhad 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt>" +msgid "" +"Notification Types Terse Notification: \n" +"Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \n" +"providing details. For example: <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n" +"had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt>" +msgstr "" +"通知種類 簡潔な通知:\n" +"簡潔な通知を選択すると、詳細を記述せずにシステムイベントの全体数のみを\n" +"集計します。 例: <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has \n" +"had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 -msgid "Summary Notification: The Summary notification displays \nthe logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \nindividual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \nactive /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" -msgstr "要約の通知:［要約の通知］を選択すると、\n記録されたAppArmorのセキュリティイベントと、それぞれの発生回数を\n最後に発生した時刻とともに一覧にします。\n 例: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \nactive /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +msgid "" +"Summary Notification: The Summary notification displays \n" +"the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n" +"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" +" For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" +"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"要約の通知:［要約の通知］を選択すると、\n" +"記録されたAppArmorのセキュリティイベントと、それぞれの発生回数を\n" +"最後に発生した時刻とともに一覧にします。\n" +" 例: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" +"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +"" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 -msgid "Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays \nunmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time \nan event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These \nsecurity events include the date and time the event occurred, when \nthe application profile permits access as well as rejects access, \nand the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected." -msgstr "詳細な通知:［詳細な通知］では、記録されているAppArmor\nセキュリティイベントログがそのまま表示されます。イベントが発生するたびに通知され、\n詳細ログに新しい行として書き込まれます。これらの\nセキュリティイベントには、イベントが発生した日付と時刻、\nアプリケーションプロファイルによるアクセス拒否/アクセス許可日時、\nおよび許可/拒否されたファイル許可のタイプなどの情報も含まれます。" +msgid "" +"Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays \n" +"unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time \n" +"an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These \n" +"security events include the date and time the event occurred, when \n" +"the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, \n" +"and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected." +msgstr "" +"詳細な通知:［詳細な通知］では、記録されているAppArmor\n" +"セキュリティイベントログがそのまま表示されます。イベントが発生するたびに通知され、\n" +"詳細ログに新しい行として書き込まれます。これらの\n" +"セキュリティイベントには、イベントが発生した日付と時刻、\n" +"アプリケーションプロファイルによるアクセス拒否/アクセス許可日時、\n" +"および許可/拒否されたファイル許可のタイプなどの情報も含まれます。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 -msgid "Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \nthe logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. For example: \n<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to\n/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" -msgstr "［詳細な通知］ではさらに、logprofツールがプロファイルの解釈に\n使用するさまざまなメッセージも報告されます。 例: \n<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to \n/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" +msgid "" +"Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n" +"the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. For example: \n" +"<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to\n" +"/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" +"/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" +msgstr "" +"［詳細な通知］ではさらに、logprofツールがプロファイルの解釈に\n" +"使用するさまざまなメッセージも報告されます。 例: \n" +"<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITTING r access to \n" +"/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile \n" +"/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68 -msgid "<li> For each notification type that you would like \nenabled, select the frequency of notification that you would \nlike. For example, if you select 1 day from the \npull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of \nsecurity events, if they occur.</li>" -msgstr "<li>有効にする各通知の種類に対して、\n通知頻度を選択してください。\n例えば、プルダウンリストから［1日］を \n選択すると、その日に発生したセキュリティイベントが \n毎日通知されます。</li>" +msgid "" +"<li> For each notification type that you would like \n" +"enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would \n" +"like. For example, if you select 1 day from the \n" +"pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of \n" +"security events, if they occur.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>有効にする各通知の種類に対して、\n" +"通知頻度を選択してください。\n" +"例えば、プルダウンリストから［1日］を \n" +"選択すると、その日に発生したセキュリティイベントが \n" +"毎日通知されます。</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75 -msgid "<li> Enter the email address of those who should receive \nthe Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications.If there is no local \nSMTP server configured to distribute e-mails from this host to the \ndomain you entered, enter for example <user>@localhost \nand enable <user> to receive system mail, if it is not \na root user. </li>" -msgstr "<li>有効にした通知を受け取るユーザの電子メールアドレスを \n入力します。このホストから入力したドメインに対してメールを配布できる\nSMTPサーバが存在しない場合は、<user>@localhostのように\n入力してください。ここで、<user>は、システム電子メールを受け取る\nユーザを指定します。rootに送信する場合は、設定する必要は\nありません。</li>" +msgid "" +"<li> Enter the email address of those who should receive \n" +"the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications.If there is no local \n" +"SMTP server configured to distribute e-mails from this host to the \n" +"domain you entered, enter for example <user>@localhost \n" +"and enable <user> to receive system mail, if it is not \n" +"a root user. </li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>有効にした通知を受け取るユーザの電子メールアドレスを \n" +"入力します。このホストから入力したドメインに対してメールを配布できる\n" +"SMTPサーバが存在しない場合は、<user>@localhostのように\n" +"入力してください。ここで、<user>は、システム電子メールを受け取る\n" +"ユーザを指定します。rootに送信する場合は、設定する必要は\n" +"ありません。</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83 -msgid "<li>Select the lowest severity level for which a notification \nshould be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications \nwill be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are \nequal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval \nis 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events \noccur." -msgstr "<li>通知を送信する最低限の「重大度レベル」\nを選択します。選択した重大度レベル以上でイベントが\n発生した場合、セキュリティイベントが指定された間隔で\n記録および通知されます。間隔が1日の場合、\nセキュリティイベントが発生した日には、毎日その旨が\n通知されます。" +msgid "" +"<li>Select the lowest severity level for which a notification \n" +"should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications \n" +"will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are \n" +"equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval \n" +"is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events \n" +"occur." +msgstr "" +"<li>通知を送信する最低限の「重大度レベル」\n" +"を選択します。選択した重大度レベル以上でイベントが\n" +"発生した場合、セキュリティイベントが指定された間隔で\n" +"記録および通知されます。間隔が1日の場合、\n" +"セキュリティイベントが発生した日には、毎日その旨が\n" +"通知されます。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 -msgid "Severity Levels: These are numbered 1 through 10, \n10 being the most severe security incident. The severity.db \nfile defines the severity level of potential security events. \nThe severity levels are determined by the importance of \ndifferent security events, such as certain resources accessed \nor services denied.</li>" -msgstr "重大度レベル: 重大度レベルには1～10が存在していて、\n10が最も重大なセキュリティインシデントです。潜在的なセキュリティイベントの\n重大度レベルは、severity.dbファイルに定義されています。\n重大度レベルは、特定リソースへのアクセスやサービス拒否\nなど、セキュリティイベントの重要性を基準に\n決められます。</li>" +msgid "" +"Severity Levels: These are numbered 1 through 10, \n" +"10 being the most severe security incident. The severity.db \n" +"file defines the severity level of potential security events. \n" +"The severity levels are determined by the importance of \n" +"different security events, such as certain resources accessed \n" +"or services denied.</li>" +msgstr "" +"重大度レベル: 重大度レベルには1～10が存在していて、\n" +"10が最も重大なセキュリティインシデントです。潜在的なセキュリティイベントの\n" +"重大度レベルは、severity.dbファイルに定義されています。\n" +"重大度レベルは、特定リソースへのアクセスやサービス拒否\n" +"など、セキュリティイベントの重要性を基準に\n" +"決められます。</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 -msgid "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \nyou would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" -msgstr "<li>重大度が割り当てられていないイベントも通知するには、\n［不明なセキュリティイベントを含む］を選択します。</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>重大度が割り当てられていないイベントも通知するには、\n" +"［不明なセキュリティイベントを含む］を選択します。</li>" #. ---------------------------- #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 @@ -1053,16 +1393,42 @@ msgstr "AppArmorプロファイルウィザード " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 -msgid "This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \nYou can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \nby using the suggestions made by AppArmor." -msgstr "このウィザードはAppArmorアクセス制御モジュールが生成したエントリを提示します。\nAppArmorによる提案を使用することで、最適化された堅牢な\nセキュリティプロファイルを生成できます。" +msgid "" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" +"You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" +"by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." +msgstr "" +"このウィザードはAppArmorアクセス制御モジュールが生成したエントリを提示します。\n" +"AppArmorによる提案を使用することで、最適化された堅牢な\n" +"セキュリティプロファイルを生成できます。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 -msgid "AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources \nor define execute permission for entries. Questions \nthat display were logged during the normal application \nexecution test previously performed. " -msgstr "AppArmorは特定リソースへのアクセスを許可/拒否するか、またはエントリの\n実行許可を定義するかどうかを提案します。表示される\n質問は、以前に実行された標準アプリケーション実行テスト時に\n記録されたものです。 " +msgid "" +"AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources \n" +"or define execute permission for entries. Questions \n" +"that display were logged during the normal application \n" +"execution test previously performed. " +msgstr "" +"AppArmorは特定リソースへのアクセスを許可/拒否するか、またはエントリの\n" +"実行許可を定義するかどうかを提案します。表示される\n" +"質問は、以前に実行された標準アプリケーション実行テスト時に\n" +"記録されたものです。 " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117 -msgid "The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \nsyntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may \ncustomize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. \nThis overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the \nNovell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \ninstructions. " -msgstr "次のヘルプテキストは、AppArmorが使用するセキュリティプロファイル構文の\n詳細について説明します。 どんな段階でも、提案された設定を\n変更して、プロファイルのエントリをカスタマイズすることができます。\nこの概要は設定の際に役立ちます。段階ごとの\n手順については、『Novell AppArmor管理ガイド』を\n参照してください。 " +msgid "" +"The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \n" +"syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may \n" +"customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. \n" +"This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the \n" +"Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \n" +"instructions. " +msgstr "" +"次のヘルプテキストは、AppArmorが使用するセキュリティプロファイル構文の\n" +"詳細について説明します。 どんな段階でも、提案された設定を\n" +"変更して、プロファイルのエントリをカスタマイズすることができます。\n" +"この概要は設定の際に役立ちます。段階ごとの\n" +"手順については、『Novell AppArmor管理ガイド』を\n" +"参照してください。 " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125 msgid "Access Modes " @@ -1109,60 +1475,138 @@ msgstr "読み込みモード " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138 -msgid "Allows the program to have read access to the\nresource. Read access is required for shell scripts\nand other interpreted content, and determines if an\nexecuting process can core dump or be attached to with\nptrace(2). (ptrace(2) is used by utilities such as\nstrace(1), ltrace(1), and gdb(1).)" -msgstr "プログラムにリソースへの読み込みアクセスを\n許可します。読み込みアクセスは、シェルスクリプトや\n他のインタープリタ型言語で必要となるほか、実行プロセスが\nコアダンプできるか、またはptrace(2)にアタッチされるかどうかに\nついても決定します(ptrace(2)はstrace(1)、ltrace(1)、gdb(1)などの\nユーティリティで使用されます)。" +msgid "" +"Allows the program to have read access to the\n" +"resource. Read access is required for shell scripts\n" +"and other interpreted content, and determines if an\n" +"executing process can core dump or be attached to with\n" +"ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) is used by utilities such as\n" +"strace(1), ltrace(1), and gdb(1).)" +msgstr "" +"プログラムにリソースへの読み込みアクセスを\n" +"許可します。読み込みアクセスは、シェルスクリプトや\n" +"他のインタープリタ型言語で必要となるほか、実行プロセスが\n" +"コアダンプできるか、またはptrace(2)にアタッチされるかどうかに\n" +"ついても決定します(ptrace(2)はstrace(1)、ltrace(1)、gdb(1)などの\n" +"ユーティリティで使用されます)。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146 msgid "Write mode " msgstr "書き込みモード " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147 -msgid "Allows the program to have write access to the\nresource. Files must have this permission if they are\nto be unlinked (removed.)" -msgstr "リソースへの書き込みをプログラムに許可します。\nファイルをリンク解除(削除)する場合、ファイルに\nこの許可が必要です。" +msgid "" +"Allows the program to have write access to the\n" +"resource. Files must have this permission if they are\n" +"to be unlinked (removed.)" +msgstr "" +"リソースへの書き込みをプログラムに許可します。\n" +"ファイルをリンク解除(削除)する場合、ファイルに\n" +"この許可が必要です。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152 msgid "Mmap PROT_EXEC mode " msgstr "Mmap PROT_EXECモード " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153 -msgid "Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\nresource." -msgstr "プログラムに対して、リソース上でPROT_EXECを指定したmmapを呼び出すことを\n許可します。" +msgid "" +"Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\n" +"resource." +msgstr "" +"プログラムに対して、リソース上でPROT_EXECを指定したmmapを呼び出すことを\n" +"許可します。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154 msgid "Unconfined execute mode " msgstr "無制限実行モード " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155 -msgid "Allows the program to execute the resource without any\nAppArmor profile being applied to the executed\nresource. Requires listing execute mode as well.\nIncompatible with Inherit and Discrete Profile execute\nentries." -msgstr "リソースを実行するようにプログラムを許可する際、実行される\nリソースに一切AppArmorプロファイルを\n適用しません。実行モードのリストも必要になります。\n継承実行モードや独立プロファイル実行モードの項目とは、\n互換性がありません。" +msgid "" +"Allows the program to execute the resource without any\n" +"AppArmor profile being applied to the executed\n" +"resource. Requires listing execute mode as well.\n" +"Incompatible with Inherit and Discrete Profile execute\n" +"entries." +msgstr "" +"リソースを実行するようにプログラムを許可する際、実行される\n" +"リソースに一切AppArmorプロファイルを\n" +"適用しません。実行モードのリストも必要になります。\n" +"継承実行モードや独立プロファイル実行モードの項目とは、\n" +"互換性がありません。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162 -msgid "This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\nbe able to perform a privileged operation, such as\nrebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section \nin another executable and granting unconfined \nexecution rights, it is possible to bypass the mandatory \nconstraints imposed on all confined processes.\nFor more information on what is constrained, see the\napparmor(7) man page." -msgstr "制限されているプログラムが、マシンの再起動などの\n特権操作を行う必要があるとき、このモードが\n役に立ちます。他の実行ファイル内に特権セクションを\n配置し、無制限の実行権限を付与することにより、\nすべての制限されているプロセスに適用されている\n必須の制約をバイパスすることができます。\n制限対象の詳細については、apparmor(7)の\nマニュアルページを参照してください。" +msgid "" +"This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" +"be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" +"rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section \n" +"in another executable and granting unconfined \n" +"execution rights, it is possible to bypass the mandatory \n" +"constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n" +"For more information on what is constrained, see the\n" +"apparmor(7) man page." +msgstr "" +"制限されているプログラムが、マシンの再起動などの\n" +"特権操作を行う必要があるとき、このモードが\n" +"役に立ちます。他の実行ファイル内に特権セクションを\n" +"配置し、無制限の実行権限を付与することにより、\n" +"すべての制限されているプロセスに適用されている\n" +"必須の制約をバイパスすることができます。\n" +"制限対象の詳細については、apparmor(7)の\n" +"マニュアルページを参照してください。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172 msgid "Discrete Profile execute mode " msgstr "独立プロファイル実行モード " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173 -msgid "This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\ndefined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\ntransition. If there is no profile defined then the\naccess will be denied. Incompatible with Inherit and\nUnconstrained execute entries." -msgstr "このモードはAppArmorのドメイン遷移時に実行される\nリソースに対し、独立したセキュリティプロファイルを定義する\n必要があります。プロファイルが定義されていない場合は\nアクセスは拒否されます。継承実行モードや無制限実行モードの\nエントリとは互換性がありません。" +msgid "" +"This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\n" +"defined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\n" +"transition. If there is no profile defined then the\n" +"access will be denied. Incompatible with Inherit and\n" +"Unconstrained execute entries." +msgstr "" +"このモードはAppArmorのドメイン遷移時に実行される\n" +"リソースに対し、独立したセキュリティプロファイルを定義する\n" +"必要があります。プロファイルが定義されていない場合は\n" +"アクセスは拒否されます。継承実行モードや無制限実行モードの\n" +"エントリとは互換性がありません。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180 msgid "Link mode " msgstr "リンクモード " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181 -msgid "Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\nlink with this name (including symlinks). When a link\nis created, the file that is being linked to MUST have\nthe same access permissions as the link being created\n(with the exception that the destination does not have\nto have link access.) Link access is required for\nunlinking a file." -msgstr "プログラムに対して、この名前のリンクの作成と削除を\n許可します(シンボリックリンクを含みます)。リンクを作成する場合、\nリンク先のファイルは、作成されるリンクと\n同じアクセス許可を持たなければなりません\n(例外として、リンク先はリンクアクセスを持つ\n必要はありません)。リンクアクセスはファイルのリンクを\n解除するために必要です。" +msgid "" +"Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\n" +"link with this name (including symlinks). When a link\n" +"is created, the file that is being linked to MUST have\n" +"the same access permissions as the link being created\n" +"(with the exception that the destination does not have\n" +"to have link access.) Link access is required for\n" +"unlinking a file." +msgstr "" +"プログラムに対して、この名前のリンクの作成と削除を\n" +"許可します(シンボリックリンクを含みます)。リンクを作成する場合、\n" +"リンク先のファイルは、作成されるリンクと\n" +"同じアクセス許可を持たなければなりません\n" +"(例外として、リンク先はリンクアクセスを持つ\n" +"必要はありません)。リンクアクセスはファイルのリンクを\n" +"解除するために必要です。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190 msgid "Globbing" msgstr "ワイルドカード文字" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191 -msgid "File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\nsimilar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\nbash(1), zsh(1)." -msgstr "ファイルリソースは、csh(1)、bash(1)、zsh(1)などのような\n一般的なシェルで使用されているワイルドカード文字の構文に似た方法で、\n指定することができます。" +msgid "" +"File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\n" +"similar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\n" +"bash(1), zsh(1)." +msgstr "" +"ファイルリソースは、csh(1)、bash(1)、zsh(1)などのような\n" +"一般的なシェルで使用されているワイルドカード文字の構文に似た方法で、\n" +"指定することができます。" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" @@ -1193,13 +1637,31 @@ msgstr "クリーン実行 - 無害化された実行" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215 -msgid "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \nexecute permissions provide added security by stripping the \nenvironment that is inherited by the child program of specific \nvariables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\nenvironment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\nThe variables are:" -msgstr "独立実行プロファイルや無制限実行での\nクリーン実行オプションは、特定の環境変数を子プログラムに\n受け渡さずに取り除くことで補助的なセキュリティを\n提供します。プロファイリング処理中に「p」か「u」を選択した場合、\n環境を無害化するかどうかの選択を求められます。\n対応する環境変数は次のとおりです:" +msgid "" +"The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" +"execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" +"environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" +"variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +"environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" +"The variables are:" +msgstr "" +"独立実行プロファイルや無制限実行での\n" +"クリーン実行オプションは、特定の環境変数を子プログラムに\n" +"受け渡さずに取り除くことで補助的なセキュリティを\n" +"提供します。プロファイリング処理中に「p」か「u」を選択した場合、\n" +"環境を無害化するかどうかの選択を求められます。\n" +"対応する環境変数は次のとおりです:" #. Globalz #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55 -msgid "Capability Selection.\n Select desired capabilities for this profile. \nSelect a Capability name to see information about the capability." -msgstr "機能選択。\n このプロファイルの機能を選択してください。\n機能名を選択すると、その機能に関する情報が表示されます。" +msgid "" +"Capability Selection.\n" +" Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n" +"Select a Capability name to see information about the capability." +msgstr "" +"機能選択。\n" +" このプロファイルの機能を選択してください。\n" +"機能名を選択すると、その機能に関する情報が表示されます。" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Capabilities enabled for the profile" @@ -1311,8 +1773,12 @@ #. returns true (hat entered) #. false (user aborted) #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849 -msgid "Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \nto add to the profile\n" -msgstr "プロファイルに追加するHat名を\n入力してください\n" +msgid "" +"Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n" +"to add to the profile\n" +msgstr "" +"プロファイルに追加するHat名を\n" +"入力してください\n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859 msgid "&Hat name to add" @@ -1324,8 +1790,14 @@ #. Check for no application entry in the dialog #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881 -msgid "You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\nPlease \nenter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "追加するHatの名前が指定されていません。\nHatを作成するには\nHat名を入力してください。このウィザードをキャンセルする場合は、［中止］をクリックしてください。" +msgid "" +"You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\n" +"Please \n" +"enter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "" +"追加するHatの名前が指定されていません。\n" +"Hatを作成するには\n" +"Hat名を入力してください。このウィザードをキャンセルする場合は、［中止］をクリックしてください。" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." @@ -1339,8 +1811,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 -msgid "Permission Definitions: <code> r - read \nw -write l - link m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - file locking \na - file append x - execute i - inherit p - discrete profile \nP - discrete profile (*clean exec) u - unconstrained \nU -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" -msgstr "許可の定義: <code> r - 読み込み \nw -書き込み l - リンク m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - ファイルのロック \na - ファイルの追加 x - 実行 i - 継承 p - 独立プロファイル \nP - 独立プロファイル (*クリーン実行) u - 無制限 \nU -無制限 (*クリーン実行)</code>" +msgid "" +"Permission Definitions: <code> r - read \n" +"w -write l - link m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - file locking \n" +"a - file append x - execute i - inherit p - discrete profile \n" +"P - discrete profile (*clean exec) u - unconstrained \n" +"U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" +msgstr "" +"許可の定義: <code> r - 読み込み \n" +"w -書き込み l - リンク m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - ファイルのロック \n" +"a - ファイルの追加 x - 実行 i - 継承 p - 独立プロファイル \n" +"P - 独立プロファイル (*クリーン実行) u - 無制限 \n" +"U -無制限 (*クリーン実行)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 @@ -1364,18 +1846,38 @@ #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 -msgid "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \nincludes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" -msgstr "<li>インクルード このプロファイルにインクルードエントリを追加します。このオプションは、\nプロファイルの読み込み時に他のプロファイルの内容をそのまま当てはめる場合に使用します。</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>インクルード このプロファイルにインクルードエントリを追加します。このオプションは、\n" +"プロファイルの読み込み時に他のプロファイルの内容をそのまま当てはめる場合に使用します。</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 -msgid "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \nThis option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \nYou may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" -msgstr "<li>ネットワークエントリ このプロファイルにネットワークルールを追加します。\nこのオプションでは、プロファイルに対してネットワークへのアクセス特権を設定することができます。\nネットワークアドレスファミリやソケットタイプを指定することもできます。</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" +"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>ネットワークエントリ このプロファイルにネットワークルールを追加します。\n" +"このオプションでは、プロファイルに対してネットワークへのアクセス特権を設定することができます。\n" +"ネットワークアドレスファミリやソケットタイプを指定することもできます。</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 -msgid "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\noption is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\nduring execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\naware application. \nFor more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" -msgstr "<li>Hat このプロファイルのサブプロファイル(Hat)を追加します。\nこのオプションは、手動で新しいプロファイルを作成するのに似ていて、実行時に\n「Hat変更対応」のアプリケーションから問い合わせがあった場合にのみ\n選択できます。Hatの変更の詳細については、システムでman changehatを実行するか、\nまたは『Novell AppArmorユーザーズガイド』を参照してください。</li>" +msgid "" +"<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" +"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" +"aware application. \n" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +msgstr "" +"<li>Hat このプロファイルのサブプロファイル(Hat)を追加します。\n" +"このオプションは、手動で新しいプロファイルを作成するのに似ていて、実行時に\n" +"「Hat変更対応」のアプリケーションから問い合わせがあった場合にのみ\n" +"選択できます。Hatの変更の詳細については、システムでman changehatを実行するか、\n" +"または『Novell AppArmorユーザーズガイド』を参照してください。</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 @@ -1389,8 +1891,14 @@ #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 -msgid "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \nand unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \nthat is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" -msgstr "*クリーン実行 独立実行プロファイルや無制限実行での\nクリーン実行オプションは、特定の環境変数を子プログラムに受け渡さずに取り除くことで\n補助的なセキュリティを提供します。対応する環境変数は次のとおりです:" +msgid "" +"*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" +msgstr "" +"*クリーン実行 独立実行プロファイルや無制限実行での\n" +"クリーン実行オプションは、特定の環境変数を子プログラムに受け渡さずに取り除くことで\n" +"補助的なセキュリティを提供します。対応する環境変数は次のとおりです:" #. help text - part y2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 @@ -1474,8 +1982,12 @@ msgstr "プロファイルに変更を保存する" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380 -msgid "Save the changes to this profile? \n(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" -msgstr "このプロファイルの変更内容を保存しますか? \n(注: 変更内容を保存すると、AppArmorプロファイルを再ロードします)\n" +msgid "" +"Save the changes to this profile? \n" +"(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" +msgstr "" +"このプロファイルの変更内容を保存しますか? \n" +"(注: 変更内容を保存すると、AppArmorプロファイルを再ロードします)\n" #. We'll need this often - cache it #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 @@ -1486,4 +1998,3 @@ #, perl-format msgid "Failed copying %s." msgstr "%s のコピーに失敗しました。" -

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95946 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:31 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95946 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journalctl.it.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po 2016-07-04 08:44:30 UTC (rev 95945) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/auth-client.it.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ "This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" "Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Attualmente questo computer utilizzare il metodo LDAP o Kerberos esistente per autenticare gli utenti.\n" +"Attualmente questo computer utilizza il metodo LDAP o Kerberos esistente per autenticare gli utenti.\n" "Prima di poter utilizzare SSSD per autenticare gli utenti, disabilitare l'autenticazione LDAP e Kerberos da \"Client LDAP e Kerberos\"." #. Enable/disable NSS password database Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journalctl.it.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journalctl.it.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/it/po/journalctl.it.po 2016-07-04 08:44:31 UTC (rev 95946) @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +# Italian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Franca Delcarlo <francad(a)attglobal.net>, 1999, 2000, 2001. +# Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-18 11:04+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Franca Delcarlo <francad(a)attglobal.net>\n" +"Language-Team: i18n <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Nessuna voce." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Modifica suffisso" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Aggiorna" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Schermo Braille" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Nessuna voce trovata" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtri:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Priorità" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Non ci sono informazioni aggiuntive" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtra per file" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Durata" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Sorgente" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Messaggio"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95945 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:30 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95945 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/journalctl.id.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/kernel-update-tool.id.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/linux-user-mgmt.id.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/migration.id.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/s390.id.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/smt.id.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/xpram.id.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/journalctl.id.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/journalctl.id.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/journalctl.id.po 2016-07-04 08:44:30 UTC (rev 95945) @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "&Ubah..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Refresh" +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "&Refresh" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 entries configured" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Dikonfigurasi %1 entri" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Time Zone" +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Zona Waktu" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sources" +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Sumber" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Pesan" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/kernel-update-tool.id.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/kernel-update-tool.id.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/kernel-update-tool.id.po 2016-07-04 08:44:30 UTC (rev 95945) @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Peringatan" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Batalkan upgrade kernel?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Lokasi download alternatif" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Log Status Update Kernel" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/linux-user-mgmt.id.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/linux-user-mgmt.id.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/linux-user-mgmt.id.po 2016-07-04 08:44:30 UTC (rev 95945) @@ -0,0 +1,740 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Mungkin akan membutuhkan waktu" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing new source..." +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Menginisialisasi sumber baru..." + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Membaca database" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Membaca database..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Selesai" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Language Configuration" +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi Bahasa" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Menjalankan SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Silakan tunggu..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "Skrip SuSEconfig gagal." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Log Warnings: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "Log Peringatan: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Log Warnings: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "Log Peringatan: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Password: " +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "Password: " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Screensavers" +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "Screensavers" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local time" +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Jam lokal" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Server SLP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remote File System" +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "File Sistem &Remote" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Direktori Server TFTP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "&Detil" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Support Active" +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "Dukungan LDAP Aktif" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server" +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "Server LDAP" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password are different.\n" +#| "Please try again." +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Password yang pertama diberikan berbeda\n" +"dengan yang kedua\n" +"Harap ulangi lagi." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Silakan tunggu..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Sistem" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Server to Configure" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Server SLP Yang Akan Dikonfigurasi" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Server Overview" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Ringkasan Server SLP" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fax Numbers" +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Nomor Fax" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Answering Machine Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Mesin Penjawab" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Pilih &Semua" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&Password" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Screensavers" +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "Screensavers" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big> Inisialisasi Konfigurasi Server SLP</big> \n" +"Silakan tunggu... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Membatalkan inisialisasi:</big> \n" +"Membatalkan utilitas konfigurasi secara aman dengan menekan Batal sekarang.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big> Menyimpan Konfigurasi Server SLP</big> \n" +"Silakan tunggu... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Membatalkan Penyimpanan:</big> \n" +"Batalkan prosedur penyimpanan dengan menekan Batal.\n" +"Dialog tambahan akan memberitahukan apakah aman melakukan hal tersebut.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Konfigurasi server NFS" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Manajemen" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "Manajemen" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inisialisasi..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/migration.id.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/migration.id.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/migration.id.po 2016-07-04 08:44:30 UTC (rev 95945) @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Selesai" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Kunci akan dibuat sekarang. Lanjutkan?" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Restart" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Finish akan menutup instalasi YaST dan meneruskan\n" +"ke layar login.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration summary..." +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Ringkasan Konfigurasi..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Untuk menggunakan seting yang tampil, tekan Lanjut.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/s390.id.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/s390.id.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/s390.id.po 2016-07-04 08:44:30 UTC (rev 95945) @@ -0,0 +1,1982 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Konfigurasi CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Tidak terdeteksi." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Konfigurasi server NFS" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS client" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Konfigurasi klien NFS" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Konfigurasi XPRAM" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Memeriksa Kendali Yang Tersedia" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Sistem" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &DASD" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &ZFCP" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inisialisasi..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Konfigurasi CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The device is not configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Device tidak dikonfigurasi" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Aksi" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Manajemen" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipe" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Informasi Tambahan" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +# CL +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&File" +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&File" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Lakukan Instalasi" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Pilih &Semua" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "Pilih &Semua" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Ubah" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA</big> \n" +"Silakan tunggu... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +#| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Membatalkan inisialisasi:</big> \n" +"Membatalkan utilitas konfigurasi secara aman dengan menekan Batal sekarang.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Menyimpan Konfigurasi CASA</big> \n" +"Silakan tunggu... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Membatalkan Penyimpanan:</big> \n" +"Batalkan prosedur penyimpanan dengan menekan Batal.\n" +"Dialog tambahan akan memberitahukan apakah aman melakukan hal tersebut.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menambah opsi baru, klik Tambah. Untuk menghapus\n" +"opsi, pilihlah lalu klik Hapus." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Jaringan" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Seting Zona waktu dan Jam</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Seting Zona waktu dan Jam</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Seting Zona waktu dan Jam</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Seting Zona waktu dan Jam</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<big>Seting Zona waktu dan Jam</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Ya" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Tidak" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&Adakan" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization" +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Sinkronisasi" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nama Host" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&User" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "De&lete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "Ha&pus" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&Pilih" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Region" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Daerah" + +# CL +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&File" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "Bro&wse..." + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Logic" +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Logika" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GUI" +msgid "UID" +msgstr "GUI" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Path Home" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shells" +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Seting Lokal untuk User &root" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Password" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "K&onfirmasi Password" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Boot Image Directory" +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "Direktori Image &Boot" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "&Browse" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User name:" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Nama &User:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "K&onfirmasi Password" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GUI" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GUI" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "Pilih Desktop Baku Anda" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shells" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Gagal membuat kunci TSIG." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Selamat!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Welcome!" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Selamat Datang!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete this item?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Hapus item ini?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Domain telah berubah.\n" +"Anda harus mereboot agar perubahan berlaku." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Online Update Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Update Online" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "&Jangan Mulai IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start IrDA" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "&Mulai IrDA" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Aksi" + +# MQ +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "Menit" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &ZFCP" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big> Inisialisasi Konfigurasi Server SLP</big> \n" +"Silakan tunggu... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big> Menyimpan Konfigurasi Server SLP</big> \n" +"Silakan tunggu... \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Configure CASA here. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Konfigurasi CASA</big> \n" +"Silakan konfigurasi CASA di sini. \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Untuk menambah opsi baru, klik Tambah. Untuk menghapus\n" +"opsi, pilihlah lalu klik Hapus." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "Peringatan" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "Tampilkan status layanan TFTP" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Memeriksa..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &DASD" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &ZFCP" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Memeriksa..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Memeriksa..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Selesai" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing USB devices" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "Memeriksa device USB" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Parameter '%1' tidak ada." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi IrDA" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check for network devices" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Memeriksa device network" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Memeriksa device network..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Memeriksa device network..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the database..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Membaca database..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi IrDA" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Batalkan upgrade kernel?" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Menulis seting firewall..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi Server SLP" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard configuration." +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Konfigurasi keyboard." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi Server SLP" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Perbarui Seting" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing YaST Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Menulis konfigurasi YaST..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Memeriksa device network..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Memeriksa device network..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Menyimpan Konfigurasi IrDA" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Memulai layanan" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Memulai layanan..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Disk &ZFCP" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "Kunci tidak valid" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "Layanan %1 tidak ada." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/smt.id.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/smt.id.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/smt.id.po 2016-07-04 08:44:30 UTC (rev 95945) @@ -0,0 +1,1570 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Tidak ada user interface untuk modul ini." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Gagal membuat kunci TSIG." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization URL" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "URL Sinkronisasi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option" +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Opsi" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Keamanan" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Status: %1" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Status Layanan:%1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Bahasa Tambahan: %1" + +# SD +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Lunda" +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Lunda" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Novell Customer Center" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stop Server" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Hentikan Server" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Kode Registrasi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "&Download" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&User" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Password" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Tes" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&Password" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "K&onfirmasi Password" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +# HN +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Jam" + +# MQ +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Menit" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Add" +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "&Tambah" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit" +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Edit" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Nama Host" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Nama Produk" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose a category" +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Pilih satu kategori" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Question" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Pertanyaan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Produk" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Summary" +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Ringkasan Pembaruan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&Detil" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Status Saat Ini: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Adakan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Tiadakan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name" +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nama Host" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iSCSI Target" +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Target iSCSI" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Monitoring" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Kesalahan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Nama Host" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Last name:" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "Nama &Belakang:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing CASA Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Inisialisasi Konfigurasi CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting firewall" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the previous settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Membaca konfigurasi saat ini..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the database..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Membaca database..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting firewall..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Membaca seting sebelumnya..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "&Lewati Konfigurasi" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "Pusat Kustomer" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Peringatan" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Batalkan" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Perbarui konfigurasi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Server Configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Server NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Menyesuaikan layanan firewall" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting firewall" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check for network devices" +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Memeriksa device network" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Time" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Waktu Sinkronisasi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Adaptasi konfigurasi..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Adaptasi konfigurasi..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Memeriksa sistem terinstalasi..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Adaptasi konfigurasi..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Menyesuaikan layanan firewall..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting firewall..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Memeriksa device network..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Time" +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Waktu Sinkronisasi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Menulis Konfigurasi NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password are different.\n" +#| "Please try again." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Password yang pertama diberikan berbeda\n" +"dengan yang kedua\n" +"Harap ulangi lagi." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Nomor telpon tidak boleh kosong." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Nomor telpon tidak boleh kosong." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Detil" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Tidak dikenal" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Tidak ada user interface untuk modul ini." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Tidak dikenal" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Paket yang dibutuhkan (%1) tidak diinstalasi." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Terjadi kesalahan saat membaca log." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "Nilai %1 tidak valid." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Kemajuan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Stop" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Lanjutkan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Selesai" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Perintah '%1'" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Undetermined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "Tidak tentu" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +# HN +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hour" +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "Jam" + +# MQ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "Menit" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All changes will be lost!" +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "Semua perubahan akan hilang!" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Pusat Kustomer" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status: " +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Status Saat Ini: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Halaman Wizard Konfigurasi CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS Server Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi Server NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Manajemen" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization failed for:" +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Gagal sinkronisasi bagi:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Tidak dapat menulis seting..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "Manajemen" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Lewai" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Tidak dapat membuat direktori '%1'." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retr&y" +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Coba la&gi" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Password Root" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Password Expiration" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "Tidak Ada Kadaluarsa Password" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Tidak dapat membaca database1." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/xpram.id.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/xpram.id.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/id/po/xpram.id.po 2016-07-04 08:44:30 UTC (rev 95945) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Indonesian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>, 1999. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-10-08 13:38+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: I Made Wiryana <made(a)nakula.rvs.uni-bielefeld.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: id\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Konfigurasi XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Adakan XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Tiadakan XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Ubah konfigurasi XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Mount point" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurasi XPRAM" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Di sini untuk konfigurasi XPRAM untuk komputer anda." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Untuk sementara tool ini hanya mendukung penugasan seluruh XPRAM ke satu partisi. Untuk memiliki multi partisi, lihatlah \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.Dalam hal ini tiadakan XPRAM dalam modul ini." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Pilih mount point yang sesuai untuk Mount Point." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Berikutnya, pilih filesistem yang akan digunakan pada device." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Jangan Mulai XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Mulai XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Instalasi Filesistem atau Swap meskipun &XPRAM memiliki data valid" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Mount Point" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&Mount Point" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Tipe Filesistem" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "F&ilesistem Yang Digunakan:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Simpan konfigurasi XPRAM" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Menulis seting" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Memulai layanan" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Menulis seting..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Memulai layanan..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Selesai" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try manual \"rcxpram stop\"" +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Gagal menghentikan xpram. Silakan coba cara manual \"rcxpram stop\"" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try manual \"rcxpram start\"" +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Gagal memulai xpram. Silakan coba cara manual \"rcxpram start\""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95944 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:27 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95944 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/journalctl.hu.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/autoinst.hu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/bootloader.hu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/snapper.hu.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/auth-client.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:27 UTC (rev 95944) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "Egyszerű nevek egyedi leképezése a felhasználónevekre" +msgstr "Egyszerű nevek egyedi leképezése felhasználónevekre" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" @@ -146,36 +146,36 @@ "This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" "Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép jelenleg az SSSD identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa a felhasználói adatbázisokat.\n" -"A régi LDAP-hitelesítés (pam_ldap) használata előtt kapcsolja ki az SSSD szolgáltatást a \"Felhasználók bejelentkezésének kezelése\" párbeszédpanelen." +"Ez a számítógép jelenleg az SSSD identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa be a felhasználói adatbázist.\n" +"A régi LDAP-hitelesítés (pam_ldap) használata előtt kapcsolja ki az SSSD felhasználói adatbázist a \"Felhasználók bejelentkezésének kezelése\" párbeszédpanelen." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" "This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" "Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép jelenleg az SSSD-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa a csoport adatbázisát.\n" -"A régi LDAP-hitelesítés (pam_ldap) használata előtt kapcsolja ki az SSSD szolgáltatást a \"Felhasználók bejelentkezésének kezelése\" párbeszédpanelen." +"Ez a számítógép jelenleg az SSSD-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa be a csoportadatbázist.\n" +"A régi LDAP-hitelesítés (pam_ldap) használata előtt kapcsolja ki az SSSD-csoportadatbázist a \"Felhasználók bejelentkezésének kezelése\" párbeszédpanelen." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" "This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" "Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép jelenleg az SSSD-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa a sudoers adatbázist.\n" -"A régi LDAP-hitelesítés (pam_ldap) használata előtt kapcsolja ki az SSSD szolgáltatást a \"Felhasználók bejelentkezésének kezelése\" párbeszédpanelen." +"Ez a számítógép jelenleg az SSSD-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa be a sudoers adatbázist.\n" +"A régi LDAP-hitelesítés (pam_ldap) használata előtt kapcsolja ki az SSSD sudo adatbázist a \"Felhasználók bejelentkezésének kezelése\" párbeszédpanelen." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" "This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" "Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép jelenleg az SSSD-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa az automount adatbázist.\n" -"A régi LDAP-hitelesítés (pam_ldap) használata előtt kapcsolja ki az SSSD szolgáltatást a \"Felhasználók bejelentkezésének kezelése\" párbeszédpanelen." +"Ez a számítógép jelenleg az SSSD-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa be az automatikus csatlakoztatási adatbázist.\n" +"A régi LDAP-hitelesítés (pam_ldap) használata előtt kapcsolja ki az SSSD automatikus csatlakoztatási adatbázist a \"Felhasználók bejelentkezésének kezelése\" párbeszédpanelen." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." -msgstr "Adja meg a kiszolgáló URL-címét." +msgstr "Adja meg a kiszolgáló URI-címét." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ #. %s is the name of the section being customised. #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" -msgstr "Kapcsolók - %s" +msgstr "Beállítások - %s" #. Delete the chosen domain #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 @@ -611,8 +611,8 @@ "This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" "Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép jelenleg LDAP identitásszolgáltatótól olvassa be a felhasználói adatbázist.\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy az SSSD felhasználói adatbázisát tudja használni, előbb kapcsolja ki az LDAP felhasználói adatbázisát az \"LDAP- és Kerberos-kliens\" párbeszédpanelről." +"Ez a számítógép jelenleg LDAP-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa be a felhasználói adatbázist.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy az SSSD felhasználói adatbázisát tudja használni, előbb kapcsolja ki az LDAP felhasználói adatbázisát az \"LDAP- és Kerberos-kliens\" párbeszédpanelen." #. Enable/disable NSS group database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 @@ -620,8 +620,8 @@ "This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" "Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép jelenleg LDAP identitásszolgáltatótól olvassa be a csoportadatbázist.\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy az SSSD csoportadatbázisát tudja használni, előbb kapcsolja ki az LDAP csoportadatbázisát az \"LDAP- és Kerberos-kliens\" párbeszédpanelről." +"Ez a számítógép jelenleg LDAP-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa be a csoportadatbázist.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy az SSSD csoportadatbázisát tudja használni, előbb kapcsolja ki az LDAP csoportadatbázisát az \"LDAP- és Kerberos-kliens\" párbeszédpanelen." #. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 @@ -629,8 +629,8 @@ "This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" "Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép jelenleg LDAP identitásszolgáltatótól olvassa be a sudoers adatbázist.\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy az SSSD sudoers adatbázisát tudja használni, előbb kapcsolja ki az LDAP sudoers adatbázisát az \"LDAP- és Kerberos-kliens\" párbeszédpanelről." +"Ez a számítógép jelenleg LDAP-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa be a sudoers adatbázist.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy az SSSD sudoers adatbázisát tudja használni, előbb kapcsolja ki az LDAP sudoers adatbázisát az \"LDAP- és Kerberos-kliens\" párbeszédpanelen." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" @@ -646,8 +646,8 @@ "This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" "Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Ez a számítógép jelenleg LDAP identitásszolgáltatótól olvassa be az automatikus csatlakoztatási adatbázist.\n" -"Ahhoz, hogy az SSSD automatikus csatlakoztatási adatbázisát tudja használni, előbb kapcsolja ki az LDAP automatikus csatlakoztatási adatbázisát az \"LDAP- és Kerberos-kliens\" párbeszédpanelről." +"Ez a számítógép jelenleg LDAP-identitásszolgáltatóból olvassa be az automatikus csatlakoztatási adatbázist.\n" +"Ahhoz, hogy az SSSD automatikus csatlakoztatási adatbázisát tudja használni, előbb kapcsolja ki az LDAP automatikus csatlakoztatási adatbázisát az \"LDAP- és Kerberos-kliens\" párbeszédpanelen." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/autoinst.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/autoinst.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/autoinst.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:27 UTC (rev 95944) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,17 +15,12 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 -msgid "" -"Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" -"may be overridden by Chef later.\n" -"Continue configuration with YaST?" -msgstr "" -"A Chef-ügyfél éppen fut. A végrehajtott változtatásokat\n" -"a Chef esetleg később felülírhatja.\n" -"Folytatja a beállítást a YaST használatával?" +#. progress step title +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 +msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." +msgstr "Az automatikus telepítési parancsfájlok végrehajtása folyik a telepítési környezetben..." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/bootloader.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/bootloader.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/bootloader.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:27 UTC (rev 95944) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -310,7 +310,10 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Termináldefiníció \n" -"Meghatározza a használni kívánt terminál típusát. Soros terminál (például soros konzol) esetén a <code>serial</code> lehetőséget kell megadnia. A <code>console</code> is megadható a parancsnak mint <code>serial console</code>. Ebben az esetben az a terminál kerül kiválasztásra GRUB terminálként, amelyben leüt egy billentyűt." +"Meghatározza a használni kívánt terminál típusát. Soros terminál (például soros konzol) \n" +"esetén a <code>serial</code> lehetőséget kell megadnia. A <code>console</code> is megadható a \n" +"parancsnak mint <code>serial console</code>. Ebben az esetben az a terminál kerül \n" +"kiválasztásra GRUB terminálként, amelyben leüt egy billentyűt." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" @@ -339,7 +342,7 @@ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" -"A rendszertöltő &védelme jelszóval \n" +"A rendszertöltő védelme jelszóval \n" "A rendszerindító menü eléréséhez szükséges jelszót adja meg. A YaST csak akkor fogadja el a jelszót,\n" "ha megismétli azt A jelszó megismétlése mezőben." @@ -1571,7 +1574,9 @@ msgid "" "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" -msgstr "A Kezdeti memóriaeszköz, ha nem üres, megadja a használandó kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt ki.\n" +msgstr "" +"A Kezdeti memóriaeszköz, ha nem üres, megadja a használandó kezdeti memóriaeszközt. Adja meg \n" +"közvetlenül, az elérési úttal együtt a használandó fájlnevet, vagy a Tallózás gomb segítségével válassza azt ki.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." @@ -1593,7 +1598,9 @@ msgid "" "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" -msgstr "A Blokkeltolás láncolt töltéshez segítségével megadható a rendszerindításhoz használandó blokkok listája. A legtöbb esetben itt a <code>+1</code> értéket kell megadni. A blokklista-jelölés részleteiért tekintse meg a GRUB dokumentációját.\n" +msgstr "" +"A Blokkeltolás láncolt töltéshez segítségével megadható a rendszerindításhoz használandó blokkok listája. A legtöbb \n" +"esetben itt a <code>+1</code> értéket kell megadni. A blokklista-jelölés részleteiért tekintse meg a GRUB dokumentációját.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/journalctl.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/journalctl.hu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/journalctl.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:27 UTC (rev 95944) @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# @TITLE@ +# Copyright (C) 2006, SUSE Linux GmbH, Nuremberg +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# This file is distributed under the same license as @PACKAGE@ package. FIRST +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-10-18 09:42+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Marcel Hilzinger <hili(a)suselinux.hu>\n" +"Language-Team: Hungarian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +# clients/lan_nfs_client.ycp:32 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Nincs bejegyzés." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Utótag módosítása" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Frissítés" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Braille-kijelző" + +# clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:316 +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Nincs bejegyzés" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Szűrők:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioritás" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Nincs további információ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Szűrés fájl alapján" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Idő" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Forrás" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Üzenet" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/snapper.hu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/snapper.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hu/po/snapper.hu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:27 UTC (rev 95944) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -350,11 +350,12 @@ "Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Pillanatkép beállítása</big>\n" +"<big>Pillanatkép beállítása</big>\n" "A táblázat a gyökér fájlrendszerek pillanatképeinek listáját tartalmazza. Háromféle\n" "pillanatkép létezik: egyszeri, pre and post. Az egyszeri\n" "pillanatképeket a fájlrendszer egy adott pillanatának, míg az Előtte és utána pedig egy bizonyos művelet elvégzése előtti és utáni állapot mentésére szolgál. Az Előtte és utána típusú pillanatképek párosítva jelennek meg a táblázatban.\n" -"Válasszon ki egy pillanatképet vagy egy pillanatkép párt, majd kattintson a Változások megjelenítése lehetőségre a pillanatképben található fájlrendszer-különbségek megtekintése.\n" +"Válasszon ki egy pillanatképet vagy egy pillanatkép párt, majd kattintson a Változások megjelenítése lehetőségre a pillanatképben \n" +"található fájlrendszer-különbségek megtekintése.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 @@ -461,7 +462,7 @@ #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "A megadott 'Pre' pillanatkép nem található. " +msgstr "A megadott 'Pre' pillanatkép nem található." #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95943 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:26 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95943 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/journalctl.hr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/kernel-update-tool.hr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/linux-user-mgmt.hr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/migration.hr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/s390.hr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/smt.hr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/xpram.hr.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/journalctl.hr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/journalctl.hr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/journalctl.hr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@) +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&Države" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "&Promjeni..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Osvježi" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Odgovarajući rezultat nije pronađen" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filteri:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "Datotečni sustav" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioritet" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Nema dodatnih informacija" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtriraj po datoteci" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Datotečni sustav" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Vrijeme" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Izvor" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Poruke" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/kernel-update-tool.hr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/kernel-update-tool.hr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/kernel-update-tool.hr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@) +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Upozorenje" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Prekini dogradnju kernela?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Alternativna lokacija za skidanje" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Dnevnik statusa dogradnje kernela" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/linux-user-mgmt.hr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/linux-user-mgmt.hr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/linux-user-mgmt.hr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) @@ -0,0 +1,700 @@ +# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@) +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Tražim eDirectory stabla" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Ovo bi moglo potrajati" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 je neispravno jedinstveno ime. Ime mora biti potpuno (tj. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Inicijalizacija upravljanja Linux korisnicima" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Čitaj bazu podataka" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Provjeravam zavisnosti" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Čitam bazu podataka..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Završeno" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Čini se da je %1 već postavljen. \n" +"Da li želite nastaviti s postavkama?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Ne mogu čitati database1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Spremam postavke Linux upravitelja korisnicima" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Pokreni SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Pokrećem SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Molimo pričekajte" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while..." +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "Ovo bi moglo potrajati..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "SuSEconfig skripta nije uspjela." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "Ime LDAP administratora s kontekstom: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "IP adresa LDAP poslužitelja: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "Broj LDAP porta: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "Sigurni LDAP port: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Linux/Unix kontekst postavki: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "Kontekst LUM radne stanice: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "Ime proxy korisnika s kontekstom: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "PAM omogućeni servisi mogu dozvoliti autentifikaciju preko eDirectory-a:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "login: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Lokalno računalo" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 LDAP postavke poslužitelja" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Lokalni ili udaljeni direktorijski poslužitelj" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&Lokalni sustav" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "&Udaljeni sustav" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Adresa direktorijskog poslužitelja" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Administratorsko ime s kontekstom (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Nije obvezno za radnu površinu." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Administratorska šifra. Nije obvezna za radnu površinu." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Detalji porta" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 je neispravna LDAP sintaksa. Ime mora korisiti zareze kao graničnike (tj. cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "Istek vremena za LDAP sigurno vezanje" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP port" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP sigurni port" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Prva i druga verzija\n" +"lozinke su različite!\n" +"Molimo pokušajte ponovno." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Lozinka može sadržavati samo slijedeće\n" +"znakove:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z i bilo što od \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Molimo pokušajte ponovno." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Ne možete imati prazno ime stabla" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Ime stabla ne može biti duže od 32 znaka" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Ime stabla ne može biti između kosih crta (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Ispravni brojevi portova su između 0 i 65536.\n" +"Molimo pokušaje ponovno." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "Port %1 je u upotrebi, svejedno koristiti?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ništa" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "Kontejner 'o=security' e rezerviran i ne može se korisiti kao jedinstveno ime" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 ne određuje puno ime iz korijena stabla." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "Kontejner 'o=security' je rezerviran i ne može se korisiti u kontekstu" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 je neispravan kontekst" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Provjeravam preporuke korisnika" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Molimo pričekajte..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Unesite IP adresu postojećeg poslužitelja." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 nije ispravno ime putanje" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 nije ispravno apsolutno ime putanje" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Postavke upravitelja Linux korisnicima" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Postavke upravitelja Linux korisnicima" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Upravljanje Linux korisnicima" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Broj" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Upravljanje Linux korisnicima" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Spremam postavke Linux upravitelja korisnicima" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Linux/Unix kontekst postavki" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Administratorsko ime s kontekstom (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Nije obvezno za radnu površinu." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "Ime proxy korisnika s kontekstom (tj. cn=proxy.o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(po izboru)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Lozinka proxy korisnika" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 je neispravna LDAP sintaksa. Ime mora korisiti zareze kao graničnike (tj. ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 je neispravna LDAP sintaksa. Ime mora korisiti zareze kao graničnike (tj. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Odaberite PAM omogućene servise koje želite dozvoliti" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "autentifikacija preko eDirectory-a" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Označi &sve" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "&Odznači sve" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&login" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-s&creensaver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Pokretanje postavki upravljanja Linux korisnicima</big> \n" +"Molim pričekajte... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Prekidam inicijalizaciju:</big> \n" +"Možete sigurno prekinuti alat za postavke pritiskom na Prekini.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Pohranjujem postavke upravljanja Linux korisnicima</big> \n" +"Molim pričekajte... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Prekidam pohranu:</big> \n" +"Pohranu možete prekinuti pritiskom na Prekini.\n" +"Dodatni okvir će vas obavijestiti da li je to sigurno.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Postavke upravitelja Linux korisnicima" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Upravitelj Linux korisnicima mora biti podešen." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Upravljanje Linux korisnicima" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&Upravljanje Linux korisnicima" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inicijaliziram..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/migration.hr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/migration.hr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/migration.hr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@) +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Detalji premještanja" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Ponovno pokreni" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Završi će zatvoriti YaST instalaciju i nastaviti\n" +"na prozor za prijavu.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Nije uspjelo stvaranje nove mape." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Sažetak postavki" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Sažetak postavki" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Detalji premještanja" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Da biste koristili postavke onako kao su prikazane, pritisnite Dalje.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/s390.hr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/s390.hr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/s390.hr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) @@ -0,0 +1,2059 @@ +# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@) +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Postavke DASD-a" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Niti jedan DASD disk nije pronađen" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of ftp server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Postavke ftp poslužitelja" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring general settings..." +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Podešavam opće postavke..." + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Postavke pošte" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Otkrivam dostupne kontrolere" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "S/390 postavke kontrolera diskova" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Podesi &DASD diskove" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Podesi &ZFCP diskove" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inicijaliziram..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "CASA podešavanja" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "zFCP diskovi nisu postavljeni" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Aktiviraj" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Deaktiviraj" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use DIAG" +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "Koristi DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Formatiraj" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Format" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Format" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Parallel Port Details..." +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "&Detalji paralelnog priključka..." + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Niti jedan disk nije odabran." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device is unformatted. Format device?" +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "Uređaj nije formatiran. Želite li ga formatirati?" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Disk %1 nije aktivan." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Disk %1 nije dostupan za pisanje." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Upravljanje DASD diskovima" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Format" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "Koristi DIAG" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Uređaj" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Vrsta" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Vrsta pristupa" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Formatiran" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Informacije o particiji" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimum &UID" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Minimalni &UID" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Maximum Mail Size" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Maksimalna veličina pošte" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Izvedi instalaciju" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Označ&i sve" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "S&kini sve oznake" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "Neispravno ime datoteke." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Dodaj novi DASD disk" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Kanal" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Formatiraj disk" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "Koristi &DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the DHCP server configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Napustiti postavke DHCP poslužitelja bez spremanja?\n" +"Sve izmjene biti će izgubljene" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Unesite TV kanal." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The target already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "Meta već postoji." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Pokrećem reipl postavke</big> \n" +"Molimo pričekajte... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Prekinuti inicijalizaciju:</big> \n" +"Slobodno prekinite konfiguraciju pritiskom na Prekinuti sad." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Postavke NFS poslužitelja</big> \n" +"" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Prekinuti pohranu:</big> \n" +"Prekinuti pohranu postavki možete pritiskom na Prekinuti.\n" +"Dodtni okvir će vas obavijestiti da je ta radnja bezopasna.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>TV Station Configuration</big>\n" +#| "Here, see the list of TV stations defined for your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>Postavke TV postaja</big>\n" +"Ovdje možete vidjeti listu TV postaja definiranih na vašem sustavu." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Da biste postavili više toga, kliknite na Napredne postavke." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Za dodavanje nove opcije, klikni . Za uklanjanje\n" +"opcije, odaberi ju i klikni Obriši." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Postavke kontrolera" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create image file" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Napravi datoteku sa slikom" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select a device." +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "Odaberite uređaj." + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>Korisnici</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Korisnici</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Korisnici</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>s390 reIPL postavke</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Da biste promijenili URL, kliknite na gumb Promijeni...." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>ISO slike</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Da" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Ne" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS korisnici" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Grupa" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable TLS" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "Omogući TLS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Autorizacija" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ime" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Članovi grupe" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS korisnici" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Obriši" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Grupe paketa" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "Odabir" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Region" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Regija" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Datoteka" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "&Razgledaj" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Auditd" +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "&Auditd" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Prijava" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Putanja kućnog direktorija" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Ljuska" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Postavke za zonu" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Zaporka" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "&Potvrdi lozinku" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Kućni direktorij" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "&Pretraži" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Ko&risničko ime" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Last Password Change: %1" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Zadnja promjena lozinke: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "&Dodatne grupe" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Članovi" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Označi ili odznači sve" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create" +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "Napravi" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS grupe" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Članovi" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Ljuska" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Lozinke se ne podudaraju.\n" +"Pokušajte ponovno." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Unešeni URL nije ispravan." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home directory of the user" +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Kućni direktorij korisnika" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Učitavanje postavki nije uspjelo." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Podesi opće postavke" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Novi sistemski korisnik" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Autorizacija korisnika" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The secondary name server is invalid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Sekundarni poslužitelj imena nije ispravan." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The domain name is invalid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Naziv domene nije ispravan." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Samo 1 od 2 parametra je dozvoljen." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Ime stabla ne može biti duže od 32 znaka" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Status" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Status" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Dozvoljeni servisi" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Želite li zaista napustiti postavake bez pohranjivanja ?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Unešeni URL nije ispravan." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Unešene adrese nisu ispravne." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Domena je promjenjena.\n" +"Morate ponovno pokrenuti sustav da bi izmjene imale efekta." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Samo 2 parametra su dozvoljena." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Osnovne postavke" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration of the Repository \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" +"Postavke repozitorija \n" +"\n" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Nemoj pokrenut&i IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start NTP Daemon" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Pokreni NTP daemon-a" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Akcija" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minuta" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Disk Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Disk" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Nije moguće napraviti particiju na %1." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Nije moguće napraviti particiju na %1." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Podešeni ZFCP diskovi" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the DHCP server configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Napustiti postavke DHCP poslužitelja bez spremanja?\n" +"Sve izmjene biti će izgubljene" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Dodaj novi ZFCP disk" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "WWPN" +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Unešeni WWPN nije ispravan." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Unešeni WWPN nije ispravan." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Postavke FTP poslužitelja</big> \n" +"" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Postavke FTP poslužitelja</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Configure SLP server here. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Postavke SLP poslužitelja</big> \n" +"Molim pričekajte... \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Da biste postavili više toga, kliknite na Napredne postavke." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Za dodavanje nove opcije, klikni . Za uklanjanje\n" +"opcije, odaberi ju i klikni Obriši." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Upozorenje</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Izvršavam mkinitrd..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Čitam podešene DASD diskove" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs nije montiran." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: Ne mogu aktivirati ZFCP disk." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: device is not a DASD" +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: uređaj nije DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not load module" +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: ne mogu učitati modul" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD" +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1: Nije uspjelo aktiviranje DASD-a" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "%1: DASD nije formatiran" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: Nepoznata greška %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1 as %2" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Formatiram %1 kao %2" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Formatiranje disk nije uspjelo. Izlazni kod: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Formatiram %1: cilindar %2 od %3 gotov" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Provjeravam pakete..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Podesi &DASD diskove" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Podešeni ZFCP diskovi" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Provjeravam pakete..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Provjeravam pakete..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Završeno" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Image" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Radim sliku" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Image" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "Radim sliku" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid port number." +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Neispravan broj priključka." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting supported TV norms..." +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Pretražujem podržane TV norme..." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Nedostaje parametar '%1'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "Vrsta pristupa" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start device %1." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Ne mogu pokrenuti uređaj %1." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Učitavam postavke" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Provjeri fstab unose" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Provjeri fstab unose" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Illegal parameters:" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Nelegalni parametri:" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Provjeravam fstab zapise..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Provjeravam fstab zapise..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading general settings..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Učitavam opće postavke..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Spremam IrDA postavke" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Zapiši IRC postavke" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Zapiši IRC postavke" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit group mail parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Uredi parametre grupe" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem IRC postavke..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem IRC postavke..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing general settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Zapisujem opće postavke..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Pohranjujem postavke Samba poslužitelja" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Učitaj datoteku s postavkama" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read DNS server settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Učitaj postavke DNS poslužitelja" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Čitam datoteku s postavkama..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Čitam proizvoljne postavke..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Pohranjujem postavke Samba poslužitelja" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Zapiši postavke" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Postavke nadogradnje" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving system settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Spremam postavke sustava..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Učitavam postavke" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Provjeravam zavisnosti" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Čitam postavke..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Provjeravam pakete..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Čitam postavke..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Spremam kdump postavke" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Ponovno pokretanje servisa" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem servis..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Čitam podešene DASD diskove" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: WWPN nije ispravan." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: Ne mogu aktivirati ZFCP disk." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: Ne mogu aktivirati ZFCP disk." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: SCSI disk se ne može deaktivirati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: SCSI disk se ne može deaktivirati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: SCSI disk se ne može deaktivirati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "Usluga %1 ne postoji." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: Modul zfcp se ne može učitati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: Modul zfcp se ne može učitati." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/smt.hr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/smt.hr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/smt.hr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) @@ -0,0 +1,1681 @@ +# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@) +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Nije ni jedno korisničko sučelje raspoloživo za ovaj modul" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating summary..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Stvaram sažetak..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create zone %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Ne mogu stvoriti zonu %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Provjeravam fstab zapise..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid values." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Neispravne vrijednosti." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Uspjeh" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Registracija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Način sinkronizacije" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of printer" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Postavke pisača" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Queue Name" +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "Red nema naziva" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Preporučeno" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Proizvoljno" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sigurnost" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Packages to Update: %1" +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "Paketi za dograditi: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Status sigurnosti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended packages" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Preporučeni paketi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Nedjelja" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Ponedjeljak" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Utorak" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Srijeda" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Četvrtak" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Petak" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Subota" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Postavke Novell korisničkog centra" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom Size" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Proizvoljna veličina" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Registracijski kod" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "&Skini" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Korisnik" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Zaporka" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Testiraj" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "SMT poslužitelj" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Path" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "Putanja baze podataka" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Confirm Password" +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "Potvrdi lozinku" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List of local groups" +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Lista lokalnih grupa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Naredbe koje treba pokrenuti" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frekvencija" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Da&n u tjednu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Dan u mjesecu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Sat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minuta" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "&Dodaj..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Uredi..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Sve" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "&Naziv repozitorija:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Category" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Kategorija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Naziv paketa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Verzija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategorija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Testiram" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Proizvod" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Sažetak" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&Detalji zakrpe <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "&Promijeni status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Primijeni &status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Stavke isključene iz pretrage" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "Omo&gući" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Onemogući" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create RAID..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Napravi RAID..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ime" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Meta" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Greška" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Opis" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "&Promijeni status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Status" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Naziv računala" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Pokrećem FTP postavke" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Učitaj postavke" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Čitaj status daemon-a" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Učitaj postavke vatrozida" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Učitaj sudo postavke" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Učitavam postavke..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Čitam status daemon-a..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Učitavam postavke vatrozida..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Čitam proizvoljne postavke..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registracija" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "&Korisnički centar" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Upozorenje" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Da, koristi" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Odustani" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Nadogradi postavke" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Nadogradi postavke" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create certificates." +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Napravi certifikate." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Postavke DNS poslužitelja" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Podesi DNS servis" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Spremi postavke vatrozida" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Zapiši postavke proxy-a" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove Repositories" +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Ukloni repozitorije" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Način sinkronizacije" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Prilagođavam postavke..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Prilagođavam postavke..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking already installed scanners..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Provjeravam već instalirane skenere..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Spremam postavke NFS Poslužitelja..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Podešavam DNS servis..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Spremam postavke vatrozida..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem postavke proxy-a..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configured repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Učitavam podešene repozitorije..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Način sinkronizacije" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Zapisujem NFS postavke" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "&Zapiši promjene odmah" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the rules" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Spremi pravila" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the rules..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Zapisujem pravila..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Prva i druga verzija\n" +"lozinke se ne podudaraju.\n" +"Molimo pokušajte ponovno." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "URM SMT poslužitelja mora počinjati s https://" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Korisničko ime ne smije biti prazno." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Lozinka mora biti popunjena." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Detalji" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Rezultati testa:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Rezultati testa:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Getting list\n" +#| "of available kernel modules..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" +"Dohvaćam listu\n" +"dostupnih modula jezgre..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Nepoznato" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filter: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "Filter" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch Selector" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Odabir zakrpa" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Učitavam pakete raspoložive iz repozitorija..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no options for this module" +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Ne postoje izbori za ovaj modul" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Naziv proizvoda: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Izvor nepoznat." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Nepoznata klasa:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Nikada" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Ne mogu učitati bazu podataka birača kanala." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "&Lozinka" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Lozinka" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Lozinke nisu jednake." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adding repository..." +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Dodajem repozitorij..." + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the installation source." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Dogodila se greška prilikom stvaranja instalacijskog izvora." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "&E-mail" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "Preko &e-maila" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "'%1' je neispravna mrežna maska." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Ne mogu učitati trenutno SSHD stanje." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to initialize the software repository." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Inicijalizacija repozitorija nije uspjela." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing repository " +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Isprobavam repozitorij " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Napredak" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Zaustavi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Upgrade" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Prekidam dogradnju" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to save the current set of profile changes and exit?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Da li ste sigurni da želite sačuvati profile i izaći?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort Confirmation" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "Potvrda prekida" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Nastavi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Učitavam..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Završeno" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Naredba: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "critical" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "kritično" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Mjesečno" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "Korisnički određeno" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Tjedno" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Dnevno" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 sat" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 minuta" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Sve" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Sat" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minuta" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frekvencija" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Naredbe koje treba pokrenuti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Vrijeme za početak izrade sigurnosne kopije" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Da&n u tjednu" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Dan u mjesecu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Želite li zaista izaći ?\n" +"Sve promjene biti će izgubljene." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"Za dodavanje mrežne deklaracije,\n" +"pritisnuti Podmreža." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" +#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configuration. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Pregled repozitorija</big> \n" +"Pruža pregled postavljenih repozitorija. Dodatno\n" +"se mogu uređivati njihove postavke. \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Korisnički centar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Path" +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Putanja baze podataka" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Repozitoriji" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Trenutni status" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "YaST modul za postavke %1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Postavke poslužitelja pošte" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SATA Power Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "SATA upravljanje energijom" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device configured in the control file does not\n" +#| "exist on this system." +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" +"Uređaj konfiguriran u kontrolnoj datoteci ne postoji\n" +"na ovom sustavu." + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Baza podataka o zvučnim karticama nije pronađena. Molimo vas da provjerite instalaciju." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Konfiguracijske skripte neuspješne." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati postavke." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Ponovno učitavam uslugu %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "&Certifikat poslužitelja" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&Upravljanje Linux korisnicima" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Preskoči" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Ne mogu obrisati servis. Nije instaliran." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP password required." +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Potrebna je LDAP lozinka." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Unesite korisničku lozinku." + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Ne mogu zapisati %1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&Ponovno pokušati" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Ne mogu čitati database1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Stvaranje slike nije uspjelo." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "root Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Lozinka korisnika root" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Password Expiration" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "Lozinka ne zastarijeva" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Postavi lozinku." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Podešavanje mreže nije uspjelo" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Ne mogu učitati bazu podataka birača kanala." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Unesite korisničku lozinku." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/xpram.hr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/xpram.hr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hr/po/xpram.hr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:26 UTC (rev 95943) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Croatian message file for YaST2 (@memory@) +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>, 2001 +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:22+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Vlatko Kosturjak <kost(a)iname.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Postavke XPRAM-a" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Omogući XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Onemogući XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Promijeni XPRAM postavke" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Točka montiranja" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM postavke" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Ovdje podešavateXPRAMza vaše računalo." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Ovaj alat trenutačno podržava samo pridruživanje cijelog XPRAM-a na jednu particiju. Da biste mogli imati više particija, pogledajte u \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" za Linux kernel 2.6 - travanj 2004.U tom slučaju isključite XPRAM u ovom modulu." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Odaberite ispravnu točku montiranja za Točka montiranja." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Nadalje, izaberite datotečni sustav za ovaj uređaj." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Nemoj pokrenu&ti XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Pokreni XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Instaliraj datotečni sustav ili swap iako XPRAM sadrži ispravne podatke" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Točka montiranja" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&Točka montiranja" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Datotečni sustav" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "Datotečni sustav za kor&ištenje" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Pohranjujem XPRAM postavke" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Sačuvaj postavke" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Ponovno pokretanje servisa" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem postavke..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Ponovno pokrećem servis..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Završeno" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Dogodila se pogreška kod zaustavljanja xpram-a. Pokušajte ručno izvršiti \"rcxpram stop\"" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Dogodila se pogreška kod pokretanja xpram-a. Pokušajte ručno izvršiti \"rcxpram start\"."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95942 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:24 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95942 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/journalctl.hi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/kernel-update-tool.hi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/linux-user-mgmt.hi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/migration.hi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/s390.hi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/smt.hi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/xpram.hi.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/journalctl.hi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/journalctl.hi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/journalctl.hi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:24 UTC (rev 95942) @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&देशों" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "प्रत्यय बदलें" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "ताजा करो" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Braille डिस्पले" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "कोई भरती नहीं मिली" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "छलनी(&F)" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "वरीयता" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "टाइम" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "स्रोत" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "संदेश " Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/kernel-update-tool.hi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/kernel-update-tool.hi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/kernel-update-tool.hi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:24 UTC (rev 95942) @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावनी" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "केर्नल उन्नति विफलन करें ?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "उल्टा डाउणलोड स्थान" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "केर्नल अपडेट स्थिति लोग" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/linux-user-mgmt.hi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/linux-user-mgmt.hi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/linux-user-mgmt.hi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:24 UTC (rev 95942) @@ -0,0 +1,738 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "eडायरेक्ट्रीज़ की तलाश" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "इसमें कुछ समय लग सकता है" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 एक अमान्य पूर्णत: विशिष्ट नाम है। नाम को टाइप करने योग्य होना चाहिए (उदाहरर्णाथ cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "लीनेक्स उपयोक्ता प्रबंधन का प्रारंभीकीकरण करना" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "डाटाबेस पढो" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "निर्भरताऐं जाँच रहा है..." + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "डाटाबेस पढ रहा हैं ..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"ऐसा जान पड़ता है कि %1 को पहले ही कन्फिगर किया जा चुका है। \n" +"कन्फिगरेशन जारी रखें?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "लीनेक्स उपयोक्ता प्रबंधन को सेव करना" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEconfig चलिए" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEconfig चल रहा हैं..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "कृपया प्रतीक्षा करें" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "LUM के लिए नाम विन्यास को रन करना, इसमें एक क्षण लग सकता है...." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"LDAP सर्वर %1 से जुड़ने में असमर्थ या\n" +"उल्लिखित उपयोगकर्ता %2 के पास लाइनेक्स यूज़र मैनेजमेंट\n" +"को कन्फिगर करने के लिए पर्याप्त सुविधाएं नहीं हैं।\n" +"कृपया समस्या को सही करें और संस्थापित करने के बाद namconfig को\n" +" फिर से चलाएं।" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "SuSEconfig स्क्रिप्ट फेल हो गया।" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "संदर्भ सहित LDAP प्रशासक नाम : %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "LDAP परिसेवक IP पताः %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "LDAP पोर्ट संख्या: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "LDAP सुरक्षित पोर्ट: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Linux/Unix कन्फिग संदर्भ : %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "LUM वर्कस्टेशन संदर्भ : %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr " संदर्भ सहित प्रॉक्सी उपयोगकर्ता नाम : %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "ईनिर्देशिका के द्वारा प्रमाणीकरण की अनुमति देने वाली PAM-सक्षम सेवाएं :" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "लॉगइन: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "होस्ट: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "होस्ट: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "परिणाम : %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "पीर्स: %1 " + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rलॉगिन: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "माध्यम: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "मोड: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "माध्यम: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-स्क्रीन सेवर:%1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "स्थानीय आतिथय" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 LDAP परिसेवक विन्यास" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "स्थानीय अथवा सुदूर डायरेक्ट्री परिसेवक" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "स्थानीय सिस्टम(&L)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "सुदूर सिस्टम (&R)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "डायरेक्ट्री परिसेवक पता" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "संदर्भ सहित प्रशासक नाम (यानी cn=admin,o=novell)। डेस्कटॉप के लिए वैकल्पिक।" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "प्रशासक पासवर्ड। डेस्कटॉप के लिए वैकल्पिक।" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "पोर्ट विवरण" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 एक अमान्य LDAP सिंटैक्स है। नाम में अलग करने के लिए कॉमा का प्रयोग जरूर होना चाहिए (उदाहरणार्थ cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"एक सुरक्षित LDAP बंधन को करने के प्रयास को 2 मिनट में उत्तर नहीं मिला\n" +"यह लक्षित सर्वर पर LDAP एक समस्या की ओर संकेत हो सकता है।\n" +"अगर आपको पूरा यकीन है कि आपके परिचयपत्र सही हैं तो आप जारी रख सकते हैं,\n" +"अन्यथा कृपा कर यह निर्धारित करें कि LDAP लक्षित सिस्टम पर ठीक से चल रहा है\n" +"क्या आप जारी रखना चाहते हैं?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "LDAP सुरक्षित बंधन का समय समाप्त हुआ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"निम्नलिखित मानकों का प्रयोग करके LDAP के जरिए प्रमाणीकरण नहीं किया जा सका :\n" +" उपयोगकर्ता नाम : \t%1\n" +" पता :\t\t%2\n" +" पोर्ट : \t%3\n" +" \n" +" यह इस बात का संकेत हो सकता है कि मानकों में से एक में त्रुटि है।\n" +" फिर भी, अगर ईनिर्देशिका सर्वर पर LDAP सक्षम नहीं है\n" +" या उपरोक्त पोर्ट के अलावा किसी अलग पोर्ट पर सुनने के लिए\n" +" कॉन्फिगर नहीं किया गया है, तो हमें प्रत्युत्तर नहीं मिलेगा।\n" +" \n" +" क्या आप जारी रखना और फिर भी इन मानकों का प्रयोग करना चाहते हैं?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP पोर्ट" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP सुरिक्षित पोर्ट" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"पासवर्ड के प्रथम और द्वितीय संस्करण\n" +"आपस में नहीं मिले!\n" +"कृपया फिर से कोशिश करें।" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"पासवर्ड में सिर्फ निम्नलिखित\n" +" वर्ण शामिल हो सकते हैं :\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, और \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\" में से कोई भी।\n" +"कृपया फिर से कोशिश करें।" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "स्व-हस्ताक्षरित प्रमाणपत्र से रूट प्रमाणपत्र स्टोर तक ट्री जोड़ने में अक्षम" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "रूट प्रमाणपत्र स्टोर के समूह स्वामी को www में बदलने में अक्षम" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "www लिखकर पहुंच बनाने के लिए रूट प्रमाणपत्र स्टोर पर सामूहिक अनुमतियां देने में अक्षम" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "एक रिक्त ट्री नाम नहीं हो सकता" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "ट्री नाम 32 वर्णों से अधिक लंबा नहीं हो सकता" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "ट्री नाम बैकस्लैश पर समाप्त नहीं हो सकता (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "ट्री नाम में सिर्फ निम्नलिखित वर्ण हो सकते हैं [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] और \"-\" or \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"मान्य पोर्ट संख्याएं 0 से 65536 तक हैं।\n" +"कृपया फिर से कोशिश करें।" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "पोर्ट %1 प्रयोग में है, फिर भी इसका प्रयोग करना चाहेंगे?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "कुछ नहीं" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr " कंटेनर 'o=security' आरक्षित है और एक पूर्णत: अलग नाम में इसका प्रयोग नहीं किया जा सकता" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 ने ट्री रूट से किसी पूर्ण नाम का उल्लेख नहीं किया।" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "कंटेनर 'o=security' आरक्षित है और इसका किसी संदर्भ में प्रयोग नहीं किया जा सकता है" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 एक अमान्य संदर्भ है" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता परिचयपत्र को प्रमाणित किया जा रहा है" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "कृपया इंतजार करें..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "मौजूद परिसेवक IP पता को प्रविष्टि करें।" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 एक मान्य पाथनाम नहीं है" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1एक मान्य निरपेक्ष पाथनाम नहीं है" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "लीनेक्स प्रयोक्ता प्रबंधन विन्यास" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "विन्यास होने वाले लीनेक्स प्रयोक्ता प्रबंधन" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "लीनेक्स प्रयोक्ता प्रबंधन ओवरव्यू" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "न०" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "लाइनेक्स उपयोगकर्ता प्रबंधन" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "लीनेक्स प्रयोक्ता प्रबंधन विन्यास" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr " Linux/Unix कन्फिग संदर्भ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr " LUM वर्कस्टेशन संदर्भ (उदाहरणार्थ o=novell)। डेस्कटॉप के लिए वैकल्पिक।" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "संदर्भ सहित प्रशासक नाम (उदाहरणार्थ cn=proxy,o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(वैकल्पिक)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "प्रतिनिधि प्रयोक्ता पासवर्ड" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 एक अमान्य LDAP सिंटैक्स है। नाम में अलग करने के लिए कॉमा का प्रयोग जरूर होना चाहिए (उदाहरणार्थ ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 एक अमान्य LDAP सिंटैक्स है। नाम में अलग करने के लिए कॉमा का प्रयोग जरूर होना चाहिए (उदाहरणार्थ cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "अनुमति देने वाली PAM-सक्षम सेवाएं चुनें" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "प्रमाणीकरण वाया eडायरेक्ट्री" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "सभी को अपचयन करें(&c)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "सबको निरस्त करे" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "लोगिन (&L)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "लोगिन (&L)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "आटो लागइन" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-पासवर्ड" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-स्क्रीन सेवर" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>लीनक्स उपयोगकर्ता प्रबंधन कॉन्फिगरेशन आरंभ कर रहा है</big> \n" +"कृपया प्रतीक्षा करें... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>आरम्भन विफल रहा है :</big> \n" +"अवविफल दबाकर समनुरुपण यूटिलिटी को सावधानी से विफल कर दें ?।\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"लीनेक्स उपयोक्ता प्रबंधन को सेव करना\n" +"\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>सेविगं विफल कर रहा है :</big> \n" +"विफल दबाकर सेव विधि को विफल करें ।\n" +"एक अन्य डायलग सूचित करता है कि क्या ये करना ठीक है ।\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>लीनक्स/यूनिक्स कंफिग कंटेक्स्ट</big> \n" +"वह ईडायरेक्टरी संदर्भ (मौजूदा या यहां पर सृजित) जहां लीनक्स/यूनिक्स\n" +"कंफिग वस्तु सृजित की जाएगी। LDAP LUM उपयोगकर्ता, LUM समूह,\n" +"और LUM वर्कस्टेशन वस्तुओं को खोजता है, इसलिए यह खोजी जाने वाली LUM वस्तुओं\n" +"की तुलना में उसी समान स्तर पर होनी चाहिए।\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big> LUM वर्कस्टेशन संदर्भ</big> \n" +"इस सर्वर के लिए संस्थापन के द्वारा सृजित की गई LUM वर्कस्टेशन वस्तुके लिए\n" +"ईडायरेक्टरी संदर्भ (मौजूदा या यहां पर सृजित) । यह संदर्भ वैसा ही होना चाहिए जैसा यह\n" +"या ऊपर निर्दिष्ट आधार संदर्भ के नीचे है।\n" +"" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>प्रॉक्सी उपयोगकर्ता नाम संदर्भ (वैकल्पिक) सहित</big> \n" +"एक उपयोगकर्ता (मौजूदा या यहां पर सृजित) LUM वस्तुओं के लिए LDAP ट्री को खोजनेके अधिकारों\n" +"सहित।\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>PAM-सक्षम सेवाएं</big> \n" +"इस सर्वर पर PAM-सक्षम सेवाएं जो प्रमाणिक LUM उपयोगकर्ताओं को\n" +"उपलब्ध होंगी।\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>स्थानीय या दूरस्थ डायरेक्टरी सर्वर</big> \n" +"आपके द्वारा कॉन्फिगर किए जा रहे सर्वर के आधार पर या तो स्थानीय सिस्टम या फिर दूरस्थ सिस्टम का चयन करें।\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>डायरेक्टरी सर्वर पता</big> \n" +"यह क्षेत्र तभी सक्रिय होगा जब आप दूरस्थ सिस्टम का चयन करेंगे। उस रिमोट सर्वर का आईपी पता प्रविष्ट करें जिसे आप कंफिगर करना चाहते हैं।\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>संदर्भ सहित प्रशासक का नाम</big> \n" +"LDAP प्रशासक नाम औ संदर्भ प्रविष्ट करें। यह LDAP के प्रशासकीय अधिकारों वाले उपयोगकर्ता वस्तु का विशिष्ट नाम है।उदाहरणार्थ : cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>प्रशासक पासवर्ड</big> \n" +"LDAP प्रशासक पासवर्ड प्रविष्ट करें। यह LDAP प्रशासक के रूप में निर्दिष्ट उपयोगकर्ता का पासवर्ड है।\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>पोर्ट विवरण</big> \n" +"इस सर्वर द्वारा अन्य सर्वरों के साथ संचार करने के लिए उपयोग किए जाने वाली LDAP पोर्ट संख्या को सुरक्षित करने या LDAP पोर्ट संशोधित करने या देखने के लिए पोर्ट विवरणों पर क्लिक करें।डिफॉल्ट LDAP पोर्ट 389 है। डिफॉल्ट सुरक्षित LDAP पोर्ट 636 है।\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "लीनेक्स प्रयोक्ता प्रबंधन का विन्यास" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "लीनेक्स प्रयोक्ता प्रबंधन को विन्यासित होने की आवश्यकता है " + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "लीनेक्स प्रयोक्ता प्रबंधन " + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "लीनेक्स प्रयोक्ता प्रबंधन(&L)" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/migration.hi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/migration.hi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/migration.hi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:24 UTC (rev 95942) @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "माइग्रेशन विवरण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&रीस्टार्ट" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"खतमYast संस्थापन बन्द करने के बाद\n" +"लोगिन स्क्रीन पर चला जायेगा\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "समनुरुपण सार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "समनुरुपण सार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "यह फ्रेम अनुरोध के लिए सभी व्यवस्था का एक संक्षिप्त परिचय देता है जिसे साइन किया जाएगा।" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "माइग्रेशन विवरण" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"सेटिंग्स का, जिस रूप में उन्हें दर्शाया गया है उसी तरह, प्रयोग करने के लिए, अगला दबाएं।\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/s390.hi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/s390.hi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/s390.hi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:24 UTC (rev 95942) @@ -0,0 +1,2169 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "CASA का विन्यास" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No hard disks were detected" +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "कोई हार्ड डिस्क नहीं पाया गया" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Name" +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD नाम" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "मेल परिसेवक का विन्यासr" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "मेल परिसेवक का विन्यासr" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "मेल का समनुरूपण " + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "उपलब्ध नियंत्रकों को संसूचित करना" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Controller Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "डिस्क नियंतरण का विन्यास" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "&DASD समनुरुपित उपकरणः" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "&ZFCP डिस्कों को विन्यासित करें" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "शुरू कर रहा हैं ...." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "CASA का विन्यास" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No specific device configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "कोई विशिष्ट ड्राइव विन्यासित नहीं हुई है" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "क्रियाशील" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "अक्रियाशील" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "DIAG On सेट करें(&n)" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "DIAG On सेट करें(&n)" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&फॉर्मेट" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "फाइल फोरमाट " + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "फाइल फोरमाट " + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Parallel Port Details..." +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "समानांतर पोर्ट विवरण...(&P)" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zone is selected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "कोई क्षेत्र चयनित नहीं है." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "डायरेक्टरी %1 एक्सेस करने योग्य नहीं है।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "डायरेक्टरी %1 एक्सेस करने योग्य नहीं है।" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"इन डिस्कों को फार्मेट करने से उनके सभी डाटा को नष्ट कर देता है. \n" +"क्या आप वास्तव में निम्न डिस्कों को फार्मेट करना चाहते हैं? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CA Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "CA प्रबंधन" + +# msgid "DASD Disk Management" +# msgstr "होस्ट संचालन" +# msgid "Sel." +# msgstr "सियोल" +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "चैनल" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "फॉर्मेट" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "LDAP इस्तेमाल करें (&U)" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "युक्ति" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "प्रकार" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "एक्सेस प्रकार" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "फॉर्मेट" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "और जानकारी" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimum &UID" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "कम से कम UID(&U)" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Maximum Mail Size" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "अधिकतम मेल साइज" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "छलनी(&F)" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "अधिषठापन करें" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "सभी को चुने (&S)" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "सबको निरस्त करे (&D)" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "नया ZFCP डिस्क जोड़ें" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "चैनल (&C)" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "डिस्क को फार्मेट करें" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "LDAP इस्तेमाल करें (&U)" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost.\n" +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"वास्तव में बूट लोडर विन्यास को बिना सहेजे छोड़ दें?\n" +"सारे परिवर्तन नष्ट हो जाएंगे।\n" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "TV चैनल नाम भरती करें।" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "पहले से मौजूद हैं" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>DHCP सेवक समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं</big> \n" +"कृपया इंतजार करें..." + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>आरंभिकरण को रद्द किया जा रहा है :</big> \n" +"अब Abort को दबाकर कॉन्फिगरेशन यूटिलिटी को सुरक्षित ढंग से रद्द करें।" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>NFS सेवक समनुरूपण </big> \n" +"" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>सेविगं विफल कर रहा है</big> \n" +"विफल दबाकर सेव को विफल करें ।\n" +"एक अन्य डायलग बताएगा कि यो करना ठीक है या नहीं ।" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>विन्यासित DASD डिस्कस</big> \n" +"इस डायलॉग में DASD डिस्कों को अपने सिस्टम पर व्यवस्थित करें." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"उस डिस्क को जिसे आप प्रदर्शित करना चाहते हैं. फिल्टर\n" +" करने के लिए, न्यूनतम चैनल तथा अधिकतम चैनल को सेट करें\n" +"तथा फिल्टर पर क्लिक करें." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To create a new user, click Add.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"एक नया उपयोगकर्ता सृजित करने के लिए, क्लिक करें जोड़ें।\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "कोई विकल्प हटाने के लिए, उसे चुनकर मिटाएें क्लिक करें." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"सभी क्रियाएं मल्टीपल डिस्क पर एकबार में संपादित हो सकती है. उस डिस्कों को जिसपर\n" +"क्रिया संपादित होनी है. चयन करने के लिए, इच्छित डिस्क का चयन करें. तथा\n" +"चयन अथवा अचयनित पर क्लिक करें." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"चयनित डिस्कों पर किसी क्रिया को संपादित करने के लिए, क्रिया संपादन का उपयोग करें.\n" +"क्रिया तुरंत संपादित होगी!" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>नया DASD डिस्क जोड़ें</big> \n" +"जोड़े जाने वाले डिस्क के पहचानकर्ता को डालें. डिस्क को विनिर्दिष्ट करने के लिए,\n" +"DASD डिस्क के चैनल नंबर का उपयोग करें." + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"विनिर्दिष्ट करना यदि डिस्क फार्मेट की जाएगी,\n" +"फार्मेट डिस्क का उपयोग करें." + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" +#| "use Use DIAG." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"विनिर्दिष्ट करना यदि DIAG मोड उपयोग की जाएगी,\n" +"उपयोग DIAG का उपयोग करें." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Controller Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "डिस्क नियंतरण का विन्यास" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCSI Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "चित्र / उपकरण" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "आपको तालिका में एक उपकरण को चुनना है" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"डिस्क अब डम्प युक्तिया के तौर पर %1 फार्मेटेड होगी.\n" +"जारी रखना चाहते हैं?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>उपयोगकर्ता</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>शेयर्स</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr " एक नया पैटर्न सृजित करने के लिए नया का या मौजूदा पैटर्न को आयात करने के लिए आयातका प्रयोग करें।" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>उपयोगकर्ता</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big> " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>सम्बंध समनुरूपण</big> " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "हाँ" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "नहीं" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS उपयोगकर्ता" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable CASA" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "सीएएसए &समर्थ करें" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "सत्यापन" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाम" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "ग्रुप के सदस्य" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "NIS यूजर(&N)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "मिटाएँ (&D)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "बंडल समुह" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "चुनाव(&S)" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&पंजीकरण करें" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "फाइल (&F)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "ब्राउजं (&w)" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "लागइन" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "घर रास्ता " + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "शैल" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "जोन हेतु सेटिंग्ज़" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "पासवर्ड पुष्टि (&n)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "होम डायरक्टरी(&H)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "ब्राउज़..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता(&U)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Last Password Change: %1" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "अंतिम पासवर्ड बदलाव: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Local Groups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "लोकल ग्रुप" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Membership" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "सदस्यता" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&सभी का चयन या गैर-चयन करें" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "सृजित करें...." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "NIS ग्रुप" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Membership" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "सदस्यता" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "शैल" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"पासवर्ड एक जैसे नहीं है।\n" +"दुबारा कोशिश करें।" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "एक निर्देशिका का उल्लेख होना चाहिए।" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "व्यवस्थायें पढ़ने पर फेल हो गया।" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "सामान्य व्यवस्था विन्यास करें" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "नया सिस्टम यूजर" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "यूजर नाम या होम डायरक्टरी वैध नहीं है ।" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "ट्री नाम 32 वर्णों से अधिक लंबा नहीं हो सकता" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "स्थिति" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "स्थिति" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal Definition" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "कर्नेल अनुभाग" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "मान्य सेवाएँ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "बिना सेव करके सचमुच निर्गम करे ? " + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "स्रोत मान्य नहीं है।" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "भरती हुआ पता सही नहीं हैं।" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"डोमेन परिवर्तित हो गया है.\n" +"आप परिवर्तन प्रभावी होने के लिए." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 128 characters are allowed in report names." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "रिपोर्ट के नाम में सिर्फ 128 अक्षर मान्य ह।" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "मौलिक संरुपण" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "IrDA को स्टार्ट नहीं करें (&t)" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "डिटेक्शन प्रारंभ करें" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "क्रिया(&A)" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "मिनट (&M)" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dump Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "युक्ति(&D)" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "बगैर समरुप स्कैनर के चालक को मिटाना सभंव नहीं है।ीं है।" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "बगैर समरुप क्रियान्वित स्कैनर के बिना टेस्ट सभंव नहीं है।" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured Devices:" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "समनुरुपित उपकरणः" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&WWPN" +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN(&W)" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost.\n" +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"वास्तव में बूट लोडर विन्यास को बिना सहेजे छोड़ दें?\n" +"सारे परिवर्तन नष्ट हो जाएंगे।\n" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "नया ZFCP डिस्क जोड़ें" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN(&W)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "भरती की गई LDAP URL गलत है।" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "भरती की गई LDAP URL गलत है।" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>VPN समनुरूपण शुरू कर रहा हैं</big> \n" +"कृपया इंतजार करें... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP सेवक समनुरूपण </big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>विन्यासित ZFCP डिस्क</big> \n" +"इस डायलॉग में ZFCP डिस्क्स को अपने सिस्टम पर व्यवस्थित करें." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To create a new user, click Add.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"एक नया उपयोगकर्ता सृजित करने के लिए, क्लिक करें जोड़ें।\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "कोई विकल्प हटाने के लिए, उसे चुनकर मिटाएें क्लिक करें." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>चेतावनी</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" +"ZFCP युक्तिया पठन/लेखन को\n" +"अभिगम करते हुए, सुनिश्चित करें कि यह अभिगम अपवर्जी है.\n" +"नहीं तो डाटा विकृति का प्रबल खतरा है." + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>नया ZFCP डिस्क जोड़ें</big> \n" +"जोड़े जाने वाले डिस्क के पहचानकर्ता को डालें.\n" +"ZFCP नियंत्रक के चैनल नंबर विश्वव्यापी पोर्ट नंबर\n" +"(WWPN), तथा FCP-LUN नंबर डालें." + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"sysfs सदृश्य फार्मेट 0.0.lt;devno> में चैनल नंबर लोअर केस अक्षर में अवश्य डाला जाए\n" +"जैसे <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"WWPN अवश्य ही लोअर केस अक्षरों में डालें जाएं 16-डिजिट हैक्स मान के रूप में जैसे\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"LUN लोअर केस अक्षरों के साथ 16-डिजिट हैक्स मान के तौर पर\n" +"सभी ट्रेलिंग शून्य के साथ अवश्य डाला जाए जैसे <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "mkinitrd को क्रियान्वित कर रहा है..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "चैनल ID: %1, फार्मेट: %2, DIAG का उपयोग करें: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "चैनल ID: %1, फार्मेट: %2, DIAG का उपयोग करें: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "&DASD समनुरुपित उपकरणः" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs आरोहित नहीं." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1: <online> के लिए अमान्य स्थिति." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: <ccwid> के लिए कोई युक्तिया नहीं पाया गया." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not check the MD5 sum of the firmware." +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "फर्मवेयर का MD5 जोङ नहीं जाँच सका।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "इंटरफेस नहीं जोड़ सकते।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1 क्रियान्वित करने में फेल हो गया।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "फॉर्मेट &न करें" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown error" +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "अज्ञात त्रुटि" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating %1$s" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "%1$s सृजित कर रहा है" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "डिस्क फार्मेटिंग असफल. निकास कोड: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "फार्मेटिंग %1: सीलेंडर %3 का %2 संपन्न" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम की जांच की जा रही है..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "निर्भरताऐं जाँच रहा है..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "निर्भरताऐं जाँच रहा है..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "निर्भरताऐं जाँच रहा है..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr " पैकेज जाँज रहा हैं ... " + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCSI Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "चित्र / उपकरण" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add another dump device?" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "क्या अन्य डम्प युक्तिया जोड़ना है?" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "बंडल डाटाहेस बदल नाँच रहा है ।ये प्रोशेस कुछ समय ले सकता है । ।" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "एफस्टैब में अवैध अथवा अप्रचलित लाइनें" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "पेरामीटर %1 गायब हैं।" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "एक्सेस प्रकार" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "सपोर्ट कार्यकर्म से त्रुटि कोड: %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start device %1." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "उपकरण शुरु नहीं कर सकता %1 " + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "समनुरुपण पढ रहा है" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "एफस्टैब प्रविष्टियों की जांच करें" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "एफस्टैब प्रविष्टियों की जांच करें" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "अन्य कर्नेल मानक (&P)" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "एफस्टैब प्रविष्टियों की जांच की जा रही है..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "एफस्टैब प्रविष्टियों की जांच की जा रही है..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "कर्नल बूट विकल्प पढ़ रहा..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "IrDA विन्यास को सेव करना" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "IRC व्यवस्थाएं लिखें" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "IRC व्यवस्थाएं लिखें" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "अन्य कर्नेल मानक (&P)" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "IRC व्यवस्थाएं लिख रहा है..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "IRC व्यवस्थाएं लिख रहा है..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "नमूने राइट कर रहा है...." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "मेल परिसेवक विन्यास को सेव करना" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ो " + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load current settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "वर्तमान व्यवस्थयें दिखाओ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "समनुरूपण फाईल पढ़ रखा हैं..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading current settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "वर्तमान व्यवस्थाओ को लोड कर रहा है" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "मेल परिसेवक विन्यास को सेव करना" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "समनुरूपण लिखें" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "व्यवस्थायें नवीन करें" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "समनुरूपण लिख रहा है ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving system settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "सिस्टम व्यवस्थाऐं संचित कर रहा है..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "समनुरुपण पढ रहा है" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "निर्भरताऐं जाँच रहा है..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings" +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "%1 सेटिंग्स पढ़ रहा" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "फ्लॉपी डिवाइस की जांच की जा रही है..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज़ पढ़ रहा है..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "केडंप समरूपण रक्षित कर रहा" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "पुनः सेवा शुरु करें" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "सेवा को पुनः शुरु कर रहा..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "चैनल ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "चैनल ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Already Configured Devices:" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "पहले से ही कॉन्फिगर किए गए उपकरण :" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "कुंजी अवैध है" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: SCSI डिस्क असक्रियण नहीं हो सका." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: SCSI डिस्क असक्रियण नहीं हो सका." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP LUN अपंजीकृत नहीं हो सका." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP WWPN अपंजीकृत नहीं हो सका." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "सेवा %1 विद्यमान नहीं हैं।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The kernel module for TV support could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "TV स्पोर्ट के लिए करनल मोडयूल लोड नहीं किया जा सकता था।" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: एडैप्टर स्थिति परिवर्तित नहीं हो सकी." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: WWPN पोर्टस् अभी भी सक्रिय." + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/smt.hi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/smt.hi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/smt.hi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:24 UTC (rev 95942) @@ -0,0 +1,1683 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "इस मोड्यूल के लिए कोई यूज़र इंटरफेस प्राप्य नहीं हैं।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "स्वैप एरिया तैयार करना..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "आईएसओ आकृति %1 सृजित नहीं कर सकते।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "निर्भरताऐं जाँच रहा है..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "असत्यापित जाँच बिन्दू वैल्यू " + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "सफलता" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "सिक्रोनैसेशन प्रकार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "आरचिवड रिपोर्ट की लोकेशन" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "संस्तुति की" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "विक्लप " + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "सेक्युरुटी" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pac&kage Manager" +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "बंडल मैनेजर (&k)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Options" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "सुरक्षा विकल्प" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "अनुशंसित पैटर्न" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "अधिक भाषायें: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "रविवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "सोमवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "मंगलवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "बुधवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "गुरूवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "शुक्रवार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "शनिवार " + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "नोवल ग्राहक केंद्र समरूपण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "साधारण सर्वर प्रमाण पत्र इस्तेमाल करें (&U)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "पंजीकरण का कोड" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "डाउनलोड साइज :" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "उपयोगकर्ता (&U)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "पासवेर्ड (&P)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "परीक्षा (&T)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "पंजीकरण के लिए ईमेल पता वांछनीय।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "एसएमटी सर्वर" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "LDAP पासवर्ड(&P)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "पासवर्ड की पुष्टि करें (&o)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "के लिए रिपोर्ट कार्यक्रम का संपादन करें" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "फ्रिकवैंशी" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "सप्ताह का दिन (&W)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "माह का दिन (&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "धंटा" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "मिनट" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&dd..." +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "जोड़े... (&d)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "संपादित करें... (&E)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "परिसेवक प्रशासक का ई-मेल पता" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "सभी" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "भंडार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "पैच श्रेणी दिखाऐ :(&S)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Branch Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "ब्रांच नाम" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "वरजन" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "श्रेणी" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "%1 टेस्ट कर रहा है" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "प्रोडक्ट" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "सार" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "पैच की विस्तृत सूचना << (&D)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "स्थिति बदलें (&T)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change this?" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "इसे बदल दें? " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "सर्च से अलग रखें" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "सक्रिय (&E)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "असमर्थ करें(&D)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Hat" +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "हैट &सृजित करें" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "नाम" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "लक्ष्य" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "मानीटर कर कहा है" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "खराबी" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "विवरण" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "टॉगल मोड" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "स्थिति बदलें (&T)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "स्थिती" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "होस्ट नाम" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "संपर्क" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "समनुरूपण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "समरूपण पढ़ें" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "डेमन स्थिति पढ़ें" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ें" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्ज़ पढ़े" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "समनुरूपण पढ़ रहा हैं...." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "डेमन स्थिति को पढ़ा जा रहा है..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "फाइरवाल व्यवस्थायें पढ़ रहा हैं..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr " कस्टम्टम व्यवस्थाऐं पढें" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Migration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "माइग्रेशन छोड़ें" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "ग्राहक केन्द्र" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "चेतावनी" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "N&o, Skip Update" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "नहीं,इस अपडेट को छोड़ दें (&o)" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "रद्द करें (&C)" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "समनुरूपण नवीनीकरण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट CA और सेवक प्रमाण-पत्र सृजित करें" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "DNS सर्वर संरुपण" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "DNS सेवा व्यवस्थित करें" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिखें" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "सेटिंग्स लिखें" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "रिपॉजिटरी आयात करना..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "सिक्रोनैसेशन प्रकार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "विन्यास अनुकूलन हो रहा ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "विन्यास अनुकूलन हो रहा ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "डिफॉल्ट CA और सेवक प्रमाण-पत्र सृजित किया जा रहा है..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "केरबेरोस कॉन्फिगरेशन को लिख रहा है..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "DNS सेवा को व्यवस्थित कर रहा है..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "फायरवाल समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं.." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "सेटिंग्स को लिखा जा रहा है..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "नेटवर्क डिवेइसेस के लिए जाँच कर रहा हैं..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "स्क्रिप्ट्स चला रहा है..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "NFS समनुरूपण लिख रहा हैं" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "अब बदलाव लिखें" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "पैच मिला ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "युक्ति लिखे जा रहे हैं..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"पासवर्ड के पहले और दूसरे आरूप\n" +" में कोई मेल नहीं है." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "एसएमटी सर्वर यूआरएल https:// के साथ शूरू होना जरूरी है" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr " अवश्य ही पासवर्ड खाली नहीं होना चाहिए" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr " अवश्य ही पासवर्ड खाली नहीं होना चाहिए" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "विस्तृत विवरण (&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "परिणाम:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "परिणाम:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Getting list\n" +#| "of available kernel modules..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" +"उपलब्ध करनल मोडयूल \n" +"की लिस्ट प्राप्त कर रहा है..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "अनंजान" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "फिल्टर: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "छलनी(&F)" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "पैच श्रेणी दिखाऐ :(&S)" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no partitionable Disks available." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "कोई भी पार्टीशनयोग्‍य डिस्‍कें उपलब्‍ध नहीं हैं।" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no options for this module" +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "इस मोडयूल के लिए कोई विकल्प नहीं है" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "उत्पाद नाम : %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "सिस्टम दुरस्त है" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "अज्ञात स्रोत." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "अनजानी क्लासः" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "कभी नहीं" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "वर्तमान डेटाबेस के लिए सेटिंग्स पढ़ने में असमर्थ है।" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "पासवेर्ड भरती करें (&E):" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "पासफ्रेस (&P)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "पासवर्ड पहचान नहीं है." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "रिपॉजिटरी आयात करना..." + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the disk image." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "डिस्क इमेज बनाते हुए दोष पैदा हो गया" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "ई-मेल:(&E)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "ई-मेल से(&e)" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' सही नहीं हैं ।" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "अन्दरूणी त्रुटी : डाटा एक अरे होना चाहिए ना कि %s" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to remove the selected %1" +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "चयनित %1 हटाने में विफल" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Profile Repository:" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "प्रोफाइल भण्डार(&P)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "उन्नति" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "बंद (&S)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to save the current set of profile changes and exit?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "क्‍या आप निश्चित हैं कि आप वर्तमान सेट के प्रोफाइल के बदलावों को सहेजना और बाहर निकलना चाहते हैं?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "जारी रखें" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "लोड कर रहा है..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "कमांड:" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "मासिक" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Undefined Error" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "बिना बताई खराबी" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "साप्ताहिक" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "दैनिक" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 घंटा" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 मिनट" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "सभी कुछ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "घण्टा (&H)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "मिनट (&M)" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "के लिए रिपोर्ट कार्यक्रम का संपादन करें" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "योजना" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "आवृति (&F)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "बैकअप आरंभ समय" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "सप्ताह का दिन (&W)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "माह का दिन (&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"इंसटालेसन शोर्स समनुरुपण विफल करें ?\n" +"सभी बदलाव नष्ट हो जाएँगे ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"एक नेटवर्क प्रख्यापन जोडने के लिए,\n" +"सबनेट चूनें ।" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"किसी मॉड्यूल की अवस्थिति परिवर्तन करने के लिए टेबल का उपयुक्त \n" +"प्रविष्टि को चुनें तथा टोगल अवस्थिति पर क्लिक करें.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"किसी मॉड्यूल की अवस्थिति परिवर्तन करने के लिए टेबल का उपयुक्त \n" +"प्रविष्टि को चुनें तथा टोगल अवस्थिति पर क्लिक करें.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "ग्राहक केन्द्र" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository" +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "भंडार" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Settings" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "ग्राहक व्यवस्थाऐं" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Schedule Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "योजना रिपोर्टें" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "CASA विन्यास विजार्ड पृष्ठ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "नवीनीकृत सिस्टम सनुरुपण " + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "प्रबन्धन" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "आवाज कार्ड का डाटाबेस नहीं मिला।कृपा अपना इंसटासेशन जाँचे।" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "समनुरुपण सिक्रप्टें फेल हो गई।" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "व्यवस्थाऎं लिख नहीं सकता" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "संचिता %1 रीलोडेड की जा रही है..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr " सेवक प्रमाण-पत्र के रूप में" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "CA प्रबंधन" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "छोड़ जायें (&S)" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "इस सेवा मिटा नहीं सकतीह | यं इन्सटालससनहीक सकता हैं" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "साम्बा root पासवर्ड" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "प्रयोगकर्त्ता पासवर्ड प्रविष्ट करें।" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "%1 लिखने में सक्षम नहीं है।" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "दुबारा कोशिश करें(&R)" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "डाटाबेस 1 नहीं पढ सकता ।" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "डाटाबेस संपादन फेल हो गया " + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "साम्बा root पासवर्ड" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "साम्बा root पासवर्ड" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "नया पासवर्ड (&N)" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "पासवर्ड सैट करें।" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "ट्यूनर डाटाबेस पढने में समर्थ नहीं है।" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "प्रयोगकर्त्ता पासवर्ड प्रविष्ट करें।" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/xpram.hi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/xpram.hi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/hi/po/xpram.hi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:24 UTC (rev 95942) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Hindi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com> +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: Prasanth Kurian <prasanth.kurian(a)agreeya.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Hindi <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: hi\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" +"\n" +"\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM का विन्यास" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM समर्थ" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM असमर्थ" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM विन्यास को बदलें" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "माउंट प्वाइंट" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM विन्यास" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "यहाँ, अपने कंप्यूटर के लिए XPRAM को विन्यासित करें." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "यह उपकरण वर्तमान में केवल समूचे XPRAM को एक पार्टीशन में एसाइनकरने को समर्थन देता है। अनेक पार्टीशन होने के लिए देखें, \"लीनक्स कर्नेल 2.6 - अप्रैल 2004 स्ट्रीम हेतु \"डिवाइस ड्राइवर्स, फीचर्स एंड कमांड्स 30 नवम्बर, 2004 इस स्थिति में इस मॉड्यूल में XPRAM को अक्षम करें।" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "माउंट पॉइंट के लिए सही माउंट पॉइंट चुनें।" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "अगला, डिवाइस पर उपयोग के लिए फाइल सिस्टम को चुनें." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM का आरंभ &न करें" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM का &आरंभ करें" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम को संस्थापित या अदला-बदली करें भले ही &XPRAM में मान्य डेटा मौजूद हो" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "मौंट बिंदू " + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&माउंट बिंदु" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "फाइल सिस्टम प्रकार" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "प्रयोग हेतु फा&इल सिस्टम" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM विन्यास को सेव किया जा रहा है " + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "व्यवसथाओँ लिखो" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "पुनः सेवा शुरु करें" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "वयवसथाओँ को लिख रहा हैं .........." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "सेवा को पुनः शुरु कर रहा..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "समाप्त हुआ" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try manual \"rcxpram stop\"" +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "xpram को रोकने में हुई त्रुटि। कृपया स्वयं \"rcxpram स्टॉप\" का प्रयास करें" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try manual \"rcxpram start\"" +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "xpram को आरंभ करने में हुई त्रुटि। कृपया स्वयं \"rcxpram स्टार्ट\" का प्रयास करें"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95941 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:22 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95941 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/journalctl.he.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/kernel-update-tool.he.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/linux-user-mgmt.he.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/migration.he.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/s390.he.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/smt.he.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/xpram.he.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/journalctl.he.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/journalctl.he.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/journalctl.he.po 2016-07-04 08:44:22 UTC (rev 95941) @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +# label text +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root &dir entries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "מספר &כניסות שורש" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "&שינוי..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "&פילטר" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +# heading text +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system options:" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +# heading text +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system options:" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +# label text +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Time zone" +msgid "Time" +msgstr "אזור זמן" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "מקור" + +# label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Kernel Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "הודעות ליבה" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/kernel-update-tool.he.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/kernel-update-tool.he.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/kernel-update-tool.he.po 2016-07-04 08:44:22 UTC (rev 95941) @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "אזהרה" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/linux-user-mgmt.he.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/linux-user-mgmt.he.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/linux-user-mgmt.he.po 2016-07-04 08:44:22 UTC (rev 95941) @@ -0,0 +1,794 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while..." +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "יכול לקחת זמן מה..." + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection Dependencies" +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "בחירת תלויות" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "הסתיים" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "הרץ SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please select" +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "בבקשה בחר" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while..." +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "יכול לקחת זמן מה..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +# Frame title +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Script failed." +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "סקריפט נכשל" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +# Commandline option help +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Device IP address" +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Wrong option: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Version: %1" +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "%1 גרסה" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Wrong option: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1" + +# PasswordEntry label +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "&Password:" +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "ס&יסמה:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +# label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +# ComboBox entry: hardware clock set to local time +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "local time" +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "זמן מקומי" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +# button text +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Encrypt file system" +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&הצפן מערכת קבצים" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remote filesystem:" +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "מערכת קבצים מרוחקת..." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "שם ספריה" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "&פרטים" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +# popup text +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match!\n" +#| "Please try again." +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"הגירסה הראשונה והשנייה של הסיסמה לא תואמות!\n" +"נא לנסות שנית." + +# popup text +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +#| " 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +#| "Please try again." +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"הסיסמה יכולה להכיל את התווים הבאים בלבד:\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z וכל אחד מהתווים הבאים.\"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"נא לנסות שוב." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +# popup text +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" +#| "Use an absolute path name.\n" +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" +"שם הקובץ \"%1\" אינו תקין.\n" +"השתמשו בנתיב מלא.\n" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" + +# Frame label +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sources to Configure" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "מקורות להתאמה" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +# label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB") +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Linux size (%1)" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "גודל לינוקס (%1)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Following Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "אופציונלי" + +# Heading text +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Provider Password" +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete All" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "&מחק הכל" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Login" +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&חיבור" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Login" +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "&חיבור" + +# PasswordEntry label +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password:" +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "ס&יסמה:" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +# DSL read dialog help 1/2 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" +#| "</BIG> Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>מאתחל הגדרת DSL\n" +"</BIG> אנא המתינו... " + +# DSL read dialog help 2/2 +# isdns read dialog help 2/2 +# modems read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:\n" +#| "</BIG> You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing\n" +#| "the Abort button now." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>מבטל את האיתחול: </BIG> אתם יכולים לבטל בבטחה את כלי ההגדרות ע\"י לחיצה על \n" +"כפתור בטל עכשיו." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big> \n" +"\n" + +# isdns write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<BIG>Aborting the saving:</BIG> \n" +#| "You can abort the saving by pressing the Abort button.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so or not." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>מבטל את השמירה:</BIG> \n" +"אתם יכולים לבטל את השמירה ע\"י לחיצה על כפתור ביטול.\n" +"דיאלוג נוסף יאמר לכם אם זה בטוח או לא." + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "קונפיגורציה לשרתי NFS" + +# Popup text +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "At least one ethernet interface must be configured." +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "לפחות כרטיס רשת אחד חייב להיות מוגדר." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power management" +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "ניהול חשמל" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power management" +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "ניהול חשמל" + +# static text +# Initial dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "מאתחל.." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/migration.he.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/migration.he.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/migration.he.po 2016-07-04 08:44:22 UTC (rev 95941) @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation finished.\n" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "התקנה הסתיימה.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +# help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"סיים יסגור את התקנת YaST וימשיך\n" +"למסך הכניסה\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +# Headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "תקציר הגדרות DNS:" + +# Headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "תקציר הגדרות DNS:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +# help text (common to both modes), continued +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To skip resizing your Windows partition, press\n" +#| "Back.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"כדי לדלג על שינוי גודל מחיצת החלונות, לחצו\n" +"אחורה.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/s390.he.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/s390.he.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/s390.he.po 2016-07-04 08:44:22 UTC (rev 95941) @@ -0,0 +1,2006 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +# heading text +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Name" +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "שם ה DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "קונפיגורציה לשרתי NFS" + +# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "קונפיגורציה לשרתי NFS" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +# heading text +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk controller configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +# static text +# Initial dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "מאתחל.." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" + +# Frame label +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DSL Devices to Configure" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "התקני DSL להגדרה" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +# ComboBox label +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Device Activation" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +# button text +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&פורמט" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "פירמוט" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "פירמוט" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User selected skip." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "משתמש בחר לדלג." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "ניהול" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "פירמוט" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +# header text +# Column header +# header text +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "התקן" + +# Column header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "סוג" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "עזרים" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "פירמוט" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "מידע נוסף" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&פילטר" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "בצע התקנה" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&בחר" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&שינוי" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +# Commandline option help +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device IP address" +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "כתובת IP של ההתקן" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big> \n" +"\n" + +# DSL read dialog help 2/2 +# isdns read dialog help 2/2 +# modems read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:\n" +#| "</BIG> You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing\n" +#| "the Abort button now." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>מבטל את האיתחול: </BIG> אתם יכולים לבטל בבטחה את כלי ההגדרות ע\"י לחיצה על \n" +"כפתור בטל עכשיו." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big> \n" +"\n" + +# isdns write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<BIG>Aborting the saving:</BIG> \n" +#| "You can abort the saving by pressing the Abort button.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so or not." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>מבטל את השמירה:</BIG> \n" +"אתם יכולים לבטל את השמירה ע\"י לחיצה על כפתור ביטול.\n" +"דיאלוג נוסף יאמר לכם אם זה בטוח או לא." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +# heading text +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk controller configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק" + +# heading text +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create New Loop Device Setup" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "הגדרות התקן Loop חדש" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +# message popup +# Message popup +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "עליכם לבחור לפחות התקן אחד בטבלה." + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>SLP Support</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>SLP תמיכת</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>SLP Support</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>SLP תמיכת</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>SLP Support</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>SLP תמיכת</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big> \n" +"\n" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>SLP Support</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>SLP תמיכת</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "כן" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "לא" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "קבוצה" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&אפשר" + +# AT +# Frame label +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "הרשאה" + +# table header texts +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "שם" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&משתמש" + +# main dialog: Button Delete partition +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&מחק" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RPM Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "קבוצות RPM" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "בחירה" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Region" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&אזור" + +# CL +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File" +msgid "&File" +msgstr "קובץ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "ס&רוק" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Login" +msgid "Login" +msgstr "&חיבור" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "הגדרות למשתמש &root" + +# PasswordEntry label +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password:" +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "ס&יסמה:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "סיסמת Root" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Boot Image Directory" +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "ספריית תמונה Boot " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "&סרוק" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Username:" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&שם משתמש:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Information" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "מידע נוסף" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "בחר את שולחן העבודה ברירת המחדל שלך" + +# HR +# heading text +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create" +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "צור" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Group" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&קבוצה" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +# congratulation text 1/4 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "מזל טוב!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +# congratulation text 1/4 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Welcome!" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "ברוכים הבאים" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות התקן" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Actions" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&פעולות" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "דקה" + +# header text +# Column header +# header text +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "התקן&" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +# popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1 " +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "URL לא תקין" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big> \n" +"" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "אזהרה" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +# popup text +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "מבצע mkinitrd" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +# popup text +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create the RAID" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "לא יכול ליצור RAID" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +# popup text +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not load module %1." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "לא יכול לטעון מודול %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "&לא לפרמט" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +# label text, example: "Formatting /dev/hda1" +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "מפרמט %1" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +# label text, example: "Formatting /dev/hda1 for /usr" +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1 as %2" +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "מפרמט %1 כ %2" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +# Popup text +# Progress step 1/5 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting DSL devices..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "הסתיים" + +# label text %1 replaced by pathname +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating crypt file %1" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1" + +# label text %1 replaced by pathname +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating crypt file %1" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "עזרים" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +# popup text %1 replaced by pathname +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create crypt file %1" +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "אי אפשר היה ליצור את הקובץ המוצפן %1" + +# Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Completing the System Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "משלים הגדרת המערכת" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +# label text +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Module &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול" + +# Progress step 3/4 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for latest updates..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..." + +# Progress step 3/4 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for latest updates..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP" + +# Commandline help title +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read current settings." +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות" + +# Commandline help title +# Routing dialog caption +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP" + +# Commandline help title +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" + +# push button +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" + +# Commandline help title +# Routing dialog caption +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +# Commandline help title +# Routing dialog caption +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.." + +# Popup text +# Progress step 1/5 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting DSL devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." + +# heading text +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Raid settings %1" +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1" + +# Popup text +# Progress step 1/5 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting DSL devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "מאתחל את השרות" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "מאתחל שרות" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +# Commandline help title +# Routing dialog caption +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL is invalid." +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "URL לא תקין" + +# popup text %1 replaced by pathname +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create crypt file %1" +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "אי אפשר היה ליצור את הקובץ המוצפן %1" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create directory." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת" + +# label text +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Module currently loaded:" +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "המודול נטען בהצלחה" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/smt.he.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/smt.he.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/smt.he.po 2016-07-04 08:44:22 UTC (rev 95941) @@ -0,0 +1,1616 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +# label text %1 replaced by pathname +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating crypt file %1" +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1" + +# popup text %1 replaced by pathname +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not create crypt file %1" +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "אי אפשר היה ליצור את הקובץ המוצפן %1" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין" + +# result of internet test +# Progress result +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "הצלחה" + +# RichText label +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC Remote Administration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "מומלץ" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "אופציונלי" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "אבטחה" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Packages to Update: %1" +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "חבילה לעדכן: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security updates available." +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "עידכוני אבטחה חדשים זמינים" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "מומלץ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "שפות נוספות: %1" + +# SD +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "ראשון" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "שני" + +# TR +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "שלישי" + +# TR +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "רביעי" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "חמישי" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "שישי" + +# SD +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "שבת" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation Server" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "שרת התקנה:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&משתמש" + +# PasswordEntry label +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password:" +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "ס&יסמה:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&בחינה" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "קישור לשרת:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Databases" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "בסיסי נתונים" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root Password" +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "סיסמת Root" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +# Combobox label +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Frequency" +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "&תדירות" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +# HN +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "שעה" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "דקה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Add" +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "&הוסף" + +# button text +# main dialog: Button Edit partition +# button text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit" +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&ערוך" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "שם ספריה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Categories" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "קטגוריות חבירה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch Level" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "רמת טלאי" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "גרסה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose a category" +msgid "Category" +msgstr "בחר קטגוריה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "&בחינה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "מוצר" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "סיכום" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&פרטים" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +# label text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Changes:" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "שינויים" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&אפשר" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&בטל אפשרות" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +# table header texts +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "שם" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +# Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +# you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "שגיאה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "תיאור" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +# heading text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "סטטוס" + +# label of combobox where the log is selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Name Lookup" +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Host Name Lookup" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Last name:" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "&שם משפחה:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing fonts" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Initializing פונטים" + +# Commandline help title +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +# heading text +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Raid settings %1" +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1" + +# heading text +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Raid settings %1" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1" + +# Commandline help title +# Routing dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading module list..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "אזהרה" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +# RadioButton label +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "N&o, Skip Update" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&לא, דלגו על העדכון" + +# FR +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&בטל" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +# Commandline help title +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות DNS" + +# progress stages +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "עדכון תצורה" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +# progress stages +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." + +# progress stages +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +# progress stages +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "מאתחל שרות" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +# Progress step 3/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for latest updates..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..." + +# Commandline help title +# Routing dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.." + +# Commandline help title +# Routing dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Routing configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +# popup text +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match!\n" +#| "Please try again." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"הגירסה הראשונה והשנייה של הסיסמה לא תואמות!\n" +"נא לנסות שנית." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&פרטים" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Getting a list of mirror servers..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "משיג רשימת של שרתי מראה" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "לא ידוע" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: " +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "פילטר:" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&פילטר" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +# popup text %1 is replaced by a container name +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There is no available space in the current container %1." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "אין מקום פנוי במיכל הנוכחי %1." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown group" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User selected retry." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "משתמש בחר לנסות שוב." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "תהליך" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +# popup text +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "האם אתם באמת רוצים להסיר את אוסף הכרכים הנוכחי ?" + +# Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +# you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "המשך" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort.\n" +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "בטל.\n" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "הסתיים" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "פקודה:" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "שבועי" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "יומי" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +# HN +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hour" +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "שעה" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "דקה" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +# Combobox label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&תדירות" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" +#| "All data on this disk will be lost.\n" +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"באמת לבצע dasdfmt על דיסק %1?\n" +"כל המידע על הדיסק ימחק.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "עזרים" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Clients" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "לקוחות" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "עדכן התאמות" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "ניהול" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +# Frame title +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." + +# popup text +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Power management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "ניהול חשמל" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Skip" +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "דלג" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +# Heading text +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Provider Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retry\n" +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "נסה שוב\n" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +# Commandline help title +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "סיסמת Root" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/xpram.he.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/xpram.he.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/he/po/xpram.he.po 2016-07-04 08:44:22 UTC (rev 95941) @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable IrDA" +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "אפשר IrDA" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "בטל שימוש" + +# progress stages +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "עדכון תצורה" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount Point" +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "נקודת עגינה" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +# ComboBox label +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start &Mode" +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "מצ&ב התחלה" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "נקודת עגינה" + +# label text +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&נקודת עגינה" + +# label text +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File &system" +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "מערכת &קבצים" + +# heading text +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system options:" +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "מאתחל את השרות" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "מאתחל שרות" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "הסתיים" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95940 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:19 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95940 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/journalctl.gu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/kernel-update-tool.gu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/linux-user-mgmt.gu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/migration.gu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/s390.gu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/smt.gu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/xpram.gu.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/journalctl.gu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/journalctl.gu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/journalctl.gu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:19 UTC (rev 95940) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&કન્ટ્રીઝ" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "સફિક્સ બદલવો" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "રીફ્રેશ" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr " બ્રેઈલ વાંચવો " + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "કોઇ એન્ટ્રી મળી નથી" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "&ફિલ્ટર÷ :" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "ટાઇમ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "સોર્સ" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "મેસેજીસ" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/kernel-update-tool.gu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/kernel-update-tool.gu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/kernel-update-tool.gu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:19 UTC (rev 95940) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "વાર્નિંગ" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "કર્નલને અદ્યતન કરવાનું અટકાવવું છે?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક ડાઉનલોડ સ્થળ" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "કર્નલ અદ્યતન સ્થિતિની લોગ" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/linux-user-mgmt.gu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/linux-user-mgmt.gu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/linux-user-mgmt.gu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:19 UTC (rev 95940) @@ -0,0 +1,735 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "ઈડાયરેકટરી ટ્રી માટે શોધી કરી રહયું છે" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "આ થોડાક સમય લે" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 ઇનવેલીડ સંપૂર્ણ ઓળખવાળુ નામ છે. નામ ટાઇપફૂલ હોવું જોઇએ(ઉ.દા. cn=admin,o=acme અથવા o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ શરૂ કરી રહયું છે" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "ડેટાબેઝ વાંચો" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "નિર્ભરતાઓ તપાસી રહયું છે" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ વાંચી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "સમાપ્ત" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"તેનો અર્થ એકે %1 અગાઉથી કોન્ફીગર કરાયેલ છે. \n" +"કોન્ફીગરેશન ચાલુ રાખવું?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ 1 વાંચી શકતું નથી." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ કરો" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "કૃપા કરી રાહ જુઓ" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "LUM માટે namconfig રન કરી રહયાં છે આ કદાચ થોડોક સમય લે..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"LDAP સર્વર %1 ને જોડાવા અસમર્થ અથવા\n" +"નિર્દિષ્ટ યુઝર %2 પાસે લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ\n" +"કોન્ફીગર કરવા પૂરતાં પ્રિવિલેજીસ નથી.\n" +"કૃપા કરી સમસ્યાને ઠીકકરો અને ઇન્સ્ટોલ કર્યા પછી namconfigને \n" +"પુનઃરન કરો." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "ગોઠવણી લખી શકતું નથી." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "SuSEconfig સ્ક્રીપ્ટ નિષ્ફળ ગઈ." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "LDAP એડનીની નામ કોન્ટેક્ટ સાથે: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "LDAP સર્વર IP સરનામુ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "LDAP પોર્ટ નંબર: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "LDAP સીક્યોર પોર્ટ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "લીનક્સ/યુનિક્સ config કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "LUM વર્કસ્ટેશન કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ સાથે પ્રોક્સી યુઝર નેમ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "PAM-સેવાઓને વાયા ડાયરેક્ટરી ઓથેન્ટીકેશનની છૂટ આપવા અસમર્થ છે:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "લોગીન: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rલોગીન: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-ઓટોલોગીન: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "જીનોમ-પાસવર્ડ: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "જીનોમ-સ્ક્રીનસેવર: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "જીનોમ-પામ: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "લોકલ હોસ્ટ" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 LDAP સર્વર કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "લોકલ અથવા રીમોટ ડાયરેક્ટરી સર્વર" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&લોકલ સિસ્ટમ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "&રીમોટ સિસ્ટમ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "ડાયરેક્ટરી સર્વર સરનામુ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ સાથે એડમીન નામ (i.e. cn=admin, o=novell) ના માટે. ડેસ્કટોપ માટે વૈકલ્પિક." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "એડમીની પાસવર્ડ. " + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "પોર્ટ ડીટેલ્સ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 ઇનવેલીડ LDAP સિન્ટેક્સ. નામને માટે અલ્પવિરામ વાપરતું નથીસપરેટર્સ (ઉ.દા. cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"LDAP બંધાએલ સીક્યોર ભજવવાનો પ્રયાસ કરવાનું 2 મિનિટોમાં\n" +"પ્રતિક્રિયા આપવાનું નથી. આ LDAP સાથે ટાર્ગેટ ઉપર સમસ્યા સૂચવે.\n" +"જો આપ વિશ્વસ્ત હોવ કે આપના ક્રેડેન્ટીઅલ્સ સાચા છે તો આપ ચાલુરાખી શકો છો,\n" +"નહીં તો કૃપા કરી જો LDAP ટાર્ગેટ સિસ્ટમ ઉપરસાચી રીતે ચાલી રહયું છે તો\n" +"આપ ચાલુ રાખવા માંગો છો?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "LDAP સીક્યોર બાઇન્ડ ટાઇમ આઉટ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"નીચેના માપદંડોનો ઉપયોગ કરી વાય LDAP ઓથેન્ટીકેટ કરી શકતું નથી:\n" +" ઉપયોગકર્તાનું નામ: %1\n" +" સરનામુ: %2\n" +" પોર્ટ: %3\n" +" \n" +" આ કદાચ સૂચવેકે માપદંડોમાંનું એક ભૂલમાં છે.\n" +" જોકે, LDAP eડાયરેક્ટરી સર્વર ઉપર એનેબલ થયેલ નથી\n" +" અથવા વિવિધ પોર્ટ ઉપર સાંભળવા કોન્ફીગર નથી તો \n" +" ઉપરોક્ત પોર્ટ, પરથી આપણે પ્રતિક્રિયા પરત મેળવીશું નહીં.\n" +" \n" +" ગમે તેમ શું આપ આ માપદંડોનો ઉપયોગ કરવાનું ચાલુ રાખવા માંગો છો?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP પોર્ટ" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP સીક્વોર પોર્ટ" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"પાસવર્ડનો પ્રથમ અને દ્વિતીય \n" +"અનુવાદ મેળખાતો નથી!\n" +"કૃપા કરી ફરીથી પ્રયાસ કરો." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"પાસવર્ડ માત્ર નીચેના અક્ષરોજ ધરાવી\n" +"શકે:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, અને આમાંના કોઇ પણ \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"કૃપા કરી ફરીથી પ્રયાસ કરો." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "રૂટ પ્રમાણપત્ર સંગ્રહમાં ટ્રી સ્વ-હસ્તાક્ષરિત પ્રમાણપત્ર ઉમેરવા અસમર્થ" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "wwwના રૂટ પ્રમાણપત્ર સંગ્રહના સમૂહ માલિકને પરિવર્તિત કરવા અસમર્થ" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "રૂટ પ્રમાણપત્ર સંગ્રહ ઉપર www દ્વારા લખવાનું ધરાવવા માટે સમૂહ પરવાનગીઓબદલવા અસમર્થ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "ખાલી ટ્રી નેમ ધરાવી શકે નહીં" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "ટ્રી નેમ 32 અક્ષરોથી વધુ લાંબુ" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "ટ્રી નામ બેકસ્લેશનો અંત ન કરી શકાય (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "ટ્રી નામ માત્ર નીચેના અક્ષરો જ ધરાવી શકે [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] અને \"-\" અથવા \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"વેલીડ પોર્ટ આંકડાઓ 0 થી 65536 છે.\n" +"કૃપા કરી ફરીથી પ્રયાસ કરો." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "પોર્ટ %1 ઉપયોગમાં છે, ગમે તેમ ઉપયોગ કરો?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "એક પણ નહિ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "કન્ટેનર 'o=સીક્યોરીટી' અનામત છે અને સંપૂર્ણ ઓળખવાળા નામમાં ઉપયોગ ન કરી શકાય" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 ટ્રી રૂટ પરથી પૂર્ણ નામ નિર્દિષ્ટ કરતું નથી." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "કન્ટેનર 'o=સિક્યોરીટી' અનામત છે અને કોન્ટેકસ્ટમાં વાપરી શકાતું નથી" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 ઈનવેલીડ કોન્ટેકસ્ટ" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "ઉપયોગકર્તાના ક્રેડેન્શીયલ્સ પ્રમાણિત કરી રહયું છે " + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "કૃપા કરીને રાહ જુઓ..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "અસ્તિત્વ ધરાવતા સર્વર IP સરનામુ દાખલ કરો." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 વેલીડ પાથ નેમ નથી" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 વેલીડ એબસોલ્યુટ પાથનેમ નથી" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર Mgmt કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર Mgmt કોન્ફીગરને" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર Mgmt ઓવરવ્યુ" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr " નંબર " + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર Mgmt" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "લીનક્સ/યુનિક્સ config કોન્ટેકસ્ટ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "LUM વર્કસ્ટેશન કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ (ઉ.દા. o=નોવેલ). ડેક્સટોપ માટે વૈકલ્પિક." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "પ્રોક્સી યુઝર નામ સાથે કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ (ઉ.દા. cn=પ્રોક્સી.o=નોવેલ)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(વૈકલ્પિક)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "પ્રોક્સી યુઝર પાસવર્ડ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 ઇનવેલીડ LDAP સિન્ટેક્સ છે. નામે ની માટે અલ્પવિરામોનું ઉપયોગ કરવો જ સેપરેટર્સ (ઉ.દા. ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 ઈનવેલીડ LDAP સિન્ટેક્સ છે. નામે ની માટે અલ્પવિરામોનું ઉપયોગ કરવો જ સેપરેટર્સ (ઉ.દા. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "અગાઉ કરવાને PAM-એનેબલ્ડ સેવાઓને પસંદ કરો" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "વાયા eડાયરેક્ટરી ઓથેન્ટીકેશન" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "સિલેક્ટ& ઑલ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "ડીસિલેક્ટ& ઑલ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&લોગીન" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "r&લોગીન" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&પાસવર્ડ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&એકડીએમ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&જીડીએમ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "જીડીએમ-&ઓટોલોગીન" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "&જીનોમ-પાસવર્ડ" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "જીનોમ-સ &સ્ક્રીનસેવર" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "જીનોમsu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ઈનીશીયલાઈઝીંગ લિનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન</big> \n" +"મહેરબાની કરીને થોભો... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>એબોર્ટીંગ ઈનીશીયાલાઇઝેશન:</big> \n" +"હવે એબોર્ટ દબાવીનો કોન્ફીગરેશન ઉપયોગીતાને સલામતીપૂર્વક નિકાલ એબોર્ટ કરો.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે\n" +"\n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>એબોર્ટીંગ સેવ કરી રહયું છે:</big> \n" +"એબોર્ટ દબાવવા દ્વારા સેવ પ્રક્રિયાનો નિકાલ એબોર્ટકરો.\n" +"તેમ કરવું સલામત છે કે કેમ તે એક અતિરિક્ત ડાયલોગ માહિતી આપશે.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>લિનક્સ/યુનિક્સ કન્ફિગ કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ</big> \n" +"ઈ-ડિરેક્ટરી કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ(અસ્તિત્વ ઘરાવતુંહોય અથવા અહીં બનાવવાનો હોય) જ્યાં લિનક્સ/યુનિક્સ\n" +"કન્ફિગ ઓબજેક્ટ બનાવાશે. LDAP LUM યુઝરને, LUMજૂથને શોધે છે,\n" +"અને LUM વર્કસ્ટેશન ઓબજેક્ટ અહીંથી ચાલુ થાય છે, તેથી તે સમાન સ્તરે હોવો જજોઈએ\n" +"કે જે LUM ઓબજેક્ટ્સ શોધાઈ રહ્યા છે તેનાથી વધારે હોવો જોઈએ.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>LUM વર્કસ્ટેશન કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ</big> \n" +" ઈ-ડિરેક્ટરી કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ(હોય અથવા અહીં બનાવવાનો હોય) LUM વર્કસ્ટેશનમાટે\n" +"આ સર્વર ના સ્થાપન દ્વારા ઓબજેક્ટ બનાવાયો હોય. કોન્ટેક્સ્ટસરખો જ\n" +"હોવો જોઈએ ઉપર જણાવાયેલા બેઝ કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ જેટલો અથવા ઓછો હોવો જોઈએ.\n" +"" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>પ્રોક્સીવપરાશકર્તાનું નામ કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ સાથે (વૈકલ્પિક)</big> \n" +"વપરાશકર્તા(અસ્તિત્વ ઘરાવતોહોય તે અથવા અહીં બનાવેલો) જેની પાસે LUM ઓબજેક્ટ્સ માટેનાLDAP ટ્રી\n" +"શોધવાનો અધિકાર હોય.\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>PAM-એનેબલ્ડ સર્વિસીઝ</big> \n" +"આ સર્વર પરની PAM-એનેબલ્ડ સર્વિસીઝ જે અધિકૃત LUM યુઝર્સ માટે\n" +"ઉપલબ્ધ હશે.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>સ્થાનિક કે રિમોટ ડિરેક્ટરી સર્વર</big> \n" +"તમે જે સર્વ કન્ફિગ્યુર કરતાં હોય, તેના આધારે ક્યાં તો સ્થાનિક સિસ્ટમ કે રિમોટ સિસ્ટમ પસંદ કરો.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ડિરેક્ટરી સર્વર સરનામું</big> \n" +"જો તમે રિમોટ સિસ્ટમ પસંદ કરો, તો જ આ ફિલ્ડ સક્રિય હોય છે. તમારે કન્ફિગ્યુઅર કરવા માગતા હોય તે રિમોટ સર્વરનું IP સરનામું નાંખો.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ સાથે એડમીનનું નામ</big> \n" +"અહીં LDAP કોન્ટેક્સ્ટ અને એડમીનનું નામ લખો. આ સંપૂર્ણ રીતે વપરાશકર્તા ઓબજેક્ટનુંવિશિષ્ટ નામ હોવું જોઈએ જેમાં વ્યવસ્થાના અધિકારો LDAP ને હોવા જોઈએજેમ કે: cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>એડમીન પાસવર્ડ</big> \n" +"LDAP એડમીન પાસવર્ડ આપો. આ LDAP એડમીન તરીકેનિર્દિષ્ટવરરાશકર્તાનો પાસવર્ડ છે.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>પોર્ટ વિગતો</big> \n" +"LDAP પોર્ટ કે સુરક્ષિત LDAP પોર્ટ જોવા કે સુધારવા પોર્ટવિગતો પર ક્લીક કરો, આ સર્વર બીજાં સર્વર્સ સાથેસંપર્ક કરવા માટે ઉપયોગ કરે છે. પ્રાથમિકLDAP પોર્ટ 389 છે. પ્રાથમિક સુરક્ષિતLDAP 636 છે. \n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર Mgmtનું કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટને કોન્ફીગર કરવાના આવશ્યકતા છે." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/migration.gu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/migration.gu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/migration.gu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:19 UTC (rev 95940) @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "સ્થળાંતર વિગતો " + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "રીસ્‍ટર્ટ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"ફિનિશ YaST ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન બંધ કરશે અને લોગીન\n" +"સ્ક્રીન પર ચાલુ રાખો.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સારાંશ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સારાંશ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "સ્થળાંતર વિગતો " + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"પ્રદર્શિત થયેલ સેટિંગ્સ વાપરવા, આગળનું દબાવો.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/s390.gu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/s390.gu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/s390.gu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:19 UTC (rev 95940) @@ -0,0 +1,2095 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "CASA નું કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No hard disks were detected" +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "કોઇપણ હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક ન મળી" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Name" +msgid "DASD" +msgstr " DASD નું નામ " + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of an isns service" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr " isns સેવાનું કન્ફિગરેશન " + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring general settings..." +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "જનરલ સેટીંગ્સ કોન્ફીગર કરો..." + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "મેલનું કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "પ્રાપ્ય કંટ્રોલર્સ શોધાય છે" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Controller Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "ડિસ્ક કન્ટ્રોલરકન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "&DASD ડિસ્કસ કોન્ફિગર કરો" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "&ZFCP ડિસ્કસ કન્ફિગર કરો" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "CASA નું કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No specific device configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "કોઇ ચોક્કસ ડીવાઇસ કોન્ફીગર થયાં નથી" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Activated" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr " સક્રિય " + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Deactivated" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr " નિષ્ક્રિય " + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr " ફોર્મેટ " + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr " ફાઈલ ફોરમેટ " + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr " ફાઈલ ફોરમેટ " + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Parallel Port Details..." +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr " પેરેલલ પોર્ટની વિગતો " + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No disk has been selected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "કોઇ ડિસ્‍ક પસંદ કરેલ નથી." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "1 % ડિરેક્ટરી પ્રાપ્ય નથી." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "1 % ડિરેક્ટરી પ્રાપ્ય નથી." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Section Management" +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "&વિભાગ મેનેજમેન્ટ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr " ચેનલ " + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "ફોર્મેટ કરો" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "LDAP વાપરો" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "ડિવાઇસ" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ટાઇપ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "એક્સેસ પ્રકાર" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "ફોર્મેટ કરો" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "વધારાની માહિતી" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minimum &UID" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "મીનીમમ &UID" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&ફિલ્ટર÷ :" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "પરફોર્મ ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "સિલેક્ટ ઑલ (&S)" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "ડીસિલેક્ટ ઑલ (&D)" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DASD Disks" +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr " DASD ડિસ્ક " + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&ચેનલ" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Format Floppy Disk" +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "ફ્લોપી ડિસ્ક &ફોર્મેટ કરો" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use LDAP" +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "LDAP વાપરો" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost.\n" +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"બૂટ લોડર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનને ખરેખર સાચવ્યા વગર છોડી દેવું છે?\n" +"બધા બદલાવો નાશ પામશે.\n" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr " TV ચેનલનું નામ લખો." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "પહેલેથી હયાત છે" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait...\n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>શરૂઅતી સ્કેનર કોન્ફીગ્રીએશન</big> \n" +"કૃપા કરી રાહ જુઓ...\n" +"" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>એબોર્ટીંગ ઈનીશીયાલાઇઝેશન:</big> \n" +"હવે એબોર્ટ દબાવવા દ્વારા સુરક્ષિત રીતે કોન્ફીગરેશન યુટીલીટીને એબોર્ટ કરો." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>કન્ફિગરેશન સાચવવું</big> \n" +" જરા થોભો... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>એબોર્ટીંગ સેવિંગ:</big> \n" +"સેવ પ્રક્રિયાને એબોર્ટ દબાવવા દ્વારા એબોર્ટ સેવ કરો.\n" +"એક અતિરિક્ત ડાયલોગ આપને જણાવશે કે તેમ કરવું સલામત છે કે કેમ." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "<BIG> પ્રિન્ટર</BIG> આ ડાયલોગમાંથી તમારી સિસ્ટમ પરના પ્રિન્ટર ની વ્યવસ્થા થઈ શકશે." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To create a new user, click Add.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"નવા યુઝરને બનાવો, એડ ક્લિક કરો.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"નવો વિકલ્પ ઉમેરવા, ઉમેરો કિલક કરો.\n" +" વિકલ્પ રદ કરવા, તેને પસંદ કરો અને કાઢી નાખો કિલક કરો. " + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"યુઝરના ડાયલોગ શીફ્ટ કરો, યુઝર્સ સિલેક્ટ કરો.\n" +"\n" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disk Controller Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "ડિસ્ક કન્ટ્રોલરકન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCSI Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "ઇમેજ/ઉપકરણ" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr " તમારે ટેબલમાં એક ઉપકરણ પસંદ કરવું પડશે " + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>વપરાશકર્તાઓ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>શેયર્સ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "નવી પેટર્નની રચના કરવા નવું અથવા અત્યારની પેટર્ન ઈમ્પોર્ટ કરવા ઇમ્પોર્ટ નો ઉપયોગ કરો." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>વપરાશકર્તાઓ</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>કનેક્શન કન્ફિગરેશન</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>કનેક્શન કન્ફિગરેશન</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "હા" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "ના" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS યુઝર્સ" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable CASA" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "& CASA સક્ષમ કરો " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "ઓથોરાઇઝેશન" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "નામ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "ગ્રુપ મેમ્બર્સ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS યુઝર્સ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "ડિલીટ (&D)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr " પેકેજ સમૂહ " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&પસંદગીઓ" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&નોંધણી કરો" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "ફાઇલ (&F)" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "બ્રાઉઝ" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr " લોગઈન " + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr " હોમ પાથ " + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "શેલ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "વિસ્તાર માટે સેટિંગ્સ: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&પાસવર્ડ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ પ્રમા&ણભૂત કરો" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&હોમ ડાયરેક્ટરી" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "બ્રાઉઝ..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&વપરાશકર્તા નામ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Last Password Change: %1" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "લાસ્ટ પાસવર્ડ ચેન્જઃ %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Local Groups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "&લોકલ ગ્રુપ્સ" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Membership" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr " સભ્યપદ " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&બધાં પસંદ કરો અથવા પસંદ ન કરો" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create" +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "ક્રિએટ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS ગ્રુપ્સ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Membership" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr " સભ્યપદ " + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "શેલ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"પાસવર્ડસ મેળ ખાતા નથી.\n" +"ફરીથી પ્રયાસ કરો." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "સોર્સ માન્ય નથી" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home directory of the user" +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "ઉપયોગકર્તાનું હોમ ડાયરેક્ટરી" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "સેટીંગ્સ વાંચવાનું નિષ્ફળ." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "કોન્ફીગર જનરલ સેટીંગ્સ" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "ન્યુ સિસ્ટમ યુઝર" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The specified directory does not exist." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "નક્કી કરેલ ડિરેક્ટરી હયાત નથી." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "સોર્સ માન્ય નથી" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "ટ્રી નેમ 32 અક્ષરોથી વધુ લાંબુ" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "સ્થિતિ" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "સ્થિતિ" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal Definition" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "કર્નલ સેક્શન" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "વીએનસી" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "મંજૂર સેવાઓ" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "સોર્સ માન્ય નથી" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The primary name server is invalid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "પ્રાથમિક નેમ સર્વર ઈનવેલીડ છે." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"ડોમેઈન બદલાઈ ગયો છે. \n" +"બદલાવોની અસર લેવા તમારે રીબુટ કરવું જ જોઈશે." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 128 characters are allowed in report names." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "રીપોર્ટ નામમાં ફક્ત 128 કેરેકટર્સ માન્‍ય છે." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "મૂળભૂત કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "IrDA શરૂ &ના કરો" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "સ્ટાર્ટ ડિટેક્શન" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&એક્શન" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "મિનિટ (&M)" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dump Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "ફ્લોપી &ઉપકરણ" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "આ ત્યારેજ શક્ય છે જ્યારે ડિલીટ ડ્રાઇવ તેના મેચિંગ સ્કેનર ને સ્કેનર ઉમેરે ડિલીટ શક્ય નથી." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "મેચિંગ વગરના મળતાજુલતા એકટિવ સ્કેનરને ટેસ્ટ કટવા સંભવ નથી." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured Devices:" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr " કન્ફિગર્ડ સાધનો " + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost.\n" +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"બૂટ લોડર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનને ખરેખર સાચવ્યા વગર છોડી દેવું છે?\n" +"બધા બદલાવો નાશ પામશે.\n" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All Network Devices" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "ઑલ નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસીસ" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "એન્ટર LDAP URL ઇનવેલીડ છે." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered LDAP URL is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "એન્ટર LDAP URL ઇનવેલીડ છે." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing VPN Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>VPN કન્ફિગરેશનની શરૂઆત</big> \n" +" જરા થોભો... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait..." +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>કન્ફિગરેશન સાચવવું</big> \n" +" જરા થોભો... " + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Configure CASA here. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>CASA કોન્ફીગરેશન</big> \n" +"અહીં CASA કોન્ફીગર કરો. \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "To create a new user, click Add.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" +"નવા યુઝરને બનાવો, એડ ક્લિક કરો.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"નવો વિકલ્પ ઉમેરવા, ઉમેરો કિલક કરો.\n" +" વિકલ્પ રદ કરવા, તેને પસંદ કરો અને કાઢી નાખો કિલક કરો. " + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>ચેતવણી</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr " જ્યારે iSCSI ઉપકરણ પ્રાપ્ત કઈ રહ્યા હોવ ત્યારે READ/WRITE, make ખાતરી કરો કે આ પ્રાપ્તિ ખાસ છે. અન્યથા વિગતો બગડવાનું સંભવિત જોખમ છે.\n" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr " mkinitrd ચાલુ થઇ રહ્યું છે... " + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "&DASD ડિસ્કસ કોન્ફિગર કરો" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not check the MD5 sum of the firmware." +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr " ફર્મવેરનો MD5 સરવાળો ચકાસી શકાયો નહીં." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "ઈન્ટરફેસ ઉમેરી શકાતુ નથી. " + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "તેને એકટીવ થી ફેલ થયા %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr " ફોર્મેટ કરો &નહીં " + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown error" +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "અજાણી ભૂલ" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating %1$s" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr " %1$s બનાવી રહ્યા છીએ " + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "ફાઇલ સીસ્ટમ ચેક કરી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr " ડીપેન્ડન્સી ચકાસાઈ રહી છે..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "નિર્ભરતાઓ તપાસી રહયું છે" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr " ડીપેન્ડન્સી ચકાસાઈ રહી છે..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "પેકેજીસ ચેક થાય છે..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "સમાપ્ત" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCSI Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "ઇમેજ/ઉપકરણ" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Archive" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "આર્ચિવ રચી રહયું છે" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "પેકેજ ડાટાબેઝને કન્વર્ટ કરી રહયું છે. આ પ્રક્રિયા કેટલોક સમય લઇ શકે છે." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "fstabની ઇનવેલીડ અને એબસોલેટ લાઇનસ પર" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "'%1' પારમિતિ છૂટી ગયેલી છે" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "એક્સેસ પ્રકાર" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start device %1." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "%1 સાધન શરૂ થઈ શકતું નથી." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr " કન્ફિગરેશન વાંચવું " + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "ચેક fstab એન્ટ્રીઝ" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "ચેક fstab એન્ટ્રીઝ" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "અન્ય કર્નલ &પારમિતિઓ" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "fstab એન્ટ્રીને ચેકીંગ કરો..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "fstab એન્ટ્રીને ચેકીંગ કરો..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "કર્નલ બૂટ વિકલ્પો વંચાઇ રહ્યા છે... " + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "IrDA કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr " IRC સેટિન્ગ્સ લખવા " + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr " IRC સેટિન્ગ્સ લખવા " + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "અન્ય કર્નલ &પારમિતિઓ" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr " IRC સેટિન્ગ્સ લખાઈ રહ્યા છે..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr " IRC સેટિન્ગ્સ લખાઈ રહ્યા છે..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "પેટર્નો લખાઇ રહી છે..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "શામ્બા સર્વર કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરો" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "કન્ફિગરેશન ફાઈલો અદ્યતન કરવી" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load current settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr " વર્તમાન સેટિન્ગ્સ લાદો " + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching configuration files..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન ફાઇલ્સ સર્ચ કરી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading current settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr " વર્તમાન સેટિન્ગ્સ લદાઈ રહેલ છે..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "શામ્બા સર્વર કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરો" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન લખો" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "અપડેટ સેટીંગ્સ" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન લખી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving system settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr " સિસ્ટમ સેટિન્ગ્સ સચવાઈ રહ્યા છે..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr " કન્ફિગરેશન વાંચવું " + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "નિર્ભરતાઓ તપાસી રહયું છે" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading %1 Settings" +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "%1 સેટિંગ્સ વંચાઇ રહ્યું છે" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "ફ્લોપી ડિવાઇસ ચેક કરી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading system settings..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "રીડીંગ સિસ્ટમ સેટીંગ્સ..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "kdump કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે " + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "સેવા રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરો" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "સેવા રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરી રહયું છે..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Already Configured Devices:" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "ઑલરેડી કોન્ફીગર્ડ ડિવાઇસીસઃ" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "કળ અમાન્ય છે." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not start IPsec." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr " IPsec શરૂ થઈ ન શક્યું." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1 સેવા અસ્તિત્વ ધરાવતી નથી." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The kernel module for TV support could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr " TV ને આધાર આપતું કર્નલ મોડ્યુલ લઈ આવી શકાયું નથી." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "fstab could not be read" +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "fstab વાંચી નથી શકતા" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/smt.gu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/smt.gu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/smt.gu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:19 UTC (rev 95940) @@ -0,0 +1,1654 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "આ મોડયૂલ માટે વપરાશકર્તા ઈન્ટરફેસ પ્રાપ્ય નથી." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "સ્વાપ એરિયા પાર્ટીશન પર બનાવો %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "%1 ISO ઈમેજ બનાવી શકાતી નથી. " + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr " ડીપેન્ડન્સી ચકાસાઈ રહી છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid IP definition." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "અમાન્ય IP રૂપરેખા" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "સફળ" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "સિન્ક્રોનાઇઝેશન ટાઇપ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "આર્કાઇવ્‍ડ રીપોર્ટસનું સ્‍થાન" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "રેકોમન્ડેડ" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "ઑપ્શનલ" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "સુરક્ષા" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Options" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "સુરક્ષા વિકલ્પો" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "ભલામણ કરેલ પેટર્ન" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "અતિરિક્ત ભાષાઓઃ %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "રવિવાર" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "સોમવાર" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "મંગળવાર" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "બુધવાર" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "ગુરૂવાર" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "શુક્રવાર" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "શનીવાર" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "નોવેલ ગ્રાહક કેન્દ્ર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Server" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr " નેટવર્ક સર્વર " + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download PPD File" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr " PPD ફાઈલ ડાઉનલોડ કરો " + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&ઉપયોગકર્તા" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&પાસવર્ડ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "& ટેસ્ટ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "નોંધણી માટે ઇમેલ સરનામાંની જરૂર છે" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "SMT સર્વર" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "શામ્બા રૂટ &પાસવર્ડ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ પ્રમા&ણભૂત કરો" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "ને માટે અહેવાલ શેડ્યુલનું સંપાદન કરવું " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr " ફ્રીક્વન્સી " + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "સપ્તાહનો દિવસ (&W)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "મહિનાનો દિવસ (&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "કલાક" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "મીનીટ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&dd..." +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "એડ... (&d)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "એડિટ... (&E)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "ઑલ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "ડિરેક્ટરીનું નામ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr " પેચના પ્રકાર બતાવો " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Branch Name" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "શાખાનું નામ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "આવૃતિ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "વર્ગ " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "ટેસ્ટીંગ %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "સારાંશ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "પેચની & બિગતો <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "&ટોગલ સ્ટેટસ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change this?" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr " આ બદલવું છે? " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "સર્ચમાંથી બાકાત કરાયેલ વસ્તુઓ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&સક્ષમ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&ડિસેબલ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Hat" +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "હેટને બનાવો" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "નામ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Target Name" +msgid "Target" +msgstr "લક્ષ્ય નામ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "મોટીટોરીંગ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "એરર" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "વર્ણન" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "ઢબને ટોગલ કરો " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "&ટોગલ સ્ટેટસ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "સ્ટેટસ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "હોસ્ટ નામ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "સં & પર્ક કરો..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "ઈનીશીયાલાઇઝીંગ DSL કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહી છે" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read SCPM settings" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "SCPM સેટિંગ્સ વાંચો" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "ફાયરવાલ સેટીંગ્સ વાંચો" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "NTP સેટીંગ્સ વાંચો" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહયું છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading SCPM settings..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "SCPM સેટિંગ્સ વાંચી રહેલ છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "ફાયરવાલ ગોઠવણો વાંચી રહયું છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "કસ્ટમ ગોઠવણો વાંચી રહયું છે..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Migration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "& સ્થળાંતર છોડી દો" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "કસ્ટોમર સેન્ટર" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "વાર્નિંગ" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "N&o, Skip Update" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&ના, સ્કિપ અપડેટ" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "રદ કરો (&C)" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "અપડેટ કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "અપડેટ કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NTP Server Configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "NTP સર્વર કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ સેવાઓને અનુકૂળ કરો/ફાયરવોલ સેવાઓને વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવો." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ સેટીંગ્સ લખો." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write catalog settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "કેટલૉગ સેટીંગ્સ લખો" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "રિપોઝિટરી ઈમ્પોર્ટ થઇ રહી છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "સિન્ક્રોનાઇઝેશન ટાઇપ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન અપડેટ કરી રહયું છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહયું છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking installed packages..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલ્ડ પેકેજીસ ચેક કરો..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr " Kerberos કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન લખાઇ રહ્યું છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ સેવાઓને વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવી રહેલ છે." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ સેટીંગ્સ લખી રહેલ છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IPsec settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr " IPsec સેટિન્ગ્સ લખાઈ રહ્યા છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "નેટવર્ક ઉપકરણો માટેની ચકાસણી..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "સ્ક્રિપ્ટ્સ ચલાવવી..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "NFS કોન્ફીગરેશન લખી રહયું છે" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "&હવે ચેન્જીસ લખો" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "પેચીસ મેળવ્યા." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr " યોજનાઓ લખાય છે " + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"પહેલો અને બીજો વર્ઝન \n" +"પાસવર્ડ મેચ નથી." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "SMT સર્વર URL, https:// સાથે શરૂ થવું જોઇશે" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ ખાલી હોવું જોઇશે નહીં." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ ખાલી હોવું જોઇશે નહીં." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&વિગતો" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "રિઝલ્ટઃ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "રિઝલ્ટઃ" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Getting list\n" +#| "of available kernel modules..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr " ઉપલબ્ધ કર્નલ મોડ્યુલ્સની યાદી આવી રહી છે.." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "અજાણી" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "ફિલ્ટર: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&ફિલ્ટર÷ :" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr " પેચના પ્રકાર બતાવો " + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no partitionable Disks available." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr " પાર્ટીશન કરી શકાય તેવી કોઇ ડિસ્ક ઉપલબ્ધ નથી. " + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no options for this module" +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "આ મોડલ માટે બીજો કાંઇ ઉપાય નથી" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ નેમઃ %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "સિસ્ટમ અદ્યતન છે." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "સોર્સ અનનોન." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "ન જાણતી ક્લાસઃ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "ક્યારેય નહીં" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1x %2" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Unable to read\n" +#| "the current configuration." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr " વર્તમાન કન્ફિગરેશન વાંચી શકાયું નથી." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો:" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&પાસફેઝ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Importing repositories..." +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "રિપોઝિટરી ઈમ્પોર્ટ થઇ રહી છે..." + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the printer database." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr " પ્રિન્ટર ડેટાબેઝ બનાવતા ભૂલ થઈ છે." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr " ઇ-મેઇલ " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "ઇ-મેઇલ દ્વારા" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "વેલીડ નથી." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to remove the selected %1" +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ %1 ને દૂર કરવામાં નિષ્ફળ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Profile Repository:" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલ રીપોઝીટરીઃ (&P)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "પ્રોગ્રેસ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&અટકાવો" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to save the current set of profile changes and exit?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "શું તમને ખાતરી છે કે તમારે આ સેટના પ્રોફાઈલ બદલાવોને સાચવવા છે અને બહાર જવું છે?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 ( મિરરિંગ )" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "ચાલુ રાખો" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "લોડિંગ થાય છે..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "સમાપ્ત" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "આદેશ:" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "માસિક" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Undetermined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "અનડીટરમાઇન્ડ" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "સાપ્તાહિક" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "દરરોજ" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 કલાક" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 મીનીટસ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "તમામ બાબત" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "ક્લાક (&H)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "મિનિટ (&M)" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "ને માટે અહેવાલ શેડ્યુલનું સંપાદન કરવું " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "નિયત કરેલ SIR ઉમેરો " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "ફ્રિક્વન્સી (&F)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "બેકઅપ શરૂ થવાનો સમય" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "સપ્તાહનો દિવસ (&W)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "મહિનાનો દિવસ (&D)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"ખરેખર છોડી દેવું?\n" +"બધા ચેન્જીસ લોસ્ટ હોય છે." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "કસ્ટોમર સેન્ટર" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "નિર્દેશિકાઓ " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Settings" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "ક્લાઈન્ટ સેટિંગસ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Schedule Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "શેડ્યુલ રીપોર્ટસ" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "CASA કોન્ફીગરેશન વિઝાર્ડ પેજીસ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "સિસ્ટમ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન અદ્યતન કરો" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "મેનેજમેન્ટ" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ ડાટાબેસ નથી મળી રહયાં. કૃપા કરી તમારા ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન ચેક કરો." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સ્ક્રિપ્ટ નિષ્ફળ." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "ગોઠવણી લખી શકતું નથી." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી લોડ કરી રહેલ છે..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "&સર્વર સર્ટીફિકેટ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&લીનક્સ યુઝર મેનેજમેન્ટ" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&છોડી દો." + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "સેવા ડીલીટ કરી શકાતી નથી. તે ઇન્સ્ટોલ કરાયેલ નથી." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "શામ્બા રૂટ &પાસવર્ડ" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "%1 આના પર લખી શકાતું નથી." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&Retry ફરી પ્રયત્ન કરવો " + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ 1 વાંચી શકતું નથી." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Image creation failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "ઈમેજ બનાવવાનું નિષ્ફળ ગયું." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "શામ્બા રૂટ &પાસવર્ડ" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "શામ્બા રૂટ &પાસવર્ડ" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Password Age" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr " પાસવર્ડ ઉંમર " + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr " પાસવર્ડ સેટ કરો " + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr " ટ્યુનર ડેટાબેઝ વાંચી શકાતો.નથી " + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/xpram.gu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/xpram.gu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gu/po/xpram.gu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:19 UTC (rev 95940) @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "CASA નું કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable IR." +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "જોયસ્ટિક સક્ષમ કરો." + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disable IRC" +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr " IRC બંધ કરો " + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration" +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "IrDA કોન્ફીગરેશન પરિવર્તિત કરો" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount Point" +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટૈ" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SCPM Configuration" +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "SCPM કન્ફિગુરેશન" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "અહીં, આપના કોમ્પ્યુટર માટે ઈનફ્રારડેડ ઈન્ટરફેસ(IrDA) કોન્ફીગર કરો." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "IrDA શરૂ &ના કરો" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start IrDA" +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&સ્ટાર્ટ IrDA" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટૈ" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File System" +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "સિસ્ટમ" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " File System " +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving VPN Configuration" +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr " VPN કન્ફિગરેશન સાચવવું " + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "સેવા રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરો" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "સેવા રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરી રહયું છે..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "સમાપ્ત" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95939 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:13 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95939 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/journalctl.gl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/kernel-update-tool.gl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/linux-user-mgmt.gl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/migration.gl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/smt.gl.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/journalctl.gl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/journalctl.gl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/journalctl.gl.po 2016-07-04 08:44:13 UTC (rev 95939) @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Sen entradas." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Modificar sufixo" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Refresh" +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "A&ctualizar" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Pantalla en braille" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Non se atoparon entradas" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtros:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "Sistema de arquivos" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioridade" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Opcións adicionais" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrar por ficheiro" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Sistema de arquivos" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Hora" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Fonte" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mensaxe" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/kernel-update-tool.gl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/kernel-update-tool.gl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/kernel-update-tool.gl.po 2016-07-04 08:44:13 UTC (rev 95939) @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Aviso" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Abortar a actualización do kernel?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Ubicación de Descarga Alternativa" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Rexistro do Estado da Actualización do Kernel" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/linux-user-mgmt.gl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/linux-user-mgmt.gl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/linux-user-mgmt.gl.po 2016-07-04 08:44:13 UTC (rev 95939) @@ -0,0 +1,741 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Buscando árbores de eDirectory" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Isto pode levar un anaco" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 non é un nome completo válido. O nome debera ser escribible (p.ex. cn=admin,o=acme ou o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Inicializando o Xestor de Usuarios Linux" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Ler a base de datos" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Verificando as dependencias" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Lendo a base de datos..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finalizado" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Semella que %1 xa foi configurado. \n" +"Continuar a configuración?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Non se puido ler a base de datos 1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Gardando a Configuración do Xestor de Usuarios do Linux" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Escribir as opcións" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Por favor, agarde..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "Executando namconfig para LUM, isto pode levar un anaco..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"Imposible conectar ao servidor LDAP %1 ou o \n" +"usuario especificado %2 non ten suficientes \n" +"privilexios para configurar Xestor de Usuarios Linux.\n" +"Por favor, corrixa o problema e volva executar\n" +"namconfig trala instalación." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "O script SuSEconfig fallou." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "Nome do administrador de LDAP con contexto: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "Enderezo IP do servidor LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "Número de porto LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "Porto seguro LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Contexto da configuración de Linux/Unix: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "Contexto da estación de traballo LUM: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "Nome do usuario proxy con contexto: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "Servizos activados para PAM que permiten a autenticación mediante eDirectory:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "Rexistro: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "contrasinal: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Posto Local" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de Servidor LDAP %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Servidor de Cartafol Local ou remoto" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "Sistema &Local" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "Sistema &Remoto:" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Enderezo do servidor de directorio" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Nome de administrador con contexto (p. ex. cn=admin,o=novell). Opcional para Desktop." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Contrasinal de administrador. Opcional para Desktop." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Detalles do Porto:" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 non é unha sintaxe de LDAP válida. No nome débese empregar a coma como separador (p. ex. cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"O intento de realizar unha asociaicón segura LDAP non respondeu en 2 minutos.\n" +"Isto pode indicar que existe un problema de LDAP no servidor de destino.\n" +"Se está seguro de que as súas credenciais son correctas, pode seguir.\n" +"Se non, comprobe que LDAP estase a executar correctamente no sistema de destino.\n" +"Desexa continuar?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "Tempo de espera de asociación segura LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"Non se puido autenticar mediante LDAP usando os seguintes parámetros:\n" +" nome de usuario: %1\n" +" enderezo: %2\n" +" porto: %3\n" +"\n" +"Isto pode indicar que algún dos parámetros non é correcto.\n" +"Non obstante, se LDAP non está activado no servidor de eDirectory\n" +"ou está configurado para escoitar nun porto distinto do\n" +"anterior, non se obterá ningunha resposta. \n" +"\n" +"Desexa continuar e empregar estes parámetros de todos os xeitos? " + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "Porte LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "Porto seguro LDAP" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"O primeiro contrasinal e o\n" +"segundo que se introduciron\n" +"son distintos.\n" +"Ténteo de novo." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"O contrasinal só pode conter os seguintes caracteres:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, e calquera de \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Ténteo de novo." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "Non se pode engadir o certificado asinado automaticamente ao almacén de certificados raíz" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "Non se pode cambiar o propietario do grupo do almacén de certificados raíz a www" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "Non se poden cambiar os permisos de grupo do almacén de certificados raíz a acceso de escritura para www" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Non pode ter un nome de árbore baleiro" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "O nome da árbore non podde ter máis de 32 caracteres" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Nome de árbore non pode rematar na barra invertida (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "Os nomes de árbores só poden conter os seguintes caracteres [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] e \"-\" ou \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Os números de porto válidos están entre 0 e 65536.\n" +"Por favor, ténteo de novo." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "O porto %1 estase usando; usar de todos os xeitos?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ningún" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "O contedor 'o=security' está reservado e non se pode empregar nun nome distintivo" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 non especifica un nome completo dende a árbore raíz." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "O contedor 'o=security' está reservado e non se pode utilizar nun contexto" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "'%1' é un contexto incorrecto" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Verificando as credenciais de usuario." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Agarde..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Introduza o enderezo IP do servidor existente." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 non é unha ruta válida." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 non é unha ruta absoluta válida" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración do Xestor de Usuarios de Linux" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Xestor de Usuarios de Linux a configurar" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Resumo do Xestor de Usuarios de Linux" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Número" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Xestor de Usuarios de Linux" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración do Xestor de Usuarios de Linux" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Contexto da configuración de Linux/Unix" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Contexto da estación de traballo LUM (p. ex. o=novell). Opcional para Desktop." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "Nome de usuario proxy con contexto (p. ex. cn=proxy.o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(Opcional)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Contrasinais de usuario do Proxy" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 é unha sintaxe de LDAP válida. O nome debe usar comas como separador (p. ex. ou=xyz,o=acme) " + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 non é unha sintaxe de LDAP válida. Débese utilizar a coma como separador no nome (p. ex. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Seleccione os servizos activados para PAM que desexa permitir" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "autenticación mediante eDirectory" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Selec&cionar Todo" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "Anular a selección de &todo" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&Autenticación" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "Rexistro Rem&oto" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&Contrasinal" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-s&creensaver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Iniciando a Configuración do Xestor de Configuración de Usuarios do Linux</big> \n" +"Por favor agarde... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Abortando o inicio:</big> \n" +"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema Abortar agora.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Gardando a Configuración do Xestor de Usuarios de Linux </big> \n" +"Por favor agarde... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Cancelar a gravación:</big> \n" +"Cancele a gravación premendo en Cancelar.\n" +"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro facer isto ou non.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Contexto de configuración de Linux/Unix</big> \n" +"Contexto de eDirectory (existente ou creado aquí) no que se vai crear o obxecto configuración de \n" +"Linux/UNIX. LDAP procura os obxectos usuario de LUM, grupo de LUM\n" +"e estación de traballo de LUM que empezan aquí, de modo que este deben ter un nivel equivalente\n" +"ou superior aos obxectos de LUM procurados.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Contexto da estación de traballo de LUM</big> \n" +"Contexto de eDirectory (existente ou creado aquí) do obxecto Estación de traballo de LUM\n" +"creado mediante a instalación deste servidor. O contexto debe ser o mesmo\n" +"ou inferior ao contexto base especificado anteriormente.\n" +"" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Nome de usuario proxy con contexto (opcional)</big> \n" +"Usuario (existente ou creado aquí) con dereitos para procurar na árbore LDAP obxectos de\n" +"LUM.\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Servizos activados para PAM</big> \n" +"Os servizos activados para PAM deste servidor que estarán dispoñibles para\n" +"os usuarios de LUM autenticados.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Servidor de directorios local ou remoto</big> \n" +"Seleccione Sistema local ou Sistema remoto, dependendo do servidor que estea configurando.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Enderezo do servidor de Cartafol</big> \n" +"Este campo só está activo se vostede selecciona Sistema Remoto. Introduza o enderezo IP do servidor remoto que desexa configurar.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Nome de administrador con contexto</big> \n" +"Introduza o nome de administrador LDAP e o contexto. Trátase do nome completo con punto inicial do obxecto de usuario con dereitos administrativos con respecto a LDAP. Por exemplo: cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Contrasinal de administrador</big> \n" +"Especifique o contrasinal de administrador LDAP. Trátase do contrasinal especificado polo usuario para o administrador LDAP.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Detalles do porto</big> \n" +"Prema en Detalles do porto para ver ou modificar o porto LDAP ou o porto LDAP seguro que usa este servidor para comunicarse con outros servidores. O porto LDAP predeterminado é o 389. O porto LDAP seguro predeterminado é o 636.\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Configuración do Xestor de Usuarios do Linux." + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Debe configurarse o Xestor de Usuarios do Linux." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Xestor de Usuarios do Linux" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "Xestor de Usuarios de &Linux" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Iniciando..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/migration.gl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/migration.gl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/migration.gl.po 2016-07-04 08:44:13 UTC (rev 95939) @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Detalles da migración" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "O sistema reiniciarase agora." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Reiniciar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the migration\n" +#| "and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Finalizar pechará a migración e\n" +"deberá reiniciar o sistema o máis axiña posible." + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Congratulations! \n" +#| "You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.\n" +#| "The whole system has been upgraded. It should be rebooted\n" +#| "it as soon as possible.\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "Have a nice day! \n" +#| "Your SUSE Linux Team" +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" +"Parabéns! \n" +"Vén de rematar a migración en liña correctamente.\n" +"O sistema foi atualizado por completo. Debe ser reiniciado\n" +"o máis axiña posible.\n" +"Visítenos en http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"Teña un bo día! \n" +"O equipo SUSE Linux" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Houbo un fallo ao crear unha nova relación." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Resumo da configuración" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Resumo da configuración" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "Este marco móstralle un resumo de todas as opcións da solicitude que se vai asinar." + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Completed" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Migración completada" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Para usar as opcións que se mostran, prema Seguinte.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po 2016-07-04 08:44:13 UTC (rev 95939) @@ -0,0 +1,2126 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Configuración de DASD" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Non se detectou ningún disco DASD" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Configuración do servidor de correo" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Configuración do servidor de correo" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Configuración do correo" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Detectando os controladores dispoñibles" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración do controlador de disco S/390" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Configurar discos &DASD" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Iniciando..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Configuración de CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Non hai ningún disco zFCP configurado" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Activar" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Desactivar" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "&Activar DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "&Desactivar DIAG" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Formatar" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Subnet Information" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Información de subrede" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Formatar" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "Discos formatados en &paralelo" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Non hai ningún disco seleccionado." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device is unformatted. Format device?" +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "Dispositivo sen formatar. Quere formatar o dispositivo?" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "O disco %1 non está activo." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "O disco %1 non está accesible para escritura." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Formatar estes discos destrúe todos os seus datos. \n" +"Quere formatar os seguintes discos? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Xestor de disco DASD" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Canle" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Formatar" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "Usar DIAG" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Dispositivo" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipo" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Tipo de acceso" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Formatado" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Información da partición" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Canle mí&nima" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Canle má&xima" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filtrar" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Executar &acción" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Seleccionar todo" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Deseleccionar todo..." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "Nome de arquivo non válido." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Engadir novo disco DASD" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Canle" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Formatar o disco" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "Usar &DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Quere deixar a configuración do disco ZFCP sen gardar?\n" +"Perderanse todas as modificacións." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not a valid umask." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "umask non válida" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " xa existe." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Iniciando a configuración do controlador</big> \n" +" Agarde... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Cancelando o inicio:</big> \n" +"Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema enCancelar agora." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Gardando a configuración do controlador</big>\n" +" Agarde... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Cancelando a gravación:</big> \n" +"Cancele a gravación premendo Cancelar.\n" +"Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se facer isto é seguro ou non." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>Discos DASD configurados</big> \n" +"Este cadro de diálogo permítelle administrar os discos DASD do sistema." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"Para filtrar os discos que deben ser amosados, defina\n" +"a Canle mínima e a Canle máxima\n" +"e prema en Filtrar." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Para configurar un novo disco DASD, prema en Engadir." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Para eliminar un disco DASD configurado, seleccióneo\n" +"e prema en >b>Eliminar." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"Pódense executar todas as accións en varios discos dunha soa vez. Para\n" +"seleccionar os discos onde executar unha acción, escolla os discos desexados\n" +"e prema en Seleccionar ou anular selección." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"Para executar unha acci´onnos discos seleccionados, use Executar acción.\n" +"A acción executarase de súpeto." + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>Engadir novo disco DASD</big> \n" +"Introduza o identificador do disco que quere engadir. Para especificar o disco, empregue o\n" +"Número de canle do disco DASD." + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"Para indicar que o disco debe ser formatado,\n" +"utilice a opción Formatar o disco." + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" +#| "use Use DIAG." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"Para indicar que debe empregarse o modo DIAG,\n" +"utilice a opción Usar DIAG." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración do controlador" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Editar dispositivo de envorcado" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How to write data to disk" +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "Como escribir os datos no disco" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"O disco %1 formatarase agora como dispositivo de envorcado.\n" +"Quere continuar?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>Usuarios</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Recursos</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "Empregue Novo para crear un novo patrón ou Importar para importar un existente." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Usuarios</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>Configuración de reIPL para s390</big> \n" +"" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Para cambiar o URL, prema no botón Cambiar..." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Imaxe ISO</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Si" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Non" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volgroup" +msgid "group" +msgstr "GrupoVol" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable TLS" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "Activar TLS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Autorización" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Membros do grupo" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "Usuarios &NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Borrar" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Grupos de paquetes" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selection" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "Selección" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Rexistrar" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Ficheiro" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "E&xaminar" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Inicio de sesión" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Ruta persoal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Consola" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Configuración da zona" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Contrasinal" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "Co&nfirmar o contrasinal" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Directorio home" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "Examina&r" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Nome de &usuario" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Force Password Change" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Forzar o cambio de contrasinal" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Grup&os adicionais" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Número" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Seleccionar ou anular a selección" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Crear..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "Grupos &NIS" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Número" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Consola" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Os contrasinais non coinciden.\n" +"Probe outra vez." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "O nome de host é incorrecto." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Débese especificar un directorio." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Non se puido ler a configuración." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Configurar as opcións xerais " + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Novo usuario do sistema" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Autorización do usuario" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The specified directory does not exist." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "O directorio especificado non existe." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The hostname is invalid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "O nome de host é incorrecto." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Empregou só minúsculas no contrasinal." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "O nome da árbore non podde ter máis de 32 caracteres" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings" +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "Preferencias da configuración rexional" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Estado" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Estado" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External credentials." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Liste os servizos que posúen permiso para fornecer credenciais en Credenciais externas." + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Servizos permitidos" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Desexa saír da configuración sen gardala antes?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "O URL introducido non é válido." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "O enderezo introducido non é válido." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"O dominio cambiou.\n" +"Debe reiniciar para que os cambios teñan efecto." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Permítense só 1 ou 2 parámetros." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración Básica" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration of the Repository \n" +#| "\n" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" +"Configuración do Repositorio \n" +"\n" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "N&on iniciar IrDA" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Iniciar detección" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Acción" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minuto" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Dispositivo de envorcado" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Só é posible eliminar un controlador que non estea vinculado a un escáner." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Non é posible facer unha proba sen un escáner activo correspondente." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Discos ZFCP configurados" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Quere deixar a configuración do disco ZFCP sen gardar?\n" +"Perderanse todas as modificacións." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Engadir novo disco ZFCP" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "Obter WWPNs" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "Obter LUNs" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "O WWPN introducido non é válido." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "O WWPN introducido non é válido." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Iniciando a configuración de discos ZFCP</big> \n" +" Agarde... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Configuración de Servidor FTP</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Discos ZFCP configurados</big> \n" +"Este diálogo permítelle administrar os discos ZFCP do seu sistema." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Para configurar un novo disco ZFCP, prema en Engadir." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Para eliminar un disco ZFCP xa confugurado, seleccióneo e prema\n" +"en Eliminar." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Ao acceder a un dispositivo ZFCP de\n" +"LECTURA/ESCRITURA asegúrese que o acceso sexa exclusivo.\n" +"Doutro xeito, existirá un risco potencial de corrupción de datos." + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Engadir novo disco ZFCP</big> \n" +"Introduza o identificador do disco para engadir. Introduza o\n" +"Número de canle do controlador ZFCP, o número de porto\n" +"worldwide (WWPN) e o número FCP-LUN." + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"O Número de canle débese indicar con letras minúsculas nun formato admitido por\n" +"sysfs 0.0.<nºdispositivo>, por exemplo, <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"O WWPN débese indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos,\n" +"por exemplo, <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"O LUN débese indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 díxitos\n" +"con todos os seus ceros ao final como, por exemplo, <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running KInternet..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Executando KInternet..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "ID de canle: %1, formatar: %2, usar DIAG: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "ID de canle: %1, formatar: %2, usar DIAG: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Lendo os discos DASD configurados" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs non montado." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1: estado non válido para <online>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: non se atopou ningún dispositivo para <ccwid>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: non se puido modificar o estado do dispositivo" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: device is not a DASD" +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: o dispositivo non é un DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not load module" +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: Non se puido cargar o módulo" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD" +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1: Fallou ao activar DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "%1: DASD non está formatado" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: Erro descoñecido %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1 as %2" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Formatando %1 como %2" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Fallou o formatado dos discos. Código de saída: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Formatando %1: cilindro %2 de %3 feito" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Comprobando estado..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Comprobando dependencias..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Discos ZFCP configurados" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Comprobando estado..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Comprobando estado..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finalizado" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Editar dispositivo de envorcado" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"Non se puido crear o dispositivo de envorcado %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Convertendo a base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso pode levar un bo anaco." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Disco non válido ou non utilizable (fatal)." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Faltan os programas de soporte." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Falta o parámetro '%1'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "Tipo de acceso" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "Código de erro do programa de soporte: %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Non se puido crear o dispositivo de envorcado %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Lendo a configuración básica" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Comprobar entradas de fstab" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Comprobar entradas de fstab" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Outros &Parámetros do Kernel" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Comprobando as entradas de fstab..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Comprobando as entradas de fstab..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Lendo as opcións de arrinque do kernel..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Gardando a configuración de IrDA" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Escribir a configuración de IRC" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Escribir a configuración de IRC" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Outros &Parámetros do Kernel" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de IRC..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de IRC..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Escribindo os patróns..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Gardando a configuración do servidor de correo" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Ler ficheiro de configuración" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read DNS server settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Ler a configuración do servidor DNS" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Lendo ficheiro de configuración..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Lendo a configuración personalizada..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Gardando a configuración do servidor de correo" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Escribir a configuración" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update runlevel settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Actualizar configuración de niveis de execución" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Escribindo a configuración..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating runlevel settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Actualizando configuración de niveis de execución..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Lendo a configuración de inicio" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Verificando as dependencias" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Lendo a configuración..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Comprobando a disqueteira..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Lendo a configuración..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Gardando a configuración de kdump" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Escribir as opcións" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Reiniciar o servizo" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Reiniciando o servizo..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "ID da canle: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "ID da canle: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot revert the previous state of installed products.\n" +#| "You will have to revert them manually." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" +"Non foi posible reverter ao estado anterior dos produtos instalados.\n" +"Debe revertelos de xeito manual." + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Lendo discos ZFCP configurados" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: WWPN non válido." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: non foi posible activar WWPN para o adaptador %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: non foi posible activar o disco ZFCP." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: non se puido activar o disco SCSI." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: o rexistro de ZFCP LUN no pode ser cancelado." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: o rexistro de ZFCP WWPN no pode ser cancelado." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1: o dispositivo <ccwid> non existe." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: non se puido cargar o módulo zfcp." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: non se pode modificar o estado do adaptador." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: os portos WWPN están aínda activos." + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/smt.gl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/smt.gl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/smt.gl.po 2016-07-04 08:44:13 UTC (rev 95939) @@ -0,0 +1,1704 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Non hai unha interface de usuario dispoñible para este módulo." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "Non se definiu ningún URL para as notas de publicación. Non se pode realizar a proba de Internet." + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Creando área de intercambio..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Non se pode crear a imaxe ISO %1." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Comprobando dependencias..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Credenciais externas" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Éxito" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Rexistro" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Tipo de sincronización" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Localización dos informes arquivados" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Queue Name" +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "Non hai nome de cola" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Recomendado" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Opcional" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Seguridade" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Estado da seguridade" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Patróns recomendados" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Idiomas adicionais: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Domingo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Luns" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Martes" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Mércores" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Xoves" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Venres" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Sábado" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración do centro de atención ao cliente" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "&Usar certificado de servidor común" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Servidor de rexistro:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Tamaño da descarga:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Usuario" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Contrasinal" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Probar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "Precísase o enderezo de correo-e para o rexistro." + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "Servidor SMT" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Path" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "Ruta da base de datos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "C&onfirmar o contrasinal" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Editar programa de informes para" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Comandos para executar" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Frecuencia" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Día da &semana" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Día do mes" + +# HN +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Hora" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minuto" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Engadir..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Editar..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "Enderezo de correo do administrador do servidor" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Todas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "&Nome do Repositorio:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Amo&sar categoría do parche:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Parche: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versión" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoría" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "&Probando" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Produto" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Resumo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&Detalles do parche <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "&Cambiar estado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Cambiar o e&stado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Elementos Excluidos da busca" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Activado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Desactivado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Product..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Crear produto..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Destino" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Monitorización" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Erro" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrición" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "Alternar modo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "&Cambiar estado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Estado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Nome de host" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "C&ontacto" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Iniciando a configuración de FTP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Ler configuracións" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Ler o estado do daemon" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Ler a configuración da devasa" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Ler a configuración de sudo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Lendo a configuración..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Lendo o estado do daemon..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Lendo a configuración da devasa..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Lendo a configuración personalizada..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Proxy User Credentials" +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciais de usuario de proxy" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Rexistro" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "Centro de atención ao &cliente" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Aviso" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Si, saltar" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Cancelar" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Ler a configuración actual" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Actualizar a configuración" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Crear a CA predeterminada e o certificado de servidor" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Configuración do servidor DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Axustar o servizo DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Escribir as opcións do cortalumes" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Escribir as opcións de proxy" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Comprobando os repositorios actuais..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Tipo de sincronización" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Adaptando a configuración..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Adaptando a configuración..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Creando a CA predeterminada e o certificado de servidor..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Gravando a configuración de Kerberos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Axustando o servizo DNS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Escribindo as opcións do cortalumes..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Escribindo as opcións de proxy..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Comprobando os repositorios actuais..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "A executar os scripts..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "&Escribir cambios agora" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the rules" +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Escribindo as regras" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the rules..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Escribindo as regras..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Os dous contrasinais\n" +"introducidos son distintos!" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "O enderezo URL do servidor SMT debe comezar con https://" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "O nome de usuario non pode estar baleiro." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "O contrasinal non debe estar en branco." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Detalles" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Resultado da Proba:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Resultado da Proba:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Comprobando os repositorios actuais..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Descoñecido" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filtro: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "Filtrar" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Amo&sar categoría do parche:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Lendo os paquetes dispoñibles nos repositorios..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Actualizáronse os repositorios de software." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Mensaxe de erro: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Nome do Produto: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Enabled:%1" +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "Cliente activado:%1" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Fonte descoñecida." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "Non hai particións para eliminar neste disco." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Clase descoñecida:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Nunca" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Non foi posible escribir a configuración da base de datos actual." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Introduza a frase de contrasinal" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Contrasinal" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Os contrasinais non son iguais." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Creando o repositorio %1" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Ocorreu un erro mentres se creaba o repositorio." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "Correo &electrónico" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "Por correo-&e" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Entered umask is not valid!" +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "O valor introducido non é válido!" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Non se pode ler o estado actual de SSHD." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Non foi posible obter a descrición do repositorio remoto." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Probando o repositorio %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Evolución" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Parar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Upgrade" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Abortando a actualización" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Está seguro de querer cancelar a instalación do complemento?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (réplica)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue Profiling" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "&Continuar a perfilar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Cargando..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Finalizado" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Comando:" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Periodic interval" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "Intervalo periódico" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Mensualmente" + +# UA +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "not-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "non definido" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Semanalmente" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "diariamente" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 hora" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 minutos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Todo" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Hora" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minuto" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Editar programa de informes para" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Engadir SIR programado" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Frecuencia" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Comandos para executar" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Hora de inicio da copia de seguridade" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Día da &semana" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Día do mes" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Desexa saír?\n" +"Perderanse todos os cambios." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" +#| "Here you can set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" +#| "matching these rules." +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Regras personalizadas</big> \n" +"Aquí pode definir regras de devasa especiais que permitan novas\n" +"conexións que cumpran estas regras." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar o estado dun módulo, \n" +"seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema Cambiar estado.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar o estado dun módulo, \n" +"seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema Cambiar estado.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Centro de atención ao cliente" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Backend: " +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Motor de base de datos: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Repositorios" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Estado actual" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Schedule Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "Programar informes" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Páxinas do asistente de configuración de CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración do sistema de actualización" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Xestión" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Non se atopou a base de datos de tarxetas de son. Comprobe a súa instalación." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "O script de configuración fallou." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Recargando o servizo %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "Como certificado de servidor" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&Xestión de CAs" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Omitir" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Non se pode eliminar o servizo. Non está instalado." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "&Contrasinal de root de Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter new &Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Introducir novo &contrasinal" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Non é posible escribir en %1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&Retentar" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Non se puido ler a base de datos 1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Produciuse un erro ao modificar a base de datos." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "&Contrasinal de root de Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "&Contrasinal de root de Samba" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "&Contrasinal novo" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check new passwords" +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Comprobar os contrasinais novos" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Fallo ao configurar a rede" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Non é posible ler a base de datos de sintonizadores." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Permitir cambiar os &contrasinais" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po 2016-07-04 08:44:13 UTC (rev 95939) @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# Galician message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>, 2000. +# +# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas +# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://trasno.gpul.org +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-23 11:51+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Bravo Álvarez <jba(a)pobox.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Galician <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Configuración de XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Activar XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Desactivar XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Cambiar a configuración de XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Punto de montaxe" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de XPRAM" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Aquí, configure o XPRAM para o seu ordenador." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Esta ferramenta só admite actualmente a asignación de XPRAM a unha partición. Para ter varias particións, consulte \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" (Controladores de dispositivos, funcións e comandos, 30 de novembro de 2004) para o kernel de Linux 2.6 (abril de 2004).Neste caso, deshabilite XPRAM neste módulo." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Elixa o punto de montaxe correcto na opción Punto de Montaxe." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "A continuación, escolla o sistema de ficheiros para usar no dispositivo." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "N&on Iniciar XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "&Iniciar XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Instalar Sistema de Ficheiros ou Swap aínda que &XPRAM Conteña Datos Válidos" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Punto de Montaxe" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "Punto de &montaxe" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Tipo de sistema de ficheiros" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "&Sistema de ficheiros a usar:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Gardando a configuración de XPRAM" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Escribir as opcións" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Reiniciar o servizo" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Reiniciando o servizo..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Finalizado" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Erro ao deter xpram. Probe a executar \"rcxpram stop\" manualmente." + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Erro ao iniciair xpram. Probe a executar manualmente \"rcxpram start\""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95938 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:11 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95938 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:11 UTC (rev 95938) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:12\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" -msgstr "Adresses supplémentaire à placer dans le ticket (séparées par une virgule)" +msgstr "Adresses supplémentaires à placer dans le ticket (séparées par une virgule)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" -msgstr "Lire les éléments suivants à partir la source de données LDAP :" +msgstr "Lire les éléments suivants à partir de la source de données LDAP :" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" -msgstr "Domaine Kerberos par défaut pour la connexion utilisateur" +msgstr "Domaine Kerberos par défaut pour la connexion utilisateur :" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" -msgstr "Base de données du fichier SSSD local" +msgstr "Base de données locale du fichier SSSD" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" -msgstr "Répertoire du système de fichiers sur lequel SSSD doit stocker les fichiers de cache de relecture Kerberos." +msgstr "Répertoire du système de fichiers dans lequel SSSD doit stocker les fichiers de cache de relecture Kerberos." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" -msgstr "Nombre de secondes pendant lequel un processus SSSD peut rester sur un descripteur de fichier sans aucune communication." +msgstr "Nombre de secondes pendant lequel un client du processus SSSD peut rester sur un descripteur de fichier sans aucune communication." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/geo-cluster.fr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:11 UTC (rev 95938) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:12\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 msgid "Authentication file " -msgstr "Le fichier d'authentification " +msgstr "Fichier d'authentification" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 msgid " created successfully." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/journalctl.fr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:11 UTC (rev 95938) @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# French message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Patricia Vaz <patricia(a)suse.de>, 2003. +# Francoise Lermen <flermen(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001, 2002. +# Karine Nguyen <karine(a)suse.de>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 09:50+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Vaz <patricia(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: French <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +# TLABEL nfs_2002_08_07_0216__0 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Aucune entrée." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Changer le suffixe" + +# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__25 +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Rafraîchir" + +# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__155 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Affichage Braille" + +# TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__19 +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Aucune entrée trouvée" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtres :" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Priorité" + +# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__48 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Aucune information supplémentaire" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrer par fichier" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__102 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Temps" + +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Source" + +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__47 +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Message" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2016-07-04 08:44:11 UTC (rev 95938) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:22\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:12\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -919,8 +919,8 @@ "combination. %s" msgstr "" "Interprétation de Ctrl + Alt + Suppr :\n" -"configurer l'opération que le système doit effectuer lorsque\n" -"quelqu'un appuie sur la combinaison de touches Ctrl + Alt + Suppr\n" +"configurer l'opération que le système doit effectuer quand\n" +"un utilisateur appuie sur la combinaison de touches Ctrl + Alt + Suppr\n" "au niveau de la console. %s" #. Boot dialog help 3/4

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95937 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:10 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95937 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/journalctl.fi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/kernel-update-tool.fi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/linux-user-mgmt.fi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/migration.fi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/s390.fi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/smt.fi.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/xpram.fi.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/journalctl.fi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/journalctl.fi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/journalctl.fi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Ei tapahtumia." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Vaihda loppuliite" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Päivitä" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Sokeainnäyttö" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Mitään ei löytynyt" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Suotimet:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioriteetti" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional options" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Lisävalinnat" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Suodata tiedoston mukaan" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Aika" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Lähde" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Viesti" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/kernel-update-tool.fi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/kernel-update-tool.fi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/kernel-update-tool.fi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Varoitus" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Keskeytä ytimen päivitys?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Vaihtoehtoinen lataussijainti" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Ytimen päivityksen tilaloki" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/linux-user-mgmt.fi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/linux-user-mgmt.fi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/linux-user-mgmt.fi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) @@ -0,0 +1,736 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Etsitään eDirectory hakemistopuista " + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Tämä voi kestää jonkin aikaa" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 on virheellinen täysin erotettavissa oleva nimi. Nimen tulee olla näppäiltävissä (esim. cn=admin,o=acme tai o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Valmistellaan Linux käyttäjienhallintaa" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Lue tietokanta" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Tarkistetaan riippuvuudet" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Valmis" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Näyttäisi, että %1 on jo määritetty. \n" +"Jatketaanko määrittelyä?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Tietokannan1 lukeminen ei onnistu." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan Linux käyttäjienhallinnan määrittely" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Suorita SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Suoritetaan SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Odota hetki" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "Suoritetaan namconfig LUM:lle. Tämä voi kestää jonkin aikaa..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"Ei voida kytkeytyä LDAP palvelimelle %1.\n" +"Vaihtoehtoisesti käyttäjällä %2 ei ole riittäviä\n" +"oikeuksia määritellä Linux käyttäjienhallintaa.\n" +"Korjaa ongelma ja aja namconfig uudelleen\n" +"asennuksen jälkeen." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "SuSEconfig-komentojono epäonnistui." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "LDAP admin-nimi kontekstissa: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "LDAP-palvelimen IP-osoite: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "LDAP portti: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "LDAP portti turvalliselle yhteydelle: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Linux/Unix määrittelykonteksti: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "LUM-työasemakonteksti: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "Välityspalvelimen käyttäjänimi kontekstissa: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "PAM käyttöönotetut palvelut eDirectory pohjaista autentikointia varten:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "login: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "salasana: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-salasana: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-näytönsäästäjä: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Paikallinen kone" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 LDAP-palvelimen määritykset" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Etä- tai paikallinen hakemistopalvelin" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&Paikallinen järjestelmä" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "&Etäjärjestelmä:" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Hakemistopalvelimen osoite" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Pääkäyttäjän nimi kontekstissa (esim. cn=admin, o=novell). Valinnainen työpöytäjärjestelmissä." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Pääkäyttäjän salasana. Valinnainen työpöytäjärjestelmissä." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Portin lisätiedot" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 on virheellinen LDA syntaksi. Nimessä täytyy käyttää pilkkuja erotinmerkkeinä (esim. cn=admin, o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"Yritys suorittaa turvallinen LDAP sidos päättyi aikakatkaisuun. Palvelin ei\n" +"vastannut 2 min kuluessa. Tämä voi tarkoittaa ongelmaa LDAP palvelimessa\n" +"Jos olet varma, että antamasi tunnukset ovat oikeat voit jatkaa, muuten\n" +"varmista, että LDAP palvelin on kunnossa.\n" +"Haluatko jatkaa?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "LDAP turvallinen sidos - aikakatkaisu" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"Ei voitu autentikoida käyttäen LDAP:ia ja seuraavia parametrejä:\n" +" käyttäjänimi: %1\n" +" osoite: %2\n" +" portti: %3\n" +" \n" +"Tämä voi johtua virheellisistä parametreistä.\n" +"Autentikointi epäonnistuu, jos LDAP ei ole käytössä\n" +"eDirectory-palvelimella tai se on määritetty kuuntelemaan\n" +"muuta kuin annettua porttia. \n" +"Haluatko kuitenkin jatkaa käyttäen antamiasi parametrejä?" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP-portti" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP turvallinen portti" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Ensimmäinen ja toinen salasana\n" +"eivät täsmää!\n" +"Yritä uudelleen." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Salasana saa sisältää vain seuraavia merkkejä:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z ja mitä tahansa seuraavista \"#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Yritä uudelleen." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "Itseallekirjoitettua sertifikaattia ei voitu lisätä pääsertifikaattivarastoon" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "Pääsertifikaattivaraston ryhmäomistajaa ei voitu muuttaa www:hen" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "www ei voinut muuttaa pääsertifikaattivaraston ryhmäoikeuksia sallimaan kirjoitusoikeuksia" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Puun nimi ei saa olla tyhjä." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Puun nimi ei saa olla pidempi kuin 32 merkkiä" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Puun nimi ei saa päättyä kenoviivaan (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "Puun nimi saa sisältää vain seuraavia merkkejä: [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] ja \"-\" tai \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Oikeat porttinumerot ovat väliltä [0...65536]\n" +"Yritä uudelleen." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "Portti %1 on jo käytössä - haluatko silti käyttää sitä?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "ei mitään" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "Säiliö o=security on varattu eikä sitä voida käyttää täysin erotettavissa olevassa nimessä" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "%1 ei määritä täyttä nimeä puun juuressa." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "Säiliö o=security on varattu eikä sitä voida käyttää kontekstissa" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 on väärä konteksti" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Tarkistetaan käyttäjän tunnukset" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Odota hetki..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Anna palvelimen IP-osoite." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 ei ole kelvollinen polku" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 ei ole kelvollinen absoluuttinen polku" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Linuxin käyttäjienhallinnan määritys" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Määritettävä Linux käyttäjienhallinta" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Linux käyttäjienhallinnan yhteenveto" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Numero" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Linux käyttäjähallinta" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Linux käyttäjienhallinnan määritykset" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Linux/Unix määritysten konteksti" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "LUM työaseman konteksti (esim. o=novell). Valinnainen työasemille." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "Välityspalvelimen käyttäjänimi kontekstissa (esim. cn=proxy, o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(valinnainen)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Välityspalvelinkäyttäjän salasana" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 on virheellinen LDAP syntaksi. Käytä pilkkuja erotinmerkkeinä (esim. ou=xyz, o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "%1 on virheellinen LDAP syntaksi. Käytä pilkkuja erotinmerkkeinä (esim. ou=proxyuser, o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Valitse sallittavat PAM-pohjaiset palvelut" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "autentikointi käyttäen eDirectoryä" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Valit&se kaikki" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "&Poista kaikki valinnat" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&kirjautuminen" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "&kirjautumisnimi" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&salasana" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autokirjautuminen" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-salasana" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-n&äytönsäästäjä" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Alustetaan Linux-käyttäjähallinnan määritystä</big> \n" +"Odota... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Valmistelun keskeytys:</big> \n" +"Keskeytä määritys turvallisesti napsauttamalla Keskeytä nyt.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Tallennetaan Linux-käyttäjähallinnan määritystä</big> \n" +"Odota... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Tallennuksen keskeytys:</big> \n" +"Keskeytä tallennus napsauttamalla Keskeytä.\n" +"Ilmoitusikkuna kertoo, voiko sen tehdä turvallisesti vai ei.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linux/Unix-asetusten konteksti</big> \n" +"eDirctory-konteksti (aiemmin tai nyt luotu), johon Linux/UNIX\n" +" -määritysobjekti luodaan. LDAP:n LUM-käyttäjän, LUM-ryhmän\n" +" ja LUM-työaseman objektien haku alkaa tässä, joten sen tason on oltava\n" +" sama tai suurempi kuin haettavien LUM-objektien.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>LUM-työasemakonteksti</big> \n" +"eDirectory-konteksti (aiemmin tai tässä luotu) sitä LUM-työasemaobjektia\n" +" varten, jonka asennus on luonut tälle palvelimelle. Kontekstin on oltava sama\n" +" kuin tai pienempi kuin yllä määritetty peruskonteksti.\n" +" " + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Välityspalvelimen käyttäjänimi kontekstissa (valinnainen)</big> \n" +"Käyttäjä (aiemmin tai tässä luotu), jolla on oikeudet hakea LDAP-puusta \n" +" LUM-objekteja.\n" +" " + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>PAM-pohjaiset palvelut</big> \n" +"Tämän palvelimen PAM-pohjaiset palvelut ovat todennettujen\n" +" LUM-käyttäjien käytettävissä.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Etä- tai paikallinen hakemistopalvelin</big> \n" +"Valitse joko Paikallinen järjestelmä tai Etäjärjestelmä määritettävän palvelimen mukaan.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Hakemistopalvelimen osoite</big> \n" +"Tämä kenttä on käytettävissä vain, jos valitset etäjärjestelmän. Kirjoita määritettävän etäpalvelimen IP-osoite.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Pääkäyttäjän nimi kontekstissa</big> \n" +"Kirjoita LDAP-pääkäyttäjän nimi ja konteksti. Tämä on sellaisen käyttäjäobjektin täysin erotettavissa oleva nimi, jolla on LDAP:n hallintaoikeudet. Esimerkki: cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Pääkäyttäjän salasana</big> \n" +"Kirjoita LDAP-pääkäyttäjän salasana. Tämä on LDAP-pääkäyttäjäksi määritetyn käyttäjän salasana.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Portin lisätiedot</big> \n" +"Valitse Portin lisätiedot -vaihtoehto, jos haluat tarkastella tai muokata LDAP-porttia tai suojattua LDAP-porttinumeroa, jota tämä palvelin käyttää yhteyksissä muihin palvelimiin. LDAP-oletusportti on 389. Oletusarvoinen turvallinen LDAP-portti on 636.\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Linux käyttäjienhallinnan määritykset" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Linux käyttäjienhallinta on määriteltävä." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Linux käyttäjienhallinta" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&Linux käyttäjienhallinta" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Valmistellaan..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/migration.fi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/migration.fi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/migration.fi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Details" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Siirron yksityiskohdat" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistetään nyt uudelleen." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Käynnistä uudelleen" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the migration\n" +#| "and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Valmis-painike sulkee määrityksen ja\n" +"uudelleenkäynnistys tulisi tehdä mahdollisimman pian." + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Congratulations! \n" +#| "You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.\n" +#| "The whole system has been upgraded. It should be rebooted\n" +#| "it as soon as possible.\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "Have a nice day! \n" +#| "Your SUSE Linux Team" +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" +"Onnittelut! \n" +"Olet onnistuneesti tehnyt on-line määritykset.\n" +"Järjestelmä on nyt päivitetty. Käynnistä se tietokone mahdollisimman pian uudelleen.\n" +"Käy osoitteessa http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +"Hauskaa päivää! \n" +"SUSE Linux Team" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Uuden sijoittelun (map) luonti epäonnistui." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "Tässä näet yhteenvedon allekirjoitettavan pyynnön kaikista asetuksista." + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Completed" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Määritys on valmis" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Käyttääksesi näytettäviä asetuksia napsauta Seuraava.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/s390.fi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/s390.fi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/s390.fi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) @@ -0,0 +1,2115 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "DASD määritys" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "DASD-levyä ei havaittu" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Postipalvelimen määritys" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Postipalvelimen määritys" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Postin määritys" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Tunnistetaan saatavilla olevia ohjaimia" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "S/390-levyohjaimen määritys" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Määritä &DASD-levyt" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Määritä &ZFCP-levyt" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Valmistellaan..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "CASA määritys" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "zFCP-levyä ei ole määritetty" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Ota käyttöön" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Poista käytöstä" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "Aseta DIAG &päälle" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "Aseta DIAG p&ois päältä" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "&Alusta" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Tiedostomuoto" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Tiedostomuoto" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "&Rinnakkaisesti alustetut levyt" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Levyä ei valittu." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device is unformatted. Format device?" +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "Laite ei ole alustetettu. Haluatko alustaa sen?" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Levy %1 ei ole käytössä." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Levy %1 ei ole kirjoitettavissa." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Näiden levyjen alustaminen tuhoaa kaiken tiedon niiltä. \n" +"Haluatko varmasti alustaa seuraavat levyt? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "DASD-levyjen hallinta" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanava" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Alustus" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "Käytä DIAG" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Laite" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tyyppi" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Käyttötyyppi" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Alustettu" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Osiointitiedot" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "&Pienin kanava" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "&Suurin kanava" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Suodin" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "&Suorita toimenpide" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Valit&se kaikki" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Poista valinta kaikista" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "Epäkelpo tiedostonimi." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Lisää uusi DASD-levy" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "K&anava" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Alusta levy" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "Käytä &DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Lopetetaanko ZFCP-levyn määritys ilman tallennusta?\n" +"Kaikki muutokset menetetään." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not a valid umask." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Ei kelvollinen luontimaski." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " on jo olemassa." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Valmistellaan ohjainmääritystä</big> \n" +"Odota hetki... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Valmistelun keskeytys:</big> \n" +"Keskeytä määritys turvallisesti napsauttamalla Keskeytä nyt." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Tallennetaan ohjainmääritystä</big> \n" +"Odota hetki... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Keskeytetään tallennus:</big> \n" +"Keskeytä tallennus napsauttamalla Keskeytä.\n" +"Seuraava ikkuna kertoo, voidaanko se tehdä turvallisesti.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>Määritetyt DASD-levyt</big> \n" +"Käytä tätä ikkunaa hallinnoidaksesi DASD-levyjä." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"Suodattaaksesi näytettävät levyt, aseta\n" +"Pienin kanava ja Suurin kanava\n" +"ja napsauta Suodin." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Määrittääksesi uuden DASD-levyn napsauta Lisää." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Poistaaksesi määritetyn DASD-levyn valitse se ja napsauta Poista." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"Kaikki toimenpiteet voidaan tehdä samanaikaisesti monelle levylle. Valitaksesi levyt, joille toimenpide tehdään, valitse levyt ja napsauta\n" +"Valitse tai poista valinta." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"Suorittaaksesi toimenpiteen valituille levyille valitse Suorita toimenpide.\n" +"Toimenpide suoritetaan välittömästi!" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>Lisää uusi DASD-levy</big> \n" +"Anna lisättävän levyn tunniste. Määritelläksesi levyn käytä\n" +"DASD-levyn kanavanumeroa." + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"Määrittääksesi levyn alustuksen\n" +"valitse Alusta levy." + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" +#| "use Use DIAG." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "Määrittääksesi DIAG-tilan käytön valitse Käytä DIAG." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Levyohjaimen määritys" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Muokkaa tulostuslaitetta" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "How to write data to disk" +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "Kuinka data kirjoitetaan levylle" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "Olet valinnut yhden laitteen taulukosta" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"Levy %1 alustetaan nyt tulostuslaitteeksi.\n" +"Jatketaanko?" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>%1</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>%1</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Jaot</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "Käytä Uusi luodaksesi uuden ohjelmistoryhmän tai Tuo tuodaksesi olemassa olevan ohjelmistoryhmän." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Käyttäjät</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>Yhteysmääritykset</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Vaihtaaksesi verkko-osoitetta, napsauta Muuta...-painiketta." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Yhteysmääritykset</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Kyllä" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Ei" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS-käyttäjät" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volgroup" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Taltioryhmä" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable TLS" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "Ota TLS käyttöön" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Tunnistautuminen" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nimi" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Ryhmän jäsenet" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS-käyttäjät" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Poista" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Pakettiryhmät" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&Esivalinnat" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Rekisteröidy" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Tiedosto" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "&Selaa" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Auditd" +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "&Auditd" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Kirjautuminen" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Kotipolku" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Vyöhykkeen asetukset" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Salasana" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "Vah&vista salasana" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Kotihakemisto" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "&Selaa" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Käyttäjätunnus" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Force Password Change" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Pakota salasanan vaihto" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Lisäry&hmät" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Jäsenet" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Valitse tai poista valinta" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Luo..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS-ryhmät" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Jäsenet" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Salasanat eivät täsmää.\n" +"Yritä uudelleen." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Lähde ei kelpaa." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Hakemisto on määriteltävä." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Asetusten luku ei onnistunut." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Määritä yleiset asetukset " + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Uusi järjestelmäkäyttäjä" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Käyttäjän tunnistus" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Käyttäjätunnus tai kotihakemisto ei ole kelvollinen." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Lähde ei kelpaa." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Käytit salasanassa vain pieniä kirjaimia." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Puun nimi ei saa olla pidempi kuin 32 merkkiä" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Locale Settings" +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "Maa asetukset" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Tila" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Tila" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal ID" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "Päätteen ID" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Sallitut palvelut" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Lopetetaanko määritys ilman tallennusta?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Lähde ei kelpaa." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Annetut osoitteet ovat virheellisiä." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Toimialue on vaihtunut.\n" +"Käynnistä tietokone uudelleen, jotta muutokset tulisivat voimaan." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Vain kaksi parametria on sallittu." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Perusmääritys" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Älä käynnis&tä IrDAa" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Aloita tunnistus" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Toiminto" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minuutti" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Tulostuslaite" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Voit poistaa vain ohjaimen, johon ei liity kuvanlukijaa." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Ei ole mahdollista testata ilman vastaavaa käytössä olevaa kuvanlukijaa." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Määritetyt ZFCP-levyt" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Lopetetaanko ZFCP-levyn määritys ilman tallennusta?\n" +"Kaikki muutokset menetetään." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Lisää uusi ZFCP-levy" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "Hae WWPN:t" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "Hae LUN:t" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Annettu WWPN ei kelpaa." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Annettu WWPN ei kelpaa." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Valmistellaan ZFCP-levymääritystä</big> \n" +"Odota... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP-palvelimen määritys</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Määritetyt ZFCP-levyt</big> \n" +"Käytä tätä ikkunaa hallinnoidaksesi ZFCP-levyjä." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Luodaksesi uuden ZFCP-levyn napsauta Lisää." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Poistaaksesi määritetyn ZFCP-levyn valitse se ja napsauta Poista." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Varoitus</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" +"Yhdistettäessä ZFCP-laitteeseen\n" +" READ/WRITE varmista että tämä on ainoa yhteys.\n" +"Muuten tiedon vikaantumisen riski on hyvin mahdollinen." + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Lisää uusi ZFCP-levy</big> \n" +"Anna lisättävän levyn tunniste. Anna ZFCP-ohjaimen kanavanumero, maailmanlaajuinen porttinumero\n" +"(WWPN) ja FCP-LUN-numerot." + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"Kanavanumero tulee antaa pieninä kirjaimina sysfs -tiedostossa noudattaen\n" +"muotoa 0.0.<devno>, kuten <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"WWPN tulee antaa pienillä kirjaimilla 16-merkkisenä heksadesimaalilukuna, kuten\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"LUN tulee antaa pienillä kirjaimilla 16-merkkisenä heksadesimaalilukuna\n" +"kaikilla seuraavilla nollilla, kuten <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Suoritetaan mkinitrd..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Kanavatunniste: %1, Alustus: %2, Käytä DIAG: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Kanavatunniste: %1, Alustus: %2, Käytä DIAG: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Luetaan määritettyjä DASD-levyjä" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs ei liitetty." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1: Virheellinen tila <online>" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: <ccwid> vastaavaa laitetta ei löytynyt" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: Laitteen tilan muutos ei onnistunut" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: device is not a DASD" +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: laite ei ole DADS" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not load module" +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: EI voitu ladata moduulia" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD" +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1: DASD käyttöönotto ei onnistunut." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "%1: DASD ei ole alustettu" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: Tuntematon virhe %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting Options" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Alustusvalinnat" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Levyjen alustus epäonnistui. Paluukoodi: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Alustetaan %1: %2 / %3 sylinteriä valmis" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Tarkistetaan tilaa..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Tarkistetaan riippuvuudet..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Määritetyt ZFCP-levyt" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Tarkistetaan tilaa..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking status..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Tarkistetaan tilaa..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Valmis" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Muokkaa tulostuslaitetta" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"Tulostuslaitteen %1 luonti ei onnistunut:\n" +"%2" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Muunnetaan pakettitietokanta. Tämä toiminto voi kestää jonkin aikaa." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or unuseable disk (fatal)." +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Kelpaamaton tai käyttökelvoton levy (vakava)." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Puuttuva tukiohjelmisto." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Puuttuva parametri '%1'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "Virhekoodi tukiohjelmasta: %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Tulostuslaitteen %1 luonti ei onnistunut:\n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Luetaan asetukset" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Tarkista fstab-merkinnät" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Tarkista fstab-merkinnät" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Muut ytimen &parametrit" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Tarkistetaan fstab-merkinnät..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Tarkistetaan fstab-merkinnät..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Luetaan ytimen käynnistysvalinnat..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan IrDA-määritystä" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita kaukosäätimen asetukset" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita kaukosäätimen asetukset" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Muut ytimen &parametrit" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan kaukosäätimen asetuksia..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan kaukosäätimen asetuksia..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Valinnaiset ytimen parametrit" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan postipalvelimen määrityksiä." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Lue määritystiedosto" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the group settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Lue ryhmäasetukset" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Luetaan määritystiedostoa..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Luetaan käyttäjän asetuksia..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan postipalvelimen määrityksiä." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Kirjoita määritykset" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write user settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita käyttäjän asetukset" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetukset..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Luetaan käyttäjän asetuksia..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Luetaan käynnistysmääritykset" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Tarkistetaan riippuvuudet" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Luetaan asetuksia..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Tarkistetaan levykelaitetta..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Luetaan asetuksia..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan kdump määritys" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Käynnistä palvelu uudelleen" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua uudelleen..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "Kanavatunniste: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "Kanavatunniste: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot revert the previous state of installed products.\n" +#| "You will have to revert them manually." +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" +"Asennetun tuotteen aiempaa tilaa ei voida palauttaa.\n" +"Sinun täytyy tehdä palautus käsin." + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Luetaan määritettyjä ZFCP-levyjä" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: virheellinen WWPN." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: WWPN käyttöönotto sovittimelle %1 ei onnistunut." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP-levyn käyttöönotto ei onnistunut." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: SCSI-levyä ei voitu poistaa käytöstä." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: FCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: FCP LUN ei voitu poistaa rekisteristä." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: FCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: FCP WWPN ei voitu poistaa rekisteristä." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1: Laitetta <ccwid> ei ole olemassa." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: zfcp tarjoavaa ydinmoduulia ei voitu ladata." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: Sovittimen tilaa ei voitu vaihtaa." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: WWPN-portit ovat vielä käytössä." + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/smt.fi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/smt.fi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/smt.fi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) @@ -0,0 +1,1717 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Tälle moduulille ei ole saatavissa käyttöliittymää." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "Julkaisutietojen verkko-osoitetta ei ole määritetty. Internet-testiä ei voida suorittaa." + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating summary ..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Luodaan yhteenvetoa ..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create the file '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Tiedoston '%1' luominen ei onnistu." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Ulkoiset valtuustiedot" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "External credentials" +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Ulkoiset valtuustiedot" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Onnistui" + +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Rekisteröinti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Tahdistustyyppi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of support" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Tuen määritys" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Queue Name" +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "Jonon nimi puuttuu" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Suositeltu" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Valinnainen" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Tietoturva" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Status" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Turvallisuustila" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Suositellut ohjelmistoryhmät" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Data" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Valinnaiset tiedot" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Sunnuntai" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Maanantai" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Tiistai" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Keskiviikko" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Torstai" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Perjantai" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Lauantai" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Novell Customer Center -palvelun määritys" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use Custom Policy" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Käytä muokattua käytäntöä" + +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Rekisteröintipalvelin:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Latauskoko:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Käyttäjä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Salasana" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Kokeile" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite vaaditaan rekisteröitymiseen." + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "SMT-palvelin" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&Uusi salasana" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "Vah&vista salasana" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Muokkaa raportin ajoitusta " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Suoritettavat komennot" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Taajuus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "&Viikonpäivä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Kuukauden päivä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Tunti" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minuutti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "Li&sää..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "Muo&kkaa..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "Palvelimen ylläpitäjän sähköpostiosoite" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Kaikki" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Asennuslähteen &nimi:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "&Näytä korjauksen luokka:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Korjaus: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versio" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Luokka" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Testataan" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Tuote" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Yhteenveto" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "Korjauksen &tiedot <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "&Vaihda tilaa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Muuta &tila" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Hausta (varmuuskopiosta) poissuljetut" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Ota käyttöön" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "Poista &käytöstä" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create Product..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Luo tuote..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nimi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Kohde" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Tarkkailu" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Virhe" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Kuvaus" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "Vaihda tilaa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "&Vaihda tilaa" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Tila" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Konenimi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "Yhteystied&ot" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Valmistellaan FTP-määritystä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configurations" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Lue määritykset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Lue demonin tila" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Luetaan sudon asetukset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Luetaan NTP määritys..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Luetaan demonin tilaa..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Luetaan palomuurin asetukset..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Luetaan muokattuja asetuksia..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Proxy User Credentials" +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "Välityspalvelimen käyttäjätiedot" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren" +# -ke- +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Rekisteröinti" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "&Asiakaspalvelukeskus" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Varoitus" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Kyllä, ohita se" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Peruuta" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read current configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Lue nykyiset asetukset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Päivitä määritys" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Luodaan oletus CA ja palvelinvarmenne" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "DNS-palvelinmääritykset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Mukauta DNS-palvelua" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita ohjauksen asetukset" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Tarkistetaan nykyiset asennuslähteet..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Tahdistustyyppi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Sovitetaan määritys..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Sovitetaan määritys..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Luodaan oletusarvoista CA:ta ja palvelinvarmennetta..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan Kerberos määritystä..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Mukautetaan DNS-palvelua..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan reititys asetuksia..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the current repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Tarkistetaan nykyiset asennuslähteet..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running post-migration script..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Ajetaan siirron jälkeistä komentojonoa..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan NFS-määritystä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "&Kirjoita muutokset nyt" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Saatiin korjauksia." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan malleja..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "Ensimmäinen ja toinen salasana eivät täsmää." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://" +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "SMT-palvelimen URL-osoitteen alussa on oltava https://" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Käyttäjänimi ei saa olla tyhjä." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Salasana ei voi olla tyhjä." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Tiedot" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Testin tulos:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Testin tulos:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Tunnistetaan saatavilla olevia asennuslähteitä..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Tuntematon" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Suodin: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "Suodin" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "&Näytä korjauksen luokka:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Luetaan asennuslähteistä saatavilla olevia paketteja..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Verkko-osoite: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Ohjelmistoasennuslähteitä on päivitetty." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error Message: %1" +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Virheviesti: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Tuotenimi: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "Järjestelmä on ajan tasalla" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Client Enabled:%1" +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "Asiakas käytössä:%1" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Tuntematon lähde. " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Tuntematon luokka:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Ei koskaan" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 - %2 (%3)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 - %2 (%3)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Valitun tietokannan asetusten luku ei onnistunut." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Anna tunnuslause" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Tunnuslause" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Salasanat eivät ole yhtenevät." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Luodaan asennuslähde %1" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the disk image." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Virhe havaittu levykuvan luonnin aikana." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "&Sähköpostiosoite" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "Sähköpostin ka&utta" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' ei kelpaa." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "SSHD:n tämänhetkistä tilaa ei voi lukea." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Ei voitu noutaa verkkoasennuslähteen kuvausta." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Tutkitaan asennuslähdettä %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Edistyminen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Pysäytä" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Keskeytetään avustaja" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Haluatko varmasti keskeyttää määrityksen?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (peilattu)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue Profiling" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "&Jatka profilointia" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Ladataan..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Valmis" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Komento: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving support Configuration" +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "Tallennetaan tuen määritys" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Periodic interval" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "Toistoväli" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Kuukausittain" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "not-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "määrittämätön" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Viikoittain" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Päivittäinen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 tunti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 minuuttia" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Kaikki" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Tunti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minuutti" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Report Schedule for " +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Muokkaa raportin ajoitusta " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Scheduled SIR" +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "Lisää ajoitettu SIR" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Toistuminen" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Suoritettavat komennot" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Varmuuskopioinnin aloitusaika" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "&Viikonpäivä" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Kuukauden päivä" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Poistutaanko?\n" +"Kaikki muutokset menetetään." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"Lisätäksesi verkkoasetuksen\n" +"valitse Aliverkko." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" +#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configuration. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Asennuslähteiden yhteenveto</big> \n" +"Näe yhteenveto asennetuista asennuslähteistä. Voit lisäksi\n" +"muokata niiden määritystä. \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"Vaihtaaksesi moduulin tilaa\n" +"valitse taulukon vastaava merkintä ja napsauta Vaihda tilaa.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"Vaihtaaksesi moduulin tilaa\n" +"valitse taulukon vastaava merkintä ja napsauta Vaihda tilaa.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Asiakaskeskus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Backend: " +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Tietokannan taustajärjestelmä: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Asennuslähteet" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Nykyinen tila" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheduled Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "Ajastetut raportit" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "CASA määrityswelhon sivut" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Päivitä järjestelmän määritys" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Hallinta" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device configured in the control file does not\n" +#| "exist on this system." +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" +"Ohjaustiedostossa määritettyä laitetta\n" +"ei löydy järjestelmästä." + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Äänikorttitietokantaa ei löydetty. Tarkista asennuksesi." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Määrityskomentojonon suoritus epäonnistui." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Ladataan palvelu %1 uudelleen..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "palvelinvarmenteena" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&CA-hallinta" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Ohita" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Palvelun poistaminen ei onnistu. Sitä ei ole asennettu." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Samba-pääkäyttäjän salasana:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reenter the &Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Anna salasana uu&delleen" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Tiedoston %1 kirjoitus ei onnistunut." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Yritä &uudelleen" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Tietokannan1 lukeminen ei onnistu." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Tietokannan muokkaus ei onnistunut." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "Samba-pääkäyttäjän salasana:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Samba-&pääkäyttäjän salasana" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "&Uusi salasana" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Aseta salasana." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Verkon asetus epäonnistui" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Viritintietokannan lukeminen ei onnistunut." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Anna käyttäjän salasana." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/xpram.fi.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/xpram.fi.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fi/po/xpram.fi.po 2016-07-04 08:44:10 UTC (rev 95937) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM-määritys" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Ota XPRAM käyttöön" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Poista XPRAM käytöstä" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Muuta XPRAM-määritystä" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Liitospiste" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM-määritykset" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Määritä tässä XPRAM tietokonettasi varten." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Tämä YaST-moduuli tukee tällä hetkellä koko XPRAMin määrittämistä yhdelle osiolle. Käyttääksesi useita osioita katso \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" Linux ytimen 2.6 - huhtikuulta 2004.Tässä tapauksessa poista XPRAM käytöstä tässä moduulissa." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Valitse oikea liitospiste Liitospisteeksi." + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Valitse seuraavaksi laitteessa käytettävä tiedostojärjestelmä." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Älä käynnis&tä XPRAMia" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Käynni&stä XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Asenna tiedostojärjestelmä tai swap, vaikka &XPRAM sisältää kelvollista dataa" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Liitoskohta" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&Liitoskohta" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Tiedostojärjestelmän tyyppi" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "&Käytettävä tiedostojärjestelmä:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Tallennetaan XPRAM-määritystä" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Käynnistä palvelu uudelleen" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Käynnistetään palvelua uudelleen..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Valmis" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Virhe sammutettaessa ohjelmaa xpram. Yritä sammuttaa komentamalla \"rcxpram stop\"" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Virhe käynnistettäessä ohjelmaa xpram. Yritä käynnistää komentamalla \"rcxpram start\""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95936 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:06 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95936 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/journalctl.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/kernel-update-tool.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/linux-user-mgmt.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/migration.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/s390.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/smt.fa.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/xpram.fa.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/journalctl.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/journalctl.fa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/journalctl.fa.po 2016-07-04 08:44:06 UTC (rev 95936) @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +# 2007 © SUSE Linux Products GmbH +# Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: fa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "&تغییر" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Refresh" +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "تا&زه سازی" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "فیلتر:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "اطلاعات اضافه موجود نیست" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "پیام ها" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/kernel-update-tool.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/kernel-update-tool.fa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/kernel-update-tool.fa.po 2016-07-04 08:44:06 UTC (rev 95936) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# 2007 © SUSE Linux Products GmbH +# Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: fa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "هشدار" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "صرف نظر از ارتقا سیستم؟" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "محل جایگزین برای دانلود فایل ها" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "کارنامه حالت به روز رسانی هسته" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/linux-user-mgmt.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/linux-user-mgmt.fa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/linux-user-mgmt.fa.po 2016-07-04 08:44:06 UTC (rev 95936) @@ -0,0 +1,718 @@ +# 2007 © SUSE Linux Products GmbH +# Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: fa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching for system files..." +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "در حال جستجو برای سیستم های فایل لینوکس ..." + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing package manager..." +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "در حال مقداردهی مدیریت بسته ها..." + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking free space" +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "در حال برسیی فضای خالی" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "پایان" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read current settings." +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "عدم توانایی در خواندن تنظیمات جاری." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی شبکه..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig.%1" +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "راه اندازی SuSEconfig.%1" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig.%1" +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "راه اندازی SuSEconfig.%1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "لطفا صبر کنید..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "عدم توانایی در نوشتن تنظیمات در '%1'" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "عدم موفقیت در اسکریپت SuSEconfig." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "MAC Address: %1" +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "آدرسMAC:%1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Log Warnings: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "ثبت رویداد هشدارها: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Log Warnings: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "ثبت رویداد هشدارها: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Model: %1" +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "حالت:%1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Model: %1" +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "حالت:%1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "نام پوشه" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Details" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "جزییات دیواره ی آتش (Firewall)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Support Active" +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "پشتیبانی از LDAPفعال" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "'%1' یک Netmask اشتباه است." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "لطفا صبر کنید..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "'%1' یک Netmask اشتباه است." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Automatic Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "&استفاده از قالب بندی خود کار" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Automatic Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "&استفاده از قالب بندی خود کار" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Us&er (Optional)" +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "کا&ربر(اختیاری)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "انتخاب &همه ی موارد" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "انتخاب &همه ی موارد" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "کل&مه رمز" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "تفاهم نامه" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "License Agreement" +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "تفاهم نامه" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/migration.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/migration.fa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/migration.fa.po 2016-07-04 08:44:06 UTC (rev 95936) @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +# 2007 © SUSE Linux Products GmbH +# Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: fa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "کوچ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "کلید اکنون ساخته خواهد شد. ادامه یابد؟" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"پایان منجر به بسته شدن روند نصب YaST و ادامه \n" +"برای فعال کردن صفحه ی ورود می شود.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "کوچ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "کوچ" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "کوچ" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/s390.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/s390.fa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/s390.fa.po 2016-07-04 08:44:06 UTC (rev 95936) @@ -0,0 +1,1856 @@ +# 2007 © SUSE Linux Products GmbH +# Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: fa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "&عبور از تنظیمات" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "شناسایی نشده." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "&عبور از تنظیمات" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "در حال کشف کنترل های در دسترس" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving console configuration..." +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی پوسته متنی..." + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &DASD" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &ZFCP" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "&عبور از تنظیمات" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The device is not configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "دستگاه پیکربندی نشده است." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "شناسایی نشده." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "_Device:" +msgid "Device" +msgstr "دستگاه:" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "نوع" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "اطلاعات اضافه موجود نیست" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "فیلتر:" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "انتخاب &همه ی موارد" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select &All" +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "انتخاب &همه ی موارد" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "قالب بندی خود کار" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "بله" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "خیر" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "گروه" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "نام" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "کاربر" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dele&te" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&حذف" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selected Option" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&گزینه انتخاب شده" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filename" +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&نام فایل" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bro&wse..." +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "&کاوش" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User ID" +msgid "UID" +msgstr "شناسه ی کاربر" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "آدرس خانه" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "کل&مه رمز" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "تا&یید رمز" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected Directory:" +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "پوشه ی انتخاب شده:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SLP Browser" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "کاوشگر SLP" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filename" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&نام فایل" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "تا&یید رمز" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "انتخاب حالت" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "گروه" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "مقدار %1 نامعتبر است." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "ایجاد کلید TSIG با شکست مواجه شد." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "تبریک!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Welcome!" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "خوش آمدید" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "مقدار %1 نامعتبر است." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"دامنه تغییر کرده است.\n" +"شما باید برای مشاهده ی تاثیر تغییرات سیستم را مجددا راه اندازی کنید." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "قالب بندی خود کار" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "_Device:" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "دستگاه:" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &ZFCP" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "مقدار %1 نامعتبر است." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "مقدار %1 نامعتبر است." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "هشدار" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking free space" +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "در حال برسیی فضای خالی" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &DASD" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &ZFCP" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking YaST log..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "در حال بررسی حالت YaST ..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preparing disks..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "در حال اماده سازی دیسک ها...." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "پایان" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "فراموش کردن آرگومان '%1'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "عدم توانایی در ایجاد پوشه ی '%1'." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی شبکه..." + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "در حال بررسی سیستم نصب شده" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking stage: %1..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "مرحله ی بررسی:%1 ..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving network configuration..." +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی شبکه..." + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "صرف نظر از ارتقا سیستم؟" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read current settings." +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "عدم توانایی در خواندن تنظیمات جاری." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preparing configuration..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "در حال آماده سازی قالب بندی.." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی سخت افزار..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن قالب بندی خود کار..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving console configuration..." +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی پوسته متنی..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking free space" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "در حال برسیی فضای خالی" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save installation settings" +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "ذخیره سازی تنظیمات نصب" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing USB devices..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "در حال کاوش دستگاه های USB..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving console configuration..." +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی پوسته متنی..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start the Service Now" +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "اکنون سرویس را راه اندازی کن" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "درحال راه اندازی سرویس %1...." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &ZFCP" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The specified file does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "فایل تعیین شده وجود ندارد." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/smt.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/smt.fa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/smt.fa.po 2016-07-04 08:44:06 UTC (rev 95936) @@ -0,0 +1,1527 @@ +# 2007 © SUSE Linux Products GmbH +# Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: fa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "برای این بسته هیچ رابط کاربر وجود ندارد" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "ایجاد کلید TSIG با شکست مواجه شد." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "عدم توانایی در ایجاد پوشه ی '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "ثبت" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option" +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "گزینه" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Lunda" +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "لوندایی" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "قالب بندی خود کار" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "ثبت" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "دان&لود" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User" +msgid "&User" +msgstr "کاربر" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "کل&مه رمز" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "کل&مه رمز" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "تا&یید رمز" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Add" +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "&اضافه کردن" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "خزانه" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +# اینجه همان معنی نسخه است +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "نسخه" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "&محصول" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "خلاصه" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Details" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "جزییات دیواره ی آتش (Firewall)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "تغییر &حالت" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "تغییر &حالت" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabled" +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "فعال" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "غیر فعال" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "نام" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "خطا" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "توضیحات" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "تغییر &حالت" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Status" +msgstr "تغییر &حالت" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Hostname" +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "&نام میزبان" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "مقدار دهی اولیه نصب..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Details" +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "جزییات دیواره ی آتش (Firewall)" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preparing configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "در حال آماده سازی قالب بندی.." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "ثبت" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "هشدار" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&بله، از ان استفاده کن" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&انصراف" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic Configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "قالب بندی خود کار" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "عدم توانایی در تنظیم سرویس '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove unused repositories" +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "خزانه های که استفاده نمیشود را حذف کن" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Automatic configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "قالب بندی خودکار ...." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن قالب بندی خود کار..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking the installed system..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "در حال بررسی سیستم نصب شده" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی صفحه کلید.." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "درحال راه اندازی سرویس %1...." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Removing unused repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "در حال حذف خزانه های غیر ملزوم.." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "نوشتن قالب بندی سیستم" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server IP address cannot be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "آدرس IP سرویس DNS نمی تواند خالی باشد." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server IP address cannot be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "آدرس IP سرویس DNS نمی تواند خالی باشد." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details..." +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&جزییات..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "در حال خواندن بسته های فعال در مخازن ..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "ناشناس" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "فیلتر:" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter:" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "فیلتر:" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "عدم توانایی در ایجاد پوشه ی '%1'." + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "در حال خواندن بسته های فعال در مخازن ..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "ناشناس" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "وارد کردن عبارت رمز" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "وارد کردن عبارت رمز" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error has occured while calling '%1' AC script." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "خطایی در زمان فرا خوانی دست نویس '%1' AC رخ داده است" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "'%1' یک Netmask اشتباه است." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "خزانه" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "پیش رفت" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&توقف" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Continue Installation" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "&ادامه نصب" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "پایان" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "دستور '%1'" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Undetermined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "نامشخص" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All changes will be lost!" +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "تمام تغییرات از دست خواهد رفت؟" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository" +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "خزانه" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "حالت جاری" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "بسته ی پیکربندی YaST %1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Save configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read current settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "عدم توانایی در خواندن تنظیمات جاری." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&صرف نظر کردن" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to find out" +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "قادر به تشخیص نیست" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Retr&y" +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&سعی مجدد" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "عدم توانایی در ایجاد پوشه ی '%1'." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/xpram.fa.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/xpram.fa.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/fa/po/xpram.fa.po 2016-07-04 08:44:06 UTC (rev 95936) @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +# 2007 © SUSE Linux Products GmbH +# Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>>, 2007. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: fa\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "&عبور از تنظیمات" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabled" +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "فعال" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "غیر فعال" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "نوشتن قالب بندی سیستم" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "&عبور از تنظیمات" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی proxy..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start the Service Now" +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "اکنون سرویس را راه اندازی کن" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "درحال راه اندازی سرویس %1...." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "پایان" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95935 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:04 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95935 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/journalctl.eu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/kernel-update-tool.eu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/linux-user-mgmt.eu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/migration.eu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/s390.eu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/smt.eu.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/xpram.eu.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/journalctl.eu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/journalctl.eu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/journalctl.eu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:04 UTC (rev 95935) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/kernel-update-tool.eu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/kernel-update-tool.eu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/kernel-update-tool.eu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:04 UTC (rev 95935) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/linux-user-mgmt.eu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/linux-user-mgmt.eu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/linux-user-mgmt.eu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:04 UTC (rev 95935) @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/migration.eu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/migration.eu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/migration.eu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:04 UTC (rev 95935) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/s390.eu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/s390.eu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/s390.eu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:04 UTC (rev 95935) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/smt.eu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/smt.eu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/smt.eu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:04 UTC (rev 95935) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/xpram.eu.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/xpram.eu.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eu/po/xpram.eu.po 2016-07-04 08:44:04 UTC (rev 95935) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95934 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:02 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95934 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/journalctl.et.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/kernel-update-tool.et.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/linux-user-mgmt.et.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/migration.et.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/s390.et.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/smt.et.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/xpram.et.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/journalctl.et.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/journalctl.et.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/journalctl.et.po 2016-07-04 08:44:02 UTC (rev 95934) @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&Riigid" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Muuda..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Värskenda" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Braille kuvar" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Kirjeid ei leitud" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system options:" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "Failisüsteemi sätted:" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioriteet" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Lisainfo puudub" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system options:" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Failisüsteemi sätted:" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Aeg" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Allikas" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Teated" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/kernel-update-tool.et.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/kernel-update-tool.et.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/kernel-update-tool.et.po 2016-07-04 08:44:02 UTC (rev 95934) @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Hoiatus" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Katkestada kerneli uuendamine?" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Alternatiivne allalaadimiskoht" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Kerneli uuendamise oleku logi" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/linux-user-mgmt.et.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/linux-user-mgmt.et.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/linux-user-mgmt.et.po 2016-07-04 08:44:02 UTC (rev 95934) @@ -0,0 +1,723 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "eDirectory puude otsimine" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "See võib võtta aega" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate halduri initsialiseerimine" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Andmebaasi lugemine" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Sõltuvuste kontroll" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Andmebaasi lugemine..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Lõpetatud" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Paistab, et %1 on juba häälestatud. \n" +"Kas jätkata häälestamist?" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Andmebaasi 1 ei saa lugeda." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate halduri salvestamine" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Palun oota" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while..." +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "See võib võtta aega..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Sätteid ei saa kirjutada." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "SuSEconfig lõpetas veaga." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "LDAP-i serveri IP-aadress: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "LDAP-i pordi number: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "LDAP-i turvaline port: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Network Installation Settings: %1" +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "Võrgupaigalduse sätted: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "autentimine eDirectory kaudu" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "login: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "gdm-autologin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Kohalik masin" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 LDAP-i serveri häälestamine" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remote Directory" +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Kau&gkataloog" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "Koha&lik süsteem" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "Kau&gsüsteem" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Kataloogiserveri aadress" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I&P Details" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "I&P üksikasjad" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "LDAP-i turvaline port" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "LDAP-i port" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "LDAP-i turvaline port" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match!\n" +#| "Please try again." +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Esimesena ja teisena\n" +"sisestatud paroolid ei kattu!\n" +"Palun proovi uuesti." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +#| " 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Parool võib sisaldada ainult numbreid 0..9, inglise tähestiku\n" +"tähti a..z ja A..Z ning märke \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Proovi uuesti." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read CA tree." +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "SK puud ei saa lugeda." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Puu nimi ei tohi olla pikem kui 32 märki" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Puu nimi ei tohi lõppeda kurakaldkriipsuga (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" +#| " 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" +"Parool võib sisaldada ainult numbreid 0..9, inglise tähestiku\n" +"tähti a..z ja A..Z ning märke \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Proovi uuesti." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "Port %1 on kasutusel, kas kasutada seda ikkagi?" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "puudub" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "%1 on vigane kontekst" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Verifying Base Packages" +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Baaspakettide kontroll" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Palun oota..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Sisesta olemasoleva serveri IP-aadress." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "%1 ei ole korrektne asukoht" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "%1 ei ole korrektne asukoht" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate halduri häälestamine" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Häälestatav Linuxi kasutajate haldur" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate halduri ülevaade" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Number" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate haldur" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate halduri häälestamine" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(mittevajalik)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Proxy &Password" +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "&Puhverserveri parool" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Xen-Enabled Kernel" +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Xen-võimalusega kerneli valimine" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "autentimine eDirectory kaudu" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Vali &kõik" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "&Tühista kõik valikud" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "&login" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&autologin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-s&creensaver" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linuxi kasutajate halduri häälestuse initsialiseerimine</big> \n" +"Palun oota... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Initsialiseerimise katkestamine</big> \n" +"Häälestusrakendusest turvaliseks väljumiseks vajuta Katkesta.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Linuxi kasutajate halduri häälestuse salvestamine</big> \n" +"Palun oota... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Salvestamise katkestamine:</BIG> \n" +"Salvestamise katkestamiseks vajuta Katkesta.\n" +"Ilmuv dialoog teatab, kas seda on turvaline teha.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate halduri häälestamine" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate haldur peab olema häälestatud" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Linuxi kasutajate haldur" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "&Linuxi kasutajate haldur" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/migration.et.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/migration.et.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/migration.et.po 2016-07-04 08:44:02 UTC (rev 95934) @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Migreerimine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Süsteem taaskäivitatakse nüüd." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Käivita uuesti" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Klõps nupul Lõpeta sulgeb YaST-i ja avab\n" +"sisselogimise ekraani.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the autofs base objects." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Autofs-i põhiobjektide loomine nurjus." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration" +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "Migreerimine" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Kuvatud sätete rakendamiseks klõpsa Edasi.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/s390.et.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/s390.et.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/s390.et.po 2016-07-04 08:44:02 UTC (rev 95934) @@ -0,0 +1,2038 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "CASA häälestamine" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Ühtki DASD ketast ei leitud" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "E-posti serveri häälestamine" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "E-posti serveri häälestamine" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "E-posti häälestamine" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Olemasolevate kontrollerite tuvastamine" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "S/390 kettakontrolleri häälestamine" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Häälesta &DASD kettad" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Häälesta &ZFCP kettad" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "CASA häälestamine" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Ühtki zFCP ketast pole häälestatud" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Aktiveeri" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Deaktiveeri" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "&Lülita DIAG sisse" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "Lülita DIAG &välja" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "Vormin&da" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Failivorming" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Failivorming" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "&Paralleelselt vormindatud kettad" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Ketast pole valitud." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Ketas %1 pole aktiivne." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Ketas %1 pole kirjutamiseks kättesaadav." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Nende ketaste vormindamine hävitab seal olevad andmed. \n" +"Kas tõesti vormindada järgnevad kettad? \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "DASD ketaste haldamine" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Kanal" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Vormindamine" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "DIAG kasutamine" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Seade" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tüüp" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Juurdepääsu tüüp" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Vormindatud" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Partitsioonide teave" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Väikseim ka&nal" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Suuri&m kanal" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Soorit&a tegevus" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Vali kõik" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Tühista kõik valikud" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Uue DASD ketta lisamine" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Kanal" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Ketta vormindamine" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "&DIAG kasutamine" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Kas tõesti katkestada ZFCP ketta häälestamine ilma salvestamata?\n" +"Kõik muudatused lähevad kaotsi." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Sisesta TV-kanal." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " profiil on juba olemas." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Kontrolleri häälestuse initsialiseerimine</big> \n" +"Palun oota... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Initsialiseerimise katkestamine:</big> \n" +"Häälestusrakendusest turvaliseks väljumiseks vajuta Katkesta." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Kontrolleri häälestuse salvestamine</big> \n" +"Palun oota... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Salvestamise katkestamine:</BIG> \n" +"Salvestamise katkestamiseks vajuta Katkesta.\n" +"Ilmuv dialoog teatab, kas seda on turvaline teha." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Uue DASD ketta häälestamiseks klõpsa Lisa." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Sätte eemaldamiseks vali see ja klõpsa Kustuta." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "Uue DASD ketta häälestamiseks klõpsa Lisa." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Kontrolleri häälestamine" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create image file" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Tõmmisefaili loomine" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "Sa pead tabelist valima ühe seadme" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>%1</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>%1</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ressursid</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Kasutajad</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ühenduse häälestamine</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ühenduse häälestamine</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Jah" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Ei" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "NIS-i kasutajad" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "Rühm" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable SSL v2" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "SSL v2 lu&batud" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Autoriseerimine" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nimi" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Rühma liikmed" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS-i kasutajad" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Kustuta" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Pakettide rühmad" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&Valikud" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Region" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "&Regioon" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Fail" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "Lehit&se" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Sisselogimine" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Kodukataloogi asukoht" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone" +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Tsooni sätted" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Parool" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Confirm Password" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "Parool uuesti" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "Kodukataloo&g" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "Le&hitse" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "Kas&utajanimi" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Last Password Change: %1" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Viimane parooli muutmine: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Gr&oups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Täi&endavad rühmad" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Liikmed" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Vali või eemalda" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create" +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "Loo" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS-i rühmad" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Liikmed" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Shell" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Paroolid ei kattu.\n" +"Proovi uuesti." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Allikas on vigane." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Kataloog peab olema määratud." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Sätete lugemine nurjus." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Üldiste sätete häälestamine " + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Uus süsteemne kasutaja" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Kasutajate autoriseerimine" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The specified directory does not exist." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Osutatud kataloogi pole olemas." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Allikas on vigane." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the mail server domains." +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "E-posti serveri domeene ei saa lugeda." + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Lubatud on ainult 1 või 2 parameetrit." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Puu nimi ei tohi olla pikem kui 32 märki" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Olek" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Olek" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Terminal Definition" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "Terminali määratlus" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Lubatud teenused" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Kas tõesti lõpetada häälestamine ilma salvestamata?" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Allikas on vigane." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Sisestatud aadressid on vigased." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Domeeni on muudetud.\n" +"Muudatuste rakendamiseks tuleb arvuti taaskäivitada." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Lubatud on ainult 2 parameetrit." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Põhihäälestus" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "IrDA-t ei käivi&tata" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Käivita tuvastamine" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Toiming" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Minut" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Device" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "Sea&de" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Ilma vastava skännerita draiverit saab ainult kustutada." + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Ilma vastava skännerita draiverit saab ainult kustutada." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Häälestatud ZFCP kettad" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "LUN" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Kas tõesti katkestada ZFCP ketta häälestamine ilma salvestamata?\n" +"Kõik muudatused lähevad kaotsi." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Uue ZFCP ketta lisamine" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "WWPN" +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Sisestatud WWPN on vigane." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Sisestatud WWPN on vigane." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>ZFCP ketta häälestuse initsialiseerimine</big> \n" +"Palun oota... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP serveri häälestamine</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>CASA Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Configure CASA here. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>CASA häälestamine</big> \n" +"Siin saab CASA häälestada. \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Uue DASD ketta häälestamiseks klõpsa Lisa." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "Sätte eemaldamiseks vali see ja klõpsa Kustuta." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Hoiatus</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Executing mkinitrd..." +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "mkinitrd käivitamine..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Kanali ID: %1, vormindamine: %2, DIAG kasutamine: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Kanali ID: %1, vormindamine: %2, DIAG kasutamine: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Häälestatud DASD ketaste lugemine" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs pole ühendatud." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: seadme olekut ei saa muuta" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "%1: moodulit zfcp ei saa laadida." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "%1 aktiveerimine nurjus." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "%1: sysfs pole ühendatud." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: tundmatu viga %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating %1$s" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "%1$s loomine" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Ketaste vormindamine nurjus. Veakood väljumisel: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "%1 vormindamine: %2. silinder %3-st valmis" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Failisüsteemi kontroll..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Häälesta &DASD kettad" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Häälestatud ZFCP kettad" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Sõltuvuste kontrollimine..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Pakettide kontroll..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Lõpetatud" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Image" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Tõmmise loomine" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Image" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "Tõmmise loomine" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Pakettide andmebaasi teisendamine. See protsess võib võtta aega." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Vigased või aegunud read fstab-is" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Puudub parameeter 'inForm'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Puuduv parameeter '%1'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Access Type" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "Juurdepääsu tüüp" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start device %1." +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Seadet %1 ei saa käivitada." + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Häälestuse lugemine" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "fstabi-i kirjete kontroll" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "fstabi-i kirjete kontroll" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Muud kerneli &parameetrid" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "fstab-i kirjete kontroll..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "fstab-i kirjete kontroll..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading general settings..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Üldiste sätete lugemine..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "IrDA häälestuse salvestamine" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "IRC sätete kirjutamine" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "IRC sätete kirjutamine" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Muud kerneli &parameetrid" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "IRC sätete kirjutamine..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "IRC sätete kirjutamine..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the patterns..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Mustrite kirjutamine..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "E-posti serveri häälestuse salvestamine" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Häälestusfaili lugemine" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Load current settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Aktiivsete sätete laadimine" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Häälestusfaili lugemine..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading current settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Aktiivsete sätete laadimine..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "E-posti serveri häälestuse salvestamine" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Häälestuse kirjutamine" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Uuenda sätteid" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Häälestuse kirjutamine..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving system settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Süsteemi sätete salvestamine..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Häälestuse lugemine" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Sõltuvuste kontroll" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Sätete lugemine..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Disketiseadme kontroll..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Sätete lugemine..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Kdump'i häälestuse salvestamine" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Teenuse taaskäivitamine" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Teenuse taaskäivitamine..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "Kanali ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "Kanali ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Häälestatud ZFCP ketaste lugemine" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: WWPN on vigane." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP ketast ei saa aktiveerida." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: ZFCP ketast ei saa aktiveerida." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: SCSI ketast ei saa deaktiveerida." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: SCSI ketast ei saa deaktiveerida." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: SCSI ketast ei saa deaktiveerida." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "Teenust %1 pole olemas." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: moodulit zfcp ei saa laadida." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: adapteri olekut ei saa muuta." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/smt.et.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/smt.et.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/smt.et.po 2016-07-04 08:44:02 UTC (rev 95934) @@ -0,0 +1,1667 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Sellel moodulil puudub kasutajaliides." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Saaleala loomine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "ISO tõmmist %1 ei saa luua." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Sõltuvuste kontrollimine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid values." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Vigased väärtused." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Õnnestus" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Registreerimine" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Sünkroonimise tüüp" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Ressursirühmade häälestamine" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Soovituslikud" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Mittevajalikud" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Turvalisus" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pac&kage Manager" +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "Pa&ketihaldur" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Options" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Turvasätted" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Soovituslikud mustrid" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Languages: %1" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Lisakeeled: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Pühapäev" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Esmaspäev" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Teisipäev" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Kolmapäev" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Neljapäev" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Reede" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Laupäev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Novelli klienditeeninduse häälestamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom &Size" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Kohandatud &suurus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Allalaaditav suurus:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "Kas&utaja" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "&Parool" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Testimine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "Serveri URL: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP &Password" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "LDAP-i &parool" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "Sisesta par&ool uuesti" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List of local groups" +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Kohalike rühmade nimekiri" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Käivitatavad käsud" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Sagedus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Nädalapäe&v" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "Kuu&päev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Tund" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Minut" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "L&isa..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Redigeeri..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "Serveri administraatori e-posti aadress" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Kõik" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository: " +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Hoidla: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Pai&ga kategooria kuvamine:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Paik: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versioon" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategooria" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "%1 testimine" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Toode" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Kokkuvõte" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "Paiga üksikasja&d <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "Lüli&ta olek ümber" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change this?" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Kas muuta seda?" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Otsingust väljajäetud elemendid" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Luba" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Keela" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create RAID..." +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "&Loo RAID..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nimi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Sihtmärk" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Monitooring" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Viga" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Kirjeldus" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Toggle Mode" +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "Lülitusrežiim" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "Lüli&ta olek ümber" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Olek" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Masina nimi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "K&ontaktandmed" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "FTP häälestuse initsialiseerimine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Häälestuse lugemine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Deemoni oleku lugemine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete lugemine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "sudo sätete lugemine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "NTP häälestuse lugemine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Deemoni oleku lugemine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete lugemine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Kohandatud sätete lugemine..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Registreerimine" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "&Kliendikeskus" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Hoiatus" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Jah, kasuta seda" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "Loo&bu" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Hiire häälestus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Häälestuse uuendamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Can not parse the certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Sertifikaati pole võimalik töödelda." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "DNS serveri häälestamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "DNS-teenuse kohandamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete kirjutamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write proxy settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Puhverserveri sätete kirjutamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove Repositories" +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Hoidlate eemaldamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Sünkroonimise tüüp" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Häälestuse kohandamine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Häälestuse kohandamine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Vaikimisi SK ja serveri sertifikaadi loomine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Kerberose häälestuse kirjutamine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "DNS-teenuse kohandamine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete kirjutamine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Puhverserveri sätete kirjutamine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configured repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Häälestatud hoidlate lugemine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Skriptide käivitamine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "NFS-i häälestuse kirjutamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Kirjuta &muudatused nüüd" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Paigad käes." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Skeemide kirjutamine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Parooli esimene ja teine\n" +"versioon ei kattu." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Kasutaja nimi ei tohi olla tühi." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Parool ei tohi olla tühi." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "Üksikasja&d" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Testi tulemus:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Testi tulemus:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Saadaolevate hoidlate tuvastamine..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Tundmatu" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Filter: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&Filter" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Pai&ga kategooria kuvamine:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Hoidlates saadaolevate pakettide lugemine..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no options for this module" +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Selle mooduli jaoks pole sätteid" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Toote nimi: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "Süsteem on piisavalt värske" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Allikas on tundmatu." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Tundmatu klass:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Mitte kunagi" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Unable to read\n" +#| "the current configuration." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" +"Praegust häälestust\n" +"pole võimalik lugeda." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Sisesta võtmefraas" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Võtmefraas" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Paroolid pole samasugused." + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Hoidla %1 loomine" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the installation source." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Paigaldusallika loomisel tekkis viga." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "&E-post" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "&E-posti kaudu" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' on vigane." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Kaughoidla kirjeldust ei saa hankida." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Hoidla %1 proovimine" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Edenemine" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Peata" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Nõustaja töö katkestamine" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Oled sa kindel, et soovid häälestamist katkestada?" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Abort Confirmation" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "Katkestamise kinnitus" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Jätka" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Laadimine..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Lõpetatud" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Käsk: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "critical" +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "kriitiline" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Igakuine" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Undetermined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "Määramata" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Iganädalane" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Igapäevane" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 tund" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 minutit" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Kõik" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Tund" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Minut" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "Sa&gedus" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Käivitatavad käsud" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Varundamise algus" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Nädalapäe&v" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "Kuu&päev" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Kas väljuda tõesti?\n" +"Kõik muudatused lähevad kaotsi." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "Sätte eemaldamiseks vali see ja klõpsa Kustuta." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Kliendikeskus" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Hoidlad" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Praegune olek" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "CASA häälestamise nõustaja leheküljed" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Süsteemi häälestuse uuendamine" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Haldamine" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Helikaartide andmebaasi ei leitud. Palun kontrolli paigaldust." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Häälestusskript nurjus." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Sätteid ei saa kirjutada." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaslaadimine..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "Serveri sertifikaadina" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "&SK haldamine" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Jäta vahele" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Teenust ei saa kustutada. See pole paigaldatud." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Samba administraatori &parool" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Sisesta kasutaja parool." + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Faili %1 ei saa kirjutada." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&Proovi uuesti" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Andmebaasi 1 ei saa lugeda." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Andmebaasi redigeerimine nurjus." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "Samba administraatori &parool" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Samba administraatori &parool" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "&Uus parool" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Sisesta parool." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Võrgu häälestamine nurjus" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Tuunerite andmebaasi ei saa lugeda." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Sisesta kasutaja parool." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/xpram.et.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/xpram.et.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/et/po/xpram.et.po 2016-07-04 08:44:02 UTC (rev 95934) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM-i häälestamine" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM-i lubamine" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM-i keelamine" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM-i häälestuse muutmine" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Ühenduskoht" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM-i häälestamine" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Siin saab häälestada arvuti infrapunaseadet (IrDA)." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM-i ei käivi&tata" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "XPRAM käivitatak&se" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Ühenduskoht" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "Ü&henduskoht" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Failisüsteemi tüüp" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "Kasutatav fa&ilisüsteem:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "XPRAM-i häälestuse salvestamine" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Teenuse taaskäivitamine" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Teenuse taaskäivitamine..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Lõpetatud" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Viga xpram-i peatamisel. Palun proovi käsku \"rcxpram stop\" käsurealt." + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Viga xpram-i käivitamisel. Palun proovi käsku \"rcxpram start\" käsurealt."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95933 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:44:00 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95933 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2016-07-04 08:43:58 UTC (rev 95932) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2016-07-04 08:44:00 UTC (rev 95933) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:12\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ "Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de usuarios SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de usuarios SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ "Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de grupos SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de grupos SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ "Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de sudo de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de sudo de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ "Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de automontaje LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de automontaje de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de automontaje LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de automontaje de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" -msgstr "Entradas LDAP de caché para respuesta más rápida (nscd)" +msgstr "Almacenar entradas LDAP en caché para respuesta más rápida (nscd)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ "Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios SSSD, inhabilite la base de usuarios LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de usuarios LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." #. Enable/disable NSS group database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ "Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos SSSD, inhabilite la base de grupos LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de grupos LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." #. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ "Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers SSSD, inhabilite la base de sudoers LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de sudoers LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ "Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo está leyendo actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde el proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Antes de usar la base de datos de automontaje SSSD, inhabilite la base de automontaje LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Antes de usar la base de datos de automontaje SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de automontaje LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" -msgstr "Directorio del sistema de archivos en el que el SSSD debe almacenar los archivos del caché de reproducción de Kerberos." +msgstr "Directorio del sistema de archivos en el que SSSD debe almacenar los archivos del caché de reproducción de Kerberos." #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po 2016-07-04 08:44:00 UTC (rev 95933) @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +# Spanish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Ibán josé García Castillo <Iban.Garcia(a)alufis35.uv.es>, 2000. +# Javier Moreno <javier.moreno(a)alufis35.uv.es>, 2000. +# Jordi Jaen Pallares <jordi(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000, 2001. +# Pablo Iranzo Gómez <Pablo.Iranzo(a)uv.es>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Pablo Iranzo Gómez <Pablo.Iranzo(a)uv.es>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: es\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +# clients/lan_nfs_client.ycp:32 +# clients/lan_nfs_client.ycp:32 +# menuentries/menuentry_nfs.ycp:24 +# menuentries/menuentry_nfs.y2cc:11 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Sin datos." + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Cambiar sufijo" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Actualizar" + +# classnames.ycp:215 +# classnames.ycp:215 +# classnames.ycp:215 +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Pantalla en Braille" + +# clients/rc_config_step1.ycp:296 +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "No se han hallado entradas" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtros:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Prioridad" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "No hay información adicional" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrar por archivo" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Hora" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Fuente" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mensaje"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95932 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:43:58 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95932 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/journalctl.eo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/kernel-update-tool.eo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/linux-user-mgmt.eo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/migration.eo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/s390.eo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/smt.eo.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/xpram.eo.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/journalctl.eo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/journalctl.eo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/journalctl.eo.po 2016-07-04 08:43:58 UTC (rev 95932) @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +# Esperato message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/kernel-update-tool.eo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/kernel-update-tool.eo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/kernel-update-tool.eo.po 2016-07-04 08:43:58 UTC (rev 95932) @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Esperato message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/linux-user-mgmt.eo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/linux-user-mgmt.eo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/linux-user-mgmt.eo.po 2016-07-04 08:43:58 UTC (rev 95932) @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +# Esperato message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/migration.eo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/migration.eo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/migration.eo.po 2016-07-04 08:43:58 UTC (rev 95932) @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# Esperato message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/s390.eo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/s390.eo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/s390.eo.po 2016-07-04 08:43:58 UTC (rev 95932) @@ -0,0 +1,1694 @@ +# Esperato message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/smt.eo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/smt.eo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/smt.eo.po 2016-07-04 08:43:58 UTC (rev 95932) @@ -0,0 +1,1374 @@ +# Esperato message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/xpram.eo.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/xpram.eo.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/eo/po/xpram.eo.po 2016-07-04 08:43:58 UTC (rev 95932) @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +# Esperato message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-12 09:27+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eo\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95931 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:43:57 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95931 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journalctl.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/kernel-update-tool.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/linux-user-mgmt.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/migration.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/s390.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/smt.el.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/xpram.el.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journalctl.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journalctl.el.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/journalctl.el.po 2016-07-04 08:43:57 UTC (rev 95931) @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&Χώρες" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Αλλαγή Επιθέματος" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Ανανέωση" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Απεικόνιση Braille" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκαν καταχωρήσεις" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "&Φίλτρο" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "Σύστημα αρχείων" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Προτεραιότητα" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Καμία επιπλέον πληροφορία" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by Date" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Φιλτράρισμα κατά Ημερομηνία" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File system" +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "Σύστημα αρχείων" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Χρόνος" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Πηγή" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Μηνύματα" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/kernel-update-tool.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/kernel-update-tool.el.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/kernel-update-tool.el.po 2016-07-04 08:43:57 UTC (rev 95931) @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Προειδοποίηση" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "Ακύρωση της ενημέρωσης πυρήνα;" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "Εναλλακτική Τοποθεσία Download" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "Καταγραφή Κατάστασης Ενημέρωσης Πυρήνα" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/linux-user-mgmt.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/linux-user-mgmt.el.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/linux-user-mgmt.el.po 2016-07-04 08:43:57 UTC (rev 95931) @@ -0,0 +1,736 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση για δένδρα eDirectory" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "Αυτό ίσως απαιτήσει λίγο χρόνο" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "Το %1 είναι ένα μη έγκυρο πλήρες διακεκριμένο όνομα.Το όνομα πρέπει να είναι τυπόσιμο (π.χ. cn=admin,o=acme ή o=acme)" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση της βάσης δεδομένων" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "Έλεγχος εξαρτήσεων" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Γίνεται ανάγνωση της βάσης δεδομένων..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Ολοκληρώθηκε" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Φαίνεται ότι το %1 έχει ήδη ρυθμιστεί.\n" +"Συνέχεια ρύθμισης;" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης βάσης δεδομένων1." + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση Ρυθμίσεων Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Εκτέλεση SuSEconfig" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Εκτέλεση του SuSEconfig..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Παρακαλώ Περιμένετε" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "Εκτέλεση του namconfig για το ΔΧL, αυτό μπορεί να πάρει λίγο..." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" +"Αδύνατη η σύνδεση στον διακομιστή LDAP %1 ή\n" +"ο καθορισμένος χρήστης %2 δεν έχει\n" +"αρκετά δικαιώματα για την ρύθμιση της Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux.\n" +"Παρακαλώ διορθώστε το πρόβλημα και ξανατρέξτε το namconfig\n" +"μετά την εγκατάσταση." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής ρυθμίσεων." + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "Το script SuSEconfig απέτυχε." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "Το όνομα του διαχειριστή του LDAP με την έκφραση: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "Διεύθυνση ΙΡ για το διακομιστή LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "Αριθμός θύρας LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "Ασφαλής θύρα LDAP: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "Έκφραση της ρύθμισης του Linux/Unix: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "Έκφραση του σταθμού εργασίας του ΔΧL: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "Όνομα χρήστη για το μεσολαβητή με την έκφραση: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "Υπηρεσίες ενεργοποιημένες μέσω PAM για να επιτρέπεται η πιστοποίηση μέσω eDirectory:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "Σύνδεση: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "ftp: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "sshd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "su: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "rsh: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "rlogin: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "xdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "openwbem: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "gdm: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "αυτόματη σύνδεση-gdm %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "gnome-passwd: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "gnome-προφύλαξη οθόνης: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "gnomesu-pam: %1" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "Τοπικός Κόμβος" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "%1 Ρύθμιση Διακομιστή LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "Τοπικός ή Απομακρυσμένος Διακομιστής Καταλόγου" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&Τοπικό Σύστημα" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "Απομακ&ρυσμένο Σύστημα" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Διεύθυνση διακομιστή καταλόγου" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Το όνομα του διαχειριστή με την έκφραση (π.χ. cn=admin,o=novell). Κατάλληλο για Προσωπικό Υπολογιστή" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Κωδικός Πρόσβασης του Διαχειριστή. Προαιρετικό για Προσωπικό Υπολογιστή." + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "Λεπτομέρειες Θύρας" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "Το %1 δεν είναι έγκυρη σύνταξη LDAP. Το όνομα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί κόμματα για διαχωρισμό (π.χ. cn=admin,o=acme)" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" +"Η απόπειρα για την πραγματοποίηση μιας ασφαλής δέσμευσης του LDAP δεν ανταποκρίθηκε σε 2 λεπτά\n" +"Αυτό μπορεί να δηλώνει πρόβλημα με το LDAP στον διακομιστή.\n" +"Αν είστε σίγουροι ότι τα πιστοποιητικά σας είναι σωστά μπορείτε να συνεχίσετε,\n" +"αλλιώς παρακαλώ βεβαιωθείτε αν το LDAP τρέχει σωστά στο καθορισμένο σύστημα\n" +"Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "Τέλος Χρόνου ασφαλούς δέσμευσης του LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" +"Αδύνατη η πιστοποίηση μέσω του LDAP με τις ακόλουθες παραμέτρους:\n" +" όνομα χρήστη: %1\n" +" διεύθυνση: %2\n" +" θύρα: %3\n" +"\n" +"Αυτό μπορεί να δηλώνει ότι μια από τις παραμέτρους είναι εσφαλμένη.\n" +"Παρόλα αυτά, αν το LDAP δεν είναι ενεργοποιημένο στον διακομιστή eDirectory\n" +"ή δεν είναι ρυθμισμένο να ακούει σε μια διαφορετική θύρα από την\n" +"παραπάνω, δεν θα ληφθεί απάντηση.\n" +"\n" +"Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε να χρησιμοποιείτε αυτές τις παραμέτρους;" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "Θύρα LDAP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "Ασφαλής Θύρα LDAP" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Η πρώτη και η δεύτερη πληκτρολόγηση\n" +"του κωδικού πρόσβασης δεν ταιριάζουν!\n" +"Παρακαλώ ξαναπροσπαθήστε." + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης μπορεί να περιέχει μόνο τους ακόλουθους χαρακτήρες\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z, και κάποιον από \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Παρακαλώ ξαναπροσπαθήστε." + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "Αδύνατη η προσθήκη του αυτουπογραφόμενου πιστοποιητικού του δένδρου στην αποθήκη πιστοποιητικών ρίζας" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "Αδύνατη η αλλαγή της ιδιοκτησίας της ομάδας για την αποθήκη πιστοποιητικών ρίζας σε www" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "Αδύνατη η αλλαγή των αδειών της ομάδας για την αποθήκη των πιστοποιητικών ρίζας σε δικαιώματα εγγραφής από το www" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "Είναι αδύνατο το δένδρο να μην έχει όνομα" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "Το όνομα του δένδρου δεν μπορεί να είναι μεγαλύτερο από 32 χαρακτήρες" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "Το όνομα του δένδρου δεν μπορεί να τελειώνει με ανάποδη διαγώνια (backslash) (\"\\\")" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "Τα ονόματα των δένδρων μπορούν να περιέχουν μόνο τους ακόλουθους χαρακτήρες [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] και \"-\" ή \"_\"" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" +"Έγκυροι αριθμοί θυρών είναι από 0 έως 65536.\n" +"Παρακαλώ ξαναπροσπαθήστε." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "Η θύρα %1 χρησιμοποιείται. συνέχεια έτσι και αλλιώς;" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "κανένα" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "Το περιεχόμενο 'o=security' είναι κλεισμένο και δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε ένα πλήρως διακεκριμένο σύστημα" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "Το %1 δεν καθορίζει ένα πλήρες όνομα από την ρίζα του δένδρου." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "Το περιεχόμενο 'o=security' είναι κλεισμένο και δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε μία έκφραση" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "Το %1 είναι άκυρη έκφραση" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση διαπιστευτηρίων του χρήστη" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "Εισάγετε την υπάρχουσα διεύθυνση ΙΡ του διακομιστή." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "Το %1 δεν είναι έγκυρο όνομα διαδρομής" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "Το %1 δεν είναι ένα έγκυρο απόλυτο όνομα διαδρομής" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "Η Διαχείριση Χρηστών Linux προς Ρύθμιση" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "Περίληψη της Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Αριθμός" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Διαχείριση Χρηστών Linux" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "Περιβάλλον ρύθμισης του Linux/Unix" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "Έκφραση σταθμού εργασίας ΔΧΛ (π.χ. o=novell). Προαιρετικό για Επιτραπέζιους Υπολογιστές." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "Όνομα χρήστη μεσολάβησης με έκφραση (π.χ. cn=proxy,o=novell)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "(προαιρετικό)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "Κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη μεσολάβησης" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "Το %1 είναι άκυρη σύνταξη LDAP. Το όνομα θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί με κόμμα για διαχωρισμό (π.χ. ou=xyz,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "Το %1 είναι άκυρη σύνταξη LDAP. Το όνομα θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί κόμμα για διαχωρισμό (π.χ. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε να επιτρέπονται οι υπηρεσίες με ενεργοποιημένες με το PAM" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "πιστοποίηση μέσω του eDirectory" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "Επιλογή Όλ&ων" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "Αφαίρε&ση Όλων" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "Σύνδεσ&η" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "&ftp" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "ssh&d" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "&su" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "rs&h" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "rl&ogin" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "&passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "&xdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "op&enwbem" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "&gdm" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "gdm-&αυτόματη σύνδεση" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "g&nome-passwd" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "gnome-προφύλα&ξη οθόνης" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "gnomesu-pa&m" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux</big> \n" +"Παρακαλώ περιμένετε... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Αποθήκευση Ρυθμίσεων Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux</big> \n" +"Παρακαλώ περιμένετε... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" +"Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" +"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Περιεχόμενο ρυθμίσεων Linux/Unix</big> \n" +"Το περιεχόμενο του eDirctory (υπάρχων ή δημιουργημένο εδώ) όπου το\n" +"αντικείμενο Ρυθμίσεων του Linux/UNIX θα δημιουργηθεί. Οι αναζητήσεις του LDAP για τα αντικείμενα του Χρήστη LUM, της Ομάδας LUM,\n" +"και του Σταθμού Εργασίας LUM ξεκινούν εδώ, οπότε θα πρέπει να είναι στοίδιο ή σε υψηλότερο επίπεδο από τα αντικείμενα LUM που αναζητούνται.\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>περιεχόμενο σταθμού εργασίας LUM</big> \n" +"Το περιεχόμενο του eDirectory (δημιουργήθηκε ή προϋπήρχε) για τον αντικείμενο του\n" +"Σταθμο Εργασίας LUM δημιουργήθηκε από την εγκατάσταση στον διακομιστή. Το περιεχόμενο θα\n" +"πρέπει να είναι το ίδιο η παρακάτω από το Βασικό Περιεχόμενο που καθορίζεται ανωτέρω\n" +"" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" +"<big>Το όνομα χρήστη για το μεσολαβητή με περιεχόμενο (προαιρετικό)</big> \n" +"Ένας χρήστης (που δημιουργήθηκε ή προϋπήρχε) με δικαίωμα στην αναζήτηση στο δένδρο\n" +"για τα αντικείμενα LUM.\n" +"" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Υπηρεσίες ενεργοποιημένες για PAM</big> \n" +"Οι υπηρεσίες που είναι ενεργοποιημένες για PAM στον διακομιστή θα είναι διαθέσιμες\n" +"μόνο στους πιστοποιημένους χρήστες LUM .\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Τοπικός ή Απομακρυσμένος Κατάλογος Διακομιστή</big> \n" +"Επιλέξτε είτε το Τοπικό σύστημα είτε το Απομακρυσμένο, ανάλογα με τον διακομιστή που ρυθμίζετε.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Διεύθυνση Διακομιστή Καταλόγου:</big> \n" +"Αυτό το πεδίο είναι μόνο ενεργό αν επιλέξετε το Απομακρυσμένο σύστημα. Εισάγετε την διεύθυνση ΙΡ του απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή που θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Όνομα διαχειριστή με περιεχόμενο</big> \n" +"Εισάγετε το όνομα του Διαχειριστή LDAP και το περιεχόμενό του. Αυτό είναι πλήρως διαχωρισμένο όνομα ενός αντικείμενο Χρήστη με δικαιώματα διαχειριστή στο LDAP. Για παράδειγμα: cn=admin,o=acme\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Κωδικός Πρόσβασης Διαχειριστή</big> \n" +"Εισάγετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του Διαχειριστή LDAP. Αυτός είναι ο κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη που καθορίστηκε ως Διαχειριστής LDAP.\n" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Λεπτομέρειες Θύρας</big> \n" +"Κάντε κλικ στις Λεπτομέρειες Θύρας για να δείτε ή για να μετατρέψετε την θύρα LDAP ή τον αριθμό της θύρας LDAP αυτού του διακομιστή που χρησιμοποιεί για να επικοινωνήσει με τους άλλους διακομιστές. Η προεπιλεγμένη θύρα για το LDAP είναι 389. Η προεπιλεγμένη ασφαλής θύρα για το LDAP είναι 636.\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση της Διαχείρισης Χρηστών Linux" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "Η Διαχείριση Χρηστών Linux χρειάζεται να ρυθμιστεί." + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "Διαχείριση Χρηστών Linux" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "Διαχείριση Χρηστών &Linux" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/migration.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/migration.el.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/migration.el.po 2016-07-04 08:43:57 UTC (rev 95931) @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration File" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Αρχείο Ρυθμίσεων" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system will be restarted now." +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "Το σύστημα θα επανεκκινηθεί τώρα." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Restart" +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "&Επανεκκίνηση" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Το κουμπί Τέλος θα κλείσει την εγκατάσταση YaST και\n" +"θα συνεχίσει στην οθόνη σύνδεσης χρήστη.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "Απέτυχε η δημιουργία νέου χάρτη" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "Περίληψη Ρυθμίσεων" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "Περίληψη Ρυθμίσεων" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "Αυτός ο τομέας δίνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων για την αίτηση που θα υπογραφεί." + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις εμφανιζόμενες ρυθμίσεις πατήστε Επόμενο.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/s390.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/s390.el.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/s390.el.po 2016-07-04 08:43:57 UTC (rev 95931) @@ -0,0 +1,2116 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Δεν ανιχθεύτηκε δίσκος DASD" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "DASD" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "&DASD" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of mail" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ταχυδρομείου" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "Ανίχνευση διαθέσιμων Ελεγκτών" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Ελεγκτή Δίσκων S/390" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δίσκων &DASD" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δίσκων &ZFCP" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of CASA" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του CASA" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No zFCP disk configured" +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "Δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί δίσκος zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "zFCP" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "&zFCP" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Ενεργοποίηση" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Απενεργοποίηση" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "Ορισμός του DIAG ως Ενερ&γο" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "Ορισμός του DIAG ως Ανεν&εργό" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "Δια&μόρφωση" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "Μορφή Αρχείου" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File Format" +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "Μορφή Αρχείου" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "Δίσκοι &Παράλληλα Διαμορφωμένοι" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Δεν επιλέχθηκε δίσκος." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "Ο δίσκος %1 δεν είναι ενεργός." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "Ο Δίσκος %1 δεν είναι προσβάσιμος για εγγραφή." + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" +"Η διαμόρφωση αυτών των δίσκων θα καταστρέψει όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτούς. \n" +"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να διαμορφώσετε αυτούς τους δίσκους; \n" +"%1" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "Διαχείριση Δίσκων DASD" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel" +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "Κανάλι" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Διαμόρφωση" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "Χρήση DIAG" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Συσκευή" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Τύπος" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Τύπος Πρόσβασης" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "Διαμορφωμένο" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Πληροφορίες Κατάτμησης" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mi&nimum Channel" +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "Ελά&χιστο Κανάλι" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ma&ximum Channel" +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "Μέ&γιστο Κανάλι" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "&Φίλτρο" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Πραγματοποίηση &Ενέργειας" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Επιλογή Όλων" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "&Απεπιλογή Όλων" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "Άκυρο όνομα αρχείου." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "Προσθήκη Νέου Δίσκου DASD" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "&Κανάλι" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του Δίσκου" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "Χρήση &DIAG" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρύθμιση των δίσκων ZFCP χωρίς να αποθηκεύσετε;\n" +"Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν." + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a TV channel." +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "Πατήστε ένα κανάλι TV" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " already exists." +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr " υπάρχει ήδη." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων Ελεγκτή</big> \n" +"Παρακαλώ περιμένετε... " + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" +"Με ασφάλεια ματαιώστε το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα." + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Αποθήκευση Ρυθμίσεων Ελεγκτή</big> \n" +"Παρακαλώ περιμένετε... " + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +#| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" +"Ματαίωση αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" +"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" +"<big>Ρύθμιση Δίσκων DASD</big> \n" +"Σε αυτό το διάλογο, διαχειριστείτε τους δίσκους DASD στο σύστημά σας." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To filter disks that you want to have displayed, set\n" +#| "the Minimum Channel and the Maximum Channel\n" +#| "and click Filter." +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" +"Για να φιλτράρετε τους δίσκους που θέλετε να εμφανίζονται, ορίστε\n" +"το Ελάχιστο Κανάλι και το Μέγιστο Κανάλι\n" +"και κάντε κλικ στο Φιλτράρισμα." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν νέο δίσκο DASD, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Για να αφαιρέσετε έναν ρυθμισμένο δίσκο DASD, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στο\n" +"Διαγραφή." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "All actions can be performed on multiple disks at once. To select disks\n" +#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n" +#| "Select or Deselect." +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" +"Όλες οι ενέργειες μπορούν να πραγματοποιηθούν σε πολλαπλούς δίσκους άμεσα. Για να επιλέξετε δίσκους\n" +"στους οποίους θα πραγματοποιηθεί μια ενέργεια, επιλέξτε τους επιθυμητούς δίσκους και κάντε κλικ στο\n" +"Επιλογή ή Αφαίρεση." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" +"Για να πραγματοποιηθεί μια ενέργεια στους επιλεγμένους δίσκους, χρησιμοποιήστε το Πραγματοποίηση Ενέργειας.\n" +"Η ενέργεια θα πραγματοποιηθεί άμεσα!" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. To specify the disk, use the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the DASD disk." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" +"<big>Προσθήκη Νέων Δίσκων DASD</big> \n" +"Εισάγετε το αναγνωριστικό του δίσκου για να τον προσθέσετε. Για να καθορίσετε τον δίσκο, χρησιμοποιήστε το\n" +"Αριθμός Καναλιού του δίσκου DASD." + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n" +#| "use Format the Disk." +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" +"Για να καθορίσετε αν ο δίσκος θα διαμορφωθεί,\n" +"χρησιμοποιήστε το Διαμόρφωση του Δίσκου." + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To specify if DIAG mode will be used,\n" +#| "use Use DIAG." +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" +"Για να καθορίσετε αν η κατάσταση DIAG θα χρησιμοποιηθεί,\n" +"χρησιμοποιήστε το Χρήση του DIAG." + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Ελεγκτή" + +# screen title for uml disks +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία Παθητικής Συσκευής" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You have to select one device in the table" +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "Πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από τις συσκευές του πίνακα" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" +#| "Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" +"Ο δίσκος %1 θα διαμορφωθεί τώρα ως παθητική συσκευή.\n" +"Συνέχεια;" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>%1</big>" +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "<big>%1</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Shares</big>" +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "<big>Κοινόχρηστα</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Νέο για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο μοτίβο ή το Εισαγωγή για να εισάγετε ένα υπάρχων." + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Users</big>" +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "<big>Χρήστες</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Σύνδεσης</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε το URL, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Αλλαγή...." + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Σύνδεσης</big>" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Ναι" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Όχι" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS users" +msgid "user" +msgstr "Χρήστες NIS" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable Firewall" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&Ενεργοποίηση Τείχους Προστασίας" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Εξουσιοδότηση" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Όνομα" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Members" +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "Μέλη Ομάδας" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Users" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&NIS Χρήστες" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete Zone" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Διαγραφή Ζώνης" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package Groups" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "Ομάδες Πακέτων" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Selections" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "&Επιλογές" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Register" +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "Εγγ&ραφή" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "&Αρχείο" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "Περιήγη&ση" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +# checkbox label +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable LDAP Users to Log In" +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "&Ενεργοποίηση σύνδεσης χρηστών LDAP" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Σύνδεση" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "UID" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Path" +msgid "Home" +msgstr "Διαδρομή Αρχής" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "Κέλυφος" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings for Zone " +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις για τη Ζώνη " + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "Κωδικός &Πρόσβασης" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "Επιβ&εβαίωση Συνθηματικού" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "&Προσωπικός Κατάλογος" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "Ανα&ζήτηση" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Όνομα χρήστη" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Last Password Change: %1" +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "Τελευταία αλλαγή συνθηματικού: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional &LDAP Groups" +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "Επιπρόσθετες Ομάδες &LDAP" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "GID:" +msgid "GID" +msgstr "GID:" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "Μέλη" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "&Επιλέξτε ή Απεπιλέξτε" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Create..." +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "&Δημιουργία..." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&NIS Groups" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&NIS Ομάδες" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Members" +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "Μέλη" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Shell" +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "Κέλυφος" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The passwords do not match.\n" +#| "Try again." +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" +"Τα συνθηματικά δεν ταιριάζουν.\n" +"Προσπαθήστε ξανά." + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "Η πηγή δεν είναι έγκυρη" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A directory must be specified." +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "Ένας κατάλογος πρέπει να καθοριστεί." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings failed." +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "Η ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων απέτυχε." + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure General Settings " +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "Διαμόρφωση Γενικών Ρυθμίσεων " + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New System User" +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "Προσθήκη ενός Νέου Χρήστη Συστήματος" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User Authorization" +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "Πιστοποίηση Χρήστη" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +# don't allow to continue +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Το όνομα χρήστη ή ο προσωπικός κατάλογος δεν είναι έγκυρα." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "Η πηγή δεν είναι έγκυρη" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "Μόνο 1 ή 2 παράμετροι επιτρέπονται." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "Το όνομα του δένδρου δεν μπορεί να είναι μεγαλύτερο από 32 χαρακτήρες" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Κατάσταση" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Κατάσταση" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "IUCV" +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "IUCV" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Dial Prefix" +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "&Πρόθεμα Κλήσης" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "VNC" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "Επιτρεπόμενες Υπηρεσίες" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να βγείτε από τις ρυθμίσεις χωρίς να γίνει αποθήκευση;" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "Η πηγή δεν είναι έγκυρη" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "Οι διευθύνσεις δεν είναι έγκυρες." + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The domain has changed.\n" +#| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Η περιοχή έχει αλλάξει.\n" +"Πρέπει να επανεκκινήσετε για να λειτουργήσουν οι αλλαγές." + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Only 2 parameters are allowed." +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "Μόνο 2 παράμετροι επιτρέπονται." + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Basic Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Βασική Ρύθμιση" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do No&t Start IrDA" +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Να &μη γίνει εκκίνηση της Συσκευής Υπερύθρων" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start Detection" +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση Ανίχνευσης" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Ενέργεια" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "&Λεπτό" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "&Παθητική Συσκευή" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "Είναι δυνατή μόνο η διαγραφή ενός οδηγού χωρίς έναν ταιριαστό σαρωτή" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "Είναι αδύνατη η δοκιμή χωρίς κάποιο ενεργό σαρωτή που να ταιριάζει." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δίσκων ZFCP" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "WWPN" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "Αριθμός Λογικής Μονάδας" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Really leave the ZFCP disk configuration without saving?\n" +#| "All changes will be lost." +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρύθμιση των δίσκων ZFCP χωρίς να αποθηκεύσετε;\n" +"Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν." + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add New ZFCP Disk" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Προσθήκη Νέου Δίσκου ZFCP" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "Λήψη WWPNs" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "&WWPN" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "Λήψη LUN" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Το εισαγώμενο WWPN δεν είναι έγκυρο." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Το εισαγώμενο WWPN δεν είναι έγκυρο." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing ZFCP Disk Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... " +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρύθμισης Δίσκων ZFCP</big> \n" +"Παρακαλώ περιμένετε... " + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" +#| "" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ρύθμιση Διακομιστή FTP</big> \n" +"" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Configured ZFCP Disks</big> \n" +#| "In this dialog, manage ZFCP disks on your system." +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ρυθμισμένοι Δίσκοι ZFCP</big> \n" +"Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, διαχειριστείτε τους δίσκους ZFCP του συστήματός σας." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν νέο δίσκο ZFCP, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To remove a configured ZFCP disk, select it and click\n" +#| "Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"Για να αφαιρέσετε έναν ρυθμισμένο δίσκο ZFCP, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στο\n" +"Διαγραφή." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Προειδοποίηση</h1>" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "Κατά την πρόσβαση μιας συσκευής iSCSI READ/WRITEπαρακαλώ σιγουρέψτε ότι αυτή η πρόσβαση είναι αποκλειστική. Αλλιώς υπάρχει ενδεχόμενο καταστροφής των δεδομένων σας." + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Add New ZFCP Disk</big> \n" +#| "Enter the identifier of the disk to add. Enter the\n" +#| "Channel Number of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +#| "(WWPN), and the FCP-LUN number." +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Προσθήκη Νέο Δίσκου ZFCP</big> \n" +"Εισάγετε το αναγνωριστικό του δίσκου για να προστεθεί. Εισάγετε τον\n" +"Αριθμό του Καναλιού του ελεγκτή ZFCP, τον παγκόσμιο αριθμό θύρας\n" +"(WWPN), και τον αριθμό FCP-LUN." + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +#| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +#| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +#| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" +"Ο Αριθμός των Καναλιών πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα σε μορφή του sysfs\n" +"0.0.<devno>, όπως <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"Το WWPN πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα ως μια δεκαεξαδική τιμή 16 ψηφίων, όπως το\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"Το LUN πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα ως μια δεκαεξαδική τιμή 16 ψηφίων με\n" +"όλα τα ακολουθούμενα ψηφία ως μηδέν, παράδειγμα <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running kinternet" +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "Εκτέλεση kinternet" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Ταυτότητα Καναλιού: %1, Διαμόρφωση: %2, Χρήση DIAG: %3" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, Use DIAG: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "Ταυτότητα Καναλιού: %1, Διαμόρφωση: %2, Χρήση DIAG: %3" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση Ρυθμίσεων των Δίσκων DASD" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "%1: το sysfs δεν έχει προσαρτηθεί." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "%1: Άκυρη κατάσταση για το <online>." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "%1: Δεν βρέθηκε συσκευή για το <ccwid>" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "%1: Δεν μπόρεσε να αλλάξει την κατάσταση της συσκευής" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "%1: Η συσκευή <ccwid> δεν υπάρχει." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not load module %1." +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "Δεν μπορώ να φορτώσω την μονάδα %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to activate %1." +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "Αποτυχία ενεργοποίησης του %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do &not format" +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "Να μην γίνει &διαμόρφωση" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "%1: Άγνωστο σφάλμα %2." + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Formatting %1" +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "Διαμόρφωση %1" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1" +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "Η διαμόρφωση των δίσκων απέτυχε. Κωδικός Εξόδου: %1" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του %1: ολοκληρώθηκε ο κύλινδρος %2 από τους %3" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking file system..." +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "Έλεγχος συστήματος αρχείων..." + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων..." + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δίσκων ZFCP" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking packages..." +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "Έλεγχος πακέτων..." + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Ολοκληρώθηκε" + +# screen title for uml disks +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Dump Device" +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία Παθητικής Συσκευής" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" +"Αδύνατη η δημιουργία της παθητικής συσκευής %1\n" +"%2" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "Εναλλαγή της βάσης δεδομένων πακέτων. Η διαδικασία μπορεί να πάρει μερικά λεπτά" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid or Obsolete Lines in fstab" +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "Άκυρες ή Άχρηστες Γραμμές στο fstab" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting supported TV norms..." +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "Ανίχνευση υποστηριζόμενων TV norms..." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "Λείπει η παράμετρος '%1'." + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "Κωδικός σφάλματος από το πρόγραμμα υποστήριξης: %1" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Αδύνατη η δημιουργία της παθητικής συσκευής %1\n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "Έλεγχος Καταχωρήσεων fstab" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Check fstab Entries" +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "Έλεγχος Καταχωρήσεων fstab" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "Άλλες παράμετροι πυρήνα" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "Έλεγχος καταχωρήσεων fstab..." + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking fstab entries..." +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "Έλεγχος καταχωρήσεων fstab..." + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Προαιρετικοί Παράμετροι Πυρήνα" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving IrDA Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση των ρυθμίσεων IrDA" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων IRC" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write IRC settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων IRC" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "Άλλες παράμετροι πυρήνα" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων IRC..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing IRC settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων IRC..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters" +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Προαιρετικοί Παράμετροι Πυρήνα" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση αρχείου ρυθμίσεων" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read user settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων χρήστη" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configuration file..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Ανάγνωση αρχείου ρυθμίσεων..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Γίνεται ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων χρήστη..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write user settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση ρυθμίσεων χρήστη " + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading user settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Γίνεται ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων χρήστη..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Έλεγχος εξαρτήσεων" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking floppy device..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Έλεγχος συσκευής δισκέτας..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων του kdump" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση της υπηρεσίας" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση της υπηρεσίας..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "Ταυτότητα Καναλιού:%1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "Ταυτότητα Καναλιού:%1, WWPN: %2, ZFCP LUN: %3" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Disks" +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση Ρυθμισμένων Δίσκων ZFCP" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "%1: Το WWPN δεν είναι έγκυρο." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "%1: Αδύνατη η ενεργοποίηση του WWPN για τον προσαρμογέα %1." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP disk." +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "%1: Αδύνατη η ενεργοποίηση του δίσκου ZFCP." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "%1: Ο δίσκος SCSI δεν μπορεί να επενεργοποιηθεί." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP LUN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: Το ZFCP LUN δεν μπορεί να μην είναι εγγεγραμμένο" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: ZFCP WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "%1: Το ZFCP WWPN δεν μπορεί να μην είναι εγγεγραμμένο" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "%1: Η συσκευή <ccwid> δεν υπάρχει." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "%1: Η μονάδα zfcp δεν μπορεί να φορτωθεί." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "%1: Η κατάσταση του προσαρμογέα δεν μπορεί να αλλάξει." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "%1: μέρη του WWPN είναι ακόμα ενεργά." + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/smt.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/smt.el.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/smt.el.po 2016-07-04 08:43:57 UTC (rev 95931) @@ -0,0 +1,1698 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμη διεπαφή χρήστη για αυτήν την μονάδα." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating swap area..." +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "Δημιουργία περιοχής swap..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot create the file '%1'." +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "Αδυναμία δημιουργίας του αρχείου '%1'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking Dependencies..." +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "Άκυρη τιμή σημείου ελέγχου." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "Επιτυχία" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "Εγγραφή" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "Τύπος Συγχρονισμού" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location of Archived Reports" +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "Τοποθεσία των Αρχειοθετημένων Αναφορών" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "Προτεινόμενο" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Προαιρετικό" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Ασφάλεια" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "-" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Pac&kage Manager" +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "Διαχειριστής Π&ακέτων" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Options" +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Επιλογές Ασφαλείας" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Recommended patterns" +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "Προτεινόμενα μοτίβα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional Data" +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "Προαιρετικά δεδομένα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "Κυριακή" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "Δευτέρα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "Τρίτη" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "Τετάρτη" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "Πέμπτη" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "Παρασκευή" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "Σάββατο" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Κέντρου Εξυπηρέτησης της Novell" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "Χ&ρήση Κοινότυπου Πιστοποιητικού για το Διακομιστή" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "Κωδικός Εγγραφής" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Download Size:" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "Μέγεθος Λήψης:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Χρήστης" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "Κωδικός &Πρόσβασης" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Δοκιμή" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email address required for registration." +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "Απαιτείται Διεύθυνση ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου για εγγραφή" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Server URL" +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "URL Διακομιστή LDAP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Path" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "Διαδρομή Βάσης δεδομένων" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "Επιβ&εβαίωση Κωδικού" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "List of local groups" +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "Λίστα Τοπικών Ομάδων" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "Εντολές για Εκτέλεση" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "Συχνότητα" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "Ημέρα της &Εβδομάδας" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Ημέρα του Μήνα" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Ώρα" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Λεπτό" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "&Προσθήκη..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Επεξεργασία..." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "Διεύθυνση ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου για το διαχειριστή του διακομιστή" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "Όλα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Repository &Name:" +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "Ό&νομα Πηγής Εγκατάστασης:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "Εμφάνι&ση Κατηγορίας Διόρθωσης:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch: " +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Διόρθωση: " + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Έκδοση" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Κατηγορία" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Testing %1" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Δοκιμή του %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product" +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Προϊόν" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "Περίληψη" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "Λεπτομέρειες &διόρθωσης <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "&Εναλλαγή Κατάστασης" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change this?" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Αλλαγή αυτού;" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Items Excluded from Search" +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "Αποκλεισμός Αντικειμένων από την Αναζήτηση" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Ενεργοποιημένο" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "&Ανενεργό" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Όνομα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "Στόχος" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Monitoring" +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "Παρακολούθηση" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Σφάλμα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Περιγραφή" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status" +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "&Εναλλαγή Κατάστασης" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Κατάσταση" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Όνομα Κόμβου" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "C&ontact" +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "Επα&φή" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων FTP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση των Ρυθμίσεων" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read daemon status" +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση κατάστασης δαίμονα" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση ρυθμίσεων του τείχους προστασίας" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read sudo settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση Ρυθμίσεων sudo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading NTP configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Ανάγνωση των Ρυθμίσεων του NTP..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading daemon status..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Ανάγνωση κατάστασης δαίμονα..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων του τείχους προστασίας..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading custom settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Ανάγνωση χειροκίνητων ρυθμίσεων..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "Εγγραφή" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "Κέντρο Πελατών" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Προειδοποίηση" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Use It" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Ναί, να χρησιμοποιηθεί" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Ακυρο" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Ενημέρωση ρυθμίσεων" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Ενημέρωση ρυθμίσεων" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "Δημιουργία της προκαθορισμένης CA και πιστοποιητικού διακομιστή" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS server configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση διακομιστή DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "Προσαρμογή των υπηρεσιών DNS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων του Τείχους Προστασίας" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write routing settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων δρομολόγησης" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read repositories." +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης πηγών." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Synchronization Type" +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "Τύπος Συγχρονισμού" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Προσαρμόζοντας τις ρυθμίσεις..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adapting configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Προσαρμόζοντας τις ρυθμίσεις..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "Δημιουργία της προκαθορισμένης CA και πιστοποιητικού διακομιστή..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή Ρυθμίσεων Διακομιστή NFS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Προσαρμογή των υπηρεσιών του DNS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων του Τείχους Προστασίας..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing routing settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων δρομολόγησης..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading configured repositories..." +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "Ανάγνωση ρυθμισμένων πηγών..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running scripts..." +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "Εκτέλεση των scripts..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των Ρυθμίσεων του NFS" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Write Changes Now" +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Αποθήκευ&ση Αλλαγών Τώρα" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Ελήφθησαν οι διορθώσεις." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing schemes..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή σχημάτων..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The first and the second version\n" +#| "of the password do not match." +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" +"Η πρώτη και η δεύτερη εισαγωγή\n" +"του κωδικού είναι διαφορετικές." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Το όνομα χρήστη δεν μπορεί να είναι κενό." + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The password must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Ο κωδικός δεν πρέπει να είναι κενός." + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Λεπτομέρειες" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "Αποτελέσματα Δοκιμών:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Test Result:" +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "Αποτελέσματα Δοκιμών:" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detecting available repositories..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Ανίχνευση διαθέσιμων πηγών..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "Άγνωστο" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: %1" +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "Φίλτρο: %1" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Filter" +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "&Φίλτρο" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Show Patch Category:" +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "Εμφάνι&ση Κατηγορίας Διόρθωσης:" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Ανάγνωση πακέτων διαθέσιμων στις πηγές εγκατάστασης..." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "URL: %1\n" +#| "\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"URL: %1\n" +"\n" +"%2" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There are no options for this module" +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχουν επιλογές για αυτή τη μονάδα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product Name: %1" +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "Όνομα Προϊόντος: %1" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The system is up to date" +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "Το σύστημα είναι ενημερωμένο." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Source unknown." +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "Άγνωστη πηγή." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unknown Class:" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Άγνωστη κλάση:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Ποτέ" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 - %2 (%3)" +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "%1 - %2 (%3)" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "%1 (%2)" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης ρυθμίσεων για την τρέχουσα βάση δεδομένων." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter Passphrase" +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "Εισάγετε την λέξη κλειδί" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Passphrase" +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "&Κωδική Φράση" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The passwords are not identical." +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "Οι κωδικοί δεν είναι ταυτόσημοι/" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Creating Repository %1" +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "Δημιουργία πηγής %1" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An error occurred while creating the disk image." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την δημιουργία της εικόνας δίσκου." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&E-Mail" +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "&E-Mail" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Via &E-Mail" +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "Μέσω &ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' δεν είναι έγκυρο." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης τρέχουσας κατάστασης του SSHD." + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η ανάκτηση της περιγραφής της απομακρυσμένης πηγής εγκατάστασης." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing Repository %1" +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "Εξέταση της πηγής %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Πρόοδος" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Διακοπή" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborting the Wizard" +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "Ματαίωση του Οδηγού" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ακυρώσετε την ρύθμιση;" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue resizing?" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Συνέχεια ανασχηματισμού;" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Loading..." +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Φόρτωση..." + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Ολοκληρώθηκε" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command: " +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Εντολή: " + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "Μηνιαία" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User-defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "Ορισμός από το χρήστη" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "Εβδομαδιαία" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "Καθημερινά" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 hour" +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "1 Ώρα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "10 minutes" +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "10 λεπτά" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Everything" +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "Όλα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "&Ώρα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "&Λεπτό" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "&Συχνότητα" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Commands to Run" +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "Εντολές για Εκτέλεση" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Backup Start Time" +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "Χρόνος Εκκίνησης Αντιγράφου Ασφαλείας" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "Ημέρα της &Εβδομάδας" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "&Ημέρα του Μήνα" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" +"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να γίνει έξοδος;\n" +"Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a network declaration,\n" +#| "select Subnet." +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" +"Για την προσθήκη δηλωτικού δικτύου,\n" +"επιλέξτε Υποδίκτυο." + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Repositories Overview</big> \n" +#| "Obtain an overview of configured repositories. Additionally\n" +#| "edit their configuration. \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" +"<big>Σύνοψη Πηγών Εγκατάστασης</big> \n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τις ρυθμισμένες πηγές εγκατάστασης. Επιπλέον,\n" +"μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. \n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" +"Για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση μιας μονάδας,\n" +"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώρηση του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Εναλλαγή Κατάστασης.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To change the status of a module, \n" +#| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" +"Για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση μιας μονάδας,\n" +"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώρηση του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Εναλλαγή Κατάστασης.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Customer Center" +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "Κέντρο Πελατών" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database Backend: " +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "Υποσύστημα Βάσης Δεδομένων: " + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Πηγές Εγκατάστασης" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Τρέχουσα Κατάσταση" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Scheduled Reports" +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "Αναφορές Προγράμματος" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "CASA Configuration Wizard Pages" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Σελίδες Ρυθμίσεων μέσω Οδηγού του CASA" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update System Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Ενημέρωσης Ρυθμίσεων Συστήματος" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Management" +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "Διαχείριση" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The device configured in the control file does not\n" +#| "exist on this system." +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" +"Η συσκευή που ρυθμίστηκε στο αρχείο ελέγχου δεν υπάρχει\n" +"στο σύστημα." + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "Η βάση δεδομένων της κάρτας ήχου δεν βρέθηκε. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε την εγκατάστασή σας." + +# Error message +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration script failed." +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "Η ρύθμιση του σεναρίου απέτυχε." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής ρυθμίσεων." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "Επαναφόρτωση της υπηρεσίας %1..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "Ως Πιστοποιητικό Διακομιστή" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&CA Management" +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "Διαχείριση &CA" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Παράβλεψη" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να διαγράψετε την υπηρεσία, διότι δεν είναι εγκατεστημένη." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "Κωδικός υπερχρήστη Samba:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reenter the &Password" +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Ε&πανεισάγεστε το Συνθηματικό" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write %1" +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής στο '%1'." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "Επανάλη&ψη" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης βάσης δεδομένων1." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Database edit failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία βάσης δεδομένων απέτυχε." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root Password:" +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "Κωδικός υπερχρήστη Samba:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba root &Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "&Κωδικός υπερχρήστη Samba:" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&New Password" +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "&Νέο Συνθηματικό" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the password." +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "Εισάγετε τον κωδικό." + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Setting up Network Failed" +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "Η Ρύθμιση του Δικτύου Απέτυχε" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to read the tuner database." +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης βάσης δεδομένων για tuner!" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the user password." +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "Εισάγετε τον κωδικό του χρήστη." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/xpram.el.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/xpram.el.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/el/po/xpram.el.po 2016-07-04 08:43:57 UTC (rev 95931) @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση του XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση του XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "Απενεργοποίηση του XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Αλλαγή της Ρύθμισης του XPRAM" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Σημείο προσάρτησης" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση XPRAM" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "Εδώ, ρυθμίζετε το XPRAM του υπολογιστή σας." + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Αυτό το εργαλείο αυτή τη στιγμή υποστηρίζει μόνο την ανάθεση του XPRAM σε μια κατάτμηση μόνο. Για να έχετε πολλαπλές κατατμήσεις, κοιτάξτε στο \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" για τον Πυρήνα του Linux 2.6 - Απρίλιος 2004.Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση απενεργοποιήστε το XPRAM σε αυτήν την μονάδα.." + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό σημείο προσάρτησης για το Σημείο Προσάρτησης" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "Μετά, επιλέξτε το σύστημα αρχείων που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί στη συσκευή." + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Να μην ξεκινήσει το XPRAM" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "Εκκίνη&ση του XPRAM" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Συστήματος Αρχείων ή του Swap Παρόλο που το &XPRAM Περιλαμβάνει Έγκυρα Δεδομένα" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Σημείο προσάρτησης" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "&Σημείο προσάρτησης" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "Τύπος Συστήματος Αρχείων" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "Σύστημα Αρχείων που Χρησιμοποιείται:" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων του XPRAM" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση της υπηρεσίας" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση της υπηρεσίας..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Ολοκληρώθηκε" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά τη διακοπή του xpram. Παρακαλώ προσπαθήστε χειροκίνητα με \"rcxpram stop\"" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά την εκκίνηση του xpram. Παρακαλώ προσπαθήστε χειροκίνητα με \"rcxpram start\""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95930 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:43:55 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95930 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2016-07-04 08:43:55 UTC (rev 95930) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:11\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" -"Der Name-Service-Cache soll nur mit einem älteren LDAP-Identitätsanbieter verwendet werden;\n" +"Der Name-Service-Cache sollte nur mit einem älteren LDAP-Identitätsanbieter verwendet werden;\n" "auf dem System ist derzeit jedoch die Authentifizierungsdomäne aktiviert, die nicht mit dem Cache kompatibel ist.\n" "\n" "Den Cache trotzdem aktivieren?" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2016-07-04 08:43:55 UTC (rev 95930) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:11\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ "Zeigt den aktuellen Status des Dienstes an. Der Status bleibt auch nach dem Speichern der Einstellungen gleich, unabhängig vom Wert für 'Beim Booten des Systems starten'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" "Nur dann verfügbar, wenn der Dienst derzeit ausgeführt wird. Sorgt dafür, dass der ausgeführte Dienst die neue Konfiguration nach dem Speichern (durch Schließen des Dialogfelds oder mit der Schaltfläche 'Übernehmen') neu lädt.\n" -"<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" +"<big>Beim Booten des Systems starten</big> \n" "Mit dieser Option wird der Dienst beim Booten des Systems aktiviert. Wenn die Option deaktiviert ist, wird der Dienst entsprechend deaktiviert. Dies wirkt sich nicht auf den aktuellen Status des Dienstes im bereits ausgeführten System aus.\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95929 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:43:54 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95929 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/journalctl.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/kernel-update-tool.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/linux-user-mgmt.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/migration.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/s390.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/smt.da.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/journalctl.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/journalctl.da.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/journalctl.da.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/kernel-update-tool.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/kernel-update-tool.da.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/kernel-update-tool.da.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/linux-user-mgmt.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/linux-user-mgmt.da.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/linux-user-mgmt.da.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, ycp-format +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, ycp-format +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, ycp-format +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, ycp-format +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Number" +msgstr "" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +msgid "&login" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/migration.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/migration.da.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/migration.da.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/s390.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/s390.da.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/s390.da.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) @@ -0,0 +1,1697 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "" + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +msgid "&File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +msgid "Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "" + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "" + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/smt.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/smt.da.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/smt.da.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) @@ -0,0 +1,1377 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +msgid "Success." +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "" + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po 2016-07-04 08:43:54 UTC (rev 95929) @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen <djinni(a)mail1.stofanet.dk>\n" +"Language-Team: Danish <de(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95928 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:43:51 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95928 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/journalctl.cy.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/kernel-update-tool.cy.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/linux-user-mgmt.cy.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/migration.cy.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/s390.cy.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/smt.cy.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/xpram.cy.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/journalctl.cy.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/journalctl.cy.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/journalctl.cy.po 2016-07-04 08:43:51 UTC (rev 95928) @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS entries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Cofnodion NFS" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Change..." +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "&Newid..." + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Refresh" +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Cyfred&oli" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS entries" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Cofnodion NFS" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Messages" +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Negeseuon" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/kernel-update-tool.cy.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/kernel-update-tool.cy.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/kernel-update-tool.cy.po 2016-07-04 08:43:51 UTC (rev 95928) @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Rhybudd" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210 +msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267 +msgid "Alternate Download Location" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530 +msgid "Kernel Update Status Log" +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/linux-user-mgmt.cy.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/linux-user-mgmt.cy.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/linux-user-mgmt.cy.po 2016-07-04 08:43:51 UTC (rev 95928) @@ -0,0 +1,753 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207 +msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208 +msgid "This may take a while" +msgstr "" + +#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing default window manager" +msgid "Initializing Linux User Management" +msgstr "Ymgychwyn trefnydd ffenestri rhagosod" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102 +msgid "Read the database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107 +msgid "Checking dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading the database..." +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Wedi gorffen" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n" +"Continue configuration?" +msgstr "" + +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings); +#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings); +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212 +msgid "Cannot read the database1." +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig.%1" +msgid "Run SuSEconfig" +msgstr "Rhedeg SuSEconfig. %1" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Running SuSEconfig.%1" +msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." +msgstr "Rhedeg SuSEconfig. %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait..." +msgid "Please Wait" +msgstr "Arhoswch..." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391 +msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n" +"specified user %2 does not have enough\n" +"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n" +"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n" +"after the install." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" + +#. Error message +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Script failed." +msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." +msgstr "Methodd y sgript." + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP port number: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690 +#, ycp-format +msgid "LUM workstation context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695 +msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Wrong option: %1" +msgid "login: %1" +msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698 +#, ycp-format +msgid "ftp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700 +#, ycp-format +msgid "sshd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "URL: %1" +msgid "su: %1" +msgstr "URL: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Version: %1" +msgid "rsh: %1" +msgstr "Fersiwn: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "Wrong option: %1" +msgid "rlogin: %1" +msgstr "Dewisiad anghywir: %1" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "&Password:" +msgid "passwd: %1" +msgstr "C&yfrinair:" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710 +#, ycp-format +msgid "xdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712 +#, ycp-format +msgid "openwbem: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gdm-autologin: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-passwd: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723 +#, ycp-format +msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461 +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556 +msgid "Local Host" +msgstr "" + +#. LDAP_Dialog caption +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu Gweinydd TFTP" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391 +msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Boot installed system" +msgid "&Local system" +msgstr "&Ymgychwyn cysawd a osodwyd" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remote filesystem:" +msgid "&Remote system" +msgstr "Cysawd ffeiliau &pell" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory File: " +msgid "Directory server address" +msgstr "Ffeil Cyfeiriadur:" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413 +msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415 +msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Port Details" +msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521 +msgid "" +"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n" +"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n" +"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n" +"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522 +msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530 +#, ycp-format +msgid "" +"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n" +" user name: %1\n" +" address: %2\n" +" port: %3\n" +" \n" +" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n" +" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n" +" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n" +" above port, we will not get a response back.\n" +" \n" +" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591 +msgid "LDAP port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592 +msgid "LDAP secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74 +msgid "" +"The first and the second version\n" +"of the password don't match!\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81 +msgid "" +"The password may only contain the following\n" +"characters:\n" +" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO - fix this message +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847 +msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873 +msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879 +msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39 +msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44 +msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXEME +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50 +msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55 +msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\"" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107 +msgid "" +"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n" +"Please try again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114 +#, ycp-format +msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201 +msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Verifying user credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "Arhoswch..." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325 +msgid "Enter the existing server IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399 +#, fuzzy, ycp-format +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname" +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. Frame label +#: src/complex.ycp:75 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption +#: src/complex.ycp:127 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview" +msgstr "" + +#. Table header +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fax Numbers" +msgid "Number" +msgstr "Rhifau Ffacs" + +#: src/complex.ycp:134 +msgid "Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "" + +#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption +#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Answering Machine Configuration" +msgid "Linux User Management Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu Peiriant Ateb" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:95 +msgid "Linux/Unix config context" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:96 +msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop." +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:97 +msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Description (optional)" +msgid "(optional)" +msgstr "&Disgrifiad (dewisol)" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:99 +msgid "Proxy user password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:168 +#, ycp-format +msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select the service to configure." +msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow" +msgstr "Dewis y gwasanaeth i ffurffweddu." + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Authentication Data" +msgid "authentication via eDirectory" +msgstr "Data Dilysiant" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sele&ct" +msgid "Sele&ct All" +msgstr "De&wis" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:304 +msgid "Deselec&t All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:306 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Login" +msgid "&login" +msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:307 +msgid "&ftp" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:308 +msgid "ssh&d" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:309 +msgid "&su" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:310 +msgid "rs&h" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:311 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Login" +msgid "rl&ogin" +msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password:" +msgid "&passwd" +msgstr "C&yfrinair:" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:313 +msgid "&xdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:314 +msgid "op&enwbem" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:316 +msgid "&gdm" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:317 +msgid "gdm-&autologin" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:318 +msgid "g&nome-passwd" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:319 +msgid "gnome-s&creensaver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/dialogs.ycp:320 +msgid "gnomesu-pa&m" +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:20 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing inetd Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +"Arhoswch... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big> \n" +#| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Erthylu'r Proses Ymgychwyn:</big> \n" +"Erthylwch y defnyddioldeb ffurfweddu yn ddiogel gan wasgu Erthylu rwan.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving inetd Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big> \n" +"Please wait... \n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +"Arhoswch... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/helps.ycp:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting the Save Process:</big> \n" +#| "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Erthylu'r Proses Cadw:</big> \n" +"Erthylwch y cadw gan wasgu Erthylu.\n" +"Bydd ymgom ychwanegol yn dweud wrthych a yw'n ddiogel gwneud hyn.\n" +"\n" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:42 +msgid "" +"<big>Linux/Unix config context</big> \n" +"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n" +"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n" +"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n" +"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:50 +msgid "" +"<big>LUM workstation context</big> \n" +"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n" +"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n" +"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:57 +msgid "" +"<big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big> \n" +"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n" +"objects.\n" +"" +msgstr "" + +#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/helps.ycp:63 +msgid "" +"<big>PAM-enabled Services</big> \n" +"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n" +"authenticated LUM users.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big> \n" +"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:72 +msgid "" +"<big>Directory server address</big> \n" +"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:76 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin name with context</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:80 +msgid "" +"<big>Admin password</big> \n" +"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/helps.ycp:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Port Details</big> \n" +"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module +#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of the NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r gweinydd NFS" + +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51 +msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81 +msgid "Linux User Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals +#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User name:" +msgid "&Linux User Management" +msgstr "Enw &defnyddiwr:" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/wizards.ycp:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing ..." +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/migration.cy.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/migration.cy.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/migration.cy.po 2016-07-04 08:43:51 UTC (rev 95928) @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation finished.\n" +msgid "Migration Finished" +msgstr "Arsefydlu wedi gorffen.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start now ..." +msgid "&Restart Now" +msgstr "C&ychwyn rwan..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" +#| "to the login screen.\n" +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Bydd Gorffen yn cau'r gosod YaST a mynd ymlaen\n" +"i'r sgrîn mewnosod.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "" +"<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" +"You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" +"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n" +"as soon as possible to activate the changes.\n" +"Please visit us at %s.\n" +" \n" +"Have a lot of fun!\n" +"      \n" +"Your SUSE Development Team" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +msgid "" +"There are some online updates available to installation,\n" +"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to install the updates now?" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +msgid "" +"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" +"likely in an inconsistent state.\n" +"\n" +"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n" +"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n" +"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup." +msgstr "" + +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +msgid "Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +msgid "&Migration Summary" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. @return [String] translated headline +#. to get the _() method +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +msgid "Migration proposal" +msgstr "" + +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all +#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"\n" +"To start online migration, press Next.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"I ddefnyddio'r gosodiadau fel y dangosir, gwasgwch Nesaf.\n" +"\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/s390.cy.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/s390.cy.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/s390.cy.po 2016-07-04 08:43:51 UTC (rev 95928) @@ -0,0 +1,1912 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of DASD" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not detected." +msgid "No DASD disk detected" +msgstr "Ni darganfuwyd." + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +msgid "&DASD" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of the NFS server" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r gweinydd NFS" + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of the NFS client" +msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu'r dibynnydd NFS" + +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing ..." +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Ymgychwyn..." + +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +msgid "No zFCP device configured" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +msgid "zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +msgid "&zFCP" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Activate" +msgstr "&Gweithred" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Deactivate All Services" +msgid "&Deactivate" +msgstr "&Dadweithredoli Pob Gwasanaeth" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +msgid "Set DIAG O&n" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +msgid "&Format" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "Set Format On" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +msgid "Set Format Off" +msgstr "" + +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User selected skip." +msgid "No disk selected." +msgstr "Dewisodd y defnyddiwr hepgor." + +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" +msgstr "" + +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Disk %1 is not active." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" +"Really format the following disks? \n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +msgid "DASD Disk Management" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +msgid "Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +msgid "Use DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Gwasanaeth" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Math" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Access Type" +msgstr "Ategion" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "Formatted" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Information" +msgid "Partition Information" +msgstr "Gwybodaeth Gysawd" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +msgid "&Filter" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Installation" +msgid "Perform &Action" +msgstr "Cyflawni Arsefydlu" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Pe&nodi" + +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "&Deselect All" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +msgid "Add New DASD Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +msgid "&Channel ID" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +msgid "Format the Disk" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +msgid "Use &DIAG" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +msgid "" +"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +msgid "Not a valid channel ID." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +msgid "Device already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing inetd Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +"Arhoswch... \n" + +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big> \n" +#| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" +"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." +msgstr "" +"<big>Erthylu'r Proses Ymgychwyn:</big> \n" +"Erthylwch y defnyddioldeb ffurfweddu yn ddiogel gan wasgu Erthylu rwan.\n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving inetd Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +"Arhoswch... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Aborting the Save Process:</big> \n" +#| "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" +#| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +#| "\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" +"Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" +"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Erthylu'r Proses Cadw:</big> \n" +"Erthylwch y cadw gan wasgu Erthylu.\n" +"Bydd ymgom ychwanegol yn dweud wrthych a yw'n ddiogel gwneud hyn.\n" +"\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" +"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +msgid "" +"To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" +"the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"I ychwanegu dewisiad newydd, cliciwch Ychwanegu. I waredu\n" +"dewisiad, detholwch fo a cliciwch Dileu." + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +msgid "" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"Select All or Deselect All.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +msgid "" +"To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" +"The action will be performed immediately!" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" +"To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" +"identifier." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +msgid "" +"If the disk should be formatted,\n" +"use Format the Disk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Controller Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddiad Rhwydwaith" + +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +msgid "Create Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +msgid "" +"dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" +"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " +msgstr "" + +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +msgid "&ZFCP" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" +msgstr "" + +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +msgid "You haven't selected any device." +msgstr "" + +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" +msgstr "" + +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +msgid "" +"To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" +" They are separated by line breaks.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +msgid "" +"Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" +"User to remove users." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" +"the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +msgid "" +"You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" +"data will be stored there." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +msgid "" +"Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" +"member of this groups to inherit the same rights." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" +"selection." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +msgid "" +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "" + +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Yes" +msgstr "Ie" + +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +msgid "No" +msgstr "Nage" + +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +msgid "user" +msgstr "" + +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Group" +msgid "group" +msgstr "&Grŵp" + +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enable" +msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" +msgstr "&Alluogi" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +msgid "Authorization" +msgstr "Awdurdodi" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Enw" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +msgid "UID/GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +msgid "Groups/Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&User" +msgid "&New User" +msgstr "&Defnyddiwr" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Delete" +msgid "&Delete User" +msgstr "&Dileu" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Group" +msgid "&Manage Groups" +msgstr "&Grŵp" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "&Selection" +msgstr "Pe&nodi" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +msgid "&Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Files" +msgid "&File" +msgstr "Ffeiliau" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +msgid "Bro&wse" +msgstr "P&ori" + +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +msgid "&Audited IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Login" +msgid "Login" +msgstr "Mew&ngofnodi" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +msgid "UID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +msgid "Home" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +msgid "Settings for new Users" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password:" +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "C&yfrinair:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter Password:" +msgid "Co&nfirm Password" +msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Home Directory: %1" +msgid "&Home Directory" +msgstr "Cyfeiriadur Cartref: %1" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Browse" +msgid "B&rowse" +msgstr "P&ori" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +msgid "&Sync" +msgstr "" + +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Username:" +msgid "&Username" +msgstr "&Defnydd-enw:" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +msgid "&Force Password Change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +msgid "&Additonal Groups" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +msgid "TS-Auth" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +msgid "GID" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +msgid "TS-Members" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +msgid "&Select or Deselect" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +msgid "C&reate" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Group" +msgid "&New Group" +msgstr "&Grŵp" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +msgid "TS-&Members" +msgstr "" + +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +msgid "&z/VM IDs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +msgid "&TS-Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +msgid "&IUCVConn" +msgstr "" + +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "The username is not valid!" +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +msgid "Adding the user has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +msgid "New TS-Shell User" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" +msgstr "" + +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." +msgstr "" + +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User name or home directory is not valid." +msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." +msgstr "Nid yw'r enw defnyddiwr neu'r cyfeiriadur cartref yn ddilys." + +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "The group name is not valid!" +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." +msgstr "" + +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +msgid "Comma is only a separator." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." +msgstr "" + +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "IUCVtty" +msgstr "Llongyfarchiadau!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Congratulations!" +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "Llongyfarchiadau!" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +msgid "" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" +"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "" + +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +msgid "&IUCVtty" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +msgid "I&UCVtty instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +msgid "HVC" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +msgid "H&VC instances" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +msgid "Restrict &access to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" +msgstr "" + +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +msgid "Really leave without saving?" +msgstr "" + +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." +msgstr "" + +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." +msgstr "" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Configuration" +msgid "On Panic Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurweddu Dyfeisiau" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +msgid "" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" +"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +msgid "&Start Dumpconf" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Action" +msgid "&Panic Action" +msgstr "&Gweithred" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "Delay &Minutes" +msgstr "Munud" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Service" +msgid "&Dump Device" +msgstr "G&wasanaeth" + +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +msgid "&VMCMD" +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." +msgstr "" + +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring CD-ROM devices" +msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu dyfeisiau crynoddisg" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +msgid "WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +msgid "LUN" +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +msgid "" +"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a New Service Entry" +msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" +msgstr "Ychwanegu Cofnod Gwasanaeth Newydd" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +msgid "Get WWPNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "&WWPN" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Get LUNs" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +msgid "&LUN" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." +msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys." + +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." +msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." +msgstr "Mae gwerth %1 yn annilys." + +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Initializing inetd Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +"Arhoswch... \n" + +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Saving inetd Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" +msgid "" +"<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd</big> \n" +"Arhoswch... \n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing Services:</big> \n" +#| "Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" +msgid "" +"<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" +"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" +msgstr "" +"<big>Golygu Gwasanaethau:</big> \n" +"Dewiswch y gwasanaeth i'w olygu a gwasgwch Golygu.\n" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" +#| "an option, select it and click Delete." +msgid "" +"To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" +"Delete." +msgstr "" +"I ychwanegu dewisiad newydd, cliciwch Ychwanegu. I waredu\n" +"dewisiad, detholwch fo a cliciwch Dileu." + +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning" +msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" +msgstr "Rhybudd" + +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"When accessing a ZFCP device\n" +"READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" +"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +msgid "" +"<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" +"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" +"Channel ID of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n" +"(WWPN) and the LUN number.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +msgid "" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" +"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" +"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +msgid "Running mkinitrd." +msgstr "" + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +msgid "%1: Could not load module." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +msgid "Formatting %1:" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" +msgstr "" + +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +msgid "Checking Disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +msgid "Checking DASD disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +msgid "Checking DASD disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Wedi gorffen" + +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +msgid "Creating Dump Device" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing USB devices" +msgid "Creating dump device" +msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau USB" + +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +msgid "Missing support programs." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Access problem." +msgstr "Ategion" + +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +msgid "Error code from support program: %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Unable to enable service %1:\n" +#| "%2" +msgid "" +"Cannot create dump device %1:\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" +"Methu alluogi gwasanaeth %1:\n" +"%2" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +msgid "Check HVC entries" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +msgid "Read kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +msgid "Checking HVC entries..." +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing kernel modules..." +msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Ymgychwynmodiwlau cnewyllyn..." + +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write HVC settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +msgid "Write kernel parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing HVC settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing kernel modules..." +msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." +msgstr "Ymgychwynmodiwlau cnewyllyn..." + +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +msgid "<ALL>" +msgstr "" + +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu Gweinydd TFTP" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Inetd configuration" +msgid "Read configuration files" +msgstr "ffurfweddu inetd" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "UML User Settings" +msgid "Load user/group settings" +msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading configuration files..." +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Loading user/group settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Write configuration files" +msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "UML User Settings" +msgid "Update user settings" +msgstr "Gosodiadau Defnyddiwr UML" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration files..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Updating user settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the Configuration" +msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Probing USB devices" +msgid "Checking dump devices" +msgstr "Holi dyfeisiau USB" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Reading settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Checking dump devices..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Reading the settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart services" +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +msgid "" +"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" +"You will have to set it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL is invalid." +msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." +msgstr "Mae'r URL yn annilys." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %1 does not exist." +msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." +msgstr "Nid yw gwasanaeth %1 mewn bod." + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." +msgstr "" + +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/smt.cy.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/smt.cy.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/smt.cy.po 2016-07-04 08:43:51 UTC (rev 95928) @@ -0,0 +1,1528 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-25 13:04+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29 +msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgstr "Nid oes rhyngwyneb defnyddiwr ar gael ar gyfer y modiwl yma." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53 +msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed." +msgstr "" + +#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file +#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps` +#. could reveal them. +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68 +msgid "Creating a temporary file..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94 +msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102 +msgid "Check credentials..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115 +msgid "Invalid credentials." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "success" +msgid "Success." +msgstr "llwyddiant" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of smt +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40 +msgid "SCC Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41 +msgid "Synchronization of Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44 +msgid "Generation of Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47 +msgid "Job Queue Cleanup" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Option" +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "Dewisiad" + +#. Patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126 +msgid "-" +msgstr "" + +#. Only some repositories support filtering, although +#. snapshots can be created from every repository +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153 +msgid "Package manager patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security updates available." +msgid "Security patches: %1" +msgstr "Diweddariadau diogelwch ar gael." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155 +msgid "Recommended patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156 +msgid "Optional patches: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166 +msgid "Sunday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Monday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168 +msgid "Tuesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169 +msgid "Wednesday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170 +msgid "Thursday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171 +msgid "Friday" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172 +msgid "Saturday" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191 +msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the Configuration" +msgid "Customer Center Configuration" +msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad" + +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:207 +msgid "&Use Custom Server" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:215 +msgid "&Registration Server Url" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Download" +msgid "&Download Server Url" +msgstr "&Lawrlwytho" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:229 +msgid "&User" +msgstr "&Defnyddiwr" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Password:" +msgid "&Password" +msgstr "C&yfrinair:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Test" +msgid "&Test..." +msgstr "&Profi" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:257 +msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:267 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "&Your SMT Server URL" +msgstr "URL Gweinydd:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter Password:" +msgid "Database &Password" +msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" + +#. TRANSLATORS: password entry +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Enter Password:" +msgid "C&onfirm Password" +msgstr "&Mewnosod Cyfrinair:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:312 +msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:317 +msgid "Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:319 +msgid "Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:321 +msgid "Day of the Week" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:323 +msgid "Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "Hour" +msgstr "Awr" + +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:327 +msgid "Minute" +msgstr "Munud" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:333 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Add" +msgid "&Add..." +msgstr "&Ychwanegu" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Edit" +msgid "&Edit..." +msgstr "&Golygu" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 +msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to" +msgstr "" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, Item: (List) All (Catalogs) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1525 +msgid "All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2092 +msgid "Repository &Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:407 +msgid "&Patch Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches:" +msgid "Patch Name" +msgstr "Cywiriadau:" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:420 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version: %1" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Fersiwn: %1" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:421 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:422 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Settings" +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Gosodiadau" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:423 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product " +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Cynnyrch" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:429 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patch &Details <<" +msgid "Patch Details" +msgstr "&Manylion y Cywiriad <<" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" +msgid "&Toggle Patch Status" +msgstr "&Cychwyn / Aros" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "Change &Status" +msgstr "Cyflwr" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:442 +msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446 +msgid "&All listed..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:448 +msgid "&Enable" +msgstr "&Alluogi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:449 +msgid "&Disable" +msgstr "A&nalluogi" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:456 +msgid "Create Snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:460 +msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:464 +msgid "From Testing to &Production" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:480 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Enw" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:482 +msgid "Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:483 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:484 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Gwall" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:485 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Disgrifiad" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:491 +msgid "Toggle &Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:492 +msgid "Toggle &Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:494 +msgid "Mirror &Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Cyflwr" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Name" +msgid "Host Name" +msgstr "Enw" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506 +msgid "Last Contact" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:519 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:948 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" +msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Ymgychwyn Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:524 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:954 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the Configuration" +msgid "Read SMT configuration" +msgstr "Darllen y Ffurfweddiad" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:526 +msgid "Read SMT status" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:528 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Read firewall settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Read cron settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:958 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Reading SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:536 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading module list..." +msgid "Reading SMT status..." +msgstr "Darllen y rhestr modiwlau..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:538 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Reading firewall settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:540 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Reading cron settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:586 +msgid "SCC Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#. Informative text +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:591 +msgid "" +"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n" +"Choose one of the options below." +msgstr "" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:607 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Skip Configuration" +msgid "&Skip Registration" +msgstr "&Hepgor Ffurweddiad" + +#. Radio button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:616 +msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center" +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:626 +msgid "" +"<big>SCC Credentials</big> \n" +"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n" +"properly. Choose one of the listed options." +msgstr "" + +#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:632 +msgid "" +"Choosing Register in SUSE Customer Center would\n" +"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n" +"Generate New SCC Credentials just creates new SCC Credentials\n" +"file without calling SUSE Customer Center Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:661 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Rhybudd" + +#. Pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:663 +msgid "" +"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n" +"Are you sure you want to really skip it?" +msgstr "" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:667 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, Update" +msgid "&Yes, Skip It" +msgstr "&Ie, diweddaru" + +#. Button label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:669 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Diddymu" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:742 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n" +"to be readable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:759 +msgid "" +"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n" +"to be recursively writable by %2 user." +msgstr "" + +#. 0 -> some lines found +#. 1 -> nothing found +#. 2 -> error +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:813 +msgid "" +"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n" +"\n" +"Please, make sure, that '/repo/keys' is listed as an allowed directory\n" +"or remove the file. Otherwise SMT server might not work properly." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:829 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust SMT configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:831 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration" +msgid "Adjust database configuration" +msgstr "Diweddaru ffurfweddiad" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:833 +msgid "Check and install server certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:835 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mouse configuration" +msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration" +msgstr "Ffurfweddu llygoden" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "Adjust SMT service" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:839 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:841 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write cron settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:843 +msgid "Check mirrored repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:845 +msgid "Run synchronization check" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:849 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..." +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:851 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting database configuration..." +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:853 +msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:855 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration..." +msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Ffurfweddiad y Gweinydd NFS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:857 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Adjusting SMT service..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:859 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:861 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing cron settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:863 +msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:865 +msgid "Running synchronization check..." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:871 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing NFS Configuration..." +msgid "Writing SMT Configuration" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu Furfweddiad NFS..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:980 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing Changes" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:985 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Got patches." +msgid "Write patches" +msgstr "Wedi cael cywiriadau." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/ +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:989 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing patches..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1142 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1123 +msgid "The first and the second password do not match." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1151 +msgid "" +"Password should not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Would you like to continue nevertheless?" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1174 +msgid "" +"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n" +"\n" +"Enter your SMT server URL in the following format: http:://server.name/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n" +"\n" +"URL should start with 'http://' or 'https://'." +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Update server user must not be empty." +msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/" + +#. Pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1207 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Phone numbers must not be empty." +msgid "Update server password must not be empty." +msgstr "Ni all rhifau ffôn fod yn wag/" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1221 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details <<" +msgid "&Test Details" +msgstr "&Manylion <<" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1236 +msgid "Test result: success" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1243 +msgid "Test result: failure" +msgstr "" + +#. busy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Getting a list of mirror servers..." +msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..." +msgstr "Nôl rhestr o weinyddion drych..." + +#. empty /--/ == no specific target +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1478 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1479 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "unknown" +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "anhysbys" + +#. Part of a complex catalogs filter, ComboBox label +#. %1 is replaced with a filter level number (1 ... n) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1521 +msgid "Filter &%1" +msgstr "" + +#. More items to choose from, finish +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1541 +msgid "F&ilter" +msgstr "" + +#. Used as a fallback +#. %1 is replaced with a patch category +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1606 +msgid "Patch category '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. No patch listed, no patch selected +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1624 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." +msgid "There are no patches available in this repository." +msgstr "Nid oes rhyngwyneb defnyddiwr ar gael ar gyfer y modiwl yma." + +#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter +#. %2 is replaced with patch description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1647 +msgid "" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state +#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1651 +msgid "Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1677 +msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1693 +msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1700 +msgid "Never mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1707 +msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1714 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1728 +msgid "Never created" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1721 +msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1880 +msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date +#. %2 There are some patches pending... +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1921 +msgid "%1 %2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1923 +msgid "Client is up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1924 +msgid "Client is not up-to-date" +msgstr "" + +#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5' +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1928 +msgid "There are some patches pending: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. Number of patches pending +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1937 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "program or service status is unknown" +msgid "Status is unknown" +msgstr "cyflwr rhaglen neu wasanaeth yn anhysbys" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1947 +msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1975 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "Unknown Status" +msgstr "Cyflwr" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1978 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "" + +#. Catalog Name (Target) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2060 +msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2066 +msgid "%1 (%2)" +msgstr "" + +#. a mlti-selection-box label +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2118 +msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2194 +msgid "" +"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n" +"You can create snapshots of its current stage though." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2215 +msgid "" +"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n" +"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status" +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to check for updates." +msgid "Unable to change the current patch status." +msgstr "Methu ymholi ar gyfer diweddariadau." + +#. Multiline key description +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359 +msgid "" +"Key ID: %1\n" +"UID: %2\n" +"Fingerprint: %3" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up heading +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2369 +msgid "Signing Key Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up dialog message +#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2375 +msgid "" +"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n" +"\n" +"%1\n" +"\n" +"Enter the key passphrase and press OK,\n" +"otherwise press Cancel to skip the signing procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2392 +msgid "Key &Passphrase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2393 +msgid "&Once Again" +msgstr "" + +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2420 +msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical." +msgstr "" + +#. a bussy message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2460 +msgid "Creating repository snapshot..." +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2475 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." +msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot." +msgstr "Digwyddodd gwall wrth ddarllen y cofnodion." + +#. very simple e-mail validator +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "New &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2554 +msgid "Editing &E-Mail" +msgstr "" + +#. OK pressed +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid." +msgstr "' yn ddilys." + +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#. pop-up error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2634 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2647 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2664 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2672 +msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2710 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "User selected retry." +msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository." +msgstr "Dewisodd y ddefnyddiwr ailgeisio." + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2716 +msgid "Mirroring Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2717 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Progress" +msgid "&Progress" +msgstr "Cynnydd" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2718 +msgid "&Stop" +msgstr "&Aros" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2726 +msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. a headline +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2752 +msgid "Aborting the Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. a pop-up question +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2754 +msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2756 +msgid "Abort Mirroring" +msgstr "" + +#. push button +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2758 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Continue" +msgid "Continue Mirroring" +msgstr "Parhau" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2761 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Aborted\n" +msgid "Aborting...\n" +msgstr "Erthylwyd\n" + +#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2798 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Finished" +msgid "Finished\n" +msgstr "Wedi gorffen" + +#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands +#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2923 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3347 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Command '%1'" +msgid "Command: %1" +msgstr "Gorchymyn '%1'" + +#. Offer adding the script only if exists +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2953 +msgid "Uploading Support Configs" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2986 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3282 +msgid "Periodically" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2992 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3279 +msgid "Monthly" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2996 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3007 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3025 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3033 +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3050 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "4: User defined" +msgid "Undefined" +msgstr "4: Diffinir gan y ddefnyddiwr" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3001 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3278 +msgid "Weekly" +msgstr "" + +#. Script-call period, used as a table item +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3014 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3277 +msgid "Daily" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3024 +msgid "Every %1 hours" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 +msgid "Every %1 minutes" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message) +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3092 +msgid "" +"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n" +"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n" +"you need to restart the YaST SMT Configuration module." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3119 +msgid "Every H-th &Hour" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3120 +msgid "Every M-th &Minute" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3122 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3303 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hour" +msgid "&Hour" +msgstr "Awr" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3123 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3314 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Minute" +msgid "&Minute" +msgstr "Munud" + +#. Weekly +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3265 +msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266 +msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3275 +msgid "&Frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3289 +msgid "&Job to Run" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3293 +msgid "Job Start Time" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3300 +msgid "Day of the &Week" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3309 +msgid "&Day of the Month" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup +#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3440 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All changes will be lost!" +msgid "" +"Really exit?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "Bydd pob newid yn cael ei golli!" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17 +msgid "" +"<big>Customer Center Access</big> \n" +"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21 +msgid "" +"User and Password are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n" +"To test the credentials you entered, click Test.\n" +"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n" +"test data.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help a3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28 +msgid "E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help b1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33 +msgid "" +"<big>Database</big> \n" +"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n" +"With Database Password, set or change the database\n" +"password for that user. The password should not be empty.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help c1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<big>Reporting</big> \n" +"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46 +msgid "" +"<big>Schedule SMT Jobs</big> \n" +"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50 +msgid "When adding a new job, first select a Job to Run." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help d3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52 +msgid "" +"When editing a current job or adding new one, the Frequency selection box\n" +"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n" +"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., Day of the Week\n" +"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60 +msgid "" +"<big>Repositories</big> \n" +"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64 +msgid "" +"To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n" +"and click Toggle Mirroring." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help e3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Staging offers you to create testing and production\n" +"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n" +"in the table and click Toggle Staging." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f1 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"<big>Staging</big> \n" +"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n" +"repositories that have <tt>staging</tt> enabled. Repositories that contain\n" +"patches allow patch-filtering, otherwise you can create full snapshots only\n" +"(without any fitler in use)." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f2 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83 +msgid "" +"Choosing a Repository Name will switch the current\n" +"repository. Choosing a Patch Category applies a listing filter\n" +"on the current repository." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f3 +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89 +msgid "" +"To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n" +"select a patch in the table and click Toggle Patch Status." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93 +msgid "" +"If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n" +"Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97 +msgid "" +"To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n" +"snapshot, use Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot....\n" +"Such patch cannot be enabled unless you remove the filter again." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102 +msgid "" +"To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n" +"click Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105 +msgid "" +"Testing snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n" +"production is always created as a copy of the testing one." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159 +msgid "Customer Center Access" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167 +msgid "Database and Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Accessories" +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "Ategion" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "Clients Status" +msgstr "Cyflwr" + +#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198 +msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" +msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2" +msgstr "Modiwl Ffurfweddu YaST %1\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Configuration" +msgid "Update Server Configuration" +msgstr "Diweddaru Ffurfweddiad" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280 +msgid "SMT Management" +msgstr "" + +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name, +#. %2 with the SMT config file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126 +msgid "" +"SMT configuration is broken.\n" +"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. Something has been changed +#. Apache conf needs writing +#. and Apache service needs restarting +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:666 +msgid "" +"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n" +"\n" +"Please, check your SMT installation." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:688 +msgid "Running the synchronization script failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:692 +msgid "" +"<big>Details:</big>\n" +" stdout: <pre>%1</pre>\n" +" stderr: <pre>%2</pre>" +msgstr "" + +#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:832 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings!" +msgid "Cannot write cron settings." +msgstr "Methu ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau!" + +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:848 +msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:866 +msgid "Missing Server Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869 +msgid "" +"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n" +"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n" +"\n" +"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:877 +msgid "&Run CA management" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:878 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1045 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1057 +msgid "&Skip" +msgstr "&Hepgor" + +#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:923 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." +msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed." +msgstr "Methu dileu'r gwasanaeth. Ni arsefydlir." + +#. Server certificate exists +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:967 +msgid "Database root Password Required" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:975 +msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "" + +#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1006 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Unable to read %1" +msgstr "Methu creu'r cyfeiriadur '%1'." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1007 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n" +"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n" +"\n" +"To skip this, click Skip.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1044 +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1056 +msgid "&Retry" +msgstr "&Ailgeisio" + +#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?) +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n" +"The root password was probably wrong.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1040 +msgid "Cannot create database" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1041 +msgid "" +"SMT was not able to create the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. 21: Database migration failed +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation failed." +msgid "Database migration failed" +msgstr "Methodd yr arsefydliad." + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1053 +msgid "" +"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n" +"Click Retry to try again.\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1073 +msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1079 +msgid "" +"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n" +"\n" +" For security reasons, please, set a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Root Password" +msgid "New MariaDB root &Password" +msgstr "Cyfrinair Gwraidd" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1087 +msgid "New Password &Again" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1119 +msgid "Set up a new password, please." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1182 +msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed." +msgstr "" + +#. root password has been already set +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1244 +msgid "SMT needs to set up the database." +msgstr "" + +#. rw only for owner +#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1385 +msgid "Cannot change SMT user password." +msgstr "" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/xpram.cy.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/xpram.cy.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cy/po/xpram.cy.po 2016-07-04 08:43:51 UTC (rev 95928) @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# Welsh message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>, 2003. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-23 10:33+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Kevin Donnelly <kevin(a)dotmon.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Welsh <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: cy\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=5; plural=(n == 0 ? 0 : n == 1 ? 1 : n < 6 ? 2 : n == 6 ? 3 : 4);\n" + +#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Configuration of XPRAM" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabled" +msgid "Enable XPRAM" +msgstr "Alluogir" + +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Disable" +msgid "Disable XPRAM" +msgstr "A&nalluogi" + +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the configuration..." +msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration" +msgstr "Darllen y ffurfweddiad..." + +#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option +#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mountpoint" +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "Man clymu" + +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Ffurweddiad" + +#. help text for XPRAM 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51 +msgid "Here, configure the XPRAM for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 +msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." +msgstr "" + +#. help text for XPRAM 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 +msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to not start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 +msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button label for to start xpram +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92 +msgid "&Start XPRAM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 +msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" +msgstr "" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mountpoint" +msgid "Mount Point" +msgstr "Man clymu" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mountpoint" +msgid "&Mount Point" +msgstr "Man clymu" + +#. frame label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137 +msgid "File System Type" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146 +msgid "F&ile System to Use:" +msgstr "" + +#. Xpram read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" +msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration" +msgstr "Cadw Ffurfweddiad inetd" + +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart services" +msgid "Restart the service" +msgstr "Ailgychwyn gwasanaethau" + +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Ysgrifennu'r gosodiadau..." + +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Restarting service..." +msgstr "Yn ailgychwyn gwasanaethau..." + +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Wedi gorffen" + +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 +msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." +msgstr "" + +#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); +#. y2milestone("got %1", out); +#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 +msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." +msgstr ""

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r95927 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 04 Jul '16

04 Jul '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-07-04 10:43:50 +0200 (Mon, 04 Jul 2016) New Revision: 95927 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/journalctl.cs.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/base.cs.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/iscsi-client.cs.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/snapper.cs.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:46 UTC (rev 95926) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:50 UTC (rev 95927) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -msgstr "Mapovat zástupný název domény na název sféry (*.priklad.com –> PRIKLAD.COM)" +msgstr "Mapovat název domény se zástupnými znaky na název sféry (*.priklad.com –> PRIKLAD.COM)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" @@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" "Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"V tomto počítači se aktuálně k ověřování uživatelů používá proces démon SSSD.\n" -"Aby bylo možné používat starý způsob ověřování pomocí protokolu LDAP (pam_ldap), je nutné nejprve vypnout ověřování pomocí procesu démon SSSD v části Správa přihlašování uživatelů." +"V tomto počítači se aktuálně k ověřování uživatelů používá démon SSSD.\n" +"Aby bylo možné používat starý způsob ověřování pomocí protokolu LDAP (pam_ldap), je nutné nejprve vypnout ověřování pomocí démona SSSD v části Správa přihlašování uživatelů." #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" "Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"V tomto počítači se aktuálně k ověřování uživatelů používá proces démon SSSD.\n" -"Aby bylo možné používat ověřování pomocí protokolu Kerberos (pam_krb5), je nutné nejprve vypnout ověřování pomocí procesu démon SSSD v části Správa přihlašování uživatelů." +"V tomto počítači se aktuálně k ověřování uživatelů používá démon SSSD.\n" +"Aby bylo možné používat ověřování pomocí protokolu Kerberos (pam_krb5), je nutné nejprve vypnout ověřování pomocí démona SSSD v části Správa přihlašování uživatelů." #. Save Kerberos #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" -msgstr "Síťová disková umístění (automaticky připojovaná)" +msgstr "Umístění síťových jednotek (automaticky připojovaná)" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " -msgstr "Stav procesu démon: " +msgstr "Stav démona: " #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ "Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "V tomto počítači se aktuálně k ověřování uživatelů používá starý protokol LDAP nebo protokol Kerberos.\n" -"Aby bylo možné používat ověřování uživatelů pomocí procesu démon SSSD, je nutné nejprve vypnout ověřování pomocí protokolu LDAP a Kerberos v části Klient protokolů LDAP a Kerberos." +"Aby bylo možné používat ověřování uživatelů pomocí démona SSSD, je nutné nejprve vypnout ověřování pomocí protokolu LDAP a Kerberos v části Klient protokolů LDAP a Kerberos." #. Enable/disable NSS password database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr "" "Byl globálně povolen zdroj dat MS-PAC.\n" "Tato volitelná funkce závisí na funkcích vaší domény služby Microsoft Active Directory.\n" -"Pokud doména služby Active Directory nemá potřebnou podporu, proces démon SSSD se nemusí spustit. V takovém případě funkci vypněte." +"Pokud doména služby Active Directory nemá potřebnou podporu, démon SSSD se nemusí spustit. V takovém případě funkci vypněte." #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" "Tento parametr je důležitý. Odebrání parametru může způsobit chybu konfigurace.\n" -"Než budete pokračovat, prostudujte si stránku s příručkou k procesu démon SSSD.\n" +"Než budete pokračovat, prostudujte si stránku s příručkou k démonu SSSD.\n" "Opravdu chcete parametr odebrat?" #. Save settings - validate @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" "Aktivovali jste ověřování pomocí domény, ale nekonfigurovali jste žádnou doménu pro ověřování.\n" -"Proces démon SSSD se nespustí a k dispozici bude pouze místní ověřování.\n" +"Démon SSSD se nespustí a k dispozici bude pouze místní ověřování.\n" "Opravdu chcete pokračovat?" #. Remove all SSSD cache files @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "Jde o výchozí formát kompatibilní s formátem printf(3), který popisuje postup překladu dvojice údajů název/doména na plně kvalifikovaný název." +msgstr "Výchozí formát kompatibilní s formátem printf(3), který popisuje postup překladu dvojice údajů název/doména na plně kvalifikovaný název" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" -msgstr "Adresář v systému souborů, do kterého má proces démon SSSD ukládat soubory mezipaměti opakování požadavků protokolu Kerberos" +msgstr "Adresář v systému souborů, do kterého má démon SSSD ukládat soubory mezipaměti opakování požadavků protokolu Kerberos" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/base.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/base.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:46 UTC (rev 95926) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/base.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:50 UTC (rev 95927) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ "\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Byly jištěny konflikty souborů. Následující soubory budou přepsány:\n" +"Byly zjištěny konflikty souborů. Následující soubory budou přepsány:\n" "\n" "%s" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:46 UTC (rev 95926) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:50 UTC (rev 95927) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ #. command line error report, %1 is section name #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Section %1 not found." -msgstr "Nenalezeny sekce %1." +msgstr "Nenalezena sekce %1." #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ msgstr "" "Definice terminálu \n" "Určuje typ použitého terminálu. V případě sériových terminálů (např. sériová konzola),\n" -" je třeba zadat možnost <code>serial</code>. Do příkazu je možné přidat také výraz <code>console</ code>\n" +" je třeba zadat možnost <code>serial</code>. Do příkazu je možné přidat také výraz <code>console</code>\n" " ve tvaru <code>serial console</code>. V tom případě bude jako terminál GRUB\n" " vybrán terminál, ve kterém stisknete libovolnou klávesu." @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ #. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Filename: %1" -msgstr "Jméno souboru: %1" +msgstr "Název souboru: %1" #. multiline edit header #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 @@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ #. checkbox #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 msgid "&Low Level Format" -msgstr "Níz&koúrovňový formát" +msgstr "Níz&koúrovňové formátování" #. combobox #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "Nízkoúrovňový formát selhal. Zkusit znovu?" +msgstr "Nízkoúrovňové formátování selhalo. Zkusit znovu?" #. error report #. error report Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:46 UTC (rev 95926) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:50 UTC (rev 95927) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ "\n" "\t\tMezipaměť LVM: Ve výchozím nastavení je zápis do mezipaměti LVM povolen (zapnut). V případě kombinace systému DRBD se službou LVM mezipaměť LVM zakažte.\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVMetad: Pokud je povolen démon lvmetad, metadata skupiny svazku a příznaky stavu PV jsou získány od instance procesu démon lvmetad a není prováděno žádné skenování jednotlivými příkazy. Protože mezipaměť procesu démon lvmetad nelze synchronizovat mezi uzly, doporučuje se, aby uživatelé v prostředí clusterů proces démon lvmetad zakázali.\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: Pokud je povolen démon lvmetad, metadata skupiny svazku a příznaky stavu PV jsou získány od instance démona lvmetad a není prováděno žádné skenování jednotlivými příkazy. Protože mezipaměť démona lvmetad nelze synchronizovat mezi uzly, doporučuje se, aby uživatelé v prostředí clusterů démona lvmetad zakázali.\n" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -497,15 +497,15 @@ #: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" -msgstr "Používat proces démon lvmetad pro nástroj LVM" +msgstr "Používat démona lvmetad pro nástroj LVM" #: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 msgid "Use LVM metad" -msgstr "Používat proces démon lvmetad" +msgstr "Používat démona lvmetad" #: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." -msgstr "Upozornění: Proces démon lvmetad by se neměl používat v clusteru." +msgstr "Upozornění: Démon lvmetad by se neměl používat v clusteru." #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/iscsi-client.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/iscsi-client.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:46 UTC (rev 95926) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/iscsi-client.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:50 UTC (rev 95927) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -368,7 +368,8 @@ "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Zadejte adresu IP zjištěného serveru.\n" -"V případě potřeby změňte pouze Port. K ověření použijte Uživatelské jméno a Heslo. Pokud ověření nepotřebujete, zvolte Bez ověřování.\n" +"V případě potřeby změňte pouze Port. K ověření použijte Uživatelské jméno a Heslo. Pokud ověření nepotřebujete, \n" +"zvolte Bez ověřování.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/journalctl.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/journalctl.cs.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/journalctl.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:50 UTC (rev 95927) @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +# Czech message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Petr Pavlik <pp(a)suse.cz>, 1999, 2000, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-21 16:16+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Petr Pavlík <pp(a)suse.cz>\n" +"Language-Team: Czech <dokument(a)suse.cz>\n" +"Language: cs\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Countries" +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "&Země" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change Suffix" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "Změnit příponu" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "Obnovit" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "Braillova řádka" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "Žádné položky nenalezeny" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtry:" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "Priorita" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "Žádné další informace" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter by file" +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "Filtrovat podle souboru" + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "Čas" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Zdroj" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Zpráva" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/snapper.cs.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/snapper.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:46 UTC (rev 95926) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/cs/po/snapper.cs.po 2016-07-04 08:43:50 UTC (rev 95927) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 11:29\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 11:56\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -351,8 +351,11 @@ "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurace snímků</big>\n" -"Tato tabulka zobrazuje seznam snímku kořenového souborového systému. Jsou tři typy snímků: jediný, před a po. Jediné snímky se používají pro uložení stavu souborového systému v konkrétním okamžiku, zatímco Před a Po definují změny, které provedla mimořádná operace mezi vytvořením těchto dvou snímků. Snímky Před a Po jsou spolu v tabulce spárovány.\n" -"Vyberte nějaký snímek nebo snímkový pár a klepněte na Zobrazit změny a uvidíte nové změny systému souborů ve vybraném snímku.\n" +"Tato tabulka zobrazuje seznam snímku kořenového souborového systému. Jsou tři typy \n" +"snímků: jediný, před a po. Jediné snímky se \n" +"používají pro uložení stavu souborového systému v konkrétním okamžiku, zatímco Před a Po definují změny, které provedla mimořádná operace mezi vytvořením těchto dvou snímků. Snímky Před a nbsp;Po jsou spolu v tabulce spárovány.\n" +"Vyberte nějaký snímek nebo snímkový pár a klepněte na Zobrazit změny a uvidíte \n" +"nové změny systému souborů ve vybraném snímku.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49

1 0